ENGLISH MEDIUM

ALL INDIA
MINING
ENGINEERING
Chapterwise & Sub-topicwise
SOLVED PAPERS
Chief Editor
A. K. Mahajan
Compiled & Written by
YCT Subject Expert Team
Computer Graphics by
Balkrishna & Ashish Giri
Editorial Office
12, Church Lane Prayagraj-211002
Mob. : 9415650134
Email : yctap12@gmail.com
website : www.yctbooks.com/www.yctfastbook.com/ www.yctbooksprime.com
 All Rights Reserved with Publisher
yct books official
@

Publisher Declaration
ap

Edited and Published by A.K. Mahajan for YCT Publications Pvt. Ltd.
and Printed by Digital. In order to Publish the book,
na

full care has been taken by the Editor and the Publisher,
still your suggestions and queries are welcomed. ` : 995/-
_l

In the event of any dispute, the judicial area will be Prayagraj.

ib
ra
ry
 INDEX
Mineral Process .................................................................................................................................................................. 7-58
Ore dressing ....................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Size reduction and Mohr’s scale ........................................................................................................................................... 8
Classification of Minerals................................................................................................................................................... 10
Gravity Separation.............................................................................................................................................................. 37
Magnetic separation ........................................................................................................................................................... 39
Flotation ............................................................................................................................................................................. 40
Deposition .......................................................................................................................................................................... 41
Physical and Chemical Method ....................................................................................................................................... 47
Concentration of Ores ........................................................................................................................................................ 48
Tailings Management ......................................................................................................................................................... 57
Beneficiation techniques .................................................................................................................................................... 58
Mine Surveying .............................................................................................................................................................. 59-103
Surveying Techniques ...................................................................................................................................................... 59
Principles of Surveying ...................................................................................................................................................... 68
Measurement ...................................................................................................................................................................... 77
Instrumentation................................................................................................................................................................... 96
Mine Layout .................................................................................................................................................................... 100
Surface and underground surveys..................................................................................................................................... 100
Control surveys ................................................................................................................................................................ 102
Mapping Techniques ........................................................................................................................................................ 102
Mining Geology ............................................................................................................................................................ 104-266
Geology ............................................................................................................................................................................ 104
Rock Mechanics ............................................................................................................................................................... 177
Structural geology ............................................................................................................................................................ 216
Stratigraphy ...................................................................................................................................................................... 231
Economic Geology ........................................................................................................................................................... 238
Exploration ..................................................................................................................................................................... 239
Geological mapping ......................................................................................................................................................... 239
Drilling Techniques .......................................................................................................................................................... 246
Ore body evaluation and Earth quake ............................................................................................................................... 256
Mining Method ............................................................................................................................................................. 267-355
Extraction Techniques ................................................................................................................................................... 267
Underground Mining Methods ......................................................................................................................................... 284
Open-pit mining methods ................................................................................................................................................. 302
Surface mining Technique and x-rays diffraction method ................................................................................................ 312
Ventilation and Safety .................................................................................................................................................... 318
Mine ventilation system ................................................................................................................................................... 322
Ground control ................................................................................................................................................................. 328
Mine safety protocols and risk management .................................................................................................................... 330
Mine Planning and Design .......................................................................................................................................... 356-388
Planning Technique ........................................................................................................................................................ 356
Mine Design ..................................................................................................................................................................... 362
Resource estimation ......................................................................................................................................................... 377
Economic Evaluation ....................................................................................................................................................... 378
Operational Planning ..................................................................................................................................................... 381
Production Scheduling ..................................................................................................................................................... 381
Equipment selection ......................................................................................................................................................... 382
Cost Estimation ................................................................................................................................................................ 388
Mining Environment ................................................................................................................................................... 389-400
Environment Management ............................................................................................................................................ 389
Environmental Impact assessment.................................................................................................................................... 393
Pollution control ............................................................................................................................................................... 397
Rehabilitation Techniques ................................................................................................................................................ 400
Mining Machinery and Equipment ............................................................................................................................ 401-445
Machinery ....................................................................................................................................................................... 401
Design and operation of mining machinery ...................................................................................................................... 402
@

Equipment maintenance ................................................................................................................................................... 427

Efficiency Evaluation and Guidelines .............................................................................................................................. 430
Miscellaneous ............................................................................................................................................................... 446-532
ap

Various Act and Legislation ............................................................................................................................................. 500

Mechanical Engineering .............................................................................................................................................. 533-608
n

Basic Mechanics ............................................................................................................................................................... 535

Design and Production ..................................................................................................................................................... 545
a_

Thermal Engineering and its application .......................................................................................................................... 574

Industrial .......................................................................................................................................................................... 593
lib

1.
ra
yr
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Syllabus
Section 1: Mining Geology, Mine Development and Surveying:
Mining Geology: Minerals, Rocks and their Origin, Classification, Ore Genesis; Structural Geology.
Mine Development: Methods of access to deposits; Underground drivages; Drilling method and
machines; Explosives and energetics, blasting devices, blast design practices; Rock-Tool Interaction
applicable to mechanical cutting systems and their selection.
Mine Surveying: Levels and levelling, theodolite, tacheometry, triangulation; Contouring; Errors and
adjustments; Correlation; Underground surveying; Curves; Photogrammetry; EDM, Total Station, GPS,
Basics of GIS and remote sensing.
Section 2: Geomechanics and Ground Control:
Engineering Mechanics: Equivalent force systems; Equations of equilibrium; Two dimensional frames
and trusses; Free body diagrams; Friction forces; Particle kinematics and dynamics; Beam analysis.
Geomechanics: Geo-technical properties of rocks; Rock mass classification; Instrumentation and in-situ
stress measurement techniques; Theories of rock failure; Ground vibrations; Stress distribution around
mine openings; Subsidence; Slope stability.
Ground Control: Design of pillars; Roof supporting systems; Mine filling. Strata Control and
Monitoring Plan.
Section 3: Mining Methods and Machinery:
Mining Methods: Surface mining: layout, development, loading, transportation and mechanization,
continuous surface mining systems; highwall mining; Underground coal mining:bord and pillar systems,
room and pillar mining, longwall mining, thick seam mining methods, Underground metal mining: open,
supported and caved stoping methods, stope mechanization, ore handling systems.
Mining Machinery: Generation and transmission of mechanical, hydraulic and pneumatic power;
Materials handling: wire ropes, haulages, conveyors, face and development machinery, hoisting systems,
pumps; comminution methods and machinery.
Section 4: Surface Environment, Mine Ventilation and Underground Hazards:
Surface Environment: Air, water and soil pollution: Standards of quality, causes and dispersion of
contamination and control; Noise pollution and control; Land reclamation; EIA.
Mine Ventilation: Underground atmosphere; Heat load sources and thermal environment, air cooling;
Mechanics of airflow, distribution, natural and mechanical ventilation; Mine fans and usage; Auxiliary
ventilation; Ventilation survey and planning; Ventilation networks.
Underground Hazards: Mine Gases, Methane drainage; Underground hazards from fires, explosions,
dust and inundation; Rescue apparatus and practices; Safety management plan; Accident data analysis;
assessment; Mine lighting; Mine legislation; Occupational health and safety.
Section 5: Mineral Economics, Mine Planning, Systems Engineering:
Mineral Economics: Mineral resource classification; Discounted cash flow analysis; Mine valuation;
Mineral taxation.
Mine Planning: Sampling methods, practices and interpretation; Reserve estimation techniques: Basics
of geostatistics and quality control; Optimization of facility location; Mine planning and its components,
@

Determination of mine size and mine life; Ultimate pit configuration and its determination, Optimum mill
ap

cut-off grade and its determination, Stope planning, Design of haul road, Selection of mining system vis-
à-vis equipment system.
na

Systems Engineering: Concepts of reliability; Reliability of simple systems; Maintainability and

availability; Linear programming, transportation and assignment problems; Network analysis; Inventory
_l

models; Queuing theory; Decision trees.

ib

3
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Mining Engineering Previous Years Papers
Analysis Chart
S.No. EXAM NAME EXAM DATE No. of Questions

Uttar Pradesh Public Service Commission

1. UPPSC Mines Inspector 2022 1×100
BCCL
2. BCCL JUNIOR OVERMAN 2017 1×75
3. BCCL MINING SIRDAR 2017 1×75
HPPSC (Hamirpur)
4. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining inspector 13.03.2022 1×120
5. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector 20.02.2017 1×100
6. HSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector 13.11.2021 1×170
Himachal Pradesh PSC
7. Himachal Pradesh PSC Mining Officer 2018 1×80
8. Himachal Pradesh PSC Mining Officer 2015 1×80
Gujarat PSC
9. Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar 20.02.2021 1×200
10. Gujarat PSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class -I 09.04.2017 1×200
Gujarat PSC Asst. Professor Geologist 1×200
11. Class -II 16.04.2017
APPSC
12. Andhra Pradesh Mining Shift-II 08.05.2024 1×100
13. AP ECET Mining 19.09.2021 (Shift-II) 1×100
APPSC Royalty Inspector Mining service 1×150
14. Geology 22-09-2020
15. APPSC Mines and Geology TA 27.09.2020 1×150
16. Andhra Pradesh PSC Poly. lect. 15.03.2020 1×150
17. APECET Mining Engineering 30.04.2019 (Shift-I) 1×100
18. AP ECET Mining Engineering 2017 1×100
Gate
@

19. GATE 2024 1×16

ap

20. GATE MN 2023 1×14

na

21. GATE Mining Engineering (MN) 2022 1×39

22. GATE Mining Engineering (MN) 2021 1×30
_l
ib

4
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
23. GATE MINING 2020 1×31
24. GATE Mining 2019 1×30
25. GATE 2018 1×26
26. GATE 2017 1×48
27. GATE 2016 1×45
28. GATE 2015 1×23
29. GATE 2014 1×50
30. GATE Mining Engineering (MN) 2011 1×43
31. GATE Mining Engineering (MN) 2010 1×45
32. GATE Mining Engineering (MN) 2009 1×52
33. GATE Mining Engineering (MN) 2008 1×85
34. GATE Mining Engineering (MN) 2007 1×63
OPSC
35. OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology 2018 1×150
36. OPSC MINING OFFICER Geology 2018 1×150
Others
37. Telangana Mining Engineering Shift 1 12.06.2024 1×110
38. Central Coalfield Limited Mining Sirdar 05.05.2023 1×50
39. Haryana assistant mining engineer 2023 1×80
40. NCL Mining Sirdar 19.01.2023 1×70
41. NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee 2022 1×60
42. WCL Mining Sirdar exam 24.04.2022 1×100
43. BPSC MDO Mineral Policy - 2021 1×100
44. NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC 2018 1×70
45. NCL Mining sirdar 07.02.2020 1×70
46. RPSC AE-2011 21.05.2014 1×100
47. CGPSC MINING INSPECTOR 27.07.2014 1×150
48. CGPS Mining Officer 27.07.2014 1×150
49. CIL (MT) 27.02.2020 1×100
50. MECON MT Mining 17.03.2019 1×100
51. CIL MT 2017 1×100
@

52. KCET Mining Engineering 2017 1×100

ap

53. MP-Sub-Engineer, Shift1 08.7.2017 1×100

na

54. TSPGECET 2020 1×100

Total 4900
_l
ib

5
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Trend Analysis of Previous Year Papers through Pie
Chart and Bar Graph

@
ap
na
_l
ib

6
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
01.
Mineral Process
5. In regards to the shrinkage stoping, which of
A1. Ore Dressing the following is true?
(a) Higher production
1. The lowest admissible limit of metallic content (b) Very high development
of an ore is known as its (c) Majority of ore tied up in stope
(a) Tenor (b) Gangue (d) Smooth and safe working
(c) Gossan (d) Core RPSC AE-21.05.2014
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II Ans. (c) :
Ans. (a) : Tenor of ore states that the lowest permissible • Shrinkage stopping is a vertical stopping method,
metallic deposit in an ore. conducted in a vertical or near-vertical plane, at an
• The lowest amount of metal that ore can contain. angle greater than the angle of repose of the broken
• The higher the content of metal, the better the tenor. ore.
• It is generally expressed in % age of metal. • A defining characteristic of shrinkage stopping is
• Any ore must contain some percentage of metal in it. that most of the blasted (broken) ore remains in the
2. The definition of ore is dependent on stop to support the hanging wall and footwall.
(a) Quantity (b) Size • When ore is broken.
(c) Colour (d) Quality • By Blasting, it swells its volume increases.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
• This swell may be as much as 30% or even more.
Ans. (b) : Ore is defined as a naturally occurring
mineral containing a valuable constituent (such as • Therefore, as mining progresses within the stop, it is
metal) for which it is mined and worked. necessary to draw off some of the broken are – to
make room for the next round of drilling and
• The natural concentration of an ore mineral in a
massive rock body is defined as an ore deposit and is blasting as well as to create space for the next slice
considered to be size dependent. of one to be blasted into.
3. A mine waste dump of pH 5.2 can be 6. Ore for metal "Lead" is:
neutralized by adding (a) Sphalerite (b) Chalcopyrite
(a) urea (b) calcium carbonate (c) Galena (d) Magnetite
(c) sulphuric acid (d) sodium chloride RPSC AE-21.05.2014
Gate Mining Engineering-2014 Ans. (c) :
Ans. (b) : The most prevalent method for treating acid Lead - Galena
mine drainage contamination is the addition of alkaline
Zinc - Sphalerite
reagents such as lime, limestone, sodium carbonate or
sodium hydroxide. This treatment aims at neutralizing Copper - Chalcopyrite
acidic water and the precipitation of heavy metals. Iron - Magnetite
• Therefore, a mine waste dump of pH 5.2 can be 7. The stoping method, where a large part of
neutralized by adding calcium carbonate (CaCO3). blasted ore is allowed to accumulate in the
4. Any excavation made or being made in a mine stope to serve the purpose of providing
for search or obtaining coal is called: working platform for stoping as well as to
(a) Boxing (b) Working support the wall rock, is known as:
(c) Drilling (d) Exploration (a) square-set stoping (b) shrinkage stope
@

NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 (c) cut and fill stoping (d) sublevel stoping
ap

RPSC AE-21.05.2014
Ans. (d) : It is a range of activities to help determine if
there are minerals underground. So, any excavation Ans. (b) : The stoping method where a large part of
na

made or being made in mine for search or obtaining blasted ore is allowed to accumulate in the stope to
coal is called Exploration. nerve the purpose of providing working platform for
_l

Drilling- Process of penetrating through the ground and stoping as well as to support the wall rock, is known as
extracting rocks from various depth beneath the surface. shrinkage stope.
ib

Mineral Process 7 YCT

ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
9. The softest mineral on Mohs hardness scale is
A1.1 Size Reduction and Mohr's (a) quartz (b) talc
(c) apatite (d) gypsum
Scale HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
8. What is the scale number of Topaz in Mohs Ans. (b) : Talc is the softness and diamond is the
hardness Scale? hardness. Each mineral can scratch only those below it
(a) 8 (b) 9 on the scale.
(c) 4 (d) 7 10. The size range of coal dust particles producing
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II most violent explosion is :
Ans. (a) : Corundum, with a value of 9 on Mohs scale (a) 0.5 - 1 µm (b) 1 - 10 µm
of hardness is twice as hard as topaz, with a value of 8, (c) 10 - 100 µm (d) 100 - 500 µm
while a diamond is nearly your times as hard as
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
corundum.
Using Mohs Hardness scale- Ans. (b)
Mineral Hardnes Common Observations Dust particles (general dust) can be generated in
s materials many different ways.
Ranking Particularly in a city where a wide range of
Talc 1 Very soft domestic, commercial, industrial and transport
(Almost activities take place.
greasy) can Health effect are mainly associated with exposure
be scratched to elevated levels of fine particles 10 pm particles
by a finger of less than 10 microns in dia.
mail Coal dust generally comprises a small component
gypsum 2 Fingernail Finger nails of total dust present in air near coal mines, railways
(2.2) con scratch and coal export terminals.
gypsum but
will be Dust particles sizes generally between 50 and 200
scratched by µm in dia.
a penny The time particle composition of coal dust sizes is
Calcite 3 Copper Both will 1µm to 10µm.
penny and scratch 11. Which material is the hardest?
Dolomite calcite but (a) Calcite (b) Silicon carbide
(3.5) scratched by
(c) Topaz (d) Quartz
fluorite
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Flourite 4 Can easily be
scratched by Ans. (b) : Among the given option silicon carbide is the
a knife hardest material.
Apatite 5 Pocket Glass (with Silicon Carbide (SiC), also known as carborundum, is a
knife and great hard chemical compound containing Silicon and
(approx. difficulty) Carbon. It occurs in nature as the extremely rare mineral
5.5) can be moissanite, but has been mass-produced as a powder
scratched by and crystal since 1893 for use as an abrasive.
a pocket knife
12. Which of the following is the correct order with
Orthoclase 6 Cannot be respect to the core size?
scratched by
(a) NX>BX>AX>EX (b) AX>BX>EX>NX
a pocket
knife. (c) AX>BX>NX>EX (d) EX>AX>BX>NX
Quartz 7 Garpet Con scratch APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
(7.3) glass easily Ans. (a) : The correct order with respect to the core
paper series sizes NX > BX > AX > EX.
@

Topaz 8 Common 13. In bord and pillar workings, the size of panel
sandpaper depends on :
ap

uses (a) depth from the surface

Corundum 9 Sandpaper Covandum (b) incubation period of the coal seam
na

and has a
hardness (c) time dependent strain
_l

value of 9 (d) nature of the floor

Diamond 10 used as a glass cutter APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
ib

Mineral Process 8 YCT

ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): A group of such pillars from what is known as Ans. (a): Very small- scale litha-facies that can be
a 'panel' and one panel is separated from another panel recognized within the microscope thin section or
by having solid coal barrier in between in the form of polished section of rock are referred to as microfacies.
long rectangular pillar. Section and polished section- The section are standard
• Connections between one panel and another should be thin section that are polished using progressively finer
as few as possible. polishing compounds to create a highly reflective,
• Such connections should be cut off by having scratch-free surface. Polished thin sections can be used
permanent stoppings for complete isolation – of one on a slide without a cover slip, which allows direct
panel with the other as soon as utility of the few inter access to the sample surface.
connections between the two panels in over. Microfacies- Microfacies is the total of all the
• Size of panel depends on many factors, tow of which paleontological and sediment logical criteria which can
are the incubation period for the coal to be extracted and be classified in thin-sections, peels and polished slabs".
its rate of extraction. 17. How many minerals in the Moh's scale of
14. The size of the panel for depillaring is hardness have Al as a significant chemical
influenced by which one of the following constituent?
factors? (a) 1 (b) 2
(a) Depth of cover (c) 3 (d) 4
(b) Systematic support of the panel HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
(c) Construction of artificial panels Ans. (c) : Chemical composition must be considered to
(d) Incubation period of coal seam assure compatibility of the substrate with the abrasive.
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 18. In the Moh's scale of hardness the mineral
Ans. (d) : Depillaring means extraction of coal blocks Topaz occurs at number :
formed after development of gate road ways with a (a) Five (b) Six
reasonable percentage of recovery of coal, leaving void
(c) Seven (d) Eight
underground.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
• The presence of strong and massive overlying roof
strata caused high values of the mining induced stress Ans. (d) : The Moh's hardness scale is a set of ten
over the pillars facing the goat line during the reference minerals (between 1 to 10) that are used to
depillaring. determine the relative hardness of minerals and other
• High values of mining-induced stresses in and around objects.
a depillaring face of thick coal seam generally create a • In this test the hardness of a mineral is defined as its
threat of pillar overriding. "resistance to being scratched".
• The paper describe the assessment of mining induced • A list of Moh's Hardness scale minerals -
vertical stress in a BG panel during depillaring in Moh's Reference mineral Chemical formula
specific geomining conditions, together with the results hardness
of the laboratory and field investigations. 1 Talc Mg3Si4O10(OH)2
15. The Scale of Magnitude (M) of earthquake 2 Gypsum CaSO4.2H2O
activity is logarithmic and is related to the
elastic wave energy (E), measured in joules. An 3 Calcite CaCO3
approximate relationship cab be given as: 4 Fluorite Caf2
(a) log E = 4.8 × 1.5 M 5 Apatite Ca5(PO4)3 (OH–,CI–,F–)
(b) log E = 9.8 + 1.5 M 6 Orthoclase feldspar KAISi3O8
(c) log E = 9.8 × 1.5 M 7 Quartz SiO2
(d) log E = 4.8 + 1.5 M
8 Topaz Al2SiO4(OH–, F–)2
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Ans. (d) : The scale of magnitude (M) of earthquake 9 Corundum Al2O3
activity is logarithmic and is related to the elastic wave 10 Diamond C
energy (E), measured in joules. An approximate 19. Oolites and pisolites are distinguished by
relationship can be given as (a) Shape (b) Size
Log E = 4.8 + 1.5m (c) Composition (d) Sphericity
on the Richter scale, the magnitude of an earthquake is (e) Roundness
related to the released energy E in joules (j) by the CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
@

equation
Ans. (b) : Oolites and pisolites are distinguished by
log10E = 4.4 +1.5m
ap

size.
16. Very small-scale litho-fancies that can be Oolites : An Oolite ('egg stone') is a sedimentary rock
recognised within the microscope thin section formed from ooids, Spherical grains composed of
na

or polished sections of rock are referred to as: concentric layers. Strictly, oolites consist of ooids of
(a) microfacies (b) subfacies diameter 0.25-2 millimetres; rocks composed of ooids
_l

(c) nanofacies (d) petrofacies larger than 2 mm are called pisolites. The term oolith
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 can refer to oolite or individual ooids.
ib

Mineral Process 9 YCT

ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Pisolites: Pisolite is a sedimentary rock made of pisoids Mohr's Hardness Scale Minerals
which are concretionary grains typically of calcium Mineral Hardness
carbonate which resemble ooids, but are more than
Talc 1
2mm in diameter. These grains are approximately
spherical) and have concentric layers reaching 10 mm in Gypsum 2
diameter. Calcite 3
20. Carbonaceous particles having size less than 1 Fluorite 4
µm are called- Apatite 5
(a) Grit (b) Aggregates Orthoclase 6
(c) Aerosols (d) Smoke
Quartz 7
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
Topaz 8
Ans. (d) : Smoke is a type of carbonaceous particle that
has a size less than 1 µm. Smoke is produced from the Corundum 9
incomplete combustion of organic materials such as Diamond 10
wood, coal, oil. and gasoline. It contains a complex
mixture of compounds, including carbon monoxide, A1.2
nitrogen oxides, sulfur dioxide, and particulate matter.
Classification of Minerals
21. Which of the following minerals in Moh's scale
of hardness is a silicate? 24. Which mineral is a source of copper?
(a) Topaz (b) Apatite (a) Bauxite (b) Hematite
(c) Flurite (d) Corundum (c) Malachite (d) Galena
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Ans. (a) : Mohs scale:- Ans. (c) : Malachite is a green copper carbonate
hydroxide mineral with a chemical composition of Cu2
Friedrich mohs, a German mineralogist, developed the
(CO3) (OH2). It was one of the foresters used to produce
scale in 1812. He selected ten minerals of distinctly
copper metal.
different hardness that ranged from a very soft mineral
(talc) to a very hard mineral (diamond). 25. A polar wandering curve:
• In general, mohs invented a scale of hardness based (a) shows that the magnetic poles wandered
on how one mineral scratched another. The mohs relative to fixed continents
scale is a not a linear scale. Instead it ranks gems on a (b) shows that the rotational poles wandered to
relative scale based on their scratch hardness. fixed continents
• Hardness number for different minerals based on (c) shows that the continents wandered relative to
mohs scale are: generally-fixed pole positions
• Diamond = 10 Corundum = 9 Topaz = 8 quartz = 7 (d) is a graph of the Mercalli Index
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
• Topaz is a silicate mineral of aluminum and fluorine
with the chemical formula Al2SiO4 (Fe oH)2. Ans. (c) :
A polar wandering curve, shows that continents
22. How many silicate minerals in the Moh's scale
wandered relative to generally-fixed pole positions.
of hardness ?
We have learned that rock samples containing
(a) 7 (b) 5
magnetic minerals provide information on where
(c) 3 (d) 4 they were formed relative to the north magnetic pole.
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 If we collect recent volcanic rocks from different
Ans. (d) : Silicate minerals in the moh's scale of places around the world, measurement of their
hardness is 4. magnetic direction and inclination will converge on
23. As per Mohr's hardness scale, the hardness of the present magnetic north pole.
calcite is ............................ . 26. What is the name of the Minerals which can
(a) 2 (b) 3 withstand high temperature?
(c) 4 (d) 5 (a) Abrasive minerals
(b) Inductive minerals
@

KCET Mining Engineering-2017

Ans. (b) : The Mohr's hardness scale is set of ten (c) Refractory minerals
ap

reference minerals (numbered1 through 10) that are (d) Conductive minerals
used to determine the relative hardness of minerals APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
na

and other objects. In this test the hardness of a mineral Ans. (c) : Refractory minerals can be defined as mineral
is defined as its ''resistance to being scratched.'' A list or synthetic inorganic crystal phases that have high
_l

of the Mohr's hardness scale minerals is shown in the melting points. They should also be resistant to
table below. deformation and to softening at high temperatures.
ib

Mineral Process 10 YCT

ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
27. The ore that is NOT used for commercial 31. The reaction products of calcium hydroxide
extraction of metal is with acidic ferruginous mine water are
(a) Wolframite. (b) Dolomite. (a) FeO, Ca+ and H+
(c) Cassiterite. (d) Uraninite. (b) FeO, CaO and H2O
Gate-2024 (c) FeH3, Ca3+ and OH−
Ans. (b) : Dolomite- It is rich in magnesium carbonate (d) Fe(OH)3, Ca2+ and H2O
and calcium carbonate. It also contains several other
Gate-2023
minerals. Dolomite is made of 60% calcium carbonate
and 40% magnesium carbonate. Ans. (d) : The reaction between calcium hydroxide and
■ Dolomite is a mineral composed primarily of calcium acidic ferruginous mine water can be represented as:
magnesium carbonate and is not typically used as an 3Ca(OH)2+Fe2(So4)3+H2O→3CaSO4.2H2O.2H2O+2Fe(
core for metal extraction. OH)3
28. Which of these is not an ore mineral of copper? Therefore, the correct answer is (d) Fe(OH)3, Ca2+ and
(a) Malachite (b) Chalcopyrite H2O.
(c) Bornite (d) Molybdenite 32. UHV of 'D' grade coal in Kcal/kg
(e) Question not attempted (a) 2401-3360 (b) 4941-5600
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 (c) 5601-6200 (d) 4201-4940
Ans. (d) : Molybdenite is not an ore mineral of copper NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
instead, it is a mineral containing molybdenum.
Ans. (d) : UHV of 'D' grade coal is 4201-4940 Kcal/kg
Molybdenite (MoS2) is collected along with copper
sulfides in a bulk Cu-Mo concentrate. • The gradation of non-coking coal is based on useful
The other options malchite, chalcopyrite and bornite heat (UHV). The classifications are divided into seven
are all ore minerals of copper. grades from A-G.
29. The process of forming suitable a protective • UHV of grade-A non-cocking coal is maximum (>
layer of organic or inorganic material applied 6200) whereas grade-G has the lowest value of UHV
or left on the surface as a temporary aid in (1300-2400).
stabilizing the surface is known as : • UHV is an expression derived from ash and moisture
(a) mulches (b) soil amelioration contents for non-cocking coals are per the government
(c) replacement of soil (d) tillage operations of India notification.
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 • UHV is defined by the formula -
Ans. (a) UHV Kcal/kg = (8900 – 138) × (Percentage of
Mulches is a material process placed on the soil ash content + percentage of moisture content)
surface to maintain moisture, reduce weed growth, 33. Globigerina ooze is made up chiefly of
mitigate soil erosion and improve soil condition.
(a) Frustules (b) Foraminifera
The process of forming suitable a protective layer
of organic and inorganic material applied or left on (c) Silica (d) None of these
the surface as a temporary aid in stabilizing the HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
surface is known as mulches. Ans. (c) : Globigerina ooze is made up chiefly of silica.
Mulching can help to improve crop yield and • siliceous ooze is present only in region of high
optimize water use. biological surface water productivity where depth of the
30. Soil amelioration is necessary in the seafloor is deeper than the CCD.
revegetation program of the spoils from .......... 34. Which lustre cannot occur to the calcite ?
ores.
(a) Silky (b) Vitreous
(a) carbonate (b) sulphide
(c) pyrite (d) oxide (c) Waxy (d) Adamantine
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
Ans. (b) Soil amelioration activities are undertaken to Ans. (d) : Calcite minerals show few lustres vitreous
overcome the adverse conditions including salinity and waxy, silky but they do not show adamantine lustre
deficiencies of nutrients, presence of toxic compounds, which is exclusively show by diamond, Calcite can
form by direct precipitation from water rich in calcium.
@

poor texture and structure of soil and lack of organic

matter. As Concentrations increase or the amount of water
ap

Soil amelioration is necessary in the re-vegetation decreases crystal of solid calcite crystal form.
programme of the spoils from acidic and sulphide Organisms make structural element or shells.
na

ores. 35. Which is an amorphous mineral ?

However, most of the mine wastes requires some (a) Opal (b) Cat's Eye
_l

amount of soil amelioration prior to re-vegetation (c) Topaz (d) Lapiz Lazuli
programme. HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
ib

Mineral Process 11 YCT

ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Opal is amorphous mineral and non- Ans. (c): Agate is a common semiprecious silica
crystalline nature. mineral is a variety of chalcedony that occurs in bands
• A mineral with no definite crystalline structure. of varying color and transparency. Agate is essentially
• A mineral-like substance that does not meet all the quartz, and its physical properties are in general those of
criteria as a true mineral- Example include glass, coal that mineral.
opal and obsidian. 42. Which mineral is noted for its one perfect
36. Aquamarine is a gem variety of cleavage?
(a) Tourmaline (b) Kyanite (a) Calcite (b) Muscovite
(c) Beryl (d) Topaz (c) Quartz (d) Pyrite
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Ans. (c) : Aquamarine is the mineral beryl, a beryllium Ans. (b) : Muscovite can be cleaved into very thin
Aluminum silicate with the general chemical formula transparent sheets that can substitute for glass,
Be3 Aℓ2(Si16 O18). Beryl crystallizes in the hexagonal particularly for high-temperature application such as
system, it ranges in hardness, it has an imperfect industrial furnace or oven windows.
cleavage and a vitreous luster. 43. An example of a rock whose minerals have
37. What way do you not identify a mineral ? been crushed into thin sheets or bands is
(a) Streak (b) Luster (a) Schist (b) Shale
(c) Colour (d) Height (c) Conglomerate (d) Granite
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Ans. (d) : Minerals can be identified based on number Ans. (a) : Schist is an example of a rock whose
of properties. The properties most commonly used in minerals have been crushed into thin sheets or bands.
identification of a minerals are colour, streak, lustre, Schist is a medium-grained metamorphic rock showing
hardness, crystal shape, cleavage specific gravity and pronounced schistosity.
habit most of these can be assessed relatively easily
This means that the rock is composed of mineral grains
evev when a is out in the field.
easily seen with a low power hand lens, oriented in such
38. Which mineral group is abundantly found in a way that the rock is easily split into thin flakes or
the earth’s crust? plates.
(a) Mica group (b) Feldspar group
44. Which coal is more prone to spontaneous
(c) Oxide group (d) Silicate group combustion?
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (a) High thermal conductivity
Ans. (b) : The feldspar are the most prominent group of (b) Low porosity
minerals making more than fifty percent by weight of (c) With high pyrite content
crust of the earth upto a depth of 30 km.
(d) Anthracite coal
39. What is the structure of dolomite? Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(a) Rhombohedral (b) Columnar
Ans. (c) : • Pure pyrite (polysulphide of iron) contains
(c) Tabular (d) Flaky
46.37% fe and 53.33% s and also reacts with oxygen of
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 air of room temperature emancipating heat and
Ans. (a) : Dolomite is a calcicum/magnesium carbonate responsible for spontaneous combustion.
mineral. It has chemical formula as unit CaMg(CO3)2.
Dolomite has a trigonal crystal system with
Rhombohedral orbit.
40. What is absolute reverse of prophyritic
texture? • Heating of coal could be caused by iron pyrites
(a) Ophitic (b) Felsitic present in finely powdered and dispersed state in the
(c) Granitic (d) Poiklitic presence of moisture.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 • It has been established that pyrite present in coal
might assist the exudation of its carbonaceous content
@

Ans. (d) : Poiklitic texture is characterized with the

presence of fine-grained crystal within the body of large by breaking down coal into smaller fragments and
ap

sized crystals. In other words, it is just the reverse of the exposing larger surface area to the air, as well as by
porphyritic textures. elevating the temp.
na

41. An agate is a form of which mineral? 45. Base of the overburden dump should not have
(a) Magnetite (b) Feldspar (a) Basalt (b) Black cotton soil
_l

(c) Quartz (d) Copper (c) Sand stone (d) Shale

HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
ib

Mineral Process 12 YCT

ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Base of overburden dump should not have Ans. (c) : • Bentonite is an aluminum phyllosilicale
Black cotton soil. generated frequency from the alteration of volcanic ash,
• Generally, coal seams occur almost in the middle part consisting predominantly of smectite minerals, mostly
of Barker Formation. montomorillonite (80-90%) by weight.
• The litho logy of Broker formation encountered in the • Due to its special properties, bentonite is a versatile
boreholes are represented by gray to white, time to material for geotechnical engineering and as well as
coarse-grained sandstone, thin clay bands, shale, their demand for different industrial application.
interaction of state and sandstone, sand shale, shaly • The bentonite used in this study was obtained form
sandstone, carbonaceous shale, shaly coal and coal. ashaka and Tango deposited, gombe state and were
labeled as GA and GT respectively.
• The potential coal seam i.e. composite seam occurs in
this formation. • Bentonite chemical is used for preparing mud flush.
• The formation is unconformable overlain by Kamthi 49. Which mineral is an iron ore?
formation. (a) Bauxite (b) haematite
(c) Malachite (d) Galehna
46. What type of rock is Sandstone as per its
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
origin?
(a) Igneous (b) Metamorphic Ans. (b) : The mineral is an iron ore haematite.
(c) Sedimentary (d) None of the above Iron ores - Iron ores are rock and minerals from which
metallic iron can be economically extracted. The ores
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 are usually rich in iron oxides and vary in color from
Ans. (c) : Sandstone is sedimentary rock that is dark grey, bright yellow, or deep purple to rusty red.
composed of sand size grain particles such as minerals, The iron is usually found in the form of magnetite
rock fragments of organic materials. (Fe3O4, 72.4% Fe), hematite (Fe2O3 , 69.9% Fe)
• Sandstone is the most common rock type found goethite (FeO(OH), 62.9% Fe) limonite (FeO (OH).n
throughout the world . (H2O) 55% Fe) or siderite (FeCO3, 48.2% Fe)
• It is found in sedimentary basin through the world. Haematite - hematite, also spelled haematite, heavy
and relatively oxide mineral, ferric oxide (Fe2O3) that
• Deposits of sand that eventually from sandstone are
constitutes the most important iron ore because of its
delivered to the basin by river, but may also be
high iron content (70%) and its abundance.
delivered by the action of waves or wind.
50. Bauxite is related to which of the following:
• Some sand grains might be organic particles, such as
(a) Aluminium (b) Manganese
sand and shell debris produced within the basin.
(c) Lead (d) Tin
47. Coal formation takes place in the following APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
order
Ans. (a) : The bauxite is related to aluminium.
(a) Peat-lignite-anthracite-bituminous
Aluminium is found as aluminosilicates (containing
(b) Peat-lignite-bituminous-anthracite aluminium, silicon and oxygen) in different forms of
(c) Bituminous-peat-lignite-anthracite clay in various concentrations in nature. They
(d) Lignite-peat-bituminous-anthracite eventually break down into different types of hydrated
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 aluminium oxide, Al2O3. XH2O known as bauxite, as
Ans. (b) : There are four stages in coal formation Peat the minerals are weathered.
→ Lignite → Bituminous → Anthracite. 51. Coal seams are normally found in:
• Peat is generally considered a precursor of coal, but it (a) Metamorphic rocks
has been used as a feel in some areas. (b) Igneous rocks
• Lignite is lowest quality and the first to be formed. (c) Sedimentary rocks
(d) Crystalline
• Bituminous coal is a dense sedimentary rock,
generally of high quality. APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
• Anthracite is the highest rank of coal. It's a hard, Ans. (c) : Coal seams are normally found in
sedimentary rocks. Coal seams originate and are formed
glossy rock and is highly valued for its properties.
by the consolidation of biota, minerals and natural
• Calcification is a process in which dead matters like chemicals through geologic time. Compression, heat,
@

plants and vegetation convert into coal over a prolonged sedimentation, erosion, and chemical energy ore agents
period of time. of the coal formation process multiple coal seams can
ap

48. Bentonite chemical is used for exist in a reserve, with each coal seam can exist in a
(a) Sealing crack reserve with each coal seam separated by sedimentary
na

(b) Surveying borehole deviation rock interburden.

(c) Preparing mud flush 52. While using shuttle cars and joy loader in
_l

(d) None of the above inclined coal seams, the shape of the pillar
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 shall be:
ib

Mineral Process 13 YCT

ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Rhombus (b) Rectangle (b) Almandine: Ganite pegmatites, rhyolites
(c) Circular (d) Square Pyrope: Ultrabasic igneous rocks and
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II serpentinites
Ans. (a) : The using shuttle cars and joy loader in Spessartine: Gneisses and Schists
inclined coal seams the shape of the pillar shall be Uvarovite: Chromite, serpentinite
rhombus. (c) Almandine: Gneisses and Schists
53. Which of the following factor has to be Pyrope: Chromite, serpentinite
considered for deciding the size of the panel? Spessartine: Granite pegmatites, rhyolites
(a) Depth of the seam Uvarovite: Utrabasis igneous rocks and
(b) Thickness of the seam serpentinites
(c) Output required (d) Almandine: Gneisses and Schists
(d) Incubation period Pyrope: Ultrabasic igneous rocks and
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II serpentinites
Ans. (d) : The factor has to be considered for deciding Spessartine: Granite pegmatites, rhyolites
the size of the panel incubation period. Uvarovite: Chromite, serpentinite
54. Identify the correct set of orthosilicate APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
minerals. Ans. (d) : The correct association/ mode of occurrence
(a) topaz. olivine, garnet, zircon for the varieties of Garnets is almandine Gneisses and
(b) topaz. epidote, garnet, zircon schists, pyrop. Ultra basic igneous rocks and
serpentinites, spessartine. Garnite pegmatities, rhyolites
(c) topaz. tourmaline, garnet, zircon
Urarovite chromite, serpentinit.
(d) olivine, serpentine, garnet zircon
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 57. ____ is the mineral derived from the alteration
of magnesium-rich rocks and used in the
Ans. (a) : The correct set of orthosilicate salts, like
preparation of bricks for the linings of
sodium orthosilicate, are stable, and occur widely in
metallurgical furnaces.
nature as silicate minerals, being the defining feature of
the nesosilicates. Olivine, a magnesium or iron (II) (a) Dolomite (b) Brucite
orthosilicate, is the most abundant mineral in the upper (c) Magnesite (d) Olivine
mantle. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Orthosilicate minerals are group of minerals that have Ans. (c) : Magnesia bricks also known as magnesite
the chemical formula SiO4. They are classified as a bricks are one type of basic refractory bricks, which are
subclass of silicate minerals, which are composed of made of 85% magnesium oxide & 35% iron oxide. In
silicon and oxygen atoms arranged in a tetrahedral addition, such bricks are profound for high strength &
structure. here are some example of orthosilicate heat resistant properties.
minerals.
58. Muscovite has a/an ____ Iustre.
(i) Topaz (ii) Olivine (iii) Garnet (iv) Zircon.
(a) dull
55. ____ is a green variety of beryl, and the green (b) adamantine
colour is due to the presence of ____
(c) vitreous to pearly
(a) Emerald, copper
(d) greasy
(b) Moonstone, copper
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
(c) Moonstone, chromium
(d) Emerald, chromium Ans. (c) : Muscovite has a vitreous to pearly luster.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 59. The approximate composition of Andesine with
Ans. (d) : Emerald is a green variety of beryl and the respect to albite and anorthite molecules is:
green color is due the presence of chromium- while (a) albite molecule: 70 to 50 percent; Anorthite
green Beryl is green because of the presence of iron. molecule: 30 to 50 percent
Emeralds that have traces of iron will have a yellow tint (b) albite molecule: 30 to 50 percent; Anorthite
in them but still have either or both chromium and molecule: 70 to 50 percent
vanadium. (c) albite molecule: 30 to 10 percent; Anorthite
molecule: 70 to 90 percent
@

56. Choose the correct association/mode of

occurrence commonly seen for the varieties of (d) albite molecule: 90 to 70 percent; Anorthite
ap

Garnets: molecule: 10 to 30 percent

(a) Almandine: Chromite, serpentinite APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
na

Pyrope: Granite pegmatites, rhyolites Ans. (a) : The approximate composition of andesine
Spessartine: Ultrabasic igneous rocks and with respect to albite and anorthite molecules is
_l

serpentinites Albite molecule: 70 to 50 percent; Anorthite molecule:

Uvarovite: Gneisses and Schists 30 to 50 percent.
ib

Mineral Process 14 YCT

ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Andesine- Andesine is a silicate mineral, a member of 64. While the core is rich in Fe and other
the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series. Its siderophile elements, it is less dense than a pure
chemical formula is (Ca, Na) (Al, Si)4O8, where Fe-Ni liquid. This statement about the lower
Ca/(Ca+Na) (% anorthite) is between 30-50%. The density is supported by the fact that ––––.
formula may be writhen as Na ( 0.7 −0.5) Ca ( 0.3−0.5)Si( 2.2) . (a) sulphur content of 9-12 percent in the core
explains the low density
60. The chemical composition of Sanidine is:
(a) K AI Si3 O8 (b) K Na Si3 O8 (b) silica is also present in the core, resulting in
(c) K AI Fe Si3 O8 (d) K AI Na Si3 O8 lower density
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 (c) absence of oxygen in the core may be the
cause of low density
Ans. (a) : The chemical composition of Sanidine is
K Al Si3 O8. (d) absence of carbon dioxide in the core may be
Sanidine- Sanidine is the high temperature form of the cause of low density
potassium feldspar with a general formula K(Al Si3O8). APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Sanidine is found most typically in felsic volcanic Ans. (a) : The core is rich in Fe and other siderophile
rocks such as obsidian. dhyolite and trachyte. elements, it is less dense than a pure Fe-Ni liquid. This
61. Forsterite - a variety of olivine - contains ____, statement about the lower density is supported by the
while another variety Fayalite contains _____. fact that sulphur content of 9-12 percent in the core
(a) ferrous iron, magnesium explains the low density.
(b) magnesium, ferrous iron 65. Glaucophane + epidote + phengite + paragonite
(c) chromium, magnesium ± Mg-chloritoid ± quartz ± garnet is the
(d) ferric iron, chromium characteristic mineral assemblage of:
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 (a) Green schist Facies
Ans. (b) : Forsterite-a variety of olivine-contains (b) Amphibolite Facies
magnesium while another variety Fayalite contains (c) Blueschist Facies
Ferrous iron (d) Eclogite Facies
• Olivines are an important rock-forming mineral APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
group.
Ans. (c) : Glaucophane + epidote + phengite +
• Magnesium-rich divines are abundant in low-Silica
paragonite ± Mg–chloritoid ± quartz ± garnet is the
mafic and ultramafic igneous rock and are believed to
characteristic mineral assemblage of the Blueschist
be the most abundant constituent of the Earth's upper
mantle. Facies.
The blueschist metamoriphic facies are characterized by
• Ferrous metals refer to any metal that contains iron.
the minerals jadeite, glaucophane, epidote, lawsonite,
62. The accessory in optical studies, gypsum plate and garnet.
is known as____ while Mica plate is known
as____. 66. Which of the following represents a residual
(a) birefringence plat, bertrand plate phosphate?
(b) birefringence plat, birefringence plate (a) Micrite (b) Caliche
(c) quarter wave plate, full wave plate (c) Guano (d) Kugelsandstein
(d) full wave plate quarter wave plate APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 Ans. (c) : Guano is represents a residual phosphate.
Ans. (d) : The accessory in optical studies, gypsum • Guano- Guano is the accumulated excrement of
plate is known as full wave plate while mica plate is seabirds or bats. Guano is a highly effective fertilizer
known as quarter wave plate. due to the high content of nitrogen phosphate, and
potassium all key nutrients essential for plant growth.
63. When feldspars are subject to chemical Guano was also, to a lesser extent, sought for the
weathering, they eventually decompose to form production of gunpowder and other explosive materials.
____ minerals as residual products.
67. Smaller grains of one mineral are completely
(a) silicic acid (b) carbonate
enclosed in large, optically continuous grains of
(c) clay (d) colloidal silica
another mineral without common orientation,
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
@

the texture is known as____

Ans. (c) : When fled undergo chemical weathering they (a) porphyritic (b) poikilitic
decompose to form clay minerals as residual products.
ap

(c) ophitic (d) granitic

In some types of chemical weathering the original
mineral becomes altered to a different mineral. For APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
na

example, feldspar is altered-by hydrolysis-to form clay Ans. (b) : Smaller grains of one mineral are completely
minerals plus some ions in solution. In other cases the enclosed in large, optically continuous grains of another
_l

minerals dissolve completely and their components go mineral without common orientation, The texture is
into solution. known as Poikillitic.
ib

Mineral Process 15 YCT

ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Poikillitic texture- Poikillitic texture
xture rrefers to igneous [Q] Tungsten is closely related to wolframite
w because
rock where large lated-formed less perfect crystals wolframite is one of the main ores
res from
fro which tungsten
('Oikocrysts') surround smaller ler early formed is extracted. Wolframite is a important
imp source of
idiomorphic crystals-of other minerals.erals. tungsten. Which is a rare and valuabl
aluable metal known for
Porphyritic- Porphyritic texture is fo found largely in its high melting point and nd various
v industrial
volcanic and hypabyssal rocks. applications.
Ophitic- Having or being a rock fabric in which lath- [R] Lead is closely related to galena
alena because galena is
shaped plagioclase crystals are enclosedclosed in later formed the primary ore of lead. Galena is a lead
le sulfide mineral
augite. that is the most important sourcee of lead.
le
Grantic- Granite, coarse- or medium-grained intrusive when galena is mined and processed
cessed, lead is extracted
igneous rock that is rich in quartz and fe feldspar; from it through various methods, making galena a
crucial resource for lead production.
68. The ____ is the process whereby ereby small amounts [S] Zinc is closely related to sphalerite
s because
of melt are instantaneouslyy rem removed from their sphalerite is the primary ore of zinc. Sphalerite
S is a zinc
solid residue, aggregating elsew elsewhere to form a sulfide mineral that typically ically contains high
magma body. concentrations of zinc, making it the th most important
(a) fractional melting (b) filte
filter pressing source of zinc world wide. When en spharite
sph is mined and
(c) batch melting (d) resi
residual melting processed, zinc is extracted fromrom it i through various
APPSC Royalty Inspe Inspector-22.09.2020 methods. contributing significantly
ntly to
t the global zinc
Ans. (a) : The fractional melting is the pprocess whereby supply.
small amounts of melt are instantane tantaneously removed 70. Match the wire ropee types ty with their
from their solid residue, aggregating ing els
elsewhere to form corresponding cross-sectional
tional diagrams.
a magma body. Rope type Diagrams
The process occurs when the parent nt rock is fractionated, P Round strand 1
that is split into two fractions eachh with a composition
different from the parent. Fractionat tionation may occur
during crystallization of a magma ma oor melting of a
preexisting rock. Q Half-locked coil 2
• Batch Melting- A finite amountt of m melt, for example
5 or 10% is produced and equilibrates rates completely with
the solid residue. R Flattened strand 3
69. Match the following with metals their
corresponding minerals.
Metal Mineral
S Full locked coil 4
P Copper 1. Ga Galena
Q Tungsten 2. Sp Sphalerite
R Lead 3. Ch Chalcopyrite
S Zinc 4. W Wolframite (a) P - 3, Q - 2, R - 4, S - 1
(a) P - 4, Q - 2, R - 1, S - 3 (b) P - 3, Q - 1, R - 2, S - 4
(b) P - 4, Q - 1, R - 3, S - 2 (c) P - 1, Q - 3, R - 4, S - 2
(c) P - 3, Q - 4, R - 1, S - 2 (d) P - 4, Q - 2, R - 3, S - 1
(d) P - 4, Q - 3, R - 4, S - 1 Gate Mining
ining Engineering-2020
Gate Miningg Eng Engineering-2020 Ans. (a) :
Ans. (c) : Rope type Diagrams
Metal Miner
Mineral P Round strand 3
P. Copper 3 Chalco
Chalcopyrite
Q. Tungusten 4 Wolfra
Wolframite
R. Lead 1 Galena Q Half-locked coil 2
S. Zinc 2 Sphale
Sphalerite
@

[P] Copper is closely related to chalc

chalcopyrite because
chalcopyrite is a primary ore of copper.
opper. Chalcopyrite is R Flattened strand 4
ap

a copper iron sulfide mineral thatt typi

typically contains a
high percentage of copper makingg it oone of the most
na

important source of copper worl world-wide. When

chalcopyrite is mined and processed,
ed, cop
copper is extracted S Full locked coil 1
_l

from it through various methods ethods, contributing

significantly to the global copper supply
supply.
ib

Mineral Process 16 YCT

ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
[P] Round strand → 72. Which of the following is not a sulphide
A round strand rope is a type of rope that is constructed mineral?
using individual strands twisted together in a round (a) Beryl (b) Cinnabar
configuration. (c) Molybdenite (d) Covelite
This type of rope is commonly used in various HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
applications, including marine, Construction, and Ans. (a) : The sulphide minerals are the major source of
industrial settings, where strength and durability their world supply of a very wide range of metals and are the
ability to distribute loads evenly and provide reliable most important group of ore minerals.
performance in demanding conditions. • In virtually all the sulfides, bonding is covalent, but
They can be made from different materials such as some have metallic properties.
nylon, polyester, polypropylene, or natural fibers like • The covalent property of sulfur allows sulfur-sulfur
hemp or sisal, depending on the specific requirements bonds and the incorporation of S2 pairs in some sulfides
of the application. such as pyrite.
[Q] Half-locked coil→ • Several sulfides, including Molybdenite (MOS2)
A half-locked coil rope is a type of wire rope cinnabar (HgS) and coverlet (CuS), have structures.
construction that consists of one layer of strands laid in • Sever sulfides, including Molybdenite (MOS2),
one direction (typically clockwise) around a core, and Cinnabar (HgS) and covellite (CuS), have the spinel
another layer of strands laid in the opposite direction structure.
(typically counterclockwise) on top of the first layer. 73. Which of the following is considered as the
This alternating pattern of strand lay creates a rope that most likely host for diamond?
is highly resistant to abrasion and crushing, making it (a) Eclogite (b) Ophiolite
suitable for use in applications where durability and (c) Kimberlite (d) Andesite
strength are essential, such as in mining, marine, and HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
heavy lifting industries. The "half locked" terminology Ans. (c) : The search for diamonds has determined that
refers to the fact that only one layer of strands interlocks most are derived from kimberlitic pipes in the oldest,
with the adjacent strands, providing additional stability nuclear portions of the continents, where the basement
and security to the rope structure. rocks are older than 1.5 billion years.
[S] A flattened strand rope is a type of wire rope • Kimberlite pipes occur in many parts of the
construction where the individual strands are flattened continental crust but most diamond-rich ones are found
rather than round. The type of rope is often used in in archons.
applications where flexibility and surface contact are • This fact suggest that most diamamonds were formed
important, such as in hoisting operations where the rope and stored deep below the creators, in the area shown in
the lower figure, and ware later transported to the
needs to grip objects securely or in conveyor systems
surface by kimberlitic and lamproite magma’s that
where the rope needs to conform to pulleys and rollers. extracted them and other samples from the mantle.
Flattened strand ropes typically have a larger contact 74. Which of the following is a copper-bearing
area compared to round strand ropes, which can provide mineral?
better gripping and wear characteristics. (a) Bronte (b) Chalcopyrite
A full locked coil rope is a specialized type of wire (c) Covelite (d) All of the above
rope construction designed for applications requiring HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
exceptional strength. Ans. (d) : All the above option are correct.
Durability, and resistance to abrasion. It consists of
• Copper was one of the first metals to be worked into
multiple layers of wire strands, durability and resistance
implements and the first metal to be smelted from ores.
to abrasion.
• Its excellent ductility and high conductivity assure its
71. As per classification of mineral resources use in modern society.
“reserve” means • Bronte is a one of nature’s most colorful minerals
(a) Identified resources that’s are copper iron sulfide named after the Austrian
(b) Identified and techno-economically viable mineralogist ….gnaz von Born.
resources • Chalcopyrite is a copper include sulfide minerals. It is
(c) Hypothetical resources brassy to golden yellow color. Also copper is most
(d) Inferred resources important ore minerals thousands of years.
Gate Mining Engineering-2019 • Covelite may be precipitated from copper sulfate
Ans. (b) : Reserves are those portions of mineral solutions by reaction of chalcocite. This is an indigo
resource that have been proved to be viable, both blue sulfide that is a minor ore of copper.
@

technically and economically to extract. 75. Which of the following is an alkali pyroxene ?
• Therefore, As per classification of mineral resources,
ap

(a) Diopside (b) Aegirine

"reserve" means Identified and techno-economically (c) Grunerite (d) Augite
viable resources.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
na

Mineral Process 17 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): The magnetic processes are fundamental in 78. Mineral that is commonly used in glazing
concentrating these metals, the role of hydrothermal porcelain is
fluids in concentrating and fractionating these elements (a) Mica (b) Feldspar
remains unclear. (c) Clay (d) Quartz
• The global reproducibility of the magnetic – GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
hydrothermal evolution of alkaline silica-saturated
Ans. (b) : The study of the formation of rock and
systems using alkali pyroxene and amphiboles from six
alkaline complexes. minerals can give insight into how glazes from in the
kiln as stoneware glaze are made from the same
• These minerals contain significant amount of REE
minerals. Feldspar, limestone and quartz. Glazes from
and HFSF, and pyroxene is stable throughout the
magmatic and hydro- thermal stages. crystal while molten in the same way as rocks,
depending on a slow rate of cooling for a large crystal
• Amphibole consists of mostly unzoned arfvedsonite,
leakeite, and katophorite, while pyroxene in always size.
aegirine. 79. In Seyler’s classification, two important
76. Which of the following minerals exhibits parameters considered are:
double refraction? (a) Carbon and oxygen
(a) Dogtooth spar (b) Satin spar (b) Hydrogen and oxygen
(c) Iceland spar (d) None of the above (c) Carbon and hydrogen
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 (d) Nitrogen and sulphur
Ans. (c) : Iceland spar is a usually clear and perfect GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
crystal from calcite. Ans. (c) : Seyler's coal classification depict correlation
• The specimen exhibits double refraction. among fundamental coal elements, including carbon,
• The characteristic shape of nearly, perfect calcite hydrogen, oxygen, volatile matter and calonific values.
crystal is a box that looks as if it’s been skewed to one It is considered to be a fundamental foundation for
side. future classification of coal.
• The internal arrangement of atoms that leads to this 80. Diamond is found in __________ region
external shape is called rhombohedra. (a) Panna (b) Kolar
• The splitting of light is known as double refraction. (c) Baster (d) Singhbhum
• It is refracted into two wave fronts, polarized at right GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
angles to one another and traveling at different Ans. (a) : Diamond ore is a rare ore that generates deep
velocities. underground and is the only reliable source of
77. Which of the following represents correct diamonds. Panna, a region in the central India state of
sequence of appearance of minerals during Madhya Pradesh, is known for its diamond mine.
progressive regional metamorphism? • The Panna Diamond Mine is renowned for its
(a) Biotite-Chlorite-Garnet-Kyenite-Sillimanite- production of high-quality diamonds, including some of
Staurolite the largest and most valuable diamonds found in India.
(b) Garnet-Biotite-Chlorite-Sillimanite-Kyenite- The mine has been in operation for centuries, with
Staurolite historical records dating back to the 17th century.
(c) Chlorite-Biotite-Garnet-Staurolite-Kyenite- 81. The most common accessory mineral in
Sillimanite eclogites is
(d) Biotite-Garnet-Chlorite-Staurolite-Sillimanite (a) Ilmenite (b) Zoisite
Kyenite (c) Rutile (d) Sphene
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (c) : The sequence of zones now recognized and Ans. (c) : Rutile is the most common naturally
the typical metamorphic mineral assemblage in each occurring titanium dioxide polymorph and is widely
are. distributed as an accessory mineral in metamorphic
• Chlorite zone →Biotite zone → Garnet zone rocks ranging from greenschist to eclogite and granulite
→Staurolite zone →Kyanite zone → Sillimanite zone. facies but is also present in igneous rocks, mantle
• Chlorite zone, pelitic rocks are slates or phyllites and xenoliths, lunar rocks and meteorites.
typically contain chlorite, muscovite, quartz and albite. 82. Presence of mineral Glauconite suggests
• Biotite, slates give way to phyllites and schists, with (a) Desert environment
@

biotite, chlorite muscovite, quartz and albite. (b) Glacial environment

• Garnet, schists with conspicuous red almandine garnet (c) Fluvial environment
ap

usually with biotite, chlorite, muscovite, quartz and (d) Marine environment
plagioclase. GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
na

Mineral Process 18 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Glauconite is an iron potassium phyllosilicate Ans. (b): The oldest mineral among 4.4 billion years
mineral of characteristic green color which is very ago found on the surface of the earth is zircon.
friable and has very low weathering resistance. It • It is found from the jack hills of Australia.
crystallizes with a monoclinic geometry. • The microscopic germ was found on a sheep in
Glauconite is considered a diagnostic mineral indicative Australia and is about twice the diameter of a human
of continental shelf marine depositional environments hair according to the Guardian.
with slow rates of accumulation and gradational
boundaries. 88. Which of the following minerals is present in
bauxite?
83. Which of the following mineral exhibits the (a) Gibbsite (b) Diaspore
property of magnetism
(c) Boehmite (d) All of these
(a) Biotite (b) Orthoclase
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
(c) Albite (d) Pyrrhotite
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 Ans. (d) : Bauxite is a mixture of minerals which
contain, as well as impurities different concentrations of
Ans. (d) : Pyrrhotite is found with pentlandite in basic
hydrated aluminium oxides.
igneous rocks, veinsand metamorphic rock. It is also
often found with pyrite, marcasite and magnetite. It has • Gibbsite, boehmite and diaspore are the main minerals.
varying magnetic power, depending on the number of • Bauxite is a high-aluminium-content rock. That is the
Fe vacancies in the crystal structure. main are that aluminium is mined from.
84. The mineral Augite shows • It contains almost 25%-30% alumina. In the belt
(a) 1st order interference colours around the equator, bauxite is commonly found.
(b) 2nd order interference colours • The term bauxite is used for naturally occurring
(c) 3rd order interference colours mixtures of aluminium monohydrate.
(d) 4th order interference colours • The bauxite used by the chemical and refectory
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 industries in the united states in 1959.
Ans. (b) : Augite, the most common pyroxene mineral 89. Which of the following minerals is the primary
(a silicate of calcium, magnesium, iron, titanium and source for Plaster of Paris?
aluminium). It occurs chiefly as thick, tabular crystals in (a) Gypsum (b) Halite
basalts gabbros andesites and of the mineral augite (c) Quartz (d) Fluorite
show 2nd order interference colours. HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
85. Which one is a non-pleochroic mineral Ans. (a) : The primary source of Plaster of Paris is
(a) Biotite (b) Olivine gypsum, it is manufactured heating at 423 K (max).
(c) Garnet (d) Tourmaline • It loses water molecules and becomes calcium
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 sulphate hemihydrate.
Ans. (c) : Garnets are a group of silicate minerals that 1
have been used since the bronze age as gemstones and • The chemical formula of Plaster of Paris is CaSO4.
2
abrasives. All species of garnets process similar H2O.
physical properties and crystal forms, but differ in
• Plaster of Paris has a wide range of applications in
chemical composition.
making sculpture and bandages.
86. The "yellow boy" formed due to acid mine • It is a white chemical compound with powder like
drainage mainly consists of
texture.
(a) Ferrous hydroxide (b) Ferrous sulfate
(c) Ferric hydroxide (d) Ferric sulfate • The Plaster of Paris exists in two crystalline forms one
in calcite and the other is Argonne. Both of them are
Gate Mining Engineering-2017
insoluble in water but dissolves in the presence of
Ans. (c) : Iron pyrite, FeS2 , also known as "fools Carbon dioxide by forming sodium bicarbonates.
gold", is the most important source of nearly all water
pollution originating from mine and their residue 90. The minimum density of 'heavy minerals is
deposits. when pyrite is exposed to air and water. usually :
• It oxidizes to form sulphuric acid and iron oxides and (a) 2.6 g/cm3 (b) 2.8 g/cm3
3
ferric hydroxides (Yellow boy), which coves the pH of (c) 2.9 g/cm (d) 2.7 g/cm3
the resultant Ieachate to drop to about. HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
• The oxidation reaction is accelerated and extended Ans. (c) : The minimum density of 'heavy minerals' is
by bacteria. usually 2.87 g/km3 ≈ 2.9 g/cm3.
87. The oldest mineral found on the surface of the • Heavy mineral are large-density components of
@

earth is : siliciclastic sediments.

(a) Quartz (b) Zircon • The limit being dependent on the density of the liquid
ap

(c) Tourmaline (d) Garnet used to separate them from the volumetrically more
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 abundant light minerals.
na

Mineral Process 19 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• The heavy mineral assemblage in sediments usually Name Formula % Copper when
reflects their parent rocks as well their origin. pure
• Thus, over the last two decades, specific heavy Chalcopyrite CuFeS2 34.5
minerals including zicron, monazite, garnet, tourmaline, Chalcocite CuS 79.8
apatite, retile and Ti-Fe oxide minerals have been Covellite CuS 66.5
widely used to decipher the provenances of marine and Bornite 2Cu2S.CuS.FeS 63.3
Nile river sediments in terms of their unique varietal
characteristics. 94. Which of the following properties can be used
in identifying a mineral?
91. Monazite is an ore of : (a) Streak
(a) Thorium (b) Uranium (b) Transparency
(c) Molybdenum (d) Vanadium (c) Magnetic susceptibility
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 (d) All of these
Ans. (a) : Monazite is a source of Thorium, Lanthanum HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
and Cerium, which is a reddish-brown phosphate Ans. (d) : Minerals are known to man and they are
minerals containing rare-earth metals. identified by their physical and chemical properties.
• It is found in India, South Africa, Madagascar with a • The physical properties of minerals are determined by
large deposit of monazite sand. the atomic structure and crystal chemistry of the
• The mineral monazite a Uranium and Thorium-rich minerals.
phosphate of a rare-earth element is a common • The most common physical properties are crystal
accessory mineral in a variety of felsic igneous rocks. form, color, hardness clearage and specific gravity.
• It is a common trace constituent in many metamorphic • Streak of a mineral is the color of the powder product
rocks, particularly metapelities. when the mineral is rubbed a gains an unglazed
porcelain plate or other fine-grained, hard, abrasive
92. Which of the following minerals is regarded as surface.
the 'pathfinder' in search of gold deposits? • Magnetic susceptibility a few minerals such as
(a) Pyrrhotite (b) Pyrite magnetite and pyrrhotite are attracted by a magnet and
(c) Chalcopyrite (d) Arsenopyrite are said to be magnetite. It is find large piece of highly
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 magnetic materials, it may be a meteorite or a furnace
Ans. (d) : These indicator minerals are identified as product.
quartz, magnetite and hematite. While contributions • Transparency is not normally used as an identification
from pyrite, arsenopyrite, iridosmine, scheelite, mark. It can however eliminate same mineral
tetradymite, garnet, gypsum and other sulfate materials possibilities when trying to identify a minerals.
are insignificant. 95. Which of the following is not a carbonate
• Gold associated pathfinder minerals have been mineral?
investigated by identifying host minerals of Au for (a) Siderite (b) Dolomite
samples collected from an artisanal mining site near a (c) Argonite (d) Albite
potential gold mine in Dunkwa-on-offin in central HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
region of Ghana. Ans. (d) : Carbonate minerals contain the anionic
• These constitutes a confirmation identification of Au complex (CO3)2–, which is triangular in it coordination -
path finding minerals in this particular mineralogical i.e. with a carbon atom at the centre and an oxygen
atom at each of the corners of equilateral triangle.
area.
• In calcite group (trigonal), siderite is a carbonate
93. Which of the following minerals has the highest mineral. [Siderite → CaCO3]
copper percentage?
• In aragonite group (orthorhombic), Aragonite is a
(a) Chalcocite (b) Chalcopyrite carbonate mineral. [Aragonite → CaCO3]
(c) Bornite (d) Covelite • In dolomite group (trigonal), dolonite is a carbonate
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 mineral. [Dolomite → CaMg(CO3)2]
Ans. (a) : Chalcocite, sulfide mineral that is one of the • Albite is a plagioclase feldspar mineral. It is the
most important ores of copper. sodium end member of the plagioclase solid solution
• Chalcocite (Cu2S) belongs to a group of sulfide series.
minerals formed at relatively low temperature. • Albite is not a carbonate mineral.
• It has the highest copper percentage. 96. Which of the following minerals exhibits
@

• The reasons for this is its high copper content (66.7% Double Refraction?
atomic ratio and nearly 80% by weight). (a) Calcite (b) Quartz
ap

• List of minerals that serve as copper ores in the copper (c) Diamond (d) Topaz
mining processes. HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
na

Mineral Process 20 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): The optic axis of a calcite crystal is defined by 99. Zircon crystallizes in which of the following
the symmetry of the crystal lattice. crystal system :
• In calcite compound of CaCO3, the CO3 from a (a) Cubic (b) Hexagonal
triangular cluster and the optic axis lies perpendicular to (c) Tetragonal (d) Orthorhombic
this. (e) Monoclinic
• Double refraction, also called briefringence, an optical CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
property in which a single ray of unpolarised light
Ans. (c) : The crystal structure of zircon is tetragonal
entering an anisotropic medium is split into two rays,
crystal system. The natural colour of zircon varies
each travelling in a different direction.
between colorless, yellow-golden, red, brown, blue, and
• All transparent crystals except those of the cubic
green. Vitreous to adamantine; greasy when metamict.
system, which are normally optically isotropic, exhibit
the phenomenon of double refraction in addition to Zircon : Zircon is a mineral belonging to the group of
calcite, some well-know examples are mica, quartz, ice, nesosilicates and is source of the metal zirconium. Its
sugar and tourmaline. chemical name is zirconium (IV) silicate, and its
corresponding chemical formula is ZrSiO4. An
97. The Chernozem soil develops under which of
the following climatic regions empirical formula showing some of the range of
(a) Steppes (b) Monsoon substitution in Zircon precipitates from silicate melts
and has relatively high concentrations of high field
(c) Boreal (d) Deserts
strength incompatible elements. For example, hafnium
(e) Mediterranean
is almost always present in quantities ranging from 1 to
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
4%. The crystal structure of zircon is tetragonal crystal
Ans. (a) : Steppes : Steppe soil are typically of the system. The natural colour of zircon varies between
chernozem type. Steppes are usually characterized by a colorless, yellow-golden. red, brown, blue, and green.
semi-arid or continental climate. Extremes can be
recorded in the summer of up to 45°C (115°F) and in 100. Basal section of uniaxial crystal when viewed
winter, –55°C (–65°F). Beside this major seasonal under conoscopic conditions show
difference fluctuation between day and night are also (a) Perfectly centered isogyres
very great. (b) Uncentred isogyres
■ Mansoon : A monsoon is a seasonal change in (c) Eccentric isogyres
the direction of the prevailing, or strongest, winds (d) Emergence of optic axis
of a region. (e) Emergence of interference figures.
■ Boreal : The boreal zone is the wide area that lies CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
between the treeless tundra of the arctic zone in
northern Canada and the temperate zone is Ans. (a) : Basal section of uniaxial crystal when viewed
southern Canada. under conoscopic condition show perfectly centered
isogyres.
■ Deserts : Desert, any large, extremely dry area of
land with spares vegetation. Uniaxial : The best way to learn the optic sign of a
uniaxial mineral, is to obtain an interference figure
■ Mediterranean : The term Mediterranean
looking down or nearly down a crystal's optic axis.
derives from the Latin mediterraneous, inland
(Medias, 'Middle' ++ erra 'land, earth), in Greek Basal section : Basal section of uniaxial is
"Mesogeios". perpendicular to optical axis so the light from below
travels through the crystal parallel to optic axis . So it
98. Phenomenon of monotropy could be explained never splits and behave as it isotropic.
by
101. Which of the mineral having plane of
(a) Marcasite-pyrite relationship
symmetry = 7
(b) Quartz-tridymite relationship
(a) Barites (b) Beryl
(c) Pyrite-pyrrhotite relationship
(d) Ilmenite-magnetite relationship (c) β Quartz (d) Biotite
(e) Diamond-graphite relationship (e) Aragonite
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
Ans. (a) : Pyrite and marcasite (FeS2) are iron disulfide Ans. (b) : Beryl : Beryl is a mineral composed of
compounds. They look similar but have different crystal beryllium aluminium silicate with the chemical formula
forms. Both are brittle, hard, brassy yellow with Be3Al2Si6O18. Well known varieties beryl include
metallic luster, and opaque. Their crystal shape is the emerald and aquamarine. Naturally occurring hexagonal
most distinguishing feature. crystals of beryl can be up to several meters in size, but
@

Marcasite and pyrite are two common minerals. Both terminated crystals are relatively rare pure beryl is
colorless but it is frequently tinted by impurities;
ap

FeS2 chemically, making them polymorphs.

Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical possible colours are green, blue, yellow, pink and red. It
composition but different crystal structures. is an ore scure of beryllium.
na

Mineral Process 21 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
102. Nb-Ta is associated with which of the following compositions near (Mg. Fe, Al)3 (Si, Al)4 O10 (OH)2 and
(a) Beryl (b) Zircon with br ucitelike interlayers with compositions near
(c) Apatite (d) Rutile (Mg, Fe, Al)3 (OH)6 . The overall composition is then
(e) Ilmenite (Mg, Fe, Al)6 (Si, Al)4 O10 (OH)8.
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 The great many names found in older literature for
chlorites with small variations of chemical composition
Ans. (a) : Niobium (Nb) and tantalum (Ta) are
are no longer used.
lithophile elements considered to be "geochemical
twins" because they have the same charge and a similar 106. Nepheline and leucite can be distinguished by
ionic radius. Compositions of Nb. Ta-oxide minerals which of the most important character
from beryl type pegmatites of the Hercynian belt, in the (a) Relief (b) Polarization colours
columbite quadrileral compared to those of the (c) Pleochroism (d) Isotropism
scheibengraben pagmatite (cross-hatched) cap de creus (e) Interference colours
eastern prances Albere massif, eastern pyrenees Bavaria CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
and western Bohemia moravian and south Bohemian Ans. (d) : Nepheline and leucite can be distinguished.
moldanubicum Top ferrotopiolite, Ix-ixiolite. The most important character Isotropism Nepheline :
103. Which of the following mineral displays Nepheline syenite provides geological clues to
twinkling environment of formation. It also provides a source of
(a) Augite (b) Gypsum unusual mineral specimens and rare-earth elements
(c) Calcite (d) Talc (REE) extraction. The industrial uses of nepheline
syenite includes refractories, glass making, ceramics
(e) Kyanite
and in pigments and pillars.
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
Insotropism : Insotropism is a property whereby a
Ans. (c) : Calcite is mineral display twinkling. substance exhibits an equal or uniform interaction in all
Calcite : Calcite, the most common from of natural directions or along all possible reference axes between
calcium carbonate (CaCO3) a widely distributed mineral it and an internal or external stimulus.
known for the beautiful development and great variety 107. In olivine structure the layers consisting of
of its crystals. It is polymorphous (same chemical octahedral cross linked by independent SiO4
formula but different crystal structure) with the minerals tetrahedra, lie parallel to which of the following
aragonite and vaterite and with several forms that (a) {010} (b) {100}
apparently exist only under rather extreme experimental
(c) {001} (d) {111}
conditions.
(e) {110}
104. Albite and anorthite end members belonging to CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
which of the following mineral
Ans. (b) : Olivine : Olivine, any member of a group of
(a) Orthoclase (b) Plagioclase
common magnesium, iron silicate minerals.
(c) Microcline (d) Nepheline Olivines are an important rock-forming mineral group.
(e) Leucite Magnesium-rich Olivines are abundant in low-silica
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 mafic and ultramafic igneous rocks and are believes to
Ans. (b) : Plagioclase : Plagioclase is the name of be the most abundant constituent of the Earth's upper
group of feldspar minerals that from a solid solution Mantle.
series ranging from pure albeit Na (AlSi3 O8) to pure SiO4 tetrahedra : The basic compositional unit of all
anorthite, Ca (Al2Si3O8). Minerals in this series are a silicate minerals is the Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron. It
homogenous mixture of albite and anorthite. consists of one silicon cation (Si-4) surrounded by
The Plagioclase series (or Albite-Anorthite series) is a oxygen. anions (0–2) in a 4-sided pyramid arrangement
group of feldspar minerals that essentially have the known as a tetrahedron.
same formula but vary in their percentage of sodium 108. Calcite is optically :
and calcium. (a) Uniaxial negative (b) Biaxial negative
105. Which of the following mineral is formed by (c) Uniaxial positive (d) Biaxial positive
alteration of ferro-magnesium minerals (e) Isotropic
(a) Sphene (b) Rutile CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
(c) Anatase (d) Chlorite Ans. (a) : Calcite or Iceland spar is often mined
(e) Adularia naturally that has high birefringence, wide spectral
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 transmission and availability in reasonably sized
Ans. (d) : Chlorite widespread group of layer silicate rhombs. Calcite is a negative uniaxial crystal and
minerals occurring in both macroscopic and clay-grade mostly used as visible and near IR Polarizers.
@

sizes; they are hydrous aluminum silicates, usually of Biaxial negative : A mineral is biaxial negative it β is
magnesium and iron. The name, from the Greek for closer to y than to α . In this case the acute angle, 2V,
ap

"green" refers to chorite's typical colour. Chlorites have between the optic axes is bisected by the α refractive
a silicate layer structure similar to that in micas with index direction.
na

Mineral Process 22 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
109. Structural arrangement where Si O ratio is 2:5 112. Phenomenon of lanthanide contraction is the
is called as : consequence of
(a) Nesosilicates (b) Sorosilicates (a) Contraction of electrons in the outer shell
(c) Tectosilicates (d) Inosilicates (b) Contraction of electrons in the inner shell
(e) Phyllosilicates (c) Building up of an outer electron shell instead
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 of destruction of new shell
Ans. (e) : It is mentioned that the phyllosilicate or sheet (d) Building up of an inner electron shell instead
silicates are a group of silicate minerals in which the of addition of new shell
silicates anion or silicate tetrahedra are arranged in the (e) Destruction of neutrons in the nucleus
from of a sheet with the chemical formula Si2 O5 in the CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
ratio of 2.5. Ans. (c) : Phenomenon of lanthanide contraction is the
Phyllosilicates : A phyllosilicate, which was previously consequence of building up of an outer electron shell
known as a disilicate, is a compound with a structure in instead of destruction of new shell.
which the silicate tetrahedrons are arranged in sheets. The consequences of lanthanide contraction : The
Hence, they are also know as sheet silicates. In these size of M2+ ions decreases as we move through the
sheet silicates the central atom is silicon and is
lanthanides from lathanum to lutetium. This steady
surrounded by four atoms of oxygen at the corners of a
decrease in ionic radii of M3 cations in the lanthanides.
tetrahedron. The sheet silicates form the parallel sheet
Series is called lanthanide contraction.
of the silicate tetrahedron as given in the formula Si2O5
in a 2:5 ratio. These sheet silicates may or may not be 113. Europium anomalies are associated with which
present in hydrated form. of the following minerals
110. Match the following and select the correct pairs (a) Calcic plagioclase
Colour of gossan capping Possible mineral (b) Alkali plagioclase
A. Brown, Maroon or orange a. Galena (c) Calcic - alkali plagioclase
B. Yellow and brick red b. Manganese (d) K-feldspar
C. Ocherous orange c. Copper deposits (e) Orthoclase
D. Black d. Pyrite CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
(a) A-a, B-d, C-c, D-b (b) A-c, B-d, C-a, D-b Ans. (a) : Petro logical term for plagioclase series
(c) A-c, B-d, C-b, D-a (d) A-b, B-a, C-d, D-a feldspars domina in calcium. Note in pure
(e) A-a, B-c, C-d, D-b mineralogical terms the name anorthite would cover all
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 of this range.
Ans. (b) : 1. Alkali Plagioclase : Alkali feldspar, any of
several common silicate minerals that often occur
A. Brownm Maroon or c. copper deposits
orange as variously coloured, glassy crystals.
2. K-feldspar : Potassium feldspar refers to a
B. Yellow and brick d. Pyrite
number of minerals in the feldspar group, and
red
containing potassium.
C. Ocherous orange q. Galene 3. Orthoclase : Orthoclase is used in the
D. Black b. manganese manufacture of glass and ceramics.
111. Bytownite mineral belongs to which of the 114. Meteorites containing 40% olivine+ 30%
following : pyroxene + 5-20% nickel iron + 10%
(a) Biotite (b) Muscovite plagioclase + 6% triolite is called
(c) Plagioclase (d) Orthoclase (a) Siderolites (b) Aerolites
(e) None of these (c) Chondrites (d) Siderites
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 (e) Tektites
Ans. (c) : The mineral bytownite belongs to the CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
plagioclase.
Ans. (c) : Chondrites are the most abundant meteorite
Plagioclase : Feldspar group, an isomorphous solid
class, constituting more than 85% of meteorite falls.
solution series. Albite is one member, containing
Chondrite, in general, any stony meteorite characterized
Sodium and no calcium. The other end member,
by the presence of chondrules. The only meteorites
Anorthite, contains calcium and no sodium.
classified chondrites that do not contain chandrules are
The mineral bytownite :
the CI group. These meteorites are so heavily altered by
Bytownite is a rarer form of feldspar more commonly water that it is unclear whether they once contained
@

seen as a faceted gemstone then as a collectors mineral.

chondrules.
It is usually translucent without a crystal form. Some
115. The low (143Nd/144Nd) but high (87Sr/86Sr)
ap

other forms of feldspar, especially the transparent

yellow form of orthoclase are faceted and incorrectly values indicate dominant role of which of the
labeled as Bytownite. following processes
na

Mineral Process 23 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Mantle mixing 118. The most stable mineral in the GOLDICH
(b) Crustal contamination stability series is
(c) Rayleigh fractionation (a) Olivine (b) Augite
(d) Gabbro fractionation (c) Ca-plagioclase (d) Tridymite
(e) Assimilation of mantle (e) Orthoclase
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
Ans. (b) : The low (143 Nd/144 Nd) but high (87 Sr/86Sr)
Ans. (d) : Tridymite is most stable mineral in the
values indicate dominant role of processes Crustal GOLDICH stability series .
contamination. Crustal contamination is commonly Tridymite : It is a high temperature polymorph of silica
considered as the main reason that causes S-saturationand usually occurs as minute tabular white or colourless
in mantle-derived magmas unless there is not a pseudo-hexagonal crystals or scales in cavities in felsic
sufficient amount of S in the Crustal contamination . volcanic rocks. Its chemical formula is SiO2 Tridymite
The train CFBs in different locations have experienceswas first described in 1868 and the type location is in
variable degrees of crustal contamination, increase both
Hidalgo, Mexico. The name is from the Greek tridymos
more contaminated Group 1 basalts and as for triplet as tridymite commonly occurs as twinned
contaminated group 2 basalts show a strong depletion in
crystal trillings.
PGE.
GOLDICH : This series summarizes the relative
116. Zr and Hf are classified as resistance to weathering of the common rock-forming
(a) LIL (large ion lithosphile elements) silicates, and indicates that the minerals crystallized at
(b) HFS (high field strength elements) the highest temperatures, under the most anhydrous
(c) LREES (light rare earth elements) Conditions, are more readily weathered than those, that
(d) HREES (heavy rare earth elements) crystallized last from the lower temperature, more
(e) MREES (medium rare earth elements) aqueous magmas.
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
119. Which are the main constituents elements
Ans. (b) : Zr and Hf have almost identical atomic radii found as alloy in the core of the earth
due to lanthanoid contraction. Hf is post due to (a) Iron-magnesium
lanthanoid contraction. The atomic size of HG is similar (b) Nickel-iron
to Zr. (element of previous period). (c) Silicon-magnesium
The atomic radii of Zirconium (Zr) and hafnium (Hf) all
(d) Magnesium-nickel
well as the radii of the ions (Zr+4 and HG+4) are almost
identical. The explains, in part, the fact that the (e) Aluminium-Magnesium
chemistry of these two elements is more similar than CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
any other elemental pair. Ans. (b) : The main constituents elements found as
117. Which of the following isotopes having longest alloy in the core of the earth are Nickel-iron.
half life period ■ The innermost layer of the earths is the core with
(a) 147Sm- 144Nd (b) 235U- 207Pb a radius of about 3500 km.
232 208
(c) Th- Ov (d) 87Rb- 87Sr ■ The core is made up of very heavy material
87 86
(e) Sr- Sr mostly constituted by nickel (Ni) and iron (Fe)
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
■ NiFe has an abundance of nickel and iron
Ans. (b) : 63Sm147 − Nd144 ■ NiFe is referred to as Ni-nickel, and Fe-Ferrous
60 i.e. iron layer.
N 147 − 63 ■ The central core has a very high temperature and
ratio of sm =
P 63 pressure.
84 ■ The outer core is in a liquid state while the inner
= core is in the solid-state.
63
= 1.33 120. Li, Rb and Cs are classified as :
and (a) Atomophiles (b) Lithophiles
144 (c) Chalcophiles (d) Siderophiles
60Nd (e) Hygromagmatiles
N 144 − 60 CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
ratio of =
P 60 Ans. (b) : Li Rb and Cs are classified as Lithophiles
84 Lithophiles = The lithophile elements include :
=
60 Al, B, Ba, Be, Br, Ca, Cl, Cr, Cs, F, I, Hf, K, Li, Mg,
@

= 1.4 Na, Nb, O, P, Rb, Sc, Si, Sr, Ta, Th, Ti, U, V, Y, Zr, W
N and the lanthanides or REEs (Rare earth elements).
ap

If the ratio is minimum then stability is maximum. Lithophile elements mainly consist of the highly
P
So, the most element will have longest half life. reactive metals of the s-and f-blocks
na

Mineral Process 24 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
121. Gondite is associated with which of the metamorphic rock of basalt. Omphacite is the solid
following stratigraphic sequence solution of Fe-bearing diopside and jedcite. It
(a) Saussars (b) Sakolis crystallizes in the monoclinic system with prisatic,
(c) Chilpis (d) Bijawars typically twinned form, though usually anhedral.
(e) Semris 124. Presence of tourmaline in granite is indicative
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 of
Ans. (a) : The palaeo to mesoproterozoic sausar group (a) Sulphur metasomatism
of central India contains extensive bends of manganese (b) Fluorine
mineralization known as "gondites" which are the basis (c) Boron metasomatism
of significant manganese oxide and silicate ores over (d) Water-vapour metasomatism
extensive strike lengths. (e) CO2 metasomatism
• The Sauser Group and equivalents are known over a CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
strike length of up to 210 km and form an arcuate Ans. (c) : Presence of tourmaline in granite is
folded belt some 75km wide which has a general ENE- indicative of boron metasomatism. Which is a process
WSE trend. This group is characterized by the involving the alteration of rocks by the introduction of
development of gondites, which are made up of boron- bearing fluids. Tourmaline is a common mineral
manganese oxides, the manganese garnet spessartine associated with boron metasomatism and can provide
and the manganese pyroxene rhodonite, but also include voluble geological information.
pyroxmangite, rhodochrosite and bustamite.
125. Presence of chlorite, epidote, zoiste and clino-
122. Mg garnet is termed as zoisite mineral assemblage is indicative of
(a) Pyrope (b) Almandine (a) Magmatic activity
(c) Spessartite (d) Grossularite (b) Pyrometamorphism
(e) Andradite (c) Filter pressing
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 (d) Hydrothermal activity
Ans. (a) : Mg garnet is termed as pyrope. (e) Gravitative settling
Pyrope : Pyrope also called Bohemian Garnet, or Cape CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
Ruby, Magnesium aluminum garnet (mg3Al2), the Ans. (d) : Presence of chlorite, epidote, zoiste and
transparent form of which is used as a gemstone . A clino-zoisite mineral assemblage is indicative of
beautiful, deep-red pyrope is often called ruby, in Hydrothermal activity.
combination with the locality of occurrence, as Cape
Hydrothermal activity : Hydrothermal deposits refer
ruby from South Africa. It is also used in jewelry as the
to the accumulation of minerals in fractures and cavities
Bchemian garnet.
resulting from the circulation of hot waters in the
■ Almandine : Almandine is an iron alumina
Earth's crust. Magma releases hot fluids (water and
garnet, of deep red colour, inclining to purple.
gases) as it cools but can also heat circulating
■ Spessartite : Spessartites make very durable groundwater.
jewelry stones usually orange to reddish brown,
gem-quality Spessartite or spessartine garnets are 126. The plagioclase + hypersthenes + biotite
some what rare. mineral assemblage represents
■ Grossularite : Grossular, also called grossularite, (a) Amphibolite facies
or gooseberry garnet, a calcium aluminum garnet (b) Green schist facies
that sometimes resembles the white, yellow, (c) Epidote facies
brown, red, or green. (d) Pyroxene-Hornfels facies
■ Andradite : Andradite is a mineral species of the (e) Zeolite facies
garnet group. It is a nesosilicate, with formula Ca3 CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
Fe2 Si3O12. Ans. (d) : The Plagioclase + hypersthene + biotite
123. The characteristic pyroxene found in eclogite is mineral assemblage represents, the Pyroxene-Hornfels
(a) Jadeite (b) Pigeonite facies. The pyroxene-hornfels facies is the contact
(c) Diopside (d) Omphacite metamorphic facies with the highest temperatures and is
(e) Augite like the granulite facies, characterized by the mineral
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 orthopyroxen. It is characterized by the following
Ans. (d) : The characteristic pyroxene found in eclogite mineral assemblages.
is Omphacite. 127. The mineral which represents highest zone of
metamorphism is
@

Omphacite : Omphacite is a member of the

clinopyroxene group of silicate minerals with formula. (a) Biotite (b) Sillimanite
(Ca, Na) (Mg, Fe2+, Al) Si2O6. It is variably deep to pale (c) Kyanite (d) Almandine
ap

green or nearly colourless variety of clinopyroxene. It (e) Andalusite

normally appears in eclogite which is the high-pressure CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
na

Mineral Process 25 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Sillimanite is a associated with high- grade (c) Eclogite (d) Granulite
metamorphism indicating intense heat and pressure HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
condition. It typically forms at higher temperatures and Ans. (c) : Omphacite is a member of Clinopyroxene
pressures compared to biotite. In metamorphic zones, group of Silicate minerals. It normally appears in
minerals change due to varying degrees of temperature eclogite, which is the high pressure metamorphic rock
and pressure, and the presence of sillimanite suggests a of basalt. Apart from omphacite Eclogite contains
more advanced or higher metomorphic grade then pyrope garnet, quartz, kyanite and some phengite.
biotite. 132. 'Luster' is defined as the appearance of a
128. Which of the following metamorphic rock mineral in
consists of anhydrous assemblage of plagioclase (a) White light
± pyroxene ± quartz ± garnet ± sillimanite ± (b) Monochromatic light
cordierite. (c) Incident light
(a) Granulite (b) Ecologite (d) Reflected light
(c) Charnockite (d) Amphibolite
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(e) Leptynite
Ans. (d) : Luster is defined as the appearance of a
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
mineral when it reflects light. It is the state or quality of
Ans. (b) : Eclogite, any member of a small group of shining by reflecting light. It is a property that describes
igneous and metamorphic rocks whose composition is how light is reflected on the surface of a mineral.
similar to that of basalt. Eclogite is the world's most • Monochromatic light is a light ray of single
dense rock of Siliceous matter. It is used for roads, wavelength.
abrasives, and monuments.
133. Quartz is
129. Limestone and dolomite can be distinguished
(a) Strongly magnetic (b) Weakly magnetic
by which of the following
(c) Non-magnetic (d) None of these
(a) Alumina content (b) Lime content
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(c) Magnesia content (d) Soda content
(e) Iron content Ans. (c) : Quartz is one of the most common minerals
found in the Earth's crust. It is a chemical compound
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
consisting of one part Silicon and two parts oxygen.
Ans. (c) : Limestone and dolomite can be distinguished Quartz is non-magnetic in nature i.e. it shows property
magnesia content. of diamagnetism in which it is forced out of magnetic
Limestone is a calcium carbonate mineral whereas field if kept in magnetic field.
dolomite is made of calcium magnesium carbonate.
134. Olivine alters to serpentine on the addition of
Sand clay and silt are commonly found in limestone as
impurities but not quit common in dolomite. (a) H2O (b) SiO2
(c) H2O and SiO2 (d) None of these
130. For Indian coal mines, the ‘maximum
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
allowable concentration’ of respirable dust
containing 7.5% free silica is mg/m3 is Ans. (c) : Olivines are an important Rock forming
(a) 2.0 (b) 2.2 mineral group. It consist of magnesium iron silicate and
(c) 2.5 (d) 2.7 ( )
has chemical formula as Mg 2+ , Fe2+ SiO4 .
2
Gate Mining Engineering-2014
• Serpentine is a rock which is formed by addition of
Ans. (a) : Threshold limit for respirable silica
water and Silicate of olivine. It is a Gemstone used for
15 the purpose of decoration.
Threshold limit =
% of respirable silica 135. Soils with high pH are generally deficient in :
15 (a) Zn & Mn (b) B & Fe
=
7.5 (c) Cu & Mo (d) Ca & Mg
Threshold limit = 2 mg/m3 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
But now as per CMR 2017, Ans. (d) : High pH of soil results in creating problem
Threshold limit for respirable silica, for health and growth in plants. Alkalinity makes it
10 harder for plants to drink in nutrients from the soil. In
Threshold limit =
High pH soil calcium, phosphorous and magnesium are
% of respirable silica
deficit while aluminum and manganese are available in
10
= abundancy.
7.5
@

136. The unconsolidate material in the underlying

= 1.33 mg/m3
rock is called :
131. Index mineral Omphacite represent which
ap

(a) Regolith (b) Soil

facies? (c) Solum (d) Earth
(a) Green Schist (b) Amphibolite HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
na

Mineral Process 26 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Regolith:- A region of loose Unconsolidated Ans. (b) : The test was applied to different samples:
rock an dust that sits atop a layer of bedrock. On earth, mineral samples, commercial calcium carbonate and
regolith also includes soil, which is a biologically active crystals from evaporation experiments. The expected
medium and a key component in plant growth. deposit colouration were obtained.
of solid rock that is typically buried beneath soil and • Other ions are present in tap water which produce
there broken or Unconsolidated material Underlying interference and complicate the identification of
rock is called Regolith. aragonite and calcite.
137. The core of the Earth is rich in ___________ . • Chlorides can cause a blue coloration due to the
(a) Silica (b) Aluminium formation of tetrachlo-rocobaltate (11) ion.
(c) Magnesium (d) Iron & Nickel • Excessive alkalinity could cause a blue-green
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 precipitate, so if the pH of the solution rises above 8 the
Ans. (d) : The core is innermost geologic layer of precipitation of cobalt hydroxide is promoted.
planet Earth. It is entirely mode up of Iron and nickel. • Ammonium causes a yellow coloration due to the
The outer core has molten rock as well. The crust and formation of the hexaamininincobalt (11) ion.
mantle is rich in mineral. • Oxidising agent cause a dark colouration, because
138. 'Granite' is an example of cobalt (11) is easily oxialised to cobalt (111).
(a) Igneous rock (b) Sedimentary rock
142. Saussurite is an alteration product of :
(c) Metamorphic rock (d) None of these
(a) Sodic feldspar
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(b) Potash feldspar
Ans. (a) : Granite is an example of igneous rocks. It is (c) Lime feldspar
usually consist of Quartz, feldspar and mica. It is
coarse-grained and is formed when magma cools slowly (d) Barium feldspar
underground. Granite has been used as building material APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
since ancient times. Ans. (c) : Soussurite is discovered by on the slopes of
• Other types of igneous rocks are Basalt, Pumice, Mont Blanc is a mineral aggregate which is formed as a
Rhyolite, Diorite etc. hydrothermal alteration product of plagioclase feldspar.
• Slate, Marble, Shale, Quartz, Migmatite are some • The typical assemblage formed includes zoisite,
examples of metamorphic rocks. chlorite, amphibole and carbonates.
• Limestone, Sandstone, Coal, Dolomite, Mudstone, • The plagioclase may be reconstituted into a more
chalk are some example of Sedimentary rocks. sodium rich variety (albite), although the original form
139. ________is the pair of minerals always found in of the crystal is retained.
granites. • The use of microscopic refractive index data and x-ray
(a) Muscovite and Calcite diffraction patterns are needed to distinguish some
(b) Quartz and Orthoclase soussurite simulants from true jade.
(c) Hornblende and Talc • It was named after the swiss explorer Horace Benedict
(d) Augite and Magnetite de Saussure.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 143. Enstatite is a typical mineral of :
Ans. (b) : Granite is a type of igneous rock. It is formed (a) Glaucophane schist facies
when magma cools in the ground slowly. It is chiefly (b) Granulate schist facies
composed of Quartz, Orthoclase or microcline. It is (c) Eclogite facies
used as building material since ancient times.
(d) Greenschist facies
140. Olivine group of minerals belongs to: APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
(a) Neosilicates (b) Tectosilicates
(c) Inosilicate (d) Phyllosilicates Ans. (b) : Granulite schist facies is define the highest
grade of regional metamorphic rocks that contain
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
pyroxene in place of normal hydrous ferromagnesian
Ans. (a) : Olivines group of minerals belong to the
minerals.
neosilicates and their structures consist of independent
(SiO4) tetrrahedra linked together by divalent Fe and • Gnanulite schist facies minerals are predominantly
Mg atoms in six-fold coordination. anhydrous due to dehydration reactions at high
• Olivines from a complete isomorphic series between temperature.
Forsterite (Mg2SiO4) and Fayalite (Fe2SiO4) and have • Hydrous minerals hornblende and biotite, but not
(Mg, Fe)2 SiO4 as a generalised formula. muscovite, can occur in the lower part of the granulite
141. Meigen’s test is used to distinguish : facies.
(a) Tridymite and cristobalite • Amphibole minerals (tremolite, anthophyllite,
@

(b) Aragonite and calcite hornblende) dehydrate to pyroxene minerals (enstatite,

(c) Actinolite and tremolite diopside, hypersthene) and phyllosilicate minerals (such
ap

(d) Marcasite and pyrite as muscovite) dehydrate to anhydrous minerals

APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (orthoclase) is response to high-temperature.
na

Mineral Process 27 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
144. Which of the following is a stress mineral ? Tourmaline 0.017-0.035
It is a solid solution
(a) Kyanite (b) Andalusite series with multiple
(c) Sillimanite (d) Cordierite end members
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 including dravite
schorl and elbaite
Ans. (a) : There are two broad groups of minerals strongly pleochroic
formed during metamorphism are: cannot be used as a
(i) Stress minerals:- reliable guide to
• The minerals, which are produced in the metamorphic composition
rocks chiefly under the stress factor, are known as stress
minerals. Muscovite 0.036-0.049 Muscovite has a
(high) widespread
• They are characterised by flaky, platy lamellar,
flattened and elongated forms. occurrence and is
characteristics of
• Kyanite, staurolite, muscovite, chlorite and some
sedimentary,
amphiboles.
igneous and
(ii) Anti stress minerals:-
metamorphic rock
• These are metamorphic minerals produced primarily 3rd order, vivid
under the influence of temperature factor.
colors of 2nd order
• Such minerals are generally of a regular very strong
equidimensional outline.
146. A mineral is said to be---------when it may be
Examples:- Sillimanite, Olivine, Cordierite and many
pyroxenes. cut with a knife, but is not malleable. The
example of such a mineral is…………
145. Identify the CORRECT match in terms of the
birefringence of minerals. (a) ductile; native gold (b) sectile; graphite
(a) (c) brittle ; augite (d) flexible; talc
Leucite Very strong APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Hypersthene Moderate Ans. (b) : Sectile : Minerals that can be cut into thin
Tourmaline Strong places with a knife are sectile.
Muscovite Very weak • Many soft minerals (H<3) can be easily cut. Examples
includes graphite and gypsum.
(b)
• Ductile:- Copper and other metals can be drawn into
Leucite Very weak
wires.
Hypersthene Moderate
• Many minerals that are malleable are also ductile.
Tourmaline Strong
• Brittle:- Mineral that breaks into fragments when
Muscovite Very strong
hammered or crushed, are brittle. Calcite and quartz can
(c) be broken into small pieces.
Leucite Very weak • Flexible:- Minerals like an elastic ones, bent without
Hypersthene Strong breaking, but remain permanently bent when the force
Tourmaline Moderate is released.
Muscovite Very strong • Thin plates of gypsum provide examples of flexibility.
(d) 147. Graphite, spinel, corundum, wollastonite and
Leucite Strong termolite are example of :
Hypersthene Very strong (a) contact metamorphic minerals found in
Tourmaline Very weak limestone
Muscovite Moderate (b) contact metamorphic minerals found in
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 pegmatite
Ans. (b) : (c) contact metamorphic minerals found in
Birefringence Value Comments sandstone
Lucite 0.000-0.001 Very weak and (d) contact metamorphic minerals found in
resulting in first dolerite dykes.
order grocery APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
interference colors Ans. (a) : Graphite, spinel, corundum wollastonite and
Hypersthene 0.011-0.018 It is a common rock- teremalite are example of contact metamorphic minerals
@

forming inosilicate found in limestone.

mineral belonging to
• The rock surrounding a graphite body at Tilt had
ap

the group of
orthorhombic suffered marked changes in either colour or structure
pyroxenes especially in zones crossed by granitic veins.
na

Mineral Process 28 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• The first mention of contact metamorphic phenomena • A similar line indicates the high grade limit of a
dates back to the end of eighteenth century. particular zone, which is defined by the appearance of
• The terms "metamorphism" and "contact another higher grade index mineral.
metamorphism" had still to enter the geological • Tilley's definition two adjacent mineral zones are
vocabulary. separated by a line known as a isograd or mineral zone
148. In prospecting of minerals, rotary percussion boundary.
drilling in which broken rock from the cutting • For example, the biotite zone is the zone occuring
face passes to the surface inside a separate tube between the biotite and almandine garnet mineral zone
within the drill stem is known as : boundaries.
(a) reverse circulation drilling 151. Which of the following mineral facies DOES
(b) return circulation drilling NOT contain plagioclase?
(c) rotary air blast drilling (a) Greenschist (b) Granulite
(d) down the hole drilling (c) Eclogite (d) Hornfels
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (a) : Reverse circulation drilling:- It is another Ans. (c) : Greenschist:- It is also known as greenstone,
type of percussion drilling that uses a double-wall drill is a general field petrologic term applied to
pipe. metamorphic and altered mafic volcanic rocks.
• Compressed air is forced between the inner and outer • The rock is derived from basalt gabbro or similar rock
tube down to the bottom of the hole. containing sodium rich plagioclase feldspar, chlorite,
• The air cleans the face of bit and brings the sample epidote and quartz.
cutting through the center hole of the inner tube up to • Granulite:- It is a fine to medium grained
the surface. metamorphic rocks that have experienced high
• Drilling can be performed with a tricone bit or DTH temperature of metamorphism composed mainly of
hammer depending on the formation. feldspars.
• Rotary air blast drilling:- In this case the bit attacks • A common type of granulite found in high-grade
the rock with energy supplied to it by a rotating drill metamorphic rocks of the continents contains pyroxene,
stem. plagioclase feldspar and accessory garnet, oxides and
149. ---------is an intergrowth of dendritic quartz in possibly amphibole.
a single crystal of plagioclase. • Hornfles:- Mafic hornfles and formed mafic igneous
(a) Myrmekite (b) Antiperthite rocks, such as basalts, andesites and diabases and can
(c) Perthite (d) Ocelli vary in composition but are mainly comprised of
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 plagioclase feldspars, amphibale, and pyroxenes
alongside secondary minerals in veins and cavities, such
Ans. (a) : Myrmekitic Texture is the branched
as calcite and chlorites.
intergrowth of quartz in plagioclase.
• Myrmekitics grow from grain boundaries into the • Eclogite mineral facies does not contain plagioclase.
grain, replacing feldspar. 152. ----------is a Triassic ammonite.
• Accordingly, fully-crystalline plagioclase develops an (a) Phylloceras (b) Oxynoticeras
onion-like appearance. (c) Ceratite (d) Stephanoceras
• Two process have been proposed by research for APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
myrmekite formations. Ans. (c) : Ceratite is a ammonite fossil. Cut and
(i) Solid-state replacement with deformation. polished specimen of a ceratite ammonite fossil.
(ii) Magmatic origin.
• Ammonite were marine invertebrate molecules that
• Second case is described by Michel levy. formed a spiral shell.
150. The boundary between two index mineral • The lines on the shell mark chambers added as the
zones is known as ----------. ammonite grew.
(a) metamorphic zones
• It lived in the newest and larger chamber.
(b) metamorphic facies
• The Ceratites ammonites lived during the Triassic
(c) isograd
period.
(d) metamorphic grade
• The specimen is 147 million years old. It was found in
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Madagascar.
Ans. (b) : The mineral zones are defined on the basis of
systematic distribution of individual minerals occuring 153. The mafic minerals contain more of
@

in distinct regional zones. (a) Al and Si (b) Mg and Fe

• A line on a map joining points of the first appearance (c) Ca and Cu (d) Mn and Al
ap

of certain index minerals gives the low grade limit, after (e) B and H
which the zone is named. CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
na

Mineral Process 29 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Mafic:- Word derived from magnesium and Anthracite- Anthracite is the highest rank Coal. It is a
ferrous/ferric; used to describe rock that is dark colored black shiny. Hard rock and is not friable. It is low in
and contains high proportions in Mg and Fe. volatile matter and this make it difficult to burn in
• Also used for Fe-Mg minerals, such as olivine, rotary kilns.
Pyroxene, amphibole and mica. Sub-bituminous Coal- Sub-bituminous Coal is black in
• The mafic minerals contains large amounts of Mg and color and is mainly dull (Not shiny). Sub bituminous
Ferrous Iron, which are relatively easily hydrolysable Coal has low-to-moderate heating values and is mainly
and their removal leads to structural collapse. used in electricity generation.
154. Which of the following mineral property Bituminous Coal- Bituminous Coal is a middle rank
cannot be seen between crossed polars Coal between sub bituminous and anthracite.
(a) Cleavage (b) Pleochroism Bituminous Coal usually has a high heating (Btu) value
(c) Inclusions (d) Form and is used in electricity generation and steel making in
(e) Twinning the united states.
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 158. The process of surface high wall recovery by
Ans. (b) : • Pleochroism is the change in color evident making openings into the seam without
as the mineral is rotated under plane polarized light. removing the overburden is called _______.
(a) auger mining (b) strip mining
• The primary cause of pleochroism in minerals is due
to adsorption of particular wavelength of light. This (c) area mining (d) contour mining
selective adsorption of certain wavelengths of light CIL MT Mining-2017
causes the transmitted light to appear colored. This Ans. (a) : The process of surface high wall recovery by
color is a function of the thickness and the particular making opening into the seam without removing the
chemical and crystallographic nature of the mineral. overburden is called auger mining.
• Testing for pleochroism using a polarized light Highwall mining is an adaptation of auger mining.
microscope is straightforward. Instead of an auger hole an entry into the coal seam is
155. Which of the following mineral is pleochroic in made by a continuous miner, remotely operated from a
thin section? cabin at the surface. The cut coal is transported by
(a) Quartz (b) Gamet conveyors behind the miner to the-
(c) Biotite (d) Plagioclase [ .] Strip mining- Strip mining, removal of soil and
(e) Microcline rock (overburden) above a layer or seam (Particularly
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 coal), followed by the removal of the exposed mineral.
Ans. (c) : • In thin section, biotitie exhibits moderate 159. Most of the caking coals are :
relief and a pale to deep greenish brown or brown color, (a) lignite
with moderate to strong pleochroism. Biotite has a high (b) None of the other options
birefringence which can be partially masked by its deep (c) bituminous
intrinsic color.
(d) anthracite
156. Which is the most common gangue mineral
CIL MT Mining-2017
associated with galena?
(a) Sphalerite (b) Jasper Ans. (c) : Most of the Caking coals are bituminous.
(c) Zinc (d) Quartz Caking coal (uncountable) a bituminous coal which
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 softens and becomes pasty or semiviscid when heated.
Ans. (d) : The most common gangue mineral associated On increasing the heat, the volatile products are driven
with galena is quartz Galena is abundant in hundreds of off and a coherent. grayish-black cellular mass of coke
shallow diggings made in the hurricane quadrangle is left.
associated minerals include sphalerite, smithsonite, 160. Which of the following is an example of igneous
pyrite, marcasite calcite and cerussite. rock?
157. Which has the least volatile matter and hence is (a) Dolomite (b) Conglomerate
the most difficult to ignite: (c) Shale (d) Dolerite
(a) sub-bituminous coal (b) anthracite MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
(c) coke (d) bituminous coal
Ans. (d) : The of igneous rocks such as Dolerite.
CIL MT Mining-2017 diorite, gabbros, granite and pegmatite that solidity
Ans. (c) : The least volatile matter and hence is the below the Earth's surface : and extrusive igneous rocks
most difficult to ignite coke. such as andesite, basalt, obsidian, pumice, rhyolite and
Coke- Coke is a grey hard and Porous Coal-based fuel scoria that solidity on or above the Earth's surface.
with a high carbon content and few impurities, made by
@

heating coal or oil in the absence of air-a destructive 161. Sphalerite is the chief ore of-
distillation process. It is an important industrial product (a) Zinc (b) Aluminum
ap

used mainly in iron are smelting, but also as a fuel in (c) Copper (d) Gold
stoves and forges when air pollution is a concern. MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
na

Mineral Process 30 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Sphalerite also called blende, or zinc blende, Ans. (a): Plagioclase is a mixture of albite (Ab), or
zinc sulfide (Zns) the chief ore mineral of zinc. It is sodium aluminasilicate (NaAlSi3O8) and anorthile (An),
found associated with galena in most important lead- or Calcium aluminosilicate (Ca Al2 Si2 O8); the two
zinc deposits. intermingle and from a continuous chemical range
• It is often found in various colors, including black, (Called a solid-solution series).
brown, red and green due to impurities. 167. Rock with less than 45 per cent of silica is
162. Quartzite comes under the category of- called-
(a) Metamorphic rock (a) Felsic (b) Intermediate
(b) Sedimentary rock (c) Mafic (d) Ultramafic
(c) Internal igneous rock MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
(d) External igneous rock Ans. (d) : Ultramafic rocks are igneous rocks with less
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 than 45% of silica and high magnesium and iron
Ans. (a) :Quartzite is a hard, non-foliated metamorphic content, often composed of minerals like olivine and
rock. Sandstone is converted into quartzite through pyroxene.
heating and pressure usual, related to tectonic • Mafic rocks typically have a silica content ranging
compression within organic belts. Pure quartzite is from about 45% and 55 percent
usually white to grey, through quartzite's often occur in 168. Hard coke is manufactured from-
various Shades of pink and red due to varying amounts (a) Lignite (b) Bituminous coal
of hematite. (c) Semi-anthracite (d) Anthracite
163. Which of the following is an example of MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
argicalleous rocks? Ans. (b) : Hard coke is manufactures from Bituminous
(a) Conglomerate (b) Breccia coal.
(c) Sand stone (d) Shale Fine coal is heated in coke over battery at 700-9000 C
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 in absence of air. This process is called carbonization.
Ans. (d) : The example of argicalleous rocks shale. Soaking at this temperature for about 7-8h. It is allowed
Argillaceous rocks are types of sedimentary rocks. to cool in the furnace. Due to coking property of
Which have major amount of clay like components in it bituminous coal powdered coal converts into lump size
Example - shale, mudstones etc. and becomes very hard and highly porous.
164. Granite is an example of which of the following 169. Which of the following is NOT a neutral
rocks? refractory?
(a) Hypabyssal rock (b) Plutonic rock (a) Zircon oxide (b) Magnesite
(c) Sedimentary rock (d) Metamorphic rock (c) Chromite (d) Graphite
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
Ans. (b) : Granite is an example of plutonic rock Ans. (d) : Graphite is not a neutral refractory. Graphite
plutonic rocks are coarse-grained crystalline, igneous
is a carbon-based material and is considered a non-
rock formed by consolidation of molten rock material or
oxide refractory.
magma below the Earth's surface.
• It has unique properties that make it suitable of high-
165. Rudites is also known as-
temperature applications, such as good thermal
(a) Psephites (b) Psammites
conductivity and lubricating properties.
(c) Pelites (d) Argillites
• However, it is not classified as a neutral refractory.
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
Ans. (a) : Rudites is also known as Psephites. 170. The form of coal with the lowest heat content
is:
Psephite– Psephites either a sediment or sedimentary
rock composed of fragments that are coarsed than sand (a) Anthracite coal
an which are enclosed in matrix that varies in kind and (b) Sub-bituminous coal
amount. It is equivalent to a rudite shingle, gravel, (c) Lignite coal
breccias and especially conglomerate, would all be (d) Bituminous coal
considered psephites. It is equivalent to the Latin MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
derived term rudite. Psephite is more commonly used Ans. (c) : The form of coal with the lowest heat content
for a metamorphosed nudity. is lignite coal.
166. Plagioclase is a mixture of- Lignite coal contains 25%-35% carbon and has the
(a) Albite and anorthite lowest energy content of all coal ranks. Lignite coal
@

(b) Tremolite and albite deposits tend to be relatively young and were not
(c) Grunerite and albite subjected to extance heat or pressure. Lignite is crumbly
ap

(d) Tremolite and anorthite and has high moisture content which contributes to its
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 low heating value.
na

Mineral Process 31 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
171. Soils that are transported by wind is known as- Ans. (d): Steam coal is classified under non coking
(a) Alluvial soil (b) Aeolian soil bituminous coal. this type of coal is commonly used to
(c) Colluvial soil (d) Glacial soil generate steam in power plants for electricity
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 generation. Non-coking bituminous coal has relatively
high calorific value and is suitable for combustion
Ans. (b) : Soils that are transported by wind is known without undergoing the coking process, unlike coking
as Aeolian soil. bituminous coal which is used in the steelmaking
• Alluvial soil is the type of soil that is transported by industry.
running water •Steam coal is a significant source of energy globally,
• Soil transported by the gravitational force is called particularly in countries heavily reliant an coal for
Colluvial soil. electricity generation.
• Glacial soil is an unsorted, non-stratified glacial 175. Which is optimum composition of ANFO?
deposit consisting of clay, silt, sand and boulders (a) 94% NH4 NO3 and 6% fuel oil
transported and deposited by glacial ice. (b) 96% NH4 NO3 and 4% fuel oil
172. Buna S is the co-polymer of- (c) 94% NH4 NO3 and 8% fuel oil
(a) Styrene and butadiene (d) 94% NH4 NO3 and 7% fuel oil
(b) Butadiene and acrylonitrile RPSC AE-21.05.2014
(c) Ethylene and vinyl acetate Ans. (a) : Ammonium nitrate fuel oil (ANFO) is one of
(d) Hexamethylenediamine and adipic acid the most favorite explosives used in terrorist attacks.
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 The explosive is a complex mixture of 95-96%
ammonium nitrate (AN) and 4-1% liquid hydrocarbons
Ans. (a) : Buna-S is formed by polymerization of buta-
fuel oil.
1,3-diene and styrene.
• ANFO, widely used commercial explosive.
• It is an example of a copolymer.
• It is a typical representative of non-ideal explosive.
• It is formed by addition polymerization.
• In itself it is a mixture of 94% ammonium nitrate
• The reaction is as follows. and 6% fuel oil.
nCH2 = CH – CH = CH2 + nC6H5 CH = CH2 • In addition, ANFO also shows strong dependence of
1, 3 butadiene ↓ Styrene detonation velocity on charge radius and existence
C16 H5 and characteristics of confinement.
[CH2 – CH = CH – CH2 – CH – CH2]n • Non-ideality of ANFO is characterized by a wide
butadiene-styrene copolymer detonation reaction zone width, curved shock front
[Buna-S] and partial reaction at the end of detonation driving
173. In which of the following is the grain size zone.
discernible to the naked eye? 176. The following group of minerals/ore have one
(a) Pelites (b) Lutites group which has only industrial mines. Which
(c) Psephites (d) Argillites one is the group of Industrial minerals?
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 (a) Phosphorite + Beryllium + Tungsten
(b) Bentonite + Fullers Earth + Apatite
Ans. (c) : Psephites are sedimentary rocks primarily
composed of large, rounded particles such as pebbles, (c) Magnesite + Fluorite + Tin
cobbles, and sometimes even boulders. These particles (d) Phosphorite + Fullers earth + Tungsten
are often well rounded and sorted due to the transport RPSC AE-21.05.2014
and deposition processes they undergo. Ans. (b) :The group of minerals that are typically
• Because of their relatively large size, the individual considered industrial minerals are bentonite, fullers,
grains or particles are easily discernible to naked eye. Earth, and Apatite. They are often mined for their
Psephites are commonly found in environments where commercial value in various industries like
high-energy water currents or glaciers transport and construction, agriculture, and manufacturing.
deposit. 177. Choose the correct combination of the ore and
• Coarse- grained material, such as rivers, alluvial fans, location of its deposits :
beaches, and glacial moranies. (a) Uranium-Jaduguda (b) Lead-Khetri
Examples of psephitic rocks include conglomerate and (c) Gold-Panna (d) Iron-Malangkhand
breccias. OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
174. Steam coal is classified under which of the Ans. (a) : The correct combination of the ore and
following categories of coal? location of its deposits is uranium-Jaduguda.
(a) Pulverised coal • The Jaduguda mine is a uranium mine in Jaduguda
@

(b) Brown coal village in the Purbi Singhbhum district of the Indian
(c) Coking bituminous coal sate of Jharkhand. It commenced operation in 1967 and
ap

(d) Non-coking bituminous coal was the first uranium mine in India. The deposits at this
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 mine were discovered in 1951.
na

Mineral Process 32 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
As of march 2012 India possesses eight functional Ans. (a): Lapsa Buru mineral deposit is famous for
uranium mines. Including this Jaduguda mine. A new Kyanite mineral.
mine Tummalapalle uranium mine is discovered and • India has the world's richest deposits of kyanite and
mining is going to start from it. sillimanite.
The Jaduguda mine produces up to 25% of the raw • The Lapsa Buru area in singhbhum district of Bihar
materials needed to fuel India's nuclear reactors. has India's largest reserves of kyanite quartz.
178. Which of the following mineral is most • 83% of India's total reserves of sillimanite are
resistant to weathering ? located in the plateau of meghalaya. Pipra near M.P.
also has this element.
(a) Muscovite (b) Biotite
183. Which one is high temperature feldspar?
(c) Calcite (d) Quartz
(a) Sanidine (b) Microcline
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(c) Orthoclase (d) Albite
Ans. (d) Quartz is known to be the most resistant rock OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
forming mineral during surface weathering.
Ans. (a) : Sanidine (K, Na) (AlSi3O8) is the monoclinic
179. Which of the following is the ore of tungsten? high temperature alkaline K-Na feldspar which usually
(a) Psilomelane (b) Azurite contains about 30%, but sometimes up to 62% sodium
(c) Scheelite (d) Pyrite (Ab) component.
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 184. The places where the oil accumulates to form
Ans. (c) : The ore of tungsten is scheelite, which is a an oil pool are called
calcium tungstate mineral. It is the most important (a) Oil forms (b) Oil gallons
tungsten ore mineral and is often found in association (c) Oil Traps (d) Oil pools
with other mineral such as quartz, calcite, and fluoride. APECET Mining Engineering-2017
Scheelite typically and is commonly used as a source of Ans. (c) : The places where the oil accumulates to form
tungsten for various industrial applications. an oil pool are called oil traps.
Oil traps are geological formation where oil
180. Heavy minerals are those which have specific accumulates. These traps are created by various
gravity of more than : geological structures that prevent the upward migration
(a) 3.52 (b) 2.87 of oil, causing it to accumulate in a concentrated area.
(c) 3.00 (d) 3.87 Common types of oil traps include anticlines, fault
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 traps, and stratigraphic traps.
Ans. (b) : Heavy minerals are those which have specific 185. A group of closely spaced parallel veins are
gravity of more than 2.87. called .............
Heavy minerals are high-density components of (a) Lenticular veins (b) Composite veins
siliciclastic sediments. They comprise mineral that have (c) Ladder veins (d) Sheeted veins
specific gravities greater than the two main framework APECET Mining Engineering-2017
components of sands and sandstones, quartz and Ans. (d) : A group of closely spaced parallel veins are
feldspar. In practice, heavy minerals are usually called sheeted veins.
considered to be those with specific gravities greater sheeted veins- A group of closely filled with mineral
than 2.8 to 2.9, the limit being dependent on the density matter fractures filled with mineral matter and separated
of the liquid. by layers of barren rock.
181. Which one of the following is a fertilizer 186. In horizon system of mining of coal seam, the
mineral? laterals are driven
(a) Quartz (b) Feldspar (a) At right angles to the strike of the seam
(c) Gypsum (d) Mica (b) Parallel to the strike of the seam
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 (c) At 45° to the dip of the seam
Ans. (c) : Gypsum is a fertilizer mineral commonly (d) At any angle to the strike of the seam
used in agriculture. It is a soft sulfate mineral composed APECET Mining Engineering-2017
of calcium sulfate dihydrate. Gypsum is often added to Ans. (a) : In horizon system of mining of coal seam the
Soil to improve its fertility and structure. It can provide laterals are driven at right angles to the strike of the
essential nutrients such as calcium and sulfur to plants, seam.
promoting their growth and development. Horizon system-
182. Lapsa Buru mineral deposit is famous for A system of mine development that is suitable for
@

which mineral ? inclined, and perhaps faulted, coal seams. main stone
(a) Kyanite (b) Actinolite heading are driven, at predetermined level, form the
ap

(c) Mica (d) Uranium winding shaft to intersect and gain access to the seams
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 to be developed.
na

Mineral Process 33 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
187. In respect of dipper shovel, "crowding" means Diagnostic Properties Color, luster, specific
(a) Raising bucket to dumper height gravity, streak, cleavage,
(b) Piercing the bucket into broken mineral cubic or octahedral
(c) Swinging the bucket round Crystals.
(d) Moving the shovel from one place to another Chemical Composition Lead Sulfide, PbS
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 Crystal System Isometric
Ans. (b) : In respect of dipper shovel. "crowding" Uses An ore of lead
means piercing the bucket into broken mineral. 190. Quartz exibits .................. fracture.
Crowding- (a) Even fracture
Moving the dipper handle in or out in order to control (b) Uneven fracture
the depth of cut or to position for dumping. (c) Conchoidal fracture
(d) Hackly fracture
188. The primary grinding is referred to the
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
reduction of ore as mined usually into ..............
Ans. (a) : Quartz is known for its conchoidal fracture
mm
which means it breaks with smooth, curved surface
(a) 50 (b) 200 resembling the inside of a seashell. This distinctive
(c) 150 (d) 100 fracture pattern is a result of the mineral's crystal
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 structure and is commonly observed in materials like
Ans. (d) : The primary grinding is referred to the glass and certain minerals with high silica content.
reduction of ore as mined usually into 100 mm. 191. When ................ is subjected to high
189. Which of the physical properties characterize temperature and pressure it becomes marble.
(a) Sand stone (b) Shale
Galena?
(c) Slate (d) Lime stone
(a) Cherry red streak
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
(b) High specific gravity
Ans. (d) : Limestone is a sedimentary rock primarily
(c) Vitreous luster composed of calcium carbonate. It often forms in
(d) Even fracture marine environments.
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 • The process of making marble involves the
Ans. (b) : Galena is a lead sulfide mineral with a metamorphism of limestone, a sedimentary rock,
chemical composition of PbS. It is the worlds through heat and pressure. This results in the formation
primary ore of lead. of crystalline structures, giving marble its distinctive
• It is found in igneous and metamorphic rocks in appearance. The steps include mining the raw material,
medium to law temperature hydrothermal veins. cutting and shaping it and finally polishing to achieve
the desired finish.
• In sedimentary rocks it occurs as veins, breccias
cements, isolated grains, and as replacements of lime 192. The degree of transparency of mineral is
stone and dolostone. known as
(a) Pre-schillerization (b) Phosphorescence
• Physical Properties of Galena (c) Schillerization (d) Diaphaneity
Chemical Sulfide ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
Classification Ans. (d) : Diaphaneity refers to a mineral's ability to
Color Fresh surfaces are bright transmit light. Some minerals are transparent .When
silver in color with a they are thick a small amount of distortion may occur
bright metallic luster, but light passes relatively freely through them.
tarnishes to a dull lead Schillerization- An optical interference effect caused
gray by diffused reflections and diffraction sub-parallel to
Luster Metallic on fresh intergrowth of another mineral.
surfaces, tarnishes dull 193. The stock of coal should not exceed –––––––
Streak Lead gray to black tonnes without exceeding critical height of 1.5
to 3 meters.
Diaphaneity Opaque
(a) 200 (b) 420
Cleavage Perfect, cubic, three (c) 150 (d) 250
@

directions at right
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
angles.
ap

Ans. (a) : The stock of coal should not exceed 200

Mohs hardness 2.5+ tonnes in order to avoid exceeding critical height of 1.5
Specific Gravity 7.4 to 7.6 to 3 meters.
na

Mineral Process 34 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
194. The lower limit of methane––––– with increase 198. The following mineral is absent in low-P series
in air-borne coal dust concentration from zero of metamorphism of pelites
to lower limit of flammability of coal dust. (a) Quartz (b) Chlorite
(a) decreases (c) Kyanite (d) Muscovite
(b) remain same GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(c) initially decreases and then increases. Ans. (c) :
(d) increases Pelites are clay-rich sedimentary rocks that form in low-
energy depositional environments, including lakes, the
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I distal portions of continentals shelves, and deep-sea
Ans. (a) : The lower limit of methane decreases with abyssal plains.
increase in air-borne coal dust concentration from zero Contact metamorphism of pelites adjacent to igneous
to lower limit of flammability of coal dust. This is intrusions produces low-pressure mineral assemblages
because coal dust can act as a fuel source and increase commonly with the index minerals biotite, andalusite,
the overall combustibility of the mixture. When coal cordierite, K-feldspar and silimanite stabilizing up-
dust present in the air it can create a move favorable grade.
environment for combustion, requiring a lower Metamorphism of pelitic rock during subduction
concentration of methane to reach the lower limit of produces chlorite, carpholite and chloritoid at relatively
flammability. low pressure, and Mg-rich garnet, talc, kyanite, and/or
Si-rich white mica at high pressure.
195. The primary mineral used for making cement 199. _____ soil horizon is the zone of accumulation,
is where dissolved matter, leached from other
(a) sandstone (b) limestone parts of the soil, precipitates to form new
(c) sand (d) clay minerals.
TSPGECET-2020 (a) A-horizon (b) B-horizon
Ans. (b) : Limestone is one of the mineral used in cement (c) C-horizon (d) O-horizon
making limestone is a sedimentary rock composed mostly GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
of the Calcium Carbonate (CaCO3). Ans. (b) :
B-horizon, soil horizon is the zone of accumulation,
196. Composition of olivine can be expressed as
where dissolved matter, leached from other parts of
(a) X2Si2O6 the soil, precipitates to form new minerals.
(b) X2SiO4 It is the subsurface horizon, present just below the
(c) X3Y2Si3O12 topsoil and above the bedrock.
(d) None of the above It is comparatively harder and more compact than
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II16.04.2017 topsoil.
Ans. (b) : They are quit rich minerals, the mineral seeps down
The mineral olivine is also called chrysolite and, when from the A or E horizons and gets accumulated in
this layer.
gem-quality, peridot is a magnesium iron silicate with
the formula X2.SiO4. 200. Prolonged weathering of silicate minerals in a
humid climate is likely to have following clay
Where X2 is formula of magnesium iron (Mg, Fe)2, is a mineral assemblages.
metal. (a) Vermiculite and Smectite
It is one of the most common minerals on Earth, and (b) Chlorite and Illite
has also been identified in meteorites and on the Moon, (c) Kaolinite and Gibbsite
mars and comet wild. (d) Palygorskite and Sepiolite
Compositions of olivine are commonly expressed as GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
moler percentages of forsterite (Fo) and fayalite (Fa). Ans. (c) :
197. Aragonite and calcite have same chemical Prolonged weathering of silicate minerals in a humid
composition. These represent; climate is likely to have following clay mineral
(a) Polytypism (b) Polymorphism assemblages kaolinite and gibbsite.
(c) None of the above (d) Pseudomorphism Many physic-chemical variable like rock-type
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 climate topography and exposure age affect
Ans. (b) : weathering environments.
Aragonite and calcite are the most common minerals In the present study an attempt is made to understand
found in stalactites and other structures of similar origin how the nature of clay minerals formed due to
deposited by water in caves. weathering differs in tropical regions receiving high
@

The two minerals have the same chemical composition, and low rainfall.
since they are polymorphic forms of CaCO3.
ap

Clay-mineralogy of walking profiles in west coast of

The free energy of transition of aragonite into calcite at India, which receives about 3 m rainfall through two
25oC, is about 272 calories per mole. monsoon.
na

Mineral Process 35 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
201. Select the correct pairing of the following: Ans. (c) :
1. Scheelite (A) ZnS Dolerite is a fine to medium grained, dark coloured
2. Pyrite (B) FeS2 mofic, holocrystalline rock.
3. Galena (C) CaWO4 It is hypabyssal equivalent of gabbro and basalt and
4. Sphalerite (D) PbS occurse as dykes.
(a) (1 – B); (2 - A); (3 – C); (4 – D) Texturally, it falls between gabbro and basalt, as it is
finer than the gabbro, but coarser than the basalt.
(b) (1 – C); (2 – B); (3 – D); (4 – A)
Dolerite is composed of plagioclase feldspars,
(c) (1 – C); (2 – B); (3 – A); (4 – D)
pyroxene and magnetite.
(d) (1 – B); (2 – A); (3 – D); (4 – A) Olivine and hypersthenes are present in minor
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 amounts.
Ans. (b) : Dolerite shows a typically ophitic and subophitic
A primary mineral commonly found as a component texture.
of contact-metamorphic tactite; in high-temperature 204. Guano represent
hydrothermal veins and greisens. It is a calcium (a) Argillaceous deposits
tungstate mineral with the chemical formula CaWO4. (b) Phosphatic deposits
Pyrite is a very common mineral and found in a wide (c) Ferruginous deposits
variety of geological formations from sedimentary (d) Calcareous deposits
deposits to hydrothermal venis and as a constituent GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
of metamorphic rocks. It is also known as fool's gold Ans. (b) :
is an iron sulfide with chemical formula FeS2. The term "Guano" applies to natural mineral deposits
Galena is a type of ore of lead or lead mineral with consisting of excrement, eggshells and carcasses of
the chemical name lead sulfide. It's chemical formula dead seabirds found in almost rainless, hot-dry
is PbS. climatic regions and corresponding fertilizers.
Sphalerite, also known as blende or zinc blende, is Guanos are classified according to age, genesis,
the major ore of zinc. It's chemical formula is ZnS. geographical origin and chemical composition.
202. Which of the following is not a mineral main types are nitrogen and phosphate guanos.
(a) Hedenbergite (b) Fayalite Phosphate Guanos require a calcareous subsoil for
(c) Pseudotachylite (d) Monazite the development, while nitrogen Guanos are formed
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 only under the special- climatic conditions of the
subtropical-edge tropical high pressure belt with
Ans. (c) : Except option (C), all of the above is
minerals. coastal deserts.
Hedenbergite, is a rock forming mineral in several 205. The concentration of heavy minerals by
metamorphic rock, especially contact metamorphic streams or wave action leading to an economic
rocks and skarns. It is also found in some igneous deposit results in a
rocks and ore bodies. The chemical formula of (a) Hydrothermal deposit
Hedenberigite is- (CaFe (Si2O6) (b) Placer deposit
Fayalite is an iron silicate mineral of the olivine (c) Skarn deposit
group. There has been little. (d) Stratiform deposit
No-end member fayalite is known locally; local GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
fayalite contains much Mn, Mg, and Zn in Ans. (b) :
subsituation for Fe and complete the series to The concentration of heavy minerals by streams or
tephorite may exist. wave action leading to an economic deposit result in
The chemical formula is Fe2+2SiO4. a placer deposit.
Monazite is a widely distributed mineral, as an Therefore, the heavy minerals became concentrated
accessory in granitic igneous rocks and gneissic in river, steam, beach, and lag gravels and include
metamorphic rocks, and in detrital sands derived workable are deposits.
from them. Minerals which from placer deposits constitute high
The chemical formula is Ce (PO4). particular gravity, are durable and chemically
Pseudotachylite is restricted to quartz-bearing rocks. impervious to weathering.
Pseudotachylite is lower in soda and lime and higher 206. Which of the following terms is used to
in potash and silica. describe the appearance of a mineral in
@

203. Mineralogically Dolerite is equivalent of transmitted light?

(a) andesite (b) granite (a) diaphaneity (b) translucence
ap

(c) gabbro (d) rhyolite (c) opaqueness (d) porosity

GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Mineral Process 36 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): The term used to describe the appearance of a Ans. (a) : Ore pass– An ore pass is a vertical or steeply
mineral in transmitted light is (a) diaphaneity. inclined underground passage way for downward
∎ Diaphaneity refers to the ability of a mineral to movement of ore by gravity. This term is not used in
transmit light. coal mining.
∎ Mineral can be described as transparent, translucent 211. The specific gravity of coal is highest in
or opaque based on their diaphaneity. (a) Wood (b) Peat
207. We know that the OUTER core is liquid (c) Lignite (d) Anthractie
because: NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
(a) P waves pass through it Ans. (d) : The specific gravity of coal is highest in
(b) S waves pass through it Anthractie. The highest rank of coal. It is a hard, brittle
(c) P waves cannot pass through it and black lustrous coal, often referred to as hard coal,
(d) S waves cannot pass through it containing a high percentage of fixed carbon and a low
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 percentage of volatile matter.
Ans. (d) : 212. The black sand of the Hawaiian Islands is
During an earthquake, the body waves, which consist composed of which of the following?
of the P-wave and the S-wave travel through the (a) Dark limestone (b) Quartz
layers of the Earth. (c) Gypsum (d) Basalt
However, the S-wave cannot pass through the outer- HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
core and is reflected back to the surface, leading to Ans. (d) : The black sand of the Hawaiian Islands is
the formation of the shadow zones. composed of basalt.
The outermost, thin layer called the crust is home to • The island of Hawaii was built up from the ocean
life on Earth. It is the surface your walk on, and the floor by mostly basaltic lava flows.
mountains and other landscapes we can see.
• Basalt is a dark black rock, which is weathered and
As vast as this layer may seem, the crust only makes deposited as black sand beaches.
up about percent of the planet.
213. Which fold has got two hinges?
208. A mineral crystallizing in isometric system has (a) Fan fold (b) Box fold
(a) Three optic axes (b) One optic axis
(c) Chevron fold (d) Isoclinal fold
(c) Infinite optic axes (d) Two optic axes
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Ans. (d) : Isoclinal fold- A fold sedimentary rocks
Ans. (c) : All minerals that crystallize in the
where the axial surface and limbs slope in the same
orthorhombic, monoclinic, or triclinic crystal systems
direction and at approximately the same angle. Isoclinal
are biaxial. Biaxial crystals have 2 optic axes, and this
folds are formed under conditions of intensive lateral
distinguishes biaxial crystals from uniaxial crystals.
compression or with slipping brought about by the force
Like uniaxial crystals, biaxial crystals have refractive
of gravity.
indices that vary between two extremes, but also have a
unique intermediate refractive index. Biaxial refractive 214. When the 'gravity method' of mineral
indices are as follows. exploration is done, the 'free-air correction'
accounts for the:
(a) variation in the distance of the observation
A1.3 Gravity Separation point from the center of the earth
(b) Variation in the gravitational effect of the
209. The pressure actually developed by the fan and rock present between the observation point
expended on overcoming the mine called______ and datum
(a) Theoritical depression (c) latitude and longitude of the point of
(b) Effective depression observation
(c) HP of ventilation (d) temperature of the air above the ground where
(d) Manometric efficiency observation is made
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Ans. (b) : The pressure actually developed by the fan Ans. (a) : The gravity method of mineral exploration is
and expended on overcoming the mine called effective done, the free-air correction accounts for the variation
depression. in the distance of the observation point from the center
210. Vertical, steeply inclined passage driven of the earth.
downward movement of ore by gravity, not The free-air correction assumes that only air exists
@

employed in coal mining. between the station and the reference surface. In reality.
(a) Ore pass (b) Ore bin a normal gravity station on land will be underlain by
ap

(c) Ore gate (d) Ore bunker rock, of density (ρ) which exerts a positive gravitational
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 pull.
na

Mineral Process 37 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Gravity Method- The gravity method studies Ans. (c): The gem variety of olivine is Peridot.
anomalies of the earth's gravitational field due to Peridot is a green gemstone that is composed of the
changes in densities below the surface. Density changes mineral olivine. It is a popular gemstone known for its
are induced by an occurrence of a causative body within vibrant green color and is often used in Jewelry.
the surrounding rocks. 219. Which planet has highest density among these?
215. When mud or thin soil-creep movement is (a) Mercury (b) Earth
controlled by frost and thaw, such movement of (c) Mars (d) Venus
soil is called OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(a) Solifluction (b) Lahars Ans. (b) : The planet has highest density among the
(c) Mud-flows (d) Terracettes option you provided is Earth. Earth has an average
(e) Nuess ardentes density of approximately 5.52 grams per cubic
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 centimeter (9 km3).
Ans. (a) : A special type of soil creep is Solifluction, (a) Mercury:- Mercury has an average density of
which is the slow movement of soil lobes on low-angle about 5.427 g/cm3
slopes due to soil seasonally freezing and thawing in (b) Earth:- As mentioned earlier, Earth has an average
high-latitude, typically sub-Arctic, Arctic, and Antarctic density of approximately 5.52 g/cm3
locations. (c) Mars:- Mars has an average density of around 3.93
g/cm3
The three types of soil creep
(d) Venus:- Venus has an average density of
1. Seasonal where movement is within the depth of
approximately 5.243 g/cm2.
soil affected by seasonal changes in soil moisture
and soil temperature. 220. Air samples behind the stopping should be
2. Continuous where shear stress continuously drawn during periods of
exceeds the strength of the material. (a) High barometric pressure
3. Progressive where slopes are reaching the point (b) Low barometric pressure
of failure. (c) Medium barometric pressure
(d) Very high barometric pressure
216. Overall slope of spoil dump, if exceeding 30m
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
in height shall be:
(a) Exceeding 1 vertical to 1.5 horizontal Ans. (d) : Air samples behind the stopping should be
drawn during periods of very high barometric pressure.
(b) Exceeding 37.5 degre
(c) Not exceeding 1 vertical to 1.5 horizontal • Barometric pressure is the weight of the overlying air
(d) None of the above pressing down on the earth. It is also known as air
pressure. Low barometric pressure means the overlying
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 air is rising, whereas high pressure means the overlying
Ans.(c): Spoil dump–It is a site for disposal of waste air is sinking.
materials. 221. What is the normal operating air pressure for
(ii) It is oldest and most common form of waste pneumatically operated machines in
disposal. underground in psi?
(iii) Also known as landfill. (a) 65 to 75 (b) 25
Any spoil bank exceeding 30m in height shall be (c) 85 to 100 (d) 100 to 120
benched so that no bench exceeds 30m in height and
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
the overall slope shall not exceed 1 vertical to 1.5
horizontal. Ans. (c) : The normal operating air pressure for
pneumatically operated underground machines is
217. Rift valleys are bounded by : typically in the range of 85 to 100 psi.
(a) Normal faults (b) Reverse faults
222. The process which is based purely on density of
(c) Strike slip faults (d) Transform faults
minerals and does not depend on rate of fall or
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
size of an ore or material is known as
Ans. (a) : Rift valleys are bounded by normal faults. ..................
Rift valleys:- You've heard of rifts between sibling, so (a) Tabling (b) Sink and float
a rift valley sounds like a pretty dire contentious place.
(c) Froth flotation (d) Jigging
Rift valleys are in fact places of turmoil and change but
it's slow-motion change and we our continents to them. APECET Mining Engineering-2017
A rift valley is an area where the earth's crust is splitting Ans. (b) : The process which is based purely on density
apart. As you might guess, a rift is a split or break and a of minerals and does not depend on rate of fall or size of
valley is a low is a low point. The rift forms in the an ore or material is known as sink and float.
divides is usually flat, narrow, and has sleep sides.
@

223. The minerals which after being exposed to

218. The gem variety of olivine is : ultra-violet emit light are known as
(a) Epidote (b) Ruby
ap

(a) Phosphorescent (b) iridescent

(c) Peridot (d) Zironium (c) Opalescent (d) Fluorescent
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
na

Mineral Process 38 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Minerals that exhibit fluorescence are know Ans. (d) : Metamorphism occur when rock are forced
as fluorescent minerals. Fluorescent minerals contain down to lower levels by tectonic processes or when
particles in their structure known as activator's which molten magma rising through the crust comes in contact
respond to ultraviolet light by given off a visible glow. with the crystal rocks or the underlying rocks are
Ultraviolet light is a from of electromagnetic radiation subjected to great amounts of pressure by overlying
invisible to the human eye. rocks.
Phosphorescent- In phosphorescence, emission of light Agent of metamorphism include heat, pressure,
from a substance exposed to radiation and persisting as temperature, deviatoric, stress, solutions, etc.
an afterglow after the exciting radiation has been
removed. Pore pressure is the pressure of fluids in the pore
Iridescent- A lustrous rainbow like play of colour space of the rock. It is not a agent of metamorphism.
caused by differential refraction of light waves (as from
an oil slick, soap bubble, or fish sealer) that tends to A1.4 Magnetic Separation
changes as the angle of view changes.
224. The density of coal ranges between
228. Which of the following is a reverse magnetic
(a) 1.2 to 1.5 t/m3 (b) 0.5 to 0.8 t/m3
3 polarity event
(c) 0.8 to 1.5 t/m (d) 2.3 to 2.5 t/m3
(a) Reunion (b) Olduvai
TSPGECET-2020
(c) Jaramillo (d) None of the above
Ans. (a) : Coal density ranges from approximately 1.2
to about 1.5 t/m3 megagrams per cubic meter, or grams GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
per cubic centimeter. Ans. (d) : A reverse magnetic or 'flip', it mean the
225. Retreat of glacial snout is marked by which of process by which the North pole is transformed into a
the following landform South pole and the South pole becomes a North pole the
(a) End moraine (b) Lateral moraine magnetic filed may sometimes only undergo an
(c) Drumlin (d) Medial moraine 'excursion' rather than a reversal.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 229. The origin of the Precambrian iron ore
Ans. (a) : deposits of India can be attributed to which of
Glacier retreat refers to the process of shrinking or the following geological process?
reduction in size of glaciers over time due to a (a) Residual concentration
decrease in snow accumulation or an increase in (b) Hydrothermal activity
snowmelt. (c) Magmatic concentration
Retreat of glacial snout is marked by end moraine (d) Sedimentation
landform. HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
The can be caused by a number of factors, including
rising global temperatures, changes in rainfall Ans. (d) : Iron are deposits are distributed in different
patterns or changes in the surrounding landscape. regions of the world under varied geological conditions
Due to the retreat of glaciers it can generate many and in different geological formation.
serious environmental effects. • Iron formation or banded iron formations occupy a
226. One would utilize a dip-needle specifically to special position in Precambrian sealimentation history
measure: of the earth.
(a) gravitational force • Because they have no similar counterparts in the
(b) magnetic declination phanerozoic era.
(c) magnetic inclination • About 90% of the world's iron are production is
(d) fault motion obtained from Precambrian Banded iron formation.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
230. In paleomagnetic study which is of great
Ans. (b) :
significance regarding remanant magnetism?
Dip-needle, also called dip-circle or Inclinometer.
(a) Its bearing and plunge
It is used to measuring the inclination, or dip, of the
Earth's magnetic declination. (b) Its plunge only
The angle that a magnetic needle makes with the (c) Rock composition
horizontal plane at any specific location. (d) Both (B) and (C)
Magnetic dip is 0o at the magnetic equator and 90o at HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
each of the magnetic poles. Ans. (a) : Remanant magnetism, also called
The needle of a dip circle when place at a Paleomagnetism or Palaeomagnetism, the Permanent
geomagnetic poles stays along vertical direction.
magnetism in rocks, resulting from the orientation of
@

227. Which one of the following is NOT a the earth magnetic field at the time of rock formation in
factor/agent of metamorphism?
the past geological age.
ap

(a) Pressure (b) Deviatoric stress

In the paleomagnetism study bearing and plunge is of
(c) Fluids (d) Pore pressure
great significance regarding Remanant magnetism.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
na

Mineral Process 39 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
231. Which of the following is the oldest magnetic 235. The Siwalik basin is classified as :
epoch? (a) Back-arc Basin (b) Fore-arc Basin
(a) Brunhes normal (b) Matayama reversed (c) Foreland Basin (d) Intracratonic Basin
(c) Gauss normal (d) Gilbert reversed OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (c) : The Siwalik basin is classified as foreland
Ans. (d) : The magnetic field may reverse during such a basin.
period for a geologically short period of time.
• The foreland basin much like the Himalayan
• Gilbert reversed is the oldest magnetic epoch of the
following given above. mountain range spans approximately 2.000 km west to
east across Pakistan, India, Nepal, Bhutan and
• Reverse phase chromatography has been used for
carrying out Maxima-Gilbert sequencing reactions. Bangladesh the actively subsiding foreland basin line
beneath the Punjab, region of Pakistan and the gangetic
• The DNA loss has been minimized.
plain of India and Southernmost Nepal.
• Time-consuming ethanol precipine and lyophilization
of piperidine have been eliminated. • The world's most extensive clastic sequence referred
to as the Siwalik molasses was formed in a marginal
232. For washing of fine coal:
continental to dominantly continental environment in a
(a) None of the other options
foreland basin along the southern front of the Himalaya.
(b) Heavy media bath is used
It exceeds more than 5 km in thickness and extends for
(c) Flotation is used about 2500 km along the tectonic stroke from
(d) Jig is used Brahmaputra river in the east to the postwar plateau and
CIL MT Mining-2017 Banyu plains in the west.
Ans. (c) : For washing of fine coal flotation is used.
236. By varying the pitch of the blades the pressure
The most common method used for cleaning the fine
fraction in today's coal preparation plants is froth flotation. generated by axial flow fan _______
Past research and practice has found that froth flotation (a) remains same (b) Decreases
achieves excellent separation efficiencies for fine coals (c) Increases (d) Increases 8 times
having only a small fraction of middling particles APECET Mining Engineering-2017
233. The method of separation of two or more of Ans. (a) : The varying the pitch of the blades the
minerals of different specific gravities is called pressure generated by axial flow fan remains same.
(a) Flotation (b) Sieving Axial flow fans have developed rapidly since the second
(c) Washing world war due to the creation of a range of high strength
(d) Heavy media separation aluminium alloys. These permit running at the rotational
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 speed necessary to product worthwhile pressure. Axial
Ans. (d) : The method of separation of two or more of fan adhere closely to classical theory and require less
minerals of different specific gravities is called heavy "know - how" them centrifugal Fans.
media separation. 237. A piece of coal sample weighs 10 kg in air and
2.0 kg when immersed in water. The specific
A1.5 Flotation gravity of the coal sample is
(a) 1.25 (b) 1.20
234. Which of the following structures can be (c) 1.0 (d) 0.8
associated with sedimentation process? TSPGECET-2020
(a) Vesicular structure Ans. (a) : Mass of coal in air = 10 kg
(b) Ripple marks Pcoal V = 10 kg
(c) Interesection lineations Now when immersed in water
(d) Mullions (Pcoal – Pw).v = 2kg
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 now divide the two equations
Ans. (b) : Sedimentary structures includes all kinds of Pcoal – Pw 1
features in sediments and sedimentary rocks formed at =
the time of deposition. Pcoal 5
• Sedimentary structures include features like bedding, P 1
ripple marks, fossil tracks and trails and mud cracks. 1– w =
Pcoal 5
• Structures that are produced at the same times as the
sedimentary rock in which they occur are called primary Pw 1 4
sedimentary structures. =1– =
Pcoal 5 5
• It we look at the cliff, if can be observed several
Specific gravity of coal is given by
@

layers on the surface of the cliff.

• These resultant layers are formed by sedimentation - Pcoal = 5
ap

the grains of sand and mud build-up over a long period Pw 4

of time, forming the layers.
• Also, fossils happen to be found in these layers. Pspe = 1.25
na

Mineral Process 40 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
The spoil-bank face shall not be retained by
A1.6 Deposition artificial means at an angle in excess of its natural
angle of repose.
(ii) Any spoil-bank, exceeding 30m in height, shall be
238. Which of the following mode of entry can be benched so that no bench exceeds 30m in height
used for deeper deposits? and the general slope does not exceed 1.0m
(a) Horizon (b) Adit vertical 1.5m horizontal.
(c) Shaft (d) Incline (iii) The toe of spoil-bank, dump or stack face shall not
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I be allowed to approach a railway or other public
Ans. (c) : Shaft mode of entry can be used for deeper works, public road or building or other permanent
deposition. structure not belonging to the owner of the mine,
closer than a distance equal to the vertical height
239. Placer Gold deposits are mostly of its face.
(a) Colluvial (b) Illuvial
243. Placer deposits are surface deposits
(c) Alluvial (d) Eluvial concentrated by
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I (a) Surface mining
Ans. (c) : The most common type of placer gold (b) Subsurface mining
deposited are alluvial. Alluvial deposited refer to any (c) Movement of wind and water
type of deposit that has been formed by water. (d) Evaporation and condensation
240. Kolar Gold Field (KGF) deposit is an example HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
of
Ans. (c) : Placer can be found in rivers (Alluvial
(a) Fissure vein deposit placers) and on the coast particularly in beaches (beach
(b) Shear zone deposit placers) in some location the ore minerals that initially
(c) Ladder vein deposit where concentrated in to a beach placer have been
(d) Stock work deposit blown in land by coastal winds to from minerals rich
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I dune sand.
Ans. (a) : Kolar Gold Field (KGF) deposite is an 244. Which of the following is one reason why
example of fissure vein deposite. undersea mining has been largely unsuccessful
241. The slope of a spoil bank shall NOT exceed to date ?
.............. degrees from the horizontal. (a) Deposits at great water depths are difficult to
(a) 42.5 (b) 38.5 mine, not cost effective.
(c) 41.5 (d) 37.5 (b) Ocean water is too salty.
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 (c) There is too much aggregate on the ocean
floor.
Ans. (d) The overall pit slope shall not be exceed 37.50
from the horizontal. (d) Magma exists under the ocean floor.
Correspondingly, the limiting distance of advance HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
of the bench in thick seam and split seem shall be Ans. (a) : Deposits at great water depth are difficult to
109m and 143m respectively. work.
As measured from the vertical plane passing along Under sea mining companies claim their deep- sea
the line of advance of the uppermost bench in operation are less destructive than comparable land
alluvium. based mining and are a good alternative to expanding
The limiting lines as above shall be prominently mountain top removal on land but there is spares
marked in the working plan as well as with evidence to support the claim.
prominent markers physically on surface in the pit. 245. In oceans, oil deposits are confined to
242. The overall slope of spoil bank shall NOT (a) Continental slope
exceed : (b) Continental shelf
(a) 1 vertical to 1 horizontal (c) Ocean Deep
(b) 1.5 vertical to 2.5 horizontal (d) Ocean Trench
(c) 1.5 vertical to 1 horizontal HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
(d) 1 vertical to 1.5 horizontal Ans. (b) : In oceans, oil deposits are confined to
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 continental self, it does not include the deep ocean floor
the significance of the continental self in that it may
@

Ans. (d) Spoil Banks :

(i) The slope of a spoil-bank face shall be determined contain valuable minerals and sheelfish. Unclose
addresses the issue of the jurisdiction over these
ap

by the natural angle of repose of the material being

deposited, but shall in no case exceed 37% from resources by allocating sovereign right to the coastal
the horizontal. state for exploration and exploitation.
na

Mineral Process 41 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
246. Tin is found in Ans. (a): A residual deposit is a formed by the
(a) Basic Igneous rocks alteration of a pre-existing rock of which a large part of
(b) Metamorphic rocks its constituents has been lost by dissolution and which
(c) Placer deposits has therefore become enriched in certain minerals.
(d) All of these • Other element eg : bauxite an aluminium ore, formed
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 by alteration of various types of rock of which the
minerals contain aluminium.
Ans. (c) : Certain minerals may occur as alluvial
deposits in sands of valley floors and base of hills. • An accumulation of valuable minerals, formed by the
These deposits are called placer deposits and generally natural removal of undesired constituents of rocks or
contain minerals, which are not corroded by water. conversion of useless to useful components.
Gold, silver, tin and platinum are most important among 251. Gypsum deposits are
such minerals. (a) Clastic deposits (b) Evaporite deposits
247. Water present is rocks from the time of their (c) Supergene deposits (d) Bog deposits
deposition is GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(a) Meteoric water (b) Connate water Ans. (b) : Evaporite deposits largely bedded halite,
(c) Juvenile water (d) Secondary water sylvite, gypsum anhydrite and various potash salts from
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 the precipitation of solid mineral crystals from a
concentrated solution of salt or fresh water in other
Ans. (b) : Water present in rocks from the time of their words, from brine.
deposition is connate water. Connate water is the water
The most common marine evaporites are calcite
present in the rocks right from the time of their
gypsum and anhydrite, halite, sylvite, carnallite,
deposition in an aqueous environment.
langbeinite polyhalite and kainite.
248. The term ‘ground water’ refers to the 252. Uranium deposits of Jaduguda are of
(a) installation of wells (a) Metamorphic origin
(b) water quality determination (b) Sedimentary origin
(c) water regulation (c) Magmatic origin
(d) aquifer location (d) Hydrothermal origin
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (d) : • Where groundwater can move rapidly, such Ans. (d) : The Jaduguda is a Uranium mine in Jaduguda
as through gravel and sandy deposits, an aquifer can village in the Purbi Singhbhum district of the Indian
form. In an aquifer, there is enough ground water that it state of Jharkhand. It commenced operation in 1967 and
can be pumped to the surface and used for drinking was the first Uranium mine in India. The deposits at this
water, irrigation, industry or other uses. mine were discovered in 1951. As of March 2012, India
• Aquifers get water from precipitation that filters possesses eight functional Uranium mine, including this
through the unsaturated zone. Jaduguda mine. A new mine, Tummalapalle Uranium
• Aquifers can also receive water from surface waters mine is discovered and mining is going to start from it.
like lakes and rivers. 253. Chromite deposits are mostly of
• When the aquifer is full, and the water table meets the (a) Igneous origin
surface of the ground, water stored in the aquifer can (b) Metamorphic origin
appear at the land surface as a spring or seep. (c) Sedimentary origin
249. Kaolin deposits are useful only if they have (d) Both Metamorphic and Sedimentary origin
kaolinite with: GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(a) at least 75% of particles finer than 2 microns Ans. (a) : Chromite is the main source of the metal
(b) at least 55% of particles finer than 10 microns chromium, a metal used to induce hardness, toughness
(c) at least 55% of particles finer than 2 microns and chemical resistance in steel. It was named after its
(d) at least 85% of particles finer than 10 microns chemical composition chromium oxide. The mineral is
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 brownish to black in colour with a dark brown streak.
Ans. (c) : Kaolin deposits are useful only if they have Igneous rocks form when hat, molten rock crystallizes
kaolinite with at least 55% of particles finear than 2 and solidifies. The melt originates deep within the earth
microns. near active plate boundaries or hot spots then rises
250. Beach placer deposits of south India are an toward the surface.
example of ……… 254. Minerals A and B are produced from a deposit.
(a) Residual concentration Minerals A and B will be called co-products if
@

(b) Sedimentation (a) economics of mining depends upon the

(c) Sublimation extraction of either mineral A or B
ap

(d) Cavity filling (b) economics of mining depends upon the

HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 extraction of both the minerals A and B
na

Mineral Process 42 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(c) mineral B is produced economically and • Goethite + limonite + hematite represent the
mineral A is an additional benefit secondary minerals formed during the weathering and
(d) minerals A and B are produced in equal oxidation of sulfide minerals in gossans.
quantity Goethite and limonite arc hydrated iron oxides, and
Gate Mining Engineering-2017 hematite is another iron oxide. These minerals are
Ans. (b) : Minerals A and B are produced from a common products of the alteration of iron sulfides in
deposit. Minerals A and B will be called coproducts if gossans, reflecting the oxidized nature of the
economics of mining depends upon the extraction of environment.
both the minerals A and B. 258. Cassiterite deposit in India is located in
Mineral economics involves studying topics in (a) Ambaji (b) Vajarakraroor
economic and financial analysis that are developed to (c) Malanjkhand (d) Jagdalpur
meet the special needs of the nature resource
industries. (e) Rajpur-Dariba
Mineral economics can thus be defined as the synthesis CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
of such theories and porticos of geological science, Ans. (d) : Cassiterite deposit in India is located in
mineral engineering, political science low and Jagdalpur
economic that are involved in of attracted to the Cassiterite deposit : Most sources of cassiterite today
planned development and management of the country's are found in alluvial or placer deposits containing the
mineral resources. weathering resistant grains. The best sources of primary
255. Gossans are the signboard of subsurface cassiterite are found in the tin mines of Bolivia, where it
(a) Ground water (b) Oil deposit is found in crystallized hydrothermal veins. Rwanda has
(c) Oxide deposit (d) Sulphide deposits a nascent casiterite mining industry.
(e) Laterite deposit 259. Sargipalli is known for
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 (a) Chromite deposit (b) Mn-ore deposit
Ans. (d) : Gossans are particularly associated with (c) Fe-ore deposit (d) Base metal deposit
sulfide deposits. When sulfide minerals in the (e) Bauxite deposit
subsurface react with air and water, they can form these CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
distinctive oxidized zones, providing a visual indicator Ans. (d) : Sargipalli is known for base metal deposit.
of potential mineralization below the surface. The sulphide deposit of sargipalli, in the Proterozoic
256. The inner side of the oxbow loop is the most fold belt of Gangapur, is Strikingly lead dominant in
favourable site for character. It has an ore reserve of 8.06 million tonnes
(a) Placer deposit with an average grade of 6.73% Pb and 0.33% Cu, with
(b) Supergene sulphide enrichment deposits a little Ag (about 50 ppm).
(c) Syngenetic deposits 260. Which of the following materials are used to
(d) Epigenetic deposits hold tubs on gradient
(e) Residula concentration (a) Tub rerailer (b) Back stay
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 (c) Tub rerailer (d) Prags
Ans. (a) : The inner side of the oxbow loop is the most BCCL Junior Overman-2017
favourable site for placer deposit. Ans. (d) : The prags materials are used to hold tube on
Placer deposit : Certain minerals may occur as alluvial gradient.
deposits in sands of valley floors and the base of hills.
These deposits are called 'placer deposits' and generally 261. 'Natural levee' is an example of
contain minerals, which are not corroded by water. (a) Point-bar deposit (b) Channel fill deposit
Gold, silver tin and Platinum are most important among (c) Flood plain deposit (d) Flood basin deposit
such minerals. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
257. Which of the following mineral assemblage is Ans. (c) : Natural levees are embankments formed
associated with GOSSANS naturally after a river floods and recedes. They are
(a) Goethite + limonite + hematite commonly developed by alluvial streams flowing on
(b) Chlorite + epidote + zoisite flood plains. The levee is located immediately adjacent
(c) Pyrite + pyrrhotite + chalcopyrite to the channel and forms a low wide ridge. Hence
(d) Cuprite + covellite + bronite Natural levee is an example of flood plain deposit.
(e) Bornite + azurite + malachite • Natural levees and point bars are some of the
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 important landforms found associated with floodplains.
Ans. (a) : Gossans are weathered, oxidized outcrops of 262. Deposits that form when the ice in a glacier
@

sulfide ore deposits. The process of weathering and melts are called
oxidation transforms the original sulfide minerals into (a) Drifts (b) Dunes
ap

secondary minerals. In the case of gossans, the primary

(c) Veins (d) Cirques
sulfide minerals typically include iron sulfides like
pyrite. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
na

Mineral Process 43 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): When the ice in a glacier melts if forms 266. Which of the following is an endogenetic
deposits known as Glacial drifts. There are two types of deposit?
drift one is Till and other is stratified drift. (a) Residual concentration deposits
• A cirques is formed by ice and denotes the head of a (b) Oxidation and supergene sulphide enrichment
glacier. (c) Sedimentation deposite
263. Organic deposits made by living or dead (d) Fumarolic deposits
organisms that form rock elevation like a ridge APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
are known as Ans. (b) : Oxidation and supergene sulfide enrichment
(a) Corals (b) Canyons are processes associate with the formation of
(c) Reefs (d) Guyots endogenetic deposits.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 • Oxidation involves the reaction of minerals with
oxygen, often leading to the formation of oxides.
Ans. (c) : A reef is a bar of rock sand, coral or similar
material, lying beneath the surface of water. Many reefs • Supergene sulfide enrichment occurs far the earth's
results from natural, a biotic processes like deposition surface when sulfide minerals undergo chemical
of sand, wave erosion, planning down rock outcrops. changes, often resulting in the concentration of valuable
Hence deposits of living or dead, organic or inorganic metals in the deposit
forms reef inside the ocean. • Both processes contribute to the formation of
endogenetic mineral deposits.
264. Natural levee is an example of :
(a) Channel fill deposit (b) Flood plain deposit 267. Alternate deposition of fine and coarse grained
(c) Point bar deposit (d) Flood basin deposit sediments gives rise to :
(a) torrential bedding (b) cross bedding
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
(c) festoon bedding (d) graded bedding
Ans. (b) : Natural levees are formed by the process of
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
overbank flood sedimentation, but an understanding of
natural levee formation should also consider the overall Ans. (a) : A subsidiary stratification may occur and is
flood-plain style and mechanism of floodplain indicated by bedding planes which are inclined to the
inundation. major line of bedding.
• The thickness of individual flood deposits varies from • This type of bedding is known as false bedding.
several millimeters to tens of centimeters and decreases • In semi-arid regions, streams push forward a load of
laterally in thickness and particle size away from the course material in times of floods and deposit only fine
channel bank. clays and still at quieter times.
• Natural levee sedimentation involves several process, • This gives rise to an alternation of coarse, cross-
which is in part dependent upon the amount of bedded material and horizontal laminae of fine material.
inundation within the floodplain bottoms. • This is called torrential bedding
265. Who introduced the term ‘Xenothermal’ to
Lindgren’s classification of ore deposits ?
(a) Bateman (b) Stanton
(c) Buddington (d) Graton
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (c) : Lindgren in 1911 gave a classification of ore
deposits based on genesis known as Lindgren's
classification.
268. In India, large deposits of pure magnesite
• According to his classification the deposits are mainly
occure in the district of --------------.
formed by two processes such as mechanical or physical
(a) Bikaner (b) Jhunjhunu
and chemical.
(c) Keonjhar (d) Salem
• Graton in 1933, proposed two additions to the
classification proposed by Lindgren. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
• Subsequently, Buddington in 1935, introduced Ans. (d) : Magnesite (MgCO3) is a carbonate of
another type of hydrothermal deposit described as magnesium. It is usually found repeated as an alteration
'xenothermal deposit which is formed at high product of serpentine ultramafic rocks and other
temperature and shallow depths. magnesium-rich rock types formed by replacement of
dolomite and dolomitic limestone, as bedded deposits
• Later in 1922, Lindgren noted some drawbacks of his
and as irregular veins.
previous, classification and proposed a revised
@

classification incorporating more ore deposits like • Magnesite deposits in India, generally occur as
crystalline mass, amorphous and massive.
ap

emanation deposits (sublimates, exudation veins and

pyrometasomatic) and magmatic deposits (orthotectic • Magnesite is being worked by open-case method by
and pneumotectic) developing benches.
na

Mineral Process 44 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• In Salem area (Tamil Nadu), magnesite is found Ans. (b): • A nummulite is a large lenticular fossil,
chiefly as encrustations, veins and stringers in ultra characterized by its numerous coils subdivided by septa
basic rocks like dunite and periodotite. into chamber
• Major magnesite producing mines in Salem are • Nummulites are common in Eocene to Miocene
belong to Tamil Nadu Magnesite Ltd. marine rock, particularly around southwest Asia and
269. -------is the name given to short, parallel Mediterranean e.g Eocene limestone's from Egypt.
fractures in dykes that may become filled with • Protozoan nummulites, a type of Foraminiferan.
mineral matter to form commercial deposites.
• Nummulites is a diminutive form of the latin
The Individual fractures of fissures may form
nummulus meaning 'little coin'.
separate veins.
(a) Mineral veins (b) Fissure veins 272. Mud cracks are used in the study of:
(c) Ladder veins (d) Traverse veins (a) Top and bottom of bed
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (b) Direction of current
Ans. (c) : Ladder vein deposits are formed by the (c) Depositional direction
deposition of ores in ladder shape network of the (d) Palaeocurrent direction
fractures in which regularly space transverse fractures (e) Velocity of current
cross cuts the vertical/inclined fractures. CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
• Such type of veins networking is also formed by Ans. (a) : • Mud cracks form in very fine clay material
combination of contracting joints. that has dried out. As the moisture is removed, the
• Magnesite deposits of Mysore, Karnataka is the best surface will split into cracks that extent a short way
example of this kind of deposit. down into the mud. These cracks form polygons on the
surface's mud.
• The top of the bed has the widest distance between the
polygons and the cracks taper downwards into the bed.
If later sediments come and fill in the cracks and are
preserved, the relationship of the bed to the tapered
feature will be saved. So mud cracks are used in the
study of the top and bottom of bed.
273. Diagenesis is:
Showing the saddle reef type cavity filling deposit (a) Pre-depositional
270. The rock unit that were deposited during a (b) Syn-depositional
specific interval of geologic time, are described
(c) Syn-and post-depositional
as :
(d) Post-depositional
(a) Interval zone
(b) Facies zone (e) Pre burial
(c) Chronostratigraphic Unit CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(d) Magnetic Unit Ans. (c) : Any chemical, physical or biological process
(e) lithostratigraphy that affect a sedimentary earth material after initial
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 deposition and during or after lithification, exclusive of
weathering and metamorphism.
Ans. (c) : • Chronostratigraphy:- The element of
stratigraphy that deals with the age of strata and their • Diagnosis is sometimes divided into early and late
time relations. phase. Early diagnosis covers everything that may
• Chronostratigraphy unit:- A body of rock strata that happen after sediment is laid down (deposition) until it
is unified by being the rock formed during a specific first become rock (consolidation).
interval of geologic time. Late diagnosis covers everything that may happen to
sedimentary rock b/w consolidation and the lowest
• Chronozone:- A zone unit of all rocks formed
stage of metamorphism.
anywhere during the time range of some geologic
features or some specified interval of rock strata. 274. The science dealing with the order of
271. 'Nummulitics' is a term to indicate shallow deposition of sedimentary rocks based on
neritic deposits rich in large foraminifera, fossils is described as
especially Nummulites. Which of the following (a) Biostratigraphy
period was dominated by them? (b) Binomial classification
@

(a) Pliocene (b) Eocene (c) Geochronology

(c) Permian (d) Triassic (d) Lithostratigraphy
ap

(e) Silurian (e) Archaeology

CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
na

Mineral Process 45 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Biostratigraphy- It is the branch of Ans. (c) :
stratigraphy that uses fossils to establish relative ages of An ore deposit in Udaipur district is an important
rock and correlate succession of sedimentary rock source of Lead-Zinc in India.
within and between depositional basins.
The hydrothermal solution moving through the
• Binomial classification- Binomial nomenclature is fractures of the rocks may deposit valuable ores in
the formal naming system for living things that all
from of veins much after the formation of the host
scientists use. It gives every species a two-part scientific
name. rock.
• Geochronology- It is the science of determining the Such deposits are known as epigenetic deposits.
age of rocks, fossils and sediments using signatures In the formation of such type of ore deposits, veins
inherent in the rocks themselves. should have previously formed by the fracturing or
• Lithostratigraphy- Subdivision of rock succession breaking of rocks along a fault zone.
into units on the basis of lithology or rock type. The rocks involved in this process must be solid,
• Archaeology- Archaeology is the study of past brittle and capable of creating open spaces when they
cultures. break.
275. Which term is used for a narrow vertical or 279. A greisen deposit exposes the _____________
inclined opening excavated in a deposit at the part of a granitic body.
end of a stope to provide initial free face? (a) Lower (b) Uppermost
(a) Lateral (b) Grizzly (c) Middle (d) Basal
(c) Slot (d) Undercut
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
Ans. (b) :
Ans. (c) : Slot: narrow vertical or inclined opening
excavated in a deposits at the end of a stope to provide a A greisens deposit exposes the uppermost part of a
bench face. Grizzly arrangement that prevents oversize granitic body.
rock from entering on ore transfer system a grizzly Greisen deposits consist of disseminated conssiterite
usually consists of steel grating for coarse screening or and cassiterite-bearing veinlets, stockworks, lenses
scalping. pipes and breaccia in gaugue composed of quartz,
276. The deposits occur nearer to the surface are Fluorite, topaz and mica.
(a) Singenetic deposits Greisen deposits are found within or near highly
(b) Superficial deposits evolved, rare-metal enriched plutonic rocks,
(c) Stratified deposits especially near contacts with surrounding country
(d) Overburden deposits rock, settings in or adjacent to cupolas of granitic
APCET Mining Engineering-2017 batholiths are particularly favorable.
Ans. (b) : The deposit occur nearer to the surface are 280. The Kolar region in Dharwar craton hosts a
superficial deposit. number of __________ gold deposits.
Superficial deposit- Grids are overprinted with a (a) Porphyry (b) Vein-type
minimum value so that areas where no bore date is (c) Placer-type (d) None of the above
present but superficial deposits are known to occur are
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
given a minimum 1.5 m thickness. The superficial
thickness modal has been created as baseline datasets Ans. (b) : j
for the BGS information products programme. The Kolar region in Dharwar craton hosts a number
277. Ore grade for which revenue from the of Vein-type gold deposits.
recoverable reserve exactly equals the cost of Kolar district is the eastern gateway to Karnataka.
mining, treatment, and marketing is known as It is famous for erstwhile Kolar Goldmines.
(a) Cut – off grade (b) Break – even grade This district experiences tropical climate existence of
(c) Average grade (d) Liquidation grade ancient tanks.
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 It is also known for production of Milk, which
Ans. (b) : The grade at which the costs associated with recently surpassed Denmark.
mining and mineral processing just equal the revenues 281. ____________ deposits are generally associated
is called the break-even grade. Material having a higher with ultramafic rocks.
grade than this would be considered ore and anything (a) Gold (b) Chromite
below that would be waste. (c) Lithium (d) Zinc
@

278. An ore deposit that has formed later than the GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
host rocks is referred as _____________.
Ans. (b) :
ap

(a) Syngenetic (b) Diagenetic

Chromite, deposite are generally associated with
(c) Epigenetic (d) None of the above
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 ultramatic rocks.
na

Mineral Process 46 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
The mineral found in these types of deposits and the Ans. (b):
deposit types themselves are described and discussed The terms 'SEDEX' and 'MVT' generally refer to ore
individually, mineral resources tracts and areas of deposits of Lead and zinc.
interest are delineated and described and the SEDEX- type deposits are clearly defined ore bodies
undiscovered mineral resources of these mineral often with natural cutoffs boundaries and a relatively
deposit types are estimated for the tracts using the uniform grade distribution.
three-part method of quantitative mineral resource Whereas, MVT deposits are quite irregular in shape
assessment. and grade distribution, normally with economic
282. Bauxite deposits are generally the result of the cutoffs boundaries.
process called _____________. 285. Placer deposits at the foot of a slope are
(a) Residual magmatic injection (a) Alluvial (b) Eluvial
(b) Residual concentration (c) Eolian (d) Lacustarine
(c) Early magmatic segregation HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(d) Hydrothermal segregation Ans. (b) : Placer deposits is the natural concentration of
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 heavy minerals induced by the effect of gravity on
moving particles. There are four types of placer deposits
Ans. (b) :
1. Eluvial placers
Bauxite deposits are generally the result of the 2. Stream or alluvial placers
process called Residual concentration.
3. Beach placers
Bauxite is a naturally occurring, heterogeneous 4. Eolian placers
material composed primarily of one or more
• When weathering yields debris on a hill slope, the
aluminum hydroxide minerals, plus various mixtures
heavier particle move dawn slope more slowly than
of silica, iron oxide, titania, aluminum silicates, and lighter ones, giving a rough concentration into eluvial
other impurities in minor or trace amounts. placers.
Bauxite is a light mineral; its specific gravity is 2.6 to
286. Guano is :
3.5.
(a) Calcareous deposits
It is usually an amorphous or clay like substance (b) Phosphate deposits
which is, however, not plastic.
(c) Ferruginous deposits
283. Ore deposits formed at shallow depths in the (d) Siliceous deposits
temperature range of 50 to 200°C may be OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
referred as ________________.
Ans. (b) : Guano is phosphate deposits. It is an unusual
(a) Hypothermal (b) Mesothermal concentration of thick phosphate material derived from
(c) Xenothermal (d) Epithermal the excrement of birds and bats. The actual guano
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 deposit itself, typically accumulating on isolated ocean
Ans. (d) : islands around the pacific ocean basin.
Ore deposits formed at shallow depths in the
temperature range of 50 to 200oC may be referred as A2 Physical and Chemical
Epithermal.
Epithermal deposits are products of volcanism- Method
related hydrothermal activity at shallow depths and
low temperatures. 287. Charging of lead acid battery of locomotives
Epithermal deposits include the silver-gold deposits gives off
at Pachuca-Real del Monte are district, Mexico, (a) H2 (b) CH4
Oatman, Arizona and Creed, Colorado, USA; (c) H2S (d) NO2
antimony deposits in southern and southwestern Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
ports of China; bulk low-grade silver-gold deposits Ans. (a) : The charging of lead-acid batteries can be
of Carlin type in Nevada , USA; and basalt hasted hazardous.
Copper deposits of Nevada and andesite hosted • The two primary risks are from hydrogen gas formed
copper deposits of Chile and Bolivia. when the battery is being charged and the sulfuric acid
284. The terms ‘SEDEX’ and ‘MVT’ generally refer in the battery fluid, also known as the electrolyte.
to ore deposits of ____________. • Hydrogen gas can lead to fires and explosions, and
(a) Magnetite and hematite worker exposure to sulfuric acid can lead to chemical
@

(b) Lead and zinc burns and other adverse health effects.
• When lead-acid batteries are being recharged, they
ap

(c) Gold and silver

(d) PGE and REE generate hydrogen gas that is explosive in certain
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 concretions in air.
na

Mineral Process 47 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
288. The copper ores of Central India occur as veins Tabular Strong Self Room
or dissemination in the -------. and Flat supported and
(a) Vindhyan sandstones Pillar
(b) Deccan basalts Massive Weak Unsupported Block
(c) Dharwar schists and phyllites and Steep caning
(d) Vindhyan limestones 291. The percentage Fe and corresponding net value
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 for an iron ore mine is given below
Ans. (c) : Ore bodies occur similar to Madhan-Kudhan Fe (%) Net value (INR per tonne)
mines in the form of lades. 58 4000
• Cross constrained to garnetiferous quartz-chlorite
62 4500
schist and amphibole bearing feldspathic quartzite.
Assuming net value versus grade curve to be a
• The surface area of Kolihan mine is subsiding due to
straight line, and mining cost of waste is INR
the presence of highly sheared phylite bed along the
1000/m3; the correct representation of
lodes of ore bodies.
stripping ratio, SR (m3/tonne) versus Fe (%)
• The copper ore is found to occur as veins, stringers, grade curve is
fracture filling and disseminated type of in
(a) =−3.250+0.125×
garnetiferous-quartz-chlorite schist and amphibole
quartzite. (b) =3.250+0.125×
(c) =3250+125×
289. Caustic soda can be stored in ______ drums.
(d) =−3250+125×
(a) Steel (b) Cast iron
Gate-2024
(c) Brass (d) Gun metal
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 Ans. (a) :
Ans. (a) : Caustic soda can be stored in steel drums.
Currently caustic soda is stored in fiberglass, stainless
steel, carbon steel, low-carbon steel, lined steel and
mastic materials. The nature of the service environment,
including the temperature and concentration, will
longley determine which materials are most
appropriates.

A2.1 Concentration of Ores y − y1 y 2 − y1

=
x − x 1 x 2 − x1
290. Match the method of mining with orebody y − 4000 500
geometry, orebody strength and type of =
x − 58 4
supports.
4y – 4 × 4000 = 500x – 58 × 500
Geometry Strength Support Method 4y = 500x – 58 × 500 + 4 × 4000
P. Tabular L. Strong X. 1. Cut 500x − 58 × 500 + 4 × 4000
& M. Unsupported and Fill y=
4
Moderately Moderate Y. 2. Block
y = 125x – 7250 + 4000
Steep N. Weak Artificially Caving
Q. Tabular Supported 3. Room y = 125x – 3250
& Flat Z.Self- and Hence, Net value (y) = 125Fe – 3250
R. Massive supported Pillar Formula
and Steep Net value of ore
Stripping ratio =
(a) P→L→Y→3; Q→N→Z→1; R→M→X→2 cost of waste
(b) P→M→Y→2; Q→N→Z→1; R→L→X→3 125fe – 3250
=
(c) P→L→Y→2; Q→M→Z→3; R→N→X→1 1000
(d) P→M→Y→1; Q→L→Z→3; R→N→X→2 S.R = 0.125fe – 3.250
Gate-2024 S.R = –3.250 + 0.125fe
Ans. (d) : 292. Bauxite is
Geometry Strength Support Method (a) Aluminium oxide
@

Tabular Moderate Artificially Cut and (b) Hydrous aluminium oxide

and supported Fill (c) A complex aluminium salt
ap

Moderately (d) Hydrous aluminium chloride

steep Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
na

Mineral Process 48 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Bauxite is a soft whitish to reddish brown Ores which, when broken, are cohesive or which
rock consisting mainly of hydrous alumininum oxide tend to pack or cement together under the influence
and aluminium hydroxides along with silica, silt, iron of ground water, wall pressure or chemical reaction.
hydroxides, and clay minerals. Bauxite is a major Pynific and pentlanite-rich over which oxidize
source of aluminium. spontaneous combustion.
296. Gibbsite is ore of
293. Match the iron ores with their respective
(a) Iron (b) Aluminium
chemical formula.
(c) Manganese (d) Lead
A B
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
P. Haematite 1. Fe3O4 Ans. (b) : Gibbsite is an important ore of aluminium in
Q. Magnetite 2. Fe2O3 that it is one of three main phases that make up the rock
R. Siderite 3. FeO(OH) bauxite. Gibbsite the mineral aluminium hydroxide
S. Limonite 4. Fe2CO3 (Aℓ(OH)3) an important constituent of bauxite deposits,
(a) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (b) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 particularly those in the western hemisphere, where it
(c) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3 (d) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 occurs as white, glassy crystal earthy masses or crusts.
(e) Question not attempted 297. Name a copper ore mineral from the following
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 (a) Chromite (b) Chalcopyrite
Ans.(a) A B (c) Cinnabar (d) Cassiterite
P. Haematite 2. Fe2O3 UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Q. Magnetite 1.Fe3O4 Ans. (b) : The main copper ores are chalcopyrite,
R. Siderite 4. Fe2CO3 chalcocite, bornite, enargite, covellite, tetrahedrite.
S. Limonite 3. FeO(OH) The biggest source of copper is from porphyry ore
deposits in which one or a combination of the
294. Which of the following does not fall under the aforementioned mineralls is usually found.
category of Metallic minerals? Copper is an extremely useful industrial metal that
(a) Haematite (b) Bauxite is ductile.
(c) Gypsum (d) Chromite Malleable (of being hammered and molded) and an
(e) Question not attempted excellent conductor of electricity (only silver is
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 better).
Ans. (c) : Metallic minerals that are comprised of It is estimated that 700 million tons of copper is
available in deep sea nodules.
metals are know metallic minerals. These minerals are
lustrous in nature. Metallic minerals are obtained from 298. The chemical composition of the feldspar group is
igneous rocks. (a) Oxide (b) Aluminates
Examples of metallic minerals is Haematite, bauxite, (c) Silicates (d) Alumino- silicates
Chromite, copper, Lead manganese etc. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Non metallic minerals are minerals that do not contain Ans. (d) : Feldspars are a group of rock forming
any metals. aluminium tectosilicate minerals, containing sodium,
Example of non-metallic minerals is limestone, mica, calcium, potassium or barium. The most common
members of the feldspar group are the plagioclase
gypsum, coal, dolomite, phosphate etc.
(sodium-calcium) feldspars and the alkali (potassium-
295. Which one is not a suitable stopping method sodium) feldspars.
for ore bodies having oxidizing and combustion 299. The delay between the ignition and the
properties? application of the heat source is termed as
(a) Resuing (b) Breast stoping (a) Incubation period (b) Saturation period
(c) Shrinkage stoping (d) Long hole stoping (c) Thermal conductivity (d) Lag on ignition
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (c) Ans. (d) : There is a certain time interval between
In shrinkage stoping a fraction (roughly 40%) of the instant of spark and instant where there is a noticeable
broken ore is drawn by gravity to account for the rise in pressure due to combustion.
swell, and the rest is used as a working platform to • This time lag is called ignition lag.
continue the overhand mining retreating in an • Ingition lag is the time interval in the process of
upwards direction, breaking successive horizontal chemical reaction during which molecules get heated up
slices of ore. to self ignition temperature, get ignited and produce a
@

The minimum stoping width is the required for self propagation molecule of flame.
working space, which is about 1.2 to 1.5m
• Ignition lag of between 0.00015 to 0.0002 second.
ap

overbodies narrower than that should carry the

dilution of the waste to be mined in order to reach • An ignition lag of 0.02 seconds corresponds to 35º
that minimum width. crank rotation when the engine is running at 3000 rpm.
na

Mineral Process 49 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
300. The Hoskold formula is used for : 303. Which among the following rocks will be the
(a) ore reserve calculation least susceptible to chemical weathering?
(b) Finding out depreciation (a) Diorite (b) Arkose
(c) speculative rate of return (c) Quartzite (d) Gabbro
(d) Indicating the salting HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 Ans. (c) : Quartzite is most least susceptible to the
Ans. (c) : The Hoskold is a "two – rate evaluation mechanical and chemical weathering.
formula, once much used to determine present value of • It forms ridges and resistant hilltops.
mining properties or shares with redemption of capital
• Quartzite is a hard, non-foliated metamorphic rock
invested.
that was originally pure quartz sandstone.
• It is used for speculative rate of return.
• Band stone is converted into quartzite through heating
301. In the geomorphic context, the compound and pressure usually related to tectonic compression
landscapes are: within organic belts.
(a) those in which two or more agents have
operated to develop the existing topography • Chemical weathering chemical weathering changes
the molecular structure of rocks and soil.
(b) Those in which two or more geomorphic
processes have operated to develop the •It’s occurs when water dissolves minerals in rocks,
existing topography resulting in new compounds. This is also known as
(c) those in which there is an imprint of two or hydrolysis.
more landforms 304. A horizontal entry into an ore body is called:
(d) those in which there is an imprint of an older (a) Adit (b) Shaft
topographic surface and the existing (c) Bench (d) Pit
topography GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Ans. (a) : An adit (From Latin, aditus entrance) is an
Ans. (b) : In the geomorphic context, the compound entrance to an underground mine which is horizontal or
landscapes are those in which two or more geomorphic nearly horizontal by which the mine can be entered,
processes have operated to develop the existing drained of water, ventilated and mineraly extracted at
topography. the lowest convenient level a horizontal entry into an
Geomorphology- Geomorphology is the scientific ore body is called Adit.
study of the origin and evolution of topographic and
badhymetric features created by physical. 305. Rutile is source for
Chemical or biological processes operating at or near (a) Tin (b) Titanium
Earths surface. Geomorphologists seek to understand (c) Tungston (d) Iron
landform and terrain history and dynamics and to predict GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
changes through a combination of field observations. Ans. (b) : Rutile, the most abundant of three naturally
Physical experiments and numerical modeling. occuring forms of titanium dioxide. It forms red to
302. Respirable dust in an underground coal mine reddish brown hard, brilliant metallic slender crystals,
contains 4.5% free silica. As per the CMR often completely, surrounded by other minerals. Rutile
2017, the maximum allowable respirable dust is a commercially important titanium mineral, although
concentration, in mg/m3, in the mine air is most titanium dioxide is produced from ilmenite. Rutile
(a) 1.5 (b) 2.0 has minor uses in porcelain and glass manufacture as a
(c) 2.5 (d) 3.0 colouring agent and in making some steel and copper
alloys.
Gate Mining Engineering-2019
Ans. (b) : Respirable dust cannot be seen in normal 306. The most important ore of lead is
lighting as they are smaller than 10 micrometers in (a) Rutile (b) Psilomelane
size. (c) Sphalerite (d) Galena
• Respirable dust sources include the grinding of GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
hazardous metals containing silica and quartz or coal Ans. (d) : Lead ore is most commonly found as lead
dust produced from the quarrying of coal. sulphide (PbS) galena, a heavy, shiny grey metallic ore
• Dut to their extremely small size, respirable dust with a conspicuous cubic cleavage, but locally
particles can stay airborne for a significant amount of pyromorphite, lead chlorophosphate (Pb5 (PO4) 3Cl),
time and can be inhaled deep into the lungs causing was worked on Green Hill, near charterhouse and on
irrevocable lung damage. Blagdon Hill.
@

• If respirable dust in an underground coal mine 307. ‘Smarskite’ is an ore mineral of

contains 4.5% free silica. As per the CMR 2017, the
ap

(a) Thorium (b) Nickel

maximum allowable respirable dust concentration in (c) Cobalt (d) Copper
the mine air is 2.0 mg/m3.
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
na

Mineral Process 50 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Smarskite is an ore mineral of thorium, a • Magnetite is a mineral whose primary component is
radioactive element. It is a complex thorium silicate an iron avoid that contains equal amounts of iron (II)
mineral and is often found associated with other rare and iron (III). It empirical formula is Fe3O4.
earth elements. • Siderite, also called chalybite, iron carbonate
308. The chief ore of Aluminum is (FeCO3), a widespread minerals that is an ore of iron.
(a) Pyrolusite (b) Sphalerite • Siderite belongs to the calcite group of minerals.
(c) Bauxite (d) Chalcopyrite • The minerals commonly occur in thin beds with
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 shades clay, or cool seams and in hydrothermal metallic
Ans. (c) : Bauxite is an ore of Aluminium with veins.
chemical formula Al2O3.2H2O. It is the primary ore of • Ankerite is a calcium, iron, magnesium, manganese
Aluminum. Aluminium is the most abundant metal in carbonate mineral of the group of rhombohedral
the Earth's crust. It does not occur in the free state as it carbonates with the chemical formula Ca(Fe, Mg, Mn)
is a reactive metal. (CO3)2.
309. Bornite is an ore of 312. Which of the following is a primary ore of
(a) Iron (b) Lead Zinc?
(c) Nickel (d) Copper (a) Sphalerite (b) Malachite
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (c) Azurite (d) Galena
Ans. (d) : Bronite is an important copper ore mineral HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
and occurs widely in porphyry copper deposits along Ans. (a) : Sphalerite is zinc sulfide minerals with a
with the more common chalcopyrite. Chalcopyrite and chemical composition of (Zn, Fe)S.
bornite are both typically replaced by chalcocite and • It is found in metamorphic rock, sedimentary rocks,
covellite n the supergene enrichment zone of copper and igneous rocks.
deposits.
• Sphalerite is the most commonly encountered zinc
310. Match the following for a typical slurry mineral and the world's most important ore of zinc.
explosive.
• Azurite is used occasionally as beds and as Jewelry,
Chemical Purpose
and also as an ornamental stone.
P. Calcium nitrate 1. Cross linking agent
Q. Potassium dichromate 2. Gelling agent • Malachite, a minor are but a widespread mineral of
copper, basic copper carbonate, Cu2CO3(OH)2.
R. TNT 3. Oxidiser
S. Starch 4. Fuel • Galena is the primary ore of lead, and is often mined
for its silver content. It is used as a source of lead in
(a) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4
ceramic glaze.
(b) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1
(c) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2 313. East coast bauxite deposit is associated with
which of the following rocks
(d) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1
(a) Gondite (b) Basalt
Gate Mining Engineering-2016
(c) Kodurite (d) Khondalite
Ans. (c) :
(e) Charnokite
s. chemical Purpose CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
no
Ans. (d) : East coast bauxite deposit is associated with
P Calcium nitrate Oxidizer the Khondulite rocks.
Q Potassium Cross linking agent Khondalite : Khondalite is a foliated metamorphic
dichromate rock. In India, it is also called Bezwada Gneiss and
R TNT Fuel Kailasa Gneiss. It was named after the Khond tribe of
s Starch Gelling agent. Odisha and Andhra Pradesh because well formed
examples of the rock were found in the in habited hills
• The correct option is option (c). of these regions of eastern India.
311. A mineral with high density, metallic luster and The chemical formula of Khondalite an average
cherry red streak can most likely be identified chemical composition for the Khondalite of Odisha
as shows that SiO2 + Al2 O3 + Fe2 O3 + FeO constitute
(a) Hematite (b) Magnetite 95% of the rock with Fe2 O3 Li FeO.
(c) Siderite (d) Ankerite 315. Zawar Pb-Zn deposit of Rajasthan is formed
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 by which of the following processes
Ans. (a) : Hematite is with high density, metallic luster (a) Hydrothermal cavity filling process
and cherry red streak, gray to black mineral with (b) Hydrothermal replacement process
moderate hardness.
@

(c) Magmatic segregation process

• This metallic to earthy minerals has a dark cherry red
(d) Hydrothermal sublimation process
ap

streak, which is very different from its outward

appearance. Hematite is used in many manufacturing (e) Telethermal process
processes. CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
na

Mineral Process 51 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Zawar Pb-Zn deposit of Rajasthan is formed 318. Magmatic segregated ore is :
by Hydrothermal replacement process. (a) chromium deposits
Hydrothermal : There are significant advantages of (b) iron deposits
hydrothermal synthesis method over others. (c) bauxite deposits
Hydrothermal synthesis can generate nanomaterials (d) phosphate deposits
which are not stable at elevated temperature.
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Nanomaterials with high vapor pressure can be
produced by the hydrothermal method with minimum Ans. (a) : Magmatic segregated ore is chromium
loss of materials. deposits.
The three main Zawar lead-zinc deposits, Mochia, • The term magmatic segregation deposit or
Balaria and Zawarmala are located around 24° 20' N, orthomagmatic deposit are use used for those ore
73° 42' E, some 25 km due south of Udaipur in deposits that have crystallised direct form a magma.
Rajasthan. As such they are apporimately 100 km to the • Those formed by frictional crystallisation are usually
south west of the Rajpura- Dariba Zn-Pb mine and 215 found in plutonic igneous rocks; those produced by
km South-west of the Rampura- Agucha Zn-Pb open it. liquation may be found associated with both plutonic
315. The metal content of an ore is called and volcanic rocks.
(a) Gangue (b) Tenor • Magmatic segregation deposits may consists of layers
(c) Deposit (d) Adit within beneath the closing igneous rock mass
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 (e.g., chromite layers, subjacent Cu-Ni sulfide ores).
Ans. (b) : The metal content of an ore is called Tenor of 319. For Indian coal mines, the maximum allowable
the ore. It is generally expressed in percentage of metal. concentration of respirable dust containing
It is the lowest permissible metal deposit in an ore. more than 7.5% free silica and less than 10%
• The unwanted impurities Surrounding the ore is called free silica in mg/cubic meter is :
Gangue. (a) 4.0 (b) 2.5
• Adit is a Horizontal passage leading into a mine for (c) 2.7 (d) 2.0
the purpose of access or drainage. MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
316. Which of the following is a rare form of silica? Ans. (a) : For Indian Coal Mines, the maximum
(a) Opal (b) Heliotrope allowable concentration of respirable dust containing
(c) Morion (d) Coesite more than 7.5% free silica and less than 10% free silica
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 in mg/cubic meter is 4.
Ans. (d) : Crystalline tridymihe and cristobalite are 320. The excavation made near the shaft to store the
found in acid volcanic rocks. broken material is known as __________ .
• Cristobalite also occurs in some bentonite clays and as (a) Slice (b) Dome
traces in diatomite.
(c) Ore bin (d) Creep
• Although rarely found in nature, coesite and stishovite
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
have been found in rocks that equilibrated in short lived
high pressure environments and Keatite has been found Ans. (c) : Ore bin is an excavation lined with masonry
in high altitude atmospheric dests, which are belived to or concrete construction. It is of special design used for
organiate from volcanic source. storing the ore extracted from the part of the mine.
• Coesite is made up of tetrahedrons arranged like those Ore bin is an excavation for temporary storing of ore
in feldspars. called as bunker.
317. The ore that yields two or more metals is : 321. Hoskold's formula is used for:
(a) cassiterite (b) iron cinnabar (a) depreciation
(c) copper (d) mercury (b) speculative rate of return
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (c) ore reserve calculation
Ans. (c) : The ore having two different metal atoms is (d) salting
copper. CIL MT Mining-2017
• Copper pyrites contains Cu and Fe as CuFe S. Ans. (b) : Hoskold's formula is used for speculative rate
• Copper it is a soft malleable and ductile metal with valuation formula. once much used to determine present
very high thermal and electrical conductivity. value (VP) of mining properties or shares with
• It is used as a conductor of heat and electricity and as redemption of capital invested. Largely replaced by
a building materials. Morkill's formula.
• Copper is one of the few metals that can occur nature 322. Hoolamite is a mixture of-
in a directly usable metalic form. (a) Iodine pentoxide and sulphuric acid
@

• The cuprous oxide is then converted to copper upon (b) Manganese dioxide and copper oxide
heating. (c) Iodine pentoxide and copper oxide
ap

• Bronze an alloy of copper and tin has been in use (d) Manganese dioxide and sulphuric acid
since ancient times. MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
na

Mineral Process 52 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Hoolamite is a mixture of iodine pentoxide 327. The working principle of Ringrose firedamp
and fuming sulfuric acid an granular pumice stone. detector is:
• The grayish white colour changes to green, brown or (a) thermal sensitivity
black depending on cocon. (b) disintegration
(c) diffusion-combustion-contraction
323. As per Indian Standards (DGMS), the CO2 (d) distribution
concentration should NOT be allowed to
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
exceed-
Ans. (c) : Ringrose firedamp detector-is an apparatus
(a) 0.5% (b) 1%
works on the principal of diffusion combustion
(c) 2% (d) 2.5% contraction. When methane burns in air, it produces
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 carbon di-oxide and water vapour.
Ans. (a) : As per Indian standards (DGMS), the CO2 CH4 + 2O2 = CO2 + 2H2O water vapour
concentration should NOT be allowed to exceeds 0.5%. 328. 100 ml of waste water is allowed to evaporate
• It is also a key component of Black Damp, caused by in a dish weighing 48.6232 g. The concentration
biological oxidation such as rotting mine timbers. of dry solids in waste water in mg/l is:
• Increased concentrations of carbon dioxide replace the (a) 200 (b) 220
oxygen content of the mine air thus producing a toxic (c) 260 (d) 320
atmosphere. RPSC AE-21.05.2014
324. Hopcalite is a mixture of- Ans. (a) :
(a) Manganese dioxide and copper oxide • Total solid (per 100 ml) = (wt. of dish + dry solid) –
(wt. of dish)
(b) Carbon monoxide and hydrogen sulphide
= (48.6232 + 48.6432) – (48.6232)
(c) Manganese dioxide and sulphuric acid = 97.2664 – 48.6232
(d) Iodine pentoxide and copper oxide = 48.6432g
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 Total solid per 100 ml = 486432 mg/L
Ans. (a) : Hopcalite is a mixture of manganese dioxide • Total dissolved solid
(MnO2) and copper oxide (CuO). = (dish + filtered solid)wt – (dish)wt
It is widely used for catalyzing the oxidation of carbon • Total suspend Solid + Total dissolved solid
monoxide (CO) and other harmful gases in air = Total solid
purification system. Tss + 232 = 432
325. Average value of Poisson ratio for basalt is- Tss = 432 – 232 mg/L = 200 mg/L
(a) 0.1 - 0.2 (b) 0.2 - 0.3 • Volatile suspended solid = 0.7 × 200
(c) 0.3 - 0.4 (d) 0.5 - 0.6 = 140 mg/L
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 329. In self-contained chemical-oxygen self-rescuer,
Ans. (a) : Average value of Poisson ratio for basalt is oxygen is produced by
0.1–0.2. (a) Hopcalite (b) Potassium peroxide
• Basalt is a type of igneous rock that is commonly (c) Sodium hydroxide (d) Protosorb
formed from the rapid cooling of basaltic lava. Gate-2015
• It is characterized by its fine-grained texture and often Ans. (b) : K2O2 (potassium peroxide)
contains minerals like plagioclase, pyroxene, and K 2 O2 + H 2 O + CO2 → O2 ↑
olivine. The equipment uses proven principles of chemical
• Basalt is abundant on Earth, and it can also be found oxygen generation humidity CH2O) and carbon dioxide
on the Moon, mars, and other rocky planets in our solar from expired air produce a K2O2 chemical reaction,
system. while carbonic gas is fixed, oxygen is released in a
• Average value of poison ratio for basalt is 0.1- 0.2. breathing bag.
326. Crossing Point Temperature method is 330. Turbidity currents commonly deposit :
commonly used for determination of: (a) Shale (b) Limestone
(a) Proximate analysis of coal (c) Arkoses (d) Greywacke
(b) Ultimate analysis of coal OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(c) Relative tendencies of coal to spontaneous Ans. (d) : Turbidity currents commonly deposit
heating greywacke.
(d) Thermal conductivity of coal Turbidity currents:- Turbidity currents can change the
@

physical shape of the seafloor by eroding large areas

RPSC AE-21.05.2014 and creating underwater canyons. These currents also
Ans. (c) : Crossing point temperature is a standard
ap

deposit huge amounts of sediment wherever they flow

method followed in India for finding out the usually in a gradient or fan pattern, with the largest
susceptibility of coal to spontaneous combustion. particles at the bottom and the smallest ones on top.
na

Mineral Process 53 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
331. Which of the following represents the correct Inosilicate:-
order of abundance of elements in the earth's Inosilicate formerly called metasilicade, any of a class
crust? of inorganic compounds that have structures
(a) Si>O>Fe>Al>Ca>Mg characterized by silicate tetrahedrons each of which
(b) O>Al>Fe>Mg>Ca>Si consists of a central silicon atom surrounded by four
(c) O>Si>Fe>Mg>Ca>Al oxygen atoms at the corners of a tetrahedron arranged in
(d) O>Si>Al>Fe > Mg >Ca chains. Two of the oxygen atoms of each tetrahedron
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 are shared with other tetrahedrons, forming a chain that
is potentially infinite in length. Single chains (with a
Ans. (d) : The correct order of abundance of the
multiple of SiO3 in the chemical formula) double chains
elements in the earth's crust is O>Si>Al>Fe>Ca >
with Si4O11 in the formula and more complex are
Mg.
possible.
Elements Percentage by Weight
335. Find the odd one out of the following pairs :
Oxygen (O) 46.6
(a) Aragonite-Calcite
Silicon (Si) 27.7 (b) Diamond-Graphite
Aluminium (Al) 8.1 (c) Quartz-Chalcedony
Iron (fe) 5.0 (d) Microcline-Labradorite
Calcium (ca) 3.6 OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
Magnesium (Mg) 2.1 Ans. (d) : Aragonite Caleid:- Both aragonite and
Note:- Official answer is given option (d) calcite are different crystal forms of calcium carbonate.
332. Platinum Group Elements are : Diamond- Graphite:- Both diamond and graphite c
(a) Lithophile only are different forms of carbon.
(b) Chalcophile only Quartz - Chaceony:- Both quartz and chalcedony are
different varieties of silica.
(c) Siderophile only
Microcline - Labradorite:-Microcline and
(d) Both chalcophile and siderphile
labradorite are different minerals. Microcline is a type
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
of feldspar, while labradorite is type of plagioclase
Ans. (d) : Platinum Group Elements are both feldspar.
chalcophile and siderphile. The platinum - group
336. If the color of gosson is black, it indicates the
elements (PGE) comprise geochemically cherent group
presence of :
of siderophile to chalcophil metals that includes
osmium (Os), iridium (Ir), ruthenium (Ru), rhodium (a) Copper (b) Iron
(Rh), platinum (Pt), and palladium (pd). (c) Manganese (d) Graphite
333. Find the odd one out of the following : OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(a) Enstatite (b) Hypersthene Ans. (c) : If the color of gosson is black, it indicates the
(c) Anthophyllite (d) Diopside presence of Manganese.
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 Manganese oxides, such as pyrolusite (MnO2) and
psilomelane, can contribute to the black coloration of
Ans. (c) : Anthophyllite:-
gossan.
Anthophyllite is formed by the break down of talc in
Manganese minerals are often found is association with
ultramafic rocks in the presence of water and carbon
other minerals in gossan deposite, and their presence
dioxide as a prograde metamorphic reaction. The partial
can be confirmed through father mineralogical analysis.
pressure of carbon dioxide (CO2) in aqueous solution
favors production of anthophyllite. 337. Bauxite is a :
Enstatite, hypersthene and diopside are all pyroxene (a) Residual deposit
minerals, whereas anthophyllite is an amphibole (b) Chemical deposit
mineral. (c) Transported deposit
334. Tetrahedra structure of a silicate minerals (d) Ferruginous deposit
develops Si : O ratio of 4 : 11. The silicate OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
structure of the mineral is : Ans. (a) : Bauxite is a Residual deposit. Bauxite is type
(a) Nesosilicate (b) Inosilicate of rock that is primarily composed of aluminum
(c) Tectosilicate (d) Sorosilicate hydroxide minerals, along with various impurities. Such
@

OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 as iron oxides and clay minerals. It is considered a
Ans. (b) : Tetrahedra structure of a silicate minerals transported deposit. Bauxite forms through the
ap

develops Si : O ratio of 4 : 11. The silicate structure of weathering and erosion of aluminum-rich rocks over
the mineral is Inosilicate. long periods of time.
na

Mineral Process 54 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
338. Monazite is produced most abundantly in : alcohol traditionally used in paints and varnishes with
(a) Bihar (b) Odisha nitrous acid (HNO2)
(c) Rajasthan (d) Kerala TNT- Trinitrotoluene is a widely used explosive
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 compound that is frequently exployed as a booster in
Ans. (d) : Monazite is produced most abundantly in explosive preparations. It possesses several desirable
Kerala. properties, including high stability, relatively low
sensitivity to shock and friction, an a high detonation
Kerala is a state in South India on the Malabar coast and
velocity.
is the twenty fifth largest state having an area of 3,863
sq. km. The Soil in Kerala is acidic having high 343. The strata resting on the orebody is known as
phosphate capacity and low water holding capacity and (a) Hanging wall (b) Foot wall
has the largest reserves of monazite in India. The largest (c) Sill (d) Dyke
reserves of monazite in India. The monazite found is KCET Mining Engineering-2017
high in thorium content. Monazite contains 2.5% Ans. (a) : In geology, a hanging wall is one side of a
thorium and it is found in most rock and in the Soil. fault that involves a diagonal plane for the fault line.
India has a thorium reserve of 11.93 million tonnes and The side that is physically above the fault line is called
the majority is found in the coastal staes of India
the hanging wall
namely Kerala, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu and
Odisha. • The side that is physically below the plane of the
fault line is the footwall.
339. Water gas is a mixture of
(a) H2 + CO (b) N2 + CO • This can sometimes be confusing because the
(c) H2 + CO2 (d) H2 + CH4 hanging wall can often slightly lower than the footwall
due to one side of the fault forming a scarp.
APCET Mining Engineering-2017
• The hanging–wall ore-body is the ore-body which
Ans. (a) : Water gas is a mixture of combustible gases
residues inside open-pit slope after the normal surface
(CO + H2). It contains little amount of non combustible
gases (CO2 + N2 ) it can be prepared by passing steam mining.
and air through a bed of red hot coke or coal maintain at 344. Magnetite is an ore of
about 9000 to 1000ºC temp (a) Iron (b) Magnesite
340. Which of the following is not a greenhouse gas? (c) Copper (d) Chromium
(a) CO (b) CO2 KCET Mining Engineering-2017
(c) water vapour (d) CH4 Ans. (a) : Magnetite is a mineral and major iron ore. It
APCET Mining Engineering-2017 is a black or brownish - black consisting of iron oxide.
Ans. (a) : Greenhouse gases are the gases in the The chemical formula for magnetite is Fe3O4,
atmosphere that raise the surface temperature of planets indicating that it contains both iron (Fe) and oxygen
such as the earth. Green house gases consist of CO2, (O2).
CH4, O3, NO CFC and water vapour. 345. Which of the following is not a sulfide ore
341. Burning of fossil fuels causes mineral?
(a) Global warming (b) Ozone depletion (a) Molybdenite (b) Bornite
(c) Acid rain (d) Eutrophication (c) Cuprite (d) Marcasite
APCET Mining Engineering-2017 GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Ans. (c) : When fossil fuels are burned they release Ans. (c) :
large amounts of carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas into Molybdenite – Is is most important are of the metal
the air. Green house gases trap heat in our atmosphere, molybdenum. Molybdenite is currently being
causing global warming. researched as a possible replacement semiconductor
342. The chemical used in the preparation of for silicon in transistors in electronic chips.
booster is Bornite – It is one of nature's most colorful
(a) NaNO3 (b) PETN and TNT gemstone .
(c) ANFO and ASA (d) ASA and PETN This stone is a copper-bearing mineral and an
important copper are found abundantly in igneous,
APCET Mining Engineering-2017
metamorphic, and sedimentary rocks.
Ans. (b) : The chemical used in the preparation of
Marcasite – Marcasite is yellow to silvery-yellow
booster is PETN and TNT.
iron sulfide minerals with a chemical composition of
PETN- PETN, abbreviation of pentaerythritol F 2S 2.
@

tetranitrate is a highly explosive organic compound

It form by precipitation from acidic waters in surface
belonging to the same chemical family as nitro glycerin
or near-surface environments.
ap

and nitrocellulose.
Cuprite, is a secondary minerals that forms under the
PETN has the chemical formula C5H8N4O12. It is
oxidized zone of copper sulfide deposits.
prepared by reacting pentaerythritol (C5H12O4), an
na

Mineral Process 55 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
346. Which of the following is an ore mineral of Ans. (b) : • Granodiorite is intrusive igneous rock that
tungsten? have phaneritic textured. The grain sizes are visible to
(a) Cassiterite (b) Rutile the naked eye. Granodiorite formation is slow cooling
(c) Scheelite (d) Molybdenite crystallization below the earths surface.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 • It is similar to granite and diorite, but it have more
Ans. (c) : plagioclase feldspar than Orthoclase feldspar.
Scheelite is an ore mineral of tangsten. 350. Sub-ophitic texture is characteristic of
Tungsten, in its raw forms is a hard steel-grey metal (a) Sandstone (b) Limestone
that is often brittle and hard to work. (c) Dolerite (d) Granite
If made very pure, tungsten retains its hardness and (e) Syenite
become malleable enough. CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
Tungsten objects are also commonly formed by Ans. (c) : • A dolerite is the medium-grained equivalent
sintering. of a basalt-a basic rock dominated by plagioclase and
Tungsten is also found in the minerals wolframite pyroxene.
(iron manganese tungsten, FeWO4/MnWO4), and • Dolerite also often include olivine or quartz and can
ferberite and huebnerite. be alkali basalts, olivine tholeittes or quartz tholeittes.
347. Among the following commercial asbestos is : Dolerite usually have an ophitic texture.
VI
(a) Chrysotile (b) Cryolite 351. MgIVSi = VIAlIVAl in low grade metapelites is
(c) Cristobalite (d) Chaistolite known as
(a) edenite substitution
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(b) phengite substitution
Ans. (a) : Chrysotile is the most common form of (c) ion exchange
asbestos and is widely used. It is generally used in
(d) None of the above
roofs, ceilings walls and floor of homes. Its chemical
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
formula is Mg3 (Si2O5) (OH)4.
Ans. (b) :
• Cryolite is a salt of sodium aluminium hexafluoride VI
MgIVSi = VIAlIVAl in low grade metapelites is
represented by Na3AlF6, Cryolite ores are chief ore of known as phengite substitution.
Aluminum.
352. In arkosic sandstones, we get enrichment of
• Cristobalite is a high temperature mineral polymorph
(a) K (b) Ca
of silica.
(c) Na (d) Mg
• Chaistolite a gemstone nowadays used in interiors. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
348. An olivine rich basalt having MgO>18 wt.% is Ans. (a) :
called : In arkosic sandstone, we get enrichment of (K)
(a) Komatite (b) Picrite Potassium.
(c) Phonolite (d) Dacite In is producing feldspar with higher K2O and lower
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 Fe2O3 contents, and contents and quartz sand with
Ans. (b) : It has been claimed by a number of workers higher SiO2 and lower Fe2O3 contents beneficiation
that in the western ghats extensive gabbroic and upgrading must be used.
fractionation produced basalt with MgO contents in the The data from sample characterization clearly
range 7% or less and that initial stage of olivine ± illustrate that there are a possibility to obtain the
alminous clinopyrosene accumulation resulted in feldspar concentrate and quartz sand from Srednya
samples with >75% MgO. deposit arkosic sandstone.
• An olivine rich basalt having MgO > 18 Wt % is 353. Komatiite has a high concentration
called picrite. (a) MgO (b) FeO/Fe2O3
• In the IUGS classification scheme a picrite or picrite (c) Mn (d) CaO
basalt contains ≥ 12% Mgo < 52% SiO2 and >3% Na2O (e) Al2O3
+ K2O. CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
• Picrobasalts have compositions, intermediate between Ans. (a) : Komatite is a type of ultramafic mantle
basalt and picrites as defined here. derived volcanic rock defined as having crystallized
349. The average composition of the continental from a lava of at least 18 wt% Mgo komatiifes have low
crust is similar to that of: silicon, potassium and aluminium, and high to
extremely high magnesium content Komatiite was
@

(a) Granite (b) Granodiorite

named for its type locality along the komati river in
(c) Diorite (d) Basalt South Africa, and frequently displays spinifex texture
ap

(e) Peridotite composed of large dendridic plates of olivine and

CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 pyroxene Komatiites are rare rocks.
na

Mineral Process 56 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
The purpose of a tricon drill bit is to go into the ground
A2.2 Tailing Management and get to things like crude oil deposits, useable water,
or natural gas deposits.
Drilling bits are attachments that are added to the end to
354. Hoolamite tube which is used for detection of
a drillstring to perform the cutting necessary to
carbon monoxide consists of a mixture of :
penetrate the many rock layers between Earth's surface
(a) Sulphuric acid and silica gel
and oil/gas reservoirs.
(b) Silica gel and yellow potassium palladium
suplphite 358. Resuing method of mining is practiced for
(c) Iodine pentoxide and sulphuric acid (a) Thick vein deposit.
(d) Calcium chloride and sodium hydroxide (b) Massive shallow deposit.
(e) Question not attempted (c) Narrow vein deposit.
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 (d) Massive deep-seated deposit.
Ans. (c) : The Hoolamite tube is a device used in Gate Mining Engineering-2021
mining to detect the presence of carbon monoxide gas. Ans. (c) : Resuing method of mining is practical for
The Hoolamite tube contains a small glass tube filled narrow vein deposits
with pumica stone. The pumic stone is impregnated A method of stopping where in the wall rock on one
with a catalyst and a mixture of iodine pentoxide and side of the vein is removed before the ore is broken.
fuming sulfuric acid. Employed on narrow veins, less than 30 in (76cm) and
When carbon monoxide comes into contact with the yields cleaner are than when wall and ore are booker
catalyst it reacts with the iodine pentoxide causing a together.
color change in the tube. A method of stoping in which the ore is broken down
355. For stowing in a mine, removal for the particles first and then the waste or viceversa: usually the one
(de-sliming) from tailings is carried out to which breaks easier is blasted first.
(a) Use them for brick manufacturing Resuing is applicable where the ore is not frozen to the
(b) Increase water-retention capacity usually and works best if there is considerable
(c) Recover valuable minerals difference between the hardness of the ore and of the
(d) Enhance percolation rate of water wall rocks.
(e) Question not attempted 359. Match the following :
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 Stoping Ore Support
Ans. (d) : For stowing in a mine, removal for the method handling system
particles (de. sliming) from tailings is carried out to systems
enhance percolation rate of water. P. Breast 1. LHD a. In situ
356. Which of the following conditions will most Stoping pillars
likely result in the fastest rate of chemical Q. Cut and 2. Scraper b. Unsupported
weathering ? fill
(a) Hot temperatures, Damp conditions stoping
(b) Hot temperatures, Dry condition R. Sublevel 3. Gravity c. Mill tailings
(c) Low temperatures, Damp conditions stotping flow
(d) Low temperatures, Dry conditions (a) P-2-a, Q-1-c, R-3-b (b) P-1-a, Q-3-c, R-2-b
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 (c) P-2-b, Q-l-a, R-3-c (d) P-l-c, Q-3-a. R-2-b
Ans. (a) : Moisture speeds up chemical weahering. Gate Mining Engineering-2008
weahering occurs fastest in hot, wet climates. It occurs Ans. (a) :
very slowly in hot and dry climate. Without temperature Stopping method Ore handling Support system
change , Ice wedging cannot occur. systems
357. Tricone roller bit is used with P. Breast stopping 2. Scroper a. In site pillars
(a) Down-the-hole hammer. Q. Cut and fill stopping 1. LHD c. Mill tailings
(b) Jack hammer. R. Sublevel stopping 3. Gravity flow b. Unsupported
(c) Rotary-percussive drill. 360. Which of the following silclastic end members
(d) Rotary drill. demonstrate increased diagenetic potential
@

Gate Mining Engineering-2021 (a) Feldspar (b) Rock fragments

Ans. (d) : Tricone roller bit is used with rotary drill. (c) Micaceous minerals (d) Quartz
ap

Tricon bits are designed with smaller teeth, which are (e) Orthoclase
more closely arranged together. CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
na

Mineral Process 57 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): A crystal structure is the orderly geometric
Ans. (d): Quartz is known for its relative stability and
resistance to digenetic alteration compared to other spatial arrangement of atoms in the internal structure of
minerals. The high chemical and physical stability ofa mineral.
quartz makes it less prone to significant digenetic • Physical properties of minerals are directly related to
changes compared to minerals like feldspar, rock their atomic structure bonding forces as electrical forces
fragments, or micaceous minerals. exist between the atoms and ions are related to the type
361. Phenomenon of monotropy could be explained of elements, and the distance between thorn in
by crystalline structure.
(a) Marcasite-pyrite relationship • When the properties of a material are the same in all
(b) Quartz-tridymite relationship direction the material is said to be isotropic.
(c) Diamond-graphite relationship 366. In case of a drivage, which of the method is
(d) Pyrite-pyrrhotite relationship similar to stull method?
(e) Ilmenite-magnetite relationship (a) Jora raise method
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 (b) Peg method
(c) Three compartment method
Ans. (a) : Phenomenon of monotropy could be
explained by marcasite pyrite relationship. (d) Alimak method
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
362. What are water soluble inorganic chemicals?
(a) Compounds of synthetic metals Ans. (b) : • Different drivage techniques are
investigated with reference to the coal mining industry.
(b) Compounds of non-metals
Different geological situations demand different method
(c) Compounds of pure metals conventional development of roadway drivage by
(d) Compounds of toxic metals drilling and blasting is reviewed.
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
• In case of a drivage peg method is similar to stull
Ans. (d) : Toxic metals are harmful to humans and method.
other organisms even at low concentration 367. The Coward's diagram is used for ascertaining
• Water - soluble toxic metals include arsenic, presence of _____
cadmium, lead, mercury, barium, chromium and silver. (a) Methane (b) CO
• Toxic metals are present only in very small amounts (c) SO2 (d) H2S
in most natural water. RPSC AE-21.05.2014
363. The minimum quantity of air in a ventilation Ans. (a) : Coward's diagram is used to check the
district per person employed on the largest explosibility of methane coward's diagram it provides
shift is : details on the physical properties of methane including
(a) 8 m3/min (b) 6 m3/min its lighters than air nature.
3
(c) 5 m /min (d) 7 m3/min 368. Half Life of 40K in Potassium Argon dating
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 technique is:
Ans. (b) : As per CMR the minimum quantity of air in a (a) 1.0 billion yrs (b) 2.5 billion yrs
ventilation district per person employed on the largest (c) 1.3 billion yrs (d) 4.2 billion yrs
shifts is 6m3/min. (e) 5.1 billion yrs
364. Main and tail rope haulage is best suited for CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(a) level ground Ans. (c) : • The weakly radioactive 40K naturally
(b) undulating gradient
(c) steep gradient (d) mild gradient present in most of the earth's crust, decays to two
TSPGECET-2020daughters, 40Ar and 40Ca, with a half-life 1-3 billion yrs.
369. The parent element for stable isotope 87Sr is:
Ans. (b) : The main and tail haulage is adopted when the
gradient is irregular and the empty set will not run in by (a) 238U (b) 235U
119
gravity. (c) Rb (d) 87Rb
41
(e) Nb
A2.3 Beneficiation Techniques CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
Ans. (d) : • The rubidium-strontium (Rb-Sr) method is
used to determine ages of geologic events, and it serves
365. Minerals with same chemical composition but as a tracer of geochemical processes. This method is
@

different physical characteristics are called : based upon the radioactive decay of Rb, which is
(a) Isomorphs (b) Pseudomorphs present in trace abundance in many common minerals.
ap

(c) Polymorphs (d) Paramorphs • 87Rb transforms by β-decay, with a half-life of

HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 48.8×109 years to the stable daughter isotopes 87sr.
na

Mineral Process 58 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
02.
Mine Surveying
1. The ratio of cement, sand and coarse aggregate 5. The stadia markings are made on the following
in monolithic concrete lining is ___________. part of survey instrument.
(a) 1:4:3 (b) 1:2:4 (a) Eyepiece (b) Diaphragm
(c) 1:4:2 (d) 2:4:1 (c) Object glass (d) Concave lens
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
Ans. (b) : The ratio of cement, sand and coarse Ans. (b) : It consists of cross-hairs. Horizontal hair is
aggregate in monolithic concrete lining is 1:2:4. used to read the staff and the two vertical hairs enable
1 = Represents the amount of cement the surveyor to see if the stiff vertical laterally. In stadia
2 = Represents the amount of sand tachometry, two more horizontal hairs called stadia
4 = Represents the amount of aggregate hairs are provided.
• The ratio is widely used in construction as it provides Essential parts of the telescope-
a good balance between strength and workability of the • Objective
of concrete mixture. • Eye-piece
• Diaphragm
B1. Surveying Techniques • Body and focusing device
6. The diameter of the groove of the head gear
2. If the horizontal distance between the staff pulley is ........... of the rope diameter of locked
point and the point of observation is d, then the coil ropes.
correction for curvature of earth is (a) 105% (b) 100%
proportional to the following one. (c) 110% (d) 95%
(a) d (b) 1/d APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
(c) d2 (d) 1/d2
Ans. (a) : Normally the diameter of the groove of the
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II head year pulley should be 110% of the rope diameter
Ans. (c) : Curvature error is proportional to the square for stranded ropes and 105% for locked coil ropes. This
of the horizontal distance (d) between the staff point ensured that 1/3rd of the circumference of the rope is in
and point observation. contact with the groove. A lesser angle of contact
Correction for curvature of Earth is proportional to (d2). causes excessive strain on the rope and wear on the
3. When contour lines touch one another at a pulley.
particular zone, it indicates which of the 7. The tensioning weight in flexible guides is
following?
............. for every 100 meters depth in case of
(a) Level surface (b) Vertical cliff
deep shafts.
(c) Horizontal surface (d) Inclines surface
(a) 1.5 kN (b) 10 kN
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
(c) 12 kN (d) 5 kN
Ans. (b) : Two contour lines of different elevations can
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
not cross each other. However, contour lines of different
elevations can unit so form one line in case of vertical Ans. (d) : At the pit bottom the rope passes through the
cliff. holes provided in the pit bottom deck and the and the
required amount of tensioning weight is attached to the
4. An analytic lens is provide to make the additive
rope.
constant equal to
In shallow shaft 2 or 3 rope guides or cage are sufficient
(a) 100 (b) 0
but for dip shaft your guides or cages are used.
(c) 90 (d) 180
The tensioning weight are about 10 kN per 100 meter
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II depth in shallow shaft and about 5 kN per 100-meter
Ans. (b) : These lens are called anallate lens. The depth in dip shaft.
purpose of providing anallatic lens is to make additive
8. Within how much percentage of cross-section
constant (f + d) exactly zero. Anallatic lens is provided
@

area of shaft, the rigid guides are to be erected?

between the eye piece and object glass. The purpose of
(a) 35% (b) 20%
anallatic lense is to make additive constant zero and to
ap

make staff intercept proportional to its distance from the (c) 30% (d) 25%
tachometer. APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
na

Mine Surveying 59 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): 20% percentage of cross-section area of shaft Ans. (a): Whole circle bearing-
,the rigid guides are to be erected. The bearing of the line is measured from the north in a
9. What is the type of rope suitable for haulage clockwise direction.
system in underground mines? Reduced bearing or Quadrantal bearing-
(a) Half locked coil (b) Full locked coil Reduced bearing is measured either from the north end
(c) Lang's lay (d) Ordinary lay or the south end as the case may be i.e. whichever is
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II nearer to the line, the reduced bearing of a line can vary
Ans. (c) : Lang's lay- from 0º to 90º.
In this type of rope, individual wire in the strand and
strand itself laid in same direction. Because of this same
constructional characteristics, the rope is more compact.
This rope can be used in rope haulages. The wear due to
friction is even and therefore the rope is durable. This
rope has a spinning tendency so it is not used in shaft
sinking, hoist drums.
10. A locomotive shall not be used where gradient
of tract exceeds Reduced bearing(θ) = 236º25' – 180º
(a) 1 in 10 (b) 1 in 15
= S56º25' W
(c) 1 in 11 (d) 1 in 9
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II 14. The true bearing of a line is 326º and the
Ans. (b) :A locomotive shall not be used where gradient magnetic declination is 8º E. Find the magnetic
of tract exceeds 1 in 15. bearing of the line.
11. Which one among the following comes under (a) 318º (b) 334º
temporary adjustment of a theodolite? (c) 138º (d) 154º
(a) Plate level adjustment APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
(b) Elimination of parallax Ans. (a) : Given,
(c) Collimation adjustment True bearing = 326º
(d) Vertical circle adjustment Magnetic declination = 8ºE
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II Magnetic bearing = True bearing magnetic
Ans. (b) : Theodolite has two types of adjustments = 326º–8º
temporary and permanent. Temporary adjustment are to
be done at every station the instrument is set up. = 318º
The temporary adjustment are made at each set up of 15. What is the formula for finding apex distance
the instrument before starting taking observations with in a simple curve?
the instrument. (a) 2R sin θ/2 (b) R sin (θ/2)-1
• Setting up the theodolite over the station. (c) R(sec(θ/2)-1) (d) R(sin(θ/2)+1)
• Levelling up the theodolite APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
• Elimination of the parallax. Ans. (c) : Apex distance-
12. What is the type of leveling, in which the Distance between the point of intersection and the apex
relative levels of two and more isolated points (highest point) of the curve.
are determines without taking intermediate   θ   
sights and distances between staves? Apex distance = R  sec   − 1 
(a) Profile leveling (b) Fly leveling   2   
(c) Compound leveling (d) Reciprocal leveling 16. The ground distance between the working face
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II of a mine and the crushing plant is 400 m and it
Ans. (b) : Fly levelling- is represented by 4 cm in the surface plan.
Its type of differential levelling in surveying done to What is the representative factor?
determine approximate elevators of different points. (a) 1 : 100 (b) 1 : 1000
The fly levelling is done where rapidity, but low (c) 1 : 10000 (d) 1 : 300
precision is required, fly levelling is generally used for (e) Question not attempted
reconnaissance of the area or for approximate checking Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
of the levels. Ans. (c) : Given ,
@

13. What will be the Quadrantal bearing of a line Ground distance = 400 m
whose whole circle bearing is 236º25'?
Distance represented in the surface plane = 4cm
ap

(a) S 56º25' W (b) N 56º25' W

Representative factor = (Ground distance)/(Distance
(c) S 56º25' E (d) S 43º25' E
represented in the surface plane)
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
na

Mine Surveying 60 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
400 m Ans. (c): In surveying and optics, the line of
Representative factor = collimation refers to an imaginary line along which light
4cm
or sight travels in an optical instrument, such as a
40,000cm theodolite or level. In the context of the given
=
4cm sentences.
Representative factor = 10,000 (a) States that the axes of the plate level are
So, perpendicular to the vertical axis, which is correct
The representative factor is 1:10,000 because in a level, the plate or horizontal axis is indeed
17. An area of 100 m2 is measured on a plan having perpendicular to the vertical axis.
R.F. of 1/1000. If the RF were to be 1/2000, the (b) Mentions that the axis of altitude level is parallel to
area in m2 would be? the line of collimation when horizontal and the vertical
(a) 625 (b) 250 circle reads zero. this is also accurate, as the altitude
(c) 25 (d) 16 axis in a theodolite remain parallel to the line of sight
(e) Question not attempted (collimation) when the instrument is leveled
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 horizontally
Ans. (c) : Given, (d) Asserts that the horizontal axis is perpendicular to
1 the vertical, which is true in the context of a theodolite
Actual scale = or level here the horizontal axis is indeed perpendicular
1000
to the vertical axis.
1
New scale = However, sentence (c) states that the line of collimation
2000 is parallel to the horizontal axis. This statement is
The ratio of actual scale with respect to new scale incorrect because in optical instruments like theodolites
1 or levels, the line of collimation is parallel to the
2000 vertical axis, not the horizontal axis. Therefore,
=
1 sentence, (c) is the incorrect one.
1000 20. In a mineral the angle between the cleavage
1 1000 traces and one of the vibration direction is 90°.
= × The mineral show which type of extinction?
2000 1
1 (a) Parallel (b) Inclined
= (c) Symmetrical (d) Wavy
2
New area = Original area × (Ratio of new scale to (e) Complete
original)2 CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
1 Ans. (a) : • parallel extinction- In mineral optics, refers
= 100 m2 ×   to crystal edge or cleavage traces parallel to the optic
4
directions of the mineral.
= 25 m2
18. Angle of dip is measured using which
• For minerals with axes at right angles these
extinctions will occur at the N,S,E & W position on the
instrument ?
stage as the polarizer's are oriented E-W (lower) and N-
(a) Compass (b) Theodolite
S (upper). The extinction parallels cleavage planes,
(c) Tacheometer (d) Clinometer twinning or elongation and is called parallel extinction.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
21. In an astronomical survey at a given station,
Ans. (d) : Strike and dip are measured in the field using the pole star is located at an angle of 27° from
a compass and with a clinometer. the horizon. The latitude of the survey station
A compass is used to measure the azimuth of the strike, in degrees is
and the clinometer measures inclination of the dip. (a) 27° N (b) 63° N
19. Which of the following sentence is incorrect? (c) 27° S (d) 63° S
(a) The axes of the plate level is perpendicular to Gate-2023
the vertical axis Ans. (a) : To find the latitude of the survey station, we
(b) The axis of altitude level is parallel to the line can use the fact that the angle between the pole star and
of collimation when it is horizontal and the the horizon is equal to the latitude of the observer. In
vertical circle reads zero this case, the angle is given as 27º N.
(c) The line of collimation is parallel to the
@

Since the pole star is in the northern hemisphere, the

horizontal axis latitude of the survey station must also be in the
(d) The horizontal axis is perpendicular to the
ap

northern hemisphere.
vertical axis
So, the correct answer is 27º N.
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
na

Mine Surveying 61 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
22. What is Angle of draw in subsidence profile? 25. A camera having focal length of 20 cm is used
The angle between the vertical line at the to take a vertical photograph of a terrain
opening edge and the line connecting the having an average elevation of 1500m. What is
opening edge and the point of the height above sea level at which an air-craft
(a) maximum tensile strain on the surface. must fly in order to get the scale of 1 : 8000?
(b) The angle subtended between the vertical line (a) 1500m above MSL (b) 1600m above MSL
drawn at panel edge and a line joining the (c) 3100m above MSL (d) 4600m above MSL
extraction edge or zero subsidence APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
(c) The angle between the vertical line at the Ans. (c) : Given data,
opening edge and the line connecting opening f = 20 cm = 0.2 m
edge and the point of critical deformation on h = 1500 m
the surface
1
(d) The angle between the horizontal and the line s=
connecting the edge of the flat bottom of the 8000
subsidence basin. t
Scale of photograph ⇒ S =
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 H−h
Ans. (b) : The Angle of Draw is the internal angle 1 0.2
between the normal to the seam at the panel edge and a =
8000 H − 1500
line connecting the panel edge and the point on the
H – 1500 = 8000×0.2
surface interior to the panel where the observed
H – 1500 = 1600
subsidence is no longer affected by the panel edge.
H = 1500 + 1600 = 3100 m
• The Angle of draw or Limit Angle is the outward
Height of MSL at which an air-craft must fly in order to
angle between the normal to the seam at the panel edge
get the scale of 1:8000 is 3100 m
and a line connecting the panel edge and the point on
the surface where the observed subsidence is zero. 26. A ray of light entering an –––– is split into two
All of the surface subsidence occurs within the angle or rays vibrating at right angles to each other,
draw. generally travelling with different velocities
and having different refractive indices.
23. Deflection angle may vary from _______.
(a) 0° to 120° (b) 180° to 360° (a) isotropic mineral (b) anisotropic mineral
(c) 0° to 360° (d) 0° to 180° (c) amorphous mineral (d) opaque mineral
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Ans. (d) : Deflection angle may vary from 0º to 180º A Ans. (b) : A Ray of light entering an anisotropic
deflection angle is an angle in which a survey line mineral is split into two rays vibrating at right angles to
makes with the prolongation of the preceding line. It each other generally travelling with different velocities
may vary from 0º to 180º. and having different refractive indices.
When plane polarized light enters an anisotropic
24. How is an astronomical triangle formed?
mineral it is split into fast and slow rays. These rays
(a) By joining the pole, zenith and any star vibrate at right angle to each other and their total energy
(b) By Napier’s rules of circular parts is equal to the energy to the incident with the fast ray
(c) By intersection of three arcs of great circles exiting the mineral earlier than the slow ray.
and the angles formed by arcs at the vertices 27. The HRV imaging systems in SPOT-1, 2 and 3
of the traingle satellites are:
(d) When any angle is less then two right angles (a) hyperspectral radiometer videcon cameras
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 (b) high resolution visible sensors
Ans. (a) : An astronomical triangle can be formed by (c) high resolution vegetation mappers
zenith, combining the pole joints and any star with (d) hyperspectral ranging and visualising cameras
reference to circle. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
• In each astronomical triangle there sides and ore six Ans. (b) : The HRV (High-Resolution Visible) imaging
important elements. systems in SPOT -1,2 and 3 satellites are high
@

• Three of them are the three elements as some of these resolution visible sensors. These sensors are designed to
will be required to be observed in the field and others capture detailed images in the visible spectrum,
ap

are to be computed to find the position and direction of providing high-quality visual information for various
celestial body. applications, including mapping and Earth observation.
na

Mine Surveying 62 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
28. Airy's hypothesis about lsostasy assumes that • A steady state of evaporation is important because it
the outermost shell of the Earth: allow for accurate and consistent measurement of the
(a) of varying density and overlies a constant relative humidity of the air.
density layer • Therefore, the purpose of rotating a whirling
(b) of a constant density and overlies a varying hygrometer in hygrometric survey is to create steady
density layer state evaporation of moisture from the wet bulb
(c) of a constant density and overlies a higher surface.
density layer 31. If swell factor of ore in a shrinkage stope is 1.4,
(d) of a lower density and overlies a higher the output from the stope in percent of broken
density layer ore is
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 (a) 0 (b) 29
Ans. (c) : Airy's hypothesis about Isostasy assumes that (c) 40 (d) 100
the outermost shell of the Earth of a constant density Gate Mining Engineering-2008
and overlies a higher density layer.
Ans. (b) : To find the output from the stope in percent
Airy hypothesis- The Airy hypothesis says that Earth's of broken ore,
crust is a more rigid shell floating on a more liquid
substratum of greater density. Sir George Biddell Airy, Swell factor − 1
Broken Ore % = ×100
an English mathematician and astronomer assumed that Swell factor
the crust has a uniform density throughout. Swell factor = 1.4
29. The –––– separates the solid innor core and the 1.4 − 1
liquid outer core. Broken Ore% = ×100
1.4
(a) Gutenberg discontinuity
= 28.57
(b) Mohorovicic discontinuity
= 28.57 ≈ 29
(c) Lehmann discontinuity
(d) Conrad discontinuity 32. The grade which is available from a property
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 after actual mining is-
(a) Computed grade (b) Run of mine grade
Ans. (c) : The Lehmann discontinuity separates the
(c) Effective grade (d) Pit head grade
solid inner core and the liquid outer core.
BCCL Junior Overman-2017
30. The purpose of rotating a whirling hygrometer
in hygrometric survey is to Ans. (c) : (I) Effective grade (Cut-off grade)–It is the
(a) wet the cotton wick with water thoroughly minimum grade required in order for a mineral or metal
(b) maintain constant temperature of water in the to be economically mined.
container (II) Material found above this grade is considered to be
(c) create steady state evaporation of moisture ore, while material below this grade is considered to be
from the wet bulb surface waste.
(d) prevent the heat produced by the cap lamp of (III) It is available from property after mining.
the observer from affecting the readings 33. Hygrometric survey is carried out to check and
Gate Mining Engineering-2019 control environmental conditions in mines.
Ans. (c) : Hygrometry is the scientific measurement of This is done by
humidity, which is the amount of water vapor present (a) Whirling hygrometer
in the air. (b) Assmanpsychometer
• A whirling hygrometer is an instrument used to (c) Fixed hygrometer
measure the relative humidity by measuring the (d) Manometer
difference in temperature between a wet bulb and dry BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
bulb thermometer. Ans.(a): Hygrometer–It is an instrument to determine
• The whirling hygrometer consists of two the relative humidity of air means percentage of
thermometers, one is dry bulb thermometer and other moisture in the air.
is wet bulb thermometer. • The whirling hygrometer also known as a sling
• The wet bulb thermometer has a wick that is dipped psychometer is made out of two thermometers
in water and rotated through the air, causing some of mounted on a frame which rotates around a handle,
@

the water to evaporate. This evaporation cools the wet so it can be whirled in the air by hand.
bulb thermometer. This results in a constant. • One thermometer is covered with a tight-fitting
ap

Supply of moisture to the wet bulb thermometer which muslin sock which is kept wet by preferably with
helps to maintain steady rate of evaporation. distilled water.
na

Mine Surveying 63 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Process of use whirling Hygrometer– • Perpendicular offset - when these lateral
1. Check the water in the bottle and examiner all part. measurements are taken perpendicular to the chain line.
2. Inverse the temperature in the thermometer. • It is the horizontal distance as measured along with a
3. Take it into hand and start rotating it with 200 rpm combination of curves and straight lines (curvilinear)
for 1 minutes. between two points.
4. Notedown wet and dry bulb temperature.
38. In case of plane table surveying, which of the
• They are used to check and control environmental following operation can be done clearly?
conditions in mines. (a) Both “Area computation” & “Volume
34. The earliest indication of spontaneous heating computation”
of coal can be given by (b) Volume computation
(a) Make of CO2 (b) Sweating (c) Area computation
(c) Temperature rise (d) Name of the above (d) Contouring
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
Ans. (b) : The earliest indication of spontaneous
Ans. (d) : The plane table surveying is that method of
heating of coal can be given by sweating.
surveying in which the fieldwork and plotting worked is
Spontaneus heating occurs when the quantity of air
done simultaneously. The Plane tabling is generally
passing through the coal is sufficient to support
adapted for surveys in which employed for small – scale
oxidation but is inadequate to carry off the heat
or medium size mapping.
produced by oxidation reaction.
Contouring : In the most basic terms, a contour survey
35. The term Representative factor (R.F) is related illustrates the elevation differences across your land. in
with
regular intervals, From the lowest point to the highest
(a) Mine ventilation (b) Mine Plan (Survey) point. contour lines join point at the same elevation. The
(c) Mine air sampling (d) Mine drainage closer together the contour lines join point at the same
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 elevation. The closer together the contour lines are, the
Ans. (b) : R.F (Representative factor) is used in steeper the section.
surveying mine plan. 39. A mineral belonging to the Hexagonal system
R.F is the ratio of the length represented in drawing to will show:
the actual length. (a) Interference colours; uniaxial interference
36. Find the error in feet for rough leveling for figure and large 2V
reconnaissance or preliminary surveys? (b) Interference colours; behave sometimes as
(a) 0.02×√M (b) 0.4×√M isotropic and show uniaxial interference
(c) 2×√M (d) 0.01×√M figure
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 (c) Always show high order Interference colours:
Ans. (b) : The error in feet for rough leveling for biaxial interference figure and small 2V
reconnaissance or preliminary surveys 0.4 × M . (d) Always isotropic
(e) Bright colours
According to Indian standards error in feet for tough
leveling for reconnaissance or preliminary surveys is CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
given as 0.4 × M . Ans. (b) : • Minerals that from in the hexagonal system
include apatite, beryl (including aquamarine, emerald,
37. What is the lateral distance of an object or heliodor and morganite), taafeite and zincite.
ground feature measured from a survey line?
• A mineral belonging to the hexagonal system will
(a) Offset show interference colours, behave sometime as
(b) Both “Perpendicular distance” and Horizontal isotropic and uniaxial interference figure.
distance”
40. Trilobites are so-called because..
(c) Perpendicular distance
(a) Their body can be divided into three
(d) Horizontal distance transverse divisions called cephalon, thorax
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 and pygidium
Ans. (a) : An offset is the lateral distance of an object (b) They were first studied by an Australian
or ground feature measured from a survey line. palaeontologist who named them trilobites
When the angle of the offset is 90º, it is called (c) Their body can be divided into three
perpendicular offset. longitudinal divisions
@

• Offset is the perpendicular distance taken form either (d) Their tail region can be divided into three
side of the chain line running in a particular direction. portions
ap

• The purpose of offset is to locate the objects which lie (e) These are living fossils
in the vicinity of the main survey line. CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
na

Mine Surveying 64 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): • The trilobite body was segmented and da ⇒ Apparent dip
divided into three regions from head to tail : a cephalon dt ⇒ True dip of the beds
(head). Thorax (body), and Pygydium (tail). Sb ⇒ Strike of the beds
• Named not as in generally surmised for their three Tdt ⇒ True dip direction (Sb + 90)
main body segments (Cephalon (Head), thorax (Body) Sxs ⇒ bearing of cross-section
and Pygydium (tail)) but rather for the three lobes that
longitudinally divided their dorsal exoskeleton. 45. Why the fleet angle is limited to 1.5º?
(a) To reduce wear and tear of the winding rope
41. In the case of Inclined extinction, the vibration
directions of the mineral make an angle of ....... (b) To reduce side travel on the pulley
with the vibration directions of the polaroids. (c) To allow maximum persons to travel
(Fill the gap with the right answer). (d) Allowing the use of lesser diameter winding
(a) zero degree (b) some degrees rope
(c) forty five degrees (d) ninety degrees CIL MT Mining-2017
(e) thirty five degrees Ans. (a) : The fleet angle is limited to 1.5º to reduce
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 wear and tear of the winding rope.
Ans. (b) : • With inclined extinction the minerals is Fleet angle- In order to insure proper wrapping on the
extinct when the cleavage of length is aligned parallel to drum and non undue wear of the wire rope. the fleet
one of the cross hairs. angle Should be kept as small as practical. Planning of a
• The extinction angle will be greater than 0° winch installation. Sheaves and drums should be placed
so that side of the centerline of rope travel. For a
• Neither vibration direction is aligned parallel to the
smooth drum is recommended. when the drum is
trace of the cleavage of the length of the minerals. e.g
grooved to suit the wire rope, the fleet angle should not
clinopyroxene, Hornblendes.
exceed 2 degrees.
42. Low angle normal faults are called
46. The recommended scale for plan and sections
(a) Thrusts (b) Lags
for mica mine is:
(c) Horst and Graben (d) Shear zones
(a) 1 : 200 (b) 1 : 2000
(e) Listric faults
(c) 1 : 500 (d) 1 : 1000
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
CIL MT Mining-2017
Ans. (b) Official answer is option (b) lags.
Ans. (a) : The recommended scale for plan and sections
43. The refractive indices of a mineral are 1.258, for a mica mine is 1:200
1.559 &1.742. The mineral is-
Mica- Mica are a group of Silicate minerals whose
(a) Biaxial outstanding physical characteristic is that individual
(b) Uniaxial mica Crystals can easily be split into extremely thin
(c) Can be Biaxial! Uniaxial elastic plates . This characteristic is described as perfect
(d) Neither biaxial nor Uniaxial basal cleavage, Mica is common in igneous and
(e) Isotropic metamorphic rock and is OCC asionally found as small
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 flakes in sedimentary rock.
Ans. (a) : • The mineral is Biaxial, then the refractive 47. Which of the following pillars provide
indices of a mineral or 1.258, 1.539 and 1.742. protection against goaf during depillaring?
44. An inclination of a bed from horizontal dip (a) Chain pillars (b) Ribs pillars
observed in any direction and necessarily lesser (c) Crown pillars (d) Shaft pillars
than the full dip is called as __________ . MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
(a) Apparent dip Ans. (b) : The Pillars provide protection against goaf
(b) Fault during depillaring Ribs Pillars.
(c) Strike In mining a rib pillar separates one slope from the other
(d) half dip (instead of full dip) and is aligned transverse of the slope, perpendicular to
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 the strike. It is used in mines to increase the strata
Ans. (a) : An inclination of a bed from horizontal dip stability of the slope and support the raises, winzes or
observed in any direction and necessarily lesser than the shaft of the mine.
full dip is called as Apparent dip. 48. General requirement of Mine plan scale having
@

• To calculate apparent dip, RF:

tan (da) = tan (dt) × sin (Sxs – Sb) (a) 2000:1 (b) 1000:1
ap

Or (c) 5000:1 (d) 2000:1 or 1000:1

tan (da) = tan (dt) × cos (Sxs – Tdt) NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
na

Mine Surveying 65 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Representative factor is defined as ratio of the 53. A dust plan maintained for below ground
length of drawing to actual length of object. working shall have representative factor (RF):
General Requirement of mine plane scale having RF: (a) Not less than 2000:1
2000:1 or 1000:1 (b) Not less than 1000:1
49. In case of mechanized open cast working (c) Not more than 2000:1
consisting of alluvial soil or clay, the height of (d) Not more than 1000:1
benches shall be: NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
(a) More than width of benches Ans.(a): Dust control shall be maintained at every mine
(b) Not exceeding 3m having working belowground a dust plan on a scale
(c) Equal to boom height of machine having representative factor of not less than 1/2400.
(d) None of the above 54. Fixed hair method and movable hair or
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 subtense methods of _____
Ans.(b): (i) Alluvial soils are deposited by surface water. (a) Traversing (b) Tacheometry
(ii) One can find them along rivers, floodplains and (c) Corelation (d) Contouring
deltas. RPSC AE-21.05.2014
(iii) Alluvial soils remove sediments and nutrients Ans. (b) : Tacheometry is a branch of regular surveying
flowing adjacent water. in which the horizontal and vertical distance are
In case of mechanized open cast working consisting of obtained by optical means as opposed to the ordinary of
alluvial soil or clay, height of benches shall be- chain and tape, this is done with the help of two special
Not exceeding 3m. type of instruments tramit theodolite and stadia rod.
50. Within what distance of any haulage road,
tramline, rail line or haul road, fencing shall be
provided where occupied buildings are
situated?
(a) 12m (b) 14m 55. Vertical or steeply inclined opening is suitable
(c) 15m (d) 20m for
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 (a) Shrinkage stoping
Ans.(c): Temporary fencing prevents run off from soil (b) Cut and fill stoping
and helps to minimise dust level – the majority of dust (c) Square set stope
from mining activities comes from mechanical (d) Stope and pillar mining
disturbance of rock and soil, and some is also generated KCET Mining Engineering-2017
when wind blows over bare ground and stockpiles.
Ans. (a) : Shrinkage stoping is a vertical stoping
Within the 15m of distance of any haulage road,
method, conducted in a vertical or near-vertical plane,
tramline, rail line or haul road, fencing shall be
and at an angle greater than the angle of repose of the
provided where occupied buildings are situated.
broken ore.
51. Every travelling roadway shall have height: • Shrinkage stoping is a mining method used for
(a) Not less than 2.4m steeply dipping, narrower ore bodies with self
(b) Not more than 1.8m supporting walls and ore. It is an overhand mining
(c) Not less than 1.8m method that relies on broken ore being left in the stop
(d) Not more than 2.4m to be used as the ''working floor'' and to support the
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 walls.
Ans. (c) : Every travelling rood way shall have height 56. Angle of draw is
of not less than 1.8m for easy travelling of vehicles and (a) Angle between limit line of subsidence and
passengers. vertical line on any side
52. "Face" means the moving front of: (b) Angle between two limit lines
(a) Any working place (c) Angle between vertical and horizontal line
(b) The in bye end of any gallery (d) None of the options
(c) Roadway or drift KCET Mining Engineering-2017
(d) All of the above Ans. (a) : Angle of draw means the angle of
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 inclination between the vertical at the edge of the
underground mine workings and the point of zero
Ans. (d) : Face- (i) In mining face is the surface where
vertical displacement at the edge of subsidence trough.
the mining work is advancing. In surface mining it is
@

commonly called pit face, in underground mining the 57. A level cannot be used for
common term is mine face. (a) Profile levelling (b) Reciprocal levelling
ap

(ii) It is the moving front of any working place, the in (c) Vertical angles (d) Contouring
bye end of any gallery and Roadway or drift. KCET Mining Engineering-2017
na

Mine Surveying 66 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): Levelling is a branch of surveying which  I' 
deals with the measurement of relative heights of Truelength line ( L ) =  × L ' 
I 
different points on, above or below the surface of the
earth. Thus in levelling, the measurements are taken in 20.1
L= × 500
the vertical plane. 20
Types of levelling. L = 502.5
(i) Simple levelling 60. Schreinemakers first rule states that the
(ii) Differential levelling metastable extensions of “i-out” must always lie
(iii) Fly levelling (a) On the stable side of i-producing reactions
(iv) Profile levelling (b) Between i-producing reactions
(v) Cross sectional levelling. (c) Always at 180° to the i-producing reactions
(vi) Reciprocal levelling (d) None of the above
Contouring– Contour an imaginary line on the ground GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II16.04.2017
surface joining the points of equal elevation is known Ans. (b) : Schreinemakers Rule states that the
as contour. The process of tracing contour lines on the metastable extension of i'out' , denoted (i) always lies
surface of the earth is called contouring. between i-producing reactions. Looking at below the
• A level cannot be used for vertical angles. figure, observe that this true.
58. The magnetic bearing of a line is S30020'E.
What will be the true bearing of the line if the
magnetic declination is 4010' East?
(a) 145030' (b) 153050'
0
(c) 63 50' (d) 65030'
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
Ans. (b) : Magnetic Declination– At any place
horizontal angle between true meridian and magnetic
meridian is called magnetic declination.
For Western Declination.
α = β – θw or T.B. = M.B. – θw
Here, α = True bearing (T.B.)
β = Magnetic bearing (M.B.), and
θw = western declination
α = β + θE or T.B. = M.B. – θE
Here, θΕ = Eastern declination.
Given that,
0
Magnetic bearing of a line (M.B.) = S30 20'E
0 0
= 180 – 30 20'
0
= 149 40'
0
Eastern Declination (θE) = 4 10' East
0
= 149 40' + 4 10'
0
= 153 50' Schreinemakers Rule: the metastable extension of (i)
59. A 20 m long tape used for survey is found to be lies between i-producing reactions
long by 10 cm. If the length measured with this When degenerate reactions are involved say [i, j], then
steel tape is 500 m, then the actual length in m the reaction terminates at the intersection if [i] and [j]
is are stable on the same side, but the reaction is stable
(a) 497.5 (b) 502.5 across the intersection if [i] and [j] are stable on
(c) 499.9 (d) 500.1 opposite sides of the intersections; the former will
TSPGECET-2020 happen if i and j appear on the same sides of the
Ans. (b) : Given, reactions, the latter if i and j appear on opposite sides.
@

True length of line (L) = ? 61. The point vertically beneath the camera center
Actual length of chain (I) = 20 m at the time of exposure where a plumbline
ap

Measured length of line (L') =500 m extended from the camera lens to the ground
Corrected length of chain (I') = 20.1 m intersects the photo image is called as
na

Mine Surveying 67 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Principal point (b) Isocenter Ans. (a) : The angle of slope of bench should be equal
(c) Nadir (d) Reference point to or less than that of angle of repose of rock material
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 of the bench.
Ans. (c) : 66. Who among the following shall prepare the
The point vertically beneath the camera center at the plan and section, and tracing of any working or
time of exposure where a plumb line extended from part thereof in the mine as per the regulations?
the camera lens to the ground intersects the photo (a) Surveyor (b) Overman
image is called as Nadir. (c) Assistant Manager (d) Mine Planner
62. The frequency of repetitive coverage in Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
photogeology and remote sensing is known as Ans. (a) : Appointment of surveyors :-
(a) Spatial resolution (b) Spectral resolution  At every mine, one or more persons not less than 23
(c) Radiometric resolution(d) Temporal resolution years of age and holding a surveyor’s certificate shall be
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 appointed to be the surveyor for carrying out the
Ans. (d) : surveys and leveling and for preparing the plans and
The frequency of repetitive coverage in sections required under the Act or the regulations, or
photogeology and remote sensing is known as orders made there under.
Temporal resolution.  No person shall be appointed as a surveyor of more
In satellite remote sensing, the sun-synchronous than one mine or in any other capacity in the same
polar orbit enables the collection of images after a mine, without the previous permission in writing of the
pre-determined periodical interval referred to as the regional inspector and subject to such conditions as may
temporal resolution area of the earth surface. be specified therein.
Remote sensors are characterized by spatial, spectral 67. The angle of draw in trough subsidence helps
and radiometric resolutions that enable the extraction in determining the :
of useful information pertaining to different terrain (a) Maximum subsidence
conditions. (b) Extent of surface subsidence
(c) Plan of fracture
B1.1 Principles of Surveying (d) Critical width of opening
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
63. In subsidence, what is the angle between limit Ans. (b)
line and vertical line? The sngle of sraw or limit angle is the outward
(a) Angle of subsidence angle between the normal to the seam at the panel
(b) Angle of draw edge and a line connecting the panel edge and the
(c) Angle of fracture initiation point subsidence occurs within the angle or draw.
(d) Angle of breakage The Internal angle of draw is the internal angle
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II between the normal to the seam at the panel edge
Ans. (b) : Angle of Draw- Its the angle between the and a line connecting the panel edge and the point
vertical and the line Joining edge of excavation with the on the surface interior to the panel where the
point at the surface where subsidence diminishes to observed subsidence is no longer affected by the
zero. It defines the limit of subsidence w.r.t. to a panel edge.
particular U/G opening and is sometimes called limit For a wide panel, the internal angle of draw
angle. It ranges from (8º-4Sº) depending on the coal delineates the area of maximum possible
field C Coal mine ground control sycl S-Peng). subsidence.
Often the internal angle of draw is considered to be
64. In which type of rocks, the angle of slope of
equal to the external angle of draw, although there
bench 70º to 85º is maintained?
is no reason these angles have to be exactly equal.
(a) Weathered rocks (b) Friable rocks
(c) Soft clay (d) Competent rocks 68. In the obstacle survey as shown in figure the
width of river AB is equal to _________,
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
Ans. (d) : Competent rocks, the angle of slope of bench
70º to 85º is maintained.
65. The angle of slope of bench should be ...........
that of angle of repose of rock material of the
@

bench.
(a) Equal to or less than (b) More than (a) 20m (b) 5m
ap

(c) Less than (d) Equals to (c) 15m (d) 10m

APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
na

Mine Surveying 68 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : Ans. (c) :

The figure line XX is called Tie line.

71. Cone socket capping is applied to _______
(a) winding (b) Splicing
(c) Knoeing (d) Shaft
In triangle ∆ABC,
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
PE
tan θ = Ans. (a) : Cone socket capping is applied to winding.
PC
A winding rope capping formed by opening out the wire
10 of the rope for a length equal to that of the socket.
tan θ =
10 cutting out the hemp core and finally drawing them into
tanθ = 1 the warmed socked and running in the white metal.
θ = 45º which is an alloy of lead, antimony and tin.
72. A page from a chain book is shown in figure,
In triangle ∆ABC-
the width of river AB is equal to,
AB
tan θ = tan θ ' =
AC
AB
tan 45º =
20
AB = 20m
69. The method of stopping suitable to extract
(a) 9m (b) 3m
thick ore body strong ore, stable handling and
footwall steeply dipping ore is _____ (c) 1m (d) Incomplete
(a) Open stopping (b) Sub level NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
(c) Shrinkage (d) Cut and fill Ans. (a) :
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
Ans. (b) : The method of stopping suitable to extract
thick are body strong are, stable handling and footwall
steeply dipping ore is sub level.
Sublevel caving is usually carried out when
mining of the orebody through on open pit method is no
longer economically feasible. mining now proceeds
underground, underneath the open pit. At first,both a In ∆CDP,
raise and a network of tunnels are made. At different 3
sublevels, jumbos are used for long hole drilling, tan θ =
1
drilling directly upwards into the roof.
tan θ= 3
70. In the Figure line XX is called
θ' = θ = 71.56º
Again triangle ∆ ABC
AB
tan θ =
BC
AB
tan ( 71.56 ) =
@

3
(a) Base line (b) Centre line AB
3=
ap

(c) Tie line (d) Random line 3

NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 AB = 9m
na

Mine Surveying 69 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
73. While crossing an existing gallery by power 76.
The angle of the slope of the bench wall from
supported L/W face, the support beams in the the horizontal is called
gallery should be (a) Bench Slope Angle
(a) Parallel to face line (b) Ultimate Pit Slope Angle
(b) Perpendicular to face line (c) Angle of Draw
(c) Perpendicular to gallery axis (d) None of the above
(d) Parallel to gallery axis Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 Ans. (a) : The angle of the slope of the bench wall from
the horizontal is called bench stop angle
Ans. (b) : Perpendicular to face line– The
• The bench face angle and berm that will be capable of
perpendicular lines are two lines that intersect each
catching the volume of failed wedge materials from the
other and the angle formed between the two line should
bench faces above.
be equal to 90O (right angle). Consider the above given
• Other considerations for bench height and berm width
figure, the line PQ and RS form a right angle when the
are equipment size, are selectivity and blasting design.
lines intersect at a point. Hence, the lines are • For a bench stack, angle that satisfied the stability
perpendicular to each other and mathematically it is
criteria, various combination of bench height. bench
represented as PQ ⊥ RS. face angle and berm width can be used in the slope
74. The width across a pond AB shown in design.
77. Factor of safety in slope stability analysis is a
ratio between
(a) Mobilizing force to Resistive force
(b) Resistive force to Mobilising force
(c) Mobilising strain to Resistive stress
(d) Resistive strain to Mobilising stress
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(a) 7.66 (b) 6.43 Ans. (b) : The factor of safety is commonly thought of
(c) 11.92 m (d) 8.39 m as the ratio of the maximum load or stress that a soil can
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 sustain to the actual load or stress that is applied–
Ans. (c) : τ
F = ff
τ
• The factor of safety with respect to friction fφ may be
defined as the ratio of the tangent of the angle of
shearing resistance of the soil to the tangent of the
mobilised angle of shearing resistance of the soil when
the cohesive components of strength is fully mobilised.
One way in which this may be expressed is an follows
σ n tan φ
τ = c+
In ∆ BAC Fφ
AB
tan 500 = 78. Factor of safety of slope of an opencast mine
AC _______ with increase in pore water pressure.
AB (a) Goes up (b) Reduces
tan 500 =
10 (c) Remains unchanged (d) Fluctuates
AB = 11.9175 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
AB ≈ 11.92 m Ans. (b) : Open cast mining of coal activity increases
75. Pheumatic caisson method can not be used for day by day to fulfill the demand of the coal for power
depths of more than ________ generation sector.
(a) 15m (b) 20m • Pore pressure is main critical factor to reduce the
stability of the OBD slope through reduction in the
(c) 30m (d) 40m
shear strength of the OBD material.
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
• Stability of OBD slope is improved through plantation
Ans. (c) : Pneumatic caisson method can not be used increases the cohesion of small thickness of clump
@

for depths of more than 30m. Pneumatic caissons have a slope.

high cost of construction. They cannot be sunk to depths • Strength reduction method based on the numerical
ap

greater than 30m because the higher pressure below this modeling by very useful to calculate the probable
depth cannot be resisted by the body. measure surface and calculation of the FoS.
na

Mine Surveying 70 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
79. "Super elevatino" is a term used for designing Ans. (a) : The purpose of stemming, it has been long
(a) Benches (b) Haul Roads assumed, is to return the borehole to its original
(c) Dumps (d) Magazine condition as much as possible in order to reduce noise,
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 and possible rifting at the top portion of the hole.
Ans. (b) : To counteract the centrifugal force and to • The Burden is the distance from a single row to the
reduce the skid force on the turning curve, face of the excavation, or between rows in the usual
Slope provided on the outer edge of the Haul road' is case where rows are fired in sequence.
called super elevation. • Stemming also serves to confine and maximize
• The maximum value of super elevation providence as efficient use of the explosive's energy.
per the IRC is 1 in 15. 83. If a shovel can excavate upto a height of h
• Its helps motorists maintain both safety and optimal meter in that case maximum height of a bench
speeds on curved roads. can be
• Super elevation is more commonly known as 'cant' or (a) h m (b) 1.2h m
'banking as in the banked track of a racing speedway. (c) (h + 5) m (d) None of the above
80. Permissible Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) due Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
to blasting at the foundation level of structures Ans. (a) : If a shovel can excavate upto height of 'h'
in mining areas depend on ownership of meter in that case maximum height of a bench can be 'h'
building, type of structure and meter.
(a) Dominant Excitation Frequency 84. Calculate the volume of rock blasted per hole
(b) Velocity of Detonation for 8 m depth, 2 m burden & 3 m spacing
(c) Air Overpressure during blasting.
(d) Noise of blasting (a) 40 m3 (b) 24 m3
3
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 (c) 48 m (d) 16 m3
Ans. (a) : The damage that results from vibration will Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
depend on the nature of source, transmission Ans. (c) : Volume of rock = 8×2×3
characteristics of the intervening medium, inherent = 48 m3
strength of the subject structure, height and rigidity of 85. Spacing is the distance between
the structured and foundation design etc. (a) Free face to first row
• Damage caused by ground vibration is dependent on (b) Two adjacent holes in same row
the amplitude of the ground velocity and on the (c) First row and last row
frequency of the ground motion.
(d) First row and 2nd row
• Different Countries adopt different stands of sofa- Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
limits of vibration in terms of peak particle velocity
Ans. (b) : Spacing is the distance between two adjacent
(PPV) for various types of structures.
holes in same row.
81. The geological mapping undertaken by GSI is The distance between centers of any two consecutive
on scale of fasteners in a line adjacent and parallel to an edge of an
(a) 1 : 50, 000 (b) 1 : 40, 000 outside poles shall not exceed (100 + 4t) or 200 mm.
(c) 1 : 65, 000 (d) 1 : 25, 000
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Ans. (a) : The geological mapping undertaken by GSI is
on scale of 1 : 50, 000.
The Geological Survey of India (GSI) is a scientific
agency of India.
The principal function of GSI relate to creation and
updation of national geoscientific data and mineral 86. In a curve surveying two or more simple arcs
resource assessment, air borne and marine surveys and that turn in the same direction is known as
conducting multifarious geo-technical, geo- ______ .
environmental and natural hazards studies glaciology, (a) simple curves (b) compound curves
Seismotectonics, etc. (c) transition curves (d) reverse curves
82. Burden is the distance between MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
(a) Free face to first row Ans. (b) : When all the curves turn in the same
@

(b) Two adjacent holes in same row direction then the resulting curve is called compound
(c) First row and last row curve. So a compound curve has two or more simple
ap

(d) Toe and crest curve with different radii that bend the same way and
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 are on the same side of a common tangent.
na

Mine Surveying 71 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• A transition curve may be defined as a curve of 90. The art of determining the representing the
varying radius of infinity at tangent point to a design relative heights or elevations of different points
circular curve radius provided in between the straight on the surface of the earth in a vertical plane is
and circular path in order the centrifugal force was known as __________ .
gradual. (a) Levelling (b) Scaling
87. Connecting surface and underground survey to (c) Surveying (d) Correlating
the same baseline or permanent reference line MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
is known as __________ . Ans. (a) : • The art of determining and representing the
(a) Chain survey (b) Stope survey relative heights or elevations of different points on the
(c) Triangulation (d) Correlation survey surface of the earth in a vertical plane is known as
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 levelling.
Ans. (d) : Connecting surface and underground survey • Scaling– It is the procedure of measuring and
to the some baseline or permanent reference line is assigning the objects to the numbers according to the
known as correlation surveying. specified rules.
• Chain surveying is the branch of surveying in which • Surveying a means of making relatively large scale,
only linear measurements are made in the field. accurate measurement of the earth’s surface.
• The technique of determining the amount of ground 91. The method of leveling adopted to determine
removed during given period and the position of the difference of level between two points at a
stope relative to each other is known as a stope considerable distance apart with great
surveying. precision is known as _________ .
• Triangulation is a type of survey which starts at a (a) Reciprocal levelling (b) Check levelling
baseline joining two positions with a known distance (c) Differential levelling (d) Cross-sectioning
and grows by adding sides to form a triangle, MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
measuring angle formed and shaping a network of
connected triangles whose side have calculated Ans. (a) : The method of levelling adopted to determine
distance. the difference of level between two points at a
considerable distance apart with great procession is
88. Contour map is not used for which of the known as reciprocal levelling.
following?
• Check levelling – It is conducted for the purpose
(a) For determination of intervisibility between
two points checking a series of level, which have previously
been fixed.
(b) For shaft centering in mines
(c) For measuring drainage areas • Differential levelling is the process of measuring
vertical distances from a known elevation point to
(d) Drawing sections
determine elevation of unknown points.
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
• Cross sectioning levelling is another method in
Ans. (b) : A contour map is a type of map where the profile levelling the term cross-section generally
shape of land surface is shown by the contour lines, the refers to a relatively short profile view on the ground
relative spacing done between these lines indicate the which is drawn perpendicular to the route centreline
relative slope of particular surface. of a highway or other types of linear prefects.
• Contour maps are useful to determine the
92. The method of leveling adopted to determine
determination of intervisibility between two points
the difference of level between two points at a
tracing contour gradient and location of route
considerable distance apart with great
calculation of reservoir capacity. It is useful to draw
precision is known as ____________ .
section.
(a) Reciprocal leveling (b) Hypsometry
89. Which of the following is NOT a linear method (c) Profile leveling
of setting out simple circular curve?
(d) Trignometric leveling
(a) Rankine's method
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
(b) Radial offsets from the tangent
(c) Offsets from long chord/ Ans. (a) : • The method of levelling adopted to
determine the difference of level between two points at
(d) Perpendicular offsets from the tangent
a considerable distance apart with great procession is
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 known as reciprocal levelling.
Ans. (a) : There are some of the linear methods used for Hypsometry: It is used to determine the altitude of
setting out simple circular curves. station dependes on the temperature at which water
@

(i) offsets from long chord. boils varies with the atmospheric pressure.
(ii) successive bisection of chord • The method of levelling, which is used to estimate
ap

(iii) offsets from tangents - perpendicular or radia) the height of mountain by observing the
(iv) offsets from the chords produced. temperature at which water boil.
na

Mine Surveying 72 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Profile levelling: It is process of levelling along a 96. The angle between the fault plane and vertical
fixed line to determine the elevation of the ground plane that strikes parallel to the fault is called-
surface along the line. (a) Dip (b) Hade
• Trigonometric leveling: It is an indirect method (c) Rake (d) Plunge
of levelling in which the difference of elevation of MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
the points is determined from the observed vertical Ans. (b) : The hade angle is defined as the complement
angles and the measured distance. of the dip angle; it is the angle between the fault plane
• It is commonly used in topographical work to find and a vertical plane that strikes parallel to the fault.
out the elevations of the top of building, chimneys, 97. The bearing of a line in the direction of
churches etc. progress of the survey is-
(a) Back bearing (b) Reversed bearing
93. In a contoured map if there are higher values
(c) Forward bearing (d) Reduced bearing
inside the loop it indicates:
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
(a) Ridge
Ans. (c) : The bearing of a line in the direction of
(b) Valley
progress of survey is forward bearing. If the bearing of
(c) Plane land line AB is measured from A towards B. It is known as
(d) None of the other options forward bearing. If the bearing of the line AB is
CIL MT Mining-2017 measured B towards A is known as Backward bearing
Ans. (a) : In a contoured map if there are higher values or back bearing. Since it is measured from backward
inside the loop it indicates in ridge. direction.
Ridge- A landform with an elevated crest that slopes 98. If the fore bearing of a line is N 30° W, then
down on the sides. Ridges are also shown by "V" or "U" back bearing will be-
shaped contoured. but these "Point" downhill, toward (a) N 30º E (b) S 30º W
lower elevations. Remember, water never runs along (c) S 30º E (d) N 60º W
ridge tops. MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
Saddle: A low spot between two peaks marked by hour Ans. (b) : If the fore bearing of a line is N 30º W, then
glass shaped contour lines. back bearing will be S 30ºW.
94. The line connecting the places having zero dip If the fore bearing of a line is given as the quadrantal
is called an- bearing.
(a) Agonic line (b) Aclinic line Back bearing = Numerically equal to fore bearing.
(c) Isodynamic line (d) Isogonal line Just change N for S. and vice versa and E for W. and
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 vice versa.
Fore bearing of a line = N30ºW
Ans. (b) : The line connecting the places having zero
From above explanation
dip is called an Aclinic line.
Back bearing of a line = S 30ºW
Agonic line- The line joining the places of zero
declination. 99. In sexagesimal system, the circumference of the
Isoclinic Line- The line joining the places of the same circle is divided into-
dip. (a) 400 grads (b) 360 degree
Isodynamic line- The line joining the places of the (c) 100 divisions (d) 180 radians
same value of the horizontal component of earth's MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
magnetic field. Ans. (b) : In the sexagesimal system, an angle is
95. A road which is driven along the dip of the measured in degrees, minutes and seconds. Complete
seam is termed- rotation describes 360º (i.e. one circumference)
(a) Level gallery (b) Drift We known that,
(c) Dip gallery (d) Heading 1 Circumference = 360º
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 1 right angle = 90º
Ans. (c) : A road which is driven along the dip of the 1º = 60' (Minute)
seam is termed as dip gallery. 1 minute (1') = 60 seconds (60º)
A road which is driven along the dip of the seam is 100. No Locomotives shall be used in underground
@

called a dip gallery and sometimes only a dip. A road where gradient of track exceeds:
driven along, the strike of a seam is called a level (a) 1 in 12 (b) 1 in 13
ap

gallery or simply a level. A dip gallery may be along the (c) 1 in 14 (d) 1 in 15
true dip of the seam or along an apparent dip. NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
na

Mine Surveying 73 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): The transport of coal, ore, workers and Ans. (b) :
materials underground by means of locomotive hauled
mine cars. The locomotive may be powered by battery,
diesel, compressed air, trolley, or some combination
such as battery-trolley or trolley-cable reel.
When the gradient of Track exceeds 1 in 15, No
locomotive shall be used in background.
101. Every haulage rope which is capped shall be
recapped once at least in every
(a) 1 month (b) 3 months
(c) 6 months (d) 12 months
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
Ans.(c): (i) Haulage road is a term for road designed for
heavy or bulk transfer of material by haul trucks in • The straight lines AB and BC, which are connected
mining industry. by the curve are called the tangents or straight to the
(ii) It is also used for freight-only roads in other curve.
context. • The point B at which the two tangent lines AB and
Every haulage rope which is capped shall be recapped BC intersect is known as the point of intersection
once at least in every–6month and if necessary, at (P.I.) or the vertex (V)
shorter wavelength, under the supervision of a • If the curve deflection to the right of direction of
competent person, progress of survey (AB), it is called as right hand
102. At what inclination of steep working from curve, if to the left, it is called as left hand curve.
horizontal, a person may be permitted to work • The tangent line AB is called the first tangent or
secured by a safety belt or life rear tangent. It is also called the back tangent.
line/safeguarded? 105. The excess pore pressure in backfill material in
(a) 30 degree or more (b) 45 degree or more a cut-and-fill stop leads to
(c) 30-45 degree only (d) 60 degree only (a) reduction in strength of the wall rock
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 (b) enhancement of bearing strength of fill
Ans. (b) : Safeguards means something that protects (c) loss of shear resistance of fill
against possible dangers. (d) prevention of progressive failure of crown
At on angle of inclination 45º or more of steep working pillar
from horizontal, a person may be permitted to work Gate-2015
secured by safety belt or life lined/safeguarded.
Ans. (c) : The excess pore pressure in backfill material
103. In the theodolite the point of intersection of in a cut-and-fill stop leads to loss of shear resistance of
both cross hairs should be brought into exact
fill.
coincidence with station (where zero to be
marked) by means of _____ 106. In a fully mechanized board and pillar mining
(a) Upper tangent screw only system, winning of coal and its transportation
(b) Lower tangent screw only from the face is commonly carried out with the
(c) Lower tangent screw and Vertical clamp combination of
(d) Upper tangent screw and Vertical clamp (a) continuous miner, shuttle car, feeder breaker
and belt conveyor
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
(b) continuous miner, LHD, feeder breaker and
Ans. (c) : The point of intersection of the horizontal and
chain conveyor
vertical cross-hairs should be brought into exact
coincidence with the station mark whenever possible by (c) continuous miner, SDL, feeder breaker and
means of the vertical circle clamp are tangent screw, belt conveyor
otherwise the vertical cross-hair should be brought (d) continuous miner, shuttle car, feeder breaker
exactly on the lower portion of the arrow or the ranging and chain conveyor
rod marked the error due to non-vertically of the signal. Gate-2015
104. If a curve deflects left of the direction of the Ans. (b) : In a fully mechanized board and pillar mining
@

progress of survey, it is called _____ system winning of coal and its transportation from the
(a) Right hand curve (b) Left hand curve face is commonly carried out with the combination of
ap

(c) Simple curve (d) Compound curve continuous miner, LHD, feeder breaker and chain
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 conveyor.
na

Mine Surveying 74 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
107. Seismic survey is used in exploration most Ans. (a): In a ripper, ripping tool exerts thrust into the
often to determine : ground by using hydraulic pressure. Hydraulic system
(a) The presence or absence of ore minerals are commonly used in heavy machinery like rippers to
associated with petroleum provide the necessary force for excavation and other
(b) The presence or absence of a petroleum tasks
deposit Hydraulic pressure-
(c) Whether there are rock structures that could The hydraulic press depends on Pascal's principle - the
trap petroleum pressure throughout a closed system is constant. One
(d) Whether there have been changes in part of the system is a piston acting as a pump, with a
petroleum deposits over time modest mechanical force acting on a small cross-section
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 area the other part is a piston with a larger area which
Ans. (c) : Seismic survey is used in exploration most generates a correspondingly large mechanical force.
often to determine whether there are rock structures that Only small - diameter tubing is needed if the pump is
could trap petroleum. separated from the press cylinder.
• Seismic survey method of investigating subterranean 111. In which test we can determine the shear
structure, particularly as related to exploration for strength of rock?
petroleum, natural gas, and mineral deposits. The (a) Uniaxial compression test
technique is based on determining the time interval that
(b) Brazilian tensile strength
elapses between the initiation of a seismic wave at a
(c) Point load test
selected shot point (the location where an explosion
generates seismic waves) and the arrival to reflected or (d) Punch shear test
refracted impulses at one or more seismic detectors. KCET Mining Engineering-2017
Seismic air guns are commonly used to initiate the Ans. (d) : Punch shear test is the common test method
seismic waves. to measure the shear of thin disc rock specimens. Shear
108. The total number of Rare Earth Elements stress is delivered by compressive force through a
(REE) is : cylindrical punch head and parallel to the shear
(a) 15 (b) 17 surface.
(c) 18 (d) 26 • The ad freezing strength Oadf could be calculated by,
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 as a maximum value of the force divided by the shear
Ans. (b) : The Rare Earth Elements (REE) are a set of F
surface area O adf = max where Fmax is a maximum
seventeen metallic elements. These include the fifteen πDH
lanthanides on the periodic table plus scandium and value of compressive force, D is an inner diameter of
yttrium. ring structure and H is a height of ring structure.
Rare earth elements (REE) are an essential part of many
112. Most important factor in selecting survey
high tech devices. The U.S. geological survey news
station is
release "Going Critical" explains.
(a) Distance between two stations
109. Best suited mining method for thick
(b) Intervisibility
vein/massive deposit, with strong ore, strong
(c) Intervisibility and well conditioned triangle
walls and steep dip is
(a) Open stope (b) Cut and fill (d) Accessibility and distance
(c) Srinkage stoping (d) Block caving KCET Mining Engineering-2017
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 Ans. (c) : Survey stations is a point of importance at
Ans. (c) : Shrinkage stoping- Shrinkage stoping is the beginning and end of chain line.
used in steeply dipping, relatively narrow ore bodies The following points should be remembered during the
with regular boundaries. Ore and waste (both the selection of survey stations.
hanging wall and the footwall) should be strong , and (i) The stations should be so slated that the general
the ore should not be affected by storage in the stope. principle of surveying may be strictly followed
110. In a ripper, ripping tool exerts thrust into the (ii) The stations should be intervisible.
ground by (iii) The stations should be selected in such a way that
(a) Hydraulic pressure well- conditioned triangles' may be formed.
@

(b) Compressed air pressure (iv) The base line should be the longest of the main
(c) Its own weight survey lines.
ap

(d) Hammering (v) The main survey lines should pass close to the
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 boundary line of the area to be surveyed.
na

Mine Surveying 75 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
113. On a change point Ans. (a) : A plane survey is a type of survey in which
(a) Only a backsight is taken the mean surface of the earth is considered as a plane
(b) Only a foresight is taken and the spherical shape is neglected.
(c) Both backsight and foresight are taken Plane surveying is used, where the areas are less than –
(d) An intersight is taken 250 square kilometers.
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 Note- Official answer key option (b).
Ans. (c) : Change Point– The point on which both the 117. In cadastral surveying, the boundaries of ––––
foresight and backsight are taken during the operation will be determined.
of levelling is called change point. (a) estates or house (b) lakes or rivers
Backsight– The first staff reading taken by the (c) bridges or roads (d) sanitary sewers
surveyor after the levelling instrument is set up and
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
levelled. Backsight is generally taken on the point of
known reduced level as on the benchmark or a change Ans. (a) : In cadastral surveying, the boundaries of
point. estates or house will be determined. Cadastral surveying
Foresight– The last staff reading was taken before involves the measurement and mapping of land parcels,
changing the instrument to the other position. It is the including the determination of property boundaries for
staff reading taken on a point whose RL (minus sight) individual properties such as states or houses. The
is to determined. This sight height of instrument to purpose is to establish legal property boundaries for
determine RL (minus sight) of the point. ownership and land registration purpose.
114. Surveys which are carried out to depict 118. –––––––– is the line laid by joining the apex of
mountains, rivers, waterbodies, wooded areas triangle to any point on the opposite side or
and other cultural details, are known as joining two sides on any two sides of triangle.
(a) City surveys (a) tie line (b) base line
(b) Guide map surveys (c) offset (d) check line
(c) Topographical surveys ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
(d) Cadastral surveys Ans. (d) : Check line is the line laid by joining the apex
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 of triangle to any point on the opposite side or joining
Ans. (c) : Topographical Survey– This survey is two points on triangle.
conducted to understand the topology (data of the Tie line- The line joining tie stations is termed as a tie
elevation of different points of land) of a country. line. It is run to take the interior details which are far
Cadastral Survey– This survey is conducted to away from the main lines and also to avoids long
establish legal boundaries i.e. state boundaries and offsets.
national boundaries. Base line- The line on which the framework of the
City Survey– Survey of city. survey is built is known as base line. It is the most
Guide Map Survey– For showing relief by contours important line of the survey. The longest of the main
and spot heights. survey lines is considered as the baseline.
115. What does 1 mm on a map drawn at a scale of 119. If the surveyor's metric chain is made with 127
1 : 50,000 represent on the ground? links, then the length of that chain with
(a) 50 centimetres (b) 5 meters standard link dimensions of metric chain is –––
(c) 50 metres (d) 500 centimetres ––– meters.
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (a) 20.6 (b) 22.8
Ans. (c) : Equivalence of 1mm on the map in meters. (c) 25.4 (d) 19.6
• According to units of conversion ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
1 meter = 1000 mm
Ans. (c) : The standard length of a link in a metric
• Given scale on the map:- chain is 20 centimeters (0.2 meters).
1mm on the map is equivalent to 50000mm Length = Number of links × length of each link
= 50×1000mm Length = 127 × 0.2
= 50000 mm
Length = 25.4 meters.
= 50 meters.
∴ 1000 mm = 1 meter If the surveyor's metric chain is made with 127 links,
50, 000mm = 50 meter then of that chain with standard link dimensions of
116. Plane surveying is used, where the areas are metric chain is 25.4 meters.
@

less than –––– square kilometers. 120. The least count of prismatic compass is ––––––
(a) 295 (b) 260 (a) 10 seconds (b) 30 minutes
ap

(c) 300 (d) 250 (c) 30 seconds (d) 20 minutes

ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
na

Mine Surveying 76 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): A prismatic compass pass is a nnavigation and Ans. (b): Wire rope- It is used for holding, lifting,
surveying instrument which is extensivel
extensively used to find moving and pulling various things.
out the bearing of the traversing
rsing and inincluded angles • Wire ropes are made from m steel wires
wire of plain carbon
between them, waypoints and direction. steel having high tensile strength.
• The least count of prismaticc compass is 30 minutes. Composition of wire rope-
121. Find out the interiorr angle B w with the below Silicon - 0.11
given data Sulphur - 0.033
Line Fore Bearing Back Bearing Phosphorous - 0.014
AB N 45º30' E S 45º30' W Carbon - 0.5
BC S 60º00' E N 60º00' W
Manganese - 0.48
(a) 225º30' (b) 105º5
105º5'
The percentage of silicon used in manufacturing
man mine
(c) 150º00' (d) 15º30
15º30'
wire ropes is 0.11.
ECET Mining Officer-30.0 30.04.2019, Shift-I
Ans. (b) : Fore Bearing: N 45º30' E
Back Bearing: S 60º 0' E B1.2 Measurement
let's convert the back bearing to the same formed as the
fore bearing 124. Which of the following llowing is measured with
Back Bearing: S 60º 0' E Convergence recorder?
Interior Angle B = Fore Bearing – Back B Bearing (a) Stress (b) Strain
= (N 45º 30' E) – (S 60º 0' E) (c) Load (d) Fault
Fore baring in decimal degress. APPSC Mining ing Engg.08.05.2024,
Engg.08. Shift-II
= 45º + 30'/60'
Ans. (b) : An appliance forr measuring changes vertical
= 45 + 0.5
height, usually at the coalface.
ace. It consist
consi of a telescopic
= 45.5º strut between the roof and flood and carries c a pen that
Back Bearing in decimal degrees: records the movement on clockwise--drivenchart.
= – 60'
125. The error of closuree of traverse
travers by correlation
Interior Angle B:
after distribution off the angular
angula error must not
= 45.5º – (– 60')
exceed..........of the sum of horizontal
horiz lengths of
= 45.5 + 60' drafts of the traverse.
= 105.5º
(a) 1/2500th (b) 1/3000th
122. The line of collimation n of dumpy level is always (c) 1/2000 th
(d) 1/3500th
perpendicular to
APPSC Mining ing Engg.08.05.2024,
Engg.08. Shift-II
(a) axis of bubble tube (b) vertic
vertical axis
(c) axis of telescope (d) vertic
vertical plane Ans. (a) : First order traverse
averse for horizontal
h control
ECET Mining Officer-30.0 30.04.2019, Shift-I angular error of closure = 6"× N
Ans. (c) : Line of collimation- Total linear linear error of closure = 1 in 2500
• It s a line joining the intersection
ersection of cross bubal of 126. According to the diagram, CD is the line of
diaphragm to the optical centre
ntre of objec
object glass and its known azimuth off surface base. b Then, the
continuation. It is also known as line of si
sight. azimuth of plumb line ine BA = ...........
.....
• The line of collimation of dumpy le level is always
perpendicular to axis of telescope.

(a) Azimuth of CD + ∠DCA

DCA +∠BCA
+
(b) Azimuth of CB + ∠CABCAB +∠BCA
+
(c) Azimuth of CD + ∠DCA
DCA +∠CAB
+
(d) Azimuth of CB + ∠CABCAB +∠DCA
+
123. The percentage of silicon used in APPSC Mining ing Engg.08.05.2024,
Engg.08. Shift-II
@

manufacturing mine wire ropes iis Ans. (a) : Azimuth is an angle between
b 0º and
(a) 0.50 (b) 0.11 360ºmeasured clockwise from
om the North.
North
ap

(c) 0.48 (d) 0.033 Azimuth of plumb line BAA =Azimuth y CD + ∠DCA
ECET Mining Officer-30.0
30.04.2019, Shift-I +∠BCA.
na

Mine Surveying 77 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
127. Match the following: gas mixture. It shows the range of concentration of fuel
Instrument Measurement and oxidizer (in this case, methane and oxygen) that can
support combustion.
P Flat jack 1 In-situ stress in rock
In coward flammability diagram, the respective
Q Borehole 2 Load percentage of methane and oxygen at the nose limit are
deformation gauge 5.8 and 12.1.
R Tape extenosometer 3 Bed separation 131. In trough subsidence the angle of draw helps to
resistance determine the :
S Bore hole 4 Roof convergence (a) Fracture plane
penetrometer (b) Critical width of opening
(a) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 (b) P-1, Q-4, R-2, S-3 (c) Maximum subsidence
(c) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4 (d) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (d) Extent of surface subsidence
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I (e) Question not attempted
Ans. (a) : Instrument Measurement Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
Fiat jack - Load Ans. (d) : The initial angle of draw markes the extent of
Borehole deformation gauge- In-situ stress in rock subsidence effects at the time the surface is breached.
Tape extenosometer - Roof convergence The final angle of draw occurs at the limit of
Bore hole penetrometer - Bed separation resistance measurable subsidence effects after mining ceases.
128. If the rock mass rating (RMR) value of a rock Initial angles of draw in crystalline rocks range from 5º
is 55, then what will be its roof class? to 40º and final of draw between 5º and 65º.
(a) Poor (b) Fair 132. In longwall caving method of coal mining, the
(c) Good (d) Very good thickness of immediate roof is calculated from :
(e) Question not attempted (a) Bulking factor and width of longwall face
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 (b) Seam thickness and width of longwall face
Ans. (b) : RMR is determined as an algebraic sum of (c) Seam thickness and bulking factor
rating for all of the parameters. (d) Bulking factor and length of the panel
The rock mass is sorted into five classes. (e) Question not attempted
Very poor (<20) Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
Poor (40-21) Ans. (c) : In longwall and caving methods the thickness
Fair (60-41) of the immediate roof is indeed calculated from the
Good (80-61) seam thickness and the bulking factor. In longwall
mining, the immediate roof refers to the layer of rock or
Very good (100-81)
material directly above the coal seam that must be
129. The classification of rock mass on the basis of supported to prevent collapse during extraction.
RQD is given by: The thickness of this immediate roof is crucial for
(a) Gamble (b) Deere determining the stability of the mining operation . The
(c) Bieniawski (d) Barton bulking factor represents the increase in volume of
(e) Question not attempted material when it is excavated compared to its volume in
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 its natural state. This factor accounts for the expansion
Ans.(b) : Rock Quality Designation (RQD) is a or swelling of material when it is removed from its
original location.
standard technique in the mining industry for the
qualitative and quantitative assessment of rock quality So, to calculate the thickness of the immediate roof, you
need consider both the thickness of the coal seam and
and degree of jointing fracturing, and shearing in a rock
the bulking factor of the material above it. This
mass.
calculation helps support measure to ensure the safety
A frequently designation (RQD) index, developed by and efficiency of the mining process.
Deere (1947).
133. Pantograph is used for :
130. In Coward flammability diagram, the (a) Measuring distance
respective percentages of methane and oxygen (b) Measuring areas
at the nose limit are : (c) Enlarging or reducing plant
(a) 14.2, 0.0 (b) 14.1, 18.2 (d) Setting out right angles
(c) 5.8, 12.1 (d) 5.0, 19.2 (e) Question not attempted
@

(e) Question not attempted Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023

Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 Ans (c) : Pantographs are used for reducing or
ap

Ans.(c) : The coward flammability diagram is a enlarging engineering drawings and maps for guiding
graphical representation of the flammability limits of a cutting tools over complex paths.
na

Mine Surveying 78 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
They have mechanical links that are connected in a 137. A level cannot be used for :
way so that there is free movement of one pen for (a) Profile levelling
tracing an image, and it produces identical movements (b) Reciprocal levelling
in a second pen. (c) Contouring
The pantographs are also generally used for trans and (d) Vertical angle
electric locomotive trains. UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
134. The process in which rocks change shape is Ans. (d) : The art of determining the relative heights
called of points on the surface of the earth is termed as
(a) foliation (b) composition "levelling".
(c) deposition (d) deformation A levelling instrument is called "level" and "staff"
is employed for this purpose along with other
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
equipments which are explained.
Ans. (d) : The process in which rocks change shape is Based on the observation points and instrument
called deformation. positions direct leveling is divided into different
135. Nicholas Steno developed the law of types as follows :
(a) Superposition (b) Superstition (i) Simple levelling
(c) Suposition (d) All of these (ii) Differential levelling
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 (iii) Fly levelling
Ans. (a) : The law of superposition was formulated by (iv) Profile levelling
Danish geologist Nicholas Steno and outline in his book (v) Precise levelling
de solido intra Naturaliter Contento Dissertations is (vi) Reciprocal levelling
prodomus (1669), the prodromus of Nicholas Steno's Contouring is an angle measuring operation while
Dissertation concerning a solid body enclosed by levelling is for measuring heights.
process of nature with in a solid. Contouring focuses on finding points having a
given elevation while levelling is to find the
136. In the Coward Flammability diagram, the
elevation of given points.
respective percentage of methane and oxygen
A vertical angle is an angle formed by two
at the Nose limit is :
connected lines in the vertical plane, that is
(a) 14.2, 0.0 (b) 5.8, 12.1
between a low point and two higher points.
(c) 14.1, 18.2 (d) 5.0, 19.2
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 138. The method of computing area by subdividing
a plot into triangles is suitable for :
Ans. (b) (a) work of small nature (b) work of big nature
(c) road work (d) canal work
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (a)
This method of computing area by subdividing a
plot into triangles is suitable for work of small
nature.
This is the most common method.
In this method, the whole figure is divided into a
number of triangles.

The diagrams below only concerns one fuel; the

diagrams can be generalized to mixture of fuels.
Table :–
Verticals of the explosive triangles (%).

The base and altitude of this figure each triangle

are scaled and its area is found out by multiplying
@

half the base by altitude.

When the boundaries are irregular, they are
ap

replaced by straight lines known as equalising or

give and take lines.
na

Mine Surveying 79 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
139. The effect of curvature in levelling is an error, Included angle
which is : B = fore bearing of BC–fore bearing of BA
(a) Additive (b) Subtractive FB of BA = 180º + 35º = 215º
(c) Multiplicative (d) None of these FB of BC = 15º
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 Include angle = 215º – 15º = 200º
Ans. (a) ∴ Include angle B is 200º
The effect of curvature is to increase the staff The included angle is taken i.e. 360º – 200º = 160º
reading and the effect of refraction is to decrease
142. RMR Stands for:
the staff reading. (a) Risk Measuring Ratio
The combined effect is to increase staff reading. (b) Rock Measuring Ratio
One more thing is the curvature error is more than (c) Rock Mass Rating
the refraction error. (d) None of these
The combined correction is always subtractive in
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
nature.
Ans. (c) : RMR Stands for Rock Mass Rating. The
The error in staff reading due to curvature of earth
= 0.0785 D2 meters. Rock mass rating is a geo-mechanical classification
system for rocks, developed by Z.T. Bieniawski
D = distance (from the level to the staff) in km.
between 1972 and 1973. The following six parameters
This error of curvature is to increase the staff are used to classify a rock mass using the MR System.
reading i.e., this error is positive.
1. Uniaxial compressive strength of rock material.
Note - Official answer is given option (b)
2. Rock quality designation (RQD)
140. A circular curve has a radius of 150m and 3. Spacing of discontinuities.
deflection angle of 700. The length of curve in 4. Condition of discontinuities.
meter is : 5. Groundwater conditions
(a) 200 (b) 150 6. Orientation of discontinuities.
(c) 175 (d) 183 Each of the six parameter is assigned a value
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022corresponding to the characteristics of the rock.
πR∆ 143. Water Guage in Mine is to measure ................
Ans. (d) : Length of the curve is given by (L) =
180 (a) Ventilating Air Temperature
where, (b) Ventilating Air Pressure
∆ = 180º = Angle of intersection (c) Ventilating Air Moisture
Given, (d) None of these
R = 150º, ∆ = 70º WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
πR∆ π ×150 × 70 Ans. (b) : A water gauge is used in mine ventilation, for
L= = = 183.33 ≈ 183 the purpose of computing the power on the air. A water
180 180 gauge consists of a glass U-tube partially filled with
Hence, water open at both ends and is graduated in inches and
The length of the curve are 183.33 ≈ 183m tenths.
respectively. 144. Which among the following is not true with
141. If the fore bearing of a line AB is 35º and that respect to Tacheometry surveying?
of line BC is 15º, then the included angle (a) Horizontal distance of points are measured.
between the line is : (b) Vertical distance of points are measured.
(a) 160º (b) 150º (c) Chaining is done most accurately.
(c) 140º (d) 170º (d) Primary objective is to prepare contoured
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 maps.
Ans. (a) (e) Question not attempted
The angle between the lines can be determined Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
through the bearing of lines as follows. Ans. (c) : Tacheometry is a branch of surveying in
which horizontal and vertical distances are determined
by taking angular observation with an instrument
known as a tachometer.
Tacheometric surveying is adopted in rough and
difficult terrain where direct leveling and chaining are
@

either not possible or very tedious.

Tacheometry of topographic map where both
ap

horizontal and vertical distances are required to be

measured.
na

Mine Surveying 80 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Survey work in difficult terrain where direct methods Ans. (b) : Quarryman are specialized instruments used
of measurements are inconvenient. in the mining and quarrying industry to survey and
Reconnaissance survey for highways and railways. measure features such as quarry faces and boreholes.
145. The back sight reading on a benchmark of RL They are equipped with various tools and sensors to
105.0 m is 2.50 m. If the inverse staff reading accurately gather data about the dimensions, angles, and
on a foresight is 3.45 m, the RL of the staff geological characteristics of these surfaces. This
station in m is : information is crucial for planning and managing
(a) 110.95 (b) 104.05 mining operation effectively, ensuring safety, and
(c) 99.05 (d) 105.95 optimizing resource extraction. So, when referring to
(e) Question not attempted instruments used specificially for quarry face and
boreholes surveying, "quarryman" is the appropriate
Ans (b) : Given, term.
Staff reading at ∆ = 2.50
149. Schulze's solution is used to separate
Height of instrument = RLA + 2.5 microfossils from
= 105.0 + 2.50 (a) Shale (b) Chert
= 107.50 m (c) Coal (d) None of these
R.L of B = Height of instrument – staff reading at B
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
= 107.50 – 3.50
Ans. (c) : Schulze's solution is used to separate
= 104
microfossil from coal.
Note - official answer is given option (a)
150. Rescue Room shall be established when more
146. An underground panel in a coal mine is being
than _______ persons employed, and rescue
developed by Bord and Pillar system. The
station shall be within a radius of _______ Km
pillar size is 35 m centre to centre and the
adjacent galleries are 6 m wide. The percentage (a) 500, 50 (b) 200, 35
of extraction during development is : (c) 100, 35 (d) 300, 50
(a) 24.9 (b) 26.2 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(c) 31.3 (d) 44.6 Ans. (c) : Establishment and location of rescue rooms –
(e) Question not attempted at every below ground mine where, more than 100
Ans (c) : Center to center (area) = developed pillar + person are ordinarily employed below ground and there
gallery is rescue station within its radius of 35kms.
35 = developed pillar + 6 • The owner, shall established and maintain on surface
developed pillar = 35 – 6 close to mine entrance a rescue room.
= 29 • The total number of person ordinarily employed in
We know that area = (side)2 below ground workings of all such mines does not
Percentage of extraction = area between center to center exceed 5000.
Area between developed pillar • The mines are situated radius of 35 km. From and
Pillar = × 100
Area between center tocenter pillar commenced by road with the rescue room.
35 × 35 – 29 × 29 151. Unit of blast induced vibration is
= × 100 (a) mm/s (b) Pascal
35 × 35
= 0.3134×100 (c) dB (d) Nm
= 31.3 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
147. Surveyor mark reference points by plugs are Ans. (a) : Unit of blast induced vibration is mmls.
fixed in roof after every _______ m along the 152. The height of the bench is decided by?
centre line. (a) Drill machine capacity
(a) 5m (b) 8m (b) Height of the dumper
(c) 10m (d) 15m (c) Height of the boom of shovel above the floor
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 (d) Dumper capacity
Ans. (c) : Surveyor mark reference points by plugs are Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
fixed in roof after every 10 m along the centre line.
Survey markers, also called surveyor marks, Ans. (c) : The bench height is the vertical distance
survey monuments or geodetic marks are objects placed between each horizontal level of the pit.
to mark key survey points on the Earth's surface. The elements of a bench are illustrated.
148. The instrument used quarry face and bore hole • Unless geological conditions declare otherwise, all
@

surveying is named as benches should have the same height.

(a) Open men (b) Quarry man • The bench height should be set as height as possible
ap

(c) Economic limit (d) All within the limits of the size and type of equipment
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 selected for the desired production.
na

Mine Surveying 81 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• The bench should not be so high that it will present 157. If 10 m3 of overburden is required to be
safety problems of towering banks of blasted or un- removed for removing 1t of mineral, what
blasted material. would be the stripping ratio.
• The bench height in open pit mines will normally (a) 1/10 (b) 1/5
range from 15 m in large copper mines to as litter as 1 (c) 10/1 (d) 1/1
m in uranium mines. Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
• The height of the bench is decided by Height of the Ans. (c) : Stripping ratio can be calculated by dividing
boom of shovel above the floor. overburden thickness by ore thickness.
153. If the actual distance between two points is 2 Over burden thickness 10
Stripping ratio = =
km and the distance measured on map is 20 Ore thickness 1
cm. Calculate RF
(a) 1 : 100 (b) 1 : 20000 10
= Stripping ratio.
(c) 1 : 10000 (d) 1 : 100000 1
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 158. Stripper shovel is used in opencast mine for
Ans. (c) : Representative Fraction (a) Stripping the mineral
= Distance on the map ÷ Distance on the ground. (b) Stripping debris
Distance on the map = 20 cm (c) Stripping overburden
Distance of the ground = 20 km (d) Digging of coal
= 20000m = 20000 × 100
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
= 2000000 cm.
Ans. (c) : Open pit mining method is one of the surface
Distance on the map 20 1
PF = = = cm. mining methods that has a traditional come-shaped
Distance on the ground 200000 10000 excavation and is usually employed to exploit a near-
surface, nonselective and law-grade zones deposits.
RF = 1 cm
10000 • The main topics that will be discussed in this chapter
154. If sum of four angles of a pentagon is 500 will include an introduction into the general features of
degrees, calculate the measure of fifth angle. open pit mining, one body characteristics and
(a) 20º (b) 30º configuration, stripping ratio and stripping overburden
(c) 40º (d) 50º methods, mine elements and parameters, open pit
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 operation cycle pit slope angel, stability of mine slopes,
types of high wall failures mine closure and
Ans. (c) : A pentagon is a two – dimensional five -
reclamation, and different variants of surface mining
sided polygon
methods including open cast mining, mountainous
Interior angles = (All sides – 2)180º
mining, artisan mining.
= (5 – 2) × 180º
= 3 × 180º = 540º 159. Which of the following statement is correct
The fifth angle is 540º – 500º = 40º (a) Bench height is always equal to bench width
= 40º (b) Bench height is always greater than bench
width
155. The angle between the fault plane and
(c) Bench height is always less than bench width
imaginary vertical plane is measured as
(d) None of the above
(a) Hade (b) Hinge
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(c) Heave (d) Slip
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 Ans. (d) : None of the above statements is correct.
Hence option (d) is correct.
Ans. (a) : The angle between the fault plane and
imaginary vertical plane is measured as hade angle. 160. The measure of dispersion of a dataset are
Hade angle is defined as the complement of the dip (a) Standard deviation, range and mode.
angle. (b) Standard devition, range and interquaritile
156. Calculate the charge per hole if the burden is range.
4m and spacing is 6m for a bench height of 10 (c) Variance, range and median.
m and a powder factor of 0.4 kg/m3. (d) Interquaritile range, median and mode.
(a) 86 kg (b) 96 kg Gate Mining Engineering-2021
(c) 90 kg (d) 98 kg Ans. (b) : The measures of dispersion of a dataset are
@

Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 standard deviation, range and interquartile range.
Ans. (b) : Charge per hole = power factor × volume Standard deviation :- It is a measure of spread data
ap

Charge per hole = 0.4×10×4×6 about form the mean divided by the number of
= 96 kg observation.
na

Mine Surveying 82 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ragne:- It is the difference between the largest and the • Contour lines are not drown across the water in the
smallest observation in the data. Prime advantage of this river or stream because the water level in the river or
measure of dispersion is that it is easy to calculate. stream is not constant.
Interquartile Range: - It's describes the middle 50% of 163. The length of a line measured with a 20 m
observations. chain was found to be 250m. What will be the
ture length of the line if the chain was 10 cm
It is the interquartile range is large it means that the too long ?
middle 50% of observations are spaced wide apart. (a) 250.10m (b) 251m
161. The intrinsic equation of an ideal transition (c) 251.25 m (d) 252 m
curve is given by the expression : APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
(a) Ο/ = L2 /(2R) degrees 10
2
Ans. (c) : Incorrect length of the chain is 20 + , ie
/ = L/(2R )minutes
(b) Ο 100
20.1 m.
/ = L/(2R) radians
(c) Ο
Measured length is 250.
(d) Ο / = I/(RL)minutes hence true length of the line is 250×(20.1/20) = 251.25
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 m.
Ans. (c) : Intrinsic equation of ideal transition curve:- 164. When L denotes latitude and D denotes
departure, then the direction of closing error is
φ = l2/2RL given by :
or, Spiral angle = φ = L/2R. (a) Inverse sin (Σd/ΣL) (b) Inverse tan (Σd/ΣL)
(c) Inverse cot (Σd/ΣL) (d) Inverse cos (Σd/ΣL)
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
Ans. (b) :

b
Tan δ = Σ D/Σ L, which will give the direction of the
162. Which of the following statements is closing error.
INCORRECT for contour characteristics? 165. When there is more than one chamber in a
(a) Two contour lines of different elevations foraminiferal test a wall dividing one chamber
cannot cross each other from the next is termed:
(b) Contour lines of different elevations can (a) aperture (b) septum
unite to form one line only in the case of a (c) stolon (d) cocosphere
vertical cliff APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
(c) The same contour appears on either sides of a Ans. (b) : A septum in a forminiferal test refers to the
ridge or valley, for the highest horizontal wall that divides one chamber from another.
plane that intersects the ridge must cut it on
166. Precise measurement of Earth’s features can be
both sides
obtained from
(d) Contour lines close together indicate mild
(a) High- oblique photographs
slope (b) Vertical aerial photographs
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 (c) Low- oblique photographs
Ans. (d) : All the points on a contour line have same (d) All the above types of photographs
elevation or same reduced level. GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
• No two contour lines can meet or cross each other Ans. (b) : Aerial photography is one the earliest forms
except in the rare case of an overhanging vertical cliff of remote sensing and is still one of the most widely
or wall. used and cost effective methods of remote sensing.
• A series of approximately concentric closed contour Before the development of multispectral sensors and
computer's people were using traditional photography to
@

represents a hill if the higher values are inside.

capture areial images. Aerial photographs may be taken
• A series of approximately concentric closed contour in vertical, low-oblique or high-oblique positions. Most
ap

lines represents a depression or pond if the lower values of the air photos we use in remote sensing are vertical
are inside. photographs.
na

Mine Surveying 83 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
167. API gravity is a measure of: 170. The vermicular intergrowth of quartz and
(a) Viscosity of the fluid sodic plagioclase is called
(b) Density of the fluid (a) Perthite (b) Reaction rim
(c) Porosity of the rock (c) Interesertal growth (d) Myrmekite
(d) Permeability of the rock (e) Exsolution intergrowth
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
Ans. (d) : The American petroleum institute (API) gravity,
Ans. (d) : The vermicular intergrowth of quartz and
is a measure of how heavy or light a petroleum liquid is
sodic plagioclase is called myrmekite.
compared to water. If its API gravity is greater than 10, it
is lighter and floats water, if less than 10 it is heavier and
Myrmekite : Myrmekite is a vermicular, or wormy,
sinks. A rock to be permeable and for water to move intergrowth of quartz in plagioclase. The intergrowths
through it, the pore spaces between the grains in the rock
are microscopic in scale. typically with maximum
must be connected. Permeability is therefore a measure of
dimensions less than 1 millimeter. The plagioclase is
the ability of water to move through a rock.
Sodium-rich, usually albite or oligoclase. These quartz-
168. A 30m tape has an error of ± 0.005m. If a Plagioclase intergrowths are associated with and
length of 1500m is measured with this tape, thecommonly in contact with potassium feldspar.
expected total error made in the measurement
in m is Myrmekite is formed under metasomatic conditions,
(a) ± 0.025 (b) ± 0.030 usually in conjunction with tectonic deformation. It has
to be clearly separated from micrographic and
(c) ± 0.035 (d) ± 0.004
granophyric intergrowths, which are magmatic.
Gate Mining Engineering-2008
Ans. (c) : The expected total error made in the 171. Pit slope is the angle made by the imaginary
measurement is. line joining the–
(a) Top most toe of the bench to the bottom most
measured distance (m)
= error × toe of the bench
lenght of tope (m)
(b) Top most crest of the bench to bottom most
1500 toe of the bench
= ±0.005 ×
30 (c) Top most crest of the bench to bottom most
= ±0.035 crest of the
169. Match the following: (d) Average of the all bench angle
Instrument Principal Applicati BCCL Junior Overman-2017
features on Ans. (b) : Pit slope–The angle at which the wall of an
P. Tilting 1 Micrometer a Levelling open pit or cut stands as measured along an imaginary
level plane extended along crests of berms or from the slope
Q. Microoptic 2 Magnetic b Traversing crest to its toe.
theodolite needle So, pit slope is the angle made by imaginary line joining
R. Telescopic 3 U-tube c Azimuth the top most crest of bench to bottom most toe of bench.
alidade (Bearing)
172. Kata thermometer is used to know
S. Compass 4 Plane table d Contouring
surveying (a) Dry bulb temperature
(a) P-1-b;Q-2-c;R-4-a;S-3-d (b) Wet bulb temperature
(b) P-4-b;Q-3-a ;R-1-c;S-2-d (c) heat convection
(c) P-2-c;Q-3-b;R-4-a;S-1-d (d) Cooling time
(d) P-3-a;Q-1-b;R-4-d;S-2-c BCCL Junior Overman-2017
Gate Mining Engineering-2008 Ans. (d) : (I) Kata thermometer is a heated-Alcohol
Ans. (d) : Thermometer, the time it takes to cool is measured &
Instrument Principal Applicati used to determine air current.
features on (II) It is useful for measuring low speeds in studies of
P. Tilting 3 U-tube a Levelling air circulation.
level (III) Kata Thermometer is used to know cooling time.
Q. Microoptic 1 Micrometer b Traversing 173. Spontaneous heating may be detected by
theodolite (a) Sensory indication
@

R. Telescopic 4 Plane table d Contouring (b) Hygrometric readings

alidade surveying (c) Gas analysis
ap

S. Compass 2 Magnetic c Azimuth (d) All of these

needle (Bearing) BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
na

Mine Surveying 84 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Spontaneous heating may be defined as the self 176. The crystal forms of the gypsum type class
heating to coal or other carbonaceous material resulting include :
eventually in its ignition without the application of external (a) basal pinacoid, clinopinacoid, orthodome,
heat or any oxidisable substance due to auto-oxidation at prism and clinodome
ordinary atmosphere, temperature. (b) clinopinacoid, brachypinacoid, prism and
Spontaneous heating may be detected by - clinodome
(c) basal pinacoid, clinopinacoid, orthopinacoid,
(i) Sensory indication
prism and clinodome
(ii) Hygrometric Reading
(d) trigonal prism, basal pinacoid, clinopinacoid,
(iii) Gas Analysis orthopinacoid and prism.
(iv) Thermometer Analysis APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
174. Trisoctahedron is a form of the ------type class. Ans. (c) : The crystal forms of the gypsum type class
(a) calcite (b) galena include:-
(c) gypsum (d) beryl Basal pinacoid
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 Clino pinacoid
Ans. (b) : Trisoctahedron is a form of the galena type Orthopinacoid
class. Prism
• The Trisoctahedron (3× Oct (8) = 24) is a special form Clinodome
with 24 faces that are isosceles triangles. • Basal pinacoid, An open form of two faces, each faces
cutting the centre axis and being parallel to the two
• Each face intercepts three axes. One axial intercept is
horizontal axis.
at unit length, the other two are equal fractional lengths.
• In clinopinacoid, in this each face cuts the b-axis at
• A group of three kite shaped faces can replace an unit length and is parallel to the other two axes.
octahedral face on the corner of a cube each face points • In orthopincoid, as the symbol indicates each face cuts
to an edge of the cube. the axis and is parallel to the other two axes.
• For upper-right hand corner of the cube, it is two faces • Prism, these are open forms of four faces each, in
above one (contrast with the trapezohedron). which each face is essentially parallel to the vertical
175. The axinite type class is characterised by : axis.
(a) three planes of symmetry • Clinodome, an open form of two faces, each face is
(b) three axes of twofold symmetry parallel to the clino axis and cuts the other two axis.
(c) only a centre of symmetry 177. Name the method of speed control of large
(d) four axes of threefold symmetry winders usually of above 800 kW?
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (a) ACB filters
(b) Ward leonard method
Ans. (c) : Centre of symmetry is a point inside the
(c) OCB filters
crystal where a line passes through it and you will find
similar parts of the crystal on either side at the same (d) Rheostatic control method
distances. Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
• Calcite crystal bears 6 faces and similar face are also Ans. (b) : The method of speed control of large winders
usually of above 800 KW ward Leonard method.
observed on either side at the same distances.
ward – Leonard method of speed control is achieved by
• As observed in the crystal, three are equal and varying the applied voltage to the armature. Hence it is
opposite faces. basically a voltage control method.
Rheostatic control- Rheostats are used to increase or
decrease the volume of the radio, the speed of an
electric motor, and the intensity of lights.
• Switching electronics are used to replace then in
power control applications.
178. The ore reserve for which tonnage and grade
are computed partly from specific
measurements and partly from projection for
reasonable distance geologic evidence is known
as ____.
(a) Actual ore reserves
@

(b) Inferred ore reserves

(c) Measured ore reserves
ap

(d) Indicated ore reserves

Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
na

Mine Surveying 85 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : The ore reserve for which tonnage and grade (a) Sample is a small fold. Data-axial plane dips
are computed partly from specific measurements and 25°
0 0
partly projection for reasonable distance geologic (b) Foliated rock from 26 30'N:72 55'E at 1588
evidence is known as Actual ore reserves. m on top of hill
0 0
179. Convert 122°30′ whole circle bearings to (c) Limestone with data dip 035 /315 from
quadrant bearings? 0 0
28 40'N:78 15'E
(a) 270 – 122°30 (b) 360 – 122°30 0
(c) 180 – 122°30 (d) 122°30 (d) Sandstone with markings → N28 E; and two
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 sides with Level marks
(e) surface of the sample showing striation marks
Ans. (c) : Whole circle bearing
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
• In this system, the bearing of the line is measured
from the north in a clockwise direction. Ans. (d) : Sandstone with marking - N 28° E; and two
sides with level marks these types of rock sample used
• Reduced bearing or Quadrantal bearing
as oriented sample.
• Reduced bearing is measured either from the north
end or the south as the case may be i.e whichever is 184. During section measurement it is found that a
nearer to the line the reduced bearing of a line can vary bed dips 30° due north, the slope of the ground
from Oº to 90º. is 20° due North then
(b) Outcrop width will be less than true thickness
Reduced bearing (θ) = 180º – 122º30' = 57º30'
of bed
So reduced bearing = S 57º 30' E
(b) Outcrop width will be equal to the true
180. Which of the following is not a proxy for thickness of bed
inferring the Holocene palaeoclimate? (c) Outcrop width will be more than true
(a) Lichenometry thickness of bed
(b) Palynology (d) Outcrop width will always be less than the
(c) Dendrochronology true thickness
(d) Geochemistry of lake sediments (e) Depends on the rock type
(e) Salinity CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 Ans. (c) : • Outcrop width will be more than thickness
Ans. (a) : Proxy- Preserved physical characteristic of of bed.
the past that stand in for direct measurments. • The outcrop is simply defined as an exposure of solid
• Some proxies are Ice cores tree rings fossilized rock on the surface of the earth. The width of the
Pollen] corals] lake and ocean sediments speleothems outcrop of a particular bed is given by the distance
packrat middens and other. between the top and bottom edges of the bed as
• Lichenometry is not a proxy for inferring the measured on the surface of the ground in a direction
Halocene palaeoclimate. perpendicular to the strike of that particular bed.
181. In a Metric toposheet published by the SOI on 185. In an inclined bed the true dip amount is 25° ,
1:50,000 scale, the difference in longitude/ the amount of dip in strike direction will be:
latitude from one end to the other is: (a) 0° (b) 10°
(a) 5’ (b) 10’ (c) 20° (d) 25°
(c) 15’ (d) 30’ (e) 30°
(e) 45’ CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 Ans. (a) : • The amount of dip in strike direction will be
Ans. (b) : In a metric top sheet published by the SOI on 0°.
1:50,000 scale, the difference in longitude/latitude from
186. In a recumbent fold the axial plane dips nearly
one end to the other is 15'.
0
at
182. A person standing at 90 00' N latitude uses a (a) 90° (b) 45°
Brunton compass as a guide and travels 320 (c) 25° (d) 0°
Km due South then 450 km East and finally
(e) 30°
320 Km North. His final position will be near:
0 0 0 CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(a) 90 00'N (b) 54 00'N:52 35E
0 0 0 0 Ans. (d) : • Recumbent fold has an essentially
(c) 74 15'N:52 35'E (d) 80 12'N:52 35'E horizontal axial plane. Linear, fold axial plane oriented
0 0
(e) 84 12'N:52 35'E at low angle resulting in overturned strata in one limb of
@

CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 the fold.

Ans. (a) : 90°N • Folds with axial planes dipping at less than 45°, but
ap

183. Which of the following Rock Sample can be with zero plunge, have been referred to as recumbent
used as an oriented sample? fold.
na

Mine Surveying 86 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
187. On a topographical map, 4 cm on the map is Ans. (a) : • The tertiary period began about 66 million
equivalent to 2.0 km on ground. What is the years ago with a mass extinction that 'clocked' the
RF? dinosaurs and ended when the ice age of the quaternary
(a) 1:500 (b) 1:50000 Period began about 2.6 million years ago.
(c) 1:5000 (d) 1:50 191. Which mineral has no cleavage?
(e) 1:5 (a) Calcite (b) Gamet
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (c) Mica (d) Kyanite
Ans. (b) : RF 1:50,000 (e) Augite
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
• A representative fraction or RF describe the
proportion or ratio of the map distance and the ground Ans. (b) : • Garnet is the name used for a large group of
distance. rock-forming minerals. These minerals are found
throughout the world in metamorphic, igneous and
So, 1 km = 1000m and 1m = 100cm
sedimentary rocks.
1 km = 1,00,00 cm
• The most commonly encountered minerals in the
RF = 4cm : 2km garnet group include almandine, Pyrope, spessartine,
1 cm : 0.5 km grossular and uvarovite. They all have a vitreous luster,
1 cm = 0.5×1,00,000 cm a transparent to translucent diaphaneity, a brittle
= 50,000 cm tenacity and lack of cleavage.
Therefore, the RF here is 1:50,000 192. In minerals of tetragonal system, there is no
188. The interference colour of a mineral seen in double refraction along which direction?
petrological microscope depends upon its (a) Along c- axis
(a) Crystal system and Pleochroism (b) Along b- axis
(b) Birefringence and thickness (c) Along a- axis
(d) perpendicular to 100 plane
(c) Extinction type
(e) perpendicular to 010
(d) Refractive index and relief
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(e) Twinning and extinction
Ans. (a) : • In minerals of tetragonal system, there is no
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
double refraction along c-axis. Minerals that form in the
Ans. (b) : • The interference colour is observed under tetragonal system include apophyllite, idocrase, rutile,
the petrographic microscope with the analyzer scapolite, and zircon.
incorporated (in crossed polarised light, XPL) and with 193. The source of Near Infrared part of "EMR" is
parallel light (without the condenser). (a) Sun (b) Objects on earth
• The interference colour depends on the thickness and (c) Satellites (d) Moon
the birefringence of the minerals. (e) Mars
189. One optic axis exists in minerals crystallising CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
under which system Ans. (a) : • Infrared radiation also known as thermal
(a) cubic (b) tetragonal radiation is that band in the electromagnetic radiation
(c) orthorhombic (d) monoclinic spectrum with wave length above the red visible light.
(e) triclinic • Common natural sources are solar radiation and fire
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 common Artificial sources include heating devices and
infrared lamps used and in the home.
Ans. (b) : • Uniaxial minerals are a class of anisotropic
minerals that include all minerals that crystallize in the 194. Atmospheric window for Remote Sensing is
tetragonal and hexagonal crystal system. They are part of EMR
called uniaxial because they have single optic axis. (a) Which passes through the atmosphere
(b) Which is absorbed by the atmosphere
• An optic axis of a crystal is a direction in which a ray
(c) Which is absorbed by the carbon dioxide
of transmitted light suffers no birefringence (double
(d) Which is absorbed by the water vapour
refraction). Crystals may have a single optic axis, in
(e) Which refracts all the solar energy
which case they are uniaxial or two different optic axes,
in which case they are biaxial. CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
Non-crystalline materials generally have no Ans. (a) : • An atmospheric window is a range of
birefringence and thus, no optics axis. wavelength of electromagnetic spectrum that can pass
through the earth's atmosphere.
190. The range of the Tertiary period is
• Not all wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation from
@

(a) 65-1.8Ma (b) 150-100Ma the sun reach the earth and not all wavelengths emitted
(c) Less than 10 Ka (d) 150-125 Ma by earth reach into space. The atmosphere absorbs some
ap

(e) 250-150 Ma this energy while allowing other wavelength to pass

CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 through.
na

Mine Surveying 87 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• The places where energy passes through are called (a) Wheeler's method
'atmospheric windows'. We use these 'window' in (b) Rankine's method
remote sensing to peer into the atmosphere from which (c) Hunter's short base method
we can obtain much information concerning the (d) Jaderin's method
weather. MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
195. Data acquisition system which is acquired on Ans. (d) : In Jaderin's method tripods are used to hold
different dates is called the measuring tape.
(a) Multi-stage sensing • This method become very popular due to following
(b) Multi-band sensing reason.
(c) Multi-spectral sensing • It is less expensive and speed of measurement is
(d) Multi-temporal sensing high.
(e) Multi pixel • Due to longer length of the tape, the choice of the
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 base sites becomes wides.
Ans. (d) : • Multi temporal imaging is the acquisition of Instrument for Baseline measurement
remotely sensed data from more than one time period. • Steel (Invor) tape
Acquiring multiple views of natural or built features • Theodolite
through time provides an enhance ability to accurately • Auto level
identify these features, significant information about • Tripods.
how our world is changing and unique insight into the
relationship between the environment and the impact of 199. An AFC of length 114 m runs at a speed of
human activities. Such as snow, ice extent sea surface 0.535 m/s. The mass of chain and flight is 54
temperature, deforestation, desertification etc. kg/m and the co-efficient of friction between
the chain and trough is 0.33. What is the power
196. Spectral signature of an object is the value of needed to drive the empty conveyor?
EMR
(a) 25.74 kW (b) 6.94 kW
(a) absorbed by the object in different well
(c) 10.66 kW (d) 21.36 kW
defined bands
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
(b) reflected by the object in different well
defined bands Ans. (c) : Friction Force, F = µMg
(c) reflected by the object in a single band M = m.L
(d) measured digitally in anyone band ⇒ F = 0.33 × 54 × 114 × 9.81
(e) refracted by the object = 19.928kN
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 Power = F.v
Ans. (b) : • Spectral signatures are the combination of = 19.928 × 0.535
reflected, absorbed and transmitted or emitted EMR by = 10.661kW
objects at varying wavelengths, which can uniquely
identify an object. 200. Two curves with same radius, which are
opposite in direction is known as ________ .
• The spectral signature of an object is a function of the
incident EMR and that part of electromagnetic spectrum (a) compound curve
in which they are interacting. The energy reflected back (b) transition curve
from the object is measured by instruments such as (c) reverse curve
task-specific spectrometer. (d) broken back curve
197. The average depth of the Mohorovici MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
discontinuity is Ans. (c) : Two curves with same radius, which are
(a) 5 km (b) 15 km opposite in direction is known as reverse curve.
(c) 20 km (d) 35 km • S–shaped curve (as in a railway line or a
(e) 60 km highway/made by joining two simple curves turning
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 opposite direction.
Ans. (d) : • The Mohorovicic discontinuity usually 201. A series of offsets were taken from a chain line
referred to as the Moho discontinuity, is the boundary to a curved boundary line at intervals of 15m in
between the earth's crust and the mantle. the following order : 0, 2.65, 3.80, 3.75, 4.65,
• It occurs at an average depth of about 4.5 mile (7Km) 3.60, 4.95, 5.85m; the area between the chain
beneath the oceanic crust and 35 km (22 mile) beneath line, the curved boundary, and the end offsets
@

continental surface. by trapezoidal rule is ________ .

198. In which of the following baseline measuring (a) 395.81 m2 (b) 394.87 m2
ap

2
method, tripods are used to hold the measuring (c) 392.81 m (d) 393.41 m2
tape? MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
na

Mine Surveying 88 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): (a) Reconnaissance (b) Ranging system
O1 = 0m, O2 = 2.6m, O3 = 3.80m, O5 = 4.65 m (c) Bench marking (d) Rise and fall system
O4 = 3.75m, O6 = 3.60m, O7 = 4.95m, O8 = 5.85 m MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
d = 15 m Ans. (d) : There are two method of working out the
reduced levels of the point from the staff reading taken
d
Area = O1 + O8 + 2 ( O 2 + O3 + O 4 + O5 + O 6 + O7 ) in the field.
2 (1) Height of Instrument or collimation– It consists in
15 finding the elevation of the plane of collimation i.e.
Area =  0 + 5.85 + 2 ( 2.65 + 3.80 + 3.75 + 4.65 + 3.60 + 4.95 )
2  (H-I) for every setting of the instrument and then
15 obtaining the reduced level of the points with reference
= [52.65] to the respective plan of collimation.
2
(2) Rise and fall method– In this method, the difference
= 394.875m2 between consecutive points is calculated by comparing
202. William's line method is used for measuring each point after the first with that immediately
___________. preceding it. The difference of their staff reading
(a) SFC (b) IP indicates rise or fall according as any staff reading is
(c) FP (d) HP smaller or greater than that at the preceding point.
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 206. What indication we get when contour lines lie
Ans. (c) : The difference between the indicated and the closer?
brake power of an engine is known as friction power. (a) It does not give any indication
The frictional power of an engine can be determined by (b) It means that slope of land is steep
the following method– (c) It means that slope of land is gentle
(d) It means that land is flat
1. Willan's line method (fuel rate extrapolation method
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
2. Morse test
Ans. (b) : Contour lines that are relatively close
3. Motoring test
together indicate a slope that is fairly steep. Contour
4. Retardation test lines that are further apart indicates a slope that is
203. Which type of method is rough during the relatively flat.
interpolation of contours? 207. The magnetic bearing and declination of a line
(a) Estimation were recorded in the year 1906 as S48o 30cE
(b) Graphical method and 2o00cE, respectively. If the declination in
(c) Arithmetic calculation the year 2006 is 3o00W, the magnetic bearing of
(d) Arithmetic and graphical the line is _________ .
(a) S45o 30cE (b) S38o 30cE
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 o
(c) S41 30cE (d) S48o 30cE
Ans. (a) : Estimation Method– The position of the MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
contour points between ground-points are estimated
Ans. (a) : True bearig of a line = magnetic bearing of
roughly and the contours are then drawn through these
the line ( ± ) declination.
points. This is rough method and is suitable for scale
maps. Use (+)sign, when the declination east.
204. Which type of contour method is most Use 0
(–) sign, when it is west.
probably used in engineering surveys? 48 30cE & 2000cE
0
(a) Direct method only 3 00W
(b) Lehman's method = ( 480 − 30 ) = 450 30cE
(c) Both direct and indirect methods
208. Mean air temperature in a DC shaft of 400m
(d) Indirect method only deep is 28oC and in the UC shaft is 38oC, then
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 its motive column is :
Ans. (d) : Indirect method of contouring is most (a) 15.4 (b) 12.8
probably used in engineering surveys. (c) 16.2 (d) 12.7
There are two indirect method of contouring- MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
(a) Square or grid method- This method is used for Ans. (b) : Motive column is given by,
large scale mapping and average precision.
(b) Cross Section Method – This method is suitable h = TU − TD × D
for route survey, when cross section are taken TU
@

transverse to longitudinal section. TU = 38 + 273 = 311K

ap

205. Which of the following system is used to work

TD = 28 + 273 = 301K
out the reduced levels of points from the staff
reading taken in the field? D = 400 m
na

Mine Surveying 89 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
311 − 301 (a) 568.5m (b) 512.3m
⇒ h= × 400 (c) 587.5m (d) 537.3m
311
h = 12.8 m CIL MT Mining-2017
Where, TU = Average temperature in upcast shaft, K l'
TD = Average temperature in downcast shaft, K Ans. (d) : True length line = × Measured length
L
D = Depth of column between top of the I' is corrected Length of chain
higher-level shaft and bottom of the
I' is actual length of chain
deeper shaft, m.
True length of lien (L)=?
209. In a triangle ABC, the bearings of the sides AB,
BC and CA are 60o, 130o and 270o, respectively. Actual length of chain (I) = 20 m
The interior angles A, B and C in degrees are Measured length of line (I') = 536 m
__________, respectively. Corrected length of chain (I') = 0.05 m
(a) 110, 40 and 30 (b) 40, 110 and 30 I'
(c) 30, 110 and 40 (d) 30, 40 and 110 L = ×L'
l
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
0.05
Ans. (c) : Calculation of interior angle from bearings- L= × 536
20
L = 1.34
L + L' = 1.34+536= 537.34
213. Hardness of rock is defined by:
(a) RQD (b) RMR
(c) Mohr's scale (d) FOS
CIL MT Mining-2017
Ans. (b) : Hardness of rock is defined by RMR. The
Rock Mass Rating (RMR) is a geomechanical
classification system for rock, developed by 2.7
Bieninwski between 1972 and 1973 . Since then it has
< B = 60 + 50 = 1100 undergone multiple modification out of which, RMR89
< C = 400 is commonly used.
< A = 1800 – ( ∠B + ∠C ) Recently RMR14 has been proposed to improve the
= 1800 – (1100 +400)= 300 RMR Perfomance by incorporating new experiences
from tunnel practices.
210. Odometer is used for measurement of:
(a) Distance (b) Pressure 214. If the swell factor of ore in a shrinkage stope is
(c) Temperature (d) Area 1.4, the output from the stope in percent of
CIL MT Mining-2017 broken ore is:
(a) 29 (b) 0
Ans. (a) : Odometer is used for measurement of
Distance. (c) 100 (d) 40
An odometer is a device for measuring the distance CIL MT Mining-2017
traveled by a vehicle. The odometer usually lives in the Ans. (a) : If the swell factor of ore in a shrinkage stope
vehicle's dashboard. in percent of broken ore is 29.
"Odometer" derives from two Greek words meaning 215. What will be the back bearing of line AB along
"Path" and "measure". N 36º W?
211. The ratio of length of explosive coloumn to the (a) 54º (b) 130º
hole diameter which will work as a spherical (c) 36º (d) 144º
charge is:
CIL MT Mining-2017
(a) L/D>4 (b) L/D<4
(c) L/D>6 (d) L/D<6 Ans. (d) : The back bearing of line AB along N36ºW.
CIL MT Mining-2017 • It the forward nearing of a line θ. Then its back
nearing is add or substract of 180º so, the back bearing
Ans. (d) : The ratio of length of explosive column to the
hole diameter which will work as a spherical charge is of the line is 144º.
L/D<6. 216. What should be the maximum value of fleet
@

212. The length of line measured with a 20m chain angle in a drum winder?
(a) 3.5º (b) 4.5º
ap

was found to be 536m. It was afterwards found

that the chain was 0.05m too long. What will be (c) 1.5º (d) 2.5º
the true length of the line? CIL MT Mining-2017
na

Mine Surveying 90 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): The Maximum value of fleet angle in a drum 220. Horizon mining system is normally applied to
winder 1.5. the mining of steeply inclined seams with
Drum winder- In this post we cover drum winding gradients in excess of-
machine system in mining and types of drums in (a) 5º (b) 10º
winding, (c) 15º (d) 25º
All drum winder system information's are in Hindi we MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
arrange the topics like drum winding definition of Ans. (c) : Horizon mining system is normally applied to
conical drum. Cylindrical Conical drum, bi cylinder the mining of steeply inclined seams with gradients in
conical drum, winding drum design with double drum excess of 15º.
winder. 221. Which of the following purpose, the Hoolamite
217. Find the correction for the curvature for the tube is used?
distance 2 km. (a) Detection of CO (b) Detection of CO2
(a) 1.04 m (b) 0.314 m (c) Detection of CH4 (d) Detection of H2S
(c) 4 m (d) 0.214 m RPSC AE-21.05.2014
CIL MT Mining-2017 Ans. (a) : An iodine pentoxide (Hoolamite) test consists
Ans. (b) : Curvature correction is negative and is given of a glass tube filled with a reagent mixed with fuming
by: sulfuric acid and carried by crushed pumice through
CC = 0.07849 d2 which a known volume of the air to be sampled is
d = 2 km discharged from a rubber bulb after preliminary drying.
where The bulb is squeezed 10 times the CO present changes
d is the distance in Km the color of the regent from grey to green and the
concentration is obtained by reference to a color chart
CC is in meter.
supplied with the instrument. The instrument reads
CC = – 0.07879×(2)2
down to about 0.07% carbon monoxide.
= – 0.07849×4
222. In VCR method of mining, the charge length to
= – 0.314 m
diameter of hole (L : D) ratio is restricted to:
218. The scales of the mine plans are generally (a) 2:1 (b) 4:1
required to be maintained on the scale of : (c) 6:1 (d) 8:1
(a) 1 : 4000 (b) 1 : 330 RPSC AE-21.05.2014
(c) 1 : 2000 (d) 1 : 2500
Ans. (c) : The method of VCR mining utilizes
CIL MT Mining-2017 concentrated or spherical charge as opponed to
Ans. (c) : The scales of the mine plans are generally conventional cylindrical charges. A charge is
required to be maintained on the scale of 1:2000. considered to be spherical if its length to diameter ratio
Mine plan- The mine plan must: include any previous does not exceed 6 to 1.
working at the mine if any part of the mine has been 223. The mine is plotted on a scale of 1 : 2000. If a
worked in the past or if the mine was previously planimeter measures the plotted area as 58
abondoned. be drawn to a scale that allows for cm2, the actual mine area in m2 is:
legibility, including copied. be revised when necessary (a) 8500 (b) 11600
to show any significant changes to the mine working. (c) 23200 (d) 29000
219. The line on which the framework of the survey RPSC AE-21.05.2014
built is called- Ans. (c) : Given:
(a) Base line (b) Check line Scale of the plot = 1:2000
(c) Offset (d) Subsidiary line Area measured by planimeter = 58cm2
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 Using the formula:
Ans. (a) : The line on which the framework of the  measured area 
2

survey built is called base line. Actual area =  

 scale factor 
• A check line also termed as a proof line is a line 2
joining the appex of a triangle to same fixed points an  0.0058 
=  
any two sides of a triangle  2000 
• Offset in surveying refers to a perpendicular distance = 0.00000008464 m2
from a main survey line or object to a point or feature of Rounding off the ans to two decimal places:
@

interest. Actual area: 0.00000008464 m2

• Subsidiary or the tie stations are the points selected on = 0.00000008 m2.
ap

the main survey lines, where it is necessary to locate the Therefore, the actual mine area in m2 is 0.00000008 m2,
interior detail such as fence, hedges, building etc. which is approximately equal to 23,200 m2.
na

Mine Surveying 91 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
224. The angle in degrees at which a ridge line 229. What are the cleavage angles in Hornblende?
intersects contours is (a) 60º and 86º (b) 56º and 124º
(a) 0° (b) 30° (c) 56º and 154º (d) 87º and 93º
(c) 45° (d) 90° OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
Gate-2015 Ans. (b) : The cleavage angles in Hornblende is 56º and
Ans. (d) : Contour lines are the lines joining the points 124º.
of equal elevation on the ground surface. Characteristics Hornblende is common mineral belonging to the
of the contour lines are : amphibole group. It typically exhibits two prominent
1. Two contour lines of different elevation cannot Cross cleavage directions that intersect at approx lately right
each other. angles. The cleavage angles in hornblende are close to
87º and 93º
2. Contour lines of different elevations can unite to from
one line only in case of a vertical cliff. 230. The "Seismic shadow zone angle" that exist
from the epicenter is :
3. Contours lines crosses a valley or ridge line at 90°.
(a) 48º to 92º (b) 105º to 143º
4. Closed contours show either hill or pond.
(c) 145º to 165º (d) 165º to 178º
225. The diameter of sand size is 1 mm. In Phi(φ) OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
grade, it is equivalent to : Ans. (b) : The "Seismic shadow zone angle" that exist
(a) –1 (b) 0 from the epicenter is 105º to 143º
(c) 1 (d) 2
231. Seismic P-waves can travel through :
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 (a) Crust only
Ans. (b) : Grain size is often measured in millimeters, (b) Mantle only
which canbe converted to the phi scale, where the grain (c) Mantle and core
size in phi = –log2× grain size in mm. (d) Crust, mantle and core
The diameter of sand size is 1mm . In Phi(φ) grade, it is OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
equivalent to 0. Ans. (d) : Seismic P-waves also known as primary
226. Reservoirs with grains that have the same size waves or compression waves are type of seismic wave
are called : that can travel through the Earth's interior. These waves
(a) Well Sorted (b) Poorly Sorted have the ability can travel through the Earth's interior.
(c) Half Sorted (d) Fully Sorted These waves have the ability to pass through different
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 layers of the Earth including the crust, mantle and core.
Ans. (a) : Reservoirs with grains that have the same 232. In ordinary coal, the rate of the penetration
size are called well sorted. The best sandstone generally
reservoirs are those that are composed mainly of quartz (a) 0.5 m/min (b) 2.15 m/min
grains of sand size of nearly equal sized or silica (c) 1.9 m/min (d) 1.5 m/sec
cement, with minimal fragmented particles. Sandstone APECET Mining Engineering-2017
reservoirs are generally 25 meter thick. Ans. (d) : The rate of penetration in ordinary coal is
227. The distribution of grain sizes within a generally around 1.5 m/sec.
reservoir refers to : 233. The slope of the dumps of waste designed in
(a) Compaction (b) Sorting such a way that waste should not roll down at
(c) Packing (d) Cementation coal benches when it assumes
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 (a) Its momentum
Ans. (b) : The distribution of grain sizes within a (b) Its angle of repose
reservoir refers to sorting. Sorting describes the (c) Slope angle of bench
distribution of grain size of sediments, either in (d) Critical height
unconsolidated deposits or in sedimentary rocks. This APECET Mining Engineering-2017
should not be confused with crystallite size which refers
Ans. (b) : The slope of the dumps of waste designed in
to the individual sized of a crystal in a solid. Crystallite
such a way that waste should not roll down at Coal
is the building block of a grain. benches when it assumes its angle of repose.
228. For seismic S-wave velocity (V), the rigidity 234. The detector that works on the principle of
modulus (µ) is proportional to : diffusion-combustion-contraction is
(a) V (b) V2 (a) Spiralarm (b) Methano meter
@

3
(c) V (d) V (c) Spectrometer (d) Ring rose detector
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 APECET Mining Engineering-2017
ap

Ans. (b) : For seismic S-wave velocity (V), the rigidity Ans. (d) : The detector that works on the principle of
modulus (µ) is proportional to V2. diffusion combustion contraction is ring rose detector.
na

Mine Surveying 92 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
235. The horizontal angle between the true meridian 240. For surveying a road or railway line with
and magnetic meridian is compass or theodolite the method suitable is
(a) Bearing (b) Local attraction (a) Direct bearing
(c) Declination (d) Variation (b) Inclined angle
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 (c) Deflection angle
Ans. (c) : The horizontal angle between the true (d) Continuous azimuth
meridian and magnetic meridian is called declination. APECET Mining Engineering-2017
236. The very first step in measuring distance Ans. (c) : When surveying a road or railway line, the
between two stations is method of using deflection angles is suitable.
(a) Unfolding chain or tape Deflection angles are the angles measured from the one
(b) Ranging line to another line. They are commonly used in
(c) Measurement traversing and alignment of roads or railways to
(d) Pacing determine the change in direction between successive
survey points.
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
241. A metallurgical microscope can be employed to
Ans. (b) : The very first step in measuring distance
observe and measure directly the particles
between two station is Ranging. The principle of
down to ............. microns.
ranging is to measure the mine difference between, the
time of arrival of a given signal and the time this signal (a) Less than 1 (b) More than 1
was radiated, bearing in mind that the propagation (c) Less than 1.5 (d) More than 1.5
speed is known and equal o he speed of light. APECET Mining Engineering-2017
237. The simplest instrument used for setting right Ans. (a) : A Metallurgical microscope can be employed
angles is to observe and measure directly the particles down to
(a) Optical square (b) Prism square less than 1 microns.
(c) Cross staff (d) Site square 242. In Blake jaw crusher, the angle between jaws is
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 about
Ans. (c) : The simplest instrument used for setting out (a) 10° (b) 30°
the right angles is a cross staff. It Consists of either a (c) 20° (d) 40°
frame or box with pairs of vertical slits and is mounted APECET Mining Engineering-2017
on a pole shod for fixing in the ground. Ans. (c) : The blake jaw crusher, the angle between
238. A compass traverse carried out for rough jaws is about 20º. It has a fixed jaw and a movable jaw
survey is balanced by which of the following which is pivoted at the top, the jaws core not set to from
method? a V open at the top. The swinging jaw which
(a) Bowditch rule (b) Transit rule reciprocates in a horizontal plane usually makes cm
(c) Graphical method (d) Axis method angle of 20º to 30º with the fixed jaw.
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 243. Typical face length in Indian longwall mines
Ans. (c) : Graphical method- Graphical method lies in the range of
involves a rough calculation and plotting of traverse (a) 120 m to 150 m (b) 200 m to 250 m
directly from the field notes. (c) 300 m to 350 m (d) 350 m to 400 m
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
• It used for a rough survey, such as compass traverse,
the Bowditch rule may be applied graphical without Ans. (a) : Longwall mining is a form of underground
doing theatrical calculation. coal mining where a long wall of coal is mined in a
single slice.
• Thus according to this method, it is and departure.
• Longwall mining is a mining method in which very
239. In the surveyor's telescope the eye piece
long rectangular blocks of coal are defined during the
commonly used is
development stage of the mine and then extracted in a
(a) Erecting eye piece (b) Huygens eye piece
single continuous operation by an automated cutting
(c) Ramsden eye piece (d) Diagonal eye piece head moving parallel to the coal face.
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
• Typical face length in Indian longwall mines lies in
Ans. (c) : In the surveyor's telescope the eye piece the range of 120 m to 150 m.
commonly used is ramsden eye piece.
The Ramsden eyepiece- 244. Pillars in bord and pillar mining help in
The simplest eyepiece, beyond a single lens, is the (a) Protect the roof rock from convergence while
Ramsden, with two singlets. The color correction is development
@

limited to the choice the two glasses. Naturally the (b) Increase the recovery of coal
performance is poor, and the example is included only (c) Provide for ventilation
ap

as a introduction to eyepieces. Realistically, this type of (d) Provide for pumping

eyepiece would rarely be used at these apertures. KCET Mining Engineering-2017
na

Mine Surveying 93 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): The development of mine by the method of Ans. (d): Goaf treatment of either stowing or caving
working known as board and pillar consists of driving must be done whenever the area of goaf exceeds 110
a series of narrow roads, separated by blacks of solid square meters.
coal, parallel to one another, and connecting them by 248. In thick seam slicing methods, caving activity is
another set of narrow parallel roadways driven nearly generally preferred in conjunction with_____
at right angles to the first set. of extraction.
• Pillars in bord and pillar mining help in protect the (a) Ascending order (b) Mixed order
roof rock form convergence while development. (c) Descending order (d) Single order
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
245. RMR stands for
Ans. (c) : In thick seam slicing methods, caving activity
(a) Rate of Marginal Return is generally preferred in conjunction with descending
(b) Rock Mass Rating order of extraction.
(c) Rating of Massive Roof In thick seam slicing, coving activity refers to the
(d) Roof Mass Rating international strata or roof of a coal seam. This method
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 is often employed to facilitate the extraction of coal
Ans. (b) : The Rock Mass Rating (RMR) system is a from thick seam.
geomechanical classification for rocks, developed by When it comes to the order of extraction, descending
order is typically preferred in conjunction with caving
Z.T. Bieniawski between 1972 and 1973.
activity. This means that the extraction process starts
In combines the most significant geologic parameters from the top or uppermost portion of the coal seam and
of influence and represent them with one overall gradually progresses downwards. As the extraction
comprehensive index of rock mass quality. proceeds, the caved roof creates a void that enables the
• Six parameters are used to classify a rock mass using overlying strata to collapse and fill the void, thereby
the RMR system. supporting the mined out area.
(i) Uniaxial compressive strength of rock material. 249. If the reduced level (RL) of Bench mark station
(ii) Rock quality designation. is 155 and Back sight to that Bench mark is
(iii) Spacing of discontinuities. 2.85, then the height of instrument is ––––––––
meters.
(iv) Condition of discontinuities.
(a) 152.15 (b) 155.85
(v) Groundwater conditions. (c) 155.15 (d) 157.85
(vi) Orientation of discontinuities. ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
246. The closing error in a closed traverse is Ans. (d) : Given,
adjusted by Benchmark, RL = 155
(a) Lehmann's rule (b) Slide rule Back sight = 2.85
(c) Bowditch's rule (d) Trapezoidal rule We know that,
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 Height of instrument = Benchmark RL + Back sight
Ans. (c) : Bowditch's Rule– This method of traverse = 155 + 2.85
adjustment is suitable where linear and angular =157.85
measurements are made with equal precision. 250. The permissible error or closure for surface
• This method is usually used for balancing a compass polygon traverse with theodolite survey is ––––
traverse but can be used for theodolite traverse also ––––.
provided angular and linear measurements are done (a) 1 in 2500 (b) 1 in 3000
with same precision. (c) 1 in 3500 (d) 1 in 2000
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
•This method occurs that the errors/mistakes are
accidental in nature and the probable error in a traverse Ans. (b) : The permissible error or closure for surface
line is proportional the square root of its length. polygon traverse with theodolite survey is 1 in 3000.
• As per Bowditch rule, 251. Which of the following gas is introduced in a
Error in latitude or departure of a tranverse line goaf to combat or measure against fire of
spontaneous heating?
Total error in latitude or Length of tranverse line
= × (a) SO2 (b) H2
departure of tranverse Perimeter of tranverse (c) NO2 (d) N2
247. Goaf treatment of either stowing or caving TSPGECET-2020
must be done whenever the area of goaf Ans. (d) : Nitrogen injection measures were taken in the
@

exceeds__________ square meters. goaf of the 1303 fully mechanized caving faces. The
(a) 95 (b) 145 experimental results demonstrated that spontaneous
ap

(c) 100 (d) 110 combustion of the remaining coal in the goaf has been
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I effectively prevented.
na

Mine Surveying 94 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
252. ACF diagrams for metamorphic rocks can be 255. Hydraulic conductivity is inversely
called as proportional to:
(a) Phase diagrams (a) Flow rate (b) Darcy velocity
(b) Pseudocomponent diagrams (c) Linear velocity (d) Hydraulic gradient
(c) Compatibility diagrams GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(d) All of the above Ans. (d) :
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II16.04.2017 Hydraulic conductivity is inversely proportional to
Ans. (d) : ACF diagram A three-component, triangular Hydraulic gradient.
graph used to show how metamorphic mineral For his experiment result, Darcy discovered that
assemblages vary as a function of rock composition water flux is directly proportional to the hydraulic
within one metamorphic facies. gradient.
ACF diagrams for metamorphic rocks can be called Water flux is proportional to power function of the
as Phase diagrams, Pseudocomponent diagrams and hydraulic gradient when the gradient is less than a
compatibility diagrams. critical value, whereupon the relationship between
It is used to graphically represent various mineral water flux and gradient becomes linear for large
assemblages that occur in rocks of metamorphic gradient value.
condition. He explained this behavior by positing that a certain
There are 13 major elements in most metamorphic hydraulic gradient is required to overcome the
rocks SiO2, Al2O3, TiO2, FeO, Fe2O3, MnO, CaO, maximum binding energy of mobile pore water.
MgO, K2O, Na2O, P2O5, N2O, and CO2. 256. The bearing of a line AB is 150° and the angle
The three components an ACF diagrams are particularly ABC is 130°. What is the bearing of BC?
useful for showing assemblage variations in (a) 20° (b) 100°
metamorphosed, basic, igneous rocks and impure (c) 120° (d) 280°
limestones. TSPGECET-2020
Al2O3 (A), CaO (C), FeO + MgO (F) – ACF. Ans. (b) : We know the relationship between FB and BB
253. Slickenside striations on a fault plane have a back bearing (BB) = Fore bearing (FB) ± 180º
pitch of 90º. The fault is: + ve sign is used if FB is less than 180º and
(a) a dip-slip fault, –ve sign is used if FB is more than 180º
(b) a strike-slip fault, Included angle = fore Betaking of next line - back bearing
(c) an oblique-slip fault, of the perious line
(d) a transform fault
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Ans. (a) :
Slickenside striations on a fault plane have a pitch of
90o. The fault is a dip-slip fault.
For dip-slip faults, the direction of movement only
vertically with no or very little lateral motion.
A normal dip-slip fault occurs when the crust is Fore Bearing of AB =150º
extended. Included angle ABC = 130
Fault is a fracture or crack where two rock blocks Back Bearing of AB = 150º + 180º = 330º
slide past one to another. Included angle ABC = F.BBC – B.BAB
It this movement may occur rapidly, it can be causes 130º = F.BBC – 330º
earthquake or slowly in the form of creep. F.BBC = 130º +330º = 460º
254. An unconformity surface separates sedimentary F.B.BC = 460–360 =100º
strata dipping 60° towards N80°E below the Note- If the included angle is Negative, Then add 360º
unconformity, and strata dipping 5° towards
If the included angle is greater than 360º then deduct
N45°E above it. The structure is called:
360º
(a) disconformity
(b) non-conformity 257. The largest scale of the following is.
(c) angular unconformity (a) 1:24000 (b) 1:62500
(d) paraconformity (c) 1:100000 (d) 1:500000
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (c) : Ans. (a) : It is given as a ratio of inches on the map
@

An unconformity surface separates sedimentary corresponding to inches, feet or miles on the ground. A
strata dipping 60o towards N80oE below the map scale indicating a ratio of 1:24000 (in/in). 1 inch on
ap

unconformity, and strata dipping N45oE above it. the map 24,000 inches have been covered on the
The structure is called angular unconformity. ground.
na

Mine Surveying 95 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
258. Which of the following is TRUE? Ans. (b) : The constant K= f/i is called the multiplying
(a) 1:2,50,000 scale topographical map constant or stadia interval factor and the constant (F +
corresponds to 5º × 5º, covers an approximate d) = C is known as the additive constant of the
area of 11,140 km2 and is an extremely useful tachometer but the latter one is made zero by using an
map series for general planning. analytic lens in the instrument.
(b) 1:2,50,000 scale topographical corresponds to 261. A multi point borehole extensometer is used to
5º × 5º, covers an approximate area of 10,000
monitor
km2 and is an extremely useful map series for
general planning. (a) Convergence between the roof and the floor
(c) 1:2,50,000 scale topographical map (b) Strain between fixed points along a borehole
corresponds to 1º × 1º, covers an approximate (c) Strain between the anchor point and the
area of 10,000 km2 and is an extremely useful reference point on the surface
map series for general planning. (d) Changing distances between fixed points
(d) 1:2,50,000 scale topographical map along a borehole
corresponds to 1º × 1º, covers an approximate Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
area of 11,140 km2 and is an extremely useful Ans. (d) : A borehole extensometer is a type of
map series for general planning. geotechnical instrument that is used to measure the
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 stability movement and behavior of rock masses and
Ans. (d) : A topographical map may be defined as a soil within and adjacent to mines, they work by
two-dimensional representation of the three- measuring the position of an internal rod relative to a
dimensional surface of the Earth. It commonly shows reference anchor point. A MPBE is so named because
quantitative and precise representation of physical and it can simultaneously monitor multiple reference points.
cultural features of the Earth's surface.
262. Horizontal roadway parallel to strike of vein
SOI is preparing four types of topographical maps
located either on foot wall or hanging wall side.
with different scales for India.
(a) Level (b) Drive
(i) Million map with 1:1,000000 scale
(ii) Degree maps with 1:250,000 scale:- Each million (c) Cross cut (d) Rise drive
map is divided into 16 equal parts and these parts are NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
named as A, B, C, D, E,........ and P. Each map has Ans. (b) : Horizontal roadway parallel to strike of vein
1º×1º latitudinal and longitudinal coverage. located either on foot wall or hanging wall side drive. A
Therefore, they are called as degree sheet maps. One normal fault is one in which the rocks above the fault
degree map covers approximately 11,140 sq km area at plane or hanging wall, move down relative to the rocks
1:250,000 scale. Degree maps are extremely useful map below the fault plane or footwall. A reverse fault is one
series for general planning. in which the hanging wall moves up relative to the
(iii) Quarter degree maps with 1:50,000 scale footwall.
(iv) Topographical maps with 1:25,000 scale. 263. Vertical distance between two adjacent main
levels, main horizone (or) main drives.
B1.3 Instrumentation (a) Length of back (b) Back
(c) Level interval (d) Lode
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
259. The relationship with which magnetic
Inclination (I) varies with latitude (Ø) of the Ans. (a) : Vertical distance between two adjacent main
Earth is levels, main horizone (or) main drives length of back.
(a) tan (I) = 2 tan (Ø) (b) tan (I) = tan 2 (Ø) 264. …………. is a Air Measuring Instrument.
(c) tan (I) = tan (Ø) (d) I = tan (Ø) (a) Bobin meter (b) Anemometer
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (c) Rain Gauge (d) Phone Charge
Ans. (b) : WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
The relationship with which magnetic inclination (i) Ans. (b) : An anemometer is an instrument that
varies with latitude (φ) of the Earth is measures wind speed. This type of anemometer has a
spinning wheel. The stronger the wind blows the faster
tan(I) = tan 2(φ) the wheel rotates. The anemometer counts the no. of
260. One of the tacheometric constants is additive, rotations which is used to calculate wind speed.
the other constant is 265. Contours in a topographic map
(a) Subtractive (a) Lines joining the point of same elevations
@

(b) Multiplying constant (b) Shows the level of depth of mine

(c) Dividing constant (c) Used for calculating the area
ap

(d) Indicative constant (d) None of the above

Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
na

Mine Surveying 96 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): A Contours line a line that joining the point of 269. Which of the following instruments can be used
same or equal elevation for locating inaccessible points?
• A contour internal is the change in elevation from one (a) Box sextant (b) Vibrating sextant
contour line to the next. It is always the same for a (c) Nautical sextant (d) Sounding sextant
given map. Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
• Lines represent contours.
Ans. (a) : Box sextant- Box sextant is a small pocket
• Closely spaced contour lines indicates sleep slopes. instrument which looks like a sextant enclosed in a box
• Widely spaced contour lines indicate gentle slopes or and is 75 mm in diameter similar to the nautical
relatively Hat area. instrument, it is also used for measuring both the
• A contour line that forms a closed loop with no other horizontal and vertical angles.
contour line inside indicates a hilltop.
• It is also used in ships for celestial navigation and it
266. The angular (horizontal/vertical) observation also works well even if the ship or boat is moving.
made by a transit theodolite with the face of the
vertical circle on the right of the observer is • Radiation in traversing can be done using box sextant.
called Sounding sextant-
(a) face right observation • Sounding sextant is more similar to the nautical
(b) face left observation instrument and the only difference is that of the nautical
(c) normal observation sextant.
(d) reciprocal observation Nautical sextant-
Gate Mining Engineering- 2007 Nautical sextant, also called as vernier sextant or marine
Ans. (a) : The angular observation made by a transit sextant, is an instrument mainly used to determine
theodolite with the face of the observer is called a "face latitude and longitude by measuring angles between for
right observation". The vertical circle is positioned to an objects.
the right of the observer when looking through the 270. Which of the following instruments can be used
telescope of the theodolite.
to identify quartz and microcline in a rock
267. Match the following sample?
Instrument Purpose/Measurement (a) Petrological microscope and XRF
1 Abney’s level a Horizontal and (b) Petrological microscope and XRD
vertical angles (c) Petrological microscope and UV-VIS
2 Pentograph b area of plotted figure spectrophotometer
3 Planimeter c enlargement and (d) Petrological microscope and Atomic
reduction of plotted absorption spectrophotometer
maps
(e) Petrological microscope and Flame
4 Box Sextant d Angle of inclination photometer
(a) 1-a; 2-c; 3-d; 4-b (b) 1-c; 2-b; 3-d; 4-a
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(c) 1-d; 2-a; 3-d; 4-c (d) 1-d; 2-c; 3-b; 4-a
Gate Mining Engineering-2010 Ans. (b) : Petrological microscope - The use of
microscope allows us to examine rocks in much more
Ans. (d) : details. For example-
Instruments Purpose/Measurement (i) examine fine grained rocks
1. Abney’s level d. Angle of inclination (ii) examine textures of rocks
2. Pentograph c. enlargement and reduction (iii) distinguish between minerals that are otherwise
of plotted maps difficult to identify in hand-specimen (e.g the
3. Planimeter b. area of plotted figure feldspars).
4. Box Sextant a. Horizontal and vertical • The Petrological microscope differs from an ordinary
angles microscope in two ways-
268. Gravimetric dust samplers works on the (i) It uses polarised light
principles of (ii) The stage rotates
(a) Thermal precipitation (b) Filtration XRD (X-Ray diffraction)- In XRD a small sample of
(c) Optical (d) Impaction the mineral is sent to a laboratory. The mineral is
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 powered and placed on a special plate that resembles a
Ans. (b) : (I) Gravimetric dust samples is a self- microscope slide. A beam of x-rays hits the sample at a
powered portable instrument for use in gravimetric slowly increasing angle while an electronic detector
@

sampling of respirable airborne dust in mines & others rotates around it and records the x-rays. This process
location. produce x-ray diffraction pattern which appears on a
ap

(II) Gravimetric dust samplers works on principle of computer screen and are direct result of crystalline
filtration. structure.
na

Mine Surveying 97 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
271. In a petrological microscope the optical tube Ans. (a): • Lusture is a property that defines how light
commonly contain. is reflected on a minerals surface.
(a) Objective lens; Condenser lens; Polariser,
• Petrographic microscope can be observed that
Bertrand lens
pleochroism, interference colour, extinction and
(b) Eye piece; Analyser; Bertrand lens;
Accessory plate slot twinning.
(c) Eye piece; Analyser; Diaphragm; Concave 275. Super-elevation can be calculated by the
mirror; formula :
(d) Objective lens; Analyser; Polariser; bertrand (a) Av/gr (b) Av2/gr
lens 2
(c) V g/Ar (d) Rv/Ag
(e) Mirror; Polariser; condenser lens; Diaphragm MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
Ans. (b) : Super-elevation is the transverse slope along
Ans. (c) : In a petrological microscope the optical tuve the width of the road, brarided to develop centripetal
commonly contain:- eye piece, Analyser, Bertrand lens,
force to counteract the centrifugal force. It is achieved
accessory plate slot etc.
by raising the outer edge with respect to inner edge in a
272. An instrument used for studying a rock sample transverse direction for the total length of the curved
slide in different orientations is called:
section.
(a) Point counter (b) Dollar stage
(c) Integrating stage (d) Universal stage AV 2
(e) Gonio meter = e+f
gR
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
e = rate of superelevation
Ans. (d) : • Universal stage - An instrument used for
studying a rock sample slide in different orientations. It f = design value of co-efficient of lateral friction
is used to determine precisely the optical properties and if f = 0
parameters of minerals or their orientation in a set of
external coordinates. AV 2
e=
• The first model of universal stage was proposed by gR
E.S fedorov in 1891.
276. Horizontal axis of a theodolite is also known as-
273. In biaxial minerals the intermediate refractive
(a) Line of sight
index is always along
(a) X vibration direction (b) Line of collimation
(b) Y vibration direction (c) Axis of plate bubble
(c) Z vibration direction (d) Trunion axis
(d) a crystallographic axis MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
(e) c crystallographic axis Ans. (d) : Horizontal axies of a theodolite is also knows
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 as Truion axis.
Ans. (b) : All minerals that crystallize in the A modern theodolite consists of a movable telescope
orthorhombic, monoclinic or triclinic crystal systems mounted within two perpendicular axes-the horizontal
are biaxial. Biaxial crystals have 2 optic axes and this or trunnion axis and the vertical axis.
distinguishes biaxial crystals from uniaxial crystals. 277. Contour line of the same elevation above sea
• Like uniaxial crystal, biaxial crystals have refractive level is called-
index that vary between two extremes, but also have a (a) Isohypse (b) Isogonic
unique intermediate refractive index. Biaxial refractive (c) Isohyet (d) Agonic
indices are as follows.
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
(i) The smallest refractive index is given the symbol α
(or x) Ans. (a) : Contour line of the same elevation above sea
(ii) The intermediate refractive index is given the level is called an isohypse.
symbol β (or y) These lines help represent the three-dimensional shape
of the land on a two dimensional map.
(iii) The largest refractive index is given the symbol γ
(or z) • Isogonic line refer to lines on a map connecting pints
with the same magnetic declination.
274. Which mineral property cannot be observed
with a petrological microscope? • An Isohyse line is a line on a map connecting points
@

(a) Lusture (b) Twinning that receive the same amount of precipitation with in a
(c) Extinction (d) Interference colour specific time period.
ap

(e) Pleochroism • An Agonic line is an imaginary line on the earth's

CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 surface where the magnetic declination is zero.
na

Mine Surveying 98 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
278. In horizon mining system, laterals are roads protecting equipment and personnel. It shall be released
driven- instantly when 'power' resumes or the delag is removed.
(a) Perpendicular to the strike The holdback devices shall be integral with gearbox.
(b) Parallel to the strike 283. The multiplicative constant in a tacheometer
(c) At 45º to the strike with focal length 'f' and stadia wire 'i', is
(d) At 30º to the strike (a) i/f (b) f/i
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 (c) i + f (d) i × f
Ans. (b) : In horizon mining system, laterals are roads KCET Mining Engineering-2017
drive parallel to the strike. Ans. (b) : Tacheometer– It's a transit theodolite fitted
Horizon mining is a system of mining, applicable to with a stadia diaphragm which gives both horizontal
inclined or undulating seams and also to relatively flat and vertical control with an accuracy of 1 in 1000.
seams where these occurs in groups whereby all the The formula to calculate horizontal distance using a
coal seams are extracted between predetermined tacheometer is–
horizons level or planes. D = KS + C
279. The wave length range of the microwave region This formula involves the computation of two
of electromagnetic radiation is : constants i.e. multiplying constant (K) and additive
(a) 0.4 to 0.7 µm (b) 1 mm to 1 m f
(c) 1.3 to 3 µm (d) 3 to 14 µm constant (C) K = and C = f + d
i
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 Where, Focal length (f) is the distance between the
Ans. (b) : Microwave radiation is Commonly defined as objective lens and the point where the image is formed.
that portion of the electromagnetic spectrum with Intercept distance (i) is the distance between the
wavelengths between 1mm and 1m (or the enquvalent objective lens and the stadia wires.
frequency rang from 300 GHz to 300 MHz). Distance (d) of the objective from the center of the
280. A static test concluded to know the in-situ instrument.
deformation of rocks, is known as : 284. Flat jack is a load measuring instrument that
(a) RQD (b) Jill test can count __________ kgf/cm2.
(c) Crushing test (d) Jack test (a) 550 (b) 320
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 (c) 600 (d) 475
Ans. (d) : A static test concluded to know the in-situ ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
deformation of rocks, is known as Jack test.
Ans. (c) : Flat jack test is used to measure the acting
Three methods of in situ deformation modulus (Em) stresses or mechanical parameters of structures. The test
measurements of rock masses have been described, is based on the stress release in a small area of a
analyzed and compared. The plate jacking (PJT) test,
structure by cutting a plane perpendicular to the surface.
where the deformation are measured by extensometers
in drill holes, gives generally the best results. • Flat jack is a load measuring instrument that can count
600 kgf/cm2.
281. The staff reading taken on a station before
shifting the instrument is 285. The process involved in rotating the telescope
(a) Fore sight (b) Intermediate sight about its horizontal axis through 180º in the
vertical plane is known as –––––––––.
(c) Back sight (d) Change point
(a) Transiting (b) Traversing
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
(c) Ranging (d) Swinging
Ans. (a) : The last staff reading was taken before
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
changing the instrument to the other position. It is the
staff reading taken on a point whose RL is to Ans. (a) : The process involved in rotating the telescope
determined. This site is considered as negative and about its horizontal axis through 180º in the vertical
deduced from height of instrument to determine RL of plane is known as transiting.
the point. Transiting refers to the motion of a telescope or any
282. In case of power failure, the device used to hold other instrument as it moves across the celestial sphere
the belt to run downward is typically object, it involves tracking the object's
movement across the sky by adjusting the telescope's
(a) Sequence control (b) Back stay
horizontal axis to maintain the object within its field of
(c) Remote control (d) Holdback view.
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
286. Flat jack instrument is used for measuring
Ans. (d) : Suitable hold back devices for preventing
(a) in-situ stress in rock
running back of the conveyor belt in case of conveyor
@

being stopped in loaded conditions due to power failure (b) Load on the rock
or during normal operational delays shall be provided to (c) bed separation resistance
ap

give position protection. The hold back shall (d) roof convergence
instantaneously engage without shock and be capable of TSPGECET-2020
na

Mine Surveying 99 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : Flat Jack is one of the earliest techniques
used in rock mechanics to measure in-situ stress with in B2.1 Surface and underground
the rock mass.
287. Which dating technique uses the annual growth Surveys
of the tree rings?
14
(a) C (b) Dendrochronology 291. Which term is used to describe the appearance
(c) Lichenometry (d) Fission track of a mineral in transmitted light?
(e) Samarium - Neodymium (a) Diaphaneity (b) Translucence
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (c) Opaqueness (d) Porosity
Ans. (b) : • The age of a plant can be determined by HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
counting the annual rings. This is known as Ans. (a) : Diaphaneity is used to describe the
dendrochronology. It is the scientific method of dating appearance of a mineral in transmitted light. The
tree rings. diaphaneity of a mineral describe the ability of light to
288. The half life of 14C is: pass through it. Transparent minerals do not diminish
(a) 5730 yrs (b) 6000 yrs the intensity of light passing through them.
(c) 7250 yrs (d) 8150 yrs 292. The most important chemical in a self-rescuer
(e) 2250 yrs is:
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (a) hopcalite (b) protosorb
(c) calicium bromide (d) lithium chloride
Ans. (a) : • The nucleus of carbon 14 contains 6
protons and 8 neutrons, as opposed to the 6 and 6 found CIL MT Mining-2017
in ordinary carbon 12. The imbalance makes carbon 14 Ans. (a) :The most important chemical in a self-rescuer
a radioisotope with a half-life of 5730 years and an is hopcalite.
emitter of β -particles. This radioactive isotope of carbon Hopcalite- Hopcalite is the manganese, which are used
is called radio carbon. as catalysts for the conversion of carbon monoxide to
carbon dioxide when exposed to the oxygen in the air at
room temperature.
B2 Mine Layout 293. In which of the following mine the blast hole
stoping is used?
289. Velocity of air current in immediate out bye (a) Kolihan copper mine (b) Balaria mine
ventilation connection from face in case of first, (c) Rajpura Dariba mine (d) Mochia Mine
second or third degree gassiness shall be
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
(a) Less than 30 m/min
Ans. (a) : Kolihan copper mines are situated at
(b) More than 30 m/min
Teelawali, Rajasthan, Kolihan copper mines is known
(c) More than 30 m/min but less than 45m/min
for its high-grade copper deposits which have been
(d) Not less than 30m/min extracted through both underground and open-pit
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 mining method.
Ans. (d) : Velocity of air current in immediate out by 294. The method of mining where the mineral is
ventilation connection from face in case of first, second
excavated in small open pits and is transported
or third degree gassiness shall not be less than 30m/min.
to the surface through u/g excavations is called
290. A lignite mine in Rajasthan was temporarily (a) Hydraulic mining (b) Open pit mining
closed due to one of the following reasons.
Answer the correct reason: (c) Glory hole mining (d) Alluvial mining
(a) Geotechnical reason APECET Mining Engineering-2017
(b) Hydrological acquifer Ans. (c) : The method of mining described, where he
(c) Slope stability problem mineral is excauated in small open pits and transported
(d) Environmental impact problem to the surface through underground excavations is
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 known as glory hole mining.
Ans. (b) : Glory hole-
• A lignite mine- in Rajasthan was temporarily closed A glory hole is an unofficial term for a big and inspiring
due to Hydrological aquifer. mine excavation open to the layer. The term may mean
• The water then moves down through the soil as only one of a number of things.
groundwater and is stored in the aquifer below. • A deep mine shaft
• Once the water has joined the aquifer, it doesn't stop • An open-pit mine
@

there. In the block caving process of underground mining, ore

• The groundwater slowly moves through the spaces subsides from above into a mine burrow. If enough are
ap

and cracks between the soil particles on it journey to is taken out. the ground surface subside into a layer
lower elevation. depression known as a glory hole.
na

Mine Surveying 100 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
295. 'Bajada' is a type of : soft and hard beds etc. tributaries are at right angle to
(a) Glacial deposit (b) Alluvial fan the main stream.
(c) Meandering stream (d) Sand dune • This may be encountered in certain glaciated areas
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 where parallel hills give rise to this pattern.
Ans. (b) : Bajadas are the shallow slopes that lie at the 300. The term 'eustatic' implies :
base of the rocky mountains, where the material gets (a) Worldwide changes in sea level
accumulated from the weathering of the rocks. (b) Erosion of land to peneplanation
• The bajada typically have a mixture of sand, gravels (c) Exhumation of rocks
boulders, and silt particles, forming a deep and complex (d) Confluence of river streams
soil structure that holds water and supports rich OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
vegetation.
Ans. (a) : The term eustatic refers to global sea level
• The Spanish term bajada means inclination or descent
independent of local factors. Normally the position of
is often used to describe a landscape or geomorphology.
the sea surface with reference to a fixed datum
• When many alluvial fans come together at one place, including the center of the earth or a satellite in fixed
or deposits in the same area it forms bajada.
orbit around the earth.
due to the gathering of all the fans, it implies that there
is much more water and sediments than usual, and is 301. Fiords are formed due to :
quite evenly spread out to the whole bajada. (a) Lacustrine process (b) Wind action
296. A stream consisting of interwoven channels is (c) Glacial activity (d) Alluvial activity
known as : OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
(a) Fluvioglacial stream Ans. (c) : Fiords also spelled fiord, a fjord is a long,
(b) Braided stream deep , body of water that reaches far inland fjords are
(c) Meandering stream often set in a u. shaped valley with steep walls of rock
(d) Matured valley stream on either side.
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 • Fiords are found mainly in Norway, Chile Newzeland,
Canada, Greenland, and the U.S. state of Alaska.
Ans. (b) : Braided streams constitute another type of
alluvial channel braided streams are defined as a • Fiords were created by glaciers. In the earth's last ice
network of small, interwoven channel separated by base age, glaciers covered just about everything. Glaciers
of alluvium. move very slowly over time, and can greatly alter the
landscape once they have moved through and area. This
• Braided streams often form when meandering streams
are carrying to much alluvium, forcing the water to process is called glaciations.
create new paths through the sediment. 302. Well sorted aeolian deposits are chiefly
This results in the deposition of alluvium into tiny composed of :
island, or bars, along the course of the stream, also (a) Clay (b) Sand
contributing to the braid like pattern of water flow. (c) Sand and Silt (d) Silt and Clay
• A stream consisting of interwoven channel is known OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
as braided stream. Ans. (d) : Aeolian process involve erosion,
297. A canyon is a : transportation, and deposition of sediment by the wind.
(a) A deep valley with vertical sides These processes occur in a variety of environments,
(b) A deep asymmetrical valley including the coastal zone cold and hot deserts, and
(c) Broad, matured stream course agricultural fields. common features of these
(d) Valley formed by aeolian activity environments are a sparse or nonexistent (clay, slit and
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 sand), and strong winds. Aeolian processes are
Ans. (a) : A canyon is a deep and narrow valley responsible for the emission or mobilization of dust and
consisting of vertical sides created by weathering and the formation of areas of sand dunes. They largely
erosion by rivers, wind, rain and tectonic activity. depend on other geologic agents, such as rivers,
• Canyons are created by water and wind erosion over glaciers, and waves, to supply sediment for transport.
time by eroding a huge plateau, a mountain. 303. Drainage density of a basin is a measure of :
298. A network of parallel or subparallel streams (a) Total number of the highest order streams
developed along strike and dip directions are divided by the total number of the next lower
known as : order streams
(a) Dendritic (b) Radial (b) Length of the largest stream divided by the
(c) Trellis (d) Domal total area of the basin
@

OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (c) Total length of streams of all orders divide by
Ans. (c) : Trellis: It is characterized by a network of the total area of the basin
ap

parallel or sub-parallel streams developed along strike (d) Total number of streams of all orders
and dip direction. Such patterns generally reflect a
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
marked structural control by faults, joints, alternating
na

Mine Surveying 101 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): The drainage density of a basin is a Shaft srinking stage layout, mass and mode of
measurement of the total length of stream of all orders operation.
divide by the total area of the basin. Kibble and stage hoist rope selection (based on the
• The formula for calculating drainage density masses to be supported).
Db = L/A 307. Which type of fan is used to suck the air inside
Where :- the mine?
Db = Drainage density
(a) Exhaust fan only
L = Total length of all stream channel
(b) Through natural ventilation
A = Area of basin
(c) Both fans combined together
304. "A crack will propagate when the reduction in
potential energy that occurs due to crack (d) Forcing fan only
growth is greater than or equal to the increase MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
in surface energy due to the creation of new Ans. (a) : There are primarily exhaust fan which suck
free surface", is postulated according to air into the mine from the surface via the other
(a) Coulomb theory (b) Terzaghi theory connection through the road ways to where mining
(c) Bieniawski theory (d) Griffith's theory operations are being carried out and back to surface
TSPGECET-2020 through the exhaust fan.
Ans. (d) : The Griffith theory states that a crack will
propagate when the reduction in potential energy that
occurs due to creek growth is greater than or equal to B2.3 Mapping Techniques
the increase in surface energy due to the creation of new
free surfaces. This theory is applicable to elastic 308. Match the following devices with their intended
materials that fracture in a brittle fashion. applications.
305. We get ophiolites in Device Application
(a) Subduction zone (b) Suture zone
(P) Ground (1) Spatial
(c) Spreading centre (d) None of the above
Penetrating positioning of a
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Radar point
Ans. (b) :
(Q) Tactile Sensor (2) Measurement of
Ophiolites occurring in suture zone within the
a borehole
Eurasian continent, which appear to have resulted
from the closure of former ocean basins. deviation
Ophiolites which occur along continental margins (R) Global (3) Robotic Arm
with oceans and marginal seas, which have not yet Navigation
formed suture zone. Satellite System
The northwards motion of Australia continues to push (S) Digital (4) Locating
the Indonesian-Philippine archipelago towards Inclinometer subsurface
continental China, so that these opholitic belts will features
form future suture zones in the organic welt between
(a) P→1; Q→2; R→3; S→4
Australia and china.
(b) P→4; Q→3; R→1; S→2
(c) P→3; Q→4; R→2; S→1
B2.2 Control Surveys (d) P→4; Q→3; R→2; S→1
Gate-2023
306. Bucket used in the shaft sinking operation is Ans. (b) :
also known as :
(a) KEP (b) Scaffold Device Application
(c) Kibble (d) Chute (P) Ground (4) Locating
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 Penetrating Radar subsurface
Ans. (c): A bucket used for hoisting material and features
excavated materials from the shaft is often referred to (Q) Tactile Sensor (3) Robotic Arm
as a "Kibble". (R) Global (1) Spatial positioning
This term is commonly used in mining and
Navigation of a point
@

construction to describe a type of bucket or container

designed for vertical transport with a mine shaft or Satellite System
ap

similar excavation. (S) Digital (2) Measurement of a

Kibble hoist type and number of Kibbles used. Inclinometer borehole deviation
na

Mine Surveying 102 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
309. The position tracking of a point by GPS is Ans. (c): (i) Where any person is allowed to work or
based on the technique of pass while the haulage is in motion, manholes for
(a) Graphical resection. refugee shall be provided at interval of not more than
(b) Analytical resection. ten metres.
(c) Triangulation. (ii) provided that where the gradient is less than 1 in 6,
(d) Trilateration. such manholes may be provided at intervals of not more
Gate-2023 than 20 meters.
Ans. (d) : The position tracking of a point by GPS 313. In which of the following cases, place of
(Global Positioning System) is based on technique of accident not to be disturbed?
trilateration. Trilateration uses the distances between the (a) Fatal accident
point being tracked and three or more GPS satellites to (b) Serious accident
determine its precise location on Earth's surface. (c) Fatal or serious accident
310. Which of the following is NOT fragmentation (d) None of the above
assessment technique? NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
(a) Digitial image analysis technique Ans.(c): (i) Fatal Accident–Accident that causes someone
(b) Face profiler to die.
(c) High speed photography (ii) Serious accident–Injury which is sustained by person
(d) Photogrammetry method in an accident and which require hospitalization for
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 more than 48 hours, commencing within 7 days from
Ans. (b) : In photographic method delineating of date of injury was received.
fragments on the photographs of muck pile is carried Place of Accident which should not be disturbed as in
out manually to determined the number of fragments following cases-
using a graph paper. (a) Fatal Accident
• For this, 0.15 m × 0.10 m size photographs of the (b) Serious Accident
muck pile are printed. 314. Which of the following logging techniques is
• High speed photography or Digital images processing best suited to estimate the shaliness of
and analysis systems emerged with the advance in hydrocarbon reservoirs?
technology are becoming increasingly popular in (a) Resistivity (b) Sonic
fragmentation measurement. (c) Induction (d) Gamma ray
• This is due to their advantages over photographic OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
methods. Ans. (d) : The most suitable logging technique to
• Consequently several consistories and organizations estimate the shaliness of hydrocarbon reservoirs is
have developed their own image analysis systems. gamma ray lagging. Gamma ray log can identify shale
• Some of these systems includes :- formations because shale's typically contain higher
IPACS, TUCIPS, FRAGSCAN, SPLIT, fragalyst, levels of naturally occurring radioactive elements, such
Wipfrog. as uranium and thorium, compared to other rock types
commonly found in reservoirs.
311. How domes and basins are represented in a
geological map? 315. A fixed reference point of known elevation is
(a) Concentric ellipses (b) Parabolas called as
(c) Hyperbolas (d) Concentric circles (a) Hall mark (b) Reference axis
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (c) Bench mark (d) Azimuth
Ans. (d) : Domes and basins in geological maps are TSPGECET-2020
typically represented by contour lines. Ans. (c) : A fixed reference point of known elevation is
• A dome is shown as concentric circles with the called as bench mark.
heighest point at the center, while a basin is depicted as Permanent bench mark: These are established between
the GTS (Great Trigonometric Survey) bench mark by the
concentric circles with the lowest point at the center.
government agencies like PWD on clearly defined and
Contour lines connect points of equal elevation helping
permanent point such as the top of a bridge or culvert,
geologists visualize the topography and structure of kilometer stone etc.
Earth's crust. Arbitrary bench marks: These are reference point whose
312. At what intervals Man holes shall be provided elevations are arbitrarily assumed for small leveling
when haulage roadway gradient is less than 1 operations. Their elevations do not refer to any fixed
in 6? datum.
(a) More than 20 metres Temporary bench marks: These are the reference points
@

(b) Less than 20 metres on which a day's work is closed and from where leveling is
(c) Not more than 20 metres continued the next day. Such a B.M. is carefully
ap

(d) Not less than 20 metres established on permanent objects like kilometer stones,
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 parapets etc.
na

Mine Surveying 103 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
03.
Mining Geology
1. Guyots are formed in Ans. (d) :
(a) Oceans (b) Mountains In Antarctica ice sheets is, on average, the coldest,
(c) Desert (d) River Bed driest, and windiest continent, and has the highest
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 average.
Much of Antarctica is a polar desert, with annual
Ans. (a) : Guyots are seamounts that have been built
rainfall of 200 mm along the coast and much less
above sea level. Over time erosion by waves destroyed inlend, yet 80% of the world's fresh water reserves are
the top of the seamount resulting in a flattened shape. stored there.
• Guyots are most commonly found in the pacific Antarctica is the southernmost and fifth largest
ocean, but they have been identified in all the continent in the world.
oceans except the arctic ocean. Its territory is almost completely covered by a huge ice
2. The gap of a mountain which provides natural sheet.
path is known as 5. Following represents an elevated geotherm
(a) Valley (b) Highway (a) Subduction zone
(c) Pass (d) Highland (b) Mid-Ocean ridge
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (c) Obduction
(d) Continental sedimentary basins
Ans. (c) : A gap is a geological formation that is a low
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
point or opening between hills or mountains or in a
Ans. (b) :
ridge or mountain range. It is called as pass.
Geotherm models should predict the relative continent-
mid-ocean ridge elevation.
C1 Geology Crustal and mantle densities are calibrated to fit
elevation difference.
3. Every polymorphic transformation is Depletion buoyancy continental lithospheric mantle is
calibrated.
(a) A discontinuous reaction
This isostatic response is calibrated with 2-D geotherm
(b) A continuous reaction
modeling.
(c) An Ion-Exchange reaction Densities are consistent with geophysical observation
(d) A oxidation reaction and thermodynamic calculations.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 6. In pressure arch theory, in which zone the
Ans. (a) : heaving up of floor with no bed separation
Every polymorphic transformation is a discontinuous takes place?
reaction. (a) Zone-5 (b) Zone-1
It is special type of solid to solid reaction that involves (c) Zone-4 (d) Zone-2
phases of identical composition. APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
Discontinuous reactions are those which are univariant Ans. (c) : Redistribution of pressures on formation of a
on P-T diagrams in the ''Model'' system considered. gallery in an underground coal mine, resulting in five
A discontinuous reaction takes places between phases zones' of influence.
of fixed chemical composition, and will always occur at Zone-1 Bed separation in immediate roof strata due to
differential say of beds.
the same P-T conditions for the composition defined.
Zone-2 No bed separation though the strata slightly due
4. The biggest concentration of fresh water on to gravity.
earth’s surface is Zone-3 Horizontal and vertical pressure build up to
(a) In continental rivers their 'P' re-excavation
@

(b) In continental lakes Zone-4 Floor heaves up but there is no bed separation
(c) In arctic and Greenland icecaps in the floor.
ap

(d) In Antarctic ice sheets Zone-5 Pillar bulges towards the gallery due to release
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 of horizontal stress at pillar sides.
na

Mining Geology 104 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
7. What is the type of surface mine bench failure 12. Faint haze is the sign of spontaneous heating
that happens due to two intersecting that belongs to which of the following stage?
discontinuities? (a) heating approach ignition
(a) Wedge failure (b) Planar failure (b) Incipient heating
(c) Circular failure (d) Toppling failure (c) Intermediate
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II (d) Cooling
Ans. (a) : Wedge failure- APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
Wedge failure occurs as a result of the intersection of Ans.(b) Faint haze is the sign o spontaneous heating
two or more discontinuities that lead to the formation of that belong to incipient heating.
a tetrahedral failure block, which could slide out when 13. The breathing of ............% of Carbon Dioxide
the angle of inclination of the line is greater than the in air for 10 minutes at work or 30 minutes at
internal angle of friction along the discontinuities. rest can cause palpitations.
(a) 1.0 (b) 0.02
8. What is the percentage of Iron in wire ropes?
(c) 0.2 (d) 0.12
(a) 94.45 (b) 96.86
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
(c) 98.86 (d) 99.86
Ans. (a) : The breathing of 0.12% of carbon dioxide in
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II air for 10 minutes at work or so minutes at rest can
Ans. (c) : The standard grades have typical Carbon cause palpitations.
content ranges as follow iron rope –0.05% to 0.15%, 14. Subsidence can be prevented by which stoping
traction steel –0.02% to 0.50% mild plow steel –0.40% method?
to 0.65% (a) Over hand stoping method
9. CO2 extinguisher consists of a cylinder having (b) Underhand stoping method
up to 5 kgs of Carbon Dioxide in liquefied form (c) Cut and fill stoping method
under pressure of ..........kg/cm2. (d) Breast stoping method
(a) 105 (b) 88 APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
(c) 90.5 (d) 70 Ans. (c) : Cut and fill mining allows for high ore
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II recovery flexibility with irregular deposits and presents
Ans. (d) : CO2 extinguisher consists of a cylinder surfaces subsidence. In cut and fill mining ore is
having up to 5 kgs of Carbon dioxide in liquefied form excavated by drilling and blasting in horizontal slices,
under pressure of 70 kg/cm2 starting from the bottom of a stopage and advancing
upwards as in shrinkage stoping.
10. No working should be carried out when it
approaches with in a distance of ............. meters 15. In sublevel caving, the ore body is divided by
sublevel with ............ vertical spacing.
from water logged area of same mine or
(a) 10-12 m (b) 6-8 m
adjoining mine. (c) 12-15 m (d) 8-10 m
(a) 50 (b) 60 APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
(c) 45 (d) 75
Ans. (d) : In sublevel caving, the ore body is divided by
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
sublevel with 8-10 m vertical spacing sub-level caving
Ans. (b) : No working should be carried out when it exploits a true caving technique and its principle is
approaches with in a distance of 60 meters from water based on the utilization of the gravity flow of blasted
lagged area of same mine or adjoining mine. ore caved waste rock and the fractured and caved rock
11. The length of a line measured by means of a 20 waste rock and the fractured host rock masses fill the
m chain was found to be 610.2 m known to be mined-out area created by ore extraction.
608.0 m. What was the actual length of the 16. Which type of sampling method is preferred
chain? for sampling in 2500 sq.kms area of Bauxite
(a) 20.066 m (b) 20.012 m deposit?
(c) 19.906 m (d) 19.928 m (a) Chip sampling (b) Random sampling
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II (c) Grab sampling (d) Bulk sampling
Ans. (d) : Given, APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
True length = C actual chain length/true chain length × Ans. (d) : This type sampling method is used in
measured length checking of the reliability of other types of sample and
True length (I) × True chain length (L) = Actual chain sometimes may be taken to determine a correction
length (L') × measured length (I). factor for use in a estimate based on samples factor for
L = 20 m, L' = ? use in a estimate based on samples of other types. The
@

samples are taken by blasting down drift blocks or a

I = 610.2m, I = 608 m section in a stope or otherwise obtaining a sample of
608 × 20 = L' × 610.2
ap

several tons to several hundreds or even thousands of

Actual chain length (L') = 19.9278 tons, either from trench, pit, channelor from the run-of-
= 19.928 m mine, where the entire lat is milled separately.
na

Mining Geology 105 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
17. The ratio of mass of water vapor per m3 of air (c) Seam thickness
to mass of water vapor required to saturate one (d) Explosibility of coal dust
m3 of air is known as............ Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
(a) Humidity (b) Relative humidity Ans. (d) : Incubation period is not relates to
(c) Absolute humidity (d) Water vapor explosibility of coal dust. Incubation period it is the
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II term to denote the period which elapses between the
Ans. (b) : Relative humidity is the ratio of the mass of lime when the coal is first subjected to conditions
water vapour in a given volume of air to the mass favourable for spontaneous heating and the time of
required to saturated that given volume of air at the indications of heating.
same temperature. 24. Dilatancy of rock is associated with
18. An unconformity is a plane of (a) Increase in surface area after fragmentation
(a) Continuity (b) Discontinuity (b) Decrease in volume due to compression of
(c) Volcanic activity (d) Alkalinity rock
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II (c) Increase in shear strain due to cracking of
Ans. (b) : An unconformity is a plane of discontinuity. rock
(d) Increase in volume due to cracking of rock
19. From which time period, the prominent life
started? Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
(a) Precambrian (b) Archaean Ans. (d) : Dilatancy is the property of soil material that
(c) Ordovician (d) Cambrian refers to a change in volume in response to shearing
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II under a certain normal or confining stress.
It is non linear increase of volume caused by internal
Ans. (d) : Precambrian is the largest span of time which
crack compaction initiation, propagating and shear slip
starts from the origin of the earth to the start of the
inside rock mass.
Cambrian Period.
25. Choose the operations in their proper order for
20. Laccoliths, lopoliths and phacoliths are
shaft sinking in solid rock.
(a) Forms of igneous rocks
(a) Collaring→Brick walling→Drilling and
(b) Structure of igneous rocks
blasting →Rock bolting→Deployment of
(c) Texture of igneous rocks cactus grab
(d) Minerals of igneous rocks
(b) Deployment of cactus grab → Rock
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
bolting→Brick walling→Drilling and
Ans. (a) : Laccoliths, lopoliths, batholiths and blasting→Collaring
Phacoliths are forms of igneous rocks, and it is related
(c) Collaring →Drilling and blasting
to volcanoes.
→Deployment of cactus grab→Rock
21. Up to what depth below the surface of earth, bolting→Brick walling
the Lithosphere is situated?
(d) Deployment of cactus grab→Drilling and
(a) 105 km (b) 35 km
blasting→Collaring→Brick walling→Rock
(c) 140 km (d) 70 km
bolting
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II (e) Question not attempted
Ans. (d) : Earth's interior is made is made of several Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
layers. The surface of the planet, where we line is called
Ans. (c) : Correct order for shaft sinking in solid
the crust. It's actually a very thin layer just 70 km deep rock is-
at its thickest point. The crust and the lithosphere below
Collaring → Drilling and blasting → Deployment of
(the crust plus the upper mantle) is made of several
Cactus grab → Rock bolting → Brick walling
tectonic plates.
26. The fault pattern shown in the figure is a case
22. The volcanoes from which excessively gaseous
of ______
products evolved are called
(a) Fumaroles (b) Gaseoles
(c) Fissures (d) Cascades
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
Ans. (a) : The volcanoes from which excessively
gaseous product evolved are called fumaroles.
Fumaroles are vents or openings at the surface where
@

volcanic gases and vapors are emitted.

23. Incubation period is not related to
ap

(a) Crossing point temperature of coal

(b) Panel size
na

Mining Geology 106 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Normal fault. (b) Reverse fault. The oldest rock layers from the core of the fold,
(c) Strike slip fault. (d) Oblique slip fault. and outward from the core progressively younger
Gate-2023 rocks occur.
Ans. (d) : Oblique-slip fault- Oblique-slip fault 29. The texture made up of anhedral crystals is
suggests both normal (dip-slip) faulting and strike-slip known as :
faulting. It is caused by a combination of shearing and (a) Pandiomorphic (b) Hypidomorphic
tension of compressional forces. (c) Allotriomorphic (d) Amorphic
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (c): Allotriomorphic texture refers to a crystal
texture where the individual crystals do not have well-
defined external faces or shapes, and they form
without regard to the boundaries of neighboring
crystals. Anhedral crystals contribute to this type of
texture.
When most of the crystals are of anhedral or
irregular shapes.
Pandiomorphic when majority of the components
are in fully developed shapes.
27. Major source of heat in underground coal mine
is due to : Hypidiomorphic – The rock contains crystals of all
the categories anhedral, subhedral or anhedral.
(a) Oxidation (b) Machinery
(c) Men (d) Light 30. The geological age of Gondwana rocks is
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 believed to be during :
Ans. (a) (a) Archaeans to Cambrian
There are eight potential sources of heat in mine. (b) Cambrian to Silurian
Several or all may contributes heat to underground (c) Carboniferous to Jurassic
environmental condition. (d) Cretaceous to Pliocene
(1) Adiabatic compression in shafts and near UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
vertical openings. APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
(2) Rock surrounding openings Ans. (c)
(3) Metabolism in human being Gondwana is also called Gondwanaland.
(4) Oxidation Ancient supercontinent that incorporated present
(5) Machinery and Light day South America, Arabia, Madagascar, Africa,
(6) Blasting India, Antarctica, and Australia.
(7) Rock movement It was fully assembled by late precombrain time,
(8) Head losses in airway some 600 million years ago and the first stage of its
Oxidation : breakup began in the Jurassic period.
Oxidation of timber and mineral can produce heat Included the occurrence of glacial deposits tillites
in the mine. of permo carboniferous age and similar floras and
In the coal mine they may consist 80% to 85% of founas that are not found in the northern
the total load hemisphere.
In ore mine having a high sulfide content the
liberation of heat is too high and some time causes 31. Fracture cleavage is :
hazard fire (a) Formed in high grade metamorphic rocks
(b) Common within sandstone bed
28. The crest of fold where strata is bent-up to
form an arch is called. (c) Consists closely spaced micro-fault or micro-
(a) Syncline (b) Anticline fracture
(c) Outlier (d) Swilley (d) Both (b) & (c) are correct
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (b) Ans. (d)
The crest of the fold is termed as anticline while Cleavage is the property of a mineral that allows it
the trough is called synclines. to break smoothly along specific internal planes,
An anticline and syncline constitute a fold. when the mineral is struck sharply with a hammer.
@

Anticlines are arch-shaped folds in which rock Cleavage in structural geology and petrology,
describes a type of planar rock feature that
ap

layers are upwardly convex.

Deform by bending instead of breaking under develops as a result of deformation and
compressional stress. metamorphism (metamorphic rock).
na

Mining Geology 107 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Cleavage facture is the most dangerous form of 37. When two plates move away from each other,
facture, which is classified as a brittle transgranular _________faults are created.
facture by separation across well-defined (a) normal (b) reverse
crystallographic planes; in ferrite steels there are
(c) strike slip (d) None of these
the 100 planes.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
32. In respect of fault, the vertical displacement of
the fracture bed is called. Ans. (a) : A divergent boundary occurs when two
(a) Heave (b) Hade tectonic plates move away from each other. Along these
(c) Throw of fault (d) Fault plane boundaries, earthquakes are common and magma
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 (malten rock) rises from the earth's manlte to the surface
Ans. (c): In respect of fault, the vertical displacement soldingfying to create new oceanic crust. the mid
of the fracture bed is called "Throw of fault". athlantic ridge is an examples of divergent plate
Fault, in geology, a planar or gently curved fracture boundaries.
in the rock's of earth's crust. 38. Dead organisms are transformed into
Where compressional or tensional forces causes petroleum and natural gas in
relative displacement of the rocks on the opposite
sides of the fracture. (a) Absence of air (b) Presence of air
Faults may be vertical, horizontal or inclined at any (c) Presence of sun light (d) None of these
angle. HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
It is the vertical displacement between the hanging Ans. (a) : Dead organism that got buried in the sea
wall and footwall millions of year ago got covered with layers of sand and
33. Tridymite are the example of clay Due to lack of air, high temperature, and high
(a) Polymorphism (b) Isomorphism pressure these dead organism got transformed in to
(c) Diadochi (d) None of these petroleum and natural gas.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
39. Quarries are used to extract
Ans. (a) : Tridymite is a high temperature polymorph of
Silica and usually occurs as minute tabular white or (a) precious stones
colorless pseudo hexagonal crystals or scales in cavities (b) building stones and rocks
in felsic volcanic rocks. Its chemical formula is SiO2. (c) gold
34. How is sulphur dioxide not created ? (d) fossil fuels
(a) Smelting (b) Burning coal HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
(c) Volcanoes
Ans. (b) : The most common purpose of quarries is to
(d) Compressing ocean rocks
extract stone for building materials. Quarries have been
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
used for thousands of years.
Ans. (d) : Since they are formed by the interaction
between sulphur and O2 molecules. These compounds quarry, place where dimension stone or aggregate
are called sulphur oxides. The key contrast between SO2 (sand, gravel, crushed rock) is mined.
and SO3 is that SO2 has two atoms of Oxygen bonded to 40. Mountain belts are the relief features of
a sulphur atom , whereas SO3 has three atom of oxygen (a) First order (b) Second order
bonded to a sulphur atom.
(c) Third order (d) None of these
35. Which is exclusively marine ?
(a) Gastropods (b) Cephalopods HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
(c) Pelecypoda (d) None of these Ans. (b) : Mountain belts are the relief features of
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 second order
Ans. (c) : Pelecypoda is exclusively marine. 41. Which mineral group is abundantly found in
36. Glaciation forms by the earth's crust ?
(a) burial and metamorphism of snow (a) Feldspar group (b) Mica group
(b) melting and refreezing (c) Oxide group (d) Silicate group
(c) erosion and deposition HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
(d) precipitation and melting Ans. (a) : Feldspar is the name given to a group of
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 naturally occurring alumino- silicate mineral containing
Ans. (a) : Glaciations forms by burial and varying amount of potassium, Sodium, calcium, lithium.
@

metamorphism of snow. Glaciers begin to form when

The feldspar group of minerals is by the most abundant
snow remains in the same area year round, where
group of minerals is by far the most abundant group of
ap

enough snow accumulates to transform into ice. Each

year, new layers of snow bury and compress the minerals in the Earth's crust , making up about 50% of
previous layers. all rocks.
na

Mining Geology 108 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
42. Which of the following about lamination is not 47. Which is the correct order of geologic time ?
true ? (a) Era > Eon > Period > Epoch
(a) It is closely related to stratification (b) Eon > Era > Period > Epoch
(b) It is literally paper thin. (c) Epoch > Period > Era > Eon
(c) It is a layered structure developed in (d) None of these
extremely fine grained igneous rocks.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
(d) None of these
Ans. (b) : Correct order of geologic time
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
Eon> Era > Period> Epoch
Ans. (c) : It is a layered structure developed in
extremely fine grained igneous rock. 48. How is obsidian formed ?
43. Which geographical feature would be an (a) from erosion
example of a divergent plate boundary ? (b) from magma
(a) Himalayans (c) from the core of the earth
(b) African Rift Valley (d) water erosion
(c) Tibetan Plateau HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
(d) San Andreas Fault Ans. (b) : Obsidian is an "extrusive" rock which means
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 it is made from magma that erupted out of a volcano. If
Ans. (b) : Divergent plate boundaries also create rift it was an igneous rock that formed from magma
valleys and new oceans. underground and did not erupt, it would have been
The rift valley in East Africa is the result of a divergent called an intrusive rock.
boundary the red sea and dead sea are through to have • Obsidian igneous rock occurring as a natural glass
been formed by the same divergent boundary. formed by the rapid cooling of viscous lava from
44. In _____metamorphic rocks, crystals and volcanoes.
grains are arranged randomly. Obsidian is extremely rich in silica (about 65 to 80
(a) Foliated (b) Non-foliated percent) is low in water, and has a chemical
(c) Extra-foliated (d) Re-foliated composition similar to rhyolite.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 49. The difference between coal formation and oil
Ans. (b) : In non-foliated metamorphic rocks crystal (Petroleum) formation is
and grains are arranged randomly (a) coal is formed from marine organisms and oil
• Foliated rocks are types of metamorphic rock that is formed from plants.
have parallel bands to grain. (b) oil is formed from marine organisms and coal
• Non foliated rocks are types of metamorphic rock that is formed from plants.
have no arrangement or bands to grain. (c) coal is formed in a short period of time and
Marble is a type of metamorphic rock that originates oil takes millions of years to form
from lime stone. (d) oil is formed in a short period of time and
45. What type of fossils can you find in Ash Falls ? coal takes millions of years to from
(a) Three-toed horse (b) Rhino HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
(c) Camel (d) Panda Ans. (b) : Similarities they are both formed from
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 organic remains and both from under enormous
Ans. (a) : The ash fall deposit preserves the fossilized pressures in a sedimentary sequence.
remains of ancient animals that perished in a dense Coal is formed from land- based plants in bogs and
volcanic ash fall which occurred during the late coastal swamps, while oil and gas are derived from tiny
Miocene approximately 12 million years ago; the marine organisms, such as algae and phytoplankton.
animal had come to a water hole seeking relief. 50. What type of boundary develops a subduction
Ex-: Three toed- horse . zone ?
46. The Earth's core is made of an alloy of (a) Transform boundary
(a) Iron and Nickel (b) Copper and Iron (b) Convergent boundary
(c) Zinc and Magnesium (d) Iron and Zinc (c) Divergent boundary
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 (d) Uniform boundary
Ans. (a) : Mineral- rich crust and mantle, the core is HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
made almost entirely of metal- specifically iron and Ans. (b) : Subduction zones are where the cold Oceanic
@

nickel. The shorthand used for the core's iron- nickel lithosphere sinks back into the mantle and is recycled
alloy is simply elements chemical symbol NiFe. they are found. At convergent plate boundaries, where
ap

Element that dissolve in iron called siderophiles are also the oceanic lithosphere of one plate converges with the
found in the core. less dense lithosphere of another plate.
na

Mining Geology 109 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
51. Sediments made from microscopic shells that Ans. (a) : Geologists divide the time between pre
settle to the bottom when organisms that cambrian and the present into three long units called
produced them die are called eras (Paleozoic, Mesozoic, Cenozoic). At the end of
(a) biogeneous sediments each era a major mass extinction occured, many kinds
(b) hydrogenous sediments of organism died out althrough there were other
(c) manganese nodules extinctions going on during each period of geologic
(d) terrigenous sediments time.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 56. Mountains occur at which of the following
Ans. (a) : Sediments made from microscopic shells that plate boundaries ?
settle to the bottom when or organisms that produced (a) Oceanic – continental convergence
then die are called biogeneous sediments. (b) Divergent plate boundaries
Biogenous sediments are broadly defined as sediments (c) Transform plate boundaries
consisting of large amounts of skeletal remains of (d) Continental – continental convergence
microscopic organisms or remains of organic HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
production. Ans. (d) : Continent- Continent (C - C) convergence is
52. The forces of the mantle acting on the crust formed between two continental plates. When the plates
give way to converge, oceanic sediments are squeezed and upthrust
(a) ocean basins (b) continental drift between the plates and these squeezed sediments
(c) magma (d) continental rise appears as fold mountain along the plate margin.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 Example of continent-continent convergent boundaries
Ans. (b) : The forces of the mantle acting on the crust are the collision of the inida plate with the Eurasian
give way to : Alfred Wagener Pangea the name given plate; creating the Himalayan mountain.
to the super Continent that existed before continental 57. How many eras the geological time scale is
was coined by Laurasia and Gondwanaland. divided into ?
The processes of seafloor spreading rift valley (a) 4 (b) 5
formation and subduction (where heavier tectonic plates (c) 8 (d) 10
sink beneath lighter ones) were not well established HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
until the 1960s. These processes were the main Ans. (b) : The geologic time scale divided into 5 types.
geologic forces behind what wegner recognized as (from longest to shortest); Eons, Eras, Periods, Epochs
continental drift. and Ages.
53. What drives the Earth's internal heat engine ? 58. What is the density of the core of the earth ?
(a) Radioactivity (b) Solar energy (a) 2.6 g cm–3 (b) 13.09 g cm–3
(c) Volcanoes (d) Ocean tides (c) 3.3 g cm –3
(d) 10 g cm–3
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
Ans. (a) : Earth's internal heat engine is powered by Ans. (b) : It is movement of the fluid iron in the outer
heat from the decay of radioactive materials and core that creates earth magnetic field. The outer core is
residual heat from earth's formation. Global climate is 2300 km thick and has density of 129/cm3. The mantle
determined by the interaction of solar energy with earth extends from the outer core to just under earth surface.
surface and atmosphere. It is 2400 km thick and contains about 80% of the
54. The force that creates strike – slip faults is earth's volume.
known as 59. The Gutenberg's discontinuity demarcates the
(a) shearing (b) compression (a) mantle from the crust
(c) tension (d) None of these (b) core from the crust
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 (c) mantle from the core
Ans. (a) : The force that creates strike- slip fault is (d) None of these
know as shearing. HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
The cause of strike-slip fault earthquakes is due to the Ans. (c) : The Gutenberg's discontinuity occurs within
movement of the two plates against one another and the earth's interior at a depth of about 2900 km below the
release of built up strain. surface at the boundary between earth mantle and outer
55. What type of event usually marks the end of an core.
era ? Earth can be divided into crust upper mantle, lower
(a) A mass extinction mantle, outer core and inner core.
@

(b) An earthquake 60. Which of the following statements about

basalts is correct ?
ap

(c) Evolution of a species

(d) None of these (a) They form deep inside the earth.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 (b) They are fine grained igneous extrusive rocks.
na

Mining Geology 110 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(c) They are coarse-grained igneous extrusive 65. Pumice is derived from
rocks (a) Aquifer rocks (b) Volcanic rocks
(d) None of these (c) Coral rocks (d) Sedimentary rocks
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
Ans. (b) : Igneous rocks which form by the Ans. (b) : Pumice is a type of extrusive valconic rocks,
crystallization of magma at the surface of the earth are produced when lava with a very high content of water
called extrusive rocks. They are characterized by fine and gases is discharged from a valcano.
grained textures because their rapid cooling at or near
the surface did not provided enough time for large 66. Which is also known as isoclinal fold ?
crystal to grow. (a) Symmetrical fold (b) Recumbent fold
61. The lithospheric plates slide past one another (c) Fanfold (d) Asymmetrical fold
and that the plates neither nor lose surface HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
areas are called Ans. (b) : A very tight fold, in which the limbs are
(a) Constructive plate margin parallel or nearly parallel to one another is called an
(b) Destructive plate margin isoclinal fold. Isoclinal fold that have been overturned
(c) Conservative plate margin to the extent that their limbs are nearly horizontal are
(d) All of these called recumbent folds.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 67. Which process brings the land surface to a
Ans. (c) : The lithospheric plates slide past one another common level ?
and that the palates neither nor lose surface areas are (a) Aggradation (b) Erosion
called Conservative plate margin. (c) Gradation (d) Weathering
• A Constructive plate boundary sometimes called a HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
transform plate margin, occurs where plates slide past
Ans. (c) : Gradation is the process of levelling the land
each other in.
by means of natural agents like rivers, groundwater,
62. Which mineral is not an example of winds, glaciers and sea waves. These agents produce
phyllosilicate ? various gradational relief features in due course of time.
(a) Pyrophyllite (b) kaolinite Gradation takes place in two ways: degradation and
(c) Chlorite (d) Anthophyllite aggradations. Degradation or denudation is the wearing
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 down of the land surface by various natural agents.
Ans. (d) : The phyllosilicates or sheet silicates are an Aggradation is building up of landforms due to natural
important group of minerals that includes the mica, agents.
Chlorite, Kaolinite, Pyrophyllite, talc, Biotite, Quartz, Gradation = Erosion + Transportation + deposition
Serpentine.
68. The study of time in relation to the earth's
63. Stalactites and Stalagmites are features history is called
associated with
(a) Palaeontology (b) Geochronology
(a) granite (b) basalt
(c) Geohistology (d) Geography
(c) limestone (d) sandstone
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
Ans. (c) : Stalactites and Stalagmites form when rainwater Ans. (b) : Geochronology is based on the assumption
drips through limestone rock. Along the way, it picks up that radioactive parent isotopes decay to daughter
carbon dioxide, from the air and from any organic matter it isotopes during constant radiogenic decay. Depending
passes as it dribbles down, according to the national park on the age of the material that we wish to date, we need
service. The carbon dioxide reacts with the water to make to choose a system with a fitting half life.
a weak acid called carbonic acid. Geochronology is an indispensable tool for
64. Mauna Loa is an example of reconstructing the geodynamic evolution of organic
(a) active volcano belts, dating the emplacement of plutonic or volcanic
(b) extinct volcano rocks. Metamorphic events, sediment deposition and
(c) plateau in a volcanic region determining the age of the source rocks from which the
(d) dormant volcano sedimentary detritus is derived.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 69. Artesian wells are found in
Ans. (a) : Mauna Loa is the largest active valcano on (a) igneous rocks (b) sedimentary rocks
our planet, rising gradually to 4170 meters (13681 feet) (c) metamorphic rocks (d) None of these
above sea level. HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
@

Mauna Loa the worlds, largest valcano, located on the Ans. (b) : Artesian wells are one of the smart and
ap

south, central part of the island of Hawaii, Hawaii state sustainable water sources. These wells are found in the
U.S, and a part of Hawaii volcanoes national park. One sedimentary rocks. The particles that form a
of the largest single mountain masses in the worlds. sedimentary rock are known as sediment.
na

Mining Geology 111 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
70. Grit is another name for Ans. (a): Asbestos is a fibrous variety of chrysotile.
(a) Sandstone (b) Shale Asbestos refers to a heterogeneous variety of fibrous
(c) Granite (d) Breccia hydrated silicate minerals subdivided into two groups
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 differing in mineralogical properties and chemical
Ans. (a) : Grit is another name for sandstone. composition.
Sandstone, a sedimentary rocks is formed when grains 76. In which type of flowage, failure is easily
of sand are compacted and cemented together over visible?
thousands or millions of years. The sand grain often are (a) Rapid failure (b) Quick failure
composed of the minerals. Quarts or feldspar that were (c) Slow failure (d) Moderate failure
worn off other rocks and ground down in to pebbles. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
71. Dolerite is an example of Ans. (a) : In rapid flowage the movement of failing
(a) Lopolith (b) Laccolith mass if easily visible and the mass may travel a few
(c) Batholith (d) Dyke meters or more a day.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 77. Which mountains are called as complex
Ans. (d) : Dolerite is the name given to the medium mountains?
grained intrusive basic igneous rock commonly found in (a) Volcanic mountains
dykes and sills, in north America and continental (b) Folded mountains
Europe it is often referred to as diabase, but many (c) Fault block mountains
authors restrict this term to altered dolerite. (d) Relict mountain
72. Volcanic eruptions occur due to HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
(a) Conversion of rocks in the deeper layers of Ans. (b) : The folded mountains are also called as
earth's crust to a molten state of magma complex mountains. Fold mountains are formed when
(b) Excessive heat inside the earth two, plates run into each other or collide.
(c) Pressure in the baccolith 78. Breakdown of rock in situ is known as
(d) Lateral displacement of plates (a) Erosion (b) Weathering
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 (c) Mass wasting (d) Degradation
Ans. (a) : Deep within the earth it is so hot that some HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
rocks slowly melt and become a thick flowing substance Ans. (b) : Weathering is the breakdown of rocks in situ.
called magma. Since it is lighter than the solid rock There are three types of weathering physical chemical
around it, magma rises and collects in magma and biological. The weathering occurs will depend on
chambers. Eventually, some of the magma pushes the rock type, the climate and the relief.
through vents and fissures to the earth's surface.
79. Who proposed continental drift theory?
73. Which region contains doline land features ? (a) Alfred Wegener (b) Alfred Worwick
(a) Volcanic (b) Deltaic (c) Alfred Mane (d) None of these
(c) Karst (d) Glaciated
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
Ans. (a) : The theory of continental drift is associated
Ans. (c) : Dolines are the most common landform in with the scientist Alfred Wegener.
Karst areas. They are described as small to medium
In the early 20th century, Wegener published a paper
sized closed depressions, ranging from meters to tens of
explaining his theory that the continental landmasses
meters in both diameter and depth. Once created dolines were "drifting" across the earth, sometimes plowing
function as funnels, allowing the direct transmission of
through oceans and into each other.
surface water into the underlying Karstic bedrocks
aquifer. 80. Which is known as the ‘Roof of the World’?
(a) Mt. Everest
74. The factor not affecting metamorphism is
(a) Wind conditions (b) Pamir Mountains
(b) Temperature (c) Siberian Field
(c) Pressure (d) Hindu Kush Mountain
(d) Chemically active fluids HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 Ans. (b) : Pamir Mountains spread from the south to the
north of the qinghai - Tibetan Plateau and converged on
Ans. (a) : The factors affecting the metamorphism of the pamirs. These mountains now radiate from pamirs
the rocks are temperatures, pressure, and chemically and most of them are more than 4000m in height.
active fluids. Wind condition do not affect the Because of this, the pamir mountains are known as the
metamorphism in any way. roof of world.
@

75. Asbestos is a fibrous variety of 81. Which geomorphic pair is not correct?
(a) Chrysotile (b) Cristile
ap

(a) Cirque-Glacier (b) Coral –Ocean

(c) Christile (d) Christine (c) Delta – River (d) Pores –Air
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
na

Mining Geology 112 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Pores-air is not a correct geomorphic pair Ans. (d) : The Himalayan mountains in the Indian sub-
because there is no relation between pores and air. Both continent presents numerous example of thrust faults
are independent to each other and remaining option developed all along its extension from north-west to
shows a relation between them. Such that cirque is a southeast.
phenomenon which occurs in glacial erosion, Coral 88. The type of regular joint not belonging to
forms in ocean and Delta is created by Rivers. So we igneous rock is
can say except option (d) all option gives correct (a) Sheet jointing (b) Box jointing
Geomorphic pair. (c) Mural jointing (d) Columnar jointing
82. The headland in sea is called HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
(a) Island (b) Isthmus Ans. (b) : The three regular or systematic types of joint
(c) Peninsula (d) Strait observed in igneous rocks are–
(i) Sheet joints
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
(ii) Mural joints
Ans. (c) : The headland in sea is called peninsula. A (iii) Columar joints
peninsula is a landform which is surrounded by water
89. Which sea has the lowest salinity?
from three sides. It appears that it is protruding into the
(a) Baltic (b) Dead
sea. Hence Indian peninsula is a headland into the
(c) Mediterranean (d) Red
Indian ocean.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
83. Which region is most prone to earthquakes?
Ans. (a) : The Baltic sea in northern Europe has the
(a) Deccan plateau lowest salinity than that of any sea, with an average salt
(b) Western Ghats concentration of 7-8 grams per kilograms of water.
(c) Plains of Northern India 90. The Hawaiian Islands are what type of
(d) Ganga- Brahmaputra Valley volcano?
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (a) Shield (b) Composite
Ans. (c) : Plains of northern Indian are most prone to (c) Cinder cone (d) None of these
earthquakes. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
84. Nappe is a kind of Ans. (a) : Hawaiian eruptions are typical for shield
(a) Fluvial feature (b) Folded structure volcanoes where eruptions take place both at the
summit and at fissure vents.
(c) Erosional plain (d) None of these
91. In India, bituminous coal occurs at
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
(a) Panandhro (b) Palana
Ans. (b) : Nappe is a kind of folded structure. (c) Neyveli (d) Jharia
A nappe or thrust sheet is a large sheet like body of rock HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
that has been moved more than 2 km above thrust fault
Ans. (d) : Bituminous coal is a medium grade of coal
from its original position. having high heating capacity. It is the most commonly
85. Which rock is more prone to flexural slip? used type of coal for electricity generation in India.
(a) Shale (b) Basalt Most of bituminous coal is found in Jharia (Jharkhand).
(c) Soft clay (d) Limestone 92. The removal of particles of dust and sand by
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 strong winds is called
Ans. (d) : Types of the rocks involving silt stones (a) Abrasion (b) Depletion
sandstones and limestones are more prone to flexure (c) Deflation (d) Aeration
slip folding compared to soft clays and shales. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
86. Dip fault leads to Ans. (c) : The process of removal of dust and sand by
strong winds is called deflation. In latin deflation means
(a) Horizontal shift (b) Vertical shift
to blow away. It is the main process of wind erosion in
(c) Inclined shift (d) Outburst desert regions.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 93. Angle of dip is measured using which
Ans. (a) : In dip faults which occur parallel to the dip of instrument?
the outcrop, the most prominent effect observed after (a) Compass (b) Theodolite
faulting and erosion of the up thrown block is a (c) Tacheometer (d) Clinometer
horizontal shift between the two parts of the outcrop. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
87. Which mountain range presents examples of Ans. (d) : Angle of dip is measured using clinometer.
@

thrust faults?
• A clinometer is a fairly simple instrument which is
(a) Alps (b) Andes
ap

used to measure the angle of a slope. By using the

(c) Rockies (d) Himalaya principles of trigonometry the height of tall objects
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 can be calculated from the angle measured.
na

Mining Geology 113 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
94. The process of folding which is considered to Ans. (b) : The total surface area of the earth is 500
be non-tectonic is million square km. approximately.
(a) Tangential tension 100. In which of the following is a continental
(b) Intrusion glacier found?
(c) Tangential compression (a) Switzerland (b) Rockies
(d) Differential compression (c) Greenland (d) Andes
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Ans. (d) : Folding due to differential compression is Ans. (c) : The big continental glaciers are mostly found
totally dependent on the load from above and are in Antarctica and Greenland. The glaciers found in
attributed to superficial causes. These are, therefore, these places are almost 3,500 meters in thickness.
non tectonic folds. 101. Which material has the highest porosity?
95. Which is considered as compound anticline? (a) Clay (b) Silt
(a) Depression (b) Basin (c) Gravels (d) Sandstones
(c) Valley (d) Dome HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 Ans. (a) : Clay has the highest porosity because clay
Ans. (d) : In any two cross sections drawn mutually at has a greater surface area than sand, therefore more
right angles to each other in a dome, a fold of anticlinal water can remain in the soil. However : clay has bad
character will be seen to emerge. As such a dome may permeability.
be considered as a compound anticline. 102. The most extensive modern continental
96. Which of the following are barchans? mountain chain is
(a) Deflation basins (a) Zagros (b) Alps
(b) Oases (c) Himalayas (d) Andes
(c) Crescent shaped dunes HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
(d) Sandstorms
Ans. (d) : The most extensive modern continental
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 mountain chain is Andes. Andes mountains with a
Ans. (c) : Crescent-shaped mounds generally are wider stretch of 4500 miles located in South-America are
than long. The slip face is on the dune's concave side. known as longest continental mountain ranges in the
These dunes form under winds that blow from one world.
direction and they also are known as brachans or
transverse dunes. 103. Exfoliation is a form of
(a) Physical weathering
97. Which of the following geologic periods is the
oldest? (b) Chemical weathering
(a) Devonian (b) Silurian (c) Biochemical weathering
(c) Permian (d) Jurassic (d) Mass wasting
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Ans. (b) : The Silurian Era is the oldest Era and dates Ans. (a) : Exfoliation is a mechanical weathering
from 540 Million to 248 Million years ago. Silurian Era process in which pressure in a rock is released
is a part of Paleozoic Era. (unloading) along parallel alignments (sheel-joints) near
During Silurian Era multi-celled living things acquired the surface of the bedrock and layers or slabs of the
hard body parts, bones, vertebral columns, mandibles, rock along these alignments breakoff from the bedrock
and teeth. Common in the Paleozoic Era were trilobites, and move downhill be gravity.
crinoids, brachiopods, fish, insects, amphibians, and 104. The solidified lava of a volcano belongs to
early reptiles. which rock family?
98. During which period, in the earth’s history, did (a) Igneous (b) Metamorphic
most dinosaurs extinct? (c) Sedimentary (d) None of these
(a) Carboniferous (b) Cretaceous HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
(c) Quaternary (d) Triassic
Ans. (a) : The solidified lava of a volcano belongs to
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Igneous rock family.
Ans. (b) : Geological evidence indicates that dinosaurs
105. Which of the following energy sources does not
became extinct at the boundary between the cretaceous
and paleogene eras about 66 million year ago. originally come from the Sun?
(a) Wind
99. Which is closest the total surface area of the
@

earth in square kilometers? (b) Ocean thermal energy conversion

(a) 5 billion (b) 500 million (c) Geothermal
ap

(c) 500 billion (d) 500000 (d) Hydroelectric

HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
na

Mining Geology 114 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): Geothermal energy is energy created by the 111. Depending on the purpose of storage,
heat of earth and is not a part of sun in anyways. All the reservoirs are classified into how many types?
energy produced by geothermal sources comes from the (a) 1 (b) 2
earth. It is derived from heat and moisture below the (c) 3 (d) 4
surface which provides reliable temperature and
pressure energy production. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
106. The most common type of flood plains are Ans. (c) : Depending on the purpose of storage,
(a) Flat flood plains reservoirs are classified into three main categories as
(b) Simple flood plains storage and conservation reservoirs, flood control
(c) Compound flood plains reservoirs, distribution reservoirs.
(d) Complex flood plains 112. The type of valley most common on Earth is
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (a) Rain valleys (b) Erosional valleys
Ans. (d) : The most common type of flood plains are (c) Wind valleys (d) Tectonic valleys
complex flood plains. Complex flood plains are the HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
most common type and are associated with many major Ans. (b) : There are three common types of valleys
rivers of the world.
which include V-shaped valleys, U-shaped valleys and
107. The most abundant element in the Earth’s flat-flooded valleys.
continental crust is
• The erosional valleys are the most common types of
(a) Silicon (b) Aluminum
valley on the earth. Erosional valleys may be the result
(c) Oxygen (d) Iron
of the stream erosion and glacial erosion. They are
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
accordingly named as river valley and glacial valley.
Ans. (c) : Oxygen is by far the most abundant element
in the earth's crust, making up 46% of mass-coming up 113. What is the outline of volcanic basins
just short of half of the total. commonly?
• The vibrational spectrum of iron, the most abundant (a) Rectangular (b) Circular
element in earth's core is 171 giga pascals. (c) Ellipse (d) Tube like
108. The most abundant sedimentary rock found in HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
the Earth’s crust is Ans. (b) : Craters of extinct volcanoes are excellent
(a) Shale (b) Sandstone depressions to serve as lake basins. volcano created
(c) Limestone (d) None of these basins are commonly circular in outline.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
114. The porosity range of limestone is
Ans. (a) : Shale is the most abundant sedimentary rock (a) 1 to 20% (b) 20 to 40%
found in the earth's crust.
(c) 40 to 60% (d) 60 to 80%
Shale is a fine-grained, clastic sedimentary rock formed
from mud that is a mix of flakes of clay minerals and HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
tiny fragments (Silt-sized particles) of other minerals, Ans. (a) : The porosity of limestones varies from 1 to
especially quartz and calcite. 20%. Hydraulic conductivity is highly karsted
Shale is characterized by its tendency to split into thin limestones may be as high as 100 m/day or even more
layers (laminae) less than one centimeter in thickness. to be classed among the extremely permeable rocks.
This property is called fissility.
115. Storage capacity of a reservoir depends on
109. Bleaching clays are
(a) Porosity of rocks
(a) Fire clays (b) Bentonites
(b) Inter-connections
(c) China clays (d) Fuller’s earth
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (c) Quality of solidity of rocks
(d) Porosity and inter-connections
Ans. (d) : Raw materials used in formulating bleaching
clay include fuller's earth, bentonite, attapulgite clay, HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid and hydrated sodium Ans. (d) : Storage capacity of a reservoir depends on
calcium aluminosilicates. porosity and inter-connections.
110. The P- wave velocities are highest in 116. The best grade chromite in India occurs in
(a) Air (b) Water which state?
(c) Sand (d) Granite (a) Karnataka (b) Rajasthan
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (c) Odisha (d) Kerala
Ans. (d) : Generally, P-wave velocity increases with HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
@

depth and rigidity of a material. Therefore P-waves Ans. (c) : The best grade chromite in India occurs in
travel fastest through the solid iron inner core of earth, Odisha. More than 96% resources of chromite are
ap

so in given option the P-wave velocities are highest in located in Odisha, mostly in Jajpur, Kendujhar and
granite. Dhenkanal districts.
na

Mining Geology 115 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
117. Hardness of mineral depends upon Ans. (c) : Mylonite is also called as micro-breccia and
(a) Physical makeup is similar to fault breccia but contains very fine-grained
(b) Chemical composition broken particles from the involved rocks that get
(c) Atomic constitution thoroughly cemented and compacted.
(d) Both (B) and (C) 123. Which is called ‘Mushroom rocks’?
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (a) Pedestal rocks (b) Yardangs
(c) Ventifacts (d) Desert pavements
Ans. (d) : The ability to resist being scratched or
hardness is one of the most useful properties for HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
identifying minerals. Hardness is determined by ability Ans. (a) : A Mushroom rock, rock pedestal, or gaur is a
of one mineral to scratch another. typical Mushroom-shaped landform that is formed by
the action of wind erosion. At an average height of two
• Hardness of a mineral depends upon physical make to three feet from the base, the material-carrying
up and chemical composition. The strength of capacity of the wind is the at its maximum, so abrasion
minerals chemicals bonds is most strongly influences is also maximized.
a minerals hardness.
124. Who is called the Father of Geology?
118. Mica is of which origin? (a) John Butler (b) Art Smith
(a) Igneous (b) Sedimentary (c) James Hutton (d) Alfred Wegener
(c) Metamorphic (d) Erosional HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 Ans. (c) : The father of Geology is James Hutton. He
Ans. (a) : Most of sheet mica was produced in India formulated geological principles on the basis of his
(3500ft) and Russia (1500 ft). Flake mica comes from observations of rocks.
several sources, the metamorphic rock called schist as a 125. What does acid rain contain which destroys
byproduct of processing feldspar and kaolin resources, plants?
from placer deposit and from Pegmatites. (a) Mitrate (b) Ozone
• The mica mineral is of an igneous origin and (c) Carbon Monoxide (d) Sulphuric acid
commonly occurs in pegmatites in the form of thick HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
sheets and masses. Ans. (d) : Acid rain contains sulphuric acid which
119. Which the absolute reverse of porphyritic destroys the plants.
texture? Acid rain leaches aluminum from the soil. That
(a) Ophitic (b) Felsitic aluminum may be harmful to plants as well as animals.
(c) Granitic (d) Poiklitic Acid rain also removes minerals and nutrients from the
soil that trees need to grow.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
126. Which is a Tropical Ocean Current?
Ans. (d) : A Porphyritic texture displays minerals in
(a) Canary (b) Labrador
two distinct size populations. Poikilitic texture is
characterized with the presence of fine-grained crystals (c) Gulf stream (d) None of these
within the body of large sized crystals. In other words, it HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
is just the reverse of the porphyritic textures. Ans. (c) : Gulf stream is a Tropical Ocean Current. The
Gulf stream is a strong ocean current that brings warm
120. At what angle do the fractures appear to the water from the Gulf of Mexico into the Atlantic Ocean.
lines of tensile stresses? It extends all the way up the eastern coast of the United
(a) 45º (b) 60º States and Canada.
(c) 90º (d) 180º 127. Binwa is a tributary of which river of H.P.?
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (a) Beas (b) Yamuna
Ans. (c) : When the strength of the rock is overcome by (c) Satluj (d) Chenab
the tensile forces, then fractures appear at right angles to HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
lines of tensile forces. Ans. (a) : Binwa is a tributary of the Beas and name
121. The joints developed due to tensile forces are Binwa or Binoa was first used by Moorcraft and
(a) Tensile joints (b) Compressive joints Cunnigham and we have accepted it though it does not
(c) Shear joints (d) None of these agree with the local pronunciation, which is Binnum.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 128. Nako lake is located in which district of H.P.?
Ans. (a) : Tension joints are those which have (a) Sirmour (b) Solan
developed due to the tensile forces acting on the rocks. (c) Shimla (d) None of these
The most common location of such joints in the folded HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
sequence is on the outer margins of crests and troughs. Ans. (d) : Nako Lake is a high altitude lake in the Pooh
@

122. What is also called as Micro breccia? sub-division of the Kinnaur district of the state of
(a) Shale (b) Kaolynite Himachal Pradesh in India.
ap

(c) Mylonite (d) Gouge It form part of the boundary of Nako village, and is
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 named after it. It is about 3,662 meters above sea level.
na

Mining Geology 116 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
129. Kiar- da- doon valley is a part of which district Ans. (a): Folds are the structural features resulting from
of H.P. ? ductile deformation of earth crust.
(a) Chamba (b) Sirmour This type of deformation is considered plastic since the
(c) Kinnaur (d) Kullu rocks is not broken but instead it is deformed and best
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 into a new permanent shape.
Ans. (b) : Kiar-da-doon lies in Sirmaur district between Fold can be characterized by their angle, scale,
the Eastern edge of Markanda and the Dharti ranges. It symmetry, attitude of hinge line and attitude of axial
slopes towards South-Eastern corner of the state. River plane.
Yamuna separates it from Dehradun. A Sikh Gurudwara There are six types of fold :-
at Paonta Sahib and a Ram Mandir are the two famous (i) Anticline
religious place in this valley.
(ii) Syncline
130. How thick is the crust of the Earth? (iii) Kink
(a) About 4 miles (b) About 4 km
(iv) Dome
(c) About 40 km (d) About 400 km
(v) Basin
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
(vi) Chevron.
Ans. (c) : The Crust is made of relatively light
elements, especially silica, aluminum and oxygen. It is 135. The direction of the longwall face is influenced
also highly variable in its thickness. Under the oceans it by :
may be as little as 5 kilometers thick. Beneath the (a) availability of the spare parts of the power
continents, the crust may be 40 to 70 kilometers thick. supports
131. The longest lake of India is (b) shape and size of development roadways
(a) Pulicat (b) Pangong (c) electrical distribution system for the faces
(c) Kolleru (d) Vembanad (d) physico-mechanical properties of roof rocks,
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 dip of the seam and direction of cleats etc.
Ans. (d) : The longest lake of India is Vembanad lake APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
in Kerala. It is also counted as one of the largest lakes in Ans. (d) : Face slough age represents a health and
India. safety hazard to longwall miners.
132. Which river forms estuary? • The safety hazard is caused by unstable face
(a) Narmada (b) Kaveri conditions where large slobs of coal are dislodged and
(c) Krishna (d) Mahanadi fall from the coal face with little or no warning.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 • while sloughage often occurs in the vicintly of the
Ans. (a) : An estuary is a place where river or stream shearing machine, it can happen anywhere along the
opens into sea (mouth of the river) face and put everyone in the face area at risk to injury.
• The Narmada, Periyar and Tapti are the only river • The health hazard is related to the increased dust
which flows west and make estuaries. Only west generated from the sloughage of coal or roof debris.
flowing rivers of India forms estuary. • Containing the dust is difficult since the sloughage
133. When the strike of the fault is parallel to strike can occur away from the extraction operation and
of the rock beds, the faults are called: beyond the confines of the dust suppression technology
(a) Strike slip fault (b) Dip slip fault incorporated on the shearing machine.
(c) Strike fault (d) Diagonal fault 136. Which of the following opencast terminology in
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II INCORRECTLY defined?
Ans. (c) : The fault is parallel to strike of the rock beds, (a) Berm: horizontal ledges situated on the non-
the faults are called strike fault. Productive side of a open pit and serving to
Strike-fault, also called transcurrent fault wrench fault accommodate the transportation roads or to
of lateral fault, in geology a fracture in the rock masses protect the operating equipment from falling
slip past one another parallel to the strike, the lumps of ground
intersection of a rock surface with the surface or another (b) Ultimate pit slope angle : the angle which a
horizontal plane. plane joining the crest of the quarry with the
134. Folds are the structural features resulting form toe of the bottommost bench makes from the
(a) Ductile deformation of earth crust. horizontal
@

(b) Brittle deformation of earth crust. (c) Bench slope angle; the angle of the slope of
(c) High impact tectonic stresses of earth crust. the bench wall from the vertical
ap

(d) Fracturing of earth crust. (d) Box cut : in–going entrance or opening trench
Gate Mining Engineering-2021 APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
na

Mining Geology 117 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): Option (c) is incorrectly defined for open cast 139. When deposition of sediments is interrupted
terminology. for a long period and there in no erosion, tilting
Important Terms of mining. or folding. then the subsequently formed beds
• Berm : It is a horizontal shelf or ledge built into a are deposited parallel to the existing beds, Such
slopping wall of an open pit or quarry for protection a feature is known as:
under level. (a) Paraconformity
• Ultimate pit slope angle:- It is the angle from the (b) Non-conformity
horizontal which the wall of a open pit stands as (c) Diastem
measured from crest to toe. (d) Heterolithic unconformity
• Box cut :- A horizontal opening driven across the APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
course of a vein structure. Ans. (a) : The deposition of sediments is interrupted for
137. Which of the following parameters does NOT a long period and there is no erosion, tilting or folding,
affect the magnitude of subsidence? then the subsequently formed beds are deposited
(a) Method of working parallel to the existing beds, such a feature is knows as
(b) Thickness of seam paraconformity.
(c) Material transportation system Paraconformity- A paraconformity is a type of
unconformity in which the sedimentary layers above
(d) Depth of working
and below the unconformity are parallel, but there is an
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 obvious erosional break between them.
Ans. (c) : Many geological and mining parameters A break in sedimentation is indicated, for example, by
affect the magnitude and extent of subsidence. fossil evidence. It is also called non-depositional
• Method of working → unconformity or pseudo conformity.
• The amount of subsidence is largely controlled by the 140. In fluvial processes, ____ are used to represent
degree of caving induced by the mining method, the former valley floors formed during periods
together with the amount of support offered by any when valley deepening had stopped and lateral
backfilling. erosion dominated.
• Thickness of seams → (a) cyclic terraces (b) paleo-valleys
• The thickness of the seams extracted, the larger the (c) lateral valles (d) alluvial terraces
amount of possible surface subsidence. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
• Note that the actual extracted thickness, not the in-situ Ans. (a) : In fluvial processes cyclic terraces are used to
thickness that must be considered. represent former valley floors formed during periods
• Depth of working → when vally deepening had stopped and lateral erosion
• The magnitude and time to onset of subsidence are dominated.
dependent on depth. 141. The ____ are the outbursts of meltwater stored
• Material transportation system parameters does not beneath a glacier of ice sheet as a subglacial
affect the magnitude subsidence. lake.
138. When beds are inclined, the outcrops will be (a) sandar (b) glacial aquifer
_____ when the dip is low. As the dip increases, (c) jokulhlaups (d) kettle lake
the width of the outcrops_____. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
(a) broad, decreases Ans. (c) : The jokulhlaups are the outbursts of
(b) narrow, increases meltwater stored beneath a glacier or ice sheet as a
(c) weathered, decreases subglacial lake.
(d) fresh, increases Jokulhlaups-Jokulhlaups (an Icelandic word
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 pronounced yo-kool-lahp) are glacial outburst floods.
Ans. (a) : When beds are inclined the outcrops will be They occur when a lake fed by glacial Meltwater
broad when the dip is low. As the dip increases the breaches its dam and drains catastrophically. These
width of the outcrops decreases. lakes can take a number of forms: Ice dammed lakes
Broad- Geologic outcrops are visible exposures of that are held in by the glacier ice itself, moraine rock, or
bedrocks on the earth's surface. These exposures help in sediment dammed lakes.
understanding the rock and the processes that may have 142. Dolines are the characteristic of the:
acted upon it, which produces geologic structures that (a) karst landscapes
@

may be visible on the outcrop. This chapter presents (b) deserts

finds from some recently exposed section through large-
(c) jointed sandstones
ap

sacle and artisanal quarring activities on the structurally

distorted E-W and NE-SW parallel trending sandstone (d) lateritic landscapes
ridges. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
na

Mining Geology 118 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Dolines are the characteristic of the karst 146. The Dharwar system contains the principal
landscapes. ore-deposits of:
Dolines are the most common landform in karst (a) aluminium, chromium, magnesium
areas. They are described as small to medium sized (b) gold, manganese, iron, copper, tungsten, lead
closed depressions, ranging from metres to tens of (c) gold, aluminium, lead
metres in both diameter and depth. (d) chromium, tungsten, platinum
Karst landscapes- Karst is a type of landscape where APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
the dissolving of the bedrock has created sinkholes, Ans. (b) : The Dharwar system contains the principal
Sinking steams, caves, spring and other characteristic ore-deposits of gold, manganese, iron, copper, tungsten,
features. Karst is associated with soluble rock types lead.
such as limestone marble and gypsum. Dharwar rock system is special because it is the first
143. The _____ originate below the earth's surface, metamorphin sedimentary rock in India. They are
works suddenly and topographic irregularities. named Dharwar system because they were first studied
(a) endogenous geological agents in Dharwar region of Karnatak a But they are also found
(b) exogenous geological agents in Aravallis, Tamil Nadu, Chotanagpur Plateau,
Meghalaya, Delhi and Himalayas region.
(c) intrusion
(d) metamorphism 147. Bagh Beds belong to the:
(a) tertiary age (b) dharwar age
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
(c) precambrian age (d) cretaceous age
Ans. (a) : The endogenous geological agents originate
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
below the earth's surface. work suddenly and create
topographic irregularities. Ans. (d) : Bagh beds belong to the cretaceous age The
Bagh Beds have been found to consist of three
Endogenous- Endogenous refers to all the processes
formations: Nimar sandstone, Nodular Limestone and
that are produced in the interior of the Earth (and other
corallian limestone is ascending order. Main emphasis
planets). It is commonly referred to the process that take has been given to Nodular Limestone formation
place in the mantle or the core of the planets but that (Turonian), which is the most fossilliferous horizon of
can have subsequent effects on the surface of the planet. the Bagh Beds.
144. The _____ was formerly known as the fossil- 148. The vast majority of the Vindhyan system is
wood-group made up of:
(a) lrrawaddy system in Burma (a) marble, shales and limestones
(b) Upper Gondwana (b) quartzite, shales and limestones
(c) Tertiary Deposits of Neyveli (c) sandstones, shales and limestones
(d) Cretaceous of Tamilnadu (d) sandstones, shales and basalt
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Ans. (a) : The irrawaddy system in Burma was formerly Ans. (c) : The vast majority of the Vindhyan system is
known as the fossil-wood-group. made up of sandstones, shales and limestones.
Irrawaddy River- Irrawaddy river. Principal river of Vindhyan System- This system derives its name from
Myanmar (Formerly Burma), running through the the great vindhyan mountains, the system comprises of
centre of the country. Myanmar's most important ancient sedimentary rocks (4000m thick) superimposed
commercial waterway, it is about 1,350 mils (2170 km) on the Archaean base, mostly untossilliferous, large
long. Its name is believed to derive from the Sanskrit area of this belt is covered by the Deccan trap.
term airavati meaning ''elephant river" The river flows 149. Which of the following is in the correct order of
wholly within the territory of Myanmar. Its total the major-to-minor hierarchy in the geologic
drainage area is about 158,700 sauare miles (411, 00) time scale?
square km. Its valley forms the historical, cultural, and (a) Group > System > Stage > Series > Zone
economic heartland of Myanmar. (b) Group > System > Series > Stage > Zone
145. The –––– are popular for two _____ horizons: (c) Series > Stage > System > Group > Zone
the one between Kaimur and Rewah series and (d) Group > Stage > Series > System > Zone
the other between Rewah and Bhander series. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
(a) Dharwar; Gold-bearing Ans. (b) : The correct order of the major-to-minor
(b) Lower vindhyas; Gold-bearing hierarchy in the geologic time scale is :-
(c) Aravalli System; base metal- bearing Group > System > Series > Stage . Zone.
(d) Upper Vindhyas; diamound-bearing 150. The Upper Vindhyan fromation consists of –––
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 – well-marked divisions. These divisions are:
@

Ans. (d) : The upper vindhyas are popular for two (a) Four; Kaimur Series, Gwalior Series, Rewah
diamond-bearing horizons; the one between kaimur and Series and Bhander Series
ap

Rewah series and the other between Rewah and (b) Three; Kaimur Series, Gwalior Series and
Bhander series. Bhander Series
na

Mining Geology 119 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(c) Three; Kaimur Series, Rewah Series and • Carbonization produces substances that can prove
Bhander Series harmful and simple precautions should be taken to
(d) Four; Kaimur Series, Gwalior Series, Krol reduce risks.
series and Bhander Series • The gas produces by carbonization has a high content
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 of carbon monoxide which is poisonous when breathed.
Ans. (c) : The upper vindhyan formation consists of Uses of carbonization-
three well-marked division. These divisions are kaimur • It is used for the generation of charcoal form biomass.
series, Rewah series series and bhander series. • it is used to produce biodiesel form ethanol and fatty
• The Kaimur Range has an elevation of 1480 feet. acids.
• It covers the Huzur, Sirmaur and mauganj tahsils 154. Which of the following options represents the
• Alluvial plains known as uprihar are located to the types of fossilisation?
north (a) cast, mold, pugmark; silicification
• Ken walley separates the Rewa and Satna Plateaus. (b) cast, mold, permineralisation; diagenesis
• The Panna plateau, Bhander plateas, Bhander plateau, (c) cast; mold, permineralisation; replacement
Rothas plateau and Rewa plateau lie to the west and east (d) cast; mold,calcination; replacement
of the kaimur Range respectively. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
151. The extinction of Globoguadrina dehiscens, a Ans. (c) : The process of a once living organism be-
foraminifera, is a reliable marker for the: coming a fossil is called fossilization. Fossilization is a
(a) top of the pliocene (b) top of the miocene very rare process and of all the organisms that have
(c) mid miocene (d) early pliocene lived on Earth, only a tiny percentage of them ever be-
come fossils. To see why, imagine an ante-lope that dies
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
on the African plain.
Ans. (b) : The extinction of Globoquadrina dehiscens, a
• Fossils can form under ideal conditions by
foraminifera is a reliable marker for the top of the
preservation per mineralization, molding (casting)
Miocene.
replacement, or compression.
152. In which stage/stages of the Gondwana Molds and Casts- In some cases, the original bone or
formation do we encounter the bones and other shell dissolves away, leaving behind an empty space in
remains of a Labyrinthodont the shape of the shell or bone. This depression is called
(Gondwanosaurus)? a mold. Leter the space may be filled with other
(a) Motur (b) Barakar sediments to form a matching cast in the shape of the
(c) Bijori (d) Barakar and Motur original organism.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 Permineralization- The most common method of
Ans. (c) : The bones and remains of a labyrinthodont fossilization is permineralization. After a bone, wood
(Gondwanosaurus) are typically encountered in the fragment, or shall is buried in sediment, it may be
bijori stage of the Gondwana formation. exposed to mineral-rich water that move through the
153. In some plants and in animals with chitinous sediment.
skeletons, the organism undergoes • Replacement- In some cases, the original shell or
decomposition and loses oxygen and nitrogen, bone dissolves away and is replaced by a different
whereas and the relative percentage of carbon mineral. For example, shells that were originally calcite
increases. This condition of fossil occurrence is may be replaced by dolomite, quartz or pyrite.
called: 155. In Brachiopods, two valves are unequal, and
(a) Chitin replacement each valve is produced into a beak like feature
(b) Carbonization called:
(c) De-oxygenation (a) lobe (b) apex
(d) Petrifaction (c) pedicle (d) umbo
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Ans. (b) : In same plants and in animals with chitinous Ans. (d) : In Brachiopods, two valves are unequal, and
skeletons, the organism undergoes decomposition and each value is produced into a beak like feature called
loses oxygen and nitrogen, whereas and the relative umbo.
percentage or carbon increases. This condition of fossil • Brachiopods- Brachiopods are a phylum of
occurrence is called carbonization. trachozoan animals that have hard ''valves" (shells) on
Carbonization- the upper and lower surfaces, unlike the left and right
• It is a process in which an organic compound is arrangement in bivalve molluscs.
@

converted into carbon or carbon-containing residue by 156. ––– are current-produced, small dendrite,
the thermal decomposition method. branching channels commonly found in the
ap

• It usually work in an anaerobic situation or in the swash zone on beaches, sand bars and
presence of a lesser amount of oxygen. sandflats.
na

Mining Geology 120 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Spray pits (b) Swash marks • Lenticular Bedding- It is a sedimentary bedding
(c) Ripple marks (d) Rill marks pattern displaying alternating layers of mud and sand.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 • Wavy bedding- Wavy bedding occurs when mud is
Ans. (d) : Rill marks are current-produced, small deposited over the whole area of a bed of ripples and
dendritic, brancting channels commonly found in the cross stratified sand.
swash zone on beaches, sound bars and sandflats. 160. Proterozoic anorthosites are generally referred
to as the –––– type.
157. Lime mudstones with small cavities filled with
calcite are sometimes known as: (a) layer (b) massif
(a) fenestral cavities (b) bird's eye limestone (c) pluton (d) intrusive
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
(c) calcrete (d) kankar
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 Ans. (b) : Properozoic anorthosites are generally
referred to as the massif type.
Ans. (b) : Lime mudstones with small cavities field Massif- Massif is a section of a planet's crust that is
with calcite are known as bird's eye limestone. demarcated by faults or flexures. In the movement of
• Previously sediment these rocks were formed by algae the crust, a massif tends to retain its internal structure
that grew around snail shells, twigs, or other debris and while being displaced as a whole. The term also refers
eroded into ball structures with bird's eye refers to this to a group of mountains formed by such a structure.
limestone as ''birds eye". 161. Which of the following minerals is regarded as
Fenestral Cavities- Fenestral irregular cavities found the pathfinder' in search of gold deposits?
in muddy intertidal to supratidal carbonate sediments. (a) Pyrrhotite (b) Pyrite
They take a number of form: bird's eye fenestral (c) Chalcopyrite (d) Arsenopyrite
(irregular, 'birds eye- shaped cavities, formed by gas HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
entrapment in the sediment).
Ans. : (d) For the pathfinding minerals, minerals,
Calcrete- Calcrete, also called hardpan, calcium rich mineralogical purpose are minerals important.
duricrust, a hardened layer in or on a soil.
• These minerals act an aid in the original ore body
Kankar- Kankar or kunkur is a sedimentological term discovery.
derived from Hindi, occasionally applied in India and
• The most common mineral at most Au mining sites is
the United States to detrital or residual rolled often pyrite that can also be found in oil shale and coal.
nodular calcium carbonate formed in soil of semi-arid
• Other common minerals at Au mining sites are
regions.
arsenopyrite, different forms of silicate minerals and
158. Which of the following is an iron-bearing magnetic.
silicate mineral found in sediments? • Both mineralogical and geochemical information are
(a) Glauconite (b) Marcasite indispensable to provide an initial valuation of the
(c) Goethite (d) Ankerite potential ore zone of an exploration area.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 162. An uplifted wedge shaped geological feature
Ans. (a) : The iron-bearing silicate mineral found is bounded on both the sides by normal faults can
sediments glauconite be described as …….?
Glaucanite- Glauconite is an iron potassium (a) Thrust (b) Carbon
phyllosillicte mineral of characteristic green colour (c) Horst (d) Block mountain
which is very friable and has very low weathering HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
resistance. It crystallizes with a monoclinic geometry. Ans. (c) : A horst is a block between two normal faults
• Marcasite- Marcasite, an iron sulfide mineral that that dip away from each other, in opposite directions.
forms pale bronze-yellow orthorhombic crystals, The rocks in a horst stand higher than the rock on either
usually twinned to characteristic cookscomb or sides.
sheaflike shapes. • A carbon is fault generally elongate, that has been
• Geothite- Goethite is a mineral of the diaspore group, lowered relative to the blocks on either side without
consisting of iron (iii) oxide-hydroxide, specifically the major disturbance or pronounced tilting.
"α" polymorph. • Thrust fault occur when one section of land slip over
159. The sedimentary structure characterised by another at a low angle when the land in compressed.
isolated thin drapes of mud amongst the cross Thrust do not usually show on the surface of the earth.
laminae of sand is known as: • Block mountains may be formed when the middle
(a) lenticular bedding (b) flaser bedding block between two normal faults moves downward.
(c) wavy bedding (d) bed-set 163. Skarn is usually produced during……..
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 (a) Contact metamorphism
@

Ans. (b) : Flaser bedding is characterized by isolated (b) Quenching of basic lava
thin drapes of mud amongst a cross-laminated sandy (c) Burial metamorphism
ap

unit. In contrast, lenticular bedding is mud-dominated (d) Deposition of sulphur around volcanic vent
deposit. HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
na

Mining Geology 121 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Skarn deposits are developed due to Ans. (d): Mid-Oceanic Ridges, represents the site for
replacement, alteration, and contact metasomatism of juvenile crust formation.
the surrounding country rocks by ore-bearing • Where tectonic plates are tearing apart from each
hydrothermal solution adjacent to a mofic, ultramafic, other.
telic, or granitic intrusive body. • As magma that wells up from these rifts in earth’s
• Skarn can form is almost any litholagy type such as surface cools.
shale granite and basalt but the majority of skarns are • It become’s young oceanic crust.
found in lithology containing a limestone or a oldomite.
• Formation and refinement of juvenile re crust, like
• It is common to find skarns near plutons, along faults that of tzu –Bonin –Mariana.
and major shear zones, in shallow geothermal systems
•Juvenile continental crust formation ages and crustal
and on the bottom of the sea floor.
reworking ages through Earth’s history.
164. A granitic pluton was empaced during • These rocks are characterized by the enrichment of
Precambrian and later underwent low grade light rare earth elements, Nb-Ta negative anomalies,
metamorphism. Which of the following and high HFSE, suggesting a subduction related origin.
geochronologic age dating methods is suitable
for determining the crystallization age of the 167. Which of the following is an example of
granite? : collision between oceanic and continental
plates?
(a) Rb-Sr method (b) Sm-Nd method
(a) Himalayas (b) Circum Pacific Belt
(c) U-Pb method (d) Ar-Ar method
(c) East African rift zone (d) Red Sea
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
Ans. (c) : Uranium comes in two common isotopes with
atomic weight of 235 and 238. Ans. (b) : The circum –Pacific belt is also known as the
Ring of fire is a path along the circum pacific ocean
• When a mineral grain forms it effectively sets the
characterized by volcanoes and frequent earthquakes.
uranium lead “clock” below to zero. Lead atoms created
by uranium decay are trapped in the crystal and build up • The ring of fire is largely a result of plate tectonic.
in concentration with time. Where the massive pacific plate interacts with less-
dense plates surrounding it.
• If nothing disturbs the grain to release any of this
radiogenic lead, dating it is straight forward in concept. • This fixed point from our Map maker interactive map
displays sites of major earthquakes, providing a
• In a 704-million-year-old rock. 235U is as its half-life
beautiful illustration of the horseshoe-shaped ring of
and there will be an equal number of 235 U and 207 Pb
fire.
atoms.
168. What is the generally accepted age of the
165. Which of the following represents the age of
Earth?
oldest dated zircon from the surface of the
(a) About 45400000 years
Earth ?
(b) About 454000000 years
(a) 4.4 Billion years (b) 3.8 Billion years
(c) About 4540000000 years
(c) 3.3 Billion years (d) 2.9 Billion years
(d) About 45400000000 years
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
Ans. (a) : Scientists say they have dated an ancient
Ans. (c) : Earth is estimated to be 4.54 billion
crystal called a zircon to about 4.4 billion years, making
(4540000000) years old, plus or minus about 50 million
it the earliest confirmed piece of the surface of the years.
Earth.
• This age has been obtained from the isotopic analysis
• The oldest of the zircons in the study, which came of many meteorites as well as of soil and rock samples
from the jack Hills of western Australia. from the moon by such dating methods as rubidium-
• It is formed from a sedimentary rock. strontium and uranium-lead.
• Earth oldest known rock is composed of the mineral • Planet Earth doesn’t have a birth certificate to record
amphibole, which contains abundant garnet, seen at its formation, which means scientists spent hundreds of
large round “spot” in the rock. years struggling to determine the age of the planet.
• This age is interpreted to be the age of crystallization. 169. Which of the following statements is not true
166. Which of the following represents the site for for the earth's crust?
juvenile crust formation? (a) Its average thickness is 30-35 km
(a) Subduction zone (b) It has two compositional layers
@

(b) Transform fault zone (c) Its average density is basaltic

(d) It is thicker in continental regions as
ap

(c) Continent-continent collision zone

(d) Mid Oceanic Ridges compared to oceans
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
na

Mining Geology 122 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): All given statements is true except option (c) 172. Most tropical cyclones originate
is about fourth crust. (a) Between 0° and 5° north and south of the
• The outermost layer of the earth is called Earth crust. equator
It is about 30-35 km average thickness and can be (b) In the centers of sub-tropical highs
through of as the skin of the earth. (c) Between 10° and 20° north and south of
• Core, mantle and crust are divisions based on equator
composition. The crust makes up less than 1% of Earth (d) To the west of westerly winds
by mass, consisting of oceanic crust and continental GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
crust. Ans. (c) : When a tropical cyclones move over land this
• The thickness of the crust under the oceanic and energy is severely depleted and the circulation of the
continental areas are different. Oceanic crust is thinner wind is consequently weakened. They originate in two
(about 5 kms), as compared to the continental crust. distinct latitude between 10º and 20º north and south of
170. Name the most abundant element in the earth's equator.
crust ? 173. Which one of the following will have the lowest
(a) Aluminium (b) Carbon value at the center of Earth?
(c) Silicon (d) Oxygen (a) Temperature (b) Density
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 (c) Pressure (d) Gravity
Ans. (d) : One the earth, most abundant element on the GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
earth crust is Oxygen (47%). Ans. (d) : The centre of the Earth is such that if we are
• Silicon is second abundant element on the Earth crust at that place, the mass around us can be considered to be
(28%). condensed at the surface of the Earth itself considering
Earth crust elements percentage :- Earth as a spherical shell.
• Oxygen – 46.1% ∼ 47% Hence the acceleration due to gravity is zero at the
• Silicon – 28.2% ∼ 28% centre of the Earth.
• Aluminium – 8.23% 174. Deeply confined aquifers can be recharged by
• Hydrogen -0.140% means of
(a) Pits and shafts
• Carbon – 0.025%
(b) Percolation of surface water
• Iron (Fe) – 5.0%
(c) Inverted wells
• Calcium (Ca) – 3.6% (d) Water spreading
• Sodium (Na) – 2.8% GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
• Potassium (K) – 2.6% Ans. (c) : Confined aquifers can be recharged with
• Magnesium (Mg) – 2.1% walls that penetrate the aquifer well recharge is also
• The earth crust comprises about 95% igneous and used for unconfined aquifers if suitable land for
metamorphic rocks, 40% shale, 0.75% sandstone and infiltration systems is not available. Artificial recharge
0.25% limestone. can be done using any surplus surface water.
171. Which of the following statements is true for 175. An impermeable formation that neither
the mantle? contains nor transmits water is called
(a) It is homogenous in composition (a) Aquifer (b) Aquitard
(b) It is the most voluminous layer of the Earth (c) Aquiclude (d) Aquifuge
(c) Its average density is 2.9 g/cm3 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(d) Its average composition is andesitic Ans. (d) : Aquifuge:- An aquifuge is an impermeable
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 geological formation which is neither porous nor
Ans. (b) : The entire outer mantle is perceived to be a permeable which means it cannot store water in it and at
homogenous depleted olivine-rich lithology the same time it cannot permit water through it.
approximating pyrolite in composition. Aquifer:- An aquifer is a saturated formation of the
• The overage density of the mantle is 5.6 g /cm3. earth. It not only stores the water but also yield it in
• The upper mantle also act as a “reservoir” for molten adequate quantity. Aquifer are highly permeable
rock enabling it to rise to the surface through cracks and formations and hence they are considered as main
fissures in the earth crust. source of ground water application.
• Through voluminous layer, (volcanic process) (1) Unconfined aquifer
different types of magma on the temperature, chemistry (2) Confined aquifer
and pressure of the rock. Aquitard:- An aquitard is also a saturated formation it
@

permit the water through it but does not yield water in

• Mantle is a semi-solid magma layer consisting of iron,
sufficient quantity as much as aquifer does. It is because
magnesium and silicon.
ap

of their partly permeable nature. But, however, if there

• Centrally located solid mass of metal and a liquid is an aquifer under the aquitard then the water from
mass of iron and nickel. aquitard may seep into the aquifer.
na

Mining Geology 123 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Aquiclude:- An aquiclude is a geological formation the minimum displacement pressure of the lithologic
which is impermeable to the flow of water. It contains a unit comprising the sealing surface be greater than the
large amount of water in it but it does not permit water buoyancy pressure of the hydrogen column in the
through it and also does not yield water. It is because of subjacent accumulation.
its high porosity. 180. The percentage of interconnected pore volume
176. Love waves are used for the study of the to the bulk rock volume is known as
velocity structure of the: (a) Absolute porosity
(a) Lithosphere only (b) Effective porosity
(b) Asthenosphere only (c) Fracture porosity
(c) Hydrosphere (d) Secondary porosity
(d) Lithosphere and Asthenosphere both GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (b) : Porosity is further classified as total porosity
Ans. (d) : Phase velocity of the fundamental Rayleigh and effective porosity.
and love surface wave modes are essential observables
Effective porosity is the total porosity less the fraction
for the study of the Earth's lithosphere and
asthenosphere mantle. of the pore space occupied by shale or clay. In very
clean sands, total porosity is equal to effective porosity.
177. Which one of the following controls the Effective porosity represents pore space that contains
recovery factors of the petroleum reservoirs:
hydro carbon and non-clay water.
(a) Primary drive mechanism
• Total porosity is defined as the ratio of the entire pore
(b) Reservoir permeability
space in a rock to its bulk volume.
(c) Timely implementation of suitable EOR
(d) All of the above 181. Which one of the following is the most explored
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 petroleum traps ?
Ans. (d) : Recovery factor is the overall proportion of (a) Structural closure
oil expected to be extracted from the UKCS over time (b) Fault closure
recovery factor efficiency has increased but with field (c) Sub-unconformity traps
complexity also increasing the result is that overall (d) Salt domes
recovery factor. Two important characteristics control GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
the economical viability of the reservoir porosity and Ans. (a) : Structural traps are the most prolific and
permeability. Porosity is the ratio of the volume of void
varied or all trap they account for most of the world's
space to the total volume porosity is factor that defines
the capacity of the reservoir to store fluid. hydrocarbon reserves. They rang of very large Saudi
Arabia to small major country Oklahoma. To effectively
178. The water saturation in a petroleum reservoir prospect at all scales in this size continuum we must
usually:
apply a wide variety of techniques, tools and
(a) Increases from top to bottom
approaches. Deformation, including sedimentary
(b) Decreases from top to bottom processes of compaction creates folds and faults which
(c) Increases from east to west can result in structural traps, including anticlines and
(d) Decreases from north to south fault closures.
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
182. In deep water setting petroleum is often
Ans. (a) : Water is a polar molecule while oil is a associated with
nonpolar molecule water has a higher bailing than oil
(a) Organic build ups or “Reefs”
because the attraction between water molecules are
stronger than the attractions between oil molecules. (b) Sub-marine levee channel system
Water is denser than oil because the oxygen atoms in (c) Offshore bars
water molecules are more electronegative than the (d) Marine sabkhas
carbon atoms in oil molecules. Water is also more GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
viscous than oil because the attractions between water Ans. (b) : In deep water setting petroleum is often
molecules are stronger than the attractions oil.
associated with sub-marine levee channel system as a
179. Which one of the following is the most effective single channel with a levee at each side. These levees
seal for petroleum are formed by the overspilling and flow stripping of
(a) Mudstone (b) Shale turbidity currents. These are most likely to occur during
(c) Siltstone (d) Evaporite sea level lowstands.
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
@

183. The microlithotype ‘durite’ is a:

Ans. (d) : In terms of seal capacity and resistance to (a) Monomacerite (b) Bimacerite
ap

fracturing the most effective sedimentary seals are gas

(c) Trimacerite (d) Tetramacerite
hydrates, followed evaporites, then shales. A
fundamental requirement for any effective seal is that GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
na

Mining Geology 124 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Durite is a bimacerite microlithotype, Ans. (b): In a lava flow, the largest crystals are
meaning it consists predominantly of two types of typically found in the center of the flow. This is because
angular rock fragments. These fragments are typically the outer portions cool more rapidly, promoting the
coarse and are cemented together to form the durite formation of smaller crystals, while the slower cooling
rock. The term "macerite" to the angular nature of the in the central part allows larger crystals to grow over
fragments within the rock. So, in the case of durite, it's time.
specifically categorized as bimacerite due to the 188. The Himalayan Neogene succession is
predominance of two types of fragments. represented by
184. Placer gold deposits are mostly (a) Dagshai Formation
(a) Elluvial (b) Colluvial (b) Subathu Formation
(c) Ranikot Formation
(c) Aeolian (d) Alluvial
(d) Siwalik Group and Karewa Formation
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (d) : Alluvial placer deposite are formed by
Ans. (d) : The Himalayan Neogene succession is
weathering, transportation and deposition of valuable
represented by Siwalik Group and Karewa Formation.
minerals. The large alluvial placer platinum deposite at The Siwalik succession is divided into three-broad
the Ural mountains in Russia is an example of such stratigraphic divisions that is lower, middle, upper
deposits discovered way back in 1823. In general these Siwalik subgroups although the sediments of the
deposit are less consolidated, loose, and soft materials. Siwalik in the eastern Himalaya.
185. The red shale or Arkosic facies are 189. The Chari Formation is best developed in
(a) Marine one (a) Spiti Basin (b) Jaisalmer Basin
(b) Both Marine and Non-marine (c) kachchh Basin (d) Godavari Basin
(c) Non-marine one GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(d) Metamorphic one Ans. (c) : The Chari formation is a Jurassic geologic
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 formation in Gujarat, western India. Dinosaur remains
Ans. (c) : Non-marine evaporite deposits are common are among the fossils that have been recovered from the
features of modern arid closed basin but relatively few formation. Kachchh basin is a peri-cratoric rift basin in
have been recognized in the geological record. These the Gujarat state of western India which exposes a vast
range of geological features.
evaporites are important because their depositional,
setting and they and tectonic conditions and they may 190. Mount Everest Limestone belongs to
contain economically important mineral resource. (a) Carboniferous (b) Ordovician
• The red shale or Arkosic facies are primarily (c) Silurian (d) Devonian
associated with non-marine environments. These GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
sedimentary rocks are often deposited in terrestrial or Ans. (a) :Carboniferous in geology means coal bearing.
continental setting, rather than marine environments. The carboniferous rock (350 million years) comprise
mainly limestone, shale and quartzite. Coal formation
186. Batholiths are usually associated with
started in the carboniferous age. Mount Everest is
(a) Orogenic belt composed of upper carboniferous limestone's.
(b) Earthquake zone
191. The Neotethys existed during:
(c) Island arcs (a) Paleozoic (b) Mesozoic
(d) Fold and faults (c) Cenozoic (d) Neoproterozoic
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (a) : Batholith- A batholith is a type of igneous Ans. (c) : Cenozoic (66 millions year ago until today)
rock that forms when magma rises into the earth's crust mean, recent life. During this era, plants and animals
but does not erupt onto the surface. An orogenic belt, look most like those on Earth today. Period of the
orogen, or mobile, is a zone of Earth's crust affected by Cenozoic Era are split into even smaller parts knows as
orogeny. An orogenic belt develops when a continental Epochs, is known as Cenozoic.
plate crumples and is uplifted to form one or more 192. Find odd one out
mountain ranges. (a) Lathi Formation (b) Chari Formation
187. Where would you expect to find the largest (c) Katrol Formation (d) Umia Formation
crystals in a lava flow? GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(a) Near the top surface of the flow Ans. (a) : The Lathi formation is the oldest
(b) In the center of the flow
@

lithostratigraphic unit unconformably overlying rocks of

(c) Near the bottom of the flow malani igneous suites, Birmania formation marwar
ap

(d) The crystals would have the same grain size supergroup and Bhadhura formation and overlain by
throughout the flow lower Hamira member of Jaisalmer formation of the
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 Jaisalmer basin.
na

Mining Geology 125 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
193. The base of Palaeozoic Era is marked by first Ans. (d): Taphonomy:- Taphonomy is the study of
appearance of how organisms decay and become fossilized or
(a) Corals (b) Trilobites preserved in the paleontological record. The term
(c) Pteropods (d) Cephalopods taphonomy was introduced to paleontology in 1940, by
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 Soviet Scientists Ivan Efremov to describe the study of
Ans. (b) : Trilobites, exclusively marine animals, first the transition of remains, parts or products of organisms
appeared at the beginning of the Cambrian period, about from the biosphere to the lithosphere.
542 million year ago, when they dominated the seas. Icohnology:- Ichnology, also know as trace fossils, are
Although they became less abundant in succeeding
geological records of the activist and behaviours of past
geologic periods, a few forms persisted into permian
period, which ended about 251 million years ago. life.
194. Occurrence of a larger foraminifera Fusulina 198. Which one of the following is true?
in a sedimentary formation suggests an age of (a) The pi-diagram can differentiate between
(a) Permian (b) Carboniferous antiform and synform
(c) Triassic (d) Jurassic (b) A vertical fold axis will be plotted at
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 periphery of the stereonet in pi-diagram
Ans. (a) : Occurrence of a larger foraminifera fusulina (c) An inclined bedding plane will occur as a
in a sedimentary formation suggests the permian period curve on the pi diagram
is subdivided into early, middle, late. The establishment (d) Pole of the bedding plane is plotted in case of
of time equivalence of permian strata between different pi diagram
areas has been a serious problem since in mid 19th
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
century. Permian rocks have long been economically
important sources of evaporite minerals such as halite Ans. (d) : The resulting plot of poles to planes on a
sylvite, gypsum and anhydrite, petroleum and coal. equal area projection is called pi-diagram, which is the
195. Which of the following is a characteristic of the most common method used to find the mean fold axis in
Upper Gondwana plant fossil: an area of folded rocks whereas often happens,
(a) Glossopteris (b) Pecopteris individual fold hinges are not exposed. The principal of
(c) Dicrodium (d) Ptilophyllum the pi-diagram. The plane that is perpendicular to the
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 fold axis. If the folds are not perfectly cylindrical, or if
Ans. (d) : This time period is marked by the dominance there are small errors in the measurement, the lines will
of Ptilophyllum flora characterised by the presence of not lie precisely in the profile plane but will be close to
the Ptilophyllum, Equisetales Filicales, pteridosperms it.
cycadophytes, coniferales and ginkgoales throughout 199. Which of the following statements is true?
the Gondwana. This time period, because of the (a) Pitch and plunge are always same
dominance of the ptiophyllum is called as the
ptilophyllum floral phase and forms the upper part of (b) Fold hinge lines and fold axis are always
the Gondwana. same
196. The volcanism at Iceland may be: (c) Pitch and rake are always same
(a) MOR related (d) None of the above
(b) Hot spot related GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(c) Both MOR and Hot Spot related Ans. (c) : In structural geology, rake is formally defined
(d) None of the above as the angle between a line and the strike line of the
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 plane in which it is found, measured on the plane. The
Ans. (c) : The volcanism at Iceland is primarily three dimensional orientation of a line can be described
associated with both Mid-Ocean Ridge (MOR) activity with just a plunge and trend.
and Hot Spot activity. The Mid-Atlantic Ridge, a Pitch:- Pitch in music, position of a single sound in the
divergent boundary between the North American and complete range of sound. Sounds are higher or lower in
Eurasian tectonic plates, runs through Iceland, pitch according to the frequency of vibration of the
contributing to MOR-related volcanism. Additionally, a
sound waves producing them. A high frequency is
hot sport beneath Iceland, known as the Iceland plume
or the Iceland Hot Spot, also plays a significant role in perceived as a high pitch and a low frequency as a low
the volcanic activity. Therefore, the correct answer is pitch.
Both MOR and Hot Spot related. 200. Deltaic deposits are characterized by
197. The post-mortem history of fossils is studied (a) coarsening upward sediment cycles
@

under the branch of: (b) fining upward sediment cycles

(a) Ichnology (b) Palaeoecology (c) mixed cycles
ap

(c) Biostratigraphy (d) Taphonomy (d) none of the above

GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
na

Mining Geology 126 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Deltaic deposits are characterized by Ans. (b): The velocity of primary waves is minimum at
sedimentary layers formed from the accumulation of the Ashenosphere.
river-borne sediments at the mouth of a river, creating a Asthenosphere : Asthenosphere, zone of Earth's mantle
fan-shaped landform known as a delta. These deposits lying beneath the lithosphere and believed to be much
often include fine-grained materials like silt and clay, as hotter and more fluid than the lithosphere.
well as coarser sediments such as sand and gravel. The asthenosphere extends from about 100 km (60
201. Sial' is a part of miles) to about 700 km (450 miles) below Earth's
(a) Outer core (b) Upper mantle surface. Heat from deep within earth is thought to keep
(c) Upper Crust (d) Lower mantle the asthenosphere malleable, lubricating the undersides
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 of Earth's tectonic plates and allowing than to move.
Ans. (c) : Sial refers to the composition of Earth's crust, Convection currents generated within the asthenosphere
specifically the upper part. It is an acronym derived push magma upward through volcanic vents and
from silicon (Si) and aluminum (Al), indicating the spreading centres to create new crust convection
presence of these elements in the crust. The Earth's currents also stress the lithosphere above and the
crust is divided into the continental crust and oceanic cracking that often results manifests as earthquakes.
crust, with the continental crust being predominantly According to the theory of plate tectonics. The
composed of sial. asthenosphere is the repository for older and denser
parts of the lithosphere that are dragged downward in
202. The environment between the high tide and low
subduction zones.
tide levels of the sea is known as
(a) Neritic (b) Bathyal 206. Which of the following pair elements are
(c) Abyssal (d) Littoral diadochic in the lattice structure of dolomite
(a) Fe-Mn (b) Ca-Na
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(c) Fe-Al (d) Na-K
Ans. (d) : Littoral zone (sometimes referred to as
(e) Mg-Ca
intertidal zone) marks the zone between low tide and
high tide, usually shallow lying in the marien realms or CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
marien environment. Neritic, Bathyal and Abyssal zone Ans. (e) : Dolomite is an anhydrous carbonate mineral
lie below the littoral zone. composed of calcium magnesium carbonate, ideally
203. Sinkhole, doline and dripstone are significant CaMg (CO3)2. The term is also used for a sedimentary
features of carbonate rock composed mostly of the mineral
(a) Aeolian landform (b) Karst topography dolomite. An alternative name sometimes used for the
dolomitic rock type is dolostone.
(c) Glacial landform (d) Fluvial landform
Dolomite is used as an ornamental stone a concrete
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
aggregate, and a source of magnesium oxide, as well as
Ans. (b) : Karst topography is a landscape formed from in the pidgeon process for the producing of Magnesium.
the dissolution of soluble rocks such as limestone, It is an important petroleum reservoir rock, and serves
dolomite, and gypsum. It is characterized by as the host rock for large strata-bound Mississippi
underground drainage system with sinkhole, dolines, valley- Type (MVT) are deposits of base metals such as
and caves. It has also been documents for weathering lead, zinc, and copper.
resistance rocks, such as quartzite, give the right
conditions. 207. When oceanic lithosphere descends beneath
overlying lithosphere the
204. The amount of total stone dust required in kg
(a) Within plate magmatism occurs
for a secondary/heavy type stone dust barrier
in a roadway of size 4.0 mx3.0 m is (b) Continental arc magmatism occurs
(a) 1320 (b) 4680 (c) Island arc magmatism
(c) 5200 (d) 6600 (d) Back arc magmatism occurs
Gate Mining Engineering- 2007 (e) Volcanic arc magmatism occurs
Ans. (b) : For heavy type secondary barrier, stone dust CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
required per m2 is 390 kg. Ans. (c) : Oceanic lithosphere descends beneath overlying
So, Total stone dust required in roadway of size (4.0 × lithosphere the Island arc magmatism.
3.0) = 12 × 390 kg = 4680 kg. Island arcs = Island arcs are long chains of
205. The velocity of primary waves is minimum at active volcanoes with intense seismic activity found along
the convergent tectonic plate boundaries. Most island arcs
@

(a) Inner core (b) Asthenosphere originate on oceanic crust and have resulted from the
descent of the lithosphere into the mantle along the
ap

(c) Outer core (d) Mantle

(e) Lithosphere subduction zone. They are the Principle way by which
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 continental growth is achieved.
na

Mining Geology 127 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
208. Patcham, Chari Katrol and Umai are the stages Ans. (a) : Younger acidic rocks are most radioactive.
of which of the following formation 212. The flattest portion of the Earth's surface is
(a) Triassics of Spiti formed by
(b) Jurassics of Kutch (a) Abyssal Plains
(c) Cretaceous of Trichinapalli (b) Abyssal Hills
(d) Tertiary of Assam (c) Sea Mounts
(e) Lametas of Central India (d) Oceanic Trenches
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
Ans. (b) : The stages Patcham, Chari Katrol and Umai are Ans. (a) : The smoothest and flattest portion of earth
part of the geological formation in the Kutch region, surface is formed by Abyssal plains also known as deep
specifically associated with the Jurassic period. The Jurassic sea plane. This region extends downwards from the
period is a division of the geological time scale that spans continental slope.
from approximately 201 to 145 million years ago.
• Abyssal Hills is a small hill that rises from the floor of
In the context of kutch.
an abyssal plains.
• Patcham
• Seamount is an underwater mountain formed due to
• Chari kotrol volcanic activity inside ocean.
• Umai • Oceanic trenches are long, narrow depressions on the
209. Largest accumulation of tholeiitic rocks in sea floor. The deepest ocean trench is Mariana trench in
India is known by which of the following name challenger deep pacific ocean.
(a) Rajamahal Traps (b) Sylhet Traps
213. The African Plate is composed of
(c) Bhavali Traps (d) Deccan Traps
(a) Continental Crust
(e) Panjal Traps
(b) Oceanic Crust
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
(c) Combination of both continental as well as
Ans. (d) : Largest accumulation of the tholeiitic rocks oceanic crust
in India is known of the name Deccan Traps.
(d) None of the above
Deccan Traps : The Deccan traps is a large igneous
province of west-central India. It is one of the largest HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
volcanic features on Earth, taking the form of a large Ans. (c) : The African plate is the 4th largest tectonic
shield volcano. It consists of numerous layers of plate on earth. It passes through Equator as well as
solidified flood basalt that together are more than about prime meridian. It includes African continent and
2000 metres thick, cover an area of about 500,000 oceanic crust of Atlantic ocean. Hence both continental
square kilometres (200,000sq mi), and have a volume of as well as oceanic crust are included in it.
about 1,000,000 cubic kilometres (200,000 cu mi). 214. Iceland is an exposed part of
Originally, the Deccan Traps may have covered about
(a) Mid-oceanic ridges (b) Island arcs
1,500,000 square Kilometres (600,000 sq mi), with a
correspondingly larger original volume. (c) Shield areas (d) Plateaus
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
210. When original minerals and textures are
preserved after the recrystalization, the Ans. (a) : Iceland is an exposed part of mid oceanic
structure is known as ridge of Atlantic ocean. It is generally formed from
(a) Xenoblast (b) Maculose volcanic eruption on the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. The Mid
(c) Blastopsammitic (d) Palimpsest Atlantic Ridge marks the boundary between North
(e) Idiobastic American and Eurasian tectonic plate.
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 • Island arcs are chains of island formed by Results of
Ans. (d) : The original minerals and textures are volcanic activity.
preserved after the re-crystallization, the structure is • A shield area is an area composed of Pre Cambrian-
known as Palimpsest. age crystalline igneous and high grade metamorphic
Palimpsest is a geographical feature composed of rocks.
superimposed structures created at different time. • Plateau is a flat surface of land that is raised above sea
Palimpsest is beginning to be used by glaciologists to level with at least one side being a stiff cliff.
describe to be used by glaciologists to describe 215. Pahoehoe is a type of
contradicting glacial flow indicators. (a) Stony meteorite (b) Volcanic crator
211. Which of the following are most radioactive? (c) Ropy lava (d) Blocky lava
(a) Younger acidic rocks HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
@

(b) Younger basic rocks Ans. (c) : Pahoehoe is a form of Basaltic lava that has a
(c) Older acidic rocks smooth hummocky or ropy surface. It is usually of dark
ap

(d) Older basic rocks colour and is rich in iron, silica, magnesium and
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 calcium with low silica content.
na

Mining Geology 128 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• A stony meteorite is a meteorite composed of mainly P Q R S
silicate minerals, together with nickel-iron metal alloy (a) 2 4 1 3
and iron sulphide. More than 95% of meteorites (b) 1 3 2 4
observed to fall on earth are stony. (c) 1 2 3 4
• A volcanic crater is an approximately circular (d) 3 1 4 2
depression on the ground from which volcanic material HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
is ejected. Ans. (a) :
• A Blocky lava is flow of hot, molten lava covered in a Plutonic Rock Volcanic Rock
carapace of crystalline, angular blocks which tend to be (P) Granite (2) Rhyolite
smoothly faceted and may have dimensions up to (Q) Diorite (4) Andesite
several meters. (R) Syenite (1) Trachyte
216. The sand dunes migrate in the (S) Granodiorite (3) Dacite
(a) Leeward direction The equivalency between plutonic and volcanic rock
(b) Windward direction represents the same composition and type i.e. they
(c) Both Leeward and Windward directions both are igneous. The difference is depicted in the
(d) None of the above texture of Rocks.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 220. Scratches produced on the fault planes are
Ans. (a) : Sand dunes are masses of loose sand that (a) Plumose structure (b) Mullions
move across the ground in wind. The grains are first (c) Slickensides (d) Boudins
blown up towards wind side untill they reach the top HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
and then they migrate towards lee side by deposition. Ans. (c) : Slickenlines are scratches on fault surfaces
The lee side is direction opposite to wind. resulting from shear motion. This surface is normally
217. The process by which sediment becomes a striated in the direction of movement.
sedimentary rock is known as • Plumose structure are scaling on the rocks.
(a) petrification (b) carbonization • Boudins are cylindrical structure making up a layer of
(c) compaction (d) lithification deformed rock.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 221. Development of foliation in a metamorphic
rocks is mainly a function of
Ans. (d) : Sedimentary rocks are formed from the
(a) Stress and temperature
compaction and cementation of sediment. The process
(b) Lithostatic pressure and temperature
of weathering and erosion break down rocks to produce
inorganic sediment. These rock fragments can become a (c) Temperature and chemically active fluids
sedimentry rock if sufficient burial and compaction of (d) Chemically active fluids and stress
the sediment occurs. The entire phenomenon of HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
conversion of sediment to rock is called Lithification or Ans. (d) : Foliation describes a metamorphic rocks
Diagenesis. whose minerals are aligned in layers. It is caused due to
shearing forces or differential pressure of stress applied
• Petrification is a process by which organic matter due to chemically active fluids.
becomes story substance when exposed to mineral over • Non foliated metamorphic rocks are typically formed
a period of time. in the absence of significant differential pressure or
218. Lithosphere is thinnest below : shear.
(a) Himalayas (b) Mariana Trench 222. Which one of the following is the main basis of
(c) Mid-oceanic ridges (d) Canadian Shield classification of sedimentary rocks?
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 (a) Environment of deposition
Ans. (c) : Lithosphere is all the solid part of the Earth's (b) Texture
surface. So the crust and oceanic crust are included up (c) Source of sedimentary material
to the upper mantle. The lithosphere is thinnest at mid- (d) Process of formation of sedimentary material
ocean Ridge, where tectonic plates are tearing apart HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
from each other. Ans. (b) : The sedimentary rock are basically classified
based on three parameters i.e. origin, Texture and
• The lithosphere is thickest along upper mantle. chemical composition. But the main classification is
• The average thickness of lithosphere is 40 km - 100 considered to be based on texture. They are four major
km. types -
219. Match the following Plutonic rocks with their 1. Elastic sedimentary rocks
volcanic equivalents 2. Chemical sedimentary rocks
@

P. Granite 1. Trachyte 3. Biochemical sedimentary rocks

Q. Diorite 2. Rhyolite 4. Organic sedimentary rocks
ap

R. Syenite 3. Dacite Sandstone, limestone and shale are some examples of

S. Granodiorite 4. Andesite sedimentary rocks.
na

Mining Geology 129 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
223. Calderas are (a) overthrust fault (b) strike-slip fault
(a) Depression on the top of volcanic cones (c) reverse fault (d) None of the above
(b) A chain of active volcanoes HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(c) Craters of very large size Ans. (b) : Strike slip fault in the earth's surface is a fault
(d) Subsidiary volcanic cones near the vent along which the horizontal movement of ground has
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 taken place. It is also known as trans current fault,
Ans. (c) : A calderas is a type of large depression wrench fault or lateral fault.
formed when a volcano erupts and collapses. Calderas • Over thrust fault is one in which the upper side
are generally of irregular shape unlike that of crater appears to have been pushed up word by compression.
which is generally circular.
• Reverse fault is one in which the hanging wall
• A crater is a depression on the top of a volcanic cones, appears to have been pushed up along the foot wall.
when its size is large it is called calderas.
227. The disappearance of the dinosaur also mark
224. A beach of sand or gravel that connects two the end of which geological era?
islands, or an island with the mainland is
termed: (a) Precambrian (b) Cambrian
(a) Tombolo (b) Gloup (c) Mesozoic (d) Cenozoic
(c) Bar (d) Groyne HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 Ans. (c) : The Alvarez hypothesis posits that the mass
Ans. (a) : A Tombolo is a beach of sand or gravel that extinction of the non-avian dinosaurs and many other
connects two islands, or an island with the mainland. living things during the cretaceous - palcogene
Tombolo is a Italian word meaning pillow or cushion. extinction event was caused by the impact of a large
asteroid on the Earth around 66 million years ago. It
marked the end of the Mesozoic Era. The Mesozoic era
includes the Triassic, Jurassic and Cretaceous periods.
The dinosaurs arose during late Triassic era around 252
million years ago.
• Before Mesozoic there was Paleozoic and after
Mesozoic there was Cenozoic area.
228. Age of Gondwana group of rocks is
• A gloup is an opening in the roof of a sea cave. (a) Ordovician to Cretaceous
• A bar is a spit that joins together two headlands. It is (b) Carboniferous to Cretaceous
created when there is a gap in the coastland with water (c) Cambrian to Silurian
in it. (d) Ordovician to Permian
• Groynes is an artificial structure build perpendicularly HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
from an ocean shore interrupting water flow and Ans. (b) : The Age of Gondwana group of rocks is from
limiting the movement, of sediment. permo-carboniferous to cretaceous. The name is derived
225. Landslides involve from ancient Gond tribe in Madhya Pradesh which still
(a) Down slope movement of individual rock persists there.
blocks which is usually not perceptible 229. Siwalik group of rocks represent
(b) Rapid perceptible movement of relatively dry (a) Sandstone & Mudstone
mass of earth debris or bed rock (b) Sandstone & Conglomerate
(c) Slow to very rapid movement of water (c) Sandstone, Conglomerate & Mudstone
saturated rock debris (d) None of these
(d) Slow-flowing down slope masses of rock HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
debris saturated with water
Ans. (c) : Siwalik group lies in eastern part of Nepal
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
Himalaya. In this area Siwalik group is divided into
Ans. (b) : Landslides, also known as landslips are three, main. Dun thrust and kamala Tawa thrust. Siealik
several forms of mass wasting that includes rapid group rock deposited in two coarsening up mega cycles
perceptible movement of relatively dry mass of earth
consisting of sandstone clay alternations in the lower
debris or bed rock, down the slope.
portion passing gradually into coarse sandstone,
• Landslides are cause due to disturbance in the natural conglomerates and Mudstone toward the top.
stability of a slope caused by heavy rainfall, earthquake,
@

Volcano, drought etc. 230. Upper Gondwana rocks are characterized by

(a) Glossopteris (b) Vertebraria
ap

226. In geological studies, a fault in the earth's

surface along which primarily horizontal (c) Ptillophylum (d) Gangamopteris
movement has taken place is termed? HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
na

Mining Geology 130 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): The Gondwana basin that was deposited for 235. The horse-shoe shaped lakes formed in the cut-
nearly over 100 million years from latest carboniferous off meanders of a river are known as
to Early cretaceous forms an important shield in Indian (a) Oxbow lakes (b) Mort lakes
Geology. It is divided into upper and lower. The upper (c) Billabongs (d) All of the above
Gondwana is characterized by Ptillophylum flora. The HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
sediments of Ptillophylum flora are distributed over Ans. (d) : The horse shoe shaped lakes formed in the
peninsular India. The lower Gondwana group is cut-off meanders of a river is known as oxbow lakes. It
characterized by Glossopteris flora. gets its name from U-shaped collar placed around an
231. Trace fossils are also known as : oxs neck to which a plow is attached. In Australia
(a) Organic fossils (b) lchno fossils oxbow lakes are billabong. It is similar to mort lake in
(c) Both (A) & (B) (d) None of these England.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 236. Approximately how long ago did the Big Bang
Ans. (b) : Trace fossils also known as ichno fossils take place?
provide evidence about the movement or activities of (a) 10-15 thousand years ago
ancient organisms, but not necessarily about their (b) 10-15 million years ago
appearance. There are three major types. (c) 100-150 million years ago
1. Movement traces (d) 10-15 billion years ago
2. Predation traces HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
3. Digestive traces Ans. (d) : The Big bang theory was originally
232. Which period is known as age of fish? formalised by Belgian catholic priest and Georges
(a) Silurian (b) Devonian Lemaitre. It states that the expansion of the observable
(c) Triassic (d) Carboniferous universe began with the explosion of a single particle of
a definite point in time detailed measurements of the
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
expansion rate of the universe place the Big Bank
Ans. (b) : The Devonian period of Paleozoic era is singularity at around 13.8 billion 7 years ago, which is
known as age of fish. The Paleozoic era is considered as thus considered the age of universe.
the earliest of the three geological eras. The Paleozoic
era is consist of six sub geological period namely - 237. How thick is the crust of the Earth?
Cambrian period, Ordovician period, Silurian period, (a) about 4 miles (b) about 4 km
Devonian period, carboniferous period and the Permian (c) about 40 km (d) about 400 km
period. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
233. Coral reefs are generally found in the Ans. (c) : The thickness of crust of Earth under the
latitudinal extensions of continents is between 30 to 70 km which averages out
(a) 20oN – 20oS (b) 30oN – 30oS to around 40 km.
o
(c) 45 N – 45 So
(d) 60oN – 60oS • The thickness of crust under the ocean is about 8 km.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 • The mantle of Earth is around 2900 km thick.
Ans. (b) : A coral reefs is an underwater ecosystem 238. What drives the Earth's internal heat engine?
characterized by reef-building corals. They are found in (a) Radioactivity (b) Solar energy
deep sea away from continental shelves. Most of the (c) Volcanoes (d) Ocean tides
reefs, with a few exceptions are found in tropical and HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
semitropical waters between 30º north and 30º south Ans. (a) : The Earth is a heat engine. It remains
latitudes. geologically and biologically active and evolves
234. Radial drainage patterns are associated with because there are two great sources of energy. One is
(a) Slope of volcanoes sun and other is Radioactive decay of Uranium, thorium
(b) Strongly folded rocks and potassium and mantle convection.
(c) Uniformly dipping beds of varying rock 239. Assertion (A) : The same type of parent material
hardness produces different types of soils in areas of
(d) Homogenous rock surfaces of uniform different climates.
resistance Reason (R) : The climate plays a very important
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 role in soil formation.
Ans. (a) : The radial drainage patters are considered to (a) (A) and (R) are true and (R) explains (A)
be similar to slope of volcanoes. It is developed around (b) (A) and (R) are true, but (R) does not explain
@

a central elevated point and is common to conically (A)

shaped features such as volcanoes. A Radial pattern can (c) (A) is true, but (R) is false
ap

be observed when river flows from hill towards a sea. (d) (A) is false, but (R) is true
Examples - Narmada River, Son, Mahanadi etc. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
na

Mining Geology 131 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): The same type of parent material produces Ans. (b) : A rift valley is a low land between Several
different types of soils in areas of different climate Highlands and mountains ranges. They are formed
because climate plays a very important role in soil when Earth's tectonic plates move apart or diverge.
formation. Hence they are a kind of divergent plate boundary.
• The different type of parent material produces same • They are found in both land as well as ocean.
types of soil in same climate. 245. Unique shape of the earth is called
240. The _______present in the soil contributes to (a) Spheroid (b) Geoid
the fertility of soil. (c) Ellipsoid (d) None of these
(a) Gravel (b) Humus HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(c) Silt (d) Clay Ans. (b) : The shape of Earth is considered to be oblate
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 spheroid of Geoid. Geodesy provides accurate
measurement that shows Earth is round.
Ans. (b) : The Humus is the organic component of soil,
formed by the decomposition of leaves and other plant • Geoid shape of Earth was first observed by Freidrich
material by soil microorganism. It contributes to Gauss.
improve the fertility of soil. It acts as reservoir of • Kepler describes the shape of planet as ellipsoid. s
nutrients that helps in stability of soil and contribute to 246. A flat topped seamount is known as
plant growth. (a) Gyre (b) Lahare
241. 'Krakatoa' and 'Fujiyama' are the examples of (c) Guyot (d) Kane
(a) Active volcanoes (b) Dormant volcanoes HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(c) Extinct volcanoes (d) Local winds Ans. (c) : A Guyot is a flat topped sea mount of an
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 underwater volcano with more than 200 m below the
surface of sea. They can have diameters of about 10 km.
Ans. (b) : Krakatoa is a volcanic island located in
Sunda strait in Indonesia and Fujiyama peak is located • A Gyre is large system of rotating ocean currents.
in Japan. Both Krakatoa and Fujiyama are examples of 247. Coral reefs are
dormant Volcano. (a) Inorganic deposits
• Dormant Volcano are these which has not erupted (b) Sub-organic deposits
since long time. (c) Organic deposits
• Most of the Volcano in India are dormant except (d) All of the above
Barren island which is an active Volcano. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
242. If the limbs of fold are unequal and inclined to Ans. (c) : Corals are live animal while coral reef are
axial plane, the fold is physical structure which has been created through the
secretions of coral polyp over many generations. Hence
(a) Recumbent (b) Inclined coral reefs are organic deposits.
(c) Monoclinal (d) Asymmetrical
• A reef can be natural or Artificial while coral reef are
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 natural and organic.
Ans. (d) : • If the limbs of fold are unequal and inclined 248. Coalification had taken place in order of
to axial plane, the fold is Asymmetrical. (a) Lignite, Peat, bituminous, anthracite
• Monoclines are folds consisting of two horizontal (b) Peat, Lignite, bituminous, anthracite
limbs connected by a shorter inclined limb. (c) Peat, Lignite, anthracite, bituminous
243. Among all the Himalayan thrust, which shows (d) Bituminous, Peat, anthracite, Lignite
highest value of strain? NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
(a) MBT (b) MCT Ans. (b) :Coalification is a geological process of
(c) HFT (d) All of above formation of coal with increasing content of carbon
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 element through biological and physical stage.
Ans. (b) : Among the Various Himalayan Thrust, The Coalfication order
Main Central Thrust (MCT) is one of the most active Peat, Lignite, Bituminous, Anthracite.
thrust and shows, highest value of strain. It is a major 249. A Coal seam is said to be degree III if rate of
geological fault line between greater and lesser emission of gas in m3/te of coal raised is more
Himalaya. than
• Main Frontal thrust or main boundary thrust defines (a) 2 (b) 10
the boundary between the Himalayan foothills and indo- (c) 15 (d) 20
gangetic plane. NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
244. A rift valley is evidence of which kind of plate Ans. (b) : Coal seams are formed from dead and
@

boundary? decaying organic matter which are thick enough to be

(a) convergent divergent (b) divergent profitably mined. There are different qrade of coal
ap

(c) transform (d) uniform Grade III coal seam has rate of emission of gases as
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 more than 10m3/ton.
na

Mining Geology 132 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
250. Coal seams are normally found in Ans. (a): The age of earth has been obtained from the
(a) Igeneous rocks (b) sedimentary rocks isotopic analysis of many maturities as well as of soil
(c) Metamorphic rocks (d) none of the above and rock samples from the Moon by such dating
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 methods as rubidium-strontium and uranium-lead.
Ans. (b) : Coal seams are deposits of dead and decaying • By dating the rocks in Earth's ever-changing crust, as
organic matter visible within layers of rock, dark brown well as the rocks in Earth's neighbors, such as the Moon
or black in color. Rock Containing Mainly it are and visiting meteorites, scientists have calculated that
sedimentary rocks. These seams can be mined using Earth is 4.54 billion years old, with an error range of 50
deep mining or strip mining. million years.
251. Which of the following term is not used to 257. Outer core extends from -------to--------.
describe a geological fault. (a) 2500 km; 4558 km (b) 3000 km; 4600 km
(a) Gradient (b) Throw (c) 1850 km; 3752 km (d) 2900 km; 4982 km
(c) Hade (d) None of the above APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 Ans. (d) : The outer core of the Earth is a liquid layer
about 2261 km thick composed of iron and nickel which
Ans. (a) : Geological fault is a planar fracture in a
lies above the Earth's solid inner core and below its
volume of rock across which there has been significant
mantle.
displacement as a result of rock-mass movements .
• Its outer boundary lies approximately 2900 beneath
• Throw of the fault is the vertical component of the
the Earth's surfaces.
separation and heave of the fault is the horizontal
component. • The transition between the inner core and outer core is
located approximately 4982 km beneath the Earth's
• Hade is the angular measurement in faults. surface.
252. It does not contribute to coalifilation process • The temperature of outer core ranges to 4400ºC and to
(a) Climatic condition (b) Time 6100ºC near the inner core.
(c) Depth (d) Method of working • Sulphur and oxygen could also be present in the outer
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 core.
Ans. (d) : Coalification is a geological process of 258. Dahm discontinuity is at :
formation of materials with increasing content of the (a) 970 km (b) 2780 km
element carbon from organic materials in biological (c) 1550 km (d) 3000 km
stages. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
It is caused by temperature, depth, time & pressure. Ans. (b) : The mantle discusses the subdivisions of the
253. Thickest seam of Coal mantle. The mantle include three "regions" that have
(a) Turra (b) Purewa been defined by Bullen as B, C and D.
(c) Jhingurda (d) All of the above • Bullen has subdivided D into D and D"
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 • Contrasting with many geophysicists, it is believed
Ans. (c) : Jhingurda coal mines have the thicket cool that there is not definite indication of any discontinuity
seam in India of 132 meters. It located in Madhya of first order in the mantle and the curve giving the
velocity of elastic waves in the mantle as a function of
Pradesh belonging to Gondwana period.
depth are continuous.
254. The Moving front of mine is called • The details of the "boundary" are still controversial;
(a) Cut (b) Bench and there is no definite decision as to if it corresponds
(c) Face (d) Burden to a discontinuity or if the transition from B to region C
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 is gradual, as the author believes.
Ans. (c) : The surface of the mine where work is • The boundary between the regions C and D' is
advancing (moving) is called the face. In surface mining approximately at a depth of 950 km and between D' and
it is called pit face, in underground mining it is mine D" is tentatively at 2780 km depth.
face. 259. Volcanic fissures through which CO2 are
255. Surface area of the earth is : emitted are called :
(a) 510 × 108 km2 (b) 510 × 106 km2 (a) solfataras (b) saffioni
(c) 510 × 104 km2 (d) 510 × 1010 km2 (c) mofettes (d) fumaroles
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (b) : The total surface area of the earth is:- Ans. (c) : Mofettes are site with dry CO2 gas
510.1 million km2 or 510×106 km2. exhalations at ambient temperature.
@

256. Age of the earth is approximately : • The gaseous CO2 originates from magma chambers or
from Earth mantle degassing.
ap

(a) 4.5 billion years (b) 5.5 billion years

(c) 3.2 billion years (d) 6.0 billion years • It move upward through fissures and cracks within the
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 rocks.
na

Mining Geology 133 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Along its path, it reacts, with wet and dry soil phases, 262. Disconformities can be easily distinguished
finally exerting its influence on organisms living either with the help of :
within the subterranean soil or directly on the soil (a) Erosional and non-depositional surface
surface. (b) Variation in the dip amount between two sets
• Depending on the local geological and hydrological of beds
conditions, the upward migration of CO2 gas may (c) Intrusive relationship of older igneous rocks
appear at the surface either as dry CO2 emanation with younger sedimentary
(mofette) or as CO2 rich mineral water. (d) A significant break in paleontological record
260. Solifluction and gelifluction were the important APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
processes of mass wasting during: Ans. (d) : Layers of sediments are uplifted without
(a) Proterozoic (b) Pliestocene folding or tilting and are eroded.
(c) Miocene (d) Archaean • Eventually, the area subsides and deposition resumes.
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 • The layers or either side of the boundary are nearly
Ans. (b) : Solifluction and gelifluction, flowage of horizontal.
water saturated soil down a steep slope. Because • Although the rock layers look as if they were
permafrost is impermeable to water, soil overlying it deposited continuously, a large time gap exists where
may become oversaturated and slide downslope under the upper and lower layers meet.
the pull of gravity. • This gap is known as a disconformity.
• The indications may subsist long after arctic • Disconformities can be easily distinguished with the
atmospheric circumstances have changed. help of a significant break in paleontological record.
• As in subarctic regions that were once glaciated in the 263. If one face can be brought into the position of
Pleistocene ice ages. other by reflections or inversion is termed as :
• Solifluction and gelifluction is regarded as a (a) Enantiomorphic forms
periglacial process, as it only needs chronic freezing (b) Congruent forms
conditions instead of the permanent presence of ice (c) Simple forms
bodies. (d) Combination forms
• It is a geology is one of the forms of creep that APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
happens either in high altitudes or in cold climates Ans. (a) : A structure that is a mirror image of another,
where the mass of the saturated rock waste comes down being exactly the same shapes as the other except for
the slope. the reversal of left and right.
261. According to Walter Penck’s concept of • Some pairs of molecules have this relational property,
geomorphic cycle : see also hardness (2) metal rotation , mirror reversal
(a) slow uplift of land follows periods of problems.
accelerated uplift • Enantiomorphic is combination of Enantions +
(b) rapid rise of land follows periods of standstill morphe Enantions means opposite and morphic form or
(c) slow uplift of land is followed by periods of shape.
accelerated uplift • The enantimorph structure is a mirror-image molecule
(d) dynamic equilibrium ensues between erosion that is not supermiposable on its original molecules.
and deposition towards the end of the cycle • The two molecules are nonsuperimposable mirror
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 images of each other.
Ans. (c) : The model was Walter Penck is response to 264. Sanidine is a characteristic of :
of geomorphical cycle, which was based on (a) potash rich volcanic rock
Geomorphical cycle analyses. (b) monzonites and granodiorites
• Penck has described landforms development depends (c) granites and granitic pegmatite
on the ratio of uplifment intensity and rate of erosion. (d) soda rich volcanic rocks
• He said that land form development is completely APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
independent of time scale and suggested to remove Ans. (a) : The sanidine is a high-temperature fully
'time' from the "Terio of Davis" disordered from of K-feldspar; other potassium-
• He argued that rate of upliftment initially remains dominant feldspars are monoclinic and orthoclase.
very slow and landform development starts with • It is forms an series at high-temperature with high
@

existing features less 'Primarumpt' thereafter upliftment albite.

is accelerated and ultimately its stops after passing • It is common in many potassic volcanic rocks some
ap

through the intermediate phases of uniform and high level intrusive rocks and other high-temperature
decelerating development. rocks like buchites.
na

Mining Geology 134 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• They are generally short prismatic or tabular, with a • Syenites comprise a slight amount of silica, incredibly
square cross section. big amounts of alkalies and alumina.
• Sanidine is also found as granular or cleavable • Syenite predominant mineral is alkali character,
masses. Plagioclase feldspar may be present small amount less
• It is found in eclogites, contact metamorphic rocks, than 10%.
and metamorphic rocks formed at low-pressure and • Such feldspars often are interleaved as perthitic
high temperature. components of the rock.
265. Clinton type of ironstones are : 268. Lamprophyres characteristically exhibit
(a) limonite- chamosite-siderite rocks (a) Panidiomorphic texture
(b) hematite-chamosite-siderite rocks (b) Automorphic texture
(c) banded magnetite-hematite quartzites (c) Allotriomorphic texture
(d) magnetite-chamosite-siderite rocks (d) Hypautomorphic texture
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (b) : Ironstones consists of a range of iron Ans. (a) : A group of dark-colored, porphyritic,
minerals, including oxides (magnetic, hematite and hypabyssal igneous rocks characterised by
panidiomorphic texture, a high percentage of mafic
goethite/limonite), carbonates (Siderik) and silicates
minerals, which form the phenocrysts and a fine-grained
(Chamosite and berthierine).
groundmass with the same mafic minerals in addition to
• Three main types of ironstone are recognized : feldspars and/or feldspathoids; also any rock in that
blackbands, claystones and ooidal. group.
• Blackband and claystone ironstones are organic-rich 269. The rocks, dominantly composed of quartz, can
sideritic deposits. be classified on the basis of :
• They commonly occur in deltaic deposits associated (a) AFM diagram (b) ACF diagram
with peat and coal. (c) AKF diagram (d) QAP diagram
• Intraformational conglomerates composed of APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
ironstene clasts and horizons of brittle fractured
Ans. (d) : 'The rocks, dominantly composed of quartz
ironstone slumped delta slope shales indicate that the
can be classified on the basis of QAP diagram.
ironstones formed during early shallow burial.
• Below is a simplified classification of the IVAG
266. Nallamalai group of rocks is chracterized by classification of plutonic rocks containing quartz as
(a) Copper (b) Copper and lead component.
(c) Lead (d) Copper, lead and tin
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (b) : Nallamalai group of rocks is characterized by
copper and lead.
• The Nallamalai Fold Belt (NFB) in the eastern part of
the Cuddapah basin has folded and faulted meta
sedimentary rocks constituting the Nallamalai Group.
• The contact between the NFB and the western part of
the Cuddapah Basin has been interpreted as a thrust.
• The Nallamalai Group consists of the lower sandstone
dominated Bairenkonda Quartzite and the upper
Cumbum formation, consisting mainly of shales with
sandstone and dolomite intercalations.
267. The rocks syenites are characterised by the
predominance of :
(a) alkali feldspar (b) nepheline
(c) K-feldspar (d) quartz 270. According to Wentworth’s scale, the particles
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 having diameter between 64mm and 4mm are
Ans. (a) : A special group of alkali syenites is described as :
characterised by the presence of a feldspathoid mineral (a) coarse sands (b) cobbles
@

such as leucite, cancrinite nepheline, or sodalite. (c) granules (d) pebbles

• Syenite is intrusive igneous rock that basically APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
ap

composed of an alkali feldspar and a ferromagnesian Ans. (d): The Wentworth's scale is a scale for
mineral. classifying and describing sediments by grain size.
na

Mining Geology 135 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Category Type Grain 274. In Cuddapah Basin, the effects of
diameter (mm) metamorphism are seen increasing from the :
Boulder Boulders 250-100 (a) west to the east (b) north to the south
Cobbles 65-250 (c) east to the west (d) south to the north
Gravel APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Pebbles 4-65
Ans. (a) : The sedimentary pile show partically no
Granules 2-4
metamorphism and forms Nallamalai Range parallel to
Very Coarse Sand 1-2 the Eastern Ghats.
Coarse sand 0.5-1 • Cuddapah Basin evolved through the formation of a
Sand Medium sand 0.25-0.5 series of subbasins-papaghni in the west-east, Nallamali
Fine sand 0.125-0.25 in the east, Srisoulam in the north-west, Kurnool in the
Very fine sand 0.625-0.125 north-east and west.
• Four sub-basins within the Cuddapah Basin, namely:
Coarse silt 0.031-0.625
the Papaghni sub-basin; the Kurnool sub-basin; the
Medium silt 0.0156-0.031 Srisailam sub-basin and the palnad sub-basin.
Fine silt 0.0078-0.0156 275. Earth’s mantle extends from below the crust
Mud
Very fine silt 0.0039-0.0078 up to --------km.
Clay < 0.0039 (a) 3600 (b) 3890
Dust < 0.0005 (c) 2890 (d) 2200
271. Soapstones are the metasomatic products of : APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
(a) spilites (b) anorthosites Ans. (c) : Earth's the mantle extends from below the
(c) peridodites (d) tholeiites crust upto 2890 km, making it the thickest layer of the
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 Earth.
Ans. (c) : Soapstones is a type of talc-schist • It makes up about 84% of Earth's volume.
metamorphic rock. Also othernaming's are steatite or • Everything we know about the mantle we known
soaprock. indirectly, as no human study managed to go beyond the
• The composed primarily of talc, with varying amount crust.
of micas, chlorites amphiboles, carbonates and other • Most of the things we know about the mantle we
minerals. know from seismologic studies.
• It is produced by dynamothermal metamorphism and • The mantle is also divided into the several layers,
metasomatism. based on seismologic properties.
• It's composed primarily of talc so it usually very soft. 276. Select the option in which the pairs are
• Soapstone usually formed at convergent plate CORRECTLY matched.
boundaries. (a)
• These areas of Earth's crust are subject to direct Strombolian Type Less mobile lava
pressure and heat, thus metamorphosing periodoites, Fissure eruption Gas content and viscosity
serpentinites and dunites into soapstones. are least
• It can also formed from the altering of dolostones by Hawaiian type Mobile lava is dominant
hot and chemically active fluids through metasomatism.
(b)
272. The study of trace fossils is known as :
(a) Synecology (b) Paleo-ecology Strombolian Type Mobile lava is dominant
(c) Ichthyology (d) Ichnology Fissure eruption Gas content and viscosity
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 are least
Ans. (d) : A trace fossil, also known as ichnofossil is a Hawaiian Type Less mobile lava
fossil record of biological activity but not the preserved (c)
remains of the plant or animal itself. Strombolian Type Gas content and
• These are impressions made on the substrate by an viscosity are least
organism. Fissure eruption Less mobile lava
• Burrows, borings, footprints, feeding marks and root Hawaiian Type Mobile lava is dominant
cavities are few examples.
(d)
• There are many types of trace fossils deplacing
different biological activities of organisms. Strombolian Less mobile lava
273. Kurnool system is divided into: Type
@

(a) 2 series (b) 5 series Fissure eruption Mobile lava is dominant

(c) 4 series (d) 6 series Hawaiian Type Gas content and viscosity
ap

APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 are least

Ans. (c) : Kurnool system is divided into four series. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
na

Mining Geology 136 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : Option (a) is the pairs are correctly matched. 279. -------are crescent-shaped features lying
• Strombolian eruptions are the smallest type of parallel to the shore on the upper beach face
explosive eruptions. Strombolian eruptions consist of and along the seaward margins.
intermittent, generally relatively small explosions or (a) Lateral dunes (b) Embryo dunes
weak pulsating fountains of fluids lava from a single (c) Beach cusps (d) Longitudinal dunes
vent or crater. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
• Fissure volcanoes are produced by eruptions that Ans. (c) : Beaches exhibit crescent shaped and cuspate
occur along elongated fissure vesus at a central vent. forms that range in size from wavelengths of a few
• Fissure eruptions occurs when magma-filled likes meters, to major capes and embayments hundreds of
intersect the surface. kilometers long.
• It can gas content and viscosity are least. • Beach cusps commonly develop on the upper beach
• Hawaiian Lava is continuing to erupt, but scientists face and have wavelength of less than 30m.
say the lava flows have been slowing down as they • Cusps form in any size of beach sediment, from fine
reach relatively flat areas around the rumbling sand to large cobbles.
mountain. • Sediment in the seaward projections, or horns, of
• The flows have reached a relatively that area and cusps is typically coarser than in the intervening
slowed down, and as that happens, scientists say the embayments.
flow will spread out and inflate. • There is a consensus that cusp spacing depends on
wave height and direction and that higher waves
277. When geomorphic processes gradually erode
generally produce greater cusp wavelengths.
the topography and the slopes’ angles slowly
lessen, an extensive flat region called---------is • Cusps are typically destroyed by large storms and can
formed. reform within a day after storms.
(a) Alluvial plain (b) Pediment 280. The angle between the axis of a fold and the
(c) Delta (d) Peneplain horizontal is known as the------of the fold.
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (a) axial dip (b) pitch
(c) axial inclination (d) Hade
Ans. (d) : When geomorphic processes gradually erode
the topography and the slopes angle slowly lessen, an APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
extensive flate region called a " peneplain" is formed. Ans. (b) : The angle that the linear hornblende crystals
• A peneplain region refers to a large, nearly level area make with the strike of the schist within the plane of
that results from the long-term erosion and reduction of schistosity is Rake or Pitch.
topographic features. It is characterized by low relief • A pitch is always acute angle unless the line element
and smooth, gently undulating surfaces. is oriented in the direction of true dip of the containing
plane.
278. ----------are wave-built ridges of sand, shelly
sand and gravel that have been deposited on
the coastal plains of fine-grained sediment,
particularly in deltas and marshlands.
(a) Cheniers (b) Swales
(c) Slacks (d) Spits
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (a) : Cheniers, is a wave-built beach ridge • This is the thickness of a layer between the two
tangents of the same limb dip value measured parallel to
category may aggrade to higher levels because of
the axial plane trace of the fold.
constructive waves that raise the tide.
• The axial inclination is defined as the angle between
• They are likely to be related to distant storms that did the direction of the positive pole and the normal to the
not result in share erosion in the ridge area. orbital plane.
• Depending on sand availability from the adjacent • Hade definition, the angle between a fault plane and
foreshore at the time of formation, shell-bearing the vertical, measured perpendicular to the strike of the
cheniers may also be veneered and/or capped by eolian fault, complement of the dip.
sands. 281. In dipping or folded sediments which are
• A cheniers plain represents multiple episode of jointed, the direction of one of the sets of joints
recurring ridge and mudflat formation on prograding mostly corresponds to the strike of the beds.
@

shore sectors. Such joints are known as------.

• At least two semiparallel cheniers ridges or ridges (a) cross joints (b) strike-joints
ap

sets, sandwiched between tidal-sutidal mudflats, must (c) longitudinal joints (d) lateral joints
be present. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
na

Mining Geology 137 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): It's defined as the direction of a line formed • On the left are shown the energy levels of Cr3+ and on
by the intersection of a bedding plane and a horizontal the extreme right are shown the resulting absorption
plane bands due to excitations of electrons within the crystal
• It's always at right angle with the true dip direction. field-split 3-d levels of the Cr3+ ion.
• It is a horizontal line on a surface of rock beds. 285.Find the set with the CORRECT match.
• Strike joints are parallel to the strike of fold axial (a)
planes, whereas cross-strike joints cut across the axial Diopside Sheet Structures
plane. Olivine Separate SiO4 groups
• Cross joints are approximately perpendicular to fold Tremolite Double Chain Structure
axes. They are common and indicate axis parallel Micas Single chain Structures
extension. (b)
• Diagonal joints generally occur in paired, conjugate
Diopside Separate SiO4 groups
sets oblique to the fold axes, more or less symmetrically
arranged about the longitudinal and cross-joints. Olivine Single Chain Structure
282. The general inclination of a fault from the Tremolite Double Chain Structure
vertical is termed as ----------,while the amount Micas Sheet Structure
of vertical displacement is known as ---------. (c)
(a) dip; throw (b) heave; hade Diopside Double Chain Structure
(c) hade ; heave (d) hade; throw Olivine Separate SiO4 groups
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 Tremolite Single chain structures
Ans. (d) : The general inclination of a fault from the Micas Sheet structures
vertical is termed as hade, while the amount of vertical
(d)
displacement is known as throw.
Diopside Single Chain Structure
283. Moonstone is a typical example of a mineral
exhibiting ---------. Olivine Separate SiO4 groups
(a) pearly lustre (b) adamantine lustre Tremolite Double Chain Structure
(c) vitreous lustre (d) opalescence Micas Sheet Structure
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (d) : Moonstone is a typical example of a mineral Ans. (d) : Diposide is a single chain structure, these
exhibiting opalescence. form when two oxygen atoms of each tetrahedron are
• Moonstone is a variety of the feldspar group minerals shared with adjacent tetrahedrons.
orthoclase and albite. • The ratio of oxygen to silicon is 3 to 1.
• During the moonstone formation, orthoclase and • Olivines are an important rock-forming mineral
albite change each other, creating thin layers. group. Magnesium rich olivines are abundant in low-
silica mafic and ultramafic igneous rocks.
• When light falls between these layers, it scatters in
many directions, producing the moonlike sheen, which • The composition of most olivines can be represented
in the system Ca2SiO4-Mg2SiO4-fe2SiO4.
is the adularescence phenomenon.
• Tremolite is termed a double chain silicate because
• Opalite, labradorite calcedony and many cloudy/milky pairs of chains of silica tetrahedra linked together
colored stones, especially it they are of higher quality, extend infinitely in one direction within the crystal.
are sometimes able to mimic some properties of
• Mica, any of a collection of hydrous potassium,
moonstone even though they have a chemical
aluminium silicates minerals. It is a kind of
composition for from it. pollysilicate, showing a dimensional sheet or layer
284. Ruby is red in colour because of presence of a structure.
small amount of ------as an impurity. 286. -------are ore deposits that originate where
(a) chromium (b) iron uplifted rocks weather to form grains of
(c) copper (d) manganese sediment, which are then sorted by weight
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 when currents of water flow over them.
Ans. (a) : The red colour of ruby, the captivating green (a) Alluvial deposits (b) Placers
of the emerald and the shifting greenish blue to (c) Panning deposits (d) Residues
raspberry red colour of alexandrite are all due to optical APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
absorption bands in the visible, caused by the presence Ans. (b) : Placer are classified according to the way
of chromium as an impurity in the lattice. they are formed; residual, eluvial, stream, glacid-stream,
@

• Why the same impurity gives rise to different colours bajada, eolion and beach.
becomes clear by looking at the energy levels of Cr3+ • Since the ordinary stream placer is by for the most
ap

ion in these crystals. important, various phases of stream study are discussed
• This is illustrated for ruby and emerald. in this paper.
na

Mining Geology 138 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• A need for further scientific study and the Ans. (c) : The use of the Colour Index (C.I.) to classify
development of systematic working criteria is apparent. igneous rocks.
• The depleted placers of California consist largely of • This is a very simple classification used by field
recent and Pleistocene stream gravels and uncovered or geologists, and depends on estimating the volume % of
buried, but easily accessible, Tertiary channels, while the dark mafic minerals.
the large reserves lie in more remote positions. • Igneous rocks are classified into 4 group based on C.I.
• Some Pleistocene gravels still lie in pockets beneath • Leucocratic rock < 30% light minerals.
the waters of the larger rivers where faults have caused • Mesocratic rocks C.I. = 30% - 60%.
down-dropping of the stream bed. • Melanocratic rocks C.I. = 60% - 90%
287. Marble, which is an economical deposit, is • Hypermelanic rocks C.I. = > 90%
mostly produced by either---------or--------of • Melanocratic rock applied to dark-colored rocks, esp.
pure and impure limestones and dolomites. igneous rocks, containing between 60% to 90% of dark
minerals.
(a) contact metamorphism; metasomatism
(b) thermal metamorphism; hydrothermal 290. Decompression melting of magma is also
known as :
alteration
(a) primary melting
(c) sedimentation; compaction
(b) secondary melting
(d) contact metamorphism; regional (c) adiabatic melting
metamorphism
(d) pressure melting
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (d) : Marble, which is an economic deposit, is Ans. (c) : The melting of mantle materials that occurs
mostly produced by either contact metamorphism or when the materials rises into a region of lower pressure,
regional metamorphism of pure and impure limestones allowing it to cross from its solidus to its liquidus.
and dolomite. • A rapid decrease in pressure can cause the mantle to
• Contact metamorphism occurs due to heating, with or melt, even without an increase in temperature.
without burial, of rocks that lie close to a magma • We called kind of melting is decompression melting.
intrusion. • Decompression melting commonly occurs at
• Regional metamorphism include any metamorphic divergent plate boundaries, where two tectonic plates
process that occurs over a large region. are moving away from each other.
• It is therefore the most widespread and common type • Adiabatic melting of the magma, also known as
of metamorphism decompression melting.
288. Syenite may be decribed as a silica --------rock. • In this process temperature may remain constant, or
even decrease slightly.
(a) saturated
291. ----------is the term used for a phenomenon in
(b) non- saturated
which two or more dissimilar magmas coexist,
(c) over- saturated displaying contact relations but retain their
(d) under-saturated distinctive individual magma characteristics.
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (a) Magma mingling
Ans. (a) : The formation of syenites can be explained as (b) Magma mixing
a result of fractional crystallization of a parent basaltic (c) Liquid immiscibility
magma and/or the assimilation of alkali-rich crustal (d) Magma assimilation
rocks which would produce compositions enriched in APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
alkali elements, decreasing the saturation in silica of the Ans. (c) : Immiscibility is the property where two
magma. substance are not capable of combining to form a
• A more in depth discussion of the petrology of homogenous mixture.
syenities is available on Alexstrekeisen it. • Components of an immiscible mixture will separate
• Syenite, is any of a class of intrusive igneous rocks from each other.
essentially composed of an alkali feldspar and a • The less-dense fluid will rise to the top and the
ferromagnesian minerals. component with higher density will sink to the bottom.
• Chemically, syenites contain a moderate amount of • Liquid which do not mix with each other and form
silica, relatively large amounts of alkalies, and alumina. separate layers are called immiscible liquids.
289. Rocks having 60% to 90% of mafic minerals 292. The process of shallow burial diagenesis is
@

are called. known as :

(a) leucocratic rocks (b) mesocratic rocks (a) telogenesis (b) mesogenesis
ap

(c) melanocratic rocks (d) hypermelanic rocks (c) metagenesis (d) eogenesis
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
na

Mining Geology 139 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): The term diagensis has undergone extensive Ans. (b) : Arkose occurs either as a thin blanket like
evolution in meaning since its introduced in 1868 and residuum at the base of a sedimentary series that over
application to the origin of sedimentary rocks. lies a granitic terrance, or as a very thick wedge-shaped
• Eogenesis applies to all changes that take place in deposit inter bedded with much coarse granite-bearing
sediments from the moment they are deposited and in conglomerate and deposited with a lesser quantity of red
shale and silt stone.
sedimentary rocks until they move into the
metamorphic realm. • Arkose sand stone in the Nabae group is supposed to
be beach sand, off-share bar sand, etc.
• It includes processes such as compaction,
• Arkose in the Mugi area occurs intercalated with
cementation, solution, mediate mineral replacement, greywacke of deep water environment.
coalification and organic matter genesistion.
• These two sandstones must be regarded as variant
• But general conditions such as 0.1–10 mPa and 0- types of arkose.
300ºC may be assigned to the overall pressure.
296. Which of the following is NOT an agent of
293. The term shale can be used for a rock if it metamorphism?
shows a specific property known as : (a) Chemically active fluids
(a) cleavage (b) fissility (b) Pressure
(c) schistosity (d) malleability (c) Temperature
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (d) Viscosity
Ans. (b) : Characteristic properties of shale is breaks APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
along thin laminae or parallel layering or bedding called Ans. (d) : Viscosity is not an agent of metamorphism.
fissility. • Agent of metamorphism.
• The composition of shale in a category of sedimantry • Pressure
rocks known as mudstone. • Temperature
• Shale is a laminated or fissile elastic sedimentary rock • Chemically active fluids
that composed of predominance of silt and clay • Pressure:- Increases with depth confining pressure
minerals, especially quartz and calcite. applies forces equally in all directions.
• It is most abundant sedimentary rock. • Rock may also be subjected to differential stress
• Difference between shale to mudstone, it is fissile and which is unequal in different directions and causes
laminated seen. deformation.
294. -----------is a sandstone of any composition that • Temperature:- Increase in temperature with depth to
the geothermal gradient.
has undergone deep burial, has a chloritic
matrix and is dark grey to dark green in • Chemically active fluids:- The fluid is water
colour, very hard and dense containing ions in solution.
(a) Arenite (b) Lithic arenite • Water is plentiful, because some water is contained in
the pore spaces of virtually every rock.
(c) Greywacke (d) Quartz wacke
297. Nucula, Trigonia, Mytilus and pecten are:
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
(a) nautiloids (b) lamellibranchs
Ans. (c) : Greywacke : Matrix-rich sandstones of any (c) gasteropods (d) ammonitids
composition that have undergone deep burial, have a APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
chloritic matrix and are dark gray to dark green, very
Ans. (b) : Nucula, Trigonia, Mytilus and pecten are
hard and dense.
lamellibranchs.
• This term has been much misused and should be
abandoned. 298. Which of the following flora assemblages
represent upper Gondwana?
• A Greywacke generally consisting of poorly sorted
(a) Ptilophyllum flora
angular grains of quartz, feldspar and lithic fragments
set in a compact clay rich matrix. (b) Glossopteris flora
• It is commonly formed from sediment deposited in (c) Neuropteridium flora
submarine avalanches or from strong turbidity currents (d) Gangamopteris flora
creating mixed sediment slurries. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
• They are often found on the edges of continental Ans. (a) : In India the upper Carboniferous/Lower
shelves or at the bottom of oceanic tranches. Permian to Lower Cretaceous sedimentary basins of
295. Arkose generally occurs as a thin blanket-like peninsular India are grouped into the Gondwana
residuum at the base of a sedimentary series Supergroup.
@

that overlies a ----------. • The Gondwana basin, of India occupy 50,000 sq. km.
(a) grey shale (b) granite area and are present along six linear belts such as
ap

(c) iron –rich shale (d) quartzite Damodar basin, Rewa basin, Wardha Valley, Pranhita
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 Godavari basins, Mahanadi basin, and Rajmahal basin.
na

Mining Geology 140 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Based on plant fossils the Gondwana Supergroup is • The Narmada Valley represents a unique, more or less
classified into two groups. a linear, geomorphic feature in central and western
• The Lower and the Upper Godwana. India.
• The Lower Gondwana Group is characterised by the • It constitutes a through formed by block faulting
presence of Glossopteris flora while Upper Gondwana which was initiated in the Early Cretaceous.
is characterised by Dicroidium-Ptilophyllum flora. • The Lameta Beds and the Bagh are developed over
299. In--------, the echinoids are much more the metamorphic rocks, granitic rocks and the upper
numerous compared to the other groups of Gondwana sediments especially in the Jabalpur area.
animals. 303. Which of the following is in the CORRECT
(a) Cambrian rocks (b) Silurian rocks Order of major to minor hierarchy in the
(c) Triassic rocks (d) Jurassic rocks geologic time scale ?
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (a) Group > System > Stage > Series > Zone
Ans. (d) : In Jurassic rocks, the echinoids are much (b) Group > System > Series > Stage > > Zone
more numerous compared to the other groups of
(c) Series > Stage > System > Group > Zone
animals.
(d) Group > Stage > Series > System > Zone
300. The graptolites are found only in the -----rocks.
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
(a) upper Cretaceous (b) lower Palaeozoic
(c) middle Jurassic (d) lower Jurassic Ans. (b) : The time internal occupied by the geological
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 history of the earth is known as the Geologic time.
Ans. (b) : Graptolites are found only in Palaeozoic • Which classified geological strata in time is known as
rocks such as those in scotland, Wales and north- the geological time scale.
western England. • The geologic time is estimated to have started at the
• The oldest dendroids occur in middle Cambrian rocks, Archean which approximately 4.0 to 2.5 billion year
but they can be found in rocks as young as the ago.
Carboniferous. • The geological times still continues to this day.
• Planktonic graptolites are particularly common in • Correct order of major to minor Hierarchy in the
Ordavician and Silurian shales and mudstones. geologic time scale is
• Graptolites are thought to have been hermaphroditic, :- Group > System > Series > Stage > Zone.
with both male and female sexual organs on one single
zooid. 304. The main purpose of bulk sampling of the coal
is ___________.
301. -------------is the term used to refer to whether
(a) To study the volatile contain
one geologic event was earlier or later than
another. (b) To study the carbon content
(a) Absolute age (b) Succession (c) To study the wash ability
(c) Relative age (d) Ture age (d) To study the method of formation
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
Ans. (c) : Relative age is term used to refer to whether Ans. (c) : The main purpose of bulk sampling of the
one geologic event was earlier or later than another. Coal is to study the wash ability.
• It is determined by comparing its position to other Bulk Samples : It is taken in order to carry out test
rock layers. work on a large Scale, which is designed of usage.
• The process used to establish whether a rock layer or a Steam coal samples are taken for small combustion tests
geologic event is older or younger than the other in pulverized fuel (Pf) rig, to simulate conditions in a
without knowing their specific ages is called relative PF boiler.
dating. Float: Sink tests are done on samples of coal from beds
• The principle of relative dating only started to be that will likely need washing (beneficiation) preparation
recognized in the 17th and 18th centuries. to remove sulfur or ash (rock and mineral matter) from
302. Lamata beds belong to the ----------age the coal to meet the desired specifications of the end
(a) Cretaceous (Maastrichtian) user.
(b) Jurassic (Bathonian) The float sink analysis determines how much coal can
(c) Jurassic (Callovian) be separated from rock and minerals in fluids of
(d) Cretaceous (Aptain) different densities.
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 305. Find the magnetic declination at a place if the
@

Ans. (a) : The stratigraphic position of the Deccan magnetic bearing of the sun at noon is 188°?
basalts, also referred to as the Deccan Traps, is (a) 8° W (b) 4° W
ap

important in relation to the Bagh and Lamata Beds as (c) 8° E (d) 8° E

both have an infratrappen position with respect to the
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
basalts.
na

Mining Geology 141 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : 8º W Ans. (c): • Reservoir Rock- A Reservoir is a sub
Concept: surface volume of Porous and Permeable rock that has
TB (True Bearing)=MB(magnetic bearing)±Declination both storage capacity and ability to allow fluids to flow
through it.
(use + ve for eastern and – ve for western declination)
• Any rock with good effective porosity and good
True bearing at Noon = 180º Permeability can form a good reservoir.
Magnetic bearing = 188º • Most common reservoirs are sandstone, as they are
Declination = True bearing – magnetic Bearing present in abundance, have suitable primary porosity,
180º – 188º = – 8º bigger pore size and good geographical extent.
Magnetic Declination = 8º west (– ve sign indicates • Carbonates (limestone & Dolomite), especially when
west) fractured are also very good reservoir rocks.
306. Which one of the following is an example of an 309. Which of the following subdivision of the
isostatic movement? Himalaya is constituted of crystalline
(a) Stream down cutting following a drop in sea metamorphic rocks only:
level (a) Lesser Himalaya (b) Tethys Himalaya
(c) Outer Himalaya (d) Greater Himalaya
(b) Arching of strata at the centre of a dome
(e) Kumaun Himalaya
(c) Numerous aftershocks associated with deep-
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
focus earthquakes
Ans. (d) : • The Himalayas are divided into three
(d) uplift of areas recently covered by thick,
parallel ranges:-
continental ice sheets
(i) The Greater Himalayas known as the Himadri
(e) None of these (ii) The Lesser Himalayas know as the Himachal
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (iii) Shiwalik hills
Ans. (d) : • Greater Himalayas:- Inner Himalaya central
• Isostasy is the term describing the naturally occurring Himalaya and Himadri are other names for the
balance of masses with in earth's crust that keeps the Himalayas. It is mostly composed of metamorphosed
planet's gravity in equilibrium. sediments (limestone) overlain by central crystallines
(granites and gneisses). This mountain range is home to
• Greenland offers a good example of isostasy. The
the world's highest peaks, the majority of which are
Greenland mass is mostly below sea level because of perpetually snow-covered.
the weight of the ice cap that covers the Island. If ice
• Lesser Himalayas- The Shiwaliks to the South and
cap were to melt, the resulting water would raise sea the Greater Himalayas to the north. It is often referred
level. The land mass would also begin to rise with its to as the Himachal or lower Himalaya.
load removed, but it would rise more slowly than the • Shiwalik Himalayas- Outer Himalayas is another
Sea level. Where its surface is well above sea level; name for the Himalayas. It is situated between the great
the isostatic balance would be reached again. plains and the Lesser Himalayas. Valleys are syclines,
307. Which one of the following does not form a whereas hills are anticlines or antisyclines.
good aquifer? • Kumaun Himalayas- This division lies between the
(a) Jointed basalt (b) Massive granite satluj and Kali River. The Highest peak in this division
(c) Tills (d) Sandstone is Nanda Devi.
(e) Dolerite • Tethys Himalayas- In Kashmir and in the Indian state
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 of Himachal Pradesh the Tethys are at their widest,
forming the spiti Basin and the Zaskar Range. To the
Ans. (b) : • Aquifer - A Rock body or layer of north, the Tethys Himalayas form the southern edge of
unconsolidated sediment that can both store and the Tibetan plateau.
transmit water below earth's surface.
310. Which of the following shows the correct order
• Aquifer characterization is dependent on the Petro- of lithotectonic subdivisions of the Himalaya
Physical Properties (Porosity, Permeability, seismic
from South to North:
velocities etc.) of the subsurface.
(a) Lesser Himalaya-Outer Himalaya - Tethys
• Aquifers are found to include rock types such as
Himalaya-Greater Himalaya
Sandstones, Conglomerates, fractured limestone and
(b) Outer Himalaya- Lesser Himalaya- Greater
unconsolidated sand, gravels and fractured volcanic
Himalaya- Tethys Himalaya
rocks (columnar basalts).
(c) Outer Himalaya- Lesser Himalaya- Tethys
308. Which one of the following is not a good Himalaya- Greater Himalaya
reservoir rock for petroleum?
@

(d) Lesser Himalaya- Outer Himalaya- Greater

(a) limestone (b) sandstone Himalaya- Greater Himalaya
(c) mudstone (d) reef bound stone
ap

(e) Greater Himalaya- Outer Himalaya- Lesser

(e) Granite Himalaya- Tethys Himalaya
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
na

Mining Geology 142 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Outer Himalaya - Lesser Himalaya - Greater Ans. (a): • Gaia Hypothesis:- The Gaia hypothesis
Himalaya - Tethys Himalaya. also known as Gaia theory or Gaia principle. It proposes
311. The Main Boundary Thrust separates: that all organism and their inorganic surroundings on
Earth are closely integrated to form a single and self-
(a) Greater Himalaya from Tethys Himalaya
regulating complex system, maintaining the conditions
(b) Lesser Himalaya from Greater Himalaya for life on the planet.
(c) Outer Himalaya from Lesser Himalaya • The Gaia hypothesis was formulated by the chemist
(d) Outer Himalaya from Gangetic Plain James Lovelock and co-developed by the microbiologist
(e) Gangetic Plain from Lesser Himalaya Lynn Margulis in the 1970.
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 • The Gaia hypothesis focuses on observing how the
Ans. (c) : • Main Himalayan Thrust- MHT is the biosphere and the evolution of life forms contribute to
largest active continental mega thrust fault in the world. the stability of:-
The main Himalayan thrust follows a North west-south (i) global temperature
east strike. Deformation of the crust is also (ii) ocean salinity
accommodated along splay structures including the (iii) oxygen in the atmosphere and
(i) Himalayan Frontal Thrust (HFT) (iv) other factors of habitability in a preferred
homeostasis.
(ii) Main Boundary Thrust (MBT)
• Basis Assumptions of Gaia theory:-
(iii) Main Central Thrust (MCT)
(i) The earth is a self-regulating complex system
• Himalayan Frontal Thrust- It is a geological fault in (ii) This system as a whole called Gaia.
the Himalayas that define the boundary between the
(iii) A physical and chemical environment optimal for
Indian and Eurasian plates. The fault can be seen via contemporary life.
satellite imagery because it is well expressed on the
(iv) Earth is alive
surface.
314. A Dam is an example of which type of system:
• Main Boundary Thrust- It is one of the major
(a) Natural (b) Modified
Himalayan thrusts, and it presently incorporated with in
the Himalayan thrust wedge (Lesser and outer (c) Controlled (d) Uncontrolled
Himalayas) displaced above the Indian lithosphere. (e) Diversified
• Main Central Thrust- It is a major fault which is CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
formed where the Indian plate has pushed under the Ans. (c) : • A dam is an example of controlled system
Eurasian plate along the Himalaya. The fault is exposed • A dam is a barrier that stops the flow of water and
on the surface in a NW - SE direction as it slopes down results in the creation of a reservoir.
to the north. 315. Of the following, who is associated with the
312. Upper Tertiary rocks dominate in: Law of Superposition?
(a) Tethys Himalaya (b) Outer Himalaya (a) Nicholas Steno (b) Fred Hoyle
(c) Greater Himalaya (d) Lesser Himalaya (c) Lehman (d) James Hutton
(e) Both Tethys and Greater Himalaya (e) Bernard
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
Ans. (b) : • Geologically, the sivalik Hills are a Ans. (a) : • Nicolas steno was one of the founders of
mountain range of the outer Himalayas that stretches modern geology, establishing in 1669 some of its
from the Indus river eastwards close to the Brahmaputra fundamental principles, including the basic law that in
river, spanning across the northern parts of the Indian layers of rock the oldest layer are found at the bottom
subcontinent. and the youngest layers at the top.
• The sivalik Hills belong to the tertiary deposits of the • Steno also made notable contribution in the field of
outer Himalayas. They are chiefly composed of anatomy, crystallography and paleontology.
sandstone and conglomerate rock formations, which are • In Geology, steno defining for the 1st time the
the solidified detritus of the Himalayas. principles of modern stratigraphy.
313. The hypothesis the life on earth plays an Steno's Principles:-
important role in regulating the planetary • The Principle of original horizontality:- All layers
climate is known as: of rock are deposited horizontally parallel to the
(a) Gaia hypothesis horizon. Later they may be deformed so they form an
(b) Uniformitariansism angle with the horizon.
@

(c) Sustainability hypothesis • The law of superposition- The deeper the rock layer,
(d) Gutenberg Hypothesis the older it is when there are different layers of rock,
ap

(e) Harry Hess hypothesis provided there has been no deformation the oldest
layers are at the bottom and youngest at the top.
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
na

Mining Geology 143 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• The principle of lateral continuity- Rock layer 318. Marine transgression of the coast of Kachchh
extend laterally in all direction. Where similar layer of began in:
rock are separated, for example by a valley, it can be (a) Cretaceous (b) Jurassic
assumed these rock layers were originally continuous. (c) Palaeocene (d) Oligocene
• The Principle of cross-cutting relationship- Any (e) Pliestocene
geologic feature that cuts through another is the younger CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
of the two features. Ans. (b) : Kachchh/Kutch Basin- Kachchh basin form
• Fred hoyle- He was an English astronomer who the north-western part of the western continental margin
of India and is situated at the southern edge of the Indus
formulated the theory of stellar nucleosynthesis.
shelf at right angles to the southern Indus fossil lift.
• James Hutton- He is contributions to the science of • It covering entire Kachchh district and western part of
geology (uniformitarianism and the great age of the Banaskantha district of Gujarat State.
earth) Geological History-
316. Fragment of granite in the body of a sandstone • The evolution of the western continental margin basin
are: of India is related to the break up of eastern
(a) Older than the sandstone Gondwanaland from western Gondwanaland in the late
(b) Younger than the Sandstone Triassic/Early Jurassic.
(c) Of some age as the Sandstone 319. The age of Gondwana rocks in Kachchh is:
(d) generally older at times younger (a) Palaeocene (b) Oligocene
(e) Not certain (c) Early Cretaceous (d) Jurassic
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (e) Ordovician
Ans. (a) : Sandstone- Sandstone is a type of CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
sedimentary rock. It forms when grains of sand are Ans. (c) : • The opening of the kutch basin to the north
compacted together over very long period of time. of Saurashtra peninsula coincided with the transgressive
Normally this sand has an abundance of quartz but can phase of the sea onto the coastal areas of other parts of
also contains other minerals and materials. Sandstone Gondwanaland including the western margin of Indian
can form under the sea or on land. plate during Jurassic-cretaceous time.
Granite- Granite is an igneous rock composed of 320. Which of the following formation is
mostly two minerals : quartz and feldspar. It is an distinguished by the presence of dinosaur egg
intrusive rock, meaning that it crystallized from magma shells of Maastrichtian age:
that cooled for below the earth's surface. Granite usually (a) Ariyalur Formation (b) Bagh Formation
have a coarse texture because the magma cools slowly (c) Bhuj Formation (d) Lameta Formation
underground allowing large crystal growth. (e) Barail Formation
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
317. The age of marine beds associated with Lower
Gondwana rocks is: Ans. (d) : • The new locality of a nest of savropod
dinosaur from fluvial sediments of the Lameta
(a) Early Triassic (b) Late Jurassic
formation of salbardi area.
(c) Early Cretaceous (d) Earliest Permian
• The lameta formation is of Maastrichtian age (late
(e) Oligocene cretaceous), and is notable for its dinosaur fossil.
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 • On the basis of shape, a size and macrostructures of
Ans. (d) : • Gondwana Rocks- Three-fold the shell, it is identified as Megaloolithus. The new
classification Gondwanas. locality is away from the known nesting sites of
dinosaurs already been reported i.e Nagpur and
• Lower Gondwana- This division shows Jabalpur.
predominance of the Glossopteris flora, during Permian
Period, in which the Talchir, Karkarbari, Barakav, 321. Lowering of ELA is indicative of:
Barren measures Raniganj, Motur, Hingir and Bijori (a) Recession of glacier
formations are included. (b) Rise of temperature
• Middle Gondwana- This is characterized by the (c) Lowering of temperature
accession of dicroidium and declining of Glossopteris (d) Negative Mass Balance
flora at the beginning of Triassic which extend up to the (e) A sum of many factors
upper Triassic with dominance of Dicroidium flora. In CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
this subdivision, Panchet, Kamthi, Pachmari, Tiki etc. Ans. (c) : • The equilibrium-line altitude (ELA) marks
formation have been included. the area orzone on a glacier where accumulation is
@

• Upper Gondwana- This is characterised by the balanced by ablation over a 1-year period. The ELA is
arrival of ptilophyllum flora till the end of Gondwana sensitive to several meteorological factors, such as
ap

era, ranging from Jurassic to lower cretaceous, in which variations in winter precipitation, summer temperature,
Dubrajpur, Shivganga, Bhuj, Pariwar etc. and wind transport of dry snow.
na

Mining Geology 144 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
322. LGM refers to which time peroid? Ans. (b) : • Fossils are common in some kind of
(a) 110 ka (b) 60 ka sedimentary than others. They are many factors that can
(c) 22 ka (d) 11 ka contribute to the likelihood of an organism being
(e) 200 ka preserved as a fossil.
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 • Fossils (From the latin word fossils, meaning 'dug up'
Ans. (c) : • The LGM (Last Glacial Maximum) at ) are the remains or trace of organism that lived in the
approximately 23-18K (K-thousand calendar years) geologic past, now preserved in the earth's crust.
provides an important contrast to our present and pre- • Most organisms never become fossils, but instead
industrial climate in a warming world. decompose after death, and any hard parts are broken
• It also referred to as the late Glacial Maximum was into tiny fragments. In order to become fossilized, an
the most recent time during the Last Glacial Period that organism must be buried quickly before it is destroy by
ice sheets were at their greatest extent. erosion or eaten by other organism. That is why fossils
• Ice sheets covered much of Northern Europe and Asia are found almost exclusively in sediment and
and profoundly affected Earth's climate by causing sedimentary rocks.
drought desertification and a large drop in sea level. 326. The earth would be the same as other planets
323. Life on the earth depend on the following inter in the solar system without:
connected factores: (a) Volcanoes and plate tectonics
(i) High quality energy from the sun (b) Water and rocks
(ii) Cycling of matter (c) River and plants
(iii) Gravity (d) Plants and animals
(iv) Six elements-( C, H2, N2, S, P) (e) Atmosphere
(v) Water CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(a) (i), (ii), (v) (b) (i), (ii), (iii)
Ans. (a) : • Water is tied to another unique feature of
(c) (ii), (iii), (iv) (d) (iii), (iv), (v) earth, its system of plate tectonics, the slip-sliding
(e) (i), (iii), (iv) movements of Earth's crust that are thought to have
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 shaped the planet's towering mountain range and
Ans. (b) : • Plants need sunlight to grow. Animals, plummeting ocean depths.
including humans, needs plants for food and the oxygen • Earth is the only planet known to have plate tectonics,
they produce. without heat from the sun, Earth would where the crust is divided into pieces (plates) which
freeze. Its gravitational pull holds the planet in a orbit. It
float on top of the mantle, although there is now some
radiates light and heat or solar energy which make it
evidence that Juipter's moon.
possible for life to exist on Earth.
• Cycles of matter are how matter circulates between 327. Which of the following is not sedimentary in
the earth, the atmosphere and living things. Natural origin:
cycles of matter are important for life and the (a) Gypsum (b) Halite
environment. They allow the transport and long-term (c) Magnetite (d) Hematite
storage of matter. They also make essential elements (e) Quartz
like carbon, and Nitrogen available to living things for CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
biosynthesis.
Ans. (c) : • Gypsum is a soft, light colored sedimentary
324. Deccan Basalt represent rock. It occurs in both mineral from selenite and as a
(a) A Plateau (b) A Mountain chain rock in bedded layer. Gypsum occurs interbedded with
(c) A Hillock (d) A Basin salt (halite Nacl) and anhydrite (CaSO4).
(e) A Plain
• Hematite is one of the most abundant minerals on
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
Earth's surface and in the shallow crust. It is an iron
Ans. (a) : • The flood basalt province known as the oxide (Fe2O3). It is a common rock-forming mineral
Deccan traps is located on the Deccan plateau in west- found in sedimentary, metamorphic and igneous rock.
central India and is one of the largest volcanic provinces
• Quartz is among the most common of all rock forming
in the world.
minerals and is found in many metamorphic rock,
• The Deccan basalts may have played a role in the
sedimentary rocks and those igneous rocks that are high
extinction of the dinosaurs. the Deccan traps began
in silica content such as granites and hyalites.
forming at the end of the cretaceous period.
325. Fossils are abundantly found in 328. Thickness of the earth's upper mantle is upto
@

(a) Igneous racks (b) Sedimentary rocks (a) 100km (b) 410km
(c) 670km (d) >100km
ap

(c) Metamorphic rocks (d) Evaporites

(e) Amphibolites (e) 50-100km
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
na

Mining Geology 145 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b) : • The upper mantle extends from the crust to 332. Perovskite occurs in;
a depth of about 410 km (255 miles). The upper mantle (a) Upper mantle of the earth
is mostly solid, but its more malleable regions (b) Transition zone of the earth
contribute to tectonic activity. Two parts of the upper (c) Lower mantle of the earth
mantle are often recognized as distinct region in earth's (d) Inner core of the earth
interior the lithosphere and the astheno-sphere. (e) Upper crust of the earth
329. Adiabatic decompression melting involves CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
melting at: Ans. (c) : • Silicate perovskite is either (Mg. Fe) SiO3
(a) Low T and high P (The magnesium end-member is called bridgmanite) or
(b) High T and low P CaSiO3 (calcium silicate known as devemaoite) when
(c) Constant T but increasing P arranged in a perovskite structure.
(d) Constant T but decreasing P • The lower mantle accounts for nearly half of the mass
of the earth. It is generally accepted that its mineralogy
(e) Constant temperature and P
mostly consist of Mg, Fe, Al, CaSiO3
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
• Silicate perovskite are not stable at earth's surface and
Ans. (d) : • Adiabatic melting of the mantle also known mainly exist in the lower part of earth's mantle.
as decompression melting. During decompression
333. "D" layer is identified at the boundary of:
melting upwelling of the mantle results in rapid
(a) Lower mantle and outer core
decrease in pressure. Temperature may remain constant
(b) Crust and mantle
or even decrease slightly.
(c) Upper and lower mantle
• Decompression melting commonly occurs at (d) Outer and inner core
divergent plate boundaries, where two tectonic plates
(e) Lehmann Discontinuity
are moving away from each other. Mid-ocean ridges are
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
the classic example, but adiabatic melting also occurs
during continental lithospheric extension and in some Ans. (a) : • The 'D' layer the lower most portion of the
mantle plumes. mantle, sits just above the molten iron-rich outer core.
330. Nearly 50% of the Earth's mass consist of • The 'D' (Dee double prime) layer is a mysterious layer
beginning approximately 200km above the boundary
(a) Upper mantle (b) Transition zone
between the core and mantle. (This boundary is referred
(c) Lower mantle (d) Outer core
to as the core-mantle boundary).
(e) Inner core
334. Near earth's surface condition:
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(a) Olivine is more stable than amphibole
Ans. (c) : • The lower mantle extends from about 660 (b) Quartz is less stable than clay minerals
km (410 miles) to about 2700 km beneath earth's
(c) Pyroxene is less stable than Dolomite
surface. The lower mantle is hotter and dancer than the
upper mantle. The lower mantle is much less ductile (d) Muscovite is more stable than quartz
than upper mantle. (e) Olivine and Quartz are stable together
• Lower mantle contains approximate 70% of the mass CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
of the mantle and is approx. 50% of the mass of the Ans. (b) : • Near earth's surface condition Quartz is less
entire planet. stable than clay minerals.
331. Role of H2O in melting is: 335. Daughter nucleus has atomic number 2 less
(a) Increase P at a given T and mass number 4 less than parent due to
(b) Increase T at a given P (a) α decay
(c) Decrease P at a given T
(b) β decay
(d) Decrease T at a given T
(e) Same as CO2 (c) Electron capture decay
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (d) Gamma decay
(e) Neutron capture
Ans. (d) : • The melting point of water is the
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
temperature at which it changes from solid ice into
liquid water. Ans. (a) : • Alpha decay or α-decay is a type of
• The melting point depends slightly on pressure, so radioactive decay in which the atomic nucleus emits an
there is not a single temperature that can be considered alpha particles thereby transforming or decaying into a
to be the melting point of water. So role of H2O in new atomic nucleus.
@

melting is decrease temperature (T) at a given pressure • Here the atomic mass number of the newly formed
(P) . e.g. melting point of pure water. Ice at 1 atom will be reduced by four and the atomic number
ap

atmospheric pressure is very nearly 0°C which is 32°F will be reduced by two. The emitted alpha particles is
or 273.15K. also known as a helium nucleus.
na

Mining Geology 146 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• The mass of the alpha particles is relatively large and (a) All type of igneous rocks
has a positive charge. (b) All type of sedimentary rocks
β -decay- It is the emission of an electron from a (c) All type of metamorphic rocks
nucleus Iodine -131 is an example of nuclide that (d) Only regionally metamorphosed rocks
undergoes β-decay. (e) Only thermally metamorphosed rocks
Gamma decay- When a nuclide is formed in an excited CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
state and then decays to its ground state with the Ans. (d) : • When rocks are buried deep in the crust
emission of a γ−rays, a quantum of high-energy regional metamorphism occurs. This is commonly
electromagnetic radiation. Cobalt (C-60) emits γ associated with the boundaries of convergent plate and
radiation and is used in many applications including mountain range formation.
cancer treatment. • Regional metamorphism usually results in forming
Electron capture decay- When one of the inner metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as
electrons in an atom is captured by the atom's nucleus slates cleavage, schists and gneisses.
for example, potassium-40 undergoes electron capture. 339. The discontinuity between crust and mantle is
336. The half life in decay from 238U to 206Pb is: called
(a) 4.5 billion yrs (b) 7.13 billion yrs (a) Mohorovicic (b) Lahmann
(c) 14.1 billion yrs (d) 5.3 billion yrs (c) Guten berg (d) Karlsbad
(e) 9.8 billion yrs (e) Wilson
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
Ans. (d) : The discountinunity between crust and
Ans. (a) : • Half life is normally defined as the time
mantle is called mohorovicic discontinunity.
needed by a radioactive substance (or one half the
Note- Official Answer is option (d) - karlsbad.
atoms) to disintegrate or transform into a different
substance. 340. The area of a degree-sheet is divided into how
• The principle was first discovered in 1907 by Ernest many toposheets?
Rutherford. It is usually represented by t1/2. (a) 4 (b) 8
t
(c) 16 (d) 32
 1  t1/ 2 (e) 64
• Formula = N = N 0   CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
2
Where Ans. (c) : • The area of a degree-sheet is divided into 16
equal parts of toposheets. The sheets are in 1:50000
N = is the amount of substance after time has passed. scale and at present the whole of the country is covered
N0 = is the initial amount of substance by 1:50,000 rigorous meteoric surveys in more than
t1/2 = is the half of the substance 5000 toposheets.
t = is the amount of time that has passed • India is covered by nearly 385 toposheets on
• The decay constant (λ) is given that then half life for 1:2,50,000 scale and these are also called as degree
any radioactive element given by the formula sheets.
In(2) 0.693 341. Process of Petrifaction results in the formation
t1/ 2 = = of-
λ λ
(a) Fossils
• The isotopes 238 U decays to 206 pb with a half life (b) Sediments
of 4.5×109y or 4.5 billion years. (c) Igneous and metamorphic rocks
337. Crustal shortening takes place due to: (d) Petroleum
(a) Normal faulting (e) Gas hyderate
(b) Folding and thrusting CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(c) Strike-slip faulting Ans. (a) : In which rock like minerals seeps in slowly
(d) Intrusion and replace the original organic tissues with silica,
(e) Metamorphism calcite or pyrite, forming a rock-like fossil.
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 • It can preserve hard and soft parts.
• Most bone and wood fossils are permineralized.
Ans. (b) : • Crustal shortening- It is the process of
plateau formation by the thrusting of one block or slice 342. Which of the following problem is not of
of crust over another or by the folding of layers of rock. anthropogenic origin?
• Plateaus that were formed by crystal shortening and (a) Landslide zonation
internal drainage lie within major mountain belts and (b) Groundwater pollution
@

generally in arid climates. They can be found in North (c) Flash Flood
Africa, turkey, Iran and Tibet. (d) Garbage dumping
ap

338. Slaty cleavage, schistosity and gneissosoty are (e) Air Pollution
characheristically found in: CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
na

Mining Geology 147 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): • Anthropogenic in referring to environmental Ans. (c) : • A common mode of fossilization is
change caused or influenced by people, either directly mineralization, the replacement of organic material by
or indirectly. inorganic minerals.
• Example include ground water abstraction, Air • The most common dinosaur fossils are the
pollution, Garbage dumping, Surface mining, chemical mineralized remains of bones and teeth. Bones are
explosions etc. composed of calcium phosphate and organic material.
The finest mineralization is called per mineralization
343. In which of the following branch of geology are
where is an atom-by-atom replacement of the original
fossils useful? organisms tissues/bones by minerals.
(a) Landslide zonation
347. For establishing the precise biozonation of a
(b) Study of palaeoenvironment fossiliferous outcrop sequence, which kind of
(c) Study of Radioactive mineralisation fossil data is used?
(d) Petrogenesis (a) Assemblages of fossils
(e) Metamorphism (b) First appearance of a fossil taxon
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (c) Numerical age data from associated
Ans. (b) : • Fossils of any kind are useful in "reading radioactive mineral
the rock record", meaning they help us decipher the (d) abundant data of fassils
history of the earth. They can help us determine the (e) Abundant assemblages of the fossils
geologic age and environment (the pale environment) in CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
which they are deposited. Ans. (b) : • First appearance of a fossil tax on is used
344. Which of the following mineral substances is for establishing the precise biozonation of a
used by molluscan animals and is commonly fossiliferous outcrop sequence.
found in the form of fossils? 348. Which of the following is non clastic?
(a) Calcium carbonate (a) Siltstone (b) Shale
(b) Chitin (c) Halite (d) Conglomerate
(c) Silica (e) Sandstone
(d) Calcium Phosphate CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(e) Magnesium chlorate Ans. (c) : • Non-clastic rocks are created when water
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 evaporates or from the remains of plants and animals.
Ans. (a) : • Mollusca protect their soft bodies with a • Non-clastic textures are found chiefly in rocks that
shell. The shell may be external like in snails or a have precipitated chemically from water such as
reduced internal shell, e.g in slugs. The shell is mainly limestone, dolomite etc. other non-clastic sedimentary
made up of calcium carbonate. rocks include those formed by organisms (biochemical
• Mollusca is includes such familiar organism as snails, rocks) and those formed from organic material such as
octopuses, squid, clams, scallops, oysters and chitons. coal.
• Example include rock salt, iron core, halite etc.
345. Oldest fossils occur in the rocks of which age?
(a) Cambrian (b) Archaean 349. A Hanging Valley is formed by-
(c) Triassic (d) Vendian (a) River (b) Wind
(e) Tommotian (c) Glacier (d) Ocean
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (e) Lakes
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
Ans. (b) : • Archaean Eon began around 3.8 billion
year ago and terminates at 2.5 billion years ago. The Ans. (c) : • The hanging valley form a characteristic U-
Archaean Econ contains about 45% of earth's history. shape above their respective main valleys, and have a
• The oldest fossils are found in the Archaean Eon. The steep wall at the point where the two valleys meet.
age of oldest preserved rocks on earth's surface has been These valleys are found in regions of high attitude,
formally proposed as a definition for the base of the particularly in mountainous regions.
Archaean. • Hanging valleys are formed as a result of the erosion
effect of glaciations. The valleys are thought to have
346. Dinosaur bones are most commonly fossilised
been formed by two different glacier flows that interact
as...
with each other.
(a) Compressed remains
(b) Moulds 350. Out of the following, the oldest Mesozoic is-
@

(c) Permineralised remains (a) Triassic (b) Silurian

(c) Jurassic (d) Eocene
ap

(d) Gastroliths
(e) Bioherms (e) Cretaceous
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
na

Mining Geology 148 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): • The mesozoic is divided into three time • Medical moraines - Medical moraines are debris
period. ridges at the glacier surface running parallel to the
(i) Triassic period (252 to 201 million years ago) direction of ice flow.
(ii) Jurassic period (201 to 145 million years ago) • Ground moraines- It is term used to describe the
(iii) Cretaceous period (145 to 66 million years ago) uneven blanket of till deposited in the low-relief areas
between more prominent moraines ridges.
351. The characteristic feature of the Mesozoic Era
has been- 354. Interstadials during quaternary period are
(a) Fragmentation of Gondwanaland (a) Long warm events between the generally
colder periods
(b) The dominance of reptiles
(b) short warm events between the generally
(c) Relatively high temperature
colder periods
(d) Appearance of man (c) Short cold events between the generally
(e) Appearance of horse warmer periods
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (d) Long very cold events between the generally
Ans. (d) : • During the Mesozoic or 'Middle life' era life cooler periods
diversified rapidly and giant reptiles, dinosaurs and (e) Long warm events only
other monstrous beasts roamed the earth. The time CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
period which span from about 252 million years ago to Ans. (b) : • The quaternary period is divided into two
about 66 million years ago, was also known as the age major epochs; The Pleistocene'' (2.6 million years ago
of reptiles or the age of dinosaurs. to 11,000 years ago) and Holocene (11,000 years ago to
• The Permian Triassic boundary at the start of the continues today)
Mesozoic. • The Quaternary period is a geologic time period that
352. Which of the following marks the boundary encompasses the most recent 2.6 million years-
between the Continental Crust and Oceanic including the present day.
Crust and Oceanic Crust? • Stadials and interstadials are phase dividing the
(a) Continental slope (b) Continental rise Quaternary period. Stadials are period of colder climate
(c) Continental shelf (d) Abyssal plain while interstadials are period of warmer climate.
(e) Neritic zone 355. Which of the following gives the correct
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 sequence from older to younger?
Ans. (c) : • Continental margins refers to the region of (a) Cambrian-Devonian-Permian-Carboniferous-
transition from the land to the deep seafloor, i.c between Cretaceous
continental and oceanic crust. (b) Cambrian-Silurian-Ordovician-
• Continental margin consists of three different features Carboniferous-Permian
the continental rise, the continental slope and the (c) Cambrian-Silurian-Carboniferous-Triassic-
continental shelf. Cretaceous
• A continental shelf is the edge of a continent that lies (d) Cambrian-Devonian-Ordovician-Silurian-
under the ocean. A continental shelf extends from the Jurrasic
coastline of a continent to a drop-off point called the (e) Creataceous-Silurian-Devonian-Ordoviciaan
shelf break from the break, the shelf descends towards CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
the deep ocean floor in what is called the continental Ans. (c) : • Cambrian (541 million years ago-485.4
slope. million years ago) - Silurian (443 million years ago -
353. The maximum advancement of a glacier is 419.2 million years ago) - Carboniferous (358 million -
depicted by the position of the 298 million) - Triassic (251 million - 201 million) -
(a) Medial moraine Cretaceous (145 to 66 million years ago)
(b) Terminal moraine 356. Folds with a pair of converging axial surfaces
(c) Lateral moraine and having a square hinge zone are known as
(d) Ground moraine (a) Parallel (b) Similar folds
(e) Lakes (c) Box folds (d) Overturned folds
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (e) Recumbent folds
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
Ans. (b) : • Terminal moraine- It is a moraine ridge
that marks the maximum limit of a glacier advance. Ans. (c) : • Box folds- It may be described as a special
They form at the glacier terminus and mirror the shape type of fold with exceptionally flattened top and steeply
of the ice margin at the time of deposition. inclined limbs almost forming three sides of a rectangle.
@

• Lateral moraine- Lateral moraine from along the • Recumbent folds- In such folds, one limb comes to
glacier side and consist of debris that falls or slumps lie exactly under the other limb so that a drill hole dug
ap

from the valley wall or flow directly from the glacier at the surface in the upper limb passes through the lower
surface. limb also.
na

Mining Geology 149 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Similar folds- In such folds, the axial regions are 360. Which of the following is a part of the
thicker than the limb region indicating a plastic type of Atmosphere?
movement of the material of rocks from the limb (a) Biosphere (b) Asthenosphere
regions to the axial regions during the process of (c) Stratosphere (d) Lithosphere
folding. (e) Hydrosphere
• Overturned folds- These are folds with inclined axial CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
planes in which both the limbs are dipping essentially in
Ans. (c) : • An atmosphere is the layers of gases
the same general direction. The amount of dip of two
limbs may or may not be the same. surrounding a planet or other celestial body. Earth's
atmosphere has five major layers. From lowest to
357. In which of the following rocks Mg should
highest, the major layers are the troposphere,
be<80%.
stratosphere, mesosphere, thermosphere and exosphere.
(a) Diorite (b) Grano-diorite
(c) Kanotiite (d) basault 361. A fracture in a rock with no appreciable
(e) anorthosite movement is called-
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (a) Slickenside (b) Gash vein
(c) Joint (d) Shear
Ans. (c) : • Komatiites have low silicon, potassium and
aluminum and high to extremely high magnesium (e) Dike
content. Komatiites was named for its type locality CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
along the Komati river in South Africa. Ans. (c) : • A joint is a crack in a rock along which no
358. Imaginary line joining points of equal elevation appreciable movement has occurred. Strata on one side
on the surface of the earth is called of the joint align with strata on the other side.
(a) Isograd line (b) Contour line • Joints can form as a result of the expansion and
(c) Isobaric line contraction of rocks.
(d) Stratum contour line • Expansion can occur if erosion strips away the
(e) Strike line overlying rock to exhume once deeply buried rocks.
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 The release of confining pressure causes the exhumed
Ans. (b) : • A contour line are imaginary lines that rock to expand and fracture, there by producing joints.
connect points equal elevation (elevation refers to 362. Tranform fault is a
height in feet, or meters, above sea level). (a) Stike-slip fault (b) Dip-slip fault
• A line laying on the ground which maintains a (c) Up slip fault (d) Down slip fault
constant inclination to the horizontal is known as (e) Oblique slip fault
contour gradient. It is found out by instrument
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
clinometers.
• A line laying in a level surface is a level line. It is Ans. (a) : • Transform faults are specialized type of
thus a curved line normal to the plumb at all points is strike slip fault, which occurs when the earth on either
called level line. side of the fault moves side to side or horizontally.
359. On the basis of crystallographic axes, the • Dip-slip fault- A dip-slip fault is any fault in which
crystal are divided into the earth's movement is parallel with the dip of the fault
(a) Two systems (b) Four systems plane. For e.g a normal fault, reverse fault or listric
(c) Six systems (d) Eight systems fault. The opposite of a dip-slip fault is a strike-slip
(e) Ten systems fault.
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 363. Age of Muth quartzite is
Ans. (c) : • Crystallography is the study of the (a) Eocene (b) Cretaceous
formation, structure and properties of crystal. A crystal (c) Triassic (d) Devonian
structure is defined by the particular repeating (e) Cambrian
arrangement of atom throughout the crystal.
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
• The external appearance of the crystal is often related
to its internal arrangement of atoms. There are six basic Ans. (d) : • The muth quartzite contains thick sequence
crystal system. of quartzite and quartzite sandstone. The quartzite is
(i) Isometric system closely jointed, which schist are highly crushed and
(ii) Tetragonal system pulverised. They have been dated to Devonian age.
@

(iii) Hexagonal system • East of the Indus river in the western part of Kashmir
(iv) Orthorhombic system 300-600m thick band of strikingly snow-white quartzite
ap

(v) Monoclinic system overlying the Cambrian succession is known as Muth

(vi) Triclinic system Quartzite.
na

Mining Geology 150 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
364. According to principle of cross-cutting 368. Dislocation of bed is caused by structure
relationship, intrusive body is known as ______.
(a) older than country rock (a) decline fold
(b) younger than country rock (b) fault
(c) of same age as the country rock (c) None of the other options
(d) sometime younger, at time older (d) anticline fold
(e) none of the above CIL MT Mining-2017
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 Ans. (b) : Dislocation of bed is caused by structure
known as fault.
Ans. (b) : • The Principle of cross cutting relationships Fault- Fault in geology, a planar or gently curved
states that rock formations that cut across other rock fracture in the rocks of Earth's crust. where
must be younger than the rock that they cut across. compressional or tensional forces cause relative
• In fault lines that slide rock layer apart from each displacement of the rocks on the opposite side of the
other; a fault that cuts across a set of strata must have fracture. Faults rand in length from a few centimeters to
occurred after the formation of that set. many hundreds of kilometers, and displacement
365. Most elements in the earth's surface exist likewise may range from less than a centimeter to
(a) in oxide state, (b) in reduced state several hundred kilometers along the fracture surface
(the fault plane). In some instances, the movement is
(c) in metal state (d) in vapour state distributed over a fault zone composed of many
(e) in liquid state individual faults that occupy a belt hundreds of meters
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 wide.
Ans. (a) : • The earth's crust comprises about 95% 369. What will be the equivalent RMR value as per
igneous and metamorphic rocks, 4% shale, 0.75% Bieniawski (1989) for a rock mass rating of 20
sandstone and 0.25% limestone. based on Q-system?
• Oxygen, silicon, aluminum and iron account highest (a) 55.71 (b) 70.96
share of mass in the earth's crust-oxygen is by far the (c) 45.30 (d) 46.90
most abundant element in the earth's crust. Oxygen is CIL MT Mining-2017
highly reactive element that combines with other Ans. (b) : The equivalent RMR value as per Bieniawski
elements, forming oxides. (1989)for a rock mass rating of 20 based on O-system
366. which rock gives the age of its source material 70.96
(a) marble (b) schist RMR Value-
RMR is determined as an algebraic sum of rating for all
(c) sand stone (d) slate
of the parameters on the basis of RMR values for a
(e) gneiss given engineering structure, the rock mass is sorted into
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 five classes.
Ans. (c) : • Sandstone is a rock comprising mostly of very good RMR (100-81), good(80-61), fair (60-40),
minerals formed from sand. The stone gains its Poor (40-41), and very poor (L 20).
formation throughout centuries of deposal forming in O – System-
lakes, rivers or on the ocean floor. The O- system is a classification system for rock masses
• These elements group together with the mineral quartz with respect to stability of underground openings. Based
or calcite and compresses. In time, the sandstone is on estimation of six rock mass Parameters.
formed by the pressure of these minerals coming 370. The angle of draw in a trough subsidence helps
together. in determining the:
367. In geological studies, Arkose contains which of (a) plane of fracture
the following minerals which gives it a reddish (b) critical width of the opening
colour? (c) extent of surface subsidence
(a) Orthoclase (b) Calcite (d) maximum subsidence
(c) Aragonite (d) Quartz CIL MT Mining-2017
(e) Calcium carbonate Ans. (c) : The angle of draw in a trough subsidence
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 helps in determining the extent of surface subsidence.
Subsidence- Subsidence is a general term for
Ans. (*) • Arkose is a feldspar-risk sandstone. It is downword vertical movement of the Earth's surface,
commonly coarse-grained and usually either pink or which can be caused by both natural processes and
@

gray. human activities. subsidence involves little or no

• it is a mineral hematite that covers sand grains as a horizontal movement.
ap

fine pigment and gives a reddish color to redbeds. Processes that lead to subsidence include dissolution of
Note- official answer is option (a) orthoclase. underlying carbonate rock by groundwater;
na

Mining Geology 151 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
371. In coal mining operation the blasting technique • Coal is a biochemical sedimentary rock because coal
used for controlled throw of overburden is is formed from organic matter or sediment that comes
known as : from biological processes.
(a) Coyote Blasting (b) Perimeter Blasting • There are three types of rocks.
(c) Pre-split Blasting (d) Cast Blasting (i) Igneous Rocks
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 (ii) Sedimentary Rocks
Ans. (d) : (iii) Metamorphic Rocks.
• Cast Blasting is a high-coefficient technique applied 375. The water that is obtained from the
in surface mines for overburden removal, in which atmospheric precipitation is called
overburden is cast directly into the decoaled area (a) Connate water (b) Juvenile water
with the minimal left to be realled by other types of (c) Run off water (d) Meteoric water
mechanical equipment.
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
• In surface mining operation, rock fragmentation and
Ans. (d) : Directly available water that is rain water
overburden removal are two important tasks that are
and that from melting of ice. i.e. we can consider it
required.
surface water. This type of water is called Meteoric
• Blast casting has a series of advantage, such as water.
higher productivity, reducing the operation costs
• Meteroic water is the water derived from
and equipments capital costs.
precipitation (snow and rain). This includes water from
372. In India, bituminous coals are found at : lakes, rivers, and ice melts, which all originate from
(a) Palana (b) Neyveli precipitation indirectly. While the bulk of rainwater or
(c) Jharia (d) Kutch melt water from snow and ice reaches the sea through
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 surface flow, a considerable portion of meteoric water
Ans. (c) : In India, bituminous coals are found at Jharia. gradually infiltrates into the ground. This infiltrating
Jharia coalfield is one of the oldest and richest coal water continues its down word Journey to the zone of
fields of India. It lies south of Dhanbad and stares the saturation to become a part of the groundwater in
hest of metallurgical coal (bituminous) in the country. aquifers.
Bituminous carries 60 to 80% of carbon content and a 376. Which of the following is a metamorphic rock?
low level of moisture content. It is found in Jharkhand,
(a) Diorite (b) Dolerite
west Bengal, Odisha, Chhattisgarh and Madhya
(c) Granite (d) Marble
Pradesh.
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
373. The fossils which had short geological duration
but wide geographical distribution are called Ans. (d) : Metamorphic rocks are rocks that have
as: become changed by intense heat or pressure while
forming.
(a) Type fossils (b) Rare fossils
In the very hot and pressured condition deep inside the
(c) Index fossils (d) Typical fossils
Earth's crust, both sedimentary and igneous rocks can
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 be changed into metamorphic rock.
Ans. (c) : The fossils which had short geological Some examples of metamorphic rocks– Gneiss,
duration but wide geographical distribution are called slate, marble, schist, and quartzite.
asi fossils.
• Marble, slate, and quartz are formed after
Index Fossils:- metamorphism. They changed in their original form
Index fossils are commonly found widely distributed due to extreme temperatures and pressure.
fossils that are limited in time spam. They are used for
the determination of the age of organic rocks and other 377. In which type of fault, hanging wall moves up
fossil assemblages and also help to establish relative to the footwall block?
relationship between rock units. Index fossils of plant (a) Reverse fault (b) Normal fault
origin are very rare. In this article, I describe many of (c) Strike fault (d) Step fault
their important features, used and some of their KCET Mining Engineering-2017
limitation. Ans. (a) : A reverse fault is one in which the hanging
374. Coal is a ................. formation wall moves up relative to the footwall.
(a) igneous (b) metamorphic • Reverse faults are exactly the opposite of normal
(c) sedimentary (d) volcanic faults. If the hanging wall rises relative to the footwall,
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 we have a reverse fault. Reverse faults occur in areas
@

Ans. (c) : Sedimentary Rock– Sedimentary rocks are undergoing compression. If you imaging undoing the
motion of a reverse fault, you will undo the
ap

types of rock that are formed by the accumulation or

deposition of mineral or organic particles at earth's compression and thus length in the horizontal distance
surface, followed by cementation. between two points on either side of fault.
na

Mining Geology 152 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
378. Which of the following is concordant igneous Landslide trigger may include
intrusion? • Intense rain fall
(a) Sill (b) Lopolith • Rapid snowmelt
(c) Dyke (d) Batholith • Earthquake
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 • Stream or coastal erosion.
Ans. (a) : Sill– A sill is a tabular concordant intrusion, The runout of a mass wasting event depends on the
typically taking the form of a sheet parallel to volume of material, water content, and slope steepress.
sedimentary beds. They are otherwise similar to dikes,
382. If a region is lacking in structural control, then
most are of mafic composition, relatively low in silica,
the drainage pattern in such regions will be :
which gives them the low viscosity necessary to
penetrate between sedimentary beds. (a) Dendritic (b) Trellis
(c) Rectangular (d) Radial
Lopolith– Concordant body with a roughly flat top
and a shallow convex base, may have a feeder dike or OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
pipe below. Ans. (a) : The pattern is typically developed on rocks of
Dyke– A relatively narrow tabular discordant body, uniform resistance, such as horizontal sedimentary unit
often nearly vertical. and massive igneous and complex metamorphics,
Batholith– A large irregular discordant intrusion. providing that there is no dominant slope or structural
control.
379. Which of the following term is not use to
• Dendrite drainage patterns are mostly found upon
describe a geological fault?
nearly horizontal sedimentary rocks or in areas of
(a) Gradient (b) Throw massive igneous rocks.
(c) Hade (d) Upthrow
• The drainage pattern of in sequent streams being tree-
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 like in form called dendrite drainage.
Ans. (a) : The term "gradient" is not typically used to • Denvrictic drainage pattern also known as pinrate
describe a geological fault. In geology, a fault's drainage.
characteristics are often described using terms like
"throw", which refers to the vertical offset of rock on 383. A Caldera is :
either side of the fault and "hade", which represent the (a) A very large crater
inclination or angle of the fault surface. "Upthrow" is a (b) A long mountain chain
term used to describe the vertical movement of rock (c) A gorge formed due to faulting
layers along a fault line. (d) A U-shaped valley
380. Development of stalactite and stalagmite is OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
associated with : Ans. (a) : A Caldera is a large depression or a hollow
(a) Abrasion of valley floor area that forms when a volcano erupts and the magma
(b) Solution acitivity chamber below it empties. As a result the side and top
(c) Sorting process of the volcano collapse. Without any structural support
(d) Organic activity in ocean beds below the area. The erupting volcano vent collapses
inwardly due to gravity creating a bowl shaped caldera.
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
• India only volcano is the barren island volcano
Ans. (b) : Stalactites and stalagmites are chemical
• The barren island volcano is in the Andaman &
sedimentary deposits created by dissolved minerals
Nicobar Islands.
precipitating out of solution in dripping water in caves.
stalactites cling to the roof of a cave and stalagmites are 384. Rock flour or gouge is closely linked to :
formed on the floor of caves. (a) Ductile deformation
Stalactites and stalagmites are almost always created in (b) Brittle deformation
pairs stalactites and stalagmites are part of a group of (c) Flow of incompetent beds
sedimentary structures called speleothems. (d) Collapse structures
381. Mass wasting is primarily affected by : OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
(a) Force of gravity Ans. (b) : Brittle deformation refers to the fracturing or
(b) Intensity of oxidation breaking of rocks under stress, which occurs when the
(c) Intensity of carbonaization rock is unable to deform in a ductile manner (i.e.,
(d) Strength of streams undergo permanent deformation without fracturing).
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 when rocks undergo brittle deformation they can
produce finely powdered rock fragments known as rock
Ans. (a) : Mass wasting:- The downslope movement flour or gouge
of surface material under the direct influence of gravity
• In contrast, ductile deformation refers to the
@

is called "Mass wasting" Mass wasting plays a vital role

permanent deformation of rocks under stress without
in transferring the products of weathering from their
fracturing, typically occurring at greater depths and
ap

original sites to lower lying places where the agents of

higher temperatures where rocks are more able to
erosion can pick them up for transporting a longer
deform plastically.
distance.
na

Mining Geology 153 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
385. The angle which the fault plane makes with (a) Discontinuity
vertical plane in known as : (b) Non-conformity
(a) Net slip (b) Heave (c) Blended unconformity
(c) Strike slip (d) Hade (d) Angular unconformity
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Ans. (d) : The hade angle is defined as the complement Ans. (c) : A surface of erosion may be covered by a
of the dip angle, it is the angle between the fault plane a thick residual soil that grades into the underlying bed
vertical plane that strikes parallel of the fault. rock.
• The hade angle is the complementary angle of the dip • Younger sediments deposited above this erosion
angle. That is hade = 900 dip. surface may incorporate some of the residual soil, and a
386. If the hanging wall in a fault is in downthrown sharp contact may be lacking such a contact is called a
side, it is called : blended unconformity.
(a) Reverse fault (b) Normal fault 390. The intersection of bedding and cleavage
(c) Tear fault (d) Hinge fault produces :
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (a) Lineation (b) Boudin
Ans. (b) : Normal fault:- Which occurs when two (c) Mullian structure (d) Joint
blocks of rock move away from one another. These OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
types of faults from along divergent boundaries where Ans. (a) : The word lineation is used to describe any
two tectonic plates separate from one another such as linear structure that occurs repetitively in a sample of
those found at Seafloor ridges. When the two blocks of rock.
rock spread apart molten lava from Earths core rises to • A tendency to split along planes other than bedding.
fill in the gap. In a normal fault the hanging wall moves Cleavage is directly linked to other deformation
downward bellow the footwall. processes especially folding - and metamorphism. It can
• Normal faults are the opposite of reverse faults. help in understanding the fold geometry and the
387. The line which is parallel to the hinge in a fold physical conditions during deformation. It may serve as
a conduit for ground water.
is called :
(a) Axis of the fold Cleavage bedding relationship :-
(b) Axial plane of the fold • The intersection of a cleavage plane with bedding
creates a lineation that is parallel to the fold axis. we
(c) Crest of the fold can measure its trend and plunge.
(d) Plunge of the fold • In upright folds , cleavage planes have dips steeper
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 than bedding.
Ans. (a) : • Folds form curving, buckling, and bending • Cleavage geometry can be used to determine the
of originally planar rock layers through ductile facing direction of beds such that we can go beyond an
deformation. antifoam-syn -form description and indentify more
• Folds are the systematically curved layers of rocks. specifically anticlines and synclines.
• A fold is a structure produced when a originally planer 391. High angle faults are those that dip greater
surface become bent or curved as a result of than :
deformation. (a) 60 degree (b) 65 degree
• Folds occur in any geologic layer such as bedding, (c) 40 degree (d) 45 degree
lava flow layers foliation. OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
• Fold axis is an imaginary straight line parallel to hangs
Ans. (d) : Faults are categorized by dip, the angle of the
line of the fold and only found in the case of cylindrical
fault plane relative to horizontal.
fold and also generates the fold by moving parallel to
• High angle faults have a dip of greater than 45º
itself
• Low angle faults have a dip of less than 45º
388. If the axial plane of the fold is horizontal, then
• Vertical faults are perpendicular to horizontal, with a
it is said to be :
dip angle of approximately 90º
(a) Open fold (b) Tight fold
392. In which fold there could be two hinges?
(c) Recumbent fold (d) Isoclinal fold
(a) Tight fold (b) Isoclinal fold
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
(c) Overturned fold (d) Box fold
Ans. (c) : Recumbent fold :- Recumbent fold are
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
characterized by a horizontal axial plane. They are
formed when compressive forces are so strong that the Ans. (d) : These are composite folds characterized with
two hinges and three planner limbs in which the central
@

limbs become parallel and horizontal. such recumbent

folds are widely found in the Alps. limb is exceptionally flattened, in some cases giving a
typical box-like appearance to the fold.
ap

389. A contact of younger sediments deposited over

• The last type of fold is sometimes specially referred as
a thick residual soil that grades into underlying
box folds.
bedrock is called :
na

Mining Geology 154 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
393. On a geological map, if older strata are found (c) Laurasia and Gondwanaland
to be surrounded by younger strata then if (d) Laurasia and Panthalassa
could be : OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
(a) An inlier Ans. (c) : Continental drifts are caused by the spreading
(b) An outlier of the seafloor when tectonic plates, also known as
(c) An overlap massive. slabs of rocks, move, this cause the
(d) A nappe structure oundaries landmasses, or continents, to drift and move apart form
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 one another.
• About 180 million years ago the supercontinent
Ans. (a) : An inlier is an area of older rocks surrounded Pangaea began to break up. It believe that Pangaea
by younger rocks. Inliers are typically formed by the broke apart for the same reason that the plates are
erosion of overlying younger rocks to reveal a limited moving today.
exposure of the older underlying rocks. faulting or • The movement is caused by the convection currents
folding may also contribute to the observed outcrop that rollover in the upper zone of the mantle. This
pattern. movement in the mantel causes the plates to move
394. Horst and Graben structures are mainly slowly across the surface of the earth.
confined to : • About 200 million years ago Pangaea broke into two
(a) Transform boundaries new continents laurasia and Gondwanaland.
(b) Subduction zones • Laurasia was made of the present day continents of
(c) Collision zones north America, Europe, and Asia. Gondwanaland was
(d) Divergent boundaries made of the present day continents of America.
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 398. The convection energy of the earth is
commonly released along :
Ans. (d) : Divergent boundary horst and graben are
(a) Transform fault boundaries
structures which form in extension regime. Divergent
plate boundary is associated with extensional regime. (b) Subduction zones
(c) Divergent boundaries in oceans
395. Granite usually exhibits :
(d) Collision zones
(a) Diagonal joints (b) Strike joints OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
(c) Vertical joints (d) Sheet joints Mining Officer Geology-2018
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 Ans.(c): The convection energy of the earth is
Ans. (d) : Granite has very high compressive strength commonly released along divergent boundaries in
ranging form 90 to 210 N/mm2 oceans.
• Sheeting joints are common in granite and other 399. Mohorovicic discontinuity separates :
massive igneous rocks but also develop more rarely in (a) Crust and Mantle
other rocks types including sandstone and (b) Inner core from outer core
conglomerate.
(c) Upper mantle from lower mantle
396. The fold is said to have plunge if : (d) Mantle and core
(a) The axis is horizontal OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
(b) The axis is not horizontal
Ans. (a) : The boundary between the crust and the
(c) It is asymmetrical asthnosphere (upper reaches of the mantle) where there
(d) It is tightly folded is a discontinuity in the seismic velocity forms the
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (Moho) Mohorovicic discontinuity.
Ans. (b) : Plunging fold a fold in which the axis is not • It occurs at an average depth of approximately 8km
horizontal on surface leveled by erosion of exposed below the ocean basin and 30 km below the continental
beds. surface.
• However, plunging anticlines and synclines are • A change in rock composition from rocks containing
distinguished from one another by direction of dip or by feldspar (above) to rocks containing no feldspar (below)
relative ages of beds.
is thought to be the cause of the moho.
Non - plunging fold - Plunge is always measured for
• Mohorovicic discontinuity separates the mantle form
the axis of the fold with the horizontal which means that
if the axis of the fold is at zero degree with the the crust.
horizontal or is parallel to the surface, it is known as 400. The asthenospheric layer inclued :
non plunging fold. (a) Crust and upper mantle
@

397. The two super continental blocks separated due (b) Lower and upper mantle
to drifting are : (c) Crust and mantle
ap

(a) Pangea and Laurasia (d) Mantle and core

(b) Pangea and Gondwanaland OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
na

Mining Geology 155 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): The asthenosphere is part of the earth's layer Ans. (a): A composite volcano also known as a Strato
is known as the mantle. the asthenosphere itself is the volcanoes is a cone-shaped volcano built from several
upper portion of the mantle and extends form a depth of layers of lava, pumice, ash, and tephra. Due to its
50 to 120 miles, or 80 to 200 km, below the surface of viscous lava, a composite volcano tends to form tall
the earth. As the upper portion of the mantle, the peaks rather than rounded cones. Mount Fuji is Japan
tectonic plates of the earth's crust float on top of the and Mount Shasta in California are examples of
asthenosphere are moved by the convection of the volcanoes.
plastic, solid rock in layer. 405. According to Airy's theory of isostasy :
3 (a) Litghter mountains are floating on the lighter
401. An average density of 10.7 gm/cm prevails at :
substratum
(a) Upper mantle (b) Core
(b) Lighter mountains are floating on the denser
(c) Lower crust (d) Lower mantle substratum
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (c) Denser mountains are floating on denser
Ans. (b) : The core has a mean density of 10.7 gm/cm3 substratum
which can hardly be explained except by the presence (d) Denser mountains are floating on the lighter
of a heavy metal and being most abundant of them by substratum
Fe(then Ni). form the composition of materiel, it is OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
reasonable to suggest that the Fe is probably alloyed Ans. (b) : Isostasy is the rising or setting of a part of the
with appreciable quantity of Ni Earth's lithosphere as a result of the removal or addition
402. The process of weathering by exfoliating of weight in order to maintain a balance between
activity is very affective in : buoyancy forces that push the lithosphere upward and
(a) Layered rocks (b) Massive rocks gravity forces that pull it lower.
• This concept is involved to explain how different
(c) Jointed rocks (d) Foliated rocks
topographic heights can exist at earth's surface.
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 • According to airy, the inner part of the mountains
Ans. (c) : Mechanical weathering is the disintegration cannot be hollow, rather the excess weight of the
of rock into smaller and smaller fragment. mountains is compensated (balanced) by lighter
• Exfoliation is a form of mechanical weathering in materials below. According to him the crust of
which curved plates of rock are stripped form rock relatively lighter material is floating in the substratum
below. This results in exfoliation domes or dome-like of denser material. In other words, 'sail' is floating over
hills and rounded boulders. 'sima'
Exfoliation domes occur along planes of parting called • Because continents have the same density, the height
joints, which are curved more or less parallel to the of mountains is a pre-position to deep root beneath them
surface. These joints are several inches apart near the in order to maintain equilibrium.
surface but increase in distance to several feet apart • Himalayan is floating on sima, and a big portion of
Himalayan roots deep into sima (denser rock) to keep it
with depth. One after another these layers are spelled
a float in the deep into same way as boats do.
off resulting in rounded or dome-shaped rock forms.
406. The Atlantic continental margin of North
403. Pelean type of volcano is known for : America is known to be :
(a) Most violent activity (b) Quiet flow (a) An active margin (b) Passive margin
(c) Submarine flow (d) Ropy type flow (c) Suture zone (d) Collision zone
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Ans. (a) : Pelean eruption are a type of volcanic Ans. (b) : The passive margin is the transition that
eruption, named after the volcano mount in Martinique. occurs between the oceanic area and continental. This is
• In Pelean an eruption, a large amount of gas dust, ash, not an active plate margin.
and lava fragments are blown out laterally by the • This passive margin is formed by the process of
collapse of the cinder cone. The sudden burst of lava sedimentation which above the ancient rift which is now
dome causes the collapse of the cinder cone. marked by the transitional lithosphere.
• This type of eruption results in very viscous, gas-rich, • The passive margin also defined the region around the
acidic lava breaking out laterally and flowing out Atlantic, arctic ocean and western Indian ocean.
violently at high speed causing massive destruction on • They are also found on the east cost of the northern
its path. America side and southern America. Also, in western
404. Composite cones are the characteristics of : Europe and majorly in Antarctica. Asia also contains
(a) Strato volcanoes passive margins.
@

(b) Cinder cone volcanoes 407. The average depth of the ocean is :
(a) 5,200 meters (b) 4,630 meters
ap

(c) Shield volcano

(d) Lava domes (c) 3,729 meters (d) 3,062 meters
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
na

Mining Geology 156 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): An ocean is a large body of water and it 411. The temperature regime in the upper part of
covers about 70% of earth's total water of the earth. An the lower crust is :
ocean ecosystem has a rich variety of biodiversity. (a) 400º-500ºC (b) 300º-400ºC
• The average depth of the oceans is around 3,723 (c) 100º-200ºC (d) 200º-250ºC
meters. OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
• The deepest part of the ocean is known as the Ans. (b) : The temperature regime in the upper part of
challenger deep. it is located underneath the western the lower crust is 300ºC - 400ºC.
pacific Ocean in the southern end of the Mariana trench.
412. Which of the following represents the youngest
408. Palaeomagnetic data is useful for event in the Dharwarian stratigraphy?
understanding : (a) Sargur Group
(a) Pole reversals (b) Closepet Granite
(b) Composition of mantle (c) Dharwar Super Group
(c) Internal structure of the earth (d) Peninsular Gneissic Complex
(d) Origin of life on earth OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Ans. (b) : Stratigraphy is a fundamental geological
Ans. (a) : Palaeomagnetic data is indeed useful for method with the propose of describing, classifying and
understanding pole reversals. Pole reversals is also analyzing geological layers (rocks) composition and
known as geomagnetic reversals or geomagnetic mapping of the earths geological development.
excisions, are the phenomenon where the earth's • Stratigraphically, India can be divided into several
magnetic field flips its polarity, with the north an south divisions such as Archean system, Dharwar system,
magnetic poles exchanging position. by studying the cudappah system, vindhyan system, Paleozoic,
earth's post magnetic field recorded in rocks and Mesozoic Gondwana, Deccan trap, Tertiary and
sediments, scientists can reconstruct the history of pole
Alluvial
reversals and gain insights into the behavior of the
Earth's magnetic field over geologic time. • Closepet granite is marked by the granitic intrusion
belts to younger potassic marks a major geo-suture or
• Palaeomagnetic data is obtained by analyzing the
joint between two distinct crustal blocks, western block
magnetic properties of rocks. and minerals that have
and eastern block.
recorded the earth's magnetic field at the time of their
formation. 413. Choose the correct pair of stratigraphic
409. Guyot is a : formation and its corresponding age :
(a) Ridge of a fold mountain (a) Bhander Group–Early Proterozoic
(b) Major depression in a continental area (b) Niniyur Formation – Cretaceous
(c) Flat topped seamount (c) Long Formation–Oligocene
(d) Flat topped hill on the surface (d) Bheema Group–Cambrian
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Ans. (c) : Guyots are seamounts that have built above Ans. (b) :The Niniyur formation overlying the ariyaur
sea level. Erosion by wave destroyed the top of the group is exposed as insolated outcrop along a NNE-
seamount resulting in a flattened shape. Due to the SSW trend, between Vellar river in the north and
movement of the ocean floor away from oceanic ridges, Kavanur in the south, over a strive length of 26km on
the sea floor gradually sinks and the flattened guyots are the northeastern part of the Tiruchirapalli cretaceous
submerged to become undersea flat-topped peaks. area, exposing highly fossiliferous horizons composed
• Seamounts are mountains with pointed summits rising of gritty nodular limestones morls.
from the seafloor the does not reach the surface of the • Stratigraphic formation Age's
ocean. Bhander Group Cambarian
• Guyots are flat-topped mountains or seamounts. Bhema Group Late Proterozoic
410. Deep sea trenches are generally associated Niniyur formation Cretaceous
with: 414. Kutch is the type Area in India for :
(a) Circum pacific belt (a) Jurassic formation
(b) Mid-oceanic ridges (b) Early archean rocks
(c) Island arcs (c) Late Archean rocks
(d) Collisional areas (d) Cambrian formation
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Ans. (c) : Deep-sea treanches generally lie seaward of Ans. (b) : Jurassic rocks are regarded as the oldest (for
and parallel to adjacent island arcs or mountain ranges the greater part) and most important stratigraphical
of the continental margins.
@

formations in kutch (Gujarat state in India ) The

• They are closely associated with and found in formation are about 2000m. Thick and rest in most
seduction zones-that is, location where a lithospheric
ap

cases over the oldest pre-Cambrian. These are broken

plate bearing oceanic crust slides down into the upper by faults striking east-west so that the sequence is
mantle under the force of gravity. repeated a long side the faults.
na

Mining Geology 157 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
415. Siwalike are well known for : (c) Vindhyan supergroup is devoid of limestone
(a) Dinosaur fossil (b) Invertebrate fossils (d) Cuddapah basin is predominantly made of
(c) Mammal fossils (d) Plant fossils metadacites
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Ans. (c) : Siwalike are foothills of Himalaya ranges. Ans. (a) : The Mesozoic Bhuj formation consist
Siwalik ranges are the southern-most hills of the predominantly of sandstones .
Himalayas. foothills of the mighty Himalayas. • The Bhuj Sandstone (Bhuj formation) is the youngest
• They mostly maintain a regular course form the river lithostragraphic unit of kachchh Mesozoic.
Yamuna to river Ravi on the south of the lectern 419. Marker horizon for Devonian in Himalaya is
Himalaya. called :
• The Siwalike hills are known to be a storehouse of (a) Lipak formation
fossil mammals. The rocks entomb b a variety of fossils (b) Po formation
of extinct mammals ranging in age from 16 to million (c) Muth quartzites
years. Important group of mammals at various (d) Syzingothyris limestone
evolutionary stages which thrived during the deposition
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
of the Siwalike rock strata are elephant, horses, cats
cattle, deer, giraffes, rats, pigs, hippopotamus, Ans. (c) : The Muth formation (Widely known as Muth
rhinoceroses and many others. quartzites) rests uncomfortably over the gugaldhar
formation. The stratigraphic contact between these two
416. In Spiti, the Permians are represented by :
formations in shorp.
(a) Muth quartzite (b) Kanawar Group
litho logically, it is mode up of white quartzite's,
(c) Kuling group (d) Agglomerate shale siltstones, shale's and dolomites' limestone's.
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 • The Muth formation is one of the most characteristic
Ans. (c) : The Permian rocks of spiti are designated as marker horizon traced throughout the northwestern
kuling Group. It is divided into three formation such as Himalaya.
Ganmachidam, Gechang and gungri form bottom to top. 420. Stromatolites provide insight for :
• The Ganmachidam Formation is the basal unit of (a) Origin and Evolution of life
Permian strata and overlies the PO Formation of upper (b) Recognizing boundary between Cambrian
Carboniferous age. It dominantly consists of polymictic and Ordovician
Conglomerates, quartzites, siltstones and shales. with (c) Glaciations process
thin bands of shales and conglomerates occur at the
(d) Weathering cycles
base. the contact between Gammachidom and Gechang
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Formation is sharp.
• The topmost Gungri formation of kulling Group lies Ans. (A) : Stromatolites are defined as mineral
abruptly above the Gechang formation and below the structures built by microorganisms. The name
lilang group of Lower-Triassic age. Stromatolite derives from the greek terms stroma and
litho. These structures originated from the accumulation
417. Delhi system is intruded by : of carbonated compounds, captured and fixed by
(a) Erinpura Granite biofilms of cyanobacteria that, when carrying out
(b) Bijili Rhyolite photosynthesis, allow the precipitation of carbonates in
(c) Sighbhum Granite the bodies of water where they live.
(d) Bundelkhand Granite • The are typically dome-shaped, and can range in size
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 form small, button-like shopes to large boulder - sized
Ans. (A) : The oddest formation of granite, gneiss and formation.
chists are restricted near the Aravalli ranges towards the • They are usually found in shallow marine or
east. The Aravallis are tightly folded and highly freshwater environments. Where they grow in layers on
metamorphosed rocks and belong to Aravallis and Delig the bottom of the water.
system. • Stromatolites provide valuable insight into the
• The varieties of granites are Erinpura, Idhar, Jalor and evolution of life on earth, as they represent some of the
Siwana. Malani rhylites are the representatives of earliest evidence of photosyn thesis and development of
volcanics. microbial communities.
• The Erinpura granite gnesses are deformed at all 421. In Himalayas, the main boundary fault
scales along the western Boundary faoult of the Delhi separates :
fold and can serve as temporal and structralmarkers. (a) Siwalik and Tertiary
@

418. Which of the following statement is correct ? (b) Siwalik and Archean
(a) The Mesozoic Bhuj formation consists (c) Vindhyan and Aravalli
ap

predominantly of sandstones (d) Siwalik and Delhi Group

(b) Kaladgi basin is predominantly made of slates OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
na

Mining Geology 158 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): The Himalaya is divided longitudinally into 424. In the geological history, which of the following
five tectonic zones, known as the Siwalik zone, the occupies longest time period?
lesser Himalaya, The higher Himalaya, The Tethys (a) Paleozoic (b) Masozoic
Himalaya, and the trans Himalaya. These tectonic zones (c) Precambrian (d) Cenozoic
are separated from each other by major intracrustal OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
thrusts, the main frontal Thrust the main boundary Ans. (c) : The Precambrian is the large span of time in
thrust, The main central thrust, the South Tibetan Earth's history before the current Phanerozoic eon, and
detachment, and the Indus-Tsangpo suture. is a supereon divided into several eons of the geologic
• The main boundary Fault :- Occurred during the time scale. it spans from the formation of earth about
cenozoic period , the main boundary thrust in one of the 4600 million years ago to the beginning of the
major Himalayan thrusts, and it is Presently Cambrian period, about 541.0 ± 1.0 million years ago.
incorporated within the Himalayan thrust wedge • The Palaeozoic era (approximately 541-252 Ma) was
displaced above the Indian lithosphere. the age of fishes and plants, and also when life moved
• It shows the faulted contact between the Siwalik and from the water to land.
the older muree/Dharamshala beds in the Himalayas of • The Mesozoic era (approximately 250-66 Ma) was
Jammu-Himachal Pradesh. when reptiles especially dinosaurs, ruled the world.
• Hence the main boundary fault separates Siwalik and • The Cenozoic era (approximately 66 Ma-till date) has
Tertiary. witnessed the extinction of many primitive reptiles, and
422. Mesozoic and Cenozoic boundary lies the emergence and diversification of mammals.
approximately at : 425. Which of the following is known to be the
(a) 75 Ma (b) 60 Ma boundary of mass extinction?
(c) 120 Ma (d) 65 Ma (a) Proterozoic-Cambrian
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (b) Miocene-Pliocene
Ans. (d) : The Cenozoic spans only about 65 millian (c) Triassic-Jurassic
and the extinction of non-avian dinosaurs to the present. (d) Cretaceous-Tertiary
The Cenozoic is sometime called the age of mammals, OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
because the largest land animals have been mammals Ans. (d) : Mass extinction - When at least half of all
during that time. species die out in a relatively short time-have occurred
• The Mesozoic era is an interval of geological time only a handful of times over the course of our planet's
from about 252 to 66 million years ago. it is also called . history. The largest mass extinction event happened
the age of Reptiles and the age of conifers. The around 250 million years ago, when perhaps 95% of all
Mesozoic is one of three geologic eras of the species went extinct.
phanerozoic Eon, Preceded by the Paleozoic succeeded • The big five mass extinctions are :-
by the Cenozoic. (i) Ordrovician-silurian Extinction (440 Ma)
• The Cenozoic and Mesozoic boundary lies (ii) Devonian Extinction (365 ma)
approximately at 65 million years ago. (iii) Permain - Triassic Extinction (250 Ma)
(iv) Triassic - Jurassic Extinction (210 Ma)
423. In Kashmir-Hazara area, the Archean rocks
are called : (v) Cretaceous-tertiary Extinction (365Ma)
• The extinction that occurred 65 million year ago
(a) Buxa series
wiped out some 50% of plants and animals. The event is
(b) Salkhala series so striking that it signals a major turning point in Earth's
(c) Sakarasanahalli series history, marking the end of the geologic period known
(d) Aravalli series as the Cretaceous and the beginning of the Tertiary
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 period.
Ans. (b) : The Archaean rock system is also known as • So Cretaceous - tertiary is known to be the boundary
Pre-Cambrian rock. it is the oldest rock system. of mass extinction.
• These rocks have metallic and non metallic minerals 426. Archaeocyatha is confined to :
like copper, tin, graphite, lead etc. (a) Lower Palaeozoic (b) Proterozoic
• This type of rocks is found in Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, (c) Jurassic (d) Tertiary
Madhya Pradesh, Orrisa, Southern-eater part of OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Rajasthan and chhotangpur, plateu of Jharkhand . Ans. (a) : Archaeocyaths are an extinct group of
• The Archean are the best developed in Karnataka state sponges that a very brief (geologically speaking) and
at dharwar. The Archean rocks of kasmir-Hazara area spectacular history. The first archaeocyaths appear
roughly 530 million years ago. during the lower
@

called Archean rocks of Kashmir - Hazara area called

'Salkhala series' while those kumaon and spiti valley are Cambrian. Archaeocyath species were very important
members of lower Cambrian communities they
ap

called the vaikrita system. In shimla and garhwal, The

schistose Archean rock are described as 'Jutogh' and diversified into hundreds of species during this time
chail series. period and some of these species contributed greatly to
na

Mining Geology 159 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
the creation of the first reefs. Reef ecosystem end to 430. Organisms which live attached to another
support a wide variety of organism great success in larger organism are known as :
terms of numbers, the archaeocyaths were a short - (a) Epifauna (b) Epitheca
lived group. (c) Epizoic (d) Eozoon
• The Lower Paleozoic consists of three geological OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
systems from bottom to top, the Cambrian (541 to 485.4
Ma), the Ordovician (485.4 to 443.4 Ma) and the Ans. (a) : Epifauna is the accumulation of animal that
Silurian (443.4 to 419.2 Ma) live on top of water strata. Epifaunal organisms can
inhabit both freshwater and marine environments but
427. Trilobites lived during : they are most common in the former due to the greater
(a) Early to late Archean abundance of a available food sources.
(b) Cambrian to Permian • Organisms which live attached to other, generally
(c) Triassic to Cretaceous organism. The attachment may or may not be symbiotic
(d) Cambrian to Triassic or beneficial to either organism.
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 431. Plankton generally refers to :
Ans. (b) : One of the most well-known and diverse (a) Free swimming organisms
group of fossil arthropods belong to the class Trilobita (b) Bottom dwelling organisms
and occur in Paleoic rocks all over the wold. They were (c) Burrowing organisms
already abundant in the mid-combrian (524 million (d) Unicellular organisms
years ago), reached their peak of diversity at the end of
the combrian, and finally disappeared from the fossil OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
record during the great Permian extinction (250 million Ans. (a) : Plankton is an assemblage of microscopic
years ago). organisms belong to different animal groups especially
• Most trilobites lived in fairly shallow water and were the crustanceans, sagitta pteropod, foraminifera and
benthic. They walked on bottom, and probably fed on evon from plant groups like diatoms, blue, greens etc.
detritus. A few like the agnostic, may have been pelagic They have no or very little ability of movement
floating in the water column and feeding on plankton. physically.
428. The first group of tetrapods to colonize the • The free-floating organisms known as Plankton, form
land successfully are : the Greek 'wandering ' are the drifters of the ocean.
(a) Aves (b) Mammalia Although most of these organisms are motile (moving),
they cannot swim or move against current, but they can
(c) Amphibia (d) Reptilia
move against current, but they can move vertically in
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 the water column.
Ans. (d) : Reptiles were the first group of tetrapods to
432. In the evolution of horse which of the following
successfully colonize the land. They developed from
was the first stage?
amphibian ancestors and adapted from amphibian
ancestors and adapted to a variety of terrestrial (a) Hyracotherius (b) Epihippus
environments. Reptiles emerged during the (c) Mesohippus (d) Eohippus
carboniferous period, around 310 million years ago, and OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
they include various group such as dinosaurs, turtles. Ans. (d) : Eohippus, also known as hyracotherium, is
crocodiles, lizards, and snakes . Reptiles Played a considered the first stage in the evolution of the horse. it
crucial role in establishing terrestrial ecosystems before lived approximately 52 to 48 million years ago during
the evolution and diversification of other groups such as the Eocene epoch.
birds and mammals. Eohippus was a small mammal about the size of a dog,
429. Crinoids range in age from : with four-toed front feet and three-toed hind feet. Over
(a) Triassic to Cretaceous time, the descendants of Eohippus gradually evolved
(b) Cambrian to Ordovician into larger and more specialized species, leading to the
(c) Cambrian to recent development of modern horses.
(d) Jurassic to cretaceous 433. Which of the following is primate fossil?
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (a) Stegolophodon (b) Hipparion
Ans. (c) : Crinoids, also known as sea lilies or feather (c) Ramapithecus (d) Equus
stars, are marine animals that belong to the phylum OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Echinodermata. They are characterized by their long, Ans. (c) : Ramapithecus was more man-like, hairy
slender stalks and feathery arms, which they use to
arboreal and had smaller conines and large molars.
capture planktonic food particles.
• Crinoids first appeared in the fossil record during the • They were fossil primate dating from the middle and
Cambrian period, over 500 million years ago, and have late Miocene epochs (about 16.6 million to 5.3 Ma)
@

persisted to the present day. They were particularly • The were present about 15 million years ago in the
abundant during the Paleozoic era, but have undergone Siwalik Hills. The first Ramapithecus fossils (fragments
ap

multiple extinction events throughout their evolutionary of an upper) were discovered in 1932 in the Siwalik
history. hills of northern India.
na

Mining Geology 160 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• They resembled more like man, then lesser apes. Their Ans. (a): Arca is a genus of bivalve mollusks that
forelimbs were smaller then hind limbs. includes various species commonly known as ark clams
• Scientists found the fossils of in parts of northern or arc shells. some species within the genus arca have
India (Punjab) Africa. dentition similar to that of toxodonts, with tooth-like
structures adpted for grinding and chewing tough plant
434. Sutures of the ammonoids belonging to which material. these specialized teeth are indicative of a
period are an important feature recognizing toxodont type dentition.
their evolution?
439. Rounded to sub-rounded clast with a diameter
(a) Late Palaeozoic (b) Cenozoic between 64 and 256 mm is generally known as :
(c) Mesozoic (d) Early Palaeozoic (a) Gravel (b) Pebble
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (c) Cobble (d) Boulder
Ans. (c) : Mesozoic Ammonoids were dominant during OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Mesozoic era. The suture pattern of ammonoids evolve Ans. (c) : A rounded to sub-rounded clast with a
with time and worked as a sole criterion for recognizing diameter between 64 and 256 mm generally known as a
the evolution of the ammonoids with time. the suture of cobble.
ammonoids were simple in early time and got complex • Pebbles are even smaller, typically between 2 and 64
with time. mm in diameter.
• Ammonoids lived during the periods of earth history • Boulder on the other hand, are much larger, generally
known as the Jurassic and cretaceous. Together, There exceeding 256 mm in diameter.
represent a time interval of about 140 million years. 440. Syn-sedimentary deformation structures are a
435. Physa-the gastropod genus shows : result of :
(a) Planispiraly coiled (b) Dextrally coiled (a) Massive transgression
(c) Uncoiled nature (d) Sinisterly coiled (b) Low sedimentation
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (c) Marine regression
Ans. (d) : Physa is a genus of small, left-handed or (d) High sedimentation
sinistral, air-breathing freshwater snails, aquatic OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
pulmonate gastropod mollusks in the subfamily Ans. (d) : Syn-sedimentary deformation structures
physinae of the family physidae. refers to structures that are formed during or
436. Which of the following Brachiopod had dental immediately after the deposition of sedimentary layers.
system? These structures results from the interaction between
(a) lnarticulate (b) Articulata sedimentation processes and tectonic or other geological
(c) Deltidium (d) Delhrym forces acting on sediment.
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 • High sedimentation rates can lead to the repid
Ans. (b) : Articulate brachiopods which belong to the accumulation of sediment which may exceed the ability
class Articulate, are the only group of brachiopods of the sediment to compact and adjust to the load. as a
known to possess a dental system. The dental system result, the sediment can become unstable, leading to
deformation structures such as slumps, slides folds, and
consists of hard structures known as teeth and sockets,
faults and faults within the sedimentary layers. These
which are used by articulate brachiopods to articulate or
structures are formed while the sediment is still being
connect the two valves of their shells.
deposited, hence the term "syn" sedimentary".
437. Conodont is a :
441. In shallow marine environment, generally the
(a) Siliceous microfossil palaeocurrent patterns are :
(b) Phosphatic microfossil (a) Polymodal
(c) Fossilized floral species (b) Bimodal
(d) Coral shell (c) Unimodal
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (d) Both Bimodal and polymodal
Ans. (b) : Conodonts are phasphatic microfossils. they OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
are composed primarily of calcium phosphate, which is Ans. (b) : The palaeocurrent patterns are a three types:-
a type of mineral that contains phosphorus. The
(i) Unimodal (ii) Bimodal (iii) Polymodal
phosphatic composition of conodonts is one of the
reasons they have been able to preserve well as fossils Bimodal :- Bimodal palaeocurrent patterns indicate the
and provide valuable information about ancient marine presence of two dominant current direction in the
ecosystems and geological history. depositional environment. This can occur when three
are multiple sources of sediment input or when the
438. Which amongst the following is a bivalve genus
@

sediment is influenced by tidal current or wave action

having toxodont type denition? form different direction. The bimodal distribution of
(a) Arca (b) Pholadomya
ap

palaeocurrent data shows two distinct peaks, indicating

(c) Venus (d) Mytilus the two primary direction of sediment transport in the
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 shallow marine environment.
na

Mining Geology 161 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
442. A basin with thinner development of sediments Ans. (b): The ratio between the total volume of pore
of sediments and no volcanic rocks, forming spaces so the total volume of the rocks is known as
adjacent to a craton is called : porosity. Porosity is a measure of how much empty
(a) Parageosyncline (b) Miogeosyncline space or voids exist within a rock or soil sample. It is
(c) Rift valley (d) Graben expressed as a percentage and indicates the amount of
space available for fluids to occupy within the rock or
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
soil. Higher porosity generally indicates a higher
Ans. (b) :A miogeosyncline refers to a basin that forms capacity for fluid storage.
adjacent to a craton (a stable continental core) and is Volumeof sore spaces
characterized by thinner sedimentary development and Porosity(%) = ×100
the absence of volcanic rocks. These basin are typically Total volumeof rock
situated on the continental shale and are associated with 447. The density of the rock with natural moisture
passive continental margins miogeosyclines are formed content is known as :
by the accumulation of sediments eroded from the (a) Dry density (b) Wet density
adjacent carton and are commonly found in areas of (c) Bulk density (d) Natural density
tectonic activity or during periods of geological OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
evolution. Ans. (c) : The density of rock with natural moisture
443. Which type of compressive strength is taken as content is known as the bulk density or apparent density. It
the most important index property of stones? represents the mass of the rock per unit volume, including
(a) Confined (b) Drained the void spaces or pores filled with water. Bulk density is
(c) Undrained (d) Unconfined typically expressed in grams per cubic centimeter (g/cm3)
or kilograms per cubic meter (Kg/m3).
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Mass of thematerial
Ans. (d) : The most important index property of stones Bulk density =
is unconfined. Volumeof the material
• Stones like all other solids fail when subjected place 448. The impact testing of a stone is done to know
under compressive, tensile and shear forces at different the :
values. It is however, the unconfined compressive (a) Durability (b) Porosity
strength, which is taken as the most important index (c) Density (d) Toughness
property of stones. OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
444. What is the maximum force expressed per unit Ans. (d) : The impact testing of a stone is primarily
area, which a stone can withstand without done to assess its toughness. Toughness is a measure of
rupturing? a material's ability to absorb energy and deform
(a) Shear strength (b) Tensile strength plastically before fracturing. impact testing involves
(c) Compressive strength (d) Bending strength subjecting a stone to a sudden force or impact such as a
swinging pendulum or a falling weight, and measuring
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 the amount of energy absorbed by the stone before it
Ans. (c) : Compressive strength is indeed the maximum breaks.
force per unit area that a stone can withstand without • This test provides information about the stone's
rupturing under a compressive load. It represent the resistance to fracture under impact or sudden loading
stone's ability to resist being crushed or squeezed. condition which is a crucial factor in determining its
Compressive strength is an important property of stones suitality for various applications.
and is commonly measured in units like pounds per 449. Which type of geological structure can be
square inch (psi) or megapascals (MPa). rectified by grouting?
445. Which rocks possess very high compressive (a) Joints (b) Folds
strength? (c) Faults (d) Inclined strata
(a) Igneous OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
(b) Sedimentary Ans. (a) : Joints refers to the natural fractures or planes
(c) Metamorphic of weakness that occur in rock masses. There joints can
(d) Both sedimentary and metamorphic result form various geological processes such as
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 tectonic forces weathering, or cooling and contraction
Ans. (a) : Igneous rocks, such as granite and basalt, are of volcanic rocks.
formed form the cooling and solidification of molten • Grouting is a common technique used to address the
magma or lava. they often exhibit high compressive problems associated with jointing in rocks.
strength due to their interlocking crystal structure. Grouting involves injecting a fluid material, usually
446. Ratio between the total volume of pore spaces cement-based, into the joints to fill voids and improve
@

to the total volume of the rock is a measure of : the overall stability and integrity of the rock mass. The
(a) Void ratio (b) Porosity process helps to reduce water infiltration, strengthen the
ap

(c) Pores ratio (d) Bulk density rock structure, and minimize the potential for further
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 movement or instability.
na

Mining Geology 162 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
450. When is the strength of a compact rock always Stones that are easily extracted and can be shaped
greater? effectively with minimal effort and cost are considered
(a) When stresses are normal to bedding planes to have good workability.
(b) When stresses are parallel to bedding planes 454. The refractive index of the ocean water :
(c) When stresses are inclined at 45º to bedding (a) Increases with salinity
planes (b) Increases with temperature
(d) When stresses are inclined at 60º to bedding (c) Decreases with salinity
planes (d) Decreases with temperature
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Ans. (a) : When stress are normal to bedding planes is Ans. (a&d) : The refractive index of water in the ocean
the strength of a compact rock always greater. is affected by both salinity and temperature.
• When the stresses are normal to the bedding planes, • Regarding salinity, the refractive index of water
the rock's resistance to deformation and failure is generally increases with increasing salinity. This means
usually higher because the forces are acting that as the salt concentration in the water increases, the
perpendicular to the planes of weakness making it more refractive index also increase.
difficult for the rock to separate along those planes. • Regarding temperature, the refractive index of water
451. Which of the following could be the best site for decreases with increasing temperature, as the water
a dam construction? temperature rises, the refractive index decreases.
(a) A site with a granitic bedrock 455. Which one of the following geometric errors of
(b) A site with good shear fractures satellite sensors is random?
(c) Lateritic zone (a) Scan skew
(d) A site with limestone bedrock (b) Panoramic distortion
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (c) Earth rotation
Ans. (a) : Granitic bedrock is generally considered (d) Altitude variation
favorable for dam construction. Granite is a hard and OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
durable rock that can provide a stable foundation for the Ans. (d) : Altitude variation refers to the changes in
dam. It has low permeability, which means it is less altitude or elevation of a satellite as it orbits around the
likely to have significant seepage issues. Additionally, earth. Geometry errors, on the other hand, and
granite often forms large, continuous masses, making it inaccuracies or imperfection in the positioning and
easier to excavate and construct the dam. orientation of satellite sensors,. The errors can affect the
452. Which of the following is true about granite? measurements or observation made by the sensors.
(a) It has very high crushing strength • If the geometry errors of satellite sensors are random it
(b) It takes poor polish means that the errors occur in an unpredictable manner and
(c) It is a highly porous rock do not follow a specific pattern or trend random error can
(d) It weathers out faster arise form various factors such as instrumental limitations,
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 atmospheric condition, or external interference.
Ans. (a) : Granites is known for their high crushing 456. The instruments which provide
strength, low absorption value, and low porosity, which electromagnetic radiation of specified wave
makes it a durable and strong natural stone. length or a band of wave lengths to illuminate
• It is often used in construction and architectural the earth surface, are called :
application due to its ability to withstand heavy loads (a) Microwave sensors (b) Passive sensors
and pressure. Additionally, granites come in variety of (c) Active sensors (d) Optical sensors
appealing colors and have the capacity to achieve a OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
brilliant polish, these qualities contribute to the Ans. (c) : Active sensor is a radar instrument used for
suitability of granitic bedrock of dam contraction. measuring single transmitted by the sensor that were
453. Ease with which a stone can be extracted and reflected, refracted or scattered by the earth's surface or
dressed in called : its atmosphere. They can operate in various regions of
(a) Consistency (b) Workability the electromagnetic spectrum including microwave,
(c) Easability (d) Permeability infrared and optical wavelengths.
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 457. The coherence length over which there is a
strong relationship between amplitudes is :
Ans. (b) : The workability of a stone refers to the ease
and efficiency with which it can be extracted form its (a) Directly proportional to the bandwidth
@

natural location and shaped through the process of (b) Inversely proportional to the bandwidth
dressing. (c) The square of the bandwidth
ap

• workability is an important characteristic when it (d) The inverse of square of bandwidth

comes to selecting stones for construction proposes. OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
na

Mining Geology 163 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Coherence length is a measure of the distance (a) Height displacement of A will be less than
over which the amplitude and phase of a wave remain that of B
correlated. For electromagnetic waves, the coherence (b) Height displacement of B will be less than
length is related to the spectral width or bandwidth of that of A
the wave. (c) Height displacement of A and B is equal
• The relationship between coherence length and (d) Height displacement of A and B will be
bandwidth is given by- towards each other
c
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Coherence lenght = Ans. (a) : Height displacement of A will be less than
∆f
that of B.
Where c is the speed of light and ∆f is the
461. The most widely used antenna in GPS is :
spectral width or bandwidth of the wave.
(a) Parabolic antenna (b) Microstrip antenna
• From this equation, coherence length is inversely
(c) Horn antenna (d) Slotted antenna
proportional to bandwidth. This means that a
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
narrowband signal will have a longer coherence length
than a wideband signal. Ans. (b) : The most widely used antenna in global
positioning system (GPS) application is the microstrip
458. The spectral region of the electromagnetic antenna. Microstrip antennas are popular for GPS due to
radiation which passes through the atmosphere their compact size low profile and ease of integration
without much attenuation in known as : into electronic devices such as smartphones, navigation
(a) Ozone hole systems, and other portable GPS devices. They are also
(b) Atmospheric window cost-effective and offer good performance in terms of
(c) Ozone window gain and radiation pattern for GPS signals.
(d) Black hole 462. "An Electromagnetic wave falls on to a
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 boundary between two less homogeneous
media with different refractive indices and a
Ans. (b) : The atmospheric window refers to the range
part of the wave is reflected back to the
of wavelengths in the electromagnetic spectrum
incident medium and the rest is transmitted on
typically in the infrared and microwave region, where to the second media." This phenomenon is
the earth's atmosphere is relatively transparent and known as :
allow radiation to pass through to the surface. This (a) Fresnel reflection (b) Fresnel refraction
includes wavelength between approximately 8 and 14 (c) Snell's law (d) Spectral reflectance
microximately 8 and 14 micrometers, which are OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
important for remote sensing. Application such as
Ans. (a) : When an electromagnetic wave encounters a
thermal imaging and weather forecasting.
boundary between two media with different refractive
459. The value of energy quantum for radiation of indices, a portion of the wave is reflected back into the
any frequency is proportional to : second medium. This splitting of the wave into
(a) The frequency reflected and transmitted components is referred as
(b) The reciprocal of the energy Fresnel reflection and transmission.
(c) The square of the frequency 463. The normal altitude of GPS satellite is about :
(d) The square root of the frequency (a) 16,200 km (b) 20,200 km
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (c) 24,400 km (d) 36,100 km
Ans. (a) : The value of energy quantum for radiation of OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
any frequency is proportional to the frequency. This Ans. (b) : The normal altitude of GPS satellites is
relationship is described by Plank's law, which states approximately 20,200 km (12,550 miles) above the
that the energy of a photon (quantum) is directly earth surface. This altitude allows the satellites to
proportional to its frequency. complete one orbit around the earth every 12 hours and
ensures that they have a clear view of a large portion of
E=hυ the Earth's surface, enabling accurate positioning and
Where navigation.
• E represents the energy of the quantum 464. For interpolation of satellite data used for
• h is plank's constant a fundamental constant of nature monitoring dynamic changes that occur on the
(approximately 6.626×10-34J.s) earth surface, the most suitable orbit for the
• υ is the frequency of the radiation. satellite is :
(a) Circular orbit
@

460. A and B are two towers of equal height

diametrically opposite on either side of the (b) Sun-synchronous orbit
(c) Near polar orbit
ap

nadir point at 3 km and 5 km distances. Then,

which one of the following statements is (d) None of these
correct? OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
na

Mining Geology 164 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Sun- synchronous orbit is the most suitable artifacts that may be present in the image processing
orbit for interpolating satellite data used for monitoring include filtering, segmentation, feature extraction object
dynamic changes that occur on the Earth's surface. recognition, and geometric correction.
• Sun-synchronous orbit is a type of polar orbit with an 468. A geographic field is a phenomenon where for
inclination angle that is carefully chosen so that the every point in the study area:
satellite passes over any given point on the earth's (a) A value can be determined
surface at the some local solar time on each pass. This is (b) A value cannot be determined
important for monitoring changes on the Earth's (c) A value is not relevant
surface, as it ensure that the lighting conditions are (d) A value is missing
consistent form one pass to the next, allowing for better
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
comparison of images.
Ans. (a) : A geographic field refers to a spatially
465. The ratio of the total solar radiant energy distributed phenomenon or attribute that can be
returned by a planetary body to the total measured or observed at different location on the
radiant energy incident on the body is called : Earth's surface. It could be any variable or characteristic
(a) Reflectance (b) Reflectance factor such as temperature, elevation, population density, land
(c) Albedo (d) None of these use, or vegetation cover. For each point within the study
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 area, it is possible to assign or determine a specific
Ans. (c) : Albedo is defined as the ratio of the total value or measurement for that particular variable or
solar radiant energy reflected by a planetary body to the attribute.
total radiant energy incident on the body. It is a measure 469. Interpolation is made possible by a principle
of the reflective of a surface, indicating how much called :
incoming radiation is reflected back into space. (a) Spatial Autocorrelation
• The Albedo of a planetary body is often expressed as a (b) Spatial auto-correction
percentage or a decimal value between 0 and 1, where a (c) Thematic-Autocorrelation
value of 0 means the body absorbs all incoming
(d) Thematic auto-correction
radiation (no reflection), and a value of 1 means the
body reflects all incoming radiation (no absorption). OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Ans. (a) : Interpolation is a statistical technique used to
466. The resolution (m) of LISS-IV Resourcesat-1
estimate the value of a variable at on unobserved
is:
location based on the values of the variable at nearby
(a) 5.8 m (b) 23.5 m
observed location.
(c) 56 m (d) 70.5 m • Spatial autocorrelation refers to the statistical
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 relationship between neighboring spatial observations.
Ans. (a) : The Resourcesat -1satellite, launched by the It is the principle that allows us to make inferences
Indian space research Organization (ISRO, carries the about unobserved location based on the observed values
LISS-IV) (Linear Imaging self-scanning sensor-iv) at nearby locations. Interpolation techniques leverage
sensor. The LISS -IV sensor has a spatial resolution of spatial autocorrelation to estimate values for locations
5.8 meters. where data is not available by considering the spatial
• The term spatial autocorrelation onboard Resourcesat - relationships and patterns present in the observed data.
1 satellite by ISRO in 2003. 470. In GIS application, SDI stands for :
• The term spatial autocorrelation refers to the presence (a) Spatial Data Interface
of systematic spatial variation in a mapped variable (b) Spatial Data Infrastructure
where adjacent observations have similar data values (c) Spatial Data Intention
the map shows positive spatial autocorrelation. (d) Spatial Data International
467. The art and science of manipulation of digital OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
data including enhancement, classification and Ans. (b) :GIS stands for Geographic Information
rectification is known as : system
(a) Orthorectification It is a computer-based system used to capture, store,
(b) Image processing manage, analyze, and present spatial or geographic data.
(c) Rectification • SDI Stands for Spatial Data Infrastructure it refers to a
(d) Geometric correction framework of policies technologies, standards and
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 institution arrangements that enable the sharing and
Ans. (b) : The art and science of manipulation of digital exchange of spatial data and related information. SDI
image including enhancement, classification, and provides dissemination geospatial data from multiple
@

rectification is known as image processing. sources and agencies.

• Image processing involves various technique for 471. The process of using data points with known
ap

analyzing, manipulating, and enhancing digital images values to estimate values at unknown points in
to improve their visual quality, any distortions or any given area is called :
na

Mining Geology 165 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Spatial predication of applications, such as analyzing the impact of a new
(b) Spatial Interpolation development on the surrounding area, indentifying areas
(c) Spatial Adjustment that are within a certain distance of a hazard or risk or
(d) Spatial Reflection determining the extent of a protected area around a
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 natural feature.
Ans. (b) : The process of using data points with known 474. A GIS is "a set of tools for collecting, storing,
values to estimate values at unknown points in any retrieving, tranformating and displaying
given area is called spatial interpolation. spatial data from the real world for a
• Spatial interpolation is a method used in GIS to particular use" as defined by :
estimate the values of a variable at unknown location (a) David Rhind (1991)
based on the values observed at known location. (b) Peter Burrough (1986)
• The basic idea behind spatial interpolation is to use the (c) Mike Goodchild (1997)
available data from known location based on the spatial (d) Roger Chorley (1987)
relationship between them. There are various methods
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
of spatial interruption including.
(i) Inverse distance weighting Ans. (b) : A GIS is a set of tools for collecting storing,
(ii) Kriging retrieving, tranformating and displaying spatial data
(iii) Splines from the real world for a particular use as defined by
(iv) Radial basis Peter Burrough (1986) .
472. How a large city generally appears on a 1 : • This definition captures the fundamental components
25,000 scale map? and functionalities of GIS, highlighting its purpose of
(a) As a single point managing and analyzing spatial data for specific
(b) As a cluster of points, lines and polygons applications.
(c) As a polygon 475. What is reclassification?
(d) As a cluster of points (a) The process of combining one or more data
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 ranges into a new data range to create a new
Ans. (b) : On a 1:25,000 scale map, a large city would data layer
generally appear as a cluster of points lines, and (b) An analytical technique based on point data
polygons. This scale provides a moderate level of detail, (c) The process of simplifying data in a data
allowing for the representation of various features layer
within the city. The cluster of points represents invidual (d) The process of combining two or more data
land marks, such as building parks, and other points of layers
interest. Lines are used to depict roads, highways rives OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
and railways Polygons are employed to outline the
Ans. (a) : Reclassification is the process of reassigning
boundaries of different land uses, such as residential
values or categories to a dataset based on predefined
areas, commercial districts, parks, and other
geographical features. Overall, the combination of criteria. It involves taking an existing dataset and
points, lines and polygons helps convey the spatial changing the values of one or more of its attributes to
layout and characteristics of a large city on 1:25,000 create a new dataset.
scale map. •Reclassification can be used to simplify data, combine
multiple data layer by combining or modifying existing
473. For which of the following applications, the
buffer operation can be used in GIS? layers-
(a) Calculating the distance from one point to • Reclassification is commonly used in data analysis,
another GIS mapping and other fields where data manipulation
(b) Calculating the area of overlap between two and transformation are necessary.
polygon data layers 476. What is 'point-in-polygon' overlay?
(c) Determining the area within a set distance (a) A method interpolating point data
from a point, line or area feature (b) An overlay method used to determine the
(d) Calculating the number of observations distance between a point and its nearest
within a set distance of a point line or area neighbouring polygon
feature
(c) An overlay method used to reclassify polygon
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 data
@

Ans. (c) : The buffer operation in GIS is used to create (d) An overlay method used to determine as to
a buffer zone or area around a geographic feature by
which points lie within the boundary of a
ap

expanding it by a specified distance the buffer operation

polygon
is used to determine the area within a set distance form
a point, line or area feature. This is useful for a variety OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
na

Mining Geology 166 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Point - in - Polygon overlay is a widely used Ans. (b): Cartographic modeling is the processes of
spatial analysis technique in geographical information combining individual GIS analytical operations to
systems (GIS) and other spatial analysis software. This create complex models to solve a complex problem or
method involves overlaying a set of point features on a aid in the decision making process.
set of polygon features to determine which points lie • Cartographic modeling can be used for a wide range
within the boundary of a polygon. of application, such as environmental modeling, urban
• Point - in - Polygon analyses identify the polygon planning and emergency management.
within each point falls. The result of a point-in-polygon 480. Data stream means :
overlay is a set of points with additional attributes (i.e (a) The process by which raw spatial data is
those attributes of the polygon which the point lies processed into an integrated GIS database
within) (b) The flow of data from one user to another
477. A matrix of cells organized into rows and (c) The process by which maps are transferred
columns containing a value representing some between GIS platforms
information is called : (d) The flow of data from user to GIS platform
(a) Crystal (b) Raster OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
(c) Segment (d) Polygon Ans. (a) : Data streaming is the process of sending a
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 constant stream of data, often referred to as streams, to
stream processing software, usually to gain insightful
Ans. (b) : A matrix of cells organized into rows and information.
colums, each cell contains a value representing some
information is called a raster. • GIS techniques and technology are used in spatial
data processing without the need for map creation.
• Raster data is commonly used to represent image
digital elevation models, satellite imagery and other 481. Adit is adopted for
forms of spatial data. each cell in the raster grid (a) shallow deposits
corresponds to a specific location and contains a value (b) hilly terrain deposits
that represents a particular attribute or characteristic at (c) deep seated deposits
that location. (d) quick return on investment
478. Which of the following is not a type of map TSPGECET-2020
projection ? Ans. (b) : Adit is adopted for hilly terrain deposits.
(a) Cylindrical (b) Conic 482. The term RQD/Jn expressed in Q system of
(c) Azimuthal (d) Geographic rock classification refers to
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (a) size of joint block
(b) shear strength of block surfaces
Ans. (d) : Map projection:- A map projection is a
(c) environmental conditions influencing the
method of representing the surface of a three - behaviour of the rock mass
dimensional object such as the earth, on a two -
(d) roughness of joint surfaces
dimensional plane such as a paper or computer screen
TSPGECET-2020
the process of projection inevitably involves some
degree of distortion as it is impossible to accuratey Ans. (a) : The first term (Rock quality designation)
divided by Jn (Joint set number) is related to the size of
represent on a flat surface without some form of
the intact rock blocks in the rock mass
distortion.
483. The classification of rock mass on the basis of
• Map projection are an important tool in cartography
RQD alone is given by
and are used in a wide range of applications, including
(a) Gamble (b) Deere
navigation geographic information systems and
(c) Bieniawski (d) Barton
scientific research.
TSPGECET-2020
• Some types of map projection:- Cylindrical,
Pseudocylindrical, Conic, Pseudoconical, Azimuthal Ans. (b) : A frequently used parameter is the rock
quality designation (RQD) index, developed Deere
(Planar), etc.
(1967).
479. Cartographic modeling is : 484. Which of the following mining method involves
(a) The sequence of modeling of real world rock masses, panels or block of ore are
entities in a GIS database undercut to induce caving, permitting the
(b) A way of expressing and organizing methods broken ore to be drawn off below.
by which spatial operations are selected and (a) Sub level stopping (b) Shrinkage stopping
used to develop a GIS model (c) Block caving (d) VCR method
(c) A generic method of creating a GIS map data TSPGECET-2020
@

structure Ans. (c) : Block caving is a bulk underground mining

method, which allows large low-grade deposits to be
ap

(d) The modeling of map inputs to a GIS, using

programming language mined underground. Undermining the are body to make
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 it collaps under its weight into a series of cambers.
na

Mining Geology 167 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
485. An alternative name for Koepe winder is The stability of Zeolites are very much dependent on
(a) drum winder XCO2, as increasing partial pressure of CO2 stabilizes
(b) friction winder clay minerals + calcite in place of Zeolites.
(c) bi-cylindro-conical winder 490. The sequence of crystallization in a cooling calc
(d) bi-cylindrical winder alkaline basaltic magma is likely to be:
TSPGECET-2020 (a) Forsterite-diopside-enstatite
Ans. (b) : Friction winder is a shaft winding system in (b) Enstatite-diopside-forsterite
which conveyances are rises and lowered by means of (c) Forsterite-enstatite-diopside
friction between a head rope. (d) Diopside-forsterite-enstatite
486. What inference can be drawn when contour GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
lines lie closer? Ans. (c) : The correct sequence of crystallization in a
(a) Slope of the land is gentle cooling calc-alkaline basaltic magma is typically
(b) Slope of the land is steep (forsterite- enstatite - diopside).
(c) Land is flat ∎ In the case, forsterite (Mg2SiO4) is the first mineral to
(d) It does not indicate anything crystallize due to its relatively high melting point. It
is followed by enstatite (MgSiO3) and then diopside
TSPGECET-2020
(CaMgSi2O6).
Ans. (b) : closed contour lines with higher values inside ∎ This sequence reflects the decreasing Mg content and
indicate hill with lower value inside indicate pond or increasing Ca content in the minerals as the magma
depression. coals.
487. Pre-silicatization is process involved with 491. Corals prefer a temperature range of
(a) piling method of shaft sinking (a) 30° - 35°C (b) 15° - 20°
(b) cementation method of shaft sinking (c) 35° - 40°C (d) 23° - 29°C
(c) freezing method of shaft sinking GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(d) pneumatic caisson method of shaft sinking
Ans. (d) :
TSPGECET-2020 Through it varies largely on geography and the
Ans. (b) : Pre-silicatization is process involved with species of coral, many reef-building corals have a
cementation method of shaft sinking. narrow temperature range in which they can thrive.
488. In respect of geological faults, the vertical Most hard corals prefer water temperatures that range
displacement of one of the fractured blocks between 73o and 84o Fahrenheit (29o and 29o
with respect to the other fractured bed is called Celsius), though some can tolerate temperatures as
as low as 68oF (20oC) and as high as 90oF (32oC).
(a) heave (b) hade That said, research has shown that corals can adapt to
(c) throw (d) fault plane moderate rising ocean temperatures if they are
TSPGECET-2020 healthy.
Ans. (c) : In respect of geological faults the vertical 492. Gingko is a
displacement of one of the fractured blacks with respect to (a) index fossil (b) living fossil
the other fractured bed is called as throw. (c) nvertebrate fossil (d) vertebrate fossil
489. The metamorphic facies that represents a GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
transition between digenesis and regional Ans. (b) :
metamorphism is A ginkgo, is a Chinese tree with yellow flowers and
(a) Zeolite facies fan-shaped leaves.
(b) Amphibolite facies It is also ginkgo biloba, is a tree that doesn't look
(c) Pyroxene Hornfels facies much like any other.
(d) Sanidinite facies A deciduous conifer that is also a living fossil.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 It is valued in horticulture and as a street tree, is a
Ans. (a) : source of edible ''nuts'' and popular in herbal
The metamorphic facies that represents a transition medicine and it has proved inspirational in art,
between digenesis and regional metamorphism is literature and religion.
Zeolite facies. 493. If two distinctly unrelated groups develop same
The metamorphic facies is encountered at the lowest P- morphological traits, the mode of evolution is
T condition of regional metamorphism of basic igneous known as
rocks and greywackeand characterized by stabilization (a) parallel evolution
@

of Zeolite group of minerals + quartz + albite + clay (b) divergent evolution

minerals. (c) convergent evolution
ap

The Zeolites are Rydrated Ca-Na-Al silicate and include (d) monophyletic group
minerals viz. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Mining Geology 168 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): In this unit, we will discuss about the plant fossils
It two distinctly unrelated groups develop same and classification of plants, their modes of
morphological traits, the mode of evolution is known preservation and applications.
as convergent evolution. We will also discuss about the Gondwana flora of
Convergent evolution is the process by which two India and the morphological characters of some of
species develop similar features despite not sharing a the important gondwana plant fossils.
recent common ancestor. 497. Siwalik vertebrate fauna in general indicate a
Convergent evolution occurs in all biological (a) temperate climate
kingdoms, and it is particularly noticeable in plant
species and animal species. (b) polar climate
By sharing similar ecological niches, the two (c) tropical humid climate
unrelated species benefit from developing the same (d) arid climate
functional characteristics. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
494. Infaunal taxa live Ans. (c) :
(a) on the substratum (b) in the substratum Siwalik vertebrate fauna in general indicate tropical
(c) as floaters (d) as swimmers humid climate.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 Humid subtropical climate– A humid subtropical
Ans. (b) : climate is zone of climate characterized by hot and
In faunal taxa live in the substratum. humid summers, and to mild winters.
The test of infaunal foraminifera were generally The climatic group is bounded by the mean annual
more likely to be preserved in the lower marsh then isotherm of 20oC.
the higher marsh at low-and intermediate-salinity In this belt, temperature is more or less uniform.
sites. 498. Aquifer anisotropy relates to
The opposite pattern was evident at the high-salinity
(a) Temporal variation in aquifer parameters
site but this may be due to the low numbers of.
(b) Both spatial and temporal variation in aquifer
Twenty-two taxa were recorded as lire of these, eight
parameters
taxa were found only at shallow infaunal depths; the
other 14 taxa occur at deep infaunal depths in one or (c) Directional variation in aquifer parameters
more cores. (d) Spatial variation in aquifer parameters
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
495. Species with narrow range of salinity tolerance
are known as Ans. (c) :
(a) Stenohaline (b) Euryhaline Aquifer anisotrophy relates to directional nariation in
(c) Oligohaline (d) None of these aquifer parameters.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 An aquifer is water-bearing layer in which the
Ans. (a) : vertical flow component is so small with respect to
Species with narrow range of salinity tolerance are the horizontal is flow component that it can be
known as Stenohaline. neglected.
Salinity tolerance experiments were conducted in The groundwater flow in a aquitard to be
both species after acclimatizing the animals to predominantly vertical.
laboratory conditions. Types of aquifers-
Different grades of salinities rangeing from 0 to 33× Based an the nature and distribution of water bearing
10–3 with an internal of 3 × 10–3 were prepared by zones, their geometry and relationship to topography
diluting seawater with appropriate volumes of and the subsurface geology aquifers could be
dechlorinated freshwater. classified into three main types.
496. Ptilophyllum is a plant fossil known from the (i) Unconfined
(a) Lower Gondwana strata (ii) Confined (Artesian aquifers are special category of
(b) Middle Gondwana strata aquifers)
(c) Upper Gondwana strata (iii) Perched
(d) Deccan intertrappean beds 499. Hill-Piper plot in groundwater quality is used
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 for studying
Ans. (c) : (a) Hydrochemical facies of ground water
The fossil record of plants as because they have a samples
@

low preservation potential and as such fossilized (b) Metamorphic facies of rock samples
(c) COD of water
ap

remains of plant fossils largely comprise materials

such as leaves, cones, barks, flowers and petrified (d) BOD of water
wood. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Mining Geology 169 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Ans. (b) :
Hill-piper plot in groundwater quality is used for The geological features that are formed at convergent
studying Hydrochemical facies of ground water plate boundaries include volcanoes, volcanic arc,
samples. mountains (especially I arcs), oceanic trenches, and
Hill-piper diagram is applied for explaining the island arcs.
hydrochemical focies and classification of water and Convergent plant boundaries are locations where
result are summarized. lithospheric plates are moving towards one another.
A piper plot is a chart used to compare water The plate collisions that occur in these areas can
chemistry data from multiple source in order to asses produce earthquakes, volcanic activity, and crustal
water quality. deformation.
to create the plot, three parameters are used which 503. Large garnet occur in a schist made up of
are calcium (Ca2+), magnesium (Mg2+) and total matrix of fine grained biotite, muscovite and
alkalinity (TA). quartz. This texture is known as;
(a) Granoblastic (b) Poikiloblastic
500. Total dissolved solutes of groundwater is a
(c) Porphyroblastic (d) Porphyritic
direct function of
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(a) Intrinsic permeability of the formation
Ans. (c) :
(b) Storativity of the formation
Large garnet occur n a schist made up of matrix of
(c) Electrical conductivity of the water time grained biotite, muscovite and quartz. This
(d) None of the above structure is known as prophyroblastic.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 Porphyroblastic textures are associated with rocks
Ans. (c) : where the large size recrystallised mineral grains
Total dissolved solutes of groundwater is a direct known as porphyroblasts embedded in the fine-
function electrical conductivity of water. grained groundmass.
The ability of water of conduct specific conductance Metamorphic rocks displaying such type of texture is
and is a function of its ionic strength. termed as porphyroblastic texture.
The ions usually accounting for the majority of TDs The term organ is used for a large eye-shaped
in natural waters are Na, Ca, Mg, HCO3–, SO4–, CI– porphyroblasts that commonly occurs in a few
etc. gneisses.
Hence, their presence increases the electrical 504. Foraminifera are good index fossils for the
conductivity of water. (a) Archaean (b) Proterozoic
501. Which of the following is characteristic of a (c) Phanerozoic (d) None of the above
tsunami? GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(a) Very long wavelength Ans. (d) :
(b) Very fast moving The value of the planktonic foraminifera as index
(c) Very low amplitude in the open ocean fossils has become increasingly recognized in the last
twenty years.
(d) All of these
The study of planktonic foraminifera has advanced
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 today to a degree that is often no longer satisfied
Ans. (d) : with a simple description of various species making
Characteristic of a tsunami– up a fauna, but requires on examination of the
The wavelength of a deep ocean tsunami can be upto relationship between these species.
200 kms. 505. Past seawater temperature can be
Tsunami are fast in deep waters and slow in shallow reconstructed from the
waters. (a) Oxygen isotopic composition of the
Have a small or low amplitude offshore. This can calcareous foraminifera
range from a few centimeters to over 30 m in height. (b) Carbon isotopic composition of the
In generally consists of series of wares, with periods calcareous foraminifera
ranging from minutes to hours. (c) Carbon isotopic composition agglutinated
These are the waves generated by tremors and not by foraminifera
earthquakes themselves. (d) All of the above
Hence, option (d), all of these are correct. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
502. Which of the following feature one gets at Ans. (a) :
convergent plate boundaries? Past seawater temperature can be reconstructed from
(a) Transform faults the Oxygen isotopic composition of the calcareous
@

(b) Island Arcs foraminifera.

The temperature component of the record results
ap

(c) Mid Oceanic Ridges

from temperature dependent fractionation of oxygen
(d) Sea Mounts
isotopes between water and calcite.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Mining Geology 170 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
The database is composed of 22 796 oxygen isotopes When the groundwater and stream are fully
values of phosphatic and calcarious fossils. connected, the groundwater flow diverges from the
Oxygen temperature and ∆O concentrations have stream.
varied greatly in the geologic time. Equipotential lines point as a ''v" down stream.
Under these conditions, the stream stage represents
506. Three major orbitally forced cyclicities (~100 the water tale elevation.
kyr, ~40 kyr, ~22 kyr) in the climatic changes
on earth are termed as
(a) Milankovitch cycles (b) Turner cycles
(c) Glieesberg cycle (d) Wilson cycle
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Ans. (a) : The three major orbitally forced cyclicties in
climatic changes an Earth are known as Milankavitch
cycles.
The three main Milankavitch cycles are–
(i) Eccentricity
(ii) Obliquity 509. The deposition of suspended and dissolved
(iii) Precession material in a soil profile is referred as
These three Milankavitch cycles interact with each (a) Eluviation (b) Illuviation
other and can collectively affect the amount, (c) Leaching (d) Enrichment
distribution, and seasonality of solar radiation reaching GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Earth's surface. Ans. (b) :
507. Under equilibrium groundwater flow condition The deposition of suspended and dissolved material
the water table head: in soil profile is referred as Illuviation.
(a) Changes with time Usually iron, human was, and clay out and from a
(b) Does not change with time line with a different consistency and color.
(c) Remains above confining layer Iluviation has significantly effect on the evolution of
(d) None of the above the soil.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 Zones in the soil where illuviation occurs, or has
occurred, are often called illuvial zones or B soil
Ans. (b) : horizons.
Under equilibrium groundwater flow condition the
510. If rate of relative sea level fall exceeds rate of
water table head does not change with time.
subsidence on a shoreline it will result in
The water table is constantly in motion adjusting its
(a) wide shelf area (b) narrow shelf area
surface to achieve a balance between the recharge
(c) high gradient shelf (d) low gradient shelf
and outflow from the subsurface storage.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
The position of the water table relative to the water
level in a stream determines whether the stream Ans. (b) :
contributes water to the groundwater storage or the In the present day ocean carbonate compensation
other way about. depth (CCD) is observed at depths between 3.5 km
If the bed of the stream is below the groundwater and 5.5 km.
table, during periods of low flows in the steam, the We will examine two depositional profiles from the
water surface may go down below the general water land to the sea.
table elevation and the groundwater contributes to a shelf-break margin, that is, a margin with narrow
the flow in the steam. continental shelf and pronounced change in gradient
508. An influent stream has at the shelf break and a ramp, which dips at a shallow
(a) Water in the stream at higher elevation than angle away from the alluvial profile to the deep sea.
water table elevation There are up to seven genetic features formed in the
(b) Water in the stream at lower elevation than sedimentary record during one sequence cycle, which
water table elevation are described in stages in the text.
(c) Water in the stream at equal elevation to the 511. Glossopteris is a plant fossil known from the
water table elevation rocks of
(d) No water flows on either side (a) Upper Gondwana
@

GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (b) Middle Gondwana

Ans. (a) : (c) Lower Gondwana
ap

An influent stream has water in the stream at higher (d) Rajmahal Intertrappean Beds
elevation than water tale elevation. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Mining Geology 171 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) : The Himalayan foreland basin in the under-reported
Glossopteris flourished in Lower Gondwana, which region of the Kangra and Subathu sub-basin, NW
is now the present-day continents of South America India.
Australia, Africa and Antarctica. In the Subathu sub-basin, shallow marine sediments
Large number of fossils are also found in India. of the palaeocene lower lutetian subathu formation
Glossopteris is the largest and best known as are unconformably overlain by the continental
Glossopterideles. alluvial Dagshai and Kasauli formations and Siwalik
The genus Glossopteris refers only to leaves, within a Group.
framework of genera used in paleobotany. In the kangra sub-basin, the Subathu formation is not
Glossopteris are an extinct group of seed plants that exposed and the pre-Siwalik sediments consist of the
arose during the Permian on the great southern Dharamsala Group, interested as the deposits of
continent of Gondwana. transverse-draining river.
512. Angiosperms appear first in the fossil record 515. Which of the following geological features is
INCORRECTLY matched?
(a) Late Cretaceous
(a) Mariana Trench- Atlantic Ocean
(b) Middle Cretaceous
(b) Ninety East Ridge-Indian Ocean
(c) Early Cretaceous
(c) Bermuda Rise-Atlantic Ocean
(d) Late Jurassic
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(d) Carlsberg Ridge-Indian Ocean
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Ans. (c) :
Ans. (a) :
The timing of the origin of angiosperms is a hotly
debated topic in plant evolution. Geological feature is in correctly matched is
'Mariana Trench-Atlantic Ocean.
The angiosperms, or Howering plants are
geologically a very young group. Mariana Trench, in the Pacific Ocean, is the deepest
location on Earth.
They first appeared in the fossil record in the earliest
cretaceous about 140 million years ago, almost 300 it is part of the western pacific system of oceanic
million years after the first occurrence of terrestrial trenches coinciding with subduction zones-point
plants . where two adjacent tectonic plates collide, one being
forced below the other.
We, evaluate paleobotanical evidence on the age of
the angiosperms, showing how fossils provide crucial The Mariana Trench, which is situated within
data for clarifying the situation. territories of the U.S. dependencies of the Northern
Mariana Island and Guam, was designated a U.S.
513. In the present day ocean carbonate
national monument in 2009.
compensation depth (CCD) is observed at
depths between 516. Compared to clay, fine grained sandstone has
(a) 3.5 and 5.5km (b) 0.5 – 1.5km (a) higher porosity and lower permeability
(c) 2.5 – 3.5 km (d) 2 – 4 km (b) higher porosity and higher permeability
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (c) lower porosity and lower permeability
Ans. (a) : (d) lower porosity and higher permeability
In the present day ocean carbonate compensation GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
depth (CCD) is observed at depth between 3.5 and Ans. (d) :
5.5km. Compared to clay, fine grained sandstone has lower
In oceanography, the depth where carbonate ions porosity and higher permeability.
under saturation in the water column or in the Porosity is a measure of the void spaces in a material
sediment pre and large enough so that the rate of permeability, a measure of the ability of material to
calcium carbonate (CaCO3), sedimentation is totally transmit fluids.
compensated for by the rate of calcium carbonate Porosity and permeability are related properties of
dissolution, reaches the carbonate compensation any rock or lose sediment.
depth (CCD). Clay is the most porous sediment but is the least
514. The oldest continental deposition of the NW permeable.
Himalayan Foreland Basin is related to–––. Clay usually acts as an aquitard , impeding the flow
(a) Siwalik Group (b) Kasauli Formation of the water.
(c) Dagshai Formation (d) Subathu Formation Gravel and sandstone are both porous and permeable,
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 making them good aquifer materials.
@

Ans. (c) : Grovel and sandstone has the highest permeability.

The oldest continental deposition of the NW 517. Which of the following metamorphic facies is
ap

Himalayan foreland basin is related to Dagshai characterised by maximum temperatures and

Formation. minimum pressures?
na

Mining Geology 172 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Blueschist facies (b) Greenschist facies Ans. (c) :
(c) Sanidinite facies (d) Hornblende facies The soils of the humid tropics are deep and strongly
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 weathered.
Ans. (c) : They are developed under aggressive, warm and
moist climate, or they are in the process towards such
The sanidinite facies is a rare facies of extremely
a weathering stage.
high temperatures and low pressure.
This means that soils and air temperature are high,
It can only be reached under certain contact- with monthly means above 22oC, and that soils are
metamorphic circumstances. moist throughout the year.
Due to the high temperature the rock experiences In humid tropical environment will we find
partial melting and glass is formed. maximum soil thickness.
It is characterized by the following mineral 521. Paired terraces form when ____________ of the
assemblages. river channel
In metapelites– (a) lateral migration is more rapid than vertical
→ Cordierite + mullite + sanidine + tridymite + glass. incision
In Carbonates– (b) vertical incision is more rapid than lateral
migration
→ Wollastonite + anorthite + diopside.
(c) there is only lateral migration
518. Which of the following geological formations (d) None of the above
contains diamondiferous conglomerates? GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(a) Vindhayan Super Group Ans. (b) :
(b) Siwalik Super Group Paired terraces from when vertical incision is more
(c) Vaikrita Group rapid than lateral migration of the river channel.
(d) Karewa Formation A terraces is a roughly flat area that is limited by
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 sloping surfaces on the upslope and downslope sides.
Ans. (a) : River terrace are the remains of old valley floors that
are left sitting n valley sides after river down cutting.
Vindhayan Super Group derives its name from the
great Vindhayan mountains. 522. Weathering of iron-rich minerals often
forms____________, which is a common
The Group comprises of ancient sedimentary rocks component of laterite soils.
superimposed on the Archean base. (a) Gibbsite (b) Tetrahedrite
Large are of this belt is covered by the Deccan trap. (c) Limonite (d) Goethite
The Vindhyan Super Group have dimond earing GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
regions from which Panna and Golconda diamords
Ans. (d) :
have been mined.
Weathering of iron-rich minerals often forms
It is devoid of metalliferaus minerals but provides
Goethite, which is a common component of laterite
large quantities of durable stones, ornamental stones,
soil.
limestone, pure glass making sand etc.
Laterite is a porous, indurated concretionary
519. Which of the following is a depositional glacial materials which is usually red to reddish brown in
landscape? color.
(a) Kames (b) Fjord The concept of laterite has been used to apply it not
(c) Cirque (d) Arête only to soils but to neoformations of iron and soil
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 stratum.
Ans. (a) : Geothite is a mineral of the diaspore group,
Kames are small, cone -shaped mounds or hills that are consisting of iron (111) oxide-hydroxide, specifically
formed as a result of glacial deposition. They are the α-polymorph.
typically composed of sorted sediment, including sand,
gravel, and till, which is deposited by meltwater streams 523. From youngest to oldest, the correct sequences
flowing within or at the edge of a glacier. of epochs of Tertiary period is
∎ Kames are often found in association with other (a) Paleocene, Oligocene, Eocene, Miocene
glacial landforms, such as eskers and moraines. (b) Eocene, Miocene, Paleocene, Oligocene
520. In which environment will you find maximum (c) Paleocene, Eocene, Oligocene, Miocene
soil thickness? (d) Miocene, Paleocene, Oligocene, Eocene
(a) Periglacial GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
@

(b) Humid Mid-Latitude Ans. (c) :

(c) Humid tropical The correct sequences of epochs of Tertiary period is
ap

(d) Tropical wet-dry Paleocene → Eocene → Oligocene → Miocene

GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 It is contains fire geologic epochs.
na

Mining Geology 173 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Rages from approximately 65 mya to 55 mya. A tombola is formed when a spit joins the mainland
(Paleocene) to an island. Chesil Bench in Dorset is a tombola as
Range approximatey 55 mya to 34 mya (Eocene) the mainland is joined to the Isle of Portland.
Ranges from approximately 34 mya to 23 mya Barrier islands form as waves repeatedly deposit
(Oligocene) sediment parallel to the shoreline. as wind and waves
shift according to weather patterns and local
Ranges from appoximatey 23 mya to 5 mya geographic features.
(Miocene)
A Doline is a natural enclosed depression found in
524. What is a drumlin? karst landscapes.
(a) A block of bedrock not quarried away by the 527. Which of the following time intervals witnessed
bottom of a glacier. abundance of Dinosaurs
(b) A sinuous ridge of water-deposited glacial (a) Mesozoic (b) Cenozoic
debris. (c) Paleozoic (d) Proterozoic
(c) A small depression formed from the melting GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
of a block of ice buried beneath till. Ans. (a) :
(d) A streamlined hill constructed of glacial till. During the Mesozoic era, life diversified rapidly and
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 giant replies, dinosaurs and other monstrous beats
Ans. (d) : romed the Earth.
A drumlin is a hill of compact, unstratified glacial The period, which spans from about 252 million
drift or till, usually elongate or oval, with the larger years ago to about 66 million years ago, ws also
axis parallel to the farmer local glacial motion. known as the age of reptiles or the age of dinosaurs.
Drumlins are a typical subglacial landforms. 528. Modern Man "Homo sapiens" evolved within
Drumlins can be upto 7 km in length, 2 km in width (a) Pliocene (b) Miocene
and 30 m in height. (c) Pleistocene (d) Oligocene
There is no single composition typical of drumlin, GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
but most have a carapace of lodgement till. Ans. (c) :
525. __________ is the most important period of The archaeological record of Later Plesistocene
coal formation in India. South Asia has a crucial role to play in our
(a) Cambrian (b) Permian understanding of the evolution of modern human
(c) Jurassic (d) Pliocene behaviour and the dispersal of anatomically modern
humans around the Old World Later Pleistocene
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
records of South Asia are here summarized and
Ans. (b) : placed in the context of the modern human-origins
Permian is the most important period of coal debate.
formation in India. 529. Which of the following fossils helped in
The Permian period lasted from 299 to 251 million reconstruction of "Gondwanaland"
years ago and was the last period of the Paleozoic (a) Glossopteris (b) Homo erectus
Era. (c) Brachiopods (d) Phacops
The Carboniferous is a geologic period and system GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
that spans 60 million years from the end of the Ans. (a) :
Devonian Period 358.9 million years ago, to the Glossopteris, another important lower Gondwana
beginning of the Permian period, 98.9 mya.
plant appeared during this time and soon become the
The Carboniferous coal beds, provided much of the most diversified taxon at species level that lasted on
fuel for power generation during the Industrial
the Gondwanaland until the Triassic time.
revolution and are still of great economic
importance. Leaves of Glossopteris were about60 cm in length,
15 cm wide with a 1.5 cm thick petiole.
526. Which of the following is not a coastal
About 70 species of Glossopteris are known to have
landform
existed on the former gondwana landmasses.
(a) Barrier island (b) Spits
The time of the Gondwana history, because of the
(c) Tombolos (d) Doline
dominance of the Glossopteris, has been called as
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Glossopteris floral phase and the rocks yielding the
Ans. (d) : Except option (d), all option is a coastal plant assemblage as discussed above represent the
landforms.
Lower Gondwana flora.
Coastal landforms are the landforms along the
coastline that are mostly formed by erosion and 530. Las Glascial Maximum (LGM) occurred
@

sediments from waves. around

A spit is one of the most common coastal landforms. (a) 1 million years ago (b) 20,000 years ago
ap

A sand spit is a linear accumulation of sediment that (c) 2 million years ago (d) 1600 years ago
is attached to land at one end. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Mining Geology 174 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b) : 534. Cofferdam system is a method for
The LGM is believed to have resulted from climate (a) Soil reclamation using substance barriers
change caused by changes in the orbital (b) Soil extraction and storage for cleaning
configuration of the Earth. (c) Soil electrokinetic cleaning
The Last Glacial Maximum (LGM) occurred around (d) Contaminated soil surface insulation
20,000 years ago, during the last phase of the GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Pleistocene epoch. Ans. (a) :
531. The Age of Rajmahal Trap is? Cofferdam system is a method for soil reclamation
(a) 65-66 Ma (b) 133-110 Ma using substance barriers.
(c) 118-116 Ma (d) 245-248 Ma When there is a need to temporarily control the
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 movement of water whether through damming,
Ans. (c) : diversion or dewatering-most contractors agree that a
The age of Rajmahal Traps is highly controversial. cofferdam system are the best alternative.
Microfloral assemblage are indicative of Jurassic They are readily available in numerous
age. configurations, easy to transport and install, cost
the upper portions of the stage represent the Lower efficient, and environmentally sensitive.
Cretaceous. 535. Lowest geothermal gradient is observed at
So, the Rajmahal stage has a stratigraphic range from (a) Cratonic shields (b) Mobile belts
Lower Jurassic to Lower Cretaceous. (c) Subduction zones (d) Mid-oceanic ridges
The Age of Rajmahal Trap is118-116 Ma. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
532. An earthquake of magnitude 7 on the Richter Ans. (c) :
scale differs from that of magnitude 4 in terms Lowest geothermal gradient is observed at
of total energy released by Subduction zones, where cold lithosphere decends
(a) 3 times (b) 30 times into the mantle.
(c) 1000 times (d) 27000 times The geothermal gradient is amount that the Earth's
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 temperature increases with depth.
Ans. (c) : In measuring magnitude of earthquake's It indicates heat flowing from the Earth's worm
seismology often use richter scale (developed by interior to its surface.
charle's richtert . On average, the temperature increase by about 25oC
An increment of magnitude means multiplying the for every kilometer of depth.
actual side of earthquake by 10 (logarithmic in charcter)
Subduction zone, oceanic trench area marginal to a
Let M1 higher magnitude to be 7 and M2 lower
continent in which, according to the theory of plate
magnitude to be 4. To calculating how many time the
tectonics, older and denser seafloor underthrusts the
M1 is approxmately stronger then M2.
continental mass, dragging downward into the
10M1 −M2 = 107−4 Earth's upper mantle the accumulate trench
= 103 sediments.
= 1000 536. Glacier ice:
The magnitude 7 earthquake is approximately 1000 (a) is a metamorphic rock
times stronger than magnitude 4 earthquake. (b) sinks to the bottom of water
533. Aseismic ridges are associated with (c) is white in pure form
(a) Subduction (b) Sea floor spreading (d) is transformed into firn upon increased
(c) Hotspot (d) Island arc pressure
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Ans. (c) : Ans. (a) :
Asseismic ridges are associated with volcanism from A glacier is an accumulation of ice and snow that
a hotspot. slowly flows over land flows over land.
In can composed of coalescing volcanoes of various Glaciers begin to form when snow remains and
sizes. accumulates long enough to transform into ice.
A tectonic plate moves over the hotspot, a series of
ice is not a rock and not all ice is a mineral.
seamounts can form on the ocean floor over a period
of millions of years. Glacier Ice is not considered to be a mineral, but
@

This may be in the form of mountains, gigots or instead is identified as a rock.

undersea plateaus. Glacier ice is categorized as a metamorphic rock as it
ap

An aseimic ridge can extend for hundreds or undergoes changes due to pressure and temperature
thousands of miles. and is composed of one or more minerals.
na

Mining Geology 175 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
537. The Earth’s magnetic field has undergone 540. The Alpine-Himalayan belt of Earthquakes is:
reversals in the past. The present field is named (a) Shallow Focus (b) Deep Focus
after (c) Intermediate Focus (d) None of the above
(a) Gauss (b) Brunhes GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(c) Olduvai (d) Matuyama Ans. (a) :
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
An earthquake is shaking or trembling of the earth's
Ans. (b) : surface, caused by the seismic waves or earthquake
The team used data from an array of sources that waves that are generated due to sudden movement in
hold historical information about Earth's previous the earth surface (Shallow focus earthquakes) or
magnetic switch, known as the matuyama-brunches upper mantle.
reversal.
The Alpine-Himalayan organic belt developed along
It was a geologic event, approximately 781,000 years
boundary of two megaplates in relative rotation,
ago, when the Earth's magnetic field last underwent
which provided a transpessive tectonic regime.
reversal.
Estimations vary as to the abruptness of the reversal. 541. Where the heavy elements which make up bulk
of the earth originated?
538. Name the supercontinent to which most of the
continental landmass was joined together ~600 (a) In meteorites (b) In the Big Bang
Ma ago (c) In supernova (d) In the Sun
(a) Gondwanaland (b) Rodinia GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(c) Pangaea (d) Laurasia Ans. (c) :
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 Earth itself would be a very different place without
Ans. (c) : the elements created in stars and supernova
Pangaea was supercontinent that formed about~600 explosions.
Ma and broke apart about 180 Ma. The elements released after a supernova explosion
At the beginning of the Jurassic period, Pangaea from a planet like Earth.
began to break up and form tow large landmasses- Chaos caused by supernova, such as the one that
Gondwana and Laurasia. created the structure of the ISM.
Gondwana included most of the landmasses in what A supernova creates shock waves through the
is now the Southern Hemisphere, including interstellar medium, compressing material there,
Antarctica, South America, Africa, Madagascar and heating it to millions of degrees.
Australia, as well Arabian Peninsula and the Indian
542. The planet with the maximum greenhouse
subcontinent.
gases in its atmosphere is
Have completely migrated to the northern
(a) Venus (b) Mars
hemisphere.
(c) Neptune (d) Pluto
539. The zone of sharp change in sea water
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
temperature between 200m and 1000m water
depth is known as: Ans. (a) :
(a) Pycnocline (b) Isotherm The planet with the maximum greenhouse gases in
(c) Thermocline (d) None of the above its atmosphere is Venus.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 Venus is the closest planet to the Earth and the
Ans. (c) : hottest planet in the Solar System.
Due to sea waves, the water of the upper surface Venus rotates on its axis from east to west, whose
keeps on mixing with the water on the lower level. direction of rotation is same as that of Uranus.
As a result, such a thick hot layer is formed whose There is a store of sulfuric acid on the surface of
thickness between 200 m to 1000 m and whose Venus Planet and its surface has spread sulfuric acid
temperature is in degree Celsius in the equatorial like a cloud.
region. The main effects of increased greenhouse gases are:-
Beneath this warm layer, there is a rapid decreases in Global warming, Depletion of Ozone Layer, Smog
layer called "thermocline". and Air Pollution, Acidification of Water Bodies.
Below this level there is third layer of extremely cold 543. The Gutenberg discontinuity lies between:
water. (a) Outer core and lower mantle
@

Its temperature is minimum and its extent is of the (b) Lower mantle and upper mantle
sea. It happens till the bottom. (c) Outer core and inner core
ap

The water temperature in this level is found to be (d) Crust and upper mantle
form GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Mining Geology 176 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) :
The Gutenberg discontinuity lies between Outer core C1.1 Rock Mechanics
and lower mantle.
The Gutenberg discontinuity occurs within Earth's 547. Chocks are the type of supports used in severe
interior at a depth of about 2,900 km below the bad roof conditions. Which of the following
surface, where there is an abrupt change in the dimensions of sleeper piece in chock supports?
seismic waves that travel through Earth. (a) 10cm × 10cm × 120cm
The interiors of the earth are mode of different kinds (b) 15cm × 15cm × 100cm
of elements that differ from each other in physical (c) 10cm × 10cm × 100cm
and chemical properties like temperature, density, (d) 15cm × 10cm × 120cm
composition, etc. APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
The interiors of the earth are divided into separate Ans. (a) : Dimensions of sleeper piece in chock support
layers. is 10cm × 10cm × 120m Chock shield support always
The fundamental layers of the earth are the crust, have 4 hydraulic legs and all 4 lergs are connected to
mantle and core. the canopy of the support. The lergs of a clock shied
support are either vertical or inclined but the majority
544. The volcanic equivalent of Diorite is : chocks shield have Inclined legs this provides better
(a) Rhyolite (b) Andesite support pressure to the canopy.
(c) Trachyte (d) Basalt 548. On operation, what is the number of
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 revolutions per minute for a saw toothed crown
Ans. (b) : The volcanic equivalent of Diorite is drill bit?
Andesite. Diorite is an intrusive igneous rock that (a) 25 to 30 (b) 5 to 10
consists mainly of plagioclase feldspar biotie and (c) 20 to 25 (d) 40 to 55
hornblende. It is typically found in continental crust and APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
forms when magma cools and solidifies beneath the Ans. (b) : On operation 5 to 10 is the number of
Earth's surface. revolutions per minute for a saw toothed crown drill bit.
549. Which one of the following is the most likely
545. Lahar deposits are formed by : mode of slope failure for waste dump?
(a) Detrital sediments (a) Circular (b) Wedge
(b) Organic sediments (c) Plane (d) Toppling
(c) Chemical sediments Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
(d) Volcaniclastic sediments Ans. (a) : The modes of failure of slopes in rock are
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 more complex than slopes in soils. The conditions under
Ans. (d) : Lahar deposits are formed by Volcaniclastic which circular failure will occurs arise when the
individual particles in a soil or rock mass are very small
sediments.
compared with the size of the slope.
546. In case of volcanic rocks the columnar joints 550. In RMR, Rock Quality Designation (RQD)
are usually : 41% to 60% indicates a rock as
(a) developed parallel to the lava flow direction (a) Very poor (b) Poor
(b) developed at an acute angle to the lava flow (c) Fair (d) Good
direction Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
(c) developed at right angle to the lava flow Ans. (c) : The rock man rating (RMR) system is a
direction geotechnical classification for rocks developed by Z.T.
(d) developed randomly in relation to lava flow bieniawski between 1972 and 1973. Six parameters are
direction used to classify a rock mass using the RMR system.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 • Uniaxial compressive strength of rock material.
• Rock quality designation (RQD).
Ans. (c) : Columnar jointing is produced by cooling of
• Spacing of discontinuities.
lava flows ash-flow tuffs, and other bodies of magma of
lava. • Groundwater conditions.
• Orientation of discontinuities.
• Most columns are straight with parallel sides and
Classification table for the RMR -
diameter from a few centimeters to 3m.
Range of RMR Class Rock quality
• Column are curved very in width columns can each 0-20 V Very poor
@

heights of 30 cm. 21-40 IV Poor

• Column jointing occurs in many types of igneous 40-60 III Fair
ap

rocks and from as the rock cools and contracts. 61-80 II Good
• The growth is perpendicular to the surface of the flow. 81-100 I Very good
na

Mining Geology 177 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
551. Bieniawski's Rock Mass Rating considers the 555. Blasting off the solid was known as ________
parameter RQD, spacing of joints, condition of (a) Explosive blasting (b) Solid blasting
joints, ground water condition, and : (c) Deck blasting (d) Cushion blasting
(a) Tensile strength NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
(b) Uniaxial compressive strength Ans. (b) : Blasting off the solid was known as solid
(c) Shear strength blasting.
(d) Buckling strength Solid blasting in mining is a method used for
(e) Question not attempted blasting in coal faces. It consists of 12 to 15 shot holes,
drilled in a pattern in the coal face equal to the gallery
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
width. Certain explosives and millisecond delay
Ans. (b) : Bieniawshki (1989) developed a rock detonators are used for solid blasting.
classification system called “Rock Mass Rating”. 556. What happens when a rock is cooled extremely
Six parameters are used to classify a rock mass:- fast ?
RQD (a) It develops a glassy texture.
Spacing of joints (b) It develops a fine grained texture.
Condition of joints (c) It develops a coarse texture.
Groundwater condition (d) It develops a molten liquid texture.
Orientation of joints HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
Uniaxial compression strength Ans. (a) : Glassy or vitreous texture occur during some
552. Which is the most dominant constituent of volcanic eruptions when the lava is quenched so rapidly
igneous rock? that crystallization can not occur, the result is a natural
amorphous glass with few or no crystal.
(a) Al2O3 (b) SiO2
Ex - obsidian and pumice
(c) CaCO3 (d) CaO
(e) Question not attempted 557. The rock mass classification system that
considers "active stress" factor is :
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
(a) Q-System (b) RMR
Ans. (b) : The most dominant constituent of igneous (c) RQD (d) GSI
rock is silica (SiO2). Silica is a chemical compound that UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
is abundant in igneous rocks and plays a crucial role in
Ans. (b) :
their formation and classification.
Bi enianesti's Rock Mass Rating (RMR) system
553. What is the correct term for a fault that is also was originally based upon case histories drawn
known as a diagonal fault? from civil engineering.
(a) Wrench fault (b) Transform fault Consequently, the mining industry tended to regard
(c) Oblique fault (d) Dip fault the classification as some cohat conservation and
(e) Question not attempted several modifications have been proposed in order
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 to make the classification more relevant to mining
applications.
Ans. (c) : Oblique faults are sometimes called diagonal
Rock stress in competent rock.
faults. Oblique faults are faults on which two directions
The parameter Jw is a measure of water pressure,
of displacement occur. It is a combination of dip-slip which has an adverse effect on the shear strength of
motion and strike-slip motion. Therefore, there is a joints due to a reduction in effective stress.
space between the faces of the fault, and one side is The quotient (Jw/SRF) is a complicated empirical
higher, vertically, than the other. factor describing the active stress.
554. What is transformed into coal due to geological Note- Official answer is given option (a)
forces of heat and pressure over hundreds of 558. The RQD value of a Rock mass is 55. What is
millions of years? the type of rock it indicates?
(a) Shale (b) Plant matter (a) Poor (b) Fair
(c) Animal dead bodies (d) Calcium Carbonate (c) Good (d) Excellent
(e) Question not attempted UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 Ans. (b) : The Rock Quality Designation index has
Ans. (b) : Cool is formed when dead plant matter been used for over 20 years as an index of rock
submerged in swamp environments is subjected to the quality.
geological forces of heat and pressure over hundreds of It measures the percentage of good rock within a
@

millions of year. Over time, the plant matter transforms borehole

from moist, low- carbon peat, to coal an energy- and It is now used as a standard parameter in drill
ap

carbon-dense black or brownish black sedimentary core logging and forms a basic element of
rock. several rock mass classification systems.
na

Mining Geology 178 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
RQD Description of Rock Ans. (c)
(Rock Quality Quality The Zawar belt region stratigraphically falls under
Designation) the lower and middle Aravali groups, or Debari and
0 – 25% Very poor Udaipur groups of Aravalli supergroup.
The rock of the Zawar region rest uncomfortably
25 – 50% Poor
over the granitoids and migmatites of the strata
50 – 75% Fair Inlier of BGG.
75 – 90% Good Phyllite, mica - schist, carbonaceous phyllite, state,
90 – 100% Excellent quartzite, phyllitie quartzite, varieties of dolomite,
Note- Official answer is given option (c) metagray wacke, arkose, breccia and conglomerate
are present in the region.
559. The horizontal access driven below the ground
from shaft to the ore body or to an opening 562. Basalt is a class of rock known as ..........
which is paralled to the orebody is called : (a) Igneous Rock
(a) Drift (b) Cross-cut (b) Sedimentary Rock
(c) Adit (d) Decline (c) Metamorphic Rock
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 (d) It is an organic material
Ans. (b) : Drift running parallel to the ore body and UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
lying in the footwall is called a footwall drift and drift Ans. (a)
driven from the footwall across the ore body are called Basalt, is a extrusive igneous (volcanic) rock.
crosscut.
The basalt rock is a dark-coloured igneous rock.
All horizontal or sub-horizontal development
These rock was formed during volcanic outbursts
opening made in a mine have the generic name of
drift. when there occurs rapid cooling of lava exposed at
or very near the surface of the earth.
These are simply tunnel made in the rock, with a
size and shape depending on their uses. The eruption/bursting of basalt lava is seen by
Examples :– Haulage, ventilation, or exploration. geologists at around twenty volcanoes every year.
Basalt is also a crucial volcanic rock type on other
560. Coal Seams are normally found in :
planetary bodies in the solar system.
(a) Sedimentary rock
(b) Igneous rock 563. Match the rock with its metamorphosed form
(c) Metamorphic rock Igneous/Sedimenta Metamorphic
(d) None of the above ry rock rock
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 P Granite I Quartzite
Ans. (a) Q Limestone II Gneiss
Coal seams are normally found in sedimentary R Sandstone III Schist
rocks. S Gabbro IV Marble
A mixture of constituents, mostly of vegetal origin. (a) P-II, Q-IV, R-I, S-III
Vegetal matter is composed mainly of carbon, (b) P-III, Q-I, R-IV, S-II
hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur and same
(c) P-IV, Q-III, R-I, S-II
inorganic mineral.
(d) P-II, Q-III, R-IV, S-I
Coal, and the rock above and below the coal seam
is primarily layered sedimentary rock in origin, as Gate Mining Engineering-2022
opposed to igneous or metamorphic rock. Ans. (a) : Correct match of option (a).
Many coal seams occur within cyclothems, Igneous/Sedimentry Metamorphic rock
rhythmic successions of sandstone, mudrock and rock
limestone in which non-marine units are regularly P Granite Gneiss
and systematically overlain by an underclay, the
Q Limestone Marble
coal seam itself and then various marine
lithologies. R Sandstone Quartzite
S Gabbro Schist
561. The host rock of lead-zinc deposits of Zawar
belt is : • Gneiss is a type of metamorphic rock which is
(a) Kimberlite formed when granite is metamorphised.
@

(b) Chalcopyrite • Marble is a granular metamorphic rock, it is derived

(c) Phyllite and Mica Schist from limestone or dolomite and it consists of a mass
ap

(d) Serpentine of interlocking grains of calcite or the mineral

UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 dolomite.
na

Mining Geology 179 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Quartzite is a metamorphic rock formed when Ans. (a): The pattern of cut mostly preferred in tunnel
quartz-rich sandstone or chert has been exposed to and drifts of small area Coramand cut.
high temperature and pressure. The coramand cut is a new type of parallel hole
• Schist is foliated medium grade metamorphic rock. cut which has been worked out with the object of
It formed by metamorphosis of mudstone and shole or achieving greater advance per round in tunnels or drifts
gabbro form of igneous rock. of small area.
564. In order for mining of minerals to be 569. Which is used for stripping top soil and making
sustainable we will need to _____ shallow cuts and trenches upto a depth of 3.5-
(a) Use minerals more efficiently 6m.
(b) Find deeper deposits of rare metals (a) Dipper shovel (b) Tractor shovel
(c) Consider that minerals are a non-renewable (c) Ditching shovel (d) Stripper shovel
source, mining can not be sustainable NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
(d) Develop efficient mineral extraction
Ans. (c) : A ditching shovel, also known as a trenching
techniques
shovel, is specifically designed for digging trenches or
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
ditches. It typically has a long, narrow blade with a
Ans. (d) : In order for minerals to be sustainable we sharp edge that allows it to cut trough soil efficiently.
will need to develop efficient mineral extraction The design of the ditching shovel enables it to dig
techniques.
relatively shallow trenches, typically up to a depth of
565. The gas which is produced by when coal 3.5 to 6 meters, making it suitable for various
containing sulphur is heated our of contact landscaping, contraction, and agricultural purposes
with air to a temperature of about _________. where shallow excavation is required
(a) H2S, 444°C (b) H2, 444°C
570. Rock for mining minerals have specific gravity
(c) CO, 454°C (d) NO2 445°C
between____________.
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
(a) 2-4 (b) 4-6
Ans. (a) : The gas which is produced by when coal
(c) 6-7 (d) 8-10
containing sulphur is heated out of contact with air to a
temperature of about H2S, 4440C. NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
566. To avoid formation of toe in hard rock the Ans. (a) : Rock for mining minerals have specific
depth of shot hole should be- gravity between 2 and 4.
(a) 0.3 times height of depth Most rock forming minerals have a specific
(b) 3m below level of bench gravity between two and three for example, quartz has a
(c) Equal to level of bench specific gravity of 2.65. Metallic minerals are for more
(d) 0.5-1m deeper below the level of bench dense; for example, galena, has a specific gravity of 7.5,
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 and platinum has specific gravity around 22.
Ans. (d) : To avoid formation of toe in hard rock the 571. How would you best describe inter-locking
depth of shot hole should be 0.5-1m deeper below the crystals?
level of bench. (a) As chemical substances found in rocks
567. The minimum distance from face to the blast (b) As crystals that lock together and grow into
hole. each other in a rock
(a) Toe (b) Spacing (c) Chemicals that flow around sediments &
(c) Burden (d) Break water set like cement
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 (d) Preserved remains of living organisms
Ans. (c) : The minimum distance from face to the blast HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
hole burden. The burden is the distance from a single Ans. (b) : This texture describes a rock with large
row to the face of the excavation or between rows in the easily visible, interlocking crystal of several minerals.
usual case where rows are fixed in sequence. The crystal are randomly distributed and not aligned in
Burden formula for blasting - any consistent direction.
Spacing = 15 × hole diameter (hard rock) Interlocking texture means that there is no space
20 × Hole diameter (soft rock) Burden = 1.25 × between individual crystal because the crystal grew in
spacing fire as many holes so possible on one delay. to one another.
568. The pattern of cut mostly preferred in tunnel 572. Compared to rock in Earth's crust rocks in the
@

and drifts of small area mantle are more

(a) Coramand cut (b) Burn cut (a) dense (b) mineral rich
ap

(c) Wedge cut (d) Fan cut (c) granular (d) porous
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
na

Mining Geology 180 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Compared to rock in earth's crust rocks in the Ans. (a): Anthracite is the most metamorphosed type of
mantle are more dense. coal in which the carbon content is between 86% and
The lower mantle is hotter and denser than the upper 97%.
mantle and transition zone. The lower mantle is much 578. What is the principal method of stream erosion
less ductile than the upper mantle and transition zone. and involves wearing away of the bedrocks?
althrough heat usually. (a) Hydraulic action (b) Abrasion
Correspondss to softening rocks intense pressure keeps (c) Attrition (d) Corrosion
the lower mantle solid. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
573. Exfoliation of rock takes place due to Ans. (b) : Abrasion is the principal method of stream
(a) Carbonation and hydration erosion and involves wearing away of the bedrocks and
(b) Oxidation and carbonation rocks along the banks of a stream or river by the
(c) Thermal expansion and contraction running water with the help of sand grains, pebbles and
gravels and all such particles that are being carried by it
(d) Hydration and oxidation as load.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
579. Which is considered as soft rock for tunneling?
Ans. (c) : A large homogeneous rocks is exposed to (a) Granite (b) Gabbro
alternate expansion and contraction of the outer layer in (c) Basalt (d) Shale
a rock. This is coursed by temperature difference. Once
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
the material has peeled off and rolled away a smooth
dome shaped rock is left behind. It is called an Ans. (d) : Rocks considered as hard and crystalline are
exfoliation dome. granites, syenites, gabbros, basalts and all the related
igneous rocks, sandstones, limestones, dolomites,
574. Terra Rossa which typically develops in quartzites etc. However the soft rocks include shales,
terrains is composed of friable and poorly compacted sandstones, chalk and
(a) Limestone (b) Syenite porous varieties of limestones and dolomites, slates and
(c) Granite (d) Red sandstone phyllites with high degree of cleavage.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 580. Which zones are most potential surfaces for
Ans. (a) : Terra Rossa typically develops in terrains is rock slips?
composed of limestone. (a) Smooth surfaces (b) Rough surfaces
Limestone is a common type of carbonate sedimentary (c) Shear zones (d) Tensile zones
rock which is the main source of the material lime. It is HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
composed mostly of the mineral calcite and aragonite, Ans. (c) : Shear zones are most potential surface for
which are different crystal forms of calcium carbonate. rock slips, especially when lubricated with water due to
Limestone forms when these minerals precipitate out of soft character of the shear zone material.
water containing dissolved calcium. In geology, a shear zone is a thin zone within the Earth's
crust or upper mantle that has been strongly deformed,
575. A part of any stream or rock that is exposed at due to the walls of rock on either side of the zone
the surface is known as: slipping past each other. In the upper crust, where rock
(a) Outcrop (b) Fault is brittle, the shear zone takes the form of a fracture
(c) Fold (d) Dyke called a fault.
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II 581. Which is not an example of the good aquifer?
Ans. (a) : A part of any stream or rock that is exposed (a) Sandstones (b) Limestones
at the surface is known as outcrop. (c) Gravels (d) Granite
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
576. The Mohorovicic Discontinuity separates
(a) Outer core and mantle Ans. (d) : Rock such as granite and schist are generally
poor aquifers because they have a very low porosity.
(b) Inner and outer core However, if these rocks are highly fractured, they make
(c) Sima and Nife good aquifers.
(d) Crust and Mantle 582. Which is considered as compound anticline?
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (a) Dome (b) Depression
Ans. (d) : The Mohorovicic Discontinuity separates the (c) Valley (d) Basin
earth's crust from the adjacent mantle at a depth of 30 - HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
50 km below the continents and 5 - 10 km below sea Ans. (a)
level in the oceans. • Layered rocks folded into arches are called anticlines
577. Which coal is considered a metamorphic where troughs are referred to as synclines.
@

rock? • In any two cross-sections drawn mutually at right

(a) Anthracite coal (b) Bituminous coal angles to each other in a dome a fold of anticlinal
ap

(c) Lignite coal (d) All of these character will be seen to emerge. As such a dome
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 may be considered as a compound anticline.
na

Mining Geology 181 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
583. The rock mineral insoluble in water is 588. Core recovery depends on
(a) Rock salt (b) Gypsum (a) Strength of Rock
(c) Calcite (d) Pyrite (b) Fracture present in the rock
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (c) Type of Rock
Ans. (d) : Pyrite is insoluble in water, whereas, rock (d) All of the above
salt, gypsum and calcite are example of minerals that Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
are soluble in water to some extent. Ans. (d) : Rock coring is one of sampling methods
584. Most widespread rock on earth is tends to know the rock quality and it's important to
(a) Igneous rock calculate the Fracture state.
(b) Sedimentary rock • It's a number of indices can be used for a quantitative
(c) Metamorphic rock description of the fracture state of the rock mass as
(d) All are in equal quantities. determined from borehole cores.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 • These are Total core Recovery, solid core Recovery.
Rock quality Designation and Fracture Index.
Ans. (b) : Sedimentary rocks are most widespread on
the earth. Example of sedimentary rocks are Gypsum • These indices should be used whenever possible to
supplement the description of discontinuities in rock
and Sand stone.
core.
• It is said that sedimentary rocks are superficially the
• The measurement of these indices should follow the
most widespread rocks forming more than 75% of
measurement of TCR and is based on the definition of
the exposed surface of earth.
solid core.
585. New seafloor is created at :
589. The energy transfer is smooth and more
(a) deep-sea trench (b) mid-ocean ridge
efficient in which of the following feed
(c) subduction zone (d) transform fault mechanism?
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (a) Air legs (b) Screw feed
Ans. (b) : Seafloor spreading or seafloor spread is a (c) Hydraulic feed (d) Chain feed
process that occurs at mid-ocean ridges, where new APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
oceanic crust is formed through volcanic activity and
Ans. (c) : The energy transfer is smooth and more
then gradually moves away from the ridges.
efficient in the feed mechanism hydraulic feed.
586. If compressive strength of coal is 100 kg/cm2, Hydraulic Feed - In hydraulic systems mechanical
calculate its strength in MPa. energy is converted into hydraulic energy, then
(a) 9.81 MPa (b) 10 MPa transported through hydraulics, and afterwards
(c) 98.1 MPa (d) 981 MPa converted back into mechanical energy.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 590. A rock sample has bulk density of 2.89 gm/cc.
Ans. (a) : Compressive strength of coal is 100 kg/cm2 Its moisture content was found to be 1.38%. Its
Strength in MPa is 9.81MPa dry density will be :
587. Schmidt Hammer Rebound Test is carried out (a) 2.52 gm/cc (b) 2.69 gm/cc
in rock for determining ______. (c) 2.85 gm/cc (d) 2.96 gm/cc
(a) Shear strength APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
(b) Tensile strength Ans. (c) : Bulk unit weight of soil (γ) :-
(c) Modulus of clasticity • It is defined as the ratio of the total weight of soil to
(d) Uniaxial compressive strength the total volume of soil mass.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 W
γ=
Ans. (d) : The instrument measures the distance of V
rebound of a controlled impact on a rock surface. • Dry unit weight of soil (γd):-
• To determine Uniaxial compressive strength used by a • It is defined as the ratio of the total dry weight of soil
testing on laboratory or in practically can use the index to the total volume of soil mass.
method. W
• In this research, alternatively is to use Schmidt γd = s
V
Hammer.
• Given,
• A method used Schmidt Hammer to determine the
@

uniaxial compressive strength of rock is calibrate γ = 2.89 gm/cc

between Schmidt Hammer Rebound (R) and uniaxial w = 1.38% = 0.0138
ap

compressive strength test of laboratory and it's the γ 2.89

γd = = = 2.85 gm/cc.
results are an empirical equation. 1 + W 1 + 0.0138
na

Mining Geology 182 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
591. For determining the uniaxial compressive The installation process is easy and very similar to other
strength and deformability of rock material, rock bolt installation processes, making swellex rock
the load should be applied at the rate of : bolts accessible to all operators.
(a) 1 to 2 MPa/s (b) 0.5 to 1 MPa/s 594. There are instances when faults in rocks are
(c) 2 to 5MPa/s (d) 5to10MPa/s accompanied by two sets of small - shear
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 fractures at an angle of 60º to each other with
Ans. (b) : The two plates shall be carefully cleaned opposite sense of shear. These fractures are
before the specimen is placed in the testing chamber. known as:
• The load should be continuously applied at a rate of (a) minor shear fractures
0.5 MPa/s and failure must occur in approximately 10 (b) hexagonal shear fractures
minutes.
(c) conjugate shear fractures
• Stress and deformation data can be recorded through
(d) oblique fractures
an electronic system that has the appropriate accuracy
specifications. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
• The maximum load is recorded in Newtons within a Ans. (c) : There are instances when faults is rock are
1% accuracy. accompanied by two sets of small-scale shear fractures
592. Which of the following statements is at an angle of 60º to each other with opposite sense of
INCORRECT with respect to support? shear. These fractures are known as conjugate shear
(a) Support is the application of a reactive force fractures.
to the surface of an excavation? 595. In a folded strata, wavelength refers to the:
(b) Reinforcement is to improve the overall rock (a) distance between the successive crests or
mass properties from with the rock mass. trough
(c) Active support imposes a predetermined load (b) Distance between a crest and a trough
to the rock at the time of installation. (c) length of the entire fold system
(d) Passive support installed with an applied load.
(d) distance between two axial planes
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Ans. (d) : Ground support is a set techniques, elements
and methods. that enable the conservation or Ans. (a) : In a folded strata, wavelength refers to the
mobilization of a rock mass initial strength. The rock distance between the successive crests or trough. This
mass is given the ability to self-support throughout the distance represents the periodicity of the folding pattern,
course of mining. It is created to underground providing insights into the overall structure and
excavations. geometry of the folded rock layers.
• The strength of rock mass can be increased with the 596. When a competent layer of rock is subjected to
help of rock bolts and cables anchors. They are tension in the plane of the layer, deformation
generally used to improve the slope stability provide by extension may result in fracturing of the
resistance against uplift in concrete dam foundation and layer to give rod-like pieces that look like
reduce the squeezing of rocks around the tunnel sausages, with small gaps between them. Such
periphery. features are known as:
• The support provided by rock reinforcements can be (a) lineations
either an active type or passive type. In case of active
(b) tension gashes
support, a predetermined load is imposed on the rock
surface at the time of installation. In passive type load is (c) boudinages or boudins
developed when the rock mass difference or deplanes. (d) fracture cleavages
593. Swellex type rock bolts are. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
(a) mechanically anchored bolts Ans. (c) : The competent layer of rock is subjected to
(b) grouted cable bolts tension in the plane of the layer, deformation by
(c) friction anchored bolts extension may result in fracturing of the layer to give
(d) perfo bolts rod-like pieces that look like 'sausages' with small gaps
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 between them. Such features are known as boudinages
Ans. (c) : The swellex rock bolting system has gained or boudins.
wide recognition in mining and tunneling works. Boudinage- Boudinage is a geological term for
• It is a unique rock bolt, as it is made out of a welded structures formed by extension, where a rigid tabular
tube folded onto itself and sealed at one extremity. body such as hornfels, is stretched and deformed amidst
@

• It is a re-expanded using a pressure water flow less competent bet begins to break up, forming sausage-
provided by a special pump and adapter. shaped boudins. Boudinage is common and can occur at
ap

The bolt is expanded inside the borehole drilled into the any scale, from microscopic to lithospheric, and can be
excavation wall. found in all terranes.
na

Mining Geology 183 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
597. A line on a sloping rock-surface in any (d) Shillong series; volcanic flows, togetehr with
direction other than that of the true dip makes these inter-trappean sedimentary beds
a smaller angle with the horizontal. This is Jabalpur stage; massive sandstones, shales,
known as: coal seams, limestone
(a) minor dip (b) secondary dip Champaner series: quartzites, conglomerates,
(c) apparent dip (d) virtual dip slates and limestones
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 Rajmahal series; quartzites, slates and schists
Ans. (c) : A line on a sloping rock-surface in any APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
direction other than that of the true dip makes a smaller Ans. (c) : The correct matched of lithological
angle with the horizontal this is known as apparent dip. assemblage and the corresponding formation is-
Apparent dip is the inclination of geologic beds as Shillong series: quartzites, slates and Schists
seen from any vertical cross section not perpendicular to Jabalpur Stage: Massive, Sand stone, Shales, coal
the strike of the geologic beds. seams, limestone.
598. _____ is the term used to describe the surface Champaner Series: quartzites, Conglomerates, Slates
layer of a weathered mass. and limestones
(a) Superficial layer (b) Exo-zone Rajmahal Series: Volconic flows, together with these
(c) Regolith (d) Mantle layer inter- trappean sedimentary beds.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 600. The Mesozoic Era ranges from –––– to ––––
Ans. (c) : Regolith is the term used to describe the Ago approximately.
surface layer of a weathered mass. (a) 251 to 65 Million years
Regolith- Regolith a region of loose unconsolidated (b) 251 to 152 Million years
rock and dust that sits stop a layer of bedrock. On Earth, (c) 150 to 51 Million years
regolith also includes soil, which is a bidogically active (d) 65 to 23 Million years
medium and a key component in plant growth. Regolith
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
serves as a source of other geologic resources, such as
aluminum, iron, clays diamonds, and rare earth Ans. (a) : The Mesozoic Era ranges from 251 to 65
elements. It also appears on the surface of the moon, million year ago approximately.
other planets, and asteroids, hawever, the material found Mesozoic- Mesozoic (251-65 million year ago) means
an other cetestial bodies explored so for does not 'Midlle life' and this is the time of the dinosaurs. This
contain soil. The word is the greek term for ''blanke era includes the Triassic, Jurassic, and cretaceous
rock''. period, names that may be familiar to you.
599. Match the correct lithological assemblage and 601. The Deccan Traps overlie:
the corresponding formation. (a) Nummulitics of Surat and Broach
(a) Shillong series; massive sandstones, shales, (b) Lameta series; Bagh Beds; Jabalpur beds
coal seams, limestone (c) Cardita beaumonti beds of sind
Jabalpur stage; quartzites, slates and schists (d) Tertiary Beds of Gujarat
Champaner series: quartzites, conglomerates, APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
slates and limestones Ans. (b) : The Deccan trapes, extensive volconic rock
Rajmahal series; volcanic flows, together formation in India, overlie the Lameta series, Bagh
with these inter-trappean sedimentary beds Beds, and Jabalpur beds.
(b) Shillong series; quartzites, conglomerates, Lameta Series- The Lameta Beds are developed over
slates and limestones the metamor-phic rocks, granitic rock and the upper
Jabalpur stage; quartzites, slates and schists Gondwana sediments especially in the Jabalpur area,
Champaner series: massive sandstones, Madhya Pradesh and ore overlain by the Deccan
shales, coal seams, limestone basalts.
Rajmahal series; volcanic flows, together Bagh Beds- The Bagh beds have been found to consist
with these inter-trappean sedimentary beds of three formation; Nimar Sandstone. Nodular
(c) Shillong series; quartzites, slates and schists Limestone and corallian Limestone in ascending order.
Jabalpur stage; massive sandstones, shales, main emphasis had been given to nodular Limestone
coal seams, limestone formation, which is the most fossilliferous horizonof the
@

Champaner series: quartzites, conglomerates, Bagh Beds.

slates and limestones Jabalpur beds- In Jabalpur area the Lemeta beds are
ap

Rajmahal series; volcanic flows, together well exposed at lameta GHat and Chui Hill Section
with these inter-trappean sedimentary beds having thickness of abou + 20m and 30m respectively.
na

Mining Geology 184 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
602. The branch of stratigraphy that uses fossils in Ans. (d): Pelitic schists and politic gneisses collectively
the rock record for assigning relative ages is refer to the range of rock types produced by
called. dynamothermal metamorphism from calay rocks.
(a) chronostratigraphy 606. ____ is the type of texture seen in the
(b) biostratigraphy metamorphic rocks due to the alignment of
(c) lithostratigraphy acicular or columnar grains resulting in the
(d) geo-chrono-stratigraphy lineation in the rock.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 (a) Lepidioblastic (b) Megacrystic
Ans. (b) : The branch of stratigraphy that uses fossils in (c) Nematoblastic (d) Porphyroblastic
the rock record for assigning relative ages is called APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
biostratigraphy Ans. (c) : Nematoblastic is the type of texture seen in
Biostratigraphy- Biastratigraphy is the branch of the metamorphic rocks due to the alignment of acicular
stratigraphy that uses fossils to establish relative ages of or columnar grains resulting in the lineartion in the
rock and correlate successions of sedimentary rocks rock.
within and between depositional basins. A biozone is an 607. The non-foliated rocks usually encountered in
interval of geologic strata characterized by certain fossil the contact aureole are:
taxa. Such intervals are often defined by the first (a) marbles (b) hornfels
appearances (rang bases), apparent extinction (range (c) quartzites (d) slates
tops/last appearances), or abundances of fossil index APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
species. Ans. (b) : The non-foliated rock usually encountered in
603. In certain forms of Gastropoda, the mantle, the contact aureole are hornfels.
which is seen at the opening of the gill-sac, Hornfels- Hornfels is a fine-grained metamorphic rock
extends as a tube known as the ____ that was subjected to the heat of contact metamorphism
(a) siphon (b) septum at a shallow depth. It was "baked" by heat conducted
(c) stolon (d) pedal from a nearby magma chamber, sill, dike or lava flow.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 common temperatures for the formation of hornfels
Ans. (a) : In certain forms of Gastropods, the mantle. rang from about 1300 to 1450 degrees Fahrenheit (700
Which is seen at the opening of the gill-sac, extends as a to 800 degrees Celsius).
tube known as the siphon. 608. Which option represents the corrent
composition of quartzo - feldspathic rocks?
604. Hornstone is an example of a/an –––– rock and
is produced from ––––. (a) plagioclase, cordierite, almandine/pyrope
garnet, quartz, k-feldspar
(a) sedimentary; clay
(b) wallastonite, grossularite, diopside, biotite
(b) metamorphic, shale
(c) plagioclase, diopside, almandine/pyrope,
(c) sedimentary; iron-rich sand hypersthene
(d) metamorphic; limestone (d) hypersthene, almandine/pyrope, diopside
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Ans. (b) : Hornstone is an example of a/an Ans. (a) : The correct composition of quartzo-
metamorphic rock and is produced from shale feldspathic rock are plagioclase, cordierite,
Hornfels is from a German word mean hornstone almandine/pyrope garnet quartz, K-feldspar.
because of its much hardness and texture both metamorphosed quartzo feldspathic rock are derived
resembled to animal horn is a metamorphic rock. These from greywacke sandstone and siltstone (clastic
properties are due to fine grained non aligned crystals. sediments; Table 2.3), and granitoid protoliths such as
This rock are mostly fine grained. granite, alkali-feldspar granite, granodiorite. They
Shale- Shale is a laminated or fissile clastic sedimentary constitute the largest portion of the continental crust.
rock that composed of predominance of silt and clay 609. Which of the following series is in the correct
other minerals, especially quartz and calcite. order of Barrovian zones based on the
605. Pelitic schists and Pelitic gneisses collectively increasing degree of metamorphism?
refer to: (a) chlorite < Garnet < Kyanite < Staurolite
(a) the range of rock types produced by (b) Biotite < Staurolite < Kyanite < Sillimanite
dynamothermal metamorphism of granite (c) Kyanite < chlorite < Biotite < Garnet
(b) the range of rock types produced by (d) Chlorite < Biotite < Kyanite < Garnet
dynamothermal metamorphism of limestone APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
(c) the range of rock types produced by Ans. (b) : Barrovian metamorphism is widely found
across time and space on all parts of the earth, and
@

cataclastic metamorphism of sandstone

(d) the range of rock types produced by produces the most common metamorphic rocks. It is
also the most complex, and the most useful
ap

dynamothermal metamorphism from clay

rocks metamorphism geologically. Barrovian metamorphism
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 is therefore of particular importance.
na

Mining Geology 185 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Barrovian zones are especially easy to recognize in A B C D
pelitic rocks. The prograde sequence of Barroviaon (a) (iii) (iv) (i) (ii)
zones is chlorite- biotite- garnet- staurolite- kyanite- (b) (iv) (iii) (i) (ii)
sillimonite. (c) (iii) (i) (ii) (iv)
610. The optalic metamorphism refers to: (d) (ii) (iii) (iv) (i)
(a) low temperature metamorphism of limestone APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
(b) induration, baking, burning and fritting Ans. (a) :
effects on sandstone A. Fluite cast Turbulent eddies in a flow erode
(c) induration, baking, burning and fritting into the underlying bed.
effects of hot gases on neighbouring rocks.
B. Obstacle scour Pebble or shell that can produce
(d) induration, baking, burning and fritting
eddies that sour into the bed.
effects of lava-flows and dykes on
neighbouring rocks. C. Grooves Sharply defined elongated marks
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 created by an object being dragged
along the bed.
Ans. (d) : The optalic metamorphism refers to
induration, baking, burning and fritting effects of lava- D. Bounce marks An object saltiating in the flow.
flows and dykes on neighbouring rocks. 613. –––– is a rock that consists of small-spherical
Optalic Metamorphism- This is because of the or sub-spherical-accretionary bodies 0.25 to
contact of magma with adjacent rocks. 2.00 mm in diameter.
Metamorphism- Metamorphism is the transformation (a) Pisolite (b) Coprolite
of existing rock to rock with a different mineral (c) Oolite (d) Stromatolite.
composition or texture. Metamorphism takes place at APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
temperatures in excess of 150 to 200 ºC(300 to 400ºF) Ans. (c) : Oolite is a rock that consists of small-
and often also at elevated pressure or in the presence of spherical or sub-spherical-accretionary bodies 0.25 to
chemically active fluids, but the rock remains mostly 2.00mm in diameter.
solid during the transformation. Metamorphism is
Oolite- Oolite is a type of sedimentary rock. usually
distinct from weathering or diagenesis, which are
limestone, made up of ooids cemented together. An
change that take place at or just beneath Earths surface.
ooid is a small spherical grain that forms when a
611. _____ brings about a significant change in the particle of sand or other nucleus is coated with
chemical composition of a rock due to the concentric layers of calcite or other minerals.
replacement of originally unstable mineral Pisolite- A pisolite is a sedimentary rock made of
grains by others of different composition. pisoids, which are concretionary grains-typically of
(a) Metamorphism (b) Metasomatism calcium carbonate which resemble ooids, but are more
(c) Lithogenesis (d) Fluid inclusion than 2mm in diameter.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 Coprolite- A coprolite is fossilized feces. Coprolites are
Ans. (d) : Metasomatism brings about a significant classified as trace fossils as opposed to body fossils, as
change in the chemical composition of a rock due to the they give evidence for the animal's behavior rather than
replacement of originally unstable mineral grains by morphology.
others of different composition.
Stromatolite- Stromatolite, layered deposit, mainly of
Metasomatism- Metasomatism is the chemical limestone, formed by the growth of blue-green algae
alternation of a rock by hydrothermal and other fluids. It
(primitive one- celled organisms).
is the replacement of one rock by another of different
mineralogical and chemical composition. The minerals 614. Choose the incorrect statement from the
which compose the rock are deposited in their place. following.
Dissolution and deposition occur simultaneously and (a) Terrigenous clastic material is made up of
the rock remains solid. particles or clasts derived from per-existing
612. Match the following erosional sedimertary rocks.
structures with corresponding characteristics: (b) Carbonate deposits are mostly of biogenic
A. Flute cast (i) Sharply defined elongated material and chemical precipitates.
marks created by an object (c) Evaporites are formed by the precipitation of
being dragged along the bed. salts out of water due to evaporation.
B. Obstacle scour (ii) An object saltiating in the (d) Volcaniclastic sediments are the products of
flow. great pressure, high temperature and
C. Grooves (iii) Turbulent eddies in a flow alteration by solutions.
@

erode into the underlying bed APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020

ap

D. Bounce marks (iv) Pebble or shell that can Ans. (d) : The incorrect statement is the volcaniclastic
produce eddies that sour into the sediments are the products of great pressure, high
bed. temperature and alteration by solutions.
na

Mining Geology 186 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Volcaniclastic sediment- A volcaniclastic sediments (b) plagioclase varies from an 50 to an 100;
is composed primarily of volcanic material. This anhedral grains, hypersthene and augite
material may be pyroclastic (fragments derived from common, hornblende, and olivine are also
explosive volcanism) or hyaloclastic (fragments formed present; accessories are magnetite, apatite,
by thermal shock when hot lava comes in contact with and spinal.
cool seq or lake water). (c) plagioclase varies from an 30 to an 60;
615. Sandstones containing 25% or more of feldspar anhedral grains, hypersthene absent,
and exceeding rock fragments are defined as: hornblende, and olivine are also present;
(a) orthoquartzites (b) arkoses accessories are magnetite, apatite, and spinal.
(c) greywacke (d) lithic arenite (d) plagioclase varies from an 30 to an 60;
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 euhedral grains, hypersthene and augite
Ans. (b) : Sandstones containing 25% or more of common, and biotite absent; accessories are
feldspar and exceeding rock fragments are defined as kaolinite and muscovite.
arkoses. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Arkoses- Arkoses or arkosic sandstone is a detrital Ans. (b) : The correct characteristics of Gabbro
sedimentary rock, specifically a type of sandstone plagioclase varies from an-50 to an 100 anhedral grains,
containing at least 25% feldspar. Arkoses sand is sand hypersthenes and augite common, hornblende, and,
that is similarly rich in feldspar, and thus the potential olivine are also present; accessories are magnetic,
precurasor of arkose. apatite, and spinal.
Orthoquartzites- The sandstone which is made up of Gabbro- Gabbro is a phaneritic, mafic intrusive
more than 90-95% quartz and fine-grained, well-sorted igneous rock formed from the slow cooling of
and spherical particles of alluvial chert. These particles magnesium-rich and iron-rich magma into a
are mainly cemented by secondary silica co
holocrystalline mass deep beneath the Earth's surface.
orthoquartzite.
Slow-colling, coarse-grained gabbra is chemically
Greywacke- Greywacke or greywacke is a variety of
equivalent to rapid-cooling, fine-grained basalt. Much
sandstone generally characterized by its hardness, dark
of the Earth's oceanic crust is made of gabbro, formed at
color, and poorly sorted angular groins of quartz,
feldspar, and small rock fragment or lithic fragments set mid-ocean ridges.
in a compact clay fine matrix. 618. The sandstone that contains more than 95%
Lithic Arenjte- Lithic arenite sandstone sedimentary quartz is:
rock composed of grains 0.06-2mm containing over (a) quartz wacke (b) quartz arenite
50% rock fragments. (c) lithic arenite (d) graywcke
616. Match the following correctly: APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
A. Epiclastic (i) Collapse and solution breccias Ans. (b) : The sandstone that contains more than 95%
B. Cataclastic (ii) Volcanic breccias and agglomerates quartz is quartz arenite. Quartz greywacke containing>
C. Pyroclastic (iii) Impact breccias 95% quartz. Lithic gray wacke are matrix-rich
sandstones that with the quartz (up to 95%) contain
D. Meteoric (iv) Extra-formational
more rock fragments than feldspars.
A B C D
• Quartz Arenite- A quartz arenite or quartzarenite is a
(a) (iii) (ii) (iv) (i) sandstone composed of greater than 90% detrital quartz.
(b) (iv) (i) (ii) (iii)
• Lithic Arenite- Lithic arenite, sandstone (sedimentary
(c) (ii) (iii) (i) (iv)
in diameter) containing over 50 percent rock fragments.
(d) (ii) (iii) (iv) (i)
• GRAYWCKE- Greywacke or greywacke (German
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 grauwacke signifying a grey, earthy rock) is a variety of
Ans. (b) : sandstone generally characterized by its hardness, dark
(A) Epiclastic (iv) Extra-Formational colour, and poorly sorted angular grains of quartz,
(B) Cataclastic (i) Collapse and Solution feldspar, and small rock fragments of lithic fragments
breccias in a compact, clay-fine matrix.
(C) Pyroclastic (ii) Volcanic breccias and 619. The decompression partial melting of mantle
agglomerates rocks is the main mechanism by which large
(D) Meteoric (iii) Impact breccias volumes of basalt magma are generated at____
617. Select the option representing the correct and above ____
(a) subduction zone; trenches
@

characteristics of Gabbro.
(a) plagioclase varies from an 50 to an 100; (b) mantle plume; ocean ridges
(c) subduction zone; ocean ridges
ap

euhedral grains, biotitic common, hornblende

and olivine are also present; accessories are (d) ocean ridges; mantle plume
magnetite, apatite, and spinal APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
na

Mining Geology 187 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): The decompression partial melting of mantle 622. The source of magma for anorthosites is:
rocks is the main mechanism by which large volumes of (a) magma containing high percentage of potash
basalt magma are generated at ocean ridge and above feldspar originating through partial melting in
mantle plume. lower mantle.
Oceanic Ridge- Oceanic ridge, any of several (b) magma containing high percentage of
continuous submarine mountain chains rising from the plagioclase feldspar originating through par
ocean floor. Individually, oceanic ridges are the largest tial melting in mantle or lower crust.
features in ocean basins. Collectively, they from the (c) magma containing high percentage of
oceanic ridge system which extends approximately 80, magnesium originating through partial
000 km (50000M) through all the world's oceans and melting in mantle.
thus constitutes the most prominent feature on earth's (d) magma containing high percentage of
surface after the continents and the ocean basins plagioclase feldspar originating through
themselves. In the past the ridges were referred to as anatexis.
mid-ocean ridges, but, as will be seen, the largest APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
oceanic ridge, The east pacific Rise, is for from a mid- Ans. (b) : The source of magma for anorthosites is
ocean location, and the nomenclature is thus inaccurate. magma containing high percentage of plagioclase
Mentle plume- A mentle plume is an area under the feldspar originating through partial melting in mantle or
rocky outer layer of Earth, called the crust, where lower crust.
magma is hotter than surrounding magma. The heat Anorthosite- Anorthosite is a phaneritic, intrusive
from this extra hot magma causes melting and thinning igneous rock characterized by its composition: mostly
of the rocky crust, which leads to widespread volcanic plagioclase feldspar (90-100%), with a minimal mafic
activity an earth's surface above the plume. component (0-10%). Pyroxene, ilmenite magnetite, and
620. Granites having a primary flow structure olivine are the mafic minera's most commonly present.
wherein the feldspars and other platy or 623. The plutonic equivalent of Basalt is:
acicular minerals are oriented by movement (a) Monzonite (b) Granodiorite
during crystallisation, are known as: (c) Gabbro (d) Syenite
(a) radiating granites (b) trachitoid granites APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
(c) inter-growth granites (d) graphic granites Ans. (c) : Gabbro is the plutonic equivalent of basalt.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 Chemically, gabbro is low in Si, Na, and K and high in
Ans. (b) : Granites having a primary flow structure, Fe, Mg, and Ca. It comes from the Greek words, ''an"
wherein the feldspars and other platy or acicular mineral not and "orthos" meaning "Straight". A coarse grained
are oriented by movement during crystallization are plutonic igneous rock.
known as trachitoid granites. • Granodiorite- Granodiorite, medium to coarse-
Granite- Granite, coarse-or medium-grained intrusive grained rock that is among the most abundant intrusive
igneous rock that is rich in quartz and feldspar: it is the igneous rocks. It contains quartz and is distinguished
most common plutonic rock of the Earth's crust, from granite by its having more plagioclase feldspar
forming by the cooling of magma at depth. than orthoclase feldspar; its other mineral constituents
621. ____ is the process by which a single include hornblende, biotite, and augite.
homogeneous magma is able to produce a • Monzonite - Monzonite is a type of intrusive igneous
variety of chemically different igneous rocks. rock that typically contains roughly equal amounts of
(a) Magmatic concentration plagioclase orthoclase feldspars.
(b) fractionation • Syenite- Syenite is a coarse-grained intrusive igneous
(c) Differentiation rock with a general composition similar to that of
granite but deficient in quartz which, if present at all,
(d) Assimilation
occurs in relatively small concentrations (< 5%)
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
624. Which of the following is an irregularly-shaped
Ans. (c) : Magmatic differentiation is process through
intrusion with a demonstrable base?
which a single homogenous magma is able to produce
two or more fraction of different composition, which (a) Lopolith (b) Laccolith
ultimately forms diverse rock types. (c) Chonolith (d) Phacolith
Magmatic Concentration- When magma rise to APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Earth's surface through fissures and volcanic vents, it is Ans. (c) : The irregularly-shaped intrusion with a
called lave. demonstrable base is chonolith
Fractionation- Fractionation is the process of boiling Chonolith- Chonolith is a type of igneous rock
off the different hydrocarbons one by one. intrusion. Igneous rock intrusions are bodies of igneous
@

Assimilation- The absorption of nutrients in to the rock that are formed by the crystallization of called
body after digestion in the intestine and its
ap

magma below the Earth's surface. These formation are

transformation in biological tissues and fluids is called termed intrusive rocks due the magma intruding rock
assimilation. layers but never reaching the earth's surface.
na

Mining Geology 188 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): From the given PV diagram, the preferred
Lopolith- A lopolith is a large igneous intrusion which
explosive for adequate fragmentation in hard and
is lenticular in shape with a depressed central region.
brittle rock is explosive A.
Laccolith- Laccolith any of a type of igneous intrusion
that has split apart two state, resulting in a domelike
628. Shear strength of rock joint is NOT dependent
structure. on
Phacolith- A phacolith is a pluton of igneous rock (a) applied normal stress
parallel to the bedding plane or foliation of folded (b) applied shear stress
country rock. (c) friction angle of the joint plane
625. The cavities formed - especially in the (d) cohesion of the joint plane
petroliferous sedimentary rocks - by the Gate Mining Engineering-2019
selective solution of sediment grains or fossils
Ans. (b) : The shear strength of a rock joint refers to
are classified as the ____ porosity. its ability to resist sliding or failure along the plane of
(a) intergranular (b) mouldic the joint. It is an important parameter in rock
(c) intragranular (d) secondary mechanics and geotechnical engineering as it affects
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020the stability of rock stopes tunnels and other rock
Ans. (b) : The cavities formed-especially in the strictures.
petroliferous sedimentary rocks-by the selective • The shear strength of a rock joint is primarily
controlled by the following factors-
solution of sediment grains or fossils are classified as
the mouldic porosity. (i) applied normal stress
626. The ____ traversing the Dharwar rocks of (ii) friction angle of the joint plane
Kolar district in India contain Gold. (iii) cohesion of the joint plane.
(a) quartz reefs • The shear strength of a rock joint does not depends
(b) pegmatites on the shear stress.
(c) columnar joints • The shear stress is the force per unit area acting
parallel to the plane of the joint.
(d) exsolution cavities
629. Which of the following CIPW normative
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
mineral pairs is most unlikely to occur
Ans. (a) : The quartz reefs traversing the Dharwar rocks together?
of Kolar district in India contain Gold. (a) Quartz-hypersthenes
Quartz reef- Quartz reef mining is a type of gold (b) Hypersthene-nepheline
mining in "reefs" of quartz. Quartz is one of the most (c) Hyperesthene–olivine
common minerals in the earth's crust, and most quartz (d) Olivine–nepheline
veins do not carry gold, but those that have gold are
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
avidly hunded by prospectors. In the shallow, oxidized
Ans. (b) : The silica saturated field narrates to a
zones of quartz reef deposits, the gold occurs in its
metallic state, and is easily recovered with simple negligible width in the more silica composition.
• This is readily understood by thinking of the olivine
equipment. Quartz reef mining played an important role
hypersthenes assemblage in the norm as a butter which
in 19th Century gold- mining districts such as Bendigo,
Victoria, central otago in New Zealand, and the can take up different amounts of silica by varying the
California Mother lode. olivine/hypersthenes ratio.
• The rock are rich in MgO and FeO a large amount of
627. The PV diagram of four explosives is given
provisional hypersthenes will be formed during the
below. The preferred explosive for adequate norm calculation.
fragmentation in hard and brittle rock is
• In silica rocks however, there is very little provisional
hypersthenes and hence only a very small probability
that the silica content will be just sufficient to maintain
the assemblage without the production of quartz or
nepheline.
• Hence trachyte rock are overwhelmingly either
quartz-or nepheline-normative while many basalts are
olivine hypersthenes normative.
630. Which of the following statements describes
metamorphism?
(a) Partial melting and reconstitution of minerals
(b) Liquid state reconstitution of minerals
@

(c) Gaseous-liquid state reconstitution of

(a) Explosive A (b) Explosive B minerals
ap

(c) Explosive C (d) Explosive D (d) Solid state reconstitution of minerals

Gate Mining Engineering-2019 HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
na

Mining Geology 189 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): In solid-state reconstitution minerals is a 633. Which of the following is the most important
metamorphism process that occurs under high parameter for inferring environmental
temperatures and pressures where atoms of minerals are conditions of a sedimentary basin?
reorganized by diffusion glide. (a) Type of cementing material
• Metamorphic rocks themselves can be metamorphism. (b) Radioactive properties of heavy minerals
• Because metamorphism is caused by plate tectonic (c) Lithological variation
motion, metamorphism rock provides geologists with a (d) Characteristics and distribution of fossils
history book of how past tectonic processes shaped our HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
planet. Ans. : (d) Characteristics and distribution of fossils is
• Metamorphism occurs when solid rock charges in the most important parameter for inferring
composition and texture without the mineral crystals environmental conditions of a sedimentary basin.
meeting. Which is how igneous rock is generated. • In the characteristics most important geological
631. Which of the following represents Green schist processes that lead to the creation of sedimentary rocks
facies metamorphic conditions? are erosion weathering dissolution precipitation and
(a) Low pressure and low temperature citification.
(b) High pressure and low temperature • Fossils can be used to date sedimentary rocks but
equally importantly they tell us a great deal about the
(c) High pressure and high temperature
depositional environment of the sedimentary and the
(d) Low pressure and high temperature climate at the time.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
634. Which of the following statements describes
Ans. (a) : The lowest pressure and lowest temperature characteristics of Polymorphs?
conditions usually produced by regional metamorphism. (a) They are the minerals with same chemical
• Greenschist are amphibolites facies rocks from in composition but different physical
typical regional metamorphism related to a geodynamic characteristics
setting of continental collision tectonics. (b) They are the minerals that appear many times
• Metamorphic rocks of the greenschist and during metamorphism
amphibolites facies predominate over all other (c) They are the minerals with same physical but
metamorphic facies rocks. different chemical but different chemical
• Greenschist is a fine-to medium-grained foliated properties
metamorphic rock dominated by chlorite, axtinolite and (d) They are the minerals with no similarity in
epidemic, with or without alpite quartz and calcite. physical and chemical properties
• Usuall produced by regional metamorphism, typically HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
300 – 450ºC and 1-4 kilobars. Ans. (a) : There is a difference in the physical and
632. Which of the following is a high temperature chemical properties of polymorphic substances.
polymorph of KalSi3O8? • The physical properties of like melting point density,
(a) Sanidine (b) Adularia hardness, solubility, electrical conductivity differ in
(c) Aventurine (d) Moonstone various polymorphic substances.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 • The chemical reactivity of a substance also changes in
different polymorphic substance.
Ans. (a) : At high pressure and in the presence of water,
K-teldspor reacts to form a hydrated phase KalSi3O8 is • The polymorphism is affected by photos ability.
called sanidine. • The polymorphism is also affected by grinding.
• A detailed crystal structure study of KalSi3O8 by 635. The crystal system of gypsum is
fasshaueretal. (a) Orthombic (b) Triclinic
• It is indeed isostrectural with BaAl2Si2O8.H2O cymrite (c) Tetragonal (d) Monoclinic
all though the Al and Si atoms are highly disordered in HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
KalSi3O8. Ans. (d) : Natural gypsum crystals from the same batch
• In this study the information name k-cymrite will be used by comodietal.
used for the synthetic phase KalSi3O8. H2O. • For the high pressure SCXRD experiment were
selected and tested at IDO9 beam line from crystalline
before loading the DAC with pressure medium.
• The two selected crystals have monoclinic symmetry
and identical lattice parameters with respect to the room
pressure sample studied by comodietal.
• For the high pressure experiments, we used a
membrane-type DAC where two gypsum crystals Were
@

leaded with different orientation.

• The DAC was equipped with 300µm diamond culets
ap

and a pre-indented Inconel steel gasket with an 80µm

hole.
na

Mining Geology 190 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
636. Which of the following aluminium-bearing 639. Which of the following rocks is different from
minerals is characteristic of low pressure the rest?
metamorphism? (a) Charnockite (b) Andesite
(a) Kyanite (b) Sillimanite (c) Amphibolite (d) Granulite
(c) Corundum (d) Andalusite HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 Ans. (b) : Andesite is volcanic rock named after the
Ans. (d) : Relic kyanite is observed in the form of Andes mountains. It is a different from the rest.
inclusion in andalusite within veins in the lower-grade • Andesite is the volcanic equivalent of diorite.
part of the staurolite - andalusite zone.
• It consists of the plagioclase feldspar minerals
• A law-pressure metamorphic zonation ranging from andesine and oligoclase, together with one or more
biotite to migmatite zones occurs in the sierra dark, ferromagnesian minerals such as pyroxene and
Albarrana area in uppermost Precambrian to lower biotitic.
Paleozoic, metasedimentory rocks.
• Andesite is rock typically found in volcanoes above
• The principle detoronation in this area is related to a convergent plate boundaries between continental and
major ductile shear zone whose central part is localized oceanic plates.
immediately to the southwest of the sierra Albarrana
• It is found in lava flows produced by stratovolcanoa
quartzites.
above subduction zones.
637. An equigranular plutonic igneous rock
contains ~65% alkali feldspar, ~20% sodic 640. Which of the following is not a volcanic igneous
plagioclase, ~10% biotitic + hornblende and rocks?
accessory quartz? What can be its possible (a) Trachyte (b) Ignimbrite
name? (c) Anorthosite (d) Dacite
(a) Diorite (b) Gabbro HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
(c) Granite (d) Syenite Ans. (c) : Volcanic igneous rocks is type of igneous
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 rocks. It is also known as Extrusive rocks.
Ans. (d) : An equigranular plutonic igneous rock • Volcanic igneous rocks are erupted onto the surface or
contains. into the atmosphere.
• Alkali and feldspar ~ 65%, sodic plagioclase ~ 20%, • The cooling rate for a few rocks is so quick that they
biotite and hornblende ~ 10% and accessory quartz. form an amorphous glass.
• This mixture is called syenite. • Trachyte, Ignimbrite (tuff) and Dacite are examples of
• A group of plutonic rocks containing alkali volcanic igneous rocks.
(feldsphar) a small amount of plagioclase, one or more • Dacite, are found in lava domes and in composite
mafic minerals and quartz, if present, only as on volcanic volcanoes. Some highly explosive eruptions
accessory, also, any rock is that group. that form pyroclastic flows are of dacitic composition
• The intrusive equivalent of ‘trachyte’, with an • Trachyte is a fine grained volcanic rock of the alkaline
increase in the quartz content syenite grades into series of intermediate rocks. Trachyte is the volcanic
granite. equivalent of syenite.
638. Which of the following is a type of 'strike slip • Ignimbrite, a soft, porous rock that is usually formed
fault'? by the compaction and cementation of volcanic ash and
(a) Transform fault (b) Reverse fault dust. It is also known as tuff.
(c) Normal fault (d) Thrust • Anorthosite occur as fragments or inclusion of widely
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 varying rock types, ranging in composition from granite
Ans. (a) : Fault is a fracture or crack where two rock to basalt to kimberlite.
bodies slide post one to another. 641. What is the term that is used for the layer of
• Types of faults include normal faults, Thrust faults, loose, heterogeneous weathered material lying
Reverse faults, strike-slip faults and oblique-slip faults. on top of rocky hill slopes?
• A normal faults appears to be that the suspended wall (a) Soil (b) Weathering profile
moves downward relative to the toot wall. The dip angle (c) Regolith (d) Alluvium
of the sliding surface is between 45 and 90 degrees. GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
• A reverse fault which the hanging wall moves upward Ans. (c) : Regolith is loose, unconsolidated rock,
@

relative to the footwall. mineral and glass fragments in the soil. In this activity,
• A thrust fault is an dip angle of 45º or less to the student use everyday objects to learn that regolith on
ap

extent that the suspended wall appears to move upward Earth is a product of weather, but on the moon it is a
relative to the foot wall. product of meteorite impact.
na

Mining Geology 191 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
642. Phosphorite or rock phosphate deposits are a 646. Greywacke sandstone indicates
type of (a) Active provenance tectonics and prolonged
(a) Non-detrital sedimentary formation transport
(b) Detrital sedimentary formation (b) Stable provenance and prolonged transport
(c) Metamorphic rocks (c) Stable provenance and less transport
(d) Igneous rocks (d) Active provenance tectonics and less
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 transport
Ans. (a) : Phosphorite or rock phosphate deposits are a GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
type of Non-detrital sedimentary formation rock that Ans. (c) : Active provenance and less transport
contains high amounts of phosphate minerals other Greywacke are immature sedimentary rocks dominantry
source also include chemically dissolved phosphate
composed of framework grains like feldspar and lithic
minerals from igneous and metamorphic rocks.
fragments with high matrix content. Abundance of
643. Diamonds occur in __________ rocks feldspar and lithic fragments require active provenance
(a) Sandstone condition. Also, the transport distance should be lesson
(b) Granite gneiss order to embody the relatively unstable minerals such as
(c) Kimberlite feldspar. In stable provenance conditions and prolonged
(d) Basalt and limestone transportation, quartz arenite will form.
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 647. Granophyres are hypabyssal equivalent of
Ans. (c) : Diamonds are formed 150 to 700 km deep in (a) Basalt (b) Granite
Earth and are then carried upward in a rare volcanic (c) Gabbro (d) Diorite
eruption of a kimberlite magma. Man has never
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
witnessed such an event and the eruption of this magma
is thought to be the most rapid and violent type of Ans. (b) : Rock named as apites and granophyres are
volcanic eruption on Earth. the hypobyssal equivalents and those named as rhyolites
644. In caverns, water containing calcium carbonate are the volcanic equivalents of granits. There is not
solution drips from the ceiling, and thereby much difference in the chemical and mineralogical
long, cylindrical, pendent concretions are composition of granites and their hypabyssal and
formed and they are known as volcanic equivalents. The main difference lies in
textural and structural forms necessitated due to mode
(a) Stalactites (b) Stalagmites
of formation.
(c) Speleotherms (d) Caves
648. An example of a discordant igneous intrusion is
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(a) Laccolith (b) Lopolith
Ans. (b) : A stalagmite from Greek stalagmias
(c) Bysmalith (d) Chonolith
dropping, trickling and one connected to a member of is
a type of rock formation that rises from the floor of a GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
cave due to the accumulation of material deposited on Ans. (d) : A Chonolith is a type of igneous rock
the floor from ceiling, drippings. Stalagmites are intrusion. Igneous rock intrusions are bodies of igneous
typically composed of calcium carbonate but may rock that are formed by the crystallization of cooled
consist of lava, mud, peat, sand, sinter and amberat. magma below the Earth's surface. The different plutonic
645. The hydraulic conductivity of a rock is formation are named on the different shaps that the
expressive of its cooled crystallized magma takes.
(a) Porosity Another unique characteristic of chonolith is that there
is a floor or base present which is typically absent in
(b) Permeability
other types of intrusions.
(c) Yield potential of Under Ground Water
(d) Water retentivity 649. Migmatites are the result of
(a) Ultrametamorphism
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(b) Retrograde metamorphism
Ans. (b) : The permeability of a rock is a measure of its
(c) Palingenesis
capacity for transmitting of fluid. The coefficient of
permeability is defend as discharge velocity through a (d) Metasomatism
unit area under a unit hydraulic gradient and it is GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
dependent on the properties of a medium and the Ans. (a) : Many migmatites probably represent the
viscosite and density of a fluid. The permeability partial fusion of the metomorphic, host during extreme
coefficient of a rock varies for different fluids metamorphism, the components of the rock with the
@

depending on their densities and voscosities, the lower melting temperatures are fused and gather to
produce the streaks of granite. The migmatites of some
ap

permeability of a rock mass is controlled not only by an

intact rock also by the discontinuities separating intact Precambrian metamorphic terrains may be the result of
rock blocks. this process.
na

Mining Geology 192 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
650. Khondalites are characteristic rocks of 655. The gabbroic rock without pyroxenes
(a) Amphibolite facies (b) Eclogite facies containing mainly feldspars and olivine is
(c) Granulite facies (d) Green-schist facies (a) Andesite (b) Dacite
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (c) Troctolite (d) Basalt
Ans. (c) : Khondalites are indeed characteristic rocks of GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
the granulite facies, which is a high-temperature and Ans. (c) : Troctolite is a gabbroic composed of
high-pressure metamorphic condition .This rocks plagioclase and olivine with little or no pyroxene,
typically form under condition of regional pyroxene has one caution for each silica tetrahedron
metamorphism, experiencing intense heat and pressure, while olivine has two gabbroic rock without pyroxenes
leading to the development of minerals like garnet are mainly feldspars and olivine is troctolite.
sillimonite and often displaying a granoblastic texture. 656. Which of the following pairs of intrusive and
651. A line joining the points where the rocks have extrusive rocks have the same chemical
the same grade of metamorphism is called composition?
(a) Isogyre (b) Isograde (a) Granite and andesite (b) Diorite and basal
(c) Isopach (d) Isochore (c) Gabbro and basalt (d) Gabbro and rhyolite
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (b) : An isograd is a theoretical surface comprisind Ans. (c) : The pairs of intrusive and extrusive rocks
points all at the same metamorphic grade, and thus with the same chemical composition is gabbro and
separates metamorphic zones whose rocks contain basalt. Both gabbro and basalt are composed mainly of
different index minerals. The difference in grade between mafic minerals, with basalt being the extrusive
two location is called the metamorphic gradient. Planes equivalent of gabbro.
that connect paints with the same metamorphic grade are 657. Where do the ophiolite suit of rocks occur:
called isograds. The secant lines of isograds with the
(a) Indus suture zone
surface form lines on a geological map.
(b) Lesser Himalaya
652. Find odd one out
(c) Brahmaputra valley
(a) Marble (b) Slate
(d) Himalayan foot hill zone
(c) Granite (d) Phyllite
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (a) : In the Ladakh Zanskar area, NW Himalayas,
Ans. (c) : All of the option is Metamorphic rock expect the closure of the Neo- Tethys Sea during the
option (c), Granite. convergence of the India and asian plate is marked by
• Granite is an igneous rock composed of mostly two the presence of two distinct tectonic domains, occurring
minerals; Quartz and feldspar. to the north of the Indus Suture zone (ITSZ) and in
• Metamorphic rocks are geniss, slate, margble, schist, South Ladakh.
quartzite, hornblende, and phyllite. 658. The fundamental unit of chronostratigraphic
653. The typical product of contact metamorphism classification is
with maculose structure (a) Erathem (b) System
(a) Granulose (b) Cataclastic (c) Stage (d) Series
(c) Hornfels (d) Schistose GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 Ans. (c) : A chronostratigraphic unit is a boduy of rock
Ans. (c) : Hornfels is the group name for a set of in opposition to geochronologic unit which are time
contact metamorphic rocks that have been baked and intervals. The fundamental chronostratigraphic unit is
hardened by the heat of intrusive igneous masses and the stage. Stages are then grouped into a hierarchical
have been rendered massive, hard, splintery and in some structure of higher rank units, or may be subdivided into
cases exceedingly tough and durable.
sub stages.
These properties are due to fine grained non-aligned
crystals with platy or prismatic habit, characteristic of 659. Joints perpendicular to the axis of fold more
metamorphism at high temperature but without common in orogenic belts are termed as
accompanying deformation. (a) Columnar joints (b) Release joints
654. Ophitic texture is commonly exhibited by (c) Extension joints (d) Cross joints
(a) Lamphrophyres (b) Dolerite GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(c) Andesite (d) Trachyte Ans. (c) : These joints are seen in folded rock strata.
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 These joints are formed in the crestal region of the fold
Ans. (b) : Ophitic texture is defined inconsistently but it and they extend parallel or at right angles to the axial
@

is an important variety of basalt texture where pyroxene plane or in both these directions. The joints running
(occasionally olivine) forms larger crystals and typically parallel are called release joint (they run along the strike
ap

contains numerous crystals of plagioclase. Dolerite is a of the folds) and the joints running at right angles to
coarse-grained intrusive igneous rock. these are called extension joints.
na

Mining Geology 193 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
660. A limited area of younger rocks surrounded by Ans. (b): A headland is an area of hard rock which
the older rocks is called sticks out into the sea. Headlands form in areas of
(a) Outlier (b) Overlap alternating hard and soft rock. Where the soft rock
(c) Inlier (d) Offlap erodes bays are formed either side of the headlands. As
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 the headland becomes more exposed to the wind and
waves the rate of its erosion increases.
Ans. (a) : In statistics, an outlier is a data point that
differs significantly from other observations. An outlier 665. Stromatolites are :
may be due to a variability in the measurement an (a) types of blue algae
indication of novel data, or it may be the result of (b) types of sedimentary rocks
experimental error, the latter are sometimes excluded (c) rocks with rough weathering surface
from the data set. An outlier can be an indication of (d) organo-sedimentary structures
exciting possibility, but can also cause serious problems HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
in statistical analyses. Ans. (d) : Stromatolites are organo-sedimentory
661. The structure having dip towards a common structures, which ment that biological and sedimentory
central point from all sides is processes are involved in their growth.
(a) Basin (b) Fault • Stromatolites are biological foundation are microbes
(c) Dome (d) Joint prokaryotic cyonobacteria during the Precambrian with
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 increasingly important contributions from eukaryotes
Ans. (a) : A structural basin is a large-scale structural like green and red algae and phytoplankton such as
formation of rock strata by tectonic warping of diatoms during the phanerozoic.
previously flat lying strata. Structural basins are • They form centimeter- to decimeter- scale domes,
geological depressions, and are also known as syncline. cones, columns and planiform surfaces made of
Many structural basins were formed by tectonic events carbonate layers.
long after the sedimentary layers were deposited. • Stromatolites provide the oldest macrofossil evidence
Basin appear on a geologic map as roughly circular or of life on earth and host many important microfossil
elliptical, with concentric layer. Basin or often large in occurrences.
areal extent often hundreds of kilometers across. 666. Which of the following represents
662. A group of folds having essentially parallel characteristic feature of fine-grained clastic
axial planes are sedimentary rocks?
(a) Recumbent folds (b) Isoclinal folds (a) High porosity only
(c) Conjugate folds (d) Overturned folds (b) High permeability only
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (c) High porosity and high permeability
(d) High porosity and low permeability
Ans. (b) : A very tight fold, in which the limbs are
parallel or nearly parallel to one another is called HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
isoclinals fold. A fold in sedimentary rocks where the Ans. (d) : Characteristic feature of tine-grained clast
axial surface and limbs slop in the same direction and at sedimentary rocks are high porosity and low
approximately the same angle. Isoclinal folds are permeability.
formed under conditions of intensive lateral 667. Which of the following rocks is known to have
compression or with slipping brought about by the force 'ophitic' texture?
or gravity. (a) Granite (b) Dolerite
663. Heterolithic unconformity is also known as (c) Diorite (d) Lamprophyre
(a) Parallel unconformity HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
(b) Angular unconformity Ans. (b) : Dolerite is the name given to the medium-
(c) Disconformity grained intrusive basic igneous rocks commonly found
(d) Nonconformity in dykes and sills in North America and continental
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 Europe.
• Dolerite rock is known to have 'ophitic' texture.
Ans. (d) : Nonconformity is unconformity where
younger sedimentary rock beds overlie order intrusive • Ophitic texture is defined inconsistently, but it is an
igneous or metamorphic rocks. The discussion cover important variety of basalt texture where pyroxene
noncoformity including what is means in geology, how forms larger crystals and typically contains numerous
it forms, and its significances. We will also give you crystals of plagioclase.
examples of nonconformities with images and how they • Overall ophitic texture is ubiquitous and could be a
differ from disconformity. hallmark of the Keweenaw rift lavas.
@

664. Headlands are produced by 668. A plutonic rock composed essentially of calcic
(a) Ground water erosion (b) River erosion plagioclase and orthopyroxene with minor
ap

(c) Marine erosion (d) Wind erosion clinopyroxene and accessory olivine and
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 magnetite can be named as :
na

Mining Geology 194 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Norite (b) Anorthosite 671. Which of the following rocks is considered as
(c) Gabbro (d) Pyroxonito the most likely host for diamond?
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 (a) Rhyolite (b) Ocean floor basalt
Ans. (a) : Norite (Gabbro) is a dark mafic intrusive to (c) Kimberlite (d) Andesite
basalt in composition. HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
• It is essentially composed of calcic plagioclase and Ans. (c) : Diamond a mineral composed of pure carbon
ferromagnesian minerals such as pyroxene, hornblende content.
and minor amount of olivine. • Metamorphic rocks have the characteristic of being
• Norite (Gabbro) "sensustricto" is a term for an hard and contained crystals.
intrusive rock which is chiefly composed of manoclinic • Diamonds are known to be carried to the Earth surface
pyroxene and plagioclase. in only three rare types of magnas.
• Hypersthene is orthombic pyroxene is also known as (i) Kimberlite, lamproite, and lamprophyre.
orthopyroxene. • Kimberlite are by for the most important with several
hundred dimonfierous kimberlites known.
• The rock is called gabbro (norite) when > 95% of
approx is present the Gabbro. • Diamond are the hardest material on earth.
• The rock is called norite. These rocks are collectively • A diamond is both rock and mineral.
called as gabbroic rocks. 672. Which of the following is not a 'concordant'
form of igneous rocks?
669. A fault where foot wall has remained
(a) Ring Dyke (b) Sill
stationary and hanging wall has moved
relatively down can be called as : (c) Lopolith (d) Laccolith
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
(a) Normal fault (b) Reverse fault
(c) Thrust fault (d) Transform fault Ans. (a) : The forms of igneous rocks are assumed by
the intrusive bodies depend upon the major geological
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 structures like fold, fault, bedding plane etc.
Ans. (a) : Rocks respond to stress near the Earth's • Two major categories of forms of intrusive igneous
surface by breaking. rocks.
• When rocks break and there is no offset along either • Concordant forms - In this case intrusive bodies run
of the break, the break is called a fracture or joints. parallel to the structure of country rocks.
• There are four types of faulting - • Discordant forms - In this case the intrusive mass
• Normal faulting is one in which the rocks above the happens to cut the structures of pre-existing rocks.
fault plane, or hanging wall, move down relative to • Concordant forms for intrusion in unfolded region is
rocks below the fault plane or footwall. sill, laccoliths and Lopoliths.
• Reverse fault is one in which the hanging wall moves • Discordant forms for intrusion in unfold region is
up relative to the footwall. When rocks on either side of Dykes, Cone Sheet, Volcanic Neck, Ring Dykes.
a nearly vertically fault plane move horizontally, the 673. Which of the following rocks will be most
movement is called strike-slip. susceptible to chemical weathering?
• A thrust fault is a fault with a dip less than 45º and in (a) Granite (b) Syenite
which the hanging wall has moved up relative to the (c) Quartzite (d) Dolerite
footwall. HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
670. Contact metamorphism of limestone by the Ans. (d) : Minerals, weather chemically when they
react with air and water.
intrusion of granite will result in the formation
of which of the following rocks? • In these process some minerals dissolve and others
combine with atmospheric components water, oxygen
(a) Schist (b) Charnockite and CO2 to form a new minerals.
(c) Skarn (d) Gneiss • Some minerals in a rock might completely dissolve in
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 water, but the more resistant minerals remain.
Ans. (c) : Skarns can form during regional or contact • In this case, the rocks surface becomes pitted and
metamorphism and from a variety of metamorphic rough.
processes involving fluids of magnetic, metamorphic
meteoric and marine origin. • Dolerite rock will be most susceptible to chemical
weathering.
• Reaction skarn is formed from isochemical
metamorphism occurring on thinly inter layered 674. Which of the following methods can be used in
sedimentary lithology units that involves a small of determining the absolute age of a rock?
scale metamorphic metasomatic transfer of components (a) Superposition of strata
@

between adjacent units. (b) Cross-cutting relationship

• The Skarns arise from pure limestone or dolomite at (c) Radiometric dating
ap

direct contact with the magma from which large (d) Faunal succession
quantities of Si, Al, Mg and Fe infiltrate. HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
na

Mining Geology 195 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): The nuclear decay of radioactive isotopes is a 677. Which of the following rocks will change into
process that behaves like a clock and is thus a useful quartzite by the process of metamorphism?
tool for determining the absolute age of rocks. (a) Mudstone (b) Claystone
• Radiometric dating has given us a powerful tool for (c) Sandstone (d) Limestone
reconstructing the history of our planet. HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
• These idea that radioactivity could be used as a Ans. (c) : Protolith sandstone rocks will change into
measure of the age of geological formations was first quartzite by the process of metamorphism.
suggested in 1905, by the British physicist Lord • The quartz grains from the original sandstone are
Rutherford. enlarged and interlocked by recrystallization.
• These methods are superior to other absolute dating Rocks Classification Rocks after
methods because the rate of radioactive isotopes is least metamorphism
affected by changes in temperature, pressure, alkalinity, Granite Igneous Rock Gneiss
moisture etc. Basalt Igneous Rock Schist
675. Normative mineral percentage in igneous rocks Limestone Sedimentary Rock Marble
indicates : Mudstone Sedimentary Rock State
(a) Hypothetical percentage calculated from Sandstone Sedimentary Rock Quartzite
chemical composition of the rock Clay stone Sedimentary Rock Marble
(b) Volume percentage for minerals actually
678. A sedimentary rock composed mainly of calcite
present
can be called :
(c) Ratio of oversaturated and undersaturated (a) Marble (b) Sandstone
minerals
(c) Limestone (d) Arkose
(d) None of the above HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
Ans. (c) : A sedimentary rock composed mainly of
Ans. (a) : The normative mineral classification groups calcite can be called limestone.
together igneous rocks we normally think of as • Calcium carbonate (CaCO3), usually in the form of
unrelated, such as basalt, diorite, and granite. calcite or aragonite.
• For this reason normative rock classification is not as • It may contain considerable amounts of magnesium
easy as in a color/texture or composition/texture system. carbonate (dolomite) as well, fined grained clay, and
• These rocks do have different mineral assemblages, iron, carbonate, feldspar, pyrite and quartz.
but may be very similar in their chemistry reflecting an • Marble is formed from the sedimentary rock called a
origin from a common parent magna via fractionation. limestone. It is a metamorphic rock.
676. Which of the following criteria can be used in • Sandstone is a rock comprising mostly of minerals
determining the younging direction of formed from sand. These elements group together with
sedimentary sequence? the minerals quartz, calcite and compress. It is a
(a) Current Bedding sedimentary rock.
(b) Graded Bedding • Arkose is generally formed from the weathering of
(c) Oscillation Ripple Marks feldspar rich igneous or metamorphic.
(d) All of these 679. Which of the following is different from the
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 rest?
(a) Dyke (b) Lopolith
Ans. (d) : These principles that apply to all sedimentary
(c) Sill (d) Laccolith
rocks, a number of other important characteristics of
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
sedimentary process lead to the development of
distinctive sedimentary features in specific sedimentary Ans. (a) : Sill are horizontal igneous rocks that were
environments. formed by igneous intrusions that flowed horizontally
• Cross-bed is bedding that contains angled layers and through existing rock.
forms when sediments are deposited by flowing water • Lapoliths, there are saucer shaped intrusions that
or wind. occur between the layers of sedimentary rocks.
• Graded bedding is characterized by a gradation in • Laccoliths, these are done shape intrusive landforms
grain size from bottom to top within a single bed. which force the upper part of the rock to bulge.
• Oscillation ripple marks, which are associated with • The erosion and denudation of the Earth's surface
the formation of cross bedding, may be pre-served on brings laccoliths to the surface of the Earth.
@

the surfaces of sedimentary beds. • Dyke (Vertical cross horizontal layers rock), is
• Ripples can also help to determine flow direction as different from the given rest. It is an intrusive igneous
ap

they tend to have their steepest surface facing down rocks that were formed when magma rose vertically
flow. through existing rock and solidified.
na

Mining Geology 196 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
680. Which of the following statements is not true Ans. (b) : The most common of these a mixture of
for plutonic igneous rocks? quartz, potash feldspar, and granitic rock fragments.
(a) They occur both as extrusive and intrusive • This type of arkosic sandstone, or arkose, can form
bodies wherever block faulting of granite rocks occurs, given
(b) They are formed by crystallization of magma rate of uplift, erosion and decomposition.
(c) They usually have phaneritic texture • These rocks are 60-70% silica and 10-15% aluminum
(d) They can be both mafic and felsic in oxide, with significant amount of potassium, sodium,
composition and other elements.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 • These rocks are usually reddish, generally immature,
very poorly sorted, and frequently interbedded with
Ans. (a) : Plutonic igneous rocks from when magma
arkose conglomerate alluvial fans or fluvial aprons are
cools crystallizes, either at volcanoes on the surface of
the main depositional environments.
the earth or while the melted rock is still inside the
crust. 683. Which of the following is not a metamorphic
rock?
• The felsic plutonic rocks usually have quartz, large
(a) Charnockite (b) Andesite
proportions of potassium feldspar, and lesser amount of
(c) Migmatite (d) Granulite
plagioclase and mafic minerals. Intermediate and mafic
rocks have increasingly larger proportions of dark iron- HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
rich minerals. Ans. (b) : Granite is a metamorphic rock. It is a high-
grade metamorphic rock in which the presence of
• The texture of plutonic igneous rock made up entirely
feldspar and absence of primary muscovite and critical.
of crystals big enough to be easily seen with the naked
eye is phaneritic. Phaneritic texture is sometimes • Charnockite is a also metamorphic rock with variable
chemical composition first described from the state of
referred to as coarse-grained igneous texture.
TamilNadu.
681. An igneous rock containing alkali feldspar and • It is a type of granite that contains minerals such as
quartz as major minerals, sodic plagioclase, orthophyrosene, quarts, and feldspar. In charnockite,
biotite- hornblende as minor minerals and There is a role of high pressure and temperature of
zircon, apatite and monazite as accessory birth.
minerals, can best be named as : • Migmatite is geology, rock composed of metamorphic
(a) Diorite (b) Gabbro host material that is streaked or veined with granite
(c) Granite (d) Svenite rock, the name means "mixed rock".
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 • Andesite is a fine-grained, extrusive igneous or
Ans. (c) : Granite is the most common igneous plutonic volcanic rock.
rock. • They have a mineral composition that is intermediate
• It's contains essential quartz, plagioclase and alkali, between granite and basalt.
feldspar, usually with hornblende and/or biotite and/or 684. The velocity of the wave type that determines
muscovite. the ‘rippability’ of rockmass is
• Diorite is a plutonic rock composed of sodic (a) P wave (b) S wave
plagioclase. Commonly hornblende and/or biotite or (c) Raleigh wave (d) Love wave
augite. Gate Mining Engineering-2008
• Grabbros is dark green pyroxene in principle Ans. (a) : The rippability of earth material is a measure
(quantities of augite and smaller orthopyroxene, as well of the ability of excavate and remove the material with
as white or green colored plagioclase and black, mm- typical excavation equipment.
sized grains of magnetic and ilmenite). Rippability assessment is usually performed with
• Gabbro rock is a type of intrusive basalt that differs the determination of P-wave seismic velocities.
from basalt in that it has variable minerals content. P-wave called primary wave because they are the
• Syenite is intrusive igneous rock that basically fastest among the seismic waves and are recorded
composed of an alkali feldspar and a ferromagnesian first on the seismograph.
minerals. Longitudinal waves displaced the medium in the
682. A clastic sedimentary rock consisting mainly of same direction of propagation of the wave.
quartz and significant K-feldspar can best be P-waves are of relatively high frequency and are
called as : the least destructive among the earthquake wave.
(a) Fossiliferous limestone 685. The rock mass classification system that
@

(b) Arkose considers “active stress” factor is

(a) Q-system (b) RMR
(c) Mudstone
ap

(c) RQD (d) GSI

(d) Graywacke
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
na

Mining Geology 197 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): The Q – System is a rock mass classification 688. Which of the following structure is parallel to
system that was developed by Barton et al. It is used to the bedding plane
assess the stability and support requirements of rock (a) Volcanic neck (b) Ring dyke
masses in underground excavation. The Q-system takes (c) Chonoliths (d) Laccoliths
various factors into account, including rock quality, (e) Batholiths
joint conditions, and stress conditions. The rock mass CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
classification system that considers "active stress" factor
Ans. (d) : Laccoliths : A laccolith is a sheet like
is Q-system. intrusion that has been intruded within or between the
• RMR (Rock Mass Rating) is a classification system layers of sedimentary rock. The laccolith forms when
developed by Bieniawski. It considers rock quality, magma pushes through layers of rock above it and pools
joint conditions, groundwater condition, and other it in a dome shape. A laccolith is characterized by a
factors to assess the engineering behavior of rock mass. dome-like shape as they are typically flat on the bottom
• RQD (Rock Quality Designation) is a parameter used and rounded or dome-shaped on the top. These
for quantifying the quality of rock core samples. It structures are also known as plutonic formation or an
measures the percentage of intact pieces larger than a igneous intrusion which are similar to the sills.
certain size in the total length of the core. 689. Cavities in lava formed by the evolution of
• GSI (Geological Strength Index) is a classification volatiles are :
system developed by Hock and Brown. It considers (a) Pisolites (b) Oolites
rock quality Joint conditions, and other geological and (c) Amygdules (d) Columnar joints
parameters to assess the strength and behavior of rock (e) Pumice
masses.
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
686. A structure developed by stretching of
Ans. (c) : Amygdules : Amygdules, secondary deposit
competent bed along bedding planes giving rise
of minerals found in a rounded, elongated or almond
to pull apart structure, often filled with
shaped cavity in igneous rock. The cavities (vesicles)
incompetent material from either side is called were created by the expansion of gas bubbles or steam
(a) Mylonite (b) Breccia within lava. Some amygdules consist partially of lava
(c) Pukers (d) Boudinage which Indicates their formation during solidification of
(e) Slick in slide the rock.
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 ■ Pisolites : A pisolite is a sedimentary rock made
Ans. (d) : Boudinage : Boudinage is a geological term of pisoids, which are concretionary grains-
for structure formed by extension where a rigid tabular typically of calcium carbonate which resemble
body such as hornfels, is stretched and deformed amidst ooids, but are more than 2mm in diameter.
less competent surroundings. The competent bed begins ■ Oolites : Oolite is a type of sedimentary rock,
to break up, forming sausage shaped bounding. usually limestone, made up of ooids cemented
■ Mylonite : Mylonite is a fine- grained, compact together.
metamorphic rock produced by dynamic ■ Columnar joints : Columnar joints is a
recrystallization of the constituent minerals geological structure where sets of intersecting
resulting in a reduction of the grain size of the closely spaced fractures, referred to as joints,
rock. result in the formation of a regular array of
■ Breccia : Breccia is a rock composed of large polygonal prisms.
angular broken fragments of minerals or rocks 690. In plagioclase, when twin plane/composition
cemented together by a fine-grained matrix. plane is parallel to 010 face then it is
687. If the cleavage dipping more gently the (a) Carlsbad type (b) Manebach type
bedding, the beds are (c) Baveno right type (d) Baveno left type
(a) Overturned (b) Right side up (e) Pericline type
(c) Right side down (d) Under turned CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
(e) Horizontally turned Ans. (a) : Carlsbad twinning is commonly visible in
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 plagioclase as a surface separating two twins with
Ans. (b) : If the cleavage dipping more gently the different orientation.
bedding, the beds are right side up : Plagioclase : Plagioclase feldspars are important Na-
Cleavage : Cleavage is a type of rock foliation, a fabric and Co-bearing aluminosilicates that occur in most
element that describes the way planar features develop igneous rocks, as well as in many metamorphic and
@

in a rock. sedimentary rocks. Plagioclases are fundamental

The importance of cleavage serves two main poses : it constituents of the Earth's crust and also of the
ap

forms a multicellular embryo and organizes that embryo anorthosite crust of the moon in reference to its two
into developmental regions. cleavages systems.
na

Mining Geology 198 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
691. Green stone belt is associated with which of the Shoshonite : Shonshonite is a type of igneous rock
following more specifically, it is a potassium-rich variety of
(a) Bundelkhand Massif basaltic trachyandesite, composed of olivine, augite and
(b) Bastar Craton plagioclase phenocrysts in a groundmass with calcic
(c) Mahakaoshal Group of rocks plagioclase and Sanidine and some dark-colored
volcanic glass. Shoshonite gives its name to the
(d) Sargoor Group of rocks
Shoshonite series and grades into absorokite with the
(e) Singhbhum Craton loss of plagioclase phenocrysts and into banakite with
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 an increase in Sanidine. Shoshonite was named by
Ans. (d) : Green stone belt is associated with Sargoon iddings in 1895 for the shoshone river in Wyoming.
group of rock. 695. Gabbro that contains more Orthopyroxene is
Green stone belt : Green stone belt are zones of called
variably metamorphosed mafic to ultramafic volcanic (a) Mugerite (b) Limburgite
Sequences with associated sedimentary rocks that occur (c) Norite (d) Oceanite
within Archaean and proterozoic cratons between (e) Ankaramite
granite and gneiss bodies. CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
The name comes from the green hue imparted Ans. (c) : Gabbro that contains more Orthopyroxene is
by the colour of the metamorphic minerals within the called Norite.
mafic rocks : Norite : Norite is predominantly composed of
692. Peridotite which is composed of 40%–90% of orthopyroxene, largely high magnesion enstatite or an
olivine + ortho pyroxene + clino pyroxene is iron bearing intermediate hypersthene. The principal
called pyroxenes in gabbro are clinopyroxene, generally
(a) Websterite (b) Harzburgite medically iron-rich augites.
(c) Weetrlite (d) Lherzolite Norite is a common rock type of the Apollo samples.
(e) Olivine websterite On a smaller scale norite can be found in small
localized intrusions such as the Gombak norite in Bukit
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
Batok Singapore. It is also plentiful in the egersund
Ans. (d) : Peridotite which is composed of 40%-90% of intrusion area of Southwestern Norway, with titanium
olivine of ortho pyroxene + clinic pyroxene is called deposits to the east.
Lherzolite. Lherzolite is a type of ultramafic igneous
rock. It is a coars-grained rock consisting of 40 to 90% 696. When Al2O3/(K2O + Na2O) < in felsic rocks, the
olivine along with significant orthopyroxene and lesser rock is termed as
amount of calcic chromium-rich Clinopyroxene. Minor (a) Peraluminous (b) Peralkaline
minerals include chormius and aluminium spinals and (c) Metaluminous (d) Calc-alkaline
garnets. (e) Sub-alkaline
693. Lamprophyre composed of abundant CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
phenocryts and ground mass biotite- Ans. (b) : Al2O3/(K2O+ Na2O) < in felsic rocks, the
phlogopite, alkali feldspar > plagioclase is rock is termed as peralkaline.
called Peralkaline rock : Peralkaline rocks include those
(a) Minette (b) Lamproites igneous rock which have a deficiency of aluminium
(c) Kimberlites (d) Appinite such that sodium and potassium are in excess of that
(e) Orengeite needed for feldspar. The presence of aegerine (Sodium
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 pyroxene) and riebeckite (Sodium amphibole) are
Ans. (a) : Lamprophyre composed of abundant indicative of peralkaline conditions.
phenocryts and ground mass biotite phlogopite alkali 697. A distinctive sequence of magmatic
feldspar > Plagioclase is called minette. sedimentary and metamorphic rocks formed in
Minette : Minette is a variety of igneous rock. More an oceanic environment and made up of the
specifically, minette is a type of lamprophyre with oceanic crust and mantle is called
phenocrysts of biotite and with or without phenocrysts (a) Alpine peridotite
of hornblende augite with high diopside content and (b) Adakite
olivine. (c) Quartz normative tholeiite
694. A very high basaltic anedsite is called (d) Ophiolite
(a) Absarokite (b) Shoshonite (e) Aplite
(c) Banakite (d) Boninite CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
@

(e) Adakite Ans. (d) : A distinctive sequence of magmatic

CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 sedimentary and metamorphic rocks formed in an
ap

Ans. (b) : A very high basaltic anedsite is called oceanic environment and made up of the oceanic crust
shoshonite. and mantle is called ophiolite.
na

Mining Geology 199 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ophiolite : An ophiolite is a section of Earth's oceanic 701. Conglomerate is a …. type of sedimentary rock
crust and the underlying upper mantle that has been (a) Arenaceous (b) Argillaceous
uplifted and exposed above sea level and often (c) Rudaceous (d) Calcareous
emplaced onto continental crustal rocks. (e) Carbonaceous
698. Pegmatite rock contains one of the following in CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
abundance Ans. (c) : Conglomerate is a Rudaceous type of
(a) Tourmaline (b) Spinel sedimentary rock.
(c) Forsterite (d) Andesine ■ Rudaceous : Rock consisting chiefly of gravel,
(e) Bytwnite pebbles, cables, or boulders. Loose materials of
this class are gravels, pebble-beds, shingle
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 boulder beds, screed, talus, etc. when cemented
Ans. (a) : Pegmatite rock contains one of the abundance they from conglomerates and breccias.
tourmaline. ■ Arenaceous : Rocks consisting chiefly of
Tourmaline : Tourmaline is found in granite and material of sand grade. Loose material of sand
granite pegmatite's and in metamorphic rocks such as grade when consolidated they form sandstones,
schist and marble. Schorl and lithium rich tourmalines grits, arkoses, greywacke, etc.
are usually found in granite and granite pegmatite. ■ Argillaceous : The clay rocks, consisting of the
Magnesium-rich tourmalines, drivels, are generally finest materials of rock decay. Dust, mud, clay
restricted to schists and marble. Tourmaline is a durable when more or less unconsolidated; mudstone and
mineral and can be found in minor amounts as grains in shale when compacted.
sandstone and conglomerate and is part of the ZTR 702. The weathering product of basaltic trap is
index for highly weathered sediments. (a) Limonite (b) Goethite
699. Calcic pyroxene minerals are formed in which (c) Laterite (d) Kankar
of the following metamorphic rocks (e) Lithomerge
(a) Hornfels CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
(b) Marble Ans. (c) : The weathering product of basaltic trap is
(c) Calc Schist Laterite.
(d) Amphibolites Laterite : Laterite is both a soil and a rock type in iron
and aluminium and is commonly considered to have
(e) Quartzofespathic schist
formed in hot and wet tropical areas. Nearly all laterites
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 are of rusty red coloration, because of high iron oxide
Ans. (b) : Calcic phroxene minerals are commonly content. They develop by intensive and prolonged
formed in metamorphic rocks like marble. weathering of the underlying parent rock, usually when
Marble : Marble is a metamorphic rock composed of there are conditions of high temperatures and heavy
re-crystallized carbonate minerals most commonly rainfall with alternate wet and heavy rainfall with
calcite or dolomite. Marble may be foliated. In geology, alternate wet and dry periods.
the term marble refers to metamorphosed limestone but Tropical weathering is a prolonged process of chemical
its use in stonemasonry more broadly encompasses un- weathering which produces a wide a variety in the
thickness grade, chemistry and ore mineralogy of the
metamorphosed limestone. Marble is commonly used resulting soils. The majority of the land area containing
for sculpture and as a building material. leterites is between the tropics of cancer and capricorn.
700. A sandstone which contains abundant 703. Presence of glauconite in the sedimentary rock
decomposed feldspar is known as is indicative of which of the following
(a) Grit (b) Graywacke environment
(c) Marl (d) Arkose (a) Continental weathering and fresh water
(e) Clavstone deposition
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 (b) Marine water deposition
(c) Sedimentation in lacustrine environment is
Ans. (d) : A sandstone contains abundant decomposed keeping pace with the subsidence of the basin
feldspar is known as Arkose. floor
Arkose : Arkose or arkosic sandstone is a detrital (d) Glacial environment
sedimentary rock, specifically a type of sandstone (e) Littoral environment
containing at least 25% feldspur. Arkosic sand is sand CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
that is similarly rich in feldspar and thus the potential
precursor of arkose. Quartz is commonly the dominant Ans. (b) : The presence of glauconite in sedimentary
mineral component and some mica is often present apart rock often indicates marine water deposition.
Glauconite is a greenish mineral that typically forms in
@

from the mineral content rock fragments may also be a

significant component. Arkose usually contains small marine environments, particularly in shallow marine
sediments. Its occurrence suggests conditions favorable
ap

amount of calcite cement, which causes it to effervesce

slightly in dilute hydrochloric acid; sometimes the for its formation, such as slow sedimentation and a
cement also contains iron oxide. marine setting
na

Mining Geology 200 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
704. Coal seams are normally found in • Augite is the most common pyroxene mineral and a
(a) Sedimentary rocks (b) Igneous rocks member of the clinopyroxene group.
(c) Metamorphic rocks (d) Any type of rocks • Plagioclase is a member of feldspar group.
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 708. Which among the following is not suitable for
Ans.(a): Coal is combustion sedimentary rock formed determining top and bottom in layered rocks?
from ancient vegetation which has been consolidated (a) Wave ripples
between other rock strata and transformed by the (b) Syngenetic concretion
combined effect of microbial action, pressure and heat (c) Flow cast
over a considerable time period. This process is (d) Mud cracks
commonly called coalification. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
• Coal occurs as layers or seams, ranging in thickness
Ans. (a) : Wave ripples are certain symmetric or
from millimeters to many tens of meters.
Asymmetric undulations formed on water waves/fluid
705. Migmatites are mixed rocks which contain waves due to some external disturbance such as wind.
features of rock? These undulations can be observed on surface of water
(a) Pyroclastic and sedimentary rocks as well as below it. For determining top and bottom in
(b) Plutonic and regional metamorphic rocks layered Rocks it does not play any role since it is only a
(c) Contact metamorphic and diagenetic rocks visible surface phenomenon.
(d) Regional metamorphic and igneous extrusive • Flow cost, syngenetic concretion and flow cost can be
rocks used for determining top and bottom in layered Rocks.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 709. Igneous rocks are formed by the
Ans. (b) : Migmatite is a rock composed of a (a) Cooling, hardening and crystallizing of
metamorphic material that is veined with granite rocks. various kinds of lavas
Granite rock is a type of plutonic or intrusive rock. (b) Consolidation of fragmentary rock materials
Since Migmatite is composed of two different rocks it is and the products of their decomposition by
called mixed rock. water
(c) Action of intense heat and high pressure of
• There are basically three main types of rocks namely.
both resulting in considerable change the
1. Igneous, 2. Metamorphic, 3. Sedimentary texture and mineral composition
Most of the rocks are categorized under these (d) Weathering
categories.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
706. The primary mineral constituents of rocks of Ans. (a) : Igneous rocks are one of the three main types
mafic and ultramafic (more mafic than mafic) of rocks and include both intrusive and extrusive rocks.
composition necessarily contain the following They are formed when magma (lava) cools, hardens and
elements. crystallize either at volcanoes on the surface of earth or
(a) magnesium, silicon, aluminium, oxygen inside.
(b) iron, aluminium, silicon, oxygen Examples of igneous Rocks - Granite, Basalt, Gabbro
(c) silicon, oxygen, iron, manganese Diorite etc.
(d) oxygen, magnesium, silicon, iron 710. Primary foliations form during
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 (a) crystallization of magma
Ans. (d) : Mafic and ultramafic rocks are igneous rocks (b) after crystallization of magma
with varying composition. (c) during folding
Ultramafic → Mafic → Intermediate → Felsic (d) during jointing
( Minimal quartz )
Least SiO 2 ( less SiO 2 ) ( More SiO 2 )  Most SiO2, 
 most Quartz 
 and feldspar 
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
 
Ans. (a) : Foliation are repetitive layering in
• They dominantly contains oxygen, magnesium, metamorphic rocks. Primary foliation are formed during
silicon and iron. the deposition of sediments and formation of magmatic
707. Ophitic texture represents : rocks. They are a variety of platy flow structure that
(a) Intergrowth of quartz and K-Feldspar forms during crystallization of a magma and is due to
(b) Vermicular quartz in Plagioclase the parallelism of platy minerals.
(c) Intergrown Albite in K-Feldspar 711. Folds without axial plane may called as :
(d) Augite grains enclosed by lath of Plagioclase (a) Ptygmatic folds (b) Antiforms
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 (c) Flow folds (d) Monoclines
@

Ans. (d) : Ophitic texture is an igneous rock in which APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
plagioclase grains are completely surrounded by Ans. (d) : Folds form from curving, buckling and
ap

pyroxene grains (Augite). This texture is common in bending of originally planar rock layers through ductile
diabases and gabbros. deformation.
na

Mining Geology 201 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Folds are the systematically curved layers of rocks. 714. During the formation of igneous rocks,
• A fold is a structure produced when a originally simultaneous crystallization of fibres with
planar surface becomes bent or curved as a result of radiate arrangement about a common centre
deformation. results in :
• Folds occur in any geologic layer such as bedding, (a) myrmekite texture (b) rapakivi texture
lava flows layers, foliation. (c) seriate texture (d) spherulitic texture
• Monoclines is type of folds. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
• In a horizontal or gently sloping beds, slight and Ans. (d) : During the formation of igneous rocks,
another localised change in there usual altitude leads to simultaneous crystallisation of fibres with radiate
the formation of Monoclinal structure. arrangement about a common centre result in spherulitic
• In monoclines the beds are relatively flat but appears texture.
to have been bent locally to exhibit higher dips. • More rapid cooling and crystallisation of viscous
magma yields spherulitic texture.
• Spherulitic aggregates are radiating arrays of fibrous
or needle like crystals.
• This texture is common in glassy felsic volcanic
rocks.
715. A potassium feldspar crystal that contains
blebs or patches of sodium feldspar, produced
by exsolution of two distinct feldspars, is called
(a) Antiperthite (b) Perthite
712. When most of the minerals are euhedral, the (c) Sanidine (d) Microcline
texture is described as : APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
(a) Allotriomorphic (b) Hypidiomorphic Ans. (b) : Perthite is the name given to an intergrowth
(c) Panidiomorphic (d) Hiatal k-feldspar and albite rich plagioclase that is produced
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 by exsolution of the plagioclase from the potassium
Ans. (c) : Igneous rocks containing mineral grains of feldspar upon cooling of an original higher temperature,
more or less equal size are said to have an "equigranilar homogenous solid solution of the two minerals.
texture". • These two feldspars produced by the exsolution
• It is classified into many sub texture depending on process usually segregate within the original crystal as
their characters. tin subparallel lamellae, forming the intergrowth known
as parthite.
• Panidiomorphic refers to a texture in which,
theoretically all the component mineral grains are • K-feldspar is widespread and common in a wide
subhedral. variety of igneous and metamorphic rocks and in some
sedimentary rocks.
• Allotriomorphic refers to a texture in which all the
component mineral grains are anhedral. 716. Identify the correct sequence for the rock
mass:
• Hypidiomorphic refers to a texture, in which the
grains of some mineral species are anhedral, those of (a) Shear Strength < Tensile Strength < Uniaxial
other subhedral and those of some may even be Compressive Strength
anhedral. (b) Tensile Strength < Shear Strength < Uniaxial
Compressive Strength
• This texture is typical of genetic rocks.
(c) Tensile Strength < Uniaxial Compressive
713. Cavities lined with easily separable secretion Strength < Shear Strength
are termed as : (d) Uniaxial Compressive Strength < Shear
(a) Druses (b) Dendrites Strength < Tensile Strength
(c) Agates (d) Geodes Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 Ans. (b) : The correct sequence for the rock mass.
Ans. (d) : According to the mineralogy, Geode is a Tensile strength < shear strength < uniaxial compressive
hollow rock or nodule with the cavity usually lined with strength
crystals which is originated from the sedimentary rocks. Rock Mass : The large volume of rock intersected by
• These crystal cavities are filled with fluid during the the discontinuities is known as rock mass.
@

various stages of precipitation. The rock mass is considered in between two

• Therefore, we can say that the different colours discontinuities. In civil engineering practice, rock mass
ap

perceived in this rock result from the changes in is considered as construction site provides foundation
chemistry experienced during the formation of the rock. for building, reservoir, base for road aliment etc.
na

Mining Geology 202 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Rock mass = Intact rock discontinuity The following Ans. (b): Core of the earth should be made up of a
parameters are related to the intact rock. The rock mass mixture of nickel and iron density 8.
is classified on its outcrop on the basis of following • The core is made up of two layers, the inner core and
characteristics of intact rocks. outer core. The inner core has a radius of 1216 km
717. Which of the following are restricted to and the total radius of the core is 3486 km. The core
Palaeozoic rocks only? is composed mostly of iron (80%) and same nickel.
(a) Bivalvia (b) Cephalopoda The density of the inner solid core is between 9.9 –
(c) Echinoidea (d) Graptolithina 12.2 gm/cm3 and outer core density is between 12.6–
(e) Nummulites 13g/cm3.
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 721. Basalt is a/an ____________ rock.
Ans. (d) : • Graptolithina is a subclass of the class (a) Hypabyssal (b) Plutonic
Peterobranchia, the member of which are known as (c) Sedimentary (d) Volcanic
graptolites. These organisms are colonial animals MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
known chiefly as fossils from the middle Cambrian
through the lower carboniferous. Ans. (d) : Basalt is an extrusive igneous or volcanic
rock that has low silica content, dark in colour and very
• Graptolites are found only in Paleozoic rocks such as
rich in iron and magnesium
those in Scotland, Wales and north-western England.
• The oldest dendorids occur in middle Cambrian rocks, • Basalt rock is mainly composed of pyroxene olivine
but they can be found in rocks as young as the and plagioclase and is the most common rock on the
carboniferous. earth's surface. More than 90% of all volcanic rock
on earth is basalt.
718. Which rock is most reliable for dating, using
the radioactivity of minerals? 722. In Brazilian test, the rate of loading is ______ .
(a) Coal (b) Metamorphic rocks (a) 300 N/sec (b) 400 N/sec
(c) Sedimentary rocks (d) Igneous rocks (c) 200 N/sec (d) 550 N/sec
(e) Lithomarge MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 Ans. (c)
Ans. (d) : • Igneous rocks are made from the cooling of • In Brazilian test, the rate of loading is 200 N/sec.
magma. If this cooling occurs below ground, they are • The Brazilian test is a simple indirect testing method
intrusive igneous rock. Extrusive igneous rocks cool on to obtain the tensile strength of brittle material such
the surface of the earth. as concrete, rock and rock like materials.
• Igneous rocks are important to absolute dating
723. The rate of increase of temperature with depth
because only igneous rock can be accurately dated. The
is called as __________ .
isotopes that decay are fixed in the igneous rock when it
cools, allowing a sample to be analyzed for the amount (a) geothermal gradient
of the original isotope compared to the amount of the (b) endothermic gradient
isotope it decay into. (c) exothermic gradient
719. In the core of a syncline the beds (d) scale
(a) can be older or younger MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
(b) are older Ans. (a) : The rate of methane emission can be
(c) are younger expressed as function of depth. It is given by the tangent
(d) are same as in an anticline to the local geothorm. The magnitude of the geothermal
(e) New types of cks gradient thus varies with the shape of the geotherm.
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 724. The various problems related to oil and gas,
ground water are solved by :
Ans. (c) : • A syncline is the opposite type of fold,
having downwardly convex layers with young rock in (a) Electrical method of prospecting
the core. (b) Magnetic method of prospecting
• In a syncline, the youngest rocks are at the center. (c) Gravity method of prospecting
• Synclines are formed when tectonic plates move (d) Seismic method of prospecting
toward each other, compressing the crust and forcing it MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
upward. Ans. (d) : The various problems related to oil and gas
720. Core of the Earth should be made up of a ground water are solved by seismic method of
@

mixture of nicked and iron of density _____ prospecting.

(a) 4 (b) 8 • This method of geophysical prospecting in which
ap

(c) 12 (d) 16 vibration are setup by firing small explosive charges

MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 in the ground or by other artificial sources.
na

Mining Geology 203 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
725. Gondwana Sediments was first studied in system for roadways in underground coalminer. RMR
which one of the following years? plays important role in selection and design of roof
(a) 1862 (b) 1852 system.
(c) 1872 (d) 1822 730. Porosity of a rock sample is defined as ratio of
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 the volume of voids to the:
Ans. (c) : Gondwana Sediments was first studied 1872. (a) Volume of solids
The Gondwana sediments form a unique sequence of (b) Total volume of sample
fluviatile rocks deposited in permocarboniferous time. (c) Volume of water
The Damodar and Sone river valleys & Rajmahal hills (d) Volume of air
in eastern india contain a record of Gondwana rocks. RPSC AE-21.05.2014
726. A block that has dropped relatively downward Ans. (b) : Porosity is the percentage of void space in a
between two normal faults dipping toward each rock. It is defined as the ratio of the volume of voids or
other is called a/an- pore space divided by the total volume. Porosity (n) is
(a) Graben (b) Horst the ratio of the volume of voids to the total volume of
(c) Folds (d) Intrusion soil (v), and is expressed as percentage.
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 731. The distance from the surface below which the
Ans. (a) : A block that has dropped relatively ambient temperature of rock is not effected by
downward between two normal faults dipping toward the day-to-day variation and the seasonal
each other is called a Graben. variation is known as:
• A harts is a raised block of the Earth's crust that is (a) Ambient temperature gradient
bounded by faults and is typically found between two (b) Geospatial temperature gradient
Grabens or rift valleys. (c) Geothermal gradient
• Folds are geological structures that result from the (d) Lithostatic temperature gradient
deformation of rock layers in response to compressional RPSC AE-21.05.2014
force. Ans. (c) : The distance from the surface below which
• In Geology, an intrusion refers to the emplacement of the ambient temperature of rock is not effected by the
molten rock, such as magma or lava, into pre-existing day to day variation and the seasonal variation is known
rocks in the earth's crust. as geothermal gradient.
727. In which of the following folds does the rock 732. Out of the support categories given for an
constituent NOT move? underground coal mine, identify the ‘active
(a) Closed fold (b) Tight fold support’.
(c) Open fold (d) Chevron fold (a) wire mesh (b) shotcrete
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 (c) fully grouted roof bolt (d) hydraulic prop
Gate-2015
Ans. (c) : In structural geology, a fold is a stack of
originally Planar surfaces, such as sedimentary strata, Ans. (d) : Ground Support can be active of passive. If
that are bent or curves during permanent deformation. we take actions that actually increase the strength of the
rock, then we are providing active support. Examples of
Fold in rocks vary is size from microscopic crinkles to
active support types are : tensioned rock bolts, Cable
mountain sized fold. They occur as single isolated folds bolts, hydraulic Jacks (hydraulic prop) and powered
or in periodic selt's (known as fold train). Sm supports for long wall mining. On the other hands. If we
sedimentary fold are those formed during sedimentary do nothing to increase the strength but instead we take
deposition. an action to prevent the rock mass from falling, then we
728. The variation of the properties in two planes of are providing passive support. Examples of passive
same rock is referred as _____ support (reactive support) types are : Untensioned rock
(a) Isotropy (b) Anisotropy bolts wire mesh and shotcrete, screens, reinforcing bars,
(c) Plasticity (d) Homogeity timbered sets and steel arches.
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 733. Allochems in limestone consists of:
Ans. (b) : A material which exhibit direction dependent (a) Micrite only (b) Spar only
properties is known as an anisotropy material. (c) Ooids only (d) Bioclasts and ooids
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
729. Rock Mass Rating (RMR) is used for
designing: Ans. (d) : Allochems in limestone consists of bioclasts
(a) Coal pillars (b) Roof support and ooids.
(c) Panel size (d) Shaft pillar Allochem:- An allochem is a term used to describe a
@

grain larger than 0.25 mm within a carbonate rock. The

RPSC AE-21.05.2014 abundance and type of allochems within a carbonate
ap

Ans. (b) : In India CMR1-RMR (central mining) rack are used to classify the specimen. Allochems
Research institute-Rock man Rating is an empirical include ooliths, peloids, intra and extraclasts, pisoliths,
approach used mostly for formatting design of support oncoliths and bioclasts.
na

Mining Geology 204 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
734. Which of the following properties does not Ans. (b) : Shale displays fissility because of the parallel
affects the permeability of the standstone? arrangement of clay minerals.
(a) Pore size Fissility in shale's appears directly related to the parallel
(b) Sorting orientation of mineral grains in the rock fabric. In two
(c) Tortuosity of the pores shale sequences examined fissilitly increases along a
(d) Mineralogy of the framework grains gradient of decreasing bioturbation.
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 Normal marine mudrocks should be characterized by
Ans. (d) : The properties does not affects l;the lack of fissility due to the randomized fabric produced
permeability of the sandstone is mineralogy of the by bioturbation, while azoic marine mudrocks should
framework grains. exhibit good fissility due to the lack of biogenic
Permeability is the ability of formation to produce reworking and the particle arrangement.
hydrocarbon which is affected by compaction, pore size 738. Cubic packing of uniform size grains result in :
sorting, tortuosity of the pores, cementation layering (a) 48% porosity (b) 26% porosity
and clay swelling . (c) 32% porosity (d) 65% porosity
735. Which of the following sedimentary rocks OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
indicate long distance transportation of the Ans. (a) : Cubic packing of uniform size grains result in
sediments? 48% porosity.
(a) Quartz sandstone The arrangement in space of uniform spheres (atoms
(b) Breccia and molecules in mineral crystals, or grains in clastic
(c) Arkose (sandstone with lots of feldspar sedimentary racks) that results in a cubic material
particles) structure.
(d) None of these Cubic packing is mechanically unstable but it is the
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 most porous packing arrangement, with about 47%
porosity in the ideal situation. Most sediments are not
Ans. (a) : The sedimentary rocks indicate long distance
uniform spheres of the same size, nor can they be
transportation of the sediments is quartz sandstone.
arranged in a cubic structure naturally, so most
Quartz sandstone:- Quartz sandstone is a sandstone
sediments have much less than 47% porosity.
consisting of more than is a sedimentary rock formed by
the cementation of grains of sand (0.66 to 2mm in 739. Amongst the following rock types, we can
diameter). Often this cementing material is calcium expect best porosity in :
carbonate, but also silica or iron oxides can be the (a) Shaly siltstone
cement. (b) Granular sandstone
736. A vertical sequence of rocks that changes from (c) Medium grained sandstone
sandstone at the base through shale to (d) Silty shale
limestone at the top of the sequence indicates a: OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(a) Transgression Ans. (c) : Amongst the rock types, we can expect best
(b) Regression porosity in medium grained sandstone.
(c) Lagoonal environment The sediment particles are clasts or pieces, of minerals
(d) Braided river and fragment of rock, thus sandstone is a clastic
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 sedimentary rock. It is composed mostly of sand
particles, which are of medium size; therefore,
Ans. (a) : A vertical sequence of rocks that changes
sandstone is a medium- grained clastic sedimentary
from sandstone at the base through shale to limestone at
rock.
the top of the sequence indicates a transgression.
Transgression and regression can be identified in 740. Which of the following formation is rich in
sedimentary outcrops by looking for change in the type lignite with its correct stratigraphic age?
and composition of the rocks. During a transgression (a) Palana Formation – Paleocene
the shoreline mouse seaward and deeper water (b) Disang Formation-Eocene
sediments are deposited. During a regression the (c) Subhatu Formation -Eocene
shoreline moves landward and shallow water sediments (d) Kopili Formation - Oligocene
are deposited. OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
737. Shale displays fissility because of the : Ans. (a) : The formation that is rich in lignite with its
(a) Recrystallization of minerals correct stratigraphic age is the palana formation.
@

(b) Parallel arrangement of clay minerals Lignite, a type of coal is commonly found in the palana
(c) Shearing formation, making it an important geological unit for
ap

(d) Presence of mica plates understanding coal deposits and paleo environments
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 during the paleocene epoch.
na

Mining Geology 205 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
741. Ammonoids are abundantly present in which of 746. Columnar joints in basalt are :
the following rock sequence? (a) Shear joints (b) Tension joints
(a) Gondwana (b) Cuddapah (c) Dip joints (d) Strike joints
(c) Jurassic of Kutch (d) Siwalik OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 Ans. (b) : Columnar joints in basalt are primarily
Ans. (c) : Ammonoids are abundantly present in the formed by tension joints.
Jurassic of kutch. 747. Presence of unconformity in a rock sequence
742. Conversion of remains of plants and animals cab is recognized by :
into rocks is known as : (a) Angular relationship
(a) Transformation (b) Petrification (b) Presence of conglomerate
(c) Residual soil
(c) Alteration (d) Lithifcation
(d) All of these
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
Ans. (b) : Conversion of remains of plants and animals
Ans. (d) : The presence of unconformity in a rock
into rocks is known as Petrifaction.
sequence cab is recognized by multiple feature,
Petrifaction:- Petrifaction or petrification is type of including on angular relationship, the presence of
fossilization, the process of fossilizing a plant or animal conglomerate and residual soil.
that existed in some earlier age; the process of being Angular relationship:- An unconformity is often
turned to stone a rock created by petrifaction on organic characterized by an angular discordance between the
object infiltrated with mineral matter and served in its underlying and overlying rock layers.
original from type of rock stone. Presence of conglomerate:- conglomerate is a type of
743. The bauxite of East-coast bauxite deposit is sedimentary rock composed of rounded pebbles or
formed from rock like : larger fragments cemented together.
(a) Granite (b) Basalt Residual soil:- Residual soil is soil that forms in place
(c) Khondalite (d) Charnokite through weathering of the underlying bedrock. In the
context of on unconformity, the presence of residual
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
soil can indicate a period of erosion and weathering
Ans. (c) : The bauxite of East-coast bauxite deposit is where the uppermost layer of rock has been eroded
typically formed from rock types such as Khondalite. away and transformed into soil.
Khondalite is a metamorphic rock composed mainly of 748. The red color iron rich soil is known as :
quartz, feldspar and mica, which undergoes weathering (a) Loamy soil (b) Alluvial soil
and other geological processes to produce bauxite. (c) Laterite (d) Lime soil
Bauxite is an aluminum ore and is the main source of OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
aluminum worldwide.
Ans. (c) : The red color iron rich soil is known as
744. Kimberlite indicates the possibility of the Laterite.
presence of : This type of soil is rich in iron and aluminium. They are
(a) Ruby (b) Diamond usually formed in hot and wet tropical areas. These soils
(c) Kyanite (d) Sapphire are red because of the iron oxide content, this mineral
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 gave the soil a red colouration.
Ans. (b) : Kimberlite is a type of volcanic rock that is 749. The property of a rock to transmit fluids
known for its association with diamond deposits, when through it, is known as :
kimberlite eruptions occur, they bring diamonds from (a) Porosity
deep within the Earth's mantle to the surface. As a (b) Permeability
result, finding kimberlite is often a strong indicator of (c) Transitivity
the potential prescience of diamonds in the area. (d) Hydraulic conductivity
745. Which rock has maximum specific yield? OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(a) Khondalite Ans. (b) : The property of a rock to transmit fluids
(b) Limestone through it, is known as Permeability.
(c) Sandstone The capacity to transmit water is called permeability.
(d) Unconsolidated sand The ideal rock material for the accumulation of
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 groundwater is both porous and permeable. This kind of
Ans. (d) : The specific yield of a rock refers to the ratio material is known as an "aquifer" form the lation for
of the volume of water that drains freely from a water bearing.
@

saturated rock to the total volume of the rock. It 750. Rocks crystallized at greater depths are called
represents to rocks ability to store and release water. (a) Hypabisal rocks (b) Igneous rocks
ap

Generally, unconsolidated sand has the highest specific (c) Intrusive rocks (d) Plutonic rocks
yield among the options. APECET Mining Engineering-2017
na

Mining Geology 206 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Rocks crystallized at greater depths are called • Fossilize serpent trail comes closest to the to the
Plutonic ligneous Rocks. Intrusive igneous rocks, definition of an ichnofossil. A serpent trail refers to the
formed by the slow solidification of magma deep below trace or track left by a serpent or snake as it moves
the surface and characterized by large crystals. The across a surface.
named after Pluto, the Roman god of the underworld. 754. The first mineral formed in the continuous
Examples like as granite, gabbro ad peridotite. series of Bowen reaction principle is :
751. Terrace cut for a Lignite deposit is given with (a) Sodic-Calcic plagioclase
the help of? (b) Potash feldspar
(a) Surface miner (c) Calcic-soidic plagioclase
(b) Continuous miner
(d) Calcic plagioclase
(c) Bucket Wheel Excavator
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
(d) Dipper shovel
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 Ans. (d) : Bown's reaction principle describes the
sequence of crystallization of minerals from a cooling
Ans. (c) : Terrace cut for a lignite deposit is given with
magma or molten rock. According to this principle,
the help of bucket wheel excavator.
minerals crystallize in a predictable order as the
Terrace Cut - temperature decreases during cooling.
A crowd - type bucket wheel excavator in a terrace cut
• The continuous series of Bowen's reaction principle
operation. The block is excavated in a number of layers
starts with the formation of calcium rich plagioclase
(terraces) of equal height, with between 40 and 70% of
the wheel diameter being actively involved in the feldspar, which is know as classic plagioclase.
cutting process, depending on the ratio of face height to 755. A magmatic rock rich in calcium carbonate
diameter and the nature of the material excavated. At and often containing rare earth minerals is :
the start of the top terrace the wheel is in the retracted (a) Alkali baselt (b) Syenite porphyry
position, and at the end of each pass it is extended by (c) Carbonatite (d) Granodiorite
the slice thickness. OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
752. Esker is a :
(a) Thoroughly graded bed Ans. (c) : Carbonatite is a type of magmatic rock that is
(b) Deposit formed by wind action rich in calcium carbonate (CaCO3) and often contains
(c) Glaciofluvial deposit rare earth minerals. It is characterized by its high
(d) Alluvial deposit rich in clay matter concentration calcite and dolomite. Carbonatites are
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 relatively rare and typically associated with alkaline
Ans. (c) : The esker is one the most striking landforms Agenois complexes.
of Glaciofluvial deposition. 756. Generally, a charnockite has a mineral
• They are usually formed of washed sand and gravel. composition of :
• Eskers vary in shape and size. (a) Quartz-Hornblende-Oligoclase
• Very course materials like stones and blocks along (b) Quartz-Epidote-Andesine
with some minor segments of rock debits transported (c) Quartz-Feldspar-Hypersthenes
into this stream settle down in the valley of ice (d) Quartz-Feldspar-Augite
underneath the glacier and offer the ice melts can be OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
found as a winding ridge called esker. Ans. (c) : Charnokite is a type of granitic rock that
• Glaciofluvial deposits or glacio-fluvial sediments typically consists of quartz, feldspar, and hypersthenes.
consist of boulders, gravel, sand, silt and clay from ice Quartz is a common mineral composed of silicon and
sheets or glaciers- oxygen, feldspar is a group of minerals that includes
753. Echnofossil is a : several different species, and hypersthenes is a
(a) Fossilized lamelibranch shell pyroxene mineral commonly found in metamorphic
rocks.
(b) Fossilized trilobite shell
• Charnockite is known for its coarse-grained texture
(c) Fossilized serpent trail
and typically has a reddish to brownish color due to the
(d) Fossilized horse foot print
presence of iron oxide minerals. it is a highly durable
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 and resistant rock, making it suitable for various
Ans. (c) : Ichnofossils are trace fossils lift behind by construction proposes.
organisms, representing their activies rather than
757. If the ferromagnesian content of diorite is
physical remains. These trances can include food prints,
@

100%, then it is called :

borrows, tunnels, tracks, feeding marks, and other
evidence of organism-behavior. Ichnofossils provide (a) Perkinite (b) Leptinite
ap

valuable insights into the behavior, ecology, and (c) Meladiorite (d) Leucodiorite
interactions of ancient organisms. OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
na

Mining Geology 207 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Diorite is an igneous rocks composed 761. Graphic texture is normally exhibited by:
primarily of plagioclase feldspar and amphibole or (a) Komatite (b) Pegmatite
pyroxene minerals. The term "diorite" refers to a (c) Phonolite (d) Anorthosite
specific composition range and texture- OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
• When the ferromagnesian content is dominant, the Ans. (b) : Pegmatite is a coarse-grained igneous rock
rock would be classified differently. One possible name that forms during the final stages of magma cooling and
for a rock composed entirely of ferromagnesian crystallization it often contains exceptionally large
minerals is "peridotite" which is and ultramatice rock crystals of various minerals, including feldspar, quarts,
primarily composed of olivine and pyroxene. and mica.
• The ferromagnesian content of diorite is 100%, then it • The graphic texture in pegmatite is characterized by
is called perkinite. interloking and intergroup crystals of different mineral
758. By mineral composition, dolerite is equivalent composition, creating a distinct pattern. The texture is
to : caused by the slow cooling and abundant space
(a) Pitchstone (b) Syenite available for crystal growth within the pegmatitic
(c) Peridotite (d) Basalt environment.
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 762. An igneous body that has doomed up the strata
Ans. (d) : A dolerite is the medium-grained equivalent into which it has been inserted in known as :
of a basalt- a basic rock dominated by plagioclase and (a) Lopolith (b) Dyke
pyroxene- (c) Bysmalith (d) Laccolith
• Basalt is another type of igneous rock with a OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
composition similar to dolerite. Both dolerite and basalt Ans. (d) : An igneous body that has doomed up the
are fine-grained rocks that solidify form molten lava or strata into which it has been inserted is known as
magma. laccolith.
• Dolerites also often include olivine or quartz and can • A laccolith is a specific type of igneous intrusion
be alkali basalts, olivine tholeiitic or quartz tholeiitic. where magma is injected between layers of sedimentary
They can contain a wide range of accessory minerals rock, causing the overlying strata to are or dome
including hornblende and biotite. upward. The magma chamber that form is typically
759. Beerbachite is a variety of : lens-shaped or saucer-shaped with a flat base and a
(a) Gabbro (b) Basalt convex top.
(c) Dolerite (d) Monzonite 763. A process whereby magma works its way up
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 into the crust of the earth is known as :
Ans. (a) : Gabbro is an intrusive rock formed when (a) Magmatic injection (b) Magmatic thrusting
molten rock is trapped beneath the land surface and (c) Magmatic stoping (d) Magmatic intrusion
cools into a hard, coarsely crystalline mass. OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
• Beerbachite is likely a specific type or variety of Ans. (c) : Magmatic Stoping - A process of igneous
gabbros that is named after the beerbachite quarry in intrusion in which magma gradually works its way
Germany , where it may have been first discovered or upward by breaking of and engulfing blocks of the
extensively studied.
country rock.
760. Adamellite contains :
764. Minette is a type of :
(a) Roughly equal amounts of Oligoclase and K-
feldspar (a) Diorite (b) Tonalite
(b) Roughly equal amounts of Quartz and (c) Aplite (d) Lamprophyre
Oligoclase OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
(c) Roughly equal amounts of Quartz and K- Ans. (d) : Minette is one of the important type of rocks.
feldspar If we have to define minette in general , ,minette is a
(d) Roughly equal amounts of Quartz and Albite variety of lamprophyre and is porphyritc alkaline
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 igneous rock which is mainly dominated by biotiti
Ans. (a) : Adamalite is a type of granitic rock that comes under igneous rock.
typically contains roughly equal amounts of two • Minette lamprophyres are typically dark-colored rocks
specific minerals. i.e. Oligoclase and K-feldspar. with a porphyritic texture , meaning they have distinct
• Adamellite is formed through the crystallization of larger crystals surrounded by a finer-grained matrix.
molten (magma) deep within the Earth's crust. it is These rocks are often associated with alkaline magma.
typically associated with intrusive igneous rock, 765. The process of complete or partial melting of a
@

meaning it solidifies below the Earth's surface. The rock is known as :

magma that gives rise to adamellite is rich in silica and (a) Migmatization (b) Assimilation
ap

other light-colored minerals, which result in its (c) Juvenile magmatism (d) Palingenesis
characteristic light coloration. OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
na

Mining Geology 208 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Palingensis, is the melting of rock to form (a) Clay flakes (b) Clay balls
new magma. this tern is used even if the melting of the (c) Clay stones (d) Clay galls
rock has not been complete. Thus polygenesis is related OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
to anatexis, but they are not the same thing. Not all Ans. (d) : Clay galls refers to a specific geological
melting result in new magma, and not all melting result phenomenon where a thin layer of clay or mud dries out
in the formation of new metamorphic rock. In fact and develops cracks. These cracks cause the upper
anatexis could be said to be a phase that precedes surface of the clay or mud to peel away in thin flat,
palingenesis . If melting stops before magma is created, fragments or flakes, resembling leaves.
then anatexis has occurred. It is proceeds to the creation • When the clay gall fragment are deposited in sandy
of new magma palingenesis has occurred. beds, they typically assume a flattened or somewhat
766. Liquid immiscibility generally results from : rounded shape due to rolling or blowing action. They
(a) Mixing of two liquids of two different often appear as lenticular belbs, which means they form
composition lens-shaped structures within the sand.
(b) Mixing of two liquids of same composition 770. If a series of inclined bedding planes showing
(c) Unmixing of two liquids of different some angular relationship to the direction of
composition current flow, then they are generally called as :
(d) Unmixing of two liquids of same composition (a) Gradient beds (b) Current beds
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (c) Dipping beds (d) Convolute beds
Ans. (c) : When two liquids with different compositions OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
are mixed together, they may form separate phases or Ans. (b) : If a series of inclined bedding planes show an
layers instead of mixing uniformly. This phenomenon is angular relationship to the direction of current flow,
known as liquid immiscibility. The liquids do not mix they are generally called currents beds.
or dissolve into each other and instead remain as • Current beds are sedimentary structures that form
distinct phases within the mixture example of when sediments are deposited by moving water. The
immiscible liquids include oil and water, which form current, which causes the sediments to be deposited an
separate layers. angle. The angle of bedding planes can provide
information about the direction and intensity of the
767. Arkose contain more than 25% of :
current flow during deposition.
(a) Micas (b) Amphiboles
771. Compaction and cementation of sediments
(c) Feldspars (d) Chlorite
occur during :
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (a) Transportation
Ans. (c) : Arkose is a type of sedimentary rock that is (b) High temperature and pressure medium
characterized by its high content of feldspar minerals. (c) High water pressure
Feldspar is a group of rock-forming minerals that make (d) Diagenesis
up a significant portion of the Earth's crust. Arkose OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
typically contains more than 25% Feldspar along with
Ans. (d) : Diagenesis is the collective term for the
other minerals such as quartz and small amount of other physical, chemical, and biological change that occur to
minerals like micas, amphiboles, arkose is feldspar. sedimentary rocks after they are occur to sedimentary
768. The silt grade detrital sediments would have a rocks after they are deposited and during their burial
size range of : and lithification. it is a process that transforms loose
(a) 1/16 mm to 1/256 mm sediments into solid rocks.
(b) Less than 1/256 mm • The digenesis processes typically involves several
(c) 1/16 mm to 2 mm interconnected process including compaction,
(d) 2 mm to 1 mm cementation recrystallization, and chemical alteration.
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 772. Oscillation ripples are formed in :
Ans. (a) : Silt grade detrital sediments refer to sediment (a) Deep sea environment (b)Beach environment
particles that fall within the size range of silt. Silt (c) Alluvial environment (d) Desert environment
particles have a fine texture and are intermediate in size OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
between larger sand particles and smaller clay particles. Ans. (a) : Oscillation ripples in a deep sea environment
• The size range of silt particles is generally considered are formed by the movement of water currents and
to be between 1/16 mm and 1/256 mm. waves on the seafloor. These ripples can be seen on the
• It is important to note that silt particles are finer than sandy or muddy bottoms of the deep ocean, indicating
sand particles (which range from 1/16 mm. to 2 mm) the action of water symmetrical, wave like shapes.
but coarser than clay particles (which are smaller than • Oscillation ripple formed by wave action on the floor
@

1/256 mm). of a sea or lake. such ripples, which are usually less
than 10 cm in height, commonly display rounded
ap

769. The leaves of hardened clay deposited in a sand

or similar sediment as flat or lense shaped symmetrical troughs and rounded, or sometimes sharp
structure are called : symmetrical peaks.
na

Mining Geology 209 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
773. Occurrence of ferroan calcite cementing in a 777. Strata dipping at angles upto 45º are called :
carbonate rock is an indicator of : (a) Moderately inclined strata
(a) Deep burial digenesis (b) Vadose digenesis (b) Steeply inclined strata
(c) Phreatic digenesis (d) Sea floor digenesis (c) Plunge
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (d) Overturned
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
Ans. (d) : Sea floor diagnosis refers to the process that
occur in sediments on the ocean floor. In certain marine Ans. (a) : Strata dipping at angles up to 45º are referred
to as moderately inclined strata.
environment, the precipitin of calcite cements can take
place due to the interaction of seawater with the • This term is used to describe geological layers or rock
formation that are inclined but not at extremely steep
sediment. This can result in the formation of ferroan
angles.
calcite cement, where iron is present as an impurity.
• The tunnel axis may be running parallel to the dip
774. Which of the following is a depositional direction, at right angles to the dip direction or inclined
sedimentary structure? or inclined to both dip and strike direction.
(a) Graded bedding 778. Which of the following is not a desirable
(b) Trough cross bedding property for a road metal?
(c) Collapse structure (a) Should be hydrophobic
(d) Injection structure (b) Should have sufficient crushing strength
(c) Should be strongly sheared
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
(d) Should be highly porous and permeable
Ans. (a & b) : A depositional sedimentary structure OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
refers to a feature or arrangement within sedimentary Ans. (d) : Highly porous and permeable is not a
rocks that formed during the process of deposition. desirable for a road metal.
There are several examples of depositional sedimentary • Road metals should have a dense and compact
structures, including. structure to provide stability and durability to the road.
(1) - Graded bedding high porosity and permeability would allow water to
(2) - Trough Cross - bedding seep through the road surface leading to metal should
ideally haw low porosity and permeability.
(3) - Mud crocks
779. Which of the following materials is generally
(4) - Ripple marks used as a roofing slab?
(5) - Bedding or stratification (a) Slate (b) Granite
775. A limestone which contains mainly of organic (c) Marble (d) Gneiss
detritus is generally called as : OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
(a) Spergenite (b) Coquina Ans. (a) : Slate is generally used as a roofing slab. Slate
(c) Oolite (d) Calc-tufa is a metamorphic rock that has excellent durability,
water resistance, and fire resistance properties, which
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
make it suitable for roofing purposes. It is also available
Ans. (b) : Coquina is a type of limestone that is in various colors and textures, allowing for aesthetic
composed mainly of organic detritus, such as shell customization.
fragments and other marine organisms. It forms from • Granite marble, and gneiss are not commonly used as
the accumulation and cementation of these organic roofing slabs due to factor such as weight cost, and
remains. Coquina is often found in coastal areas and is other practical consideration.
characterized by its porous and granular nature. 780. The rate of emission of inflammable gas (m3)
• Spergenite, Oolite, and calc-tufa are different types of per tone of coal raised in degree- II gassiness
mines is
limestone but are not specifically composed mainly of
(a) Less than 1 (b) 1-10
organic detritus like coquina.
(c) more than 50 (d) 10-50
776. The sudden release of stress in rocks during ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
tunneling will normally result in : Ans. (b) : The rate of emission of inflammable gas (m3)
(a) Rock fall (b) Rock bursts per tone of coal raised in degree- II gassiness mines is 1
(c) Blockage (d) Water gush to 10.
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 781. A rock formation with dome folding pattern
Ans. (b) : Rock bursts are sudden and violent failures of can be identified by ____________.
rock that can during tunneling or mining activities. (a) Square like shapes
@

They occur when the stress accumulated in the rock (b) U - like shapes
mass exceeds its strength resulting in a rapid release of (c) Inverted bowl-like shapes
ap

energy. This release of energy cause the rock to fracture (d) Parallel and straight lines
and break. ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
na

Mining Geology 210 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) : A rock formation with dome folding pattern is generally formed in low and medium metamorphic
can be identified by inverted bowl-like shapes. grade rocks and is common within sandstone beds in
• Dome folding occurs when rock layers are subjected folded sequences of alternating sandstone and pelities
to compression forces, causing them to bend upward where the cleavage in the pelities is a crenulation.
and form structures resembling domes or inverted 785. If the RQD value is 50-75, then the condition of
bowls. These formation are often indicative of tectonic that rock sample is
activity. (a) Poor (b) Very poor
782. The rock which exhibit mixed characteristics of (c) excellent (d) fair
volcanic and plutonic rocks are ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
(a) Hypabyssal rocks Ans. (d) : Rock quality designation (RQD) is a
(b) Intermediate rocks standard technique in the mining industry for the
(c) Mixed rocks qualitative and quantitative assessment of rock quality
(d) Secondary rocks and degree of jointing, fracturing, and shearing in a
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I rock mass.
Ans. (a) : The hypabyssal rocks are the igneous rock. Rock quality RQD Index in%
These rocks are formed at intermediate depth 2 km (a) Very poor 0 – 25
below the surface of the earth and exhibit mixed (b) Poor 25 – 50
characteristics of both volcanic and plutonic rocks. (c) Good 75 – 90
Intermediate rocks-
(d) Fair 50– 90
Intermediate rocks are roughly even mixture of felsic
minerals and mafic minerals. There is little or no quartz. 786. Bieniawski's rock mass rating considers the
Felsic rocks are mostly feldspar at least 10% quartz and parameters : RQD, uni-axial compressive
less than 15% mafic minerals. strength, condition of joints, ground water
Secondary rocks- condition and
Sedimentary rocks are the result of deposition of (a) tensile strength (b) spacing of joints
fragments of rocks by exogenous pro cresses. This is (c) shear strength (d) flexural strength
also known as the secondary rocks. TSPGECET-2020
Example:- Sandstone, line stone, shale etc. Ans. (b) : The Bieniawaski's rock mass rating the six
783. The reduction of pore space and volume of parameters are determined for each structural unit.
sediments by the influence of overlying weight Uniaxial compressive strength (UCS) intract rock
compression is known as __________. material rock quality designation (RQD) joint
(a) Cementation (b) Satisfaction discontinuity spacing joint condition groundwater
(c) Compaction (d) Lamination condition and joint orientation
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I Compressive strength condition of joint ground water
Ans. (c) : The reduction of pore space and volume of condition and spacing of joint.
sediments by the influence of overlying weight 787. Dilatancy of rock is associated with
compression is known as Compaction. (a) geological defects present in the rock sample
Compaction is the result of the weight of overlying (b) decrease in volume due to compression of
sediments accumulated during subsidence. rock
Compaction- Cementation is a type of precipitation a (c) increase in shear strain due to cracking of
nitrogenous process in which ions are reduced to zero rock
valence at a solid metallic interface. The process is (d) increase in volume due to cracking of rock
often used to refine leach solutions.
TSPGECET-2020
Stratification- Stratification is layering of water bodies
with different physicochemical properties. Stratification Ans. (d) : The rock dilatancy properly under different
can develop and break down in flooded under ground intermediate principal stress levels at the minimum
mine. principle stress in equal to 30 MPa.
784. A cleavage consisting of closely spaced micro The brittle failure rocks, dilatancy which is related to
faults of fracture that divide the rock into a increase in volume due to cracking to rock is of
series of tabular bodies is known considerable practical significance.
as___________. 788. While conducting a test for determining the
(a) Salty cleavage (b) Fracture cleavage Point Load Index of rock core sample of 50 mm
(c) Shear cleavage (d) Bedding cleavage diameter, the load at failure is 50 kN. Then the
@

ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I Point Load index of the rock sample in MPa is
Ans. (a) : A cleavage consisting of closely spaced (a) 2.0 (b) 200
ap

micro faults that divide the rock into a series of tabular (c) 20 (d) 10
bodies is known as fracture cleavage. Fracture cleavage TSPGECET-2020
na

Mining Geology 211 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): 793. Barton classified the rock mass on the basis of
 P × 1000  (a) RMR (b) Q system
Point load strength index × ( IS ) =  2  MPa (c) slake durability (d) RQD
 D 
TSPGECET-2020
5000 50000
= = = 20 Ans. (b) : Barton at the Norvegian Geothchnical
( 50 ) 2500
2
Institute (NGI) proposed the rock mass quality (Q)
IS = 20 system of rock mass classification on the basis of about
200 case. Gistories of tunnels and caverns.
789. The rock mass rating (RMR) does not make
794. Deck loading is very useful when
use of
(a) strata consists of soft rock
(a) compressive strength of rock
(b) strata consists of friable rocks
(b) RQD (c) strata consists of alternate bands of hard and
(c) shear strength of rock softer rocks
(d) ground water condition (d) the strata is highly water bearing
TSPGECET-2020 TSPGECET-2020
Ans. (c) : The rock mass rating (RMR) is determined as Ans. (c) : A method of loading blast holes in which the
an algebraic sum of ratings for all of the parameters. explosive charges, called checks or deck charges, in the
ON the basis of RMR value for a given engineering same hole are separated by stemming air cushion or a plug.
structure, the rock mass is sorted into five classes: very 795. Spinifex texture is the characteristic texture of
good (RMR 100-81), good (80-61), fair (60-41), Poor (a) Gabbro (b) Dolerite
(40-21) and very poor (< 20). (c) Komatiite (d) Basalt
790. As per ISRM standards, the L/D ratio of the GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
rock sample for testing uni-axial Compressive Ans. (c) :
strength in the laboratory is Spinifex textures is the characteristic texture of
(a) 1 to 3:1 (b) 1.5 to 3:1 komatiite.
(c) 2.5 to 3:1 (d) 2 to 3:1 Spinifex is a spectacular bladed olivine or pyroxene
TSPGECET-2020 texture.
Ans. (c) : The samples length to diameter ratio (L/D) These striking textures provide valuable information
must be between 2.0 and 2.5 according to ATMS about conditions during emplacement of the Rest
magmas, particularly about how the magmes
(American society for testing and materials) and 2.5-3.0
crystallized.
according to ISRM (International society for rock
Spinifex texture are a striking feature of ultramafic to
mechanics.)
mafic rocks that are interpreted to form in lavas or high-
791. Select the suitable strength of rock samples level intrusions when crystals cool in the presence of
used in the design of pillars thermal gradient.
(a) tensile strength 796. A ‘pan-cake’- shaped oblate strain ellipsoid is
(b) compressive strength characteristic of:
(c) shear strength (a) flattening deformation
(d) flexural strength (b) plane-strain deformation
TSPGECET-2020 (c) constrictional deformation
Ans. (b) : The ability of material to resist the direct (d) None of the above
pressure of applied compression force the rock samples GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
used in the design of pillars compressive strength. Ans. (a) : In the case of a pan-cake' -shaped oblate
792. Slake durability index of rock is conducted to strain ellipsoid, the material has undergone significant
assess the flattening, resulting in a shape similar to that of a
pancake. This suggests that the rock or rock mass has
(a) Compressive strength of rock
experienced compression perpendicular to the pancake's
(b) Tensile strength of rock plane (the axis of flattening) and extension within the
(c) Shear strength of rock plane (the pancake's diameter).
(d) Disintegration characteristic of the weak and 797. Occurrence of ferroan calcite cement in a
weathering of rocks carbonate rock is indicator of
TSPGECET-2020 (a) Sea floor diagenesis
@

Ans. (d) : The Slake Durability Index (SDI) test is (b) Vadose diagenesis
widely used to determine the disintegration (c) Phreatic diagenesis
ap

characteristic of the weak and clay- bearing rocks in (d) Deep-burial diagenesis
geo-engineering. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Mining Geology 212 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Ans. (a) :
Occurrence of ferron calcite cement in a carbonate A sedimentary rock included fossils of two species
rock is indicator of deep-burial diagenesis. that are known to have lived between 480-430 and
Compaction and cementation carbonate sediments 450-250 million years ago.
under the influence of overburden pressure of thick 445 millions years could be the age of the rock.
pile of young sediments is categoriesed as "burial 801. Decay of rocks by biological, chemical and
diagenesis". mechanical agents with little or no transport is
Widespread chemical dissolution involving cement called as
precipitation generally takes place at depths of (a) Exhumation (b) Erosion
several hundreds to thousands of meters, after the (c) Weathering (d) Denudation
completion of physical compaction. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Along with domination of chemical compaction
Ans. (c) :
driven cementation, organic acid driven dissolution
Decay of rocks by biological, chemical and
can also be noticed at this stage.
mechanical agents with little or no transport is called
798. We find oldest record of Gondwana as weathering.
sedimentation from rocks of Weathering is the physical disintegration or chemical
(a) early carboniferous age alteration of rocks at or near the Earth's surface.
(b) early Permian age Erosion is the physical removal and transportation of
(c) early Triassic age weathered material by water, wind, ice or gravity.
(d) late Carboniferous age 802. Which of the following rock has such high
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
porosity that it often floats in water?
Ans. (d) : (a) Pumice (b) Obsidian
After the erosion and vindhya rocks, there was long (c) Andesite (d) Rhyolite
period of peace in the Geological history of India.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
In the upper Carboniferous era, a new phase of
sedimentation started in the inland and a long chain Ans. (a) :
of lakes, which continued till the end of the Jurassic Pumice is a light-colored, extremely porous igneous
Period. rock that forms during explosive volcanic eruptions.
The rivers and lakes were connected to each other. This allows it to float on water.
This inland deposit is spread over a large area of The pore spaces in pumica are a clue to how it form.
peninsular India. The vesicles are actually gas bubbles that were
Together they form the Gondwana sequence in India. trapped in the rock during the rapid cooling of a gas-
Gondwana sequence are mainly found on the south rich frothy magma.
and south-west edge of the Great promguler area. Pumice has a low density due to its numerous air-
filled pores. For this reason, it can easily float in
799. An overturned cross-stratification is formed by
water.
(a) overturning of cross-stratification by tectonic
force 803. Which of the following time intervals witnessed
(b) liquefaction of cross-stratified bed huge basaltic volcanism in India
(c) by overburden pressure (a) Cretaceous (b) Miocene
(d) operation of a current with strong shear above (c) Ordovician (d) Cambrian
a liquefied cross-stratified bed GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 Ans. (a) :
Ans. (d) : The Deccan Traps is an area of black dirt on the
An overturned cross-stratification is formed by Peninsular Plateau.
operation of a current with strong shear above a The rocks are igneous and have volcanic origins.
liquefied cross-stratified bed. Black dirt has been produced as a result of the
Overturning of deformation can be produced by erosion of these rocks over time.
strong shear stress exerted by the flowing fluid over Basaltic magma is commonly produced by direct
semi-consolidated sediment near the surface. melting of the Earth's mantle, the region of the
800. A sedimentary rock included fossils of two Earth's below the outer crust.
species that are known to have lived between The mantle depths of 30 to 50 km.
480-430 and 450-250 million years ago. What 804. Banded Iron Formations of India are confined
@

could be the age of the rock? to

(a) 445 million years (b) 480 million years (a) Cretaceous (b) Miocene
ap

(c) 250 million years (d) 410 million years (c) Precambrian (d) Ordovivian
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Mining Geology 213 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) : Ans. (b) :
banded Iron formations of India are confined to To induce a positive Bouguer anomaly, a rock unit
Precambrian. should have the property be denser than average.
The Precambrian iron or of Singhbum-North Odisha In geophysics, the Bouger anomaly is a gravity
region of eastern India occurs as part of the horse-shoe anomaly, corrected for the height at which it is
shaped broad synclinorium known as Iron ore group measured and the attraction of terrain.
(IOGO) of rocks that host most important iron ore The height correction alone gives a free-air gravity
deposits of India. anomaly.
Structural analysis in the eastern anticline of the 808. A stream demonstrates regular, continuous
horse-shoe synolinorium suggests that the Banded flow only during the late spring and early
Iron formations hosting the high grade iron ore summer of the year. Based on this information,
bodies are disposed in three linear NNE-SSW a geologist would classify this stream as:
trending belts and the major iron ore deposits. (a) perennial (b) dendritic
805. The richest variety of occurrence of fossils flora (c) intermittent (d) ephemeral
is reported from GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(a) Siwalik sediments Ans. (d) :
(b) Inter-trappeans of Rajmahal volcanism A stream demonstrates regular, continuous flow only
(c) Inter trappeans of Deccan volcanism during the late spring and early summer of the year.
(d) Gondwana sediments Based on this information, a geologist would classify
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 this stream as ephemeral.
Ans. (b) : 809. A thin knife-like ridge of rock that separates
The richest variety of occurrence of fossils flora is two U-shaped glacial valleys is known as
reported from Inter- trappeans of Rajmahal (a) Drumlin (b) Doline
volcanism. (c) Horn (d) Arete
The Gondwana Super group is used for Gondwana GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
sedimentary basin in India. Ans. (d) :
The Gondwana basin of India Occupy 50,000 sq. km. A thin knife-like ridge of rock that separates two U-
area and are present along six linear belts such as shaped glacial valleys is known as Arete.
damodar basin, Rewa basin, Wardha valley, Aretes can also form when two glacial cirques erode
Pranhita-godavari basin, Mahanandi basin and headwords towards on another, although frequently
Rajmahal basin. this results in a saddle-shaped pass, called a col.
806. Which holds the minerals of sedimentary rocks Glacial valleys assumes a characteristic parabolic or
together U-shaped cross profile, with relatively wide and flat
(a) Van der Wall’s force between mineral bottoms and steep, even vertical sidewalls.
surfaces A higher mountain often has three or more cirques
(b) unbalanced electrical charge arranged in a radial pattern on its flanks.
(c) intergranular cement 810. Steinmann’s trinity refers to
(d) intergranular fluids (a) A fossilised oceanic crust
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (b) Mid-oceanic ridge volcanism
(c) Subduction volcanism
Ans. (c) :
(d) Sub-alkaline vocanism
The substance that holds sedimentary rocks together
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
is commonly called "intergranular cement" and is not
actually a single substance but a collection of Ans. (a) :
different minerals that can perfume but a collection Steinmann noted the close association of
of different minerals that can perform the function of serpentinized peridotites, diabase and radiolarian
binding sediments together. cherts along the western boundary of the Eastern
This works by the crystals physically growing around Alps, where they appeared to occur always in the
the sediments and locking then in place. same tectonic unit.
The most common cements are hematite, calcite and Steinmann was not the first that were going to bear
silica. his name by the early 19th century.
807. To induce a positive Bouguer anomaly, a rock From the Steinmann Trinity to sea-floor spreading .
unit should have the following property: A first steps towards a moblist understanding of the
(a) transmit only P waves ophilites was the extension of the geosynclines to
@

(b) be denser than average oceanic dimensions.

It not all, occurrences of Steinmann Trinity in the
ap

(c) transmit only L waves

(d) lie within the seismic shadow zone Alps and Apennines are "incomplete ophialites" and
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
can slow-spreading ridge.
na

Mining Geology 214 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
811. Conodonts appeared for the first time in the (c) Cretaceous / Tertiary boundary
geological record in (d) Precambrian / Cambrian boundary
(a) Paleocene (b) Triassic GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(c) Devonian (d) Ordovician Ans. (d) : Ediacaran organisms that preceded the
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 Cambrian radiation of animal.
Ans. (d) : This has been difficult due to the scarity of Ediacaran
They very earliest conodonts are known from rocks fossil localities that contain overlapping biotas and
of probable Precambrian age in Siberia, they are temporal constraints.
found more commonly in Cambrian deposits Strata form the few localities containing lates
increased in the Ordovician and conodonts are single Edicaran soft-bodied fossils are chronologically
cones, which dominate early Ordovician assemblages constrained by a combination of radiosoisotopic
and reach a peak in the Arenigian. ages, chemostratigraphic correlations and overlying
The first platform type conodonts around this time as early combrian fossilferous strata.
well.
815. In the Himalaya, rock layers often show fold
812. Mount Everest Limestone belongs to structures, which have formed by buckling in
(a) Ordovician (b) Silurian response to
(c) Devonian (d) Carboniferous (a) layer-parallel shear forces
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (b) cross-layer compressive force
Ans. (a) : (c) layer-parallel compressive force
The angle between any line and its horizontal (d) cross-layer gravity force
projection measured in a vertical plane is the Plunge GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
of the line.
Ans. (c) :
Pitch:- The angle, measured on an inclined plane,
In the Himalaya rock layers often show fold
between the strike and any other line that lies in the
plain. The line of greatest slope in any plane must structures which have formed by buckling in
o
have a pitch of 90 . response to layer-parallel compressive force.
Dip:- the vertical angle, measured downward, 816. The partly melted rock layer on which the
between the horizontal and the line of greatest slope plates move is known as
in an included plane. (a) lithosphere (b) asthenosphere
Strike and Dip:- the one horizontal in on an inclined (c) hydrosphere (d) outer core
plane. This line can be imagined as the intersection GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
of an inclined plane with a horizontal plane. Ans. (b) :
813. The age of Muth quartzite is The asthenosphere plays a fundamental role in
(a) Silurian (b) Ordovician present day plate tectonics as its low viscosity
(c) Devonian (d) Archean controls how convection in the mantle below its is
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 expressed at the Earth's surface above.
Ans. (c) : The asthenosphere's origin, including partial
melting's role in reducing its viscosity and
The fossil recorded from the middle portion of the
facilitating deformation, remains unclear.
Muth Quartzite are well preserved and occur in
profusion though extraction is difficult. 817. Which mineral amongst the following can be
this fauna is referable to the Middle Devonian thus considered nearly a pure phase.
proving the age of a part at least of the quartzite. (a) Biotite (b) Garnet
The upper and lower parts of the quartzite may be (c) Cordierite (d) Andalusite
assigned to the Lower and Upper Devonian, GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
respectively. Ans. (d) :
The upper division is underlain by the fossiliferous Andalusite –
Middle Devonian quartzite and overlain by the It has chains of edge sharing AI-O octahedral groups
Syringothyris limestone of Lower Carboniferous age, parallel to c-axis. Lateral linkage between the
while the lower is overlain by the fossiliferous octahedral is provided by Si between four
Middle Devorain quartzite and underlain by Upper tetrahedrally arranged oxygen atoms alternating with
Silurian fossilferous shale's. AI arranged oxygen atoms alternating with AI
@

814. ‘Ediacaran fossil’s have significance in between five oxygen atoms.

determining the Andalusite can be synthesized from Kaolinite or
ap

(a) Archean/Proterozoic boundary from a mixture of Al2O3 + SiO2 at temperatures 450o-

(b) Permian / Triassic boundary 600o and water vapour pressure between 0.6-2 K bar.
na

Mining Geology 215 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b) : Different rock ock structures
structur on different
C1.2 Structural
al Geology continents.
821. What is not a type of load in a structure
s ?
818. In Coward's diagram of methan
methane explosibility, (a) Funny load (b) Live load
all the mixtures lying
ing .............
.............. are neither (c) Zombie load (d) Dead load
explosive nor capable of form
forming explosive HPSSC Mining Inspector
Insp -13.03.2022
mixture with air. Ans. (c) : Zombie load
822. 'Seif' is a structure formed by the t action of
(a) River (b) Glacier
(c) Wind (d) Sea Waves
HPSSC Mining Inspector
Insp -13.03.2022
Ans. (c) : Seif, a long, narrow
arrow sand dune d or chain of
dunes, generally oriented in a direction
directio parallel to the
prevailing wind or in a direction
rection resulting
resul from two or
more winds blowing at acute te angle to each
ea other.
823. The example not belonging
elonging to discordant body
is
(a) Dykes (b) Batholiths
(c) Bysmaliths (d) Volcanic necks
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector Insp -13.11.2021
Ans. (c) : Bysmalith is typee of loccolith
loccolit which is again
a type of concordant body and not a discordant body.
(a) Within XYZ (b) Right side to PYZ
824. Which of the following ollowing is related with
(c) Left side to PYX (d) Abov
Above the line XZ
Lithosphere?
APPSC Miningg Engg.08.05
Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II (a) Plant and Insect (b) Earth’s interior
Ans. (c) : Coward's diagram- (c) Earth’s crust (d) None of these
• All mixtures lying within thee triangular area xyz. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector Insp -13.11.2021
• All mixtures lying to thee left of PY PYX are neither Ans. (c) : The lithosphere is solid and rigid outer layer
explosive, nor capable of forming
orming explo
explosive mixtures of our planet. It includes crust in the th upper part of
with air. mantle.
• All mixtures lying to the right of PYZ contains too 825. Which of the following ing is metamorphic
metam rock?
much CH4 to explode, but they will fform explosive (a) Gneiss (b) Granite
mixtures when mixed with thee right amoamount of air. (c) sandstone (d) Basalt
• No percentage of firedamp is explosive when the O2% HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector Insp -13.11.2021
is 12 or less.
Ans. (a) : Metamorphic rocks cks are rocks
rock that have been
819. The ropes used for winding; haulage, coal formed by intense heat at or pressure.
pres Common
cutting are the examplele of ______
_______ metamorphic rocks include de phyllite, schist, gneiss,
(a) Non stranded (b) Stran
Stranded quartzite and marble.
(c) Standing (d) Runn
Running 826. High density, high igh refractive
refrac index is
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 characteristic of
Ans. (d) : The ropes used for winding, haulage, coal (a) Non- metallic minerals
cutting are the examples of Running. R Running Ropes (b) Metallic minerals
undergo frequent movement,, Running oor coiling often (c) Semi-metallic minerals
with varying loads and aree flexible. rropes used for (d) Metalloid minerals
winding, haulage coal cutting machine etc etc. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector Insp -13.11.2021
820. Which is not evidence ce to suppo
support continental Ans. (b) : Metallic minerals ls have characteristic
char of high
drift? density, high refractive index
ex and some opaque minerals
(a) The shapes of the continents m match like galena, pyrite and chalcopyrite
lcopyrite also persue the same
(b) Different rock structures on different characteristics.
@

continents 827. Most common term used for strike str -slip faults is
(c) Same fossils found on different continents (a) Hinge fault (b) Translational fault
ap

(d) Magnetic layers in sea floor spr

spreading (c) Transform fault (d) Slip fault
HPSSC Mining
ining Inspec
Inspector-13.03.2022 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector Insp -13.11.2021
na

Mining Geology 216 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) : There are some other term used for strike slip Ans. (c) : Horizontal strata are rare in occurrence for
faults such as lateral faults, transverse faults, wrench longer tunnels. If they are countered for small tunnels or
faults and transform faults. Of these the transform faults short length of long tunnels, horizontally layered rocks
are very common and denote strike slip faults specially might be considered quite favourable.
developed in oceanic ridges. 833. The class of mountains most common in
828. The deep, least productive part of a lake is geographic distribution and often very
called the complicated in geological structure is
(a) Littoral zone (b) Profundal zone (a) Relict mountains
(c) Photic zone (d) Limnetic zone (b) Residual mountain
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (c) Tectonic mountains
(d) Artificial mountains
Ans. (b) : The deep least productive part of a lake is
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
called the profundal zone.
Ans. (c) : Tectonic mountains owe their origin to severe
• Profundal zone is often a part of the aphotic zone.
intern forces the oregenic forces arising from within
The sediments of the profundal zone compreses
earth. These mountains are the most common in
primarily silt and mud. geographic distribution and often very complicated in
• Profundal is also defined as the deepest vegetation geological structure.
free and mudy zone of lacustrine benthal. 834. What is the characteristic of the mass above
829. A reverse fault having a dip between 10 and 45 and below a landslide respectively?
degrees in known as a (a) Both stable (b) Both unstable
(a) thrust fault (b) normal fault (c) Unstable and stable (d) Stable and unstable
(c) strike slip fault (d) None of these HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 Ans. (c) : It is often characteristic of a landslide that the
Ans. (a) : A reverse fault having a dip between 10 and mass above the failure surface is unstable whereas the
45 degrees in known as a thrust fault. material lying below this surface is generally stable.
A thrust fault is a low-angle reverse fault along which 835. Shales are generally characterized with distinct
the hanging wall forms thrust-sheets (nappes) off (a) Cleavage (b) Fracture
allochthonous rocks emplaced over the autochthonous (c) Specific gravity (d) Parting
or parautochthonous footwall. Most common, thrust HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
faults ramp up section towards the surface in the Ans. (d) : Shales are characterized with a distinct
direction of tectonic transport. property of fissility which may be defined as the
830. Atoll is a geomorphic feature formed by tendency of rock to split into flat, shell-like fragments
(a) Glacial erosion parallel to bedding. Shales are generally characterized
with distinct parting.
(b) Wind flow abrasion
836. The fault, which is also called a diagonal fault,
(c) Fluvial deposition is
(d) Coral reef accumulation (a) Wrench fault (b) Transform fault
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (c) Oblique fault (d) Dip fault
Ans. (d) : The circular type of coral reef, called an coral HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
reef accumulation is created as a ring of coral surrounds Ans. (c)
an undersea volcano that has risen above the water's • Oblique faults are some time called diagonal faults.
surface. In such a faults, the fault strike makes an oblique
Atoll is a geomorphic feature formed by coral reef angle with the strike of the rocks in which it has
accumulation. caused the displacement.
831. What is the shape of valley usually preferred • A fault that has a component of dip-slip and a
for reservoir? component of strike-slip movement is termed an
(a) U- shaped only (b) V- shaped only oblique-slip fault.
(c) Flat lands or plains (d) Both U or V shaped 837. Which type of deformation is folding ?
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (a) Brittle (b) Ductile
Ans. (d) : The valley for reservoir could be a U-shaped (c) Tensile (d) Malleable
glacial valley or a V-shaped river valley or a broader HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
synclinal valley. Flatlands and plains cannot make Ans. (b) : Folds are a result of ductile deformation of
convenient places for reservoirs. rocks in response to external forces.
@

Ductile deformation is irreversible, resulting in a

832. Which type of strata is rare in occurrence? permanent change to the shape or size of the rock that
(a) Jointed strata (b) Inclined strata
ap

persists even when the stress stops. A fracture is

(c) Horizontal strata (d) Vertical strata considered as brittle deformation, whereas folding is
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 considered as ductile deformation.
na

Mining Geology 217 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
838. The discontinuity between outer core and inner
core is known as
(a) Mohorovicic Discontinuity
(b) Conard Discontinuity
(c) Repetti Discontinuity
(d) Lehmann Discontinuity
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (a) Curve A. (b) Curve B.
Ans. (d) : The boundary between the inner and outer (c) Curve C. (d) Curve D.
core, which occurs at depth of roughly 5100 km. (about APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
3,200 miles) is known as the Lehmann discontinuity. Ans: (c)
Lehmann is also known for researching earth's mantle.

The correct curve showing the relationship between

vertical stress on a cool pillar and extraction ratio of a
bord and pillar panel in a horizontal seam is curve C.
842. Which parameter is NOT considered in rock
quality index (Q-system) given by Barton?
(a) Rock quality designation
Hence, the discontinuity between outer core and inner (b) Stress reduction factor
core is known as Lehmann discontinuity. (c) Joint set number
• Mohorovicic Discontinuity– forms between crust (d) Uniaxial compressive strength
and upper mantle. APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
• Conard Discontinuity– Separates the upper and Ans. (d) : Short on the Q-system:-
lower crust. • The Q-system for rock mass classification developed
• Repetti Discontinuity– Separates outer and inner at the Norwegian Geotechnical Institute in 1974,
mantle. Originally included a little more than 200 tunnel case
• Gutenberg discontinuity separates inner mantle and histories mainly from Scandinavian.
upper core. • It is quantitative classification system for estimates of
839. Ilmenite crystalizes in which crystal system? tunnel support based on a numerical assessment of the
rock mass quality using the following six parameters.
(a) Orthorhombic (b) Tetragonal
• Rock quality designation
(c) Monoclinic (d) Trigonal
• Number of joint sets
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
• Roughness of the most unfavorable joint or
Ans. (d) : Ilmenite crystallizes in the trigonal system discontinuity.
with space group R3. The ilmenite crystal structure • Degree of alternation or filling along the weakest
consists of an ordered derivative of the corundum joint.
structure.
• Stress Condition given as the stress reduction factor.
840. The reason behind broadening the river valley
843. In the erosion cycle, the land surface will
is gradually be reduced to a low-lying plain that
(a) Attrition (b) Hydraulic action cuts across geological structures and rock
(c) Soil erosion (d) Corrosion types. Such surfaces are known as:
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (a) pediment (b) planation surface
Ans. (c) : The reason behind broadening the river valley (c) outwash surface (d) terminal surface
is soil erosion. As the river water comes in contact with APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
soil and rocks on its banks, it weathers up the material Ans. (b) : In the erosion cycle, the land surface will
& after some times this weathered up material is eroded gradually be reduced to a low- lying plain that cuts
away by same river water. Hence river valley is across geological structures rock types, such surface are
broadened. known as planation surface
@

841. The CORRECT curve showing the relationship Planation Surface- Planation surface any low-relif
plain cutting across varied rock and structures. Among
ap

between vertical stress on a coal pillar and

extraction ratio of a bord and pillar panel in a the most common landscapes an Earth, planation
horizontal seam is surface include pediments, pediplains, etchplains, and
na

Mining Geology 218 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
peneplain. There has been much scientific controvery Ans. (a) : The term 'granule', proposed by wentworth,
over the origins of surfaces. Because genetic includes materials of 2 mm to 4 mm size.
implications are so often associated with various names, Granule is a clast of rock with a particle size of 2 to 4
it seems bets to refer to these features as simply millimeters based on the krumbein phi scale of
planation surfaces. sedimentology. Granules are generally considered to be
844. The average thickness of the earth's crust in larger than sand (0.0625 to 2 millimeters diameter) and
the continental areas is about ––––, while it is – smaller than pebbles (4 to 64 milimeters diameter)
––– below the oceans. 848. The 'structural traps' containing hydrocarbon
(a) 30 km, 10 km (b) 60 km, 20 km may be classified as:
(a) Joint traps, compressional synclines, fault
(c) 15 km, 5 km (d) 80 km, 30 km
traps
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 (b) fracture traps, compressional synclines, fault
Ans. (a): The average thickness of the earth's crust in traps
the continental areas is about 30km, while it is 10 km (c) compressional anticlines, compressional
below the oceans. synclines, fault traps
Beneath the oceans, the crust varies little in thickness, (d) fracture traps, joint traps, fault traps
generally extending only to about 5km. the thickness of APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
the crust beneath continents is much more variable but Ans. (c) : The 'Structural traps' Containing hydrocarbon
averages about 30km; under large mountain ranges, may be classified as compressional anticlines,
such as the Alps or the sierra Nevads, however, the base compressional synclinces, fault traps.
of the crust can be as deep as 100km. Structural Trap- Structural trap is a type of geological
845. The Anthozoa are divided into two orders: trap that forms as a result of changes in the structure of
(a) Hydrocorallina and alcyonaria the subsurface, due to tectonic, diapiric gravitational
(b) Zoantharia and Alcyonaria and compactional processes. These change block the
upward migration of hydrocarbons and can lead to the
(c) Zoantharia and Hydrocorallina formation of a petroleum reservoir.
(d) Hydrozoa and Alcyonaria Structure traps are the most important type of trap as
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 they represent the majority of the word's discovered
Ans. (b) : The Anthozoa are divided into two orders. petroleum resources. The three basic forms of structural
Zoantharia and Alcyonaria. traps are the anticline trap, the fault trap and the salt
• Anthozoa- The two main subclasses of Anthozoa are dome trap.
the Hexacorallia, members of which have six-fold 849. Grade of coal is related to:
symmetry and includes the stony corals, sea anemones, (a) Carbon content (b) Ash content
tubeanemones and zoanthids; and the octocorallia, (c) Bed moisture (d) Sulphur content
which have eight-fold symmetry and includes the soft GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
corals and gorgonians (Sea pens, sea fans and sea Ans. (b) : Coal ash is the waste that is left after coal is
whips) and sea pansies. combusted. It includes fly ash (fine powdery particles
846. –––– is the process in which the buried that are carried up the smoke stack and captured by
sediment is cemented and lithified at a pollution control devices) as well as coarser materials
relatively low pressure and temperature, and that fall to the bottom of the furnace. Ash is unwanted
the rock partially melts. and degrades the calorific value of coal. A greater mass
of high ash coal must be used to provide a given amount
(a) Metasomatism
of heat due to dilating effect of the non carbonaceous
(b) Low grade metamorphism components.
(c) Diagenesis 850. Which of the following is part of the Mesozoic?
(d) Lithification (a) Devonian (b) Silurian
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 (c) Triassic (d) Carboniferous
Ans. (c) : Diagenesis is the process in which the buried HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
sediment is cemented and lithified at a relatively low Ans. (c) : The Mesozoic is divided into three time
pressure and temperature and the rock partially melts. periods.
Diagenesis- It is the process that describes physical and (i) The Triassic
chemical changes in sediments first caused by water- (ii) The Jurassic
rock interaction, microbial activity, and compaction (iii) The Cretaceous
ofter their deposition. Increased pressure and • Triassic period in geological time the first period of
temperature only start to play a role as sediments the Mesozoic era.
become buried much deeper in the Earth's crust. • Something about of violent volcanic eruptions,
847. The term 'granule', proposed by Wentworth, climate change, or perhaps a fatal run-in with a cornet
@

includes materials of ____ size. or asteroid- had triggered the extinction of more than
(a) 2 mm to 4 mm (b) 1/16t mm to 2 mm 90% of Earth's species.
ap

(c) 4 mm to 64 mm (d) 64 mm to 256 mm • The Triassic period (252-201) million years ago began
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 after earth's worst-even extinction event devastated life.
na

Mining Geology 219 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
851. The Paleogene-Cretaceous boundary is placed • The crust is split into two types, continental and
approximately……… million years from oceanic.
present. • It is the top component of the lithosphere, a division
(a) 120 (b) 90 of Earth's layers that includes the crust and the upper
(c) 180 (d) 65 part of the mantle.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 • The surface of the continental crust is significantly
Ans. (d) : The Paleogene-cretaceous-Tertiary bounding higher than the surface of the oceanic crust.
has been stratotypified in Tunisia in North Africa. 855. Which of the following statements is true for
• This boundary is known as the cretaceous- paleogene, Crust ?
or K-P boundary. (a) It has constant thickness
• Its estimated age is 66 Million years. (b) It is the least voluminous layer of the Earth
(c) Its average density is 3.3 g/cm3
• With radiometric dating yielding a more precise age
(d) Its average composition is basaltic
of 66.043 ± 0.011 Ma.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
• The K-Pg boundary is associated with the cretaceous
palcogene extinction event, a mass extinction which Ans. (b) : Earth consists of three main layers the crust,
destroyed a majority of the world's Mesozoic species, the mantle, and the core.
including all Dinosaurs except for birds. • The core accounts for almost half of earth's radius, but
it amounts to only 16.1% of earth's volume.
852. Majority of faults in the Himalayan region are:
• Most of earth volume (82.5%) is its mantle, and only a
(a) Strike slip faults (b) Reverse faults
small fraction (1.4%) is it's crust.
(c) Normal faults (d) None of these
• Earth's outermost layer, its crust, is rocky and rigid.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
856. Fold in which axial plane is horizontal or sub
Ans. (b) : Reverse fault- The block above the inclined horizontal is called
fault moves up relative to the block below the fault. (a) Recumbent fold (b) Thrust
This fault motion is caused by compressional forces and
(c) Nappe (d) Klippe
results in shortening. A reverse fault is called a thrust
(e) Reclined fold
fault if the dip of the fault plane is small. [Other Name :
Reverse-Slip fault or compressional fault.] CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
Example- Its include the Rocky Mountains and the Ans. (a) : Recumbent fold : A recumbent fold has an
Himalayan Mountains. essentially horizontal axial plane. When the two limbs
of a fold are essentially parallel to each other and thus
853. Which of the following represents the approximately parallel to the axial plane, the fold is
boundary between mantle and core? called isoclinal.
(a) Low Velocity Zone
857. When dip of the beds of a fold is almost parallel
(b) Gutenberg Discontinuity except near the hinge line such folds are called
(c) Mohorovicic Discontinuity (a) Isoclinal folds (b) Over fold
(d) Inversion Zone (c) Parallel folds (d) Inclined folds
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 (e) Open fold
Ans. (b) : Gutenberg discontinuity represent the CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
boundary between mantle and core. Ans. (a) : Isoclinal folds : Vertical Isoclinal folds
• The Gutenberg discontinuity occurs within Earth's formed by compressional forces of equal magnitude
interior at a depth of about 2,900 km below the surface while inclined isoclinal folds are formed by forces of
at the boundary. unequal magnitude.
• The interiors of the earth are made of different kinds Over fold : An overturned fold, or over fold, has the
of elements that differ from each other in physical and axial plane inclined to such an extent that the strate on
chemical properties like temperature, density, one limp are overturned. A recumbent fold has an
composition etc. essentially horizontal axial plane.
• The fundamental layers of the Earth are the crust, Parallel folds : Parallel folds can result from cloth
mantle and core. lying over a cylindrical shape or from pressure that
pushes the material evenly and bends it evenly. An
854. Which of the following represents average important characteristic of parallel folds is that they stay
thickness of Earth's crust? the same size along their length
(a) 30-35 km (b) 3-10 km Inclined folds : Inclined fold A fold in which the angle
(c) 10-15 km (d) 60-65 km of dip of the axial plane is between 10° and 80° and the
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 highest and lowest points on the fold surface do not
@

Ans. (a) : Earth crust is what we walk on every day. necessarily coincide with the hinge points.
• It is the thin outermost layer that wraps around the Open fold : An open fold is a broad feature in which
ap

earth and range in temperature from 500ºC to 1000ºC. the limbs dip at a gentle angle away from the crest of
• Earth crust is 30 km to 35 km thick. the fold.
na

Mining Geology 220 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
858. The factor which does not affect whether skeletal mass. The skeleton as a whole is known as the
folding is severe or gentle : corallum.
(a) Rock resistance to deformation • Theca is an enveloping sheath or case of an animal or
(b) Magnitude of the forces applied animal part.
(c) Length of time for the forces applied 862. The fossil of archaeopteryx was discovered
(d) Age of the rock from
(e) Heat resistance of the rock (a) Triassic rocks of Assam
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 (b) Jurassic rocks of Bavaria
Ans. (d) : Age of the rock : Relative age of rocks is (c) Cretaceous rocks of Texas
defined as the geological age of a fossil organism rock (d) Permian rocks of Russia
or event relative to other organisms, rocks features or HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
events rather than in terms of years. Relative age is Ans. (b) : The Archaeopteryx is considered to be the
important for understanding Earth's history. To first bird which lived around 150 million years ago. It is
determine the relative age of different sequence of of same Genus as dinosaur. Hence it represents the
sedimentary rock layers the newer rock layers will be an origin of bird from reptiles. The fossil of Archaeopteryx
top of older ones. This is known as the rule of
was discovered from Jurassic rocks of Bavaria
superposition.
Germany.
859. The crystallization of An-Ab-Kf components in
ternary system involves 863. Stromatolites are
(a) Three binary systems (a) Fungi (b) Green bacterial
(b) Three binary eutectics (c) Blue green algae (d) Blue green ostracod
(c) Three peritectic HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(d) Incongruent melting Ans. (c) : Stromatolites or Layered rock are microbial
(e) Discontinuous reaction series reefs created by cyanobacteria or blue green algae. Due
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 to their creation they are known as blue green algae and
Ans. (a) : In a ternary system involving the minerals are oldest known macrofossils that gives early evidence
Anorthite (An), Albite (Ab), and K- feldspar (Kf), the of life.
crystallization behavior can be understood by 864. ______is the name of the partly melted rock
considering interoction within three binary systems. layer on which the plates move
Anorthite- Albite (An-Ab) , Albite K- feldspar (An-Kf) . (a) Lithosphere (b) Asthenosphere
Each binary system has its own phase diagram, showing (c) Hydrosphere (d) Outer core
how the two components interact under different HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
conditions. Ans. (b) : The Asthenosphere is the mechanically weak
860. The step like appearance of Deccan traps is due and ductile region of the upper mantle of Earth which is
to partly melted on which of plates move. It is composed
(a) Differential composition of peridotite, a rock containing mostly the minerals
(b) Weathering olivine and Pyroxene. It Lubricate the plate tectonics.
(c) Presence of large cavities 865. The layer of earth immediately below the crust
(d) Both (A) and (B) is called __________
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 (a) Outer mantle (b) Inner mantle
Ans. (d) : The Deccan traps is a large igneous province (c) Inner core (d) Outer core
of west-central India. It was formed when molten lava HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
erupted and solidified to become rock. It has a step like Ans. (a) :
appearance which is due to Various Geographical
features in that area such as differential composition of
Soil/Rocks and weathering etc.
861. The entire skeleton of coral is described as
(a) Polyp (b) Theca
(c) Corallum (d) Corallite
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
Ans. (c) : Corals are marine invertebrates within the
class Anthozoa of the phylum Cnidria. It is secreted by
@

some coral forming actinozoa. The polyp are some coral

animals such as jelly fish.
ap

• The skeleton of a solitary polyp is known as the • The Region just below the crust is known as upper
Corallite and many Corallites combines to form the mantle or outer mantle.
na

Mining Geology 221 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
866. When the younger bed completely covers the Ans. (d) : Stromatolites in outcrop commonly appear as
underlying bed, the structure is columns or domes, in some cases extending vertically
(a) Off Lap (b) Over lap several metres.
(c) On lap (d) Over step • But their sea-floor profiles. or synoptic relief during
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 growth were law.
Ans. (b) : When the younger bed completely covers the • We can visualize this when tracing individual laminae
underlying bed the structure is called overlapped or sets of laminae from one column to the next.
structure. • Average intertidal, shallow shelf or platform
867. Gravity faults are formed under: stromatolite extended no more than a few millimeters or
(a) Compressive stress regimes centimeters above the sea floor.
(b) Tensile stress regimes • The stromatolite that are typical of inter-tidal flats are
(c) Share stress regimes columnaria.
(d) Effects of torsional forces 871. Bio-genic oozes and red clays are typical
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 sediments of
Ans. (b) : A fault along an inclined plane in which the (a) the Bathyal zone (b) the Littoral zone
upper side or hanging wall appears to have moved (c) the Neritic zone (d) the Abyssal zone
downward with respect to the lower side or footwall. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
• It is also called normal fault. Ans. (d) : Biogenic oozes and red clays are typical
• Normal fault or Gavity fault with very shallow sediments of the Abyssal zone.
dipping fault planes (<10 degrees) are called • The abyssal zone is a layer of the pelagic zone of the
"detachment" faults or "decollements". ocean.
868. Hade of a fault is : • At the depth of 400 to 6000 metres, the zone remains
(a) 900 + dip (b) plunge + rake in perpetual darkness.
0
(c) 90 - dip (d) plunge + dip • It covers 83% of the total area of the ocean and 60%
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 of Earth's surface.
• Biogenic Sediments produced from hard parts of
Ans. (c) : Made of vertical fault will be zero degree
plankton in surface ocean.
• Hade is the complementary angle of dip
• Classification of Biogenic sediments composition is
• It dip is then hade is 90º – dip (i) Calcareous oozes and (ii) Siliceous oozes.
• The angle between a fault plane and vertical, • Red clay consists of very fine weathered particles of
measured perpendicular to the strike of the fault, wind-blown ferrigenous clays and extraterrestrial dust.
complement of the dip. • Accounts for 38% of deep-sea sediments.
869. Rock type that has the lowest percentage of 872. Which of the following is NOT a sediment
silica is : property?
(a) Trachyte (b) Rhyolite (a) Striations (b) Sphericity
(c) Phonolite (d) Nephelente Syenite (c) Sorting (d) Roundness
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (d) : Nephelente syenites are syenites formed from Ans. (a) : Characteristics of sediments property:-
silica undersaturated magmas that do not crystallize • Sorting:- It relates to the range of particle sizes in a
quartz; they consist dominantly of alkali feldsphar and sedimentary rock.
nepheline phenocrysts and a groundmass with minor • It means that sediments which have travelled
amounts of mafic minerals, namely alkali amphiboles, relatively long distances from their source are well
pyroxenes, or both. sorted while those that haven't travelled are poorly.
• Phenolitic rocks are fine-grained felsic igneous rocks • Roundness:- It is measure of the roughness of the
lacking quartz, with felsics comprising 10-60% foilds surface of the sedimentary grain.
and alkali feldspar >0.9. • It is an important tool in mineral exploration,
• Rhyolite is defined as an extrusive igneous rock with particularly for diamonds and other gemstone.
68% of silica (it is the maximum quantity of silica) • Sphericity refers to the shape of the grain and is
content. largely inherited from the host rock.
• Trachyte contain 60 to 65% of silica content, less SiO2 • Striation is called glacial striations, can occur in areas
than rhyolite and more (Na2O + K2O) than dacite. subjected to glaciation. It can also be caused by
underwater landslide. It is not a sediment property.
@

870. The stromatolites that are typical of inter-tidal

flats are 873. ‘Bar Theory’ is used to explain the origin of :
(a) Evaporates (b) Turbidites
ap

(a) Conophyta (b) Symmetrica

(c) Collenia (d) Columnaria (c) Polymetalic nodules (d) Stromatolities
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
na

Mining Geology 222 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Bar theory is typically associated with legal • Gams defined Karst polje as a great closed basin, with
concepts or musical notation. The origin of evaporates, flat bottom, karstic drainage, and steep peripheral
which are sedimentary rocks formed from the slopes.
precipitation of minerals from evaporation water, is • The angle between the side slope and polje bottom is
usually explained through processes like evaporation in clearly demarcated in which the flat floor makes a sharp
restricted basins or changes in water chemistry. break with surrounding slopes.
874. ---------are very deep glacial troughs that reach • It represent a large closed depression draining mostly
the coast below the sea-level and look like long underground, with a flat floor across which there may
arms of the sea streatching inland between be an intermittent or a perennial stream and which may
steep rocky walls. be liable to flood and become a lake, sporadic isolated,
(a) Corries (b) Fjords pointed, cone shaped carbonate hills, the so-called 'hum'
(c) Cirques (d) Glacial creeks are characteristic of many poljes.
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
877. ---------is a veriety of boudinage in which the
Ans. (b) : A Fjord is a long deep, narrow deep body of boudins are connected by narrow zones of
water that reaches for inland. competent material .
• Fjords are often set in a U-shaped valley with sleep (a) Ptygmatic structure
walls of rock on either side.
(b) Pinch-and-elongate structure
• Fjords wee created by glaciers. In the Earth's last ice
(c) Pinch-and-swell structure
age, glaciers covered just about everything.
(d) Swell-and-shrink structure
• Glaciers move very slowly over time, and can greatly
alter the landscape once they have moved through an APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
area. Ans. (c) : The boudinaged layer is located in a rock
• This process is called glaciation. matrix that deforms plastically.
• Glaciation carves deep valleys. • Boundins are separated by brittle extension fractures
• This is why fjords can be thousands of meter deep. or by shear fractures that may be symmetric or
• Fjords are usually deepest farther inland, where the asymmetric, instead of fractures boudins may also be
glacial force was strongest. separated by narrow ductile shear zones that are
confined to the bodinaged layer.
875. --------is due to the expansion of freezing water
• Boudinage style can also vary enormously, as the eye
and is an efficient mechanism for widening
shaped boudins are called "pinh-and-swell" structures.
cracks in rocks.
(a) Exfoliation (b) Frost wedging • Indeed, when boudins are not entirely separated and
are connected by a very thin layers, as it they were
(c) Thawing (d) Burrowing
"pinched" by a finger.
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
878. When two separate crystals share some of the
Ans. (b) : The phenomenon are referring to is called
same crystal lattice points in a symmetrical
freeze - thaw weathering or frost weathering. It is a
manner these are termed as…………
mechanical weathering process that occurs in certain
environments where there are frequent freeze-thaw (a) twin crystals
cycles. (b) combination crystals
• When water enters cracks in rocks and the freezes, it (c) compound crystals
expands by approximately 9% in volume. (d) multi-form crystals
• This expansion exerts pressure on the surrounding APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
rock, causing the crack to widen. Ans. (b) : Crystals combination can be made by using
• During the thawing phase, the ice melts, and the water at least two different crystals at a time.
seeps deeper into the crack. • We present to you effective crystal pairings for
876. -----------is a large, usually elongated various purposes .
depression, with a flat floor and steep walls • There are factors to consider so that the paining or
found in a karst landscape. combinations do not backfire on you.
(a) Polje (b) Doline • When you start with combining gemstones.
(c) Flash (d) Pothole • Crystal pairings are useful for energy practice and fun
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 as you will be building your collection as you go along.
Ans. (a) : In a strict sense, polje can be defined as 879. Which of the following sedimentary structures
@

depressions in limestone Karst. develops in slack water environment?

• The geomorpholagical term refers to large closed (a) Swash marks (b) Lamination
ap

depressions with conspicuously flat bottoms developed (c) Ripple marks (d) Sole marks
on karst rocks. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
na

Mining Geology 223 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b) : The sedimentary structure is stratification, • These conditions fuse the quartz grains together
which is layering that can be observed in sedimentary forming a dense, hard, equigranular metamorphic rock
rocks. that must contain at least 80% quartz by volume to be
• Layers of sediment that are thicker than 1cm are classified as a quartzite.
called beds. 883. Which of the following metamorphic rocks is
formed at relatively high temperature?
• And thinner than 1 cm are called laminations.
(a) Slate (b) Migmatite
• Laminations are typically composed of fine-grained (c) Schist (d) Gneiss
silt and clay-sized sediment. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
• Structures can be more complex like the weavy Ans. (b) : Migmatite is the metamorphic rocks is
pattern seen in ripple marks or chaotic looking pattern formed at relatively high temperature.
in cross bedding. • If metamorphism reaches a temperature >700ºC , rock
880. Kankars are also known as : may begin to partially melt.
(a) silcrete (b) calcrete • The resulting silica-rich liquid will invade the
(c) ferricrete (d) calcarenite partially melted rock as a series of veins and stringers to
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 produce a migmatite.
Ans. (b) : The Kanker nodules concentrate calcium • Schist foliation due mainly to the orientation of plenty
carbonate, which occurs in the Indo Gangetic plain like minerals from a series of metamorphic rock in
nodules and pebbles. increasing order.
• Genesis is a high grade metamorphic rock consisting
• Kankar is a sedimentological term derived from
of light and dark mineral that are segregated into bonds,
occasinally applied in India. lenses or streaks.
• It forms sheets across alluvial plains and can occur as • Slate:- The platy minerals in slate are small to be seen
discontinuous lines of nodular kankar or as indurated in phyllite, the flakes have grown larger as evidenced by
layers in stratigraphic profiles more commonly reffered an increaser in luster.
to as calcrete, hardpan or duricrust. 884. Which of the following is a high-temperature
• Kankar lime used on this bridge was burned under and low-pressure metamorphic facies?
contract in a continuous, Kiln, and ground in a (a) Sanidine facies (b) Eclogite facies
disintegrator (c) Hornfels (d) Blueschist
881. Slate is a metamorphosed form of ---------type APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
of rocks. Ans. (a) : Sandinine facies is a high-temperature and
(a) arenaceous (b) carbonate low pressure metamorphic facies.
(c) argillaceous (d) basic igneous • Albite-epidote hornfels, hornblende hornfels, and
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 pyroxene hornfels facies:
Ans. (c) : Slate is formed by a metamorphosis form of • Contact metamorphic terrenes and regional terrenes
argillaceous of clay, shale and volcanic ash that results with very high geothermal gradient.
to a fine grained foliated, rock, resulting in unique slate • Sanidinite facies is rare-limited to xenoliths in basic
texture. magma's and the innermost portions of some contact
aureoles adjacent to hot basic intrusives.
• Argillaceous rocks with their interstitial fluid are
885. To which metamorphic facies do the following
important indicators of post-sedimentary minerals belong?
transformations Epidote, Almandine garnet, Diopside,
• Slate, a hard argillaceous rocks, is first reduced to Cummingtonite, Grunerite , Augite
about 12-15 mm and is then fed into a three stage kiln (a) Zeolite facies (b) Granulite facies
consisting of pre-heater, expander and cooler which can (c) Amphibolite facies (d) Eclogite facies
be a pond of water. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
882. A metamorphic rock mainly composed of 80% Ans. (c) : The name is given due to the occurrence of
quartz is known as -----------. hornblende plagioclase mineral assemblage in the
(a) marble (b) slate metabasic rocks of that have undergone regional
(c) hornfels (d) metachert metamorphism.
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 • It is widely distributed in the Precambrian terrenes
and in the eroded parts of the organic belts.
Ans. (d) : Quartzite is apply named due to its high
• The diagnostic mineral assemblage of the basic rocks
quartz content and resulting hardness.
in hornblende plagioclase and the pelitic Schists are
• Comprising of greater than 90% quartz, metamorphic
characterised by biotite, moscovite, almandine garnet,
rock quartzite is the largest and purest concentration of
@

diopside, cummingtonite, grunerite, augite, kyanite,

silica in the earth's crust.
staurolite, sillimanite in different sets of combination.
• Commonly regarded as metamorphic in origin,
ap

• The temperature range of this facies is from 540ºC to

quartzite is formed when Chart or Quartz rich sandstone
has been exposed to high temperatures and pressure. 675ºC
na

Mining Geology 224 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
886. External saddle, lateral saddle and auxiliary Ans. (c) : The advantages of RCC is
saddle are the features seen in : (i) Strength ⇒ R.C.C. has very good strength in
(a) Foraminifera (b) Gasteropoda compressive strength.
(c) Ammonidea (d) Crustacea (ii) Durability ⇒ R.C.C. Structure are durable if
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 designed and laid properly.
Ans. (c) : External saddle, lateral saddle and auxiliary (iii) Mouldablity ⇒ R.C.C. sections can be given any
saddle are the features seen in ammonidea. shape easily by properly designing the formwork.
887. The grade which is available from a property (iv) Economy ⇒ R.C.C. is cheaper as compared to
after actual mining is_______. steel and prestressed concrete.
(a) Effective grade (b) Actual grade (v) Fire resistance :–
(c) Run-of-mine grade (d) Computed grade R.C.C. structures are more fire resistance than
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 other commonly used construction material like
Ans. (a) : The grade which is available from a property steel and wood.
after actual mining is effective grade Grading serves 891. The Indo-Gangetic alluvial plains have been
have four roles. formed only during the ___________ .
(1) It Evaluates the quality of a student's work (a) Quaternary era (b) Paleozoic era
(2) It communicates with the student as well as (c) Cenozoic era (d) Mesozoic era
employers, graduate schools, and others MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
(3) It motivates how the students study, what they focus Ans. (a) : The Indo-Gangetic alluvial plains have been
on, and their involvement in the course. formed only during the quaternary era.
(4) It organizes to mark transitions, bring closure. • The quaternary period is typically defined by the
888. The directional sedimentary structure is/are: cyclic growth and decay of continental ice sheets
(a) Mud crack (b) Rain prints related to the milankovitch cycles and the associated
(c) Load cast (d) Cross bending climate and environmental changes that caused.
(e) Graded bending 892. The lower flows of the Deccan traps occurs in :
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (a) Madhya Pradesh and Madhya Bharat
Ans. (d) : • Sedimentary structure are those structure (b) Madhya Pradesh and Eastwards
formed during sediment deposition. The sedimentary (c) Bombay and Kathiawar
structure are phenomenon of macroscopic scale and we (d) Gujarat
can watch them in the openings and big specimens. MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
They are visible tanks to change of textural features and Ans. (b) : The lower flows of the Deccan traps occur in
mineralogical composition. Madhya Pradesh and eastwards.
• Cross-bedding is a primary sedimentary feature 893. Which of the following fractures is produced
characterized by layers that intersect at an angle with by vertical compression due to lengthening of
each other through planar erosional surface that truncate earth crust?
inclined beds and laminae. This structure result of the (a) Normal dip-slip fault
migration of bed form such as dunes, ripples and
megaripples, produced by wind or water currents in (b) Reverse dip-slip fault
sand rich sediment. (c) Strike slip fault
(d) Oblique slip fault
889. Petroleum is generally associated with rock
type: MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
(a) Igneous (b) sedimentary Ans. (a) : A fracture produced by vertical compression
(c) Metamorphic due to lengthening of earth's crust is typically associated
(d) Volcano-sedimentary with normal dip-slip fault.
(e) Volcanic • A reverse dip-slip fault is a type of fault where the
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 hanging wall moves upward relative to the footwall.
Ans. (b) : • Petroleum is formed when large quantities • A strike slip fault is a type of fault where the
of dead organisms-primarily zooplankton and algae movement is primarily horizontal and parallel to the
underneath sedimentary rock are subjected to intense strike of the fault.
heat and pressure. • An oblique slip fault is a combination of both
890. The advantage of RCC is : horizontal and vertical movements.
(a) Mixing, casting and curing 894. Which of the following does not contain
@

(b) Shrinkage information about paleo-currents?

(c) High compressive strength (a) Planar cross bedding (b) Parting lineation
ap

(d) High cost (c) Asymmetric ripples (d) Laminar bedding

MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
na

Mining Geology 225 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d) : A paleocurrent indicator is a geological Ans. (a) : In a rift basin, sandstones are likely to be
feature (typically a sedimentary structure) that helps one Arkosic in composition.
determine the direction of flowing water in the Arkosic:- Arkosic rock, specifically a type of sandstone
geological post. is a detrital sedimentary rock, specifically a type of
Laminar bedding refers to sedimentary layers that are sandstone containing at least 25% feldspar. Arkosic
deposited without significant disturbance or sorting by sand is sand that is similarly rich in feldspar, and thus
currents unlike other sedimentary structure such as
the potential precursor of arkose. Quartz is commonly
planer cross bedding parting lineation, and asymetric
ripples, which are influenced by current direction during the dominant mineral component, and some mica is
deposition laminar bedding typically forms in calm often present.
motor environments where sediment settles out of 899. Primary porosity is defined as :
suspension with minimal current activity. Therefore, it (a) Pore space created by dissolution of
does not provide information about paleo - current fracturing of rock
direction. (b) Pore space that is inter connected
895. Breccia and conglomerate differ in : (c) Pore space that is isolated or not
(a) Size of the clasts interconnected
(b) Shape of the clasts (d) Pore space created during deposition of
(c) Cemention materials sediments
(d) Environment of deposition OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
Ans. (d) : Primary porosity is defined as pore space
Ans. (b) : Breccia and conglomerate differ in shape of
created during deposition of sediments. Primary
the clasts.
porosity defined the pore spaces between grains that are
A conglomerate has rounded clasts while a breccias has
angular clasts. Since water transport rapidly round large formed during depositional processes, such as
clasts, breccias normally indicate minimal transport. sedimentation and digenesis. Secondary porosity is
They commonly from as rock-fall and debris flow formed from post depositional processes, such a
deposits along cliffs and underground along faults or dissolution, reprecipitation and fracturing.
where coves collapse. 900. Which of the following variety of limestone is
896. ______ is well-sorted sandstone containing upto entirely composed of organic matter?
75% quartz, with rock fragments in excess of (a) Coquina (b) Encrinites
feldspar. (c) Spergenite (d) Oolite
(a) Arkose (b) Lithic arenite OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(c) Quartz arenite (d) Feldspathic arenite
Ans. (a) : The variety of limestone is entirely composed
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
of organic matter coquina.
Ans. (b) : Lithic arenite is well-sorted sandstone
Organic Sedimentary: Organic Sedimentary rock form
containing upto 75% quartz, with rock fragments in
excess of feldspar. the accumulation and lithification of organic debris,
Lithic arenite consists of a fairly high content of such as leaves, roots, and other plant or animal
unstable rock fragments such as volcanic rocks and material. Rocks that were once swampy sediments or
metamorphic rocks clastics. Lithic arenite fragments peat beds contain carbon and are black, soft and
can be composed of chart. These sandstones may fassiliferous. Coquina, bioclastic limestone and skeletal
contain less than 90% of quartz grain and assemblage of sedimentary limestone and skeletal sedimentary rock
rock fragments are more unstable than feldspar. but are usually grouped with the other limestones as
897. Mud-supported limestone containing greater being chemically precipitated.
than 10% allochems is called ________. 901. Which of the following structures is of Bombay
(a) Packstone (b) Wackestone High?
(c) Grainstone (d) Mudstone (a) Doubly-plunging anticline
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 (b) Doubly-plunging syncline
Ans. (b) : The sediment is mud supported but contains (c) Non-plunging anticline
more than 10% grains, then it is known as a wackestone (d) Non-plunging syncline
and if it contains less than 10% grains and is mud
supported it is known as a mudstone. OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
898. In a rift basin, sandstones are likely to be : Ans. (a) : The structures is of Bombay high doubly
(a) Arkosic in composition plunging anticline. In case of Mumbai High, the
@

(b) Litharenitic in composition structure is a "north-northwest to south-southeast

(c) Quartz arenitic in composition trending doubly plunging Anticline with a faulted east
ap

(d) Greywacke in composition limb" 65 km long and 23 km wide", and is the most
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 probable reason to call it "Mumbai High ".
na

Mining Geology 226 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
902. Ratios of elemental abundances of the bulk Ans. (c): Glauconite mineral is used for the age
earth are similar to that of : determination of the vindhyan sandstone.
(a) Moon The vindhyan super group of India is one of the
(b) Fe-Ni meterorites largest and thickest sedimentary successions of the
(c) Chondrites world. Deposited in an intra - cratonic basin it is
(d) Baseltic chondrites composed mostly of shallow marine deposits. It is
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 believed to have recorded a substantial portion of
proterozoic time and therefore likely to contain valuable
Ans. (c) : Ratios of elemental abundances of the bulk information on the evolution of the atmosphere climate
earth are similar to that of Chondrites. and lifte on our planet.
Chondrites are mixtures of grains from submicron sized
907. Fuel ratio of a coal is defined by :
dust to millimeter to centimeter sized particles of rock
and metal, apparently assembled in the solar nebulae. (a) Organic sulphur/Organic phosphorous
(b) Moisture/Volatile matter
• Chondrites constitute primitive meteorites which
represent chemical properties of the solar nebulae, the (c) Volatile matter/Ash content
cloud of gas and dust from which the solar system (d) Fixed carbon/Volatile matter
formed. Chondrites are classified into carbonaceous OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
chondrites are classified into carbonaceous chondrites, Ans. (d) : The fuel ratio of coal is defined as the ratio of
ordinary chondrites and enstatite chondrites. fixed carbon to volatile matter. Fixed carbon refers to
903. Most faults in the Himalayas are : the solid carbonaceous residual left after the volatile
matter is driven off during combustion. Volatile matter,
(a) Strike-slip (b) Thrust
on the other hand, consists of the combustible
(c) Normal (d) Transform component of coal that are released as gases or vapors
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 when the coal is heated.
Ans. (b) : The Main Himalayas Thrust (MHT) is a 908. The primary source of energy that moves heat
decollement under the Himalayas range. This thrust and water through the hydrosphere and
fault follows a NW-SE strike, reminiscent of an arc and atmosphere is :
gently dips about 10 degrees towards the north, beneath (a) Wind energy
the region. It is the largest active continental mega (b) Solar energy
thrust fault in the world.
(c) Heat energy released from the earth
904. If the heave of a fault is zero, then the fault is : (d) None of these
(a) High angle fault (b) Low angle fault OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(c) Horizontal fault (d) Vertical fault Ans. (b) : Solar energy is the primary source of energy
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 that moves heat and water through the hydrosphere (the
Ans. (d) : The heave of a fault is zero, then the fault is water component of Earth) and atmosphere the gaseous
Vertical fault. In measuring the horizontal or vertical envelope surrounding Earth.
separation, the throw of the fault is the vertical The sun's rays provide heat and light, which are
component of the separation and the heave of the fault absorbed by the Earth's surface, leading to the
is the horizontal component. evaporation of water and the formation of clouds.
905. Twinning observed in plagioclase : 909. The eutectic intergrowth of orthoclase and
(a) Carlsbad twinning quartz produce well known rock :
(b) Polysynthetic twinning (a) Perthite (b) Syenite
(c) Graphic granite (d) Graphic rhyolite
(c) Penetration twinning
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(d) Cross-hatch twinning
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 Ans. (c) : The eutectic intergrowth of orthoclase and
quartz produce well known rock Graphic granite.
Ans. (b) : Polysynthetic twinning is observed in
plagioclase. It's characterized by repeated parallel 910. Which one is a pyroclastic rock ?
twinning planes in the crystal structure. If the (a) Pitchstone (b) Ignimbrite
compositions surfaces are parallel to one another they (c) Rhyolite (d) Obsidian
are called polysynthetic twins. Plagioclase commonly OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
shows this type of twinning called the Albit Twin, with Ans. (b) : Ignimbrite is a type of pyroclastic rock that is
(010) as the twin plane. Such twining is one of the most formed from the deposits of hot volcanic ash and other
diagnostic features of plagioclase. pyroclastic material that flow down he sides of a
906. Which mineral is used for the age volcano during a pyroclastic flow.
@

determination of the Vindhyan Sandstone? These flows are extremely hot and can move at high
ap

(a) Quartz (b) Pyrite speeds, depositing 1 years of ash, pumice, and other
(c) Glauconite (d) Ilmenite volcanic fragments, which eventually solidify into
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 ignimbrite.
na

Mining Geology 227 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
911. A local warping in the horizontal strata is (i) Surface crown pillar.
called as ............ (ii) Crown pillar between open pit and underground
(a) Homo-cline (b) Monocline • Both types of crown pillars have similar purpose to
(c) Bi-cline (d) Structural ferrace protect the surface land and the underground mine, and
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 those working in it form inflows of water, soil, and rock.
Ans. (b) : A local warping in the horizontal strata is 915. Generally, acid igneous rocks contain :
called as monocline. (a) 10% or more free quartz
Monocline- A monocline is a geological feature where (b) 15% or more free quartz
rock layers are tilted in one direction, often resembling (c) 60% or more free quartz
a step-like structure monoclines can be either (d) 65% or more free quartz
symmetrical or asymmetrical, and the dip of the fold OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
can range from a few degrees to nearly vertical. local Ans. (a) : Igneous rocks are classified based on their
warping is horizontal strata. Rock beds lying at two mineral composition and texture. Acid igneous rocks,
level separated by steep inclined limbs. It is form by also known as felsic or granitic rocks, typically contain
vertical movement and generally found fault below a high percentage of (SO2) and are composed mainly of
monoclines. light-colored minerals such as quartz, feldspar, and
mica.
912. A zinc deposit formed by a geological process is
• In general, acid igneous rocks such as granite and
called rhyolite are known to contain a significant amount of
(a) Magmatic separation quartz. However, the quartz content can range from than
(b) Supergene 10% to well over 25% or even higher in some cases. it's
(c) Gravity concentration important to not that the overall mineral composition
(d) Hydrothermal and texture of the rock, along with the presence of other
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 minerals like feldspar mica, and amphibole, also play a
role in identifying and classifying acid igneous rocks.
Ans. (d) : A zinc deposit formed by a geological
process is called hydrothermal. 916. Andesite is :
Hydrothermal- Hydrothermal deposits are formed (a) A coarse grained acid plutonic rock
from hot. mineral- laden fluid that are expelled from (b) A fine grained hypabyssal rock
magma chambers or flow through rocks deep in the (c) An intermediate volcanic rock
Earth's crust. The fluids are typically heated by the (d) An ultra basic volcanic rock
magma and are under high pressure which allows them OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
to dissolve and transport metals and other elements in Ans. (c) : Andesite is a type of volcanic rock that is
solution. intermediate in composition between basaltic and
913. ................ rocks are formed when magma granitic rocks. it is named after the Andes mountains,
where it is commonly found. Andesite is typically group
crystallizes beneath the earth's surface. to dark gray in color and has gray in color and has a
(a) Intrusive (b) Extrusive fine-grained texture. it is formed through the
(c) Sedimentary rocks (d) Metamorphic rocks solidification of magma in volcanic environments.
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 • The large volcanic mountain chains of North and
Ans. (a) : Intrusive rock are formed when magma south America, including the Andes (for which andesine
crystallizes beneath the earth's surface. is named), are composed largely of Andesite. Indeed
Intrusive or plutonic igneous rock forms when magma Andesite is common In all the mountain- building zones
is trapped deep inside the Earth. Great globs of molten that rim the Pacific ocean.
rock rise toward the surface. Some of the magma may 917. The span of Conrad discontinuity that lies
feed volcanoes on the Earth's surface, but most remains between SIAL and SIMA is ____________
trapped below, where it cools very slowly over many kilometers.
thousands or millions of years until it solidifies. Slow (a) 6.4 (b) 8.62
cooling means the individual mineral grains have a very (c) 5.7 (d) 9.24
long fine to grow, so they grow to a relatively large ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
size. Intrusive rocks have a coarse grained texture. Ans. (a) : The span of Conrad discontinuity that lies
914. Crown Pillar is between SIAL and SIMA is 6.4 kilometers. Conard
discontinuity refers to the zone between the upper crust
(a) at the top of the stope and lower crust.
(b) just above the ore drawing cross-cuts
918. The dissemination deposits were formed under
(c) on the side of the stope the process of
(d) at the base (a) Magmatic concentration
@

KCET Mining Engineering-2017 (b) Hydro thermal process

Ans. (a) : A crown pillar, defined as a rock mass
ap

(c) Contact metasomatism

situated above an uppermost stope of the mine, can be (d) Subkunatuib
one of two types. ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
na

Mining Geology 228 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Magma is a mixture of molten or semi rocks, 922. Bar finger sands in a delta are
volatiles and solids that is found beneath the surface of (a) poorly sorted sands found in delta plain
the earth. (b) well-sorted cross-stratified sands found in
• There are different modes of formation of magmatic delta front
deposits and they originate during different periods of (c) massive sand associated with delta lobe
magma crystallization. In some the ore minerals (d) well-sorted sand found in prodelta
crystallize earlier than the host rock whereas in others GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
they remain immiscible until after the crystallization of Ans. (b) :
the host rock. Bar finger sands in a delta are, well sorted cress-
919. State a correct correlation between the point stratified sands found in delta front.
load strength index (Is) for cylindrical rock Based on sedimentary microfacies interpreted from
core samples and uni-axial compressive individual wells, the architecture profiles of the three
finger-shaped sands were built.
strength (σc) of rocks.
They are about 10 m thickness and 1000 m wide, and
(a) Is = 24 × σc (b) σc = 24 × Is11
their width and thickness decreases gradually toward
(c) Is = 24 × σc × 100 (d) Is = 24 × σc ÷ 100 the basin.
TSPGECET-2020 They all consist of mouth bar, distributary channel
Ans. (b) : Compressive strength (σc) = 24×Is (strength over bar and levee.
index) The finger sand bodies are separated by stable mud
920. Competence contrast between layers is an deposits.
essential condition for formation of: 923. Amongst following sedimentary structures,
(a) passive folds (b) bending folds which one should be relied upon as the best
(c) shear folds (d) buckling folds paleocurrent indicator?
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (a) Parting Lineation (b) Cross-stratification
Ans. (d) : (c) Asymmetric ripple (d) Flute mark
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
A considerable body of work has shown, both
theoretically and experimentally, that if a thin layer Ans. (d) :
undergoing layer-parallel shortening is more Amongst following sedimentary structures, flute
component than the surrounding material. marks should be relied upon as the best paleocurrent
This condition is unstable because some initial indicator.
geometrical perturbations on the stiff layer are Flute marks are special kinds of asymmetrical
amplified and buckling occurs while the entire depression in which the steepest and deepest part of
system is deforming in pure shear. the depression is oriented upstream.
Competence contract between layers is an essential When the depression is filled-up, the filling forms a
positive-relief structure on the sale of the following
condition for formation of buckling folds.
bed, with a bulbous nose oriented upstream.
921. If, in a folded layered sequence, thinner layers
In is generally developed over muddy substrates.
show smaller folds and thicker layers show
Such structures are known as flute casts.
larger folds, the fold structure will be called:
They are common at the base of storm or other event
(a) disharmonic fold (b) arrowhead fold
beds and also in turbidities.
(c) polyclinal fold (d) fan fold
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 924. A river developing on land surface before
development of any structure is termed as
Ans. (a) :
(a) Superimposed river (b) Antecedent river
If the spacing is large, the multilayer behaves
mechanically as a series of single layers. (c) Captured river (d) Diverted river
Each competent layer tends to buckle more or less as GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
a independent layer folding according to the single Ans. (b) :
layer buckling theory. A River developing on land surface before
Accordingly, thickness layers show a large development of any structure is termed as
wavelength than the thinner layers. Antecedent river.
@

This results in "disharmonic folding" folds of smear Antecedent river developed before the formation of
wavelength and amplitude can develop and grow at regional structure and which maintains its channel
ap

different rate within fold of complex multi layers by with the development of structure is known as
such processes. antecedent river.
na

Mining Geology 229 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
925. A cone shaped body that forms where a stream Ans. (d):
flowing out of mountains debouches on to a Dravite is amember of the tourmaline family. It is
plain is known as typically brown to brownish-black sometimes dark
(a) Mound (b) Playa yellow to dark orange-brown.
(c) Alluvial fan (d) Terrace however, crystals from certain localities can be
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 highly lustrous and beautifully crystallized.
Dravite is named after dravograd, in Slovenia, the
Ans. (c) :
area where Dravite was first described.
A cone shaped body that forms where a stream
Dravite is also very similar to unite Tourmaline, and
flowing out of mountains debouches on to a plain is
often occurs together with unite in unit deposits.
known as alluvial fan.
Dravites's density is between 2.98 to 3.2, and it's
Alluvial fans are formed due to accumulation of hardness is 7.5-Quartz-Garnet.
sediments at the base of the foothills when there is
abrupt decrease in channel gradient. 929. Which of the following channel pattern is a
o o representative of very low energy system
Aluvial cones have steeper slope 915 ) than fans (5 ).
(a) Meandering (b) Braided
The size of the sediments decreases outward from the
(c) Anastomosing (d) Straight
apex of the fans toward the distal margins.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
926. The advent of animals with hard parts/skeleton Ans. (c) :
occurred near
The anastomosing channel system is comprised of
(a) Precambrian/Cambrian boundary interconnected narrow and deep channels with resistant,
(b) Base of Cretaceous cohesive boundaries.
(c) Base of Pliocene Levees are formed whose size is related to the size of
(d) Base of Jurassic the proximal channel, and their textural variations are
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 more complex than the usual simple distal fining
Ans. (a) : trends.
The avident of animals with hard parts occurred near Levee-like landforms are also formed by the
deposition of sediment by flow converging on the
Cambrian boundary/Precambrian.
channel from the floodplain surface.
The Cambrian Period marks an important point in the The platform of anatomising anabranches was
history of life on Earth's. analysed by both the direct measurement of channel
It is the time when most of the major groups of platform and the fractal method and is consistent that
animals first appear in the fossil record. of freely meandering channel.
This event is sometimes called the 'Cambrian 930. To observe 0° declination, one must be
Explosion', because of the relatively short time over positioned:
which this diversity of forms appears. (a) away from a magnetic pole and on a line
927. Which of the following will not make a fossil? connecting both the magnetic and rotational
(a) Decomposed organic material poles
(b) Plant impressions (casts) (b) anywhere along the Equator, facing either
north or south, only
(c) Animal footprints
(c) anywhere along the Equator, facing either
(d) Loose animal bones east or west, only
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (d) at a rotational pole, facing in any direction
Ans. (a) : The option that will not make a fossil is (a) GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Decomposed organic material. Fossils are typically Ans. (a) :
formed through a process called fossilization, which To observe 0o declination, one must be positioned
involves the preservation and mineralization of hard away from a magnetic pole and on a line connecting
tissues such as bones or shells. both the magnetic and rotational poles.
∎ Decomposed organic material, on the other hand, 931. In Pratt’s model of Isostacy
does not undergo the necessary preservation and (a) Thickness of crustal blocks are considered
mineralization processes to become a fossil. Instead, it uniform
typically breaks down and returns to the environment as (b) Density of crustal blocks are considered
organic matter. uniform
@

928. Dravite is (c) Composition of crustal blocks are considered

(a) Non-quad pyroxene (b) Chrome diopside uniform
ap

(c) A clay mineral (d) Tourmaline (d) None of the above

GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Mining Geology 230 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) :
The central theme of the concept of Pratt on isostasy C1.3 Stratigraphy
may be expressed as 'uniform depth with varying
density.
934. The angle, which the fault plane makes with
According to Pratt equal surface area must underlie
the vertical plane is referred to as
equal mass along the line of compensation.
(a) Dip (b) Hade
Thus, Pratt's concept of isostacy was related to the
(c) Heave (d) Throw
low of compensation and not to 'the low of
floatation'. Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
Acording to Pratt different relief features are Ans. (b) : The angle that a fault plane, or other
standing only because of the fact that their respective stratigrophic and structural surfaces makes with the
mass is equal along the line of compensation because vertical an measured perpendicular to strike to that
of their marrying densities. plane or surface. The hade angle is the complementary
932. Syringothyris Cuspidata is the characteristic angle to the dip angle that is hade = 90º dip.
fossil of 935. The early indication of spontaneous heating of
(a) Silurian coal can be given by :
(a) Formation of CO2
(b) Lower Devonian
(b) Rise of temperature
(c) Lower Carboniferous
(c) Sweating of strata
(d) Upper Carboniferous
(d) Presence of methane
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(e) Question not attempted
Ans. (c) : Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
Syringothyris Cuspidate is the characteristic fossil of Ans. (c) : The early indication of spontaneous heating
Lower Carboniferous. of coal can be given by sweating of strata.
When this investigation was commenced some years Sweating of strata-:
ago, it was intended to deal exhaustively with all the Caused due to condensation of water vapour released
British Carboniferous shells referred to syringothyris from coal due to spontaneous heating & formation of
and spiriferina, together with relation of the latter to water droplets on the roots, walls, timber supports or
their pre-Carboniferous and past-Carboniferous any other cooler surfaces in its vicinity.
representatives, and a preliminary paper dealing with This symptom is observed at an advanced stage after
the generic characters of Syringothyris was published formation of haze.
in 1913. 936. Soutirage mining is also called
933. Volcanism is generally absent at (a) Sub level stopping (b) Integral caving
(a) Along the convergent boundary of two (c) Block caving (d) Blasting gallery
continental plates NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
(b) Along subduction boundaries of an oceanic Ans. (b) : Soutirage mining is also called integral
and a continental plate caving. The 'Soutirage' method which was developed in
(c) At hot spots France in the 1960s is considered as the original form of
LTCC.
(d) Along sea-floor spreading centers
The system includes a conventional longwall
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
face operating at the base of a thick coal seam and the
Ans. (a) : upper part of seam is extracted by caving.
Volcanism is normally absent from transform plate 937. In metal mines stink damp produced by the
boundaries because materials remain at their normal action of ______ water on sulphide are
depth, there is no significant temperature rise or (a) basit (b) acidic
pressure dram. (c) ultra basic (d) volatile
Most volcanic eruptions are therefore associated with NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
divergent or convergent plate boundaries. Ans. (b) : In metal mines stink damp produced by the
volcanoes more often occur where s oceanic plate action of acidic water on sulphide are :
collides with a continental plate because the oceanic 938. A circular cavity out of bedrock by running
@

plate is forced under the continental plate. water is called a

Close to the mantle, it begains to melt which creates (a) Cave (b) Pothole
ap

intense pressure that can only be released by erupting (c) Sinkhole (d) Kettle hole
back to the surface. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
na

Mining Geology 231 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): A circular cavity out of bedrock by running 942. Which fault causes offset?
water is called a pothole. (a) Dip fault (b) Oblique fault
Pothole, in geology is a cylindrical pit formed in the (c) Reverse fault (d) Normal fault
rocky channel of a turbulent stream. It is formed and HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
enlarged by the abrading action of pebbles and cobbles Ans. (b) : Oblique faults cause an offset in the sequence
that are carried by eddies, or circular water currents that
which is associated with either a gap or an overlap
move against the main current of stream. depending upon the down-throw direction.
939. The gently sloping land part that remains 943. Which of the following fold has horizontal axial
partly submerged under sea water is plane?
(a) Continental shelf (b) Continental bench (a) Chevron Fold (b) Symmetrical Fold
(c) Beach (d) Continental slope (c) Recumbent Fold (d) Homocline
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Ans. (a) : Continental shelf is the gently sloping land Ans. (c) : A recumbent fold has an essentially
part that remains partly submerged under sea water. horizontal axial plane. When the two limbs of fold are
A continental shelf is a portion of a continent that is essentially parallel to each other and thus approximately
submerged under an area relatively shallow water parallel to the axial plane, the fold is called isoclinal.
known as shelf area. Much of these shelves were 944. The soil of northern plain of India is formed by
exposed by drops in sea level during glacial periods. (a) Degradation (b) Aggradation
The shelf surrounding an island is known as on insular (c) Erosion (d) None of these
shelf. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
940. A trench is found at a Ans. (b)
(a) divergent plate boundary • The soil of northern plain of India is formed by
(b) convergent plate boundary Aggradation.
(c) transform boundary • Aggradation refers to an increase in elevation of
(d) passive margin land usually in river system due to deposition of
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 sediments. Degradation occurs due to erosional
activities of mainly wind and water.
Ans. (b) : Trenches are found on the floor of the sea
945. The driest part of India is
however, their common name is deep ocean trenches
(a) Western Rajasthan (b) J & K
because they are more often found in the deepest areas
(c) Gujarat (d) M.P
of the ocean.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
• In Particular, ocean trenches are a feature of
convergent plate boundaries where two or more tectonic Ans. (a) : Jaisalmer in Rajasthan is the driest place in
India. Jaisalmer is located in the State of Rajasthan, on
plates meet.
the North Western side of India. Jaisalmer is popularly
941. What is the reason for rock bursts? known as the golden city and is located at the heart of
(a) Change in altitude of rocks the Thar Desert.
(b) Shattering of rocks 946. Which of the following actually determines the
(c) Intense precipitation periodic weighting length in longwall working?
(d) Strained nature (a) Compressive strength of immediate roof
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 (b) The stratigraphic sequence
Ans. (d) (c) Thickness of immediate roof
(d) Physical properties of main roof
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
Ans. (d) : The state of periodic loading and the interval
of periodic roof weighting have an important role in
geomechanical stability and hence, in the continuity of
longwall mining operations.
• Sensitivity analysis is then applied to determines the
effect of changes in the mechanical properties of
physical properties of the rock mass, especially in the
main roof and immediate roof.
• The result show that as GSI and quality of the
@

immediate roof increases.

• Rock bursts in which rocks are ejected suddenly in • Hence, the applied algorithm in this research study
ap

deep pits or tunnels are caused by increase of stress can effectively be utilized to calculate the periodic roof
in the surrounding rocks. weighting interval in the longwall mining method.
na

Mining Geology 232 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
947. Identify the correct statement with regard to 949. Which among the following stratigraphic units
the Stereonet. represents the shortest time span ?
(a) In a stereonet, there are two great circles that (a) Cambrian (b) Silurian
appear as mutually perpendicular diameters of (c) Triassic (d) Jurassic
the primitive, (i) One trends toward 0º (or HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
180º) and represents the great circle trace of a Ans. (b) : The Silurian, It is stratigraphy is subdivided
diametral vertical plane. (ii) The other trends into four years ago.
toward 90º (or 270º) and represents a small
circle whose angular radius is 90º. • The …dovery. The Winlock, the Ludlow and the
pridali.
(b) In a stereonet, there are two great circles that
appear as concentric. • Each epoch is distinguished from the other’s by the
(i) One represents the great circle trace of a appearance of new species of graptolites.
diametral vertical plane. • Possibly the most remarkable biological event during
(ii) The other represents a small circle. the Silurian was the evolution and diversification of
fish.
(c) In a stereonet, there are two great circles that
appear as mutually perpendicular diameters of • The rocks comprise a sequence of fissile mudstones
the primitive. around 600 m thick overlain by an interbedded
(i) One trends toward 360º and represents the succession of tuffs, agglomerates and andesites lave
great circle trace of a vertical plane. flows.
(ii) The other trends toward 90º and 950. "Present is the key of past" is associated with
represents a small circle whose angular radius which of the following principles of
is 90º. stratigraphy
(d) In a stereonet, there is one great circles and (a) Law of superposition
one small circle. (b) Principle of lateral continuity
(i) One trends toward 360º (c) Principle of original horizontality
(ii) The other trends toward 90º (d) Principle of uniformitarianism
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (a) : Stereonet- By constructing families of great Ans. (d) : Principle of uniformitarianism the idea that
and small circles we have the equatorial strereographic Earth has always changed in Uniform way and that the
net. This is also referred to as the Wulff net3 or by the present is the key to the past. The principle of
descriptive phrase equal - angle net more commonly it uniformitarianism is essential to understanding Earth's
is simply called the stereonet. History.
It is useful to think of each great circle as a 951. Which of the following stratigraphic units
protractor. The primitive is a full circular protractor represents the longest time span?
with a range expressed as azimuths from 0 to 360º (a) Triassic (b) Silurian
measured clock - wise. The great - circular arcs within (c) Cambrian (d) Carboniferous
the primitive are viewed as inclined semi circular HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
protractors and the small circle intersections are the
gradiation on these. There are two great circles which Ans. (c) : Cambrian, period of time extending from 4.6
appears as mutually perpendicular diameters of the Billion year ago the beginning of the Cambrian period.
primitive. • All life forms were long assumed to have original in
1. One trends toward 0º ( or 180º) and represent the Cambrian and therefore all earlier rocks were grouped
great circle trace of a dimetral vertical plane. together into the Precambrian.
2. The other trends toward 90º (or 270º) and represents • Several rock types yield information on the range of
the special case of a small circle whose angular radius is environments that may have existed during Precambrian
90º. time.
948. Stratigraphic formations having some kind of • Evolution of the atmosphere is recorded by banded
stratigraphic unity can be combined to form: iron formation, paleosols and red beds, whereas tillites
(a) groups (b) beds rock formed by the lithigication of provided clues to the
(c) lithosome (d) diastem climatic patterns that occurred during Precambrian
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 glaciations.
Ans. (a) : Stratigraphic formations having some kind of 952. Which of the following criteria can be used for
stratigraphic unity can be combined to form groups. stratigraphic correlation?
Stratigraphic unit- A stratigraphic unit is a value of (a) Radiometric ages
@

rock of identifiable origin and relative age rang that is (b) Fossil record
defined by the distinctive and dominant, easily mapped
ap

(c) Lithological similarity

and recognizable petrographic, lithologic or (d) All of these
paleontologic features (facies) that characterize it. HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
na

Mining Geology 233 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Correlation is a procedure to indicate Ans. (d) : The first fundamental generalisation of
correspondence between geographically separated stratigraphy is order of superposition.
geologic units of rocks. • It is obvious that when sediments get deposited in a
• The correspondence can be in the character and basin they go down to the bottom layer by layer.
stratigraphic in lithology, fossil content and time of • The bottom-most layer is thus the first to deposit.
deposition (Radiometric ages).
• This process continues throughout the course of
• Thus, correlation is dependent on what kind of deposition as more and more sediments are deposited in
equivalence can be established according to the the subsequent layers.
character of the rocks to be equated.
• Thus, in a sedimentary sequence the beds or layers at
• The scope of correction is different in different the bottom are deposited first and hence are the oldest.
sequences and the interpretation depends on the type of
correlation undertaken. • The beds overlying them are younger.
• Accordingly in a sedimentary sequence it is possible
953. Those joints that strike in the direction which
to determine which are the older beds and which beds
lie between strike and direction of dip of the
are younger.
strata are called
(a) Dip joints (b) Oblique joints • This principle is known as the order of superposition
that constitutes one of the basic principles of
(c) Strike joints (d) Sheet joints
stratigraphy.
(e) Conjugate joints
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 956. In stratigraphic studies, a ----------- is the
location where the lithological characteristics
Ans. (b) : Oblique joints : Joints, which run in a are clear and, if possible, where the lower and
direction that lies between the strike and dip direction of upper boundaries of the formation can be seen
the rock beds, are called 'oblique joints'.
(a) type area (b) litho section
Definition of joint :
(c) type section (d) profile
Joints are cracks or fracture present in the rock
along which there has been no displacement. Joints APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
occur in all types of rocks. They may be vertical, Ans. (c) : Stratigraphy is the study of stratified rocks,
inclines or even horizontal. Their dip and strike are which are deposited layer by layer.
measured in the same way as that of Sedimentary strata. • It study includes classification, interpretation and
Classification of Joints : correlation of stratified rocks in space and time that help
(A) On the basis of the origin joints may be classified us interpret the geological history of Earth.
into two groups. • In stratigraphic studies a type section is the location
1. Tension joints where the lithological characteristics are clear and, it
2. Shear joints : possible, where the lower and upper boundaries of the
(B) On the basis of their altitude and geometry they formation can be seen.
may be classified as follows :- 957. Which of the following is the most fundamental
1. Strike joints 2. Dip joints 3. Oblique joints lithostratigraphic unit:
4. Bedding joints 5. Master joints 6. Mural joints (a) Super group (b) Group
7. Sheet joints 8. Columnar joints (c) Member (d) Formation
954. Analysis of fold can be performed by use of (e) Series
(a) Beta diagrams CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(b) Pi diagrams Ans. (d) : • Lithostratigraphic unit:- A body of rocks
(c) Both beta and Pi diagrams that is defined and recognized on the basis of its
(d) None of these lithologic properties or combination of lithologic
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 properties and stratigraphic relation.
Ans. (c) : • A stereographic diagram which represents • The primary formal unit of lithostratigraphic unit is
the trend and plunge of the line produced by the the 'Formation'. A formation is a lithologically
intersection of two planes is called beta diagram. distinctive stratigraphic unit that is large enough to be
• The resulting plot of poles to planes on a equal area mappable and traceable. Formations may be subdivided
projection is called the Pi-diagram. into members and beds and aggregated with other
• Both the diagram are used to analyse the fold, their formations into groups and super groups.
axis area etc. 958. Which one of the following thick seam methods
955. The first fundamental generalization of can be suitably applied for a deposit of any
stratigraphy is : shape containing both hard and weak coals self
(a) law of faunal succession igniting and emitting fire damp, where stability
@

(b) stratigraphic analysis of wall rock is of no importance?

(c) principle of uniformitarianism (a) Inclined slicing (b) Sub-level caving
ap

(d) order of superposition (c) Blasting gallery (d) Horizontal slicing

APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
na

Mining Geology 234 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Horizontal slicing methods can be suitably 963. A salt dome is characterised by :
applied for a deposit of any shape containing both hard (a) Low velocity and low density
and weak coals self-igniting and emitting fire damp, (b) Low velocity and high density
where stability of wall rock is of no importance. (c) High velocity and high density
959. Which of the following phenomena is caused by (d) High velocity and low density
reflection of colours on mineral plates exsolved OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
on parallel planes within the crystal?
Ans. (d) : A salt dome is characterised by high velocity
(a) Iridescence (b) Pleochroism and low density.
(c) Tarnish (d) Schiller
Salt Dome:- Salt dome largely subsurface geologic
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 structure that consists of a vertical cylinder of salt
Ans. (d) : Change of colour is some what similar (including halite and other evaporates) 1km (0.6 mile)
phenomenon extending over broader surfaces the or more in diameter, embedded in horizontal or inclined
succession of colours being produced when the mineral strata. In the broadest sense the term includes both the
is turned. The change in colour caused by the core of salt and the strata that surround and are "domed"
interference of light reflected from thin plate of other by the care.
minerals enclosed or exsolved in parallel planer within
the crystal as seen typically in the feldspar crystals. 964. Prior to compaction, deposits of sand in a quiet
Such a phenomenon is similar to the of schiller, an environment may have :
metallic luster exhibited by the orthopyroxene minerals, (a) 20-30% volume open pore space
particular iron bearing variety. (b) 80-90% volume open pore space
960. In a theodolite what is the axis about which the (c) 40-50% volume open pore space
telescope rotates in vertical plane? (d) 60-70% volume open pore space
(a) Vertical axis (b) Trunion axis OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(c) Transit axis (d) Swing axis Ans. (c) : Prior to compaction, deposits of sand in a
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 quiet environment may have 40-50% volume open pore
Ans. (b) : Theodolite: A theodolite is a measuring space.
instrument used to measure the horizontal and vertical 965. Coral reefs are generally found in :
angles are determined with great precision. In (a) Polar regions (b) Tropical regions
theodolite, the telescope is mounted on a horizontal
(c) Mid-latitude region (d) Subtropical region
spindle called the horizontal axis or the trunnion axis
the rotate it also in vertical plane. OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
961. In the remote sensing through aerial Ans. (b) : Coral reefs are generally found in tropical
photography, white tone indicates the probable regions.
presence of which rock? • Most of the world's coral reefs are located within the
(a) Granite (b) Dolomite tropical zone between 30º N and 30º S latitude.
(c) Shale (d) Quartzite Conditions for the growth of coral reefs:-
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 • It required a preferred temperature range of
Ans. (d) : In the remote sensing through aerial approximately 22º to 30ºC
photography, white tone indicates the probable • For the growth of coral the depth of the water should
presences of quartzite rock. not exceed 200m.
962. The Ediograph and Pantograph are used for • Corals can live only in saline waters and the average
enlargement and reduction of mine plans by salinity should be between 27% to 40% for their
means of _____ proper growth.
(a) Re-plotting to same size 966. The polished and striated surface resulting due
(b) Graphical method to friction along a fault plane is called as :
(c) Mechanical method (a) Slickenside (b) Lamination
(d) Photographic method (c) Ventifact (d) none of these
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
Ans. (c) : Ediograph- It is mechanical plotting
Ans. (a) : The polished and striated surface resulting
instrument used to redraw maps at a smaller or large
scale. It has the same function as a Pantograph. due to friction along a fault plane is called as
slickenside. A slickenside is a smoothly polished
@

Pantograph - It is a four-bar linkage used to produce

paths exactly similar to the ones traced out by a point on surface caused by fractional movement between rocks
along a fault. This surface is tropically striated with
ap

the linkage. The paths so produced are usually on an

enlarged or reduced scale and may be straight or curved linear features, called slicken lines, in the direction of
ones. movement.
na

Mining Geology 235 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
967. The resulting movement in a transcurrent fault 972. "Smith test" is used to determine the following
is predominantly : properties of the building stone?
(a) Vertical (a) Density (b) Porosity
(b) Horizontal (c) Durability (d) Permeability
(c) Along the dip of fault OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(d) Along the dip of bed
Ans. (c) : "Smith test" is used to determine the
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 durability of building stone.
Ans. (b) : The resulting movement in a transcurrent Smith test:- This test is performed to find out the
fault is predominantly horizontal. presence of soluble matter in a sample of stone. Few
968. The surface expression of the lithosphere chips of pieces of stone are taken and they are placed in
descending into the asthenosphere is known as: a glass tube. The tube is then filled with clear water.
(a) Island Arc (b) Benjoff Zone After about an hour the tube is vigorously stirred of
(c) Canyon (d) Trench shaken.
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
973. Which one of the following is a trace fossil?
Ans. (d) : The surface expression of the lithosphere
(a) Shells (b) Bones
descending into the asthenosphere is known as Trench.
The Oceanic lithosphere of a tectonic plate converges (c) Teeth (d) Burrows
with the less dense lithosphere of a second plate the OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
heavier plate dives beneath the second plate and sinks Ans. (d) : A trace fossil is a type of fossil that provides
into the mantle. A region where this process occurs is evidence of the activities of ancient organisms rather
known as subduction zone, and its surface expression is than the remains of the organisms themselves. Burrows
known as an are trench complex. are created by organisms such as worms, insects, or
969. Phosphorite deposits are found in which other animals that dig into sediments or soil. These
stratigraphic unit? burrows can be preserved in the rock record and provide
(a) Udaipur Group (b) Sausar Group clues about the behavior and ecology of the organisms
(c) Nallamalal Group (d) Kaimur Group that made them.
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 974. Which gas makes the majority of our
Ans. (a) : The late Precambrian phosphorite deposits of atmosphere?
the Aravalli mountain belt occur as discontinuous (a) Oxygen (b) Carbon dioxide
outcrops within dolomitic limestone and silicified (c) Nitrogen (d) Ozone
dolomite of the Aravalli supergroup. They extend from
Udaipur in the North Jhabua in the South. Phosphorites OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
concentrated in algal stromatolitic columns constitute Ans. (c) : The gas that makes up the majority of our
the bulk of the deposit. atmosphere is nitrogen, which makes up about 78% of
970. In which of the following regions, the thickness air, oxygen (O2) is the second most abundant gas at
of the crust is maximum? about 21%
(a) Continental rifts (b) Mid-oceanic ridges 975. Intermittent groove constructions that are
(c) Orogenic belts (d) Passive margins erected around shaft walls for collection of
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 local percolated water are known as
Ans. (b) : The thickness of the crust is typically __________ .
maximum in orogenic belts. Orogenic belts are regions (a) Walling scaffold (b) German tubs
where mountain - building processes occur, resulting in (c) Garland curbs (d) Caisson
thickening of the crust due to tectonic activity such as ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
collision and subduction of tectonic plates.
Ans. (c) : A channel fixed around the lining within a
971. Reverse faults are responsible for : shaft in order to catch the water draining down the shaft
(a) Lengthening of the strata walls and conduct it by pipes or water boxes to a lower
(b) Shortening of the strata level. Also called garland curbs.
(c) Overturning of the strata Walling scaffold- Scaffolding is a temporary structure
(d) Thinning of the strata created to facilitate the construction, repair on maintain
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 of walls when the work is to be carried out at the height
Ans. (b) : Reverse faults are responsible for Shortening of more than 1.5m. It is may be provided on both sides
of the strata. or only one side of the wall. The height of the
Reverse faults:- The block above the inclined fault scaffolding in adjusted as the work progress.
@

moves up relative to the block below the fault. This Caisson- Caisson in engineering boxlike structure used
in construction work under water or as a foundation. It
ap

fault motion is caused by compressional forces and

results in shortening. A reverse fault is called a thrust is usually rectangular or circular in plan and may be
fault if the dip of the fault plane is small. tens of meters in diameter.
na

Mining Geology 236 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
976. Hydrothermal deposits, which are formed at 979. The basic unit in Biostratigraphy is
great depths near the intrusive and within the (a) Subzone (b) Zone
temperature range of 3000C to 5000C are (c) Chron (d) System
called__________. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(a) Syngenetic deposits Ans. (b) :
(b) Hypothermal deposits The zone, or bizone, is the fundamental unit of
(c) Epithermal deposits biostratigrophic .
(d) Mesothermal deposits The purpose of biostratigraphic classification is to
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I organize rock strata systematically into named units
Ans. (b) : The deposits, which are formed at great based on a wide range of fossil characteristics.
depths near the intrusive and within the temperature It is provides the most reliable means for correlation
range of 3000C to 5000C are called hydrothermal between sedimentary successions around the world.
deposits. The basic principle of biostratigraphy is that
Epithermal deposits- evolutionary changes in faunas and floras are
The deposit in the temperature range of 200ºC to 100ºC irreversible.
are called epithermal deposit. It is found at- 980. Body of strata corresponding to the
• Outer contact zones. overlapping stratigraphic ranges of two or
• Mississippi volley are deposits. more specific fossil taxa is known as
(a) Taxon range biozone
Mesothermal deposits-
(b) Lineage biozone
The deposit in the temperature range of 300ºC to 200ºC
(c) Assemblage biozone
are called mesothermal deposited. They are found at.
(d) Concurrent range biozone
• Gold-Quartz deposit in metavoleanics. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
• Marginal ores around intrusions. Ans. (d) :
977. The driving rate of __________ meters per day Body of strata corresponding to the overlapping
with 2 shift of operation can be achieved ranges of two or more specific fossil taxa is known
through jora raising method. as concurrent range biozone.
(a) 2-4 (b) 5-6 Biostratigraphic range zone (biozone) is a general
(c) 6-8 (d) 4-5 term for any king of biostratigraphic unit regardless
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I of thickness or geographic extent, and represented
Ans. (c) : The driving rate of 6-8 meters per day with 2 time span.
shift of operation can be achieved through jora raising The boundaries of a concurrent range zone are
method. defined in any particular stratigraphic section by the
Jora raising method drilling a large diameter hole at the lowest stratigraphic occurrence of the higher-ranging
centre of the intended raise to get through into the lower of the two taxa and the highest stratigraphic
level. occurrence of the lower ranging of the two defining
taxa
978. The two limbs of a fold, when plotted as planes
on a stereographic projection, intersect each 981. Which of the following Era boundaries
other twice – both the intersection points lying witnessed maximum extinction events
on the periphery of the stereonet, diametrically (a) Cretaceous/Tertiary Boundary
opposite to each other. The fold is (b) Permian/Triassic Boundary
(a) a reclined fold (c) Precambrian/Cambrian Boundary
(b) a horizontal (non-plunging) fold (d) Archean/Proterozoic Boundary
(c) a steeply plunging fold GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(d) None of the above Ans. (b) :
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 The Permian-Triassic extinction event, also known as
Ans. (b) : the Great Dying, took place roughly 252 million
The two limbs of a fold, when plotted as planes on a years ago and was one of the most significant events
stereographic projection, intersect each other twice- in the history of our planet.
both the intersection points lying on the periphery of It represents the divide between the palaeozoic and
the stereonet, diametrically opposite to each other. the Mesozoic Era.
The fold is called a horizontal fold or non-plunging The cause of the Permian-Triassic extinction event is
@

fold. not fully understood.

Outcrop width's of a given unit on opposite limbs of The Triassic largely defined by extinctions, but it is
ap

such a fold are equal if there are no variations in the also characterized by the position of the continents at
true thickness of the unit within the map area. that time.
na

Mining Geology 237 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
982. Bentonite is considered to have formed from 986. Transverse sub-level caving is a method
(a) weathering of granites adopted in an ore body which is:
(b) weathering of gabbros (a) very wide (b) laminated
(c) Chemical weathering of volcanic ash (c) weak ore body (d) massive
(d) Alteration product of calcareous rocks RPSC AE-21.05.2014
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 Ans. (a) :
Ans. (c) : • Sublevel Caving is one of the most advanced
Bentonite is a clay consisting mainly of smectile mining methods.
minerals, commonly formed by chemical weathering • This method is usually undertaken when mining the
of volcanic ash. ore body through an open pit is no longer
Sometimes from other igneous or sedimentary rocks. economically viable.
It is a highly absorbent clay that has many used in • Ore is mined from sublevels spaced at regular
various industries, including cosmetic, intervals throughout the deposit.
pharmaceuticals and construction. • In Sublevel Caving, mining starts at the top of the
One of the most common use of bentonite is as a ore body and develops downwards.
drilling fluid in the oil and gas industry. • Sublevel caving can be used in ore bodies with very
When mixed with water, bentonite forms a slurry that different properties and is an easy method to
helps to lubricate and coal the drill bit, as well as mechanize.
remove debris from the borehole. • Thus, sublevel caving is usually used to mine low-
983. The largest unit in the chronostratigraphy is grade, low-value ore bodies.
(a) Supergroup (b) Era 987. The graphite deposits of Odisha are associated
(c) System (d) Series with :
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (a) Granite (b) Basic granulite
Ans. (c) : (c) Charnokite (d) Khondalite
Chromatography is the ability to separate molecules OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
using various partitioning characteristics of Ans. (d) : The graphite deposits of Odisha India are
molecules to remain in a stationary phase versus a primarily associated with Khondalite. Khondalite is a
mobile phase. type of metamorphic rock that is composed of
Once a molecules is separated from the mixture. It alternating bands of feldspar, quartz and other minerals.
can be isolated and quantified. It is commonly found in the Eastern Ghats region of
The largest unit in the chronostratigraphy is system. India, including parts of Odisha. The graphite deposits
984. Permian is represented in Spiti by in Odisha occur within the khondalite rock and are
(a) Kanwar (b) Guling System economically significant.
(c) Muth Quartzite (d) Agglomerate Shale 988. Manganese desposits of Madhya Pradesh and
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 Maharashtra belt are associated with rocks of :
Ans. (b) : (a) Skoli Group (b) Mahakoshal Group
The Permian commences with conglomerates which (c) Babadudan Group (d) Sausar Group
pass into calcareous sandstone rich in fossils. OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
Then a series of dark shales follow- the 'kuling Ans. (d) : The manganese desposits of Madhya Pradesh
Shale'. and Maharashtra belt are associated with rocks of
As the whole Permian succession is very well Sausar Group. It is a geological formation that consists
exposed in the village Guling, I suggest the name of of a sequence of volcanic rocks, sedimentary rocks and
their village as the term for all the Permian beds. manganese formations. These manganese deposits are
The base of kuling formation consists of known for their economic importance and are primarily
conglomeratic sandstone, green-grey grity sandstone found in the Balaghat and Chhindwara districts of
and grey quartzite, showing rusty weathering. Madhya Pradesh and the Nagpur and Bhandara districts
of Maharashtra.
C1.4 Economic Geology 989. Which of the following formation contains
asbestos deposits in Andhra Pradesh?
(a) Gulcheru (b) Vampalle
985. In roof stitching, the depth of the hole are of
about ________ . (c) Cumbum (d) Bairenkonda
(a) 3.0 m (b) 1.5 m OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(c) 2.5 m (d) 3.5 m Ans. (b) : Vampalle formation contains absestors
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 deposits in Andhra Pradhesh.
Ans. (b) : Roof stitching is a method of roof support 990. What percentage of earth's water is fresh
@

which has been tried in our mines with encouraging water?

results. In a gallery two slanting holes are drilled by the (a) 50% (b) 22%
ap

usual coal drill in the roof. The holes are about 1.4 m to (c) 3% (d) 7%
1.5 in deep. OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
na

Mining Geology 238 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): Approximately 97% of Earth's water is
saltwater, found in the oceans.Only about 3% of Earth's C2. Exploration
water is freshwater. Which includes water in rivers,
lakes groundwater and in the form of ice in glaciers and
polar ice cops. This small percentage of freshwater is 995. Which one of the following compositions of
vital for supporting terrestrial ecosystems, human methane in air is most explosive in nature?
consumption and various industries. (a) 8.5% by volume (b) 9.5% by volume
991. Best grade chromate in India mined in which (c) 10.5% by volume (d) 11.5% by volume
state? APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
(a) Rajasthan (b) Bihar
Ans. (b) : The compositions of methane in air is most
(c) Odisha (d) Jharkhand
explosive in nature 9.5% by volume. The methane
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
concentration within the flammability range has the
Ans. (c) : The best grade chromite in India mined in the potential to explode in the presence of an ignition
state of Odisha. source, a methane concentration of 9.5% in air can
Odisha is known for its rich chromite deposits and is the produce the most damaging explosion.
largest producer of chromite in India. The chromite
miner in Odisha are located in the sukinda valley which 996. Exploration means:
is considered to have one of the largest chromite (a) Search for ore
reserves in the world. (b) Opening up of deposit
992. The grade of an ore body, which can be (c) Stripping or sinking shaft
economically mined, is named as : (d) Defining extent and value of ore body
(a) Average grade (b) Cut-off grade APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
(c) Absolute grade (d) Mill grade Ans. (d) : Exploration means defining extend and value
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 of ore body.
Ans. (d) : Cut - off grade is the minimum metal grade at 997. In which type of topography, water recharge
which an orebody can be economically mined (used in pores are found?
the calculation of ore reserves).
(a) Karst topography (b) Terrain
993. Repetition of beds on geological may be due to (c) Desert (d) Tundra
___________.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
(a) Weathering (b) Unconformity
(c) Folding (d) Disconformity Ans. (a) : A Karst topography is a land form made of
limestone rocks. When river flows over sedimentary
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
bed rocks they dissolve the rocks vertically and
Ans. (c) : Repetition of beds on a geological map may
disappear underground developing such landforms in
be due to folding.
the limestone region. The cracks developed by the
• Rock layers can be subjected to pressure and
process leads to water recharges.
deformation, causing them to bend and fold. This
folding can create repetition of beds, especially when
viewed on a map where the folded layers may appear to C2.1 Geological Mapping
repeat in a series of anticlines and synclines.
994. The slow downward movement of soil caused 998. Which of the following forces cause mountain
by gravity is known as formations?
(a) A landslide (b) Physical weathering (a) Tectonic forces
(c) An avalanche (d) Hillside creep
(b) Residual forces
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(c) Oroganic forces
Ans. (d) :
(d) Thermic origin forces
Hillside creep also known as Mass movement.
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
It is an erosional process that moves rocks and
sediments downslop due to the force of gravity. Ans. (c) : Mountain formation is related to plate
The material is transported from upper elevations to tectonics . Folding, faulting volcanic activity, igneous
lower elevations. intrusion and metamorphism are all parts of the organic
Where other transporting agent like streams or process of mountain building. The understanding of
@

glaciers can pick it up and more to even lower specific landscape features in terms of the underlying
tectonic process is called tectonic. geomorphology and
ap

elevations.
Surface creep is the slow downhill moment of soil the study of geologically young or ongoing process is
and rock debris. called neotectonic.
na

Mining Geology 239 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
999. The hydraulic sand stowing pipeline layout 1001. Surface plan is a ……….. plan.
should be such that (a) Statutory (b) non-statutory
(a) The geometric profile must coincide with the
hydraulic gradient line (c) working (d) none of these
(b) The hydraulic profile should always be below WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
the hydraulic gradient line Ans. (a) : Surface plan is a statutory plan. Statutory
(c) The hydraulic profile should always be above planning is the part of the town planning process that is
the hydraulic gradient line concerned with the regulation and management of
(d) The geometric profile should always be above
the hydraulic gradient line changes to land use and development.
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I • Surface plan is a map of the surface layout of a mine.
Ans. (b) : Hydraulic Profile- • Surface mine design involves the planning of a series
• Graphical representation of pipeline. pits within the overall deposit boundary that allow
• H.P. should not cross hydraulic gradient line. overburden removal, followed by coal seam removal,
which is then followed by reclamation. The planning
process of these sequential operations is called
operations planning or sequencing.
1002. The granite layer in the crust is also referred to
as
(a) SIAL (b) SIMA
(c) SLAM (d) SILA
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Ans. (a)
• The granite layer in the crust is also referred to as
SIAL.
• SIAL stands for Silicon and Aluminium and as the
name suggest it is made up of the two elements
Silicon and Aluminium.
• SIMA – The Silicon-rich and magnesium-rich rocks
of the earth's oceanic crust. The most abundant
Incorrect hydraulic profile will cause- individual rock being basalt, the earth's continental
• Cavitations lower crust probably comprised of gabbro and basalt.
• Local velocity cause wear on the pipe. 1003. Which is not true about Asthenosphere?
• Pulsation. (a) It is present in the upper mantle.
1000. Which of the following given depths can be (b) It is in solid state
considered for the 'Deep-hole drilling and (c) It is the source of volcanic activity.
blasting' in an opencast mining operation?
(a) 1.5 m (b) 2.5 m (d) It is in plastic rather than solid state.
(c) 1.0 m (d) 3.2 m HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 Ans. (b)
Ans. (d) : Deep hole blasting-
 The blast holes made more than 3 meter in depth may
be called deep-holes and where deep-holes are blasted
in an opencast mine.
The following provisions shall apply:-
 The position of every deep-hole to be drilled, shall be
distinctly marked by the over man so as to be readily
identified by the drillers.
 No drill rod or pick shall be inserted in remaining
portion of old blast holes.
 After completion of drilling the holes shall be kept • The asthenosphere is a part of the upper mantle just
@

plugged or convert till loading is commenced. below the lithosphere that is involved in plate
 Shots shall not be fired except during the hours of day tectonic movement and iso static adjustment.
ap

light, as for as practicable, either between the shifts or • It is the source of volcanic activity. It is in plastic
during rest interval or at the end of the work for the day. rather than solid state.
na

Mining Geology 240 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1004. The features displayed d in the cro
cross-section of a Ans. (a) : Isopach maps ps display the
t stratigraphic
geological map are the: thickness between an upper er and lower
low horizon. It is
(a) Lines of intersection
on of the sec
section plane with measured as the shortestt distance between
b the two
topographical and geological su surfaces surface. Isopach map providedided a more accurate picture
(b) topographical surfaces of stratigraphic thickness.
(c) geological surfaces
1007. For a station ‘A’ on the Earth’s
Ear surface, as
(d) lines of intersection
on of an ima
imaginary vertical
plane with the geological
logical surfa
surfaces shown in the figure,, match the following
f
APPSC Royaltyyalty Inspec
Inspector-22.09.2020
Ans. (a) : The features displayed
ayed in the ccross-section of
a geological map are the line of inter intersection of the
section plane with topographical
ical and geol
geological surface.
The cross-section on a geologicologic map- A geological
cross-section is a graphicc represent
representation of the Arc Description
intersection of the geologicall bodies in the subsurface Q. MA 1. Longitude
with a vertical plane of a certain
ain orientatio
orientation.
R. LM 2. Co-latitude
latitude
1005. If the figures A and B represent contour plots
S. PA 3. Latitude
in a terrain, then the correct state
statement is
(a) Q-2, R-3, S-1 (b) Q-3, R-1, S-2
(c) Q-2, R-1, S-3 (d) Q-3, R-2, S-1
Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2016
Ans. (b) :

(a) Fig. A shows ridgee and Fig. B shows valley

(b) Fig. A shows anticline
ticline and Fig. B shows
Arc. Description
Descrip
syncline
(c) Fig. A shows synclinencline and Fig. B shows Q MA Latitude
Latitud
anticline R LM Longitude
Longitu
(d) Fig. A shows valleyy and Fig. B shows ridge. S PA latitude
Co-latit
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2019
1008. Which of the wavelengthelength is most useful for
Ans. (a) : Valley- A valley is a course oof a stream that imaging from a satellite in cloud-covered
has at least a limited extent of reasonably level ground conditions
bordered on the sides by higher
her ground.
• The valley generally has maneuvering room with in (a) 0.4 nm (b) 0.4 µm
its confines contours indicating
ting a valley are u shaped (c) 1.4 µm (d) 4 cm
and tend to parallel a major stream before crossing it. (e) 4 nm
• The curve of the contourr crossing always points CGPSC C Mining Officer
O -27.07.2014
upstream. Ans. (a) : 0.4 nm : The most ost popular wavelength
w range
Ridge- A ridge is a line off high grounground with minor for cloud detection is in thee nm spectral
spectra range since this
variations along its crest. Thee ridge is no
not simply a line is where molecules and particles from terrestrial.
of hills. All points of the ridge
idge crest are appreciably aquatic, and atmospheric environments
environmen interact with
higher than the ground on both th sides of th
the ridge. solar radiation through processes of absorption
• From the given figure, figure,
igure, A shoshows ridge and reflection, and scattering.
figure B shows valley.
1009. Isograd is a line on a geological
geol maps of
1006. Isopach maps are used d for analys
analysis of metamorphic rock joining points
poin of
(a) Stratigraphic thickness
@

(a) Same pressure (b) Same grade

(b) Depositional environments (c) Same thickness (d) Same altitude
(c) Sedimentary structures
ap

(e) Same inclination

(d) Structural features
CGPSC C Mining Officer
O -27.07.2014
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist
ologist Clas
Class-I, 09.04.2017
na

Mining Geology 241 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Isograd is a line on a geological maps of Ans. (d): GPS is used as Geographic Location System.
metamorphic rock joining points of same grade. An The global positioning system (GPS) is a network of
isograd is a theoretical surface composed of points satellites and receiving devices used to determine the
where the metomorphic zones whose rocks contain location of something on Earth. Sony GPS receivers are
different index minerals. An isograd is a concept used in so accurate they can establish their location within one
the study of metamorphic rocks. centimeter (0.4 inc) GPS receivers provide location in
1010. If joints are essentially planar and parallel so latitude, longitude and altitude.
that they form a set, they are said to be-------. 1015. An igneous rock comprising predominantly of
(a) Patterned (b) Mural quartz and K-feldspar can be classified as :
(c) Isogonal (d) Systematic (a) Gabbro (b) Granite
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (c) Peridotite (d) Tonalite
Ans. (d) : Systematic joints are characterized by a OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
roughly planar geometry; they have relatively long Ans. (b) : An igneous rock comprising predominantly
traces and typically from sets of approximately parallel of quartz and K-feldspar can be classified as granite.
and almost equally spaced joints. Granite is the most common igneous plutonic rock.
• Isogonal, having similar angles, may refer to Isogonal Contains essential quartz plagioclase and alkali
figure or polygon, polyhedron, polytope or filling. feldspar, usually with hornblende and/or biotitic and/or
muscovite.
1011. Through which of the following the earth's
1016. "Ediacaran Fossils" have significance in
features are detected in the satellite remote
determining the :
sensing?
(a) Archean/Poterozoic boundary
(a) Light
(b) Precambrian/Cambrian boundary
(b) Sound
(c) Permian/Triassic boundary
(c) Electromagnetic wave
(d) Cretaceous/Tertiary boundary
(d) Microwave
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
Ans. (b) : "Ediacaran Fossils" have significance in
Ans. (c) : Electromagnetic wave are to the earth's determining the Precambrian/Cambrian boundary.
features are detected in the satellite remote sensing.
The Ediacaran Period:-
1012. As per the ISRM standards, the ends of the If we wore able to travel back hundreds of millions of
rock specimen for rock testing should be flat to years to see sone of the Earth's first animals, we could
_____ mm. fine ourselves in any number of eras. Today let's head
(a) 0.1 (b) 0.2 back to the Ediacaran period, which occurred 685 to
(c) 0.01 (d) 0.02 545 million year ago. Once we arrive you might hot ice
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 a few special thing about the animals that lived during
Ans. (d) : As per the international society for rock the period.
mechanics (IRSM) standard, the ends of the rock The Cambrian Period:-
specimen for rock testing should be flat to 0.02 mm. While the Ediacaran period had some interesting
1013. What is the total number of satellites in the animals, things really got going during the Cambrian
network in the GPS navigation system? period which occurred 541 to 485 million year? ago
(again, give a few million years) let's travel there now.
(a) 12 (b) 24
(c) 48 (d) 60 1017. Mesozoic-Cenozoic boundary is placed at :
(a) 75 Ma (b) 65 Ma
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
(c) 45 Ma (d) 110 Ma
Ans. (b) : The satellites in the GPS constellation are
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
arranged into six equally - spaced orbital planes
surrounding the earth. Each planet contains four "slots" Ans. (b) : Mesozoic-Cenozoic boundary is placed at 65
occupied by baseline satellites. This 24 slot arrangement Ma. The Paleozoic the Mesozoic extended roughly 186
ensure users can view at least four satellites from million years, from 251.902 to 65 million years ago
virtually any point on the earth planet. when the Cenozoic Era began. This time frame is
separated into three geologic periods. If is characterized
1014. GPS is used as : by the dominance of archosqurian reptiles, like the
(a) Gravity Profiling System dinosaurs; an abundance of gymnosperms and furs a not
@

(b) Gas Prospective System greenhouse climate and the tectonic break up of
(c) Ground Penetrating System Pangaea. The mesozoic is the middle of the three eras
ap

(d) Geographic Location System since complex life evolved the Paleozoic the Mesozoic
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 and the Cenozoic.
na

Mining Geology 242 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1018. A line on a map connecting point of equal 1022. Which of the following is a geostationary
elevation is called : satellite?
(a) Map line (b) Base line (a) Landsat (b) INSAT
(c) Contour line (d) Isotherm (c) SPOT (d) IRS
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
Ans. (c) : A line on a map connecting point of equal Ans. (b) : INSAT-Indian National satellite system.
elevation is called contour line. A contour map is a map It is a series of geostationary satellites operated by
ISRO. There satellites are positioned in geostationary
illustrated with contour lines for example a to pographic
orbit. Which means they remain fixed above a particular
map, which thus shows valleys and hills and the location on earth's equator, allowing them provide
steepness or gentleness of slopes. The contour interval continuous coverage over a specific region. INSAT
of a contour map is the difference in elevation between satellites are primarily used for communication,
successive contour lines. broadcasting, meteorology and disaster management in
1019. The petroleum deposits of Digboi Oil field the Indian subcontinent.
occur in the rock formation of : GOES, METOSAT, INTELSAT, Satellites are the
(a) Miocene age (b) Oligocene age example of geostationary satellites.
(c) Eocene age (d) Jurassic age 1023. Spatial resolution of the passive sensors
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 depends on their :
(a) GPS (b) FOV
Ans. (a) : The petroleum deposits of Digboi Oil field
(c) IFOV (d) Pixel
occur in the rock formation of Miocene age.
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
The Digboi oil field is in northeastern Assam on a
Ans. (c) : The Spatial resolution of the passive sensors
faulted elongate anticline in rocks of the Tipam series
depends on their IFOV (Instantaneous Field of View).
(Middle Miocene).
IFOV- The IFOV represents the angular size of each
The three main producing formations are the pixel in the sensor's field of view (IFOV). It determines
Bappapung sandstone the Nahor oil sand and the the sensor's ability to resolve fine details in the observed
members of the Digboi oil sand group. There is scene. A smaller IFOV corresponds to a higher spatial
pronounced lateral variation and permeabilities are resolution since it allows for more pixels to capture
very low. As a result, productivity is very variable and it smaller details in a given scene.
has been necessary to use very close spacing. 1024. Which of the following data gives maximum
1020. Fault line, railway line and roads are best vertical accuracy?
represented is GIS by: (a) RADAR (b) LIDAR
(a) TIN models (c) Thermal Image (d) Microwave
(b) Raster data models OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(c) Vector data models Ans. (b) : LIDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) is a
(d) Georelational data models remote sensing technology that usees laser pullses to
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 measure distance and create precise three dimensional
representations of objects and surfaces. It provides
Ans. (c) : Fault line, railway line and roads are best
highly accurate elevation data and is widely used in
represented is GIS by vector data models.
applications such as topographic mapping land
Vector data is the most common type of GIS data. Most surveying, autonomous vehicles and infrastructure
data loaded into a GIS software program tends to be in planning.
vector data. Vector data represents geographic data
symbolized as points, lines, or polygons. Raster data 1025. What is the average height of the GPS satellite
from the earth surface ?
represent, geographic data as a matrix of cells that each
(a) 36100 km (b) 20200 km
contains an attribute value.
(c) 40000 km (d) 45000 km
1021. Geiger-Muller Counter is commonly used for
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
the exploration of :
Ans. (b) : The average height of the GPS satellite from
(a) Uranium deposits (b) Bauxite deposits
the earth surface 20200 km.
(c) Iron ore deposits (d) Copper ore deposits
36000 km is the approximate height of a geostationary
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 satellite from the surface of the earth.
Ans. (a) : Geiger- muller counter is commonly used for 1026. The abbreviation DEM in remote sensing
the exploration of Uranium deposits. stands for :
A geiger-muller counter is a device used to detect and (a) Digital Electro Magnetism
measure ionizing radiation, such as alpha particles, beta
@

(b) Digital Elevation Model

particles, and gamma rays.
(c) Digitally Enhanced Measurement
ap

Uranium exploration is very similar to other forms of

mineral prospecting with the exception of specilized (d) Digital Exponential Magnitude
instrument to detect radioactive isotopes. OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
na

Mining Geology 243 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): In remote sensing DEM refers to a Digital Ans. (b) : 1 cm = 50,000 cm
Elevation Model, which is a representation of the 0.25 cm (on the map) = X cm (in real life) using cross -
topography or relief of a land surface. It provides multiplication, we can solve for X
information about the elevation or height of the terrain 1 cm × X = 0.25 cm × 50000 cm
at different locations. DEMs are widely used in various X = 0.25×50000
applications, including cartography terrain analysis 25
flood modeling and 3D visualization. = × 50, 000
100
1027. The age of Nautilus is : = 1250 cm
(a) Triassic to present = 125m
(b) Cretaceous to present 1031. Coral reefs are generally found in the
(c) Jurassic to present latitudinal extensions of :
(d) Cambrian to present (a) 20º N 20º S (b) 30º N 30º S
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 (c) 60º N 60º S (d) 50º N 50º S
Ans. (a) : The age of Nautilus is Triassic to present. OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
Nautilus:- The nautilus is a pelagic marine mollusca of Ans. (b) : Coral reefs are generally found in the
the cephalopod family Nautilidae. The nautilus is the latitudinal extensions of 30º N and 30º S. Most coral
sole extant family of the super family Nautilaceae and reefs can be found near the equator because of the
of its smaller but near equal suborder. abundent sunlight and warm water temperature.
1028. The drifting of continents began during : 1032. The core of the Earth is made up of :
(a) Late Precambrian (a) Nickel and iron
(b) Permo-carboniferous (b) Nickel and chromium
(c) Iron and calcium
(c) Mesozoic
(d) Silica and Iron
(d) Devonian
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
Ans. (a) : The core of the Earth is primarily composed
Ans. (c) : The drifting of continents began during of iron (approximately 5%) and nickel (approximately
Mesozoic. 10-15%). This is based on our current understanding of
The Mesozoic era, which spanned from approximately the Earth's composition which is primarily derived from
252 million years ago to 66 million years ago, is when seismic studies and analysis of meteorites. The other
the significant drifting of continents occurred. During core is be lived to be in a liquid state, while the inner
this era he supercontinent Pangaea began to break apart, core is solid due to the immense pressure at the center
leading to the formation of the current continents we of the Earth.
have today. This process of continental drift continued 1033. The age of the Singhbhum Granite is :
into the Cenozoic era and is still ongoing, albeit at a (a) 2000-2400 Ma (b) 3000-3400 Ma
much slower rate. (c) 1000-1400 Ma (d) 100-400 Ma
1029. Which one of the following is GIS software? OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(a) Arc GIS (b) Map Info Ans. (b) : The Singhbhum Granite is a Major geological
(c) IDRISI (d) All of these formation located in the singhbhum region of
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 Jharkhand, India . It is known for its economic
Ans. (d) : Arc GIS , Map Info, IDRISI is a GIS significance, as it hosts several important mineral
software. deposits, including iron are, copper and uranium. The
(a) Arc GIS:- Are GIS is a popular GIS software age of the singhbhum Granite is generally considered to
be around 3000-3400 million years ago (ma) which
developed by Esri. It is widely used for creating,
corresponds to the Archean Eon of Earth's history.
analyzing, and managing geospatial data.
(b) Map Info:- map info is another well know GIS 1034. The operation of searching for the mineral is
software developed by pitnes Bours. It is used for called.
mapping and geographic analysis. (a) Extrapolation (b) Prospecting
(c) IDRISI:- IDRISI is also a GIS software. However, (c) Exploitation (d) Extraction
is seems that you might have made a typo, as the correct APCET Mining Engineering-2017
name of the software is "Idrisi" is comprehensive GIS Ans. (b) :The operation of searching for the mineral is
and image processing Software package. called prospecting.
1030. In a 1 : 50,000 scale topographic map a Various techniques are used in the search for a mineral
@

distance of 0.25 cm represents : deposit an activity called prospecting. Once a discovery

(a) 1250 m (b) 125 m has been made the property containing a deposit, called
ap

(c) 250 m (d) 500 m the prospect, is explored to determine some of the more
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 important characteristics of the deposit.
na

Mining Geology 244 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1035. Magma is produced deep in the earth's crust 1039. In horizontal slicing, slices are taken parallel
were temperatures are of the order of .......... to________.
(a) 900° – 1600°C (b) 800° – 1500°C (a) Surface (b) Footwall
(c) 700° – 1400°C (d) 600° – 1300°C (c) Hanging wall (d) Dip of ore body
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
Ans. (a) : Magma is produced deep in the earth's crust Ans. (a) : In horizontal slicing, slices are taken parallel
where temperatures are of the order of 900º - 1600ºC.
to the surface.
This heat makes magma a very fluid and dynamic
substance. It is able to create new landforms and engage Horizontal slicing involves dividing a geological
physical and chemical transformations in a variety of formation or ore body into horizontal layers or slices.
different environments. Typically at a constant elevation or depth. This method
1036. A coal heading 4m wide and 2.5m height has a allows for the examination and analysis of the different
advance of 1m per cycle. The amount of layers of the formation or ore body.
explosive used in blasting is 6 kg. Taking 1040. The quantity of explosive that is required per
specific gravity of coal as 1.5, the powder factor hole in ring hole drilling of blasting gallery
is ............ method is_________ kilograms.
(a) 1.66 te/kg (b) 2.50 te/kg (a) 5-6 (b) 1-2
(c) 2.99 te/kg (d) 3.32 te/kg (c) 4-5 (d) 2-3
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
Ans. (b) : Volume = Width × Height × Advance
Ans. (d) : The quantity of explosive that is required per
= 4m × 2.5m × 1m
hole in ring hole drilling of blasting gallery method is 2
= 10 cubic meters
to 3 kilograms.
Since the specific gravity of coal is given as 1.5, the
weight of the coal will be. 1041. –––––––– shows the amount of stone dust to be
Weight = Volume × Specific gravity added to the coal dust to make it non explosive
= 10 cubic meters × 1.5 in nature.
Weight = 15 metric tons (a) index of ignitability
(1 metric tonne = 100kg) (b) index of wettability
Powder factor = weight of coal/ amount of explosive (c) index of explosibility
Powder factor = (15000 kg) /6kg (d) index of inflammability
Powder factor = 2,500 kg/kg ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
= 2.50 te/kg Ans. (c) : Index of explosibility shows the amount of
1037. Two or three compartment method of raising is stone dust to be added to the coal dust to make it non
limited to? explosive in nature.
(a) 10 to 15 m (b) 15 to 20 m • The index of explosibility measures the likelihood of a
(c) 20 to 25 m (d) 25 to 30 m substance to explode when exposed to an ignition
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 source if the coal dust has a high index of explosibility,
Ans. (b) : This method of raising consumes a large it indicates a greater risk of explosion. Stone dust can be
quantity of timbers and has the disadvantage of added to mitigate explosibility by diluting the coal dust
sluggish ventilation. The efficient and direct handling of and reducing the concentration of flammable particles.
broken rock by a chute for quick loading directly into
The specific amount needed would depend on the
tubs is its advantage.
explosibility characteristics of the coal dust and the
15-20m is generally the limit for drivage by this
method. desired level of safety.
1038. A stone dust barrier should be provided at a 1042. Which of the following instruments is designed
distance from the nearest working face not less to work based on the satellite (s)?
than (a) EDM (b) Gyro theodolite
(a) 150 m (b) 250 m (c) GPS (d) Ediograph
(c) 322 m (d) 350 m TSPGECET-2020
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
Ans. (c) : The Global Positioning System (GPS) is a U.S.
@

Ans. (a) : Location of the stone dust barrier should be

owned utility that provides users with Positioning
sited nearer to the source for ignition. A barrier should
Navigation and Timing (PNT) services. This system
ap

be provided at a distance is not less than 150 m from the

nearest working face and at not more than 400 m form consist of three segment. The space segment the control
the farthest face. segment and the user segment.
na

Mining Geology 245 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d) :
C2.2 Drilling Techniques Diamond brilling Rotary abrasive
Percussive drilling Impact action
Rotary roller drilling Cutting & Ploughing
1043. In Diamond drilling, what is the pressure Jet piercing Thermal spalling
acting on diamonds in drill bit?
1046. Which of the following is added as sensitizers
(a) 1 to 1.5 kg/cm2 (b) 2 to 3 kg/cm2 in explosive?
2
(c) 3 to 4.5 kg/cm (d) 1.5 to 2 kg/cm2 (a) NaCl (b) NH4NO3
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II (c) NG (d) Charcoal
Ans. (d) : In diamond drilling 1.5 to 2 kg/cm2 is the Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
pressure acting on diamonds in drift bit. Ans. (c) : Explosive sensitizers a chemical that
1044. Tri-cone drill bit is a type of promoter the rate of propagation of an explosive
Nitroglycerine is a liquid chemical substance used for
(a) Cross-cut (b) Button bit making dynamite by mixing highly sensitive
(c) Rotary roller bit (d) Button drag bit nitroglycerine with sawdust powered silica.
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I 1047. Jack hammer drills are :
Ans. (c) : A tri-cone bit is a mechanical drill bit located (a) Rotary type drill machine
in the bottom hole assembly. The bit cuts away the (b) Rotary percussive type drill machine
surface of the rock being drilled through rotation and (c) Percussive type drilling machine
mechanical friction caused by the teeth of the bit. It is a (d) None of the above
type of rotary roller bit. UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (c)
53. Match the following Jack hammer is a basic tool of the percussion type
Equipment Specified supply of rock drills.
voltage Jack hammers are hard held, air operated
P. Coal drill 1. 30 V percussion type drills. A complete 'jack hammer
consists of a hammer, drill steel and bit.
Q. Side discharge 2. 125 V The heavier hammers may drill holes up-to 6mm in
loader diameter.
R. Shear machine 3. 550 V Drill steels are usually available in length of 60cm,
120cm, 180cm and 240cm lengths.
S. Signaling wire 4. 1100 V The jack hammers are generally used for holes up-
(a) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1 (b) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 to 3m in depth, through they can be used to drill
(c) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1 (d) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-4 holes up-to 6m deep.
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I Generally classified according to their weight as
follows :– (1) Sinkers, (2) Leg drill, (3) Stopper, (4)
Ans. (c) : Drifters, (5) Wagon drills.
Coal drill - 125V 1048. Which type of drilling deploys the Casing
Side discharge loader - 550V tubes?
Shear machine - 1100V (a) O.D.E. X. Drill (b) Auger Drill
Signaling wire - 30V (c) T.C.R. Drill (d) D.T.H. Drill
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
1045. Match correctly for method of drilling given in
Ans. (b)
column A to principle of rock cutting in column The hole for conductor casing is often drilled with a
B. small Auger drill, mounted on the back of a truck.
Column A Column B Conductor casing is installed first, usually prior to
(Method of drilling) (Principle of rock the arrival of the drilling rig.
cutting) This casing is casually 16 to 20 inches in diameter,
while offshore casing usually measures 30 to 42
P. Diamond brilling 1. Impact action inches.
Q. Percussive 2. Thermal spalling Conductor casing is usually no more than 20 to 50
drilling feet long.
It is installed to prevent the top of the well from
R. Rotary roller 3. Rotary abrasive caving in and to help in the process of circulating
drilling the drilling fluid up from the bottom of the well.
S. Jet piercing 4. Cutting & 1049. Polycrystalline Diamond Compact (PDC) is a
@

Ploughing material used in :

(a) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (b) P-1, Q-4, R-2, S-3 (a) Roof bolts (b) Hydraulic props
ap

(c) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4 (d) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2 (c) Drill bits (d) None of these
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
na

Mining Geology 246 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) Date Anchor-1 Anchor-2
Anchor Anchor-3
A polycrystalline diamond ond compa
compact useful for (mm) (mm) (mm)
wing and li
wear, cutting, drilling, drawing like application May 2, 34.52 29.04 43. 11
is provided with a firstt diamond rregion remote 2021
(Initial
from the working surface. reading)
Which has metallic catalyzing
atalyzing ma
material and a June 1, 40.56 34.67 44.78
second diamond region adjacent
djacent to or including the 2021
working surface. (a) Discontinuity between
tween Anchor-1
Anch and Anchor-
Containing a non-metallic ic catalyst an
and the method 2
of making such a compactt provided. (b) Discontinuity between
tween Anchor-2
Anch and Anchor-
This compact is particularly
icularly use
useful in high 3
temperature operations, such as hard rock drilling (c) Discontinuity between Anchor-3 and
because of the improvedd thermal sstability at the excavation boundary
working surface. (d) No noticeable discontinuity
iscontinuity
1050. Which type of clay is most w widely used as Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2022
drilling mud? Ans. (b) : Borehole rod extensometer
tensometer- It is low cost but
reliable instrument used to transmit transm all anchor
(a) China Clay (b) Fire C
Clay
displecement from failure planes in rock r or zones of
(c) Bentonite clay (d) Fulle
Fuller's Earth movement in soil masses to o a collor reference
ref plate via.
UPPSC
PSC Mines IInspector-2022 Mechanical or electrical, readings. The Th extensometers
Ans. (c) are commonly installed in natural or cut slops to
A typical water-based drilling
illing mud cocontains a clay, monitor slope stability and d can even detct settlement
usually bentonite to give ve it enough viscosity to when installed appropriately.
carry cutting chips to the surface. 1052. Match the drilling ng pattern with mining
Such variations significantly
antly affect the behaviour operation
of bentonite - based drilling fluid. Drilling Patterm Mining
Operation
The most important function
nction of B Bentonite is to
improve the filtration andd filter cake properties of P I Drifting
the water-base drilling fluid.
Clay particles are usually ally referred to as clay
platelets or sheets.
The most common clays ys incorpor
incorporated into the
drilling fluid from the formation are calcium
montmorillonite, illites and
nd Kaolinites
Kaolinites.
Q II Shaft Sinking
The most used commercial ercial clay is sodium
montmorillonite.
1051. A 3-point borehole extensometer
xtensometer is installed to
identify the location of a single discontinuity
plane in a hanging wall rock by measuring
deformations at three locations aas shown in the
figure. The absolute readings of deformations
measured on two different
fferent dates are listed in
the table. Based on thee measured data the most R III Sublevel
likely inference is stoping

S IV Drop Raising
@
ap
na

Mining Geology 247 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) P→II, Q→III, R→I, S→II Ans. (d): The drilling techniquenique applicable
applic for mineral
(b) P→III, Q→IV, R→I, S→II exploration is diamond coree drilling.
(c) P→II, Q→I, R→IV, S→III • Dimond drilling is a form of core drilling
dril which uses a
rotary drill with a diamond drill bit attached
atta in order to
(d) P→III, Q→IV, R→II, S→I
create precisely measured holes.
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2022 • Dimond core drilling is a faster, more m accurate and
Ans. (d) : The correct match is option (d)
(d). efficient method of drilling concrete, masonry,
m steel and
asphalt structures.
• The dimond drilling technique
echnique doesn't
do cause any
damage or vibration to the surroundings.
surroundings
• The core drilling method od abolishes
abolishe the chance of
fractures and reduces spalling.
• Dimond core drilling machines can ca smoothly cut
through reinforced concrete te and rebor, enabling you to
• Sublevel stoping- It is provides
vides requir
required geometrical get holes of the diameter needed
eeded at the desired
d place.
form to create gravitional orere how from end point of 1054. Gradient of haul roads ads in opencast
openc mine should
production sublevel drifts to drawpoints in open stopes. not be more than
(a) 1 in 10 (b) 1 in 12
(c) 1 in 16 (d) 1 in 18
Gujarat GMDC C Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (c) : Haul road standards rds in opencast
openc mine :
• No road shall have a gradient ient steeper than 1 in 16.
• Ramps shall be used forr crawler mounted mo machines
only and not for tire mounted ed machines.
machines
Drop Raising- This is a method of making Raise • Gradient of ramps shall not be steeper stee than 1 in 10
between two adjacent levels.
ls. The diffe
difference of two and its length shall no be more ore than 50 m at one stretch.
adjacent levels may be in the
he range of 60 m or may 1055. What is pop shooting?
increase to even 90 m. (a) To drill a hole into
to the boulder
bould and blast
(b) To blast a hole with ith subgrade drilling
(c) To blast a hole withith air deck
(d) None of the above
Gujarat GMDC C Mining Sirdar
S -20.02.2021
Ans. (a) : A method of drilling
rilling a hole just beyond the
center of a boulder to be broken so that th the charge is
centrally situated.
• Pop shooting is economical cal in explosives,
explos but drilling
is required.
• Shaft sinking- It may be described as an excavation • It is somewhat difficult to o control the throw of broken
of vertical or inclined opening
pening from surface for material, but there is little noise to cause
cau annoyance to
convenance of men, material, rial, ventilat
ventilation, pumping nearby property owners.
water, in addition to hoisting ore and wast
waste rock. 1056. In percussive drilling ing the rockroc is broken by
following action
(a) Crushing (b) Chipping
(c) Both (A) and (B) (d) None of the above
Gujarat GMDC C Mining Sirdar
S -20.02.2021
Ans. (b) : Percussive rock drilling is a dusty operation
creating a health hazard forr the miners.
• These patterns refer to thee pattern of the initial cuts • The theories of comminution ution and percussions
per drilling
which are then blasted into from
om surround
surrounding holes. were used in the project to study the drilling
dr process by
1053. The drilling technique ue applicabl
applicable for mineral means of a laboratory single-blow blow rock drill.
exploration is • A communication test was found to t represent rock
(a) Percussive drilling breakage in percussive drilling from which it was
@

(b) Tricone roller drilling possible to calculated the amount of rock r breakage by
(c) Rotary-percussive drilling chipping during a bit impact, ct, the amount
amoun of rock broken
ap

(d) Diamond core drilling by the first incident stress wave and the rock broken by
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2022 the first reflected stress weave.
na

Mining Geology 248 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1057. The hole dia of the jack hammer drill is? 1061. In Blasting Gallery Method, which of the
(a) Upto 40 mm (b) 40-100 mm following drilling pattern is adopted?
(c) 60-125 mm (d) 150-300 mm (a) Burn cut pattern
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 (b) Ring hole pattern
Ans. (a) : Jack hammer drill (c) Wedge cut pattern
• Jack hammer drill is used in vertical downward drill. (d) Coromant cut pattern
• It is hand hold. APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
• It's weight up to 15 to 25 kg. Ans. (b) : The blasting gallery method drilling pattern
• It's can drill up to 3 m. is ring hole pattern within the context of the paper,
• The hole drill by Jack hammer can be 25 to 37 mm or underground ring blasting refers to long hole blasting
up to 40 mm and mainly 15 mm diameter. techniques as applied in mining method such as bench
• It can be mounted on air leg in case of horizontal drill. stoping, sub level open stoping and SIC including
It can be use for wet drill. undercut blasting and drawbell blasting in the case of
1058. What should be the minimum clearance black and panel caving methods.
between drill hole and explosive cartridge while 1062. Why is hydraulic drilling technology preferred
charging the hole. over pneumatic drilling technology?
(a) 2 mm (b) 2.5 mm (a) Higher maintenance cost
(c) 4 mm (d) 3 mm (b) Difficult to optimise
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 (c) Better environmental conditions
Ans. (d) : The minimum clearance between drill hole (d) Lower drilling capacity
and explosive cartridge while charging the hole is 3
mm. APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
1059. The jack hammer drill operated with Ans. (c) : Pneumatic systems are selected above
compressed air, at each stroke, the drill bit is hydraulic systems because of the lower cost, flexibility,
turned through ______ of the one revolution? and higher safety levels of the system.
(a) 1/4 (b) 1/12 • Pneumatic systems are best suited for applications
(c) 1/2 (d) 1/8 which require no risk of contamination because they
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 after a very clean environment for such industries as
Ans. (b) : The jack hammer drill operated with biotech, density, pharmaceutical and food suppliers.
compressed air at each stroke, the drill bit is turned • Since they use clean dry, compressed air, the system
through 1/12 of the one revolution. can quickly convey time.
• A Jack hammer operates by driving an internal • They are reliable and has on initial low setup cost
hammer up and down. because they operate on comparatively low pressure and
• The only energy involved in making a jack hammer inexpensive components that reduces operation costs.
pound up and down is supplied from an air has. 1063. Which is the correct combination of equipment
• The hose is mode of especially thick plastic, which for excavation of a large size decline?
carries high-pressure air from a separate air - (a) Jumbo drill LHD, LPDT
compressor unit powered by a diesel engine.
(b) Jack hammer,LHD, dumber
• The bit usually recovers from the stroke by means of a
(c) Jumbo drill, rocker shovel, dumper
spring.
(d) Jack hammer, rocker shovel, dumper
1060. The machine used for pushing loose material or
for digging in earth is APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
(a) Scraper (b) Shovel Ans. (a) : The correct combination of equipment for
(c) Dragline (d) Dozer excavation of a large size decline is Jumbo drill LHD
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 and LPDT
Ans. (d) : The machine used for pushing loose material • Size reduction equipment refers to machines that
or for digging in earth in Dozer (or Bulldozer) crush and grind materials to reduce their size.
• Bulldozers considered to be one of the most heary. • Pulverizers are a type of size equipment, the names
Duty machines that can be spotted at a construction site, are used interchangeably.
one of the most common application of bulldozers is • Size reduction is an essential component of a wide
moving huge amounts of dint or soil in large and open
@

range of industrial processes.

construction sites.
• Manufacturers of size reduction equipment after size
• Apart from moving soil, they can also be used for
ap

rough grading, line grading, crushing or removing reduction equipment that can be used on a wide range of
rocks, etc. materials.
na

Mining Geology 249 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1064. Which factors is responsible for drill hole 1067. Which drilling pattern is related to horizontal
deviation? or incline development in metal mines?
(a) Accurate collaring (a) Rectangular pattern (b) Staggered pattern
(b) Experienced driller (c) Burn cut pattern (d) Diagonal pattern
(c) Structural geology
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
(d) Stability of drill rig
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 Ans. (c) : This drill pattern uses a series of parallel
Ans. (c) : Limitation on stope size are inclusive of holes are drilled closely spaced at right angles to the
geology rock mechanics and most importantly hole face.
deviations. • This results in the deepest excavation possible with
• Hole deviation or hole actual and planned location of the choice equipment and is therefore the most common
the path and the destination of the hole. drill pattern used where the rock mass allows.
• Mole deviations occur enormous operating costs due • Since all hates are at right angles to the face, hole
to the following consequences. placement and alignment are easier than in other types
• Increased explosive consumption because of poor of cuts.
fragmentation due to drilling of crooked holes.
• To compensate for the holes which do not propagate
• Loss of man/machine hours in the chain of operations
from delays due to extra drilling or re-blasting. the blasts outward as much as an angled hole one or
more holes at the center of the face are uncharged.
• Loss of drill rods and bits due to jamming.
• Extra work in crushing and mineral dressing plants.
1065. The drill holes drilled in the centre of burn cut
pattern for providing free face are called :
(a) cut holes (b) relief holes
(c) easers (d) trimmers
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
Ans. (b) : In underground blasting the pull of the initial
cut is the limiting factor for the success of the rest of the
round.
• By improving the pull of the first cut, a critical step is
made towards improving the entire round.
• This project attempted to optimize a burn cut's • Parallel hole or burn cut typical layout.
effective pull by varying the depths of the relief holes in 1068. Match the following features with the mining
the burn and then analyzing the results. methods :
• In testing , relief holes were drilled to depths both
shorter and longer than that of the cut's charged holes. Features Mining method
• The overall objective was to consistently achieve P. Ring Drilling 1. Vertical crater
greater pull than in a standard burn, using an identical retreat method
amount of explosives. Q. Grizzly sublevel 2. Sublevel stoping
• Increased pull results is savings of both time and cost
in underground heading advance. R. Spherical charge 3. Underhand cut-
blasting and-fill stoping
1066. What size of hole can be drilled by a
jackhammer? S. Cemented 4. Block caving
(a) 55mm (b) 33mm hydraulic fill method
(c) 105mm (d) 69mm (a) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 (b) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1
Ans. (b) : The drill which uses compressed air for (c) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3
drilling hole into rock by combine perceive and rotary
(d) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2
action is known as rock drill or preumatic operator drill.
Jackhammer :- Gate Mining Engineering-2019
• It is used in vertical downward drill. Ans. (c) :
• It is held hold. Features Mining method
• It's weight up to 15 kg to 25 kg. P. Ring Drilling 2. Sublevel stopping
• It can be drill upto 3 m. Q. Grizzly sublevel 4. Block caving method
@

• the hale drill by Jackhammer can be 25 to 37 mm and R. Spherical charge blasting 1. Vertical crater retreat
15 mm diameter. method
ap

• It can be mounted on airleg in case of horizontal drill. S. Cemented hydraulic fill 3. Underhand cut and
• It can be use too wet drill. fill stopping
na

Mining Geology 250 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1069. Match the following for coal mining operation : 1071. Diamond drilling can be used to bore holes in:
Mining Method (a) Horizontal direction only
P. Longwall (b) Vertical direction only
Q. Mechanized bord and pillar (c) Horizontal and vertical directions
R. Semi-mechanized bord and pillar (d) All directions
S. Blasting gallery GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Mode of Extraction Ans. (d) : Diamond Drilling is a form of core drilling
A. Cutting by continuous miner which uses a rotary drill with a diamond drill bit
B. Drilling and blasting attached in order to create precisely measured holes. As
C. Cutting by shearer diamond is the hardest naturally occurring material in
D. Long hole drilling and blasting the world, it is ideal for creating openings in a range of
Loading/Conveying Equipment materials including concrete metal and glass.
1. AFC •Every diamond drill runs water through the driving
2. LHD shaft to ensure that the workspace remains free of dust.
3. Apron loader and gathering arm They can be operated in either a vertical or horizontal
4. SDL direction depending on the requirements.
(a) P-C-1, Q-D-3, R-A-2, S-B-4 1072. Parallel holes at right angles to the face with
(b) P-C-1, Q-A-3, R-B-4, S-D-2 some holes uncharged are associated with the
(c) P-C-1, Q-A-4, R-B-3, S-D-2 following shot hole pattern
(d) P-B-3, Q-C-2, R-A-1, S-D-4 (a) drag cut (b) wedge cut
Gate Mining Engineering-2019 (c) pyramid cut (d) burn cut
Ans. (b) : Gate Mining Engineering-2016
Mining Mode of loading/conveying
Ans. (d) : Parallel holes at right angles to the face with
method extraction equipment
same hole uncharged are associated with the burn. cut
P. longwall C. cutting by 1. AFC (Armored
shot hole pattern.
shearer face conveyor)
• The uncharged holes are often of larger diameter than
Q. A. cutting by 3. Apron loader
Mechanized continuous and gathering arm the charged holes and form zones of weakness that
bord and pillar miner assist the adjacent charged holes in breaking out the
R. Semi - B. Drilling 4. SDL (side ground.
mechanized and blasting discharge loader) • Wedge cut:– Blast hale are drilled at an angle to the
bord and pillar face in a uniform wedge formation so that the axis of
S. Blasting D. long hole 2. LHD (load haul symmetry is at the centre line of the face.
gallery drilling and dumpers) Pyramid cut:– The pyramid. cut (diamond cut) is a
blasting variation of the cudgel cut where the blast holes for the
1070. Tri-cone drill bit is a type of initial cavity may have a line of symmetry along
(a) cross bit (b) button bit horizontal axis as well as the vertical axis.
(c) rotary roller bit (d) button drag bit 1073. Which of the following is the most suitable
Gate Mining Engineering-2018 method for sampling placer deposits?
Ans. (c) : A Tri-cone drill bit is a specialized drill bit. (a) Churn drilling (b) Augur drilling
It is to go into the ground and get to things like crude (c) Jet drilling (d) Rotary drilling
oil deposits, usable water or natural gas deposits and
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
mineral exploration.
• It is called Tri-cone bit because it has three rotating Ans. (a) : Churn drilling is used in deep or wet ground
cones or cutters that grind away at the rock as the bit where sampling by pits, trenches, or shafts is not
rotates. feasible.
• The teeth or inserts on the cones can be made from a • The churn drill bottom, a chisel shaped bit, and a
variety of material including tungsten carbide, vacuum type sand pump for removing the sample from
diamond and other hard materials. the hole.
• It is a mechanical drill bit located in the bottom hole • There are three main types of churn drill which are
assembly. The bit cuts away the surface of the rock differentiated by their size.
@

being drilled through rotation and mechanical friction • The hand-held → Ward
caused by the teeth of the bit.
ap

• Therefore, Tri-cone drill bit is a type of rotary roller • The light → Hillman
bit. • Airplane drills → Keystone
na

Mining Geology 251 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1074. The ratchet-and-pawl arrangement in
percussive drill machine helps in
(a) providing required rotational speed R.
(b) indexing at the bit rock interface
(c) regulating air flow in forward and return - II. Rate of penetration versus
strokes of the piston uniaxial compressive strength of
(d) engaging the bit with the rock between the rock.
blows
Gate Mining Engineering- 2007
Ans. (a) : The ratchet and pawl arrangement in a
percussive drill machine assists in providing the S. - I. Torque versus RPM.
required rotational speed by allowing the rotation of the 1077. The drill holes which are driven vertically and
drill bit during the drilling operation. make the sides of the excavation are described
• The pawl engages with the ratchet to transmit as :
rotational motion in one direction while preventing it
from rotating in the opposite direction, there by (a) Easers (b) Simpers
ensuring continuous rotation of the drill bit. (c) Dressers (d) Hole directors
1075. The tool used to correct borehole deviation is BCCL Junior Overman-2017
(a) String shot (b) Kelly Ans. (c) : Dressers drill hole:- The shot holes drilling
(c) Whipstock (d) Rachet around the periphery of a shaft or tunnel that break or
Gate Mining Engineering-2008 trim the sides of the excavation to the shape and size
Ans. (c) : A whipstock is indeed a tool used in drilling required.
operations to correct bore hole deviation. It's typically 1078. Which of the following apparatus is suitable for
inserted into the wellbore and oriented in the direction drilling while approaching water logged
needed to redirect the drilling path. When the drill bit underground working.
encounters the whipstock, it guides the drilling in the
desired direction helping to correct the deviation and (a) Auger Drill
ensure that the well is drilled in the intended trajectory. (b) Hand held electric drill
1076. The following characteristic curves (P, Q, R, S) (c) Burn side boring machine
pertain to rotary drilling in rock. (d) None of these
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
Ans.(c): Burn side boring machine – This machine has
been specially developed for boring in all types of ground,
P Q R
and incorporates a very important features of controlling
Title of the curve the water immediately if it is tapped.
I. Torque versus RPM
1079. What drilling pattern is preferred in
II. Rate of penetration versus uniaxial
underground mine
compressive strength of rock
(a) Wedge cut (b) Fan cut
III. Rate of penetration versus weight on bit
IV. Specific energy versus weight on bit (c) Drag cut (d) Cormorant cut
Match the curves with their titles BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
(a) P-III, Q-IV, R-II, S-I Ans.(a): Wedge cut pattern– They consume least total
(b) P-II, Q-IV, R-I, S-III quantity of explosives. This cut is suitable for uniform,
(c) P-IV, Q-III, R-II, S-I thickly bedded hard rocks. Recommended for solid
(d) P-I, Q-III, R-II, S-IV blasting in underground mines.
Gate Mining Engineering-2014 • Fan cut pattern–This is used in laminated strata,
Ans. (c) : Curves Tile of curve mostly soft and covers the faces with fan like
pattern. This cut is not recommended for hard
P. - IV. ground. Recommended for solid blasting.
• Drag cut pattern–This type used for laminated
Specific energy versus weight rock for controlled blasting in a small cross
on bit sectional area. More numbers of shot holes are
required and not favourable for large excavations.
• Cormorant cut pattern–To achieve greater
@

Q. advance in tunnels or drifts small area, this new

type of parallel hole cut is used. This slot is
ap

- III. Rate of penetration versus provided by contiguous drilling of two holes. These
weight on bit. cuts are mainly used in rock (hard).
na

Mining Geology 252 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1080. In solid blasting which type of drilling pattern Drilling and blasting –
is generally adopted Drilling and blasting is the controlled use of explosives
(a) Pyramid Cut (b) Wedge Cut and other methods, such as gas pressure blasting
(c) Burn Cut (d) Cor morant Cut pyrotechnics, to break rock for excavation. It is
practiced most often in mining, quarrying and civil
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
engineering such as dam, tunnel or road construction.
Ans.(b):Pyramid cut pattern–This cut is suitable for The result of rock blasting is often known as a rock cut.
breaking hard ground. They use a high concentration of 1085. Ring pattern drill holes are provided in:
explosive. (a) Long wall mining
• Wedge cut–They consume least total quantity of (b) Widestall method
explosive. (c) Bord and pillar mining
• This cut is suitable for uniform, thickly bedded hard (d) Blasting gallery
rocks. Recommended for solid blasting. Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
• Burn cut patterm–Easy supervision.
Ans. (d) : Ring pattern drill holes are provided in
• Depth is dependent of the size of drift. blasting gallery.
• The blasted material is not projected far. Ring Hole Drilling :
1081. While dealing with misfire shot, the relieving • Rings may be drilled from a central sub-level in
hole is drilled at a distance not less than. relatively narrow stopes (about 15 to 20 m wide) to
(a) 15 m (b) 20 m from two or more parallel sublevels in wider stopes.
(c) 10 m (d) 5 m • It is a general practice to drill several rings of holes
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 before blasting to make the drilling more continuous
process and the blasting can be restricted to week – ends
Ans. (c) : One or more relieving holes may be drilled
only, when enough time can be allowed for dearance of
behind the misfired hole. The separation distance
post blast fumes and dust.
between the holes depends on the diameter, the
Blasting gallery- The basic principle of blasting gallery
inclination and the type of drilling equipment and the method is to be extract thick coal seams by drilling and
sensitiveness of the explosives. blasting of roof and sides of gallery. Which are driven
So dealing with misfire shot the relieving hole is drilled at the bottom of the bottom of the seam at regular
at a distance of not less than 10 m. intervals.
1082. Dust Generation may be reduced by drilling Blasting gallery method is the appropriate method for
(a) With Blunt Bit (b) With high speed the extracting of thick seam.
(c) With low speed (d) With sharp bit Blasting of ring holes production per ring blast
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 explained.
Ans. (d) : Drilling is a process of machining which uses 1086. Prediction of coal bump can be done by which
of the following test?
a drill bit to cut a hole of circular cross- section in solid
(a) Radial test (b) Dilatometer test
materials.
(c) Drilling yield test (d) Brazilian test
While machining it generates dust which can be reduced
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
with sharp bit.
Ans. (c) : Coal bumps refers to the dynamic disaster of
1083. While working in an OCP over the developed the instantaneous release of elastic energy accumulated
workings the parting above the gallery is in the coal and rock mass due to severe instability of
proved by _____ coal rock. Prediction of coal bump can be done by
(a) Drilling of holes drilling yield test.
(b) Plotting the RL from plan 1087. Jack hammer drills are:
(c) Burn side boring (a) rotary type drill machine
(d) pre-splitting (b) rotary percussive type drill machine
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 (c) None of the other options
Ans. (a) : OCP is open cast project (d) percussive type drill machine
While working in an OCP over the developed workings CIL MT Mining-2017
the parting above the gallery is proved by drilling holes. Ans. (d) : Jack hammer drills are percussive type drill
1084. The area of working face broken per drill hole machine.
is termed as: Percussion drilling is a drilling method in which a
(a) Drilling factor (b) Blasting factor heavy hammering or cutting bit is attached to a cable
@

(c) Powder factor (d) Drillability and inserted into the borehole. The heavy bit and
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 hammer is repeatedly lifted and dropped thus boring
ap

Ans. (b) : The area of working face broken per drill through the earth. the hammer is made of hardened steel
hole is termed as blasting factor. with carbide on the chisel + shaped bit
na

Mining Geology 253 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1088. Up to what diameter of drill hole a Drill Ans. (c) : Vertical crater retreat (VCR)
machine comes under HEMM? Vertical crater retreat (VCR) or vertical retreat stoping
(a) More than 50mm configuration method in stopes where drilling large
(b) More than and equal to 50mm diameter is used to detonate horizontal slices of ore.
(c) Less than 50mm Leading them to the base of the block being mined. The
(d) Only 50 mm method progresses vertically as successive slices of ore
are detonated. It uses parallel vertical descending and
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
spherical concentrated loads to fragment the ore '
Ans.(a):(i) HEMM–Heavy Earth Moving Machinery. disassemble by catering' drilling. The advance of the
(ii) HEMM means machinery used in open cast stope is disassemble from the bottom gap.
mines for digging, drilling, dredging, hydraulic
1093. The principal mineral constituent of drilling
king, ripping, dozing, grading, excavating, loading mud is:
or transporting minerals or over burden.
(a) Bauxite (b) Barytes
(iii) More than 50 mm diameters of drill hole a drill
(c) Corundum (d) Beryl
machine comes under HEMM.
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
1089. Clearances between drill dia. and dia. of
Ans. (b) : Drilling muds are made of bentoride and
cartridge of explosives shall be at least
other clays and polymers, mixed with a fluid to the
(a) 30 cm (b) 0.3m desired viscosity. By for the largest ingredient of
(c) 0.3 cm (d) None of the above drilling muds, by weight, is barite, a very heavy mineral
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 of density 4.3 to 4.6.
Ans.(c): (i) Clearance–Distance between an object and 1094. Fishing the drill hole means
something that is passing under or beside it. (a) Surveying for deviation of bore hole
(ii) Clearance is the distance between the adjacent (b) Flushing the hole for cuttings
surfaces of mating parts i.e. how much the mating (c) Pumping the water and mud under pressure
parts clear each other. into the hole
At least 0.3 cm clearances is necessary between drill (d) Tracing and withdrawing the broken and lost
dia. and dia. of cartridge of explosive. parts from the hole
1090. Which of the following is not a utility of APCET Mining Engineering-2017
circulating fluid in drilling? Ans. (d) : Fishing the drill hole refers to the process of
(a) Clearing the hole retrieving broken or lost equipment or materials from a
(b) Control the dust borehole or well. This can happen during drilling
(c) Cool the bit operations when something like a drill bit, a piece of
(d) Cutting at bit-rock interface casing, or other equipment breaks or gets stuck in the
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 hole. Fishing involves using specialized tools and
techniques to locate, grasp, and retrieve the lost or
Ans. (d) : Utility of circulating fluid in drilling broken parts, allowing drilling operations to continue.
• Cool the bit
1095. The power is supplied to the coal drill by
• Control the dust ...........
• Clearing the hole (a) 5 core armoured cable
1091. What is the name of an overhand, vertical (b) 3 core armoured cable
stoping method which utilizes long hole drilling (c) 4 core screened cable
and the blasting carried from sublevels? (d) 5 core screened cable
(a) Sublevel stoping APECET Mining Engineering-2017
(b) Sublevel VCR stoping Ans. (a) : The power is supplied to the coal drill by 5
(c) Blasthole stoping core armoured cable.
(d) Shrinkage stoping • 5 core armoured cable is a from of electrical cable that
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 is commonly found carrying mains electricity to power
Ans. (a) : 'Sublevel stoping' is an overhand vertical network, devices and buildings 5 core armoured cable
can also be found within industries such as railway and
stoping utilizing 'long hole drilling and blasting' carried
transport. as well as on pylons carrying mains electricity
out from sub-level to break the ore. The ore flow
to houses and factories.
through the stope by gravity and is drawn off from the
haulage level. 5 core armoured cable construction is commonly
identified by the following.
1092. The full form of VCR in mining is :
• Plain annealed stranded copper for the conductors.
(a) Very Competent Rock
@

(b) Vibration Control Recorder • PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) for the bedding and
(c) Vertical Crater Retreat Sheathing of the cable
ap

(d) Vertical Compression in Rock • Steel wire armour to protect the insulating lagers
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 beneath
na

Mining Geology 254 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1096. The Common Drilling Pattern adopted in sub Ans. (d) : Drilling mud, also called drilling fluid in
level stoping petroleum engineering that is used in oil and gas drilling
(a) long hole pattern operations to carry rock cutting to the surface and also
(b) Ring hole pattern to lubricate and coat the drill bit.
(c) Wedge and pyramid pattern Prevention of deviation-
(d) All of the above A deviation procedure enables a company to document
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 and control conformances under their quality
Ans. (d) : In sub-level stoping, shorter blast hole, are management system.
drilled from sub-levels located at shorter vertical Reducing drill speed-
intervals along the vertical stop. A drill provides the most torque at point lowest gear or
In vertical retreat, mining the stop does not take the speed. The higher gear produces less toque.
shape of a vertical slot. Instead, the trough serves as a Protecting drill machine-
horizontal slot and only short length at the bottoms of
the blast holes are charged with explosives, blowing a Safely glasses are required don't wear loose clotting or
horizontal slice of ore downward into the trough. gloves, keep long hair tied back. These item will get
Another short section of the blast holes is then caught in bit or spindle.
charged, and the process is repeated until the upper 1100. Percussive manual drilling is used up to a
level has been reached. depth of ________ meters.
• The common drilling pattern adopted in sub level (a) 100 (b) 30
stoping are ring hole pattern, long hole pattern and (c) 300 (d) 400
wedge and pyramid pattern etc. ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
1097. Exploration drilling is best done by Ans. (b) : Percussive manual drilling is generally used
(a) Diamond drilling (b) Churn drilling up to a depth of 30 meter.
(c) Percussion drilling (d) DTH drilling Percussion drilling is the oldest manual drilling
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 technique.
Ans. (a) : Exploration diamond drilling is used in the Percussion drilling exists in many variations such as the
mining industry to probe the contents of known ore China springboard, the American spring pole, the stone
deposits and potential sites. hammer and the working beam.
• Diamond drilling is a form of core drilling which Percussion drilling a heavy cutting or hammering bit
uses a rotary drill with a diamond drill bit attached in attached to a rope or cable is lowered in the bore hole.
order to create precisely measured holes. Usually a tripod is used to support the tools. By moving
• As diamond is the hardest naturally occurring the rope a cable up and down, the bit loosens the soil or
material in the world, it is ideal for creating openings breaks consolidated rock in barehole.
in a range of materials including concrete, metal and 1101. The stopping method involved in drilling of
glass.
long holes right from upper level to lower level
1098. ____________ is the tool used to keep the drill directly is ____________ method.
rods in position against falling back into the (a) sub-level stopping
borehole in the activity of drilling. (b) vertical crater retreating
(a) Bull dog safety damp (c) Breast stopping
(b) Power winch (d) Shrinkage stopping
(c) Rocking lever
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
(d) Retaining key
Ans. (b) : The stopping method involved in drilling of
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
long holes right from upper level to lower level directly
Ans. (d) : Retaining key, usually it's a padlock that is vertical crater retreating method.
does this. It means that you can't get the key out until
• Vertical creater retreat is configuration method in
the lock has been shut. Here's our lock locked we
stopes where drilling large diameter is used to detonate
unlock it, and Just now, we cannot get that key out no
horizontal slices of ore, leading them to the base of the
matter what to do, but once we lock the lock backup a
block being mined. The method progresses vertically, a
again, key come back out.
successive slice of ore are detonated.
1099. Supply of water into drill hole during drilling
1102. Petrification is a type of fossilization where :
operation is done for the purpose of
(a) original form and structure are preserved
(a) Prevention of deviation
@

(b) original form is preserved

(b) Reducing drill speed
(c) Protecting drill machine (c) entire organism is preserved
ap

(d) Lubrication of drill bit (d) only hard parts are preserved
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
na

Mining Geology 255 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Petrified fossil is a fossil formed when • Deep focus earthquakes produce very few surface
minerals replace parts of an organism waves. Because of their focal depth, earthquakes are
• That is the technical definition. But a more apart of less likely to create a seismic wave motion with
describing petrification would be to say that it is process concentrated energy at the surface.
by which dead plants or animals turn to stone. 1106. The transverse, longitudinal and surface waves
• When petrification is complete, the organism is no in an earthquake originate from
longer there. (a) the focus within the body of the earth.
(b) the focus on the surface of the earth.
• But in its place, in a mineral version of the organism.
(c) the epicenter on the surface of the earth.
• The mineral version shares the same size and shape as
(d) the epicenter within the body of the earth.
the original organism it replaced.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
• For petrification to occur, a specific sequence of
Ans. (a) : The longitudinal, transverse and surface
events is necessary.
waves in an earthquake originate from the focus within
(i) The organism becomes buried shortly after dying. the body of the earth. The point where the energy is
(ii) Ground seeps into the organisms remains. released in called the focus of an earthquake
(iii) Minerals in the water slowly replace the organism's alternatively, it is called the hypocentre.
body. 1107. What is the depth of focus in the shallow
earthquakes?
C2.3 Ore Body Evaluation and (a) Upto 100 km (b) Upto 200 km
(c) Upto 60 km (d) Upto 150 km
Earth Quake HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Ans. (c) : Earthquakes can occur anywhere between the
1103. Compression causes the formation of earth's surface and about 700 km below the surface, for
(a) only anticlines scientific purposes, this earthquake depth range of 0 -
(b) only synclines 700 km is divided into three zones.
(c) both anticlines and synclines Shallow earthquakes – 0 – 70 km deep.
(d) None of these Intermediate earthquakes – 70 – 300 km deep.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 Deep earthquakes – 300 – 700 km deep.
Ans. (c) : Compression forces can cause mountains to 1108. What is the plate tectonic theory?
from or earthquakes to occur depending on how the (a) The belief that earth is broken into sections
earth's crust is pushed react to the forces. when the that fit together into one sphere.
earth's crust is pushed together via compression forces. (b) The belief that continents have moved slowly
It can experience geological process called folding and apart to their current locations on Earth.
faulting. (c) The belief that Earth’s crust and upper mantle
1104. What is responsible for tectonic plate is broken into sections.
movement ? (d) The belief that hot, less dense material is
(a) Hadley cells (b) Convection cells forced up through Earth’s crust through mid
(c) Climate zones (d) Subduction zones ocean ridges.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
Ans. (b) : The Earth's crust is broken up into pieces Ans. (c) : According to the plate tectonic theory the
called plate. The crust moves because of movement belief that earth's crust and upper mantle is broken into
deep inside the earth. Heat rising and falling inside the section is correct.
mantle creates. Convection currents generated by Plate tectonics is a scientific theory that explains how
radioactive decay in the core. The convection current major land forms are created as a result of Earth's
move the plates. subterranean movements. The theory, which solidified
1105. Plutonic earthquakes have their focus at a in the 1960s, transformed the earth sciences by
depth of explaining many phenomena, including mountain
(a) 50 km (b) 50-250 km building events, volcanoes, and earthquakes.
(c) 250-750 km (d) None of these 1109. Which class of earthquakes are most
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 destructive?
Ans. (c) : Plutonic Earthquake - (a) Class A (b) Class B
• They are deep-focus earthquakes whose centres lie at (c) Class D (d) Class E
@

depends from 240 km to 600 km. HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021

• They occur almost exclusively at convergent Ans. (a) : Earth quakes of class A are highly destructive
ap

boundaries in association with subducted oceanic where as those of class E are not of any significance in
lithosphere. relation to engineering structures.
na

Mining Geology 256 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1110. Which theory is acclaimed as satisfactory 1112. Which method assumes that the volume of ore
explanation about the cause of earthquakes? surrounding a sample has the same assay value
(a) Elastic rebound theory as the sample?
(b) Clastic theory (a) Gradual change method
(b) Area influence method
(c) Tremors theory
(c) Triangular method
(d) Seismology theory
(d) Polygonal method
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
Ans. (a) : The elastic rebound theory propounded Ans. (b) : The weighted average for a grade or
originally by H.F Reid in 1906 is at present widely whatever characteristics is of interest is obtain by
acclaimed as a satisfactory explanation about the cause multiplying the value of that characteristics by the
of earthquake. It was proposed by him, on the basis of volume of influence, and then summing the products
elaborate studies of san francisco earthquake of 1906 in and dividing the sum by the sum of the weighted
which it was related to displacement along the san volumes.
Andres fault. • The area of influence is the area surrounding each
1111. The reason behind Earthquake is hole and if the holes are spaced at 400's intervals, then
the area represented by each hole is 1.6×105 ft2.
(a) Land cruises (b) Rotation of earth
• The avg. grade of the ore body is the weighted grade,
(c) Tectonism (d) Denudation 280×106% ft3 divided by the volume of influence,
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021 800×106 ft3 which equals 3.5%.
Ans. (c) : The tectonic plates that makes up the earth's 1113. A/An _____ is an allochthonous tectonic sheet
crust are moving constantly. As the edges of these that has moved along a thrust fault.
plates slide against each other in fault zones, friction, (a) orogenic wedge (b) thrust nappe
can slow them down, leading to buildup of pressure (c) graben (d) suture
over long periods of time. When the force of movement APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
finally overcomes the friction, sections of the crust Ans. (b) : A/An trust nappe is an allochthanous tectonic
suddenly break or become displaced, releasing the pent- sheet has moved along a thrust fault.
up pressure in the form of seismic waves. This is a Nappe- A Nappe or thrust sheet is a large sheet like
naturally occurring earthquake, sometime referred to as body of rock that has been moved more than
a tectonics earthquake. 2km(1.2mi) or 5km (3.1mi) above a trust fault from its
1112. Which of the following statements are correct? original position.
Nappes from in compressional tectonic setting like
(i) Longitudinal waves are body waves
continental collision zones or on the overriding plate
(ii) Shear waves are P-waves inactive subduction zones. Nappes from when a mass of
(iii) Rayleigh waves are body waves rock is forced over another rock mass, typically an a
(iv) Love waves are surface waves low angle fault plane, imbricate thrust stacks, festers
Option and klippes.
(a) Both statements (i) and (iii) 1114. Most tectonites possess both foliations and
(b) Both statements (ii) and (iii) lineations. If the tectonite structure is
dominated by foliation, it is called _____ and if
(c) Both statements (iii) and (iv)
it is dominated by a lineation, it is called _____.
(d) Both statements (i) and (iv) (a) S - Tectonite, L - Tectonite
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 (b) L - Tectonite, S - Tectonite
Ans. (d) : The high frequency component of a seismic (c) F - Tectonite, L - Tectonite
wave train generated by an earthquake is usually (d) L - Tectonite, F - Tectonite
dominated by the arrivals of P and S waves, with later APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
arrivals often caused by multipathing/scattering as a Ans. (a) : Most tectonites possess both foliations and
result of heterogeneous structure. lineations. If the tectonite structure is dominated by
• There are two type of surface wave, known as love foliation, it is called S-Tectonite and if it is dominated
waves and Rayleigh waves after their discoverers, by a lineation, it is called L-Tectonite.
propagate near the Earth's surface. The nature of mineral orientation, there are three main
group of tectonites, L-Tectonites and S-Tectonites, and
• Rayleigh waves result from a combination of P and
LS-Tectonites.
SV motions, while love waves result from SH waves
The different types reflect on the different ways that
trapped near the surface. matter moves.
@

• Due to their slower rate of decay, surface waves can L-Tectonites- L-Tectonites are aligned in a linear
circle the globe many times following a large fabric, which allows the rock to split into rod-like
ap

earthquake. shapes due to the two intersecting planes. The foliation

• So, option (d) Both statement are correct. of this type is not strong.
na

Mining Geology 257 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
S-Tectonites-S-Tectonites are the fabric that is 1118. Complex ores are the:
dominantly a foliation fabric which allows the rock to (a) ores that may yield several metals
split into plate-like sheets that are parallel to foliation. (b) ores that may occur in more than one rock
There are little to no linear fabrics within the foliation type
fabrics. (c) ores that have several gangue minerals
LS-Tectonites is the perfect mix of the two, with both (d) ores of base metals accompanied by gem
strong lineartions and strong foliations. This is caused
stones
by the rotation of the grains around axes that are
oriented along the trends of the folds. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
1115. In the modified Mercalli scale of earthquake Ans. (a) : Complex ores refer to mineral deposits that
intensity, the accelerations (in mm/sec/sec) contain multiple valuable metals. These ores are
produced by the earthquake waves for Very characterized by the presence of more than one type of
Strong Type Earthquake and Catastrophic economically significant metal. When those ores are
Type Earthquake, respectively, are: processed, they can yield various metals
(a) Very strong: > 200; Catastrophic : > 800 simultaneously, making them valuable sources for
(b) Very strong : > 500; Catastrophic: > 9800 multiple metal extraction. This distinguishes them from
(c) Very strong : > 1500; Catastrophic: > 12800 simple ores, which primarily contain a single metal.
(d) Very strong : > 500; Catastrophic: > 1000 1119. The _____ usually common minerals, chiefly of
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 non-metallic character, which are associated
Ans. (b) : In the modified mercalli scale of earthquake with the ore minerals, and which carry no
intensity, the accelerations (in mm/sec/sec) produced by values worth extracting.
the earthquake waves for very strong type Earthquake (a) sub-ores (b) secondary ores
and Catastrophic type Earthquake, respectively, are (c) gangue minerals (d) waste rock
Very strong > 500, Catastrophic; > 9800 APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
1116. To be called profitable, the iron ore must have Ans. (c) : The Gangue minerals usually common
a tenor of ____ copper ores must contain only minerals. Chiefly of non metallic character, which are
_____ and gold ore must contain _______. associated with the ore minerals, and which carry no
(a) 35 to 50% of iron; 2% of copper; 0.1% of values worth extracting.
gold Gangue- Gangue is the commercially worthless
(b) 40 to 60% of iron; 5% of copper; 1/100 of 1% material that surround, or is closely mixed with, a
of gold wanted mineral in an ore deposit. It is thus distinct from
(c) 40 to 60% of iron; 1% of copper; 1/1000 of overburden, which is the waste rock or materials
1% of gold overlying an ore or mineral body that are displaced
(d) 35 to 50% of iron; 0.8% of copper; 1/1000 of during mining without being processed, and from
1% of gold tailings, which is rock already stripped of valuable
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 minerals.
Ans. (d) : The mean metal content of an ore is called 1120. Epithermal ore deposits are formed at the:
tenor, which is generally expressed in percentage or in (a) surface level (b) shallow depths
the case of precious metals ounces per ton. Iron is
(c) substantial depths (d) intermediate depths
profitable when it must have a tenor or 35-50% of iron,
whereas copper ore needs only 0.8% copper and 1/1000 APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
of 1% of gold. Ans. (b) : Epithermal deposits are formed at the shallow
1117. The ____ contain (s) enormous aggregates of depths.
manganese ores such as psilomelane, braunite, • Epithermal deposited from warm waters at rather
phrolusite and hollandite. shallow depth under conditions in the lower ranges of
(a) Lower vindhyan temperature and pressure. It used of mineral veins and
(b) Gondite and kodurite series of the Dharwars ore deposits.
(c) Cuddappah System • Substantial depth is the real character as it exists in the
(d) Bijaigarh Shale object, which belongs to everything of which a term is
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 predictable with absolute truth.
Ans. (b) : The Gondite and kodurite series of the • Intermediate depth waters are found between 500 and
Dharwars contain (s) enormous aggregates of 1000 m below sea level in the subtropical regions of the
manganese ores such as psilomelane, braunite world oceans.
@

phrolusite and hollandite. 1121. The process of ore formation that invoives the
ap

Gondite- Gondites are very siliceous metamorphic segregation of two coexisting liquid fractions
manganese formations originating from non-calcareous from an originally homogeneous magma is
sediments and therefore rich in manganese silicates. known as:
na

Mining Geology 258 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) liquid segregation 1124. Which of the following statement is true for P-
(b) fractionation waves?
(c) liquid immiscibility (a) They travel along the surface of the Earth.
(d) fractional segregation (b) They can travel through both solid and liquid
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 media
Ans. (c) : The process of ore formation that involves the (c) Their velocity does not depend upon the
segregation of two coexisting liquid fractions from an density of medium
originally homogeneous magma is known as the liquid (d) Their vibration direction is perpendicular to
immiscibility. the direction of propagation
Liquid Immiscibility- Liquid immiscibility is the co- HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
existence of two or more liquid phases in equilibrium. Ans. (b) : P-waves travels fastest and are the first to
Petro genetic interest has stemmed from the potential of arrive from the earthquake.
a homogeneous magmatic liquid to separate a second • Rock oscillates perpendicular to the direction of wave
liquid phase in response to a change in temperature, propagation.
pressure or composition. • P-waves can travel through both solid and liquid and
1122. Which of the following features is not useful in gas.
defining Plate Boundaries? • These waves travel in the speed range of 1.5-13 km/s.
(a) Distribution of volcanoes • These waves travel in a linear directions.
(b) Distribution of earthquake belts • P-waves are the first waves that are detected.
(c) Distribution of mountain ranges •P-waves are the first waves that are detected by a
(d) Drainage system seismograph. They are the fastest seismic waves and
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 can travel through gases, liquids, on solids.
Ans. (d) : Drainage system is not useful for defining 1125. Which of the following represents the ratio of
plate boundaries. earthquake magnitudes measured 4 and 6 on
• Plates rip apart at a divergent plate boundary, causing the Richter scale?
volcanic activity and shallow earthquakes (a) 4 : 6 (b) 1 : 3
• The majority of plate boundaries are divergent (c) 1 : 100 (d) 1 : 10
margins with transform boundaries. HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
• Earthquakes occurs along fault lines, cracks in Earth’s Ans. (c) : An earthquake of magnitudes measured 4 and
crust where tectonic plates meet. They occur where 6 on the Richter scale has 1:100 (hundred) times more
plates are subducting , spreading or colliding. destructive energy than an earthquake of magnitude 4.
• Mountains from where two continental plates collide. • The Richter scale is a base 10 logarithmic scale that is
Since both plates have a similar thickness and weight, used to measure the magnitude of the earthquake.
neither one will sink under the other. • The Richter scale is a device to be used to measured
the magnitude of an earthquake.
• Instead, they crumple and told until the rocks are
forced up to form a mountain range. As the plates • It is a non-linear scale.
continue to collide, mountain will get taller. 1126. Diffraction of seismic waves in the ground is
1123. Based on the seismic hazard map of India due to:
which of the following cities has the highest (a) Edges of faulted layers only
possibility of earthquake concurrence? (b) Small isolated objects only
(a) Chennai (b) Jaipur (c) Edges of faulted layers and small objects both
(c) Guwahati (d) Nagpur (d) Scattering of incident seismic energy
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (c) : According the seismic zoning map of the Ans. (c) : It is clear that earthquakes cause disturbances
country. India is divided into four seismic zones. in the Earth and these disturbances carry energy through
the Earth edges of faulted layers and small object both
• It’s also known as earthquake zones.
amount of energy. These waves are called seismic
• The four zones of earthquake in India as discussed waves.
below.
1127. The propagation of P wave & S wave are as
(i) Seismic zone –II → (low – damage risk zone) under:
(ii) Seismic zone –III →(Moderate –damage risk zone) (a) P wave arrives later than S wave
@

(iii) Seismic zone –IV →(high-damage risk zone) (b) P wave and S wave arrive simultaneously
(iv) Seismic zone –V→(The highest risk of damaging (c) P wave arrives earlier than S wave
ap

earthquake) (d) S wave arrives earlier than P wave

• It is referred to as the very high Damage Risk zone. GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
na

Mining Geology 259 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): In P compressional waves, the vibration of the 1131. A well log of the travel time (transit time) for
rock is in the direction of propagation. P waves travel the seismic waves is:
fastest and are the first to arrive from the earthquake. In (a) Inversely proportional to S-wave velocity
S or shear waves, rock oscillates perpendicular to the (b) Reciprocal of P-wave velocity
direction of wave propagation. In rock, S wave (c) Equal to the S-wave velocity
generally travel about 60% the speed of P waves and the (d) Equal to the P-wave velocity
S wave always arrives later than P wave. GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Direction of Propagation → Ans. (b) : The travel time (transit time) for seismic
waves is inversely proportional to the velocity of the
waves. Specifically the travel time is the reciprocal of
the wave velocity.
1
Travel Time =
wave velocity
• Typical valves of P wave velocity in earthquakes are
Note:- Official answer is B. in the range 5 to 8 km/s. The precise speed varies
according to the region of the Earth's interior, from less
1128. In seismic method of exploration the than 6 km/s in the Earth's crust to 13.5 km/s in the lower
recorded waves are of: mantle, and 11 km/s through the inner core.
(a) Low frequency (b) Zero frequency
1132. Mid-ocean ridge is formed due to the plate
(c) High frequency (d) Aliased frequency movement which is called:
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (a) Convergent movement
Ans. (c) : P wave are compressional waves that do not (b) Divergent movement
produce much damage. They can move through any (c) Transform fault movement
type of materials and travel at almost twice the speed of
(d) Lateral slipping plate movement
S wave. High frequency P wave do not weaken, or
"attenuate" as rapidly as S waves so they retain higher GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
frequencies when they arrive at seismic stations. Ans. (b) : The mid-ocean ridge represents the longest
• In seismic exploration, the recorded waves are mountain range on Earth, stretching from the pacific
typically of high frequency seismic waves provide ocean to the Atlantic ocean because a majority of this
detailed information about subsurface structure and are mountain range is located below the ocean, few people
commonly used to detect characterize oil and gas have ever seen it up close, and many people don't know
reservoirs. about this massive on Earth. The mid-ocean ridge is
nearly 60,000 kilometers or 37,000 miles in length.
1129. Seismic facies analysis is:
(a) Regional stratigraphic interpretation only 1133. Where would deep - focus earthquakes occur?
(b) Depositional environment only (a) Under spreading centers
(c) Geologic history only (b) At subduction zone
(d) All the three above (c) Along the transform faults
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (d) At Mid-ocean ridge
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (d) : Seismic facies analysis is the description and
interpretation of seisonic reflection parameters, such as Ans. (b) : The deepest earthquakes occur within the
configuration continuity, amplitude and frequency core of subducting slabs-oceanic plates that descend
within the stratigraphic framework of a depositional into the Earth's mantle from convergent plate
sequence. boundaries, where a dense oceanic plate collides with a
less dense continental plate and the former sinks
1130. Seismic attributes represents the seismically
beneath the latter.
driven parameters:
(a) Velocity only (b) Amplitude only 1134. The 25th April, 2015 Nepal earthquake
measured ………….. on the Richter Scale.
(c) Frequency only (d) All the three above
(a) 6.7 (b) 7.2
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(c) 8.6 (d) 7.9
Ans. (d) : In reflection seismology, a seismic attribute
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
is a quantity extracted or derived from seismic data that
can be analysed in order to enhance information that Ans. (d) : The 25th April 2015, Gorkha Earthquake in
might be more subtle in a traditional seismic image Nepal and had magnitude of 7.8 on the richter scale.
@

leading to a better geological or geophysical • About 9000 people were killed, and almost 22,000
interpretation of the data. Seismic attributes can include thousand people were injured.
ap

measure time amplitude frequency, attenuation and • It epicenter was about 75 km northwest of the capital
velocity in addition to combinations of these. of Kathmandu.
na

Mining Geology 260 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1135. Based on the seismic zonation map of India 1138. Which of the following geological processes
which one of the following cities is located describes collision of an 'oceanic plate' with a
within the highest seismic hazard zone? 'continental plate'?
(a) Kolkata (b) Hyderabad (a) Uplift (b) Subduction
(c) Delhi (d) Shillong (c) Extension (d) Transformation
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
Ans. (d) : According the seismic zonation map of India Ans. (b) : The Earth's outer crust is composed of a
Shillong cities is located within the highest seismic series of tectonic plates that more on a hot flowing
hazard zone. mantle layer called the asthenosphere.
• India is divided into four seismic zones. • There are three major types of plate boundaries, each
Zone -II to Zone-V. associated with the formation of a variety of geologic
• Very high risk Zone-V with the highest seismic features.
intensity comprises the north-eastern areas.
• If two tectonic plates collide, they form a convergent
• Since earthquakes are caused by the movement of plate boundary. Usually, one of the converging plates
plates, the boundaries of the plates are the weak zone
will more beneath the other, a process known as
where earthquakes are more likely to occur. The weak
zones are also know as seismic or fault zones. subduction.
1136. Which of the following represents the correct • Deep trenches are features often formed where
order of appearance of seismic waves at a tectonic plates are being subduction and earthquakes are
recording station? common at subduction zones as well.
(a) P—S—L (b) L—P—S 1139. Which of the following statements is true for S-
(c) P—L—S (d) S—P—L waves?
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 (a) They are slower than P-waves
Ans. (a) : P—S—L, represent of correct order of (b) They can travel through both solid and liquid
appearance of seismic waves at a recording station. media
There are three basic types of seismic waves. (c) Their velocity does not depend upon the
• S - waves density of medium through which
• P - waves (d) Their vibration direction is same as the
• Surface waves direction of propagation
• S- waves, also known as secondary waves, or shear HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
waves or shaking waves, are transverse waves that Ans. (a) : The waves of energy that travel through the
travel slower than P-waves. earth and cause earthquakes and related phenomena are
• In this case, particle motion is perpendicular to the seismic waves.
direction of wave propagation. (A) There are two types of seismic waves -
• P-waves, also known as primary waves or pressure (i) Body waves
waves, travel at the greatest velocity through the Earth. (ii) Surface wave
• Surface waves are similar in nature to water waves (B) Body waves can be further sub-categorized into
and travel just under the Earth's surface. (i) P-waves
• They are typically generated when the source of the (ii) S-waves
earthquake is close to the Earth's surface.
1137. Richter Scale measures the
(a) Magnitude of earthquake
(b) Intensity of earthquake
(c) Destructive effect of earthquake
(d) Distance between focus and epicenter of an
earthquake
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 • In P or copressional waves, the vibration of the rock is
the direction of propagation.
Ans. (a) : Richter scale measures the magnitude of
earthquake. • P-waves travel fastest and are the first to arrive from
• It is a measure of the size of the earthquake source. the earthquake.
• The richter scale is an outdated method for USGS for • In S or shear waves, rock oscillates perpendicular to
@

large, teleseismic earthquakes. the direction of waves propagation.

• Intensity is a measure of the shaking and damage • In rock, S waves generally travel about 60% the speed
ap

caused by the earthquake. of P waves, and the S waves always arrives after the P
• This value changes from location to location. wave.
na

Mining Geology 261 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1140. Which of the following is formed as a result of 1143. Which of the following provides evidence for
tectonic forces? plate tectonics?
(a) Hanging valley (b) V-shaped valley (a) sea-floor topography
(c) Rift valley (d) Blind valley (b) ocean currents
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 (c) Coriolis effect
Ans. (c) : A rift Valley is defined as flat low-lying land (d) atmospheric temperatures
and surrounded by higher ground. It is formed when HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
tectonic plates beneath the Earth's surface diverge or Ans. (a) : Ocean or sea floor topography provides the
move away from one another in opposite direction. evidence of plate tectonics. In nineteenth century
• Hanging Valley are formed as a result of the crosion surveys of the oceans indicated that rather than being
effects of glaciation. flat featureless plains, as was previously thought, some
• V-shaped Valley are formed by strong streams of ocean areas are mountainous while others plummet to
River that had cut the rock over time. great depth. These topographic variations support the
• Blind Valley is formed by a spring that emerged from plate tectonics theory.
an underground river to create a surface stream and is 1144. Seismic wave velocities attain their maximum
surrounded by steep walls at the streams head. value in the earth is at :
1141. Which of the following earthquake waves are (a) Upper mantle (b) Outer core
most destructive? (c) Inner core (d) Lower mantle
(a) S-waves (b) P-waves APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
(c) R-waves (d) L-waves Ans. (d) : Decades of observation of seismic times from
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 earthquakes and large explosions have established
Ans. (a) : When an earthquake occurs. It releases waves reliable travel time tables for an "average" Earth.
of energy known as seismic waves. There are two main • Although this variety at first sight complicates the
types of waves - interpretation of seismic travel times, at the same time it
1. Body waves greatly enhances the amount of information that can be
2. surface waves interpretation of seismic travel time, the amount of
Body waves includes S waves and P waves that travels information that can be inferred from them.
through earth. The destruction caused by earthquake is • Data from surface wave dispersion and Earth
primarily done by these waves. Among P and S waves oscillations complement the travel time data in
the S waves i.e. the secondary waves are most important ways, for examples in estimating seismic
destructive. wave velocities in the mantle and in validating the
• The surface waves will move just under the surface of existence of a solid inner core.
the earth. Surface waves move the slowest but cause the • Seismic wave velocities attain their maximum value
maximum damage to human made structure. Hence, the in the earth is at lower mantle.
most destructive seismic wave is surface waves. 1145. AB tectonite exhibits:
1142. The theory of plate tectonics does not help to (a) penetrative planar fabric
explain the origin and location of which one of (b) penetrative linear fabric
the following? (c) non-penetrative planar fabric
(a) Earthquakes
(d) non-penetrative linear fabric
(b) Mountains
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
(c) Ocean currents
(d) Major sea floor features Ans. (a) : AB tectonite exhibits penetrative planar
fabric.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
• Rocks with a penetrative tectonic fabric are also called
Ans. (c) : A tectonic plate is a massive, irregularly-
tectonites.
shaped slab of solid Rock generally composed of both
continental and oceanic lithosphere. The theory of plate • When linear fabric elements dominate, the rock is
tectonic proposes that the Earth's lithosphere is divided called on A-tectonite, whereas a rock with dominantly
into seven major and some minor plates. The concept of planar fabrics is called as tectonite, and not surprisingly
plate tectonics was first given by Mc Kenzie, Parker and rocks with both types of fabric elements are called AB-
Morgan in 1967 where as the phenomenon of tectonites.
continental drift was first observed by Alfred Wegener. • Typically, the deformation that leads to the formation
The theory of plate tectonics provides a uniform context of a tectonite is accompained by metamorphism, so the
for understanding mountain, building process, fabric is defined by grains that have been partially or
@

volcanoes, Earthquake and sea spreading. totally recrystallized, and/or by new minerals that have
• Oceanic currents are generated due to Radioactive grown during deformation called neomineralization
ap

elements causing thermal differences, in the mantle common rocks.

portion. • Examples:- Slates, schists and mylonites.
na

Mining Geology 262 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1146. Schuppen structures are associated with : Ans. (a): A tectonic plate (also called lithospheric plate)
(a) reverse faulting (b) normal faulting is a massive, irregularly-shaped slab of solid rock,
(c) recumbent folding (d) thrust faulting generally composed of both continental and oceanic
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 lithosphere.
Ans. (d) : The Belt of Schuppen is an important • Divergent Boundaries:-
tectonic elements of the Assam-Arakan basin. • A divergent boundary is formed by tectonic plates
• It is a narrow belt of thrust slices in southeastern pulling apart from each other. They are known as
boundary of Assam valley. constructive boundaries.
• The Naga Schuppen Belt, consisting of eight or more • Divergent boundaries are the site of seafloor
imbricated thrusts, occurs between the Naga and Disang spreading and rift valleys.
thrusts. • At divergent boundaries in the oceans, magma from
• The most prominent morphotectonic unit of the Naga deep in the Earth's mantle rises toward the surface and
Hills covering on area of 4500 sq km. pushes apart two or more plates.
• Mathur and Evans opened that the Terihary sealiments • Mountains and volcanoes rise along the seem. The
of this belt were deformed by eight or possibly more process renews the ocean floor and widens the giant
thrust slices. basin.
• They are overriding each other which is evidenced by
1150. The relationship between the Richter
Naga Hills as it thrusted north-westward relative to the
Precambrian crystalline foreland spur. magnitude of an earthquake M, and the energy
released E, is given by the equation----------.
1147. Muth Quartzites of Devonian age
(a) Log E= 11.8 + 10 M
characteristically exhibits :
(a) Granulose taxture (b) Cataclastic texture (b) Log E= 11.8 + M
(c) Hornfelsic taxture (d) Schistose taxture (c) Log E= 11.8 + 1.5 M
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (d) Log E = 1.5 M
Ans. (b) : The cataclastic texture observed in the Muth APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Quartzites provides valuable information about the Ans. (c) : The relationship between the Richter
deformation history and tectonic events that affected the magnitude of an earthquake M, and the energy released
rocks during the Devonian period. E, is given by the equation Log E = 11.8 + 1.5M.
• Geologists study these textures to understand the • The Richter scale doesn't measure quick damage,
dynamics of ancient mountain building processes and which is dependent on a variety of factors including
the geological evolution of the region. population at the epicenter, terrian, depth etc.
1148. Tectonites is widespread in : • The energy can be converted into yet another
(a) Cataclastic metamorphism magnitude type called the Energy magnitude (Me).
(b) Dynamothermal metamorphism However, since the energy magnitude and moment
(c) Pyrometamorphism magnitude measure two different properties of the
(d) Plutonic metamorphism earthquake, their value are not the same.
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 1151. Foraminifera are benthic forms that are
Ans. (b) : Tectonites is widespread in Dynamothermal described as vagile or sessile. The term vagile
metamorphism. refers to -----------organisms, whereas the term
• In this type of metamorphism directed pressure and sessile refers to -----------organisms.
heat play a dominant role. (a) free-moving passive on attached
• This is the most common type of metamorphism. (b) passive or attached; free-moving
• The most common metamorphic rocks like gneisses (c) silica rich skeleton; carbonate rich skeleton
and schists are produced by dynamothermal (d) carbonate rich skeleton; silica rich skeleton
metamorphism. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
• This type metatmorphism produces mainly Ans. (a) : Foraminifera are benthic forms that are
recrystallization and consequent textural changes. described as vagile or sessile.
• It is effective at certain depths. • The term vagile refers to free moving organisms,
• The conditions that prevail during this metamorphism whereas the term sessible refers to passive organism.
lower the melting points of minerals locally and
facilitate diffusion and recrystallization of materials. 1152. P-wave shadow zones recorded by seismologists
indicate the boundary between the
1149. --------are where new ocean crust is generated
and plates grow. (a) lower and upper crusts
(a) Plate margins (b) inner core and outer core
@

(b) Converging plate margins (c) lower mantle and outer core
(c) Shear margins (d) transition zone and lower mantle
ap

(d) Benioff zones (e) continental and oceanic crust

APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
na

Mining Geology 263 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): P-waves (Primary waves)- The 'P' waves are moves downward to the block on the other side of the
also known as the longitudinal waves. In this type of fault called the "footwall".
motion, particles of the medium vibrate along the • Normal faults tend to be associated with tectonic
direction of propagation of the wave. regimes undergoing extension. In extensional (Pull a
• These waves travel not only through the solid part of Part) tectonic regimes pieces of crust are pulling.
the earth but also through the liquid part of the core. 1155. In convergent plate tectonic setting, thickest
continental lithosphere is associated with
(a) Ocean-Ocean convergent setting.
(b) Ocean-Continent convergent setting.
(c) Continent-Continent collision setting.
(d) Ocean-Ocean divergent setting.
(e) Continental-continental divergent setting
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
No direct Ans. (c) : • Continent- continent convergence another
P- waves
type of convergent plate boundary is when two
continental plates collide. Continental lithosphere is low
in density and very thick. Continental lithosphere can
not subduct. So when two continental plates collide,
• The shadow zone of P-wave appears as a band around
they just smash together.
the earth between 103° and 142° away from the
Epicenter. • The material has nowhere to go but up earthquakes
and metamorphic rock result from the tremendous
• This is because P-wave refracted when they pass forces of collision.
through the transition between the semisolid mantle
• Continent- continent convergence creates some of the
and the liquid outer core.
world's largest mountains ranges e.g Himalayas.
1153. The epic entre of a deep focus earthquake is
1156. Which of the following geomorphic feature is
located
not an indicator of Active tectonics:
(a) on the earth's surface
(a) Incised valleys (b) River terraces
(b) below a depth of 70 km
(c) Stream piracy (d) U-shaped valley
(c) between 70-300 km
(d) below 300 km (e) Unpaired terraces
(e) 300 km CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 Ans. (d) : • U-shaped valleys also called trough valleys
Ans. (c) : or glacial troughs are formed by the process of
• The location with in earth's lithosphere where glaciations. They have a characteristic U shape in cross-
rupturing begins that is the point at which energy is section with steep, straight sides and a flat or rounded
first released is an earthquake's focus or hypocenter. bottom.
Epicenter is place on earth's surface directly above • U-shaped valleys are found in mountainous region
the focus. through-out the world.
• Seismologists group earthquake into three categories • Tectonics connected with the structure of the earth's
based on focal depth- surface.
(i) Shallow focus earthquake = focal depth less than 70 1157. What is measured with Richter scale?
km from the surface. (a) Earthquake magnitude
(ii) Intermediate focus = Focal depth is 70 - 300km (b) Earthquake focus
(iii) Deep focus = Earthquake with a focus between (c) Earthquake intensity
300km - 700km
(d) Earthquake epicentre
1154. In extensional tectonic regimes of the Earth we (e) Earthquake distribution
commonly observe
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(a) normal faults (b) thrusts
(c) vertical faults (d) reverse faults Ans. (a) : • The Richter scale is a scale of numbers used
(e) folds and thrusts to tell the power (or magnitude) of earthquakes.
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 • The Richter magnitude scale assigns a magnitude
number to quantity the energy released by an
Ans. (a) : • Large-scale features found with in
earthquake.
@

sedimentary rocks are also indicative of deformation

due to plate tectonics. • The Richter scale developed in the 1930 by Charles
Richter is a base-10 logarithmic scale, which defines
ap

• These features include faults and folds. Several types

of faults are associated with tectonism. Normal faults magnitude as the logarithm of the ratio of the amplitude
occur when a block of rock called the "hanging wall" of the seismic waves to an arbitrary minor amplitude.
na

Mining Geology 264 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1158. Which of the following method is suitable, if 1162. The earthquakes with deep foci (~700 km) are
seam thickness is more than 8m regular, common in :
dip<60o, roof and floor is strong and coal is not (a) Mid-oceanic ridges
liable to spontaneous heating with easily
(b) Continental rifts
cavable roof?
(a) Transverse slicing in descending order (c) Himalayan Mountain Belts
(b) Inclined ascending slicing (d) Island Arc
(c) Diagonal slicing OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(d) Horizontal slicing Ans. (d) : The earthquakes with deep foci (~700 km)
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 are common in Island Arc. Earthquakes and occur any
Ans. (b) : Inclined ascending slicing method is suitable, where between the Earth's surface and about 700 kilo
if seam thickness is more than 8m regular dip < 600, meters below the surface. For scientific purposes this
roof and floor is strong and coal is not liable to earthquake depth range of 0 - 700 km is divided into
spontaneous heating with easily cavable roof. three zones. Shallow, intermediate and deep.
1159. The process that sends sand water mixture in 1163. The study of earthquakes is called :
underground coal depillaring district is known (a) Petrology (b) Seismology
as _________ .
(c) Paleontology (d) Petrography
(a) Coal drawing operation
(b) Stowing operation OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(c) Gravity separation operation Ans. (b) : The study of earthquakes is called
(d) Jigging operation Seismology.
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 Seismology is the scientific study of earthquakes,
Ans. (b) : The process that sends sand water mixture in including their causes. Characteristics, and effects. It
underground coal depillaring district is known as involves analyzing seismic waves and using various
stowing operation. techniques to understand the behavior of Earth's interior
• Gravity separation is an industrial method of and the processes that lead to earthquakes.
separating two component, either a suspension or dry 1164. The point of origin of earthquakes below the
granular mixture where separating the component earth's surface is called :
with gravity is sufficiently practical. (a) Isocenter (b) Focus
• The jigging operation is mainly actuated by alternate (c) Epicenter (d) Isopoint
strokes of pulsation and suction.
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
1160. In which one of the following stoping
operations the ore dilution is maximum? Ans. (b) : The point of origin of earthquakes below the
(a) Cut-and-Fill (b) Shrinkage earth's surface is the "Focus" or "hypocenter" the term
(c) Room-and-pillar (d) Sub-level epicenter refers to the point on the Earth's surface
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 directly above to focus where the seismic waves are
most strongly felt.
Ans. (d) : Ore dilution is mining operations can have
several consequences. It can lower the quality of martial 1165. The magnitude of an earthquake is based on :
or metal that can be produced from each ton of (a) Time period (b) Frequency
processed material leading to decreased profitability and (c) Amplitude (d) Intensity
increased costs dilution occurs when waste material is OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
mixed with the ore during mining process. Resulting in Ans. (c) : The magnitude of an earthquake is primarily
the proceeding of law grade material maximum ore
based on the amplitude of seismic waves generated by
dilution in sub level stoping method.
the earthquake.
1161. Among the following options, the specific The amplitude refers to the maximum displacement of
energy for rock-drilling is lowest in : the ground caused by the seismic waves. It is typically
(a) rotary diamond drilling measured using seismographs, which recorded the
(b) rotary roller drilling ground motion during on earthquake. The amplitude is
(c) percussive drilling measured in units such as millimeters or micrometers.
(d) jet piercing
1166. Wave generated by underwater
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
(a) El-nino (b) Tidal wave
Ans. (c) : 'Specific energy' defined as the energy (c) Tsunami (d) Microwave
required to excavated unit volume of rock, is a the
useful parameter in this context and may also be taken OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
as an in index of the mechanical efficiency of a rock- Ans. (c) : A tsunami is an ocean wave triggered by
@

working process. Percussion drilling is a drilling large earthquakes that occur near or under the ocean,
method which involves lifting and dropping heavy tooth volcanic eruptions, submarine landslides, or by onshore
ap

to break rock and area steel caring tubes to stop the landslides in which large volumes of debris fall into the
borehole from collapsing. water.
na

Mining Geology 265 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1167. The velocity of propagation of earth waves On a seismogram , the horizontal
vary Axis = time commeasured in seconds) and the
(a) as square root of density Vertical axis= ground displacement (usually
(b) as cube of density measured in millimeters).
(c) inversely with density
During an earthquake, vibrations caused by the
(d) directly with density
breakage of rock along a fault zone radiate outward
TSPGECET-2020
from the point of rapture.
Ans. (a) : The propagation velocity of a seismic wave
Seismographs are instruments used to record the
depends on density and elasticity of the medium as
square root of density. Velocity tend to increase with motion of the ground during an earthquake.
depth through Earth's crust and mantle, but drops A seismometer is the internal part of seismograph,
sharply going from the mantel to Earth's outer core. which may be a pendulum or a mass mounted on a
1168. What led to maximum number of fatalities spring.
during Indonesian 2004 earthquake? The end product resulting from the interaction
(a) Death on account of entrapment of humans in between monochromatic X-rays and crystalline
earthquake opened chasms materials is a "diffractogram" or "diffraction factor".
(b) Fires generated on account of earthquake 1171. The epicenter of a deep focus earthquake is
(c) Epidemic dieses caused due to earthquake located
(d) Tsunami along the coastal tract bounding
(a) below a depth of 70 km
Indian Ocean
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (b) between 70-300km
Ans. (d) : (c) on the earth’s surface
The 2004 tsunami was the deadliest and one of the (d) below 300km
most destructive in recorded history. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Tsunami runup heights of more than 30m were Ans. (c) :
observed along the west coast of Sumtra. The epicenter of a deep focus earthquake is located on
Tsunami along the coastal tract bounding India the earth's surface.
Ocean of fatalities during Indonesian 2004
earthquake. Earthquakes occurring near the surface are known as
shallow focus earthquakes.
1169. ‘Klippe’ and ‘Tectonic Window’ are terms
related to: The earth's surface appears to us to be continuous
(a) normal faults (b) overthrust sheets surface, but it is actually composed of sections called
(c) diapiric intrusions (d) transform faults tectonic plates, which are moving slowly in relation to
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 each other.
Ans. (b) : 1172. The significance of paleomagnetism in plate
'Klippe' and 'Tectonic Window' are term related to tectonics stemmed from
overtrust sheet. (a) One could measure depth of oceans
Reverse faults are those which have dominant dip- (b) It illustrated sea-floor spreading
slip components with a relative upward movement of (c) It contributed to the precise location of the
hanging wall.
o North Pole
Reverse faults with a low angle of dip (less the 45 )
(d) It explained ocean floor metamorphism
are called thrusts or thrust faults.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
It the foot wall stays in position and the hanging wall
is transported, the fault, is called and overthrust. Ans. (b) :
The hanging-wall sheet of rocks which travelled to The significance of paleomagnetism in plate tectonics
some distance over a thrust fault is described as a stemmed from, it illustrated sea-floor spreading.
thrust sheet. Where new crustal material pushes old crustal material
1170. The record of an earthquake is known as away from the ridge.
(a) Seismograph (b) Seismometer It can also be used to show how the continents have
(c) Seismogram (d) Diffractogram moved over time through apparent polar wander paths.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 Paleomagnetism is the record of geomagnetic data
@

Ans. (c) : preserved in rocks and minerals.

The record of an earthquake is known as This preserved signal or remant magnetism can be used
ap

Seismogram. A seismogram is the recording of the

to support plate tectonic theory and explain how the
ground shaking at the specific location of the
instrument. geomagnetic field has changed over time.
na

Mining Geology 266 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
04.
Mining Method
1. Which of the following is not the duty of shot
firer. D1. Extraction Techniques
(a) Charging of hole (b) Stemming of hole
(c) Drilling of hole (d) Firing of explosive
4. The quantity of explosive required to break one
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
cubic meter of strata or Yield per Kg of
Ans. (d) : The handling of explosives and detonators in Explosive is called.............
the preparation underground of a shot or shot hole shall (a) Specific energy (b) Powder factor
be under the direct supervision and control of a shot (c) Specific consumption (d) Power factor
firer. APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
• Shot firer conducts blasting operations in mines and Ans. (b) : Powder Factor- The quantity of explosive
quarries by charging drilled holes with requisite amount per unit volume or unit mass of rock. Typically
of explosives. measured in kilograms per bank cubic meter or
• Examines holes and area to be blasted. kilograms per tonne of rock.
• Ensure that shot holes are properly drilled and cleaned 5. When the part of explosive charge remains
before charging unblasted in the drill hole even after blasting
• Drilling of hole, is not the duty of shot firer, it is a such charge of hole is known as .............
duty of the driller. (a) Blown out shot (b) Socket
2. Which of the following is the cause of "Slope (c) Blown through shot (d) Hang fire
failure" APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
(a) Bench width (b) Presence of faults Ans. (b) : When the part of explosive charge remains
(c) Drill hole diameter (d) Stripping ratio unblasted in the drill hole even after blasting such
charge of hole is known as socket.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
6. What is the applicable inclination for adoption
Ans. (b) : Presence of faults is the cause of ''slop- of Sub-level stoping method in metal mining?
failure''. stress, rock mass geology pore pressure the (a) Below 15º (b) 85º-90º
presence of unknown underground workings, and many
(c) 40º-85º (d) 20º-35º
other factors contributes to slope failures.
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
• Because of enormous surface area of many large open
Ans. (c) : The applicable inclination for adoption of
pit mines several varieties and scales of instabilities can
sub-level stoping method in metal mining, the angle lies
occur. 40º to 85º.
3. A building, where explosives and detonators 7. Match the following
are stored, is called
Mining method Technique
(a) Shelter (b) Magazine
P. Thick seam 1. Double unit face
(c) Store (d) House
extraction
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Q. Bord and Pillar 2. Jet cutting
Ans. (b) : • Section 842 (j) of the Act and 55.29 of this extraction
part requires that the storage of explosive materials R. Long wall face 3. Inclined slicing
must be in accordance with regulation in this part. development
• The director may authorize alternate construction for S. Hydraulic mining 4. Half moon
explosives storage magazine construction that is
(a) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (b) P-1, Q-4, R-2, S-3
substantially equivalent in the standards of safety and
(c) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4 (d) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
security contained in the subpart.
• Any alternate explosive magazine construction Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
approved by the director prior to August 9, 1982 will Ans. (d) :
continue as approved unless notified in writing by the Thick seam extraction - Inclined slicing
@

director Bord and Pillar extraction - Half moon

• Explosive materials may not be stored in alternate Long wall face - Double unit face
ap

magazines before the applicant has been notified that development

the application has been approved. Hydraulic mining - Jet cutting
na

Mining Method 267 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
8. The significance of '' potentially explosive (a) They are not resistant to water
mixture'' in Coward flammability diagram is (b) They have high temperature detonability.
(a) Leakage of fresh air may lead to explosive (c) They have high velocity of detonation.
condition for the mixture (d) They are highly sensitive to accidental
(b) Leakage of firedamp may lead to explosive initiation through friction.
condition for the mixture (e) Question not attempted
(c) Increase in the ambient temperature may lead Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
to explosive condition for the mixture Ans. (c) : Emulsion explosives are known for their high
(d) Introduction of a source of ignition may result velocity of detonation, making them highly effective for
in explosion of the mixture various applications in mining, qurring, and
construction. Their composition always for rapid and
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
efficient energy release upon detonation.
Ans. (a) : The significance of "potentially explosive
13. Which of the following method of mining is
mixture" in Coward flammability diagram is leakage of applicable only to metal mining?
fresh air may lead to explosive condition for the mixture (a) Sublevel Caving Method
Coward in 1928. This diagram helps us to find the (b) High-wall mining
flammability of methane air as the composition (c) Longwall mining
changes.
(d) Bord and pillar mining
9. "Cross-measure borehole method" is used for (e) Question not attempted
(a) Rock slope monitoring Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
(b) Methane drainage Ans. (a): Sublevel caving method- Sublevel caving is a
(c) Connecting two drifts mining method typically used for metal ores like copper
(d) Subsidence monitoring and gold. It involves the extraction of ore through a
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I series of sublevels, where ore is blasted and then
allowed to collapse under gravity into a collection point.
Ans. (b) : The cross-measure borehole technique has
This method is allowed to collapse under gravity into a
been shown by the bureau of mines to be an effective collection point. This method is specifically suited to
method of controlling methane liberated by fracturing ore bodies with a strong, competent rock mass can
the roof strata is longwall gobs where overburden is less support the overlying strata while allowing the ore to be
than 750 Ft (1229m). Borehole are drilled into roof extracted safely. Other mining methods like pillar
strata before mining operations affect the roof strata. mining are used for various types of deposits including
10. Insufficient stemming causes coal, while sublevel caving is predominantly employed
(a) Over breakage of coal in metal mining operation due to the specific geological
and structural characteristics required to its
(b) Excessive vibration
effectiveness.
(c) Blown out shot
14. In rock blasting the term 'impedance of
(d) High powder factor medium' is the product of -
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I (a) Wave pressure and density of medium
Ans. (c) : A shot that dissipater the explosive force by (b) Wave pressure and Poisson's ratio
blousing out the stemming instead of breaking down the (c) Propagation velocity and Poisson's ratio
coal. It may be causes by insufficient stemming over (d) Propagation velocity and density of medium
changing with explosive, or a burden that is too much (e) Question not attempted
for the charge to dislodge. Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
11. Which of the following is used as a criterion for Ans (d) : In rock blasting the term impedance of
evaluation of blast vibrations in terms of its medium is the product of propagation velocity and
potential to cause damage to structures? density of medium.
(a) Peak Particle Velocity 15. The duty is NOT related to shotfirer at the end
(b) Root-mean-square acceleration of the shift :
(c) Resonance frequency of ground (a) surrender of circuit tester
(d) Young's modulus of elasticity (b) surrender of scraper brake detector
(e) Question not attempted (c) surrender the shotfirer's daily report
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 (d) surrender the explosives at the magazine
Ans. (a) : Peak Particle velocity is used as a criterion NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
@

for evaluation of blast vibration in terms of its potential Ans. (b) The explosives supervisor and the shotfirer at
to cause damage to structure.
ap

a quarry shall carryout any shotfiring operations in

12. Which of the following is true with respect to accordance with the shotfiring rules and blast
Emulsion explosives : specification.
na

Mining Method 268 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Before a shot is fires a shotfirer shall– Ans. (b) : Terms of open-cast mines :–
Ensure that person is within, or may enter within Crest Resources is a natural resource focused
the danger zone specified in the blast. investment company with high quality portfolio of
Check the shotfiring system or circuit. resource development and mining related to
Ensure that a warning signal is given and that the technology companies.
shot is fired from a safe place. Toe is the base of a bank bench or a slope
After a shot is fired, a shotfirer shall–
Berm is a horizontal shelf or ledge built in to a
Ensure that no person enters within the danger zone
sloping wall of an open pit or quarry for protection
specified in the blast specification until the all clear
signal is given. under level.
Ensure that normal working is resumed only when Sump is not related term to open-cast mines. It is an
he or she is satisfied that it is safe to do so. excavation for the purpose of collecting water so
16. What should be the minimum floor area of rest that it may be transferred to a pump. This often is
shelters in open cast mines? the bottom most portion of a shaft.
2 2
(a) 10 m (b) 14 m 19. The word 'socket' is related to :
(c) 12 m2 (d) 15 m2 (a) detonator
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 (b) safety fuses
Ans. (b) Standards of every shelters shall :– (c) part of blast hole remaining after being
(a) Have a floor area of not less than 14 square meters blasted
(i) In the case of flat roof a height of not less than (d) misfired hole
2.5 meters to the lowest part of the roof. NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
(ii) Where the roof is a sloping one, a height of not
Ans. (c) A socket is the remain part of a blast hole
less than 1.8 meters to the lowest part of the roof
remaining after finding.
and of not less than 2.5 meters to the highest part
of roof. It is also referred to as a butt or bootleg.
(b) Be so constructed as to afford effective Any shot hole or any part of any shot hole, known
protection from the weather. not be a misfired hole.
(c) Be constantly provided with adequate supply of Which remain after being charged with explosive
cool and wholesome drinking water during the and blasted.
working hours of the mine, and 20. Stripping ratio of mechanized open cast
(d) Be kept in a clean and tidy condition. working in India with dragline working is :
17. In open cast mine to use two or more types of (a) 1 in 16 (b) 1 in 5
explosives in any shot hole, the _____ shall (c) 1 in 10 (d) 1 in 7
frame and enforce standing orders. NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
(a) Shotfirer (b) Sirdar
Ans. (c) In India fast increase in output of various
(c) Safety officer (d) Managers
minerals can be largely attributed to rapid increase in
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 open cast mining activities and intensified
Ans. (d) Duties of mine managers -. mechanization.
The mine manager should be responsible for the This has resulted in the open cast mines going upto
observance and enforcement of all safety and health 1 : 10, at a depth of about 500m.
laws and rules laid down in national laws or
As a direct consequence, the amount of waste
regulations.
mining and dumping will also be commensurately
The mine operator or the mine manager may assign
very high thereby increasing the risks of high wall
persons to assist the latter in the discharge of his
slope and dump failures tremendously.
duties only in so far as.
Their duties are responsibilities have been clearly Under such situations with most production areas
defined in instructions given them in writing. concentrated close to the excavation floor, there is a
Opencast mining for the use of two or more types constant danger to the men and machinery
of explosive in any shot hole, manager will prepare deployed thereat with a potential to cause
and implement standard instruction. catastrophic loss of life and property.
18. Out of the below, which term is NOT related to 21. Which of the following is NOT included in the
@

open-cast mines? report of the shotfirer for open cast working?

(a) Crest (b) Sump (a) Safety fuse (b) Detonators
ap

(c) Toe (d) Berm (c) Crimper (d) Explosive in kg

NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
na

Mining Method 269 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) In the report of shotfirer for open cast Establishing exclusion zones around blast areas to
working. ensure the safety of people, animals, vehicles and
(i) There shall be clearance of at least 0.3 surroundings.
centimeters over the diameter of the cartridge of Fixation of date for blasting by the shotfirer.
explosive in the shot hole. Determining a suitable location for the blast away
(ii) The direction of the hole shall be distinctly from people.
marked on the roof or other convenient place.
The name of the shotfirer who did the blast must be
(iii) Detonator shall be inserted into a priming
cartridge only immediately before it is to be mentioned, so that he would submit the report.
used. 24. Which of the following is not dependent on
(iv) In opencast mines, to use two types of explosives efficient rock breaking -
in any shot-hole, the manger shall frame rules for (a) Type of exploder
safe use of explosives and a copy of the same
(b) Type of explosive
shall be submitted to the Regional Inspector.
(v) In the report safety fuse is used in opencast (c) Proper stemming
mining. (d) Amount of charge per hole
22. Which of the following duties and NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
responsibilities is NOT related to a shotfirer? Ans. (a) High-power laser has been considered as a
(a) Be responsible, when a shot has misfired, for potential method of rock breakage through melting.
seeing that the place is adequately fenced. However, high energy consumption and low
(b) Ensure that clay, sand or other suitable efficiency are the main restrictions for applying
stemming material are available in sufficient
laser technology in rock excavation and
quantity.
fragmentation.
(c) Be present when shots are being charged and
stemmed. The efficient of rock breaking system's not
(d) Shall not himself fire the shot. depending on type of detonator.
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 It is depends on type of explosive, fair performance
Ans. (d) The shotfirer should inform and agree with and amount of charge per hole.
the explosives supervisor any significant changes to 25. If a shovel breaks down at the face after being
the agreed blast specification prior to loading of the charged in an open cast coal mine, what steps
face to be blasted.
should you take as a shotfirer?
Before blasting the shotfirer must ensure that a
warning signal is given and there are no persons (a) Blast the hole taking all necessary safety
inside the designated danger zone. measures
The shotfirer is required to check that the shotfiring (b) Allow sleeping holes if they have not been
circuit has been correctly connected and, where fixed without the manager's consent
electric detonators are used to ensure they are (c) Act as directed by the manager and notify the
connected correctly. appropriate authorities of the issue
The shotfirer should take due cognisance of any
(d) After adequately protecting the shovel, blast
information available to him or her prior to loading
a face for blasting. the hole
Such information will include the drillers log, any NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
face profiling or bore hole tracking information that Ans. (c) Duties :– The component authority should
is available and from a physical inspection of the also have the power to object to or require the mine
face to be blasted. manger to change the rules.
23. Which particulars should NOT be mentioned If a shovel breaks down at the face after being
during report preparation by the shotfirer? charged in an open cast mining, shotfirer should be
(a) Orientation of working face act as directed by the manager and notify the
(b) Date of blasting appropriate authorities of the issue.
(c) Place of blasting
Impaction by a component authority should be
(d) Name of the shotfirer
carried out in the presence of employers and
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
workers representative, unless the inspector decider
Ans. (a) Shotfirer prepare, position and detonate
@

to conduct an inspection on his own.

explosive to demolish buildings and structure or
dislodge rock and soil. The mine operator should notify the component
ap

This work is predominantly outdoors and authority of every appointment made in the
underground preparation by the shotfires :– technical management of the mine.
na

Mining Method 270 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
26. The blast pattern of a coal face shown in the 28. Optimum ratio of AN : FO in ANFO Explosive
figure represents____ by volume is
(a) 90 : 10 (b) 92 : 08
(c) 85 : 15 (d) 94 : 06
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (d)
An ANFO mixture of 94% ammonium nitrate, 6%
fuel oil is close to optimum from the perspective of
minimum toxic fumes production.
Previous research and theory show that the
detonating ANFO will produce excessive levels of
nitrogen oxides.
If the fuel oil content is too low and will produce
excessive levels of carbon monoxide and ammonia.
(a) Burn cut. (b) Pyramid cut. If the fuel oil content is too high.
(c) Wedge cut. (d) Drag cut. This behaviour is supported by data collected in the
current research.
Gate-2023
29. Goaf is a place ………..;
Ans. (b) : The last pattern of the coal face shown in the (a) Where, coal is to be taken out
below figure shows pyramid cut.
(b) from where, coal has been taken out
(c) Where, coal is being taken out
(d) All of these
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
Ans. (b) : That part of a mine from which the coal has
been worked away and the space more or less filled up
with caved rock. Hence Goaf is a place from where,
coal has been taken out.
30. Delay Detonator relates to:
(a) Roof Support (b) Water Drainage
(c) Blasting (d) None of these
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
Ans. (c) : Delay detonator is an electric or nonelectric
27. Uncharged holes in a drive blasting face help detonator used to introduce a predetermined time lapse
in : between the application of a firing signal and
(a) providing free face to other holes detonation. Delay detonator is related to blasting. The
(b) better alignment practice of initiating individual explosive decks,
(c) restricting fly rocks boreholes, or rows of boreholes at predetermined time
(d) None of these intervals using delay detonators, as compared to
instantaneous blasting where all holes are fired
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
essentially simultaneously.
Ans. (a)
31. Blasting Gallery is a ………………. Mining.
This drill pattern was a series of parallel holes are
(a) Thin seam mining (b) Thick seam mining
drilled closely spaced at right angles to the face.
(c) Opencast Mining (d) None of these
This results in the deepest excavation possible with
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
the choice equipment and is therefore the most
common drill pattern used, where the rock mass Ans. (b) : Blasting gallery method is to extract thick
allows. coal seams by drilling and blasting of roof and sides of
Since all holes are at right angles to the face, hole galleries. Which are driven at the bottom of the seam at
placement and alignment are easier than in other regular intervals. Hence we can say that Blasting
types of cuts. Gallery is a thick seam mining.
To compensate for the holes which do not propogate 32. TMT Bar is related to ................
the blasts outward as much as an angled hole one or (a) Electrical Safety (b) Mine Ventaillation
more holes at the centre of the face are uncharged. (c) Roof Bolting (d) None of these
@

These uncharged holes are often of larger diameter WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
than the charged holes and from zones of weakness Ans. (c): TMT means Thermo Mechanical Treatment,
ap

that assist the adjacent charged holes in breaking out which is a thermo-mechanical process, these TMT bars
the ground. are used in process of Roof Bolting.
na

Mining Method 271 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• A system of roof support in mines. Boreholes usually Ans. (c) : Dredge mining is the technique that is often
from 3 to 12 ft (1 to 4m) long are drilled upward in the used by commercial and recreational miners to collect
roof, and bolts of 5/8 to 1in (2 to 2.5cm) or more in raw gold when dredge mining for gold the dredge is
diameter are inserted into the holes and anchored at the used to dig, sort the materials, collect the gold and
top by a split core, mechanical anchor, or resin grout. discharge the unwanted sediment.
33. TNT is related to .............. 38. Which is used in extraction of metals ?
(a) Mine Fire (a) Coal gas (b) Coke
(b) Mine Explosion (c) Coal tar (d) Petroleum
(c) Electrical Safety HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
(d) Explosive & Balasting Ans. (b) : Coke is used in manufacturing of steel and
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 extraction of many metal.
Ans. (d) : TNT (Trinitrotoluene) is one of the most • The process of extracting metal ores buried deep
commonly used explosives and blasting for mining, underground is called mining.
industrial and military applications. TNT has been used • The extraction of metal from ores is what allow us to
in conjunction with hydraulic fracturing (Popularly use the minerals in the ground
known as frocking), a process used to recover oil and 39. The blasting technique used for controlled
gas from shale formations. throw of overburden is known as
34. Accident due to blasting generally occurs (a) Cast blasting (b) Angle blasting
during ......... (c) Plaster shooting (d) Pop shooting
(a) Joining of faces Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(b) Fly rock during blasting Ans. (a) : According to blasting theory and center-of-
(c) Drilling into misfire mass frame basic movement principles, key factors
(d) All of these influencing blast casting effect were analyzed, which
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 include bench height and mining panel width, inclines
angle of blast hole, explosive presplitting and blast
Ans. (d) : Accident due to blasting generally occurs holes explosive unit consumption, delay time interval,
during joining of faces, fly rock during blasting and hole pattern parameters.
drilling into misfire. So all of these are the correct
• Blast casting is a high-efficiency technique applied in
option.
surface mines for overburden removal and results in
35. Reason for Blown out shots stripping cost savings.
(a) Less Stemming 40. Secondary blasting is the technique of
(b) More explosive charge (a) Re-blasting (b) Control blasting
(c) High Burden and Spacing (c) Solid blasting (d) None of the above
(d) All of these Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 Ans. (a) : Secondary blasting is a technique of Re-
Ans. (d) : A shot that dissipates the explosive force by basting.
blowing out the stemming instead of breaking down the • In order to evaluate secondary breaking and to find
coal. It may be caused by insufficient stemming,
the best method to use. Report has been broken up into
overcharging with explosive, or a burden that is too
the relevant methods, and each is discussed
much for the charge to dislodge. Hence all of these are
independently and then directly compared in order to
correct.
reach a conclusion on the best applicable method.
36. Priming catridge
• There are four types of problems that causes a need for
(a) In which detonator is engaged
secondary blasting discussed below and may be seen in
(b) Best Quality explosive catridege
• High hang-up
(c) Un exploded explosive catridege
(d) All of these • Rock jungle
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 • A Low hang-up
Ans. (a) : Primed cartridge means a cartridge of • Draw points oversize
explosives to which a detonator has been attached as a 41. The equipment which is not used in Board and
means of firing, and intended to be placed in the bore pillar system of working is:
hole as other explosive chamber for the purpose of (a) side discharge loader.
exploding the remainder of the charge. (b) Load haul dumper
37. Dredging riverbeds may be an effective (c) scraper
@

technique for mining (d) coal plough

(a) silica (b) coal
ap

APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
(c) gold (d) sulphur Ans. (d) : The equipment which is not used in board
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 and pillar system of working is coal plough.
na

Mining Method 272 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Coal plough ⇒ Ans. (d) : The core sample from the ore and wall is
(i) A cutter loader with knives ton slice the coal off the tested low, we adopt cut and fill stoping.
face Cut and Fill Stoping- In cut-and-fill mining, the ore is
(ii) A mine plow is a device designed to clear a lane removed in a series of horizontal drifting slice. When
each slice is removed, the void is filled (generally with
through a minefield, allowing other vehicles to follow. waste material from the mineral-processing plant) and
(iii) A mine plow is typically mounted to a tank as the next slice of ore is mined.
military engineering vehicle. Buried land mines are Backfilling provides not only a platform for mining of
plowed up and pushed outside the tank’s track path or each slice of ore, but also provides support to the wall
tipped over. rocks. It is a costly method and therefore the are has to
42. The method of stoping successfully applied to have a high grade to compensate the added cast on
all dips from horizontal to vertical is ? backfilling.
(a) Rill stoping (b) Breast stoping 46. Vertical crater retreat method is a modified
(c) Overhand stoping (d) Underhand stoping version of:
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II (a) Sublevel (b) Cut and fill
Ans. (b) : The method of stoping successfully applied (c) Block caving (d) Stope
to all dips from horizontal to vertical is breast stoping. APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
Breast stoping- breast stoping is a method used in Ans. (a) : Vertical crater retreat method is a modified
horizontal or near-horizontal ore bodies, where gravity version of Sublevel.
is not usable to move the ore around. Breast stoping Sublevel- A sublevel is known as the vertical interval
lacks the characteristic "steps" of either underhand or formed between two production drifts on different
overhand stoping, being mined in a singular cut. Room levels. Subject to the mine layout a perimeter drift is
and pillar is a type of breast stoping. driven along or perpendicular to the strike of the
43. The method which employs horizontal orebody with a safe distance from the ore-waste contact.
openings is: 47. The draw point spacing in caving method is
(a) shrinkage stoping dependent on:
(b) sublevel stoping (a) Mechanization used
(c) room and pillar mining (b) Length of the stope
(d) cut and fill stoping (c) Area of the influence of draw doint
(d) Size of the ore broken
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
Ans. (c) : The method which employs horizontal
Ans. (d) : The draw point spacing in caving method is
opening room and pillar mining. It is a mining system in
dependent on size of the ore broken. A review of the
which the mined material is extracted across a
different approaches and descriptions in the literature
horizontal plane, creating horizontal arrays of room and indicates that the selection of the drawpoint spacing
pillars. To do this, "rooms" of ore are dug out while depends on several factors including recovery estimates,
"pillars" of untouched material are left to support the dilution entry, geomechanical aspects, equipment size
roof overburden. and development costs.
44. In VCR method of mining the charge length to 48. Soutirage mining is also known as:
diameter ratio is restricted to: (a) Sublevel stoping (b) Integral caving
(a) 2:1 (b) 4:1 (c) Block caving (d) Blasting gallery
(c) 8:1 (d) 6:1 APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II Ans. (b) : Integral caving, also known as soutirage
Ans. (d) : The VCR method of mining the charge mints, is a method of underground mining where the are
length to diameter ratio is restricted to 6:1. body is weakened by undercutting the base of the rock
VCR (Vertical Crater Retreat)- Also known as mass, causing it to break and cave in under its own
vertical retreat mining is an open stoping, bottom-up weight. This method is typically used for large, massive
mining method that involves vertically drilling large- ore bodies with uniform characteristics. As the ore
diameter holes into the ore body into an undercut. A caves in, it is collected and transported to the surface for
processing. integral caving differs from other mining
system of primary and secondary stopes is often used in
methods like sublevel stopping, block caving, and
VCR mining, where primary stopes are mined in the blasting gallery, which utilize different techniques for
first stage and then backfilled with cemented fill to extracting ore from underground deposits.
provide wall support for the blasting of successive 49. Over 90% of underground coal production in
stopes. India is from which of the following method?
45. When the core sample from the ore and wall is (a) Long wall method
@

tested low, we adopt: (b) Bord and pillar method

(a) Shrinkage stoping (b) Block caving (c) Hydraulic mining method
ap

(c) Sub level stoping (d) Cut and fill stoping (d) Blasting gallery method
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
na

Mining Method 273 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b) : The over 90% of underground coal Ans. (b) : The pillar left to support the upper level is
production in India is from the bord and piller method. called crown pillar.
The method is sometimes called room and piller Crown Pillar- The crown pillar is a pillar of rock or
mining. It is commonly used for flat or gently dipping material left intact above an underground excavation to
embeded ores or coal seams. Pillers and left in place in support the overlying rock or surface. It acts as a
a regular pattern while the rooms are mined out. In protective barrier between the excavation and the
surface or overlying structures. The purpose of the
many board and pillers are taken out. Starting at the
crown pillar is to ensure stability and prevent collapse
farthest point form the mine haulage exit, retreating and or subsidence of the surrounding rock or ground. It
letting the roof come down upon the floor. Room and plays a crucial role in maintaining the integrity and
pillers methods are well adapted to mechanization safety of underground structures such as mines, tunnels,
before the advent of modern pillar design in 1907, or or underground chambers.
the adoption of special precautions when mining at 54. The method of stoping suitable for thick ore
depth shallower than about 40m little was known about body, strong ore stable handing and foot wall
what of size of pillars to leave behind. steeply dipping ore is.
50. Road inside a coal seam is called: (a) Open stoping (b) Shrinkage stoping
(a) Travelling road (b) Haulage road (c) Cut and fill stoping (d) Sublevel stoping
(c) Drift (d) Gallery APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II Ans. (d) : The method of stoping suitable for thick ore
Ans. (b) : Road inside a coal seam is called gallery. A body, strong ore stable handing and foot wall steeply
roadway in stone connecting two or more coal seams is dipping ore is sublevel stoping. Sublevel stoping is a
called a drift. It is sometimes referred to as stone gallery if mining technique in which ore is blasted from the roof
only one of the ends of the road is in coal and the other is a of a drift directly into an ore pass below. Loaders and
blind end. A solid block of coal surrounded on all sides (or haulers transport the ore and loose rock to another ore
nearly all sides) by galleries is known as pillar. pass, which funnels it into a hopper. The hopper
controls how much material is allowed into the crusher.
51. Over-riding of pillars and maximum risk of
55. The maximum thickness of the ore body that
premature collapse is with:
can be worked with room and pillar method is?
(a) Short wall method (b) Long wall
(a) 2m (b) 6m
(c) Bord and pillar (d) Sub-level caving (c) 10m (d) 12m
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
Ans. (c) : Over-riding of pillars and maximum risk of Ans. (d) : The maximum thickness of the ore body that
premature collapse is with board and pillar. The weight than can be worked with room and pillar method is
of the strata is transferred before the fall takes place 12m. Room and pillar method is generally applicable
over the pillars on the outbye side. If the pillars are not for working thinner coal beds 0.9 -1.1m thick. Rooms
strong enough, they may be crushed due to such sudden are generally constructed as wide as possible consistent
heavy pressure. This phenomenon is known as with the stability characteristic of the roof; common
overriding of pillars and stooks and results ultimately width being 4.5-7.5m and the pillars left between the
into premature collapse in the area. rooms may be 6-12m wide and 12-27.4m long.
52. Between two panels, what is the minimum size 56. Which of the following machine is not used in
of barrier? Longwall mining?
(a) Equal to width of gallery size (a) Shearer
(b) Equal to dimension of panel (b) Armoured flexible conveyor
(c) Equal to face dimension (c) SDL
(d) Equal to pillar size (d) Plough
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
Ans. (c): The barrier between two panels needs to Ans. (c): The machine is not used in longwall mining
provide adequate separation and support for each panel. SDL.
the face dimension refers to the size of the panel itself, SDL (Side Discharge Loaders)
including its width and height. Therefore, having a The electro hydraulic crawler mounted side discharge
barrier equal to the face dimension ensures that each loader (SDL) developed indigenously by simplex is
panel is sufficiently supported and separated, extremely suitable for Indian mining conditions with a
maintaining structural integrity and preventing damage working population of more than 254 our SDL's are the
or interference between the panels. best and rugged machine for underground coal mines.
53. The pillar left to support the upper level is 57. Which of the following is related to longwall
@

called? advancing?
(a) Sill pillar (b) Crown pillar (a) Stook (b) Robbing
ap

(c) Rib pillar (d) Protective pillar (c) Stable (d) Splitting
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
na

Mining Method 274 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) : The advancing longwall method, which is • Jet boring mining is an in situ, remote controlled
more common in Europe development of the block process, meaning that the personnel generally stay about
takes only 30 to 40 metres ahead of the mining of the ground, decreasing the costs of removing overburden
block and the two operations proceed together to the and increases the safety of the operation.
boundary. 60. Pop shooting or plaster shooting is a type of :
58. Induced blasting enhances production in (a) primary blasting (b) secondary blasting
(a) Sublevel stoping (b) Block caving. (c) muffling (d) clay capping
(c) Cut and fill mining. (d) Shrinkage stoping. APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
Gate Mining Engineering-2021 Ans. (b) : Most primary blasting, whether on surface or
Ans. (b) : Induced blasting enhance production in block underground, will leave some oversize boulders.
caving. • The term oversizes boulders may be defined as any
Block Caving is method in which volumes of rock are boulder produced from primary blasting which cannot
left without support and suffer rebate under its own be adequately handled by the standard loading and
Wright.
crushing equipment used in an operation
The overlying rock fragments - along with the ore.
• In suface mining or quarrying, oversize boulders
The fracturing and the disposal of ore are obtained by
the action of gravity and efforts resulting from tectonic cause delays in loading operations. Boulders or oversize
and litho static stress. rocks have to be lifted out of the muck pile during
digging and set aside for secondary breakage.
In block caving method, the ore is moved by subsidence
to a cavity formed almost always without the use of • Appropriate blast design is important in order to
drilling and blasting. lessen the production of over size.
Drilling and disassemble are used in establishing the • Secondary blasting can be done by pop shooting
initial "enhancement". (block holing) and plaster shooting (mud capping).
59. Select the option that correctly metches the 61. Detonating fuse contains :
minining methods to the techniques (a) ASA (b) PETN
Mininig methods Techniques (c) KMNO4 (d) gun powder
P. Thick seam extraction 1. Double unit face APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
Q. Bord and pillar extraction 2. Jet cutting Ans. (b) : Detonating fuse is flexible fuse containing a
R. Longwall face development 3. Inclined slicing uniform core-load of PETN.
S. Hydraulic mining 4. Diagonal line of • PETN is encased in various protective coverings,
extrection following by an outer PVC coating.
(a) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (b) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4 • The Detonating fuse is sesitive to friction, shock or
(c) P-1, Q-4, R-2, S-3 (d) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 impact.
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 • It has high tensile strength which make it compatible
Ans. (d) : P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 for cartridge of higher weights for open cast blasting.
• In general bead and pillar method poses greater strata • The Detonating fuse is available in 0.6 g/meter, 7.5
control problems than longwall mining and in thick g/meter and 10 g/meter.
seam mining, this problem becomes very high.
• Detonating fuse is a flexible coard containing a uniform
• Further heavy coal loss takes place in board and pillar core load of PETN that ensure positive initiate of cop-
method. sensitive explosives along the entire length of the fuse.
• Therefore longwall mining (with multi slicing) is the
preferred method of mining for extraction of coal from 62. Which is the most precise delay detonator?
thick seams. (a) Non-electric detonator
• A line passing through all the corners of stooks under (b) Electric detonator
extraction at a time is called line of extraction. (c) Electronic detonator
• It is sometimes loosely called "line of face" or 'line of (d) Plain safety fuse based detonator
good'. A line of extraction which is diagonal, i.e., nearly APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
45º to the dip direction is common with such line of Ans. (c) : Electronic detonator is most precise delay
extraction each pillar contributes some portion of it detonator.
towards roof support. • Electronic delay detonator have been introduced in
• Longwall mining will remain the principle extraction Indian mining almost 10 year back.
method for underground mines in Australia in the
• The product was mainly used for controlling
foreseeable future.
environmental issues viz Vibration and Air blast with
This will be make the Australian underground industry rapid urbanisation, increase in mechanisation and
increasingly viable, in the face of long term trend of
production requirement, controlling vibration and Air
@

lower real term commodity prices.

blast becoming most challenging aspect of mining in
• Hydraulic mining is jet boring mining is an India.
ap

underground mining method that uses high pressure

water to enlarge caverns and cut material into • With tighter norms of vibration limits as posed by
transportable prices. statutory bodies.
na

Mining Method 275 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Electronic delay detonator's are helping mining • Blasting-off :- The solid also known as 'solid blasting'
companies to carry out blasting activity in more is similar to blasting in drifts and consists of 12-15 shot
environmental friendly way. holes, drilled in a pattern in the coal face commensurate
• Indian mining companies are making attempts made to the gallery width.
to harness the other benefits associated with use of • As per coal mine Regulations, only permitted P5
Electronic delay detonator's. category explosives and millisecond delay detonators
63. Emulsoin explosive is a mixture of : have to be used for solid blasting.
(a) Ammonium nitrate, FO, water, hollow micro- • Wedge-cut is the most popular where a set of shot
balloons holes are drilled in a wedge pattern with an optional
(b) Ammonium nitrate, TNT, guar gum stab hole.
(c) Ammonium nitrate, TNT, NG 66. The suitable method of mining a 2 m thick
(d) Ammonium nitrate, NG, water strong sulphide ore deposit within strong wall
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 rocks dipping at 18 degrees the occurring at
60m below the surface is :
Ans. (a) : The detonation characteristics of various
mixture of HMX and an aqueous emulsion explosive (a) Breast stoping
have been determined. (b) Overhand stoping
• The emulsion explosive consisted of ammonium- (c) Underhand longwall stoping
nitrate, sodium-nitrate and water in the dispersed phase, (d) Shrinkage stoping
and an emulsifier oil mixture in the continuous phase. APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
• This emulsion is added to a mixture of nitromethane Ans. (a) : Breast stoping to the working of a flat
gelatinized product obtained by gelatinizing orebody or a flat section of an ore body just as coal is
nitromethane with a gelatinizer and hollow mined from a flat coal seam.
microspheres. • That is, a slice is worked in a horizontal direction.
• In place of hallow microspheres, bubbles formed by • The assumption is that there is no open stop either
using hollow microsphere may be used. above or below the slice or else the method become
64. In which contour blasting technique, the either underhand or overhand stoping.
blasting area is isolated from the rest of the • In some cases the benches in underhand or overhand
rock formation by creating an artificial crack stoping are called breasts, and the method breast
along the intended plane? stoping.
(a) Line drilling (b) Pre-splitting • Breast stoping in the strict sense, is the only name
(c) Smooth blasting (d) Pop shooting applicable to the mining of a horizontal slice, such as
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 the sill floor of a large overhand stope, or the slices in
Ans. (b): Pre-splitting utilizes lightly loaded, closely the top-slicing method.
spaced drill holes fired before the production blast. The 67. Quick production can be achieved from which
purpose of presplitting is form a fracture plane across one of the following methods?
from the production blast cannot travel. (a) Retreating longwall mining method
• The fracture plane formed may be cosmetically (b) Jankowice method
appealing and allow the use of steeper stopes with less (c) Advance longwall mining method
maintenance. (d) Bord and pillar method
• Presplitting should be thought of as a protective APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
meascara to keep the final wall from being damaged by
the production blasting. Ans. (c) : The only real advantages to advancing
longwalls are:-
65. Blasting off the solid is a combination of : Production can begain earlier as the mine does not have
(a) coal cutting by coal cutting machine, blasting to wait for the gate roads to be developed before
by ANFO longwall production can commence.
(b) drilling wedge cut pattern, blasting by • The longwall face is set up a short distance from the
HANFO main development tunnels or headings.
(c) coal cutting by coal cutting machine, blasting • The longwall mining method is a continuous mining
by P5 explosive system that was developed for mining coal deposits
(d) drilling wedge cut pattern, blasting by P5 uniform in thickness and slope or where the overburden
explosive pressures may crush support pillars or for improving
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 productivity.
• This method relies on the complete extraction of the
Ans. (d) : In India, three categories of permitted coal in a designated area referred to as a panel.
explosives namely P1, P3, P5 are approved for use in
@

68. The downward limit to vertical erosion and

underground coal mine.
vally-deepening by a river is known as:
P1 → Strongest explosive
ap

(a) peneplanation level (b) base level

P3 → Medium explosive (c) base profile (d) threshold level
P5 → Lowest or weakest explosive. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
na

Mining Method 276 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b) : The downward limit
imit to vertic
vertical erosion and (a) A-S-3, B-R-2, C-Q-1, D-P-4
valley deepening by a river iss known as bbase level. (b) A-P-2, B-Q-1, C-S-4, D-R-3
Downward (Downcutting)- Downcuttin
Downcutting also called (c) A-R-3, B-P-1, C-S-2, D-Q-4
erosional downcutting, downward
nward erosi
erosion or vertical (d) A-S-4, B-Q-1, C-P-2, D-R-3
erosion is a geological processss by hydrau
hydraulic action that Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2017
deepens the channel of a stream
eam or valley by removing
material from the stream's hedd or the vall
valley's floor. The Ans. (d) :
speed of downcutting depends nds on the stream's base
level, the lowest point to which
hich the stre
stream can erode. Special Rock mass scope of
Sea level is the ultimage basese level, but many streams methods condition application
have a higher "temporary" base level because they Shaft boring Moderately Less than
empty into another body of water
ater that is aabove sea level
strong rocks 600m from
or encounter bedrock that resists
ists erosin.
surface
69. For the electric delayy detonator shown in the
figure, the components nents P, Q and R, Cement Highly jointed Any depth.
respectively, are grouting rock tilled
illed with
water
Caisson Loose ground up to 30 m
method without form surface
intrusion
on of
hard rocks or
boulders
Freezing All types
ypes of up to 1000 m
water bearing
rocks
71. Determine the correctnessrectness or otherwise of the
following Assertion [a] and the Reason [r]
(a) Fuse head, delay element,
lement, prim
priming charge
(b) Fuse head, primingg charge, deldelay element Assertion : While stonedust barrier may be
effective against a coatoat dust explosion,
exp the same
(c) Primary charge, delay
elay element, fuse head
is not true in case off firedamp explosions.
e
(d) Delay element, fuse se head, prim
priming charge
Reason: In general firedamp explosions are
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2020
much more powerful ul than coal dust explosions.
Ans. (c) : Electric delay detonator = (a) Both [a] and [r] are false
A delay detonator has a delay element intro
introduced between (b) [a] is true but [r] is false
the fuse head and the primaryy charge. The delay element (c) Both [a] and [r] are true and [r] is the correct
consists of copper or brass sleeve filled with a special reason for [a]
composition which burns at a specific rate aand the delay is (d) Both [a] and [r] r] are true but
b [r] is not the
obtained by varying the length of the sleeve containing the correct reason for [a]
special composition. in the figure. Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2008
P = fuse head Ans. (b) : [a] is true but [r] is false
Q = delay element
This assertion is true. ue. Stone dust
d barriers can
R = Primary charge (PETN) N) Penta eertheritol tetra effective control and suppress suppr coal dust
nitrate. explosions by inverting ting the explosive
exp coal dust
70. Match the special methods ethods of shaft sinking mixture. However, they are not as effective in
with rock mass conditions aand scope of controlling fired map explosions.
application. This reason is incorrect while w firedamp
Special methods Rock mass Scope of explosions can be dangerous,
angerous, it is
i not accurate to
condition application
say that they are generally
enerally more
mor powerful than
A. Shaft boring P. Loosee ground 1. Any depth
without coal dust explosions.. The severity
severi and power of
intrusion
sion of an explosion depend on various factor, including
hard rocks or
boulders
the concentration off the explosive
explosi material, the
B. Cement Q. Highly 2. Up to 30m
ignition source and thehe conferment
confermen of explosion.
grouting jointed
ed rock from surface 72. Packet and Wing techniqueechnique of pillar extraction
filled with
water is relevant to
(a) room and pillar method
@

C. Caisson R. All types of 3. Up to 1000 m

method waterr bearing (b) bord and pillar method
rocks (c) Wongawilli method
ap

D. Freezing S. Moderately 4. Less than (d) Shortwall method

strong rocks 600 m from
surface Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2009
na

Mining Method 277 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Room and pillar mining method is are of the 75. Match the following :
oldest existing mining methods. A mining system in Seam Coal mining
which the mind materials is extracted across a characteristics method
horizontal plane, creating horizontal arrays of rooms
P. 12 m thick flat 1. Mechanized
and pillars.
seam longwall
Pillars may or may not be removed offer extraction. Its
used for soft as well as hand rack mining and is Q. 7 m thick seam 2. Descending
commonly associated with coal, potash, uranium, and at 65º inclination shield
other industrial materials. R. 3 m thick flat 3. Mechanized
In India about 98% underground output of coal is seam integral caving
obtained by room and pillar method and barely about S. 7 m thick seam 4. Jankowice
2% by long wall method. The other countries where, at 25º inclination
room and pillar method predominates are Australia
USA, China, Czech Republic and South Africa. (a) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1
(b) P-3, Q-4, R-l , S-2
73. A non-electric detonating relay does NOT
contain (c) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1
(a) delay element (d) P-3, Q-2, R-l, S-4
(b) fuse head Gate Mining Engineering-2009
(c) metal sleeve Ans. (b) :
(d) neoprene connecting tube Seam Characteristics Coal mining method
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
P. 12 m thick flat seam 3. Mechanized integral
Ans. (c) : A non-electric detonator is designed to caving
initiate explosions without the use of electric wires. A
non-electric detonator includes devices that use Q. 7m thick seam of 65 4. Jankowice
detonating cords, shock-tube system or safety fuse inclination
detonators, or a combination of these. An electric R. 3m thick seam ot 65 1. mechanized longwall
detonator use electric currents to initiate detonation. inclination
• A non-electric detonating relay typically contains a S. 7m thick seam of 25. 2. Descending shield
delay element, a fuse head, and a neoprene connecting indignation
tube, but it does not include a metal sleev.
76. A long wall face cut by double back shuffle
74. Match the following
method can be only worked with
Stopping Advance of
(a) fixed drum shearer
method stopping face
(b) single ended ranging drum shearer
P. Shrinkage 1. Sideward
stoping vertical slices (c) double ended ranging drum shearer
(d) plough
Q. Rill stoping 2. Upward
horizontal Gate Mining Engineering-2011
slices Ans. (c) : The long wall face cut by double back shuffle
R. Blast hole 3. Downward method can only be efficiently worked with a double
stopping horizontal ended ranging drum shearer. This method involves
slices cutting the coal in two stages first, a primary cut along
S. Top slicing 4. Sideward the full length of the face, and then a secondary cut in
inclined slices the opposite direction as the back shuffle.
(a) P-3, Q-l , R-4, S-2 (b) P-2, Q-3, R-l, S-4 77. Match the following
(c) P-2, Q-4, R-I , S-3 (d) P-4. Q-3, R-2, S- I
Gate Mining Engineering-2009 Method of Stope Ore loading
Ans. (c) : mining support
Stopping method Advance of stopping P. Shrinkage 1. Insitu pillar a. Overhead mucker
face stoping
P. Shrinkage stoping 2. Upward horizontal Q. Blasthole 2. Broken ore b. Pneumatic
slices stoping autoloader
Q. Rill stooping 4. Sideward inclined R. Top slicing 3. Timber mat c. Load haul dumper
slices (a) P-2-a, Q-1-c, R-3-b
@

R. Blasthole Stoping 1. Sideward vertical (b) P-2-a, Q-3-c, R-1-b

slices (c) P-2-b, Q-3-c, R-1-a
ap

S. Top slicing 3. Downward horizontal (d) P-3-c, Q-2-a, R-1-b

slices Gate Mining Engineering-2011
na

Mining Method 278 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): 80. Why different types of explosives are not
Method of Stope Ore loading charged in the same shot hole
mining support (a) Chances of misfire
P. Shrinkage 2. Broken ore a. Overhead (b) Chances of explosion
stoping mucker (c) Less output per round of blasting
Q. Blasthole 1. Insitu pillar c. Load haul (d) Cost of blasting will be maximum
stoping dumper
BCCL Junior Overman-2017
R. Top slicing 3. Timber mat b. Pneumatic
autoloader Ans. (a) : (I) Explosive–Any substance or device that
Shrinkage stoping - (i) It is one of vertical stoping methods. can be made to produce a volume of rapidly expanding
(ii) The ore is mined in horizontal slices gas in an extremely brief period.
(iii) It is carried on essentially in a vertical or near vertical (II) Use of explosive is the most efficient & economical
plane at an angle greater than the angle of repose of the way to break rock at scale needed for commercially-
broken ore. viable operations.
Top slicing - In this method the ore is mined out in a series
of horizontal slices by drilling and blasting beginning at the (III) Different types of explosive are not charged in
top of the ore body. The ore from first slice is being taken same shot hole because it will cause chance of misfire.
out. Top slice continues a timbered mat is spread out on the 81. Emulsion explosive is mixture of
floor of the first slice. The timber mat consist of thin wooden
logs and thick wooden planks. (a) Ammonium nitrate, TNT, NG
Blasthole stoping- It is a commonly used method in large (b) Ammonium nitrate, water, hollow micro
scale mining. When the dip of a deposit is steep ore and balloons
waste strong ore boundaries regular and the deposit relatively (c) Ammonium nitrate, TNT, guar gum
thick, a system called blasthole stoping is used.
(d) Ammonium nitrate, NG, water
78. The bench height is 6m, depth of the hole is 6.6
m (includes sub grade drilling), spacing is 4m, BCCL Junior Overman-2017
burden is 5m, the density of the rock is 2, and Ans. (b) : (I) Emulsion explosive–Emulsion explosive
explosive used is 24kg. Find the powder factor. is a physical mixture of two immiscible liquids (often
(a) 12 (b) 24 water and oil) formed by shearing discrete droplets of
(c) 10 (d) 11 one liquid phase into a continuous phase of other liquid.
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 (II) Emulsion explosive is mixture of Ammonium
Ans. (c) : Given data: Nitrate, Water, Hollow micro balloons.
Bench height = 6m 82. P-5 explosives are used for
Depth of the hole = 6.6m (a) Pre-cut blasting
Spacing = 4m (b) Open cast blasting
Burden = 5m (c) Over burden blasting
Density of rock = 2
(d) Solid blasting
Explosive = 24 kg
Volume of coal = Bench height × spacing × burden BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
= 6×4×5 Ans.(d): Conventional blasting coal off the solid or
= 120m3 solid blasting in underground coal mines involves use of
Volume of coal × density of rock permitted P-5 category explosive cartridges charged
Powder factor = end-to-end and initiated using permitted category delay
mass of explosive detonators.
120 × 2 • The Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS) has
powder factor =
24 approved supercoal 5 as a P5 type permitted
= 10 explosive for use in degree I, II and III gassy coal
79. P5 explosives are used for mines/seams.
(a) Open cast blasting 83. ‘VOD’ is associated with
(b) Over burden blasting (a) Dewatering
(c) Solid blasting (b) Drilling
(d) Pre-cut blasting
(c) Coal cutting machine
BCCL Junior Overman-2017
(d) Explosive
Ans. (c) : P5 explosive–Supercoal 5 is a detonator
sensitive packaged emulsion explosive. The director BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
General of Mines Safety (DGMS) has approved Ans.(d): VOD (Velocity of detonation)– VOD is
supercoal 5 as a P5 type permitted explosive for use in associated with explosive. It is the rate at which the
@

Degree I, II, III gassy coal mines/seams. The emulsion detonation wave passes through a column of explosive.
has firm putty like consistency. • Mining uses 2500 and 5000 m/sec VOD. In high
ap

• It is plastic wrapped with steel wire end clips. explosive (boosters) the VOD is high, e.g. OCG-600 m/s,
• P5 explosive are used for solid blasting. Primer-7000 m/sec.
na

Mining Method 279 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
84. “Goaf” in relation to bord and pillar or L/W (a) 80° C (b) 60° C
working means a place as (c) 90° C (d) 70° C
(a) Coal has been extracted but now not a NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
working place Ans. (a) : As per Ministry of Labour and Employment
(b) Coal has been extracted but still a working through Directorate General of Mines and Safety,2006,
place the blasting officer shall ensure accurate measurement
(c) Coal is about to be extracted of temperature at the bottom of the shot holes drilled in
(d) People has lawful access coal. No hole should be charged if the temperature in
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 the hole exceeds 80°C.
Ans.(a): Coal in relation to bord and pillar means a 89. The Oxygen concentration in under ground
place as where coal has been extracted but now not a Mine should not be less than
working place. (a) 25% (b) 21%
85. More than 80% of underground coal (c) 19% (d) 15%
production in India comes from NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
(a) Bord and pillar method Ans. (c) : Oxygen is essential to support life. Normal air
(b) Long wall method contains 20.94% Oxygen by volume. It is colorless,
(c) Hydraulic mining method odorless and tasteless. In 21% it is easier to breath, but
(d) Blasting gallery method 19.5% is minimum required by law so underground coal
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 mines should have oxygen concentration at least 19%.
Ans.(a): Bord and Piller Method–The bord and pillar 90. VOD is a term related to
method of mining coal seams involves the driving of a (a) Air blast (b) explosive
series of narrow heading in the seam parallel to each (c) exploder (d) Tire Burst
other and connected by cross headings so as to form NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
pillars for subsequent extraction, either partial or Ans. (b) : VOD is Velocity of Detonation is the
complete as geological conditions or necessity for velocity at which the shock wave front travels through a
supporting the surface. detonated explosives.
• The bord and pillar method of mining is suited to
Explosive velocities are always faster than the local
work flat coal seams of average thickness and at
shallow depths. speed of sound in material.
86. Which type of volcano would be the least 91. Spacing of blast hole should be____ times the
explosive? burden of holes.
(a) cinder cone (b) strato volcano (a) 1.6 (b) 1.5
(c) shield volcano (d) composite cone (c) 1.7 (d) 1.8
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
Ans. (c) : The volcanoes are basically divided into four Ans. (b) : Spacing of blast hole be 1.5 times the burden
types. They are - of holes.
1. Cinder cones 92. Best-suited method of work for 20 m thick ore
2. Composite volcanoes body, steeply dipping and having weak wall
and strong host rock:
3. Shield volcanoes
(a) Cut and Fill
4. Lava volcanoes
(b) Stope and pillar
• Shield volcanoes are volcanoes shaped like a bowl or (c) Block Caving
shield in the middle with long gentle slopes made by (d) Sub bland open stoping
basaltic lava flows. It is the least explosive volcano Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
since it produces lava rather than explosive material.
Ans. (a) : Best – suited method of work for 20 m thick
• Strato volcano is a type of composite volcano built by ore body, steeply dipping and having weak wall and
many layers of hardened lava. strong host rock cut and fill.
87. To measure the performance of blasting which • Cut and fill is used to recover are from weaker
factor is calculated. strength materials, in which the openings will not
(a) Load factor (b) Age factor remain stable after the ore is removed and the overlying
(c) Yield factor (d) Powder factor strata cannot be allowed to cave. A slice of the ore body
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 is mined and immediately after the ore is removed,
Ans. (d) : Powder factor is the quantity of explosive backfill is placed into the opening to support the ore
required to fragment 1m3 or 1 tone of rock. It can be above. The next slice is removed, the cut is then
@

used as an indicator of hardness of the rock, to measure backfilled, and the process repeats, As you might
imagine, this is a very expensive method to use, and
ap

the performance of blasting.

88. While blasting in hot strata the temperature of consequently, it would be used only for the recovery of
hole should not exceed. high value ores.
na

Mining Method 280 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
93. Top slicing is an underhand caving method 97. For more output, a blast should be taken:
which is a variation of: (a) along the dip (b) along the strike
(a) Sublevel stoping (b) Shrinkage stoping (c) across the dip (d) across the strike
(c) Breast stoping (d) Cut and fill stoping CIL MT Mining-2017
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 Ans. (a) : For more output, a blast should be taken
Ans. (a) : Top slicing is an underhand caving method along the dip.
which is a variation of sublevel stoping. 98. In case of an oxygen balance mix of an explosive,
Sublevel stoping : Sub-level stoping is a mining the release of energy on detonation is:
method in which ore is blasted from different levels of (a) Average
elevation but is removed from one level at the bottom of
the mine. Before mining begins, on ore pass is usually (b) Maximum
drilled from a lower to a higher election. (c) Minimum
(d) None of the other options
94. A delay detonator has delay element
introduced between________. CIL MT Mining-2017
(a) Priming charge and base charge Ans. (b) : In case of an oxygen balance mix of an
(b) Fuse head and Priming charge explosive the release of energy on detonation is
(c) Detonator tube and fuse head maximum.
(d) Neoprene plug and neoprene sleeve 99. Given below are the following mining method
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 techniques. Match the appropriate techniques.
Ans. (b) : A delay detonator has element introduced
between Fuse head and priming charge P. Thick seam 1. Double unit
95. The method of mining a coal seam of 8.5 m is by: extraction face
(a) A combination of B & P and L/W methods Q. Bord and pillar 2. Jet cutting
(b) L/W methods in lifts extraction
(c) L/W sublevel caving R. Longwall face 3. Inclined slicing
(d) B & P method in lifts development
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 S. Hydraulic mining 4. Half moon
Ans. (d) : The method of mining a coal seam of 8.5 m Find the correct match.
is by B & P method in lifts.
(a) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (b) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4
Coal mining :
(c) P-1, Q-4, R-2, S-3 (d) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
• Coal mining is the term that encompasses the physical CIL MT Mining-2017
extraction or removal of coal from the Earth's surface
• When coal is used as fuel in power generation, it is Ans. (d) :
referred to as steaming of Thermal coal while those [P] Thick seam Inclined slicing
which are used to create coke for steel manufacturing is extraction
referred to as coking or metallurgical coal. [Q] Bord and pillar Half moon
• Coal can be mined by both surface and underground extraction
mining methods. [R] Longwall face Double unit face
• Surface mining is a form of mining in which to soil development
and the rock covering the mineral deposit are removed. Hydraulic mining Jet cutting
[S]
Surface mining carried out when the deposits are found
closer the surface. 100. Which of the following is added as sensitizers in
• Underground mining is carried out when minerals explosive?
deposits are located at a distance are located at a (a) Charcoal (b) NH4NO3
distance for beneath the ground to be extracted with (c) NACl (d) NG
surface mining. CIL MT Mining-2017
96. The following is NOT a continuous mining Ans. (d) : The sensitizers in explosive NG. Sensitizers
technology for surface mines: may also be corrosive or carcinogenic. Examples of
(a) Shovel - Dumper compounds that may cause sensitization in some
(b) Bucket Wheel Excavator individuals are diazomethane, various isocyanates,
(c) Conveyor Bridge formaldehyde, toluene, latex, benzylic and allylic
(d) Bucket Chain Excavator halides. A reaction to a sensitizer
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 101. Over-riding of gallery incidence is most with:
Ans. (a) : The following is not a continuous mining (a) Long wall method
@

technology for surface mines is shovel - Dumper (b) Blasting gallery method
Shovel Dumper : The shovel – dumper system is used (c) Wide stall method
ap

for the transportation of ore within the mine to improve (d) Short wall method
the productivity of the Indian surface mines. CIL MT Mining-2017
na

Mining Method 281 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Over-riding of gallery incidence is most with Ans. (d) : The layout of long wall faces in longwall
blasting gallery method . mining is influenced by several factors:
Blasting gallery method- (i) Seam thikness: The thickness of the coal seam can
The basic principle of this method is to recover the coal affect the design and layout of longwall faces. Thicker
of thick seam by drilling and blasting around galleries seams may require adjustments in equipment and
(rooms) located in the bottom of the seam and placed at mining methods to effectively extract the coal.
regular intervals. (ii) Dip of the seam: The angle at which the coal seam
102. While dealing with misfire shot, the reliving is inclined, known as the dip, plays a crucial role in
hole is drilled at a distance not less than: determining the layout of longwall faces. The dip
affects the direction of mining, the stability of the roof
(a) 40 cm (b) 20 cm and floor, and the efficiency of coal extraction.
(c) 30 cm (d) 10 cm (iii) Cleat of the seam: Cleat refers to natural fractures
CIL MT Mining-2017 or weaknesses within the coal seam. Understanding the
Ans. (c) : The dealing with misfire shot, the reliving cleat pattern is essential for determining the direction of
hole is drilled at a distance not less than 30 cm. mining and containing the propagation of fractures
If the misfire shot does not explode, the shot should be during extraction.
dislodged by drilling another relieving hole at least 106. In longwall mining face, the line at which roof
0.3m away from the misfired hole and by blasting it. is intended to cave is-
103. ___________ is a method for recovering coal by (a) Buttock (b) Goaf line
boring into a coal seam at the base of strata (c) Tail gate (d) Main gate
exposed by excavation. MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
(a) Horizon mining (b) Augar mining Ans. (b) : In long wall mining face, the line at which
(c) Bell pit mining (d) Harmonic mining roof is intended to cave is Goaf line.
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 Long wall mining- Long wall mining is an
Ans. (b) : Augar mining is a method for recovering cool underground method of excavating coal from tabular
by boring into a coal seam at the base of strata exposed deposits, as well as soft mineral deposits such as potash.
by excavation. Normally one of the lowest-cost Large rectangular blocks of coal are defined during the
techniques of mining, it is limited to horizontal or development stage of the mine and are then extracted in
slightly pitches seams that have been exposed by a single continuous operation.
geologic crosion. 107. Which of the following is expressed with
104. Which of the following factors is/are related to prefixes like effective, run of mine, cut off and
burden in blasting? average?
(a) Diameter of blast hole (b) Decoupled charge (a) Grade (b) Reserve
(c) Wave attenuation (d) All of these (c) Production (d) Man power
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 RPSC AE-21.05.2014
Ans. (d) : All the above mentioned factors are related to Ans. (a) : Cut off grades determine the minimum grade
burden in blasting. or quality of one that must be extracted and processed to
make an mining operation economically viable.
• Diameter of blast hole- A pattern of parallel blast
holes is drilled into the rock face at the end of the drift. 108. What is the minimum amount to be paid every
The diameter of these holes range from 38 to 64 mm year by the lessee until the lease is unexploited?
(1.5 to 2.5 inches) but in general one or more larges. (a) Royalty (b) Dead rent
diameter unchanged holes are also drilled as part of the (c) Retention tax
initial. (d) Non working penalty
• Decoupled charge- In decoupled charge blasting, the RPSC AE-21.05.2014
filling medium greatly reduces the peak pressure at the Ans. (b) : It is the minimum amount that is given to the
bare hole wall, with increasing decoupling coefficient, lessor of a property by the lessee so that the lenor
the attenuates with a mild degree of attenuation, which receives a minimum amount of sum for a specific
is a quantitative process. period. And the situation where he gets a benefit from
• Wave attenuation- The blast attenuation coefficient or not is called the minimum rent or dent rent, fixed rent
is K = ∆ Poa/∆ Pc. The trajectory of the blast wave in contract rent, rock rent or flat rent.
the case of an open-air explosion (triangles), the 109. The toxic mixture of gases left in a mine
trajectory of the blast wave for an explosion with the following an explosion is known as:
sand/cement attenuator (diamonds) and the trajectory of (a) Firedamp (b) Chokedamp
the sand front are presented. (c) Afterdamp (d) Afterdamp
105. Which of the following factors influence(s) the RPSC AE-21.05.2014
@

layout of long wall faces in longwall mining? Ans. (d) : Afterdamp is the toxic mixture of gases left
in mine following an explosion caused by methane rich
ap

(a) Seam thickness (b) Dip of the seam

(c) Cleat of the seam (d) All of these firedamp, which itself can initiate a much larger
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 explosion of coal dust.
na

Mining Method 282 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
110. Which of the following method is known as • It is an organic compound that belongs to the family
vertical crater retreat, VCR (Patented) of nitrocellulose and nitroglycerin. In addition to being
method? an explosive compound, it also functions as a
(a) bord and pillar mining vasodilator and is a common treatment for heart
(b) blasting gallery conditions like angina. Therefore, PETN is used as a
electric detonator.
(c) sub-level stoping
114. The best suitable actual internal method of
(d) shrinkage stoping extraction adopted with horizon mining
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 method is _____________.
Ans. (c) : Vertical Crater Retreat (VCR) mining is a (a) Bord and Pillare Method
method originally developed by the Canadian mining (b) Longwall Mining Method
company INCO. VCR is based on the crater blasting (c) Room and Pillar Method
technique in which powerful explosive charges are (d) Blasting Gallery Method
placed in large-diameter holes and fired. Port of the ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
blasted ore remains in the stop over the production Ans. (b) : The best suitable actual internal method of
cycle, serving as temporary support for the stope walls. extraction adopted with horizon mining method is the
111. Nonel helps in reducing long wall Mining Method.
(a) Fly rock The long wall mining method is commonly used in
(b) Explosive desenitization conjunction with, the horizon mining method for order
(c) Ground vibration ground coal mining it involves the extraction of coal
mining along face or will of coal which is typically
(d) Air vibration
several hundred meters long. In this method, a shearing
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 machine called a shearer is used to remove the coal
Ans. (b) : Nonel is a shock tube detonator designed to from the face in a continuous process.
initiate explosions, generally for the purpose of Long wall mining result in minimal environmental
demolition of buildings and for use in the blasting of
impact compared to other extraction method.
rock in mines and quarries. Instead of electric wires, a
hollow plastic tube delivers the firing impulse to the 115. Which of the following agent is used to give
detonator, making it immune to most of the hazards sheath in a permitted sheathed explosive
associated with stray electric current. (a) NaCl (b) NG
• The main objectives of nonel blasting are to reduce (c) NaHCO3 (d) PETN
the ground vibration, noise, fly rocks generated due to TSPGECET-2020
blasting operation. Ans. (c) : A permitted explosive surrounded by a sheath
To give high blasting efficiency and to optimize cost. containing a non combustible power. The power acts as a
112. VOD is a term related to cooling agent and reduces the temperature of the resultant
(a) air blast (b) explosive gases of the explosion and therefore reduces the risk of
(c) exploder (d) sand blast these not gases causing a combustible gas NaHCO3.
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 116. In the case of blasting in opencast mines, the
Ans. (b) : The Velocity of Detonation (VOD) is the danger zone comprises an area within a radius
of ________ m from the blasting site.
rate at which the detonation waves travels along an
(a) 300 (b) 400
explosive column. The greater the VOD the power or
(c) 500 (d) 600
'shattering' effect of an explosive. High VOD
TSPGECET-2020
explosive are more suitable in hard rock and low VOD
in softer rock. Ans. (c) : The danger zone comprises an area within a
radius of 500 in from the blasting site.
• The VOD range in commercial explosives is 2500-
7500 m/s. 117. Match the following
Excavating/loading Machine
113. The base charge of electric detonator is ........... Transportation
(a) PETN (b) ASA scheme
(c) ANFO (d) LOX P. Bucket wheel 1. Mine Tube
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 excavator
Ans. (a) : Pentaerythritol tetranitrate (PETN) is a Q. Continuous miner 2. Armoured Flexible
powerful explosive that has been used in a variety of Conveyor
applications including military and industrial R. Shearer 3. Shiftable conveyor
@

explosives, as well as in some consumer products. S. Load Haul Dumper 4. Shuttle car
• It is a white, crystalline solid that is stable and (a) P-4, Q-1, R-3, S-2 (b) P-1, Q-4, R-2, S-3
ap

insensitive to shock and frication and can be easily (c) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1 (d) P-2. Q-1. R-3. S-4
ignited. TSPGECET-2020
na

Mining Method 283 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) : (c) the open end of the shot hole, facing the
P. Bucket wheel 3. Shiftable conveyor bottom/back of the blast-hole
excavator (d) the centre of the shot hole, facing towards the
bottom/back of the blast-hole
Q. Continuous miner 4. Shuttle car
TSPGECET-2020
R. Shearer 2. Armoured Flexible
Ans. (b) : Inverse initiation is a type of blast-hole initiation
Conveyor
where the detoriator is placed at the bottom and the
S. Load Haul Dumper 1. Mine Tube business end of the detonator back of the shot hole facting
118. Method of joining two wire ropes permanently towards the collar of the blast-hole.
without using special fitting or attachments is 122. The roof bolt that follows the principle of point
called as anchorage is :
(a) Pre-stressing (b) Rope splicing (a) Expansion shell bolt
(c) Laying of wires (d) Vulcanizing (b) full column grouted bolt
TSPGECET-2020 (c) swellex bolt
Ans. (b) : Method of joining two wire ropes permanently (d) Split set bolt
without using special fittings or attachments is known as RPSC AE-21.05.2014
rope splicing. Ans. (a) :
Rope splicing in rope work is the forming of a semi- • Roof bolting today can in most cases successfully
permanent joint between two rope or two part of the same reinforce the mine roof in underground mining.
rope • The roofbolt that follows the principle of point
119. What is the prime characteristic of shock tube anchorage is expansion shell bolt.
detonator • In order to cape with the increasing use of roof
(a) produces more vibrations bolts.
(b) it has tremendous effect on explosive column • Efforts should be made to maximize the safety and
(c) it is noiseless minimize the cost.
(d) it cannot be used in a place where there is a • With regard to mechanical bolting two important
chance of stray current parameters need more advanced improvement and
TSPGECET-2020 study, name.
Ans. (c) : A shock tube detonator is a non- electric 123. The width of heading in Bord and Pillar
explosive fuse or initiator in the form of small diameter method of working depends upon
hollow plastic tubing used to transport an initiating signal (a) Depth of working
to an explosive by means of a shock wave travelling the (b) Face machinery used
length of the tube. (c) Size of the pillars
Shock tube is used to convey a detonation signal to a (d) Ventilation requirement
detonator. Shock tube is a hollow extruded tube containing APECET Mining Engineering-2017
a thin layer of energetic material upon its inner diameter.
Ans. (b) : The width of heading in bord and pillar
Once it is initiated the shock tube transfers a signal to a
method of working depends upon face machinery used.
detonating output charge.
120. Massive sandstone in the immediate roof delays •The development of mine by method of working
the local fall in the goaf during extraction. known as board and pillar consists of driving a series of
Under these conditions, crushing of pillars at narrow roads, separated by blocks of solid coal, parallel
the out-bye side takes place. This phenomenon to one another, and connecting then by another set of
is called narrow parallel roadways driven nearly at right angles
(a) over-riding of pillars (b) local fall to the first set. The stage of formation of a network of
roadway is known as development of first working.
(c) air-blast (d) spalling of pillars
TSPGECET-2020
Ans. (a) : The weight of the strata is transferred, before the D1.1 Underground Mining Methods
fall takes place over the pillars on the out bye side. If the
pillars are not strong enough they may be crushed due to 124. Upto what distance, the supports are erected
such sudden heavy pressure. Thus phenomenon is known from the face in Blasting Gallery method?
as over-riding of pillars.
(a) 55 m (b) 32 m
121. Inverse initiation is a type of blast-hole (c) 30 m (d) 40 m
initiation where the detonator is placed at____
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
@

and the business end of the detonator_______

(a) the centre of the shot hole, facing towards the Ans. (d) : Blasting Gallery method of extraction of
thick seams having a gentle gradient proved to be most
ap

collar of the blast-hole

(b) the bottom/back of the shot hole, facing successful from the point of view of percentage of
towards the collar of the blast-hole extraction as well as safety and mechanization. The
na

Mining Method 284 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
basic principle of this method is to recover the Coal of Ans. (c) : Given, Fatal injuries = 2
thick seam by drilling and blasting around galleries Serious bodily injuries = 3
(rooms) located in the bottom of the seam and placed at Man power for annual working = 1100 × 300
regular intervals. Upto 40 m distance, the supports are Formula-
erected from the face in blasting gallery methods.
 50 × F + S  5
125. In which method of mining, the establishing Severity index =   ×10
linkages between bore wells activity adopted?  Man power worked 
(a) Hydraulic mining Where, F = Fatal injuries
(b) Underground Coal gasification S = Serious bodily injuries
50 × 23 
Severity index = 
(c) Horizon mining 5
 ×10
(d) Sub-level caving  1100 × 300 
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
100 + 3 
Ans. (b) : The borewell system operates on the =   × 10
principle of accessing groundwater from underground  330000 

= 
aquifers. A borewell is essentially a narrow, deep hole 103 
drilled into the earth's crust to reach these water-bearing  × 10
 33 
layers. Water is then pumped up to the surface for
various purposes. = 1030
33
126. Mono rails are used in which of the following Severity index = 31.21
raising method?
(a) Three compartmental raising method 129. In an underground coal mine a driller, wearing
(b) Alimak raise climber method personal protective equipment, was going to
workplace along the travelling roadway. A
(c) Two compartmental raising method
piece of rock fell down from the roof and hit
(d) Jora hoist raise method the person on head causing serious injury. The
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II cause of accident is
Ans. (b) : Alimak raise method- (a) Unsafe act of the driller
Raise development using a mechanized raise climber (b) Job stress
(Alimak) is a preferred method for developing escape (c) Unsafe act and unsafe condition
ways, Ventilation raises, ore/waste passes, and slot raise (d) Unsafe condition
in underground mines. Manroc is a world leader in raise Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
development, recognized for our high safety standard in
Ans. (d) : In an underground coal mine a driller
underground mining. Thus mono rail are used in this
wearing personal protective equipments was going to
method. workplace along the travelling roadways. A piece of
127. What is the percentage of ore that can be rock fell down from the roof and hit the person on head
withdrawn during stope working and rest of causing serious injury. The cause of accident is unsafe
ore is used for temporary supporting in condition.
shrinkage stoping method 130. If an underground coal mine produces 60000
(a) 12-28% (b) 30-40% tonnes coal per month, as per CMR 2017, the
(c) 10-20% (d) 50-60% number of under managers needed for the mine is
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II (a) 8 (b) 11
Ans. (b) : In shrinkage stoping the ore is mined in (c) 9 (d) 10
successive flat or inclined slices, working upward from Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
the level or the bottom of the block of ore. Usually Ans. (b) : If an underground coal mine produces 60000
about 30 to 40 Percent of the ore will be drawn off tonnes cool per month as per CMR 2017 the number of
during active mining in the stope for this reason under manages needed for the mine is 11.
shrinkage stopes are considered to be a form of 131. Major source of heat in underground coal
artificially supported stop, although undoubtedly there mines is
are good reasons why some consider them to be open (a) From lights
stopes.
(b) From rock movement
128. In an underground coal mine, two fatalities and (c) Due to oxidation
three serious bodily injuries occurred during (d) From machinery
the year 2022. The average daily employment is Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
1100 and annual working days is 300. The Ans. (c) : Temperature underground increase by 72-87
severity index as per DGMS guideline for the
@

degrees Fahrenheit per mile of depth mostly due to that

mine is geothermal heat other factors like machinery
(a) 12.32 (b) 25.58
ap

mechanical processes and the metabolic heat erected by

(c) 31.21 (d) 34.63 people moving around make if so average temperature
Gate-2024 in some mines reaches 125-130 degrees.
na

Mining Method 285 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
132. Which of the following term is not related to 137. Every part of a mine shall, where practicable,
underground metal Mining? provided with at least ______ ways(s) of
(a) Crown pillar affording means of egress to the surface.
(b) Sill pillar (a) One (b) No
(c) Chute (c) Two (d) Three
(d) Bucket Wheel Excavator Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I Ans. (c) : The sirdar or other complete person appointed
Ans. (d) : Bucket wheel excavator- It is used for under regulation 129 shall, subjected to order of
continuous mining machines for over bourden, brown superior officials, have responsibility , charge and
coal or hard coal, marl and other minerals resources, control of the district of the mine assigned to him by the
which can be extracted by means of especially designed manager or assistant manager.
buckets. The sirdar shall :-
133. In any underground coal mine which of the  Where either of the two ways affording means of
following occurs first? egress from the district to the surface is not ordinarily
(a) Main fall (b) Feriodic fall used for travelling travel, one at test every seven days.
(c) Local fall (d) Air blast  The whole of such readway in order to make himself
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I thoroughly acquainted with the same.
Ans. (c) : The failure of strata occurs in two phases, i.e. 138. In underground mines, manholes shall be
local fall (Failure of the immediate strata) and main fall constructed of NOT less than _____ in height
(failure of the main strata). and _____ in depth.
134. Out of the support categories given for an (a) 1.8 m; 1.2 m (b) 1.5 m; 1.0 m
underground coal mine, identify the "active (c) 1.2 m; 1.5 m (d) 1.2 m; 1.8 m
support" Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
(a) Wire mesh Ans. (a) : Where any person is allotted to work or pass
(b) Shotcrete while the haulage is in motion, manholes for refuge
(c) Fully grouted roof bolt shall be provided at intervals of not more than 10
meters.
(d) Hydraulic prop
 Provided that where the gradient is less than 1 in 6
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
such manholes may be provided at intervals of not more
Ans. (d) : Hydraulic prop- A prop consisting of two than 20 meters.
telescoping steel cylinder that are extended by hydraulic  Manholes shall be not less than 1.8 meters in height
pressure that may be provided by a hand operated pump and 1.2 meters in depth, and not less than 0.75 meters
built into the prop. but not more than one meters in width.
135. The drivage driven from one coal seam to  As far as practicable, all manholes shall be provided
adjacent coal seam in underground coal mines on 1 side of the haulage roadway.
in called as 139. The mine working that has been closed with no
(a) Tunnel (b) Cross-measure-drift intention of working in the future is known as:
(c) Crosscut (d) Staple-pit (a) Existing working
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I (b) Discontinued working
Ans. (b) : The drivage driven from one coal seam to (c) Abandoned working
adjacent coal seam in under ground coal mines is called (d) Expired working
as cross-measure drift. Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
136. The velocity of air current measured in Ans. (c) : The mine working that has been closed with
m/minute at the maximum span of a longwall no intention of working in the future is known as
face shall be NOT less than ______ for the abandoned working.
third degree coal seams.  Existing mining operation means an extraction
(a) 75 (b) 15 operation that produced marketable minerals for a total
(c) 45 (d) 25 of a least two years two years between January 1, 1970
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 and June, 18, 1993.
Ans. (a) : The velocity of air current measured in m/  Discontinued working means such working in a mine
minute of the maximum span of a longwall all face shall as have been discontinued for any reason and are
be not less than 75 for the third degree coal seams. inaccessible or rendered inaccessible but are likely to be
 Gassy seams of the third degree “means of coal seam worked again.
@

or part there of lying within the precincts of a mine not 140. The preparation of charges and the changing
being an open cast workings in which the rate of and stemming of holes shall be carried out by
ap

emission of inflammable gas per tone of coal produced or under the personal supervision of the _____
exceeds ten cubic meters. in an underground coal mine.
na

Mining Method 286 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Roof stitching officer 143. Match the following for ore handling operation
(b) Shot-firer in an underground metal mine:
(c) Ventilation Officer Arrangement Description
(d) Magazine-in-charge P. Draw (i) arrangement that
point prevents oversized
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
rock to pass
Ans. (b) : The preparation of charges and the changing Q. Ore pass (ii) a system of vertical or
and stemming of holes shall be carried out by or under near vertical openings
the personal supervision of the short-firer in an for transferring ore
underground coal mine. from levels to main
 Short firer conducts blasting operations in mines and ore pass.
quarries by charging, drilled hoes with requisite R. Grizzly (iii) a place where ore can
amount of explosive. be loaded and
removed.
 Examine holes and areas to be blasted.
S. Finger (iv) a vertical or inclined
 Ensures that shot holes are properly drilled and raise opening used for
cleaned before charging. transferring ore.
141. What is the minimum distance that shall be (a) P-(iv), Q-(iii), R-(ii), S-(i)
maintained between two shafts, inclines (or) (b) P-(iii), Q-(iv), R-(i), S-(ii)
outlets installed in an underground mine? (c) P-(ii), Q-(iv), R-(i), S-(iii)
(a) 12 m (b) 15 m (d) P-(iii), Q-(i), R-(ii), S-(iv)
(e) Question not attempted
(c) 10 m (d) 13.5 m
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
Ans. (b) :
Ans. (d) : The minimum distance that shall be Arrangement Description
maintained between two shafts, inclines (or) outlets P. Draw point (iii) A place where ore can be
installed in an underground mine is 13.5 m distance. loaded and removed
 from one another at any point, and each shall be Q. Ore pass (iv) A vertical or inclined opening
connected with the other by means of a weal able used for transferring ore
passage, not less than 1.8 m high 1.5 m wide, through R. Grizzly (i) Arrangement that prevents
the workings belowground that are being served by oversized rock to pass
means by such shafts, inclines or outlets. S. Finger raise (ii) a system of vertical or near
vertical openings for
142. Match the following in the context of transferring ore from levels to
underground mine environment : main ore pass.
Instrument Measuring 144. In an underground metal mine, 8 drift face the
Parameter blasted in a day. Drift dimensions are 3 m by 5 m
P. Haldane I. Ignition point and the average advance achieved per round is
2.4 m. If the designed powder factor is 1.8 m3/kg,
apparatus temperature the daily explosive requirement per day in kg is:
Q. Godbert- II. Humidity (a) 150 (b) 160
Greenwald (c) 170 (d) 180
apparatus (e) Question not attempted
R. Hygrometer III. Mine air Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
composition Ans. (b) : Each drift face has dimensions of 3m by 5m.
S. Anemometer IV. Air velocity So, the area of each face is 3×5 = 15 m2
The volume of rock blasted per round for each drift
(a) P-II, Q-I, R-III, S-IV faces is 15m2 ×2.4 m = 36 m3
(b) P-III, Q-I, R-II, S-IV The volume of rock blasted per day for all 8 drift faces
(c) P-IV, Q-III, R-II, S-I is 8
(d) P-II, Q-IV, R-I, S-III 8 × 36m3 = 288 m3
(e) Question not attempted Now, using the designed power factor of 1.8 m3/kg
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 We can calculate the explosive requirement.
Ans. (b)Instrument Measuring parameter Total volumeof rock blasted
P. Haldane apparatus III. Mine air composition Explosive requirement =
Power factor
@

Q. Godbert greenwald I. Ignition point temperature

apparatus 288m3
ap

=
R. Hygrometer II. Humidity 1.8m3 / kg
S. Anemometer IV. Air velocity = 160 kg
na

Mining Method 287 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
145. An underground coal mine experienced 5 (v) Establishment and location of rescue rooms. At
serious injuries, 15 reportable injuries, and 25 every below ground mines where, more than 100
minor injuries during 2020. If the average persons are oridinary employed below ground
employment in the mine is 1200, then the total and there is no rescue station within its radius of
injury rate per 1000 persons employed is- 35 kms. The owner shall establish and maintain
on surface close to mine entrance rescue room.
(a) 54.0 (b) 20.83
148. In underground metal mining the horizontal
(c) 37.5 (d) 60.0 part of the ore body left between stope roof and
Gate-2023 upper level drive is called :
Ans. (c) : Total injury rate = (a) Sill pillar (b) Rib pillar
Serious injuries + reportable injuries + minor injuries (c) Crown pillar (d) None of the above
× 1000
Average employment UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (c):The crown pillar in underground metal
mining refer's to the horizontal section of the or body
5 + 15 + 25 that is left infect between the stope roof (the area
Total injury rate = ×1000
1200 where ore is extracted) and the upper level drive.
45 × 1000 This pillar provides support to prevent the collapse
= of the stope and helps maintain the stability of the
1200 underground mining operation.
Total injuries rate = 37.5 Crown pillars between open-pit and underground
146. A tabular, near-flat (dip < 30o), and less than 2 mining are required to prevent water from entering
m thick copper orebody having erratically from the bottom of the open pit into the
located grade is to be mined underground. underground stop.
Wall rock and orebody are competent. The In some cases, the open pit may be mined
most suitable mining method is simultaneously with the underground operations.
(a) Cut and fill stoping. 149. Most common blasting cut used in
(b) Sub-level stoping. underground coal drivage is :
(c) Underhand open stoping. (a) Parallel Cut (b) Wedge Cut
(d) Breast stoping. (c) Fan Cut (d) Drag Cut
Gate-2023 UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (d) : Breast stoping would indeed be the most Ans. (b)
suitable mining method for a tabural, near flat copper Underground mines are to extract underground
orebody with erratic grade, where both the wall rock metal bearing over bodies.
and oredbody are competent and the ore body is less The excavation work for underground mines is
that 2 meters thick. Breast stoping is a method used for usually divided into two broad categories. These are
orebodies that are flat or nearly flats where the ore is the development and production.
mined in horizontal slices from the bottom upward. This Wedge cut are the most common blasting cut is used
method is suitable for competent rock and allows for in underground coal drivage.
efficient extraction of ore while maintaining stability. Wedge cut
147. Rescue Room is required to be established : The cut displaces a wedge rock out of the face in the
(a) In every mine initial blast and this wedge is widened to the full
width of the drift in subsequent blasts each blast
(b) In every open cast mine being fired with detonators of suitable delay time.
(c) In every underground mine This type of cut is particularly suited to large size
(d) In every underground mine where 100 or drift, which have well laminated or fissured rocks.
more persons are employed Hole placement should be carefully preplanned.
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
150. In the Diamond drilling the 'BX' size stands for
Ans. (d) (a) Hole dia = 75 mm, Core dia = 54 mm
Functions of rescue station – The functions of (b) Hole dia = 60 mm, Core dia = 54 mm
rescue station shall include are –
(c) Hole dia = 60 mm, Core dia = 42 mm
(i) imparting initial training in rescue and recovery (d) Hole dia = 47 mm, Core dia = 28 mm
work.
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
(ii) imparting refresher training to rescue trained
persons. Ans. (c) In the diamond drilling the 'BX' size stands
(iii) providing support by its own rescue team and for dia of hole 60mm and dia of core 42mm.
equipment in case of major accidents or long- Latter name specifying the dimensions of core, core
@

lasting rescue and recovery operations and barrels and casing in the B-size and X-series
(iv) carrying out the functions of rescue room in wireline diamond drilling system.
ap

respect of these below ground mines where there The BX designation for coring bits has been
is no rescue room. replaced by the BW designation.
na

Mining Method 288 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
151. Sub-level interval in sublevel open stoping : • Continuous mines Depillaring is a underground
(a) decreases with increase in irregularity of the mining technology. The study aims to evaluate the pillar
arc body behavior during the depillaring operation by continuous
(b) increases with decrease in thickness of the arc miner (CM) technology.
body • Mining with dragline is not an underground mining
(c) increases with decrease in blasthole diameter technology. Draglines are by far the most commonly
(d) decreases with increase in cost of driving used overburden removal equipment in surface coal
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 mining.
Ans. (a): 154. PSLW relates to ..............
A horizontal or near horizontal passage driven from (a) OB Removal (b) Nullah Diversion
the earth's surface into the side of a ridge or (c) Longwall Mining (d) None of these
mountain for the purpose of working, ventilation, or WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
removing water from a mine. Ans. (c) : PSLW is related to Longwall mining and also
Tunnel mining known as Power Support Longwall (PSLW)
Same of the more important are deposits include technology. First Endeavour for mechanization was in
copper, silver and iron. 1978, which was the deployment of power support
Underground mining is focused on finding the ore Longwall technology in Moonidih, BCCL. Lorgwall
through cost-effective measures and increasing mining is an underground method of excavating coal
efficiencies that would otherwise be offset by open from tabular deposits, as well as soft mineral deposits
pit sources. such as potash.
Shaft mining 155. Reserve station in a Underground Coal Mine
The principle means access to an underground ore relates to relates to
body is a vertical opening is called shaft. (a) Timber
Well logging (b) Hydraulic Oil
Field technique used in mineral exploration to (c) Explosive
analyze the geologic formation penetrated by a drill (d) Electrical Spare parts
hole. WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
152. When ore body concealed in Hill and Ans. (c) : Reserve station in a underground coal mine is
underground work is carried by only one related to Explosive.
opening, then it is called : • Using explosives to blast the layers of rock (or
(a) Tunnel (b) Adit overburden) covering coal is an integral part of open cut
(c) Shaft (d) Well coal mining.
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 • The use of explosives is the most efficient and
Ans. (b) : When an ore body concealed in a hill is economical way to break rock at the scale needed for
accessed and mined through only one opening, the commiercially viable operations.
opening is called an "adit." Adits are horizontal or 156. In 2nd Degree gassy Undergrond Mine, for
nearly horizontal tunnels used to enter a mine and Electrical velding, written permission of
provide access to the ore body. ………. is required
153. Which of the following is not an Undergrond (a) Mining sirdar
Mining technology. (b) Colliery Engineer
(a) Long Wall Mining (c) Assisstant Management
(b) Shot wall Mining (d) Mine Manager
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
(c) Continuous Miner Depllaring
(d) Mining with dragline Ans. (d) : In 2nd Degree gassy Underground mine, for
electrical Welding, written permission of Mine Manager
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
is required.
Ans. (d) : Underground mining is used to extract ore
• Mine managers are responsible for planning,
from below the surface of the earth safely, economically
organising and supervising the activities of a mine.
and with as little waste as possible.
They are responsible for planning future mine
• Long wall mining is a form of underground coal production, overseing the development and tunnelling
mining where a long wall of cool is mined in a single
of the mine, checking the quality of stone, rock and
slice.
minerals and inspecting the mine for danger.
• Short wall mining technique is similar to long wall
mining but with shorter face lengths, ranging between 157. Coal pulb in hydraulic mining is transported
@

40m and 90m, with the aim of controlling the caving by

nature of the of the overlying upper strata the load on (a) Flumes (b) Belt conveyor
ap

support and the overall operation of the supports applied (c) Tubs (d) Scraper haulage
at the face NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
na

Mining Method 289 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Coal pulb in hydraulic mining is transported 162. Which of the following statement is not correct
by flumes. (a) Controlled blasting is done to avoid fly rock
Hydraulic mining ⇒ Hydraulic mining, use of a (b) Secondary blasting is done for big size
powerful jet of water to dislodge minerals present in boulders
unconsolidated material, including mine tailings, placer (c) Secondary blasting is done to avoid the toe
deposits, alluvium, laterites (soil rich in clay). It has formation
also been applied to consolidated materials from sand (d) Stemming is required to avoid the blownout
stone through coal hard rock. shots
158. In a tunnel 2m × 2m, the support of weak Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
strata near a dyxe, intrusion is done by- Ans. (c) : Except option (c). All the option is correct.
(a) Grouting (b) Cable bolting Secondary blasting to reduce the size of boulders
(c) Timber stulls (d) Rock bolting resulting from a primary level.
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 • Irrespective of the method of primary level blasting
Ans. (d) : In a tunnel 2m × 2m the support of weak employed, it may be necessary to reblast a proportion of
strata near a dyxe, intrusion is done by rock bolting. the rock on the quarry floor so as to reduse it to a size
rock bolt, in tunneling and underground mining. Steel suitable for handling by the excavators and crushers
rod inserted in a hole drilled into the roof or walls of a available.
rock formation to provide support to the roof or sides of • Controlled blasting the most common safety concerns
the cavity. Rock bolt reinforcement can be used in any and undesirable side-effects in case of rock breakage by
excavation geometry is simple and quick to apply and is blasting are ground vibrations, fly rock, noise, air and
relatively inexpensive. development pollutions.
159. Where is coal found underground ? 163. Insufficient length of stemming may lead to
(a) Smooth places (b) Hard places (a) High powder factor (b) Blown out shots
(c) Rocky places (d) Wet places (c) Misfire shot (d) None of the above
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (c) : Coal exists in underground information called Ans. (b) : Insufficient length of stemming may lead to
"Coal seams" or "coal beds". A coal seam can be as blown out shots.
thick as 30 meters (90feet) and stretch 1500 km (920 • A shot that dissipates the explosive force by blowing
miles). out the stemming instead of breaking down the coal.
160. When minerals are located too deep in the • It may be caused by insufficient stemming,
ground, the method used for mining is overhanging with explosive, or a burden that is too
(a) open pit mining (b) quarries much for the charge to dislodge.
(c) surface mining (d) sub-surface mining 164. Failure to explode entire charge of a hole is ...
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 (a) Burning shot (b) Thrown out shot
Ans. (d) : Surface mining is carried out when deposits (c) Misfire shot (d) None of the above
of minerals are ground closer to surface. Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Mining is the process used to extract valuable resources Ans. (c) : Failure to explode entire charge of a hole is
from the earth. It is done to acquire any resource that misfire shot. All misfires are to be considered extremely
cannot be grown or fabricated through official means dangerous until the cause of the misfire has been
determined.
more specifically, mining is used to extract non-
• A bluing (Thrown) out shot is the term applied by coal
renewable resources like fossil fuels, minerals and even
miners to a hot in which the explosive brings down on
water. coal. The main force being expended on the air of the
161. Which explosive is blasted by safety fuse? mine.
(a) NG (b) Slurry • Such shots result from improper placing or charging of
(c) ANFO (d) Gun powder the bore hole and most common in shooting of the solid.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 165. Which of the following factor is considered for
Ans. (d) : Safety fuse is a medium for conveying flame the improved fragmentation ?
(a) Type of explosive (b) Blasting pattern
at a slow and uniform rate to initiate an explosion in
(c) Delay interval (d) All of the above
either a charge of gunpowder or a plain detonator.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
• It provides the time delay required for the blaster to
reach the cover of safety before the actual explosion Ans. (d) : Type of explosive, Blasting pattern and delay
takes place interval are the factor is considered for improved
fragmentation.
• A safety fuse consists of a gunpowder core in a tube
• The type and cost of explosives will vary from one
@

formed by jute year, which is covered with layers of

bitumens and has an outer wrapper of tough your on operation to another, dependent upon many condition.
• The geologic formation, such as hard seams, cap,
ap

polymer.
• Safety fuse is manufactured with a specified burn time rock, hard bottom, or large toes, dictate the use of high-
per meter. energy explosives.
na

Mining Method 290 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
166. The training in regional language is • The air gap around an explosive charge absorbs the
(a) Difficult to impart shack energy and results in poor fragmentation
(b) Better for worker • So, amount of explosive to be charged in single shot
(c) Minimum as lack of resource hole is not dependent on type of drilling machine
(d) Poor due to bad explanation • It is depends upon.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 • Nature of rock to be broken
Ans. (b) : The training is regional language is better for • Mole depth
worker. • Dio of hole.
• Most of the new mining companies operating in the 170. Which of the following is not responsible for
DRC are owned by investors from the many countries. efficient breaking of rock?
• The work force of these mining companies is (a) Correct type of explosive
composed of people from diverse nationalities. (b) Correct amount of charge per hole
• After knowing the regional language. It does not take (c) Type of exploder
time to explain to the workers and they can be explained (d) Proper stemming
well. Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
167. In deep hole blasting, the depth of hole shall be Ans. (c) : Except option (c). all the option is responsible
more than for efficient breaking of rock.
(a) 5 meter (b) 10 meter • Correct type of explosive
(c) 3 meter (d) 20 meter
• Correct amount of charge per hole and proper
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 stemming.
Ans. (b) : In deep hole blasting, the depth of hole shall 171. Decoupled charging results in
be more than 10 meter.
(a) Poor fragmentation but less vibration
• Blasting a quarry or opencast face by using small or (b) Better fragmentation but more vibration
medium diameter holes drilled from top to bottom of
(c) Better fragmentation and higher noise
the face.
(d) Better fragmentation and less vibration
• Deep hole blasting operations in opencast mines are
always associated with same annoyance to the Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
surrounding areas in term of ground vibration noise, Ans. (d) : The fragmentation of rock is fundament to
hayrack etc. mining. It is the first preparatory stage in the extraction
168. When the mouth of the blasting hole is covered process - making rock small enough and 100 enough to
by heavy steel, such blasting is known as be efficiently excavated. Decoupled an explosive
change that does not completely till the blast hole
(a) Chamber blasting (b) Muffled blasting
radially.
(c) Cushion blasting (d) Deck blasting
172. VOD is a term related to
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(a) Air blast (b) Explosive
Ans. (b) : When the mouth of the blasting hole is
(c) Exploder (d) Blast vibrations
covered by heavy steel, such basting is known as
Muffled blasting. Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
• Muffed blasting– Ans. (b) : The Velocity of detonation (VOD) is one of
the most important properties of explosives.
• Fly-rock is another important adverse impact of
blasting operations. Especially when conducted in the • It is essential that the explosive in the field condition
vicinity of dense human habitation / congested areas. detonates at its optimum rate and induces sufficient
detonation pressure leading to good fragmentation.
• Muffing or covering of blast hole properly before
blasting, is the common solution to prevent fly-rock • An sand T project on ''Evaluation of explosives
from damaging human habitants and structures. performance through in the hale detonation velocity
• Efficiency of arresting of fly-rock depends mainly on measurement. Was taken up by National Institute of
the quality of muffling system implemented. rock Mechanics (NIRM) in collaboration with collieries
Company limited (SSC Ltd)
169. Amount of explosive to be charged in a single
shot hole is not dependent on 173. Select in blasting is related to
(a) Nature of rock to be broken (a) Misfire short
(b) Hole depth (b) Safety fuse
(c) Dia of hole (c) Detonator
(d) Type of drilling machine (d) Part of blast hole remaining after being
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 blasted
@

Ans. (d) : Bore hole coupling is critical to good Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (d) : The test blasts with new blast pattern with in
ap

fragmentation of rock.
• The bore hole should never exceed the diameter of the hole delay and bottom decking technique yielded
explosive by more than one-half inch. encouraging results.
na

Mining Method 291 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• There is substantial overall improvement in all the Ans. (b): In an explosive formulation
all improvem ormulation this
t is a oxidizing
blast performance parameters. agent. Aluminium nitrate is a strong oxidizing
ox agent. It
• The burn cut portion was blasted
lasted withou
without any socket. is used in tanning leather, r, antiperspirants.
antiperspi Corrosion
• There was hardly 0.1m sockets at sside holes and inhibitors, extraction of Uranium, petroleum pe refining
slopping holes. and as a nitrating agent. The monohydrate
monohy and other
hydrated aluminium nitratess have many applications.
• The might be because of light angula angular deviation of
periphery holes. 178. To deal with misfire, e, how many
man metres away a
relieving hole shall hall be drilled in an
174. The speed of the moving ving vehicle operating in underground working face?
the opencast mine shall ll be maxim
maximum
(a) 0.2 (b) 0.3
(a) 20 Km/Hr (b) 25 KKm/Hr
(c) 0.5 (d) 0.8
(c) 30 Km/Hr (d) 22 KKm/Hr
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sird Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (b) : MISFIRE - Misfire isfire means the complete or
Ans. (a) : The speed of the movingoving vehic
vehicle operating in
the opencast mine shall be maximum
aximum 20 kkm/hr. partial failure of a blasting ting charge to explode as
planned. The explosive orr pyrotechnical
pyrotechnic products that
• Mechanical steering looking king to prespresent untoward
remain in the ground or in the muckpile mu might be
movement of steering wheel eel and tyre while work
persons working below thee cabin wh while engine is triggered by any mechanical cal effect during
du the digging,
running. milli ng or causing injuries s or fatalities
fatalitie to blasters or
• Seat belt for operator. operators.
• proper shaft gourd. To deal with misfire metress away a relieving
rel hole shall
be drilled in a underground working face fac 0.3.
• Proximity wreaking device.
179. The bottom section n of a stoping
sto block has
175. Which of the followingg is a base eexplosive?
dimensions 200 m × 40 m. If the modified RMR
(a) Gun powder (b) NaCl
of rock mass is 50,, the appropriate
approp method of
(c) Pottasium nitrate (d) TNT
mining on the basis of Laubscher’s
Laubsch chart in the
APECET-19.11 19.11.2021, Shift-II
figure is
Ans. (d) : TNT - Trinitrotoluene
oluene a pale yellow, solid
organic nitrogen compound, d, used cchiefly as an
explosive, prepared by stepwise wise nitratio
nitration of toluene.
Because TNT melts at 82ºC ºC (178ºF) and does not
explode below 240º C (464ºF). 4ºF). It can be melted in
steam-heated vessels and poured into casings. It is
relatively insensitive to shockck and canno
cannot be exploded
without a detonator. For these ese reasons it is the most
favored chemical explosive, ve, extensiv
extensively used in
munitions and for demolitions.
(a) Shrinkage stoping (b) Cut and fill
176. Drift mining is generally adopted in:
(c) Block Caving (d) Sublevel stoping
(a) For the undergroundnd mining
Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2022
(b) For coal mining
(c) In the exploitation of placers Ans. (b) :
(d) In the exploitation of copper or ores
APECET-19.11 19.11.2021, Shift-II
Ans. (c) : Drift mining iss generally aadopted in the
exploitation of placers.
DRIFT MINING- In an undergroun underground mine, drift
mining is used to access are re deposits. This involves
cutting horizontal and sybhorizontal
ybhorizontal development
openings, called drifts into the
he side of the earth, instead
of digging vertical tunnels. Drift mining is commonly • The details of a rock mass ass classification
classific called the
used when ore deposits are onn a mountain
mountainside. geomechanics classification n or the Rock
Ro Mass Rating
(RMR) system.
177. In an explosive formulation
ulation this iis an oxidizing
agent: Area
Hydroulic radius =
(a) Charcoal Perimeter
@

(b) Aluminium nitrate 200 × 40

=
2 × ( 2000 + 40 )
ap

(c) Aluminium
(d) Magnesium carbonate
= 16.67m
APECET-19.11 19.11.2021, Shift-II
na

Mining Method 292 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
So, from graph it is clear that it is under supportable Ans. (b): The ventilation system is necessary to remove
category the noxious gases after the blast, stabilise the
So, the best suitable method is cut and fill for mining. temperature and provide fresh air.
• The bottom section of a stoping block has dimensions • When an underground mine reaches greater depths,
200 m×40 m. If the modified RMR of rock mass is 50, the cost of ventilation increases.
the appropriate method of mining on the basis of • With an increasing depth, the air has to travel longer
laubscher's chart in the figure is cut and fill. distances, requiring larger and more powerful
180. Post and pillar mining method is a variant of : ventilation systems to pump the air down to the
(a) sub level method production area.
(b) sub level caving method • Person employed in the district and daily tonnage
(c) resuing output factors is considered for estimating the
(d) cut and fill method appropriate air requirement.
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 183. An underground mine is highly preferred when
Ans. (d) : The post pillar cut and fill is used in large flat (a) equipment procurement is easy
irregularly shaped ore bodies where ground stability is (b) operating cost is least
to be maintained. (c) rehabilitation is suitable
• For increased mining depth, design of the post pillar (d) demand profile is maximum
becomes more challenging since those pillars will APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
eventually fail as mining progresses upwards. Ans. (b) : An underground mines also tend to be more
• This selective mining is used to open the stope to the targeted, more costly and less productive than operating
full lateral extent of the ore body in order to minimize cast mines.
the dilution and maximise the recovery. • Because the choice of which underground method to
• The post pillar should be designed such that failure deploy is pre dominantly driven by the geology of the
does not occur at the early mining stage, such as at the deposit being mined, the operator has little flexibility in
first cut. choosing the mining method given that the objective is
181. In underground coal mining, the Bord & Pillar to maximize net asset value over the life of the mine.
method is not permitted in which of the • Underground mining methods are often determined by
following conditions? the deposits and the economics of mining and are, thus,
(a) Any rise face somewhat out of the operator's control.
(b) Rise face of top heading and dip face of • however, the wide range of deposit geometries and
bottom most heading productivities among mines and regions causes the
(c) Rise face in the top most heading average to rise above the room and pillar method.
(d) Dip face of any heading 184. Which one of the below-mentioned criteria is
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 NOT considered to locate the places for
measuring the air velocity in the underground
Ans. (b) : The board and pillar method of mining is
suited to work flat coal seams of average thickness and mines.
all shallow depth. (a) The resistance of the roadway must be fairly
high
• Coal seams of 1.8 to 3m thickness are best suited for
this method, though the method has been successful in (b) The roadway should possess uniform cross-
thinner seams up to 4.8 m in thickness. section and should be preferably straigth
(c) The roadway should be away from bends
• It seams with gradients of more than 1 m 4 difficulties
are encountered in manufacturing machines. (d) The cross-section of roadways shall be such
that the area can be easily determined
• Most of the board and pillar method of coal mining
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
has been done in depth range less than 300 m at greater
depths pillars experience crush. Ans. (a) : • There are installations of air velocity
• In India in some case the depth of mining by board sensors in the mining industry for real-time airflow
and pillar method has been around 600 m, though monitoring, a problem exists with has the monitored air
mining at such depths is best with the problems of strata velocity at a fixed location corresponds to the average
control. air velocity which is used to determine the volume flow
rate of air in an entry with the cross-sectional area.
182. In the underground mine planning, which of
the following factors is considered for • Above mentioned criteria is considered to locate the
estimating the appropriate air requirement? places for measuring the air velocity in the underground
(a) Exact daily tonnage output mines.
(b) Persons employed in the district and daily • The roadway should posses uniform cross-section and
@

tonnage output should be preferably straight.

(c) Exact manpower employed in the district • The roadway should be away from beds.
ap

(d) Size of the mine • The cross-section of roadways shall be such that the
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 area can be easily determined.
na

Mining Method 293 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
185. The gas that is introduced in the vicinity of • From the given option, the preferred method of
goaf areas to combat the fire or spontaneous mining is block caving.
heating is : Shrinkage stoping- It is a vertical stoping method,
(a) nitrogen (b) carbon dioxide conducted in a vertical or near vertical plane, and at an
(c) hydrogen (d) sulphur dioxide angle greater than the angle of repose of the broken
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 ore.
Cut and fill stoping- (i) Most mining proceeds up dip
Ans. (a) : • Among insert gases, the efficacies of in an inclined ore body.
nitrogen gas to present and control the underground fire (ii) Drilling and blasting about 3m thick.
are as follows: (iii) Suitable for low rock mass strength conditions.
• It is lighter than air and can fill the whole space in (iv) Provides both flexibility and selectivity in mining.
vicinity of the goaf areas. Room and Pillar mining- (i) Normally applied in flat-
• It has low temperature which will takeout heat from laying stratiform or ventricular orebodies admitting an
surrounding strata in underground as well as from seal ore body dip up to about 30º.
to fire to help dissipation of heat in the sealed off area (ii) Pillars are normally arranged in a regular grid array
and working panels, thereby enabling its use for to simplify planning, design and operation.
prevention and control of spontaneous heating/fire in (iii) Rooms serve the multiple roles as ore source,
sealed off areas and working pannels. access opening, transport drift and airway.
• Nitrogen is non-toxic gas available from atmosphere (iv) Highly selective extraction of ore is possible.
very economically. 188. Stone dust barriers in underground coal mines
186. Dynamic recrystallisation is process that refers are used to arrest
to a process by which. (a) black damp explosions
(a) new crystal grains form from old grains (b) air blast
during rock deformation process (c) firedamp explosions
(b) crystal grains are continuously strained during (d) coal dust explosions
rock deformation process Gate Mining Engineering-2019
(c) new crystal grains and old grains melt during Ans. (d) : Stone dust barrier: It is a device which
rock deformation process uses the dynamics pressure of explosion to release and
(d) does not affect the shape of grains during disperse a mass of stone dust in the form of thick cloud
rock deformation process into the path of an oncoming explosion flame.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 • Stone dust barrier, the means of suppression of coal
Ans. (a) : Dynamic recrystallisation is a process that dust explosions, were first proposed by M.T Taffanel.
refers to process by which new crystal grains form from • The efficiency of a stone dust barrier depends on the
old grains during rock deformation process. time interval between dust discharge and flame arrival
DRX is a type of recrystallization process, found within which depend upon-
the fields of metallurgy and geology. in dynamic (i) Presence of firedamp-air mixture
recrystallization as opposed to static recrystallization, (ii) Intensity of explosion
the nucleartion and growth of new angle occurs during (iii) The design and location of the barrier
deformation rather than after wards as part of a separate (iv) A time interval of 0.1 to 0.25 is sufficient enough
heat treatment. to create a flame quenching cloud.
failure of stone dust barrier-
187. A low-grade deep-seated ore body dipping at
(i) When barrier itself lies in a flammable firedamp air
70° has a strike length of 2 km, and width of
mixture or firedamp occurs at the as a roof layer.
100 m. The ore body and wall rocks are weak
(ii) If flame velocities are high (>< 500 m/sec) as when
and fractured. The preferred method of mining
an explosion is initiated by a powerful firedamp
is explosion.
(a) shrinkage stoping (iii) When an explosion is initiated by weak ignition
(b) cut-and-fill stoping source.
(c) block caving
189. The underground water that occur within the
(d) room and pillar stoping zone of aeration is termed as
Gate Mining Engineering-2019 (a) Meteoric water (b) Vadose water
Ans. (c) : Block caving- Block cave mining is an (c) Connate water (d) Plutonic water
underground mass mining method that allows for the GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
bulk extraction of large, relatively lower-grade ore Ans. (b) : The water below the Earth's surface exists
deposits with substantial vertical dimension. either as groundwater or vadose water. Groundwater is
• Block caving involves undercutting the ore body and
@

the water which occur in the zone of saturation where

allowing it to collapse under its own weight. This all interconnected voids are filled with water under
hydrostatic pressure while vadose water is the water
ap

method is particularly suitable for weak and fractured

ore bodies, as it minimizes the need for extensive which occurs in a zone of aeration where interstices are
support systems. filled partly with water and party with air.
na

Mining Method 294 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Groundwater is generally less vulnerable to physical 193. Identify the initiation sequence which is NOT
and bacteriological deterioration and considered to be possible for surface blasting.
the major source of water supply for domestic irrigation (a) Detonating fuse → Nonel → Electronic
and industrial sector. detonator
190. Hydraulic fracturing of a well will generally: (b) Electric detonator → Nonel → Detonating
(a) Decrease the average permeability near the fuse
well bore (c) Electric detonator → Detonating fuse →
(b) Damage the formation Nonel
(c) Improve the production of the well (d) Electronic detonator → Detonating fuse →
(d) Produce more water Nonel
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 Gate Mining Engineering-2016
Ans. (c) : Hydraulic fracturing, commonly known as Ans. (a) : Initiator is a term used in the explosive
fracking, is the process of injecting water, sand and industry to describe any device that may be used to start
chemicals into a well to break up underground bedrock a detonation or a deflagration.
to free up oil or gas reserves. Water used for hydraulic • There are four general classification of initiators
fracturing is typically fresh water taken from currently being used in surface cool – blasting.
groundwater and surface water resources. • Non – electric systems.
191. In an underground coal mine a driller, wearing • Electric systems.
personal protective equipment, was going to • Electronic systems, and
workplace along the travelling roadway. A • Blasting – cap and safety – fuse systems.
piece of rock fell down from the roof and hit • So, Except option (a) all the options is possible for
the person on head causing serious injury. The surface blasting.
cause of accident is • Hence, Detonating fuse → Nonel → Electronic
(a) unsafe act of the driller detonator is the initiation sequence which is not possible
(b) job stress for surface blasting.
(c) unsafe act and unsafe condition 194. Identify the correct statement.
(d) unsafe condition NONEL is used for surface connection of the
Gate Mining Engineering-2017 blast holes in order to
Ans. (d) : In an underground coal mine a driller, (a) achieve better water resistance over
wearing personal protective equipment, was going to detonating fuse
work place along the travelling roadways. (b) have a precise delay timing
• A piece of rock fell down from the roof and hit the (c) provide noiseless shock front movement
person on head causing serious injury. The cause of (d) avoid deflagration
accident is unsafe condition. Gate Mining Engineering-2016
192. Underground coal mines are in principle Ans. (c) : NONEL is used for surface connection of the
blast holes in order to provide noiseless shock front
ventilated by exhausting system, so that
movement.
(a) spontaneous heating risk is reduced
• In NONEL blasting. Instead of electric wires, a holler
(b) fumes can be quickly removed in case of an plastic tube delivers the firing impulse to the detonator,
underground fire making it immune to most of the hazards associated
(c) build-up of methane concentration is with stray electric current.
decreased • It is generally claimed by the manful actors that non-
(d) cool and fresh intake air can enter electric shock tube system (NONEL) improves over all
underground blasting results.
Gate Mining Engineering-2016 •As per MMR 1961, Reg. 164, IB (a) not more than of
Ans. (c) : The contaminates to be controlled by dilution 2 kg explosives per delay ore used. Do, with the help of
ventilation ore primarily gases and dust although radon NONEL Blasting , this can be achieved which satisfy
may present problems, especially in uranium mines and DGMS.
where the background uranium concretizations of the 195. The critical diameter of an explosive is defined
host or adjacent rock and elevated. as the diameter below which it
• Underground cool mines are in principle ventilated by (a) develops the optimum velocity of detonation
exhausting system, so that build up of methane (b) does not involve in chemical reaction
concentration is decreased. (c) develops the maximum velocity of detonation
• The amount of air required for dilution control will
@

(d) deflagrates
depend on both the strength of the contaminant source Gate Mining Engineering- 2007
ap

and the effectiveness of other central measures such as

water for dust suppression or methane drainage system Ans. (d) : Critical diameter of an explosive is defined as
in cool mines. the diameter below which it deflagrates.
na

Mining Method 295 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
196. Depending on the decreasing ability of surrounding 199. Coal is left with the shale in the roof in
rock to store strain energy, the underground metal underground working because of
mining methods can be ordered as (a) Shale is weak in nature
(a) Cut-and-Fill stoping, Sublevel caving, (b) It has weathering effect
Sublevel open stoping, Block caving (c) It reacts with coaly surface
(b) Sublevel open stoping, Cut-and-Fill stoping, (d) It has great affinity to absorb moisture and get
Sublevel caving, Block caving departed from immediate roof
(c) Sublevel caving, Sublevel open stoping, Cut- BCCL Junior Overman-2017
and-Fill stoping, Block caving Ans. (d) : (I) Shale–A type of soft, grey rock, usually
(d) Block caving, Sublevel caving, Sublevel open formed from clay that has become hard, that breaks
stoping, Cut-and-Fill stoping easily into thin layers.
Gate Mining Engineering-2008 (II) Shale is probably the most common roof rock,
Ans. (b) : Depending on the decreasing ability of above coal beds. Many shales offer good, or at
surrounding rock to store strain energy, the underground least predictable, roof conditions.
metal mining method can be ordered as sublevel open (III) Coal is left with shale in roof in underground
stoping, cut-and fill stoping, sublevel caving, block working because it has great affinity to absorb
caving. moisture and get departed from immediate roof.
197. In an underground coal mine, a freshly 200. Goaf in relation to the underground working
exposed roof can be supported by a temporary means
support in the form of (a) Coal is about to be extracted
(a) triangular chocks (b) screw props (b) People has lawful access
(c) safari supports (d) hydraulic props (c) Coal has been extracted but still a working
Gate Mining Engineering-2010 place
Ans. (c) : Safari supports : The conventional method of (d) Coal has been extracted but now not a
supporting galleries in coal mines is by means of working place
wooden cross bars. For quick setting of the cross bars, BCCL Junior Overman-2017
the manual cutting of holes in the coal pillars is Ans. (d) : (I) Goaf–Goaf is a mining term which refers
eliminated by drilling holes with the usual coal drills to part of mine from which mineral has been partially or
and a support, known as safari support's is installed to completely removed.
support the roof.
(II) Goaf in relation to underground working means-
The support stands the effects of blasting and the
coal has been extracted but now not a working place.
freshly exposed roof is supported in a short time
after exposure. 201. Stone dust barriers are installed in
One of its applications is to support the split underground
galleries in depillaring areas in thick seams and (a) To prevent imitation of firedamp explosion
extract the floor coal heightening the galleries (b) To prevent the imitation of coal dust
upto 5 m. explosion
In an underground coal mines, a freshly exposed (c) To act as the storage of stone dust
roof can be supported by temporary support in (d) None of the above
the form of safari supports. BCCL Junior Overman-2017
198. For electric signaling systems in underground Ans. (b) : (I) Stone dust Barriers–It is a device erected
coal mines, the statement that is NOT true is at strategic points in mine roadways for purpose of
(a) All signaling equipment must be intrinsically arresting explosions.
safe (II) It consist of trays loaded with stone dust, which are
(b) the signaling circuit must be connected to upset or overturned by pressure wave in front of
ground
explosion ahead of flame, producing a dense curtain or
(c) the source of current should be an approved cloud of inert dust to blanket the flame & stop further
dry battery
propagation of explosion.
(d) DC bells or relays when connected in parallel
should be supplied from a single source of 202. Optimum rate of stone dusting in underground
current coal mines is
Gate Mining Engineering-2010 (a) 1 kg/tons of coal produced
Ans. (d) : For electric signaling systems in underground (b) 2.5 kg/ton of coal produced
coal mines is- (c) 5 kg/tons of coal produced
@

(i) All signaling equipment must be intrinsically safe. (d) 10 kg/ ton of coal produced
(ii) The signaling circuit must be connected to ground. BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
ap

(iii) The source of current should be an approved dry Ans.(b): Optimum rate of stone dusting in underground
battery. coal mines is 2.5 kg/ton of coal produced.
na

Mining Method 296 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
203. What is subsidence in coal mining? Ans. (c): A shot that dissipates the explosive force by
(a) Folding of strata blowing out the stemming instead of breaking down the
(b) Breaking of rock coal. It may be caused by insufficient stemming, over-
(c) Lifting of surface strata changing with explosive or a burden that is too much
(d) None of the above for the charge to dislodge.
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 208. In an opencast mining blasting, improper delay
Ans. (d) : Mine subsidence is the movement of ground, results in :
block or slope caused by readjustment of overburden (a) Vibration (b) Misfire
due to collapse and failure of underground mine (c) Blown-out-shot (d) Cut-off-shot
excavations. Its factors are mining method, depth of MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
extraction, thickness of deposit etc. Ans. (d) : In an opencast mining blasting, improper
204. Which of the following is not the criteria that delay results in cut-off-shot. A shot in a delay round in
should be considered to decide the places where which the charge has been wholly or partially exposed,
air velocity in underground mines to be to the atmosphere by reason of the detonation of an
measured? earlier shot in the round.
(a) Roadways should be away from bends, 209. In an opencast mining blasting, misfire occurs
junction & free from obstructions due to :
(b) Resistance of the roadway must be fairly high (a) Low current (b) Poor stemming
(c) Roadways should have uniform cross section (c) Improper delays (d) Excess charge
& preferably straight MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
(d) The cross section of roadways should be such
that the area can be easily Ans. (a) : A misfire results when explosive fail to
detonate as a planned during a mine blast. Misfires are
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 usually caused by misunderstanding, improper use, or
Ans. (b) : A pitot tube manometer can be used to some failure of the initiation system. Other cause are
measure velocity pressure which can then be applied to cut-offs, insufficient firing current inadequate priming,
a mathematical formula and converted to air speed. The improper explosive storage and damage to the initiation
quantity of intake air reaching the entry is calculated by system.
multiplying the average air speed by the cross-sectional
area of the tubing or curtain. 210. No shot shall be fired by a fuse of length less
than ________ .
205. In an underground coal mine, a freshly exposed (a) 2.1 m (b) 3.0 m
roof can be supported by a temporary support (c) 2.2 m (d) 1.2 m
in the from of:
(a) Hydraulic props (b) Safari supports MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
(c) Screw props (d) Triangular chocks Ans. (d) : No shot shall be fired by a fuse of length less
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 than 1.2 meters.
Ans. (a) : A prop consisting of two telescoping steel 211. Degree of Bump liability >5 indicates :
cylinders that are extended by hydraulic pressure that (a) Moderately liable (b) Slightly liable
may be provided by a hand-operated pump built into the (c) Not liable (d) Severely liable
prop. The prop holds about half a gallon of mineral oil MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
and is fitted with a yield valve that relievers the pressure Ans. (d) : Bump in coal mine - Coal Bump refers to a
when the load exceeds that for which the prop is set. A sudden catastrophic failure of coal seam & usually can
hydraulic prop enables quicker setting and uniform cause serious damages to underground mining facilities
initial loading, and it can be withdrawn from a remote, and staff.
safe position. Degree of bump liability > 5 indicated severely liable.
206. In an opencast mining blasting, ground 212. The rate of methane emission can be expressed
vibration occurs due to : as a function of :
(a) Low current (b) Poor stemming (a) Coal permeability (b) Depth
(c) Improper delays (d) Excess charge (c) Width of working (d) Method of working
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
Ans. (d) : Ground vibration produced by blasting is Ans. (b) : Methane emission factors depends on many
characterised by its amplitude, frequency and duration. parameters, including mining depth and coal rank.
In the earlier Indian Standard Peak Particle Velocity Underground mines are typically much deeper the
(PPV) was the only criterion for permissible levels of surface mines and produce higher rank coal.
ground vibration for protection of surface structure. In
open cast mining blasting ground vibration occurs due • Emission per unit of coal from underground mines
to excess charge. are also larger than those from surface ones.
207. In an opencast mining blasting, poor stemming 213. The loose ballast between the two adjacent
@

results in : sleepers is __________ .

(a) Vibration (b) Misfire (a) Cinder (b) Packing
ap

(c) Blown-out-shot (d) Cut-off-shot (c) Ballast crib (d) Boxing

MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
na

Mining Method 297 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): The process of romming the ballasts Ans. (a): The quantity of explosive necessary to
underneath the sleeper is known as packing. fragment 1 m3 or one tonne of rock is termed powder
• The ballasts above this layer which surrounds the factor.
sleeper, is loose filled and termed as boxing. Power Factor- In surface mining operation, the weight
• The loose ballasts between the two adjacent sleepers of explosive used per unit volume of rock blasted is
is ballast crib. measured in pounds per cubic yard, Ib (Yd3) (kg/m3) to
produce broke material is defined as powder factor.
214. The blasting technique used for controlled
throw of overburden is known as _________ . However, in underground mining operation the
(a) pop shooting (b) plaster shooting preference is to defined power factor as the weight of
explosive required per unit of weight of rock to
(c) cast blasting (d) coyote blasting fragment either a metric tonne or an thus the units
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 become ib/ton for imperial and kg/tonne for metric. The
Ans. (c) : The blasting technique used for controlled formula when powder factor
throw of overburden is known as cast blasting. The cast W
blasting method is based on the use of explosive energy PF = E
to break and move a rock mass directly into a beam thus V
minimizing the use of mechanical mining equipment PF = Powder factor
including drag lines. WE = Weight of explosive used in blast
215. Which one of these applications can not be V = Volume of rock blasted.
performed by Geographical Information 219. The underground well of a biogas plant is
Systems? called the-
(a) Land ownership & mineral claims (a) Septic tank (b) Oxidation well
(b) Design of blasting in an underground (c) Digester (d) Lagoon
excavation MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
(c) Environmental quality monitoring Ans. (c) : The underground well of a biogas plant is
(d) Site selection for housing & dumps called the digester.
CIL MT Mining-2017 It consists of a well - like underground tank made of
Ans. (b) : These mining application cannot be bricks and cement. This tank is called a digester and has
performed by Geographical Information Systems design inlet and outlet values.
of blasting in an underground excavation. 220. Which method is best suited to work flat coal
216. The tool used to correct borehole deviation is: seam of average thickness and shallow depth?
(a) string shot (b) whipstock (a) Board and Pillar (b) Long wall
(c) rachet (d) kelly (c) Horizon mining (d) Blasting gallery
CIL MT Mining-2017 RPSC AE-21.05.2014
Ans. (a) : The tool used to correct borehole deviation is Ans. (a) : In India about 98% of underground output of
string shot. coal is obtained by Board and Pillar method and barely
String shot- An explosive method utilizing primacord, about 2% by long wall method. The key to the
which is an instantaneous textile - covered fuse with a successful Board and Pillar mining is selecting the
core of very high explosive. optimum pillar size.
It is used to create an explosive jar inside it suck drill 221. In which method of correlation survey the
pipe or tubing so that the pipe may be backed off at the objective to be placed in the axis of atheodoite
joint immediately above where it is stuck. exactly in line with the plumb plane at both
217. Dautriche method is a method used for surface and underground?
measuring- (a) Weisbach Triangle method
(a) Velocity of detonation of explosives (b) Weiss Quadrilateral
(b) Molecular weight of explosives (c) Direct Traversing
(c) Extent of vibration produced after detonation (d) Co-planner method
(d) Air gap sensitivity RPSC AE-21.05.2014
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 Ans. (d) : Co-planner method of correlation survey the
Ans. (a) : Dautriche method is a method used for objective to be placed in the axis of a theodolite exactly
measuring velocity of detonation of explosives. in line with the plumb plane at both surface and
• Dautriche method, based on the length of the underground. Correlation surveys assure that any
detonation propagation in two different explosives in underground, structure does not obstruct or interfere
the same time intervals with proposed designs.
218. The quantity of explosive necessary to 222. What is the approximate waste generation in
@

fragment 1 m³ or one tonne of rock is termed- any marble mining in general?

(a) Powder factor (b) Charge length (a) 20% (b) 30%
ap

(c) Stemming length (d) Blast size (c) 50% (d) 70%
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 RPSC AE-21.05.2014
na

Mining Method 298 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): The marble waste generation during extraction • There are the three term of caved underground
of marble blocks can be estimated 40%-50% of the metalliferous mine.
production and at 60% to 70% in mines using • Gob : Broken, curved and mined-out portion of the
conventional techniques of blasting. deposit. Often, mined out areas will begin cave and
This leads to uncontrolled stripping of vegetation cover this is a normal part of the process.
and subsequent soil erosion. • The caved area is known as the gob, or in some
Dust generated during quarrying can also blanket parts of the world, the goof.
surrounding areas leading to vegetation die-off and • Rib : Side wall of an excavation
adversely affecting the fertility and quality of top soil. • Cap : Waste rock overlying the mineral deposit.
The main stage of quarry waste include :
225. The primary purpose of cut holes for blasting
1. Before exposure of hard Rock. in an underground drivage is to
2. Removal of overburden (a) provide additional free face
3. Production of marble (b) have smooth surface after blasting
Processing waste : (c) prevent over-breakage
1. Cutting waste (d) reduce noise
2. Polishing waste Gate-2015
3. Maudling waste.
Ans. (a) : The primary purpose of cut holes for blasting
223. Which of the following can be an advantage of in an underground drivage is to provide additional free
underground mining over surface mining? face. Cut holes are longer shot holes, Fired first to
(a) Less capital investment on equipment create free space for fusers. Easers are shot holes placed
(b) Affected by weather around the drifts of cut holes. Trimmers are shot holes
(c) Require large deposits placed around easers to given the final shape of drift.
(d) Higher production 226. Which of the following method is used for
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 detailed exploration oil and gas?
Ans. (a) : (a) Gravity method
• Underground mining is used to extract ore from (b) Seismic refraction method
below the surface of the earth safely. (c) Magnetic method
• It can be done safely, economically and with as (d) Seismic reflection method
little waste as possible. OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
• The entry from the surface to an underground mine Ans. (b) : The method used for detailed exploration oil
may be through a horizontal or vertical tunnel and gas is seismic refraction method this technique
• It is known as an adit, shaft or decline. involves sending seismic wave into the ground and
• Under ground mining is partical. recording the reflection from subsurface layers, which
(i) The grades or quality of the orebody are high indicate the presence of oil or gas reservoirs.
enough to cover costs.
(ii) The ore body is too deep to mine profitably by 227. Maximum separation of the reflectance value
open pit. of vegetation, soil and water is seen in :
(iii) Under ground mining has a lower ground footprint (a) Green band (b) Red band
then open pit mining. (c) Infrared band (d) Blue band
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
Ans. (c) : The Maximum separation of the reflectance
value of vegetation, soil and water is typically observed
in the Infrared band.
Vegetation typically has high reflectance in the near
infrared portion of the electromagnetic spectrum, while
soil and water have relatively lower reflectance in this
region. This difference in reflectance allows for better
differentiation and discrimination between these
224. A broken caved and mined out portion of the materials.
deposit in an underground metalliferous mine 228. Blasting of a stope in Vertical Crater Retreat
is called method consists of
(a) Gob (b) Cap (a) Blasting one row after another
(c) Rib (d) Back
(b) Creating initial slot going for mass blast
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
(c) Blasting all the holes in slices
Ans. (a) :
@

(d) Blasting one column after another

• Crown and sill pillars are commonly found in mines
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
for steeply pitching deposits, and barrier and yield
ap

pillars are commonly found in tabular deposits that Ans. (c) : Blasting of a stope in vertical crater retreat
are nearly horizontal. method consists of blasting all the holes in slices.
na

Mining Method 299 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
The vertical crater retreat mining method is used on 233. Continuous miners are used in underground
vertical or steeply dipping ore bodies under similar coal mining for
condition for sublevel stopping and shrinkage stopping. (a) Development only
down-the- hole drills are used for production, with (b) Depillaring only
small jumbos used for drift development. (c) Development and Depillaring both
229. A method of controlling subsidence by proper (d) Development of Longwall panel
control of underground mining operations is KCET Mining Engineering-2017
known as
(a) Contiguous mining (b) Stowed mining Ans. (c) : Continuous miner is a mining machine that
(c) Horizon mining (d) Harmonic mining produces a constant flow of coal from the working face
of the mine. The machine continuously extracts as it is
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
loading coal with a cutting steel drum and conveyor
Ans. (d) : A method of controlling subsidence by system. The continuous miner has been available in
proper control of underground mining operation is same form since the late 1800.
know as harmonic mining.
Advantages of continuous miner–
Harmonic mining- Harmonic method of extraction of a
panel causes tensional and compressive strain at the (i) Continuous miner can extract the coal to full seam
surface. The working in two seams should be so thickness of 4.5 to 5.0 m in a single lift.
advanced simultaneously to cancel out the balance of (ii) Strata control problems can be minimized by
strain, caused by one face by the strain induced by avoiding blasting operations as the depth is increasing
another at a different level. This approach is known as 350 m and more.
harmonic mining, which however is no simple because (iii) It gives higher production rate.
he mine has to be pre-planned and also problems due to (iv) Risk of spontaneous heating can be reduced due to
interaction between faces in efferent seams have o be faster rate of extraction.
encountered. • Continuous miners are used in underground coal
230. The method of levelling adopted for laying out mining for development and depillaring both.
a haulage roadway underground is
(a) Differential levelling 234. The object of roof supporting in underground
is
(b) Cross-sectional levelling
(a) To support immediate roof
(c) Reciprocal levelling
(d) Longitudinal levelling (b) To prevent sagging of roof
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 (c) To prevent bed separation
(d) All of the above
Ans. (d) : The method of leveling adopted for laying
out a haulage roadway underground is longitudinal KCET Mining Engineering-2017
leveling. The operation of taking levels along the centre Ans. (d) : Roof supports provide a means of temporary
line of any alignment (road, railway) at regular intervals supporting overburden in longwall mining operations.
is known as longitudinal leveling. Also referred to as powered roof supports or hydraulic
231. If the gradient is less than 1 in 6, manholes may chocks or shields, they are used in sets to stabilize and
be provided at intervals of not more than advance longwall systems across the face of a coal
(a) 10 m (b) 20 m seam.
(c) 30 m (d) 40 m The object of roof supporting in underground is –
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 • To support immediate roof
Ans. (c) : The gradient is less than 1 in 6, manholes • To prevent sagging of roof
may be provided at intervals of not more than 30 m. • To prevent bed separation
The internal between two manholes should not be more 235. All the electric equipment in underground
10 meters. but if the gradient is less than 1:6 the interval mines should be equipped with flame proof
may be up to 20 meters. construction where the operating voltage is
232. Of the given methods of work of underground more than –––––––– volts.
mining of a coal seam is same geomining (a) 125 (b) 30
conditions, ................. will cause maximum (c) 50 (d) 25
surface subsidence. ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
(a) Advance Longwalling with stowing Ans. (b) : All the electric equipment in underground
(b) Wide and stall method mines should be equipped with flame proof construction
(c) Bord and Pillar working with caving where the operating voltage is more than 30 volts.
(d) Bord and pillar working with stowing 236. If in any underground mine, more than –––––
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 persons are employed. latrines shall be
@

Ans. (c) : The given method of work of underground provided at convenient point.
mining of a coal seam is same geomining conditions, (a) 100 (b) 50
ap

board and pillar working with caving will maximum (c) 120 (d) 60
surface subsidence. ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
na

Mining Method 300 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): If more than 50 persons are employed in any Ans. (c): A gradient of 1 in 15 against the loads in
underground mine, latrines shall be provided at considered to be limit though locos are generally
convenient point. This requirement ensures that the employed on gradients milder 1 in 25.
basic sanitary needs of the workers are met to maintain 242. _____ locomotive transport system has the
a healthy and hygienic working environment. Providing highest power to weight ratio.
latrines is crucial for the well-being and dignity of the
employees working in the mine. (a) Battery (b) Trolley wire
(c) Diesel (d) Battery and diesel
237. Staggered junction in underground will pose
which of the following problem? TSPGECET-2020
(a) difficulty in setting up of props Ans. (b) : Trolley wire locomotive transport system has
(b) problem in laying transport system the highest power to weight ratio.
(c) probability of more roof falls 243. _______belt is prohibited for use in
(d) difficulty in ventilation survey underground mines because of the fire risk
TSPGECET-2020 (a) PVC (b) rubber
Ans. (b) : The transportation problem is a special type (c) steel cord belt (d) plate belt
of linear programming program where the objective is TSPGECET-2020
to minimize the cost of distributing a product from a Ans. (b) : Rubber belt prohibited for use in
number of sources or origins or a number of underground mines because of the fire risk.
destinations problem in laying transport system
244. The following, used in underground coal mine
inadequate road infrastructure, multiple check points
is not a flame-proof apparatus
and congestion.
(a) hand held coal drill
238. Reversal of air current in underground coal
(b) pump motor
mines is done in case of to
(a) heavy roof fall in roadways (c) trolley wire loco motor
(b) improve the quality of air (d) jackhammer drill
(c) fires in upcast shaft TSPGECET-2020
(d) fires in downcast shaft Ans. (d) : Jackhammers are a type of percussive drill.
TSPGECET-2020 They found away at a surface to break it into smaller
Ans. (c) : Reversal of air current in underground coal pieces. The mass of the tool itself, along with gravity are
mines is done in case of fires in upcast shaft. two main elements that make jackhammers work because
they help weigh down the machine and keep it in contact
239. While working underground in any mine, the with the target.
minimum distance that should be provided
between two shafts or inclines is 245. _______ rope is used for underground haulage.
(a) 12.0 m (b) 13.5 m (a) round strand (b) flattened strand
(c) 14.5 m (d) 15.5 m (c) compound strand (d) locked coil
TSPGECET-2020 TSPGECET-2020
Ans. (b) : The minimum distance that should be Ans. (a) : Round stand rope is used for underground
provided between two shafts or inclines is 13.5 m. haulage.
240. Hydraulic mining of coal is normally applicable 246. The angle of draw in a trough subsidence help
to mining seams which are in determining the
(a) thick, steeply inclined and for soft coal (a) Extent of surface subsidence
(b) thick, flat and for soft coal (b) Maximum horizontal strain
(c) thin, flat and for hard coal (c) Maximum subsidence
(d) thin, steeply inclined and for hard coal (d) Maximum slope
TSPGECET-2020 TSPGECET-2020
Ans. (a) : Hydraulic mining of coal is normally
Ans. (c) : The angle of draw in a trough subsidence helps
applicable to mining seams which are thick, steeply
inclined and for soft coal. in determining the angle of draw determines the extent of
influence of an underground extract element on the ground
Hydraulic mining coal- Hydraulic mining coal utilizes the
surface and demarcastes the boundary of the influence
force of water sprayed under high pressure to extract coal.
circle. The value of the angle of draw vary principally due
Hydraulic mining utilizes continuous miners to mine
to the geological selling mass of over burden and mining
entries to gain access to production panels. Once a
production panel is established high-pressure water configurations.
cannons are used to break the coal off the face. 247. When free silica in the respirable dust is 7.5%,
what is the maximum permissible air borne
@

241. The maximum permissible gradient for

locomotive transport in underground mines is dust concentration in underground coal mines?
(a) 3.0 mg/m3 (b) 2.0 mg/m3
ap

(a) 1 in 5 (b) 1 in 10
3
(c) 1 in 15 (d) 1 in 100 (c) 1.0 mg/m (d) 4.0 mg/m3
TSPGECET-2020 TSPGECET-2020
na

Mining Method 301 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Personal protection devices the federal coal mine (a) 3-6 m (b) 1-2 m
health and safety act of 1969 mandated that approved (c) 7-10 m (d) 2-3 m
respiratory equipment be made available to personal when APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
exposed to respirable dust concentrations greater than 2.0 Ans. (a) : The gap between longwall working face and
mg/m3. pack walls for safe working is 3-6m.
253. In opencast mine, no work shall be done within
D1.2 Open-Pit Mining Methods a distance of ............ from mine boundary.
(a) 7.5 m (b) 15 m
(c) 30 m (d) 45 m
248. Which of the following is used in slicing
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
methods of descending order?
(a) Wooden planks laying Ans. (a) : In opencast mine, no work shall be done
(b) Wire netting within a distance of 7.5 m from mine boundary.
(c) Stowing goaf 254. What is the velocity of Detonation (VOD) of a
(d) Only timbering detonating fuse?
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II (a) 6500 m/sec (b) 2000 m/sec
(c) 7000 m/sec (d) 5000 m/sec
Ans. (b) : Wire netting is used in slicing methods of
descending order. APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
Wire netting stores are one of the loading organisation, Ans. (a) : Explosive velocity also known as detonation
engaged in manufacturing, supplying and exporting a velocity or velocity of detonation (VOD) is the velocity
wide range of wire mesh and grating equipment. These at which the shock wave front travels through a
products are known for their corrosion and abrasion detonated explosive.
resistance and longer life. Explosive velocity are always faster than the local speed
of sound in the material the velocity of detonation
249. Friction props are generally set in rows for
supporting ins slicing methods. What is the (VOD) is detonating fuse is 6500 m/s.
distance between row to row of props? 255. Data from two production faces of an open pit
(a) 1.25 m (b) 1 m iron ore mine are given.
(c) 2.5 m (d) 2 Item description Face 1 Face 2
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II Maximum production 1600 2000
Ans. (a) : Friction props are generally set in rows for capacity (tonne/day)
supporting in slicing methods. The distance between Fe (%) 63 58
row to row of props is 1.25 m. Production cost of ores (in 1500 1200
250. What is the applicable inclination of seams, in INR/tonne)
which longwall mining method is adopted? Ores from two different faces are blended and
(a) 20º to 45º (b) 45º to 60º supplied with Fe grade not less than 60 %.
(c) 60º to 75º (d) flat to 20º Based on the demand, the combined
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II production is limited to a maximum of 2500
Ans. (d) : Longwall mining is one of the most tonne/day. If the selling price of blended iron
applicable and effective production methods for ores is INR 4500 /tonne, the optimal production
underground coalmines. The mechanized longwall from two faces in tonne/day, for maximizing
mining requires flat-lying coal seams, in which the dip the profit, respectively are
of the seam should not be more than 20. (a) 1000.0 and 1500.0 (b) 1333.3 and 1166.7
Mechanized longwall mining requires heavy machinery (c) 1600.0 and 900.0 (d) 500.0 and 2000.0
and equipment that are shearer of coal cutting hydraulic
Gate-2024
Shields for roof control and armored face conveyor
(AFC) for the haulage of the coal. Ans. (a) : Let, production be x and y from fact face-1
and face-2 respectively
251. What is the name of the extended portion of
gate roads slightly beyond the face in Longwall According to question
advancing for easy maneuvering of sheared? x ≤ 1600, y ≤ 2000 …(i)
(a) Pack walls (b) Level 0.63x + 0.58y ≥ 0.6 (x + y)
(c) Stable (d) Connection Gallery 0.03x – 0.02y ≥ 0
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II 3x – 2y ≥ 0 …(ii)
Ans. (c) : Stable is the name of the extended portion of x + y ≤ 2500 …(iii)
@

gate roads slightly beyond the face in longwall Profit = 4500 (x + y) – 1500x – 1200y
advancing for easy maneuvering of shearer. (selling price) (Production cost)
ap

252. What is gap to be maintained between = 4500x + 4500y – 1500x – 1200y

Longwall working face and pack walls for safe
(Profit) = 3000x + 3300y
working?
na

Mining Method 302 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(iii) Increased rate of coal exposure is required and
thickness of dragline bench is to be kept less.
(iv) Shovel capacity is not matching with dragline
capacity and unable to provide sufficient working
space for the dragline.
(v) Where the OB thickness to be handled by
dragline is more than the effective and efficient
depth of dragline.
Solution point = (0, 0) and (1000, 1500) 259. Which responsibility is NOT associated with
Max z = 3000 × 1000 + 3300 × 1500 mining sirdar for opencast working?
Hence, x = 1000, y = 1500 (a) Berm height is maintained.
(b) Dust control measures are implemented.
256. Terrace cut is made in an open-pit mine using (c) Sides of the benches are kept properly
(a) Front-end loader dressed.
(b) Bucket-wheel loader (d) Stability of benches is not endangered.
(c) Wheel tractor-Scraper NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
(d) Clam shell Ans. (a) Sirdar assists overman, Sirdar in his work and
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I supervises drilling, blasting, timbering etc.
Ans. (b) : Terrace mining used multiple benches when Indents and collects material and other equipment
overburden is too thick for waste to be dumped in the near work site.
pit. open-pit mining is used for steeply dipping pipe Directs and guides drilling and blasting operations
shaped or irregular deposits where waste must be ensuring observation of safety precautions.
dumped outside the excavation area. Mining sirdar for open cast working ensured.
257. The mining sirdar shall check the presence of (i) Dust control measures are implemented.
loose stone, material or trees within ................ (ii) Sides of the benches are kept properly dressed.
m of the edge in open cast working. (iii) Stability of benches is not endangered.
(a) 2.5 (b) 2 (iv) Haul roads are kept maintained.
(c) 3.5 (d) 3 (v) Stability of overburden dumps is not endangered.
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 260. Filling up of the void in open cast mines is
Ans. (d) In opencast working, the following precaution known as :
shall be observed namely. (a) reclamation (b) trenching
(i) In an excavation in any hard and compact ground (c) OB removal (d) dumping
or in prospecting trenches or pit, the sides shall be NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
adequately benched, slopped not secured so as to
prevent danger from fall of sides. Ans. (a) : Filling of mine voids with fly ash in an
(ii) No tree, loose stone, or debris shall unless environmental sound process is the most viable option
otherwise permitted in writing by the chief of bulk utilization.
inspector be allowed to remain within a distance of This not only saves huge quantity of land
3m from the edge or side of the excavation. requirement for ash disposal but also reduces
associated environmental issues in reclaming the
(iii) No person shall undercut any face or side or cause
mined out area for making its gainful use.
or permit such undercutting as to cause any
Fly ash in bulk quantity can be utilized in stowing
overhanging.
of underground mines with fly ash in lieu of sand
258. In an open cast mine, the height of the bench is and filling up abandoned open cast mine voids.
5m. Provide the suitable combination of This can result in higher percentage of utilization of
excavation and transportation. generated fly ash.
(a) Ripper and dumper 261. Fly rocks during opencast blasting must be
(b) Surface miner with dumper controlled by :
(c) Bucket wheel excavator with belt conveyor (a) pop shooting (b) plaster shooting
(d) Shovel and dumper (c) overhanging (d) muffled blasting
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
Ans. (d) Dragline operation in vertical tandem may be Ans. (d) The major method adopted in mining is
considered in the following condition : controlled blasting.
(i) Bench height is limited by drilling depth of the It is a method of blasting for the purpose of
@

drilling rigs. reducing the amount of over break and to control

(ii) Dumping height poser no problem for dragline the ground vibration.
ap

deployed at lower bench due to accommodation There are different types of controlled blasting
of material. method
na

Mining Method 303 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Pre-splitting is an old but highly recognised method 265. Reason for fly rock in Opencast Mine
with is done to create a fracture plane beyond is/are………….
which the radial cracks from blasting cannot travel. (a) Improper charging
It used for underground mines and muffle blasting (b) Improper burden & spacing
as a solution to prevent fly-rock from damaging (c) Improper stemming
human habitants and structures. (d) All of these
262. Which firing pattern is NOT used in open cast WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
blasting? Ans. (d) : Fly rock is commonly generated due to
(a) Staggered pattern (b) V pattern blasting of shallow holes. Excessive fly rock can be
(c) Diagonal pattern (d) Burn cut pattern resulted due to geological conditions, blast design
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 parameters, type of explosives and their distribution in
the blasthole, blast face condition, boulder blasting,
Ans. (d) Blast pattern dust control is the use of improper charging and improper stemming. Hence all of
chemical dust palliatives to central dust generated from these are the reason for fly rock in opencast mine.
drilled blast hole patterns for the benefit of safety and
health of workers and local communities. 266. The correct vertical stress profile in the case of
Bench blasting is the common technique used for tributary area method for pillar design is
open-pit mines.
It is a blasting technique in a vertical or sub-vertical
role or a row of holes towards a free vertical
surface.
Regular symmetrical or irregular arrays are used for
blasting. To break any irregular areas at the edge of
a regular array the blast holes may be distributed
irregularly. The standard blast patterns are of three
major types namely. (a) I (b) II
(i) Staggered pattern (c) III (d) IV
(ii) V-pattern Gate Mining Engineering-2022
(iii) Diagonal pattern Ans. (c) : Vertical stress profile in case of tributary area
263. Dumps slope in opencast mining shall not method for pillar design.
exceed ……… degree from the Horizontal. γh
(a) 15 Degree (b) 17.5 Degree σp =
1− R
(c) 21.5 Degree (d) 37.5 Degree γ = Unit weight of overlying rock, kn/m3
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 R = Extraction ratio
Ans. (d) : As quarries and opencast mines develop over R<1
time-they usually get deeper and the overall slope angle 1–R<1
becomes steeper which can increase the risk of rock 1
falls. For slope stability in open cast mining, dump σP = × γh
slope in opencast mining shall not exceed 37.5° from 1− R
the Horizontal. 1
∵ >1
264. ………. is not related to Opencast Mining. 1− R
(a) Adit (b) Incline σP > γh
(c) Shaft (d) All of these
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 σ P Always greater γh, but a constant quantity.
Ans. (d) : Open Cast mining is a surface mining technique 267. This system of mining in open cast is energy
that extracts minerals from an open pit in the ground. Adit, efficient
incline and shaft are the part of processing of opencast (a) Continuous miner (b) Shovel dumper
mining An Adit is entrance to an underground mine which (c) Drag line (d) None
is horizontal or nearly horizontal. By which the mine can NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
be entered, drained of water. Adits are also used to explore Ans. (a) : The system of mining in open cast is energy
for mineral veins. efficient continuous miner. Continuous miners cut and
• The principal means of access to an underground ore gather the material simultaneously and convey it into
body is a vertical opening called a shaft. The shaft is shuttle cars, haul trucks or a continuous haulage system.
excavated, or sunk, from the surface downward to a They are typically used for full-scale production in
depth somewhat below the deepest planned mining room and pillar mining operations.
horizon. 268. The length of shot firing cable in open cast
@

• Incline - any entry to a mine that is not vertical (Shaft) mine should not be less than?
or horizontal (adit) often incline is reserved for those
ap

(a) 18 m (b) 30 m
entries that are too steep for a belt conveyer in which (c) 40 m (d) 50 m
case a hoist and guide rails are employed.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
na

Mining Method 304 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Blasting should not be performed in Ans. (c) : The ramp design process begins with the
underground workings that lie within 30m vertically deferring the pit exists, the ramp width and gradient.
below the bottom 60 m horizontally from the wall of • The ramp gradient is constrained by a maximum
any opencast mine in which work is being carried out, gradient determined by diverse factors such as the type
unless consultation has taken place between the of hauling trucks, the mining operation conditions and
management of both enterprises to device and the road surface quality.
implement suitable precautionary measures to ensure • Mining truck work best when the maximum ramp
safe working. gradient is between 8% and 10% or 1 in 10.
269. Which of the firing pattern is not used in • As a rule of thumb, the maximum ramp width should
opencast blasting be at least 4 times the width of the hauling equipment.
(a) Inline pattern 273. Which of the following machine is not related
(b) Diagonal pattern with opencast mines?
(c) V pattern (a) Plow (b) Surface Miner
(d) Burn cut firing pattern (c) Scraper (d) Ripper
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (d) : Burn cut firing pattern is not used in opencast Ans. (a) : Except option (a) all the option is related with
blasting. open cast mines.
• In open cast mines both vertical and inclined holes • Surface Miners, can be uses in discontinuous and
parallel with bench face is practiced. continuous open cast mining systems. The most
• Row of the holes may be in single or multiple. common type of application is probably a system that
uses trucks for transport of the material.
• So there are mainly two types of blasting pattern
followed in opencast mines, there are single row • Scraper can move materials with a single operator and
blasting pattern and multi-row blasting pattern. single power-unit. key for removing overburden and
maintaining baul roads. Scraper can also be used as
• In multi-row blasting pattern, V- pattern blasting is haulers to top load rock into the large, law target scraper
used. bow.
• Diagonal blasting pattern with this it is possible to • Ripping Methods is usually preferred as compared to
blast the rock towards the least resistance and improve free digging because it is less consuming. Ripping
the fragmentation of rock. allows the ground surbace rock to be broken into small,
270. Which of the following machine is related with easy to handle and transport rubble which can then the
opencast mines removed so that grading can take place.
(a) Dragline (b) SDL 274. The optimum number of dumpers allocated to
(c) Shearer (d) Shuttle cars a shovel depends on
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 (a) Size of the shovel
Ans. (a) : Machine is related with opencast mines. (b) The distance of the baul road
• Draglines are large excavators with a bucket (c) (A) and (B) both are correct
supported by rope and wires at the end of a boom (d) Tonnage to be handled
• Lowering the bucket and crapping it alone the ground Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
collects overburden or mined material Ans. (b) : In open-pit mines, the primarily equipment
• Swinging the bucket at the end of the dragline around fleet used are shovel and truck. Depending on the nature
repositions it to dump its contents into a specified of the rock, over burden and working condition.
location. • The size of the trucks will depends on shovel size, and
• Surface mining heavily uses draglines. the idle time of shovel and bunching of truck at the
shovel is to be avoided based on selection of equipment
271. Any manual opencast coal mine, the bench fleet.
height should not exceed
• The baul road characteristics (length, gradient, surface
(a) 2 meter (b) 3 meter and type) should also be considered.
(c) 4 meter (d) 5 meter The truck payload capacity should match with capacity.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 of shovel.
Ans. (b) : Any manual opencast coal mine, the bench 275. Toe of a bench in opencast mine is
height should not exceed 3 meter. (a) Top of the bench
• Open cast mining method is one of the surface mining (b) Bottom of the bench
methods that has a traditional some-shaped excavation (c) Inclination of the bench
and is usually employed to exploit a near - surface, (d) Height of the bench
nonselective and low-grade zone deposits. Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
@

272. The maximum gradient of ramp in opencast

mine should be Ans. (b) : • Vertical distance between the highest point on
the bench (crest) and the lowest point of the bench (toe).
ap

(a) 1 in 8s (b) 1 in 9
(c) 1 in 10 (d) 1 in 12 • It is influenced by size of the equipment, mining
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 selectivity, government regulations and safety.
na

Mining Method 305 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
276. What is the purpose of dragline in opencast Ans. (c) : In opencast Mining, the portion which is
mine? extracted from the working bench is termed as bench
(a) Removal of overburden in mine face
(b) Transportation of coal • Bench face angle is ultimately limited by geotechnical
(c) Digging of coal consideration, as we generally want to have as sleep of
(d) Draining water an angle as we can sustain without an unacceptable risk
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 of a slope failure.
• Despite excellent engineering and slop monitoring,
Ans. (a) : Dragline used in surface mining is heavy failures can occur.
equipment.
• This photo was taken in 2013 shortly after the slope
• They are mostly built on-site for strip mining failure at the Bingham canyon mine.
operations to remove overburden and coal and they are
• It is truly a miracle that no one was killed the potential
largest mobile land machine ever built.
was there for massive loss of equipment and multiple
• It consists to large bucked which is responded from a totalities.
boom with wire ropes.
280. Name the X part of the bench in opencast mine
• The bucket is maneuvered by means of ropes and
chains
• The hoist rope is powered by electric motors and drag
rope is used to drawn bucket assembly horizontally.
277. What is the meaning of stripping ratio in
Opencast mine? (a) Crest of the bench
(a) Angle of bench : angle of pit (b) Sloping side
(b) Calorific vale of coal : ash percentage (c) Section of the bench
(c) Depth of mine : area (d) Viewing point of the bench
(d) m3 of OB : ton of coal Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Ans. (a) :
Ans. (d) : Expressed in tons of waste to tons of ore in
hard rock open pit operations.
• Critical and important parameter in pit design and
scheduling.
• Stripping ration refers to the ratio of the volume of
• Crest of the bench is the X part of the bench in
overburden (OB) (or waste material) required to be
opencast mine.
removed to the volume of ore recovered.
• This objective for the method described here is to
278. Gassy seam of the second degree means a coal mark labeled curves corresponding to the toe and crests
seam or part there of lying with in the precincts on the terrain.
of a mine means • This paper refers to the toe and crest features
(a) Rate of emission of methane gas per tonne of collectively as edges.
coal is between 0.5m3 and 15 m3 • The edge should be marked in such a way that they
(b) % of inflammable gas in the general body of are independent of the underlying surface representation
air is less than 0.1. and scale.
(c) Rate of emission of inflammable gas per 281. In an open cast mine, Section 22 under Mines
tonne of coal is between 1 m3 and 10 m3 Act is imposed by
(d) Rate of emission of methane gas per tonne of (a) Manager (b) Safety officer
coal is more than 10 m3 (c) DGMS (d) State government
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (c) : ''Gassy seams of second degree'' means coal Ans. (c) : • In an open cast mine, section 22 under
seams or part there of lying within the precincts of a mines Act is imposed by DGMS.
mine not being an open cast working in which the • The ministry of Mines is an apex body that is handled
percentage of inflammable gas the general body of air at by the government of India is responsible too legislation
any place in the workings of the seam is more than 0.1 regarding the mining sector.
or the rate of emission of inflammable gas per tone of • The DGMS, Directorate General of Mines safety is
coal produced exceeds one cubic meter but does into the enforcement agency, which answer compliance of
exceeds ten cubic meters. the stated provisions through inspecting officers.
279. In Opencast Mining, the portion which is 282. Voltage limits shall not exceed for general
@

extracted from the working bench is termed as lighting in opencast mines?

(a) Cut (b) Bank width (a) 125 Volts (b) 650 Volts
ap

(c) Bench face (d) Bench width (c) 250 Volts (d) 11 KVs
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
na

Mining Method 306 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): • In the Indian Electricity Rules, 1956, voltage • Instead of using synthetic operator radar from a
limits Energy shall not be movable into a mine at a morning radar platform. The slope stability radar uses a
voltage exceeding 11000 volts and shall not be used real-operator an a stationary platform positioned 50 to
therein at a voltage exceeding 6600 volts. 400 meters back from the foot of the wall.
• On the open cast mine, or surface rot mine, the 286. Ultimate Pit slope is the angle made by the
voltage may be raised to 250 volts, it the natural or the imaginary line joining the-
mind point of the system is connected with earth and the (a) Average of the all bench angles.
voltage between the phase does not exceeds 250 volts. (b) Top most crest of the bench to bottom most
283. Sub grade drilling in opencast mine is done for toe of the bench.
(a) More fragmentation of blast (c) Top most toe of the bench to the bottom most
(b) Avoiding toe on the bench toe of the bench.
(c) For supporting bench (d) Top most crest of the bench to bottom most
crest of the bench.
(d) Foe controlled blasting
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (b) : • The angle at which the wall of an open pit
Ans. (b) : The method is an effective means to control or cut stands as measured along the crests of the berms
the coal damage due to sub-grade drilling in normal or from the slope crest to its toe.
production blasting.
• Ultimate pit slope is the angle made by the imaginary
• In this technique, the total explosive column is line joining the top most crests of the bench to the
divided into two decks, a small baby deck and a main bottom most toe of the earth.
deck. sub-grade drilling in open cast mine is done for
avoiding toe on the bench. 287. Which of the following term is not related with
opencast mines
• The amount of explosive charge in baby-deck will (a) Bench (b) Ramp
depend on the hole depth. hole diameter, explosive type
(c) Decline (d) Dump
and rock properties.
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
284. Skrew feed mechanism is used in
Ans. (c) : • Important term for surface mining.
(a) Drilling (b) Digging
(c) Blasting (d) None of the above • Open cast mines.
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 • Bench: It is a ledge, which forms a single level of
operations where are and waste are excavated.
Ans. (a) : • Drills with straight shanks are held in • Waste Dump : It's a place waste materials are piled.
geared drill
• Ramps: An Inclined rubber wheeled access opening
• Smaller size drills are made with straight shanks between horizontal openings at different elevations.
because of the extra cost of providing these size if
• Decline is terminology of underground coal mining by
tapered.
Access.
• Both the internal and external taper surfaces must be
• So, it is not a terminology of opencast mining.
clean and free of chips for the shank to seat and lock
properly. 288. In an open cast mines what is the maximum
number of shots to be fired by shot firer with
• The drill is locked into the chunk by using the chuck
multi shot exploder.
key to simultaneously tighten the three chuck jaw
(a) 120 (b) 115
chuck.
(c) 110 (d) 100
• Geared drill checks can also come with a mores
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
tapered shank and ray have a different method of
attaching. Ans. (a) : The preparation of charges and the charging
• They may screw on, have a Jar no taper, or a Jacob's and stemming of holes shall be carried out by or under
the personal supervision of a competent person, in these
back taper.
regulations referred to as a ''shot firer''. who shall fire
285. Slope Stability Radar is used in Opencast the shots himself.
mining for measurement of • The manager shall fix, from time to time, the
(a) Compressive strength of rock maximum number of shots that a shot-firer may fire in
(b) Rock Stress any one shift and such number shall be :
(c) Water level • In the case of a gassy seam of second or third degree
(d) Rock Displacement or a fiery seam fourty it a single shot exploder used and
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 eighty. if a multi-shot exploder is used.
Ans. (d) : The Slope Stability Radar is a new technique • The maximum number of shot to be fired by shot firer
for monitoring mine walls and general slopes. with multi shot exploder is 120.
@

• The concept is based on the considerable success 289. Fly Rock in opencast mining is controlled by
achieved by differential interferometer obtained with (a) Secondary blasting (b) Cushion blasting
ap

synthetic operator radar, which can measure small (c) Muffle blasting (d) Smooth blasting
movements of land masses from satellites. Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
na

Mining Method 307 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) : Fly-rock in another important adverse impact Ans. (a) : Stripping Ratio, Expressed in tons of waste to
of blasting operations, specially. When conducted in the tons of ore in hard rock open pit operations.
vicinity of dense human habitation areas. • Critical and important parameters in pit design and
• Muffling covering of blast holes properly before scheduling.
blasting is the common solution to prevent fly-rock • Stripping ratio refers to the ratio of volume to the
from damaging human habitants and structure. volume of ore recovered.
• Generally mat or mesh (40 mn × 40mm) size made of • For example ⇒
preferably of locally available steel ropes (5 to 6 mm) • 3 : 1 stripping ratio means that mining one cubic
are used for muffing purpose. meter of ore will require mining three cubic meters of
• Sand bags weighing no to 50 kg are kept over the waste rock.
mesh at an interval of 3 am. 293. When evaluating the final pit dimensions based
• Efficiency of arresting of fly-rock depends mainly on on the reserves expressed in the form of a
the quality of muffing system implemented. grade block model the, overall objective is to
290. Horizontal ledges situated on the non- find a grouping of blocks such that the ------
productive side of the open pit and serving to parameter is maximised.
accommodate the transportation road is called (a) production (b) depreciation
(a) Trench (b) Berm (c) profit (d) excavation
(c) Haul Road (d) None of the above APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Ans. (c) : When evaluating the final bit dimensions
Ans. (b) : Benching bank or bank or Bench : Single based on the reserves expressed in the form of a grade
level of operation above which mineral or was materials block models, the overall objectives is to find a
are excavated from a continuous bank. grouping of blocks such that a selected parameters.
• A horizontal shelf or ledge built into (an embankment) • For example:- (i) Profit
or sloping wall of an open pit or quarry to break the (ii) metal content
continuity of an otherwise long slope for the purpose of (iii) marginal value
strengthening and increasing the stability of the slope or are maximised.
to catch or arrest slop slough material. • In preceding sections, some two-dimensional
• A berm may also be used as a haulage road or serve as approaches have been discussed.
a bench for excavation. • This is however a 3- dimensional problem and to
obtain a true optimum such as approach is required.
294. In an opencast mine for the removal of
overburden using the shovel dumper
combination, the optimum size of the dumper
depends on the :
(a) distance of the haul and the size of shovel
(b) distance of the shovel
(c) size of the shovel
(d) tonnage to be handled
291. Spacing of blast holes should be how many APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
times the burden of holes in opencast mining? Ans. (a) : In open-pit mines, the primarily equipment
(a) 1.2 (b) 1.4 fleet used are shovel and haul , depending on the nature
(c) 1.5 (d) 1.6 of the overburden and working conditions.
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II The size of the trucks will depend on shovel size, and
the idle time of shovel and bunching of haul at the
Ans. (c) : In opencast mining, the spacing of blast shovel is to be avoided base on selection of equipment
holes, which is the distance between each hole drilled fleet.
for blasting, is usually about 1.5 times the burden. This
distance helps ensure effective rock fragmentation • The physical features of truck of construction, horse-
during blasting, leading to efficient mining operations. power provided grade ability etc. should suit the job
conditions.
292. Stripping ratio is an indicator of : • The haul road characteristics should also be
(a) volume of overburden removal for unit ore considered.
production. • The truck payload capacity should match with
(b) ore production capacity of shovel.
@

(c) overburden removal 295. A deeply seated ore body dips at 700 having an
average width of 60m. The ore body, hanging
ap

(d) volume of explosive required for unit

overburden breakage wall, and footwall are competent. The suitable
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 stoping method for this ore body is
na

Mining Method 308 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Post pillar cut and fill Ans. (c) : Cut and fill stopping - In cut and fill mining,
(b) Shrinkage stoping the ore is removed in a series of horizontal drifting
(c) Transverse sublevel caving slices. When each slice is removed, the void is filled
(d) Transverse sublevel open stoping and the next slice of ore is mined.
Gate Mining Engineering-2017 • Backfilling is the process of refilling an excavated
Ans. (d) : A deeply seated ore body dips at 70º having hole. The back fill material provides support to the
an average width of 60 m. The ore body, hanging wall surrounding rock mars, mitigates the risk of surface
and footwall are competent. The suitable stoping level subsidence, reduces wasteful ore dilution and
method for this ore Body is transverse sub-level open creates a safer working area for mining activities.
stoping. • In a cut and fill stop, the main purpose of back filling
• Transverse long hole stoping is a popular large scale is to prevent displacement due to dilation of fractured
underground mining method known for its ability to wall rock. Back filling provides not only a platform for
simplify stope sequencing.
mining of each slice of ore, but also provides support to
• It is an open stoping method and is very similar to the wall rocks.
sub-level open stoping.
• Longitudinal long hole retreat, and blast hole stoping. 299. Which of the following term is not related to
opencast mining?
296. Lane's algorithm is applied to determine (a) Box cut (b) High wall
(a) mill cut-off grade
(c) Crest (d) Winze
(b) mine production rate
(c) operating cost BCCL Junior Overman-2017
(d) ultimate pit Ans. (d) : Opencast Mining–Open-pit mining, also
Gate Mining Engineering-2017 known as open-cast or open-cut mining & in larger
Ans. (a) : Lane's algorithm is applied to determine mill contexts mega-mining, is a surface mining technique of
cut – off grade. extracting rock or minerals from earth from an open-air
• Lane's algorithm and other optimization techniques pit, sometimes known as a borrow.
are employed to determine the ultimate pit, optimize Box cut–It is a small open cut built to supply a secure &
mine planning, and evaluate the economic viability of safe entrance as access to a slope to an underground
a mining project. mine.
• Mill cut- off grade, mine production rate, and High wall–High wall is the unexcavated face of
operating costs are determined through a combination exposed overburden & coal in a surface mine.
of factors including ore body characteristics, Crest–Top of a pit wall, rill/windrow, or dig face.
processing capabilities, market demand and cost Winze–Winze is a minor connection between different
estimation.
levels in a mine.
• These decisions are made by mining engineers
geologists and financial analysis based on various Winze is not related to open cast mining.
considerations specific to the project. 300. In case of an Open Cast mine, if the pit wall is
297. In opencast mining, the width which is too steep to allow suitable bends the layout of
extracted from the working bench is termed as haul road geometry selected should be
(a) cut (b) bench width (a) Switch back (b) Spiral
(c) bank width (d) bench face (c) Zigzag (d) None of these
Gate Mining Engineering- 2007 BCCL Junior Overman-2017
Ans. (a) : In opencast mining, the width removed from Ans. (b) : Switch back–A switchback is a path on a
the working bench is called the "cut". trail or road with hairpin turns used to get up or down a
• This width is a part of the available mineral material steep side of a mountain or grade. The miner uses the
of the mining area which is extracted during mining.
term "Switchback" to describe an abrubt turn in bend of
• The width of the cut is important in mining operations
because it determines how much width of mineral a river or creek.
material can be removed at one time and how much Spiral–In a spiral, heavy mineral concentrate is
work remains. selectively directed into spiral trough near inside of
• Furthermore mining operations are planned based on spiral surface through the use of adjustable product
the width of the cut and the management of mining is splitters.
controlled. In case of an open cast mine, if the pit wall is too steep
298. In a cut-and- fill stope, the main purpose of to allow suitable bends the layout of haul road geometry
back filling is to selected should be spiral.
(a) reduce ore dilution
(b) prevent high stress concentrations in far field 301. In open cast mines what is the maximum
number of shots to be fired by shot firer with
@

domain
(c) prevent displacement due to dilation of multi shot exploder
fractured wall rock (a) 100 (b) 120
ap

(d) improve ore rehandling (c) 140 (d) 150

Gate Mining Engineering-2014 BCCL Junior Overman-2017
na

Mining Method 309 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): (I) Shot exploder is a portable source of 306. Which of the following term is not related to
electric current to reliably fire a blasting cap to trigger a open cast Mining?
main explosive charge. (a) Box cut (b) High wall
(II) It is mostly used in mining & demolition. (c) Crest (d) Winze
(III) In open cast mines maximum number of shots to be NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
fired by shot firer with multi shot exploder is 120. Ans. (d) : Extracting minerals from an open pit in the
302. Which of the following is most difficult in ground through surface mining technique is called open
opening up opencast mines? cast mining.
(a) Land area acquisition and rehabilitation Terms used are
(b) Recruitment of manpower (i) High wall (ii) Box cut (iii) Bern (iv) Bench (v) pit
(c) Green belt vegetation limit (vi) pit slope (vii) overburden (viii) stripping
(d) Selection of customer Winze is a vertical or sub vertical opening that is driven
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 downward from a horizontal opening. It is a term used
Ans. (a) : (1) Open cast mines–Open cast mining is a in underground coal mining.
surface mining technique of extracting rock or minerals 307. Which of the following is most difficult in
from earth from an open-air pit, sometimes known as opening open cast Mines?
borrow. (a) Land acquisition and rehabilitation
(2) Land area acquisition & rehabilitation is most (b) Manpower recruitment
difficult in opening up open cast mines. (c) Green Belt vegetation
303. Mechanized opencast mining in India is (d) Customer selection
economically feasible at present if the coal and NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
overburden ratio is approximately up to
(a) 1 in 2 (b) 1 in 4 Ans. (a) : Land acquisition and rehabilitation is the
most difficult in opening open cast mines where as
(c) 1 in 8 (d) 1 in 10
manpower recruitment, customer selection and green
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 belt vegetation are easier to access and open.
Ans. (c) : (I) Overburden Ratio refers to amount of 308. Mechanized open Cast Mining in India is
waste that must be removed to release a given ore
economically feasible at present if the Coal &
quantity.
OB ratio is up to.
(II) It is a number or ratio that expresses how much
(a) 1 in 2 (b) 1 in 4
waste is mined per unit of ore.
(III) Mechanized open cast mining in India is (c) 1 in 8 (d) 1 in 10
economically feasible at present if the coal & NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
overburden ratio is approximately up to 1 in 8. Ans. (c) : If coal and over Burden ratio is up to 1 in 8
304. Filling up of the void in opencast mines is then this is economically feasible ratio in mechanized
known as open cast mining in India as per Coal Mines
(a) Reclamation (b) OB removal Regulations.
(c) Trenching (d) Salvaging 309. Burden is the distance between
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 (a) Last row and edged line of bench
Ans.(a): Mining necessarily involves the displacement (b) First row and second row
of large volumes of soil and rock, resulting in various (c) First row and edge line of bench
degrees of environmental degradation. (d) Depth of hole
• Mine reclamation entails restoring these disturbed NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
areas to a previous natural resource setting, such as Ans. (c) : Burden term is used in open-pit mining. It is
forest or agricultural land uses, while minimizing the distance between first row and edge line of bench
environmental impacts. which is usually 25 to 35 times the diameter of the blast
305. Voltage limits shall not exceed for General hole depending upon the type of rock and explosive
lighting in open cast Mines. used.
(a) 125 Volts (b) 650 Volts 310. Fly rocks during open cast blasting is
(c) 250 Volts (d) 11 K. Volts controlled by
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 (a) Spraying water (b) Mufle blasting
Ans. (c) : From Central Government Act under section (c) Blasting short holes (d) Blasting deep holes
118 is The Indian electricity Rules 1956. NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
• Where electric lighting is used- Ans. (b) : Muffle blasting is used in open cast mining to
(i) In underground mines, the lighting system shall have prevent fly rocks during open cast blasting reaching
@

a mid or neutral point connected to earth with voltage near the populated and roadways area.
limit not exceeding 125 volts. 311. In an open cast Coal Mine, bench failure has
ap

(ii) on surface of a mine or in an open cast mine the occurred in which a triangular portion has
voltage limit is up to 250 volts. come out. The type of failure is ____
na

Mining Method 310 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Curved failure (b) Wedge failure Ans. (b) : The machine which is extensively used for
(c) Toppling failure (d) Linear failure direct casting operation is an opencast mine is walking
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 dragline.
Ans. (b) : When mine/quarry faces are exposed, A walking dragline usually has two shoes or sets of
relaxation of the rock occurs which may lead to loose shoes on opposite sides of the main frame of the
material falling or rolling from the face. machine. When the machine is walking over uneven
Failures that can occur in a mine or quarry terrain, one shoe may contact the ground before the
• Planar failure other. Even on flat surfaces, one shoe may be on firmer
• Wedge failure ground than the other shoe.
• Circular failure
• Toppling failure 316. Number of shots can be fired by a shot firer
• A wedge forms when two intersecting surfaces (such with the help of a single shot exploder in case of
as bedding, faults, joints) meet and the block moves open cast mines:
downwards. (a) 50 (b) 60
• A toppling failure occurs as a result of vertical (c) 70 (d) Any number
structures moving out and down due to lack of NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
confinement.
Ans. (b) : Open cast mining- Open pit mining, also
312. Factor of safety of slope of an open cast mine known as open cast mining in larger contexts mega-
______ with increase in pore water pressure mining, is a surface mining technique of extracting rock
(a) Goes up (b) Reduces or minerals from earth from an open air-pit, sometimes
(c) Remains unchanged (d) Lose importance known as borrow.
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
Shot Exploder- It is a portable device of electric current
Ans. (b) : In open cast mine Factor of Safety of slope is to reliably fire a blasting cap to trigger a main explosive
the ratio of capacity of the slope to resist failure to
demand placed on the slope by driving forces such as charge. It is mostly used in mining & demolition.
gravity and seismic acceleration. No. of shots that can be fired by a shot firer with the
FOS of slope of open cast mine reduces with increase in help of a single short exploder in case of open cast
pore water pressure. mines = 60.
313. Which equipment is not used for stripping 317. SSR is used in opencast mines for slope
work in open cast mine. monitoring whose full forms is:
(a) Shovel (a) Systematic Slope recording
(b) Dragline (b) Systematic Support Recorder
(c) Bucket wheel excavator (c) Systematic Support Rule
(d) SDL (d) Slope Stability Radar
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
Ans. (d) : Stripping in mining is the removal of soil and
rock (over burdened) above a layer or seam (particularly Ans. (d) : SSR = Slope Stability Radar
coal) followed by the removal of the exposed mineral. SSR is used in open cast mines for slope monitoring.
Equipments used are SSR remotely scans regions of slope to continuously
• Shovel measure any surface movement & used to detect &
• Craper alerts users of way movements with sub millimeters
• Ripper precision. This system has been deployed in open cast
• Dragline mines.
• Bucket wheel exacavators 318. DANGER ZONE in case of opencast mines
• Tippers kept as:
• Hoe (a) A radius of 300m from place of firing
314. In open cast mine highest gradient of any road (b) A radius of 500m from place of firing
is ____ (c) A radius of 200m from place of firing
(a) 1 in 6 (b) 1 in 10 (d) None of the above
(c) 1 in 4 (d) 1 in 8
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
Ans. (b) : Highest gradient of any road in open cast Ans. (b) : DANGER ZONE- All blasting operation
mine is 1 in 10 where 1 is vertical and 10 is horizontal must have a declared danger zone. The danger zone
unit. should extend beyond the expected spread of blast with
315. The machine which is extensively used for a significant margin of safety includes, The extent of
@

direct casting operation in an opencast mine is: danger zone should be shown on a plan of quarry &
included in Blast specification.
ap

(a) Front end loader (b) Walking dragline

(c) Dredger (d) BWE DANGER ZONE in case of opencast mines is kept at a
CIL MT Mining-2017 radius of 500 m from place of firing.
na

Mining Method 311 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
319. Rampura-Agucha mines (Lead-Zinc) is Ans. (d) : The Fundamental principle of blast design is
working by which method of mining? most often the distribution of an explosive in the rock,
(a) Open pit (b) Underground where ''distribution'' is considered to be a combination
(c) Open-pit and underground both of blast pattern and explosive density.
(d) Not being worked There are two types of variables in blasting design.
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 (i) Uncontrollable variables-geology, rock
Ans. (c) : Rampura- Agucha mines (lead- Zine l) is characteristics and local specification.
working by open- pit and underground mining.The (ii) Controllable variables-burden and spacing, hole
Rampura Agucha mine (RAM) is an ISO 900 I. ISO diameter, hole depth, number of holes in the blast, sub-
1400 I, ISO 4500 I. ISO 5000 I and SA – 8000 certified grade drilling, stemming distance, stemming material,
underground zinc and lead mine. powder factor etc.
• It is located in the Bhilwara district of Rajasthan. Burden– The shortest distance between two holes
• Rampura Agucha mine is the largest and richest, lead- perpendicular to the face. It should be adequate. In
zinc deposit in the country and among the world's practice burden = 1/2 to 1/3 of bench height.
largest with 75.0Mt of ore reserves and resources with Burden = 25 times hol dia
in situ average grade of 10.8% zinc and 2.0% lead an
Spacing– Distance between two consecutive holes in a
exclusive basis as and of fy 2021-22.
row parallel to face. It should be adequate. In practice,
• The Rampura Agucha Mine continued to scale its spacing = 1.0 to 1.5 of burden.
operations with focused interventions on operational
and technology fronts and new targeted initiatives Sub-grade drilling– Blast holes may not break to full
that led to a 5.6% year-on-year increases in mined depth, especially when blasting takes place in dense
metal production at 4.5 mtpa through its rock. In Practice, sub-grade drilling 0.2 to 0.5 of
underground operations. burden.
Note : But in official answer key is given option (c). Sub-grade drilling = 8 times hole dia
320. The first opening cut in an opencast mine is Bench height– For determining bench height stiffness
known as ....................... ratio should be followed stiffness ratio (bench height to
(a) Trench cut (b) Berm burden) must be between 2.5 to 4.
(c) Box cut (d) Ramp 323. In case of opencast mines, if the pit walls are
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 too steep to allow suitable bends, the layout of
Ans. (c) : A box cut serves the first step in the haul road geometry selected should be
excavation of most mining areas. It consists of a single (a) switch back (b) spiral
rectangular cut mode in the surface of the earth, (c) zigzag (d) vertical
forming a box shape. Box cut mining is primarily used TSPGECET-2020
for extracting coal, but may also be applied to other Ans. (b) : A houl road is a term for load designed for
types of materials ranging from metals to minerals. heavy or bulk transfer of materials by hulk trucks in the
• The First opening cut in an opencast mines is known mining industry. It is also used for freight-only roads in
as box cut. other contexts.
321. Factor of safety of slope of an opencast mine If the pit walls are too steep allow suitable bends, the
............... with increase in pore water pressure. layout of hual road geometry selected should be spiral.
(a) goes up (b) reduces
(c) remains unchanged (d) fluctuates
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
D1.3 Surface Mining Technique
Ans. (b) : Water pressure due to groundwater presence and X-rays Diffraction
has a great influence on the open pit slope stability and
for that reason the risk of slope instability is dependent Method
on water level in the slope.
• Factor of safety could be reduced from 1. 3 to 1.0 if 324. Which of the following is not an oxidizing agent
the water level increases. in explosives?
• To prevent slope failure, effective drainage system (a) Sodium Nitrate
can be installed, and other factor can remain (b) Potassium Chloride
unchanged. (c) Calcium Carbonate
• To importance of controlling water surface in open (d) Ammonium Perchlorate
pit slope is emphasized. APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
322. Which of the following statements is wrong in Ans. (c) : An oxidizing agent, also known as an
the case of blast design for opencast mines? oxidant, is a substance that is capable of causing
(a) Burden = 25 times hole dia oxidation, a chemical reaction in which in which
@

(b) Spacing = 1.2 – 1.5 times burden electrons are lost.

Some common examples of oxidizing agent like,
ap

(c) Subgrade drilling = 8 times hole dia

(d) Bench height = 100 times hole dia potassium permanganate, hydrogen peroxide, sodium
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 nitrate, potassium chloride, Ammonium Perchlorate etc.
na

Mining Method 312 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
325. The diameter and depth of blast holes are 328. A square pattern of blasting is shown in the
generally kept constant depending on _______ figure. For the case of simultaneous blast,
of equipment. identify the zone of no fragmentation
(a) Base (b) Size
(c) Length (d) Highwall
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
Ans. (b) : The diameter and depth of blast holes are
generally kept constant depending on size of equipment.
Construction blast hole diameters usually vary (a) P (b) Q
from 3.5 to 4.5 inches (90 to 114 mm) and the normal (c) R (d) S
drilling depth is less than 40 feet (12 m). Reclamation Gate Mining Engineering-2022
generally limits blast hole diameters for structural
excavation drilling to 3.5 inches (90 mm). The diameter Ans. (c) :
of these holes rang form 38 to 64 mm (1.5 to 2.5
inches), but in general one or more larger-diameter
uncharged holes are also drilled as part of the initial
blast holes are generally drilled from the surface are
vertical and vary in diameter from 25 to 100
centimeters. Square pattern of blasting
326. Room and Pillar method of Mining is • In the case of simultaneous blast, 'R' is the zone of no
applicable for : fragmentation.
(a) Flat and inclined ore body 329. In an opencast mine, bench failure has
(b) Competent ore body and poor hangingwall occurred in which a triangular portion has
(c) 60m thick ore body come out. The type of failure is
(d) Shallow deposit (a) Curved failure (b) Wedge failure
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 (c) Toppling up (d) Triangular failure
Ans. (a): The room and pillar method is indeed Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
applicable for both flat and inclined are bodies Ans. (b) : Open pit manganese mine Joint and bedding
The most common mining system is room and planers measured on excavated faces displayed as pole
pillor. on a stereograph.
In this system a series of parallel drifts are driven, • The wedges indentified by the interaction and circle
with connection made between these drifts at regular method for each location.
intervals. • The intersection method will identify many more
When distance between connecting drifts is the flexible intersections than the circle method since it
same as that between the parallel drift, then a includes al discontinuity poles.
checkerboard pattern of rooms and pillars is created. • The circle method restricts discontinuity poles to
The pillars are left to support the overtying rock, but those, which lie within a zone capable of forming
in some mines, after mining has reached the deposits wedges and can be further restricted to those
boundary, some or all of the pillars may be discontinuities which dip outward from the slope face.
removed. 330. Which of the following term is not related with
327. ............. is/are Blasting free technology. opencast mines
(a) Continuous Miner (b) LCCM (a) Toe (b) Subgrade drilling
(c) High Wall Mining (d) All of these (c) Keps gear (d) Backfilling
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (d) : • Continuous miners cut and gather the Ans. (c) : Except option (c) all other terms related to
material simultaneously and convey it into shuttle cars, open cast mining.
haul tracks or a continous haulage system. They are • A mobile bottom Supported offshore drilling
typically used for full scale production in room and structured with several compartments that are hooded to
pillar mining operations. cause the structure to submerge and rest on the seafloor.
• LCCM (Low Capacity Continuous Miner) : The Low • The backfilling is the process of refilling an excavated
height continuous miner which has been introduced for hole.
low height seam of Rani Atari UG mine of Chirimiri • This is a common practice in construction and the
area is in successful operation since May, 2021. Further main focus of the guide– in the mining industry.
it is proposed to be installed in Kurja Sheetaldhara, • Toe is the base of a bank bench or a slope.
UGM. 331. The equipment used for both drop cut and
• Long Wall Mining : The technology, through terrace cut in surface mining is
@

presently not in used at SECL (South Eastern Coalfields (a) Surface miner. (b) Shovel.
ap

Limited) was successfully operated in the past at (c) Dragline.

Kumba New, Balrampur and Rajendra Mines of SECL. (d) Buctet wheel excavator.
These are the blasting free technology. Gate Mining Engineering-2021
na

Mining Method 313 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): The equipment used for both drop cut and • However, in order to achieve safe and efficient
terrace cut in surface mining is bucket wheel excavator. mining, the analysis of the stability of the intervening
Bucket wheel excavators (BWE) are continues cutting pillows and the determination of its optimal thickness
machines for soft to semi hard materials like clay, sand, are the primary technical problems that need to be
gravel, marl and their blending as well as lignite and solved.
hard coal. 334. Which problem is NOT related to integrated
They are used in conjunction with many other pieces of sublevel caving or ‘soutirage’ working?
mining machinery (conveyor belts, spreaders, crushing (a) Methane emission increases
stations, heap-leach system etc). (b) Risk of fire because of crushed coal
Bucket wheel excavators and bucket chain excavators (c) Difficult in coal face mechanisation
take jobs that were previously accomplished by rope (d) Supervision
shovels and draglines. APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
332. Surface miner does NOT have a Ans. (d) : It is used to mine large ore bodies with steep
(a) Differential gear for turning. dip tabular or massive deposit and continuation at
(b) Tensioning arrangement for crawler. depth.
(c) Scraper plate behind the drum. • The ore is extracted via sublevels which are developed
(d) Pick cooling system. in the ore body at regular vertical spacing.
Gate Mining Engineering-2021 • Sublevel stopping recovers the ore from open stopes
Ans. (a) : Surface miner does not have a differential separated by access drifts each connected to a ramp
gear for turning. • The are body is divided into a sections about 100 m
The surface miner is a mobile milling machine with a high and further divided laterally into alternating stopes
mechanically driven cutting drum. The drum is located and pillars.
between two sets of individual height adjustable crawler problems in sublevel crushing
tracks, and a two-stage conveyor system is used to (i) Methane emission increases.
directly load truck. (ii) Difficult in coal face mechanisation
The cutting drum is followed by a scraper blade which (iii) Risk of fire become of crushed coal.
gathers any material left on the floor. This ensures a
clean and smooth floor without any undulation. 335. Which of the following hazards occurs if the
Surface and fan speed governed in accordance with roof exposure during depillaring operation
requirements ensure reduced fuel consumption and becomes more than 90m2?
lower noise emission levels. (a) Subsidence (b) Air blast
333. Which of the following is the INCORRECT (c) Explosion (d) Coal bump
definition for different types of pillars? APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
(a) Crown pillar: In order to support the workings Ans. (b) : When a roof fall takes place the roof of area
of the immediately upper level of a stope, the is displaced as the latter is filled by the broken roof-
horizontal pillar left is known as crown pillar rocks.
(b) Rib pillar : To limit the size of a stope along • The displacement is so quick that the air is pushed out
its length of a continuous ore body, it needs to at the high speed resulting in air has limited outlets to
escape.
be separated by an ore pillar is known as rib
pillar • The intensity of the air blast depends upon the volume
of the air that is displaced.
(c) Intervening pillar: Sometimes due to
abnormal working conditions, the completed • In any depillaring district all the workers should be
withdrawn to a safe place when the usual indications of
stoping needs to suspend and the portion that
immediate roof are observed.
has not been worked out is known as
intervening pillar • Where immediate roof is well stratified sandstone and
shale, the work has often to be suspended for 2 to 3
(d) Barrier pillar : These pillars are designed to
hours or more before the roof fall takes place.
isolate the panels from each other and
applicable to stoping methods, such as bord • Air blast hazards occurs if the roof exposure during
and pillar, room and pillar etc. depillaring operation becomes more than 90 m2.
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 336. The foam–type extinguisher is NOT permitted
to deal with Class ‘C’ fires due to which of the
Ans. (c) : Option (c) is the incorrect definition of
following reasons ?
Intervening pillar.
(a) The foam is inflammable
• The mining method has a large production capacity
@

(b) The foam is conductor of electricity

and good economic benefits, and it can consume a
number of tailing to reduce the risk of tailings ponds (c) The foam produces toxic chemicals
ap

and effectively maintain the stability of a high-level (d) The foam contains soda powder
goat APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
na

Mining Method 314 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): There are differentt types of fire extinguishers (a) V- cut (b) extended V- cut
that ore used for different kinds
nds of fires and all of than (c) row to row (d) en echelon
are highly dependent on what at kind of mamaterial is being Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2016
burned.
Ans.(b)
• In the case of electrical fires
es extinguish
extinguisher is needed to
put it out
• These fires can escalate quickly
ickly and tur
turn into another
type of fire depending on the surround
surrounding materials,
wheather that be Standard combustibles
ombustibles like wood and
paper to the more drastic stic situatio
situations involving
flammable liquid or gasses.
• This is why class fire re extinguish
extinguisher exist, the
substances that can be found ound in th these types of
The pattern of surface blasting
sting is given in the figure is
extinguishers are monoammonium
oammonium phosphate,
potassium chloride or potassium ium bicarbon
bicarbonate. extended V-cut.
• The values of delay times, es, in ms, area given against
337. The sound level of the Audio Visual Alarm
(AVA) should be at least-------higher than the each blast hale.
ambient noise level. 340. X-ray diffraction method is used in
(a) 5 to 20% (b) 10 to 18% determining :
(c) 20 to 28% (d) 5 to 110% (a) internal structuree of minerals
APPSC SC Poly. Le
Lect.-15.03.2020 (b) chemical compositionsition of minerals
min
Ans. (a) : • Noise mapping should be m made mandatory (c) refractive index of minerals
of various work place in the mine premise
premises based on the (d) variation in surface
ace reflectance
reflectan of mineral
various machines being used in concerne
concerned mines along HPPSC MiningMin Officer-2015
with personal noise dosimetry try of indivi
individual workmen Ans. (a) : X-ray diffraction action method
meth is used in
exposed to noise level above 85 dbA. determining internal structure
ure of minerals.
minera
• Recommendations of 11th conference on Safety in
• X-ray works by irradiating ng a material with incident x-
Mines held on 4th and 5th July, ly, 2013 at nnew Delhi. 4.1
(b)(i) Audio – visual Alarm.. The sound level of AVA rays and then measuring the intensities
intensitie and scattering
should be at least 5 to 20% higher tha than the ambient angles of the x-rays that leave
ave the materials.
mater
noise level. • X-ray also yield information ation on how
ho to the actual
• The audio frequency and itss amplitude bband should be structure deviates from the he ideal one,
one awing internal
increasing and stresses and defects.
• Uniquely heard to keep persons
rsons alert in the blind zone • Crystals are regular arrayss of atoms, whilst
w X-rays can
during reversal. AVA should be of IP 67 ccompliance. be considered as waves of electromagnetic
electromagne radiation.
338. Seismic continental margins are usually 341. The optimum gradient ient of a haul
hau road for better
associated with
safety is
(a) Oceanic trench (b) Micr
Microcontinents
(a) 1 degree to 4 degree
(c) Transform faults (d) Ocea
Ocean ridge
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist
ologist Clas
Class-I, 09.04.2017 (b) 5 degree to 9 degree
(c) 10 degree to 19 degree
Ans. (a) : Seismic continental ental margin
margins are usually
associated with oceanic trench.rench. DeepDeep-sea trenches (d) Greater than 20 degree
generally lie seaward of and parallel to aadjacent island BCCL Mining
Min Sirdar-2017
arcs or mountain ranges of the contin continental margins. Ans.(b): Haul Road– A haul aul road is a passage which is
They are closely associated ted with aand found in used for drawing or transferring
erring of heavy
hea material from
subduction zones that is locations
ations where a lithospheric
the open cast/open pit working area.
plate bearing oceanic crust slides down into the upper
mantle under the force of gravity.
ravity. A few trenches are • The gradient on a ramp is the grade line l profile along
partially filled with sedimentsments deriv
derived from the the road centre line, in the verticalverti plane. It is
bordering continents. important to find a good d balance between
be low cycle
339. Identify the pattern of surface bl blasting given in times and minimum wearing aring on machinery
mac and tyres.
the figure. The valuess of delay ti time, in ms, are • The optimum gradient off a haul road for better safety
given against each blasthole. is 5 degree to 9 degree. Haul road gradient
gr should not
exceed 1 in 16.
342. In surface mine, a box ox cut is defined
de as
(a) The final cut of close the mine
min
@

(b) The intitial cut madeade to open a cut

(c) Any cut which lookook as open box
ap

(d) The cut to extend d haul road

NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
na

Mining Method 315 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Surface mining is the removal of the terrain 345. Pop shooting or plaster shooting is a type of:
surface to access minerals underneath to retrieve sand, (a) Primary Blasting (b) Clay Capping
gravel, stones, coal, iron and other metals. (c) Secondary Blasting (d) Muffling
A box cut is a small open cut built to supply a secure CIL MT Mining-2017
and safe entrance as access to a slope to an underground Ans. (c) : Pop shooting or plaster shooting is a type of
mine. secondary blasting. Secondary blasting is blasting done
343. Which of the following method of mining is for the second time in order to reduce the previously
only applicable to non-coal mines? blasted protein of rock to a manageable size for
(a) Breast stoping excavators and crushers.
(b) Square set stoping The two methods available include plaster or mud-cap
(c) Stull stoping blasting and Pop-shooting. Risks and hazards in drilling
(d) Shrinkage stoping and blasting.
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 346. What does CMM stands for?
Ans. (d) : The method of mining is only applicable to (a) Coal Managers Meeting
non-coal mines – Shrinkage stoping. (b) Coal Mines Management
Shrinkage stoping – shrinkage stoping is a vertical (c) Coal Mine Methane
stoping method, conducted in a vertical or near – (d) Both B and C
vertical plane, and at an angle greater than the angle of NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
ropose of the broken ore. Ans.(c): CMM = Coal mine methane
(a) Breast stoping- Breast stoping is an open stope (i) It is also called as coalbed methane, coalbed gas or
mining method that works the horizontal are bodies. coal seam gas.
The breast stoping method is best used in stope and (ii) It is a form of Natural gas extracted from coal beds.
pillar mining. (iii) The term refers to methane absorbed into solid
(b) Square set stoping- Square-set stoping uses timber matrix of coal. It is called ‘sweet gas’ because of its
that is set into stopes in a square pattern. lack of Hydrogen Sulfide.
This is the backfilled 347. The isotope 14C is produced in the earth
(c) Stull stoping- Stull stoping uses seemingly random atmosphere by the interaction of cosmic rays
timbering, called stulls. The stulls are placed between with :
the foot and hanging wall of the are vein. (a) 16O resulting in release of α particles
344. The minerals orthoclase and micro cline can be (b) 14N absorbing the neutron and releasing the
differentiated with the help of which proton
instrument? (c) 10B resulting in the addition of two α particles
(a) Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer (d) 13C absorbing a neutron
(b) SEM OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(c) Flame photometer Ans. (b) : The isotope 14C is produced in the earth
(d) X-Ray diffractometer atmosphere by the interaction of cosmic rays with 14N
(e) TEM absorbing the neutron and releasing the proton.
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 348. The space lattice structure of minerals is
Ans. (d) : • X-Ray diffraction (XRD) helps to find the determined by :
geometry or shape of a molecule using x-rays. (a) Chemical analysis
• Microcline is identical to orthoclase in many physical (b) Scanning Electron Microscopy
properties and can be distinguished by x-ray or optical (c) X-ray diffraction
examination. When viewed under a polarizing (d) ICP-MS
microscope, microcline exhibits a minute multiple OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
twinning which forms a grating like structure that is
unmistakable. Ans. (c) : The space lattice structure of minerals is
• Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer (AAS)- determined by X-ray diffraction. X ray diffraction
AAS is a spectroscopic analysis technique that (XRD) is a rapid analytical technique primarily used for
determine the concentration of a particular element in a phase identification of a crystallion material and can
sample by atomizing the contents of a wavelength provide information on unit cell dimensions. The
specific to that particular element in the gaseous state. analyzed material is finely ground homogenized and
average bulk composition is determined.
SEM (Scanning Electron Microscopy) - SEM analysis
provides high resolution imaging useful for evaluating 349. Taking a photograph of an object on a clear
various materials for surface fractures, flaws, bright day is an example of :
(a) Active remote sensing
@

contaminants or corrosion.
TEM (Transmission Electron Microscopy) - TEM are (b) Passive remote sensing
(c) Microwave remote sensing
ap

microscopes that use a particles beam of electrons to

visualized specimens and generate a highly magnified (d) Thermal remote sensing
image. TEM can magnify objects upto 2 million times. OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
na

Mining Method 316 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Taking a photograph of an object on a clear Ans. (b): For stereoscopic study, the overlap of aerial
bright day is an example of Passive remote sensing. photographs is generally desirable.
There are two types of remote sensing technology active The overlap refers to the amount of shared area between
and passive remote sensing. consecutive photographs. A higher overlap helps in
Active sensors emit energy in order to scan objects and creating more accurate and detailed 3D models or
areas whereupon a sensor then detects and measures stereoscopic view.
than radiation that is reflected or backscattered from the A 66% overlap indicates a significant amount of
target RADAR and LIDAR are examples of active overlapping area between the aerial photographs.
remodel sensing where the time delay between emission 355. Destructive plate boundary is also known as :
and return is measured, establishing the location speed (a) Conservative plate boundary
and direction of an object.
(b) Diverging plate boundary
350. In IR band water body is marked by which of (c) Converging plate boundary
the following color? (d) Transform plate boundary
(a) Dark color (b) White color
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(c) Red color (d) Blue color
Ans. (c) : Destructive plate boundary is also known as
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
Converging plate boundary.
Ans. (a) : The infrared (IR) band, water bodies typically A convergent boundary (also-known as a destructive
appear dark in color. This is because water absorbs most bondary) is an area on Earth where two or more
of the incoming infrared radiation resulting in a low lithospheric plates collide. On plate eventually slides
reflectance in the IR spectrum. As a result, water bodies beneath the other a process known as subduction.
tend to appear as darker regions when observed using
infrared imaging or remote sensing techniques. 356. An imaginary plane or surface which divides a
fold into two equal parts is called as ..........
351. Odham discontinuity marks the boundary (a) Normal plane (b) Dipping plane
between :
(c) Axial Plane (d) Overturned plane
(a) Curst and Upper Mantle
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
(b) Mantle and Outer core
(c) Outer core and inner core Ans. (c) : An imaginary plane or surface which divides
(d) Upper mantle and lower mantle a fold into two equal part is called as axial plane.
A fold can be divided by an imaginary surface called
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
the axial plane. The axial plane divides a fold as
Ans. (b) : The Odham discontinuity or the Repetti symmetrically as possible. The line formed by the
discontinuity is a seismic boundary that mark the intersection of the axial plane with the beds define the
transition between the Earth's mantle and the outer core. fold axis.
The mantle is the layer of the Earth located between the
crust and the core. It is mainly composed of solid rock 357. Deflagration is
materials. (a) Rapid explosion
(b) Explosion and burning
352. The average thickness of the earth curst is :
(c) Rapid burning but not an explosion
(a) 11 km (b) 22 km
(d) None of the above
(c) 33 km (d) 65 km
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
Ans. (c) : Deflagration is rapid burning but not an
Ans. (c) : The average thickness of the earth curst is
explosion.
approximately 33 kilo meters.
Deflagration, also known as high-energy gas fracturing,
353. Altimeter is used in aerial photography : creates a rapidly expanding gas cloud down hole, which
(a) For recording temperature delivers a high - pressure impulse with the potential to
(b) For recording speed of aeroplane create new fractures or enhance existing fractures.
(c) For recording atmospheric pressure Deflagration can also clean out the perforations in
(d) For recording height from MSL petroleum wells.
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 358. With DERD shearer the cut coal is thrown on
Ans. (d) : Altimeter is used in aerial photography for to the armoured face conveyor by
recording height from MSL. (a) Centrifugal face
An altimeter is an instrument used to measure the (b) By the movement of the machine
altitude or height of an object above a fixed reference (c) By the gummer
point, such as sea level. In aerial photography an (d) Deflected by the plough.
altimeter is commonly used to determine is commonly APECET Mining Engineering-2017
used to determine the height of the aircraft above the Ans. (d) : In a DERD (Double Ended Ranging Drum)
ground or the sea level. shearer system use in coal mining, the shearer machine
@

354. For stereoscopic study, the overlap of aerial cuts the coal from the coal face. The cut coal is then
photographs should be better, if overlap is : collected and thrown onto the armoured face conveyor
(a) 5% (b) 66%
ap

(AFC) by a mechanism called the plough. The plough is a

(c) 30% (d) 15% component attached to the shearer that helps in gathering
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 and directing the cut coal onto the conveyor belt
na

Mining Method 317 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
359. For a surface mine, the maximum angle of walls on three sides (front wall and two side walls) in
slope of the bench does not exceed case of opening up of subsurface deposits.
(a) 30° (b) 45° The main objective of box cut are –
(c) 60° (d) 10° • To reach the ore body/coal seam
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 • To provide a smooth entry to the pit.
Ans. (b) : For a surface mine, the maximum angle of •To provide space for development of
slope of the bench typically does not exceed 45º. This working/production benches.
angle helps ensure stability and safety during mining 364. The process by which an originally
operations. homogeneous Earth developed a dense core
360. The part of light which is reflected is and a light crust is called
(a) Luminous efficiency (a) Metamorphism (b) Differentiation
(b) Mean spherical candle power (c) Accretion (d) Compression
(c) Useful for illumination HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(d) Candela Ans. (b) : The process by which an originally
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 homogeneous Earth developed a dense core and a light
Ans. (c) : The part of light which is reflected is useful crust is called differentiation.
for illumination. • Accretion is a gradual increase or growth by the
Reflected Light Illumination- Perhaps the most critical addition of new layers or parts.
aspect of observation, which applies to all forms of
optical microscopy, is the method of specimen
illumination and its effectiveness in revealing the D2. Ventilation and Safety
features of interest. Stereomicroscopes are often utilized
to examine specimens under both reflected and 365. The Occur Safety, Health and Working
transmitted illumination schemes, employing a variety
Conditions Code, 2020 is not applied to
of light sources and configuration which are
strategically positioned in the appropriate locations. (a) The offices of the central
(b) The offices of the state Government
361. The combined effect of curvature and
refraction in levelling is an error which is (c) Any ship of war of any nationality
(a) Additive (b) Subtractive (d) All of the above
(c) Multiplicative (d) Divisive BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 Ans. (d): This code does not apply to the offices of the
Ans. (b) : The combined effect of curvature sighted central government, offices of state governments, and
appear low, the overall correction is subtractive. any warship of any nationality.
362. The type of vernier used in theodolites is 366. Under the occupational safety, Health and
(a) Retrograde vernier working conditions code, 2020, 'manufacturing
(b) Extended vernier process' means any process for
(c) Double folded circular vernier (a) Pumping oil
(d) Double folded vernier (b) Preserving any article in cold storage
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 (c) Generating power
Ans. (c) : The type of vernier used in theodolites is (d) All of the above
double folded circular vernier. BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
A theodolites is an important instrument used to Ans. (d) : Occupational safety, Health and working
measure horizontal and vertical angles. These conditions code, 2020, manufacturing process-
theodolites use verniers to take reading and are most
commonly used. The upper plate of a transit theodolite i) Pumping oil
has two verniers which are diametrically opposite to ii) Preserving any article in cold storage
each other. iii) Generating power.
363. In the context of surface mine development, a 367. The first Schedule of the Occupational Safety,
box cut is defined as Heath and working conditions code, 2020 is
(a) The initial cut made to open a mine related to
(b) The final cut to close the mine (a) List of notifiable diseases
(c) Any cut which must look like an open box (b) List of matters
(d) The cut to extend haul road (c) List of industries involving
(d) List of notifiable diseases and matters
@

KCET Mining Engineering-2017

Ans. (a) : Box cut is the initial/first cut given for the BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
Ans. (c) : The first schedule of the occupational safety.
ap

physical development of a mine. The name of 'Box cut'

has been attributed to this cut as this cut generally Health and working conditions code, 2020 is related to
looks like a top open box having an inclined floor and list of industries involving hazardous processes.
na

Mining Method 318 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
368. Under the Occupational Safety Health and (a) Five thousand rupees
Working Conditions Code, 2020, 'wages' does (b) Ten thousand rupees
not include. (c) Twenty thousand rupees
(a) Basic pay (d) Fifty thousand rupees
(b) Overtime allowance BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(c) Dearness allowance Ans. (b) : The maximum penalty is ten thousand if any
(d) Retaining allowance medical practitioner fails to send a written report under
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 section 12 of occupational safety, health and working
Ans. (b) : Under the occupational safely. Health and conditions code, 2020.
working conditions code 2020, wages does not include 373. Total how many Schedules are there in the
overtime allowance. Occupational Safety, Health and working
369. Under the Occupational Safety, Health and conditions Code, 2020?
working Conditions Code, 2020, choose the (a) One (b) Two
incorrect statement from the following. (c) Three (d) Four
(a) The industrial premise includes a godown BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(b) 'Hazardous' means involving danger o
Ans. (c) : Three schedule are there in the occupational
potential danger both.
safety, health and working condition.
(c) Preserving or storing any article in cold
storage is not called manufacturing process. 374. How many representative members of
(d) Domestic services are not included in the employees will be there in the National
industry Occupational Safety and Health Advisory
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 Board?
(a) Three (b) Four
Ans. (c) : Under the occupational safety, health and
working conditions code, 2020. The preserving or (c) Five (d) Seven
storing any article in cold storage is called BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
manufacturing process. Ans. (c) : Five representative member of employees
370. Under the Occupational Safety Health and will be there in the national occupational safety and
Working Conditions Code, 2020, who among health advisory board.
the following shall not be deemed to be the 375. Under Section 22 of the Occupational Safety,
occupier of a factory? Health and Working Conditions code, 2020, the
(a) In the case of a firm, any one of the individual safety committee shall consist of
partners thereof (a) Representatives of workers
(b) In the case of an association of individuals, (b) Representatives of employers and workers
any member thereof (c) Representatives of the state
(c) In the case of a company any independent (d) Representatives of the state Government,
director workers and employers
(d) None of the above BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 Ans. (b) : The appropriate government may, by general
Ans. (c) : Every listed public company must have at or special order, require any establishment or class of
least one-third of total number of directors as establishments to institute in the prescribed manner a
independent directors. The provisions relating to the safety committee consisting of representatives of
appointment of independent directors are contained in employers and workers engaged in such establishment
section 149. of the companies act, 2013. in such manner that the number of representatives of
371. Under Section 4 of the Occupational Safety, workers on the committee shall not be … than the
Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020, number of representatives of the employer.
within how many days, the Appellate Officer 376. Under Section 27 of the Occupational Safety,
shall dispose of the appeal? Health and Working conditions code, 2020,
(a) Thirty days (b) Forty-five days what will be the rate of extra wages for
(c) Sixty days (d) Ninety days overtime?
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 (a) Two and a half times the rate of wages
Ans. (a) : The appellate authority of the public authority (b) Twice the rate of wages
shall dispose of the appeal within a period of thirty days (c) One and half times the rate of wages
or in exceptional cases within 45 days of the receipt of
the appeal. (d) One and quarter times the rate of wages
@

BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021

372. What is the maximum penalty if any medical
Ans. (b) : The rate of extra wages for overtime twice
ap

practitioner fails to send a written report under

section 12 of the occupational safety, Health the rate of wages is under section 27 of the occupational
and working conditions code, 2020? safety, health and working conditions code, 2020.
na

Mining Method 319 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
377. Under Section 32 of the Occupational Safety, 381. First-Aid Room shall have floor space not less
health and working conditions code, 2020, a than.
worker shall be entitled for how many leaves with (a) 5 Sq. Mtr (b) 10 Sq. Mtr
wages in case of employed below ground mine? (c) 50 Sq. Mtr (d) 15 Sq. Mtr
(a) One day leave for every fifteen days Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(b) One and quarter days leave for every thirty Ans. (b) : The first Aid room shall have a floor space of
days not less than 10 sq meters and shall contain at least the
(c) One day leave for every twenty days equipment specified in the second schedule.
(d) One and half days leave for every twenty • The first-aid room shall be in charge of a qualified
days medical practitioner, where the number of person
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 ordinarily employed in a mine is more than 1000, such
Ans. (a) : That he shall be entitled for one day leave for medical practitioner shall be in whole time employee at
every twenty days of his work, in the case of adolescent the mind.
worker for fifteen days of his work, and in case of 382. In a mine accident frequency rate is calculated
worker employed below ground mine, at the rate of one in terms of per ______ person employed
day for every fifteen days of his work in such calendar (a) 100 (b) 1000
years;. (c) 10000 (d) 100000
378. Who among the following can exercise powers Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
and duties of the inspector - cum - Facilitator Ans. (b) : In a mine accident frequency rate is
in respect of mines under the Occupational calculated in term of per 1000 person employed.
Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, • This is the conservation of human life and its
2020 effectiveness. and the prevention of damage to items as
(a) District Magistrate (b) District Judge per mission requirements.
(c) Director of Mines (d) All of the above • Accident causation is a complex process. But genially
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 these are caused due to unsafe Acts and Unsafe
Ans. (a) : Under the OSHWC code the inspector cum- conditions.
facilitator is the means are appointed under sub-section • A combination of factors at the same moment may
(1) of section-34 under the OSHWC code. This sub- lead to accident causing injury or person may escape
section provides that the appropriate government may, without any injury.
by notification, appoint inspector-cum-facilitator who 383. SMP stands for
shall exercises the powers conferred on them through (a) Safety Management Plan
their respective furidictions. (b) Surface mining plan
379. Chapter XI, Part 2 of the Occupational Safety, (c) Safe mine plan
Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020 (d) None of the above
deals with Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(a) Contract labour Ans. (a) : The safety Management plan defines the
(b) Inter-State migrant workers mechanisms for interaction and oversight for the six
(c) Audio-visual workers primary function involved with the management of the
(d) None of the above Environment of care.
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 • This plan applies to Duke University Hospital and
Ans. (b) : Special provisions for contract and interstate climes, the private Diagnostic Clinics and Duke Primary
migrant workers definition has been expanded to Care Protection.
include employer as earlier it was only workers brought • The two latter operating units are responsible for
through contractor. adopting and adopting the previsions of this plan into
the organization specific plans for the management of
380. What is the minimum height of roof in case of
the environment of care.
flat roof Rest Shelters?
(a) 2.5 Mts (b) 3.0 Mts 384. Who is the chairman of safety committee
(c) 1.8 Mts (d) 3.5 Mts (a) Safety officer (b) General manager
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 (c) CMD (d) Manager
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (d) : Standards of shelters have a floor area of not
less than 14 sq. meter and in the case of a flat roof, a Ans. (d) : These regulations may be cited as the
height of not less than 3.5 meters to the lowest part of Occupational safety and Health (Safety and Health
the roof. Committee) Regulation 1996 and shall come into force
on 1 January 1997.
• Where the roof is a sloping one, a height of not less • In these Regulations unless the context otherwise
than 1.8 meters to the lowest part of the roof and not
@

requires
less than 3.5 meters to the heights part of the roof. • Authorized manger means a person deity authorized
Be constantly provided with adequate supply of coal
ap

by an employer to deal with any matter relating to the

and wholesome drinking water during the wooing hours safety and health of persons employed at the place of
of the mine. work.
na

Mining Method 320 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
385. Which of the following is not a personal safety (c) First aid & medical assistance
gadget (d) Ambulance for victim transport
(a) Mask (b) Hand gloves Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(c) Safety belt (d) Stretcher
Ans. (b) : A preliminary analysis of current emergency
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 response plans and procedures provides a valuable
Ans. (d) : Based on MSHA, OSHA and other federal benchmarks to start the plan creation process.
standards, personal protective equipment for mining The team should also review records of the company's
falls into these categories.
response to any previous emergency events or drill.
• Mask for faces.
• Documents to review.
• Eye Protection
• Health and safety.
• Meaning Protection
• Evacuation plan
• Respiratory decries and self - contained self - rescue
equipment • Fire protection and fire fighting plans
• Mand protection. • Security procedures
• Life jacket and belts. • Risk management plan
• Safety belts and lines. • Environmental policies.
• Protective footwear • JHSC inspection records.
• First aid materials • Accident investigation records.
• Stretcher is not a person safety gadget's • Emergency plan for fire in a mine should not include
386. ZAP stands for the payment of compensation.
(a) Zonal Accident Point 389. CO2 is treated as best extinguisher for
(b) Zero Accident Point (a) Coal fire (b) Wood fire
(c) Zero Accident Potential (c) Electrical fire (d) Chemical fire
(d) None of the above Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (c) : • CO2 fire extinguishers are mainly used for
Ans. (c) : ZAP is stands for, ''Zero Accident Potential''. two specific fire classes Class B and electrical tires
The total for achievement is for each manpower (Electrical risks).
company to develop a zero accident potential with their
measure, of achievement being zero first aids, injuries • A class B fire usually involves some sort of
or illness. hummable liquid such as petrol or oil.
387. While conducting Job Safety Analysis (JSA), it • This means they's ideal for businesses where these
is not necessary to liquids may be present such as auto garages, workshops
(a) Identify the hazards or manufacturing plants.
(b) Identify the steps in the activity • The carbon dioxide displace oxygen and cools the
(c) Calculate risk score temperature of the liquids.
(d) Consider existing controls • Electrical fires are exactly that fires started because of
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 electrical faults this can be overloaded equipment or
Ans. (c) : • A Job safety Analysis (JSA) is a procedure wires which have been damaged.
which helps integrate accepted safety and health 390. Which of the following statement is correct?
principle and practices into a particular task or job (a) Factor of safety increases with increase in
operation. moisture content of Rock
• In JSA, potential hazards are indentified for each step (b) Factor of safety increases with increases in
of the task and controls recommended for the safest way strength of Rock
to do the job. (c) Factor of safety increases with increases in
• A JSA week assessment must be developed when. bench height
• The work activity involves a numbers of different (d) Factor of safety increases with increase in
tasks and hazards for which risk controls need to be number of benches
planned, communicated and implemented. Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
• Changes at the workplace occur that may impact on Ans. (b) : • Box cut - A Short raise or opting driven
the effectiveness of control measures. above a drift for the purpose of draining one from a
• A Permit to work is required. stope, or to permit access.
• Developing SOP's. • High wall: – The rock on the upper side of a vein or
@

388. Emergency plan for fire in a mine should not are deposit.
include the following • Crest – It is the angle from the horizontal, which the
ap

(a) Sufficient fire fighting equipment wall of a open pit stand as measured from crest to toe.
(b) Payment of compensation Winze is not terminology in open cast mining
na

Mining Method 321 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
391. Which of the term is not related to open cast
mining D2.1
(a) Crest (b) Highwall
Mine Ventilation System
(c) Winze (d) Boxcut
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 394. What type of ventilation system is especially
Ans. (c) : Term is reated in open cast mining is used in ventilating sinking shaft?
(i) Crest (ii) Highwall and (iii) Boxcut (a) Exha0usting
• Winze, Termeology is not related to open cast mining. (b) Combination of forcing & exhausting
• Crest the goal is to detect and classified the parts of a (c) Reversible
mine known as toes and crest. (d) Forcing
• The toes and crests are the edges where the bench and APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
the bench tace meet. Ans. (c) : The ventilation concept associated with the
• Highwall:– Highwall mining is a remotely controlled shaft sinking is the reversible ventilation, as shown in
mining method, which extracts coal from the face of a figure. The fan will blow air to the excavation face most
coal seam under a highwall in a surfaces mine. Which of the time during all the operations requiring workers
has reached the final highwall position due to at the face. After the blasting, the fan will be reversed,
uneconomic stripping ratio or due to local constraints, and the smokes created will be exhausted outside of the
which limit further surface mining. shaft until the quality of the air is enough to al low for
• Boxcut : Boxcut is the initial cut given for the the workers to go back. In this specific case, the air duct
physical development of a mine. must be rigid enough to allow for both ventilations.
392. Maximum accidents in mines in India are
caused due to
(a) Roof fall (b) Inundation
(c) Slope Failure (d) Fire
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (a) : The major contributing parameters on roof-
fall during retreat mining are introduced and the role of
each one is described.
(i) Based on performed investigations and past
experiences, the major contributing parameters on roof-
fall during retreat mining can be divided into three
categories. 395. Four identical districts of a mine are ventilated
(ii) Geological parameters : These parameters are with a quantity of 3500 m3/min at a fan drift
related to coalfield geological conditions and features of pressure of 1.15 kPa. When one of the districts
coal seam and its wall. is sealed off, the change in resultant resistance
(iii) Design parameters : This category of parameters is 0.072 Ns2m−8. If the fan is stopped, keeping a
is related to the design of extraction panel. pillars and district sealed, the quantity through the mine
support system of roof. becomes 850 m3/min. The natural ventilation
(iv) Operational parameters : This category of pressure in Pa, is
parameters is related to implementation conditions of
(a) 72.12 (b) 82.28
retreat mining.
(c) 105.56 (d) 144.56
393. The air travel from the rise side of a district to
the lower levels along the working place is Gate-2024
referred as: Ans. (b) :
(a) Ascentional ventilation
(b) Descentional ventilation
(c) Artificial ventilation
(d) Reverse ventilation
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
Ans. (b) : The air travel from the rise side of a district
And pressure = 1.15 kPa = 1150 Pa
to the lower levels along the working places is referred
as discretional ventilation. Initial resistance
Descentional Ventilation- Discretional ventilation P
Rs = 2
@

refers to when the level of the air inlet roadway in the Q

coal mining face is higher than that of the air outlet
Q = 3500 m3/min
ap

roadway and the wind flow of the coal mining face

flows from top to bottom along the inclination direction Q = 3500 m 3 /sec
of the working face. 60
na

Mining Method 322 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Where, Q = Quantity 399. Considering 'I' as 'intake' and 'R' as 'return',
P = Pressure the ventilation symbol for the shaft- bottom
air-lock in a coal mine is
1150 R
Rs = 2
∵ Rs (a) (b)
 3500  4
 60 
  (c) (d)
1150 R Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
= R s1 =
(58.33) 2 3 Ans. (a) : The main objective of mine ventilation is the
When districts in decrease the, resistance increase provision of sufficient quantities of air to all the
2 –8
working places and travel ways in an underground mine
R s1 = 0.338 + 0.072 = 0.41 Ns m to dilute to an acceptable level those contaminants
When Natural ventilation which cannot be controlled by any other means.
Pressure P1 = R s1 .(Q1)2 850 3
∵ Q1 = m /sec
60
2
P1 = 0.41× 
850 

 60  400. In every mine in which a mechanical ventilator
= 82.28 Pa is used, the quantity of air shall be measured
once at least in every _____.
396. In an exhaustive ventilation system an evasee is
(a) 1 month (b) 3 months
used to
(c) 7 days (d) 14 days
(a) Reduce static head of the fan
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
(b) Reduce shock loss at the fan inlet
Ans. (d) :In every mine in which a mechanical
(c) Recover velocity head lost to atmosphere ventilator is in use, the quantity of air shall, once at least
(d) Improve air power of the ventilation system in every 14 days be measured.
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I  In every main intake and return airway seams or
Ans. (c) : An evasee is a device which is usually section, as near as practicable to the entrance to mine.
attached at the outlet of the mine fan to recover some of  In every spilt, as near as practicable to the point at
the wasteful energy to the useful pressure energy. This which the split commences.
recovered pressure energy in turn increases the air flow  In every ventilating district, as near as practicable to
rate in the mine ventilation system. In an exhaustive the point where the air is subdivided at the end of a split
ventilation system an evasee in used to recovery and also where it enters the first working place and any
velocity head lost to atmosphere. other point the Regional inspector may by and order in
writing.
397. Natural ventilation can be caused by
401. Ascensionally ventilated coal mine inclines
(a) Auto-compression in downcast shaft ideally should have a higher methane layering
(b) Differences in air densities in up cast and number when compared to descensionally
downcast shafts ventilated inclines. The reason is:
(c) Auto-expansion in up cast shaft (a) Methane drainage is not practised in
(d) Moisture content in the mine ascensionally ventilated mines.
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I (b) Descensionally ventilated incline creates
conditions for improved turbulent mixing of
Ans. (b) : Natural ventilation is caused by the
methane layer.
difference in densities of air in the up east and downcast
(c) In ascensionally ventilated inclines density of
shaft. The heavier air sink down and the lighter air
air is higher.
moves up then setting up an air-current.
(d) Ascensionally ventilated incline creates
The difference in air densities is mainly caused by the conditions for improved turbulent mixing of
heating of air in the mine workings due to the addition methane layer.
of heat from rocks, men machinery lights spontaneous (e) Question not attempted
heating etc.
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
398. Which of the following ventilation system is
Ans. (b) : Ascensionally ventilated coal mine inclines
adopted for continuous miner heading?
ideally should have a higher methane layering number
(a) Dust less auxillary ventilation
when compared to descensionally ventilated inclines.
(b) Overlap system of ventilation
The reasion is descensionally ventilated incline creates
(c) Exhaust type of ventilation without ducting condition for improved turbulent mixing of methane
@

(d) Forcing type of ventilation layer.

Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
ap

The study demonstrated that ventilation significantly

Ans. (b) : Overlap system of ventilation is adopted for affects the behaviour of methane layering and
continuous miner headings. dispersion
na

Mining Method 323 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
402. The symbol for ventilation
lation stoppi
stopping. 406. … is a ventilation measurement
easurement equipment:
(a) Anemometer (b) Velometer
(a) (b) (c) Manometer (d) All of these
WCL L Mining Sirdar
S -24.04.2022
(c) (d) Ans. (d) : Ventilation measurement
measuremen is rate which
expressed as the volume off gas entering
enterin or leaving the
NMDC Mining Juniornior Officer Trainee-2022 lungs in a given amount unt of time.time Anemometer,
Ans. (c) : The symbol for ventilation
ntilation stop
stopping. velometer and Manometer eter are the ventilation
measurement equipments.. An anemometer anem is an
instrument that measures wing speed. A velometer is a
device used to measure thee speed of air in a given area.
Ventilation– Ventilation means eans the supsupply of outside Manometer is a pressure measurement
easurement system which is
air into a building through window or oother openings used in ventilation measurement
ement system.
system
due to wind outside and convection
vection effec
effects arising from
temperature, or vapour pressure ssure differe
differences between 407. .......... shows every Stone Dust Barrier.
B
inside and outside of the building. (a) Water danger plan (b) Surface Plan
403. When the air and mineral ineral flow aare in opposite (c) Ventilation Plan (d) None of these
direction, the ventilation
ion is known as : WCL L Mining Sirdar
S -24.04.2022
(a) Antitropal (b) Unitr
Unitropal Ans. (c) : Ventilation plan or drawing, required by law,
(c) Homotropal (d) Equit
Equitropal that shows the ventilation air currents in i a mine and the
UPPSC
PSC Mines IInspector-2022 means of controlling them. m. Hence, ventilation plan
Ans. (a) : Different types of ventilation aare as follows. shows every stone dust barriers.
(i) Antitropal– When air and minera mineral flow is an • Good ventilation in mines es gives the ability
a to remove
opposite directions the ventilation is said to be an and dilute harmful dust and d gas the dust
dus and gas can be
antitropal system of ventilation. a byproduct of the ore being mined, mined explosives or
(ii) Homotropal Ventilation– In a homo homotropal system machinery exhaust.
the air and minerals flow in the same direction. 408. Identify the WRONG G statement:
statemen
In this system, the velocity of air relative to The application of controlled air recirculation
coal is less comparempare to an antitropal an underground work rk place can
ventilation system. (a) increase the air velocity at theth work place
404. The methane percentage age in the ggeneral body of (b) lead to increased
creased concentration
co of
air should not exceed ................. %
%. contaminants in the work place
pla
(a) 1.5 (b) 1.25 (c) require the installation
llation of an additional fan in
(c) 0.50 (d) 0.25 the system
UPPSC
PSC Mines IInspector-2022 (d) lead to overall ventilation
entilation cost
co savings
Ans. (b) Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2022
A bulk of electric power iss required for driving fans. Ans. (b) : Expect option (b)b) all statements
stateme is correct for
By installing variable speed ed control ai air quantity can the given paragraph.
be optimized hence the power. • The application of controlled
rolled air recirculation
re in an
At every place in the mine where persons are underground work place can an increase the air velocity at
required to work or pass,, the air shou
should not contain the work place. It is designed
ned to move out and bring in
less than 19% of oxygenn or more than 0.5% of specific amount of air at a specific speed s (velocity),
carbon dioxide or any noxious
xious gas in qquantity likely which results in the removal of undesirable
to affect the health of any person.
contaminants in a specific area or space.
space
The percentage of inflammable
mable gas do does not exceed
0.75% in the general body dy of the return air of any • The objective of this studytudy is to provide
p potential
ventilating district and 1.25%
.25% in any places in the users of booster fan with the necessary information on
mine. the design, installation andnd operation of main under
ground fans.
405. Coursing of Ventilation in underground is done by:
(a) Construction of Ventilation
entilation sto
stopping • For instance, excessive air motion will sometimes
(b) Brattice Cloth Coursing cause discomfort because the total ventilation
vent cost must
(c) Ducting be as low as possible to keep the whole process
(d) All of these economically feasible.
WCL Mining Sird
Sirdar-24.04.2022 409. The value of natural al ventilation pressure is not
Ans. (d) : Underground mine ine ventilati
ventilation provides a considerably affected by
(a) Season
@

flow of air to the underground nd workings of a mine of

sufficient volume to dilute andd remove du
dust and noxious (b) Depth
gases. Coursing of ventilation
on in underg
underground is done
ap

(c) Temperature
by construction of ventilation
on stopping. Brattice cloth (d) Chemical composition
osition of mine
min air
coursing and ducting. NMDC Mining Junior Officer Offic Trainee-2022
na

Mining Method 324 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d) : The value of naturee ventilation pressure is not
considerably affected by chemical
mical compo
composition of mine
air. During an ingassing condition,
dition, the leleakage quantity
is air with composition 79% nitrogen and 21% oxygen.
Methane and carbon dioxide, e, which are present in the
mine atmosphere in small quantities
antities are nneglected.
410. The reversal of ventilation
ilation may be advantages
if fire is in _____ shaft.
(a) DC (b) UC
(c) Air shaft (d) None of these
NMDC Mining Junior nior Officer Trainee-2022
Ans. (a) : The reversall of ventila ventilation may be
advantages if fire is in DC shaft.
Reversal ventilation is onee of preven prevention methods
against fire hazard in underground
ground mine
mines, but it is not
recommended for the mines where meth methane is present.
The authors introduce the new ew method oof reversal and
by conducting numerical simulations
ulations the
they prove that it
allows to keep methane at the acceptabl
acceptable level during
miners escape. However, it requires
equires conne
connection between
the sub-network of the main ventilation fa fans.
It was also shown, that byy using the method some
escape routes will be shortened.
411. Anticline is a type of Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2018
(a) Reverine
Ans. (a) : Ventilation is the control of o air movement,
(b) Fold Structure its amount and direction. The he lack of proper
p ventilation
(c) Eroded landmass often will cause lower worker
rker efficiency
efficienc and decreased
(d) Delta productivity, increased accident rates, and
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining ining Inspec
Inspector-13.11.2021 absenteeism.
Ans. (b) : An anticline is a structural
tructural trap formed by the The ventilation symbol for the shaft bottom air lock
folding of rock strata into arch-like like sh
shape. The rock in a coal mine is.
layers in an anticlinal trap were origina
originally laid down
horizontally and then earth movement
ovement ca caused it to fold
into an arch-like shape called an anticline.
(Intake) (return)
412. Indicate the percentage
rcentage of methane
concentration that should
hould not b be exceeded in
the return of a ventilation
tion district
district.
(a) 1.25% (b) 1.0%
414. In the cont ext off ventilation plan symbols,
(c) 0.75% (d) 0.25%
match the following:
APPSC SC Poly. Le Lect.-15.03.2020
Symbol Description
Descrip
Ans. (c) : • Methane concentration
tration shoul
should not exceed
0.75% in the return of a ventilation
tilation distri
district. P 1. Temporary
Tempor stopping
• Electric supply should be cut-offoff from the district if
the methane concentration exceeds 11.25%. Also
workers should be withdrawnn from the pl place. Q 2. Regulator
Regulat
• Methane concentration shouldould not exce
exceed 1.25% in
any part of the underground mine.
• Charging, stemming or tiringring of shot holes are not R 3. Air-crossing
cro
allowed in areas whereas methane
thane is foun
found/detected.
Concentration of methane Testing to be carried
in air, % out every S 4. Ventilation
Ventila stopping
< 0.6 30 days
0.6% - 0.8 Week (a) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1
@

> 0.8% day (b) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4

(c) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-2
ap

413. Considering 'T' as 'intake'

ntake' and ''R' as 'return',
the ventilation symboll for the sha shaft-bottom air- (d) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4
lock in a coal mine is Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2016
na

Mining Method 325 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) :– (iii) To dilute the contaminants produced dued to extraction.
symbol Desc
Description (iv) Assisting for humidity y and temperature
temper control.
• Ascen simal ventilation–It implies
implie that taking air
A Air – cross
crossing to lowest point of the district or face
fac and allow it to
travel higher levels to ventilate
ventila face before
returning it.
B Ventilation stopping • Descen Simal ventilation–It implies im that taking
the intake air to the rise
se side of a district
d and allow
it to travel lower-level el faces for ventilation. It is
C Regulator used for hot and deep mines.
417. How can you reduce ce the resistance
resis developed
in a ventilation duct?
D Temporary stopping
(a) By using a duct ct having corrugated
co internal
surface
(b) Using a large diameter
ameter duct
Therefore option (a) is correctct answer.
(c) By using the ductct of very high
hig length
415. Ascensionally ventilated ated coal mine inclines
ideally should have higher met methane layering (d) Increasing the flow of air through the duct
number when compared pared to descensionally Question
ventilated inclines. Thee reason is Coal
oal India Limited
Lim -27.02.2020
(a) in ascensionally ventilated inc incline density of Ans. (b) : The resistance developed
eveloped in a ventilation duct
air is higher using a large diameter duct.
(b) ascenssionally ventilated
entilated in incline creates Reducing the resistance in an HVAC duct d system helps
conditions for improved
proved turbu
turbulent mixing of to increase the airflow. This is does not necessarily
n mean
methane layer that the ducts are blocked or are in any a way a safety
(c) methane drainagee is not practiced in hazard, but there are some specific things
thin the look for to
ascensionally ventilated
ilated incline increase the airflow and thereby
hereby reduce
reduc the resistance.
(d) descensionally ventilated
entilated in incline creates Even if you are unfamiliar liar with your
yo HVAC duct
conditions for improved
proved turbu
turbulent mixing of system, you will be ablee to accomplish
accom this do-it-
methane layer yourself project without any y major tools are supplies.
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2010 418. What does CH4 produce duce when burns
b in air?
Ans. (d) : Ascensional ventilation- It implies taking (a) CH4+H (b) CO+CO2
the intake ventilating air to the
he lowest po point of a district (c) CO2 + 2H2O (d) CO2+CH4
or face and allow it to travel to higher lev levels to ventilate
the district or face before it goes
oes to the retreturn. MP Sub Engineer Mining M -08.07.2017
Descensional ventilation- Itt implies tak taking the air to Ans. (c) : The burning of methane methan results in the
the rise side of a district and allow it to travel to lower formatin of blue flame which is sign si that a great
levels as it ventilates the working
king places. amount of heat is also evolved.
volved. This is a reaction of
For ascensional ventilation,
tion, the des
desirable layering hydrocarbons with air so itt will evolve CO2 and water.
number of methane is arround 8 and for Reaction: CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + 2H2O
descensional ventilation, n, it is less than that for • This is a combustion n reaction. ThisT combustion
horizontal airways. reaction is special because
cause its heat
hea of combustion
Problem of methane layering
ayering beco
becomes important is lower than combustionombustion of any other
in highly gassy coal mines parti particularly where hydrocarbon.
large sized and duplicateate airways ccause reduction 419. In ventilation network ork analysis,
analysis Kirchoff's first
in air velocity.
law is used, which states:
Ascensionally ventilated ted coal m mines incline
ideally should have a higher me methane layering (a) The algebraic sumum of quantities
quant following at
number when compared pared to descensionally junction is zero
ventilated inclines. Thee reason is descensionally (b) The resistance of an airway varies with the
turbulent mixing of methane
thane layer. square of air velocity
416. Which type of ventilation lation is reqrequired for hot (c) The pressure lossss in a closed mesh cannot be
and deep mines? predicted
(a) Ascen simal (b) Desc
Descen Simal (d) The pressure losss in closed mesh
m is zero
(c) Any of the two (d) Both CIL MTM Mining-2017
BCCLCCL Minin
Mining Sirdar-2017 Ans. (a) : In ventilation network analysis,
ana Kirchoff's
Ans.(b): Underground mine ventilation pprovides a flow first law is used. which states the alogebraic
al sum of
@

of sufficient quantity and quality

lity of air
air– quantities following at junction
ction is zero Kirchhoff's
K law:
(i) To supply O2 man and machines. [1] Kirchhoff's first law states
tes that the sum
s of all current
ap

(ii) Dilution of toxic gasess and dust generated by entering a node is equal to the sum of all currents
blasting. leaving the node. Which implies plies conservation
conser of charge.
na

Mining Method 326 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
■ The total charge entering a node must be equal to the 424. Which of the following can be an artificial aid
charge leaving the node. to natural ventilation?
■ As it can't go anywhere except to leave, hence no (a) Doors (b) Crossings
charge is lost within the node. (c) Furnace (d) Regulator
■ This law states that the amount of current flowing into RPSC AE-21.05.2014
node is equal to the sum of currents flowing out of it. Ans. (c) : Natural ventilation is an airflow through
■ In other words, the algebraic sum of all the currents in openings, such as windows or doors, induced by a
any given circuit will be equal to zero. pressure difference between inside and outside the
420. Ventilation by a current of air traveling in the building. Mechanical ventilation is an airflow control by
same direction as the flow of mineral out of a specific devices.
mine is known as- Building ventilation has a major infect on mood and
(a) Homotropal ventilation more generally on health.
(b) Antitropal ventilation It necessary in order to ensure a good indoor air quality
(c) Descensional ventilation by removing contaminants, odors, moisture, to provide
(d) Ascensional ventilation a thermal comfort of the indoor environment and to
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 guarantee a good air distribution.
Ans. (a) : Ventilation by a current of air traveling in the 425. The type of ventilation in which the movement
same direction as the flow of mineral out of a mine is of coal transportation and airflow takes place
known as Homotropal ventilation. in the same direction is called:
In particularly dust mines, the amount of dust in the (a) Antitropal ventilation
mine atmosphere can be reduced by directing the air to (b) Homotropal ventilation
flow in the same direction that the coal is being (c) Central ventilation
transported along the longwall face. This system is (d) Boundary ventilation
known as homotropal ventilation. RPSC AE-21.05.2014
421. In signaling of shaft fitting what does TWO Ans. (b) : The type of ventilation in which the
RAPS means: movement of coal transport action and airflow taken
(a) Stop (b) Lower place in the same direction is called homotropal.
(c) Ascend (d) Non of the above 426. The most important cause of airflow in mines
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 due to natural ventilation is:
Ans. (b) : In signaling of shaft fittings- (a) Difference in depth of the downcast and
ONE RAPS → When engine in motion upcast shafts
ONE RAPS→RAISE → When engine in rest (b) Difference in density in downcast and upcast
TWO RAPS → LOWER shafts
THREE RPAPS →MEN → Ready to ascend or descend (c) Leakage of air from downcast shaft to upcast
Three RAPS →IN REPLY→ Men may enter the cage shaft
or other means of conveyance. (d) Addition of gasses with the mine air
422. In which form Notice of opening shall be RPSC AE-21.05.2014
submitted by owner, agent of manager to Ans. (b) : Causes of natural ventilation
DGMS as per latest DGMS circular: • Temperature
(a) Form–A (b) Form 1–A • Moisture content of the air
(c) Form–B (d) None of the above • Barometric pressure
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 • Addition of gases
Ans.(b): (i) Form A–Person eligible for grant of • Leakage of air
recognition under rule 22C of mineral concession Rules, • Circulation of refrigerate air
1960, may download this form and submit the duly field • Other factor
in form to concerned regional office.
Natural ventilation is caused by the difference in
Notice of opening shall be submitted in form 1-A and a densities of air in the upcast and downcast shafts. The
copy there of shall be submitted to Regional Inspector. nervier air sinks down and the lighter air moves up thus
423. In every mine where mechanical ventilator is in setting up an air-current.
use, the quantity of air shall be measured at
427. The process of inducing artificial respiration in
least:
a person who is unconscious is known as :
(a) Once in a week (b) Twice in a week
(a) Artificial ventilation (b) Resuscitation
(c) Once in 14 days (d) Once in 30 days
(c) Induced inspiration (d) Induced expiration
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
Ans.(c): (i) Mechanical ventilator is a machine that
Ans. (a) : Artificial respiration is also known as artificial
@

helps a patient to breathe when they are having surgery

or cannot breathe on their own due to a critical illness. ventilation. This is a metabolic process that stimulates or
In every mine in which a mechanical ventilator is in assists respiration. This a process where a complete
ap

use, quantity of air shall, once at least in every 14 days exchange of gases is observed via external respiration
be measured. internal respiration and pulmonary ventilation.
na

Mining Method 327 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
428. In designing the safety appliances against fire Ans. (a): The position in underground ventilation
damp explosion the point which has more system where there is no drop or raise is pressure
importance is between the intake and return airways is neutral line.
(a) Methane percentage (b) Amount of heat The natural line represents the boundary or location
(c) Ignition temperature (d) Lag on ignition where the pressure in the intake and return airways are
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 equalized, resulting in a balanced ventilation system.
Ans. (d) :In designing the safety appliances against five This is an important concept in mine ventilation design
damp explosion the point which has more importance- to ensure proper airflow and minimize pressure
is lag on ignition. differentials within the underground environment.
Ignition lag- If the ignition source is little above the 434. Which is the correct relationship among
ignition pint certain file must be elapsed before it is Pressure (P), Quantity (Q) and Resistance (R)
ignited, this fire called ignition lag. with reference to mine ventilation?
429. Safety officer shall be appointed in a mine if (a) P = R/Q2 (b) P = Q2/R
the average monthly output exceeds (c) P=R/Q (d) P=R Q2
(a) 2500 tonnes (b) 5000 tonnes TSPGECET-2020
(c) 7500 tonnes (d) 10000 tonnes Ans. (d) : Pressure is flow multiplied by resistance.
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 Resistance is the change in pressure divided by flow
Ans. (b) : Safety officer shall be appointed in a mine if compliance is volume divided by change in pressure.
the average monthly output exceeds 5000 tonnes. P = RQ2
430. The Draw point spacing in any stoping method 435. If the CO/CO2 deficiency ratio in a mine is
mainly depends on 2.25%. It indicates
(a) Mechanisation used (a) Existence of spontaneous heating
(b) Length of the stope (b) Active fire
(c) Area of influence of the draw points (c) Heating in advanced stage
(d) Size of the broken ore (d) Normal to the coal mine
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 APECET Mining Engineering-2017
Ans. (d) : The draw point spacing in any stoping Ans. (b) : The CO/CO2 deficiency ratio in a mine is
method mainly depends on size of the broken ore. 2.25%. It indicates active fire.
Carbon monoxide (CO) and carbon dioxide (CO2)
431. A booster fan can be used to ventilate a
emissions during a spontaneous heating event in a coal
(a) Heading (b) Distinct mine are important gases to monitor detecting the
(c) Both (a) and (b) spontaneous heating at an early stage. However, in
(d) While driving a drift underground Coal mines, the CO and CO2 concentions
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 and their related fire ratios may be affected by mine
Ans. (b) : A booster fan can be used the main mine fan ventilation. In this study, CO and CO2 emission from
but is more commonly used to improve or augment the spontaneous heating of a U.S Coal sample were
ventilation in a segment of the mine. evaluated in an isothermal oven under different airflow
• A booster fan is an underground fan installed is ventilation rates ranging from 100 to 500 cm3/min.
series with a main surface fan and used to boost the air 436. The lower limit of explosibility of methane is
pressure of the ventilation air passing through it. (a) 2.25% (b) 2.9%
432. Bucket wheel excavator essentially consists of 3 (c) 4.8% (d) 16.9%
sets of crawler track, among which APECET Mining Engineering-2017
________number of sets acts as steering Ans. (c) : The lower limit of explosibillty of methane is
Crawler. 4.8%
(a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 1 (d) 0
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I D2.2 Ground Control
Ans. (c) : Bucket wheel excavator essentially consists
of 3 sets of crawler track, among which 1 number of 437. In underground coal mine, district return air
sets acts as steering crawler. should not contain inflammable gas more than:
Among the three sets of crawler tracks in a bucket (a) 0.75% (b) 1.0%
wheel excavator one set is designated as the steering (c) 0.5% (d) 1.25%
crawler, excavator to navigate and change direction. UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
433. The position in underground where there is no Ans. (a)
drop or raise in pressure between intake and
@

The gas are present in the underground mines are

return airways is known as ––––––––––. Flammable gas (CH4), Noxious gases (NO2), (NO3,
(a) neutral line (b) base line
ap

N2O5), Carbon monoxide (CO), Carbon Dioxide

(c) dip line (d) strike line (CO2), Hydrogen sulfide (H2S), Sulphur Dioxide
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I (SO2).
na

Mining Method 328 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
The permissible limit set for these gases are as 441. Match the following in the context of
follows. environmental management.
Underground air should not have more than 0.5% Technique Purpose
CO2 or other noxious gases.
P Mulching 1 Dust control
Inflammable gas should be below 0.75% in the
general body of return air and below 1.25% at any Q Aeration 2 Noise control
place in the mine. R Wet-scrubbing 3 Soil
The general air on road must not normally contain conservation
more than 0.005% of CO. S Silencer 4 Waste water
438. NONEL is used as down-the-hole initiator to treatment
(a) Avoid generation of air overpressure. (a) P-1, Q-4, R-3, S-2 (b) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2
(b) Provide precise delay. (c) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (d) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
(c) Avoid deflagration of column charge. Gate Mining Engineering-2018
(d) Reduce ground vibration. Ans. (d) :
Gate Mining Engineering-2021 Technique Purpose
Ans. (d) : Nonel is a shock tube detonator designed to P. Mulching 3. Soil conservation
initiate explosions, generally for the purpose of Q. Aeration 4. Waste water treatment
demolition of buildings and for use in the blasting of R. Wet-scrubbing 1. Dust control
rock in mines and quarries.
S. Silencer 2. Noise control
The main objective of Nonel blasting are to reduce
the ground vibration, noise, flyrocks generated due to 442. Precipitation of metallic ions in mine water
blasting operations. drainage is carried out by
Note :- Official answer is given by commission is (a) CaSO4 and MgSO4 (b) CaCO3 and MgCO3
option (c). (c) Ca(OH)2 and NaOH (d) CaCO3 and MgSO4
439. The coal seams with bad roof, having strata Gate Mining Engineering-2008
control problems, is suitable for : Ans. (d) : Precipitation of metallic ions in mine water
(a) hydraulic mining (b) longwall mining drainage is carried out by CaCO3 and MgSO4.
(c) bord & pillar mining (d) blasting gallery 443. Which of the following method is adopted to
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 break the methane layering
Ans. (b) : In absence of the in-situ stress measurements (a) Increased air velocity (b) Venturi blower
in majority of coal fields, the following symptoms of a (c) Methane probe (d) Water spraying
horizontal stress concentration exceeding strength of the BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
surrounding rock were identified in different case Ans.(b): Methane (CH4) is formed in the coalification
studies. process of plant material through biochemical decay
⇒ The roof problems occur under lighter than average and metamorphic transformation.
depth cover, so vertical stress is evidently not a factor. • Venturi blowers is used for breaking up methane
⇒ The roof in the other gate of a longwall face may be layers, where compressed air supply is available.
in excellent shape implying it is stress relieved.
444. In underground mines air should not contain
⇒ There may be a stress valley above the problem area. O2 less than
⇒ The roof- is week, particularly laminated shale. (a) 18% (b) 17%
⇒ The pannel may be the first in a set or lengthening of (c) 19% (d) 20%
a panel has created a "stress shadow". BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
440. Post-pillar method of stoping is a variant of Ans.(c): Underground mine ventilation provides a flow
(a) Cut and fill stoping of air to the underground working of mine of sufficient
(b) Sublevel stoping volume to dilute and remove dust and noxious gases
(c) Vertical crater retreat method and to regulate temperature.
(d) Sublevel caving • At every place in the mine where persons are required
Gate Mining Engineering-2020 to work or pass, the air should not contain less than 19%
Ans. (a) : The post- pillar method of stopping, which is of oxygen or more than 0.5% of carbon dioxide or any
also known as the stull method, is a variant of cut and noxious gas in quantity likely to affect the health of any
fill stopping. In this method, horizontal or Inclined person.
slices, known as lifts or floors, are extracted from the
445. Which of the following is used as oxidizing
are body. After with waste rock or backfill material,
typically cemented failings or hydraulic fill vertical agent in an explosive?
(a) Magnesium Carbonate
@

pillars of ore are left intact to support the overlying rock

mass. These pillars are known as stalls or posts, hence (b) Charcoal
ap

the rime "post pillar method." this method is often used (c) Ammonium Nitrate
in irregularly shaped ore bodies or where the ore body is (d) Aluminum
not sufficiently strong to support itself without pillars. Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
na

Mining Method 329 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): The used as oxidizing agent in an explosive (a) 284 (b) 200
Ammonium Nitrate. (c) 568 (d) 350
Ammonium nitrate– Ammonium nitrate is a chemical ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
compound with the chemical formula NH4NO3. It is a
Ans. (c) : In case of solid blasting at degree III gassy
with crystalline salt consisting of ions of ammonium
and nitrate it is highly soluble in water and hygroscopic mine, the air quantity required at last ventilation
as a solid, although it does not form hydrates. Ti is connection of the district should not be less than 568
predominantly used in agriculture as a high-nitrogen m3/ min.
fertilizer. Global production was estimated at 21.6 The air quality required for ventilation after solid
million tonnes in 2017. blasting is determined based on various factors,
• Ammonium nitrate is a chemical that exists in including the size of the mine, the gassy nature of the
multiple concentrations and physical forms. It is mine and any applicable regulations.
principally used as an agricultural fertilizer, in the 450. The ground in central portion of the subsidence
manufacturing of first aid products (such as cold packs)
trough is subjected to
and explosives used in the mining and construction
industries. (a) Lateral tension
446. Every part of a mine shall be provided with at (b) Lateral compression
least: (c) Vertical compression
(a) One means of egress (d) Lateral tension and vertical compression
(b) One or two means of egress TSPGECET-2020
(c) Three means of egress Ans. (b) : The ground in central portion of a trough the
(d) Two means of egress stresses and strains are compression in nature. As
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 subsidence progresses and the subsidence trough
Ans.(d): (i) Word egress refers to act of, or a path to, expands in area over lying structures may be subjected
come out of an area. to each of these types of ground movement in
(ii) Having an egress mean that there is a way to exit succession, compounding damage to the structures.
from the area.
Every part of mine shall be provided with at least two
means of egress. D2.3 Mine Safety Protocols and
447. The subsidence that continues to occur after Risk Management
the completion of depillaring is called as
................ subsidence.
451. At what percentage of methane, a triangular
(a) Normal (b) Critical
cap with sharp apex of 12 mm height is formed
(c) Sub critical (d) Residual
in Flame safety lamp?
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
(a) 2.5% (b) 3.5%
Ans. (d) : Residual subsidence– That amount of total
(c) 1% (d) 3%
occurs after the face leaves the critical area.
• The subsidence that continues to occur after the APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
completion of depillaring is called as residual Ans. (d) :Flame safety lamp percentage test-
subsidence. • During percentage test the gas cap is first noticeable at
448. Prop support is made up of a concentration of 1.5%.
(a) Plastic (b) Steel • At 1.5% cap is not fully developed but it appears as a
(c) Timber (d) Rock truncated cone with concave or rounded tip. The height
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 of cap is 4 mm.
Ans. (c) : Prop support is made up of Timber. • At 2.0% methane the cap is fully formed but with a
A prop support is a device that sustains weigh rounded tip the height is of 6 mm.
temporarily during construction or repair work. They • At 2.5% methane, a first triangular cap with sharp
are extendable so they can be adjusted to the height apex is first formed at a height of 8 mm.
required.
• At 3.0% methane, a triangular cap with sharp apex is
• Prop support can be useful in wall repair or removal,
formed with height of 12 mm.
lintel repair and many other projects.
• A timber prop is expected to support a roof area of • At 3.5% methane, at triangular Cap is formed with
about 0.4m to 1m all around. height of 18 mm
• At 40% methane, a triangular cap is formed with a
449. In case of solid blasting at degree III gassy
height of 28 mm but it is generally not visible because it
@

mine, the air quantity required at last

ventilation connection of the district should not is higher than glass height.
ap

be less than _______m3/ min. When the 452. In P.S. Detector, the light yellow color in glass
coursing of air is done by auxiliary ventilator & tube turns into which of the following color
assuming no leakages of air through duct. when exposed to Carbon Monoxide?
na

Mining Method 330 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Brown (b) Shades of Green (c) Either percentage test or accumulation test
(c) Pale Grey (d) Pink can be done first
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II (d) Percentage test in done only in the event of
accumulation test giving negative result
Ans. (a) : In PS Detector, the light yellow color in glass Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
tube turns into brown color when exposed to carbon Ans. (d) : Flame safety lamp is a type that used in
monoxide. underground coalmines and other hazardous gassy area
453. Exposure to loud impulsive noise may lead to for the finest detection of methane gas carbon-di-oxide
(a) Nystagmus (b) Siderosis and deficiency of oxygen.
(c) Tinnitus (d) Stannosis 458. Stone dust barriers in underground coal mines
Gate-2024 are used to arrest
(a) Black damp explosions
Ans. (c) : Chances are that at some point of time, we
might have experienced a ringing sensation in your ear, (b) Air blast
especially after exposure to long hours of loud music. (c) Firedamp explosions
This condition is called Tinnitus and affects about 1 in 5 (d) Coal dust explosions
people. Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
Tinnitus is not just a disorder but, it is considered such Ans. (d) : A device erected at strategic points in mine
as age-related hearing loss or ear injury. Symptoms of roadmap for the purpose of arresting explosions consists
tinnitus include perceptions of phantom noises such as essentially of tray loaded with stone dust which are
ringing, buzzing, clicking, hissing or in extreme cases, upset or overturned by the pressure wave in front of an
roaring. It may vary in pitch and volume that it could explosion ahead of the flame, producing a dense curtain
get in the way of your work as it affects concentration. or cloud of insert dust to blanket the flame and stop
further propagation of the explosion.
454. A Bulkhead door is installed in the
459. The 'yellow boy'' formed due to acid mine
development heading of coal a mine to control drainage mainly consists of
(a) coal-dust explosion (a) Ferric hydroxide (b) Ferrous sulfate
(b) sudden inrush of water (c) Ferrous hydroxide (d) Ferric sulfate
(c) firedamp explosion Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
(d) air flow Ans. (c) : The 'yellow boy' formed due to acid mine
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I drainage mainly consists of ferrous hydroxide.
Ans. (b) : A Bulkhead door is installed in the Iron pyrite FeS2 also known as 'Fool gold' is the most
development heading of a coal mine to control sudden important source of nearly all water pollution
inrush of water. originating from mines and their residue deposits. When
455. Dust particles most harmful to human pyrites is exposed to air and water. It oxidizes to form
respiratory system are of the size of sulphuric acid and iron oxider and hydroxides ''yellow
boy'' which causes the pH of the resultant leached to
(a) About 1 micron (b) About 0.5 micron
drop to about 4.
(c) About 5 micron (d) About 0.05 micron
460. Ward-Leonard system is provided in the
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I winding system in order to restrict
Ans. (a) : Dust particles most harmful to human (a) Over-winding of the cage
respiratory system are of the size of about 1µ. In mine (b) Deceleration of the cage
and quarry environments dust particles may contain (c) Acceleration of the cage
coal silica asbestos and other potentially harmful (d) Over-speeding of the cage
minerals. Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
456. Draeger 174 does not contain Ans. (d) : Ward-Leonard method of speed control is
(a) By-pass valve (b) Breathing bag achieved by varying the applied voltage to the armature.
(c) CO2 absorbent (d) Coolant Hence it is basically a voltage control method.
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I 461. In a belt conveyor system, function of the sunb
Ans. (d) : Draeger tuber are colorimetric gas detection pulley is to
tube that are used to identify and detect different toxic (a) Clean the inner surface of the belt
and harmful gases. (b) Clean the outer surface of the belt
Every draeger tube is a glass vial that is filled with a (c) Increase the angle of contact of belt with
chemical reagent that will react with a specific chemical drive drum
or type of chemical family. (d) Decrease the belt tension
457. In the context of gas testing using flame safety Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
@

lamp, the correct statement is Ans. (c) : Snub pulleys are used to increase the wrap
(a) Each accumulation test has to be necessarily angle of the conveyor belt to reduce the pulling force of
ap

followed by percentage test the belt in a belt conveyor system function of the sunb
(b) Accumulation test in always done after pulley is to increase the angle of contact of belt with
percentage test drive drum.
na

Mining Method 331 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
462. In a cable belt conveyor the function of the Ans. (c): The owner, agent or manager of a mine shall
cable is to give the notice of opening at least one month before the
(a) Increase the lateral stiffness of the belt commencement of any mining operation.
(b) Increase the tensile strength of the belt 467. The Safety Management Plan shall NOT
(c) Support and provide motion to the belt contain:
(d) Minimize elongation of the belt under tension (a) Details on non-involvement of mine workers
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I in its development and application.
Ans. (c) : Cable belt conveyors are a variation on the (b) Ways to measure, monitor and evaluate
more conventional idles belt system. Instead of running performance of the safety management plan.
on top of idles, cable belt conveyors are supported by (c) Defined mine safety and health policy of the
two endless steel tables (steel wire rope) which are in company.
turn supported by idles pulley wheels. (d) Principle hazard management plans.
463. The purpose of weights hung at the bottom of Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
the guide rope in a mine shaft is to Ans. (a) : The safety management plan shall not contain
(a) Prevent coiling back of ropes details on non-involvement of mine workers in its
(b) Reduce the mass of the shaft conveyance development and application .
(c) Provide guidance for fixing of buntons in the The safety management plan shall contain :-
shaft  Ways to measure, monitor and evaluate performance
(d) Provide tensioning and keep ropes vertically of the safety management plan and correct matters that
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I do not confirm with the safety and health policy of the
company.
Ans. (d) : The purpose of weights hung at the bottom of
the guide rope in a mine shaft is to provide tensioning  Principal mining hazard management plans - A plan
and keep rope vertically. to implement the policy.
 Have the mine or mines intend to develop
464. Phenomena of the rocks in immediate roof,
bend downwards under their own weight and capabilities to achieve the policy.
tend to separate from one another is known as  Details of involvement of mine workers in its
(a) Subsidence (b) Pressure arch development and application.
(c) Bed separation (d) Roof bending 468. If a court of inquiry finds that an accident was
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I due to any negligence on the part of the
management, the court may direct the recovery
Ans. (c) : Bed separation's evolution plays a crucial role
of the expenses of such court as an arrears of
in mining safety. The bed separation refers to the inter
______.
player vice generated by the unsynchronized settlements
of the sequential depositions with different thickness. (a) GST (b) Land revenue
Lithology and strength in the over burden during coal (c) registration revenue (d) income tax
mining operation. Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
Ans. (b) : If a court of inquiry finds that an accident
465. At every mine employing more than _____
was due to any negligence on the part of the
persons on any one day of the preceding
management, the court may direct the recovery of the
calendar year, the first-aid room shall be
expenses of such court as an arrears of ‘Land revenue’.
provided and maintained in good order.
 Arrears of Land revenue means that the court may
(a) 150 (b) 50
order the recovery of the expenses as if they were
(c) 500 (d) 100
outstanding load revenue, and the management would
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
be required to pay it as a debt to the government.
Ans. (a) : At every mine employing more than 150  This is a way to ensure that the expenses incurred
persons on any one day of the preceding calendar year, during the court of inquiry and recovered from the
there shall be provided and maintained in good order a negligent party.
suitable first-aid room. 469. After consulting the safety committee of the
 The first – aid room shall be situated at a convenient mine and Internal Safety Organisation, the
place on the surface of the mine and shall be used only owner, agent and manager of every mine shall
for first – aid work. determine all necessary masures to :
 The first – aid room shall, have a floor space of not (a) Control the risk at source.
less than 10 sq meter and shall contain at least the (b) maximise the risk.
equipotent specified in the second schedule . (c) originater any recorded risk.
466. The owner, agent or manager of a mine shall (d) prepare the excavation plan.
@

give the notice of opening at least _____ before Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
the commencement of any mining operation. Ans. (a) : After consulting the safety committee of the
ap

(a) 45 days (b) 21 days mine and internal safety organization, the owner, agent
(c) 1 month (d) 15 days and manager of every mine shall determine all
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 necessary measures to control the risk at source.
na

Mining Method 332 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
 The owner, agent or manager shall, within a period of Foam type extinguishers are solution prepared in
15 days from the date of receipt of the water, which conducts electricity. As a result, it might
recommendations of the safety committee, shall indicate generate an electric shock leading to short-circuiting
to secretary to the safety committee, the action taken to and start another fire. Hence, they are not used to
implement the recommendations. extinguish electrical fires.
470. Which of the following precautions is NOT to 473. Free respirable silica in mine dust can be
be adopted in safety lamp-rooms as per the determined by:
provisions of the CMR 2017? (a) Proximate analysis (b) Ultimate analysis
(a) Internal relighters shall not be taken out of (c) X-ray diffraction (d) Pycnometer
lamps and cleaned, repaired. (e) Question not attempted
(b) Adequate number of suitable fire Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
extinguishers shall be provided. Ans. (c) : Free respirable silica in mine dust can be
(c) No person shall enter the safety lamp room. determined using X-ray diffraction (XRD) analysis.
(d) No person shall smoke in the room. XRD is a technique that allows for the identification
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 and quantification of crystalline materials present in a
Ans. (c) : Except option (c) all other options is to be sample by analyzing the diffraction patterns produced
adopted in safety lamp-rooms as per the provisions of when X-rays interact with the sample.
the CMR – 2017.
474. The combination of the likelihood of a specific
 The person in charge of a safety – lamp room shall - unwanted event and the potential consequences
to be responsible for ensuring that all lamps in the if it should occur is known as :
safety lamp – room including safety lamps are property (a) hazard (b) risk assessment
maintained as per manufactures specifications and in
(c) risk management (d) risk
accordance with the provisions of these regulations.
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
 See that the safety lamp – room is kept in a neat and
tidy condition, and that all damaged and defective Ans. (d) Risk is the probability that an accidental
gauges, glasses and other ports of safety lamp are not phenomenon produces in a given point of the effect of
kept or stored in such rooms. a given potential gravity, during one given period.
According to the International Organization for
 No person shall smoke in the room.
Standardization (ISO), the risk would be defined as
471. Except in case of an emergency, the owner of a a "combination of the probability of an event and
mine shall not give, otherwise than through the its consequences".
______, instructions directly to a person Hazard is characterized by its probability of
employed in a mine. realization and its intensity (magnitude for seismic,
(a) Mine Manager (b) Agent height and speed of water for floods, bandwidth for
(c) Mining Engineer (d) Mine Foreman landslides, etc.).
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 475. The minimum age for a person to be appointed
Ans. (a) : Expend and Application:- as a competent person shall NOT be less than :
 These regulations may be called the oil thins (a) 20 years (b) 16 years
Regulations, 1984. (c) 18 years (d) 23 years
 They shall apply to every oil mine. NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
 Except in case of an emergency the owner of a mine Ans. (a) "Competent person" in relation to any work or
shall not give, otherwise than though the mine manger any machinery, plant or equipment means a person
instruction directly to a person employed in a mine. who has attained the age of 20 years and who has been
472. Which type of fire extinguisher should not be duly appointed in writing by manager as a person
used to extinguish an electrical fire? competent to supervise or perform that work, or to
(a) Dry chemical extinguisher supervise the operation of that machinery, Plant or
equipment, and who is responsible for the duties
(b) CO2 snow extinguisher
assigned to him, and includes a shotfirer.
(c) Foam extinguisher
(d) None of the above 476. Every shotfirer on duty shall NOT be provided
(e) Question not attempted with :
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 (a) a suitable shot firing apparatus
(b) personal dust sampler
Ans. (c) : Foam fire extinguishers were designed for use
@

on class A and class B fires. Class A fires are those lit (c) a circuit tester for checking shot firing
on solids, such as paper wood and furniture class B fires circuits
ap

are those ignited on flammable liquids, including fuels (d) a suitable shot firing cable
solvents, and paint. NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
na

Mining Method 333 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b) Every shotfirer on duty shall be provided 479. For employees engaged in HEMM
with– operation/driving jobs, an eye refraction test
(i) A suitable shotfiring apparatus. must be conducted at the interval of :
(ii) A circuit tester for checking shotfiring circuits. (a) 2 years (b) 5 years
(iii) A suitable shot-firing cable. (c) 3 years (d) 1 year
(iv) A suitable electric lamp or torch, a whistle and a NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
stop watch. Ans. (d) : Occupational health surveillance and
(v) A tool, made entirely of wood, suitable for notified diseases
charging and stemming shot-holes. (i) Employees engaged in food handling and
(vi) A pair of suitable crimpers for crimping preparation and handling of stemming material
detonators. activities should undergo routine stool
(vii) A suitable tool for detecting cracks. examination once in a every six months and
(viii) A methanometer for detection of inflammable sputum for AFB and chest radiograph once in a
gas in case of solid blasting. year.
(ii) Employees engaged in driving/HEMM operation
Personal dust sampler shall not be provided for
jobs should undergo eye refraction test at least
every shotfirer on duty.
once in a year.
477. Safety Management Plan is a ................ . (iii) Employees exposed to ionizing radiation should
(a) formal document (b) legal document undergo blood count at least once in a year.
(c) research document (d) auditable document For smaller mines where PME facilities are not
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 existing, medical examinations can be done through
Ans. (d) The Safety Management Plan is a working or other competent agencies.
auditable document, which outlines all of the actions to 480. The maximum velocity of an explosive van is
be carried out to ensure the safety and health at the ................. .
work place. (a) 15 km/h (b) 10 km/h
This document, is fundamental to the management (c) 25 km/h (d) 20 km/h
of safety by the health and safety committee and NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
management. Ans. (c) An explosive is a substance or a mixture of
The sort of issues which should be addressed in the substance, when initiated suitably results in violent
Safety Management Plan include :– release of energy in the form of a shock wave.
(i) Important committee or safety related meeting Accompanied by extremely rapid conversion of the
dates. explosive into a large volume of gases at high
(ii) Dates required for major hazard analyses to be temperature and pressure.
completed. While handling explosives and adhere to the
(iii) Actions, dates and responsibilities to complete provisions and regulations stipulated under
agreed actions. explosives Rules, 2008, in the interest of personal
(iv) Achievement of actions. and public safety.
478. Reportable injury in terms of mining means The maximum velocity of an explosive van is
25km/h
injury due to which a person has been absent
for : 481. What do sharp curves in haul roads lead to?
(a) more than 72 hours and less than 100 hours (a) Reduced visibility of the operator
(b) more than 24 hours and less than 72 hours (b) Reduced haulage cost
(c) Reduced maintenance cost of the haul road
(c) more than 72 hours
(d) Reduced road congestion
(d) more than 24 hours and less than 48 hours
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
Ans. (a) A larger curve radius allows higher safe road
Ans. (c) Reportable injury, it means injury or other speed and reduced traffic congestion, as well as less
than a serious physically injury which involves in all wear and tear on both the road and the hauteur.
probability will involves. Sharp curves or switchbacks are sometimes
The enforced absence of the injured persons from necessary, but they increase haulage costs.
work for a period of seventy-two hours or more. The dual tries on drive axles are especially prone to
Serious physically injury means any injury which wear going around tight curve.
involves; or in probability will involves the
A switchback with an inside depression dug from
permanent loss of any part of body or the use of
fire slip is common.
any part of body, or permanent loss of or injury to
@

the sight or hearing. The causes loaded and empty trucks to slow down,
reducing production.
ap

Any permanent physical incapacity or the fracture

of any bone or one or more joints or bones of any Sharp curves also lead to reduced visibility or sight
phalanges of hand or foot. distance.
na

Mining Method 334 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
482. Match the columns. Isolation– Stopping persons from interacting with
Blast problem Cause the hazard
Example– machine guarding, remote handling
P. Misfire 1. Poor stemming Controlling– If the hazard cannot be removed,
Q. Vibration 2. Low current replaced or isolated, an engineering control is the
R. Blown out shot 3. Excess charge next preferred measures.
S. Cut off shot 4. Improper delays 485. Fencing along footpaths and benches where
required is attended by .................. .
(a) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-1 (b) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4
(a) shotfirer (b) manager
(c) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3 (d) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3
(c) overman (d) sirdar
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
Ans. (b) Misfires caused by a loss of power, low
Ans. (d) A person appointed in writing by the owner,
current condition on a Mechanical driver.
agent or manager to perform duties or supervision in a
Vibration is related to the pumps rotational and mine or part thereof and includes as under manager or
hydraulic forces, and the dynamic of the pumps assistant manager, ventilation officer, a safety officer,
rotor and structure. a sampling incharge, dust incharge, an overman, a
Blown out shot that dissipates the explosive force sirdar, an engineer and a surveyor.
blowing out the stemming instead of breaking Fencing along footpaths and benches where
down the coal, it may caused by insufficient required in attended by sirdar.
stemming. The mine or district assigned to a sirdar or other
A shot in a delay round in which the charge has competent person shall not be of such a size, nor
been wholly or partially exposed to the atmosphere shall any addition duties.
by reason of the detonation of an earlier shot in the
486. The owner, agent and manager of every mine
round, it may caused by improper delays.
shall submit a copy of the Safety Management
483. The consequence, exposure and probability Plan to the ................, who may, at any time by
criteria are 5, 10 and 10, respectively. Identify an order in writing, require such modifications
the risk score. in the plan as he may specify therein.
(a) 500 (b) 100 (a) ASO (b) Regional Inspector
(c) 5 (d) 50 (c) ISO (d) Chief Inspector
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
Ans. (a) Risk priority number (RPN) is a function of Ans. (b) For every mine where in 500 or more persons
the three parameters discussed above, viz the severity are ordinarily employed, the owner, agent or manger
of the effect of failure, the probability of occurrence, shall designate three suitably qualified employees of
and the ease of detection for each failure mode. the mine in consultation with the registered trade union
RPN is calculated by multiplying these three in the mine and where there are more than one
numbers as per the formula. registered trade unions.
Given below When the number of person employed in a mine
RPN = E × P × C exceed 1500, the workmen's inspector shall be
assisted by one additional workmen's inspector in
where, C is the consequences of the effect of failure.
mining discipline for every additional 1000 persons
P is the probability of failure or part thereof.
E is the case of detection In every time, the owner, agent or manager shall
RPN = 10 × 10 × 5 = 500 constitute in the manner laid down in clause (a), a
RPN = 500 panel of workmen's inspector who may serve as
substitute during absence of regular workmen's
484. In a safety management plan, removing a inspector.
hazard or hazardous work practice from a In the panel there shall be at least one workmen's
mine is known as ______. inspector each for mining, electrical and
(a) controlling (b) elimination Mechanical installations and operations.
(c) isolation (d) substitution
487. The daily report of a shot firer is NOT
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
countersigned by the :
Ans. (b) There is a hierarchy of control or preferred (a) blasting in-charge (b) safety officer
order of control measures, which range from the most
effective to the least effective. (c) assistant manager (d) manager
The hierarchy of control measures is :– NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
Ans. (b) The preparation for blasting shall be carried
@

Elimination- Removing the hazard or hazardous

work practice from the mine. This is the most out under the personal supervision a "blasting in-
charge" who shall fire the shots himself.
ap

effective control measure.

Substitution– Replacing a hazard or hazardous A person can be appointed a blasting in-charge
work practice with a less hazardous one only if he holds.
na

Mining Method 335 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
A managers certificate or assistant manger's Quantity in kg – 150
certificate or sirdar's certificate together with a gas- To and between magazines
testing certificate in case of belowground mines. or magazine office etc. – 10m
A Manger's Certificate, Assistant managers To and between process buildings – 10m
certificate or sirdar's certificate in the case of open To Railway, Road etc. – 10m
cast working. To Dwelling houses offices,
Any short-firer shall not be given any other date. factories etc. – 45m
Short firer's wager shall not depend on production 491. Nystagmus is a miners' disease, associated with :
or number rounds blasted. (a) Liver (b) Lung
488. The cap lamp used by the miners' is : (c) Eye (d) Stomach
(a) Intrinsically safe UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
(b) Flame proof Ans. (c)
(c) Neither intrinsically safe nor flame proof Nystagmus is most commonly caused by a neurological
problem.
(d) Both (a) and (b)
Which is confined to workers in coal mines. The
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 chief symptom and physical sign is a rotatory
Ans. (c) oscillation of the eyeballs, which prevents the miner
Electric hand and cap lamps were introduced in from accurately fixing anything towards which his
mines in the early 1900's and by the middle of 20th vision is directed.
century were used almost exclusively in mines. The result may be compared to a cinematograph
A safety device in the headpiece of the electric exhibition, in which the pictures have not been
lamps shuts off current if a bulb is broken. taken rapidly enough to produce continuous image,
Double filament bulbs may be used, so the light can or where the film has been worn away by over-use,
remain on when a filament fails. giving a blurred image.
In the 1930's battery powered cap lamps began 492. A Draeger gas mask does not filter :
entering mines, and since then various (a) Water vapour (b) Nitrous fumes
improvements have been made in light intensity. (c) Carbon monoxide (d) Carbon dioxide
489. The permissible sound level for 8 hours working UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
exposure for a diesel equipment operator, above Ans. (b)
which he must wear the PPE is : Gas masks are also known as "air-purifying
(a) 110 dB(A) (b) 90 dB(A) respiratory" because they filter or clean chemical
(c) 85 dB(A) (d) 75 dB(A) gasses and possibly particles out of the air as you
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 breath.
Ans. (c) : The operator and passengers shall not be This respiratory includes a face piece or mask and
filter/cartridge (If the filter is in a metal shell it is
exposed to noise level that exceeds an eight hour
called "canister").
equivalent continuous sound pressure level of 85dB
A Drager gas mask does not filter nitrous fumes.
(A) and wherever it exceeds 85dB (A), Personal
Protection Equipment (PPE) of adequate strength shall 493. The percentage of various gases in the return
be used by the operators and passengers. air of a working mine are :
O2 = 19.95%
490. The minimum safe distance for an explosives
magazine of category 'X' having capacity of N2 = 78.72%
150 kg, from the dwelling house should be : CH4 = 0.93%
(a) 40 m (b) 25 m CO2 = 0.39%
(c) 45 m (d) 43 m CO = 0.005%
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 What would be the percentage of CO/O2
deficiency?
Ans. (c)
(a) 0.46 (b) 0.56
The following safety distance shall be observed in
(c) 0.36 (d) None of these
the factories licensed for manufacture of explosive
or from the magazines licensed for storage of high UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
explosives. Ans. (b) : The percentage of CO/O2 deficiency is 0.56.
If the quantity of explosives to be stored is in 494. The maximum allowable concentration of CO
between any two stages shown in the table, the and NOx in underground mine atmosphere are
@

safety distance required for higher stage should respectively :

observed. (a) 50 ppm & 5 ppm (b) 100 ppm & 5 ppm
ap

Table of safety distance for magazine of category "X" (c) 5 ppm & 50 ppm (d) 50 ppm & 25 ppm
firework. UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
na

Mining Method 336 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) Ans. (a)
The maximum allowable concentration of CO and The potential failure modes of waste dump mainly
NO2 in underground mine atmosphere are consist of the "combined sliding mode" that has
respectively is 50 ppm and 5 ppm. circular sliding in upper side and broken line sliding
A wide range of direct and indirect measurements which cuts through gravel-soil layer into heavily
confirm that the atmospheric mine ratio of CO2 and weathered layer in the bottom.
NO2 has increased globally by 100 ppm. The potential failures are mainley distributed in
benches near the slope toe.
The first 50ppm increase above the pre-industrial
Due to the thick layer of waste rock layer at the
value was reached in the 1970's after more than 200
bottom of dumping site, according to the failure
years. mode and the plastic zone analysis results.
495. Which types of fire extinguisher is not used in It is recommended to completely remove the
case of fire in an electric substation located in gravels, soils and overburden before dumping waste
an underground metal mine? rocks.
(a) multi – purpose dry chemical extinguisher 498. From the physiological point of view, the most
(b) CO2 extinguisher harmful size range of respirable dust is :
(c) dry chemical powder extinguisher (a) 10-15µm (b) above 15µm
(d) foam extinguisher (c) below 5µm (d) above 5µm
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (d) Ans. (c)
A fire extinguisher, flame extinguisher or simply Most air pollution, consists of acrosols containing a
extinguisher is an active fire protection device used mixture of both particles and gases
to extinguish or control small fires, often in Of these particles matter (PM) suspended in air has
emergency situation. received the most attention because it is eaisly
It is not intended for use on and out of control fire. measured and readily relatable to the adverse health
effects of polluted air.
Extinguishers fitted with dry powder may be of the
The dirty, smoky part of that stream of exhaust is
gas carpridge or stored pressure type. made of particle pollution.
the main distinguishing feature is the fork-shaped The physiological point of view, the most harmful
nozzle. size range of respirable dust is below 5µm.
Powders have been developed to deal with class D
fires. 499. In a coal mine working district, accumulation
test by flame safety lamp gives positive
496. How many persons are essential for a rescue response. The percentage of methane in the
team? district is atleast :
(a) Min. 4, Max. 9 (b) Min. 8, Max. 10 (a) 1.25 (b) 2.5
(c) Min. 7, Max. 8 (d) Min. 5, Max. 6 (c) 3.5 (d) 5.4
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (d) Ans. (a) : A positive response to the flame safety lamp
Provided further that the Chief Inspector may accumulation test indicates the presence of methane in
permit the owner of a group of mines having the the coal mine working district.
total number of persons ordinarily employed
below ground in excess of 5000, to use the rescue ∎ With a percentage of at least 1.25, there's a concern
room as a rescue station exception the functions of for potential safety hazards, as methane is flammable
imparting initial tracing is rescue work. and passes risks in mining environments.
If such rescue room is :– 500. FSL stands for:
(a) equipped with requisite additional rescue (a) Fire safety lamp (b) Full safety lamp
apparatus including at least 15 extra sets of two (c) Flame safety lamp (d) None of these
how self contained breathing apparatus; and WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
(b) placed under the charge of a person holding the Ans. (c) : FSL Stands for flame safety lamp. Flame
qualifications prescribed under rule 8 and a
safety lamp is a type that used in underground
minimum of five rescue trained persons of whom
at least one shall hold the qualifications prescribed coalmines and other hazardous gassy areas for the finest
under rule 10, are posted the rest. detection of methane gas, carbon-di-oxide, and
deficiency of oxygen.
497. Which one of the following is the most likely
@

mode of slope failure for the waste dump? • A lamp the flame of which is so protected that it will
(a) Circular (b) Wedge not immediately ignite combustible gases.
ap

(c) Plane (d) Toppling • The original flame safety lamp was developed by sir
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 Humphrey Davy in 1815 and there are several varieties.
na

Mining Method 337 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
501. PME stands for: Ans. (a) : Register of return of reportable accident is
(a) Preliminary Main Enquiry maintained in form-J.
(b) Preliminary Machine Examination The Mines Rules, 1955, Section 76
(c) Primary Medical Examination • Registers of reportable and minor accidents -
(d) Periodical Medical Examination (1) The registers required by Sub-Section (1A) of
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 section 23 of Act shall be maintained in form J and
Ans. (d) : PME Stands for Periodical Medical a copy there of shall be sent to the concerned
Examination. It focuses on any (Occupational) health inspector of Mines.
damage risks concerning employees within your (2) The registers, required by sub-section (3) of section
company. The examination looks at the lifestyle, work 23 of the Act shall be maintained in form K.
ability and health of your employees.
507. Fresh Air Base relates to …….
502. ……….. is also called as Killer Gas:
(a) Air Quality monitoring
(a) Carbon Monoxide (b) Oxygen
(c) Nitrogen (d) None of these (b) Mines Rescue and recovery in underground
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 mine
Ans. (a) : Carbon Monoxide gas is also called as killer (c) Water Danger
gas. Carbon monoxide poisoning is caused by inhaling (d) None of these
combustion fumes. When too much carbon monoxide is WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
in the air you are breathing, your body replaces the Ans. (b) : An underground station, located in the intake
oxygen in your red blood cells with carbon monoxide. airway, that is used by rescue teams during underground
This prevent oxygen from reaching your tissues and
organs. fires and rescue operations. The base should be as close
to the fire as safety will permit, adequately ventilated,
503. Fire Damp relatesn to:
and in constant touch with the surface by telephone.
(a) CH4 (b) SO2
Hence fresh air base related to mines rescue and
(c) CO2 (d) NO2
recovery in underground mine-
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
Ans. (a) : Fire damp is a gas that occurs naturally in 508. SCSR is a ………….
coal seams. The gas is nearly always methane (CH4) (a) Long Duration Working Apparatus
and is highly inflammable and explosive when present (b) Reviving Apparatus
in the air in a proportion of 5 to 14 percent. White (c) Escape Apparatus
damp, or Carbon Monoxide (CO), is a particularly toxic (d) None of these
gas; as little as 0.1 percent can cause death within few WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
minutes. It is a product of the incomplete combustion of
carbon and is formed in coal mines chiefly by the Ans. (c) : SCSR (Self Contained Self Rescuer) is an
oxidation of coal, particularly in those mines where escape apparatus. SCSR is an emergency solution safer
spontaneous combustion occurs. than air purifying escape respirators. This respiratory
protective equipment is a closed circuit atmosphere
504. Slicing relates to ……….. operation. supplying respirator. This means that air is expired in
(a) Depillaring (b) Development the SCSR bag, then filtered and re-oxygenated, renewed
(c) Drifiting (d) None of these to be breathable again.
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
509. ………… is not a First-Aid item.
Ans. (a) : Slicing is related to depillaring. It is also (a) Blanket (b) Stretcher
referred to as depillaring. Pillar - cutting or broken
working. In a method of depillaring, known as the (c) Splint (d) Barometer
caving method, the coal of the pillars is extracted and WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
the roof is allowed to break and collapse into the voids Ans. (d) : Barometer is not a first-aid item. A barometer
or the de-coaled area known as goaf . is a scientific instrument that is used to measure air
505. Props set to corners of cogs are called as: pressure in a certain environment. Pressure tendency
(a) Breaker Props (b) Goaf edge Props can forecast short term changes in the weather.
(c) Support Props (d) Corner Props 510. Bearing Plate relates to ………….
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 (a) Roof safety
Ans. (d) : Props set to corners of cogs are called as (b) Mine Ventilation
corner props. The prop is a thing which provides
support or hold something up, or object used on the set (c) Rescue & Recovery
of mining. A mine prop is a length of lumber used to (d) None of these
prop up the roofs of tunnels in coal mines. WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
Ans. (a) : Mining operations today use roof bolt bearing
@

506. Register of return of reportable accident is

maintained in …………. plates to support the roots in underground mines.
Support integrity for the mine roof provides a safe work
ap

(a) Form-J (b) Form-K

(c) Form-L (d) Form-N place and maintains the important safety required for
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 working in an underground mine.
na

Mining Method 338 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
511. Breaker line of support is a kind of 516. Resin Bolting is related to ..........
……………: (a) Mine Fire (b) Mine Rescue
(a) Face support (c) Water Daner (d) Roof Safety
(b) Support on traveling roadways
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
(c) Goaf edge support
(d) None of these Ans. (d) : Resin Bolting is system of roof support in
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 mines. So resin bolting is related to Roof safety.
Ans. (c) : Breaker line of support is a kind of Goaf edge • Resin bolts are designed for security of roof and side
support. Goaf edge is a partition line which divides the wall of mine working and tunnelling as an independent
void (inaccessible and dangerous) and working areas or strengthening housing bolting. They also apply to
(stable) during depillaring operation. Self advancing strengthen and stablize the soil on the slopes.
goaf edge is support for improvement of safety in 517. Danger zone in a OC Mine for taking shelther
underground coal mines. before firing shots is a radius of ........
512. Risk Assessment Consists of .............. (a) 300 m (b) 500 m
(a) Identification of Harzrds (c) 1000 m (d) 2000 m
(b) Probability of Risk WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
(c) Risk Rating Ans. (b) : In the interest of safety of treat all the places
(d) All of these within a radius of 500 m of the place of firing as the
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 danger zone, all person who are required to remain
Ans. (d) : Risk Assessment - The overall process of within the danger zone at the time of blasting should
hazard identification, risk analysis and risk evaluation take protection in substantially built shelter.
are the risk assessment. It is process for comprehending
the nature of hazards and determining the level of risk. 518. CMM Stands for ..........
513. LUX in Coal Mining is related to .............. (a) Coal Mine Manager
(a) Bathing Soap (b) Mine Fire (b) Coal Mine Management
(c) Mine lighting (d) None of these (c) Coal Mine Machines
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 (d) Coal Mine Methane
Ans. (c) : LUX in coal Mining is related to Mine WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
lighting. The trend in mine lighting is to use more Ans. (d) : CMM means coal mine methane or gob gas
efficient light sources. These are the four high-intensity from inactive or sealed areas which is liberated and
discharge (NID) sources called mercury vapour, metal accumulates within a fractured collapsed zone, mine
halide, high pressure sodium and low pressure sodium.
Each requires a few minutes (one to seven) to come up void, or mine workings resulting from all forms of
to full light output. mining.
514. Fire Tender is used for ............ • CMM is a mixture of methane & air released during
(a) Carrying Fire (b) Loading Fire the process of coal mining and must be vented for safety
(c) quenching Fire (d) Carrying Explosive reasons.
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 • Methane has significant effets as green house gas
Ans. (c) : Fire tender is a unit of apparatus used by a being 21 times higher than that of carbon dioxide,
fire protection service to transport men, extinguishing therefore its capture and use in gas ingines has
agents and equipment to the scene of a fire. Fire tender significant environmental benefits.
is used for quenching fire. Ancient methods of tunnel 519. FLP stands for ..........
construction broken off by so called fire quenching, a
method involving heating the sock with fire and (a) Fire Level postings
suddenly cooling it by dousing with water. (b) Fire Linked places
515. First Aid Stations are established in opencast (c) Fire Less places
Mine where atlest............ persons are employed (d) Flame Proof Enclosure
(a) 50 (b) 150 WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
(c) 200 (d) All of these Ans. (d) : FLP stands for flame proof Enclosure flame
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 proof generally applicable to lighting and power
Ans. (a) : In every open cast working, one first aid installations, depends upon mechanical design to
station every 50 persons or part thereof, employed at prevent any explosion inside the case of the apparatus
any one time. or machine from igniting the external atmosphere.
Below ground, one first-aid station - 520. Water Danger Plan shows:
(i) At the bottom of every shift where men or material (a) Geological disturbances
@

are normally wound, and at or near every plant; (b) River

(ii) Near the drive end of every haulage;
ap

(c) Pond
(iii) In or at the entrance to every district or section of (d) All of these
the mine. WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
na

Mining Method 339 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Dangers from surface and underground water 525. ……….. Gas, relates to white Damp:
and precautionary measures including statutory (a) CH4 (b) CO2
provisions and various conditions suggested by (c) O2 (d) CO
D.G.M.S (Directorate General of Mines Safety) from WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
time to time. Water Danger plan shows the geological Ans. (d) : White damp is a mixture of poisonous gases
disturbances, River and pound. found in coal mines and is predominantly made up of
521. Pull Chord is a safety device relating to carbon monoxide (CO). It is commonly referred to as a
................ "silent killer". Carbon monoxide is a product of the
(a) Dump Failure incomplete combustion of carbon.
(b) Roof Collapse 526. In an excavation, in any hard and compact
(c) Operation of belt Conveyor ground, the sides shall be adequately benched
(d) None of these and the height of the bench shall NOT exceed
_____
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
(a) 3.0 m (b) 6.0 m
Ans. (c) : Pull cord switches are commonly used in (c) 2.5 m (d) 1.5 m
conveyor belts as a safety device to stop the belt in case Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
of an emergency or accident. The pull cord switch is
Ans. (b) : In an excavation in any hard and compact
attached at one end to the conveyor belt and at the other ground, the sides shall be adequately benched and the
end to a movable barrier. So, pull cord is related to height of the bench shall NOT exceed 6.0 m.
operation of belt conveyer.
 Excavations are recognized as one of the most
522. Safety management plan is applicable only for hazardous operation in the construction industry.
............... mining.  Excavation cave-in can cause serious and often total
(a) opencast (b) underground injuries to employees
(c) both (a) and (b) (d) none of these  When hazardous atmospheric conditions exit’s or can
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 reasonably expect them to exist, test and control the
Ans. (c) : Safety management plan is applicable only atmosphere to prevent exposure to harm full levels.
for opencast and underground mining. 527. The washers used in flame safety lamp made of
• The Safety Management plan is a working documents, ________
which outlines all of the actions to be carried out to (a) Rubber (b) PVC
ensure the safety and health at the work place. This (c) Asbestos (d) Volatile
document is fundamental to the management of safety NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
by the Health and Safety. Ans. (c) : The washers used in flame safety lamp made
523. SCAMP relates to ……… of asbestos.
(a) Roof safety (b) Inundation Asbestos ⇒ Asbestos is a naturally occurring fibrous
(c) Mine fire (d) None of these silicate mineral. There are six types, all of which are
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 composed of long and thin fibrous crystals, each fibre
Ans. (a) : Mines support is essential to the safety of being composed of many microscopic "fibrils".
every underground deployed people support to interact 528. Silicosis and asbestosis are comes under
with the ground to create a stable rock structure. The inorganic dust producing disease group of ___
manner setting & withdrawal of supports including the (a) Fibrosis producing
setting of extra supports to control the collapse of the (b) Non fibrosis producing
roof from which supports are being withdrawn. So we (c) Toxic
can say that SCAMP is related to Roof safety. (d) All
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
524. Maximum speed of explosive van, carrying
Ans. (a) : Sillicosis and asbestosis are respiratory
explosive
diseases caused by the inhalation of inorganic dust
(a) 20 KMPH (b) 25 KMPH partides. When these particles are breathed in, they can
(c) 30 KMPH (d) 40 KMPH cause inflammation and scarring of the lung tissue,
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 leading to fibrosis is the form ation of excessive
Ans. (b) : Maximum speed of explosive van, carrying connective tissuse in the lungs, which impairs their
explosive should be 25 KMPH. function and can lead to breathing diffulties and other
complications over time. Therefore, both silicosis and
• Explosive vans are specially customized van
asbestosis fall under the category of fibrosis producing
fabricated to store and carry explosive magazines used diseases.
typically in cement, mining & tunnelling for blasting
operations. 529. The disease caused due to dusty atmosphere
@

• The fabrication is done as per PESO (Petroleum and containing large amount of smoke
Explosives Safety Organization) norms based on the (a) Anthracosis (b) Ankylostomiasis
ap

capacity of explosives magazines required to carry or (c) Asbestosis (d) Silicosis

the chassis available for fabrication. NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
na

Mining Method 340 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): The disease caused due to dusty, atmosphere Ans. (a): Planning for safety includes establishing the
containing large amount of smoke anthracosis. policy and setting goals.
530. In depillaring by caving the type of splitting • Safety planning is about brain storming ways to stay
preferred is- safe that may also help reduce the risk of future harm.
(a) Strike split (b) Dip rise split It can include planning for a future crisis, considering
(c) Either 1 or 2 (d) none of these your options, and making decision about your next
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 steps.
Ans. (b) : In depillaring by caving the type of splitting • Finding ways to stay and feel safer can be an
preferred is dip rise split. important step towards healing and these plans and
action should not increase the risk of being hurt.
531. A serious hazard of coal mining is
(a) a high pressure water blast 535. Safety Management is a process of assuming
(b) an aggregation acceptable levels of
(c) excess overburden (a) Safety performance at the work places
(d) an underground mine fire/explosion (b) Miner capacity for the work
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 (c) Machine management in mine
(d) Personal Management
Ans. (d) : The hazards covered to accident, dust
(including poisoning by certain ores) high temperature Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
and humidity , noise and vibration, toxic gases and Ans. (a) : Safety management is a process of assuming
miscellaneous other hazards. acceptable levels of Safety performance at the work
• The principal hazard is one that can cause multiple places.
fatalities, either in a single accident or in a series of 536. New miner training for safety is a part of
occurring accident induction training which consists of
532. Safety week in observed in a mine for (a) Giving an idea about work environment &
(a) Promoting the safety awareness site-specific hazards
(b) Inspection purpose (b) Machine fleet stntistics & trouble shooting
(c) Knowing violations (c) Wages and bonus
(d) Checking the behaviors of a worker (d) Deployment as helper
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (a) : Safety week is observed in a mine for Ans. (a) : New miner training for safety is a part of
promoting the safety awareness. induction training which consist of.
• The Mines safety week is celebrated by all mines • Promote a safe working environment for all
operating in India under the aegis of Directorate employees.
General of Mines Safety (DGMS) Ministry of Labour • Help employees understand the values and behavior
and Employment and Government of India. of the workplace culture.
• The reason behind celebrating mine safety week is • Proper training on first aid and emergency protocols.
that the message of safety and occupational health in • Proper equipment handling.
workplace and inculcate safe mining practice amongst • Workers know their work responsibilities and
mine workers. limitations.
• The annual mine safety week was celebrated in April • Site specific hazards.
7 to 16 April 2022 a high level team would visit the coal
• Drive improvement in productivity and quality of
mines and the team will inspect the safety standards.
work.
533. Continuous exposure to the hazard is
537. Which of the following is not a safety feature of
(a) Working without break for entire shift at Belt conveyors?
workplace
(a) Limit switch (b) Pullchord Switch
(b) Visiting work places many times
(c) Hold back (d) Vulcanizing device
(c) Leaving the work place early after completion
of job Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(d) Inspection of workplaces when the problem Ans. (d) : Expect option (d), all the option is following
occurs the feature of Belt conveyors.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 • The main hazards related to belt conveyors are
Ans. (a) : Continuous exposure to the hazards is mechanical.
working without break for entire shift at workplace. • Other hazards are produced by non-compliance with
ergonomic principles when workers operate near the
534. Planning for safety includes
conveyor failure or malfunction of safety related control
(a) Establishing the policy and setting goals
@

system. electrical hazards and thermal phenomena.

(b) Encouraging leadership
• The main mechanical hazards are related to :
ap

(c) Giving gifts to workers

• Limit switch and pull chord switch.
(d) Appointment of competent persons
• Hold Back.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
na

Mining Method 341 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
538. Monitoring safety and health of mine worker is • Their greater liability to accidents has been called
a safety management function, comes under ''accident proneness'', which ''may be regarded as a
(a) Controlling for the Safety combination of human abilities which make a person
(b) Motivation for the Safety highly proficient in bringing about accidents.
(c) Assignment of responsibility
542. Accident is
(d) Preparation of emergency plan
(a) Unplanned and undesirable event
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(b) Controllable incidence
Ans. (a) : Monitoring safety and health of mine workers
is a safety a management function comes under (c) Expected mishaps
controlling for the safety. (d) Only destructive event
• It should be a line - management responsibility to Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
monitor safety and health performance against Ans. (a) : An accident is an unplanned or undesirable
predetermined place and standards. event that brings loss or injury.
• Monitoring reinforces management's commitment to • Accidents are primarily a result of an unsafe act and
safety and health objective in genera and helps to
develop a positive safety and health culture by or an unsafe condition.
regarding positive work done to control risk. • An unsafe act is an element of unsatisfactory behavior
539. More number of near misses during the work prior to the event which plays a significant role in the
may trap the worker in accident.
(a) Abandoned section of a mine • Accident investigation can be another too used to
(b) An accident prevent future accidents. It is used to determine the
(c) Promotion in the job causes of accidents.
(d) Debris 543. Which of the following statement is more
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 relevant related to fire fighting?
Ans. (b) : More number of near misses during the work (a) Foam extinguisher when directed against a
may trap the worker in an accident. fire, the foam spreads over the entire fire area
• Accidentally tripping or slipping may not seen like the covering or blanketing it, thus cutting oxygen
cause of a serious injury at first, but the Ministry of supply.
Labor's workplace safety and Health Report states that
(b) Wet foam layer produces a cooling effect to
slips, trips and falls are one of the top those workplace
significant injury causes. Alongside machinery extinguish the fire.
accidents and falls from heights (c) Foam extinguisher when directed against a
• That is why it is important to have a proper reporting fire, the foam spreads over the entire fire area
system to record, address near-miss incidents, and covering or blanketing it, thus cutting oxygen
prevent workplace accident. supply; and wet foam layer produces a
540. Provision of safety management plan is made cooling effect to extinguish the fire.
in the CMR 2017 at regulation ... (d) Foam extinguisher is generally recommended
(a) No. 105 (b) No. 110 for fighting electrical fire.
(c) No. 104 (d) No. 100 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Ans. (c) : The most relevant statement about to fire
Ans. (c) : Provision of safety management plan is made fighting is option (c)
in the CMR 2017 at regulation No. 104.
• Foam extinguisher Cohen directed against a fire, the
• Safety management plan : foam spreads over the entire fire area covering or
• The owner, agent and manager of every mine, after blanketing it, thus cutting oxygen supply; and wet foam
consulting the safety committee of the mine and Internal layer produces a cooling effect to extinguish the fire.
safety Organization. Shall determine all measures
Necessary to– • It is the type of chemical foam.
• control the risk at source 544. In respect of every person killed or injured in
• Eliminated any recorded risk an accident, particulars shall be given to the
• minimise the risk and in so for as the risk remains. CIM in
541. Place in a mine susceptible to more accidents (a) Form-I (b) Form-IV A
than other is known as (c) Form-V (d) Form-IV B
(a) Dangerous area (b) Accident proneness Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(c) Person negligence (d) Meager possibility Ans. (d): In respect of every person killed or injured in
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 an accident, particulars shall be given to the CIM in
@

Ans. (b) : For more than quarter century there has been form - IVB.
• Form - IVB in case of total accident/a serious
ap

in the psychological literature a concept that same

individuals are more likely to have accident than the accident/a dangerous occurrence / a minor or reportable
people at large. accident turned serious or fatal accident.
na

Mining Method 342 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
545. Safety leadership is function of competent 548. The reciprocal of safety is
person in a mine which includes (a) Risk (b) Severity
(a) Giving safety instruction at the beginning of (c) Substitution (d) Control
shift
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(b) Assuming the workers are aware of safety
(c) Machine operators are trained and know their Ans. (a) : The reciprocal of safety is Risk.
job 549. PPE for miner includes
(d) Asking subordinate look for the work (a) Helmet and safety shoes
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 (b) Pen and diary
Ans. (a) : Management provides the leaders hip, vision, (c) Safety booklet
and health programme. (d) Hand plan of a mine
• Management leadership means that business owners Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
managers, and supervisors.
• Make worker safety and health a core organizational Ans. (a) : PPE is a type of mining safety equipment that
value. is designed to protect the wearer from potential hazards
• Are fully committed to eliminating hazards, protecting while Working in a mining environment.
workers, and continuously improving workplace safety • There is a wide variety of Personal protective
and health. equipment (PPE) that workers can use to stay sofa.
• Visible demostrate and communication their safety • List of PPE use for Mining.
and health commitment to works and others. • Mining Helmet
546. Magazine should be away from all building at • Mining Glovers
least _______ m?
(a) 50 (b) 75 • Mining protective clothing
(c) 95 (d) 120 • Mining Glasses
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 • Mining Earplug
Ans. (c) : Table of safety distance (in meters) for • Safety Harness
manufacturing factory, magazine of category ''ZZ". • Safety Shoes
Quantity To and To To To • Gas Mask
in between and Railwa Dwelli
• Mining Gumboots.
Kilogram magazine betw y road ng
's or een etc. House 550. Accidents are just don't happen but
magazine proc office, (a) They are caused
office etc. ess Factor (b) They are anticipated
buil ies (c) They occur as act of god
ding etc.
(d) They are due confidence of work
M UM
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
50 10 14 18 21 45
Ans. (a) : Accidents don't just happen but they are
150 13 19 24 40 45
caused.
300 16 24 30 45 68
• Accidents and unsafe enlivenments are avoidable-but
400 18 27 34 45 82 often created-by each individual.
500 19 29 37 48 95 • If one takes a proactive approach to making each
1000 24 36 56 74 148 situation as safe as possible, accidents will decrease.
547. Factor of safety for stability of benches • Bad habits, such as not wearing safety equipment or
depends on the following appropriate procedures can see environment
(a) Height of the bench (b) Slope angle
for potential accidents to thrive.
(c) Strength of the rock (d) All of the above
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 551. Minor injuries shall be recorded in Form -
Ans. (d) : Factor of safety for stability of benches (a) 'J' (b) 'K'
depends on the Height of the bench, slope angle and (c) 'Q' (d) 'R'
strength of the rock Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
• Stability analysis of slopes is a very important Ans. (b) : Mine user manual for Accident software
component in opencast mining operations. module
It involves larger production and high grade • Mine user will communicate with DG MS, through
mechanization. email process.
• Due to production of Hugh amount of materials there
@

• From 'K' → Return of Minor accidents to be filled

is a change in dimension of the pit i.e. depth, bench
height. quarterly.
ap

• The change in the dimensions generals difficulties • From 'J' → Return of Reportable accidents to be filled
related to stability. quarterly.
na

Mining Method 343 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
552. Cost of an accidents includes • Takes steps to removing various shortcomings as
(a) Direct and indirect cost to the employee and mentioned above and to qualitatively improving the
employer required skills for SMP formation.
(b) Loss in production revenue only • Introduce appropriate digital/IT Mechanisms for SMP
(c) Reduction of profit implementation.
(d) Charges of additional royalty • Monitor the progress made in implementation of SMP
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 in mines on a measurable scale in appropriate internal
Ans. (a): Every accident brings with it losses in the forums including the meetings of the Board of Directors
form of sacrifice of human life, loss of materials or of the company.
equipment, injuries to workers etc. 555. The decking difficulties in a Koepe winder are
• In turn, accidents increase the cost of construction and overcome by providing.
decrease the margin of profit to contractors. (a) keps (b) hinged platform
There are two main categories of cost of accidents. (c) rope guide (d) flexible guide
• Direct cost Tangible– The cost, which can be easily APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
ascertained or evaluated, and covered by worker Ans. (b) : Non-destructive inspection of keeps winder
compensation. ropes plays an important role in the prediction of abrupt
• Indirect cost of Intangible– The cost which connot failure.
be easily Evaluated. • The extents and types of degradation can be detected
553. Identify from the following characteristics of using non-destructive testing instruments.
safety management system. Which belong to • Various instruments are used in the non-destructive
either: inspection of wire ropes to detect local flows.
(a) Rule based safety management system or • Steel wire ropes are magnetically saturated by strong
(b) Risk based safety management magnets located on the inspection device hoed.
(i) Reactive (ii) Proactive (iii) Focused in • The main purpose of non-destructive inspection of
human error (iv) Focused on system error keeps winder ropes is the ensure sustainable safety
(v) enforcement driven during operation, as well as to make a decision either to
(a) (a), i, ii, iii (b) iv, v (b) (a) ii, iv (b) i, ii, v discard the ropes in use from the installation or to
(c) i, ii, (b) iii, iv, v (d) (a) i, iii, v (b) ii, iv extend the service life of existing ropes.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 556. Safety fuse, detonating fuse, ordinary
Ans. (d) : Role based safety management system– detonators, delay detonators etc are classified
Hazards are identified as deficient conditions impacting as:
activities which can result in injury. Illness, or death to (a) Class 1 Explosives (b) Class 3 Explosives
people and system, equipment or property damages or (c) Class 5 Explosives (d) Class 6 Explosives
losses. APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
It is important to note that a hazard is any real or Ans. (a) : Safety fuse, detonating fuse, or dinary
potential condition, including typical hazardous detonators, delay detonators etc. are classified as class
conditions related to human error, reactive, see has time VI explosives .
pressured lack of knowledge. • Toxic substances are those which are liable either to
Risk based safety management. cause death or serious injury or to harm human heath if
the RBPS approach recognizes that a hazards and risks swallowed, inhaled or by skin contact.
in an operation or facility are not equal, consequently, • Infection substances are those which are known or can
apportioning resources in a manner that focuses effort be reasonably expected to contain pathogens.
on greater hazards and higher risks is appropriate. • Dangerous goads regulations define pathogens as
A risk-based approach reduces the potential to assigning microorganisms, such as bacteria, viruses, rickettsiae,
an undue amount of resources to managing lower-risk parasites and fungi or other agents which can cause
activities, thereby freeing up resources for risk that disease in humans or animals.
address higher risk activities.
557. In the context of gas testing using flame safety
554. As per Safety Management Plan provisions, the lamp, the correct statement is
elimination of any recorded risk is a duty of
(a) Each accumulation test has to be necessarily
(a) Manager (b) Safety Officer
followed by percentage test
(c) Safety Committee (d) Mining Sirdar
(b) Accumulation test is always done after
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
percentage test
Ans. (a) : • As per safety Management plan. Al owners, (c) Either percentage test or accumulation test
@

Agents and Mangers of coal and metalliferous mines are can be done first
requested to
(d) Percentage test is done only in the event of
ap

• Use the aforementioned guidelines to ensure the SMP

accumulation test giving negative result
is carried out meaningfully at the mines for overall
enhancement of safety in mines. Gate Mining Engineering-2020
na

Mining Method 344 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): In the context of gas testing using flame machinery or equipment to prevent overwinding, which
safety lamp, the correct statement is option (d). could lead to damage or accidents. It's designed to
In the context of gas testing using a flame safety lamp, release or datach in case of excessive winding to ensure
the percentage test is conducted only if the safety.
accumulation test yield a negative result. The narrowing rigid guide related to over winding
The percentage test helps determine the concentration safety at underground likely refers to a safety feature
of flammable gases in the air by measuring the designed to prevent overwinding of equipment or
percentage of gas present in the sample. machinery in underground settings.
This is an important safety measure to assess the 560. The functions of automatic contrivances in a
potential risk of explosion in hazardous environments winding system are to prevent
such as mines. (a) over-speeding and over-winding
558. 'Cross-measure borehole method' is used for (b) slow banking and load balancing
(a) Rock slope monitoring (c) over loading and load balancing
(b) Methane drainage (d) over-speeding and load balancing
(c) Connecting two drifts Gate Mining Engineering-2019
(d) Subsidence monitoring Ans. (a) : Automatic contrivances- Its function is to
Gate Mining Engineering-2020 prevent over winding, over speeding and to ensure
slow banking. It is a safety device.
Ans. (b) : The cross-measure borehole technique has
• In this safety device, the winding drum is connected
been shown by the Bureau of mines to be an effective
to two level gears, one level gear consist a stem which
method of controlling methane liberated by fracturing
consist of two governors pivoted at the top and
the roof strata in longwall gobs where overburden is connected with the sleeve. The sleeve carrier a long
less then floating lever, which consist a roller ball at the cam
The degassing method with cross-measure boreholes in wheel side.
the longwall mining method.
561. From a coal seam of a mine 1000 tonnes of coal
Determining the appropriate values of different
is produced per day. The seam has
parameters of methane drainage boreholes is necessary
inflammable gas emission rate of 14000 m3 per
to increase efficiency.
day. Percentage of inflammable gas in general
These parameters include the distance between the body of air is 0.14. The gassiness of the seam is
degassing stations, the angle of the drainage boreholes (a) Degree IV (b) Degree III
to the horizontal, the angle to the longitudinal axis of
(c) Degree II (d) Degree I
the upper corridor, and the length of the drainage
boreholes. Gate Mining Engineering-2018
Ans. (b) : We know that,
559. Match the following arrangements for a
surface-to underground shaft hoist with their Percentage of inflammable
corresponding safety functions. gas in general body of air is 0.14 > 0.1
and,
Hoisting safety Safety function
Rate of emission of gas (m3/tonne) of coal
arrangement
14000
P Detaching hook 1 Over-winding output = = 14m3/tone
safety on surface 1000
Q Narrowing rigid 2 Resting cages m3
guides 14 > 10m3 / tonne
tonne
R Keps 3 Over-winding So, both condition indicates the mine is degree III
safety at mine.
underground 562. The significance of 'potentially explosive
(a) P - 1, Q - 2, R - 3 mixture' in Coward flammability diagram is–
(b) P - 3, Q - 1, R - 2 (a) leakage of fresh air may lead to explosive
(c) P - 2, Q - 3, R - 1 condition for the mixture
(d) P - 1, Q - 3, R - 2 (b) leakage of firedamp may lead to explosive
Gate Mining Engineering-2020 condition for the mixture
Ans. (d) : (c) increase in the ambient temperature may lead
to explosive condition for the mixture
P– Detaching hook Over-winding safety on
surface (d) introduction of a source of ignition may result
in explosion of the mixture
Q–Narrowing rigid Over-winding safety at
@

Gate Mining Engineering-2018

guide underground
Ans. (a) : Coward flammability diagram is a
R–Keps Resting cages
ap

graphically representation. It shows the relationship

The detaching hook related to over winding safety on between the quantitative composition and the
the surface is likely a component of a safety system in flammability of mixtures of methane and air.
na

Mining Method 345 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Three doors are often used as main separation doors
near the shaft, such doors are provided in corrections
between main intake and main return airways normally
two doors used as airlock so that one is always closed
when the other is open.
• Doors should open on one side, i.e. the high pressure
side. They should be so installed that they nay close
automatically in left open.
• To make the doors teak proof the doors should aver-
• In the coward flammability diagram, a potentially lapped the frame and provided with GASKET lining
explosive mixture is one that falls within the upper canvas or Rubber stripes.
flammable region (UFR) of the diagram. This means • So, option (c) is wrong statement. about Pit bottom air
that mixture is capable of igniting and sustaining a lock.
flame under certain temperature and pressure 565. Radial stress on the excavation boundary of a
conditions. circular tunnel is
• If a potentially explosive mixture is present in a (a) always zero
confined space and fresh air leaks into that space, it (b) always positive
may lead to an explosive condition. This is because the (c) always negative
fresh air can change the composition of mixture, (d) positive in some area and negative in some
moving it towards the flammable region of the diagram area
and increasing ignition. Gate Mining Engineering- 2007
563. Exposure of weak roof in junctions of a Ans. (a) : Radial stress in a circular Tunnel is
development district in a coal mine can be
p   a2   4a 2 3a 4  
decreased by σ t = (1 + k ) 1 − 2  – (1 − k ) 1 – 2 + 4  cos 2θ
(a) increasing dimension of panel barrier 2   r   r r  
(b) stitching side walls At.
(c) increasing support density at junctions Boundary a = r
(d) staggering the junctions So, σr = 0
Gate Mining Engineering-2018 566. During over-winding, a cage is safely
Ans. (d) : When developing a new area or district in a suspended in the headgear due to
coal mines, it is important to minimize the risk of roof (a) Bull chain (b) Rope capel
collapse in order to ensure the safety of the miners. (c) D-link (d) Detaching hook
• If we reduces the risk of roof collapse in junctions of Gate Mining Engineering-2008
a development district is to stagger the junctions. The Ans. (d) : Detaching hook : The detaching hook is a
means that instead of having the junctions all in a safety device attached to the mine cages suspension
straight line. They are offset from each other, which system. It is designed to automatically release rope or
reduces the stress on any one point and decreasing the detach the cage from the hoisting rope if an over
likelihood of roof collapse. winding situation occurs. When the cage reaches a
• Therefore, exposure of weak roof in junctions of a predetermined height or encounters excessive force due
to over-winding, the detaching hook activates.
development district in a coal mine can be decreased
by staggering the junctions. 567. Determine the correctness or otherwise of the
following Assertion (a) and the Reason (r)
564. Identify the WRONG statement. Pit bottom air Assertion : Both intake and return side
lock stoppings must be closed simultaneously in the
(a) prevents the short circuiting of air when the event sealing off a coal mine panel with
flow is reversed in coal mines explosion hazard following a fire.
(b) has at least three doors Reason : By continuously ventilating the area
(c) has at least one door that has provision for till simultaneous closure of the stoppings, the
latching possibility of an explosion hazard due to gas
(d) all doors are in principle designed to open build-up is avoided.
towards high pressure side of the air (a) [a] is true but [r] is false
(b) Both [a] and [r] are true and [r] is the correct
Gate Mining Engineering-2016 reason for [a]
Ans. (a) : Pit bottom air lock. prevents the short (c) Both [a] and [r] are true and [r] is not the
circuiting of air when the flow is reversed in cool mine. correct reason for [a]
@

• At pit top the ventilation doors are used in fan drift (d) Both [a] and [r] are false
and motor drive house. Gate Mining Engineering-2010
ap

• The doors of course should open against the direction Ans. (c) : Both [a] and [r] are true and [r] is not the
of air so that the air pressure normally keeps it closed. correct reason for [a].
na

Mining Method 346 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
568. The type of fire extinguisher that must NOT be cylindrical fabric bags to trap and remove airborne dust
used in case of fire in an electric substation and other particulates.
located in an underground metal mine is Scrubbers - It used as air pollution control devices in
(a) multi-purpose dry chemical extinguisher manufacturing and processing facilities, industrial air
(b) CO2 snow extinguisher scrubbers employ a physical process. It removes
(c) dry chemical powder extinguisher particulates and gases from the industrial emissions
(d) foam extinguisher before they are released into the atmosphere.
Gate Mining Engineering-2011 • Some other equipment also used to control of air
Ans. (d) : Foam extinguisher must not be used in case pollution such as-
of fire in an electric substation located in an under i. Mist collectors
ground mines. ii. Electrostatic precipitators
Foam extinguisher- In this extinguisher the foam iii. Catalytic Reactors
produced during its operation forms a blanket on the iv. Incinerators
flame and smothers the fire by stopping access of air. v. Biofilters
Foam fire extinguishers were designed for use on vi. Air filters
class A and class B fires. It means these can be 571. For better safety, the optimum gradient of a
used for wood, paper and fabric fires. Its are also haul road is
safe for use of flammable liquid fires. They (a) 1 degree to 3 degree
cannot be used on electrical fires or flammable (b) 15 degree to 9 degree
metal fires because the water content in the foam (c) 5 degree to 9 degree
can conduct electricity posing a risk of electric
(d) 15 degree to 20 degree
shock to the user.
BCCL Junior Overman-2017
569. Bypass valve in a compressed oxygen type self-
contained breathing apparatus is meant to Ans. (c) : Haul Road–Haul road is a term for roads
designed for heavy or bulk transfer of materials by haul
(a) release accumulated nitrogen in the breathing
trucks in mining industry. It is also used for freight only
bag
roads in other contexts.
(b) release excess pressure in the breathing bag
The appropriate slope limit for haul road is 8% to 11%
(c) supply oxygen directly to wearer in case
[approximately 5o to 9o] and should be determined by
pressure reducing valve does not function
considering the performance & efficiency of truck used
(d) flush out the apparatus with oxygen on
in mine.
opening the cylinder valve.
Gate Mining Engineering-2014 572. Which one of the following composition of
methane in air is most explosive in nature?
Ans. (c) : Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)-
(a) 8.5% by volume
It is a device worn to provide breathable air in
environments with oxygen deficiency, smoke, (b) 9.5% by volume
dangerous gases and other airborne contaminants that (c) 10.5% by volume
may be otherwise dangerous to breathe. (d) 11.5% by volume
• An SCBA typically consist of a facemask with a hose BCCL Junior Overman-2017
that connects to an air source worn by the user. The air Ans. (b) : While any methane concentration within the
source can be a tank of compressed air, compressed flammability range has the potential to explode in
oxygen or an oxygen generating chemical. presence of an ignition source, a methane concentration
• The function of the by pass value on the SCBA is the of 9.5% in air can produce the most damaging
went of a malfunction in the equipment, the value can explosion.
be operated manually to give the we wearer air.
∴ 9.5% by volume is that composition of methane in air
570. Cyclone, bag filter and scrubber can be used which is most explosive in nature.
for control of
(a) water pollution (b) air pollution 573. Which of the following statements is/are true?
(c) soil pollution (d) noise pollution I. Parking brake is to be used when the dumper
Gate Mining Engineering-2014 is in motion
Ans. (b) : Cyclone, bag filter and scrubber can be used II. Parking brake is to be tested with dumper is
for control of air pollution. in full load
Cyclones - It also referred to as cyclone dust collators III. Parking brake is to be tested with dumper is
are air pollution control devices which similarly to air in empty position
filters, separate dry particulate matter from gaseous IV. Parking brake is to be tested at maximum
@

emission. Cyclone utilizes centrifugal force to collect gradient, permitted for at least 10 minutes
and remove particulates. (a) IV only (b) II only
ap

Fabric filters - It also referred to as bag houses are a (c) II, IV (d) III only
category of air filters which typically employ BCCL Junior Overman-2017
na

Mining Method 347 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): (I) Parking Brake–Parking Brake, also Ans. (c) : (I) Degree I gassy coal mine – Rate of
known as a handbrake or emergency brake, is a emission of methane is less than 1m3/t with less than
mechanism used to keep vehicle securely motionless 0.1% of inflammable gas in general body air.
when parked. Parking brakes often consist of a cable (II) Degree II gassy mine has 1-10m3/t methane
connected to two wheel brakes, which is then connected emission rate & percentage of inflammable gas in
to a pulling mechanism, general body air is less than 1%.
(II) Parking brake is to be tested with dumper is in full ∴ Rate of gas emission in degree II gassy seam is more
load. than 1m3 but less than 10m3.
(II) Parking brake is to be tested at maximum gradient,
permitted for at least 10 minutes. 578. The minimum size of barrier in between two
panels is
574. The camp lamp used by the miners is
(a) Equal to width of gallery size
(a) Intrinsically safe
(b) Equal to dimension of panel
(b) Flame proof
(c) Neither intrinsically safe nor flame proof (c) Equal to pillar size
(d) Capable to produce spark (d) Equal to face dimension
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 BCCL Junior Overman-2017
Ans. (b) : (1) Cap lamp is an essential piece of Ans. (c) : (I) Main purpose of applying active barrier
equipment that has to be carried by every person system in mines is a suppress methane explosion,
working in an underground mining environment. It is a prevent methane explosion escalating into coal dust
light source powered by a battery carried on miner's belt explosion & to suppress coal dust explosions & prevent
with a cable connecting to a headpiece. the explosions from propagating.
(2) The cap lamp used by miners is flame proof. (II) Minimum size of Barrier in between 2 panels is
(3) Krypton is the inert gas which is used in miners cap equal to pillar size.
lamp. 579. Up to what distance from freshly exposed roof
575. The purpose of wire gauge in flame safety lamp is maximum supports are required
is (a) 15 m (b) 20 m
(a) To disperse the combustion gases uniformly (c) 10 m (d) 25 m
(b) To prevent the passage of CH4 from outside BCCL Junior Overman-2017
to the inside of the lamp
Ans. (c) : Upto 10m of distance from freshly exposed
(c) To prevent the passage of flame from inside roof is maximum supports are required.
to the outside of the lamp
(d) For proper circulation of air current 580. Which of the following support should be used
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 for freshly exposed roof area of development
working?
Ans. (c) : (I) Safety lamps–A safety lamp is any of
several types of lamp that provides illumination in cool (a) Square set chock
mines and is designed to operate in air that may contain (b) Timber prop
coal dust or gases, both of which are potentially (c) Triangular chock
flammable or explosive. (d) Full column grouted roof bolts
(II) Purpose of wire gauge in flame safety lamp is to BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
prevent the passage of flame from inside to outside of
lamp. Ans.(d): Full column grouted roof bolts are used for
freshly exposed roof area of development working.
576. Fire damp is largely made up of
(a) CO2 (b) CH4 Roof bolts - Roof bolts is a type of steel support which
(c) N2 (d) CO is fixed in a hole by drilling vertical in the roof and it
grip the strata and support the immediate roof and the
BCCL Junior Overman-2017
hole process is called roof bolting.
Ans. (b) : Fire damp–(I) Fire damp is any flammable
gas found in coal mines, typically coalbed methane. 581. When stemming is insufficient, then there is a
chance of
(II) It is particularly found in areas where coal is
bituminous. (a) Excessive Vibration
(III) The gas accumulates in pockets in coal & adjacent (b) Over breakage of coal
strata & when they are penetrated the release can trigger (c) High provider factor
explosions. (d) Blown out shots
(IV) Fire damp is largely made up of CH4. BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
577. In degree II gassy seam the rate of gas emission is Ans.(d): A shot is something that dissipates the
(a) Less than 1 cu. m/ton of coal produced explosive force by blowing out the stemming instead of
@

(b) More than 1cu.m but less than 5cu.m breaking down the coal.
(c) More than 1 cu.m but less than 10cu.m • It may be caused by insufficient stemming, overcharging
ap

(d) More than 10 cu.m with explosive or a burden that is too much for the charge
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 to dislodge.
na

Mining Method 348 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
582. Which gas is synonymous with white damp 586. Which one of the following composition of
(a) N2 (b) CO methane in air is most explosive in nature?
(c) CH4 (d) H2S (a) 7.5% by volume (b) 9.5% by volume
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 (c) 11.5% by volume (d) 13.5% by volume
Ans.(b):A dangerous mine atmosphere is one that is BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
toxic or explosive and there are several damps that Ans.(b): While any methane concentration with in the
create this kind of atmosphere. They are: flammability range has the potential to explode in the
(i) Fire damp – Methane Gas (CH4) presence of an ignition source, a methane concentration of
(ii) Black damp – Carbon dioxide (CO2) 9.5% in air can produce the most damaging explosion.
(iii) White damp – Carbon Monoxide (CO) 587. Which of the following attachment is used
(iv) Stink damp – Hydrogen sulfide (CO) behind the set of ascending tubs
• White damp and After damp–Carbon monoxide (a) Safety catches (b) Back stay
(CO)–White damp is a mixture of poisonous gases (c) Stop block (d) Drop war wick
found in coal mines and is predominantly made up of BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
carbon monoxide. It is colorless, odorless and
tasteless making it very hard for a human to detect. It Ans.(b): Back stay–These are used behind an
is commonly referred as a ‘‘Silent Killer’’. ascending set of tubs as a safe guard against a broken
583. Flame safety lamp is used for testing of rope or coupling. It is very strong and made up of steel
of rail section. If the tub coupling or rope breaks, the
(a) CO2 (b) CH4
ascending tub starts moving backward at the pointed
(c) CO (d) H2S
end of the drag and it gets fixed in the ground or sleeper
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 to derail of the tubs. It is used in direct rope haulage.
Ans.(b): Flame safety lamp–It is a safety device which
is used in underground mine and during their uses there 588. Body checker is the person who checks the
is no danger of fire lamp explosion is known as flame person
safety lamp. (a) Going into the mine
• Flame safety lamp is a device which is used to (b) Working in the district
detect and estimate the percentage of methane gas. (c) Working in the haulage room
584. Reserve station is used for (d) Going in the Cap Lamp room
(a) Taking shelter BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
(b) Taking care of container of explosive Ans.(a): Body checker is the person who checks the
(c) Taking rest person when person is going into the mine.
(d) First aid 589. Proxmiy warning device is to be fitted
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 ______as an additional safety features.
Ans.(b): Reserve station–Taking care of container of (a) Excavators
explosive, detonator case and container be kept in the (b) Water tanks
underground part of the mine. Mine manager will (c) Drilling of equipment
determine the location of reserve station in the (d) Dumper/Tippers
underground part.
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
585. Which of the following explosive have maximum
strength Ans. (d) : Proximity sensors are safety devices used in
(a) ANFO (b) TNT dumper’s /tippers to protect from the collision They are
(c) RDX (d) Nitroglycerine able to detect the presence of nearby objects without
any physical contacts through the help of
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
electromagnetic radiations.
Ans.(d): Nitroglycerine–It is highly sensitive to shock,
friction and heat. It is powerful explosive with the 590. Which of the following features should be
detonation velocity of 7800 m/sec and explosion shown in water danger plan?
temperature of 3150°C. (a) River, Stream, Water Course, Reservoir
(b) Surface contour lines, dykes, Faults sorters
• Trinitrotoluene (TNT)–TNT is commonly used is geology
conjunction with another oxygen positive explosive
like NH4NO3. Most of the high explosives can be (c) Highest flood level of the area
blasted with the help of detonators and are said to be (d) All of above
cap-sensitive. This is an explosive with negative NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
oxygen balance and hence needs additional oxygen Ans. (d) : Water danger plan and section need to show-
supply for complete combustion. That is why it is not (i) underground working, borehole and shaft.
as powerful as nitroglycerine. excavation and air passage.
@

• ANFO (Ammonium nitrate fuel oil)–This formed (ii) Every reservoir, stream, water course, river
by mixing ammonium nitrate with a fuel oil in
(iii) Surface contour lines, dykes, faults sorters
ap

stoichiometric (oxygen balanced) proportions. The

steady velocity of detonation of ANFO explosive is geology.
3000 m/sec. (iv) Highest flood level of the area.
na

Mining Method 349 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
591. Which of the following is true regarding the Ans. (c): Size of particle is the most important
workers participation in safety management. parameter of dust that governs its physiological effect.
(a) Safety Committee Most authors agreed that the maximum tissue damage is
(b) Bipartite Committee caused by dust of about one micrometer size and it
(c) Tripartite Committee decreases with particles of both higher and lower sizes.
(d) All of the above Tissue damage is negligible for particles above two to
three micrometer size. In practice all dust below five
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 micrometer size is usually considered to be dangerous.
Ans. (d) : Workers participation in safety management 596. Safety features in a Dumper is
is a process by which subordinate employees’ either (a) Rear View Mirror (b) Proximity sensor
individually or collectively become involved in safety
(c) AVA (d) All of the above
management for the organization.
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
There are different committee for safety management
work. Ans. (d) : Safety features of dumpers are
(i) Safety committee (i) Canopy : to protect operators cabin
(ii) Bipartite committee (ii) Mechanical steering lock
(iii) Proximity sensor
(iii) Tripartite committee
(iv) AVA (Autonomous vehicle Assistant)
592. Which of the following are not the safety (v) Rear view mirror
feature of Belt conveyer?
(a) Limit switch (b) Pull chord 597. Which of the following protects us from dust
(a) Ear muff (b) Goggle
(c) Hold back (d) Vul canizing
(c) Mask (d) All of the above
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
Ans. (d) : Safety devices are installed on belt conveyors
Ans. (c) : Mask are the protecting gadget which
for enhancing safety features. prevents us from the dust.
(i) Pull Cord switch Google presents us from the burrs, debris etc.
- Installed on one or both sides of the entire belt Earmuff protects us from the sound noise coming from
Conveyer and is connected with a rope on the entire belt explosions machineries etc.
conveyor.
598. Which of the Fire Extinguisher can be used for
(ii) Misalignment switch Electrical fires?
(iii) Limit switch (a) Water type (b) Foam type
(iv) Chute Block Switch (c) CO2 type (d) Automatic
(v) Hold Back Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
593. The Cap lamp used by the miner is Ans. (c) : The fire Extinguisher can be used for
(a) Intrinsically safe Electrical fires CO2 type.
(b) Flame proof CO2 fire extinguishers are mainly aimed at electrical
(c) None of a & b fires but are also suitable for class B liquid fires and are
(d) Capable to produce spark used in different ways depending on the type of fire
they are being used on. Do not use CO2 extinguishers in
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 small rooms as CO2 gas is poisonous at only 4%
Ans. (a) : Cap lamp is a lighting device used by miners concentration and can kill just 8%.
to prevent them from the danger from the explosion of 599. What percentage of (CO formed/O2 absorbed)
flammable gas or dust. ratio indicates existence of heating?
It is intrinsically safe to use. (a) 3% (b) 2%
594. Explosive is stored at (c) 0.5% (d) 1%
(a) Room (b) Bunker Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
(c) Godown (d) Magazene Ans. (d) : CO/O2 deficiency - 0.1% to 0.5% is normal
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 to a coal mine.
Ans. (d) : High explosives, such as blasting caps, • 1% indicates existence of spontaneous heating.
detonating cord, dynamite, shaped charges, boosters, etc 600. Black damp contains varying portion of:
must be stored in: (a) CO2 + CH4 (b) CO2 + CO
Type-1 Permanent magazines (c) CO2 + H2 (d) CO2 + N2
Type-2 Mobile and portable indoor/outdoor magazines Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
Type-3 Magazine for attended storage. Ans. (d) : Black damp contains varying portion of CO2
+ N2
595. The most important parameter of a dust that
@

Black damp – Black damp is the mining term for the

governs its physiological effect is
suffocating mixture of carbon dioxide and other
(a) Colour of dust (b) Speed of dust
ap

unbreathable gases that can build-up in mines causing

(c) Size of dust (d) Smell of dust poisoning, asphyxiation, and ultimately death if left
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 untreated.
na

Mining Method 350 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Blackdamp is a heavy, suffocating mixture of nitrogen based least-cost path analysis, and the resulting zigzag
and carbon dioxide which may accumulate in road sections were simplified by applying the Douglas-
abandoned mine workings. Peucker algorithm. In addition, the road layout was
601. When the thickness of immediate roof is more modified by reflecting the radius of curvature suggested
than ‘X’ m then it becomes stronger and in the road guides.
behaves like a main roof., ‘X’ is given by: 606. Black damp is defined as:
(a) 4m (b) 2m (a) Amount of CO2 and N2 present in excess of
(c) 1m (d) 6m the percentage over that which is normally
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 present in atmospheric air.
(b) Amount of CO2 and CH4 present in excess of
Ans. (d) : The thickness of immediate roof is more than
the percentage over that which is normally
'X' m then it becomes stronger and behaves like a main
present in atmospheric air.
roof. 'X' is given by 6 m.
(c) Total amount of CO2 and N2 present in mine
602. What should be the range of methane air air.
mixture to make it an explosive? (d) Total amount of CO2 and CH4 present in mine
(a) 10 – 18 (b) 4.2 – 8.4 air.
(c) 5.4 – 14.8 (d) 7.4 – 16.6 CIL MT Mining-2017
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 Ans. (a) : Black damp is defined as amount of CO2 and
Ans. (c) : The range of methane air mixture to make it N2 present in excess of the percentage over that which is
an explosive 5.4 – 14.8. normally present in atmospheric air.
Methane (CH4) is the principle combustible gas found Black damp- Black damp is an atmosphere in which a
in coal mines what is the explosive range of methane – flame a lamp will not burn, usually because of an excess
air mixtures 5 to 15 percent of methane in air is of carbon dioxide (Co2) and nitrogen in the air. Stink
explosive. damp is the name given by air. Stinkdamp is the name
603. The first-aid room shall be in charge of given by miners to hydrogen sulfide (H2S) because of
qualified medical practioner, where the its characteristic smell of rotten.
number of persons employed in a mine is more 607. Mine safety laws in India require that mine air
than ________ . should contain minimum of ______ oxygen.
(a) 1200 (b) 1250 (a) 19% (b) 35%
(c) 1500 (d) 1000 (c) 45% (d) 50%
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
Ans. (d) : The first-aid room shall be incharge of a Ans. (a) : Mining safety laws in the India require that
qualified medical practioner, where the number of mine air should contain minimum of 19% oxygen.
persons ordinarily employed in a mine is more than At every place in the mine where persons are required
1000, such medical practioner shall be a whole time to work or pass, the air should not contain less than 19%
employee at the mine. of oxygen or more the 0.5 of carbon dioxide or any
604. The rock bolts used for reducing the curing noxious gas in quantity likely to effect the health of any
time and for increasing safety are: person.
(a) Expansion shell bolt 608. Examination of haulage and travelling
(b) Resin bolts roadways shall be done:
(c) Grouted bolts (a) Once in a month
(d) Slot & wedge bolts (b) Twice in a week
CIL MT Mining-2017 (c) Once in a week
Ans. (b) : The rock bolts used for reducing the curing (d) Once in every fortnight
time and for increasing safety are resin bolts.
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
605. In order to get better safety, the optimum
gradient of haul road is: Ans. (c) : Coal Haulage, the transport of mined coal
(a) 1 in 16 (b) 1 in 8 from working faces to the surface, is major factor in
underground mine-efficiency. It shall be duty of
(c) 1 in 5 (d) 1 in 6
overman or other competent person to examine
CIL MT Mining-2017
carefully, once at least in every 7 days, the state of all
Ans. (a) : In order to get safety the optimum gradient of haulage travelling roads & roadways.
haul road is in 16.
The design of a haul road for an open-pit mine can 609. What does SMP means?
(a) Safe Man Power
@

significantly affect the cast associated with hauling are

and waste to the surface. The study proposes a new (b) Safe Machine Movement
(c) Safety Management Plan
ap

method for haul road design in open-pit mines to

support efficient truck haulage operations the road (d) Safety Manual Planning
layout in open-pit mines was optimized by using raster- NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
na

Mining Method 351 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): (i) SMP must ensure all risk are identified and 614. Injury to sight or hearing is what type of
critical risks are controlled to ensure long-term health injury?
and safety. (a) Minor (b) Reportable
(ii) SMP should set the culture, framework and actions (c) Major (d) Serious bodily
necessary to ensure that mining operations are NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
carried out safety.
SMP = Safety management plans is a working Ans.(d): (i) Minor Injury–Minor injury means a wound
document, which outlines all of the actions to be carried or other specific damage to body such as, but not limited
out to ensure safety & health at work place. to, abrasion, splinters, bites that do not break the sink, and
610. Winding engine and its condition of internal bruises.
parts shall be examined by a competent person (ii) Reportable Injury–Injury that prevents a person
at least: from returning to his or her duties as they were
(a) Once in every day (b) Once in thirty days being performed at time of accident.
(c) Once in sixty days (d) Once in a year (iii) Major Injury–Major personal injury claims include
accidents that resulted in permanent injury,
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
dismemberment, loss of bodily function or even
Ans.(d): Examination of winding equipment– death.
1. Brake of winding engine – Once at least in ⇒ Injury to sight or hearing is serious bodily type of
every 24 hours. Injury.
2. Each winding rope and – Once at least in
615. Examination of all equipment, material and
external part of winding every 7 days.
arrangements provide for firefighting shall be
engine.
done:
3. Winding engine and condition – Once at least in
(a) once in every month
of internal parts every 12 months.
(b) once in every seven days
611. Inflammable gas shall deemed to be found by (c) once in three months
methane detector as 0.5% or more for mine
having: (d) None of the above
(a) Degree two gassy seams NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
(b) Degree three gassy seams Ans.(a): Firefighting–(i) Action or process of
(c) Degree one gassy seams extinguishing fire.
(d) All of the above (ii) Occupation of attempting to control and
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 extinguishes fire.
Ans. (a) : Precaution against inflammable & noxious (iii) Primary purpose of firefighters is to help ensure the
gas- safety of livings and that means saving people lives
(i) by a methane detector to be 0.1 percent or more in by preventing and extinguishing fire.
case of mine having degree one gassy seams. ⇒ Once in every month, examination of all equipment,
(ii) by a methane detector to be 0.5 percent or more in material & arrangement provided for firefighting shall
case of mine having degree two seams. be done.
612. All unused workings which has not been sealed 616. Enforced absence of injured person resulting
off shall be inspected for presence of injury other than serious bodily injury from
inflammable or noxious gases by a competent work for a period of 72 hours or more comes
person once at least in how many days?
(a) 10 days (b) 14 days under:
(c) 30 days (d) None of the above (a) Minor injury
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 (b) Serious bodily injury
Ans. (d) : All unused working which have not been (c) Reportable injury
sealed off, shall, once at least in every 7 days be (d) None of the above
inspected by a competent person making the report and NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
countersigned & dated by manager. Ans. (c) : Minor injury - It refers to non-severe
613. Floor space of First-Aid Room shall be: injuries with any instance of medical leave or light
(a) Less than 10 Square meters duties.
(b) More than 10 Square meters Serious Bodily Injury- It means an injury which
(c) Not more than 10 square meters involves or probability that involve the permanent loss
(d) Not Less than 10 square meters of use or injury to any limb, sight or hearing that
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 enforce absence of person from work for a period
Ans. (d) : First aid room–Also known as infirmary, is exceeding 20 days.
@

a room in an establishment to which someone who is

st Reportable Injury- Enforced absence of injured person
injured or taken ill on premises can be taken for 1 aid
resulting injury other than serious bodily injury from
ap

and to await the arrival of professional emergency

medical services. Floor space of 1st aid room will be not work for a period of 72 hours or more comes under
less than 10 square metres. reportable Injury.
na

Mining Method 352 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
617. Nystagmus is a Miner's disease associated with 621. Lemniscate bar is the component of
(a) Liver (b) Lung (a) Road header (b) Shield support
(c) Eye (d) Stomach (c) DERDS (d) AFC
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 APECET Mining Engineering-2017
Ans. (c) : Miner's nystagmus is an occupational Ans. (b): Lemniscates bar is the component of shield
neurosis which is confined to workers in coal mines.
support.
The chief symptom and physical sign is a rotatory
oscillation of the eyeballs. Which presents the miner Shield Support- A shield type support for use in
from accurately fixing anything's towards which his underground mining comprises a floor construction with
vision is directed. one or more pressure operated extensible and retractable
618. In a drum hoisting system through a vertical rams mounted on the floor and connected at their upper
shaft, over winding is prevented by end to a roof-member. The roof- member is articulated
(a) Lilly controller (b) detaching hook at one end to a breading shield which has an opposite
(c) caliper brake (d) safety catch end which has an opposite end which is supported by
Gate-2015 lemniscate guide rods.
Ans. (b) : Detaching hook– It is an arrangement which 622. Flame safety lamp can measure methane
provide instant safety against over winding of cage in percentage from
winding. The end of the winding rope is fastened to the (a) 0.1 – 5.0 (b) 0.1 – 4.0
drum of the winding engine, to be fitted with a safety (c) 0.1 – 10.0 (d) 1.25 – 4.0
detaching hook. The main purpose of a safety detaching
hook are to detach the winding rope from the KCET Mining Engineering-2017
conveyance in the event of an over wind and to support Ans. (d) : (i) Safety lamp, lighting device used in
the convince in the head gear after such an event. places, such as mines, in which there is danger from
"The main purposes of a detaching hook are to detach the explosion of flammable gas or dust.
the winding rope from the conveyance in the event of an (ii) Flame safety lamp is a type that used in
over wind and to support Conveyance in. underground coalmines and other hazardous gassy
619. For winding purpose locked coil rope is areas for the finest detection of methane gas, carbon-
preferred because it di-oxide, and deficiency of oxygen. It works on the
(a) Offers greater resistance principle of wire gauze.
(b) Has greater fill factor Uses of flame safety lamp–
(c) Permits high factor of safety • Sharp detection of methane gas.
(d) Cannot be spliced
• Detect the shortage of oxygen gas.
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
Ans. (c) : The winding purpose locked coil rope is • Detect the presence of carbon dioxide gas.
preferred because it permits high factor of safety. • Safety lamp is used for detecting or estimating of
The full Locked coil- firedamp by accumulation test & percentage test.
Full locked coil rope are a unique assembly of a classic • Below 1.5% methane the gas can be hardly
wire rope core consisting of multiple helically twisted indentified.
wire, with on top of that on the outside one or more • Flame safety lamp gives a good warning against
layers of profiled, z-shaped wire that interlock with oxygen deficiency in air
each other. This interlocking outer layer creates a dense
rope assembly, with high strength & stiffness, and an • The percentage test is carried out with a range of
aesthetically pleasing smooth outer surface. The cable 1.5% to 4% methane with an accuracy of 0.25%
voids on the inside are filled with our proprietary 623. For an electrical fire suitable fire extinguisher
AULONE blocking compound , which reduces the would be
impact of steel-steel contact, and adds a further barrier
against corrosion. (a) Foam type (b) Soda acid type
620. A component which plays most important role (c) Dry power type (d) None of the above
of safety in detaching hook is KCET Mining Engineering-2017
(a) Jaws (b) Centre pivot Ans. (c) : Dry power extinguishers– They can also be
(c) D-link pin (d) Copper pin used on fires involving electrical equipment however,
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 they do not cool the fire so it can re-ignite. Powder
Ans. (d) : A component which plays most important extinguishers can also create a loss of visibility and
role of safety in detaching hook is copper pin. may create breathing problems.
Detachment alone serves to protect the headgear and Foam extinguishers– They are most suited to
winder from damage but does not protect the cage and extinguishing liquid fires such as petrol or diesel and
@

its occupants. A further function of the detaching hook are more versatile than water jet extinguishers because
is therefore to latch the cage into the headgear and they can also be used on solid such as wood and paper.
ap

prevent it from falling back down the shaft. This is the Foam extinguishers cannot be used to extinguish an
primary safety function of the detaching hook. electrical fire.
na

Mining Method 353 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Soda acid extinguishers– Soda acid fire extinguisher 627. The rate at which detonation wave passes
is based on the principle of cooling of fire and through the column of explosive is known
increasing carbon dioxide. It throws a mixture of as________.
carbon dioxide and water on fire. Soda acid type (a) Velocity of detonation
extinguisher acts by cutting off supply of air. It acts on (b) Strength of explosive
all types of due to electrical and inflammable liquids. (c) density of explosive
624. The supply of electric power in a district shall (d) Stability of explosive
be cut off immediately, if the percentage of ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
inflammable gas exceeds by Ans. (a) : Explosive velocity, also know as detonation
(a) 1.10% (b) 1.25% velocity or velocity of detonation is the velocity at
(c) 1.00% (d) 1.05% which the shock wave front travels through a detonated
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 explosive.
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 Explosive velocities are always faster than the local
Ans. (b) : Sufficient Volume of air is required for proper speed of sound in the material.
ventilation. A bulk of electric power is required for Strength of explosive-
driving fans. The strength of potential, of an explosive is the total
By installing variable speed control air quantity can be work that can be performed by the gas resulting from its
optimized hence the power. explosion.
At every place in the mine where persons are required to Density of explosive-
work or pass, the air should not contain less than 19% of The density range of the most common mining
oxygen or more than 0.5% of carbon dioxide or any explosives is 0.9 kg/m3 to 1.3kg/m3.
noxious gas in quantity likely to affect the health of any 628. _________ type of explosive consists of flashing
person. mixture.
• The percentage of inflammable gas does not exceed (a) Plain detonator (b) Safety fuse
0.75% in the general body of the return air of any (c) Cardtex fuse (d) Electric detonator
ventilating district and 1.25% in any place in the mine. ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
• Therefore, the supply of electric power in a district Ans. (d) : Electronic detonators are modern, fully
shall be cut off immediately if the percentage of programmable and intelligent high strength detonators.
inflammable gas exceed by 1.25%. Electric detonator type of explosive consists of flashing
625. Minimum length of safety fuss at the firing end mixture.
shall not be less than Plain detonator-
(a) 1.2 Mt (b) 2.0 Mt A plain detonator or blasting cap is a small sensitive
(c) 1.8 Mt (d) 1.5 Mt primary explosive devices generally used to detonate a
larger, more powerful and less sensitive secondary
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 explosive.
Ans. (a) : Minimum length of safety fuss at the firing Safety fuse:-
end shall not be less than 1.2 Mt. A fuse is an electrical safety device that operates to
626. The technique involved in improving the provide over current protection or an electrical circuit.
concentration of mineral as per marketable Cardtex fuse-
demand is known as______________. A cartridge fuse is a cylinder shaped fuse with either
(a) Ore stocking (b) Ore beneficiation metal caps or blade contact points, at both ends. The
(c) Caving (d) Stowing contact points are connected by a fuse link a length of
material meant to melt, or O sacrifice itself in the event
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I of an over current event.
Ans. (b) : Beneficiation is any process which removes 629. ___________ is the modern surface mining
the gangue minerals from ore to produce a higher grade equipment that can effectively make undercut
product, and a waster stream. buy travelling over the same strata.
Beneficiation may involve physical or chemical (a) Dragline
processes, often, as in the case of planning for gold, the
(b) Surface continuous miner
desired ore or metal is denser than the gorge.
(c) Bucket wheel excavator
So the technical involved in improving the
concentration of mineral as per mark table demand is (d) Load haul dumper
know as ore beneficiation. ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
Caving– caving present participle of cave as in Ans. (b) : A surface continuous miner on the other
collapsing to fall down or in as a result of physical hand is a machine used specifically for coal mining. It is
@

pressure the well caved in when a tree fell on it. equipped with a rotating cutting drum that moves along
the seam, continuously. Cutting and gathering the coal
ap

Stowing– stowing is a method in which the goal is

completely packed with incombustible material like typically make undercuts while traveling over the same
sand or fly ash etc. strata.
na

Mining Method 354 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
630. The interval between any two consecutive ore Ans. (d): In case of below ground working, the manger
passes should not exceed ___________ meters. shall visit and examine the workings below ground on
(a) 150 (b) 200 at least 4 days in every week to see that safety aspects
(c) 125 (d) 135 ensured.
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I 636. While working within 30 meters to the
Ans. (a) : The interval between any two consecutive abandoned mine which is likely to contain
ore passes should not exceed 150 meters or 500 ft. Ore inflammable or noxious gasses, at least one
pass inclination should be maintained between 45º and bore hole not less than ––––––– meters in
90º while ore pass length should be in the range of 10 m advance of workings should be maintained.
to 300 m. (a) 3 (b) 2.5
631. The raise in percentage of volume of broken (c) 1.5 (d) 5
ore in shrinkage stopping is nearly _______. ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
(a) 5-10 (b) 45-65 Ans. (c) : While working within 30 meters to the
(c) 50-60 (d) 30-40 abandoned mine that may contain inflammable or
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I noxious gasses, at is recommended to maintain at least.
Ans. (d) : The raise in percentage of volume of broken One bore hole not less than 1.5 meters in advance of
ore in shrinkage stopping can vary depending on workings. This bore hole serves as a precautionary.
various factors such as the specific mining operation, Measure to monitor the air quality and detect the
geological conditions, and mining method employed. presence of any hazardous gases in the mine. Is allows
However, based on common industry practices and for early detection and implementation of safety
general observation, the range of 30-40% is often measures to protect workers from potential risk
considered typing for the increase in the volume of associated with these gases.
broken ore in shrinkage stopping. 637. –––––––––– are the inputs of management
632. Protosorb is the catalyst that is used to absorb activity.
in self-contained breathing apparatus. (a) organizing and directing
(a) CO2 (b) CH4 (b) goods and services
(c) CO (d) H2SO4 (c) co-ordinating and controlling
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I (d) men and material
Ans. (a) : In self contained breathing apparatus ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
(SCBA), protosorb is a type of catalyst used to absorb Ans. (d) : Men and material are the inputs of
carbon dioxide (CO2) from the breathing air. The management activity.
purpose of protosorb or similar catalysts in SCBA is to The specific input of human resources (men) and
remove CO2 and maintain a breathable atmosphere for physical resources (material) that are utilized in
the user. management activities. People with various skills and
633. Whenever there occurs any accidents in mine competencies are an essential input for management, as
causing reportable injuries. The manager of are the material, equipment and infrastructure required
owner of agent shall enter in a prescribed form to carry out organizational operation.
and copy shall be furnished to chief inspector 638. The minimum quality of air to be maintained
once every ––––––––––. in underground coal mines as per CMR is that
(a) half year (b) year the air does not contain less than _______% of
(c) quarter year (d) month O2 and does not contain more than of ______%
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I of CO2 or other noxious gases in quantity likely
Ans. (c) : Whenever there occurs any accidents in mine to affect the health of any person.
causing reportable injuries. The manager of owner of (a) 17.5 and 1.0 (b) 18.5 and 0.5
agent shall enter in a prescribed form and copy shall be (c) 19 and 0.5 (d) 19.5 and 1.0
furnished to chief inspector once every quarter year. TSPGECET-2020
634. The height of manhole in haulage way shall not Ans. (c) : The minimum quality of air to be maintained
be less than –––––––– meters. in underground coal mines as per CMR is that the air
(a) 1.8 (b) 1.5 does not contain less than 19% of O2 and does not
(c) 1 (d) 2 contain more than of 0.5% of CO2 or other noxious
gases in quality likely to affect the health of any person.
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
Ans. (a) : The height of manhole in haulage way shall 639. ___ gas is released at battery charging stations
not be less than 1.8 meters. (a) CO2 (b) CO
(c) H2 (d) H2S
635. In case of below ground working, the manger
shall visit and examine the workings below TSPGECET-2020
@

ground on at least –––––––– days in every week Ans. (c) : The two primary risks are from hydrogen gas
to see that safety aspects ensured. formed when the battery is being charged and the sulfuric
acid in the battery fluid also known as the electrolyte. All
ap

(a) 5 (b) 3
(c) 2 (d) 4 lead acid batteries produce flammable H2 gas during the
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I normal charging process.
na

Mining Method 355 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
05.
Mine Planning and Design
Ans. (c) :
E1. Planning Technique Technique/Algorithm - Preferred Application
Lerchs-Grossman - Ultimate pit limit
1. What is the threshold limit of airborne algorithm
respirable dust fixed by DGMS? Kriging - Reserve estimation
(a) 2 mg/m3 (b) 1.5 mg/m3 Lane's theory - Cut-off grade
(c) 3.5 mg/m 3
(d) 3 mg/m3 optimization
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II Taylor's rule - Mine life
Ans. (d) : This involves periodical monitoring of 4. Coning and Quartering is a
(a) Method employed for obtaining a laboratory
respirable airborne dust in mines and taking appropriate
sample from the field sample
ameliorative measured when dust concentration exceeds
(b) Mining method employed for the diamond
its permissible limit value (TLV). This TLV varies and mining
reduces below 3 mg/m3 with increasing free silica (c) Mining method employed in unconsolidated
content in the dust beyond 5% ground
2. Which science deals with the study of remnants (d) Cutting and filling method employed in
of ancient animals and plants? underground mining
(a) Zoology (b) Paleontology Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
(c) Anthropology (d) Petrology Ans. (a) : Coning and quartering is a method employed
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II for obtaining a laboratory sample from the field sample.
Ans. (b) : Paleontology is the study of the remains of 5. SIMSLIN operates on the principle of
plants, animals, and other single called living organisms (a) Absorption
that get preserved in rocks. Paleontologists study fossil (b) Optimal interference
remains to understand different aspects of extinct and (c) Gravimetry
living organisms. Fossils contain information about an (d) Light scattering
organism's life and environment. Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
• Zoology is the study of animal leye. Ans. (d) : The SIMSLIN is an instantaneous reading
dust monitor employing the principle of light scattering
• Petrology is the study of rocks-igneous, metamorphic to measure the mass concentration of respirable dust.
• Anthropology is the study of humanity. The instrument was designed and developed by the
3. In the context of mine planning, match the safety in mines researen establishment in the united
following: kingdom.
Technique/Algorithm Preferred 6. Match the following in the context of
Application environmental management
Technique Purpose
P. Lerchs-Grossman 1. Ultimate pit
P. Mulching 1. Dust control
algorithm limit
Q. Aeration 2. Noise control
Q. Kriging 2. Cut-off
R. Wet-scrubbing 3. Soil conservation
grade
optimization S. Silencer 4. Waste water
treatment
R. Lane's theory 3. Mine life (a) P-1, Q-4, R-3, S-2 (b) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2
S. Taylor's rule 4. Reserve (c) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2 (d) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
estimation Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
(a) P-4, Q-3, R-2, S-1 Ans. (d) :
@

(b) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 Mulching - Soil conservation

(c) P-1, Q-4, R-2, S-3 Aeration - Waste water treatment
ap

(d) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-1 Wet-scrubbing - Dust control

Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I Silencer - Noise control
na

Mine Planning and Design 356 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
7. The pillars formed during development are Which of the following is true?
split into small pillars are called as options : (a) (1), (2) and (4) are correct.
(a) Stooks (b) Splits (b) Only (2) is correct.
(c) Slices (d) Judd (c) (1) and (2) is correct.
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I (d) Only (1) is correct.
Ans. (a) : The pillar formed during development are (e) Question not attempted
split into small pillar are called an stooks. Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
8. Exposure of weak roof in junctions of a Ans. (d) : The cutoff grade refers to the minimum grade
development district in a coal mine can be or quality of material that must be present in an ore
decreased by body or deposit to make it economically viable for
(a) Increasing dimension of panel barrier extraction and processing. The cutoff grade is
determined based on various factors, including the costs
(b) Stitching side walls
of mining processing and transportation as well as the
(c) Increasing support density at junctions anticipated market price for the extracted minerals or
(d) Staggering the junctions metals.
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I The cutoff grade may vary depending on factors such as
Ans. (d) : Exposure of weak roof in junctions of a the specific mineral or metal being mined, the
development district in a coal mine can be decreased by deposite’s size and shape, the mining and processing
staggering the junctions. method employed and market condition.
9. The correct order of pavement layers for a haul 11. Statements related to choice of location of a
road from top to bottom is vertical shaft are given below.
(a) Wearing course →Base → Sub base → Sub 1. Its location should be such that the
grade transportation cost should be minimum.
(b) Wearing course → Sub base → Base → Sub 2. There is competent rock mass.
grade 3. Shaft location depends on size of a shaft pillar.
(c) Wearing course → Sub grade → Sub base → 4. The shaft locations should not be hindered by
the surface features.
Base
(a) Statements (1), (2) and (4) are correct.
(d) Wearing caurse → Base → Sub grade → Sub
(b) Only statements (1) and (2) are correct.
base
(c) All statements (2) and (4) are correct.
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
(d) All statements are correct.
Gate Mining Engineering-2022
(e) Question not attempted.
Ans. (a) : The correct order of pavement layers for a Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
haul raod from top to bottom is-
Ans. (a) Statements (1), (2) and (4) are correct.
Wearing course →Base → Sub base → Sub grade Its location should be such that the transportation cost
• The top layers of pavement which is in direct contact should be minimum.
with the wheel of the vehicle. It is a known as There is competent rock mass.
surface/wearing course in pavement. The shaft location should not be hindered by the
• Base course is the layer of immediately under the surface features.
wearing surface. As base course lies close under the 12. Match correctly for the method of working
pavement surface it is subjected to severe loading. given in column A to the nature of support in
• Sub Base course is layer of granular material provided column B:
above subgrade generally natural gravel. It is usually Column A Column B
not provided on subgrade of good quality. (Method of working) (Nature of Support)
• Sub Grade is consist of the naturally occuxing (i) Room and pillar A. Artificially
material on which the raod is built, or the imported fill supported
material used to create an embarkment on which the (ii) Shrinkage B. Heavily
road pavement is constructed. stoping supported
10. Statements with respect to cut-off grade are (iii) Sublevel caving C. Naturally
given below: supported
(1) The minimum grade required for a mineral to (iv) Square set D. Unsupported
be economically mined and extracted. stoping
(2) The maximum grade required for a mineral to (a) (i)-b, (ii)-a, (iii)-d, (iv)-c
be economically mined.
@

(b) (i)-c, (ii)-a, (iii)-d, (iv)-b

(3) Material with grade above cut-off grade is (c) (i)-c, (ii)-d, (iii)-a, (iv)-b
considered as waste.
ap

(d) (i)-b, (ii)-a, (iii)-c, (iv)-d

(4) Cut-off grade does not influence the mineable (e) Question not attempted
reserve. Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
na

Mine Planning and Design 357 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b) : 15. A runoff river plant is
Column A Column B (a) A low head scheme
(Method of working) (Nature of support) (b) A medium head scheme
(i) Room and pillar C. Naturally supported (c) A high head scheme
(ii) Shrinkage stoping A. Artificially supported (d) None of these
(iii) Sublevel caving D. Unsupported HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
(iv) Square set stoping B. Heavily supported Ans. (a) : A run off river plant is a low head scheme. It
utilizes current flow in stream and haspondage to
13. The general sequence of site preparation for improve load factor and no storage is required here.
reclamation is : Most of the small hydropower plant are run off river
(a) Disking, Ripping, Harrowing in fertiliser, plant as the power is generated only when enough water
Seeding is available from the river.
(b) Harrowing in fertiliser, Fertilising, Ripping, 16. Identify the WRONG statement :
Disking, Seeding Break-even stripping ratio
(c) Ripping, Disking, Fertilising, Harrowing in (a) takes into account the maximum pit slope that
fertiliser, Seeding is safe
(d) Fertilising, Harrowing in fertiliser, Seeding, (b) helps in determining the volume of the
Ripping, Disking overburden
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 (c) presents the maximum possible mine size that
Ans. (c) The general sequence of site preparation for is economical
reclamation is (d) takes into account the life of the mine
Ripping → Disking → Fertilising → Harrowing in Gate Mining Engineering-2022
fertiliser → seeding. Ans. (d) : The wrong statement about 'Break-even
Ripping is method of losening a soil rock before the stripping ratio' is takes into account the life of the mine.
final excavation. • The parameter known as the stripping ratio represents
the amount of uneconomic material that must be
The core-disk phenomenon has been observed removed to uncover one unit of ore, i.e. the ratio of the
generally in the drilling process under high-stress number of tons of wast material removed to the number
conditions. of tons of ore removed.
Coal mining activities result in large-scale soil • Break-even stripping ratio takes into account the
degradation and ecosystem imbalances in many maximum pit slope that is safe.
countries. Fertilization is an effective way to • Beak-even stripping ratio helps in determining the
improve soil fertility and microbial activity. volume of the overburden.
Harrowing souring of different crops at the same • Break- even stripping ratio present the maximum
time with additional soil mineral fertilizing. possible mine sized that is economical.
14. As compared to gravity dams, earthen dams 17. When differential levelling is done in order to
(a) are costlier. connect a bench-mark to the starting point of
(b) are less susceptible to failure. the alignment of any project, and no distances
(c) require sound rock foundations. are measured along the direction of levelling, it
(d) require less skilled labour. is called :
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 (a) cross- sectional levelling
Ans. (d) : The difference between a gravity dam and (b) fly levelling
on earthen dam is as follows. (c) differential levelling
Parameter Earthen Dam Gravity Dam (d) profile levelling
seepage more seepage Less seepage APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
Foundation Suitable on suitable only Ans. (b) : When differential levelling is done in order to
almost any when connect a bench mark to the starting point of the
foundation foundation is alignment of any project it is called fly levelling.
of solid rock • Fly leveling is also done to connect the benchmark to
having no any intermediate point of the alignment for checking the
fissures. accuracy of the work.
Labour Require less Require more • Only the backsight and fore-sight readings are taken at
@

skilled labour skilled labour every set up of the level and no distances are meassured
stability more Less along the direction of levelling.
ap

susceptible to susceptible to • The level should be set up just midway between the
failure failure. Back sight and fore sight.
na

Mine Planning and Design 358 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
a2
Now, extraction ratio (%) = 1– ×100
(a + b)
2

(13.268 )
2

= 1– × 100
(13.268 + 6 )
2

= 53%
20. Match the following for ore handling
18. Match the following: operations in an underground metal mine
Blast Problem Cause Arrangement Description
P. Misfire 1. Poor stemming P. Drawpoint I. Arrangement that
Q. Vibration 2. Low current prevents oversized
rock to pass
R. Blown-out shot 3. Excess charge
S. Cut-off shot 4. Improper delays Q. Ore pass II. A system of vertical
or near vertical
(a) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-1
openings for
(b) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3 transferring ore
(c) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4 from a stope to a
(d) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3 single delivery point
Gate Mining Engineering-2008 R. Grizzly III. A place where ore
Ans. (c) : can be loaded and
Blast Problem Cause removed
P. Misfire 2. Low current S. Finger raise IV. A vertical or
Q. Vibration 3. Excess charge inclined opening
used for
R. Blown-out shot 1. Poor stemming
transferring ore
S. Cut-off shot 4. Improper delays
(a) P-IV, Q-III, R-II, S-I
19. A bord and pillar operation is planned at a (b) P-III, Q-IV, R-I, S-II
depth of 300 m in a strata of average unit (c) P-II, Q-IV, R-I, S-III
weight 24.5 kN/m3 and compressive strength (d) P-III, Q-I, R-II, S-IV
15.50 MPa. If the width of the opening is 6 m
Gate Mining Engineering-2014
considering a factor of safety of 1, the
maximum possible extraction ratio in Ans. (b) : Arrangement Description
percentage is P. Draw point - III. A place where ore can be
loaded and removed.
(a) 28 (b) 34
Q. Ore pass - IV. A vertical or inclined opening
(c) 45 (d) 53
used for transferring orc.
Gate Mining Engineering-2008 R. Grizzly - I. Arrangement that prevents
Ans. (d) : Strength of pillar = 15.5 Mpa oversized rock to pass.
= 15.5 × 106 N/m2 S. Finger raise - II. A system of vertical or near
Depth (d) = 300 m vertical openings for
unit weight (w) = 24.5 kg/m3 = 24.5×103 N/m3 transforming ore from a stop to
strenght of pillar a single delivery point.
Factor of safety = 21. Match the following in the context of
load actingan pillar
underground mine environment
And case of square pillar, load acting on pillar Instrument Measuring parameter
(a + b )
2
P. Haldane apparatus I. Humidity
= W.d
a2 Q. Godbert-Greenwald II. Air velocity
15.5 × 106 apparatus
∴ 1= R. Hygrometer III. Mine air composition
(a + b)
2

W.d × S. Anemometer IV. Ignition point

a2 temperature
15.5 ×106 (a) P-II, Q-I, R-III, S-IV
@

1=
(a + b) (b) P-III, Q-IV, R-I, S-II
2

24.5 × 103 × 300 (c) P-IV, Q-II, R-III, S-I

ap

a2 (d) P-I, Q-III, R-IV, S-II

a = 13.268m Gate Mining Engineering-2014
na

Mine Planning and Design 359 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b) : Instrument Measuring parameter Ans. (b) : (I) Representation Factor (RF)–It indicates
P. Haldane apparatus - III. Mine air composition the ratio between number of units on the map to number
Q. Godbert-Greenwald - IV. Ignition point of units on the ground or RF is the ratio of distance on
apparatus temperature map to distance on ground.
R. Hygrometer - I. Humidity (II) Representation factor is related with Mine plan.
S. Anemometer - II. Air velocity
26. The method of joining rope is known as
22. For overburden removal with shovel dumper
combination the optimum size of the dumper (a) Rope stitching (b) Rope vulcanizing
depends on (c) Rope stretching (d) Rope splicing
(a) The distance of the haul BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
(b) Size of the shovel Ans.(d): Rope splicing– Rope splicing is the process of
(c) Size of the shovel and the distance of haul partially untwisting and then intertwining the strands of
(d) Tonnage to be handled two ropes or two segments of the same rope to make a
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 semi-permanent connection.
Ans. (c) : Overburden Removal–In mining, • It can be used to construct a loop/eye at the end of
overburden (also called waste or spoil) is the material the rope (a black splice), or to tie two ropes
that lies above an area that lends itself to economical
together.
exploitation, such as the rock, soil & ecosystem that lies
above a coal seam or ore body. In many mineral • Splicing can be done on a variety of ropes,
industries like coal industry, in open cast mines, coal inclucing wire, synthetic and fiber.
can be extracted only after removing layers of soil, 27. Gravimetric samplers works on the principles
stone etc. This soil & stone etc. is known as over of
burden. The removal of this overburden is known as
"Overburden Removal". (a) Thermal precipitation (b) Filtration
For overburden Removal with shovel dumper (c) Optical (d) Impaction
combination the optimum size of dumper depends on NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
size of shovel & distance of haul. Ans. (b) :Gravimetric analysis is the technique of
23. Which of the following combination of SDL finding the mass of a chemical compounds that are
based mining is expected to give best inter-related chemically. This classical method provides
production and productivity of SDL? measurement with reliability and precision and it works
(a) 3 level district (b) 4 level district on the principle of filtration.
(c) Level district (d) 6 level district
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 28. In contiguous seams means the parting between
two seam is with in
Ans. (c) : (I) SDL–Side discharge loaders is now used
as a dominant leading machine for intermediate face (a) 13 m (b) 15 m
mechanization in underground coal mines. (c) 9 m (d) 14 m
(II) 'Level district' combination of SOL based mining is NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
expected to give best production & productivity of Ans. (c) : When two seams are above another, the
SDL.
working in one tend to affect the working in another.
24. The earliest indication of the spontaneous When these seams are below 9 m apart termed as
heating of coal can be given by
contiguous seams.
(a) Make of CO2 (b) Sweating of strata
(c) Temperature rise (d) None of the above 29. Garland drain is
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 (a) A water drainage
Ans. (b) : (I) Spontaneous heating is a slow process & (b) Drainage of spoil
the heat evolved is carried away by air. (c) Pot hole
(II) This process of self-heating of coal or other (d) Dam to protect drain
carbonaceous material resulting eventually in its NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
ignition is called as spontaneous heating or auto Ans. (a) : Garland drains are water drainage which are
oxidation. constructed around the dumps to arrest silt and sediment
(III) Earliest indication of spontaneous heating of coal flows. De-silting of garland drains are carried out of
can be given by sweating of strata. regular intervals.
@

25. The term Representation Factor (RF) is related

30. Brachy pinacoid face is parallel to :
with
(a) b axis (b) a axis
ap

(a) Mine Ventilation (b) Mine plan

(c) b and c axes (d) a and c axes
(c) Mine Air Sampling (d) Mine drainage
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
na

Mine Planning and Design 360 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): 33. The moving front of any working place is
known as
(a) Gallery (b) Heading
(c) Face (d) Back
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
Ans. (c) : The moving front of any working place is
known as face.
34. Which of the following is better to carry out
before cap test?
(a) Ignition test (b) Accumulation test
(c) Percentage test (d) Sensitivity test
] KCET Mining Engineering-2017
Axial Diagram Ans. (b) : Methane in mine air can be detected either
• In the determination of Axial Ratio in the crystal of by using chemical analysis in laboratory or by using
the orthorhombic system it is customary to take the flame safety lamp and special instruments called or
length of 'b' axis as unity and express the lengths of the
methanometer. Using safety lamp or methanometer
other axes in terms of this unit.
methane can be detected on the spot in underground.
• The system includes three classes. The symmetry of
Normal class (Baryte Type) is given below. Test for methane is usually done in two stages.
• A Pinacoids is an open form of two faces in which (i) Accumulation test
each face meets any one of the three axes and is parallel (ii) Percentage test
to the other two axes. A typical symbol is (100). • Accumulation test– It is carried out with a luminous
• Pinacoid or Brochy pinacoid. flame or standard height. This test gives a better
• An open form of two faces, each face cutting the b- indicates of methane. This is because luminous flame
axis and being parallel to the other two axes. test produces more heat inside the lamp which cause
31. Grab sampling consists in _________. better lamp ventilation resulting in a larger quantity of
(a) picking pieces of coal only methane being drawn inside the lamp. Also for
(b) picking pieces of ore at random to make up a carrying out accumulation test it is not necessary to
sample create a dark surrounding. The test carried out
(c) picking pieces of ore in a grid fashion indicates that the flame spires/jump, if the percentage
(d) picking pieces of ore at one place only of methane in the air is 3% or more.
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 • Therefore, accumulation test is better to carry out
Ans. (b) : Grab sampling consists in picking pieces of before cap test.
ore at random to make up a sample. 35. Powered support is used in .................... mining
Grab Sampling usually consists in taking portions of ore mostly.
at random from muck piles, chutes, or the tops of Cars
of ore when done in this manner it is a nap hazard (a) room and pillar mining
method that can be relied upon only for roughly (b) bord and pillar mining
approximating the grade at the ore and often is (c) longwall mining
employed the grade of the one and often is employed (d) sub level caving
merely for the purpose. KCET Mining Engineering-2017
32. Which of the following is a major disadvantage Ans. (c) : Powered support systems, such as hydraulic
with raising by VCR technique? shields, are commonly used to longwall mining to
(a) Only suitable for vertical and very steeply provide roof support and ensure the safety of
inclined raise underground operations. These systems help prevent
(b) Very costly roof collapses and create a stable working environment
(c) Unsafe for miners during the extraction process.
(d) Can only be used for softer rocks
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 36. Choice of support do not depend on
(a) Working height (b) Nature of roof
Ans. (a) : Vertical crater retreat (VCR) or vertical
retreat stoping configuration method in stopes where (c) Coal strength (d) Blast vibration
drilling large diameter is used to detonate horizontal KCET Mining Engineering-2017
slices of ore. Leading them to the base of the block Ans. (d) : Supports are used for–
being mined. The method progresses vertically as (i) To prevent major collapses of mine roof.
@

successive slices of ore are detonated. It uses parallel

vertical descending and spherical concentrated loads to (ii) To protect miners from small rock falls that can
fragment the ore ' disassemble by catering' drilling. The occur from the immediate roof skin.
ap

advance of the stope is disassemble from the bottom (iii) To prevent deformation of mine openings for
gap. access, escape and ventilation of mine working.
na

Mine Planning and Design 361 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Factor controlling choice of suitable type of mine −160 
support. θ = tan –1  
 103.92 
• Availability of support material in the local market & = –56.99º
costs of support materials.
θ = 360º – 56º
• Distance to brick, cement and steel factories. = 303.01º
• Nature of roof 39. A rectangular mine airway of 2.0 m width and
• Nature of problem in mine. 2.5 m height has a bend with deflection of /4
• Working night radian. If the radius of curvature of the bend is
• Coal strength. 4.0 m, the shock factor of the bend is (round off
Choice of support do no depend on blast vibration. to three decimals)
37. Flame trap is used in ________ locomotive (a) 0.014 (b) 0.024
(a) battery (c) 0.051 (d) 0.071
(b) trolley wire Gate-2024
(c) Diesel Ans. (a) : Given,
(d) diesel and trolley wire width = 2.0 m
height = 2.5 m
TSPGECET-2020
Ans. (c) : The flame trap is designed for use in diesel deflection = π radian
4
engine systems. A flame trap functions by absorbing radius = 4 m
heat from the travelling flame front, through channels 2
designed into the unit. 0.25  2i 
Shock factor of the bend (x) =  
R2 a  π 
E1.1 Mine Design Where, radius ratio (R) =
Radious
width
hight
38. In a closed traverse, ABC, the bearings of two Aspect ratio (a) =
lines AB and BC are given. width
i = deflection angle
Line Length (m) Bearing
2 2
AB 100 90° x = 0.25 ×  2i  = 0.25
×  2×π
   
BC 120 150° R2 a  π   4  × 2.5  π 4 
2
2
The length, in m and bearing of line CA, in   2
2
degree, respectively, are 0.25  1 
(a) 190.7 and 303° (b) 190.7 and 240° = ×   = 0.014
4 1.25  2 
(c) 160.3 and 240° (d) 160.3 and 303° Shock factor of the bend = 0.014
Gate-2024 40. The computation of Graham's ratio requires
Ans. (a) : the concentration values of
(a) O2, N2, CO (b) O2, CO
º (c) CO2, N2, CO (d) CO2, N2, CO, O2
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
Ans. (b) : The common indicator graham's ratio is the
amount of carbon monoxide produced in proportion to
the amount of oxygen consumed by the coal and also
with the time of coal exposure to oxidation, thereby
CA length and Bearing = ? allowing this ratio to be used as an index of the rate of
for close traverse oxidation in a mine.
∑ longitude = 0 41. At any particular place the relation between
∑ latitude = 0 the suspended particulate matter (SPM) and
100 cos 90º + 120 cos 150º + ℓ cos θ = 0 …(i) respirable particulate matter (RPM) is
(a) SPM > RPM
100 sin 90º + 120 sin 150º + ℓ sin θ = 0 …(ii) (b) SPM < RPM
from (i) (c) SPM = RPM
(d) No relation between SPM and RPM
@

ℓ cos θ = 103.92
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
form (ii) ℓ sin θ = –160 Ans. (a) : At any particular place the relation between
ap

the suspended particular matter (SPM) and respirable

ℓ= (103.92)2 + (−160)2 = 190.7m particular matter (RPM) is SPM > RPM.
na

Mine Planning and Design 362 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
42. Radial stress on the excavation boundary of a Ans. (d) : A flat long wall panel is mined out at an area
circuit tunnel is having subsidence factor 'a'. The measured maximum
(a) Always zero subsidence on the surface is 'S' for a mining height of
(b) Always positive 'm'. The subsidence is sup critical if S < am.
(c) Always negative 47. The term "bulking factor" refers to
(d) Positive in some areas and negative in some (a) Roof-to-floor convergence in a mine roadway
areas
(b) Change in axial length of a rock sample with
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I respect to its original length
Ans. (a) : As the mining depth gradually increases and (c) Change in normal displacement of a rock
the development of underground excavation
sample as a result of shear displacement
engineering the studies on the stability of tunnels are
more and more extensive and in depth. Alter entering (d) Change in volume of rock mass ot its original
the deep underground excavation engineering, the volume after it breaks
tunnel excavation results in the stress redistribution Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
around the opening. The radial stress turns to zero at the Ans. (d) : Bulking factor- It is a ratio of comparing
boundary of tunnel, while the compressive tagential the volume of a quantify of moist granular material to
stress gradually increases. the volume of the same quantity when dry. It is used to
43. The phenomena of lifting up of the floor, when estimate the likely excavated volumes that will need to
the floor is weak is called be stored on site or perhaps removed from site.
(a) Heave (b) Creep 48. The ratio of specific weight of an intact to that
(c) Banding (d) Bump of loose rock is called as
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I (a) Fill factor (b) Loose density
Ans. (a) : The phenomena of lifting up of the floor, (c) Swell factor (d) Compaction factor
when the floor is weak is called heave. Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
44. The property that cannot be determined from Ans. (c) : The ratio of specific weight of an intact rock
uni-axial compressive strength test of a rock to that of loose rock is called as swell factor.
sample fitted with strain gauges is
It can also be determined from volume measures for the
(a) Cohesion (b) Poisson's ratio
some weight of material % of swell =
(c) Modulus of elasticity (d) Dilation
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I  Loose volume − Bank volume 
 Bank volume  ×100
Ans. (a) : Cohesion can not be determined from uni-  
axial compressive strength test of a rock sample fitted 49. The angle in degrees at which a ridge line
with strain gauges. The uni-axial compressive strength intersects contours is
(UCS) is classified as one of the basic mechanical
properties of rocks which is widely used in mining and (a) 00 (b) 300
0
construction practice. (c) 45 (d) 900
45. Massive sandstone in immediate roof delays the Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
local fall in roof of a coal mine. Under this Ans. (d) : The angle in degrees at which a ridge line
condition, crushing of the pillars at out-bye side intersects contours is 90º.
is called 50. Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) is
(a) Coal bump prepared :
(b) Overriding of pillars (a) at the time of mining
(c) Stiffening of pillars (b) after mining of ore is over
(d) Spalling of pillars (c) it is not related to mining
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
(d) during reclamation process
Ans. (b) : Massive sandstone in immediate roof delays NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
the local fall in roof of a cool mine under this condition
crushing of the pillars at out bye side is called over Ans. (a) Environmental Impact Assessment is a
riding of pillars. process of evaluating the likely environmental impacts
46. A flat long wall panel is mined out at an area of a proposed project or development.
having subsidence factor 'a'. The measured Taking into account inter-related socio-economic,
maximum subsidence on the surface is 'S' for a cultural and human-health impacts, both beneficial
mining height of 'm.' the subsidence is sub and adverse.
@

critical, if UNEP defines Environmental Impact Assessment

(a) S = am (b) S = m/a as a tool used to identify the environmental, social
ap

(c) S > am (d) S < am and economic impacts of a project prior to decision
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I making.
na

Mine Planning and Design 363 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
51. A tunnel of diameter 8 m is to be driven in a Now,
rock mass having quality index, Q of 1.0. 1
Assume the excavation support ratio (ESR) of Pressure recovery due to evase = P Vi − Vo × η
2
2
(2
)
the tunnel is 1.0. The support requirement of
Pressure recovery due to eavse =
the tunnel wall using fibre reinforced shotcrete
(based on the chart prepared by Grimstad and 1 × 1.2 × (14.147 2 − 3.536 2 ) × 0.6 = 67.54 Pa
Barton, 1993) is 2
67.54
Pressure recovery due to evasee in mm wg =
9.81
= 6.88 mm wg
The static pressure of the fan in mm of wg becomes = –
97.5–6.88 = –104.38 mm wg ≈ –104.26 mm wg.
53. Match the following items with their respective
contours
Item Contour
(P) Isopachs (1) slope
(Q) Isotherms (2) thickness
(R) Isocline (3) temperature

(a) Shotcrete of thickness 9-12 cm, bolt length of (a) P→1, Q→3, R→2
2.7-2.8 m (b) P→3, Q→1, R→2
(b) Shotcrete of thickness 9-12 cm, bolt length of (c) P→2, Q→3, R→1
3.0-3.2 m (d) P→2; Q→1; R→3
(c) Shotcrete of thickness 5-9 cm, bolt length of Gate-2023
2.7-2.8 m Ans. (c) :
(d) Shotcrete of thickness 5-9 cm, bolt length of
Item Contour
2.5-2.6 m
(P) Isopachs (2) thickness
Gate-2023
(Q) Isotherms (3) temperature
Ans. (c) : Shotcrete of thickness 5-9 cm, bolt length of
2.7-2.8 m. (R) Isocline (1) slope
52. A duct of diameter 0.60 m with an exhausting 54. The tensile strength of a rock by Brazilian test
fan has −97.5 mm wg static pressure behind the is given by :
fan when the air flow rate is 4.0 m3/s. If an P 2P
evase with inlet to outlet area ratio of 1:4 and (a) σ t = (b) σ t =
πDT πDT
efficiency 60% is attached to the outlet of the
2P P
fan, the static pressure of the fan in mm of wg (c) σt = (d) σ t =
becomes DT 2πDT
(a) −104.26 (b) − 99.13 UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
(c) −90.73 (d) −80.6 Ans. (b)
Gate-2023 The Brazilian test is an indirect method of
Ans. (a) : Here it is given that duct diameter (d) = 0.60 assessing the tensile strength of rocks, based on the
m and static pressure = –97.5 mm wg and air flow rate observation that most rocks in biaxial stress fields
A 1 fail in tension when one principal stress is
(Q) = 4 m3/s, 1 = compressive.
A2 4
In this test a cylindrical specimen of rock is loaded
So, Velocity at intel to evase (Vi) in a diametrical plane along its axis.
φ 4× 4 The sample usually fails by splitting along the line
= =
π×
( 0.6 )
2
π× ( 0.6 )
2 of diametrical loading and the indirect tensile
strength (σt) can be obtained from :
4
= 14.147 m/s 2P
σt =
Velocity at outlet of evase (Vo) πDT
φ
@

4 Where P is the load at failure, and L and D are the

= =
( 0.6 )
2
π× (0.6) 2 length and diameter of the specimen respectively.
ap

π× ×4 Disc-shaped specimens are used in the Brazilian

4
disc test.
= 3.536 m/s
na

Mine Planning and Design 364 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
55. The staff reading at a point A on the floor of a
mine is 1.250m and the R.L. of the point A is (c) (d)
120.450m. What will be the R.L. of the roof,
point B, if the staff reading at B is 1.560m?
(a) 120.140m (b) 120.450m
(c) 123.260m (d) None of these NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 Ans. (b) : The convention for preparing plans and
Ans. (c) : The staff reading at a point on the floor of sections for shaft is :
mine is = 1.250m
R.L. of the point A = 120.450m
R.L. of the roof, point B = ?
Staff reading at B = 1.560m 60. Coal handling plant doesn't have
R.L. of point A + staff reading point A – due to (a) Rubber belt (b) Side roller
roof reading (c) Cutter (d) Drum
= 120.450 + 1.250 – (–1560) Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
= 121.700 + 1.560
Ans. (c) : The starting process in coal based thermal
= 123.260m
power plant is coal handing.
56. Head Gear relates to
• For the feeding process, Belt Rubber is used to control
(a) HEMM
flow of coal to meet the requirement of coal in bunker.
(b) Underground Haulage System
• Side roller is used to involves screening of fine, coarse
(c) Winding System
and wet coal.
(d) None of these
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 • To achieve these process below listed screens are used
in coal handing plane.
Ans. (c) : Head gear Constructions support wheel
mechanisms for suspending winding cables that 61. What is the Bieniawski formula for calculating
transport workers and ore up and down deep level strength of square pillar?
shafts. So head gear is related to winding system. (a) SP = Sl (0.64+0.36x (w/h)
57. .......... rope shall be used in case of direct (b) SP = 0.27h0.36 + H (w/h-1)
haulage (c) SP =k (w0.5/h)
(a) Cut rope (b) Spliced rope (d) Sp = 7.2(w0.46/h0.66)
(c) both (a) and (b) (d) none of these APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 Ans. (a) : According to the design of pillar in Daqiao
Ans. (d) : The rope which is using in direct haulage phosphate mine, the strength design formula 1
should not be cut rope and spliced rope. It should be recommended by Bieniawski is used as the calculation
continuous without cuts and spliced. formula of pillar strength
58. Powder Factor: Sp = SI (0.64 + 0.36 (w/h))
(a) Yield of coal in Ton per KG of explosive where,
consumed Sp = Compressive strength of pillars (in MPa).
(b) Yield of coal in m3 per KG of explosive w = Pillar width (in m).
consumed
h = Pillar height (in m).
(c) Both (a) and (b) above
(d) None of these SI = Rock compressive strength (in MPa).
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 62. Find the elevation of point B if the elevation of
Ans. (a) : Powder factor is the weight of explosive used (poin A) B.M. = 210.852m. B.S. = 2.324 and
per unit volume of rock blasted. F.S. = 1.836
W (a) 213.176m (b) 212.688
Pf = E (c) 211.340m (d) 210. 852m
V
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
Where, Pf = Powder factor
WE = weight of explosive used in blast Ans. (c) : Height of instrument is obtained by adding
V = volume of rock blasted the elevation of benchmark and back sight.
59. The convention for preparing plans and Here,
@

sections for shaft is, = (Bench mark + Back sight) – Fore sight
= (210.852 + 2.324) – 1.836
ap

(a) (b) = 213.176 – 1.836

= 211.340 m
na

Mine Planning and Design 365 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
63. The correction due to curvature in leveling is : 66. The rate of increase of temperature with the
(Where, D is the horizontal distance, R is depth inside of a mine is termed as :
radius of the earth) (a) endothermic gradient
(a) D2 (2R) (b) 2/5(D2/2R) (b) exothermic gradient
2
(c) D /R (d) D2/(4R) (c) geothermal gradient
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
(d) thermal gradient
Ans. (a) : The curvature due to curvature in levelling is
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
D2 Ans. (c) : • Geothermal gradient is the rate of increase
CC =
2R in temperature per unit depth in the earth due to the
D = Horizontal distance between any two given points outflow of heat from the centre.
(in km). • The temperature gradient between the centre of the
R = Radius of Earth in the km. earth and the outer limits of the atmosphere is about
• The curvature correction is always negative. 1ºC/km-1 on the average.
64. The voltage limit for general lighting in the • Geothermal gradients are very useful indicators of
opencast mines shall not exceed : subsurface temperature distribution.
(a) 125V (b) 440V • A geothermal gradients is one of the most frequently
(c) 250 V (d) 650V used parameters in logging geophysics and it is useful
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 in the understanding of regional and sub-regional
Ans. (c) : Electric lighting are used in following :- tectonics.
• On the surface of a open cast mine, the voltage may • It is useful in the assessment of geothermal resource
be raised to 250 volts, if the neutral or the mid point of potentials of an area.
the system is connected with earth and the voltage 67. A flat longwall panel is mined out at an area
between the phases does not exceeds 250 volts.
having subsidence factor a. The measured
• in underground mines, the lighting system shall have a maximum subsidence on the surface is S for a
mid or neutral point connected with earth and the mining height of m. The subsidence is
voltage shall not exceed 125 volts between phases.
subcritical if
• Where portable hand-lamps are used in underground
(a) S = am (b) S = m/a
working of mine, the voltage shall not exceed 30 volts.
(c) S > am (d) S < am
• Where any circuit is used for the remote control or
Gate Mining Engineering-2019
electric inter-locking of apparatus the circuit voltage
shall not exceed 30 volts. Ans. (d) : Subsidence occurs when large areas of coal
65. If the measured sound pressure level at a distance are mined and the resulting settlement of roof material
of 10 m from a conveyor belt system is 120 dB, into the void results in the surface subsidence over the
the sound pressure level (dB) at a distance of 60 affected area.
m from the conveyor belt system is : • There is a point at which the mine panel has reached
(a) 135.45 (b) 129.78 a width any further increase results in no increase in
the maximum subsidence within that trough. This is
(c) 121.45 (d) 104.44
called the critical width of that panel, with panels less
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 than that width called subcritical, and panels wider
Ans. (c) : Given that, called super critical.
L1 = 120 dB for critical,
r1 = 10 m S = am
r2 = 60 m S = Smax
We know that, for subcritical,
2
r  S < am
L2 = L1–log  l 
 r2  S < Smax
2 for super critical,
 10  S > Smax
L2 = 120– log  
 60 
@

S > am
2
1 68. The correct figure depicting the extraction of
ap

= 120 – log  
6 contiguous seams in bord and pillar working is
= 121.6 indicated by
na

Mine Planning and Design 366 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
71. The longitudinal section of a stope is given in
the figure. Match the different labeled stope
features (P, Q, R, S, and T) with their
corresponding nomenclatures.

(a) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-5, T-4

(b) P-5, Q-1, R-2, S-3, T-4
(c) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-2, T-1
(d) P-1, Q-5, R-3, S-4, T-2
Gate Mining Engineering-2017
Ans. (c) :
Gate Mining Engineering-2018 T- Box hole
Ans. (c) : The bord and pillar mining method is a S- Raise
technique used in underground mining. This method P - Crown pillar
involves the creation of a grid of tunnels and chambers R - Access drift
known as 'bords' and 'pillar'. The bords are the tunnels Q - Rib pillar
where the coal or mineral is extracted, while the pillars 72. The support system followed along the goaf
are the solid blocks of coal or mineral left behind to edge in a depillaring panel is
support the roof. (a) rope stitching (b) cable bolting
• It is adopted for working when- (c) wooden/steel chock (d) hydraulic prop
(i) A seam thicker than 1.5 m Gate Mining Engineering-2016
(ii) A seam free from stone or dirt bands. Ans. (c) : for depillaring working Rock load on the
(iii) Coal of adequate crushing strength basis of Q is 6.19 + / m2 for slice, and 7.79 t /m2 for got
• The correct figure is (c) which shows depicting the edges.
extraction of contiguous seam in bord and pillar • Support system consisting of wooden and steel chock
working. is designed.
69. Poisson’s ratio for consolidated rocks is about • Goof edge support designed with skim to skim
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.12 wooden or chock with a spacing of 1.2 with corner
(c) 1.30 (d) 3.01 props.
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 • The support system for the slice consists of 2 props
with spacing of 1.2m having a support capacity of
Ans. (a) : According to review of poisson's ratio for
10t/m2.
rock the typical range of poisson's ratio are from 0.1 to
0.27. All rocks ranges of poisson's ratio are 0.2 to 0.4 • The support system gives a factor of 1.61 for slices
and safety factor of 1.23 for god edge.
like that, granite, marble, shale.
Note:- Official answer is 1.30.
73. Bieniawski’s Rock Mass Rating considers the
70. The P-wave velocities are highest in:
parameters: RQD, spacing of joints, condition
(a) Air (b) Water of joints, ground water condition, and
(c) Sand (d) Granite (a) tensile strength
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (b) uniaxial compressive strength
Ans. (d) : P waves are compressional waves and travel (c) shear strength
at the highest velocity. Hence they arrive first. P wave (d) buckling strength
@

can travel in all mediums and their velocity varies Gate Mining Engineering-2016
according to the elasticity of the medium. The velocity Ans. (b) : Bieniawski published the details of a rock
ap

of P wave is maximum in the lower mentle 13.5 km/s. mass classification called the Geomechanics
The velocity of P-wave in solid > liquid > gases. Classification or the Rock mass Rating (RMR) system.
na

Mine Planning and Design 367 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• The fallowing six parameters ters are used to classify a 76. In the order of the chronological
chronologic development,
rock mass using the RMR system:– the longwall supportt systems are
ar arranged as
(1). Spacing of joints or (discontinuities).
ontinuities). P. Powered support
(2) Condition of joints or (discontinuities
iscontinuities). Q. Link bar and friction
ction support
suppor
R. Frame support
(3) Ground water condition.
S. Hydraulic support
(4) Uniaxial compressive strength ngth of rock material. (a) P>Q>R>S (b) R>S>Q>P
(5) Rock Quality Designation (RQD). (c) S>R>P>Q (d) Q>S>R>P
(6). Orientation of joints (discontinuities).
continuities). Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2008
Hence, option (b) is correct answer.
nswer. Ans. (b) : Frame support > Hydraulic support > Link
74. The most recent model of self-contained bar and fraction support > Powered support.
sup
compressed-oxygen breathing
reathing apparatus is So, the order of R>S>Q>P
(a) Proto-IV (b) BG
BG-174 77. Pressure-quantity characteristic
characteristi of a mine ran
(c) BG-4 (d) 8G
8G-174A is given below:
Gate Mining Eng Engineering- 2007
Ans. (c) : The BG-4 is a type of self contained
compressed - oxygen breathing thing appar
apparatus used for
respiratory protection in hazardous
ardous envi
environments such
as firefighting, confined space ace entry, and industrial
applications.
Design:-
The BG-4 is designed as a closed--circuit breathing
apparatus, which means exhaled haled breath is reticulated The combined characteristic
cteristic of two
tw such identical
within the system after passing assing throu
through a carbon fans installed in parallel is
dioxide scrubber.
Components:-
The BG-4 typically consists of a face ppiece (mask), a (a)
harness to secure the apparatus us to the wea
wearer, a cylinder
containing compressed oxygen, en, a pressu
pressure regulator to
control the flow of oxygen, and a scrub scrubber to remove
carbon dioxide from exhaled air.
75. In longwall caving, the he thickness of immediate
roof is calculated from
(a) Bulking factor and width of lon longwall face
(b) Seam thickness andd width of lo longwall face (b)
(c) Seam thickness andd bulking fac factor
(d) Bulking factor and length of th the panel
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2008
Ans. (c) : The immediate roof of is the low
lowest part of the
roof that is caved while advancing
ancing the ppower supports.
When modeling the roof weighting interval, the
thickness of the immediate roof of should be calculated. (c)
H−d
him =
M −1
him = thickness of the immediate
mmediate roo roof
H = mining height
d = Sagging of the lowest est uncaved sstrata
M = bulking factor of the immediat
immediate roof
In longwall caving mining,ining, the th thickness of the
immediate roof is typically
ically calcul
calculated based on (d)
the seam thickness and the bulking factor.
The bulking factor is a crucial parameter in
@

estimating the volumee of materiamaterial that will be

produced during the mining ining proce
process. It accounts
ap

for the increase in volume lume or exp expansion of the Gate

te Mining Engineering
E -2008
material after it is extracted
cted from th the ground. Ans. (a) :
na

Mine Planning and Design 368 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
78. Given bench height: 12m, burden
burden: 4m, spacing:
5m; sub-grade drilling:
g: 2m; explo
explosive per hole:
120 kg; density of rock: 260 2600 kg/m3, the
powder factor in tonne/kg is
(a) 2.0 (b) 4.6
(c) 5.2 (d) 7.3
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2008
Ans. (c) : Given,
Burden = 4m
Spacing = 5 m (a) 10.5 (b) 7.0
Bench height = 12 m (c) 6.5 (d) 5.9
Density of rock = 2600 kg/m 3 Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2008
Explosive per hole = 120 kg Ans. (b) : j
We know that,
Material
rial blasted in tonne
Powder factor =
Explosive required in kkg ( t onne )
Powder factor =
Burden×Spacing×Bench
nch height×d
height×density of rock
explosive
ive per hole
2600
4 × 5 × 12 ×
Powder factor = 1000
120
26
240 ×
= 10
120 In ∆ ABC
= 5.2 tonne/kg AC
Cos 45º =
79. Four mines A, B, C and D are lo located along a 15
road as shown with production
roduction iin Mt per year ∴ AC = 10.606 m
1, 2, 1 and 3 respectively.
tively. In or
order to handle
(15 ) − (10.606 ) =10.606
2 2
total coal produced, the ideal dist
distance of a coal And BC =
washery along the roadad from the mine A in km In ∆ ABC and ∆CDE –
is
H BC
∴ =
EC AC
(a) 4.01 (b) 3.91
.91 H 10.606
=
(c) 3.81 (d) 3.71 7 10.606
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2008 ∴ H = 7m
Ans. (d) : 81. Match the following:
Access Haulage Mineralisatio
n location
P. Shaft 1. Track a. Moderate
Let take the ideal distance 'x'' from coal w washery to mine depth
A
Q Declin 2. Trackles b Deep seated
Then we can write the equation as
. e s .
1 × x + 2 × ( x − 1) + 1 × ( x − 3) = 3 × ( 7 − x )
R. Adit 3. Hoisting c. Hillock
x + 2x − 2 + x − 3 = 211 − 3x (a) P-1-a, Q-3-b, R-2-c (b) P-3-b, Q-2-a, R-1-c
4x + 3x = 21 + 5 (c) P-2-a, Q-1-b, R-3-c (d) P-2-b, Q-3-c, R-1-a
26 Gatete Mining Engineering-2008
x=
7 Ans. (b) :
@

x = 3.71km Access Haulage Mineralisation

Minera location
80. A shaft inset is as shown wn below. T To transport a P. Shaft 3. Hoisting b. Deep seated
ap

15 m long object, the height ‘H’ of the inset in Q. Decline 2. Trackless a. Moderate
Mode depth
m should be R. Adit 1. Track c. Hillock
Hillo
na

Mine Planning and Design 369 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
82. Match the following: Ans. (b) : Fleet angle is the angle between the wire rope
Mining method Operation and an imaginary line extending perpendicular to the
P. Bord and Pillar 1. Longhole radial drum. The angle varies with the width of the drum and
drilling the distance between the lead sheave and the drum.
Q. Sublevel caving 2. Splitting and slicing Recommended maximum fleet angle-
R. Longwall retreating 3.Loosening under strata (i) For smooth drum α 1.5"
pressure (ii) For grooved drum α = 2"
S. Integrated Caving 4. Mechanical cutting According to mine regulations, the value of the
(a) P-1, Q-4, R-3, S-2 (b) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4 fleet angle (α) of a drum winder installation lies in the
(c) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1 (d) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 range of 0 < a < 1.5.
Gate Mining Engineering-2008
86. Air samples collected from the intake and the
Ans. (d) : return gates of a retreating long wall face show
Mining method Operation methane concentration values of 0.1 % and
P. Board and Pillar 2. Splitting and slicing 0.8% respectively. The production from the
Q. Sublevel caving 1. Longhole radial long wall face is 2000 tonne/day and the air
drilling quantity circulating the face is 15 m3/s. The
R. Longwall retreating 4. Mechanical cutting rate of methane emission in m3 per tonne of
S. Integrated caving 3.Loosening under strata coal produced is
pressure (a) 11.0 (b) 9.5
83. In a long wall mining subsidence phenomenon, (c) 5.5 (d) 4.5
the “angle of break’’ is the angle between Gate Mining Engineering-2011
(a) the vertical line at the panel edge and line
Ans. (d) : Given that,
connecting the panel edge and zero
subsidence on the surface quantity of air (Q) = 15 m3/sec.
(b) the vertical line at the panel edge and line Permissible or safe maximum % of
connecting the panel edge and point of critical gas in return air (CP) = 0.8
deformation on the surface (Ca) intake air (%) = 0.1
(c) the vertical line at the panel edge and line We know that,
connecting the panel edge and the point of the 100q
maximum tensile strain on the surface Q= –q
C P − Ca
(d) the horizontal line and the line connecting the
panel edge and zero subsidence on the surface where q is gas emission.
Gate Mining Engineering-2009 100q
15 = –q
Ans. (c) : In a long wall mining subsidence 0.8 − 0.1
phenomenon, the "angle of break" is the angle between 100q
the vertical line at the panel edge and line connecting 15 = –q
0.7
the Panel edge and the point of the maximum tensile
strain on the surface. q = 0.1057m3/sec
Rate of methane emission in m3 per tonne of
84. a coolant is a desirable component in the design
of a self-contained Breathing Apparatus since. 0.1057
crad = ×24×60×60
(a) Surroundings can be hot and humid during 2000
rescue = 4.56 m3 tonne
(b) A rescue worker generates large amount of 87. The thickness of a coal deposit is represented
metabolic heat by a spherical semi-variogram model with sill
(c) Exhaled air CO2 absorption is an exothermic of 5 m2. If the semi-variogram value at lag
reaction distance h is 3 m2, the correlogram value at the
(d) Exhaled air water vapour has to be same lag distance is
condensed (a) 0.4 (b) 2.0
Gate Mining Engineering-2010 (c) 2.5 (d) 5.0
Ans. (c) : j Gate Mining Engineering-2011
85. According to mine regulations, the value of the Ans. (a) : Given that,
fleet angle α, in degree of a drum winder Sill of semi-variogram model (C0) = 5m2
@

installation lies in the range of

Lag distance of semi-varigram
(a) 1.5 < α ≤ 2.0 (b) 0 < α ≤ 1.5
model (h) = 3m2
ap

(c) 0.0 < α ≤ 2.5 (d) 2.5 < α ≤ 3.0

We know that,
Gate Mining Engineering-2011
Lag distance of semi-variogram model (h)
na

Mine Planning and Design 370 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
γ (h) = C0 + Ch 3600×fill factoc×bucket capacity
=
3 = 5 + Ch Cycle time in sec×swell factor
Ch = 2m2
Correlgram value at lag distance h is given by, 3,00,000 3600×0.8×bucket capacity
=
C 2 450 65×1.25
correlogram = ρ(h) = h =
C0 5 Bucket capacity = 18.80 m3
ρ(h) = 0.4 90. In cross bar support system, the side clamps
are fitted in holes of coal pillar side up to a
88. Which one of the following is the most likely minimum depth of
mode of slope failure for waste dump (a) 10 cm (b) 20 cm
(a) Circular (c) 30 cm (d) 50 cm
(b) Wedge BCCL Junior Overman-2017
(c) Plane Ans. (d) : In cross bar support system is fitted in the
(d) Toppling holes of minimum depth of 500 mm (50 cm) in the side
Gate Mining Engineering-2014 of a coal pillar it the sider are strong. It the sides are
Ans. (a) : Circular failure - Circular failures are weak the bar is placed on vertical props.
generally occur in weak rock or soil slopes. Failures of If the bar is circular is cross-section the top end of the
this type do not necessarily occur along a purely pop should be hollowed out to fit the contour of the bar.
circular arc, some form of curved failure surface is 91. The handling figures of the Mine for the year
normally apparent. 2015-16 are as below.
• This failure can occurs in overburden soil, waste rock The OB handling = 5,00,000 Tonnes, coal
or highly fractured rock with no identifiable structural production = 2,00,000 Tonnes and densities of
pattern. OB and Ore are 2.5 and 1.5 respectively. Find
Wedge failure - It can occur in rock mass with two or the stripping ratio for the year 2014-15.
more sets of discontinuities whose lines of intersection (a) 1 : 2.5 (b) 1 : 1.5
are approximately perpendicular to the strike of the (c) 1 : 2 (d) 1 : 1
slope and dip toward the plane of the slope. BCCL Junior Overman-2017
Plane failure - It occurs when a discontinuity striking Ans. (d) : Stripping Ratio–In surface mining, stripping
approximately parallel to the slope face and dipping at a ratio or strip ratio referes to the amount of waste (or
lower angle intersects the slope face, enabling the overburden) that must be removed to release a given ore
material above the discontinuity to slide. quantity. It is a number or ratio that express how much
waste is mined per unit of ore. The units of a stripping
Toppling failure - It occurs when columns of rock,
ratio can vary between mine types.
formed by steeply dipping discontinuities in the rock
Overburden (Volume)
structure and it involves over turning or rotation of rock Stripping Ratio=
layers. Coal (Weight)
89. A dragline is required to remove 3,00,000 m3 of 500000
=
rock per month on the bank volume basis. 2.5 × 200000
Consider the following data for the dragline 1
operation. =
1
Effective working hours per month = 450
92. What should be the minimum anchorage
Bucket fill factor = 0.8
strength of root bolts after half an hour and
Cycle time = 65 s after two hours
Swell factor of the rock = 1.25 (a) 2 Te & 4 Te (b) 1 Te & 3 Te
The minimum bucket capacity of the dragline (c) 3 Te & 5 Te (d) 5 Te & 10 Te
in m3 is
BCCL Junior Overman-2017
(a) 7.70 (b) 9.63
Ans. (c) : Anchorage testing–
(c) 12.04 (d) 18.80
• This is the process for performing pull test on the
Gate Mining Engineering-2014
already grounted roof belts with hydraulic operated
Ans. (d) : Given that, equipment
Total production per month = 3,00,000 m3 • This test is meant for measuring the load bearing
@

When working hours per month is 450 now total capacity or Anchorage strength of the bolt.
3,00,000 3 • 10% of total installed roof bolt should be caried out
production per hour = m / hour.
ap

450 anchorage testing. Among them 1% must be

Dragline productivity in hour (Q) destructive test.
na

Mine Planning and Design 371 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
For cement capsule For resin capsule (III) In a mine a big roof fall has taken place in main
After 30 min 3 te After 30 min 12 te intake airway. The fan drift water gauge will register an
2 hr 5 te 2 hr 15 te increase.
24 hr 8 te 96. As per DGMS Circular, find the minimum
width of the bench with the following data-
93. A board and pillar panel will be developed with
The Height of the bench is 7 m, The boom
square pillars of size 25 m and an extraction reach of the machine is 6 m, the tipper plying
ratio of 30%. The width of the gallery in m will on the bench, where tipper width is 2.5 m and
be the widest machine Hitachi Ex800 working on
(a) 4.2 (b) 4.6 the bench, where the EX800 width is 5.5 m.
(c) 4.8 (d) 26.2 (a) 6 m
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 (b) 7 m
Ans. (c) : Extraction Ratio–Extraction Ratio is (c) 7.5 m
defined as the volume of coal mine divided by total (d) 5.5 m
volume of coal within a reserve. BCCL Junior Overman-2017
a 2  a = Piller Width  Ans. (c) :
Extraction Ratio R = 1 − 2   97. Factor of safety for winding rope is
( a + b) b = gallery width  (a) 10 (b) 15
252 (c) 5 (d) 7.5
0.3 = 1 − BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
( 25 + b)
2

Breaking load
252 Ans.(a): Factor of Safety (FOS) =
= 0.7 Max Suspended Load
( 25 + b )
2
For winding–
25 Rope (Manwinding) = 10
= 0.833 Capping = 10
25 + b
Suspension gear = 10
b = 4.8 m
Suspension gear (threaded joint) = 15
94. Support of a slip or fault plan on both sides are
98. Which of the following haulage require two
done because
parallel tracks side by side?
(a) It indicates the weaker section of the area
(a) Tugger haulage
(b) It is a weaker zone of the mine
(c) A slip or fault plan is the line of fracture of (b) Direct rope haulage
strata & very difficult to hold it (c) Endless haulage
(d) None of the above (d) Tail rope haulage
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
Ans. (c) : Slip Plan–A slip occurs when the foot Ans.(c): Endless haulage– In this system, there are two
unintentionally slides on a walking or working surface. parallel tracks side by side, one for the loaded tubs and
A slip or fault plan is the line of fracture of strata & the other for the empties and an endless rope passes
very difficult to hold it. Therefore, support of a slip or from the driving drum/pulley located at the outbye end
fault plan on both sides are done. of the haulage road to the inbye end and back again via
95. In a mine a big roof fall has taken place in a tension bogey.
main intake airway. The fan drifts water gauge • Direct rope haulage– This is the simplest
(a) Will remain unaffected employing one pulling rope and one haulage drum
(b) Will decrease for hauling mineral in tubs or mine cars up a
(c) Will register an increase gradient which is generally steeper than 1 in 10.
(d) Will increase temporarily only when fall • Tail rope haulage–In this system haulage is
takes place situated at the bottom of the incline and the pull
applied through deflection pulley situated at the top
BCCL Junior Overman-2017
of the incline.
Ans. (c) : (I) Water Gauge–Water gauge consist of a
glass is tube partially filled with water open at both ends 99. What is the maximum suitable haulage distance
and is graduated in inches & tenths thereof. for SDL to give best performance.
(a) Upto 25 m of haul length
@

(II) A water gauge is used in mine ventilation, for the

purpose of computing power on the air. It should, (b) Upto 50 m of haul length
(c) Upto75 m of haul length
ap

therefore, be placed on fan drift, in order that it shall

take into account the entire resistance of shaft & mine, (d) Upto 100 m of haul length
which the ventilating fan must overcome. BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
na

Mine Planning and Design 372 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans.(a):SDL (Side discharge loader)–It is a popular Ans.(b): The ratio of the amount of carbon monoxide
coal loading machine of underground mines which is produced over the oxygen absorbed varies with the
used to load and unload the coal by right side and left temperature of oxidation of coal and also with the time of
side having - coal exposure to oxidation, thereby allowing this ratio to
be used as an index of the rate of oxidation in a mine.
• Gradient 1 in 4.
• Maximum suitable haulage distance for SDL is upto 103. Percentage of inflammable gas in gassy seam of
the second degree is
25m of haul length.
(a) 1 (b) More than 1
100. Which of the following accessories is used with
(c) Less than 1 (d) None of these
the over rope type haulage?
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
(a) Lashing chain (b) Smallman clip 3
(c) Dog catch (d) Khit Ans.(c): Degree II gassy has 1-10 m /t emission rate
and percentage of inflammable gas in the general body
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
air is less than 1%.
Ans.(a): Endless rope haulage is classified into two • Degree I gassy coal mines rate of emission of
types as follows– 3
methane is less than 1m /t with less than 0.1% of
(i) Under Rope Endless Haulage. inflammable gas in the general body air.
(ii) Over Rope Endless Haulage. 104. BERM is
Over Rope Endless Haulage–If the rope passes over (a) Provided on the edge of haul Roads
the tube, it is known as over rope endless rope Haulage.
(b) Spacing between two rows of holes
In this system rope is unaffected by wet floor and liable
(c) It is feature of a machine
to wear & tear. The rope is at better working height and
(d) It is related with drilling
a system is generally used for undulating roadways.
Lashing chain is used with the overrope endless NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
Haulage. Ans. (a) : BERM is a level space, shelf or raised barrier
Lashing chain–It consist of a chain 2.5m to 3 meter separating areas in a vertical way, especially port-way
long with a hook at each end. One hook is attached to up a long slope. Provided on the edge of haul roads for
the tub and other end of the chain is coiled 3 to 4 times navigation & good drainage.
around the rope and the hook is linked to the chain. 105. The gradient of haul road is _______
Small-man clip–It consist of two side plates loosely (a) 1 in 12 (b) 1 in 20
held together by a bolt which has a spring which keeps (c) 1 in 16 (d) 1 in 18
the two plates apart. When the hand lever is depressed, NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
the wedge enters between the two plates to grip the Ans. (c) : The rate of rising or falls along the length of
rope. Small-man clip is used with under rope endless road with respect to horizontal alignment is gradient of
haulage. road.
101. The minimum distance between two shafts of a 1 in n (where 1 is vertical and n is horizontal unit)
mine is IRC Gradient recommendations are
(a) 11.5 mtrs (b) 13.5 mtrs Plain or Rolling are - 1 in 30
(c) 15.5 mtrs (d) 17.5 mtrs Mountainous area - 1 in 20
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 Steep Area -1 in 16
Ans.(b): 106. Palingenesis is shown to start at a temperature
• Shaft is the vertical roadway like a well driven from of about :
the surface to access the mineral deposit below (a) 1500ºC (b) 1000ºC
ground. When the depth of mineral deposit is more (c) 800ºC (d) 500ºC
than the depth up to which mining can be done by APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
surface incline economically, the deposit is approach
Ans. (a) : Palingenesis is shown to start at a
by shaft.
temperature of about 1500ºC.
• Generally at least two shaft must be sunk to provide
separate means of egress and ingress. The minimum 107. If the observed back sight and fore sight are x1
distance between two shaft of a mine is 13.5 meters. and x2. The correction back sight on A will be
equal to x1-y1, where y1= D1 tan i°. The correct
102. Grahmas Ratio is the fore sight on B will be equal to x2-y2 where, y2 =
(a) CO2/O2 consumed D2 tan i°. Then what is the correction
@

(b) CO/O2 consumed difference in level between A and B, if D1 = D2?

(c) CO/N2 consumed (a) x2 (b) x2 + x1
ap

(d) None of these (c) x1 (d) x1 – x2

BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
na

Mine Planning and Design 373 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d) : The correct difference in level between A and 112. The angle between the vertical plane of the
B is (x1 – x2) – (x2 – y2) = (x1 – x2) + (y2 – y1) pulley and the rope when the cage is at the pit
= x1 – x2 + (D2 tan iº – D1 tan iº) = x1 – x2. top or pit bottom is known as_____.
(a) Angle of repose
108. Find the scale at elevation point if the values of
(b) Angle of draw
focal length, height of station and the height of
mean sea level are given by 23 cm, 76 cm and (c) Angle of fleet
20 cm. (d) Angle of collimination
(a) 0.41 cm (b) 4 cm Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
(c) 11.44 cm (d) 4.11 cm Ans. (c) : The angle between the vertical plane of the
pulley and the rope when the cage is at the pit top or pit
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
bottom is known as Angle of fleet
Ans. (a) : Determine the scale at elevation point if the Fleet angle : Fleet angle is the angle between the wire
values of focal length, height of station and the height rope and an imaginary line extending perpendicular to
of mean sea level are given by 23 cm, 76 cm and 20 the drum. This angle varies with the width of the drum
cm.. and the distance between the lead sheave and the drum.
The scale at elevation point can be found using the This angle varies with the width of the drum and the
formula distance between the lead sheave and the drum.
Scale = Focal length 113. The following are the staff readings given when
Hos = Height of sea level the staff is held normal. The line of sight of
Substitute the given values instrument is placed at an angle +3°24ꞌ. It
23cm being an anallactic lens, find the horizontal
Scale = distance between staff and instrument station.
76cm – 20cm
Staff readings – 2.145 m, 1.925 m, 1.464 m.
Scale = 0.4107 cm (a) 48.082 m (b) 58.082 m
109. If the observed back sight and fore sight are 20 (c) 68.082 m (d) 78.082 m
m and 18 m. The correction back sight on A Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
will be equal to 16 m, the correct fore sight on Ans. (c) : When the staff is placed normal.
B will be equal to 14 m where then what is the The value of horizontal distance can be given as
correction difference in level between A and B? D = (kS + C) cos θ + r sin θ
(a) 9 m (b) 2 m on substituting the values of S = 2.145 – 1.464 = 0.681,
(c) 10 m (d) 6 m r = 1.925, C = 0
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 we get
Ans. (b) : The correct difference in level between A and D = 100 × 0.681 × cos 3º24' + 0 + 1.925 × sin 3º24'
B is (20 – 4) – (18 – 4) = 20 – 18 = 2 m. D = 68.082 m
110. An offset is measured with an accuracy of 1 in 114. In first method of taking single set, after
40. If scale of plotting is 1 cm = 20 m, Calculate keeping the telescope normal throughout we
the limiting length of the offset so that the measure the angle clockwise by 6 repetitions.
displacement of the point on the paper from We obtain the first value of the angle by
both sources of error may not exceed 0.25 mm? dividing the final reading by _______.
(a) 12.04 m (b) 16.42 m (a) 2 (b) 6
(c) 14.14 m (d) 15.20 m (c) 4 (d) 3
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
Ans. (c) : The total displacement of the paper = 2 1rs . Ans. (b) : In first method of taking single set, after
keeping the telescope normal throughout we measure
From this we can simply the angle clockwise by 6 repetitions. We obtain the first
( )
1 = 0.025 / 2 × 40 × 20 = 14.14m . value of the angle by diving the final reading by 6.
115. A tacheometer is setup at “A” and the readings
111. Dimension of hydraulic permeability expressed
on the staff at “B” are 1.77 m, 2.12 m, 2.34 m
with L, M and T is: and the inclination of line of sight is + 1° 9ꞌ.
(a) LT–2 (b) LT–1 Calculate the vertical distance between A and
–1
(d) L–2
@

(c) MLT B. Take k = 100, c = 0.3?

Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 (a) 1.15 m (b) 2.15 m
ap

Ans. (b) : Dimension of hydraulic permeability (c) 1.51 m (d) 2.51 m

expressed with L, M and T is LT–1 Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
na

Mine Planning and Design 374 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : We know that the vertical distance can be 119. In Indian long wall mines, support resistance is
computed by using- calculated with due consideration to _______ .
sin 2θ (a) height of the immediate roof
V = ks + c sin θ (b) convergence of the strata above coal seam
2
(c) panel length
s = 2.34 – 1.77 = 0.57 m
(d) face length
on substitution
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
V = (100 × 0.57 × sin
( 2 × 1º 9 ' ) + (0.3 × sin (1º9')) Ans. (b) : In Indian long wall mines, support resistance
2 is calculated with due consideration to convergence of
V = 1.15 m. the strata above coal seam.
116. A light house is visible just above the horizon at • Long wall mining is an under ground method of
a certain station at the sea level. The distance excavating coal from tabular deposits as well as soft
between the station and light house is 10 km. mineral deposits such as potash.
Find the height of the light house? 120. Roof falls are more common, if the face is at:
(a) 6.728 m (b) 6.192 m (a) Parallel to the main cleat
(c) 6.90 m (d) 6.123 m (b) None of the other options
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 (c) 60 degree to the main cleat
Ans. (a) : D = 10 km (d) Right angles to the main cleat
Height of lighthouse = 0.0673 × d2 CIL MT Mining-2017
= 0.0673 × (10)2 Ans. (a) : Roof falls are more common, If the face is at
= 0.0673 × 100 parallel to the main cleat.
= 6.73 121. Dust suppression by water has one of the
117. Every plan or section should be submitted on a following disadvantages:
scale having a representative factor of : (a) causes the belt to slip
(a) 1330 : 1 (b) 1200 : 1 (b) workers take rest during this period
(c) 1100 : 2 (d) 1300 : 1 (c) increases humidity in the mine
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 (d) blasting efficiency becomes poor
Ans. (b) : Representative factor is defined as the ratio CIL MT Mining-2017
of the length of the drawing to the actual length of the Ans. (c) : Dust suppression by water has one of the
object. following disadvantages increases humidity in the mine.
Dimension of Drawing Suppression with water-
Representative factor (R.F) =
Dimension of Object Perhaps the oldest method for controlling fugitive dust
is the application of water sprayed over the body of
Length of Drawing material. By wetting fine particles as they lay in the
=
Actual Length bulk materials or as they are being carried by the air, the
weight of each particle is increased. making it less
Area of Drawing
= likely for the particle to became, or stay airborne.
Actual area Moisture increases the cohesive force between dust
Volume as per Drawn particles, making them more likely to agglomerate
= 3
creating larger, heavier groupings of particles and
Actual Volume
making it more difficult for air movement to carry off
• Every plan or section should be submitted on a scale line.
having a representative factor of 1200 : 1.
122. When one identical fan is installed in parallel
118. Compensatory days of rest should be combination to an existing mine fan, then:
maintained at every mine in ________ . (a) Air quantity is doubled and pressure remains
(a) Form G (b) Form R same
(c) Form F (d) Form I (b) Pressure is doubled and air quantity remains
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 same
Ans. (c) (c) Air quantity as well as pressure is doubled
• The compensatory days of rest to be allowed under (d) Air quantity is quadrupled and pressure is
sub-section (1) of section 29 shall be so spaced that doubled
@

in any one week not more than two such days shall CIL MT Mining-2017
be allowed to any person. Ans. (a) : The one identical fan is installed in parallel
ap

• There shall be maintained at every mine or register of combination to an existing mine fan than air quantity is
compensatory days of rest in FORM F. doubled and pressure remains same.
na

Mine Planning and Design 375 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
123. Match the following: (a) Near the floor and along the roadway
a. Room and pillar i. Arificially (b) Near the floor and near the roof
supported (c) Near the roof and near the floor
b. Shrinkage ii. Heavily supported (d) Along the roadway and near the floor
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
c. Sub level iii. Naturally
supported Ans. (c) : The underground working area. CH4 and CO2
stopping
are normally expected to be found respectively near the
d. Square set iv. Unsupported roof and near the floor.
stopping The methane (CH4) and carbon dioxide (CO2)
(a) a → (ii), b → (i), c → (iv), d → (iii) concentrations in the ventilation systems of two Coal
(b) a → (ii), b → (iii), c → (iv), d → (i) mines (A and B) in the Santa Catarina Coal deposit in
southern Brazil and estimate their greenhouse gas
(c) a → (iii), b → (i), c → (iv), d → (ii)
(GHG) emission the highest CH4 levels (1.8%) were
(d) a → (iv), b → (ii), c → (iii), d → (i) recorded in strong methane emanation area in mine A,
CIL MT Mining-2017 below the lower explosive limit (5%). The IPCC -
Ans. (c) : recommended methods significantly overestimated the
methane emission (up to 80%) when compared to the
a. Room and pillar Naturally supported
experimental data measured for each mine.
b. Shrinkage stopping Arificially supported
128. The space factor for stranded rope is?
c. Sub level stopping unsupported (a) 30 to 40% (b) 40 to 50%
d. Square set stopping Heavily supported (c) 50 to 60% (d) 75%
124. Maximum number of attempts for obtaining a APECET Mining Engineering-2017
statutory examination certificate of DGMS is: Ans. (c) : The space factor for stranded rope is 50 to
(a) 8 (b) 9 60%. The space factor of a rope is the ratio of aggregate
(c) 7 (d) Not fixed cross sectional area of the wire strands to the area of
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 circle drawn around the rope.
Ans. (c) : DGMS- Director general of mines safety, 129. The usual maximum speed of winding drum
DGMS in short, is the regulatory agency under the shaft is
ministry of labour & employment, Government of India (a) 120 rpm (b) 240 rpm
in matters pertaining to occupational safety, health and (c) 90 rpm (d) 45 rpm
welfare of persons employed in mines. APECET Mining Engineering-2017
Maximum number of attempts for obtaining a statutory Ans. (d) : The usual maximum speed of winding drum
examination certificate of DGMS is–7 shaft is 45 rpm.
125. Beam theory is applied to 130. Except in stone drift, not more than .............
(a) Prop free front face shots shall be fired in any one round.
(b) Freshly exposed roof (a) 5 (b) 10
(c) 15 (d) 20
(c) Roof bolting
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
(d) Bar supporting
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 Ans. (b) : Except in stone drift, not more than 10 shots
shall be fired in any one round.
Ans. (c) : Beam theory is applied to roof boltig.
131. Pick out the odd one
126. The load at which an axially loaded prop (a) Longwall mining
reaches its elastic limit is
(b) Bord and Pillar mining
(a) Load bearing capacity
(c) Placer mining
(b) Setting load (d) Blasting gallery
(c) Yield load KCET Mining Engineering-2017
(d) Early bearing load
Ans. (c) : Placer mining– Placer mining are among
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 the most economical of all mining methods but can
Ans. (a) : The load at which an axially loaded prop only be applied to limited categories of mineral
reaches its elastic limit is load bearing capacity. deposits .
Load bearing capacity of a prop is the load at which an • Placer mining is used to exploit loosely consolidate
axially loaded prop reached its elastic limit or at which deposits like common sand and gravel or gravels
@

it begins to buckle. containing gold, tin, diamonds, platinum, titanium, or

127. In an underground working area, CH4 and gems.
ap

CO2 are normally expected to be found • Longwall mining, bord and pillar mining and
respectively blasting gallery are used in underground coal mining.
na

Mine Planning and Design 376 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
132. Friction Prop is a .................. type of support
(a) rigid (b) yielding E1.2 Resource Estimation
(c) flat (d) diagonal
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
136. The gradient of crosscut equipped with direct
Ans. (b) : Friction prop supporting force generated by
rope haulage in an inclined seam should not be
the friction of yielding prop. It with metal articulated
roof beam with a single support, to maintain face less than..............
control roof top area. (a) 1 in 25 (b) 1 in 12
(c) 1 in 30 (d) 1 in 18
133. SSR based design on RMR depends on the
following : APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
(a) Width of the gallery Ans. (b) : The gradient of crosscut equipped with direct
(b) Method of extraction rope haulage in an inclined seam should not be less than
(c) Depth of seam 1 in 12.
(d) All the above 137. Hoskold's formula is used for
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 (a) Salting
Ans. (d) : SSR based on RMR depends on width of (b) Speculative rate of return
gallery, method of extraction, depth of seam, etc. (c) Depreciation
Width of the gallery- The width of the gallery refers (d) Ore reserve calculation
to the space or passage where the RMR is applied. In Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
SSR- based designs, the width of the gallery can Ans. (b) : Hoskold formula -
impact the overall performance and efficiency of the
system. Two rate valuation formula one much used to determine
present value (vp) of mining properties or share with
Method of extraction- The method of extraction is
redemption of capital invested.
crucial in determining how the relay captures and
utilizes the residual magnetic field. SSRs relay on 138. Quantity of air to be circulated to an
semiconductor devices to control the flow of current. underground working, where 150 workers are
Depth of seam-The depth of the seam refers to the employed in the largest shift and the daily
depth of the area where the RMR is applied. This production is 500 tonne, will be –
parameter important as it influences the strength and (a) 900 m3/min (b) 1250 m3/min
3
characteristics of the residual magnetic field. (c) 900 m /min (d) 1250 m3/min
134. Advance supporting up to 30 m at both gate UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
roads of a retreat longwall face is required due Ans. (b) : Quantity of air to be circulated to an
to underground working, where 150 workers are
(a) back abutment pressure employed in the largest shift and the daily production
(b) fort abutment pressure is 500 tonne, will be 1250m3/min.
(c) yield pressure 139. Semi-variogram modeling is used for reserve
(d) front and back abutment pressure estimation of mineral deposit by
TSPGECET-2020 (a) polygonal method
Ans. (b) : Advance supporting up to 30 m at both gate (b) distance weighting method
roads of a retreat long wall face is front abutment (c) geostatistical method
pressure. (d) nearest neighbor method
135. Serpentine is a Gate Mining Engineering-2017
(a) Inosilicate (b) Tectosilicate Ans. (c) : Semi - variogram modeling is used for
(c) Phyllosilicate (d) Nesosilicate reserve estimation of mineral deposit by geostatistical
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 method.
Ans. (c) : • In the Earth sciences in general, and, in particular, in
Serpentine is a Phyllosilicate, formerly called disilicate. the minerals deposits, the spatial continuity of the
Compound with a structure in which silicate geotechnical characteristics of the rocks represents
tetrahedrons are arranged in sheets. natural phenomenon.
The phyllosilicates, or sheet silicates, are important • Geostatistics is a specialized scientific discipline
group of minerals that includes the micas, chlorite, which offers the methodology for modeling the spatial
@

serpentine, talc and the clay minerals. continuity of the regionalized variable.
The basic structure of the phyllosilicates is based on 140. Manpower distribution plan shall be made:
ap

interconnected six member rings of SiO4– 4 tetrahedra (a) During first week of every month
that extend outward in infinite sheets. (b) During second week of every month
na

Mine Planning and Design 377 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(c) During third week of every month 144. The point beyond which the mineral cannot be
(d) During last week of every month economically extracted is called :
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 (a) Volume stripping ratio
Ans. (a) : Manpower distribution plan- Manpower (b) Average stripping ratio
planning is essentially the process of getting the number (c) Break-even stripping ratio
of qualified employees and seek to place the right (d) Limiting stripping ratio
employee in right Job at right time, So that an UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
organisation can meet its objective. In mining
manpower distribution plan shall be made during first Ans. (c)
week of every month. The parameter known as the stripping ratio
represents the amount uneconomic material that
141. The material issued to the department will be
must be removed to uncover one unit of ore, i.e., the
returned to the store by
ratio of the number of tons of ore waste material
(a) Invoice
removed to the number of ton of ore removel.
(b) Material request note
In order to specify the maximum allowable
(c) Indent
stripping ratio (SRmax) of a surface mine, break even
(d) Material return note ratio can help to establishes the pit limit's.
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
SRmax defined as the ratio of overburden to ore at
Ans. (d) : A form that records the return of material to the ultimate boundary of the pit, where the profit
store. A prime document, it contains similar margin is zero. It can be calculated as :
information to a materials requisition and is used to
SRmax = (Value of ore – Production cost)/stripping cost.
debit stock and credit expenditure.
145. Equivalent Orifice relates to …………..
• A material return note is prepared to determine the
values of materials that have been returned. Therefore, (a) Roof Safety (b) Mine Ventilation
it is necessary to prepare a separate note in addition to (c) Dust Treatment (d) None of these
the one that was originally issued when the materials WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
were received from stores. Ans. (b) : Equivalent orifice is related to Mine
142. The rope speed in direct rope haulage is –––––– ventilation. It is a term that compares the resistance of
kilometer per hour. air of a mine to the resistance of a circular opening in a
(a) 5-6 (b) 4-5 thin plate through which the same quantity of air flows
(c) 6-8 (d) 8-12 under the same pressure as in the mine.
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I 136. Productivity of a highly mechanized coal mine
Ans. (d) : Direct rope haulage is a method of depends on
transporting materials or loads using a rope that is (a) % Availability of equipment
directly connected to the haulage system. It’s commonly
used in mining and construction industries for moving (b) % Utilisation of equipment
heavy loads over short distance. The rope is usually (c) % Manpower availability
wound around a drum or pulley, and as the drum (d) % Availability of equipment and %
rotates, it pulls the load along the designated path. Utilisation of equipment
The rope speed in direct rope haulage is 8 to 12 km/h. Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (d) : The Production performance of mining
E1.3 Economic Evaluation equipment depends on its availability and utilization.
• Hence it is necessary to determine the percentage
143. As per classification of mineral resources availability and percentage utilization of machinery
"reserve" means with an aim to improve the same.
(a) Identified resources • Different mines are following different terms and
maintaining different information.
(b) Identified and techno-economically viable
resources • These would serve as management's tool in improving
(c) Hypothetical resources performance.
(d) Inferred resources • These can also be used for inter-trim comparison.
@

Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I • To sum up, there is a necessity to lay down on
Ans. (b) : As per classification of mineral resources systematic basic, well defined terms, factors and indices
ap

'reserve' means Identified and techno- economically required for control and management of mining
viable resource. equipment.
na

Mine Planning and Design 378 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
146. In mine economics, the measures of dispersion • This decling-balance method is an example of one of
are : the methods that meet the requirements of being
(a) mean, mode are skewness systematic and rational.
(b) mean, range and variance • If the expected productivity or revenue-earning power
(c) range, variance and standard deviation of the asset is relatively greater during the earlier years
(d) mean, median and variance of its life, or maintenance charges tend to increase
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 during later years, the declining method may provide
Ans. (c) : In mine economics, the measures of the most satisfactory allocation of cost.
dispersion are range, variance and standard deviation. • That conclusion also applies to other methods
• The variation can be measured in different numerical including the sum-of-the years – digits method that
measures namely- produce substantially similar results.
(i) Range → It is the simplest method of the 149. For mining property appraisals, typical reports
measurement of dispersion and define the difference prepared are Bankable Feasibility Report
between the highest and lowest item in a given (BFR), Conceptual Plan Report (CPR),
distribution. Feasibility Report (FR) and Detailed Project
(ii) Standard deviation → It is the square root of the Report (DPR). The chronological order for the
arithmetic average of the square of the deviations preparation of these reports is
measured from the mean. (a) CPR →FR→BFR→DPR
• The measure of dispersion displays and gives us an (b) BFR→CPR→DPR→FR
idea about the variation and the central value of an (c) FR→BFR→CPR→DPR
individual item.
(d) CPR→BFR→DPR→FR
147. In mine economics, the term ‘At-Mine-
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
Revenue’ (AMR) refers to the :
Ans. (c) : For mining property appraisals. typical
(a) net value of the ore produced from the mine
reports prepared are Bankable Feasibility Report (BFR),
(b) net value of the concentrate to the mine
Conceptual Plan Report (CPR), Feasibility Report (FR)
(c) net smelter return value
and Detailed Project (DPR). The chronological order for
(d) net smelter return (NSR) minus the realisation
the preparation of these reports is.
cost
FR → BFR → CPR → DPR
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
150. The instrument used for measuring humidity is
Ans. (d) : In mine economics, the term 'At-Mine-
Revenue' refers to the net smelter return minus the called
realisation cost. (a) Methanometer (b) Galvanometer
• Mine revenues means all venues, payments, cash and (c) Hygrometer (d) Thermometer
proceeds from whatever source received by or on behalf BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
of Borrower arising from the ownership and operations Ans.(c): Hygrometer is an instrument used to determine
of the Mine, including amounts received pursuant to the relative humidity of air.
any coal sales agreement and any other mines Galvanometer is used to measure current.
document. Thermometer is used to measure temperature.
• Proceeds of any insurance, Methanometer is an instrument used to measure
• Proceeds of any permitted sale and methane gas in the air of mine.
• Investment income. 151. Productivity of highly mechanized Coal Mine
148. The ‘‘sum of the year’’ digit method’’ is depends on
normally used for : (a) % availability of equipment
(a) The amount of salting (b) % Utilization of equipment
(b) speculative rate of return (c) Manpower availability
(c) ore reserve calculation (d) % availability and % Utilisation of equipment
(d) Determining the depreciation NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 Ans. (d) : Productivity of highly mechanised coalmine
@

Ans. (d) : Sum-of-year's digits is and acceptable depends on

depreciation and amortization method for use in • Percentage availability (PA)
ap

financial reporting under U.S. generally accepted • Percentage utilization.

accounting principle. *Production efficiency.
na

Mine Planning and Design 379 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
152. As per Indian Electricity Rules, where hand- Ans. (a) : The type of conveyor system that is laid
held portable apparatus is used, the voltage across the mechanized long-wall working face is
should not exceed: armored face conveyor.
(a) 250 V (b) 75 V The AFC is a heavy-duty conveyor system specifically
(c) 30 V (d) 125 V designed for underground mining operations, such as
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 long wall mining. It is used to transport coal or other
Ans. (d) : As per Indian Electricity Rules, where hand minerals from the cutting face of the long-wall to a
held portable apparatus is used, the Voltage should not main belt conveyor for further transportation out of the
exceed 125V mine.
153. Which of the following method is applicable to Belt conveyor-
both metallic and non-metallic minerals? A belt conveyor system consists of two or more pulleys
(a) Sublevel with a closed loop of carrying medium-the conveyor
belt that rotates about them. One or both of the pulleys
(b) Blasting gallery
are powered, moving the belt and the material on the
(c) Bord and pillar
belt forward. The powered pulley is called the drive
(d) Stope and pillar pulley while the unpowered pulley is called the idler
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 pulley.
Ans. (a) : The method is applicable to both metallic and 156. If the gate belt conveyor serves for the
non-metallic minerals sublevel. production from two working faces on either
Non-metals are minerals which as a rule do not serve as sides of it, then such arrangement is known as
raw material for the extraction of metal. The group of (a) Single -unit longwall face
non metals, which is widespread amongst the variety of (b) Double-unit longwall face
minerals, is of minerals, is of great economic
(c) Triple unit longwall face
significance.
(d) Mechanized longwall face
154. Which of the following attributes is not ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
desirable for an organization developing as
Ans. (b) : The gate belt conveyor serves for the
good in the market?
production from two working faces on either sides of it
(a) Flexibility
is known as a double unit long wall face. In this
(b) Work centralization configuration, the gate belt conveyor acts as a central
(c) Appropriate levels of control transport system for the coal or other materials
(d) Grant of Authority produced from the adjacent working faces.
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
157. Bi-cable aerial ropeways are suitable for
Ans. (b) : Centralization refers to the process in which capacities of –––––––– tonnes/hour.
activities involving planning and decision making an
(a) 400-500 (b) 50-100
organization are concentrated in a specific leader or
location. (c) 100-400 (d) 500 and above
Advantages of Centralization. ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
(i) A clear chain of command Ans. (c) : Bi-cable aerial ropeways are suitable for
(ii) Focused vision capacities of 100-400 tonnes/hour.
(iii) Reduced costs 158. The articulated joint provided in load haul
(iv) Quick implementation of decisions. dumper can provide a swivel of –––––––––
(v) Improved quality of work. during turnings.
(a) 125º (b) 90º
• Work centralization is not desirable for an
(c) 45º (d) 100º
organization developing as good in the market.
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
155. The type of conveyor system that is laid across
Ans. (d) : The articulated joint provided in load haul
the mechanized Long-wall working face is
dumper can provide a swivel of 100º during turnings.
____________.
(a) armored face conveyor 159. Self-properties and borrowed founds from
@

(b) Trunk belt conveyor banks for interest come under

(c) Sandwich conveyor (a) social risks (b) financial risks
ap

(d) Gate belt conveyor (c) personal risks (d) other risks
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
na

Mine Planning and Design 380 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Self-properties such estate or other assets Ans. (b): High production rate coupled with large scale
owned by an individual or entity are subject to financial and extensive subsidence result from the method of
risk. These risks may include fluctuations, in property block caving.
value, the potential for property damage or less and the Block caving is the mining method in which masses,
associated financial implications. panel or blocks of ore are undercut to induce caving
Barrowed funds from banks for interest also fall under permitting the broken ore to be drown of below.
financial risks. This refers to the risk associated with 163. R.M.R. stands for
taking on dept, such as the ability to repay the borrowed (a) Rate of Marginal Return
amount fluctuations in interest rates that can impact the (b) Rock Mass Rating
cost of borrowing and potential consequences of
(c) Rating of Massive Roof
defaulting on loon payments.
(d) Rated Mass of Rock
Therefore, both self-properties and borrowed funds
from banks for interest are examples of financial risks. NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
Ans. (b) : R.M.R. stand for Rock Mass Rating. The
rock mass rating (RMR) is a geomechanical
E2 Operational Planning classification system for rocks, developed by Z.T.
Bieniawski between 1972 and 1973. Since then it has
undergone multiple modifications out of which RMR89
E2.1 Production Scheduling is commonly used.
164. The low heating capacity of which of the types
160. With what purpose, the Jazz rails are provided of coal reduces its value as an industrial fuel?
in haulage road? (a) Peat (b) Lignite
(a) To Prevent tubs running backward (c) Anthracite (d) Bituminous
(b) To Prevent tubs running out of control HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
(c) To Reduce speed of moving tubs Ans. (a) : Peat has the lowest heating capacity. Peat has
(d) To Prevent runaway of tub in forward low carbon content (30 - 40%) and has high moisture.
direction Lignite has more carbon content (50%) and has less
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II moisture. Bituminous has higher carbon content (60%)
and anthracite has the highest carbon content (>80%).
Ans. (d) : Simplest system employing in the mine.
Consist of one pulling rope and one haulage drug for 165. In gassy seam of degree-III, the rate of
hauling minerals in tubs or mine cars up a gradient emission of Inflammable gas is :
which is generally steeper than 1 in 10. (a) 0.1m3 per tonne of coal production
The haulage engine is situated at top of an inclined good (b) >0.1m3 per tonne of coal production
way. (c) 10m3 per tonne of coal production
The tubs is attached to one end of the rope, the other (d) >10m3 per tonne of coal production
and being fixed to the haulage drum. The rope speed is UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
generally 8-12 km/hr and the system can operate
Ans. (d)
between any point of the haulage plane and the haulage
engine. Gassy seam of the third degree means a coal seam
of part thereof lying within the precincts of a mine
161. The act performed to enrich or impoverish, not being an open cast working in which the rate of
either intentionally or accidentally, the mineral
emission of inflammable gas per tonne of coal
samples taken for assaying is known as
produced exceeds ten cubic meter (103).
(a) Decimating (b) Salting
(c) Sniffling (d) Sludging In gassy seam of degree-III, the rate of emission of
inflammable gas is greater than 10 m3 per tonne of
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
coal production.
Ans. (b) : The act performed to enrich or impoverish
either intentionally or accidently the mineral samples 166. Coalification had taken place in order of
taken for assaying is known as Salting. It is the process (a) Lignite, peat, bituminous, anthracite
of adding a valuable metal especially gold or silver to a (b) Peat, lignite, bituminous, anthracite
sample from a mine to change the value of the sample (c) Peat, lignite, anthracite, bituminous
with intent to deceive potential buyers of the mine. (d) Bituminous, peat, anthracite, lignite
162. High production rate coupled with large scale BCCL Junior Overman-2017
and extensive subsidence results from the Ans. (b) : (I) Coalification–It is defined as process of
method of gradual change in physical & chemical properties of
@

(a) Top slicing (b) Block caving coal as pressure & temperature increases during
(c) VCR mining (d) Room and pillar geological time.
ap

(e) Question not attempted (II) Coalification had taken place in order of peat,
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 lignite, Bituminous, Anthracite.
na

Mine Planning and Design 381 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
167. High ash coals: 171. Every plan shall show a scale of the plan at
(a) require large time for carbonization least ........................ long.
(b) are soft and friable (a) 15 cm (b) 20 cm
(c) None of the other options (c) 25 cm (d) 30 cm
(d) produce large quantity of coke oven gas APECET Mining Engineering-2017
CIL MT Mining-2017 Ans. (c) : Every plan shall show a scale of the plan at
Ans. (a) : High ash coals require large time for least 25 cm long.
Carbonization. 172. Which will regulate progress of production
High ash content ash content of coal produced in the activity according to the schedule prepared?
country is generally 25 to 45% whereas average ash (a) Following (b) Check up
content of imported coal due to drift theory of formation
(c) Inspection (d) Directing
of coal deposits in India.
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
168. Which of the following is the important
ancillary mining operation Ans. (A) : Following will regulate progress of
production activity according to the schedule prepared.
(a) Depillaring
(b) Development 173. –––––––– in the model for quality assurance in
(c) Strata control final inspection and test.
(d) Drilling and blasting (a) ISO 9004 (b) ISO 9000
APCET Mining Engineering-2017 (c) ISO 9002 (d) ISO 9003
Ans. (c) : Strata control- Ground movement caused by ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
current and past mining activities is a serious Ans. (a) : ISO 9004 gives guidance on achieving
environmental and safety hazards. Fly ash backfill sustained organizational success.
technology has been developed in our team to control • ISO 9003 in the model for quality assurance in final
subsidence caused by underground mine working. As inspection and test.
coal mining is moving into deeper and more • ISO 9002 is a model for quality assurance in
geologically complex environment, the risk of coal production and installation.
burst is also increasing in the mining industry. • ISO 9000 deals with the fundamental of QMS,
169. Gestation period is including the seven quality management principles that
(a) The time interval between the mining start underline the family standard.
and production start
(b) The time interval between the mining start
and mining close
E2.2 Equipment Selection
(c) The time interval between the production start
and mining close 174. In shaft sinking, the Pumps are generally used
(d) Lag on ignition to deal the water if quantity exceeds
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 (a) 72 lit/min (b) 80 lit/min
Ans. (a) : Gestation period is the time interval between (c) 15 lit/min (d) 100 lit/min
the mining start and production start. APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
170. High production rates coupled with large scale Ans. (d) : In shaft sinking, the pumps are generally used
and extensive subsidence results from the to deal the water if quantity exceeds 100 lit/min.
method of 175. In a self-contained closed-circuit breathing
(a) Top slicing apparatus,
(b) Block caving (a) the exhaled air is released outside the
(c) Sublevel caving apparatus.
(d) Vertical Creater Retreat mining (b) the exhaled air is wholly absorbed within the
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 apparatus.
Ans. (b) : High production rates coupled with large (c) CO2 is released outside the apparatus after
scale an extensive subsidence result form the method of separating from exhaled air.
block caving. (d) CO2 from exhaled air is absorbed with a
Block caving- Block (gravity) caving is a bulk chemical.
underground mining method, which allows large low - Gate-2024
@

grade deposit to be mined underground. This method Ans. (d) : In a self-contained closed-circuit breathing
involves undermining the ore body to make it collapse apparatus, the exhaled air is not release outside the
ap

under its own weight into a series of chambers from apparatus. Instead, it is recycled within the apparatus.
which the our extracted. The carbon dioxide (CO2) produced by the person
na

Mine Planning and Design 382 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
breathing is removed from the exhaled air using a 180. Statements on Shaft construction are-
chemical absorbent, typically soda lime substance. This (1) Cementation sinking method is used for weak
allows the person to continue breathing the same air, and watery rock medium.
minus the CO2, which is absorbed by the chemical. The 2. Grab is a common loading equipment used in
remaining oxygen can then be breathed in again, shaft sinking.
providing a continuous supply of breathable air for the 3. Freezing method is a very common method of
user. shaft sinking.
176. In a drum hoisting system through a vertical 4. Blasting cannot be adopted for sinking shaft
shaft, over-winding is prevented by due to accumulation of water.
(a) Lilly controller (b) Detaching hook (a) Only (1), (2) and (3) are right.
(c) Calipr brake (d) Safety catch (b) Only (2) and (3) are right.
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I (c) Only (2) and (4) are right.
(d) Only (1) and (2) are right.
Ans. (b) : In a drum hoisting system through a vertical
(e) Question not attempted
shaft, over- winding is prevented by detaching hook.
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
177. Which one of the following is not a component
Ans. (d) : The correct statements on shaft construction
in a Scraper?
are-
(a) Bowl (b) Apron Cementation sinking method is used for weak and
(c) Cutting blade (d) Bucket watery rock medium.
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I Grab is a common loading equipment used in shaft
Ans. (d) : This equipment consists of a large bucket sinking.
called the scraper and it is attached to a tractor varies 181. The equipment that is not used in hard rock
from 3m3 to 9m3. The scraper has a cutting edge or metal mining drivage is
blade at the bottom and it is the possible to dig earth to (a) Road header (b) Drill jumbo
depth of about 250 mm. (c) Jack hammer (d) Dint header
Component of scraper- (e) Question not attempted
(i) Bowl Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
(ii) Apron
Ans. (d): In hard rock metal mining drivage, which
(iii) Ejector involves creating tunnels or passage in the rock,
(iv) Cutting blade equipment like drill jumbos, road headers, and
178. The equipment not related to extraction of coal Jackhammers are commonly used. However, a "dint
from long wall face operation is header" is not typically used in this context. A coal
(a) AFC (b) Road header mining, where it's used for cutting coal at the face of the
(c) Powered support (d) DERD Shearer coal seam, Hard rock mining generally employs
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I different methods and equipment suitable for the
Ans. (b) : Road headers were first developed to specific challenges of excavating rock formation rather
mechanically excavate coal in the early 1950s, Later than coal seams.
their was extended to civil construction where RHs 182. Match the columns
were excavating used for enervative railway tunnels Equipment Action/Purpose
roadways, sewers and diversion tunnels in soft and
P. Dragline 1. Reaming
modeterately hard ground conditions.
179. Which of the following is used as a reviving Q. Bucket wheel 2. Key cut
apparatus in mines for casualties with excavator
compromised breathing? R. Tunnel boring 3. Pulsating impact
(a) Draeger BG 4 machine
(b) Resuscitator S. Hydraulic 4. Terracing
(c) Any open circuit rescue apparatus monitor
(d) MSA self rescuer (a) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (b) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4
(e) Question not attempted (c) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1 (d) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
Ans. (b) : Resuscitator is used as a reviving apparatus Ans. (a) Dragline are composed of detachable parts
@

in mines for casualties with compromised breathing. that make it possible to move then. It action is key cut.
A resuscitator is a device using positive pressure to The primary function of bucket wheel excavator to
ap

inflate the lungs of an unconscious person who is not act as a continuous digging machine in large scale
breathing, in order to keep them oxygenated and alive. open-pit mining operations.
na

Mine Planning and Design 383 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
A tunnel boring machine also known as a "mole", 186. SCSR is a ………… equipment.
is a machine used to excavate tunnels with a (a) Roof safety (b) Winding
circular cross section through a variety of soil and (c) Rescue work (d) None of these
rock strata. WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
Hydraulic monitor, the process of crank plunger Ans. (c) : A SCSR is usually a closed - circuit breathing
movement and the mechanism of pulsating pressure apparatus with a chemical oxygen generator or a
formation using theoretical research. compressed oxygen cylinder and a carbon dioxide
183. A proximity warning device is to be fitted as an absorber. SCSR are most commonly used in some coal
additional feature in a ................... . mines, are intended for one person and usually supply at
(a) water tank (b) wagon drill least one hour of oxygen So SCSR is a Rescue Work
equipment. It's full form is self contained self rescue.
(c) dumper (d) excavator
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 187 What is a coal bump in coal mines?
(a) It is a roof fall which affects the surface.
Ans. (c) A proximity warning system is generally the
(b) It is sudden displacement in the goaf area
term used for a system that warns industrial vehicles
resulting dislodges roof supports.
that they are in close proximity to a pedestrian worker.
(c) It is sudden violent collapse of coal from coal
Most systems can be fitted to forklifts, reach- pillars due to sudden release of elastic strain
stackers, gantry cranes, dumper, we name it if these energy.
vehicles work near pedestrians, they need a (d) It is a line passing through all the corners of
warning system. stook under extraction at a time.
184. Which of the following equipment can be used APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
in the development as well as extraction phase Ans. (c) : Bumps have been classified in a variety of
in an Underground Coal Mine? ways, depending on the country, mine, and nature of
(a) Double Ended Ranging Drum Shearer occurrence.
(b) Coal plough • After an extensive study conducted by Phillips, coal
(c) Continuous Miner mine bumps were categorised as either pressure or
(d) Single Ended Ranging Drum Shearer shock bumps.
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 • A pressure bumps occurs when a strong or brittle
Ans. (c) pillar in a developed area is statically stressed passed
The oldest of the basic underground methods, room the failure of strength of the coal.
and pillar mining grew naturally out of the need to • Coal has the capacity to store large amounts of strain
recover more coal as mining operation became energy before failing.
deeper and more expensive. • The total energy stored depends on the coal, roof, and
The conventional mining techniques described floor material properties, lateral confinement, and the
above, made up of the cyclic operations of cutting, magnitude of the applied stress.
drilling, blasting and loading developed in 188. Select the option that correctly matches the
association with room and pillar mining. equipment of the action processes.
During the lake 1940s, conventional techniques Equipment Action Process
began to be replaced by single machines, known as P. Dragline 1.Reaming
continuous miners, that broke off the coal from the Q. Bucket wheel 2 Key cut
seam and transferred it back to the haulage system. excavator.
The Joy Ripper was the first continous miner R. Tunnel boring 3 Pulsating impact
applicable to the room and pillar method. machine
185. SCBA stands for S. Hydraulic hammer 4. Terracing
(a) Self Cleaning Breathing Apparatus 1. P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3
(b) Self Contained Biological Apparatus 2. P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4
(c) Self Contained Breathing Apparatus 3. P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1
(d) None of these 4. P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
Ans. (c) : SCBA Stands for Self Contained Breathing Ans. (a) : P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3
Apparatus, sometimes referred to as a compressed air • The key cut, when completed, takes the shape of a
@

breathing apparatus or simply breathing apparatus, is a trough, which is confined at the bottom to approx. The
device worn to provide breathable air in an atmosphere width of the bucket.
ap

that is immediately dangerous to life or health. They are • Thus, the maximum horizontal reach of the dragline
typically used in firefighting and industry. utilized.
na

Mine Planning and Design 384 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Bucket wheel Excavators have established themselves 191. What is the minimum percentage of oxygen to
firmly as effective digging machines and have proved be required at any place inside the mine where
themselves capable of the economy intended of persons are required to work and carry out
continuous methods of excavation, in a variety of soils. more movements ?
• A tunnel boring machine consists of one or more (a) 19.8% (b) 19.6%
shields and associated supporting machinery. The front (c) 19.3% (d) 19%
end of the shield supports a cutting wheel behind which APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
a chamber that may be a closed machine i.e. under Ans. (d) : • Oxygen is depleted from the atmosphere
pressure or an open machine i.e. exposed to the
by oxidation of coal, wood or other organic materials.
exteriors.
• The advantages of the hydraulic hammer excitation is • Oxygen deficiency can also occur as contaminant
that the location of the hammer is known and optimized gases liberated from the coal strata displace the
so as the induce enough energy to excite as much oxgyen.
vibration modes as possible. • Atmospheres with oxygen concentrations below
189. Which surface mining equipment is used for 19.5 percent can have adverse physiological effects.
loading soft rock, having large wheel with • The minimum percentage of oxygen to be required
buckets arranged in circumference? at any place inside the mine where persons are
(a) Dragline required to work and carry out more movements is
(b) Bucket wheel excavator 19.00%.
(c) Surface miner • The following are the likely effects of depressed
(d) Roadheader oxygen levels in air.
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 % of oxygen in air Effects.
Ans. (d) : Surface mining is a mining method used to 17% Faster, deep, breathing
extract minerals that are closed to the earth's surface
15% Dizziness, buzzing in
• Mining method for surface mining include.
ears, rapid heartbeat
(i) Strip mining
(ii) Open pit mining 13% May lose consciousness
(iii) Quarring with prolonged exposure
(iv) In-situ leach mining 9% fainting
(v) Place mining 7 and 6% Life endagered
• Bucket-wheel excavators are used in open-pit mining. 192. Which of the following is a sinistrally coiled
• These mining tools continuously dig, transport, and gastropod:
load materials excavating upto 240,000 cubic tons of (a) Physa (b) Murex
minerals per day. (c) Turbo (d) Natica
190. Which apparatus is called as intrinsically safe? GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(a) That is safe in operation so as not the result in Ans. (a) : The sinistrally coiled gastropod is Physa.
the production of hot gases
Sinistral refers to the left-handed coiling of the shell,
(b) That is operated at the lower level of
and Physa exhibits this characteristic.
temperature
(c) That is inherently incapable of creating spark 193. Match the following:
of sufficient intensity of ignite firedamp Component of Purpose of
(d) That has an overload protection flame safety lamp component
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 P. Asbestos rings 1. Dissipation of
Ans. (c) : • The defination of intrinsic safety used in the heat of flue gas
relevant IEC apparatus standard IEC 60079-II is a type Q. Wire gauges 2. Formation of
of protection based on the restriction of electrical air-tight joints
energy within apparatus and of interconnecting wiring
R. Outer glass 3. Arrest of
exposed to the potentially explosive atmosphere to a
level below that which can cause ignition by either explosion
sparking or heating effects. inside the lamp
• This is concise statement of intent to introduce a S. Combustion 4. Separation of
multifaceted subject. chimney inlet air from
@

• Illustrates a typically intrinsically safe system where flue gas

the safe performance of each piece of apparatus is (a) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (b) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3
ap

dependent on the integrity of all the equipment in the (c) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1 (d) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3
system. Gate Mining Engineering-2008
na

Mine Planning and Design 385 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : 195. Run-away switch is used in connection with
Component of Purpose of (a) Direct Rope Haulage
flame safety lamp component (b) Trail Rope Haulage
P. Asbestos rings 2. Formation of (c) Endless Haulage
air-tight joints (d) Gravity Haulage
Q. Wire gauges 1. Dissipation of BCCL Junior Overman-2017
heat of flue gas Ans. (a) : (I) Run-away Switch–Catch point or other
R. Outer glass 3. Arrest of automatic diverting switch gear, acts when a mine can
explosion inside runs downgrade or out of control by diverting it to a
the lamp siding.
S. Combustion 4. Separation of (II) Run-away switch is used in connection with Direct
chimney inlet air from Rope Haulage.
flue gas 196. Which of the following apparatus, equipment is
194. A surface mine blast pattern shown below has not recommended to keep at rescue room?
the following details: (a) Smoke helmets
Accessory Resistance (in Number or (b) Breathing apparatus
Ohms) Length (c) multi gas Detector
Detonator 2 per 40 nos (d) Reviving apparatus
detonator
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
Connecting 0.5/m 100 m
wire Ans. (c) : The following equipment is not
recommended to keep at rescue room is multi gas
Bus wire 0.5/m 100 m Detector
Firing line O.O1 /m 200m Multi gas detector ⇒
A multi gas detector is a portable device designed to
detect multiple gases simultaneously A portable gas
detector is usually the last line of defense to alerting
operators of dangerous gas
197. The roof bolt that follows the principle of point
anchorage is:
(a) Expansion shell bolt
(b) Full column grouted bolt
(c) Swellex bolt
(d) Split set boilt
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
If the exploder supplies 440V, the current in
the blasting circuit in ampere is Ans. (a) : The roof bolt that follows the principle of
(a) 5.36 (b) 3.51 point anchorage is Expansion shell bolt.
(c) 4.83 (d) 2.57 Expansion shell Bolts are designed to be used for roof
Gate Mining Engineering-2008 and ribs support in mine working areas as an
Ans. (*) : In the case of the 10 detonators and 25 m independent or auxiliary roof support system expansion
connecting wire the wire the resistance will be shell bolts are easy to handle, while they are
= 2 × 10 + 25 × 0.5 implemented fast.
For 40 denature and 100 m connecting wire the 198. Match the following :
resistance will be Equipment Component
1 1 1 1 1 P. Scrapper 1. Dribble belt
= + + +
R 32 − 5 32 − 5 32 − 5 32 − 5 Q. Dragline 2. Dipper stick
R = 8.125Ω R. Bucket wheel 3. Fair lead
Now, total resistance (RT) of circuit will be excavator
RT = 8.125 +100×0.5 + 0.01 × 200
S. Rope shovel 4. Bowl
RT = 60.125Ω
Hence, current (I) in the blasting circuit (a) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3
@

440 (b) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1

I= (c) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2
ap

60.125
(d) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3
7.31 ampere.
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
na

Mine Planning and Design 386 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) • Draglines have the ability to excavate huge quantities
Equipment Component of material and then to place that material at quite a
Scrapper – Bowl distance from the dragline itself.
Dragline – Fair lead • Draglines are commonly used to remove the
Bucket wheel excavator – Dribble belt overburden also known as stripping, in open cast
Rope shovel – Dipper stick mining.
199. Cooling power at a work place is measure with In many cases, the overburden is drilled and blasted to
the help of which of the following? facilate removal by the dragline.
(a) Hygrometer 202. Prismatic compass gives the
(b) Kata thermometer (a) Quadrantial Bearing
(c) Aneroid barometer (b) Reduced Bearing
(d) Alcohol thermometer (c) Whole circle Bearing
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 (d) Quadrantial and Reduced Bearing
Ans. (b) : Cooling power at a work place is measure KCET Mining Engineering-2017
with the help of Kata thermometer. Ans. (c) : Prismatic compass– In this compass the
• Kata thermometer is an instrument/device to provide reading are taken with the help of prism.
more convinent means determines the cooling power
• With the help of prismatic compass whole circle
of underground mine environment.
bearing can be measured.
• A cooling power of 800 w/m2 for the environment as
measured with a Kata thermometer is considered • Graduation in prismatic compass are marked from 0O
ideal for persons employed in hard work. to 360O.
200. Which of the following is a main objective of • In a prismatic compass a mirror is provided with the
job evaluation? sight vane.
(a) to resolve wage disputes • Sighting the object as well as reading the graduated
(b) Standardization of wages circle can simultaneously be done without changing
(c) Method for future promotion the position of the eye.
(d) To estimate correct wages for work 203. It is one of the capital budgeting decision
performance making rules that represents amount of time it
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 takes for a project to recover its initial cost.
Ans. (d) : Various objective of job evaluation (a) Net present value
• To determine the hierarchy and place the worth of (b) Payback period
each job of the organization. (c) Internal rate of return
• To ensure fair and equitable wage-structure on the (d) Cash flow period
basis of relative worth or value of jobs. TSPGECET-2020
• To form a basis for fixing incentive and different Ans. (b) : A basic strategy for capital budgeting is the
bonus plans.
playback period it addresses how much time is expected
• To provide a framework for periodic receive of for the money flows created by the speculation to
wages. reimburse the expense of the first venture.
• To ensure the competitiveness of the organization in
204. Bypass valve in a compressed oxygen type self-
the labour market.
contained breathing apparatus is meant for
• To produce pay structure that reconciles the
conflicting demands of internal and external equity. (a) Nitrogen purging
(b) Flushing out the apparatus with oxygen on
201. Which of the following equipment is most opening the cylinder valve
suited for side casting in opencast coal mines?
(c) Supplying oxygen directly to the wearer in
(a) Excavator (b) Electric shovel
case, pressure reducing value malfunctions
(c) Rope shovel (d) Dragline
(d) releasing excess pressure from the breathing
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
bag
Ans. (d) : Open-pit mining, also known as opencast
TSPGECET-2020
mining, is a surface mining technique that extracts
@

minerals from an open pit in the ground. Ans. (c) : By pass valve in a compressed oxygen type-
• The surface mining techniques is used when mineral contained breathing apparatus is meant for supplying
ap

or ore deposits are found relatively close to the surface oxygen directly to the wearer in case. pressure reducing
of the earth. value malfunctions
na

Mine Planning and Design 387 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) c ± {c 2 – 4ab}  / ( 2a )
E2.3 Cost Estimation  
(b)  {c – 4ab}  / ( 2a )
2
205. As per DCF analysis, a project report prepared  
for a mine is acceptable if the.
(a) discounting rate > IRR
(b) discounting rate < IRR
(c)  – c ±

{ }
c 2 – 4ab  / ( 2a )

(c) discounting rate = IRR
(d) discounting rate = 1/IRR (d)  c ±


{ }
c 2 + 4ab  / ( 2a )

APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
Gate Mining Engineering-2010
Ans. (b) : Discounted cash flow (DCF) analysis is
Ans. (a) : It breakeven point,
simply straight forward analysis with the assumption
that mining investment can proceed if the net Present cost of production = total revenue
value of all its future cash flows discounted to the at2 + b = ct
present is positive. at2 – ct + b = 0
so, it is a quadratic equation, it roots value is
• In most circumstances the use of a relatively simple
static DCF valuation, along with a small number of key
sensitivities such as prices operating cost, discount rate,
equal to so, value of t =
{ ( )}
c ± c 2 − 4ab
interest rate, and discrete scenarios, is sufficient to 2a
guide mining investment decisions.
208. Which of the following costs are used in
• In some projects, the use of quantitative methods to determining price of the products, accepting an
obtain additional insight into project risk is encouraged. offer or in decision making on replacing
• These tools an assist project teams to priorities machinery etc?
identified ricks, evaluate the overall effect of identified (a) differential cost (b) marginal cost
risks on predicated project outcomes, set realistic (c) incremental cost (d) standard cost
project targets, validate project schedules and cost KCET Mining Engineering-2017
estimates, and help quantify appropriate level of project Ans. (a) : Differential cost is the change in the costs
contingency. which may take place due to increase or decrease in
• As per DCF analysis a project report prepared for a output, change in sales volume, alternate method of
mine is acceptable it the discounting rate < IRR. production, make or buy decision, change in product
206. Which one of the following does NOT belong to mix etc. so differential cost is the result of an
the direct operating cost of a mine? alternative course of action.
(a) Administrative cost (b) Royalty For example– Difference in costs may arise because
of replacement of labour by machinery and difference
(c) Fuel cost (d) Explosive cost in costs of two alternative courses of action will be the
Gate Mining Engineering-2017 differential cost.
Ans. (a) :. Royalty in low means payment made to the 209. The fitness of the product for the purpose at
owner of certain types of rights by those who are lowest cost is
permitted on mineral production has been widely (a) Quality (b) Inspection
advocated for a number of reasons. (c) Quality control (d) Fineness
• The main objective of this work was to investigate KCET Mining Engineering-2017
the potential of hydrogen and fuel calls replacing Ans. (a) : Quality is a relative term and it is generally
diesel and internal combustion engines in the ultraclass used with reference to the end use of the product.
haul trucks deplored in the mining sector. Fuel sell • The quality is the thus defined as the fitness for
system performance is characterized in terms of heat, use/purpose at the most economical level.
rejection, efficiency, and fuel consumption for a hybrid • The quality depends on the perception of a person in
platforms equivalent to a 3500 HP diesel engine a given situation. The situation can be user - oriented,
operating on a representative open pit mining duty cost-oriented or supplier-oriented.
cycle. • The word ''Quality'' has variety of meaning
• Explosive cost also belongs to the direct operating • Fitness for purpose
cost of a mine. • Conformance to requirement
Therefore, expect option (a) all other options are • Grade
belong to the direct operating cost of mine • Degree of preference.
@

207. For a mine of production t per year, the total • Degree of excellence.
cost of production is given by at2 + b. The • Measure of fulfillment of promises.
ap

revenue from sale is given by ct. If a, b and c, • In terms of product characteristics, Feigenbaum
are constants, the breakeven value of t is defines quality as.
na

Mine Planning and Design 388 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
06
Mining Environment
Ans. (c) The EMP (Environmental Management Plan)
F1 Environment Management is a site specific plan developed to ensure that the
project is implemented in an environmentally
sustainable manner and understand the potential
1. Gas mask can be used to support life of wearer environmental risk arising from the proposed project
in an environment containing which percent of and take appropriate actions to minimize these risks.
Carbon Monoxide? EMP also ensures that the project implementation
(a) More than 2% (b) Less than 2% is carried out in accordance with the planned design
(c) Exactly 3% (d) More than 3% and by taking appropriate migration actions to
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II reduce adverse environmental impacts during the
Ans. (b) : Gas mask can be used to support life of construction of proposed relations with the stake
wearer in an environment containing less than 2% of holders.
carbon monoxide. A gas mask protects your from 6. …………….. is as Dust related disease.
particulates, and whatever poison gases the filters are (a) Blood pressure (b) Diabetes
designed to handle.
(c) Pneumoconiosis (d) None of these
2. The relation between COD (Chemical Oxygen WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
Demand ) and BOD (Bio chemical Oxygen
Demand ) is Ans. (c) : Pneumoconiosis is a dust related disease. The
pneumoconiosis is a group of lung diseases caused by
(a) COD > BOD
the lung's reaction inhaling certain dusts. The main
(b) COD = BOD
cause of the pneumoconiosis is work place exposure.
(c) COD < BOD Environmental exposures have rarely been related to
(d) Norelation between COD and BOD these diseases.
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
7. Dump Stability relates to ................
Ans. (a) : The relation between COD (Chemical oxygen (a) Selection of Dumping Ground
demand) is COD > BOD. BOD is a measure of organic
(b) Strength of base of the dump
matter present in water. In other words BOD is the
amount of oxygen consumed by microbes to decompose (c) Sequence of dumping
all the organic matter is 1L of water to 20ºC for 5 days. (d) All of these
A COD test can be used to easily quantity the amount WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
the amount of organics in water. Ans. (d) : Dump stability depends on several factors
3. A mine wast dump of pH = 5.2 can be such as nature of dump material, cohesion among dump
neutralized by adding particles, geometry of the dump, dump height, slope
(a) Urea (b) Calcium carbonate angle, selection of damping ground, strength of base of
the dump and sequence of dumping.
(c) Sulphuric acid (d) Sodium chloride
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I 8. Who will be the Member Secretary (ex officio)
of the National Board under the Occupational
Ans. (b) : A mine waste dump of pH = 5.2 can be
Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code,
neutralized by adding calcium carbonate.
2020?
4. Nystagmus is a miner's disease associated with (a) Secretary, the Ministry of Labour and
(a) Lever (b) Lung Employment
(c) Eye (d) Stomach (b) Joint Secretary, the Ministry of Labour and
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I Employment
Ans. (c) : Nystagmus is a miner's disease associated (c) Chief Labour Commissioner (Central), New
with eye. Delhi
5. EMP' stands for : (d) Director General, Health Services, New Delhi
(a) Event Monitoring Plan BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
@

(b) Environmental Monitoring Plan Ans. (b) : Joint secretary, the ministry of labour and
(c) Environmental Management Plan employment will be the member secretary (ex officio)
ap

(d) Environmental Management Process of the national board under the occupational safety,
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 heath and working condition code 2020.
na

Mining Environment 389 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
9. Define Environmental Management Plan Ans. (a) : • Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) and
(EMP) Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) are the most
(a) An EMP is a site-specific plan developed commonly used parameters for the Characterization of
only to ensure that all necessary measures are
water samples.
identified and implemented in order to protect
• A correlation between Chemical Oxygen Demand
forest. (COD) and Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) in
(b) An EMP is a site-specific plan only to ensurewater during a studies.
that all necessary measures are taken and to • COD is Chemical oxygen demand and is measured
protect water. chemically by digestion with acid.
(c) An EMP is a site-specific plan development • These are parameters have advantages, and the choise
to ensure that all necessary measures are usually depends on many factors such as, the
identified and implemented in order to protect
reproducibility of the determinations, time period
the environment and comply withrequired, location of the test.
environmental legislation.
• COD results are typically higher than BOD (COD >
(d) An EMP is a site-specific plan developed BOD) values, and the ratio between them will vary
only to protect the villages. depending on the characteristics of the waste water.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
12. Indicate the range of methane-air mixture to
Ans. (c) : The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) become an explosive characteristic in nature.
is a site specific plan development to ensure that the (a) 10.4 to 16.4 (b) 7.8 to 16.8
project is implement in an environmentally sustainable (c) 5.4 to 14.8 (d) 4.4 to 8.8
manner and understand the potential environmental
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
risks arising from the proposed project and take
appropriate actions to minimize those risks. Ans. (c) : When the temperature of the methane- air
mixture at SC increases. Pmax decrease while (∆P/∆T)max
• EMP also ensures that the project implementation is
remains unchanged, indicative of gradual reduction of
carried out in accordance with the planned design and
explosion risk.
by taking appropriate mitigation actions to reduce
adverse environmental impacts during the construction • Whereas both Pmax and (∆P/∆T)max increase as an
of proposed convection center. exponential function for the methane-air mixture near
the explosion limits.
10. A 10 ml sample of wastewater is diluted with
water having no BOD, to fill a 300 ml BOD • Which implies that the explosion risk gradually rises.
bottle. The initial DO of the diluted waste • As the ambient temperature increases from 25 to
water is 9.0 mg/l. If the BOD5 of the waste 200ºC the range of explosion limits of methane widens
water sample is 60 mg/l, the final do of the from 5.05 to 14.9 vol% to 4.38 ~ 17.4 vol%.
diluted waste water in mg/l, is • The rising ambient temperature increases the
(a) 5.0 (b) 6.0 probability of methane explosion.
(c) 7.0 (d) 8.0 13. Which law states that any vertical progression
Gate Mining Engineering-2021 of facies is the result of a succession of
Ans. (c) : Given, depositional environments that are laterally
juxtaposed to each other?
DOinitial = 9.0 mg/l
(a) Hutton's Law of Succession of Facies
DOfinal = ?
(b) Stenos Laws of sediment accumulation
Volume of diluted sample
Dilution factor = (c) Walther's Law of Successon of Facies
Volume of undiluted sample (d) The Law of Faunal Succession
300 APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
= = 5gm / l
60 Ans. (c) : The Walther's Law of facies was introduced
Biochemical Oxygen Demand = [DOinitial– by the German geologis Johannes Walther as an
DOfinal]×Dilution factor important geological principle, after the establishment
10 = [9 – DOfinal]5 of the concept of "facies" one of the foundation of
modern stratigraphy Walther's law states that any
2 = 9 – DOfinal
vertical progressive of facies is the result of succession
DOfinal = 7 mg/l
of depositional environments, that are laterally
@

11. The value of COD is related to the value of juxtaposed to each other.
BOD as
14. A plane of erosion separating a lower inclined
ap

(a) COD > BOD (b) COD < BOD and an upper horizontal sedimentary
(c) COD = BOD (d) COD = 1/BOD sequences can be called as :
na

Mining Environment 390 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Non-conformity (a) 85 (b) 100
(b) Disconformity (c) 120 (d) 145
(c) Angular Unconformity Gate Mining Engineering-2014
(d) None of these Ans. (d) : We known that,
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 BODt = BODult × (1-e-kt)
Ans. (c) : An angular unconformity is an unconformity Where, BODt = Biological oxygen demand at any time
in which horizontally parallel strata of sedimentary rock = 80 mg/L
are deposited on tilled and eroded layers, resulting in BODult = Ultimate biological oxygen demand
angular discordance with the horizontal layers above. k = Constant representing the rate of BOD
• Further organic activity can deform and tilt the entire reaction 0.16 per day
sequence later. t= Time, day = 5 days
• The content is more obvious than a disconformity
because the rock units are not parallel and at first appear
( )
BODt = BODult × 1 − e −0.16×5

cross-cutting. 80 = BODult × (1 − e )
−0.8

• Angular unconformity the underlying rock has usually

been metamorphosed, uplifted, and eroded before the 80
BODult =
upper rock unit was deposited. 1 − e −0.8
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 78 and BODult = 145.28 ∼ 145 mg / L
79: Mine water flowing at 1.5m3/s with 2 mg/1 18. Chemical weathering is more effective than
dissolved oxygen, joins river water flowing at mechanical weathering in
7m3/s containing 6mg/1 dissolved oxygen. (a) Semi-Arid region
15. The dissolved oxygen concentration of the (b) Arid region
mixture in mg/1 is
(c) Coastal region
(a) 5.3 (b) 4.8
(d) Cool temperate region
(c) 4.2 (d) 3.9
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
Gate Mining Engineering-2008
Ans. (d) : Decomposition and disintegration of rocks
Ans. (a) : due to chemical reaction is called chemical weathering.
It is more dominant in cool temperate region and high
humid condition.
19. The shallow shelf environment is dominated
by:
(a) Molluscs and brachiopod Lingula
(b) Trace fossils such as Nereites
(c) Pelagic organisms
(d) Bryozoans and brachiopods
Cs Qs + C W Q W 6 × 7 + 2 ×1.5
Cm = = (e) Radiolarians
Qm 8.5 CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
Cm = 5.3 mg/1. Ans. (a) : • Brachiopod- Brachiopods live on the
16. The saturated value of the dissolved oxygen in ocean floor. They have been found living in a wide
the mixture is given to be 9.3mg/1. On this range of water depths from very shallow waters of
basis, the initial oxygen deficit of the mixture in rocky shorelines to ocean floor three and half miles
mg/1 is beneath the ocean surface.
(a) 2.4 (b) 4.0 • Mollusca- Its are found in the marine environment,
(c) 6.8 (d) 14.6 extending from the intertidal to the deepest ocean,
Gate Mining Engineering-2008 several major gastropod clades live predominantly in
Ans. (b) : Initial oxygen deficit of mixture = saturated fresh water or terrestrial habitats.
value of dissolved oxygen in mixture – dissolved 20. Fluvial environment is a:
oxygen concentration of mixture. (a) Continental environment
= 9.3 – 5.3 (b) Marine environment
@

= 4 mg/l (c) Transitional environment

17. A waste water effluent has BODt of 80 mg/L (d) Abyssal environment
ap

and the reaction rate constant is 0.16 per day. (e) Aeolian
The ultimate BOD in mg/L is CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
na

Mining Environment 391 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): • The continental environment are those 24. Which of the following is responsible for
environment which are present on the terrestrial plans of movement of water through oceanic currents
continents. (a) Salinity
They are fluvial environments (rivers), fans, lacustrine (b) Salinity, temperature and density
environments (lake), aeolian/eolian environments (c) viscosity and debris content
(deserts) and paludal environments (swamps). (d) presence of volcanoes
• fluvial (river) facies include cross-bedded and rippled (e) presence of marine animals
river sandstones are parallel or cross-bedded floodplain CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
mudstones (siltstones and clay shales).
Ans. (b) : Ocean currents are the most important ocean
21. Shallowing upward sequence indicate: movements because of their influence of climatology of
(a) Marine transgression various regions.
(b) Marine regression • The primary forces that influence the currents are:
(c) High stand (i) heating by solar energy
(d) Stagnant Sea level (ii) wind
(e) Stans still sea (iii) gravity
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (iv) coriolis forces
Ans. (b) : • A sea level drop is called regression. A • The secondary force that influence the currents are:
regression will produce a sequence of facies (i) temperature difference
representing progressively shallow water environments
(ii) salinity difference
(shallowing upward sequence).
As a result a regressive sequence will have coarser- • Differences in water density affect vertical mobility of
grained facies overlying fine-grained facies ocean currents (vertical current)
(coarsening-upward). 25. The sum total of all the feature and conditions
• A marine regression occurs either due to relative sea that surround an organism is the
level fall or to increased sediment supply during a time (a) Atmosphere (b) Hydrosphere
when the relative sea-level is stable or even rising (c) Biosphere (d) Environment
causing the shore line to shift seaward (normal (e) Lithosphere
regression). CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
22. Tidal flats are Ans. (d) : • The term environment literally means the
(a) Shore line environment surrounding of an organism. In other words, there exist
(b) Deep sea environment a mutual interaction between every organism and its
(c) Glacial environment environment.
(d) Lacustrine environment • Environment can be defined as the aggregate of all the
(e) Abyssal environment external condition and influences (Both abiotic and
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 biotic) affecting the life and development of an
Ans. (a) : • Essentially horizontal and commonly organism in its natural habitat.
muddy or marshy land that is covered and uncovered by 26. Normal salt (NaCl) is formed in which
the rise and fall of tides is called tidal flat. environment
• Mudflats are areas in which coastline shores are (a) igneous (b) sedimentary
separated from the destructive forces of the ocean's (c) metamorphic (d) volcanic
waves. Tidal flats also known as mudflats.
(e) volcano-sedimentary
23. Life on earth originated at microscopic level CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
under
(a) Oxidising environment Ans. (b) : Rock salt is the name of a sedimentary rock
that consist almost entirely of halite a mineral composed
(b) Reducing environment
of Nacl.
(c) Extremely high temperatures
(d) Extremely cold temperatures • It forms where large volumes of sea water or salty
lake water evaporates from an arid-climate basin where
(e) Oscillating conditions
there is a replenishing flow of salt water and restricted
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
input of other water.
Ans. (b) : • The primitive atmosphere of earth had
Hydrogen, nitrogen, water (vapours), carbon dioxide, 27. What percentage of (CO formed/O2 absorbed)
@

methane and ammonia abundance. Oxygen was not ratio indicates existence of heating?
available in free state in sufficient quantities. So, the (a) 0.5% (b) 1.0%
ap

earth's atmosphere at that time was reducing (c) 2.0% (d) 3.0%
environment. KCET Mining Engineering-2017
na

Mining Environment 392 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Spontaneous Heating of Coal– solution to pace this problem and the human who is
Spontaneous combustion of coal or other carbonaceous looking for a solution to this problem is also the main
matter may be defined as the process of self heating, reason for this global warming.
resulting eventually in its ignition without the Because human beings keep doing some or the other
application of external heat. activities for their convenience, due to which the
• When coal is exposed to air it absorbs oxygen at the amount of green house gases of various contaminant
exposed surface. Some fraction of the exposed coal gases like carbon dioxide, methane, nitrogen etc. is
substance absorb oxygen at a faster rate than others increasing.
and the oxidation results in formation of gases, mainly
CO, CO2 and water vapors along with evolution of F1.1
heat during the chemical reaction.
Environmental Impact
• Factors governing spontaneous heating– Assessment
(i) Chemical composition of coal
(ii) Thickness of seam 30. What is another name of the Hydrogen
(iii) Depth of seam Sulphide in mine environment?
(iv) Geological disturbance (a) White damp (b) Stink damp
(v) Friability (c) Fire damp (d) After damp
• With spontaneous heating of coal in underground APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
mines the ratio CO/O2 deficiency gradually increases Ans. (b) : Stink damp is the mining term given to
and in general terms it may be summarised as follows. hydrogen sulfide (H2S) due to its characteristic smell of
(In extreme cases only it may be up to 1%) rotten eggs. Hydrogen sulfide is a highly poisonous
(a) 1% indicates existence of spontaneous heating. flammable, colourless, and as mentioned, pungent-
(b) 2% indicates heating in advanced stage smelling gas.
approaching active fire.
31. In any mine, the 'Drinking water' facility shall
(c) 3% or more indicates active fire.
NOT be situated within _______ of any
28. The gas found dissolved in the sea in an washing place, urinal or latrine.
amount greater than its amount in the
(a) 5 m (b) 2 m
atmosphere is
(c) 6 m (d) 15 m
(a) Nitrogen (b) Oxygen
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
(c) Argon (d) Carbon dioxides
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 Ans. (c) : Drinking water:-
Ans. (d) : In every theory effective arrangement and suitable shall
be made to provide and maintain at suitable points
The gas found dissolved in the sea in an amount
greater than its amount in the atmosphere is carbon conveniently situated for all workers employed therein a
dioxides. sufficient supply of wholesome drinking water.
It is chiefly combined as carbonates and  All such points shall be legibly marked “drinking
bicarbonates. water” in a language understood by a majority of the
Of the rare gases, ammonia, argon, helium and neon workers employed in the factory, and no such point
have been reported in sea water, and hydrogen is shall be situated within 6 m of any washing place,
undoubtedly present in minute qualntities. Urinal latrine, spittoon, open drain carrying sullage or
effluent or any other source of contamination unless a
29. Which of the following gases are attributed to
shortest distance is approved in writing by the chief
anthropogenic cause of global warming
inspector.
(a) ozone and methane
32. The quantity of drinking water to be provided
(b) nitrous oxide and sulfur dioxide
in a mine shall be on a scale of at least ______
(c) methane and carbon dioxide
for every person employed at any one time.
(d) ozone and carbon monoxide
(a) 5 litres (b) 3 litres
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(c) 2 litres (d) 1 litre
Ans. (c) : Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
The problem has gone and new humans themselves
Ans. (c) : The quantity of drinking water to be provided
are troubled by it, the way humans have increased
in a mine or any part there of shall be on a scale of at
global warming so much, then it is the duty of human
@

least two litres for every person employed at any one

beings to save this earth from the disease called
global warming. time and such drinking water shall be readily available
ap

at conveniently assessable points during the whole of

As the form of the problem called global warming is
increasing, every country is looking for some the working shift.
na

Mining Environment 393 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
 where 100 persons or more are employed, either Ans. (d): The methane drainage system used to shut off
above ground or in opencast workings, at any one time, when 30% of methane falls below.
an inspector may be order in writing require the In UIS methane drainage, the inseam borehole is drilled
drinking water to be effectively cooled by mechanical from the roadway in coal. for the UIS drainage method
or other means available. first the borehole is drilled, after which a drainage pipe
 No charge shall be made for the drinking water so is put into the borehole. The external end of the
supplied. drainage pipe is always connected with the drainage
main pipe in the roadway.
33. AMM stands for:
37. High temperature, humidity, noisy and dusty
(a) Arrested Mine Methane
environment in a mine with respect to safety is
(b) Alluvial Micro Methane amount to
(c) Aerobic Mine Methane (a) Bad environment for work
(d) Abandoned Mine Methane (b) Stressed working conditions
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 (c) Unsafe conditions
Ans. (d) : AMM stands for ‘Abandoned mine Methane. (d) Bad vision
 It is produce energy with added bonus of reducing Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
atmospheric emissions of methane. Ans. (c) : High temperature, humidity, noisy and dusty
 Abandoned mine methane provides a good source of environment in a mine respect to safety is amount to
medium to high quality methane. unsafe condition.
 Mine gas from abandoned mines typically contains 38. Terrace cut is given with the help of
no oxygen, and its composition changes very slow. (a) Scrapper
 Methane content can range from 60 – 80%. (b) Continuous Miner
 Methane is the product of geochemical (c) Bucket Wheel Excavator
transformation of organic substances that from coal. (d) Dipper Shovel
34. In order to detect spontaneous heating in early Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
stages, the air in the return airway of every Ans. (c) : A terrace is the horizontal level of material in
depillaring district and, of every goaf which has the working area, and it is defined by the block width,
not been isolated, shall be tested for percentage the boom length and the inclination of the slope.
of carbon monoxide once at least in every ____ • It is formed as the Bucket wheel excavator advances
with an automatic detector. forwards.
(a) 14 days (b) 3 months • The height of the terrace must be optimized, and in
(c) 21 days (d) 7 days any case it can be large than the following values show
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 in expression.
Ans. (d) : In order to detect spontaneous heating in 0.33 D ≤ h ≤ 0.67D
early stages, the air in the return airway of every Where, D = the diameter of the BW.
depillaring district and of every goaf, which has not 39. The three axes comprising the numerical
been isolated, shall be tested for percentage of carbon codification of resources, as per the UNFC, are
monoxide once at least in every seven days with an (a) Economic Viability, Geological Assessment,
automatic detector. Geotechnical Assessment
35. Which of the following causes negative impacts (b) Geological Assessment, Environmental
of surface mining on the environment? Assessment, Feasibility Assessment
(a) Maintenance of land morphology (c) Feasibility Assessment, Geological
(b) Release of gaseous, liquid and solid pollutant Assessment, Mining Assessment
and noise pollution (d) Economic Viability, Geological Assessment,
(c) Growth of native flora and fauna Feasibility Assessment
(d) Increased construction of residential areas, Gate Mining Engineering-2016
roads and railways Ans. (d) : The three axes comprising the numerical
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 dandification of resources, as pen the UNFC, are
Ans. (b) The environmental impact of mining includes Economic Viability, Geological Assessment, and
erosion, formation of sinkholes, loss of biodiversity Feasibility Assessment.
and contamination of soil, groundwater, surface water • The process of geological assessment is generally
by chemical. conducted in stages of increasing details.
36. The methane drainage system used to shut off • The typical successive stages of geological
@

when _____% of methane falls below. investigations, i.e. reconnaissance, prospecting general
(a) 70% (b) 50% exploration and detailed exploration general resourced
ap

(c) 20% (d) 30% data with a clearly defined degree of geological
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 assurance.
na

Mining Environment 394 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• feasibility assessment studies from on essential port of Pneumoconiosis- Pneumoconiosis is a group of lung
the process of assessing a mining project. disease caused by lung's reaction inhaling certain ducts.
• The degree of economic viability is assessed in the Diabetes - A kind of disease that results in too much
course of prefeasibility and feasibility studies. sugar in the blood.
40. Stone dust barriers consists of : ∴ Diabetes is not a notified disease.
(a) Each plank is placed on above the other and 43. Which kind of information can be determined
loaded with stone dust from sedimentary structures?
(b) Shelves placed side by side and loaded with (a) Topping direction
stone dust (b) Means of transport of sediment
(c) Shelves placed side by side and each shelf (c) Depositional environment
consists of planks placed on above the other (d) All of these
and loaded with stone dust OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(d) Shelves placed side by side and each shelf
consists of another shelf placed on above the Ans. (d) : Sedimentary structures:- Sedimentary
other and loaded with stone dust structures are the larger, generally three-dimensional
physical features of sedimentary rocks; they are best
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
seen in outcrop or in large hand specimens rather then
Ans. (c) : Stone dust barriers consists essentially of through a microscope.
trays loaded with stone dust, which are upset or
Sedimentary structures include features like bedding
overturned by the pressure wave infront of an explosion
a head of the flame producing a dense curtain or cloud ripple marks, fossil tracks and trails and mud cracks.
of inert dust to blanket the flame and stop further They conventionally are subdivided into categories
propogation of the explosion. based on mode of genesis.
• Stone dust barriers consist of shelves placed side by 44. Which type of cross bedding is definite
side each shelf consists of planks placed on above indicator of tidal environment?
the other and loaded with stone dust. (a) Epsilon cross bedding
41. Determination of percentage of inflammable (b) Herringbone cross bedding
gas and environmental conditions shall be (c) Hummocky cross bedding
made in every mine and sample shall be (d) Trough cross bedding
analysed within: OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(a) 2 days (b) 3 days Ans. (b) : Herringbone cross bedding is type of cross
(c) 4 days (d) 24 hours bedding is definite indicator of tidal environment.
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 Herringbone cross stratification is a type of sedimentary
Ans. (b) : Inflammable means that a substance is structure formed in tidal areas, such as tidal flats, where
capable of bursting into flames without need for any the current periodically flows in the opposite direction.
ignition. Eg→Hydrogen gas 45. The main reason to prepare Environmental
Whereas Flammable means it can be set on fire too, Management Plan is
such as piece of wood. (a) To manage air, water and land pollutions
In every mine, Determination of Percentage of (b) To reduce noise and fly rock pollution
Inflammable gas & environmental condition shall be (c) To manage ground vibrations
made & sample shall be analysed within 3 days. (d) To improve the production
42. Which among the following is not a Notified APECET Mining Engineering-2017
disease? Ans. (a) : The main reason to prepare Environmental
(a) Asbestosis (b) Silicosis management plan is to manage air, water and land
(c) Pneumoconiosis (d) Diabetes pollutions. The objective of the preparation of
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is to
Ans. (d) : Notified disease- A notifiable disease is any identification and prediction of impacts and suggestive
disease required by law to be notified to the government mitigation measures for prevention of environmental
or other health authority. Disease to be notified to WHO aspects.
are outlined in international Health regulations but most Each pollutant has its own health risk profile. which
countries have their own list of nationally notifiable makes summarizing all relevant information into a short
disease. chapter difficult. Nevertheless, public health
Asbestosis- It is a serious lung condition caused by long practitioners and decision makers in developing
@

term exposure to asbestos. countries need to be aware of the potential health risks
Silicosis- Silicosis is a long-term lung disease caused by caused by air and water pollution and to know where to
ap

inhaling large amounts of crystalline silica dust, usually find the more detailed information required to handle a
over many years. specific situation.
na

Mining Environment 395 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
46. Moraines are formed in : 50. Pneumoconiosis is caused by particles in the
(a) Lacustrine Environment mine air environment.
(b) Glacial Environment (a) dust containing free crystalline silica
(c) Alluvial Environment (b) radon
(d) Marine Environment (c) asbestos fibres
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 (d) non-fibrogenous dust
Ans. (b) : Moraine is a genetic term for a landform or ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
landscape formed by deposition or deformation in a Ans. (d) : Pneumoconiosis is caused by non-
glacial environment. Most commonly 'moraine' is used fibrogenous dust particles in the mine air environment.
to describe ridge-shaped glacial landforms, i.e moraine While the primary causes of pneumoconiosis are
ridges, although the term also covers landforms of large usually associated with specific types of dust containing
spatial extent, such as subglacial till plans and harmful particles, exposure to certain non fibrogenous,
hummocky moraines formed by melt-rut of large areas exposure to certain types of metal dust, like aluminum
of stagnant , debris-covered glacier ice. or iron can cause long damage over time.
47. Karst topography in most commonly developed Pneumoconiosis is often a result of prolonged and
in : repeated exposure to these hazardous substances.
(a) Shale bearing areas Workers in industries with high level of dust or particle
(b) Sandstone bearing areas exposure should take appropriate protective equipment
and ensuring proper ventilation, to reduce the risk of
(c) Laterite bearing areas
developing pneumoconiosis.
(d) Limestone bearing areas
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 51. Self rescuer can safely be used in an
underground environment containing
Ans. (d) : Karst topography is any region where the
(a) 17% O2 & 1% CO
terrain has been dissolved by the physical and chemical
(b) 15% O2 & 1% CO
weathering of the bedrock. These areas are composed of
(c) 19% O2 & 3% CO
carbonate rocks, such as dolomite and limestone or have
a high concentration of evaporates, such as salt and (d) 15% O2 & 2% CO
gypsum, because these materials tent to be highly TSPGECET-2020
soluble in water. Ans. (a) : The self rescuer is a special protective
48. A sand dune with its long axis traverse to wind element that should only be used in the event of a fire
direction is called : inside the mine. This equipment protects us from carbon
(a) Longitudinal dune (b) Sand ridge monoxide poisoning and can be used only once to
escape from a polluted environment.
(c) Parallel dune (d) Barchan
OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018 52. Varve deposits are formed in
(a) Glacial environment
Ans. (a) : A large, elongated dune lying parallel to the
(b) Aeolian environment
prevailing wind direction. Longitudinal dunes usually
have symmetrical cross section. They generally from in (c) Coastal environment
areas that are located behind an obstacle where sand is (d) Fluvial environment
abundant and the wind is constant and strong. They are GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
usually tens of meters high and up to 100 km (62 mi) Ans. (a) :
long. Varves are rhythmic sediments with an annual
49. The amount of DO required to aerobically character, which can be formed in lacustrine and
decompose biodegradable organic matter of a marine environment.
given volume of water is The classic verve type consists of a silty, graded
(a) Biochemical Oxygen Demand summer-layer and a winder-layer of clay and refers
to laminated deposits in glacial lakes.
(b) Biological Oxygen Demand
Varves may be formed in different environments
(c) Chemical Oxygen demand
under the control of seasonally changing factors.
(d) Biomagnifications Varve are known form different ages in the earth's
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I history.
Ans. (b) : Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) is the 53. Coarse gravel size thin layer over fine-grained
@

amount of dissolved oxygen required by aerobic material in arid environment is known as

bacteria to oxidize the organic matter present in the (a) Megadunes (b) Lag deposits
ap

sample water at a specific period of time and (c) Monadnocks (d) Yardang
temperature. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Mining Environment 396 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b) : 57. Stone Dust Barrier relates to:
Coarse gravel size thin layer over fine-grained (a) Roof Support
material in arid environment is known as lag (b) Mine Dust Prevention
deposits. (c) Fire & Explosion Safety
The deposit it form in this process on its inner bank (d) None of these
is referred to as 'point bar'.
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
A point bar always forms as fining-upward deposits
starting form channel lag and coarse-grained Ans. (c) : Stone dust barrier consists essentially of trays
sediments at the base and fine-grained deposits loaded with stone dust, which are upset or overturned
towards top. by the pressure wave in front of a explosion ahead of
Together with decrease in grain size, bed forms also the flame, producing a dense curtain or cloud of inert
decline in scale upward in appoint bar deposits. dust to blanket the flame and stop further propagation of
the explosion. So stone dust barrier is related to fire &
Explosion safety.
F1.2 Pollution Control
58. PDS in mining stands for .............
54. Which of the following is the miner's disease (a) Performance of Dust Sampling
caused by inhalation of iron dust? (b) Projected Dusting System
(a) Pneumoconiosis (b) Silicosis (c) Personal Dust Sampler
(c) Siderosis (d) Asbestorsis (d) All of these
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
Ans. (c) : Siderosis is the deposition of excess iron in Ans. (c) : PDS in mining stands for Personal Dust
body tissue. When used without qualification. It usually Sampler which is used to assess occupational exposure
refers to an environmental disease of the lung, also to gases, vapours and dusts.
known more specifically as pulmonary siderosis or • The individual dust sampler CIP 10 has been
welder's disease, which is a form of Pneumoconoises. developed to meet the requirements, rigors and needs of
55. Dust control measure and implementation in coal mines. Now a days this small and compact
open cast working shall be ensured by the ........ instrument is intended for collection of dust, in order to
...... evaluated the concentrations of silica gel inhaled by the
(a) assistant manager (b) manager workers during their work time.
(c) sirdar (d) safety officer 59. In case of ......... workings, the mining sirdar
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 shall ensure that dust control mesures are
Ans. (c) Dust control is surface coal mines is critical as implemented.
coal dust is one of the main health hazards for coal (a) opencast (b) underground
miners. (c) both (a) and (b) (d) none of these
Dust from coal as well as overburden and road WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
surfaces is also a visibility hazard haul roads
Ans. (c) : Controlling air borne dust in underground and
intersections and the ROM.
open pit mines is one of the most difficult tasks for
Coal mining generates dust via coal cutting
mine operators. Dust controlling measures are often
transport, crushing and milling.
taken into consideration by above ground mining teams
Dust control measure and implementation in open
as the dust is visible and noticeable. Underground
cast working shall be ensured by the sirdar.
mining activities, on the other hand, are sometimes
56. Stripping Ratio is a ratio of forgotten and neglected but it is in these mines that
(a) 1 cubic meter of coal: OB in cubic meter fungal dust and health issues occur. So, in case of open
(b) 1 cubic meter of coal: OB in ton cast and underground working. The mining sirdar shall
(c) 1 Ton of coal: OB in cubic meter ensure that dust control measures are implemented.
(d) 1 Ton of coal: OB in Ton
60. Following are the hazardous energy types used
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
in mine if uncontrolled
Ans. (c) : In surface mining, stripping ratio or strip ratio
(a) Solar and hydro energy
refers to the amount of waste that must be removed to
@

release a given ore quality. It is a number or ratio that (b) Nuclear and solar energy
express how much waste is mined per unit ore. So we (c) Wind and hydro energy
ap

can say that stripping ratio is a ratio of 1 ton of coal & (d) Mechanical and chemical energy
OB in cubic meter. Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
na

Mining Environment 397 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Hazardous energy is defined, ''any electrical, 64. In the Gaussian plume model, the dispersion
mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical, nuclear, coefficients are function of
thermal, gravitational or other energy that can Form (a) distance from source and stability class
personnel' (b) stack height and distance from source
• Control of Hazardous Energy lockout and other (c) stability class and source coordinates
Methods some energy sources are obvious, such as (d) source coordinates and distance from source
electricity, heat in a furnace, or something that might Gate Mining Engineering- 2007
fall. Ans. (a) : In the Gaussian plume model, the dispersion
• Others ray be hidden hazards such as air press core in coefficients are influenced by both the distance from the
source and the stability class of the atmosphere.
a system or a tightly would spring.
• The distance from the source affects how the
61. Cyclone, bag filter and scrubber are generally pollutants disperse as they move away from the
used to control : emission point. Dispersion coefficients vary depending
(a) air pollution (b) water pollution on how for the pollutants travel from the source.
(c) soil pollution (d) noise pollution • The stability class of the atmosphere refers to how
Ans. (a) : The function of air pollution control devices vertical air movements occur, which in turn affects the
generally and too the MACT EEE rule specifically is to spread and behavior of pollutants.
control or remove hazardous air pollutants (MAP) from 65. A road header district produces 20 mg/m3 of
the off gas stream before being released to the airborne dust with the following size
atmosphere. distribution:
• The MAP to be controlled can be organic acidic or a Size up to Cumulative wt %
particulate. 1 µm 1
• Same types of air pollution control devices that will 5 µm 5
be discussed are Dry and wet Particulate control 10µm 10
Devices, Bag houses (also called fabric filters), wet and 20µm 20
Dry Gas Scrubbers. Electrostatics Precipitators and 50µm 50
Activated Carbon Adsorption, Bed and Injection >50µm 100
The concentration of respirable fraction of dust
62. In human cardiovascular control, working
in mg/m3 is
under the hot and humid conditions in the mine
(a) 0.2 (b) 2.0
causes, more blood supplied to the skin and (c) 10.0 (d) 1.0
increased cardiac output, which may result
Gate Mining Engineering-2008
into.
Ans. (b) : Given, Respirable size of dust ≥ 10µm
(a) high blood circulation
Hence, concentration of respirable fraction
(b) blood vomiting
10
(c) skin becoming hot of dust = 20 ×
(d) cardiac failure 100
2 mg/m3
Ans. (a) : when air temperature exceeds body
temperature in high humidity the heart has to beat faster 66. For a person working in an atmosphere
containing 21% O2, the exhaled air contains
and pump harder to help your body shed heat on a hot
4.5% CO2 and 16% O2. The respiratory
and humid day heart may circulate two or more four quotient of breathing is
times as much blood each minute compared with a cool (a) 0.21 (b) 0.9
day.
(c) 0.28 (d) 1.11
63. The sound pressure level is measured as 5×10- Gate Mining Engineering-2008
4N/m2. What is the noise level?
Ans. (b) : We know that,
(a) 25 dB (b) 30 dB Volume of carbondioxide expelled
(c) 28.7 dB (d)27.9 dB Re spiratory quotient =
Volume of oxygen consumed
Ans. (d) : Given that,
4.5
Prms = 5×10–4 N/m2 = = 0.9
(21 − 16)
Prmso = 20×10–6 N/m2
67. A coal seam is said to be of degree III if rate of
 P 
LP = 20 log10  r ms  emission of gas in m3 /tone of coal raised is
 Pr mso  (a) is equal to 10
@

 −4  (b) less than 10

= 20 log10  5 × 10  (c) more than 10
 20 × 10 −6
ap

  (d) in between 1 to 10
LP = 27.9 dB BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
na

Mining Environment 398 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans.(c):Gassy seam of the third degree means a coal 70. Konimeter is used to measure ________ in
seam or part there of lying within the precincts of a mine atmosphere.
mine not being an open cast working in which the rate (a) Dust
of emission of inflammable gas per tone of coal (b) Oxygen concentrate
produced exceeds ten cubic meters; (c) Carbon monoxide concentrate
Condition– (d) Nitrogen concentrate
(i) Below ground working. MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
3
(ii) Rate of emission > 10 m /tone of coal produced. Ans. (a) : Konimeter is used to measure dust in mine
68. 50dB + 50dB =____. atmosphere.
(a) 53 dB (b) 100 dB
• A measured volume of air is drawn through a jet so as
(c) 0 dB (d) 50 dB
to impinge on a glass surface coated with glycerin jelly.
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
The adherent dust is then examined and the particles are
Ans. (a) : We know that, counted under the microscope.
 Prms  71. Which of the following is not related to air
L = 20 × log10   dB
P
 rmso  pollution?
Prmso = Standard reference sound pressure = 20dB (a) Sulphur dioxide
Prms = Root square mean pressure (b) Smoke
Now, Thumb rule for resultant sound level (c) Dust
(d) Global warming
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
Ans. (d) : Global warming is not relates to air pollution
solid waste is not a source of air pollution as long as it
does not emit any harmful gases carbon monoxide,
sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen dioxide, ozone, and particular
matter are the major air pollutants. Air pollution causes
Now,
respiratory diseases and skin allergies.
L1 – L2 = 0
50 – 50 = 0 72. What is the duration of sample in high volume
(HiVol) sampler for measure of air pollution?
Therefore
(a) Instantaneous (b) 2 hrs
Resultant sound = L1 +3
(c) 12 hrs (d) 24 hrs
= 50+3
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
= 53dB
Ans. (d) : High and low volume air samplers are
69. Acid mine drainage is linked to which one of instruments used to ….. sampler of air particles. High
the following pollutions? volume air samplers typically sample more than 1500
(a) Air pollution cubic meters (m3) of air over a 24-hour period, while
(b) Soil pollution low volume air sampler draw through only 24m3 of air
(c) Noise pollution or less.
(d) Water pollutions 73. A gas mask does not include
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 (a) Check valve
Ans. (d) : Acid mine drainage is the flow or spleage of (b) Warning device
polluted water from old mining areas. Depending on the (c) Face piece assembly
area, the water may contain toxic heavy metals and (d) Coolant canister
radioactive particles. APECET Mining Engineering-2017
• Acid mine drainage is the formation and movement Ans. (b) : A gas mask does not include in warning
of highly acidic water rich in heavy metal. Thic device.
@

acidic water forms through the chemical reaction of A gas mask is a mask used to protect the wearer from
surface water and shallow subsurface water with inhaling airborne pollutants and toxic gases. The mask
ap

rocks that contain sulfer-bearing mineral resulting in forms a sealed cover over the nose and mouth, but may
sulfuric acid. be also cover the eyes and other vulnerable soft tissues
na

Mining Environment 399 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
of the face. Most gas masks are also respirators, though and then the operator slowly puts his body weight
the word gas mask is often used to refer to military leaning forwards and pressing upon the subject.
equipment. The gas mask only protects the user from Sylvester's ⇒ Sylvester's method, also known as the
digesting, inhaling, and contact through the eyes. sylvester respiration method, is a technique used in first
aid to assist someone who is not breathing. It involves
74. The presence of nitrous fumes are detected by manually manipulating the person's arms to help with
(a) The smell of rotten eggs breathing by expanding and contracting the chest
(b) Sweet smell cavity. It's a way to mimic the natural action of
(c) Metallic taste on tongue breathing when the person is unable to do so on their
(d) Headache own.
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 Mouth to Mouth ⇒ Gently tilt the person's head back
Ans. (d) : There may be an immediate response to use one hand to hold their chin and lift it up, then keep
explosure to nitrogen oxide vapors that may include their mouth open using your thumb.
coughing, fatigue, nausea, choking, headache, • Place your other hand on their forehead and pinch
abdominal ping and difficulty breathing. their nose with your index finger (pointer finger) and
75. Arrangement shall be made for suppression of thumb.
coal dust with water within at least ........... of • Take a normal breath, cover and seal their open mouth
the face? with yours and blow into their mouth for about one
(a) 60 m (b) 50 m second. Their chest should rise visible when you
(c) 80 m (d) 100 m breathe into their mouth and sink again as soon as you
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 move away.
Ans. (a) : The arrangement shall be made for 78. Oasis are formed in deserts due to the process
suppression of coal dust with water within at least 60 m of
of the face. (a) Deflation (b) Abrasion
76. Cyclone, bag filter and scrubber can be used (c) Attrition (d) Evaporation
for control of ___________pollution. (e) Deposition
(a) air (b) noise CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(c) water (d) soil Ans. (a) : • An oasis refers to an area that is fertile and
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 has water with in area that is arid. The unique
Ans. (a) : Cyclone, bag filter and scrubber can be used geographical formations are critical in supporting life in
for control of air pollution. the deserts and in other arid region.
• Scrubbers are air pollution control devices that use • It is formed due to faulting and climatic condition
liquid to remove particulate matter or gases from an which creates depression in arid region. This depression
industrial exhaust or flue gas stream. expanding and enlarged by the extreme weather
• Bag filters are used for the clarification/filtration of condition in the arid region then the underground
fluids that have a relatively small loading of particles aquifer or river that creates enough pressure for water to
be removed. seep to the surface. surface rivers, rainstorms etc. are
• Cyclone separators or simply cyclone are separation factors which would help in the formation of the oasis.
devices that use the principle of inertia to remove 79. Which of the following geomorphic feature
particulate matter from flue gases. indicates rejuvenation
(a) Barchan Dune
F1.3 (b) Meandering river channel
Rehabilitation Techniques
(c) Paired river terraces
(d) Broad flood plains
77. Manual respiration method are _______
(e) Lake formation
(a) Schafe's method
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(b) Sylvester's
(c) Mouth to mouth Ans. (c) : • A rejuvenating river can erode vertically
(d) All into the former food plain to produce features called
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 river terraces.
Ans. (b) : Manual respiration methods are all. • If vertical erosion is rapid then paired terraces are
@

formed either side of the channel.

Schafe's method - Schafe's method is obsolete method
of resuscitation in cases of drowning or asphyxia. In this • Rejuvenation simply means acceleration of erosive
ap

method, the patient is placed face down. Two hands are power of the fluvial process (rivers) caused by a variety
placed on the two sides of the lower part of the chest of factors.
na

Mining Environment 400 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
07.
Mining Machinery and Equipment
1. HEMM shall not be driven over 4. Back hoe shovel sits on the
(a) Hauling road of a mine (a) Bottom of the bench for digging upward
(b) Designated path (b) Side of the bench for trimming
(c) Marching road (c) Platform to avoid falling
(d) Electric cables or water lines (d) Top of the bench for digging below
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (d) : An HEMM Mechanic ensures end - to - end Ans. (d) : • In case of back hoe shovel. The hoe
servicing of HEMM. arrangement is on back side and loader bucket is
• Performs maintenance and repair activities on various arranged in front of the vehicle.
pieces of heavy earth moving machines including but • So two operations digging and loading or lifting is
not limited to heavy duty truck and semi-factor, done by hoe and loader.
material spreader, 6-wheel drive military type vehicles, • This is widely used equipment nowadays because of
excavators, skidders, high pressure pump, 25 ton and
its small size and versatility.
smaller bulldozers, graders, cranes, snowmobile
groomers underbody blades dump bodies, snow plows, • This is moved with the help of wheels. So, moving
crawler tractors and trailers back holes, trailers' from one workstation to another is quickly done.
electronic message boards and sighs, slrelt sweepers, 5. Jigging or reciprocating movement is
aerial towers and man lifts. associated with
2. Calculate the tonnage of coal handled by shovel (a) Belt conveyor (b) Shaker conveyor
bucket of 3.0 m3 capacity, if the tonnage factor (c) Diesel locomotive (d) Cable belt conveyor
of loose coal is 1.2 t/m3 Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(a) 2.5 t (b) 3.0 t Ans. (b) : • The action of shaker conveyor is through
(c) 3.6 t (d) 3.2 t reciprocating or jigging movement with a quick
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 backward stroke.
Ans. (c) : Actual Bucket capacity = Bucket size × Fill • During the foreword movement of the trough. The
tacto material moves along with it.
= 3.0m3 × 1.2 t/m3 • While during the backward motion, the material may
Actual Bucket Capacity = 3.6t not more along it but continues to move forward due to
inextia.
3. Seat belt is used by: • Thus, the material moves further during each stoke.
(a) Blaster (b) Drill operator
• It can be used on level or down gradient up to the
(c) Pump operator (d) HEMM operator
limiting distance of 100m.
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
• Suitable for long wall faces to carry coal downhill.
Ans. (d) : The seat belt and seat Belt Reminder shall
meet the following minimum requirements and 6. Which of the following are the examples of an
standards. inadequately maintained haul road?
• Seat belt shall be an arrangement of slrap (3), 3 point (a) Pot holes or washouts
contact type with a securing buckle with quick release, (b) Inadequate gradient
adjusting devices and attachments which are capable of (c) Bumps and muddy areas
being anchored in operators' cabin of HEMM. (d) All of the above
• Seat Belt shall be designed to minimize the rist of Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
injury to its wearer (operator) in the event of collision or
Ans. (d) : • All of the above are the examples of an
of abrupt deceleration of the vehicles by limiting the
inadequately maintained haul road.
mobility of wears body.
• Pot holes or washouts
• A cutting arrangement shall be provided in operator
@

cabin at a place which is easily approachable by the • Inadequate gradient

operator for cutting the strap in case of Jamming of • Bumps and muddy areas
ap

securing buckle during escape/rescue operations in case • Potholes are holes in the roadway that vary in size and
of any eventualities. shape.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 401 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
7. The upper plate of theodolite is fixed to: Ans. (d) : These guides are made of steel wire ropes.
(a) inner spindle (b) Levelling head The ropes used may be of locked coil construction or
(c) outer spindle (d) Tripod guide rope itself. These guides are suspended in a
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II vertical shaft from two head gears, by using a reliance
Ans. (a) : The upper plate of theodolite is fixed to inner rope cable which is a secreted on the cram member of
the headgear.
spindle.
Upper plate or Vernier plate-
• The upper plate is attached to the inner spindle axis. G1 Machinery
two verniers are screwed to the upper plates.
• Carries an upper clamp screw and tangent screw. 11. What is the digging depth of big Bucket Wheel
• On clamping the upper and unclamping the lower Excavator below its floor level?
clamp, the instrument may be rotated on its outer (a) 70 m (b) 55 m
spindle without any relative motion between the two (c) 25 m (d) 45 m
plates. APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
• On the other hand, if the lower clamp screw is Ans. (c) : The cut material is loading by the bucket and
tightened and the upper clamp screw is unclamped, the discharged over the bolt conveyor mounted. The
instrument may be rotated about its inner spindle with a digging depth of a big bucket wheel excavator is around
relative motion between the vernier and graduated scale 25m or below and a cutting height of around 70m above
of the lower plate. its level and a cutting width around 100m is possible.
8. Burnside boring apparatus is used for: 12. Match the following features with the
(a) method drainage from coal seams corresponding symbols
(b) taping of water from water-logged mine Feature in mine plan Symbol
(c) water infusion P Shaft 1
(d) exploratory drilling
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
Ans. (b) : Burnside boring apparatus in used for taping
of water from water-logged mine workings. Q Staple shaft 2
9. In which of the following the Screw clips,
Smallman clips and lashing chains are used?
(a) Cage winding
(b) Rope haulage R Abandoned shaft 3
(c) Conveyor
(d) Locomotive haulage
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
Ans. (b) : Rope haulage:- This is the most common S Abandoned staple 4
system of haulage in majority of coal mines in India. shaft
Both for coal transport and for auxiliary purpose such as
material supply and even for man riding purpose system (a) P → 1; Q →3; R → 4; S → 2
is highly flexible and is not capital intensive and can (b) P → 4; Q → 2; R → 1; S → 3
deal with any gradient to the seam, then cohering most
(c) P → 2; Q → 4; R → 3; S → 1
geo-mining condition. Some of the clips used in the
(d) P → 4; Q → 1; R → 2; S → 3
endien haulage are as follows.
Gate-2024
• Screw clip
Ans. (d) :
• Small-man clip
• Cam clip
• Lashing chain Shaft
10. Which of the following guides are flexible
@

guides in shaft winding?

(a) Wooden (b) Steel plates Staple shaft
ap

(c) Rail (d) Rope

RPSC AE-21.05.2014
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 402 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
16. Which of the following methods uses two
Abandoned shaft different plastic tubes for installation of cable
bolts?
(a) Grout and insert method
(b) Grout tube installation method
Abandoned staple shaft (c) Retracted grout tube installation method
(d) Breather tube installation method
(e) Question not attempted
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
13. A long wall face cut by double back shuffle Ans. (d) : Breather tube installation method involves
method can be only worked with using two different plastic tubes for the installation of
(a) Fixed drum shearer cable bolts.
(b) Single ended ranging drum shearer In the breather tube installation method, two different
(c) Double ended ranging drum shearer plastic tubes are utilized. One tube serves as the primary
(d) Plough grout tube, through which the grout is injected to fill the
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I space around the cable bolt. The other tube known as
Ans. (c) : Along wall face cut by double back shuffle the breather tube, allows for the escape of air or excess
method can be only worked with double ended ranging grout during the installation process. This method
drum shearer. ensures proper grouting and helps prevent air pocket or
14. In a fully mechanized bord and pillar mining voids from forming around the cable bolt.
system, winning of coal and its transportation 17. What is the purpose of 'compensators' in a
from the face is commonly carried out with the total station?
combination of (a) To measure horizontal distances accurately
(a) Continuous miner, shuttle car, feeder breaker (b) To adjust the instrument's internal
and belt conveyor
temperature
(b) Continuous miner, LHD, feeder breaker and
(c) To counteract for errors caused by tilting or
chain conveyor
levelling
(c) Continuous miner, SDL, feeder breaker and
belt conveyor (d) To enhance the visibility of the reticle in the
(d) Continuous miner, shuttle car, feeder breaker telescope
and chain conveyor (e) Question not attempted
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
Ans. (a) : In a fully mechanized bord and pillar mining Ans. (c) : Compensators in a total station are crucial for
system winning of coal and its transporting from the maintaining accuracy in measurements by automatically
face is commonly carried out with the combination of compensating for errors caused by tilting or leveling the
continuous miner, shuttle car. feeder breaker and belt instrument. They consist of pendulam or electronic
conveyor. mechanisms that adjust the optical axis to remain
15. Every line has two bearings such as fore perpendicular to the horizontal plane, ensuring precise
bearing and back bearing. If fore bearing is measurements regardless of the instruments orientation.
less than 1800, then what will be the back This feature is essential for various surveying and
bearing? construction applications where accurate horizontal and
(a) Back bearing = Fore bearing -1800 vertical measurements are required.
(b) Back bearing = Fore bearing + 1800
18. Which of the following is the primary
(c) Back bearing = Fore bearing
component responsible for measuring angles in
(d) Back bearing = 1800 – Fore bearing
a total station?
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
(a) EDM (b) Theodolite
Ans. (b): A fore bearing is the measurement of the
(c) Prism (d) Data logger
direction from one station to the immediately adjacent
(e) Question not attempted
next station along a transverse. In contrast a back
bearing is the measurement of the direction from one Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
station to the immediately adjacent previous station, but Ans. (b) : A theodolite is a precision instrument for
@

in the opposite direction to the traverse. It's important to measuring angles in the horizontal and vertical planes.
note that the fore bearing and back bearing of a line will Theodolites are used mainly for surveying application,
ap

always have a 180º difference between them. and have been adapted for specialized purposes in fields
Back bearing = Fore bearing + 180º. like metrology and rocket launch technology.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 403 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Theodolite consist of a telescope mounted on a tripod When one drum gear, the other drum revolves
and are equipped with a graduated circle, which is used freely but controlled
to measure angles. They can also be equipped with The system can be used if the gradient is unsuitable
additional tools such as digital displays, laser range for the use of direct rope haulage.
finders, and inclinometers to improve the accuracy of Its speed is 15-18 kmph.
measurements. Note- Official answer is given option (b)
19. In shaft plumbing, the plumb bobs are
22. The function of Lilly controller in winding
immersed in a bucket of water to prevent :
engine is to prevent :
(a) Kinking of wires (a) Over Winding (b) Over Speed
(b) Effect of ventilation current (c) Over Heating (d) Over Loading
(c) Oscillation of wires UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
(d) Static charge
Ans. (b)
(e) Question not attempted
The Lilly controller that was still in the hoist house.
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 The Lilly controller that was invented by William
Ans. (c) : In shaft plumbing the, plum bobs are because of the dangers of deep-shaft mining.
immersed in a bucket of water to prevent oscillation of At one time, there was no way to control or stop the
wires, which providing stability and accuracy when speed of the mechanism that run the cages, and the
measuring vertical alignment in shaft plumbing. safety of the miners was completely reliant on the
20. .................. is a machine used for the excavation dexterity of the man running the hoist, so the Lilly
and removal of soft unconsolidated overburden controller was born.
coal in an open-cast mine. 23. Switch gear relates to:
(a) Shovel (a) Support System
(b) Surface miner (b) Electrical System
(c) Ventilation System
(c) Dragline
(d) Motor Vehicle
(d) Bucket wheel excavator
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
Ans. (b) : Switchgear is a broad term that describes a
Ans. (d) In the area of open-cast mine technology, wide variety of switching devices that all full fill a
FAM offers an impressive selection of various common need : controlling, protecting, and isolating
machines and system. power systems. Although this definition may be
The bucket-wheel excavator is a continuous extended to include devices to regulate and meter of a
excavation machine capable of removing upto power system, circuit breakers, and similar technology.
12,000 cubic meters per hour. So switch gear is related to Electrical system.
The most favorable soil and strata condition for 24. .............. is a Opencast Machinery.
bucket wheel excavator operation are soft (a) LHD (b) SDL
unconsolidated overburden material, without large (c) Dragline (d) None of these
boulders. WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
These raw materials can be then used for further
Ans. (c) : Dragline is a Opencast Machinery. A dragline
processing for example, in production of metals or excavator is a piece of heavy equipment used is surface
building materials. mining. Draglines fall into two brood categories: those
21. Which type of the following haulage is used as that are based on standard, lifting cranes, and the heavy
main rope haulage? units which have to be built on site.
(a) Endless rope haulage 25. Match the machine with its component.
(b) Direct rope haulage Machine Component
(c) Tugger haulage P Continuous miner I Flight bar
(d) Tail rope haulage Q Jack hammer II Lemniscate link
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 R AFC III Loading apron
Ans. (d) S Shield support IV Riffle bar
In this system the haulage engine provided with
(a) P-III, Q-IV, R-I, S-II
two separate drums, one for main rope which hauls
@

(b) P-IV, Q-III, R-I, S-II

the loaded tubs up the gradient and one for tail rope
(c) P-III, Q-IV, R-II, S-I
which hauls the empty tubs down the gradient.
ap

(d) P-IV, Q-III, R-II, S-I

The main rope is approximately equal to the length
Gate Mining Engineering-2022
of the incline and tail rope is twice this length.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 404 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : The correct match is option (a). Ans. (d): Stopper, is not a braking system of dumper.
Machine Component • Required brake system.
P Continuous miner Loading apron • All machines shall be equipped with.
Q Jack hammer Riffle bar • a service brake system.
R AFC Flight bar • a retarder brake system, and
• a parking brake system.
S Shield support Lemniscate link
• Service, retarder and parking brake systems may share
• Continuous miner is a machine used for cutting and common components or function and do not have to be
loading apron of coal used in underground board and there independent and separate systems.
pillar mining operation.
• No brake system shall contain a disconnecting device
• A jack hammer machine is used for Riffle bar. such as a couth on shift able gear-box which allows
• AFC ( Automatic fare collection) system is machine, disabling of the brake, except for system in accordance.
it is used for booking for ticket of flight bar. 29. The distribution of the debris load evenly on
• Shield support machine is used for lemniscates link. the dumper is necessary for
26. The squirrel cage motor is used for _______ (a) It can take more load
(a) Motor having starting torque is heavy (b) Proper balance of the machine
(b) Motor consuming power is less for small (c) Overloading
motors (d) Smooth operation of engine
(c) Starting torque is less Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(d) None Ans. (b) : The distribution of the debris load evenly on
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 the dumper is necessary for proper balance of the
Ans. (b) : The squirrel cage motor is used for motor machine.
consuming power is less for small motors. • These internal guidelines are also used in conjunction
Class A motors are the most popular type of squirrel with side specific rules and traffic management plans,
cage motor. They have a normal starting torque and site inductions training and regulation relevant to each
current, as well as a slip less than 5% of the individual equipment and vehicle specifications
synchronous speed. Common applications are fans, • Over vehicle are fitted with in feet telepathic systems
compressors, conveyors or anything with low inertial which assist over drivers to ensure that loads are
loads that allows quick motor acceleration. correctly positioned and drivers second mass and
dimension data for each load.
27. Proximity warning device is to be fitted onas an
additional safety feature. 30. Dozer operator should park the dozer
(a) Excavators (b) Water tankers (a) Close to shovel
(c) Drilling equipment (d) Dumpers/Tippers (b) At the specified place of parking and the
blade of dozer should rest on the ground
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(c) At the stable ground with anchors
Ans. (d) : A system designed for early detection of
(d) At the edge of the lamp with anchors
static and moving objects. Vehicles, human beings
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
encounted within virtual target area during movement
of dumpers tippers and for triggering warning the Ans. (b) : Dozer operator should park the dozer :
operator to prevent collision or run over. • Check surroundings for unsafe conditions such as bad
• The system shall, comprise sensors which may empty high was dump instability.
one on combination of technology/mythology, control • Check blade and ripper are on the ground and the park
units and warning unit to trigger Audio virtual warning brake is set before beginning the inspection
to the operators • Park only at parking areas and always set breaks.
• The system shall have variable target area during • Avoid parking on gradient or haul roads. If parking on
forward movement depending up on speed of the a hour road is required pick the safest place.
Dumper / Tipper and predetermined target area during • When not is use more out the machine from face.
record movement. lower bade and keep in a level ground.
• keep idle for a few minutes and switch off ignition
@

28. It is not a braking system of dumper

(a) Retarder (b) Parking brake key.
ap

(c) Service break (d) Stopper • Then close and lock the cabin.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 • Cutoff power from cutoff switch.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 405 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
31. Which one of the following powered roof By placing the tensioning arrangement at these critical
supports does not contain a canopy? points, operators can adjust the tension to keep the rope
(a) Chock support properly taut, ensuring smooth and safe operation of the
(b) Shield support haulage system.
(c) Pure shield support 35. A continuous miner is a:
(d) Chock shield support (a) Cutting-cum-loading equipment
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II (b) Cutting equipment
(c) Loading equipment
Ans. (a) : Chock support- Chocks (also known as
“powered” supports”, or “shields “) Roof support in (d) Transporting equipment
early long walls (in the days of hand mining ) was by APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
timber props and bars, withdrawn from the goof side as Ans. (a) : A continuous miner is a cutting-cum-loading
the faces advanced and re-used if still intact. equipment.
32. Flame trap or flame arrestor is used with: Continues miner mining machine designed to remove
coal from the face and to load that coal into cars or
(a) Conveyor (b) Direct haulage
cutting operation of making opening across a coal seam.
(c) Diesel locomotive (d) Shaker conveyor
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
36. While taking a back sight, the screw used is:
Ans. (c) : Flame trap or flame arrestor is used with (a) Upper tangent (b) Upper clamp
diesel locomotive. (c) Vertical clamp (d) Lower clamp
Flame arrester ⇒ Flame traps or flame arrestors APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
safety devices designed to prevent the propagation of
Ans. (d) : The taking a back sight, the screw used is
flames from one area to another. In the context of diesel lower clamp. A very fine, slow-motion screw giving a
locomotives, they are installed within the exhaust tangential movement for making the fire setting to a
system. precision surveying instrument such as for completing
33. Jaw clutch is provided with: the alignment of sight on a theodolite or transmit by
(a) Tail rope haulage gentle rotation of the reading circle about its axis.
(b) Direct rope haulage 37. Which one of the following haulages is
(c) Endless rope haulage preferred for undulating roadways:
(d) Gravity haulage (a) Direct rope haulage
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II (b) Endless 'haulage
Ans. (b) : Jaw clutch is provided with direct rope (c) Tail rope haulage
haulage. (d) Main and tail rope haulage
Direct – rope haulage: APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
(1) A system of incline haulage. Comprising one rope Ans. (a) : The haulage is preferred for undulating
and one drum. The engine hauls up the journey of roadways direct rope haulage. Direct rope haulage is a
loaded cars. Then the empties are connoted to the transport system used in underground mines. This is the
rope and returned to the bottom by gravity. easiest way of haulage system, in which a drum is
(2) Haulage in which a loaded truck is pulled up the installed on the surface and a rope is wrapped on it in
slope by a hoist while on empty one descends. which haulage tubs are installed and it is operated inside
Perhaps passing halfway on a loop of single track. or outside the mines.
34. The correct place for tensioning arrangement 38. As per mining regulation, for every shaft
in endless rope haulage is: exceeding 100 m depth and during hoisting
(a) At the top the incline men' the speed should not exceed:
(b) At the bottom of the incline (a) 0.5 m/s (b) 1 m/s
(c) Any point on the level roadway (c) 1.5 m/s (d) 5 m/s
(d) At the point where slack rope is moist likely APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
to occur Ans. (b) : As per mining regulation for every shaft
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II exceeding 100m depth and during hoisting men' the
Ans. (d) : The tensioning arrangement should be placed speed should not exceed 1m/s.
at the point where slack rope is most likely to occur. 39. Recapping a winding rope is done to:
placing the tensioning arrange at this point ensures that (a) Increase the flexural strength of the rope
slack in the rope, which can lead to inefficiency or even (b) Increase the flexibility of the rope
@

accidents, is minimized. It a haulage system, slack rope (c) Remove a portion of the rope subjected to
is most likely to occur at locations where the rope deterioration
ap

transitions from one section to another, such as at (d) Prevent the rope from excessive rusting.
curves, inclines, or here loads are attached or detached. APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 406 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): Recapping a winding rope is done to remove (c) Vernier scaling method
a portion of the rope subjected to deterioration. (d) Stadia method
At least once in six months every winding rope used for APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
the raising or lowering of persons shall be recapped and Ans. (d) : Fixed hair rule and modified hair rule
a portion there cutoff the lower end less in length than methods are the classifications of which method of
half the circumference of its headgear sheave, with a tachometry stadia method. Sub tense method is one of
minimum length of twelve feet. the classifications of stadia system. Stadia system is
40. Clifton pulley is used in: classified into movable hair method and fixed hair
(a) Direct rope haulage method in which the movable hair method can also be
(b) Endless haulage known as sub tense method.
(c) Main and tail haulage 44. In weissbach triangle method correlation, the
(d) Gravity haulage number of shafts used for correlation are:
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II (a) Two (b) one
Ans. (d) : Clifton pulley is used in gravity haulage. (c) Three (d) Four
Gravity Haulage- APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
• This haulage without any motor or external source of Ans. (b) : The number of shafts used for correlation are
power and consists of cast iron pulley 1.3 to 2m to one. The weissbach method of correlation is usually
diameter having brake pad on one side and a strap preferred when only one shaft is available. The method
break. consists of suspending two plumb wises which form a
• It is located at the top of an incline roadway and is plumb plane and azimuth of the same is determined at
employed to low your by gravity load attached to one the surface and taken 4G at the shaft inset and thereafter
end of the rope which passes around the DIG police transferred to the 4G base or reference line.
tickle only signal is required for its operation bought at 45. The parallax can be removed by:
the end of the road where the loads are double track or a (a) Focusing the eyepiece
bypass is essential. (b) Focusing the objective
41. The horizontal angle between the true median (c) By centering and leveling
and a line is: (d) Focusing both the eyepiece and objective
(a) Magnetic meridian (b) Arbitrary meridian APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
(c) Azimuth (d) whole circle angle Ans. (d) : The parallax can be removed by focusing
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II both the eyepiece and objective.
Ans. (c) : The horizontal angle between the true • Parallax can be eliminated is two steps.
median and a line is azimuth. (i) By focusing the eye-piece for distinct vision of the
Azimuth- cross-hairs.
• Smaller angle between survey line and true meridian. (ii) By focusing the objective to bring the image of the
• Azimuth are generally observed from the north. object in the plane of cross-hairs.
Azimuths may be geodetic, astronomic magnetic, grid, 46. Modern flame safety lamp can withstand an air
record or assumed, depending on the reference meridian velocity of................
used. (a) 10 m/s (b) 11.5 m/s
42. Bowditch rule, the total in latitude and (c) 12.5 m/s (d) 14 m/s
departure is distributed in proportion to length APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
of sides: Ans. (d) : The modern flame safety lamp can withstand
(a) Bowditch rule (b) Transit rule and air velocity of 14 m/s due to its design and
(c) Centesimal rule (d) Reversal point rule construction, which helps prevent the flame from
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II extinguishing even in relatively high air currents. This
Ans. (a) : Bowditch rule (compass rule)- It is most feature is crucial for ensuring the lamp's reliability and
commonly adopted when angular measurement and effectiveness in various industrial and mining
linear measurement both are nearly of same precision. applications where air movement can be significant.
The correction is considered directly proportional to the 47. If the CO/CO2 deficiency ratio in a mine is
length of the side. 2.25%, it indicates:
43. Fixed hair rule and modified hair rule methods (a) Existence of spontaneous heating
@

are the classifications of which method of (b) Active fire

tachometry? (c) Heating in advanced stage
ap

(a) Inclined sights (d) Normal to the coal mine

(b) Tangential method APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 407 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : If the CO/CO2 deficiency ratio in a mine is Ans. (c) : The instrument is used to measure the cooling
2.25%. It indicates existence of spontaneous heating . power of mine air Kata thermometer. The Kata
Carbon monoxide (CO) and carbon dioxide (CO2) thermometer measures the air cooling power,
emission during a spontaneous heating event in a coal anemometer measures the velocity of the wind, the
mine are important gases to monitor for detecting the clinical thermometer is used to degree frame
spontaneous heating at an early stage. However in temperature.
underground coal mines, the CO and CO2 52. Class B fires involves:
concentrations and their related fire ratio may be (a) Gaseous fuels LPG gas, butane etc.
affected by mine ventilation. In this study, CO, CO2 and (b) Melting iron
oxygen (O2) concentration and their related fire ratios (c) Live electrical equipments
may be affected by mine ventilation. (d) Inflammable liquids like diesel, petrol etc.
48. When the instrument is correctly levelled, the APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
height of plane of collimation is synonymous Ans. (d) : Class B fires involve flammable liquids and
with: gases. This includes fuels such as gasoline, dissel, oil,
(a) Height of instrument (b) Plus sight kerosene, and propane, as well as gases like natural gas
and methane. These fires can be particularly dangerous
(c) Turning point (d) Intermediate sight
because the fuel can spread quickly and easily ignite,
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II creating intense flames and potentially explosive
Ans. (a) : The instrument is correctly levelled the situation. Class B fires are often extinguished using
height of plane of collimation is synonyms with height foam, dry chemical powders, or carbon dioxide, which
of instrument. work to smother the flames and cut off the fire's oxygen
The height of instrument (H.I) is the elevation of the supply. It's important to use the appropriate
plane of collimation when the instrument is leveled (and extinguishing agent for class B fires to prevent re-
not the height of the center of the telescope above the ignition and minimize the risk of injury or property
ground level). damage.
49. Black damp is a mixture of: 53. Cotton wool removes:
(a) Water vapour (b) Ammonia
(a) Carbon monoxide and excess nitrogen
(c) Dust and smoke (d) Hydrogen sulphide
(b) Carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
(c) Carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulphide
Ans. (c) : In a gas mask, cotton wool removes dust and
(d) Carbon dioxide and excess nitrogen
smoke.
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
Gas mask- Gas masks are also known as "air-purifying
Ans. (d) : Black damp is a mixture of carbon dioxide respirators" because they filter or clean chemical gases
and excess nitrogen. and possibly particles out of the air as you breathe. This
Black damp- Carbon dioxide (CO2) black damp is the respirator includes a face piece or mask, and a
mining term for the suffocating mixture of carbon filter/cartridge.
dioxide and other unbreathable gases that can build-up 54. In a self-contained breathing apparatus, which
mines causing poisoning, asphyxiation, and ultimately valve allows the escape of any oxygen in excess
death if left untreated. of the wearers requirement?
50. The limits of inflammability of fire damp in air (a) Inhalation valve (b) Relief valve
are: (c) Exhalation valve (d) Main valve
(a) 5.4 and 14.8% (b) 4.5% and 15.4% APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
(c) 3.8% and 14.8% (d) 4.5% and 12.8% Ans. (b) : The relief valve in a self- contained
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II breathing apparatus is designed to release excess
Ans. (a) : The limits of inflammability of fire damp in oxygen from the system when the wearer's demand for
air are 5.4% and 14.8%. Firdamp is a gas that occurs oxygen is met or when the pressure inside the apparatus
naturally in coal seams. The gas is nearly always exceeds safe levels. This prevents over pressurization
methane (CH4) and is highly inflammable and explosive and ensures that the wearer receives the correct amount
when present in the air in proportion of 5 to 14%. of oxygen needed for breathing.
51. Which of the following instrument is used to 55. Fire damp is composed of which of the
@

measure the cooling power of mine air? following?

(a) Manometer (b) Velometer (a) CH4 (b) CO
ap

(c) Kata Thermometer (d) Pitot tube (c) CO2 (d) N2

APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 408 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Firedamp is a gas that occurs naturally in coal 58. The fore bearings and back bearings of the
seams. The gas is nearly always methane (CH4) and is lines of an open compass traverse are given
highly inflammable and explosive when present in the below.
air in a proportion of 5 to 14 percent. Line Fore bearing Back bearing
56. Which of the following statements is PQ 132º30' 313º30'
INCORRECT for primary curshers? QR 123º30' 303º30'
(a) Used to reduce the run-of-mine ore down to a RS 182º30' 2º15'
size suitable for transport and for feeding the ST 288º45' 108º0'
secondary crushers of AG/SAG mills The stations that are free from local attraction
(b) Always operated in open circuit, with or are
without heavy-duty scalping screens (a) P and Q (b) Q and R
(grizzlies) (c) R and S (d) S and T
(c) The maximum feed size will normally be less Gate Mining Engineering-2020
than 15cm in diameter Ans. (b) :
(d) There are two main types of primary crushers Line Fore bearing Back bearing Difference
in metalliferous operations-jaw and gyratory PQ 132º30' 313º30' 181º
crushers QR 123º30' 303º30' 180º
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 RS 182º30' 2º15' 180º 15'
Ans. (c) : Primary crushers reduce large run-of-mine ST 288º45' 108º0' 180º45'
material such as rocks and ore lumps, into smaller sizes The stations that are free from local attraction are Q
for further processing downstream whether that be and R because the fore bearing and back bearing of Q
transport to additional crushers or to a wet processing and R station has a difference of 180º.
plant. 59. The correct sequence of attachments between
the winding rope and the cage in a drum
• In open-circuit crushing, undersize material from the
winding system is
screen is combined with the crusher product and is then
(a) Triangular plate → Rope capel → Bull chain
routed to the next operation. → Detaching hook → Cage chain
• They are always operated in open circuit, with or (b) Rope capel → Bull chain → Triangular plate
without heavy-duty scalping screens (grizzlies). → Detaching hook → Cage chain
• There are two main types of primary crushers in (c) Detaching hook → Rope capel → Bull chain
metalliferous operation. → Cage chain → Triangular plate
(i) Jaw crusher (d) Rope capel → Detaching hook → Bull chain
→ Triangular plate → Cage chain
(ii) Gyratory crusher.
Gate Mining Engineering-2019
57. Which of the following is a load on stress
Ans. (d) : A drum winding system is commonly used
monitoring device?
in mining for transporting personnel, materials and
(a) Flat jack (b) Telltale device
equipment up and down vertical shaft.
(c) Potentiometer (d) LVDT
• In drum winding system, a winding drum is mounted
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
on a horizontal shaft that is driven by an electric
Ans. (a) : The flat jack consists of a steel pressure pad motor.
filled with desired oil equipped with two steel tubes, • The correct sequence of attachments between the
one for pump connection and one for linking another winding rope and the cage in a drum winding system
pad or the mount a pressure transducer. is-
• They are used within the civil construction, industry Rope capel → Detaching hook → Bull chain →
for a pressure transducer. Triangular plate → Cage chain
• They are used within the civil construction, industry 60. Ward-Leonard system is provided in the
for a multitude of jacking applications, such as, lifting winding system in order to restrict
heavy structures. (a) over-winding of the cage
@

• Stressing operations, transferring existing loads/pre- (b) deceleration of the cage

loading studwork to temporary or permanent supports (c) acceleration of the cage
ap

and permanently pre loading bearing, bridge jacking (d) over-speeding of the cage
and structures. Gate Mining Engineering-2018
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 409 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): The ward Leonard method of speed control 64. A gas mask does NOT include
or armature voltage control is basically used in the (a) check valve
place wherever highly sensitive speed is being (b) warning device
controlled. (c) face piece assembly
• It is used in elevators, paper machines, electric (d) coolant canister
excavators, diesel locomotives, cranes and colliery Gate Mining Engineering-2009
winders etc. Ans. (d) : A gas mask is a personal protective device
designed to provide respiratory protection against
• Therefore, ward Leonard system is provided in the harmful gases, fumes, and airborne particles. It typically
winding system in order to restrict over speeding of the consists of several components including a face piece
cage. assembly, warning device, filters or cartridges, and
• It is also known as ward Leonard control, was a various valves.
widely used in DC motor speed control system. 65. Resting stopping is adopted when ore body is
61. ‘Trenching’ involves: (a) flat and thick
(a) Linear excavation (b) very steep and thick
(c) flat and thin
(b) Linear excavation in which one dimension is
(d) very steep and thin
greater than other
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
(c) Drilling wedge-shaped bore holes
Ans. (a) : Resting stopping is often chosen for are
(d) Digging even-sized pits bodies that are very steep and thick because this mining
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 method allows for efficient extraction of are from such
Ans. (b) : Trenching in construction means creating a geological formations. The steepness of the are body
narrow excavation below the surface of the ground by allows gravity to assist in are extraction, which the
using an earthmoving machine called a trencher. thickness provides a substantial amount are to be
extracted, making resting stopping a practical and
Trenches are deeper than they are wide, as opposed to a
effective mining technique in such conditions.
ditch and move narrow compared to their length as
66. Methanometer is used to detect
opposed to a hole or pit.
(a) Fire lamp (b) Block damp
62. The thermal maturity of coal is determined by (c) Co-gas (d) None of these
measuring reflectance of which of the BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
following: Ans.(a): Methanometer is a hand held apparatus which
(a) Inertinite (b) Liptinite is used for checking the percentage of fire damp
(c) Vitrinite (d) Mineral matter (methane gas) in underground mine.
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 • This works on the principle of wheat-stone bridge.
Ans. (c) : The thermal maturity of coal, vitrinite is a 67. Which of the following factor is considered for
coaly organic maceral derived from the connective calculation of cycle time of excavating machine
tissue of vascular plants. The reflectance of vitrinite (a) Swell factor (b) Bucket factor
changes with heat. Vitrinite reflectance (Vr or Ro) the (c) Swing factor (d) Powder factor
most commonly used thermal indicator is the NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
benchmark for maturation studies in the petroleum and Ans. (c) : Cycle time of excavator consists of
coal industries. This technique is primarily useful for movement of the empty bucket to the bottom of the
Devonian and younger clastic sediments and coals. excavation pit.
63. Jack hammer does NOT contain • Swing factor is multiplier of actual cycle timing to
(a) pawl and ratchet (b) gear box produce cycle time.
(c) rifle bar (d) piston *Swell factor is a coefficient of the volume of ground
removed from its natural site to it’s volume after
Gate Mining Engineering-2016 digging.
Ans. (b) : Jack hammer does not contain in gear box. • Bucket factor is a tabular data obtained for various
A Jack hammer is a powerful pneumatic or class of soils. It is formed by obverting the cycles of
electromechanical tool used to break up or demolish excavator bucket for various ground classes.
hard materials like concrete, asphalt, or rock. It works 68. Dozer used as
by repeatedly pounding a chisel or pointed tip into the (a) Loading equipment
@

surface at a high frequency typically powered by (b) Transport equipment

compressed air or electricity. Jackhammers are (c) Leveling & pushing purpose
ap

commonly used is construction, road work , and (d) for crushing and screening purpose
demolition projects. NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 410 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): Dozers also known as bulldozers are used for 72. Capacity factor of a wire rope is the ratio
pushing, digging, excavating, and levelling materials at between :
various work sites. (a) breaking load of the rope and weight of unit
Three main types of bulldozers are load of the rope
(i) Crawler bulldozer (b) None of the other options
(ii) Mini bulldozer (c) breaking load of the rope and total roe
(iii) Wheeled bulldozer suspended in the excluding the weight of the
rope
69. The diameter of a dumper wheel is 2.4 meter,
(d) breaking load of the rope and total rope
then the height of the "BERM" will be ____ suspended in it including the weight of the
(a) 1.60 mtr (b) 2.00 mtr rope
(c) 2.40 mtr (d) 1.8 mtr CIL MT Mining-2017
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 Ans. (c) : Capacity factor of a wire rope as the ratio
Ans. (c) : BERM is a level space, shelf or rained barrier between. Breaking load of the rope and total rope
separating areas in vertical way. Height of BERM is suspended in it excluding the weight of the rope.
approximately equals to diameter of wheels of vehicles. A safe working load of a wire rope is a measure of the
If diameter of wheel of dumper is 2.4 m then height of total load or weight that a wire rope can safely support
BERM is 2.4 m. during operation. values greater than the SWL could
70. The Bucket Wheel excavator machinery result in a failure of the rope
performs its operations with the following 73. The number of experimental sets of flat jack to
method: determine 3-dimensional state of stress in a
(a) Key Cut (b) Reaming rock mass is:
(c) Pulsating Impact (d) Terracing (a) two (b) six
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 (c) one (d) three
Ans. (d) : The Bucket wheel excavator machinery CIL MT Mining-2017
performs its operations with the following method Ans. (b) : The number of experimental set of flat jack to
Terracing. determine 3dimensional state of stress in a rock mass is
Bucket wheel excavator (BWE) is a large heavy six.
equipment machine used in surface mining. The 74. Automatic contrivance in shaft is used:
primary function of BWEs is to act as a continuous (a) To prevent over speeding
diggiey machine in large – scale open – pit mining (b) To prevent over winding
operation, removing thousands of tons of overburden a (c) Both A & B
day. (d) None of the above
71. Stacker is commonly used to work in NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
association with: Ans.(c): In every shaft the engine shall be fitted with an
(a) payloader automatically speed indicator. In a shaft exceeding
(b) bucket wheel excavator 100m in depth, there shall be provided an effective
(c) dragline automatic contrivance.
(d) shovel Automatic contrivance in shaft is used to prevent-
CIL MT Mining-2017 (i) Over speeding
(ii) Over winding
Ans. (b) :Stacker is commonly used to work in
association with bucket wheel excavator. The bucket 75. Generally life of suspension gear shall be:
wheel excavator (BWE) is a continuous excavation (a) 3 years (b) 4 years
machine capable of removing up to 12,000 Cubic (c) 5 years (d) 6 years
metres per hour. The most favourable soil and strata NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
condition for BWE operation are soft, unconsolidated Ans. (d) : Suspension Gear- (i) Suspension gear
overburden materials without large boulders. BWEs are means all components are necessary to provide a secure
widely employed in lignite mining in Europe. attachment between hoisting rope and conveyance.
Stacker – A stacker is a large machine used in bulk (ii) Mine cage suspension gear is an assembly of mine
@

material handing. Its function is to pile bulk material hoisting system between cage/skip & winding open
such as limestone. ores, coal and cereals on to a which is used to raise & lower conveyance safely within
ap

stockpile. A reclaimer can be used to recover the mine shaft.

material. (iii) Generally life of suspension gear shall be 6 years.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 411 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
76. Which gives better control of blasting results in 79. An attachment used with the last tub of the set
terms of vibrations, air blast (noice) and of a ascending tubs is known as
flyrock? (a) Automatic catch (b) Bare stay
(a) Detonating cord + cord relays (c) Buffer (d) Stop block
(b) Electric Detonators (milli second) + KCET Mining Engineering-2017
Detonating cord
Ans. (b) : An attachment used with the last tub of the
(c) Electronic Detonators
set of a ascending tubs is known as bare stay.
(d) Detonating cord + Ordinary detonators
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 80. Splicing of rope is the process of
Ans. (c) : (a) Joining of two wire rope
• The error of precise initiation time controlled at the (b) Cutting of wire rope
microsecond level in the electronic detonator (c) Cleaning of rope
blasting is accurate enough to realize blasting (d) Checking of rope
vibration reduction; however, the realization of KCET Mining Engineering-2017
precise control of blasting vibration using the Ans. (a) : Wire rope splicing is essentially the
electronic detonators. Remains rudimentary,
formation of a knot between two parts of the same rope
researches on the precise zoning protection of
or between two separate ropes by separating and
buildings and field experiments are lacked.
unraveling the strands and interweaving the threads
• Electronic detonator gives better control of blasting
together to produce a strong joint. splicing forms a
results in terms of vibrations, air blast (noise) and
very strong knot which stays secure even if exposed to
flyrock.
water.
77. Number of cutting drums in a SERD is/are
• There are different types of wire rope splicing. The
(a) 1 (b) 2
two more common ones are–
(c) 3 (d) 5
(i) Back or end splicing
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
(ii) Eye splicing
Ans. (a) : Number of cutting drums in SERD is/are
one. 81. Which of the following is not used as an endless
• There may be one ranging drum at one end of the haulage rope clip?
machine known as SERD. (a) Nut & bolt clip (b) Wedge clip
78. Sandwich conveyor is a type of (c) Screw clip (d) Small man clip
(a) Cable belt conveyor KCET Mining Engineering-2017
(b) High angle conveyor Ans. (a) : Endless Rope Haulage– This system
(c) Chain conveyor consists of double track, one driving pulley & one
(d) Shaker conveyor return pulley. An endless rope passes from the driving
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 pulley, which is situated at the end & back again to the
Ans. (b) : Sandwich conveyors are among continuous driving pulley.
transport system used to transport bulk materials over • One track is used for loaded tubs & another track is
short distance. used for empty tubs.
• A sandwich belt conveyor consists of two endless • Rope moves in one direction only with the speed of
belt conveyors that share a common load-carrying 3-7 kmph.
path. • The system is used where the gradient is less,
• The top and bottom belts are independently driven generally less than 1:12 or where the ground is
and tensioned. Along the carrying path the top and undulating.
bottom belts are alternately supported against closely • Nut and bolt clip is not used as an endless haulage
spaced troughing idlers. rope clip.
Radial pressure due to belt tension and the curving
profile, continuously hugs the material that is sandwich 82. Which of the locomotive is maximum
between the two belt. Internal friction is developed and possibility of formation of CO with the exhaust
bulk material can be conveyed at any high angle up to gas?
the vertical. (a) Battery locomotive
@

• Broadly available types of high angle conveying (b) Trolley wire locomotive
systems are sandwich belt conveying systems, (c) Compressed air locomotive
ap

pipe/tube conveying systems, flexwell conveying (d) Diesel locomotive

system, Pocket lift conveying system etc. KCET Mining Engineering-2017
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 412 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): CO is formed when incomplete fuel Therefore, it can be concluded that at least three
combustion takes place due to a lack of oxygen. In ranging rods are required for ranging a line. However,
general, CO is emitted during engine start-up and in practice, four or five ranging rods may be used for
continuous acceleration. It can be caused especially at greater accuracy and to compensate for errors.
the time of starting and instantaneous acceleration of 86. The maximum size of the mineral particle that
the engine where the rich mixture are required. can be carried on a belt conveyor without
• Diesel locomotives were found to emit high spillage is less than ________. (where W is the
concentration of CO at the idle state, which is the width of the belt)
engine's starting and initial operation, during (a) W (b) W/2
acceleration at notches 7 to 8.
(c) W/3 (d) W/6
83. The loop takes up system of belt conveyor is TSPGECET-2020
provided for
Ans. (c) : The maximum size of the mineral particle
(a) tensioning and to accommodate extra belt
that can be carried on a belt convey or without spillage
(b) to avoid regular shortening of belt
is less than w/3.
(c) used in longer lengths of conveyors
Where w is the width of the belt.
(d) All of the above
87. In cable belt conveyors, the function of cable is
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
to
Ans. (d) : A belt conveyor is a system designed to (a) increase the lateral stiffness of the belt
transport or move physical items like materials, good,
(b) increase the tensile strength of the belt
even people from one point to another.
conveyor
The loop takes up system of belt conveyor is provided
(c) support the belt and provide traction to the
for–
belt
• Used in longer lengths of conveyors. (d) minimize elongation of the belt under tension
• To avoid regular shortening of belt. TSPGECET-2020
• Tensioning and to accommodate extra belt. Ans. (c) : Cable convey you is convey you belts
84. AFC in longwall mining stands for systems which utilizes a pair of endless cable to both
(a) Armoured flexible chain support the belt and its load.
(b) Armoured flexible conveyor These cable support the belt on both the carry and return
(c) Armoured face conveyor runs and only separate from it at the drive and tail ends
(d) Armed face conveyor of the convey or.
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 88. Impact rollers are used ________ in a belt
Ans. (c) : In longwall coal mining, the coal cut down conveyor system.
by the shearer is transported by the armoured face (a) at the loading point
chain conveyor (AFC), which is laid across the full (b) at the discharge point
face width, to the head entry T-junction, where it is (c) in the middle of the belt conveyor length
transferred to the entry belt conveyor. (d) at regular intervals all along the length of the
• The armoured face chain conveyor has large carrying belt
capacity. It is structurally very strong. TSPGECET-2020
• AFC is long wall mining stands for armoured face Ans. (a) : There are several type of conveyor rollers
conveyor. used in the mining industry, including impact rollers,
85. For ranging a line, the number of ranging rods training rollers, and return rollers.
required is Impact rollers are designed to absorb the impact of
(a) At least two (b) At least three heavy material being dropped onto the conveyor belt.
(c) At least four (d) At least five 89. Drawbar pull of a locomotive is
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 (a) equal to its tractive effort
Ans. (b) : Ranging line refers to the process of finding (b) more than tractive effort
out the exact alignment or direction of a line. (c) less than the tractive effort
• The correct answer to the given question is option 'B' (d) not related to tractive effort
which states that at least three ranging rods are TSPGECET-2020
required for ranging line. Ans. (c) : While tractive effort is the overall force exerted
@

This is because of the following reasons. by the locomotive on its wheels, draw -bar pull only takes
(i) Two-point problem into account the force used to pull the train. It does not
ap

(ii) Error correction. factor in only additional forces, such as wind or grade that
(iii) Redundancy. may affect the overall tractive effort.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 413 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
90. 6 X 19 wire rope means top member and this provides a seal with the inside wall
(a) 6 inches in diameter and 19 wires of outer cylinder. In the closed circuit system a built-in
(b) 6 centimetres in diameter and 19 wire pump is provided in the prop itself and forms an integral
(c) 6 strands with 19 wires in each strand part of it. The pump is operated by an extreme
(d) 6 wires in each strand and 19 strands detachable handle.
TSPGECET-2020 94. The length of the tangent of a simple circular
Ans. (c) : These are ropes consisting of 6 stand with 19 curve of radius R and angle of deflection △ is
wires in each stand. given by
91. Variograms, Krigging, Grade tonnage curve  △  △
(a) R  sin  (b) R  cos 
are features of _____  2   2
(a) Geo-statistical reserve estimation  △ △
(b) Computer based mine scheduling (c) R  tan  (d) tan =
 2  2
(c) Geophysical prospecting
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
(d) Equipment selection
Ans. (c) : The length of the tangent is determine based
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
on factors such an the speed and type of vehicles of
Ans. (a) : Geo - statistical reserve estimation employee trains that will be using the curve and the radius of the
for or reserve estimation utilize three dimension spatial curve.
statistics to improve the quality of the estimate.
 ∆
T = R  tan 
G1.1 Design and operation of mining  2
machinery Where T is the length of the target R is the radius of the
curve, and ∆ is the deflection angle of the curve.
92. The spherical semivariogram model ( γ ( h ) ) is
The deflection angle ∆ is the angle between the tangent
represented by the following expression, where lines at the begin and end of the curve and it is measure
h is the lag distance. in radians of degrees.
 C0 , for h = 0 95. The starting point of shaft at the ground
  h h 
3

γ ( h ) = C 0 + ( C − C 0 ) 1.5 − 0.5    , for 0 < h ≤ a surface is called

 C,  a  a   (a) Collar (b) Pithead
 for h > a (c) Platform (d) Scaffold
The parameters 0, and are respectively Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
known as Ans. (a) : The starting point of shaft at the ground
(a) nugget, range and sill. surface in called collar.
(b) sill, nugget and range. At ground level beneath and around the head frame is
(c) sill, range and nugget the shaft-collar (also the called bank or deck). Which
(d) nugget, sill and range. provides the foundation necessary to support the weight
Gate-2024 of the head frame and provides a means for workers
Ans. (d) : nugget, sill and range. material and service to enter and exit the shaft.
96. Air gap sensitivity test is done to :
 C0 ,
  h h 
3
(a) Test the property of boosters for explosive
γ ( h ) = C0 + ( C − C0 ) 1.5 − 0.5    (b) To test whether the explosion will spread
 C,  a  a  
 through the full column of the explosive
C0 = nugget charge
C = sill (c) To test whether the cartridge can be detonated
sequentially
a = range
(d) To determine the probability of blown out
93. Which one of the following Supports does not shots
require a power pack for its operation? (e) Question not attempted
(a) Chock shield support Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
(b) Open circuit hydraulic prop Ans (b) : The air gap sensitivity test is conducted to
(c) Close circuit hydraulic prop determine whether an explosive charge will propagate
(d) A lpine breaker line support or spread through the full column of the explosive
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I charge. This test measures the cartridge-to-cartridge
Ans. (c) : Hydraulic prop- It is simply a hydraulic sensitivity to detonation under specific test conditions.
@

jack. These prop have been used at long wall Purpose of the Air Gap Sensitivity test:-
Determine the ability of an explosive charge to
ap

mechanised. A hydraulic prop basically consist of two

oil-filled cylinders the upper one telescoping into the transmit detonation from one cartridge to another
lower one. A piston head is fitted to the lower and of the through an air gap.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 414 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Assess the potential for incomplete detonation or (c) Fire extinguisher is provided.
failure to propagate the explosion through the entire (d) Production efficiency of the dumper
explosive charge. Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Evaluate the safety and reliability of the explosive Ans. (d) :Before operating the dumper/tipper, the
material in various scenarios. operator shall personally inspect and test the following
97. Anchorage Testing relates to: detail.
(a) Roof Bolting (b) Timber Support • That the break, horn and AVA are in proper working
(c) Powered Support (d) None of these order.
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 • That the head light, back light & dash boards light are
Ans. (a) : Anchorage testing is related to roof bolting. It in working order.
is a hydraulic device for performing rope or bolt pull • That the machine is mechanically sound and in
test to measure their load bearing capacity or anchor- efficient working order.
ability Roof bolting-A system of roof support in mines. • Fire extinguisher is provided.
Boreholes usually from 3 to 12 ft. long are drilled 101. Which of the following term is not used to
upward in the roof, and bolts of 5/8 to 1in or mare in describe fault in connection with rock?
diameter are inserted into the holes and anchored at the (a) Gradient (b) Hade
top by a split cone, mechanical anchor, or resin grout (c) Up throw (d) Down throw
98. Air gap sensitivity test is done to : Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(a) Test the property of boosters for explosive Ans. (a) : Fault are cracks in the earth's crust along
(b) To test whether the explosion will spread which there is movement.
through the full column of the explosive • These can be massive or very small.
charge
• Terminology of fault in connection with rock
(c) To test whether the cartridge can be detonated
sequentially • Hade : A fault is a fracture or zone of fractures
(d) To determine the probability of blown out between two blocks of rock.
shots • Throw– It is the vertical displacement between the up
(e) Question not attempted throw hanging wall and down throw footwall
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 • Gradient is not used to describe fault in connection
with rock.
Ans (b) : The air gap sensitivity test is conducted to
determine whether an explosive charge will propagate 102. Which of the following is not related to jack
or spread through the full column of the explosive hammer
charge. This test measures the cartridge-to-cartridge (a) Riffle nut (b) Throttle value
sensitivity to detonation under specific test conditions. (c) Screw feed (d) Ratchet mechanism
Purpose of the Air Gap Sensitivity test:- Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Determine the ability of an explosive charge to Ans. (c) : A jack hammer is a percussive drilling
transmit detonation from one cartridge to another machine that's manually operated by a person who
through an air gap. usually holds it vertically on the surface to be dried.
Assess the potential for incomplete detonation or • Different parts of Jack hammer
failure to propagate the explosion through the entire • Riffle nut– Riffle nut has spine that message with rife
explosive charge. valve and the drill steel rotate.
Evaluate the safety and reliability of the explosive
• Throttle valve– The throttle air valve is used to
material in various scenarios.
regulate the compressed air and regulate the speed.
99. The behaviour of a mineral towards the forces
• Ratchet Mechanism– It helps to rotate the chuck
that tend to destroy it is called
driver and drill steel.
(a) Crystal degree (b) Tenacity
• Screw feel – It is not related to jack hammer.
(c) Resistance (d) Hardness
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 103. PVC belt possesses
Ans. (b) : The behavior of a mineral towards the forces (a) Fire resistant property
that tend to break, bend, cut or crush it is described by (b) Anti slippage property
the term tenacity. (c) High co-efficient friction value than rubber
100. Before operating the dumper/tipper, the belt
operator is not required to personally inspect (d) High capacity of transportation
and test the following details Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
@

(a) That the break, horn, type pressure and AVA Ans. (a) : PVC belt possesses is fire resistance property.
ap

are in proper working order. PVC is a type of thermoplastic polymer that is flexible
(b) That the head light, back light & dash boards and durable and therefore suitable for use an conveyor
light are in working order. system.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 415 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• A PVC conveyor belt is sometimes preferable to a • The machine is considered the most versatile earth
rubber belt because it will not stretch as much as rubber. moves in the construction industry.
• This design is particularly useful when transporting • In includes a bucket in the front and the back hoe
goods up an incline as the goods may otherwise slide attachment in the back, which allows you to excavates
backward on the belt due to gravity. trenches, load and unload materials and lift objects.
104. Which of the following factor is considered for 107. In respect of dipper shovel, crowding means
calculation of cycle time of excavating (a) Raising bucket to dumper height
machine? (b) Moving the bucket backward and forward
(a) Swell Factor (b) Bucket factor (c) Swinging the bucket round
(c) Swing Factor (d) Drill factor (d) Moving the shovel from one place to another
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (c) : Cycle time is defined as the amount of time Ans. (b) : In respect of dipper shovel, crowding means
taken by machine to perform a repetitive segment of an ''moving the bucket backward and forward'' for the
operation, typically measured as the time it takes the dumping.
machine to return to same position. • The crowed system will either push or ''crowd'' the
• Angle of seeing is a horizontal angle is between the dipper and handle out away from the supporting boom
position of excavator while excavating and the hauling or will ''retract" the dipper and handle back toward the
unit where it dumps the material. boom.
• It is one of the elements of cycle time. If the angle of • Swinging rotating the shovel between the dig site and
Suring is more, the cycle time required will be more and dumping location.
vice-versa. 108. The machine employed for loading fragmented
• Thus, keeping the angle of suring minimum can save rock from a bench standing on the floor of the
the cycle time of excavator. bench is
105. Testing of parking brake of a dumper is done (a) Back hoe Shovel (b) Dipper Shovel
(a) On maximum gradient of haul road (c) Surface Miner (d) Dragline
(b) On level ground Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(c) On parking area Ans. (b) : Power shovel is a bucket equipped
(d) During idling construction equipment used for excavating and
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 transporting all classes of earth (expect solid rocks
Ans. (a) : The DG's technical circulars and also the without prior loosening) to nearby trucks or other
permission issued under Regulation 98 of Coal Mines hauling equipments.
Regulation 1957 and Regulation 106 of mettaliferousl • The machine employed for loading fragmented rock
Mines Regulation 1961 stipulates that the from a bench standing on the floor of the bench is
commencement of every shift. Dipper shovel.
• The operator tests every vehicle paying special 109. Which of the following is not related to
attention to break, steering the matter to the component Dragline
person and get the defects remedied before operating (a) Hoist (b) Rope
the vehicle. (c) Boom (d) Crowd
• For parking brake test, the loaded vehicle has to be Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
parked in a gradient for ten minutes to assess the
Ans. (d) : Basic Part of Dragline-
efficiency.
• Boom, Drag cable, Moist cable, Rope Drag chain and
• These processes are so elaborates, It is difficult to
bucket.
carry out test every shift.
• By releasing both the hoist and drag cable the bucket
106. The machine best suited for digging below the is lowered down in a fully dumped position till it rests
level on which it stands and loads the dumper on the ground with the sharp digging teeth into the
is? earth.
(a) Tractor shovel (b) Stripper shovel • The hoist cable becomes active slightly and then the
(c) Back hoe (d) Dipper shovel dragging pull is applied.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 • The Boom is swang to the position of dumping when
Ans. (c) : A Back hoe in an extremely common piece of the needed dumping height is achieved, and then the
excavating equipment. drag brake is released.
• The term ''Back hoe'' technically refers to the
@

110. Productivity of shovel depends on

attachment an arm with a digging bucket at the end- (a) Work cycle (b) Type of material
which can mount to various types of heavy machinery.
ap

(c) Operator's skill (d) All of the above

• Oftentimes, ''back hoe'' is shorthand for a back hoe
loader, a back hoe attached to a front loader. Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 416 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Truck shove productivity can be affected by Ans. (b): No road shall be of gradient lower than 1 in
several factors including machine design which define 16 is not a standard condition for operation of HEMM.
how efficiently the energy is used and mine plan and • Standard condition for operation of HEMM:-
design relating to dig methods. (i) No road shall be of width less than 3 times plus 5 m
• Shovel productivity depends on the capacity of truck, width of the largest Vehicle playing on road.
operator skills and practices and operating conditions, (ii) All comers and bends shall be made in such a way
that operator of vehicle have clear view of distance of
rock fragmentation and material disability. not less than 3 times the breaking distance of largest
• It is depend on work cycle, type of material and HEMM working at 30 Km/h.
operator's skill. (iii) No road shall have gradient more than 1 in 16
111. Productivity of dumper depends on Ramps with 1 in 10 gradient should not be more than 10
(a) Road profile (b) Mobility of dumper m at one stretch and permission shall be obtained from
Directorate.
(c) Training of operator (d) All of the above
• The approved type of audio visual alarm shall be
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 provided in all equipment.
Ans. (d) : Productivity of dumper depends on– 114. The type of organisational structure that is
• To estimate normative productivity of shovel-dumper characterised by the wastage of material,
combination with different material characteristics and manpower and by lack of specialisation is :
different equipment combination. (a) scalar (b) functional
•To vacillate the normative productivity with the actual (c) Divisional (d) Matrix
productivity of similar equipment combination in APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
certain selected coal mine. Ans. (a) : The type of organisational structure that is
characterised by the wastage of material, manpower and
• To analyses the reasons for variation between normal by lock of specialisation by scalar.
and actual productivity in different cases.
• Scalar organisation is also called military or line
•To give suggestion for improvement in the organisation.
productivity of dumper system • Under this method authority flows in a vertical
• All the statements in the given option are true hence, manner form top to bottom.
option number (d) is correct. • Scalar executives are directly involved in the
112. Sequence control system is used in performance of the activities of an enterprise and are
called the 'doors'.
(a) Belt conveyor (b) Dumpers
• It is simple to understand and easy to establish.
(c) Excavating machine (d) None of the above
• It provides unit of command.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
• Each individual knows clearly to whom he is
Ans. (a) : • Sequence control system is used in Belt responsible.
conveyor. • It helps in taking quick and effective decisions.
• Stopping of the out by belt may cause pilings up of • It insures personal contact between workers and
the in bye belt, leading to overload and the subsequent manager.
friction may cause fire. 115. Match the following blasting elements with the
• Sequence control is conveyors is to avoid any belt corresponding initiators.
damage as result of the out bye belt being stalled. Blasting Elements Initiators
In the bye cannot be set in motion unless out bye, is up P Electric 1 Match stick
to 60%-70% of normal speed. detonator
• If the out bye shops for a reason the in bye stops Q Safety fuse 2 Booster
automatically. R Detonating fuse 3 Exploder
113. Which of the following is NOT a standard S Non cap- 4 Ordinary
condition for operation of HEMM? sensitive detonator
(a) No read shall be of width less than three times explosive
plus 5m width of the largest vehicle playing (a) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1 (b) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2
on the road (c) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4 (d) P-1, Q-4, R-2, S-3
(b) No road shall be of gradient lower than 1 in Gate Mining Engineering-2018
16 Ans. (b) :
(c) The maximum speed of a vehicles shall be Blasting elements Initiators
restricted to 30km/h by blocking higher gear P. Electric detonator 3. Exploder
@

or other automatic means Q. Safety fuse 1. Match stick

(d) The approved type of audio visual alarm shall R. Detonating fuse 4. Ordinary detonator
ap

provided S. Non cap-sensitive 2. Booster

APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 explosive
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 417 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
116. The equipment NOT related to extraction of Ans. (d) : A multi point borehole
orehole extensometer
exten is used
coal from longwall face ce operation is to monitor changing distances
tances between
betwe fixed points
(a) AFC (b) road header along a borehole.
(c) powered support (d) DER
DERD shearer • This makes for more accurate
urate and useful
use readings.
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2018 • To keep the risks of mining at a minimum, it is
Ans. (b) : Longwall mining is a type of underground necessary for mine engineering
ineering staff
staf to constantly
coal mining in which a long wall of coal is mined in a monitor the status and possible
ssible movement
movem of soil and
single slice. rock formations inside the mine.
• Longwall mining is highly efficient an and can produce • Multi point borehole extensometers
extensomete are a critical
large quantities of coal with relatively lo low manpower part of safety monitoring within any mine, as they
requirement. provide a lot of the data used
sed by mine engineering
e staff
• Equipment for longwall mining- and management to determine mine where intolerable risks
(i) Power face supports exist.
(ii) Shearer 120. Match the following:
(iii) Armored face conveyor (AFC) Haulage unit Safety
Safe device
(iv) Conveyor system P. Friction winder 1. Run-away switch
(v) Electricals and communication. Q. Drum winder 2. Lilly controller
• Therefore, road header equipment nnot related to R. Direct rope haulage 3.Regenerative
3.Rege
extraction of coal from longwallwall face op operation. Road braking
headers are advanced, self lf forced aand extremely S. Endless rope haulage 4. Monkey/back
Mon catch
powerful rock cutting machinesachines are designed to (a) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4
excavate roadways, tunnels without using volatile. (b) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4
117. Which of the following llowing rem remote sensing (c) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-2
technologies uses sound? (d) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4
(a) Radar (b) Colo
Colour infrared Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2016
(c) Thermal infrared (d) Sona
Sonar Ans. (d) :
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist
ologist Clas
Class-I, 09.04.2017 Haulage unit safety
safe device
Ans. (d) : The remote sensingg technology uses sound in p Friction winder Lilly controller
cont
sonar. It is Sound Navigation tion and Ra Ranging. It is a
technique involving the use of propagatio
propagation of sound for Q Drum winder Regenerative
Regenera braking
navigation, and it also can bee used for di distant detection R Direct rope Run-away switch
and interaction with other objects. haulage
118. In an undersaturated d reservoir, the reservoir S Endless rope Monkey / back catch
pressure is: haulage
(a) Equal to bubble pointint pressure • Therefore, option (d) is correct
orrect answer.
answe
(b) Less than the bubble le point pres
pressure 121. Match the following g for the prismatic
pr compass
(c) More than the bubble
ble point pre
pressure shown below
(d) None of these
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist
ologist Clas
Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (c) : Depending on its discover discovery pressure, a
solution gas drive reservoir oir can be initially either
undersaturated or saturated. d. In an undersaturated
reservoir, the reservoir pressure
essure is gr greater than the
bubble point of the oil. Noo free gas exists in the
reservoir while the pressure remains abo above the bubble
point. The reservoir drive energy
nergy is proprovided only by
the limited expansion of the oil, rock, and water. Component Name
Nam
119. A multi-point borehole le extensom
extensometer is used to P. X1 1. Agate
A bearing
monitor Q. X2 2. Object
O vane
(a) convergence betweeneen the roof aand the floor R. X3 3. Magnetic
M needle
(b) strain between fixed
ed points alon
along a borehole S. X4 4. Prism
P
(c) strain between the he anchor point and the (a) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4
@

reference point on the surface (b) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-4

(d) changing distances es between fixed points (c) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3
ap

along a borehole (d) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2

Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2017 Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2016
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 418 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): (a) 404 (b) 414
component Name (c) 434 (d) 464
Gate Mining Engineering-2008
P X1 Object vane
Ans. (c) : Given that,
Q X2 Agate bearing
( )
−1.0
R X3 Prism V= 120 SD
S X4 Magnetic needle. D
122. Match the following: and SD =
c
Equipment Slice Action −1.0
thickness  D 
(range in m) ∴ V = 120 
 Q 
 
P Dragline 1 6-12 a Crowding
Q Shovel 2 30-40 b Hoisting  Q
or V = 120  
R Surface 3 0.2-0.4 c Cutting  D 
Miner
Q
(a) P-1-b; Q-2-a; R-3-c (b) P-2-b; Q-1-a; R-3-c 25=120 ×
100
(c) P-2-a; Q-1-b; R-3-c (d) P-2-b; R-1-a; Q-3-c
25 × 100
Gate Mining Engineering-2008 or Q =
Ans. (b) : 120
Equipment Slice thickness Action ∴ Q = 434.03 kg
(range in m) 125. A conveyor of rated power 100 kW hauls coal
P. Dragline 2. 30-40 b. Hoisting up-dip at 30 kg/s along an inclination of 15º
Q. Shovel 1. 6-12 a. Crowding and distance 300 m. Heat added by the
R. Surface miner 3.0.2-0.4 c. cutting conveyor to the air in kW is
123. The wt % of solids in a sand-water stowing (a) 56.4 (b) 65.9
pipe is 60. If the solids density is 3000 kg/m3, (c) 77.2 (d) 82.3
3
the pulp density of the slurry in kg/m is Gate Mining Engineering-2008
(a) 1380 (b) 1420 Ans. (c) : Component of weight along incline plane =
(c) 1560 (d) 1670 mg sin θ
Gate Mining Engineering-2008 = 30 × 9.8 × sin 15º
Mass of pulp = 76.17N
Ans. (d) : Pulp density = and work done = force × distance
Volume of pulp
= 76.17×300 Joule
Mass of pulp = 22851.13 Joules = 22851.13 Watt = 22.85 kW
Pulp density =
Volume of water + volume of sand Hence, heat added by the conveyor to the air =100–
22.85
mass of pulp
or pulp density = = 77.2 kW
volume of water mass of sand
+ 126. In a coal handling plant wagons of 8m length
density of water demsity of sand are loaded, at rake travel speed of 0.48 km/hr.
Mass of sand = mass of pulp × 60% = mass of pulp × The chute loading rate is 6000 tonne/hr. As the
0.6 rake moves continuously, the chute stops for a
Mass of water = mass of pulp × (100 – 60) % total of 24s in between two wagons. The
= mass of pulp × 0.4 quantity of coal in tonne loaded in each
mass of pulp wagon is
∴ Pulp density = (a) 52 (b) 60
 0.4 0.6 
mass of pulp  + (c) 76 (d) 94
1000 3000  Gate Mining Engineering-2008
∴ Pulp density = 1666.7 kg/m3 Ans. (b) : We know that,
124. In a surface mine blast, the peak particle distance
velocity (V in mm/s) is estimated from the Speed =
time
–1.0
equation V = 120( SD ) , where SD is 0.48 ×1000 8
@

square root scaled distance. If at a distance of ∴ =

3600 time
100 m from the blast site the permissible peak
ap

panicle velocity is 25 mm/s, the maximum ∴ time = 60sec.

charge per delay in kg is Now, time taken to fill a Wagon = 60 – 24 = 36 sec.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 419 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
but given chute loading rate = 6000 tonne
tonne/hr 129. The draw-bar-pull generated by b the loco when
Hence, the upward gradientt of the tracktrac is 5º in kN is
Quantity of coal loaded in each Wagon = loading rate × (a) 6.16 (b) 7.9
time taken to fill a wagon (c) 9.5 (d) 11.5
Hence, Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2008
Quantity of coal loaded in eeach wagon = Ans. (a) : Draw bar pull generated by loco, when the
loading rate × time taken to fill
ill a wagon upward gradient of track is 5º = Tractive T effort –
running resistance– component onent of force
fo on inclined
tonne track
6000 × 36sec
h = 24525 – 9810 – 1000
100 × 9.81 × sin5º
127. An assay value of alumina mina in a boborehole from a = 6.16 kN
bauxite deposit is as shown
hown below
below. If the cut-off 130. A mining equipment nt has a life of 5 years with
grade is 40%, the compositeposite valu
value of ore in the no salvage value. e. Assuming
Assum that the
borehole in percent is depreciation of the equipment is calculated by
the straight line method,
ethod, the average annual
value of the equipment ment in percentage
p of its
original value is
(a) 20 (b) 40
(c) 50 (d) 60
Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2009
Ans. (a) : The formula of salvage
alvage value:
value -
S = P- (I X Y)
Where S = salvage value
(a) 31.6 (b) 33.9 P = Original price
I = Depreciation
(c) 41.7 (d) 42.2
Y= Numbers of years
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2008
Annual depreciation cost
Ans. (c) : We have,
riginal price − Salvage value
Original
Composite value of one grade =
Numbe of years
Number
L g + L 2 g 2 + L3 g 3 + L 4 g 4
= 1 1 Given that,
3+ 2 +3+ 2 Number of years = 5
= 41.7% Salvage value = 0
Statement for Linked Answer Qu Questions 84 and The average annual value (I) I) of equipment
equipm in
85: A loco of mass 10000000 kg has a coefficient of original
inal price
adhesion to the trackss as 0.25. ThThe loco offers a Percentage = ×100%
5
running resistance equalual to 10% oof its weight.
= 20% original cost
128. The draw-bar-pull generated
enerated by the loco on a
level ground in kN is 131. Cause-wise data of injuries in an underground
(a) 1l.3 (b) 14.7 coal mine for a five-year period is given below:
(c) 15.8 (d) 17.2 Cause of Number of injuries
i
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2008 injury
Ans. (b) : Fall of roof 27
Mass of loco = 10000 00 kg = 110000×9.81 = Fall of person 22
98100N Rope haulage 17
Tractive effort = coefficient of adhesion × mass Explosives 5
= 0.25 × 98100 Other causes 4
= 24524 N The cumulative probability
bability of injury
i due to fall
10 of roof and fall of person is
And running resistance = × 98100 = 99810N
100 (a) 0.65 (b) 0.50
Now, draw bar pull generated ted by the lo loco on a level (c) 0.36 (d) 0.29
@

gradient = Tractive effort – running

unning resist
resistance Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2009
= 24525 – 9810 Ans. (a) : Cumulative probability
bability of injury
i rate due to
ap

= 14715 N 27 + 22
roof fall and fall person is = = 0.65
= 14.7 kN 27 + 22 + 17
1 +5+ 4
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 420 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
132. Recapping a winding rope is done to 135. Match of following-
(a) increase the flexural strength of the rope Mine car type Mode of unloading
(b) increase the flexibility of the rope P. Granby 1. Bottom opening
(c) remove a portion of the rope subjected to Q. Gable bottom 2. Both side tilting
deterioration R. Drop bottom 3. Single side opening
(d) prevent the rope from excessive rusting S. Rocker dump 4. Both side opening
Gate Mining Engineering-2010 (a) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1
Ans. (c) : Recapping a winding rope is done to remove (b) P-4, Q-1, R-3, S-2
a portion of the rope subjected to deterioration. The (c) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2
rope must be recapped every six months and the 3 meter (d) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
length of the rope is cut so that the same portions are Gate Mining Engineering-2011
not subjected to the worst condition for too long a time. Ans. (d) : The correct match is following-
Winding rope- The rope that carries a cage skip or Mine car type Mode of unloading
habit in a shaft. The wires are twisted together P. Granby 3. Single side opening
symmetrically according to a definite geometrical Q. Gable bottom 4. Both side opening
pattern. R. Drop bottom 1. Bottom opening
133. Match the following for standard diamond drill S. Rocker dump 2. Both side tilting
rods. Granby cars- It's a robust proven design. They are not
Specification Outer Diameter in mm suitable for sticky are as it can build up in the ore box.
P. AW p. 34.9 They have a side wheel which helps in side dumping.
Q. BW q. 44.9 Gable bottom car- It is shaped in cross section and
R. EW r. 54.0 unloading takes place at both ends via doors. They can
S. NW s. 66.7 be built for large capacities even with narrow gauges.
(a) P-r; Q-q; R-s; S-p There are several door mechanisms and doors are made
(b) P-r; Q-p; R-s; S-q of very strong material because of the fact that they are
(c) P-q; Q-r; R-p; S-s used severely, so they are braced strongly.
(d) P-q; Q-r; R-s; S-p Rocker dump- Among the smaller capacity cars, the
most popular and most widely used are the gravity
Gate Mining Engineering-2010 dump types such as rocker dump designed so that the
Ans. (c) : weight of the load tips the body when a locking latch is
Specification Outer diameter in (mm) released by hand. It is a V shaped car which is rounded
P. AW q. 44.4 at the bottom and can dump on either side.
Q. BW r. 54.0 136. Mean air temperature of a 450 m deep
R EW p. 34.3 downcast shaft is 29 ºC and that of the upcast
S NW s. 66.7 shaft is 37 ºC. The height of the motive column
in m is
134. A closed traverse ABCDE of perimeter 425 m
(a) 8.2 (b) 9.5
has a total error +0.25m in latitude and –0.44m
(c) 11.6 (d) 12.8
in departure. The precision of traverse is
Gate Mining Engineering-2011
(a) 1 in 556 (b) 1 in 785
Ans. (c) : Given that,
(c) 1 in 833 (d) 1 in 1024
Depth (D) of column = 450 m
Gate Mining Engineering-2010
Average temperature of down cost shaft (Td) ink = 29°C
Ans. (c) : We know that, = 302K
Closing error = ( Latitude )2 + ( Longitude )2 Average temperature of up cost shaft (Tu) ink = 37°C
= 273+37
= ( +0.25)2 + ( −0.44 )2 = 310 K
Tu − TD
= 0.2561 Motive column (h) = ×D
Tu
= 0.51m
Since 425m has an error of 0.51 m 310 − 302
= × 450
0.51 310
1m has a closing of = 11.61 m
425
137. A typical case of gravity loading under
@

1 1 complete lateral restraint in flat strata is shown

= =
 425  833 in the figure below. The physic-mechanical
ap

 0.51  parameters of the strata are given in the table.

 
The in situ stresses (σZ, σH ) on the top of the
Precision of traverse is 1 in 833. coal seam in MPa are
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 421 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): (I) Side Discharge loade –It is a track
harge loader
mounted electro-hydraulically
ally operated side discharging
bucket loaders with smooth th control system,
s excellent
maneuverability. It is a low-profile profi high output
machine.
(II) SOL's are now used ass dominant loading machine
to work in underground coal al faces to scoop
sc & load runs
Strata Thickness Specific Youn
Young’s Shear of mine coal into transport equipment.
(m) Gravity Modu
Modulus Modulus (III) SOL is a crawler mounted
nted machine.
machin
(GP
(GPa) (GPa) 139. Over speeding of coal al tubs are restricted
r by
Sandstone 50 2.35 26.4
26.40 12.5 (a) Jazz rail (b) Monorail
Shale 25 2.15 20.5
20.50 8.25 (c) Friction wheel (d) Driving wheel
Coal 20 1.52 2.41 0.95 BCCL Mining
Min Sirdar-2017
(a) (10.17, 2.54) (b) (10.1
(10.17, 3.69) Ans.(a):Jazz rails–The principle
rinciple of this
th device is that
(c) (11.68, 3.69) (d) (11.6
(11.68, 2.54) tubs travelling at normal speeds pass overo a section of
the Jazz track negotiating the
he bend readily.
read
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2011
• If the tubs travel at an excessive
xcessive speed,
spe as in the case
Ans. (c) : For vertical stress:
of runway they will faill to get round
roun the bend and a
σV = γ.z derailment occurs.
Or σV = ρ.g.z 140. Which type of machine is used us to clean the
where, dust-laden air?
ρ - density of rock (a) Jig machine
g - acceleration due to gravity (b) Vortex cleaner
z - depth below surface (c) Cyclone separator
γ - unit weight of rock (d) Electrostatic diffusion
Now, vertical stress due to sandstone
andstone on the top of the BCCL Mining
Min Sirdar-2017
shale. Ans.(b): During the mining g processes, large amount of
σ'V = 2.35 × 1000 × 9.81
.81 × 50N / m 2 coals dust laden air may be generated.
generat This causes
σ'V = 1.15MPa serious health threats to mine
ine workers. Hence to clean,
vortex cleaner method involves
olves the use of air scrubbers
Vertical stress due to shake onn the op of ccoal composed of water inlet pipes,
ipes, radial mixing
m impellers
σ"V = 2.15 × 1000 × 9.81
.81 × 25N / m 2 water distribution plates, swirl
wirl vanes and
an dehydrator. As
σ"V = 0.527MPa a result water mist was formed which then combined
with the coal dust laden air.
∴ vertical stress (σZ) on the top of the co
coal seam due to
• The coal dust laden air ir and solid-liquid mixtures
overlying strata
were moved along a certain
rtain trajectory
trajecto by centrifugal
σz = 10 + 1.15 + 0.52727 = 11.68 MMPa force and gravity, then discharged
ischarged to the exterior.
Given for shale:
141. Keps are used in
Shear modulus (G) = 8.25 GPa (a) Koepe winding (b) Direct haulage
Young modulus (E) = 20.50 GPa (c) Endless haulage (d) Drum winding
And we know,
BCCL Mining
Min Sirdar-2017
mE
G= Ans.(d): For haulage to the surface through a mine
( m + 1) shaft, the surface gear includes
ncludes a winding
w drum of
Where, m - poisson number cylindrical or cylindroconical
nical form on which the
m × 20.50 winding rope is coiled as the cage of skips of kibble, is
∴ 8.25 = raised. Keps are used in drum
um winding.
2 ( m + 1)
142. Roof bolts takes load d in half an hour
∴ m = 4.125 (a) 3 Te (b) 4 Te
138. Side Discharge Loaderr (SDL) is a (c) 2 Te (d) 5 Te
(a) Crawler mounted machine BCCL Mining
Min Sirdar-2017
@

(b) Tyre mounted machine Ans.(a): Roof bolt is a type pe of steel support
s which is
(c) Rail mounted machine fixed in a hole by drilling vertical in the
th roof and it grip
ap

(d) Both (1) & (2) the Strata and support the immediate roof r and the hole
BCCL
CL Junior OOverman-2017 process is called Roof Bolting.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 422 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
For cement capsule– Ans. (d): In a Bord & Pillar is worked in conjugation
1 with hydraulic stowing extraction line preferred is step
Roof bolts take a load in hr = 3te. diagonal.
2
Roof bolts take a load in 2 hrs = 5 te. Step diagonal line of face protects as solid pillars
Roof bolts take a load in 24 hrs. = 8 te. support the working places.
The diagonal line of extraction helps in the caving of
143. The grade which is available from a property
the roof strata and minimizes goaf flushing into the
after actual mining is
faces.
(a) Computed grade (b) Run of Mine grade
(c) Effective grade (d) Pit head grade 148. Ratio of water and emulsion in hydraulic fluid
is __________.
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
(a) 99 : 1 (b) 50 : 50
Ans. (b) : The grade of coal available from a property
(c) 95 : 5 (d) 25 : 75
after actual mining is run of mine grade coal “ROM”
Run of mine means ore in its natural and unprocessed MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
state. Coal from this mine comprises of all sizes without Ans. (c) :Ratio of water and emulsion in hydraulic fluid
any crushing and screening. is 95 : 5. This emulsion has water as the main phase,
144. Unit of blast induced vibration is while small droplets of are dispersed in it.
(a) mm/s (b) Pascal • Emulsions are a mixture of two fluids that do not
(c) db (d) m/min chemically react with others.
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 149. In case of shaft, the finished diameter of a shaft
Ans. (a) : Blasting is a major mechanism of rock varies from ___________ .
fragmentation. (a) 4.1 m to 6.5 m (b) 4.5 m to 6.2 m
Explosive usage creates ground vibration, air over (c) 4.2 m to 6.7 m (d) 4.3 m to 6.4 m
pressure as well as fly rock. MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
Unit of blast induced vibration is mm/s and of blast Ans. (c) : In case of shaft the finished diameter of a
induced noise is dB. shaft varies from 4.2 to 6.7m.
145. AVA is used in 150. The backsight on a vertical staff on a
(a) Belt conveyor benchmark is 2.535m and the foresight on
(b) Vehicles used in mines point B is 3.135m. If the RL of the benchmark
(c) Crusher is 250.70m, the RL of the point is:
(d) Rest shelter (a) 247.015m (b) 250.100m
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 (c) 253.285m (d) 253.885m
Ans. (b) : Various heavy equipments are used in mining CIL MT Mining-2017
are: Ans. (b) : Given, A = 2.535 m RL = 250.70 m
• Large mining trucks B = 3.135 m
• Hydraulic mining shovels Height of instrument = R.LA + A
• Large dozers 250.70 + 2.535 = 253.235M
AVA is used in vehicles used in mining. R.L of B = height of instrument –
146. It is not related with dragline Staff benchmark B
(a) Drag (b) Hoist 253.235 – 3.135 =250.100 m
(c) Swing (d) Crowd 151. A coal seam of 1.5 m lying at a depth of 150m
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 from surface with an inclination of 5º is to be
Ans. (d) : Dragline in mining are used for dragging. It worked under normal conditions. Which
has an attached excavating machine by cables and should be preferred ?
operates by being drawn towards, the machines. It (a) slicing with caving (b) board and pillar
performs swing ie. .. lowering and lifting from height. (c) horizon mining (d) longwall mining
147. In a Bord &Pillar is worked in conjugation CIL MT Mining-2017
with hydraulic stowing, extraction line Ans. (d) : The Preferred by longwall mining.
preferred is: Longwall Mining-long wall mining is an underground
(a) Steep diagonal method of excavating Coal from tabular deposits, as
@

(b) Straight line well as soft mineral deposits. as well as soft mineral
(c) Diagonal deposits such as potash. Large during the development
ap

(d) Step diagonal stage of the mine and are then extracted in a single
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 continuous operation.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 423 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Horizon Minig- Horizone mining is a system of 155. Automatic contrivance shall be provided in
mining. applicable to inclined or undulating seams and each shaft with an exceeding depth of:
also to relatively flat seams and also to relatively flat (a) 50 m (b) 90 m
seams where these occurs in groups where by all the (c) 70 m (d) 100 m
Coal seam are extracted between predetermined CIL MT Mining-2017
horizons, level, or planes. Ans. (d) : Automatic contrivance shall be provides in
Bord and Pillar- each shaft with an exceeding depth of 100m. In a shaft
Miners extracted coal along rodways or bords acting as exceeding 100 meters in depth, there shall be provided
pillars holding up the roof. the outer pillars were then an effective automatic contrivance to prevent
mined, leaving the roof to Collapse in a controlled way overspeeding and overwinding.
as the miners retreated towards the exit. 156. Capacity to continue pumping operation even if
152. Why it is mandatory to remove silt from the air enters into water pipelines is known as ___.
sump? (a) snore (b) driver
(a) To maximize the head of water (c) core (d) carrier
(b) To allow pump khalasi to enter CIL MT Mining-2017
(c) To maximize the sump capacity Ans. (a) : Capacity to continue pummping operation
(d) To maintain regular flow of water in mines even if air enters into water pipelines in known as snore.
CIL MT Mining-2017 157. Mean air temperature in a D.C. shaft of 400m
depth is 28ºC and in the U.C. shaft is 38ºC.
Ans. (c) : The mandatory to remove silt the sump to Motive column will be _______m.
maximize the sump capacity.
(a) 12.8 (b) 1.28
153. Intake air to a longwall panel has CO at 10 (c) 128 (d) 0.128
ppm and O2 at 20.5%, whereas the return air CIL MT Mining-2017
has CO at 30 ppm and O2 at 20.10%.
Ans. (a) : Mean air temperature in a D.C. Shaft of 400m
Find out the Graham's ratio (%) for the
depth is 28ºC and the 4 C shaft is 38ºC motive coloum
oxidation process in panel.
will be 12.8 m.
(a) 0.1 (b) 0.4
(c) 0.8 (d) 0.5 158. What is the track gauge for tubs of 1.1 m3?
CIL MT Mining-2017 (a) 0.8 m (b) 0.6 m
(c) 1 m (d) 0.4 m
Ans. (d) : At nozzle om hydraulic mining operations
The minimum pressure to be maintained 40100 kgf/cm2. CIL MT Mining-2017
Hydraulic mining- Hydraulic mining is a from of Ans. (c) : The track gauge for tubs of 1.1 m3 in 1 m
mining that uses high-pressure jets pf water tp dislodge track gauge. alternatively track gauge is the distance
rock material or move sediment. In the placer mining of between the two rails of a railway track. All Vehicles on
gold Orting the resulting water-sediment slurry is a rail network must have wheelsets that are compatible
directed through sluice boxes to remove the gold. It is with the track gauge. Since many different track gauges
also used in mining kolin and coal. exist worldwide, gauge differences often present a
Hydraulic mining developed from ancient Roman barrier to winder operation on railway networks.
techniques that used water to excavate soft underground The term derives from the metal bar, or gauge, that is
deposits. Its modern form using pressurized water jets used to ensure the distance between the rails is correct.
produced by a nozzle called a "monitor" came about in 159. Liquid used in Kata thermometer is-
the 185505 during the California Gold Rush in the (a) Kerosene (b) Turpentine oil
united states. (c) Alcohol (d) Petrol
154. Function of snub pulley in the belt conveyor MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
system is: Ans. (c) : The Kata thermometer is a heated alcohol
(a) safety device thermometer the time it takes to cool is measured and
(b) braking device used to determine air current. It is useful for measuring
(c) increasing the angle of wrap low speeds in studies of air circulation.
(d) cleaning device 160. Which of the following is not a deciding factor
CIL MT Mining-2017 for hoisting system?
Ans. (c) : Function of snub pulley in the belt conveyor (a) Production rate
system is increasing the angle of wrap. (b) Depth of Shaft
The snub pulley serves to increase the length of the (c) Number of Levels
@

tensioned conveyor belt in order to increase the contact (d) Machinery deployed for loading
and friction surface between drive pulley and belt. RPSC AE-21.05.2014
ap

If necessary, this Pulley is placed directly behind the Ans. (d) : Hoisting in the operation of lifting the load.
drive pulley, in the lower part of the system. Hence equipment used for hoisting purpose lift the load
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 424 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
from the place, hold it on suspension during transfer • Greater geological certainty
from one location to the other and finally place it on • Greater safety and better working condition for
desired location. It should be strong enough to negotiate mining personnel's.
the load and should consume minimum time possible in
the operation and it must be quite safe while handling. 164. The horizontal entry to an underground
working of a hilly deposit is known as
• Some factor for deciding hoist.
(a) Vertical shaft (b) Inclined shaft
• Type of hoists. (c) Decline (d) Adit
• Type of suspension or trolley. KCET Mining Engineering-2017
• Capacity. Ans. (d) : The horizontal entry to an underground
• Required lift height. working of a hilly deposit is known as adit.
• Lifting speed. A horizontal or nearly horizontal passage driven from
• Power supply. the surface for the working or dewatering of a mine. If
161. In the selection of the wire ropes for hoisting on adit is driven through the hill or mountain to the
purpose, which strength is of prime surface on the opposite side, it is called a tunnel.
importance? Shaft– A vertical or inclined excavation in rock for the
(a) Tensile strength purpose of providing access to an ore body. Usually
(b) Compressive strength equipped with a hoist at the top, which lowers and
(c) Shear strength raises a conveyance for handling workers and
materials.
(d) Torsion strength
Decline– A sloping underground opening for machine
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
access from level to level or from surface, also called a
Ans. (a) : The wires of wire rope are made of high- ramp.
carbon steel. These carbon steel wires come in various
grades. Wire ropes are usually made of extra improved. 165. Piling method, Caisson Method, Freezing
Plow steel (EIPS) or Extra Extra Improved Plow Steel method, Cementation Process are some special
(EEIPS) which roughly equivalent to a wire tensile methods of ................ for loose, unstable
strength of 1960 N/mm2 or 2160 N/mm2. ground with or without presence of water.
(a) Longwall mining (b) Drifting
162. Which rope type has individual strands of wire
and the whole rope from a single strand? (c) Shaft sinking (d) Crater blasting
(a) Round stranded rope (b) Flat strand rope KCET Mining Engineering-2017
(c) Oval strand rope (d) Locked coil rope Ans. (c) : Shaft sinking or shaft mining involves
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 driving vertical shafts into the earth. Once a desired
depth is reached, auxiliary tunnels, or drift, are dug in
Ans. (d) : Locked coil rope. all direction to access are and mineral deposits. The
• There are no wire strands. work in excavating a shaft & shaft sinking, it may be
• It is non-rotating type of rope. described as an excavation of vertical or inclined
• The wire of first layer are laid along a central core in opening from surface for conveyance of men,
the same direction another layer of wires in laid in the materials, ventilation, pumping water, in addition to
opposite direction. hoisting ore and wase rock & It is also called shaft
• Final layer of wires is a special contraction such that construction or shaft mining.
neighboring wires interlock between themselves. • Piling method, Caisson method, Freezing method,
163. Which of the following is not an advantage of Cementation process are some special methods of shaft
large height benches in opencast mining? sinking for loose, unstable ground with or without
(a) Increased efficiency of shovel presence of water.
(b) Minimum ripping and leveling 166. Shaft location is best done on the basis of
(c) Efficiency of transport system (a) Depth of the coal seam
(d) Less slope failure (b) Production per year
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 (c) As per convenience
Ans. (d) : Open cast mining- (d) Haulage effort
It is type of surface mining in which mineral resources KCET Mining Engineering-2017
are removed from the earth through large holes or pit Ans. (d) : A shaft is a vertical passage way connecting
dug into the surface. the surface to ore deposit located deep under surface.
Some advantage of open cast mining. The decision on the shaft location is a critical element
@

• High productivity, i.e highly mechanized and labour in the strategic planning for underground mine
conserving. development system design.
ap

• High production rate • Shaft location is best done on the basis of haulage
• Low capital cost effort.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 425 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
167. Which of the following factor is considered for 171. The working efficiency of reciprocating pump
calculation of cycle time of excavating is ––––––––.
machine? (a) 80-85 (b) 50-60
(a) Swell factor (b) Bucket factor
(c) 60-70 (d) 70-75
(c) Drill factor (d) Swing factor
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
Ans. (d) : Factors Affecting performance of Ans. (a) : The working efficiency of reciprocating
Excavators– Based on the literature and related work, pump can very depending on various factors such as
following are some factors found that affecting on design, operating conditions, and maintenance. It is
performance of excavator. typically in the range of 80-85%.
(i) Proper Equipment selection (ii) Sit Condition (iii) Efficiency in a reciprocating pump refers to the ratio of
Cycle time (iv) Bucket size (v) Angle of swing (vi) the hydraulic power output to the mechanical power
Repairs and maintenance of equipment (vii) Operator's input. Hydraulic power output is the power transferred
skill. to the fluid being pumped, while mechanical power
Angle of swing/swing factor– Angle of swing is a input is the power required to drive the pump.
horizontal angle in between the position of excavator
while excavating and the hauling unit where it dumps 172. Function of snub pulley in a belt conveyor
the material. It is one of the elements of cycle time. If system is to
the angle of swing is more, the cycle time required will (a) clean the inner surface of the belt
be more and vice-versa. Thus, keeping the angle of (b) increase the angle of wrap/lap
swing minimum can save the cycle time of excavator. (c) increase the belt tension
168. In channel sampling, the channel (groove) is (d) prevents downward movement of the belt
driven ___________ inches wide and 0.75 while belt is carrying material uphill and
inches deep. suddenly power fails
(a) 4 (b) 6
TSPGECET-2020
(c) 2 (d) 5
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I Ans. (b) : A snub pulley improves the traction of drive
Ans. (a) : In channel sampling, the channel (groove) is pulley, by increasing its belt wrap angle. Drive pulley,
driven to be 4 inches wide and 0.75 inches deep. which can also be the head pulley, are driven by a motor
Channel or Groove Sampling- and power transmission unit to propel the belt and
• It is the most accepted method of sampling which best material to the discharge. A bend pulley is used for
suited, banded and vein type of deposits. changing the direction of the belt.
• In some cases the channel may also be cut along a line 173. The relationship of tensions between the tight
making a small angle with thickness of the deposit. and slack side of the belt conveyor is given by
169. The method involved in reduction of bulk ______, where θ is in radians, T1 & T2 are in
samples by dividing the same into 4 equal Newtons
halves and selecting two opposite halves for T T1
next stage of reduction is (a) 1 = eµθ (b) = µeθ
(a) Coning and quartering technique T2 T2
(b) Chip sampling T1 T1
(c) Channel sampling (c) = e2µθ (d) = eθ
T2 T2
(d) Salting
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I TSPGECET-2020
Ans. (a) : The method involved in reduction of bulk Ans. (a) : Function of the product of coefficient of friction
samples by dividing the same into 4 equal halves and and lap angle.
selecting two opposite halves for next stage of reduction The ratio of tension on the tight side to that of the slack
is coning and quartering technique. ride in a flat belt drive.
170. Angle of draw is the angle between subsidence T1
limit line and ___________. = eµθ
T2
(a) Horizontal line (b) Dip line
(c) Vertical line (d) Strike line Where, θ = lap angle
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I µ = coefficient of friction.
Ans. (c) : Angle of draw is the angle between 174. In a centrifugal fan, the conversion of velocity
subsidence limit line and the vertical line. pressure to static pressure is accomplished by
• The angle of draw or limit angle is the outward angle (a) evasee
@

between the normal to the seam at the panel edge and (b) impellers
the point on the surface where the observed subsidence
ap

(c) aerofoil shaped blades

is zero. All of the surface subsidence occurs within the (d) hub
angle-or-draw. TSPGECET-2020
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 426 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Centrifugal Fan as the air moves from the
impeller hub to the blade tips it gains kinetic energy. This
Kinetic energy is then converted to a static pressure
increase as the air slows before entering the discharge.
175. Reclamation or backilling activity comes under
the category of
(a) Ancillary mining operations
(b) Pre-mining operations
(c) Post-mining operations
(d) Actual mining operations
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I • In the figure, shows the geometrical model of the
Ans. (a) : Ancillary operation is a manufacturing Brazilian dis tensile strength test.
operation that has a large flow, discharge significant • AB shown in fig tree plates are placed between to
amount of pollutants, and may not be present at every specimens.
plant in a sub category, but when present is an integral • Two peoples moves touchrad each other The leads
part of the aluminum forming process. from the places could be assumed to the radically
applied over an short slrip of the circumference with a
radian of 2× as shown in fig.
G1.2 Equipment Maintenance 178. Which is the instrument used in in finding the
area of plots, especially when the boundaries
176. Mining sirdar does NOT have the authority are irregular or curved?
for: (a) Compass (b) Coniometer
(a) running a machine (c) Theodolite (d) planimeter
(b) manpower engagement APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
(c) removing manpower in case of apprehending Ans. (d) :Planimeter- Planimeter is an instrument used
danger in surveying to compute the area of any given plan.
Planimeter only needs plan drown on the sheet to
(d) face inspection
calculate area. Generally, it is very difficult to
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 determine the area of irregular plot. So, by using
Ans. (a) The sirdar or other competent person planimeter we can easily calculate the area of any
appointed under the regulation 129 shall, subject to shape.
orders of superior officials, have responsibility, charge 179. Foam type fire extinguishers are not used for
and control of the district of the mine assigned to him fighting:
by the manager or assistant manager. (a) Oil fire (b) Timber fire
If sirdar observes any dangerous place during the (c) Electrical fire (d) Melting iron
course of his inspections or if any danger at a place APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
where work persons are employed is reported to Ans. (c) : Foam type fire extinguishers are not used for
him. fighting electrical fire. Foam extinguishers are also safe
If the danger is not possible to be removed for use on flammable liquid fire. They cannot be used
forthwith, withdraw all persons from such place on electrical fires or flammable metal fires as this
and shall not leave the place until the danger has extinguisher could end up exacerbating the fire. Foam
been removed in his presence or all approaches to extinguishers are ideal for premises which have
the place have been fenced off so as to prevent multiple fire risks including offices factories,
persons from inadvertently entering such place. warehouses and hotels.
177. Brazilian test is used for 180. Which of the following is NOT part of a typical
(a) UCS determination hydrofrac system?
(b) Tensile strength determination (a) Two packers and one injection unit
(c) Shear strength determination (b) Pressure transducers and flow meters
(d) None of the above (c) Impression packers
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 (d) Exploder
Ans. (b) : The Brazilian Test is used for determine the APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
@

Tensile strength. Ans. (d) : A schematic of the Bochum Wireline

• The stress at any point on the dis during Brazilian Test Hydrofac system used in the tests. The equipment
ap

can be calculated by the equations conducted by comprises of double straddle packer assembly, winch
Hondors. and pumping unit with a heary duty tripod.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 427 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• The equipment also includes the pressurising system Ans. (b): The theodolite Consists of a telescope pivoted
and electronic data recording system. around horizontal and vertical axes so that it an measure
• The electronic system comprises of surface and both horizontal and vertical angles.
downhole pressure transducers, a surface flow meter, • The line of collimation must be at a right angle to the
strip chart recorder a magetic tape recorder horizontal axis.
• Surface and downhole pressures pumping role and • In the case of a transit theodolite the line of sight can
total flow are recorded on the strip-chart recorder and be reversed by revolving the telescope through 180º in
on the tape recorder. the vertical plane.
• After the completion of all the frac test, • In transit theodolite an Internal focusing telescope is
imprint/impression of each induced fracture is obtained used transit theodolites are mainly used for surveying.
by the wireline impression packer unit. 183. Which of the following terminology is NOT
181. Which of the following is correct for a related to the shaft sinking process?
prismatic compass? (a) Scaffold pulley (b) Rider
(a) The graduations are the whole circle bearing (c) Kibble
system (d) Dipper shovel
(b) The graduations are engraved erect APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
(c) The graduations are 0 degrees at North and Ans. (d) : Shaft sinking and equipping is a critical
South and 90 degrees at East and West activity in the establishment of new underground
(d) The reading is taken by directly seeing mining operations or accessing deeper orebodies in
through the top of the glass existing mines.
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 • A typical mine shaft allows men and materials to be
Ans. (a) : Prismatic compass :- transported underground and are to be hoisted to the
• It has board type needle. surface.
• It is a free to float along with board type magnetic • Shafts may be sunk to depths up to and even in excess
needle of 300 m in a single lift.
• It graduations are in whole circle bearing system. • Shaft sinking therefore requires material such as sand,
• It is Inverted (as graduation have to be observed rock, and water to be excavated from the ground in
through a prism) order to create the shaft.
• It can be done simultaneously • The terminology is used in the shaft sinking process is
scaffold pulley, Rider, kibble.
184. Match the following in the context of India
mining practice :
Equipment Power source
P. Rocker shovel 1. Battery
Q. Locomotive 2. Compressed
R. Shearer 3. Electricity
(maximum
voltage 6.6 kV
AC)
S. Dragline (24 m3 4. Electricity
bucket capacity) (maximum
Prismatic Compass voltage 1.1 kV
182. Which of the following is NOT correctly AC)
defined with respect to a theodolite?
(a) Vertical axis: the axis about which the (a) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 (b) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3
instrument can be rotated in horizontal plan
(c) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 (d) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-4
(b) Trunnion axis: the axis about which the
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
telescope and vertical circle rotate in
horizontal plan Line of collimation : the line Ans. (b) :
passing through the intersection of the Equipment Power source
horizontal and vertical cross-hairs and the P. Rocker shovel 2. Compressed air
optical Q. Locomotive 1. Battery
(c) Centre of the object glass and its continuation
@

R. Shearer 4. Electricity (maximum

(d) Transiting: process of turning the telescope in voltage 1.1kv AC)
vertical plane through 180 degrees about the
ap

3
trunnion axis S. Dragline (24m bucket 3. Electricity (maximum
capacity) voltage 6.6 kv AC)
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 428 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
185. Joining of two ropes is called Reducing mining cost in hydraulic mines depends on
(a) Pasting (b) Spilicing lowering drivage cost by use of new drivage systems or
(c) Casting (d) Rolling by increasing efficiency of drivage systems used at
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 present.
Ans. (b) : Joining of two ropes to form a semi- 190. In Keope winding the overwinding is prevented
permanent joint between two ropes by partly untwisting by
and then interweaving their strands. This rope work is (a) Safety hook
called rope slicing. (b) Breakage of rope
186. Gradient of haul road in opencast working (c) Convergence of guides
shall not exceed (d) Thickening of guides
(a) 1 in 14 (b) 1 in 16 APECET Mining Engineering-2017
(c) 1 in 1.5 (d) None of the above
Ans. (c) : The keope winding the over winding is
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
prevented by convergence of guides.
Ans.(b) : (i) Degree of inclination, or rate of ascent or
descent in a highway, railroad etc. an inclined surface, The Keope winding -
grade, ramp. Koepe winding was invented by an engineer named
(ii) The rate of change with respect to distance of a koepe. That's why it called Koepe winding or friction
variable quantity, as temp or pressure, in the winding. In this a friction level is fitted on a pulley and
direction of maximum change. the winding rope remains in t he groove of this level.
⇒ Gradient of haul Road in opencast working shall not The contact of the pulley on the pulley on the rope is
exceed – 1 in 16 from 180ºto 280º.
187. Eight hours time-weighted average There is no complete circular winding on the pulley of
concentration of airborne respirable dust in this rope and the rope which is tied to the pulley does
mg/m3 of air sampled done wholly in a coal not remain. A cage or skip is attached to each end of the
seam shall:
rope. The tail rope hangs in the shaft below the cage of
(a) Exceeds 2 (b) Not exceeds 3
both. When the about friction line device pulley is run
(c) Between 2-3 (d) Not exceeds 2
by a steam engine, the rope becomes dynamic due to
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
friction lining, friction level and cage skip winding
Ans. (d) : Airborne Respirable dust represents the starts running.
fraction of inhale dust that penetrates into gas exchange
191. Fuse head of electronic detonators are placed
region (Alveoli) of lungs. It mostly varies in size
fraction of 0.1-10 µm and great concern for the minors ................... .
health. (a) Before delay element
Eight hours time-weighted average concentration of (b) After delay element
airborne respirable dust in mg/m3 of air sampled done (c) Outside blast hole
wholly in cool seam shall not exceeds 2 mg/m3. (d) Near exploder
188. For a given perimeter the greatest area of KCET Mining Engineering-2017
support is offered by
(a) Rectangular pillar Ans. (b) : Electric detonator consists of an aluminum
(b) Rhomboid pillar
(c) Square pillar shell, which contains the explosive charge, the delay
(d) Circular pillar
APECET Mining Engineering-2017element and the fuse head.
• The explosive charge consists of a base and a
Ans. (c) : For a given perimeter the greatest area of
support is offered by square pillar. primary charge. The delay element contains a
189. Drivage of two sets of roads and forming of pyrotechnical chemical substance that burns with a
pillar is known as predermined speed. By using pyrotechnical substance
(a) Working in the broken with different burning speeds, detonators with different
(b) Working in the whole delay times are obtained.
(c) Long-wall retreating • Electric fuse heads are the primary ignition source
(d) Slicing used in electric detonators. Electric fuse heads
APECET Mining Engineering-2017comprise a fusible resistance wire attached to
@

conductive strips on an insulating support. The

Ans. (b) : Drivage of two sets of roads and forming of
pillar is known as working in the whole. resistance wire is surrounded by an ignition compound
ap

• Range of mine drivage is high due to the large and lead wires are soldered to the free end of the
number of shortwalls mined by hydraulic monitors. conductive strips.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 429 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
196. According to mine regulation, the value of the
G1.3 Efficiency Evaluation and fleet angle θ , in degree of a drum winder
installation lies in the range of
Guidelines
(a) 1.5 < θ ≤ 2.0 (b) 0 < θ ≤ 1.5
(c) 2.0 < θ ≤ 2.5 (d) 2.5 < θ ≤ 3.0
192. As per the DGMS norms, the severity index is a
measure of Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
(a) Fatality rate Ans. (b) : According to mine regulation the value of the
fleet angle θ in degree of a drum winder installation lies
(b) Serious injury rate
in the range of 0 < θ ≤ 1.5.
(c) Number of reportable injuries
197. A calendar year shall mean a period of ____
(d) Accident proneness of mine
beginning with the first day of January in any
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I year.
Ans. (d) : Mining is a hazardous profession associated (a) 1 month (b) 6 months
with high level of accidents and injuries according to (c) 12 months (d) 9 months
the directorate general of mine safety report of accident Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
statistics there were 117 and 101 fatalities and 509 and Ans. (c) : A calendar year shall mean a period of 12
52 serious injuries in the year of 2010 in coal months beginning with the first day of January in any
metalliferous mines. year.
193. A mine disaster can be defined as an accident  A calendar year period between 1, January and 31,
resulting in number of deaths of utmost December based on the Gregorian calendar.
 The calendar year commonly coincide with the fiscal
(a) 5 (b) 8
years for individual and corporate taxation.
(c) 12 (d) 7
198. For every mine wherein _____ or more persons
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
are ordinarily employed, the owner shall
Ans. (c) : Mining accidents can occur from a variety of designate three suitably qualified employees of
causes including leaks of poisonous gases such as the mines as Workmen's Inspector in
hydrogen resulting or explosive natural gases especially consultation with the registered trade union in
firedamp or methane dust explosions collapsing of the mine.
minis stopes mining-induced seismicity flooding or (a) 500 (b) 100
general mechanical errors from improperly used. (c) 150 (d) 300
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
194. As per the DGMS norms, warning level of
Ans. (a) : For every mine wherein 500 or more persons
noise for the worksite area is
are ordinary employed, the owner shall designate three
(a) 85 dBA (b) 90 dBA suitably qualified employs of the mine as Workmen’s
(c) 95 dBA (d) 100 dBA Inspector in consultation with the registered trade union
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I in the mine.
Ans. (a) : As per the DGMS, norms noise. The operator 199. Which of the following in NOT a duty of the
and passengers shall not be exposed to noise level that Training Officer under the provisions of the
exceeds an light hours equivalent continuous sound Mine Vocational Training Rules, 1966?
pressure level of 85 dBA and wherever it exceeds 85 (a) To organise and supervise the training of
dB(A). Personnel protection equipment (PPE) of every person undergoing training.
(b) To maintain records of the training given to
adequate strength shall be used by the operators and
every person
passengers.
(c) To discharge the duties for proper compliance
195. Reportable injuries are those injuries other of the training rules.
than serious bodily injuries which involve (d) To remove the records of the supervision in
enforced absence of persons from work for respect of practical training on actual
(a) More than 24 hours operations.
(b) More than 48 hours Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
(c) Less than 72 hours Ans. (d) : Duties of training officer:-
(d) More than 72 hours To oraganise and supervise the training of every person
undergoing training under him in pursuance of these
@

Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I rules.

Ans. (d) : Reportable injuries are those injuries other  To maintain records of the training given to every
ap

than serious bodily injuries which involve enforced person and to furnish weekly reports to the manger on
absence of posses from work for more than 72 hours. the progress of the undergoing training.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 430 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
 To maintain records of the supervision in respect of 204. Charging is NOT done when the temperature
the practical training on actual operations referred to in of the blast hole exceeds .................... .
Rule 6 and (a) 700C (b) 850C
0
 To discharge such other duties as may be necessary (c) 80 C (d) 750C
for, to proper compliance of these rules. NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
200. No personal shall be admitted as a candidate at Ans. (c)
any examination held by the Board unless he is Basic guidelines of blasting and charging in hot
______ years of age. start condition.
(a) 18 (b) 20 Chosen the number of holes properly so that the
(c) 17 (d) 21 total blasting operation should not exceed two
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 hours from charging of Ist hole.
Ans. (b) : According to metalliferous mines Regulation Measure the temperature of the holes almost
1961 the Age of general qualifications of candidates- No constantly till the commencement of blasting
person shall be admitted as a candidates at any operation.
examination hold by the board unless he is 20 years of age. Use water at least 12 hours before blasting to flush
201. No person shall be admitted as a candidate at hot holes till the temperature comes down below
any examination for a Sirdar's Certificate 800C.
unless he has had practical experience and Record the temperature of holes at a regular
training in a coal mine for a period of not less interval of time.
than _____ years.
205. As per DGMS guidelines, the risk score in
(a) 5 (b) 4 Safety Management Plan for a hazard is
(c) 6 (d) 3 computed as
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
(a) Consequence × Exposure
Ans. (d) : No person shall be admitted as a candidate at (b) Consequence × Exposure × Probability
any examination for a Sridhar’s certificate unless he has
(c) Exposure × Probability
had practical experience and training in a mine for a
period of not less than three years. (d) Consequence × Probability
 In exercise of the powers conferred by section 57 of Gate-2023
the mines Act, 1952 and in supersession of the Indian Ans. (b) : According to DGMS guidelines, the risk
coal mines Regulations, 1926, the central government score = Consequence × Exposure × Probability
here by makes the following Regulations. 206. Dog Catch relates to ...............
202. The danger limit of noise exposure stipulated (a) Roof Safety
by DGMS in terms of 8 hours' time-weighted (b) Mine ventilation
average is ______. (c) Haulage Safety
(a) 90 dB(A) (b) 87 dB(A) (d) None of these
(c) 80 dB (A) (d) 93 dB(A) WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
(e) Question not attempted
Ans. (c) : Dog catch relates to Haulage safety.
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
• In Coal mining : Coal haulage, the transport of mined
Ans. (a) : In India Directorate General of Mines safety coal from working faces to the surface is a major factor
circular no. 18 Tech 75 has prescribed the permissible in uderground mine efficiency.
noise level of 90 dB (A) in a shift of 8 hours for
unprotected ear, whereas the “warning limit” as per 207. Under CMR-2017, during the extraction of
DGMS has been fixed at 85 dB (A) and 90 dB (A) is the pillar, splitting of pillar must not be done more
“danger limit”. than ................ pillars ahead of the pillars being
203. Colour of a mineral depends upon its? extracted.
(a) 1 (b) 2
(a) Atomic structure
(c) 3 (d) 4
(b) Outer surface
(c) Composition UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
(d) Atomic structure and composition Ans. (b)
(e) Question not attempted Under CMR-2017, during the extraction of pillar,
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 splitting of pillar must not be done more than two
pillars ahead of the pillars being extracted.
Ans. (d) : The colour of a mineral is determined by the
wavelengths of light that are absorbed or reflected by These regulations may be called the Coal Mines
the mineral. When white light, which contains all the Regulations, 2017
@

colors of the visible spectrum, interacts with a mineral, They shall come into force on the date of their
certain wavelengths of light are absorbed by the publication in the official Gazette.
ap

mineral’s atomic structure and composition, while They shall apply to every coal mine.
others are reflected or transmitted. They shall extend to the whole of India.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 431 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
208. Ignorance of rules, negligent at work and habit 211. Minimum qualifications needed for Mine
of using shortcuts to works are amount to sirdar certificate examination is
(a) Unsafe attitude (a) Literate as per Government norms
(b) Unsafe conditions (b) Secondary School Certificate
(c) Working for achieving good productivity (c) Senior Secondary School Certificate
(d) Earning gifts (d) Diploma in Mining Engg.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (a) : Ignorance of rules, negligent at work and Ans. (c) : Qualification needed for mine sirdar
habit of using shortcuts to works are amount to unsafe certificate examination is :
attitude. Matriculation or equivalent examination passed from
• Unsafe acts can be defined as any activity by workers Govet. Recognize board.
that is not in accordance with the established safety Volid Mining sindar ship certificate of competency (un-
standard or practice and that can or is likely to create restricted) issued by DGMS, Dhanbad.
accidents, risk to oneself or others at work, damage Valid first Aid and Gas testing certificate.
equipment, and cause reputational and financial loose to 212. For an explosion proof stopping, D.G.M.S
employer. recommended a minimum brick wall-thickness
• Unsafe conditions are the risk present at workplace of:
that may lead to human injury or death. (a) 1.0 m (b) 1.5 m
209. Consequences of high risk in a mine may lead (c) 2.5 m (d) 3.0 m
to APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
(a) Abandoning the mine section Ans. (d) : Recommended minimum brick wall
(b) Workers loose interest in job thickness for an explosion-proof stopping, as
(c) More lives lost or injuries recommended by the Directorate general of mines
(d) More reserves lost safety CD.G.M.S), is 3.0 meters. This thickness is
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 necessary to provide sufficient protection against the
Ans. (c) : Consequence of high risk in a mine may lead force and impact of explosions, ensuring the safety of
to more lives lost or injuries. personnel and equipment within the stopping. Thicker
• In 26 states. mining has the highest worker facility walls can better contain and withstand the pressure
rate of any industry. generated by explosion, reducing the risk of damage or
injury
• Fires, explosives, cave-ins, injuries from heavy
machinery and exposure to dust and toxic agents that 213. RQD stands for
may cause occupational lung diseases are among the (a) Rock Quality Designation
hazards that may threaten miners in this physically (b) Rock Quality Determination
intensive and changing industry. (c) Rock Quantity Determination
210. Which of the following is a modern method of (d) Rock Quantity Density
training Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(a) Training using at trainer Ans. (a) : RQD is stand for Rock quality designation
(b) Demonstration of new machine • RQD is widely used as crude indicator to evaluate the
(c) Simulator training quality of Rock mass and its properties.
(d) Working as assistance to operator • RQD, which is a parameter used to measure the
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 degree of jointing or fracture in the rock mass.
Ans. (c) : Simulator training is a modern method of • In simple words, the Rock quality designation is
training. nothing but the measure of the quality of the rock,
• As the name suggests, simulation training is the which is obtained from the borehole.
creation of a true-to-life learning environment that • RQD was developed by Deere in the year 1963.
mirrors real life work and scenarios 214. Full form of DGPS?
• This type of training is so effective as it takes into (a) Differential Global Position Set
account several of the learning styles preferred by
(b) Digital Geo Positioning System
different learners.
(c) Data Geometrical Positioning System
• Simulation– based training is a highly effective way
(d) Differential Global Positioning System
of transferring key skills to trainees in a cost-effective
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
manner.
@

• Learning in a safe and managed environment provides Ans. (d) : A DGPS stands for Differential Global
Positioning System. It is an enhancement to the global
ap

essential hands- on experience that integrates key

theoretical concepts with interactive, computer- positioning system. Provides improved location
simulated situation. accuracy.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 432 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• It is an state-of the art Aid for the modern says • The Central Government may make rules for securing
Navigation. compliance with the provisions of sub-sectional (1) and
• The Directorate has established 23 DGPS station to (2) and for the examination by prescribed authorities of
cover the entire Indian coast. the supply and distribution of drinking water.
• The Locations of DGPS Stations established. • The Central Government in the official Gazette as a
215. Notice of Medical examination under 29D of disease connected with mining operations the owner,
Mines Rules 1955 shall be given in _______ agent or manager of the mine. as the case may be shall
(a) Form 'M' (b) Form 'N' send notice there of to chief Inspector and to such offer
(c) Form 'Q' (d) Form 'R' authorities in such form and within such time as ray be
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 prescribed.
Ans. (a) : In respect of every medical examination 219. In opencast workings, which is not the duty of
under rule 29 D, the manager of the mine concerned Mine Sirdar?
shall give at least twenty day's prior notice in writing to (a) To ensure sides of benches are kept properly
the person to be examined , in form 'M', provided that in
dressed
case of the initial medical examination of a person
seeking employment at a mine, the period of notice may (b) To ensure stability of benches is not
be shorter. endangered
216. CMR 1957 is updated in (c) To ensure haul roads are kept maintained
(a) Year 2015 (b) Year 2016 (d) To ensure dumpers are in sufficient number
(c) Year 2017 (d) Year 2018 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Ans. (d) : Duties of mining sirdar :
Ans. (c) : CMR 1957 is updated in 2017. • He shall take responsible means to ensure the proper
Short title commencement, application and extent observance of the requirements of the Act and of the
These regulations may be called the coal Mines regulation, and orders made under there by persons
Regulations, 2017. under his charge and shall, as soon as practicable, report
They shall come into force on the date of their any contravention thereof to his superior official.
publication in the official Gazette.
• He shall to be ensure dumpers are in sufficient
They shall apply to every coal mine.
number.
They shall extend to the whole of India.
• He shall see that the roof and sides of all travelling
Abordoned nine Methane (AMM) "means a natural gas
roadways to and working place in, his district are made
reconvened from abandoned coal mines or part
and kept secure.
therefore.
Act'' means the mines Act 1952 (35 tp 1952)
220. Minor injuries shall be sent to Regional
217. Minimum qualification for appointment as
Inspector
Manager of a coal mine with a production of
10000 tonnes per month and employ 500 or (a) Once in a three months (b) Once in a
more persons daily month
(a) Second Class (c) Once in a year (d) Once in a six
(b) First Class months
(c) Holder of Manager's Permit Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(d) Degree in Mining Engineering Ans. (c) : • Minor injuries shall be sent to Regional
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 inspector ''Once in Year''.
Ans. (b) : Minimum qualification for appointment as • To investigate all types of accidents and incidents in
Manager of a coal mine with a production of 10000 the mine including minor injuries to analyses the same
tonnes per month and employ 500 or persons daily in with a view to pinpointing the nature and common
First class. cause of accidents in the mine.
218. Rules and regulations under Mines Act can be • To maintain detailed statistics about mine accidents
made by which of the following? and to analyses the same with a view to pinpointing the
(a) Committee under Section 12 of Mines Act
nature and common causes of the accidents in the mine.
(b) Chief Inspector of Mines
(c) Central Government 221. A balanced winder raises 3000 tonnes per day
(d) State Government from a depth of 500 m. The payload of the
winding cage in 7 tonnes. The energy consumed
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
@

per day in kWh at 70% winder efficiency is

Ans. (c) : The ministry of mines is an apex body that is
(a) 6030 (b) 5840
ap

handled by the central government of India. Who can

handled also the Rules and Regulations under the mines (c) 5750 (d) 5630
act. Gate Mining Engineering-2010
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 433 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Material hoisting = 3000 tonnes per day Ans. (a): Runway Switch & Stop Block–This safety
3000 × 1000 × 9.81 N device is situated at incline mouth of direct or main &
= tail rope haulage. In this safety device the stop block
24 × 60 × 60 s
and the runway switch are so interconnected that at any
3000 × 1000 × 9.81 × 500 Nm time one of them is working. The stop block & the
=
24 × 60 × 60 s primary switch are connected by a lever. When the lever
= 170312.5 watt is operated to clear the track from the stop block the
= 170.3125 kW runway switch is open. But as soon as the tubs crosses
170.3125 stop block the lever is again operated to close the
= kwh runaway switch and at the same time it is on the stop
h block.
170.3135 × 24 Maximum stipulated distance between runway switch &
= kwh
day stop block should be = Length of a set of tub + 10m.
kwh 225. First-Aid Room shall have floor space not less
= 4087.5 than.
day
(a) 5 Sq. Mtr (b) 10 Sq. Mtr
But winder efficiency is 70%
(c) 50 Sq. Mtr (d) 15 Sq. Mtr
4087.5 kwh BCCL Junior Overman-2017
=
0.70 day Ans. (b) : First Aid Room– (i) A first aid room or
= 5839.2857 kwh/day medical room also known as an infirmary, is a room in
= 5840 kwh/day an establishment [eg. a school, factory, sports etc.] to
222. Installation of booster fan in one district which someone who is injured or taken ill on the
(a) Increases the flow of air in other district premises can be taken for first aid & to await the arrival
of professionals emergency medical services.
(b) Reduces the flow of air in other district
(II) The first aid room shall be in charge of a qualified
(c) Reduces the resistance of other district medical practioner, where the number of persons
(d) None of the above ordinarily employed in a mine is more than 1000,
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 such medical practioner shall be a whole time
Ans. (b) : Booster fan–Booster fan are large employee at the mine.
underground fans that increase the volumetric efficiency (III) First aid room shall hour the floor space not less
of ventilation system by balancing pressure & quantity than 10 square metre.
distribution throughout a mine, reducing leakage & 226. The maximum voltage of electrical signals in
reducing the total power requirement. underground mines having supported on
Installation of Booster Fan in 1 district Reduce the flow insulator is
of air in other district. (a) 30 V (b) 60 V
223. Under which Regulation of CMR 1957, (c) 120 V (d) 220 V
provision of SSR is stipulated BCCL Junior Overman-2017
(a) 108 (b) 104 Ans. (a) : Section 118 in the Indian Electricity Rules,
(c) 102 (d) 106 1956–Energy shall not be transmitted into a mine at a
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 voltage exceeding 11000 volts and shall not be used
Ans. (a) : 108 regulation of CMR 1957 provision of therein at a voltage exceeding 6600 volts. Provided
SSR is stipulated. that–
Section 108 systematic support rules (SSR): The (a) Where hand-held portable apparatus is used, the
provision of this regulation with respect to systematic voltage shall not exceed 125 volts.
support shall apply to- (b) The maximum voltage of electrical signals in
(a) Every district in a mine in which extraction or underground mines having supported on insulator
reduction of pillars is going on. is 30v.
(b) Every "longwall" working; 227. In any working below ground there should be
(c) Every development working within 10 metres of provided at least two shafts or incline which
face and every junction of roadways immediately should be away from each other by a minimum
outbye of a development face. distance
224. What should be maximum stipulated distance (a) 12.5 mtrs (b) 13.5 mtrs
between runway switch & stop block (c) 14.5 mtrs (d) 15.4 mtrs
(a) Length of a set of tub + 10 m BCCL Junior Overman-2017
@

(b) Length of a set of tub + 5 m Ans. (b) : In any working below ground there should be
(c) Length of a set of tub + 6 m provided at least two shafts or incline which should be
ap

(d) Length of a set of tub + 2 m away from each other other by a minimum distance 13.5
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 metres.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 434 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
228. Who will set permanent or temporary speed 232. Fires in live electrical equipments is classified
limits, for any area of the Mine or any vehicle as
or class of vehicle? (a) Class B fire (b) Class C fire
(a) Mines Manager (b) Sr. Official (c) Class D fire (d) Class E fire
(c) DGMS (d) Mines Foreman BCCL Junior Overman-2017
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 Ans. (d) : (1) Class A fire- This is a system of
Ans. (a) : Mines manager–Mining managers plan, categorizing fire with regard to type of material & fuel
direct, & coordinate the production activities of mining, for combustion. Class letters are often assigned to
quarrying and oil & gas extraction operations. different type of fire, but these differ between
territories.
Mine manager will set permanent or temporary speed
limits, for any area of mine or any vehicles or class of (2) Class B fire–These are fires that involves liquids
like oils, petrol or diesel.
vehicles.
(3) Class C fire–These are fire that involve flammable
229. Before starting depillaring operation gases such as propane, butane or methane.
permission have to be taken from (4) Class D fire–These are fire that involve metal like
(a) DGMS Aluminum, magnesium etc.
(b) State District Authority (5) Class E fire–These are fire that involve live
(c) Chairman CIL electrical equipment, like computers, or phone
(d) Ministry of Environment, Govt. of India charges.
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 233. Geothermal gradient in Indian coal fields is
Ans. (a) : Depillaring operation–It is also referred as about
Pillar-cutting or broken working. In a method of (a) 1oC/20 m/1oC (b) 1oC/92 m/1oC
o o
depillaring, know as caving method, coal of pillars is (c) 1 C/38m/1 C (d) 1oC/72m/1oC
extracted and the roof is allowed to break & collapse BCCL Junior Overman-2017
into the voids or decoaled area, known as goaf. Ans. (c) : Geothermal Gradient–Geothermal gradient
But before starting depillaring operation permission is the rate of increase in temperature per unit depth in
have to be taken from Directorate General of Mines earth from core heat flow, which has not changed from
Safety. (DGMS) paleogeothermal gradient.
230. Permissible limit of respirable concentration of Geothermal gradient in Indian coal fields is about
coal dust should not be more than 1oC/38m.
(a) 6 mg/m3 (b) 10 mg/m3 234. The explosives shall be transported to the site
(c) 15 mg/m3 (d) 3 mg/m3 of blasting for commencement of charging of
the holes should not be more than
BCCL Junior Overman-2017
(a) 1 hour (b) 45 min.
Ans. (d) : Respirable Coal dust–Inhalation of (c) 30 min. (d) 1.5 hour
respirable coal dust can lead to coal workers
BCCL Junior Overman-2017
pneumoconiosis (CWP), a potentially disabling lung
disease. Inhalation of respirable silica dust can lead to Ans. (c) : (I) Explosive–An explosive is a reactive
silicosis, another disabling lung disease. The most substance that contains a great amount of potential
severe form of these disease, progressive massive energy that can produce an explosion if released
suddenly, usually accompanied by production of light,
fibrosis. (PMF), can be fatal.
heat, sound & pressure.
Because of above reason, there is certain permissible
(II) Explosive shall be transported to site of blasting for
limit of respirable concentration of coal dust should not commencement of charging of holes should not be more
be more than 3 mg/m3. than 30 min.
231. Notice of accident causing death or serious 235. If the mine where 1600 persons are ordinarily
bodily injury in connection with mining employed, the number of Workmen Inspector
operations, in Form IV 'A' shall be sent to required as per as per Rule 29 Q of Mines
Regional Inspector within hours. Rules 1955.
(a) 24 (b) 48 (a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 72 (d) 12 (c) 4 (d) 5
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 BCCL Junior Overman-2017
Ans. (a) : Form IV A–In this fresh notice has to be Ans. (b) : Section 29Q in Mines Rules, 1955–For
given in case of a Fatal accident/a serious accident/a every mine wherein 500 or more persons are ordinarily
dangerous occurrence/any injury other than serious employed, the owner, agent or manager shall designate
injury turned serious injury/any serious injury already three suitably qualified employees of mine in
@

reported through notice turned fatal injury. consultation with registered trade union in mine and
Notice of accident causing death or serious bodily where there are more than one registered trade unions,
ap

injury in connection with mining operations, in form IV the union recognised as per procedure in practice or the
A shall be sent to Regional Inspector within 24 hours. most representative union as per membership records
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 435 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
available at that point of time, and if there are no 239. The main purpose of Jazz rail in underground
registered trade unions, in consultation with elected haulage track is
representative of workmen, as technical experts, to (a) To avoid over speeding
carry out inspection of mine on behalf of workers (b) To maintain good alignment of track
employed therein, one each for mining operation, (c) To avoid derailment of tubs
electrical installation & Mechanical Installation. (d) To provide smooth running of tubs
When numbers of person employed in a mine exceeds
BCCL Junior Overman-2017
1500, the workmen's Inspector shall be assisted by one
additional Workmen's Inspector in mining discipline for Ans. (a) : (I) Jazz Rail–Principle of this device is that
every additional 1000 person or part thereof. tubs travelling at normal speed passes over section of
Therefore, if the mine where 1600 persons are jazz track negotiating the bend readily.
ordinarily employed, the number of workmen inspector (II) If the tubs travel at excessive speed, as in case of
required as per Rule 29Q of mines rules 1955 is 3. runaway, they will fail to get round the bend & a
236. In solid blasting what is the maximum charge derailment occurs Rails should be bent in correct radius.
per hole as per CMR 1957. (III) Main purpose of Jazz rail in underground haulage
(a) 365 gm (b) 465 gm track is to avoid over speeding.
(c) 265 gm (d) 565 gm 240. For employees engaged in HEMM operation/
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 driving jobs, eye refraction test must be
Ans. (d) : (1) Solid Blasting in a mining is a method conducted at the interval of-
used for blasting in coal faces. It consist of 12 to 15 shot (a) 1 year (b) 2 years
holes, drilled in a pattern in coal face equal to the (c) 3 years (d) 5 years
gallery width. BCCL Junior Overman-2017
(2) Certain Explosives and milisecond delay detonators
Ans. (a) : (1) Eye Refraction Test–A refraction is an
are used for solid blasting.
eye exam that measures a person's prescription for eye
(3) As per CMR 1957, maximum charge per hole in
solid blasting is 565 gm. glasses or contact lenses. Normal vision occurs when
light is focused directly on the retina rather than in front
237. When thirty or more persons are employed in or behind it.
underground mine or district of 2nd and 3rd
degree, what number of shots shall be fired by (2) for employee engaged in HEMM operation/driving
the shot firer having only shot firer certificate Jobs, eye refraction test must be conducted at interval of
by single shot exploder 1 years.
(a) 20 (b) 25 241. In open cast mine what standard of lighting is
(c) 30 (d) 40 required for the workplace of HEMM
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 (a) 5 Lux (b) 3 Lux
Ans. (d) : (I) Single shot exploder (Magneto Type) : (c) 2 Lux (d) 4 Lux
Exploders of magneto type that are operated by the BCCL Junior Overman-2017
twist action given by a half-turn of firing key. Ans. (a) : HEMM:- The heavy earth moving
(II) A magneto exploder consists of small armature that machinery used in opencast mines for digging, drilling
can be rotated between poles of a set of permanent (excluding hand held drills and drill machines capable
magnets. of drilling hole of a diameter up to 50 mm) dredging
(III) When 30 or more persons are employed in hydraulicking, ripping, dozing, grading, excavating,
underground mine or district of 2nd & 3rd degree, loading or transporting minerals or overburden.
number of shots shall be fired by shot firer having only (a) Work place of heavy machinery manner in which it
shot firer certificates by single shot exploder is 40. is to be illiminated so as to cover the depth and height
238. The distance of location of heavy type of stone- through which machine works.
dust booster from farthest face is (b) The work place of heavy machinery minimum
(a) 365 m (b) 265 m standard of illumination (lux) is 5.
(c) 465 m (d) 565 m (c) Work place of HEMM plane level is horizontal.
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 242. At pit bottom of Indian mines standard of
Ans. (a) : (I) Stone dust–Stone dust is a waste material lighting is
obtained from crusher plants. It has potential to be used (a) 1.25 lumen/sq. feet (b) 3 lumen/sq. feet
as partial replacement of natural river sand in concrete. (c) 2 lumen/sq. feet (d) 0.5 lumen/sq. feet
@

Use of stone dust in concrete not only improve the

quality of concrete but also conserve the natural river BCCL Junior Overman-2017
Ans. (b) : Pit bottom:- In DGMS circular 14/1964
ap

sand for future generation.

(II) The distance of location of heavy type of stone dust prescribe the standard lighting for underground coal
booster from farthest face is 365m. mine.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 436 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Place Recommended min. AV. illuminaton Ans.(d): Section 29Q in the mines rules, 1955–
level (in lumens/sqf) 29Q. Workmen’s Inspector–For every mine where in
Pit bottom 1.5 to 3 500 or more persons are ordinarily employed, the
owner, agent or manger shall designate three suitably
Main juction 1.25
qualified employees of the mine in consultation with the
Road ways 0.4 registered trade union in the mine.
Haulage 1.5 247. What percentage of roof bolts is tested for
engine destructive test to know the efficacy of
Circular 14/1964 also recommended provision of support?
flood lighting in every depillaring area in gassy mine (a) 10% (b) 5%
of first degree to provide at (1.5 to 3.0) lumens per sqt (c) 1% (d) 8%
of illumination at the first level. This should be BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
achieved in practice by using a clustes of six 100 watt Ans.(c): 10% of the total installed roof bolts should be
bulbs at a distance of about 6-7 meters from the area carried out anchorage testing. Among them 1% must be
to be illumination. destructive test.
243. As per DGMS circular 7/2002, who out of the • This test must be done under the supervision of
following shall be responsible to assess the strata control engineer. Results of such test is kept
requirement of support in underground? recorded.
(a) Overman • Anchorage testing–This is the process for performing
(b) Mining sirdar Pull test on the already grouted roof bolts with
hydraulic operated equipment.
(c) Shotfirer • Measuring the load bearing capacity or anchorage
(d) Colliery manager strength of the bolt.
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 248. Extraction of coal by method other than Bord
Ans. (b) : (I) Mining Sirdar–Sirdar assists overman. & Pillar method has been stipulated in.
Colliery in his work and supervises drilling, blasting, (a) CMR 100 (b) CMR 100 A
timbering, etc. (c) CMR 103 (d) CMR 103 A
(II) Indents & collects material & other equipement near BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
work site. Ans.(b): Extraction of coal by method other than the
(III) He is responsible to assess the requirement of bord and pillar system- where in any mine or part there
support in underground. of it is proposed to extract coal by system other than the
244. The clearance between walls of blast hole and bord and pillar system, the owner agent or manager
shall give notice in writing of proposed system of
explosive cartridge should be kept at least
working to the chief inspector and regional inspector
(a) 0.5 cm (b) 0.3 cm form III of the third schedule is describe in CMR (Coal
(c) 0.2 cm (d) 0.1 cm Mine Regulation) 100A.
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 249. Minimum length of cogging sleeper that is used
Ans. (b) : (I) Clearance–It is the distance between an as a member of cog is:
object & Something that is passing under or beside it. (a) 1.2 m (b) 1.5 m
(II) Clearance between walls of blast hole and explsoive (c) 1 m (d) 1.6 m
cartridge should be kept at least 0.3 cm. BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
245. Attendance of open cast work person is marked Ans.(a): Cogs are erected where main roadways have to
in pass through area having coal pillars of inadequate size.
(a) Form C (b) Form D • The minimum length of sleepers of cog to support
(c) Form E (d) Form G roof at a height 3m may be 1.2m but for a roof height
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 in excess of 3 m it may be 1.5m.
Ans. (b) : (I) Form D : Notice of intention of 250. As per CMR, the minimum number of
abandonment of mine or part of mine. inspection to be done by Mining Sirdar in
(II) Attendance of open cast work person is marked in respect of all road ways and other working
Form D. places at which person are engaged and
246. Who is authorized to designate the Workmen required to access is
Inspector in consultation with the registered (a) 1 (b) 2
trade union in the mine? (c) 3 (d) No such stipulation
(a) DGMS BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
@

(b) Mines Foreman Ans.(b): The workmen’s inspector shall perform the
(c) Owner/Agent duties mentioned in clause (a) of subrule (1) of 29R for
ap

(d) Mines Manager two days in every weeks; on remaining days of the
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 week, he shall perform his normal duties.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 437 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• 29R-Duties of workmen’s inspector- Ans.(b): The sump will become clogged with silt. It is
Subrule (1)–The duties of the workmen’s inspector shall required to remove silt from the sump to maximize the
be – sump capacity.
(a) To inspect all shaft, inclines, roads, workplaces and the 256. The length of lid used over the prop during
equipment threat including the equipment for conveyance setting of support in underground mine should
and transport of workers. be not less than.
251. As per mining regulations, for every shaft (a) 50 cm (b) 20 cm
exceeding 100m depth and during hoisting of (c) 40 cm (d) 30 cm
men the speed should not exceed: BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
(a) 0.5 m/s (b) 1 m/s Ans.(a): The length of lid used over the prop during
(c) 1.5 m (d) 5 m/s setting of support in underground mine should not be
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 less than 50 cm.
Ans.(c): As per the Coal Mines Regulation 2017, for every 257. Regarding support of the underground working
shaft exceeding 100m depth and during hoisting of men which of the following is framed by the Mine
the speed should not exceed 1.2 m/sec. Manager.
• Effective automatic contrivance prevents over (a) RMR (b) SSR
speeding and over winding of the descending cage from (c) RQD (d) R&D
being landed at the pit bottom or other permanent BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
landing at speed exceeding 1.5 m/sec. and also control Ans.(b): SSR (Systematic Support Rules) made by
the movement of the ascending cage in such a manner manager for systematic support of roof and sides of
as to prevent danger to persons riding therein. underground.
252. A mining sirdar will not perform the duties of • As per regulation No. 108 in coal mine regulation
shot firer when the number of persons working 1952 it is approved by the regional inspector.
under his charge is underground will be • Now a days, it should be at regulation No. 123 coal
mine regulation 2017 SCAMP (Strata Control and
(a) 50 or more (b) 30 or more
Monitoring Plan).
(c) 25 or more (d) 20 or more • RQD (Rock Quality designation) - It is a standard
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 technique in the mining industry for the qualitative
Ans.(b): A mining sirder will not performing the duties and quantitative assessment of rock quality and
of shot firer when 30 or more number of persons degree of jointing fracturing and shearing in a rock
working under his charge. mass.
253. A clearance between drill hole and explosive • RMR (rock mass rating)–It is a geo-mechanics
cartridge should be at least system of rating stability of immediate roof on the
basis of 5 parameters.
(a) 0.3 cm (b) 0.2 cm
258. The diameter of winding drum shall not be less
(c) 3 cm (d) 0.5 cm than ‘A’ times the diameter of rope. Where ‘A’ is
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 given by
Ans.(a): A clearance between drill hole and explosive (a) 50 (b) 75
cartridge should be at least 0.3 cm or 3mm. (c) 100 (d) 150
254. A seam is worked at a depth of 70 m from BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
surface and the width of the galleries is 3.2 m Ans.(c): The ratio of diameter of winding drum and
then the dimension of the pillar as per CMR diameter of rope is 100 : 1.
will be • If diameter of rope is 1 cm then the diameter of drum
(a) 16.5 m (b) 15.0 m is 100 cm.
(c) 19.5 m (d) 13.5 m 259. At what interval the mining sirdar shall inspect
the roadways leading from the district to the
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
surface and not used for travelling.
Ans.(a): A seam is worked at a depth of 70m from (a) Once at least in 15 days
surface and the width of the galleries is 3.2 m then the (b) Once at least in 5 days
dimension of the pillar as per CMR will be 16.5m (c) Once at least in 7 days
mentioned in Regulation 111. (d) Once at least in 30 days
255. Why is it mandatory to remove silt from the BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
sump? Ans.(c):Travelling roadway inspection by Sirdar
(a) To maintain regular flow of water in mines CMR 48–
@

(b) To maximize the sump capacity Where both of the two ways affording means of egress
(c) To maximize the heat of water from the district to the surface is not ordinarily used for
ap

(d) To allow pump khalasi to enter travelling once at least in every 7 days, the whole of
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 such roadway.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 438 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
260. The length of wooden cogging sleepers used in 265. O.M.S means
underground mines should not be less than (a) Overman & Mining Sirdar
(a) 90 cm (b) 0.95 m (b) Output per manshift in tonnes
(c) 1.2 m (d) 1 m (c) Other man in service
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 (d) Over material stored
Ans.(c): Regulation 124 ‘‘setting of supports’’– BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
• The length of wooden cogging sleepers used in Ans.(b): Output per Manshift (OMS)– In mining, OMS
underground mines should not be less than 1.2m. is one of the measures of efficiency for the production.
261. Which of the following excavator is preferred Output Coal Produce(In tonne)
OMS = =
to be used for a bench height of 20 m to 30 m in Manshift Man power ×shift
soft rock formation? 266. The shot firer shall not fire the shot unless he
(a) Dragline withdraws the persons from one face fence to the
(b) Shovel other face, when two working faces in
(c) Bucket wheel excavator underground approaches at a distance of
(d) Payloader (a) 5 m (b) 10 m
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 (c) 4.5 m (d) 6 m
Ans.(b): Shovel is preferred to be used for a bench BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
height of 20 m to 30 m in soft rock formation. Ans.(b): When two working places belowground have
Mining shovels, also called power shovel or front shovel, approached within 9 meters of each other the shot firer
are used to excavate large quantities of soil and rock does not fire any shot. So that two working face is
fragments in surface or strip mining operation. underground approaches at a distance of 10m.
262. Minimum distance between misfired hole & 267. Up to what distance from the working face in
releave hole is underground, spraying of water shall be done
before blasting
(a) 50 cm (b) 30 cm
(a) 20 m (b) 30 m
(c) 40 cm (d) 20 cm
(c) 10 m (d) 18 m
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
Ans.(b): Regulation-204 (CMR 2017)– Another shot
shall be fired in a relieving hole which shall be so Ans.(d): At 18m distance from the working face in
placed and drilled in such a direction that at no point underground spraying of water shall be done before
shall it be nearer than 30 cm from the misfired hole. blasting to control the dust after the blasting.
263. Which of the following is not treated as 268. Electrical motor fire is a type of fire
‘Serious bodily injury’? (a) Type D (b) Type E
(a) Permanent loss of any part of the body (c) Type A (d) Type C
(b) Permanent injury to the sight or hearing BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
(c) Permanent physical incapacity or fracture to Ans.(b): Type A = Fires involving combustible
any bone materials eg. Rubber, Plastics, Paper, Wood, Textiles
(d) Injury to thumb of right hand for a period of 7 etc.
days • Type B = Fires involving flammable liquids, e.g.
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 petrol, diesel, paint, kerosene etc.
Ans.(d): Injury to thumb of right hand for a period of 7 • Type C = Fires involving flammable gases e.g.
days is not treated as serious bodily injury. methane, LPG, CNG, Hydrogen etc.
264. The mining sirdar must have a valid first aid • Type D = Fires involving flammable gases, e.g. Al,
certificate of standard of Mg, K, etc.
(a) Bachelor of Arts • Type E = Fires involving live electrical equipment
(b) St. John’s Ambulance Association (India) e.g. computer, transformer, motor, generator etc.
(c) St. Martin’s Ambulance Association (India) • Type F = Fires involving cooking oils e.g. Kitchen
(d) Bachelor of Science oil, cooking oil and fats etc.
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 269. Duty of Mining Sirdar at his working place in
belowground mine is to
Ans.(b): The mining Sirdar must have a valid first aid
certificate of standard issued by St. John’s Ambulance (a) Ascertain condition of ventilation
@

Association (India). (b) Pressure of gases

• Indian Red Cross Society (IRCS) and its sister (c) The state of roof and sides
ap

concern St. John Ambulance in India conduct first (d) All the above
aid exam in India. BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 439 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans.(c): The Sirdar shall see that roof and sides of all Ans. (b) : As per Ministry of Labour the Mines Rules
travelling roadways and working places in his district 1955 where in there is 500 or more mine workers are, a
are made and kept secure. workman inspector is provided as owner or agent to
270. Cross- bars or safari supports are set on the monitor the work. For 1600 mine workers, number of
side clamps made in both side walls and the workman inspector will be 3 as per rules.
minimum depth of such holes is given by 275. Reportable injury means any injury other than
(a) 20 cm (b) 30 cm serious injury, which in volves the enforced
(c) 50 cm (d) 40 cm absence of injured person from work for a
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 period of
Ans.(c): Cross bars- (a) 72 hours or more (b) 2 days or more
(i) Every bar for supporting roof shall be set securely (c) 48 hours or more (d) one week
on steel clamps of suitable design and adequate NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
strength. Ans. (a) : Under mines Act 1952 Reportable injury are
(ii) Clamps shall be fixed in holes of at least 50 cm injury other than a serious bodily injury which involves
deep made in side walls. or in all probability will involve the enforced absence of
271. What is the minimum height of roof in case of the injured persons from work for a period of 72 hours
flat roof rest shelters? or more.
(a) 2.5 Mtr. (b) 3.0 Mtr. 276. Notice of serious accident is given in Form
(c) 1.8 Mtr. (d) 3.5 Mtr. (a) IV B (b) I
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 (c) IV A (d) V
Ans. (a) : As per central government Act under section NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
63 in The mines Rules, 1955 Ans. (c) : Miner user are responsible to inform DGMS
Every shelter shall have a floor area of not less than 14 about occurrence of accident or dangerous occurrence
square meters and in their mines electronically through a module.
(i) In the case of a flat roof. Height should be not less IVA- fatal accident/serious accident/a dangerous
than 2.5 m. occurrence.
(ii) Whenever roof is sloping one, a height should be IVB- A minor or reportable accident turned serious or
not less than 1.8 m and 2.5 at lowest part of roof fatal accident.
and highest part of the roof respectively. IVC- A minor or reportable accident turned serious
272. Maximum exposure limit of dust prescribed for accident.
8 hrs weighted average in Mine. 277. No person is allowed to work in a mine for
(a) 5 Mg/m3 (b) 3 Mg/m3 more than _______ days in a week.
(c) 7 mg/m3 (d) 10 mg/m3 (a) 4 (b) 5
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 (c) 6 (d) 7
Ans. (b) : Maximum exposure limit of dust prescribed NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
for 8 hrs weighted average in Mine should be 3 Mg/m3. Ans. (c) : As per ministry of labour the Mines rule 1955
273. As per the provision, how much drinking water no person is allowed to work in a mine for more than 6
must be provided to Mine worker days in a week.
(a) 1.5 Lit (b) 1.3 Lit 278. Women is allowed to work in mine
(c) 4 Lit (d) 2 Lit (a) Between 7 PM to 6.00 AM
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 (b) Between 6 AM to 7.00 PM
Ans. (d) : From Central Government Act under section (c) Between Break time only
30 in The Mines Rules, 1955. (d) Between 10 AM to 5.00 PM
• The quantity of drinking water to be provided in a NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
mine or any part there of shall be on a scale of at least Ans. (b) : As per ministry of labor the Mines Rules
1(two liters) of every person employed at any one time. 1955 women as a worker are allowed to work for
274. In a Mine where 1600 persons are ordinarily maximum 6 days in a week from 6 am to 7 pm.
employed, the number of workman Inspector concerning their safety and security.
@

required as per the Rule 279. What is the dB of a threshold of hearing?

(a) 2 (b) 3 (a) 50 dB (b) 100 dB
ap

(c) 4 (d) 5 (c) 0 dB (d) 10 dB

NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 440 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): The dB of a threshold of hearing 0 dB In the Mine dewatering- Mine dewatering is the action of
logarithmic scale the range of human ear's audible removing groundwater from a mine. When a mine
sound is from 0 dB SPL (hearing threshold) to 120-140 extends below the water table groundwater will due to
dB SPL (Pain threshold). gravity, infiltrate the mine working. On some projects
The human ear is not equally sensitive to sounds of the ground water is a minor impediment that can be deal
same sound pressure Levels but different frequencies. with on an adhoc basis.
280. No drinking water point should be prostituted In other mines, and in other geological settings,
near any washing place, urinal or latrine within dewatering is fundamental to the viability of the mine
a distance of __________ . and may require the use of vary large resources and
management.
(a) 8 m (b) 10 m
(c) 6 m (d) 12 m 284. Life of winding rope is not more than _______
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 years.
(a) 3.5 (b) 4.5
Ans. (c) : No drinking water point should be prostituted
near any washing place urinal or latrine with in a (c) 3 (d) 1.5
distance of 6 meter. CIL MT Mining-2017
• All such points shall be legibly marked drinking Ans. (a) : Life of winding rope is not more tan 3.5
water in a language understood by a majority of the years. The rope that carries a cage Skip, or hoppit in a
workers employed in the factory, and no such point shaft. The wires are twisted together symmetrically
shall be situated with in six meters of any washing according to a definite geometrical pattern.
place, urinal, latrine, spittoon, open drain carrying 285. Welfare officers appointment is done in every
sullage or effluent or any other source of mine when number of persons ordinarily
contamination. employed is:
281. No person shall light a fire or permit a fire to (a) 1000 or more (b) 1500 or more
be lighted in any opencast working, within a (c) 500 or more (d) 100 or more
distance of _______ from any entrance to a NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
mine.
(a) 16 m (b) 15 m Ans.(c): Welfare officer–(i) A person who gives people
help and advice.
(c) 20 m (d) 10 m
(ii) Welfare officer will ask you about the nature of
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
problem and what steps have already been taken to
Ans. (b) : No person shall light a fire or permit a fire to resolve it. He/she will then suggest options to help
be lighted on the surface with in a distance of 15 meters
you progress the issue.
from any entrance to a mine except by an order I
writting of the manager and only for a special purpose When 500 or more number of persons ordinarily
specified in such order. All such order shall be recorded employed in mine, then welfare officers appointment is
in a bound paged book kept for the purpose. done.
282. The earnest money deposit of contractors 286. Report of Periodical Medical Examination
whose tenders are not accepted __________ . (PME) is maintained in:
(a) will not be refunded (a) Form-O (b) Form-P
(b) will be retained for the next tender (c) Form-Q (d) Form-M
(c) will be refunded fully NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
(d) will be refunded with deduction of partial Ans.(a): Periodic health/Medical examination focuses
amount on any health damage risks concerning employees
within your company. The examination looks at
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
lifestyle, work ability and health of your employees.
Ans. (c) : The earnest money deposit of contractors Form - O is used to maintain report of Periodical
whose tenders are not accepted will be refundfully. Medical Examination (PME)
• Earnest money deposit is the amount to be deposited 287. Workmen's Inspector Report is maintained in:
by all the contractors when they submit their tender. (a) Form-K (b) Form-U
283. What is the maximum height or width of (c) Form-J (d) None of the above
advanced heading for dewatering of water- NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
logged workings in coal mines? Ans.(b):Workmen’s inspector shall record a full report
(a) 3.0 m (b) 2.4 m of matters ascertained as a result of his inspection in an
(c) 3.6 m (d) 2.0 m interleaved paged and bound register kept for purpose in
@

CIL MT Mining-2017 mine in form U. The workmen’s inspector making entry

Ans. (b) : The maximum height or width of advanced in register aforesaid shall duly sign such entries with
ap

heading for dewatering of water- logged working in date and take a copy of entries for his record.
coal mines 2.4 m. Workman's inspector Report is maintained in form-U
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 441 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
288. Distance between two inclines or outlets as a Ans.(c): Principal official- One who holds an office or
means of ingress or egress shall not be less position, especially one who acts in a subordinate
than: capacity for an institution such as a cooperation or
(a) 16m (b) 16.5m government agency.
(c) 13m (d) 13.5m Principle official on duty in mine from mining
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 discipline is- Senior most mine official.
Ans.(d): Egress–(i) Place or means of going out. 293. The CMR-1957, MMR-1961 are framed under
(ii) Action or right of going or coming out. _____
Distance between two inclines or outlets as a means of
(a) Mines Rules 1955
ingress or egress shall not be less than- 13.5m.
(b) Mines Act 1952
289. Periodic examination of shaft, incline and other
(c) Mining Lease Rules 1956
outlets shall be done at least in every:
(d) Mine and Minerals (Regulation and
(a) Day (b) Week
Development) Act 1957
(c) 14 days (d) 30 days
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 RPSC AE-21.05.2014
Ans.(b): (i) Periodic means occurring or recurring at Ans. (b) : In India, the operations in coal mines are
regular interval. regulated by the Mines Act, 1952 Mine Rule 1955, Coal
(ii) Periodic examination means examine/investigating Mine Regulation – 2017 and several other statutes
regularly after a fixed interval of time. framed there under.
Periodic examination of shaft, incline & other outlets In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-
shall be done once at least in every week (7 days). (i) Leased
290. Which color is used to represent symbol for (ii) Minerals
U/G coal barrier in plan and sections? (iii) Mining lease
(a) Red (b) Green (iv) Mining operations
(c) Blue (d) Both A & B (v) Minor minerals
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 (vi) Notified mineral
Ans.(b): (i) The function of barrier is to protect the (vii) Special Court
mining panel in activity from abutment load of adjacent (viii) Reconnaissance operations
mining panels that wire mined. • The expressions, "mine" and owner have the
(ii) Coal barrier is a solid block or rib of coal, left un- meaning assigned to them in the Mines Act, 1952.
worked between two collieries or mines for security
against accidents arising from influx of water. 294. The famous exhibition for stone industry
Colour used to represent symbol for U/G coal barrier in "Stone mart" at Jaipur is organized by _____
plan & section is Green. (a) MNIT (b) DMG
291. The upper age limit to act as manager or an (c) RSMM (d) CDOS
official or winding engine driver in a mine has RPSC AE-21.05.2014
been increased from: Ans. (d) : Centre for development of stones (CDOS) is
(a) 65 to 70 years (b) 60 to 65 years an autonomous organization promoted by government
(c) 60 to 70 years (d) 65 to 75 years of Rajasthan. India stone mart 2026 would be the largest
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 international exposition on stone industry which would
Ans. (a) : A manager is a man or woman who controls show care the world of natural dimensional stones
an organization or part of an organization. ancillary products and services comprehensively.
Winding engine- It is a stationary engine used to 295. According to Govt. of India entire country's
control a cable, for example to power a mining hoist at a production of Rock Phosphate is from public
pit head. sector. Out of which the RSMML accounted
For role of manager or an official or winding engine _____% which is also the entire production of
driver in a mine, the upper age limit has been increased Rajasthan?
from 65 to 70 years. (a) 58 (b) 74
292. "Principal official" on duty in mine from (c) 88 (d) 94
mining discipline is:
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
(a) Mine Manager
@

Ans. (d) :
(b) Project Officer/Agent
(c) Senior most mine official • In India the economy being predominantly based on
ap

(d) General Manager agriculture, the fertilizer production plays a pivotal

role.
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 442 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Only about 35% to 40% of the requirement of raw 4. Hindustan Aeronautics Limited
material for phosphate fertilizer production are 5. Mahanager Telephone Nigam Limited
being met though indigenous sources and the rest is 6. National Aluminium Company Limited
met through import in the form of rock phosphate, 7. National Buildings Construction Corporation Limited
phosphoric acid and direct fertilizers. 8. Neyveli Lignite Corporation Limited
• In such a situation Jhamarkotra plays an important 9. NMDC Limited
role by contributing 98% of rock phosphate 10. Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Limited
production of India. 11. Shipping Corporation of India Limited
• The major activity of RSMML is the Mining of 12. Rail Vikash Nigam Limited
Rock phosphate ore. 13. ONGC Videsh Ltd
296. Which of the following is not parameter for 14. Rashtriya Chemicals and Fertilizers Limited
RMR rating of rock? 15. IRCON
(a) Uniaxial compressive strength 16. RITES
(b) RQD 17. National Fertilizers Limited
(c) Ground water condition 18. Central Warehousing Corporation
(d) Depth of deposit 19. Housing & Urban Development Corporation
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 Limited
Ans. (d) : Six parameters are used to classify a rock 20. Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency
mass unity the RMR system. Limited.
• Uniaxial compressive strength of rock material. 299. Every worker as to undergo vocational training
• Rock quality designation (RQD). once in .......... years?
• Spacing of discontinuities. (a) 3 (b) 5
• Condition of discontinuities. (c) 6 (d) 4
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
• Ground water condition.
• Orientation of discontinuities. Ans. (d) : Every worker as to undergo vocational
training once in 4 years.
297. For the testing of physical properties of
Dimensional stone which are the standard tests 300. Recapping of haulage rope should be
in Rajasthan? performed once at least in every
(a) ASTM tests (a) 3 months (b) 6 months
(b) IRM tests (c) 2 years (d) 3 years
(c) IJRM test KCET Mining Engineering-2017
(d) MEAI tests Ans. (b) : Recapping shall be carried out as per
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 regulation 85 (5) of Metalliferrous mines Regulation,
1961 at least once in every 6 months.
Ans. (a) : ASTM C97 tests two critical natural stone
properties absorption by weight and density or how 301. Minimum number of dead turns of this rope on
"heavy" the stone is C97 is one of the most important drum in winder
and widely used ASTM tests. The testing involves (a) 1 turn (b) 2 turns
drying test specimens of the stone in a ventilated over (c) 3 turns (d) 4 turns
for 40 hours and then weighting them. The specimens KCET Mining Engineering-2017
are then submerged in water for 48 hr and weighed Ans. (c) : The Minimum number of dead turns of this
again. rope on drum in winder is 3 turns.
298. Which of the following is a Navratna Company 302. A vehicle transporting EXPLOSIVES shall not
of Government of India? be driven at a speed exceeding ............ kMPH.
(a) Coal India Ltd. (a) 25 (b) 20
(b) Oil and Natural Gas Commission (c) 15 (d) 30
(c) Neveyli Lignite Corporation KCET Mining Engineering-2017
(d) NTPC
Ans. (a) : According to Rules and Regulation as per
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 CMR.
Ans. (c) : List of Navratna company government of • The vehicle used for transport of explosive shall not
@

India. be overloaded, and in no case shall the explosive cases

1. Bharat electronic limited (BEL) be piled higher than the sides of its body.
ap

2. Container Corporation of India Limited • Explosives and detonators shall not be transported in
3. Engineers India Limited the same vehicle.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 443 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• A vehicle transporting explosives shall not be driven Ans. (b) : According to the apprentice act 1961–
at a speed exceeding 25 km/h. • A person shall not be qualified for being engaged as
• Every vehicle used for the transport of explosive an apprentice to undergo apprenticeship training in any
shall be carefully inspected once in every 24 hours by designated trade, unless he is not less than 14 years of
a competent persons. age, and for designated trades related to hazardous
303. If any employee contracts a notified industries, not less than 18 years of age.
occupational disease, the Mine management
307. Notice of accident shall be submitted to the
shall send notice to Regional Inspector in
concerned authorities within ................... of any
(a) form I (b) form II such occurrence.
(c) form IV C (d) form V (a) 3 days (b) 15 days
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 (c) 24 days (d) 48 days
Ans. (d) : Where any person employed in a mine KCET Mining Engineering-2017
contracts any disease notified by the central Ans. (c) : Notice of accident shall be submitted to the
Government in the official Gazette, the owner agent or concerned authorities within twenty four days of any
manager shall, within three days of his being informed such occurrence.
of the disease, send notice thereof in form V of first
308. _________ are unsheathed explosives Ajax-G,
schedule to the District Magistrate the Chief Inspector
Viking-G, Godnyte, among permitted
the Regional Inspector and the Inspector of mines.
explosives.
304. The explosives shall be transported to the site (a) P3 (b) P2
of blasting not more than ............... before (c) P1 (d) P5
commencement of charging at the holes.
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
(a) 30 minutes (b) 1 hour
Ans. (c) : They are three type of permitted explosives.
1
(c) 45 minutes (d) 1 hour • Permitted (ordinary) P1 explosive.
2
• Permitted (equivalent to sheathed) P3 explosive.
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
• Permitted (for solid blasting) P5 explosive
Ans. (a) : According to CMR - 2017
• P1 explosive are most common and ordinary type of
• Only required quantity of explosive for one round of explosive. They are unsheathed i.e. not protected by any
shot shall be transported in bulk at a time, and also convening examples are Ajay-G, Viking-G, Gadget
shall not be transported before 30 minutes of the among permitted explosives.
commencement of charging of holes.
309. According to fan Law-3, the power required to
305. As per 106 of MMR 1961, No tree, loose stone drive a fan working on a given mine resistance
or debris shall remain within a distance of varies directly proportional as the cube of
.................... from the edge or side of ____________.
excavation. (a) humidity in air (b) temperature of air
(a) 5 m (b) 4 m (c) quality of air (d) velocity of air
(c) 3 m (d) 2 m ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 Ans. (d) : According to fan Law-3, the power required
Ans. (c) : According to Metalliferous Mines to drive a fan working on a given mine resistance varies
Regulation (MMR), 1961 directly proportional as the cube of velocity of air.
• No tree, loose stone or debris shall otherwise • Fan law 3 tells us that the change in horsepower
permitted in writing by the chief Inspector be allowed required by the fan to turn the propeller will increase by
to remain within a distance of 3m from the edge or the cube of the change in propeller speed of the fan.
side of the excavation. 310. Foam type fire extinguisher is not permitted to
306. Persons of ................. years of age shall not be deal with Class C fires because
deployed as apprentices or trainees except (a) foam is a conductor of electricity
@

under supervision (b) foam is inflammable

(a) 14 – 16 (b) 16 – 18 (c) foam produces toxic chemicals
ap

(c) 15 – 18 (d) 14 – 20 (d) foam is inflammable and a toxic chemical

KCET Mining Engineering-2017 TSPGECET-2020
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 444 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : The water and foam extinguisher eliminates a Ans. (a): For healthy adults, so becomes toxic when it
fire by allowing water to take away the heat component reaches a level higher that 50ppm with continuous
of a fire while foam separates oxygen from the fire. A exposure over an eight-hour period when the level of CO
water extinguisher should only be used on class A fires in higher than that (between 70 ppm and 100 ppm) the
(combustibles such as wood, paper, cloth, trash, and initial symptoms of co-poisoning are similar to food
plastic). If used on a class B fire (flammable liquid of poisoning or the flu (but without the fever).
gas or paint. Flammable gases, such as propane or
The maximum permissible exposure to Nitrogen is
butane) the discharge could help spread the flammable
liquid or gas. If used on a class c fire (electrical dangerous because it can replace oxygen and lead to
equipment such as motors or kitchen appliances), it suffocation.
could create a shock hazard. The foam extinguisher can 315. As per the Central Electricity Authority
only be used on class A and class B fires only. If used Regulations, 2010 (formerly Indian Electricity
on class c fires, it will create a shock hazard. because Rules, 1956), the maximum permissible length
foam is a conductor of electricity. of a flexible cable used for electric rope shovels
311. CO2 is treated as best extinguisher for (used in opencast mines) with reeling facility is
(a) Class A fires (a) 100 m (b) 500 m
(b) Class B fires (c) 300 m (d) 200 m
(c) Class C fires TSPGECET-2020
(d) Class A and Class B fires Ans. (c) : As per the Central Electricity Authority
TSPGECET-2020 Regulations, 2010 (formerly Indian Electricity Rules,
Ans. (c) : Water and water-based extinguisher agents 1956), the maximum permissible length of a flexible
cannot be used on class c fires because they conduct cable used for electric rope shovels (used in opencast
electrical current which could result in the electrocution mines) with reeling facility is 300m.
of the person using the extinguisher. So CO2 used in
class C fire. 316. Under Coal mine regulations 2017, a gallery
during development in a seam should not be
312. In order to monitor support performance, what
more than _______ in width and not more than
minimum percentage of installed bolts shall be
_______ in height.
subjected to anchorage testing randomly (as
per DGMS Guidelines)? (a) 4.8 m & 2.5 m
(a) 4% (b) 6% (b) 4.2 m & 3.0 m
(c) 8% (d) 10% (c) 4.2 m & 2.5 m
TSPGECET-2020 (d) 4.8 m & 3.0 m
Ans. (d) : This is ascertained by anchorage capacity test TSPGECET-2020
(pull testing) conducted on about 10% of the bolts Ans. (d) : Under coal mine regulations 2017 a gallery
installed. during development in a seam should not be more than 4.8
313. What is the minimum quantity of drinking m is width and not more than 3.0 m in height.
water to be supplied per shift in an 317. Which one is not an open source GIS technique
underground mine to each person as per (a) Quantum GIS
D.G.M.S. guidelines when wet bulb
temperature is 34°C (b) Arc GIS
(a) 3.0 litres (b) 2.0 litres (c) SAGA GIS
(c) 3.5 litres (d) 1.5 litres (d) GRASS GIS
TSPGECET-2020 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (a) : The minimum quantity of drinking water to be Ans. (b) : An open source software application by
supplied shift in an underground mine to each person as definition is software that GIS (Geographic Information
per D.G.M.S. guidelines when wet bulb temperature is System) users can freely access and modify the source
34ºC to 3.0 Literes. code for. Open source projects typically are worked on
314. The maximum permissible percentage of CO2 by a community of volunteer programmers.
CO and nitrous fumes respectively in Open source of GIS:-
underground mines as per D.G.M.S. guidelines • Quantam GIS open source
are
• Saga GIS open source
(a) 500, 50 and 5 ppm
• Grass GIS open source
@

(b) 100, 10 and 5 ppm

(c) 200, 50 and 5 ppm •Map window GIS open source
ap

(d) 500, 50 and 10 ppm • Open JUMP GIS open source

TSPGECET-2020 Arc GIS is not an open source of GIS technique.
na

Mining Machinery and Equipment 445 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
08.
Miscellaneous
1. In which areas, the thickest coal seams are 5. What is minimum diameter of the drums or
formed? sheaves of the winding engine, and of the
(a) Raniganj (b) Giridih pulleys and sheaves used in the case of winding
(c) Jharia (d) Talcher installed before 25 October 1955 as permitted
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II by the Chief Inspector of mines?
Ans. (c) : Jharia coalfield is a large coal field located in (a) Not less than forty times the diameter of the
the east of India in Jharia. Jharia represents the largest rope.
coal reserves in India having estimated reserves of 19.4 (b) Not less than eighty times the diameter of the
billion tonnes of coking coal and Jharia is the thickest rope.
coal seams are formed
(c) Not less than ten times the diameter of the
2. Fine the one from below that has high porosity rope.
and permeability
(d) Not less than sixty times the diameter of the
(a) Sandstone (b) Shale
rope.
(c) Clay (d) Sand
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
Ans. (d) : Clay usually acts as an aquiterd, impeding the Ans. (b) : The minimum diameter of the drums or
flow of water. sheaves of the winding engine, and of the pulleys and
• Gravel and sand are both porous and permeable. sheaves used in the case of winding installed before 25
October 1955 as permitted by the chief inspector of
• Making them good aquifer materials.Gravel has the
highest permeability. mines, which is not less than eighty times the diameter
of the rope.
3. The basic concept behind GPS is
(a) Triangulation (b) Trilateration 6. The lighting provided in a mine shall be so
(c) Traverse (d) Tachometry arranged as to prevent _____.
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I (a) glare (b) toxic pollution
Ans. (b) : GPS works through a technique called (c) dust (d) brightness
trilateration used to calculate location, velocity and Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
elevation trilateration collects signals from satellites to Ans. (a) The mine lighting should be designed and
output location information. It is often mistaken for installed with proper lamps and fixtures is regard to
trigulation, which is used to measure angles not height, orientation, spacing and reflectors or other
distance. accessories, so as to secure a uniform distribution of
4. Name the person appointed to superintend the light on the work area for visual comfort and avoiding
lowering and raising of persons, tools and objectionable shadows, sharp contracts of intensity,
materials and to transmit signals at the top of a glare, light clutter and light pollution to prevent strain
shaft or incline. on the eyes of the workmen, work fatigue and medically
(a) Overman (b) Office clerk defined stress.
(c) Banksman (d) Mining Sirdar 8. Prolonged exposure to whole-body vibration is
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 known to be associated with :
Ans. (c) : “Bank man” means a person appointed to (a) Fibrosis in lungs
superintend the lowering and raising of persons, tools (b) Musculoskeletal disorder
and materials, and to transmit of signals at the top of a (c) NIHL
shaft or incline.
(d) Nystagmus
 “Over man” means a person processing a manager’s
(e) Question not attempted
or over man’s certificate, who is appointed by the
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
manager in writing. Under any designated what ever, to
perform the duties of supervision of control in a mine or Ans. (b) : Musculoskeletal disorder are injuries or
@

part thereof, and is as such superior to a sirdar. disorders of the muscles, nerves, tendons, joints
 Sirdar :- The sirdar or other competent person cartilage, and spinal discs.
ap

appointed under regulation 113 shall strictly observe Prolonged exposure to whole-body vibration is known
the following provisions namely. to be associated with musculoskelated disorder.
na

Miscellaneous 446 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
9. In delay detonator, the delay element is placed Contouring or reshaping the backfilled pit :–
in between: The report describes conceptual backfilling
(a) Detonator tube and fuse head approaches for the main pit at the former on the
(b) Priming charge and base charge mine site.
(c) Fuse head and priming charge It was prepared in support of the rehabilitation
planning project.
(d) Neoprene plug and base charge
(e) Question not attempted 12. Self-contained breathing apparatus may be
(a) Closed circuit apparatus
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
(b) Open circuit apparatus
Ans (c) Delay detonators are longer in length than the
(c) May be either (a) or (b)
instantaneous electric detonators as a delay element is
(d) None of these
incorporated in between the primary charge and the fuse
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
head. Long delay detonators are available in 0-15
numbers which a nominal half-second time interval Ans. (c)
A self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) is a
between each delay.
device worm provide breathable air in environments
10. What is the primary purpose of a priming with oxygen deficiency, smoke, dengerous gases
charge in a detonator? and other airbone contaminants that may be
(a) To enhance the stability of the main explosive otherwise dangerous to breath.
charge There are two types of entry-and-escape SCBA's :
(b) To provide additional power to the explosive Open circuit apparatus:– Air is exhaled directly
reaction into the ambient atmosphere.
(c) To initiate the detonation process in the main Closed circuit apparatus:– In a closed circuit
explosive charge device, exhaled air is recycled by wing an alkaline
(d) To control the timing of the explosion scrubber to remove the carbon dioxide and
replenish the consumed oxygen with oxygen from a
(e) Question not attempted
solid, liquid or gaseous source.
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
13. To overcome the decking difficulties in Koepe
Ans. (c) : Priming a charge is simply positioning winder, the following is provided :
suitable primer within a charge or column of explosives. (a) Keps (b) Rope guide
The object is to provide the primary-initiating explosion (c) Hinged platform (d) Flexible guide
needed to detonating the main charge efficiently. UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
11. Landscaping of site preparation activities does Ans. (c)
NOT include : In hannover mine near Bochum in Ruhr coalfield of
(a) prevention of soil erosion Germany, where friedrich Koepe was the Technical
(b) dismantling of sediment control system Director winding was required to be done from a
(c) installation of an effective drainage lower level.
(d) contouring or reshaping the backfilled pits To save the cost of power, Koepe attached the
cages to an unless haulage rope and dispensed with
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
the winding drum.
Ans. (b) There are many steps in the site preparation He is further proposed to have the another on the
process. top of the shaft inserted to by the side.
Keep in mind that the steps you need to talk will 14. Under CMR-2017, during the extraction of
vary depending on your situation and what the pillar, splitting of pillar must not be done more
status of the site. than ................ pillars ahead of the pillars being
Prevention soil erosion:– extracted.
Soil testing is a geotechnical investigation to (a) 1 (b) 2
determine if soil on the site can handle the weight (c) 3 (d) 4
of structures, foundations, and even the heavy UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
equipment you bring to the site. Ans. (b)
Installation of an effective drainage :– Under CMR-2017, during the extraction of pillar,
@

Before construction beings, you need adequate splitting of pillar must not be done more than two
drainage systems and erosion system controls, such pillars ahead of the pillars being extracted.
ap

as retention pounds and dewatering of groundwater, These regulations may be called the Coal Mines
if necessary. Regulations, 2017
na

Miscellaneous 447 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
They shall come into force orce on the date of their Ans. (d) : The three miness WCL has opened
o are Adasa
publication in the official Gazette. Mine, an underground to open cast mine, m in Nagpur
They shall apply to every coal mine. Area of Maharashtra, Sharda arda underground
underg Mine in
They shall extend to the whole
hole of India
India. Kanhan Area and Dhankasa
15. The full form of PETN is : 19. Coal India Limited is a …………….
…………
(a) Pentaethane Tetranitrate (a) Larger Private Corporate
(b) Pentaerythritol Trinitrate (b) Central Governmentent Department
Departm
(c) Pentaethyl Toluene Nitrate (c) Central Public Sector
ector Enterprise
Enterp
(d) Pentaerythritol Tetranitrate
tranitrate
(d) None of these
UPPSC
PSC Mines IInspector-2022
WCL L Mining Sirdar
S -24.04.2022
Ans. (d)
The full form of PETN ETN is P Pentacrythritol Ans. (c) : Coal India Limited
ited is a central
cent public sector
Tetranitrape. of mining and refining corporation. It is under the
It is an explosive material. ownership of Ministry of coal, Government
Gove of India
It is the nitrate ester of Pentaeryth
Pentaerythritol, and is headquartered in Kolkata, West Bengal
Benga India. It is the
structurelly very similar to nitroglyceri
nitroglycerin. largest coal-producer in the world and a a Maharatna
Formula of PETN is – C5H8N4O12 public sector undertaking.
Boiling point – 1800C 20. Match the semi-variogramariogram shape with the
RE factor – 1.66 model name and thee property
Velocity (density 1.7g /cm3)
– 84000 m/s (densit
16. The basic concept behind hind GPS is :
(a) Triangulation (b) Trila
Trilateration
(c) Traverse (d) Tach
Tacheometry
UPPSC
PSC Mines IInspector-2022
Ans. (b): The basic concept oncept beh behind GPS is
trilateration.
The Global Positioning System (GP (GPS) is a space-
based navigation system. (a) P→III→E, Q→II→F, R→IV→E, S→I→G
That provides location and time info information in all (b) P→II→F, Q→I→G, R→III→E, S→IV→E
weather conditions, anywhere
here on or nnear the earth
Where there is an unobstructed
structed line
lines of sight to (c) P→IV→G, Q→III→F, R→ R II→E, S→I→E
four or more GPS satellites. (d) P→II→E, Q→I→E, R→III→F, S→IV→G
GPS is space based navigation
vigation sys
system that can Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2022
show your exact position ion on or nnear the earth Ans. (a) : The correct match
h is option (a).
(
surface, any time, anywhere,
where, in aany wheather
condition. Semi-variogram Semi- Property
The GPS technology has as tremendo
tremendous amount of shape variogram
applications in GIS and nd remote sensing data model
collection, surveying and mapping. Spherical reaches sill at
17. ……… is not coal: finite range
(a) Lignite (b) Diam
Diamond
(c) Bituminous (d) Anth
Anthracite
WCL Mining Sird Sirdar-24.04.2022
Exponential Reaches sill
Ans. (b) : Lignite, bituminous inous and anthracite are
asymptotically
different ranks of coal. Coal is classified on the basis of
its rank. The rank of coal denotes
otes ifs degr
degree of maturity.
Diamond is not coal while diamond is also made of
carbon but physically diamond ond molecul
molecules are stacked Gaussian reaches sill at
neatly into uniform lattices, which is wh why they are so finite range
hard and crystal clear.
18. The Mines of WCL are re located in the state of:
(a) Karnataka & Maharashtra
@

Pure nugget reaches sill instan

(b) Maharashtra & Gujarat
taneously
ap

(c) Chattisgarh & Maharastra

(d) Maharashtra & Madhya
adhya Prades
Pradesh
WCL Mining Sird Sirdar-24.04.2022
na

Miscellaneous 448 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
21. The closest match off the scatter plot between • The Atlantic ocean occupies upies on elongated
elo S-shaped
the variables X and Y with the approximate basin extending longitudinally nally between
betw Europe and
attribute is Africa to the east and the America's
merica's to the
t west.
25. Land plants for the first time appeared
ap during
(a) Ordovician (b) Carboniferous
(c) Cambrian (d) None of these
HPSSC Mining Inspector
Insp -13.03.2022
Ans. (a) : The first land plants appeared
appe around 470
million years ago during thee Ordovician period.
When life was diversifying rapidly.
26. Valley glaciers are also called ______glaciers.
_
(a) P→I, Q→II, R→III, S→IV (a) lowland (b) upland
(c) alpine (d) gorge
(b) P→II, Q→I, R→IV, S→III
HPSSC Mining Inspector
Insp -13.03.2022
(c) P→III, Q→IV, R→I, S→II
Ans. (c) : • Valley glaciers iers are also
als referred to as
(d) P→IV, Q→II, R→III, S→I mountain glaciers, ice streams,
ams, or Alpine
Alpin glaciers
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2022 • Alpine glaciers begin high igh up in thet mountains in
Ans. (d) : P→IV, Q→II, R→III, S→I bowl- shaped hollow called cirgues.
22. If the ambient lapse rate is highe higher than the dry 27. What is the maximum ximum altitude
alt of Inner
adiabatic lapse rate, thehe atmosphe
atmosphere is Himalayas ?
(a) stable (b) neutr
neutral (a) 1500 mtrs (b) 2500 mtrs
(c) unstable (d) stron
strongly stable (c) 3500 mtrs (d) 4500 mtrs
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2022 HPSSC Mining Inspector
Insp -13.03.2022
Ans. (c) : If the ambient lapsee rate is high
higher than the dry Ans. (d) : The altitude off this zone varies
v from 1500
adiabatic lapse rate, it has a superadiaba
superadiabatic lapse rate, meters (4500 feet) to 4500 0 meters (13,500
(13 feet) above
the atmosphere is absolutely unstable. mean sea level.
• Laps rate:- In the troposphere,
here, the temtemperature of the 28. Which is the largestt natural lake lak of H.P. ?
surrounding air normally decreases
creases with an increase in (a) Dal lake (b) Govind Sagar
altitude. This rate of change of temperatu
temperature is called the (c) Rewalsar (d) Renuka
lapse rate.
HPSSC Mining Inspector
Insp -13.03.2022
Adiabatic lapse rate :- Change ange of temptemperature with a
change in altitude of an air parcel with without gaining or Ans. (d) : Renukalake iss in the Sirmaur Sir district of
losing any heat to the environment
ironment su surrounding the Himachal Pradesh in India ia and it is 672
6 m above the
parcel. sea level. It is the largestt lake in Himachal
Hi Pradesh,
Ambient lapse rate:- The actual atmospheric with a circumference of about bout 3214 m . This lake was
temperature change with altitude,
itude, not on only does water named after the Godness Renuka.
content modify lapse rate but wind, su sunlight on the 29. Which is the North-Western most district of
earth's surface, and geographical
ical features change actual H.P?
lapse rate. (a) Una (b) Sirmaur
23. The Grand Canyon n is locat located in which (c) Chamba (d) Kinnaur
country? HPSSC Mining Inspector
Insp -13.03.2022
(a) Canada (b) Boliv
Bolivia
Ans. (c) : Chamba is the North- western
wester most district of
(c) Ghana (d) USA Himachal Pradesh.
HPSSC Mining
ining Inspec
Inspector-13.03.2022
30. The river Satluj enters Mandi district at which
Ans. (d) : Grand canyon is in the north northwest corner of
place ?
Arizona, close to the borderss of Utah and Nevada. The
Colorado river, which flow through the canyon drains (a) Sarkaghat (b) Firnu
water from seven states, butt the feature
features we know as (c) Largi (d) None of these
grand canyon is entirely in Arizona, HPSSC Mining Inspector
Insp -13.03.2022
24. Which ocean is 'S' shaped ? Ans. (b) : The river Satluj
uj enters mandi
ma district near
(a) Atlantic ocean (b) Pacif
Pacific ocean firnu village in the chawasigarh
sigarh and passes
pa through the
(c) Indian ocean (d) Arcti
Arctic ocean area of mahunm, Baqra, Batwara,
atwara, Durunt
Duru and Dehas.
@

HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 31. What is called black gold ?

ining Inspec
Ans. (a) : • The ocean that at forms the shape of the (a) Petroleum (b) Coal
ap

letter'S is the Atlantic ocean if it is looked closely on the (c) Coal Tar (d) Natural gas
world map. HPSSC Mining Inspector
Insp -13.03.2022
na

Miscellaneous 449 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : Petroleum is known as black gold as it is the Ans. (d): U- Shaped valleys from through glacier
black coloured crude oil extracted from the earth's crust erosion. Glaciations develops in established v-shaped
and has high value as it is present in limited quantity river valley where the ice erodes the surrounding rocks
and takes millions of years to form but has many to create a 'U' shaped valley with a flat bottom and steep
application in the industries hence is as valuable as sides.
gold.
39. 'Gaseous hypothesis' about the origin of the
32. Number of carbon atoms per molecule in
lubricating oil are Earth was propounded by
(a) 14 to 20 (b) 20 to 50 (a) Immanuel Kant (b) Laplace
(c) 50 to 70 (d) Above 70 (c) Issac Newton (d) None of these
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
Ans. (b) : The hydrocarbons comprising a typical Ans. (a) : The Gaseous Hypothesis suggests that the
lubricating oil many have from 20 to 70 carbon atoms. solar system formed from gas and dust orbiting the sun.
Usually the hydrocarbons contained in lubricating oil Various concepts regarding the origin of earth-
have few olefinic bonds. Theory hypothesis Scientist/ philosopher
33. Boiling point of petrol is 1. Gaseous hypothesis Immanuel Kant
(a) Below 20 °C (b) 35 °C to 70 °C 2. Nebular hypothesis Laplace
(c) 70 °C to 120 °C (d) 170 °C to 250 °C
3. Planetesimal Chamberlin and Moulton
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
hypothesis
Ans. (b) : Petrol is produced at temperature between 35
4. Tidal hypothesis jeans and Jefferys
degree to 200 degrees while Diesel is produced at a
boiling point of 280-300 degree. 5. Binary star hypothesis Russell
34. The Pacific Ocean is roughly _______in shape. 6. Supernova hypothesis Hoyle
(a) Conical (b) Triangular 7. Interstellar dust hypothesis Otto Schmidt
(c) Circular (d) None of these 8. Big bang theory Georges Henri Lemaitre
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 40. Which continent was not a part of the Laurasia
Ans. (b) : The pacific ocean is roughly triangular in landmass ?
shape. (a) North America (b) Europe
35. What percent of crust do the micas form (c) Asia (d) Africa
approximately? HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
(a) 4% (b) 10% Ans. (d) : Laurasia ancient continental mass in the
(c) 15% (d) 22% Northen hemisphere that included North America,
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 Europe and Asia (except peninsular India).
Ans. (a) : Micas are, besides feldspars, pyroxenes and 41. The first refinery in India was established in
amphiboles, very common rock forming minerals (a) Barauni (b) Vishakhapatnam
forming approximately 4 percent of the crust of the
(c) Digboi (d) Mumbai
earth.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
36. The term 'Isostasy' was first proposed by
Ans. (c) : Digboi refinery is known as birthplace of the
(a) Clarence Dutton (b) R.A. Daly
oil industry in India. It was commissioned on 11
(c) Sir George Airy (d) A. Pratt December, 1901. It has the distinction of being Asia's
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 first refinery and one of oldest still in operation. Oil was
Ans. (a) : The term isostasy was proposed in 1889 by accidentally discovered in 1867 while laying a railway
the American geologist clearance Dutton, but the first line in Digboi area.
idea of mass balancing of the earth's upper layer goes 42. Water is not vaporized if
back to Leonardo da Vinci. (a) Temperature is 0ºC
37. Who is known as the 'Father of (b) Humidity is 0%
crystallography'? (c) Humidity is 100%
(a) Hany (b) N. Steno (d) Temperature is 100ºC
(c) F.C. Philips (d) R. Hooke HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-13.11.2021
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 Ans. (c) : If the relative humidity is 100 percent, water
Ans. (a) : 'Father of crystallography' - Hany will not evaporate as the air is already saturated with
38. How are U shaped valleys created ? moisture. When relative humidity approaches 100
(a) Deposition by a glacier percent, Condensation can occur.
@

(b) Erosion by water 43. Minimum qualification for appointment as

ap

(c) Weathering by water Manager of a coal mine with a production of

(d) Erosion by a glacier 10000 tonnes per month and employ 500 or
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 more persons daily
na

Miscellaneous 450 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Second Class 48. The current required for the ignition of the
(b) First Class fuse head is?
(c) Holder of Manager's Permit (a) 2 amp (b) 1 amp
(d) Degree in Mining Engineering (c) 0.5 amp (d) 3.5 amp
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (b) : Minimum qualification for appointment as Ans. (c) : The current required for the ignition of the
Manager of a coal mine with a production of 10000 fuse head is 0.5 amp.
tonnes per month and employ 500 or persons daily in • Fuse, device for firing explosives in blasting
First class. operations, in fireworks, and in military projectiles.
44. Write the full form of EDM • Fuse act as a safety value to prevent current from
exceeding the rating of wiring and electrical circuit
(a) Electronic Distance Measurement components.
(b) Electrical Detonating Machine
• It is the inter of the circuit designer to install a fuse
(c) Environment Damage Management that will open long before damage is done to the circuit
(d) Endangering Double Mine components.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 49. Retarder braking system in a truck;
Ans. (a) : The full form of EDM is Electronic Distance (a) Is primarily to protect the service break from
Measurement. excess heat and save wear
• EDM is a surveying instrument used to measure the (b) Can stall the engine if the specified engine
distance electronically. speed is not maintained
(c) Is the preferred means of speed control when
• This Surveying Instrument is used in triangulation to
travelling down grades
measure the length of Base line because more accuracy
(d) All of the above
is required to measure the length of base line.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
45. An overhead line is passing over a haul road. Ans. (d) : Retarders are not restricted to road motor
What should be the minimum clearance of vehicles, but may also be used in railway system.
lowest conductor over haul road? • Speed trains, as a pure frication based system was not
(a) At least 15 m (b) At least 10 m viable.
(c) At least 12 m (d) At least 8 m • Retarders serve to slow vehicles or maintain a steady
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 speed on declines, and help prevent the vehicle 'running
Ans. (c) : An overhead line is passing over a haul road. away' by accelerating down the decline.
The minimum clearance of lower conductor over haul • They are not usually capable of lowers. They are
road is at least 12m. usually used as an additional assistance to slow
vehicles, with the final braking done by a conventional
46. All operators of HEMM and tipper _______ friction breaking system.
before moving off from parked position
50. Refresher training is needed for
(a) Shall start machine (b)Shall sound one horn (a) New worker
(c) Shall raise engine (d)Shall shout (b) Worker already deployed
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 (c) Contract worker
Ans. (b) : All operator of HEMM and tippex shall (d) Mischievous worker
sound one horn before moving off form parked position. Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
47. Full form of TNT Ans. (b) : Refresher training is used to ensure that
(a) Trinitro Toluene (b) Total nitrogen test workers stay up to date with changes to regulatory and
(c) Total NONEL test (d) None of the above consensus standards.
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 • As many standards and regulations are changed every
year, an individual's understanding of how to comply
Ans. (a) : The full form of TNT is Trinitron Toluene.
with existing safety standards can need to be refresh
TNT is a yellow solid that is often seen as a reagent in even if they remain fruiet in the skill tought during their
the chemical synthesis process but is commonly known initial training.
for being process but is commonly known for being an
• For example, training in NFPA 70 E (electrical safety)
explosive substance with smooth handling
must be updated every there years, which is also hare
characteristics.
frequently NFPA 70 us updated.
• TNT is a combination of hydrogen, nitrogen oxygen
51. HEMM shall not be driven over
and carbon.
(a) Hauling road of a mine
@

• As a chemical explosive, it is mostly seen in (b) Designated path

demolitions and munitions,
ap

(c) Marching road

• It can be activated only with a detonator, and it is very (d) Electric cables or water lines
resistant to shock. Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
na

Miscellaneous 451 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): An HEMM Mechanic ensures end - to - end • The functions of rescue station shall include.
servicing of HEMM. (i) Imparting initial training in rescuer and recovery
• Performs maintenance and repair activities on various work.
pieces of heavy earth moving machines including but (ii) Imparting refresher training to rescue trained
not limited to heavy duty truck and semi-factor, persons.
material spreader, 6-wheel drive military type vehicles, (iii) Providing support by its own rescue teams and
excavators, skidders, high pressure pump, 25 ton and equipment in case of major accidents or long-lasting
rescuer and recovery operations, and.
smaller bulldozers, graders, cranes, snowmobile
(iv) Carrying out the functions of rescue room in respect of
groomers underbody blades dump bodies, snow plows,
these below ground mines where there is no rescue room.
crawler tractors and trailers back holes, trailers'
electronic message boards and sighs, slrelt sweepers, 55. What is the full form of RMR?
aerial towers and man lifts. (a) Room Miner Retreat (b) Rock Major Reform
(c) Rock Mass Rating (d) Refer Move Ramp
52. Which of the following communication system Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
is used commonly in surface mines?
Ans. (c) : The full form of RMR is Rock Mass Rating.
(a) Walkie-ttalkie (b) Leaky feeder
(c) Email (d) Fax • It is determined as an algebraic sum of ratings for all
of the parameters.
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (a) : Trough the Air (TTA) Communication • On the basis of Rock Mass Rating Values for a
technology has drawn a significant of researchers and given engineering structure, the rock mass is sorted
into fire classes.
different manufactures across the globe.
• This is so because of the increasing need of Rock quality RMR Class
infrastructure less communication systems and Very good (100 – 81) I
reliability in emergency scenarios. good (80 – 61) II
• These techniques use a wireless link for signal fair (60 – 41) III
transmission. Poor (40 – 21) IV
• Underground mine environment either in coal mines Very poor (20 – >) V
or meta mines creates a very big challenges for wireless 56. RQD stands for
communication. (a) Rock Quality Designation
• Wireless networks Wi-Fi, Walkie-Talkie, Ultra wide (b) Rock Quality Determination
band communication are classified into the categories of (c) Rock Quantity Determination
through air. (d) Rock Quantity Density
53. Minimum length of detonator lead wire is Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(a) 1.2 metre (b) 1.5 meter Ans. (a) : RQD is stand for Rock quality designation
(c) 2.0 meter (d) 1.6 meter • RQD is widely used as crude indicator to evaluate the
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 quality of Rock mass and its properties.
Ans. (a) : The LEAD WIRE, or the firing LINE as it is • RQD, which is a parameter used to measure the
sometimes called, connect the power source to the degree of jointing or fracture in the rock mass.
blasting circuit. • In simple words, the Rock quality designation is
• It should be a two conductor, insulated solid copper nothing but the measure of the quality of the rock,
aeries and be a least 14-gauge thickness. which is obtained from the borehole.
• The length wills vary according to the size of the shot • RQD was developed by Deere in the year 1963.
but it should no be less than 500 ft.
57. Full form of DGPS?
• The minimum length of detonator lead urine is 1.2m.
(a) Differential Global Position Set
• Exploding bridge wire detonators are not subject to
(b) Digital Geo Positioning System
detonation by static electrically stray currents. radio
transmitters, etc and may be safely used where these (c) Data Geometrical Positioning System
conditions are present. (d) Differential Global Positioning System
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
54. The first rescue station in India was setup at
(a) Rampura Agucha mines Ans. (d) : A DGPS stands for Differential Global
(b) Khetri copper mines Positioning System. It is an enhancement to the global
(c) Hatti gold mine positioning system. Provides improved location accuracy.
(d) Kolar Gold Field • It is an state-of the art Aid for the modern says
@

Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Navigation.

• The Directorate has established 23 DGPS station to
Ans. (d) : The first mines rescue station in India was
ap

established in kolar Gold Fields as early as November cover the entire Indian coast.
1923. • The Locations of DGPS Stations established.
na

Miscellaneous 452 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
58. Every mine manager of an underground mine Ans. (a): The correct regarding limiting fleet angle to
shall be assisted by a safety officer to promote 1.5 to reduce wear of the winding rope.
safety and safe practices in the mine when the Winding Rope ⇒
output exceeds per month?
The winding wire rope onto a shipping reel or a
(a) 10000 tons (b) 3000 tons
coiling drum. The rope is wound over the top of the reel
(c) 8000 tons (d) 5000 tons
or drum the fact that the rope comes from under the
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II stock reel to wind reversely on top of the shipping reel
Ans. (d) : Every mine of underground mine shall be has no effect on the physician condition of the rope.
assisted by a safety office to promote safety and safe Provided the stock reel is set at least 20feet, or
practices in the mine when the output exceeds per preferably more form the rewinding machine.
month 5000 tons.
64. The horizontal angle between two lines is
59. The owner/agent/manager shall appoint a
suitably qualified person as a welfare officer, generally measured:
wherein ordinarily persons employed are: (a) Clockwise from the backward station
(a) 600 or more (b) 500 or more (b) Counter-clockwise from the forward station
(c) 200 or more (d) 100 or more (c) Counter-clockwise from the back station
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II (d) Clockwise from the forward station
Ans. (b) : The owner | agent| manager shall appoint a APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
suitably qualified persons as a welfare officer, where in Ans. (a) : The horizontal angle between two lines is
ordinarily reasons employed are 500 or more. generally measured clockwise from the backward
(i) For every mine wherein 500 or more persons are. station. Horizontal angels are usually expressed in
(II) ordinarily employed, the owner, agent or manager degrees. A full circle is divided into 360º abbreviated as
shall appoint a suitably qualified person of welfare 360º. The figure these two particular values a 90º angle,
officer, and where the number of persons so employed called a right angle is made of two perpendicular lines.
in a mine exceeds 2,500 Such welfare officer shall be 65. For an explosion proof stopping, D.G.M.S
assisted by one suitable qualified additional welfare.
recommended a minimum brick wall-thickness
60. Factor of safety required for drum winding to of:
be used for man riding: (a) 1.0 m (b) 1.5 m
(a) 4 (b) 6
(c) 2.5 m (d) 3.0 m
(c) 8 (d) 10
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
Ans. (d) : Factor of safety required for drum winding Ans. (d) : Recommended minimum brick wall
to be used for man riding is 10. thickness for an explosion-proof stopping, as
61. By varying the pitch of the blades, the pressure recommended by the Directorate general of mines
generated by axial flow fan............ safety CD.G.M.S), is 3.0 meters. This thickness is
(a) Remains same (b) Decreases necessary to provide sufficient protection against the
(c) Increases (d) Decreases to zero force and impact of explosions, ensuring the safety of
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II personnel and equipment within the stopping. Thicker
Ans. (c) : By varying the pitch of the blade, the pressure walls can better contain and withstand the pressure
generated by axial flow fan increase. generated by explosion, reducing the risk of damage or
Axial flow fans ⇒ injury
Axial flow fans have developed rapidly since the second 66. A line which checks the accuracy of the frame
world war due to the creation of a range of high strength work and enables the surveyor to locate the
aluminum alloys. These permit running at the rotational interior details which are far away from the
speed necessary to produce worthwhile pressure. main chain line is called as:
62. The space factor for stranded rope is: (a) Check line (b) Perpendicular line
(a) 30 to 40% (b) 40 to 50% (c) Tie line (d) Offset
(c) 50 to 60% (d) 652 to 75% APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
Ans. (c) : Tie Line- The line joining stations is termed
Ans. (b): The space factor for stranded rope is 40 to
as a tie line. h is run to take the interior details which
50% .
are for away from the main lines and also to avoids long
63. Which of the following is correct regarding offsets.
limiting fleet angle to 1.50.
(a) To reduce wear of the winding rope 67. Which of the following system is used to
(b) To reduce side travel on the pulley working out the reduced levels of points from
@

(c) To allow maximum persons to travel the staff readings taken in field?
(a) Bench marking (b) Rise and fall system
ap

(d) Allowing the use of lesser diameter winding

rope (c) Ranging system (d) Reconnaissance
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
na

Miscellaneous 453 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): The system is used to working out the reduced Ans. (c) : The diagram explain limits of explosibility of
levels of points from the staff readings taken in field methane coward.
rise and fall system. Coward- Jones explosive triangle was a 2D
Rise and Fall method- In this method, the difference representation of the explosive atmosphere consisting of
between consecutive points is calculated by comparing simple methane and air.
each point after the first with that immediately
preceding it. The difference of their staff reading 72. Permissible concentration of CO gas in Indian
indicates rise of fall according as any staff reading is underground mine is:
smaller or greater than that at the preceding point. The (a) 50 ppm (b) 50.25 ppm
R.L of each point is then found by adding rise or (c) 500 ppm (d) 550 ppm
subtracting fall to or from the R.L of the preceding APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
point.
Ans. (a) : Permissible concentration of CO gas in
68. The main principle of surveying is to work Indian underground miner is 50 ppm. The rapid
from: detection of the reasons for mining accidents that lead
(a) Part to whole to emergency situations is vital for search and rescue
(b) Whole to part work. The control of fire and gas leakage provides an
(c) Higher to lower level immediate approach for rescue works for deaths or
(d) Lower to higher level injuries and the detection of who needs resuscition out
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II side of the mine. The evacuation and re-covery
Ans. (b) : The main principle of surveying is to work operations should be directed by continuous monitoring
from whole to part working from whole to part leads to of the mine environment due to fire and explosion risks.
compensating the errors which are made in observation
The main toxic gases in mines are carbon monoxide
within the whole defined area. Hence, the main
principle of surveying is to work from the whole to (CO) and carbon dioxide (CO2); the flammable gases
work from the whole to the part. are methane (CH4), CO and hydrogen (H2); the suffo
cading gases are CO2, nitrogen (N2O) and CH4; and the
69. Which one of the following compositions of
methane in air is most explosive in nature? toxic gases are CO, nitrogen oxides (NOx), and
(a) 8.5% by volume (b) 9.5% by volume hydrogen sulfide (H2S)
(c) 10.5% by volume (d) 11.5% by volume 73. The type of reserve which is considered to
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II calculate life of mine is
Ans. (b) : The compositions of methane in air is most (a) Commercial reserve (b) Geological reserve
explosive in nature 9.5% by volume. The methane (c) Workable reserve (d) Inherent reserve
concentration within the flammability range has the APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
potential to explode in the presence of an ignition Ans. (a) : The type of reserve considered to calculate
source, a methane concentration of 9.5% in air can life of mine is typically "commercial reserve".
produce the most damaging explosion.
74. The stud of fossils and their proper utilization
70. MSA D-6 Methanometer works on the
in elucidating the past history of earth is called:
principle of:
(a) Palaeontology (b) Minerology
(a) Wheatstone bridge circuit
(c) Structural geology (d) Petrology
(b) Length of flame
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
(c) Refractive index of methane
(d) Analysing cell containing Mn02+CuO Ans. (a) : The study of fossils and their proper
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II utilization in elucidating the past history of earth is
called paleontology. Paleontology is the study of the
Ans. (a) : MSA D-6 methanometer works on the
principle of Wheatstone bridge circuit. history of life on earth as based on fossils. Fossils are
the remains of plants, animals, fungi, bacteria and single
Wheatstone Bridge- Wheatstone bridge, also known as
called living things that have been replaced by rock
the resistance bridge, calculates the unknown resistance
material or impression of organisms preserved in rock.
by balancing two legs of the bridge circuit one leg
includes the component of unknown resistance. The Hence study of fossils is known as Paleontology.
Wheatstone bridge circuit comprises two known 75. Rocks that formed by cooling of molten
resistors, one unknown resistor and one variable resistor material (called magma) at or relatively near
connected in the form of a bridge. This bridge is very the earth's surface is called:
reliable as it gives accurate measurements. (a) Sedimentary rocks (b) lgneous rocks
71. Which diagram explain the Limits of (c) Metamorphic rocks (d) Crystalline
@

explosibility of methane? APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II

(a) Grahams (b) Le chetelier Ans. (b) : Rocks that are formed by cooling of molten
ap

(c) Coward (d) Palvalov material (called magma) at or relatively near the earth's
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II surface is called Igneous rocks.
na

Miscellaneous 454 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Igneous rocks (from the Latin word for fire) from when Ans. (d) : The coal mines are in karimnagar district of
hot, molten rock crystallize and solidifies. The melt telangana state. The four districts known for their
originates deep within the earth near active plate extensive coal deposits are Khammam, Karimnagar,
boundaries or hot spots, then rises toward the surface. Adilabad and Warangal. These mines are operated by
Igneous rocks are divided into two groups, intrusive or the Singareni collieries company limited. This is jointly
extrusive, depending upon where the molten rock owe by the government of India and the state
solidifies. government of Andhra Pradesh.
76. Outer surficial layer of the earth crust is called: 81. Which of the following is a uranium ore mine?
(a) Mantle (b) Sial (a) Rampura Agucha Mine
(c) Core (d) Crust (b) Panchpatmali Mine
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II (c) Tummalapalle Mine
Ans. (b) : The outer or upper layer of the earth's crust (d) Khetri Mine
is mostly found under the continent. Silica and APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
aluminium are abundantly found in this layer therefore Ans. (c) : Geologically the Tummalapalle mine area in
it is popularly known as Sial. The average density of the the SW part of the Kadapa basin.
layer is 2.75 to 2.90 and the average thickness is 8 to • The mineralization lies within Vempalle formation of
100M. Papaghri group of Kadapa super group.
77. Most authentic method for age determination • The Tummalapalle deposit is located in the Survey of
of earth is: India between latitude and longitudes.
(a) Salinity of ocean • It is situated in the YSR district of Andhra Pradesh
and is about 12 km south of Pulivendla town.
(b) Rate of sedimentation
• Tummalapalle mine is uranium ore mines.
(c) Radio active age dating method
• The uranium mineralization occurs within Vempalle
(d) Rate of cooling of earth carbonate rock which is a strata bound formation.
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II • It is basically a dalmitic limestone along with
Ans. (c) : Radioactive age dating is based on the stromatolitic limestone.
principle of radioactive decay, where certain isotopes • The ore body is uniform in its thickness and trend
within rocks and minerals decay at a known rate over with an overage dip 15º due N 22ºE.
time. By measuring the ratio of parent isotopes to 82. Express 4 hours 34 minutes 13 seconds in
daughter isotopes in a sample, scientists can calculate degree, minutes and seconds.
how long it has been since the rock or mineral formed. (a) 60 degrees 30 minutes 15 seconds
This method provides the most accurate estimate to be (b) 68 degrees 20 minutes 15 seconds
around 4600 Million years. Other methods like salinity (c) 68 degrees 33 minutes 15 seconds
of oceans, rate of sedimentation, and rate of cooling of (d) 78 degrees 33 minutes 15 seconds
Earth can provide valuable information about Earth's
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
history but are not as precise for determining its age as
radioactive age dating. Ans. (c) : 68 degrees 33 minutes 15 seconds.
83. Among the following persons, who is not an
78. On the basis of different age determination, the
official but a competent person ?
age of earth is estimated about:
(a) Undermanager
(a) 5000 years (b) 4600 million years
(b) Shotfirer or blaster
(c) 1000 years (d) 100 million years (c) Overman or foremen
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II (d) Mining sirdar or mate
Ans. (b) : On the basis of different age determination APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
the age of earth is estimated about 4600 million years. Ans. (b) : • A competent person is someone who has
79. A part of any stream or rock that is exposed at sufficient training and experience or Knowledge and
the surface is known as: other qualities that allow them to assist you properly.
(a) Outcrop (b) Fault • The level of competence required will depend on the
(c) Fold (d) Dyke complexity of the situation and the particular help you
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II need.
Ans. (a) : A part of any stream or rock that is exposed • Shiftier or blaster is an competent person but not an
at the surface is known as outcrop. official person.
80. In which of the following district, coal seams • It is possible to have an individual who is competent
@

are occurring in Telangana state? in many tasks, or to have multiple competent people for
(a) Hyderabad (b) Ranga Reddy several different tasks.
ap

(c) Mahbubnagar (d) Karimnagar • A competent person needs to not only recognize
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II hazards, but be in a position to mitigate them.
na

Miscellaneous 455 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
84. The firedamp is largely constituted with: Ans. (d) : The talus slope or scree is an example of a
(a) methane (b) carbon monoxide landform produced mainly by weathering aided by
(c) carbon dioxide (d) nitrogen dioxide mass-wasting.
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 88. The ––––– has a dominant drainage direction
Ans. (a) : • Firedamp is any flammable gas found in with a secondary direction parallel to it, so that
coal mines, typically coal bed methane. the primary tributaries join the main streams
at right angles and the secondary tributaries
• Methane present in coal mines is a by-product of the run parallel to the main streams.
coalification process during which the coal was from
(a) dendritic drainage (b) parallel drainage
vegetable matter.
(c) trellis drainage (d) radial drainage
• It exists in the coal seam both in an adsorbed state,
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
adhering to the internal microspore surface surface of
the coal matrix, and in a compressed state in the fracture Ans. (c) : The trellis drainage has a dominant drainage
system of the seam. direction with a secondary direction parallel to it, So
that the primary tributaries join the main streams at
• It is also present in the adjacent strata compressed in right angles and the secondary tributaries run parallel to
the fracture system of the rock. the main streams.
• Methane burns in air when ignited with a pale blue Trellis drainage pattern:- A trellis drainage pattern is
flame, but, when it is mixed with air, it can explode on a system of streams in which nearly parallel main
ignition. The combustion and explosion take place tributaries alternate with short streams in a pattern that
according to the equation. resembles a garden trellis. This pattern emerges in
CH4 + 2(O2 + 4N2) = CO2 + 2H2O + 8N2 regions with alternating bands of resistant and less
85. In ––––, there are three like planes of resistant rock. In this drainage pattern, tributaries came
symmetry intersecting at angles of 60º in together at sharp angles, typically approaching straight
vertical axix. angles.
(a) trigonal division of hexagonal system 89. In remote sensing, the 1.4, 1.9, and 2:7 µm
(b) triclinic system wavelength regions are referred to as:
(c) normal class of hexagonal system (a) red-edge regions
(d) trisoctahedron (b) carbonate absorption
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 (c) iron absorption bands
(d) water absorption bands
Ans. (a) : In trigonal division of hexagonal system there
are there like planes of symmetry intersecting at angles APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
of 60º in the vertical axis. Ans. (d) : In remote sensing, the 1.4, 1.9, and 2:7, µm
The trigonal system is sometimes considered to be a wavelength regions are referred to as water absorption
subdivision of the hexagonal system. Components of bonds.
crystals in the trigonal systems are located by reference Water absorption- Water absorption is phenomenon in
to four axes-three of equal length with 120º intersection the transmission of electromagnetic radiation through a
and one perpendicular to the plane of the other three. medium containing water molecules. Water molecules
are excited by radiation at cartain wavelengths and tend
86. Alternating uplifted and down-dropped fault to selectively absorb portions of the spectrum while
blocks result in a structure is known as: allowing the balance of the spectrum to be transmitted
(a) asymmetrical ridge and valley structure with minimal effect.
(b) uplifted thrust 90. The pushbroom sensor in remote sensing
(c) symmetrical ridge and valley structure satellites is based on the used of ____ for
(d) horst and graben structure measuring the electromagnetic, energy.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 (a) scanning mirror
Ans. (d) : Alternating uplifted and down-dropped fault (b) charge-coupled devices (CCDss)
blocks result in a structure is known as horst and graben (c) IR films
structure. (d) circular scanner
Horst and Graben- Horst and graben(or range and APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
valley) refers to topography consisting of alternating Ans. (b) : The pushbroom sensor in remote sensing
raised and lowered fault blocks known as horsts and satellites is based on the used of charge-coupled devices
grabens. The features are created by normal faulting and (CCDss) for measuring the electromagnetic energy.
rifting caused by crustal extension. 91. The idea that different sets of geomorphic
87. The ____ is an example of a landform produced processes may produce the same landform is
@

mainly by weathering aided by mass-wasting. known by the term:

(a) Regolith slope (b) Eluvial surface (a) equifinality (b) multifinality
ap

(c) Alluvial fan (d) Talus slope or scree (c) simple landscapes (d) singularity
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
na

Miscellaneous 456 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): The idea that different sets of geomorphic Andesite- Andesite is a volcanic rock of intermediate
processes may produce the same land form is known by composition. In a general sense, it is the intermediate
the term equifinality. type between silica-rich rhyolite and silica- poor basalt.
Equifinality- The concept of equifinality accentuates It is fine-grained to porphyridic in texture and is
the multivariate nature of most geomorphic processes composed primarily of sodium-rich plagioclase pluse
and militates against the unidirectional inevitability of pyroxene or hornblende.
the closed system cyclic approach of Davis. The 94. Which of the following are the terrestrial
approach contrasts strikingly with that of Gilbert. planets?
92. Which option of the following represents the (a) Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Mercury
correct set of statements? (b) Earth, Mars, Mercury, Venus
(a) Ocean ridges are constructive plate margins (c) Earth, Moon, Mercury, Venus
where the plates are diverging. Trenches are (d) Earth, Mars, Jupiter, venus
destructive plate margins where the plates are APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
converging. Ans. (b) : The planets Earth, Mars, Mercury and venus
(b) Subduction zones are constructive plate are called terrestrial because they have a compact, rocky
margins where the plates are diverging. surface like Earth's terra firma. The terrestrial planets
Trenches are destructive plate margins where are the four innermost planets in the solar system.
the plates are converging. None of the terrestrial planets have rings, although
(c) Trenches are constructive plate margins Earth does have belts of trapped radiation, as discussed
where the plates are diverging. Ocean ridges below. Among the terrestrials; only Earth has
are destructive plate margins where the plates substantial planetary magnetic field. Mars and the
are converging. Earth's moon have localized regional magnetic fields at
(d) Ocean ridges are constructive plate margins different places across their surface, but no global field
where the plates are converging. Trenches are of the terrestrial planets, Venus, Earth and mars have
destructive plate margins where the plates are significant atmospheres. The gases present in a
diverging. planetary atmosphere are related to a planet's size, mass
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 temperature, how the planet was formed, and whether
Ans. (a) : Ocean ridges are formed at divergent plate life is present.
boundaries, where tectonic plates move away from each 95. The Hawaii and Yellowstone Parks in the USA
other, leading to the creation of new oceanic crust. are the examples of:
Trenches, on the other hand, are one plate is forced (a) fissure eruption
beneath the other in a process known as subduction, (b) mud volcanoes
resulting in trench formation. (c) hotspots with active volcanoes
Ocean ridges- Ocean ridge, any of several continuous (d) dormant volcanoes
submarine mountain chains rising from the ocean floor,
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Individually, oceanic basins. Collectively, they from the
oceanic ridge system, which extends approximately 80, Ans. (c) : The Hawaii and Yellowstone parks in the
000 km/(50,000 mile) through all the world's oceans USA are the examples of hotspots with active volcanoes.
and thus constitutes the most prominent feature on Hotspots- It's are volcanic locales thought to be fed by
Earth's surface other the continents and the ocean basins underlying mantle that is anomalously hot compared
themselves. with the surrounding mantle. Examples include the
93. In ocean basins the magma supplying volcanoes Hawaii, Iceland, and Yellowstone hotspot. A hotspot
is dominantly _____' while in the circumpacific position on the Earth's surface is independent of
fringe, it is dominantly _____. tectonic plate boundaries, and so hotspots may create a
(a) andesitic, basaltic chain of volcanoes as the plats move above them.
(b) more viscous less viscous 96. The similarity of the shape of the coastlines of
(c) basaltic, andesitic Africa and South America, though they are
(d) eruptive, long thin flows separated by the Atlantic Ocean, explains:
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 (a) littoral drift and coastal erosion
Ans. (c) : In ocean basins, the magma supplying (b) continental drift
volcanoes is dominantly basaltic, while in the (c) faulted coasts
circumpacific fringe, it is dominantly andesitic. (d) coastlines of submergence
Basaltic- Basaltic magma is formed by the partial APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
melting of mantle rocks. Basaltic lava is high in iron, Ans. (b) : The similarity of the shape of the costlines of
@

magnesium, and calcium but low in potassium and Africa and South America, though they are separated by
sodium. Fluid basalt flows can extend tens of kilometers the Atlantic Ocean, explains continental drift.
ap

from an erupting vent. Basaltic lavas are relatively thin Continental drift- It is Large-scale horizontal
and are very fluid when erupted. movements of continents relative to one another and to
na

Miscellaneous 457 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
the ocean basins during one or more episodes of (c) Pecten: Ovate shell
geologic time. This concept was an important precursor Lima: Obliquely oval shell
to the development of the theory of plate tectonics, Aviculopecten: Sub-circular shell
which incorporates. The idea of a large- scale Spondylus: lrregular shell
displacement of continents has long history. Nothing the
apparent fit of the bulge of eastern South America into (d) Pecten: Sub-circular shell
the bight of Africa the German naturalist Alexander van Lima: Obliquely oval shell
Humboldt theorized about 1800 that the lands bordering Aviculopecten: Ovate shell
the Atlantic ocean had once been joined. Spondylus: lrregular shell
97. Choose the correct list of the common genera APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
found in the Utatus stage of the Cretaceous of Ans. (d) : The correct set of the shape of certain
South India. bivalves, Pecten: Sub-Circular shell
(a) Brachiopods, Corals, Gastropods, Lima: Obliquely oval shell
Ammonites, Lamellibranchs Aviculopecten: ovate shell
(b) Ammonites, Lamellibranchs, Reptiles Spondylus: Irregular shell
(c) Corals, Gastropods, Ammonites, 100. In the zoantharia, the narrow space between
Lamellibranchs, Reptiles, Echinoids the two mesenteries of a couple is known as
(d) Ammonites, Lamellibranchs, Reptiles, a/an _____, while the wider space between the
Crinoids two mesenteries of adjacent couples is known
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 as a/an ______.
Ans. (a) : The correct list of the common genera found (a) umbilicus, rille (b) exocele, entocele
in the Utatus stages of the creataceous of south India is (c) entocele, exocele (d) rille, umbilicus
brachiopods, corals, Gastropods, Ammonites APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Lamellibranchs. Ans. (c) : In the zoantharia the narrow space between
98. In the case of gasteropods, the axial pillar the two mesenteries of a couple is known as an
extending from the apex to the base of the shell entocele, while the wider space between the two
is known as the columella. When the columella mesenteries of adjacent couples is known as an exocele.
is present , the shell is said to be –––– ; whereas Entocele- Small bowel prolapse, also called enterocele
when the umbilicus is present instead of the (EN-tur-o-seel), occurs when the small intestine (small
columella, the shell is said to be ______. bowel) descends into the lower pelvic cavity and pushes
(a) perforate, imperforate at the top part of the vagina creating a bulga. The word
(b) hollow, prismatic "prolapse" mean to slip or fall out of place.
(c) prismatic, hollow 101. The paleozoic spans for the time period
(d) imperforate perforate between ––––– and –––– ago approximately.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 (a) 291; 942 and 651 million years
Ans. (d) : In the case of gasteropods, the axial pillar (b) 500; 1400 and 900 million years
extending from the apex to the base of the shell is (c) 291; 542 and 251 million years
known as the columella. When the columell is present, (d) 700; 1400 and 700 million years
the shell is said to be Imperforate, whereas when the APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
umbilicus is present instead of the columella, the shell is
Ans. (c) : The Paleozoic spans for the time period
said to be perforate.
between 291; 542 and 251 millions year ago
Columella (gastropod)- The columella or pillar is a approximately-
central anatomical feature of a coiled snail shell, a
Paleozoic spans- During the Paleozoic Era (541 to
gastropod shell. The columella is often only clearly
251.9 million years ago), fish diversified and marine
visible as a structure when the shell is broken, sliced in
organisms were very abundant. In North America, the
half vertically, or viewed as an X-ray image.
Paleozoic is characterized by multiple advances and
99. Select the option that represents the correct set retreats of shallow seas and repeated continental
of the shape of certain bivaives. collisions that formed the Appalachian mountains.
(a) Pecten: Sub-circular shell Common Paleozoic fossils include trilobites and
Lima: Irregular shell cephalopods as well as insects and ferns. The greatest
Aviculopecten: Ovate shell mass extinction in Earth's history ended this era.
Spondylus: Obliquely oval shell
@

102. The organisms that thrive by attaching

(b) Pecten: Irregular shell themselves to other organisms are called:
Lima: Obliquely oval shell
ap

(a) conodonts (b) epifauna

Aviculopecten: Sub-circular shell (c) vagile (d) epibionts
Spondylus: Ovate shell APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
na

Miscellaneous 458 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): The organisms that thrive by attaching ovipositor. It is composed of fused body segments,
themselves to other organisms are called epibionts. sometimes with a tail, and separated form thoracic
• Epibionts- An epibiont ("From the Ancient Greak segments by an articulation.
meaning living on top of") is an organism that lives on Thorax- The thorax or chest is a part of the anatomy of
the surface of another living organism, called the humans, mammals, and other tetrapod animals located
basibiont (''living underneath"). The interaction between between the neck and the abdomen. In insects,
the two organisms is called epibiosis. An epibiont is, by crustaceans, and the extinct trilobites, the thorax is one
definition, harmless to its host. In this sense, the of the three main division of the creature's body, each of
interaction between the two organisms can be which is in turn composed of multiple segments.
considered naturalistic or commensalistic; as opposed 106. Corona textures are a particularly well-
to being, for example, parasitic, in which case one developed type of:
organism benefits at the expense of the other, or (a) reaction rim texture (b) mylonitic texture
mutualistic, in which both organisms obtain some (c) myrmekitic texture (d) ophitic texture
explicit benefit from their coexistence. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
103. The Siwalik succession contains varied and Ans. (a) : Corona textures are particularly well
abundant vertebrate fauna, in which the class developed type of reaction rim texture.
_____ dominates. Corona texture- Several concentric layers of one or
(a) Reptilia (b) Mammalia more minerals completely encircling an older phase.
(c) Amphibia (d) Avian The layers represent a sequence of reaction that have
taken place (none to completion) to replace the mineral
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 in the core of center of the corona.
Ans. (b) : The Siwalik succession contains varied and Reaction rim texture- Reaction textures occur at the
abundant vertebrate fauna in which the class mammalia corroded margins of crystals, from the corrosive
dominates. rimming of crystals of one mineral by finer grained
The red bed sequence of the lower Ziwaliks around aggregates of another, or as a result of another features
Ramnagar and the Nagrota formation of the upper that indicate partial removal of crystalline material by
Siwaliks in the uttarbeni-parmandal section are the two reaction with magma or other fluid.
highly fossiliferous intervals of the Siwaliks of Jammu 107. Match the below lists and selects the option
Sub-Himalaya, India. The lower Siwalika mammalian that correctly represents it.
fauna or Ramnagar is best represented in its upper A. Volcanic (i) Gabbro
350M interval. Small and medium size forms Mostly B. Hypabyssal (ii) Rhyolite
belonging to browsing species, dominate the C. Plutonic (iii) Tachylite
mammalian assemblage. A B C
104. The habitat of foraminifera is the environments (a) (i), (ii), (iii)
with salinities ranging from a typical open (b) (ii), (iii), (i)
ocean value of: (c) (ii), (i), (iii)
(a) 15% to 25% (b) 35% to 45% (d) (i), (iii), (ii)
(c) 5% to 20% (d) 15% to 65% APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 Ans. (b) :
Ans. (b) : The habitat of foraminifere is the (A) Volcanic (ii) Rhyalite
environments with salinities ranging from a typical (B) Hypabyssal (iii) Tachylite
open ocean value of 35% to 45%. Foraminifera or (C) Plutonic (i) Gabbro
forams for short, are single-celled organisms that live in 108. Which option represents the general
the open ocen, along the coasts and in estuaries. Most characteristics of the Gondwana coal?
have shells for protection and either float in the water (a) Gondwana coal is massive, bituminous, volatile
column (planktonic) or live on the sea floor (benthic). compounds with the presence of ash, moisture is
absent, sulphur & phosphorus are present
105. The body of a trilobite is oval in outline and
(b) Gondwana coal is laminated, anthracite coal
consists of ____, and ____and ____. within only bright layers; volatile compounds
(a) cephalon, thorax, pygidium with the absence of ash are absent; moisture
(b) glabella, thorax, pygidium is absent; sulphur & phosphorus are present
(c) cephalon, thorax, glabella (c) Gondwana coal is laminated, bituminous, coal
(d) head, thorax, pygidium within which dull and bright layers alternate
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 volatile compounds with the presence of ash,
Ans. (d) : The body of a trilobite is oval in outline and moisture is absent, sulphur & phosphorus are
present
@

consists of head and thorax and pygidium.

Pygidium- The Pygidium is the posterior body part or (d) Gondwana coal is massive, anthracite,
volatile compounds with the presence of ash;
ap

shield of crustaceans and some other arthropods, such

as insects and the extinct trilobites. In groups other than moisture is present;
insects, it contains the anus and, in females, the APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
na

Miscellaneous 459 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): The general characteristics of the Gondwana 111. The code for the lowest category of mineral
coal is laminated, bituminous, coal within which dull resources resources under United Nations
and bright layers alternate volatile compounds with the framework Classification (UNFC) system is
presence of ash moisture is absent, sulphur and (a) 444 (b) 123
phosphorus are present. (c) 334 (d) 111
• Gondwana Coal- In India coal occurs in rock series Gate Mining Engineering-2020
of two main geological ages, namely Gondwana, a little Ans. (c) : The classification according to United
over 200 million year in age and in tertiary deposits Nations Framework for classification (UNFC) of
which are only about 55 million years old. The major minerals is a three digit code based system, the
resources of Gondwana coal, Which are metallurgical economic viability axis the representing the first digit,
coal, are located in Damodar valley (West Bengal- the feasibility axis the second digit and the geologic
Jharkhand) Jharia, Raniganj, Bokaro are important axis the third digit.
coalfields. The Godavari, Mahanadi, Son and Wardha The three categories of economic viability have codes 1,
valleys also contain coal deposits. Tertiary coals occur 2 and 3 is decreasing order, similarly the three
in the north eastern states of Meghalaya, Assam, categories of feasibility study have also codes 1, 2, 3
Arunchal Pradesh and Nagaland. while the four stages of geological assessment are
109. The tertiary coal in Rajasthan is founds as ––– represented by 4 codes. 1 (detailed exploration), 2
in––– (general exploration), 3(prospecting) and 4
(a) Anthracite; palana (b) Lignite; Jodhpur (reconnaissance). Thus the highest category of
(c) Anthracite; Jodhpur (d) Lignite; Palana resources under UNFC system will have the code (III)
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 and lowest category the code (334). As per this
Ans. (d) : The tertiary coal in Rajasthan is found as codification, proved reserves are 111, probable reserves
lignite in Palana. are 121 and 122.
• Lignite has long been known to occur in the Tertiary 112. Which of the following represents correct
leads in Palana area in the district of Bikaner in sequence of different components of
Rajasthan. In recent years new occurrence of lignite atmosphere from the lowest part?
have also been recorded by the state directorate of (a) Stratosphere - Troposphere - Mesosphere -
Thermosphere
Geology and Mining. Government of Rajasthan, from
several places, in the districts of Bikaner, Barmer and (b) Thermosphere - Troposphere - Stratosphere -
Mesosphere
Nagaur. Furthermore, The presence of extensive
Tertiary deposits in the northwestern part of Rajasthan (c) Mesosphere - Troposphere - Stratosphere -
Thermosphere
warrants detailed exploration, which may eventually
reveal the actual lignite potentiality of the entire region. (d) Troposphere - Stratosphere - Mesosphere -
Thermosphere
The paper presents the results of detailed survey on the
quality, resource potentiality, and some utilization HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
aspects of Palana lignite field, and also quality and Ans. (d) : The correct sequence of different components
characteristics of some of the new deposits indentified of atmosphere from the lowest part is :-
in the recent years. Troposphere → Stratosphere → Mesosphere →
Thermosphere.
110. Emery is variety of ____used an abrasive.
(a) corundum (b) diamond •The earth’s atmosphere’s has a series of layers, each
with its unique characteristics.
(c) topaz (d) quartz
• Based on composition, temperature and other
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 properties-atmosphere are divided into these layers.
Ans. (a) : Emery is a variety of corundum used as an • The lower atmosphere is the ionosphere layer that we
abrasive. live in. The lower atmosphere beings at ground level are
• Emery granular rock consisting of a mixture of the reaches out around 12 km upwards.
mineral corundum (aluminum oxide, Al2O3) and iron • The mesosphere is the coldest area of Earth’s climates
oxides such as magnetite (Fe3O4) or hematite (Fe2O3). its some place near-100 degrees calices.
Long used as an abrasive or polishing material, it is a 113. Which of the following is the most dominant
dark-colored, dense substance, having much the gas in the earth's atmosphere ?
appearance of an iron ore. (a) Oxygen (b) Nitrogen
Emery is a dark granular rock used to make an abrasive (c) Methane (d) Carbon dioxide
powder. It largely consists of corundum (aluminium
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
oxide), mixed with other minerals such as the iron
@

bearing spinels, hercynite, and magnetite, and also Ans. (b): The most dominant gas in the earth's atmosphere,
titania. Industrial energy may contain a variety of other which accounts for 78% of the mass of dry air.
ap

minerals and synthetic compounds such as magnesia • The second one dominant gas is oxygen which
mullite, and silica. accounts of (20 to 21)%.
na

Miscellaneous 460 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Although humid air seems like it contains a lot of (a) Main frontal thrust
water, the maximum amount of water vapor, that air can (b) Main Boundary Thrust
hold is only about 4%. (c) Main Central Thrust
(d) South Tibetan Detachment
Gas Formula PercentVolume HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
Nitrogen N2 78.08% Ans. (c) : Main central thrust zone separates the greater
Oxygen O2 20.95% Himalayas in the north from lesser Himalayas in the
south.
Carbon dioxide CO2 0.360% • The main frontal thrust is a geological fault in the
Methane CH 4 0.00017% Himalayas that defines the boundary between the
Himalayan foothills and indo-Gangetic plain. It is also
Re maining % of known as Himalayan front thrust.
Other gases
is other gases • The main Boundary thrust is one of the major
Himalayan thrusts and it is presently incorporated
114. Which of the following is not an inner planet of within the Himalayan trusts wedge (lesser and outer
the solar system? Himalayas) displaced above the Indian lithosphere.
(a) Earth (b) Jupiter • The south Tibetan Detachment system –that from the
(c) Mars (d) Mercury upper boundary of the Himalayan mid-crust
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 fundamentally changed view of how the Himalayan
Ans. (b) : Except the Jupiter all the rest are the inner organic system developed.
planets of the solar system. • But official answer is given option (b).
• Inner planets are the closest planets to the sun. 117. What is the average thickness of
• This inner plants is also known as the terrestrial Asthenosphere?
planets. (a) 50-70 km (b) 170-190 km
• There are four innermost planets in the solar system. (c) 250-270 km (d) 300-320 km
(i) Mars (ii) Earth (iii) Mercury (iv) Venus. HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
• They are small in size and shaped compared to the Ans. (b) : Lithosphere lies a section of the upper mantle
outer planets. known as the asthenosphere.
• They have solid surfaces. • The asthenosphere is about 170-190 km thick.
• Jupiter is the largest outer planet whereas Urenus is • The enormous heat and pressure at these depths
the smallest. causes the material in the mantle to soften and become
• Outer planets are big in size compared to inner plants. flexible.
• This means that the rock in this section of the upper
115. Which of the following statements is not true
mantle has the ability to flow, but very, very slowly.
for Angular Unconformity separating a set of
inclined and horizontal strata? • The ability of a solid material to flow is called
plasticity.
(a) The inclined strata are usually older
(b) The horizontal strata are usually younger 118. Which of the following is a mismatch?
(c) The unconformity post-dates deformation (a) Garnet (b) Aventurine
(d) Inclined strata usually have casts derived (c) Amethyst (d) Citrine
from horizontal strata HPPSC Mining Officer-2018
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 Ans. (a) : Except Garnet- all other option’s are quartz
Ans. : (d) All the given conclusion are correct to this mineral.
statement except option ‘d’. • Garnet, minerals are extensively found across the
• An angular unconformity is an erosional surface that world in igneous metamorphic and sedimentary rocks.
truncates older, tilted sedimentary layers and that is • These minerals share a familiar crystal composition
overlain by younger layers, oriented parallel to the and a generalized chemical structure of x3y2 (SiO4)3.
unconformity. • Garnet is any member of a group of common silicate
• Angular unconformities generally represent a longer minerals.
time hiatus than do disconformities because the • Aventurine is a translucent variety of the mineral
underlying rock had usually been metamorphosed, quartz with abundant small plate.
uplifted and eroded before the upper rock unit was • Amethyst is the most popular purple gem coming
@

deposited. from a variety of quartz.

116. Which of the following demarcates the • Citrine is a yellow stones that’s been part of the quartz
ap

boundary between Lesser Himalaya and family that includes crystal like clear quartz rose quarts
Greater Himalaya and smoky quartz.
na

Miscellaneous 461 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
119. Which of the following phenomena is • In the ionosphere, the ions of the solar wind collide
responsible of production of intense heat in the with atoms of oxygen and nitrogen from Earth's
sun? atmosphere. The energy released during these collisions
(a) Nuclear fission (b) Nuclear fusion causes a colorful glowing halo around the poles-an
(c) Neutron activation (d) Gama radiation aurora.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 123. The portion of the atmosphere which extends
Ans. (b) : The sun is large and contains a lot of from the earth’s surface up to 8 miles and
hydrogen, which is held in place by strong gravity. experiences decrease in temperature at
• As a result the pressure and temperature inside are constant rate is
very high, causing hydrogen atoms to collide with each (a) Stratosphere (b) Tropopause
other in what we call nuclear fusion and produce (c) Troposphere (d) Mesosphere
helium. GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
• Nuclear fusion is the process by which two light Ans. (c) : Troposphere knows as lower atmosphere
atomic nuclei combine to form a single heavier one almost all weather occurs in this region. The
while releasing massive amounts of energy. troposphere being at the Earth's surface and extends
• It requires a lot of heat and pressure for the process to from 4 to 12 miles high.
happen. The eight of the troposphere varies from the equator to
120. In drinking water, the upper limit of fluoride the pole at the equator it is around 12-13 mile high.
content is 124. A northerly wind means a
(a) mg/l (b) 1.5 mg/l (a) Wind coming from the north
(c) 15 mg/l (d) 20 mg/l (b) Wind going towards the north
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (c) Wind in the northern hemisphere
Ans. (b) : Acceptable limit = 1 mg/l (d) Wind in northern India
cause for rejection = 1.5 mg/l GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
upto 1 mg/l of fluoride is required for the growth of Ans. (a) : The term northerly or southerly indicate
permanent teeth and to prevent dental cavities. where the wind is blowing from. A Northerly blows air
Fluoride bigger than 1.5 mg/l. down from the north, a southerly blows it up from the
De-colouration of the teeth and result in the disease south. A Northerly wind coming from the north.
referred as 'mottling of teeth' (1.5-2 mg/l). 125. Which ocean has the largest quantity of
121. The Ozone layer is located in polymetallic nodules
(a) The troposphere (b) The ionosphere (a) Atlantic (b) Pacific
(c) The stratosphere (d) The exosphere (c) Indian (d) Antarctic
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (c) : The ozone layer is a region within the Earth's Ans. (b) : Polymetallic noduls are found at the surface
stratosphere, approximately 10 to 50 kilometers above of soft deep sea bottoms at abyssal depth. Large areas in
the Earth's surface. It contains a higher concentration of different parts of the pacific and Indian oceans are know
ozone (O3) compared to other parts of the atmosphere. to have high concentrations of these nodular deposits.
This layer plays a crucial role in absorbing the majority 126. If one travels from Tibet to India, that is from
of the sun's harmful ultraviolet (UV) radiation, North to South across the Himalaya: what type
protecting life on Earth from its detrimental effects. of tectonic boundary does one come across
122. The phenomenon of polar lights (aurora) between Tibet and India in modern times
commonly occurs in the (a) Subduction zone (b) Mid-ocean ridge
(a) Stratosphere (b) Ionosphere (c) Island arc
(c) Troposphere (d) Mesosphere (d) Collisional boundary
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (b) : Aurora is a natural light display that Ans. (d) : Tectonic boundary does come across between
shimmers in the sky. Colourful blue, red, yellow, green Tibet and India in modern times is known as collisional
and orange lights shift gently and change shape like boundary. Convergent boundary are the collision of the
softly blowing curtains. India plate with the Eurasian plate, creating the
Auroras are only visible at night and usually only Himalaya mountains and the collision of the African
appear in lower polar regions. plate with the Eurasian plate.
Auroras are visible almost every night near the Arctic A tectonic plate boundary is the border between two
@

and Antarctic circles which are about 66.5 degree north plates. The tectonic plates slowly and constantly move
and south of the Equators. In the north, the display is but in many different direction. Some are moving
ap

called aurora borealis, or northern light. In the south it is toward each other, some are moving apart and some are
called aurora. grinding past each other.
na

Miscellaneous 462 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
127. In which of the following climates will chemical 131. Western Disturbance occurs
weathering be most rapid? (a) Over southern India during summer
(a) Hot and dry (b) Hot and humid (b) Over northern India during summer
(c) Cold and dry (d) Cold and humid (c) Over northern India during winter
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (d) Over southern India during winter
Ans. (b) : Chemical weathering also knows as GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
decomposition or decay is the breakdown of rock by Ans. (c) : The western disturbance bring moderate to
chemical mechanisms. These chemical processes need heavy rain fall to Northern India in the winter season.
water and occur more rapidly at higher temperature, So Western disturbance being is a low pressure system that
warm, damp climates are best. originates in the mid latitude region near the Atlantic
128. The stromatolites are Ocean and Europe.
(a) Layered biochemical accretionary structures This disturbance is usually associated with a cloudy
(b) Earliest live forms on the earth sky, higher night temperatures and unusual rain.
(c) Red brown algae 132. The most turbulent zone of the Earth’s
(d) Associated commonly with granite atmosphere is
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (a) Thermosphere (b) Troposphere
Ans. (a) : Stromatolites are layered biochemical (c) Stratosphere (d) Mesosphere
accretionary structures formed in shallow water by the GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
trapping binding and cementation of sedimentary grain Ans. (b) : The most turbulent zone of the Earth's
in biofilms (specifically microbial mats) especially atmosphere is the Troposphere. This layer extends from
cyanobacteria. Stromatolites occur widely in the fossil the Earth's surface up to an overage altitude of about 8
record of the precambrian but are rate today. to 15 kilometers and contains most of the Earth's
129. Arsenic contamination in the groundwater is weather phenomena, including clouds, rain and storms.
The troposphere is the lowest layer of Earth's
widely prevalent in India in the state of
atmosphere.
(a) Goa and Himachal Pradesh
133. Coriolis force on air parcels is due to
(b) Andhra Pradesh
(a) Pressure gradients
(c) Tamil Nadu
(b) Temperature gradients
(d) West Bengal
(c) Earth’s revolution around the Sun
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (d) Earth’s rotation about its own axis
Ans. (d) : Water pollution represents the release of GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
substances into subsurface ground water or into lakes,
Ans. (d) : The Earth rotates on its axis, circulating air is
streams, river, estuaries and oceans at the point where deflected toward the right in Northern Hemisphere and
the substances interfere with the beneficial use of the toward the left in the southern Hemisphere resulting in
water or with the natural functioning of ecosystems. curved paths. This deflection is Coriolis effect.
• Water pollutants may containing mercury, Arsenic 134. Which is the warmest region in the Oceans?
and other toxic substance. (a) The Bay of Bengal barrier layer
• The presence of Arsenic in drinking water may cause (b) The Indo-Pacific warm pool
lung and skin cancer to human body and can cause other
(c) The Arabian Sea seasonal warm pool
atmospheric changes when present in ocean water.
(d) The Dead Sea
• The problem of water pollution with Arsenic is
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
maximum in West-Bengal.
Ans. (b) : The pacific warm pool (PWP) is
130. Which of the following regions of India gets the characterised by a mean sea surface temperature (SST)
maximum precipitation during the northeast exceeding 28 degree Cº (the minimum surface water
monsoon ? temperature that supports deep convection), weak trade
(a) Western Ghats (b) North-east India winds and the resultant deep convection, with
(c) Tamil Nadu (d) Rajasthan thunderstorm tops exceeding 15 km. The body of water,
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 which spans the western waters of the equatorial
Ans. (c) : Tamil Nadu receives the maximum rainfall pacific, holds the warmest seawaters in the pushes went
from the retreating mansoon in India. The north-east into the Indian Ocean. It is also often referred to as the
monsoon, generally known as a monsoon of winter Indo-pacific warm pool.
which blows from the land towards the sea and south- 135. Pick the correct statement:
@

west monsoon in just the opposite know as a monsoon (a) The oceans are heated from below and the
of summer which below from sea to land. The north- atmosphere is heated from above
ap

east monsoon usually occurs within October to March, (b) Both the ocean and the atmosphere are heated
although it may change every year. from above
na

Miscellaneous 463 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(c) Both the ocean and the atmosphere are heated 139. Which of the following is a radio-isotope.
from the below (a) 12C (b) 13C
(d) The ocean is heated from above and the (c) C14
(d) 18O
atmosphere is heated from below GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (c) : Carbon-14 is radioactive-isotope of carbon
Ans. (d) : The earth after being heated itself becomes a that has six protons and eight neutrons in its nucleus.
radiating body and it radiates energy to the atmosphere
We call it carbon-14 because the total number of
in the long waveform. The main source of ocean heat is
sunlight. Additionally, clouds, water, vapor and protons and neutrons in the nucleus, also known as the
greenhouse gases emit heat that they have absorbed and mass number.
some of that heat energy enters the ocean waves, tides 140. Carbon – 14 has a half – life of
and currents constantly mix the ocean moving heat from (a) 6,000 years (b) 4,730 years
warmer to cooler latitudes and to deeper levels. (c) 5,730 years (d) 10,000 years
136. Hadley cell is a circulation associated with GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(a) Ocean (b) Atmosphere Ans. (c) : The currently accepted value for the half-life
(c) Groundwater (d) River of 14C is 5,730 years. This means that after 5,730 years,
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 only half of the initial 14C will remain; a quarter will
Ans. (b) : Hadley cell circulation occur at a global scale remain after 11,460 years; an eighth after 17,190 years.
from tropical atmospheric circulation in which air rising 141. Broadly the Himalayan region is a
near the equator flows toward the poles at 10-15 km
above the surface. This circulation produces the trade (a) Convergent margin
winds, tropical rainbelts, hurrican tropical cyclones, jet (b) Divergent margin
stream and subtropical deserts. (c) Transform margin
137. Which is a correct description of the air (d) Transcurrent margin
circulation patterns of the earth? GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(a) Warm air rises at the equator and moves all Ans. (a) : Himalayan Mountains are an example of a
the way to the poles where it cools and sinks continent-continent convergent plate boundary where to
(b) In the Northern Hemisphere, the surface air slabs of continental crust have collied and compressing
moving north east from 30 to 60 degrees is the crust and the acretionry wedge material and lifting it
moist and encounters cold air moving south to to form the Himalayan Mountains. Indonesia is another
form a stormy region example of an Ocean-Ocean convergent plate boundary.
(c) Air evaporating at equator is dry and
therefore causes deserts when it sinks at 30 142. The term ‘heat island’ is used in connection
degree north with a
(d) The polar cells are cold and cause rainfall as (a) Volcano (b) Hotspot
they descend to the equator (c) City (d) Road intersection
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (b) : The air circulation patterns of the earth in the Ans. (c) : Urban heat island occur when city replace
Northern Hemisphere, the surface air moving north east natural land cover with dense concentration of
from 30 to 60 degree is moist and encounters cold air pavement, building and other surfaces that absorb and
moving south to form a stormy region. retain heat. This effect increases energy costs air
138. Which one is not an open source GIS technique pollution levels, and heat-related illness and mortality.
(a) Quantum GIS (b) Arc GIS 143. Hurricanes are not similar to
(c) SAGA GIS (d) GRASS GIS (a) Cyclones (b) Typhoons
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (c) Wily-willies (d) Thunderstorms
Ans. (b) : An open source software application by GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
definition is software that GIS (Geographic Information Ans. (d) : As a result of the lack of vertical breezes,
System) users can freely access and modify the source water and ice do not come into touch. As a result, most
code for. Open source projects typically are worked on storms that strengthen into hurricanes feature
by a community of volunteer programmers. precipitation but neither lighting nor thunder.
Open source of GIS:- Thunderstorms create intense updrafts of air, whereas
• Quantam GIS open source hurricanes have horizontal winds.
• Saga GIS open source 144. Which of the following areas consits of several
@

• Grass GIS open source polific aquifers?

•Map window GIS open source (a) Kolkata (b) Jaisalmer
ap

• Open JUMP GIS open source (c) Jabalpur (d) Nasik

Arc GIS is not an open source of GIS technique GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
na

Miscellaneous 464 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Jaisalmer in the state of Rajasthan is known 149. Who is said to be the “Father of the Indian
for having several prolific aquifer, making it an area Space Program”?
with significant groundwater resources. (a) Dr. A. P. J. Abdul Kalam
145. An influent stream is one which (b) Dr. Vikram A. Sarabhai
(a) Flows parallel to a consequent stream (c) Dr. K. Kasturirangan
(b) Recharges the ground water (d) Prof. Satish Dhawan
(c) Flows into a parent stream GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(d) Receives discharges from the ground water Ans. (b) : Dr. Vikram Ambalal Sarabhai is considered
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 as the father of the Indian space program; He was a
Ans. (b) : A stream into which water is discharge from great institution builder and established or helped to
the ground water reservoir sometimes called a gaining establish a large number of institutions in diverse fields.
stream. A losing stream, disappearing stream, influent He was instrumental in establishing the physical
stream or sinking river is a stream or river that loses research laboratory (PRL) in Ahmedabad.
water as it flows downstream. The water infiltrates into 150. In coal, the carbon that has not combined with
the ground recharging the local groundwater because any other element, is regarded as:
the water table is below the bottom of the stream (a) Fixed carbon
channel. (b) Total elemental carbon
146. Deforestation is occurring in many countries (c) Total organic carbon
and it is therefore difficult to detect the ongoing (d) Inorganic carbon
damage. Which of the following types of remote GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
sensing would be best suited for locating
deforestation? Ans. (a) : The fixed carbon is that portion of coal that
(a) Thermal infrared (b) Microwave remain as residue after volatile matter distils off, after
the sum of moisture and ash content in the coal is
(c) Radar (d) Colour infrared
subtracted. It is essentially carbon, but contains minor
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
quantity of hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur not
Ans. (d) : Deforestation can be defined as the large driven off with the gases.
scale removal of trees from forests (or other lands) for
151. The ratio of ‘fixed carbon’ to ‘volatile matter’
the facilitation of human activities. It's a serious
environmental concern since it can result in the loss of content in coal is called as:
biodiversity damage to natural habitats, disturbances in (a) Fuel ratio
the water cycle and soil erosion. As concerns far (b) Carbon-hydrogen ratio
environment grows colour infrared photography (CIR) (c) Carbon-oxygen ratio
offers a unique tool to assist with the assessment of the (d) Carbon-nitrogen ratio
health and state of vegetation. It also helps to identity GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
areas of healthy vegetation from non-vegetated areas. Ans. (a) : Fixed carbon and volatile matter provide an
147. Using the latitude and longitude system insight into the reactivity of coal. Fixed carbon and
(degree, minutes, second), 20 minutes is equal volatile matter ratio which called fuel ratio indicates the
to what? combustion characteristics of the coal.
(a) 0.20º (b) 1/3 hour 152. Spheroid or ovoidal, sometimes angular
(c) 200 second (d) 1/3º concretions containing mainly carbonates and
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 fossilized plant remains and occur within coal
Ans. (d) : The latitude and longitude system (degree, seams are:
minutes, second) 20 minutes is equal to 1/3º. (a) Coal ball (b) Ball coal
148. An automated system for the capture, storage, (c) Eye ball coal (d) Fireball coal
retrieval, analysis and display of spatial data is GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
known as- Ans. (a) : Spheraid or ovoidal, sometimes angular
(a) GPS (b) LANDSAT concretions containing mainly carbonates and fossilized
(c) GIS (d) None of the above plant remain and occur within coal seam are a coal ball.
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 Coal ball is a type of concretion, varying in shape from
Ans. (c) : Geographic information system (GIS) these an imperfect shape to a flat laying irregular slab. Coal
are programs or a combination of programs that work ball were formed in carboniferous period swamps and
together to help users make sense of their spatial data. mires, when peat was prevented from being turned into
This includes management manipulation and coal by the high amount to calcite surrounding the peat
customization analysis and creating visual display. the calcite caused it to be turned into stone instead.
@

Spatial data, also known as geospatial data, is a term 153. Cannel coals are rich in:
used to describe any data related to or containing
ap

(a) Alginate (b) Sporinite

information about a specific location on the Earth's (c) Suberinite (d) Resinite
surfaces. GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
na

Miscellaneous 465 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): The cannel coals are rich in resinite cutinite, 159. Ajabgarh Group is associated with
sporinite liptodetrite and bituminite with minor vitrinite (a) Iron (b) Zinc
and interfinite. Bituminite has been subdivided into (c) Copper (d) Manganese
bituminite (ii) and (iv) and is weakly to strongly GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
oxidized as evident by its fluorescence intensity. In Ans. (c) : In Rajasthan, the Ajabgarh Group of the
addition, biological alteration is often marked by the Delhi supergroup is repository of copper mineralisation.
presence of fungal hypha are of fluorescing bituminite Within the rocks of this group Cu mineralisation has
fragments. been discovered in recent time in Jodhawas-Khera area
154. The optical behaviour of which maceral of the Alwar basin.
changes uniformly with increasing rank: 160. The Kolar Gold field is Located in
(a) Inertinite (b) Vitrinite (a) Bihar (b) Karnataka
(c) Liptinite (d) Secondary liptinite (c) Andhra Pradesh (d) Tamil Nadu
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (b) : The optical behaviour of vitrinite maceral Ans. (b) : The Kolar Gold fields (KGF) are located in
changes uniformly with increasing rank in coal. the State of Karnataka, India.
The mines were nationalized in 1956 and were closed in
155. Coal seams are often found to be associated
2001 due to environmental, pricing and lack of
with:
investment. The mines were under the control of
(a) Fire clays (b) China clays various dynasties like cholas, Hoysalas etc.
(c) Bentonites (d) Pottery clay
161. Lavas containing numerous gas cavities of
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 irregular shape are
Ans. (a) : The fire clay coal bed contains a distinctive (a) Pumice (b) Amygdales
flint clay parting of probable volcanic origin that (c) Scoria (d) Ignimbrites
naturally divides the bed into two benches. These two GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
benches appearance and composition. In the study area Ans. (c) : Vesicular texture is a from of volcanic texture
the lower bench generally is thin, laterally which consists of numerous gas cavities of irregular
discontinuous and mainly composed of dull coal shape called vesicles. Lava get this type of texture when
lithotypes. the magma rises to the surface of the earth and cools.
156. Oil in Digboi is found in Gases that escapes from the magma leaving some sort
(a) Tipam Formation (b) Jaintia Formation of bubbles or cavities behind in the magma.
(c) Sylhet Formation (d) Disang Formation • Scoria is a dark-colored igneous rock with abutdant
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 round dubble-like cavities known as vesicles.
Ans. (a) : The Digboi oil field is in northeastern Assam 162. High-temperature polymorph of silica is
on a faulted elongate anticline in rocks of the Tipam (a) Cristobalite (b) Flint
series (middle miocene). The three main producing (c) Chert (d) Amethyst
formation are the Bappapung Sandstone, the Nehor oil GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
sand, and the members of the Digboi oil sand group. Ans. (a) : Cristobalite is a mineral polymorph of silica
157. Richest bentonite deposit of Gujarat is located that is formed at very high temperatures. It has the same
in chemical formula as quartz, SiO2 but a distinct crystal
(a) Jamnagar (b) Mehsana structure. Both quartz and cristobalite are polymorphs
(c) Kachchh (d) Bharuch with all the members of the quartz group, which also
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 include coesite tridymite and stishovite.
Ans. (c) : Richest bentonite deposit of Gujarat is located 163. The chemical composition of Orthoclase is
in Kachchh. (a) K Al Si2 O4 (b) K Al Si3 O6
158. Boghead coals are rich in: (c) K Al Si4 O8 (d) K Al Si3 O8
(a) Alginite (b) Sporinite GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(c) Fusinite (d) Collotelinite Ans. (d) : Orthoclase, common alkali feldspar mineral,
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 a potassium aluminosilicate (K Al Si3 O8); it usually
occurs as variously coloured, frequently twinned
Ans. (a) : Boghead coal is a type of Sapropelic-coal. It
crystals in granite. Orthoclase is used in the
is similar to cannel-coal browner and rich in alginite
manufacture of glass and ceramics; occasionally,
with very few miospores. It appears unstratified on
macroscopic examination. Microscopic examination transparent crystal are cut as gems.
@

show that boghead coal consists of alginite and very 164. Chromite is a member mineral of
(a) Epidote group (b) Spinel group
ap

finely dispersed inertinite and vitrinite. The proportion

of alginite can vary widely. Boghead coal is sometimes (c) Olivine group (d) Mellilite group
referred to as torbanite. GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
na

Miscellaneous 466 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Chromite is an oxide mineral that on iron Ans. (b) : Line perpendicular to a circular section of a
chromium oxide with the formula: FeCr2O4. It is belong an indicatrixis are the optic axis. This is why minerals
to the spinel group. Chromite is the most important ore that exhibit these optical properties are called biaxial.
of chroimum. Crystal are uncommon, but when found 170. According to Bowen’s reaction series, which of
they are octahedral. the following pairs of phases are likely to be
165. Olivine belongs to incompatible?
(a) Nesosilicate (b) Inosilicate (a) Quartz and alkali feldspar
(c) Sorosilicate (d) Cyclosilicate (b) Ca-Plagioclase and olivine
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (c) Quartz and olivine
Ans. (a) : The mineral olivine is a magnesium iron (d) Na-plagioclase and amphibole
silicate with the chemical formula (Mg, Fe)2 SiO4. It is a GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
type of nesosilicate or orthosilicate. The primary Ans. (c) : Bowen's reaction series minerals that
component of the Earth's upper mantle, it is a common crystallize at higher temperatures are at the top (olivine)
mineral in Earth's subsurface, but weathers quickly on and minerals that crystallizer at lower temperatures at
the surface. the bottom (quartz).
166. A texture in which phenocrysts are embedded 171. During crystallization of a melt plagioclase
in fine grained ground mass is become richer in ______
(a) Porphyritic (b) Perthite (a) Potassium (b) Sodium
(c) Graphic texture (d) Seriate texture (c) Calcium (d) Krypton
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (a) : A phenocryst is a large crystal that visually Ans. (b) : During crystallization of a melt plagioclase
stands out compared to the rest of the minerals. become richer in sodium.
Phenocryst are found in porphyritic textures where large 172. The stratigraphic age of the Zewan beds is
grains are visible in volcanic extrusive rocks. (a) Devonian (b) Permian
167. The end members of orthorhombic pyroxene (c) Carboniferous (d) Cambrian
are GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(a) Enstatite-Diopside Ans. (b) : The stratigraphic age of the Zewan beds is
(b) Diopside-Augite permian. The Permian named after exposures in the
(c) Enstatite-Hypersthene Southern Urals of russia which was within the ancient
(d) Augite-Jadeite kingdom of Permian.
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 173. Assign Kajrahat Formation to the correct
Ans. (c) : Orthorhombic pyroxene is a solid solution Group in the following:
series with two end members: Enstatite (MgSiO3) and (a) Kaimur (b) Bhander
ferrosilite (FeSiO3). These minerals form a continuous (c) Semri (d) Rewa
series, and variations in composition between these end GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
members result in different minerals within the Ans. (c) : The lower Vindhyan (Semri) group is largly
orthorhombic pyroxene group. Hypersthenes is a composed of thick unmetamorphosed and undeformed
common intermediate composition within this series, sedimentary sequences of late palaeorpterozoic age. A
containing both magnesium and iron, and is often detailed geochemical and palynological study has been
associated with orthorhombic pyroxene minerals. carried out for the black shale litho units of the Arangi
Therefore, the correct pair of end members for and Kajrahat Limestone formations exposed near
Chopan town, Sonbhadra district in Uttar Pradesh for
orthorhombic pyroxene is Enstatite-Hypersthene.
evaluating their hydrocarbon potential and thermal
168. The chemical composition of Jadeite is maturity.
(a) NaAl(SiO3)2 (b) MgSiO3 174. The Mediterranean represents an ocean in the
(c) NaFe(SiO3)2 (d) LiAl(SiO3)2 _____stage of its life
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (a) Embryonic (b) Mature
Ans. (a) : Jadeite is pyroxene mineral with composition (c) Declining (d) Terminal
NaAlSi2O6. It is hard very tough and dense, with a GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
specific gravity of about 3.4. It is found in a wide range Ans. (d) : The Mediterranean represent an ocean in the
of colour but is most often found in shades of green or terminal stage of its life. The connected of two stage of
white. border of terminal.
169. Line perpendicular to a circular section of an 175. Which of the following pairs of plumes is
@

indicatrix is associated with rifting and breakup events

ap

(a) Twin axis (b) Optic axis between India- Madagascar-Seychelles that led
(c) Rotational axis (d) Axis of symmetry to the development of western continental
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 margin of India?
na

Miscellaneous 467 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Reunion and Marion (b) Crozet and Marion (c) Carbonate lysocline
(c) Marion and Kerguelen(d) Reunion and Crozet (d) Supra-lysocline
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (a) : The Reunion and Marion pairs of plumes is Ans. (b) : The calcite compensation depth (CCD) is the
associated with rifting and breakup events between depth in the oceans where the rate of calcium carbonate
India- Madagascar-Seychelles that led to the material forming and sinking is equal with the rate the
development of western continental margin of India material is dissolving. Below the calcite compensation
depth no calcium carbonate is preserved generally there
176. Abundance of planktonic foraminifera from is no CaCO3 beneath about 15,000 feet (4500 meters).
shallow shelf towards deep slope region: The lysocline and CCD are at the surface near the poles
(a) Increases (b) Decreases where the water is cold. Calcareous oozes accumulate
(c) Remains same (d) No definite pattern only above the CCD.
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 181. The microfossil group Ostracoda belongs to the
Ans. (a) : Abundance of planktonic foraminifera from phylum:
shallow shelf towards deep slop region are found in the (a) Mollusca (b) Arthropoda
deepest parts of the ocean such as the marianatreanch, (c) Bryozoa (d) Protozoa
including the challenger deep, the deepest part known. GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
The foraminifera found in the challenger deep thus have Ans. (b) : Ostracoda belongs to the phylum
no carbonate test but instead have one of organic Arthropoda (as trilobites), which is a diverse group of
material. invertebrates that includes insects, spiders, crustaceans,
177. Which of the following oceans is contracting? and other related organisms.
(a) Indian Ocean (b) Atlantic Ocean 182. Which of the following microfossil groups is
(c) Pacific Ocean (d) None of the above useful in stratigraphic correlation of a marine
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 with a non-marine sequence:
Ans. (c) : Pacific ocean is the largest and deepest of (a) Foraminifera (b) Radiolaria
Earth's five oceanic divisions it extends from the Arctic (c) Pteropoda (d) Ostracoda
ocean in the north to the southern ocean (depending on GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
definition to Antarctica) in the south and is bounded by Ans. (d) : Ostracoda are by for the most complex
the continents of Asia and Oceania in the west and the organisms studies within the field in micropaleontology.
Americas in the east. They are metazoa and belongs to the phylum
178. The sister branch of paleontology, which deals arthropoda, class Crustacea. An important
distinguishing feature ostracods share with other
with the study of Pollens and Spores, is called:
arthropods is the bilateral symmetry of their body form.
(a) Ichnology (b) Paleobotany They are found today in almost all aquatic environment
(c) Palynology (d) Oncology including hot spring caves, within the water table semi-
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 terrestrial environments in both fresh and marine water
Ans. (c) : Pollen is a fine to coarse powdery substance within the water column as well as on the substrate.
comprising pollen grains which are male 183. Cephalopodsa with most complex suture is
microgametophytes of seed plants, which produce male (a) Ceratites (b) Ammonites
gametes (sperm cell). The study of pollen is called (c) Nautilus (d) Goniatite
palynology and is highly useful in paleocology, GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
paleontology, archaeology and forensics. Ans. (b) : Ammonite:- The term suture pattern refers to
179. The Cocoliths are microscopic: the featured line that makes contact with the septa and
(a) Marine algae (b) Non-marine algae the interior of the aragoritic shell. Ammonoid suture
(c) Marine fungi (d) Non-marine fungi patterns show more complexity in comparison to the
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 nautiloids whose sutures are comparatively simple.
Ans. (a) : Coccolithophores are generally regarded as 184. The exoskeleton of Pteropods is made up of
calcareous scale-bearing marine algae 2.0-75.0 µm in (a) Aragonite (b) Calcite
cell diameter. They belong to the haptophytes a group (c) Calcium phosphate (d) Silica
of chlorophyll a + c algae processing a unique organelle GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
the haptonema, in addition to two smooth flagella Ans. (a) : Pteropods are small, free-swimming marine
Coccolithophores are particularly noted for their ability gastropod mollusks commonly known as sea butterflies.
to form massive blooms and for their use in geological Their delicate and translucent shells, also known as
theca, are primarily composed of aragonite, a form of
dating.
@

calcium carbonate. Aragonite is a crystalline mineral

180. A depth in ocean below which no calcareous that provides structural support to the exoskeleton,
tests are preserved in sediments is called:
ap

giving it strength and rigidity. This choice of material is

(a) Aragonite Compensation Depth crucial for the buoyancy and protection of pteropods in
(b) Calcite Compensation Depth their oceanic habitat.
na

Miscellaneous 468 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
185. Homo sapiens belong to 190. In echinoids, Aristotle's Lantern is found in:
(a) Primates (b) Rodentia (a) Periproct
(c) Chiroptera (d) Mollusca (b) Peristome
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (c) Apical disc
(d) Along lateral margins
Ans. (a) : The primates include the placental mammals
and those possess menstrual cycle. Homo sapiens GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
belong to the order primata because they possess both Ans. (b) : Peristome is an anatomical feature that
key characters of the primates. surrounds an opening to an organ or structure. Some
plant, fungi and shelled gastropods have persitomes.
186. Which one is not a bivalve Periproct:- The periproct is the final body segment in
(a) Lima (b) Nautilus annelid worms. The anus is located on this segment, the
(c) Nucula (d) Trigonia term also refers to the small region surrounding the anus
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 of the sea urchin.
Ans. (b) : The Nautilus from Ancient Greek is a pelagic Apical Disc:- The apical disc, as in other irregular
marine molluse of the cephalopod family Nautilidea. echinoids, is composed of vide ocular plates (green) and
The nautilus is the sole extent family of the super family upto four genital plates (yellow).
Nautilace and of its smaller but near equal suborder 191. In brachiopods, the pedical valve is also called
Nautilina. as
(a) Brachial valve (b) Ventral valve
187. Ediacaran fauna belong to:
(c) Right valve (d) Dorsal valve
(a) Mesoproterozoic (b) Palaeoproterozoic
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(c) Neoproterozoic (d) Archaeozoic
Ans. (b): Ventral Valve:- These valves are actual flaps
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 that are located on each end of the two ventricles (lower
Ans. (c) : Ediacara fauna also called Ediacara biota chambers of the heart). They act as one-way inlets of
unique assemblage of soft-bodied organisms preserved blood on one side of a ventricle and one-way outlets of
worldwide as fossil impressions in sandstone from the blood on the other side of a ventricle.
edicaran period. Dorsal Valve:- Dorsal valve that invariably contains
Ediacara fossils are not only simplistic in form, but any skeletal support for lophophore and never wholly
fairly rare to find. Both the ediacaran and cambrian rock accommodates pedicle.
layers are made up of burgess shale and preservation in Brachial Valve:- Brachial valve is usually the smaller
method for both section are very similar. of the two valves and has supports on the inside to help
support the lophophore.
188. Composition of the diatom microfossil tests is:
192. When the stream valleys are guided by the
(a) Calcareous (b) Siliceous
folds they are parallel to the system of fold
(c) Phosphatic (d) Cutinous axes, this pattern of drainage is called:
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 (a) Dendritic (b) Radial
Ans. (b) : Siliceous micro fossils are protists with shell (c) Trellis (d) Annular
constructed of opaline silica. There is no intense GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
dissolution of siliceous remains in the deep ocean. Ans. (c) : Drainage is the flow of water through well-
Sediments deposited below the carbonate compensation defined channels, and a drainage system is a network of
depth are commonly enriched in silica by removed of such channel. A drainage pattern in which tributaries
the carbonate, sometime to the point of forming come together at sharp angles typically approaching
siliceous oozes with subsequent remobilization of the straight angles is called a Trellis Drainage pattern.
silica deep secrets may be formed. Radial drainage:- The streams radiate outwards from
189. Foraminifera belong to the Kingdom: a central high point. Develops around a central elevated
point where the streams radiate outwards from a central
(a) Protista (b) Monera
high point.
(c) Planta (d) Animalia Annular drainage pattern:- When the upland has an
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 outer soft stratum the radial streams develop subsequent
Ans. (a) : Protista includes unicellular eukaryotes. tributaries is the best displayed structural done or basin
Algae diatoms and protozoan like an amoeba where erosion has exposed rimming sedimentary strata
paramecium and euglena are few member of kingdom of greatly varying degrees of hardness.
protista. Like monerans protista also exhibit both Dentritic pattern:- Which are by for the most common
autotrophic and heterotrophic mode of nutrition. Some also known as pinnate drainage, look like the branching
@

protista like protozoan have appendages for locomotion of a free found in regions with homogeneous material.
such as hair like cilip, whip-like flagella. Truly dendritic system form in V-Shaped Valleys as a
ap

They have an asexual mode of reproduction like binary result, the rock type must be impervious and non
fission and spore formation. porous.
na

Miscellaneous 469 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
193. The supercontinent that existed between 900- Ans. (c): The angle of inclination of the axis as measure
1000 million years ago is named as: from the horizontal, is called the plunge. The axis plane
(a) Pangea (b) Panthalasa of a fold is the plane or surface that divides the fold as
(c) Rodiania (d) Gondwanaland symmetrically as possible. The axial plane may be
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 vertical, horizontal, or inclined at any intermediate
angle. Although in the simpler types of folds the axis is
Ans. (c) : Rodiania was a mesoproterozoic and
horizontal or gently inclined, it may be steeply inclined
Neoproterozoic super continent that assembled 1.26-
or even vertical.
0.90 billion years ago and broke up 750-633 million
years ago. Valentine and moores 1970 were probably 198. Which one among the following is a feature
the first to recognise a Precambrian super continent, produced by wind
which they named Pangaea. (a) Drumlins (b) Loess
194. Tidal bundles form in (c) Delta (d) Canyons
(a) rivers GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(b) glaciers Ans. (b) : It is a landform created by the deposition of
(c) shallow marine environment wind. The topmost layer of soil like dust and slit blanket
is blown away and gets deposited on neighboring lands
(d) Mountains
as loess.
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
199. The mature stage feature of the river is
Ans. (c) : Shallow-marine tidal deposits form on open (a) Alluvial fan (b) V- shaped valley
shelves and more specifically in open-mouthed
(c) Meanders (d) Ox-bow lake
embayment's and semi-enclosed epicontinental seas,
where the oceanic tide is amplified by resonance. They GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
are also present in straits and seaways where the tidal Ans. (d) : The lower reaches of the rivers, when rivers
currents are accelerated by flow constriction. have larger sediment than the volume of water, it starts
meandering. Sometimes, in absence of enough water
195. The process in which the glacial wastage take
some portion of meandering get separated and that
place by the double process of evaporation and
creates ox-bow lakes.
melting is known as
(a) Nivation (b) Calvation 200. Which of the following is formed by wind
erosion
(c) Ablation (d) Plucking
(a) Gorges (b) Loess
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(c) Yardang (d) Butte
Ans. (c) : Ablation zone or Ablation area refers to the GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
low-altitude area of a glacier or ice sheet below form
with a net loss in ice mass due to melting, sublimation, Ans. (c) : A Yardang is a steam lined protuberance
evaporation, ice calving, aeolian process like blowing carved from bedrock or any consolidated or semi
snow, avalanche and any other ablation. consolidated material by the dual action of wind
abrasion by dust and sand dual deflation (The removal
The ablation zone often contains melt water features
of loose material by wind turbulence). The soft material
such as supraglacial lakes, englacial stream and
is eroded and removed by the wind and the harder
subglacial lakes. The seasonally melting glacier material remains. The resulting pattern of yardangs is
deposits much sediment at its fringes in the ablation therefore a combination of the original rock distribution
area. Ablation constitutes a key part of the glacier mass and the fluid mechanics of the air flow and resulting
balance. pattern of erosion.
196. Part of the Tidal Flats occurring near the high 201. Which one of the following geomorphic
water line is known as: features can be formed by erosion
(a) Mixed flat (b) Sand flat (a) Hook (b) Terrace
(c) Mud flat (d) Tidal flat (c) Loess (d) Stalactite
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (c) : Mud flats also known as tidal flats or in Ans. (b) : A terrace is a step-like landform. A terrace
Ireland slob are coastal wetlands that form in intertidal consists of a flat or gently sloping geomorphic surface,
area where sediments have been deposited by tides or called a tread that is typically bounded on one side by a
rivers. steeper ascending slope, which is called a riser or scarp.
Mud flats may be viewed geologically as exposed layers Terraces can also consist of a tread bounded on all sided
of bay mud, resulting from deposition of estuarine slits, by a descending riser or scarp. A narrow terrace is often
clays and aquatic animal detritus. called a bench.
197. The angle between any line and its horizontal 202. The underground water that occurs within the
@

projection, measured in a vertical plane is zone of aeration is called :

(a) Pitch (b) Dip (a) Juvenile water (b) Vadose water
ap

(c) Plunge (d) Strike (c) Magmatic water (d) Connate water
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
na

Miscellaneous 470 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): The underground water that occurs within the 206. Which of the following does not make a correct
zone of aeration is called vadose water or zone of pair?
suspended water. (a) Magnetite (b) Azurite
• The zone of aeration is the region between the earth's (c) Sphalerite (d) Malachite
surface and the water table. HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
• The main components of this region are the soil and Ans. (b) : Azurite-Ag is not make a correct pair.
rocks.
• Azurite is mineral, a basic carbonate with chemical
• Their pores are at time partly filled with water and air, formula Cu3(CO3)2(OH)2.
and aeration occurs when the air and water mix or come
into close contact. • It is also known by the names blue bice and blue
verditer, through verditer usually refers to the pigment
• The pressure of water and oxygen gives rise to the
mode by chemical process.
formation of soil moisture.
• Azurite is used by metaphysical heaters to treat
203. The circum-pacific Region is also called as the disorders and illness in the head and brain, such as
'Ring of Fire' because : migraines, tinnitus and problems with vertigo. It is also
(a) the area is prone to forquent forest fires said to stimulate the liver and help the body during
(b) of the presence of oil well with gas burning detoxes.
(c) of frequent volcanic eruptions
207. Which of the following scenarios can
(d) Occurrence of frequent fires caused by
potentially cause tsunami?
earthquakes
(a) High magnitude earthquake
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
(b) Impact of large meteorite
Ans. (c) : Ring of fire also called circum-pacific belt,
(c) Volcanic eruption
long horseshoe shaped seismically active belt of
volcanic eruptions, and tectonic plates boundaries, that (d) All of these
fringes the Pacific basin. HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
• The ring of fire is stretched to approximately 40 Ans. (d) : Tsunami are caused by sudden movement
thousand kilometers tracing boundaries between several under the ocean. These can be form an underwater
tectonic plates including the pacific, Juan de fuca, volcanic eruption, impact of large meteorite and high
cocos, Indian-Australian, etc. magnitude of earthquake.
• The ring of fire is home to more than 450 active and • Tsunami is the Japanese word for "Harbour wave' and
dormant volcanoes forming a semicircle or horse shoe Japan has had many tsunami in its history.
around the rim of Pacific Ocean. • Tsunami is a series of waves so you could get several
204. Among the following, below which Indian city waves coming minutes or hours apart from each other.
the thickness of the crust will be maximum? • In deep water the wave is only a meter or so high, but
(a) Leh (b) Mumbai most of the energy from the wave is underwater, so
(c) Port Blair (d) Hydarabad there can be strong currents.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 • Seismic slip on faults generates tsunamis directly by
Ans. (a) : The uppermost layer over of earth's surface is displacing the floor of water bodies.
called the crust. • Tsunami most commonly result from slip on the
• It is about 35 km thick on the continental masses and subduction-zone faults that convey one tectonic plate
only 5 km thick on the ocean floor. beneath another.
• At convergent plate boundaries, where tectonic plates 208. In a folded terrane slaty cleavages are
crash into each other continental crust is thrust up in the developed ……………. the axial plane.
process of orogeny or mountain-building. (a) oblique to (b) parallel to
• The effect of the different densities of lithospheric (c) at right angle to (d) at an acute angle to
rock can be seen in the different average elevations of Semris
continental and ocean crust. HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
• Leh, city in India, the thickness of the crust will be Ans. (b) : Axial plane cleavage may be everywhere
maximum. parallel to the fold hinge surface, but normally cleavage
205. An inclined bed dips at an angle of 45° towards fans or changes its orientation systematically with
N50E direction. What will be the strike of this position about the fold.
bed? • Cleavage that is in the hinge of a fold, parallel to the
@

(a) N45W (b) S40E hinge surface of the fold and whose intersection
(c) N50W (d) S45W lineation with bedding is parallel to the fold hinge.
ap

HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 • Slaty cleavage often occurs after diagnosis and is the
Ans. (c) : The strike of bed is N50ºW. first cleavage to form after deformation beings.
na

Miscellaneous 471 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
209. Pillow lavas are usually associated with : Ans. (a) : Oxygen, is the second most abundant gas in
(a) Submarine volcanism the Earth's atmosphere.
(b) Continental flood basalt eruptions • It makes up about 21% of air by volume.
(c) Pryoclastic volcanism • The most abundant naturally occurring gas is nitrogen.
(d) Highly siliceous lava flows in continental
• It makes up about 78% of air by volume.
regions
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 • Both of these occur as diatomic molecules.
Ans. (a) : Pillow lavas are common in all types of • The abundance of carbon dioxide is variable. While it
modern submarine volcanic setting-mid ocean ridges, is an important green house gas, it is only present an
oceanic islands, and island arcs-and also are the most average of 0.4 percent, by mass.
common volcanic feature in well-preserved archean 213. Grouting is suggested for a dam site when :
greenstone belts. (a) The foundation shows open joints
• Pillow lava is a form of volcanic rock that results (b) Upstream rocks are carbonate rich
when low viscosity magma such as basalt erupts under (c) The foundation consists of impervious rocks
water. (d) Stream flow is irregular
• Pillow are irregular tube-like structures, circular to HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
elliptical in cross-section typically 30 cm about a meter Ans. (a) : The content ground holes at the upstream
in diameter. heel were placed at 3m spacing with intermediate hole
210. In case of volcanic rocks the columnar joints placed where there were relatively high takes in the
are usually : initial holes.
(a) developed parallel to the lava flow direction • The contact ground holes were placed to 10m depth
(b) developed at an acute angle to the lava flow into the foundation, and grounded in to 5m stages by the
direction ascending stage method and without the use of dam-in
(c) developed at right angle to the lava flow other words normal open holes.
direction • These holes had two purposes, to help consolidate the
(d) developed randomly in relation to lava flow foundation at the heel where stresses could be high, and
direction to also lengthening the seepage path.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 • There was a wide range of ground takes including
Ans. (c) : Columnar jointing is produced by cooling of result above 300 kg/m.
lava flows ash-flow tuffs, and other bodies of magma of 214. Horst in an uplifted wedge shaped structure
lava. bound by :
• Most columns are straight with parallel sides and (a) Reverse faults on either side
diameter from a few centimeters to 3m.
(b) Reverse fault on one side and normal fault on
• Column are curved very in width columns can each other side
heights of 30 cm. (c) Normal faults on either side
• Column jointing occurs in many types of igneous (d) None of the above
rocks and from as the rock cools and contracts.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
• The growth is perpendicular to the surface of the flow.
Ans. (c) : Horst and graben topography is generated by
211. The mantle accounts for approximately …….
normal faulting associated with crustal extension.
of the earth by volume.
• While a horst lifted or remains stationary, the grabens
(a) 50% (b) 60%
on either side subside.
(c) 70% (d) 80%
• This is often caused by extensional forces pulling
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
apart the crust.
Ans. (d) : It is the central part of the Earth's internal
• Horsts can form structured plateaus traps.
structure and 83% ≈ 80% of the Earth's total mass
comes under it. • In many rift basins around the world, the vast majority
of discovered hyctrocarbons are found in conventional
• Its thickness is 2900 km. It average density is 3.5
traps with horsts.
g/cubic cm to 5.5 g/cubic cm.
• This part is mainly composed of basalt rocks. 215. Which of the following features is useful in
defining Plate Boundaries?
• Magma chambers are found in this part of the Earth.
(a) Distribution of volcanoes
212. Which of the following is the second most
@

dominant gas in the Earth's atmosphere? (b) Distribution of earthquake belts

(c) Distribution of mountain ranges
ap

(a) Oxygen (b) Nitrogen

(c) Methane (d) Carbon dioxide (d) All of the above
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
na

Miscellaneous 472 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Plate boundaries are important because they Ans. (d): Most gases from a volcano quickly blow
are often associated with earthquakes, volcanoes and away.
mountain ranges. • However, heavy gases such as carbon dioxide and
• When Earth's tectonic plates grind past one another, hydrogen sulfide can collect in low-laying areas.
enormous amounts of energy can be released in the • The most common volcanic gas is water vapor,
form of earthquakes. followed by carbon dioxide and sulfur dioxide.
• Volcanoes are also often found near plate boundaries • Sulfer dioxide can cause breathing problems in both
because molten rock from deep within earth is called healthy people and people with asthma and other
magma. It can travel upward at these intersections respiratory problems.
between plates. • Other volcanic gases include hydrogen chloride,
216. Which of the following is one of the inner carbon monoxide and hydrogen fluoride.
planets? • Amounts of these gases very widely from one
(a) Jupiter (b) Mars volcanic eruption to the next.
(c) Neptune (d) Saturn 219. Light year is a unit to measure :
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 (a) Number of sunny days in a calendar year
Ans. (b) : Mars, Earth, Venus and Mercury are the (b) Distance
planets closest to the sun. (c) Time
• They are called the inner planets. (d) Intensity of solar radiations received in one
• These planets are made up mostly of rock. year
• These planets do not moons or have just one Earth or HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
two mars. Ans. (b) : Light year is a unit to measure distance or the
• All the inner planets spin more slowly. distance light travels in a vacuum in a year.
• The outer planets are gas giants Jupiter and Saturn and • One light year → 6 trillion miles (9.467 × 1015m)
ice giants Uranus and Neptune. • Speed of light → 3 × 108 m/s
• They exist beyond the asteroid belt between mars and • Light year measures the distance.
Jupiter. 220. Which of the following is a mis-match?
217. The phenomenon by which two atoms of (a) Mars (b) Moon
hydrogen combine under extreme pressure and (c) Earth (d) Venus
temperature is known as :
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
(a) Nuclear fission
Ans. (b) : Our solar system is made up of a star - the
(b) Nuclear fusion
sun has eight planet's.
(c) Nuclear activation
(d) Nuclear assimilation • The eight planets are Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars,
Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune.
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
• Moon is a mis-matched because except the moon
Ans. (b) : The phenomenon by two atoms of hydrogen
combine under extreme pressure and temperature is every option is given is a planet.
known as nuclear fusion. • Moon is Earth's only natural satellite. It goes around
• The process of nuclear fusion, by which nuclear the earth at a distance of about 239,000 miles.
reactions between light elements from heavier elements. 221. What would be the most suitable method for
• In cases where the interacting nuclei belongs to determining the crystallization age of a
elements with low atomic numbers or its isotopes Precambrian granite that has undergone low to
deuterium and substantial amounts of energy are medium grade metamorphism?
released. (a) Whole rock Rb—Sr method
• Nuclear fission, occurs when a neutron slams into a (b) 14C dating method
larger atom, forcing it to excite and split into two (c) Zircon U—Pb method
smaller atoms. (d) K—Ar method
• Nuclear activation is the process in which neutron HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
radiation radioactivity in materials, and occurs when Ans. (c) : The Tuntsa Suite is a poly metamorphic
atomic nucleic capture free neutrons, becoming heavier Archean complex mainly consisting of metasedimentary
and entering excited states. greisses.
218. Which of the following gases is associated with • At least two strong metamorphic events can be
@

volcanic eruptions? distinguished in the area.

(a) CO2 (b) H2O • The first took place at high temperatures in the
ap

(c) H2S (d) All of these Neoarchean at around 2.70-2.64 Ga, indicated by
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 migmatisation and U-Pb ages of metamorphic zicron.
na

Miscellaneous 473 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• The U-Pb and Sm-Nd age determinations for 225. A mine having a reserve of 320 Mt produces 4
monazite and garnet show that the Paleoproterozoic Mt of ore at the end of 1st year. If the mine
metamorphic cycle took place at 1.84-1.79 Ga, related increases production by 10% every year, the
with thrusting of the Lapland granulites onto the percentage of the reserve that still remains at
adjacent terrenes and subsequent exhumation. the end of 21st year is
222. The crystal system of beryl is : (a) 50 (b) 35
(a) Orthombic (b) Hexagonal (c) 25 (d) 20
(c) Cubic (d) Monoclinic Gate Mining Engineering-2009
HPPSC Mining Officer-2015 Ans. (d) : Percentage of reserve (R) that still remains at
Ans. (b) : Beryl, Be3Al2(SiO3)6, exhibits a hexagonal the end of 21st year –
crystal system in which stacked six-membered rings of 320 − 4 {1 + (1 + 0.1) + (1 + 0.1) 2 + ..... + (1 + 0.1)20 }
Si tetrahedra form channels. R= × 100
320
• It is found in igneous and metamorphic rocks in many
part of the world. 320 − 4 {(11)0 + (1.1)2 + (1.1) 2 + .....(1.1) 20 }
• Beryl has served as a minor are among the world's R= × 100
320
most popular gemstones.
 1 − (1.1) 21 
• Emerald, aquamarine, heliodor, and morganatic are 320 − 4  
the most popular varieties of beryl.
R=  1 − 1.1  × 100
223. An area of 100 m2 is measured on a plan having 320
a R.F. of 1/800. If the R.F. were to be 1/2000, R = 20%
the area in m2 would be 226. The following data represent the number of
(a) 16 workers suffering from pneumoconiosis in 10
(b) 40 coal mines.
(c) 250
Mine I I II I V V VI VI I X
(d) 625
I I V I I II X
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
Numb 1 1 1 1 1 1 17 13 1 1
Ans. (d) : Actual area of object = 100 m2
er 0 6 4 5 4 2 5 2
We know that,
The number of mines falling above the 50th
Drawing dimension of object
R.F = percentile in terms of the number of workers
Actual dimension of object suffering from pneumoconiosis is
Drawing area of object (a) 2 (b) 3
R.F = (c) 4 (d) 5
Actual area of object
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
1 Drwing area of object Ans. (d) : Now, for 50th
=
800 100 138
Percentile (%) = = 69
10 2
Drawing area of object =
800 So,
Drawing area of object = 0.00015625 Number of mines falling above the 50th
2 Percentile is = 5
 1  0.00015625
Now,   = Mine Number Cumulative
 2000  Actual area of object
Actual area of object = 625 m2 number (CW)
224. The concentration of OH– ion in a mine water I 10 10
sample is 10–11 mol/L. The pH of the sample is II 16 26
(a) 2 (b) 3 III 14 40
(c) 4 (d) 11
IV 15 35
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
V 14 69
Ans. (b) : P(OH–) = –log[OH–]
P(OH–) = –log[10–11] VI 12 81
P(OH–) = 11 VII 17 98
@

P(H+) + P(OH–) = 14 VIII 13 111

P(H+) + 11 = 14
ap

IX 15 126
P(H+) = 14 – 11
P(H+) = 3 X 12 138
na

Miscellaneous 474 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
227. A 1100 V, 3Φ power supply system of a mine At breakeven point,
draws a load of 185 kW. The ammeter reading Cs = C1
shows 115 A. The power factor of the system is 2.64D +34.8 = 0.96L
(a) 0.84 (b) 0.73 2.64D + 34.8 = 0.96 ×3 ×D
(c) 0.64 (d) 0.48 0.24D = 34.8
Gate Mining Engineering-2009 D = 145m
Ans. (a) : Power = 3 × VL × I L × cos ϕ 230. The angle of draw in a trough subsidence helps
3 in determining the
185×10 = 3 × 1100 × 115 × cos ϕ
(a) maximum subsidence
cosϕ = 0.84 (b) extent of surface subsidence
228. Two belt conveyors load a ground bunker, each (c) plane of fracture
at a rate of 400 tph, which is initially filled with (d) critical width of the opening
10000 to of coal. Coal is discharged from the Gate Mining Engineering-2010
bottom of the ground bunker onto a belt
conveyor at a rate of 1200 tph. The time Ans. (b) : Angle of draw - The angle of inclination
elapsed in hours before the bottom conveyor between the vertical at the edge of the working and the
starts to operate below its rated capacity is point of zero vertical displacement at the edge of
(a) 6.5 (b) 8.5 subsidence trough.
(c) 12.5 (d) 25.0 The angle of draw in a trough subsidence helps in
determining the extent of surface subsidence.
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
Ans. (d) : 231. The maximum number of coal faces in an
underground board and pillar development
district is 13. The number of headings in the
district is
(a) 3 (b) 5
(c) 6 (d) 7
Gate Mining Engineering-2011
Ans. (b) : Number of face available for board and pillar
development district with 'n' number of headings.
For maximum = 3n – 2
Minimum = n
400 tanne of coal is produced from initially filled coal Average = 2n – 1
in the bunker to maintain discharge rate 1200 tph an Given that,
bottom belt conveyer. maximum = 13
So, the time (T) till belt conveyer works at its rated So, maximum = 3n – 2
capacity. 13 = 3n – 2
10000 3n = 15
T=
400 n=5
T = 25 hours Therefore, the number of headings in the district is 5.
229. In a mine site, the cost of shaft sinking in lakhs 232. The whole circle bearing of the line AB is
of Rupees is given as 2.64D + 34.8, where D is 116º20’20”. If there exists an east declination of
the shaft depth in m. In the same site, the 20º, the true quadrantal bearing of line AB is
corresponding cost of driving an incline is (a) S41º59’40”E (b) S43º39’40”E
0.96L, where L is the length of the incline in m. (c) S45º59’40”W (d) S47º59’40”W
Assuming L by D ratio is 3.0, the depth in m Gate Mining Engineering-2011
beyond which the shaft sinking becomes more Ans. (b) :Given,
economical is
T.M = True Meridian
(a) 43 (b) 48
M.M = Magnetic Meridian
(c) 145 (d) 155
True bearing of line AB = 116º 20'20" + 20º 0'0"
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
@

Ans. (c) : Cs and C1 and C1 is the cost of shaft and cost = 136º 20 '20"
of incline respectively True quadrontal bearing of line AB
ap

L = S (180º 0' 0"− 20º 20' 20")E

Given =3 = S 43º 39' 40" E
D
na

Miscellaneous 475 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
233. A toxic gas flows into a mine working place at Ans. (d): Base level of river erosion : A base level
the rate of 2.52 m3/min. The concentration of erosion is an imaginary surface of irregular shape,
the gas in the intake air is 0.25%. The inclined toward the lower end of the principal, or trunk,
minimum quantity of intake air in m3/min the stream of a basin, under which the stream and its
required to dilute the gas to its threshold limit tributuries were presumed to be unable to erode.
value of 1.0% is ■ Mean sea level of river erosion : The sea level
(a) 123 (b) 252 becomes the grand base level beyond which no
(c) 295 (d) 333 dry land can further erode.
Gate Mining Engineering-2011 ■ Ground water level erosion : Ground water
Ans. (d) : Given that, erosion is the process by which groundwater
gas flow (q) = 2.52m3/min erodes part of the bedrock as it passes through.
Permissible or safe maximum % of gas in return ■ Head ward level of river erosion : Head ward
air (Cp) 1.0% gas in intake air (%) (Ca) = 0.25% erosion is a fluvial process of erosion that
We know that, lengthens a stream, a valley or a gully at its head
100 q and also enlarges its drainage basin.
Quantity of air (Q) = −q
C p − Ca 237. Concave procession of barchans is indicative of
the direction of
100 × 2.52
= –2.52 (a) River (b) Moraines
1 − 0.25
(c) Coastline (d) Wind
= 333.48 ∼ 333m3/min.
(e) Glacier
234. The two complimentary shear planes occurring
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
in two sets which constitute
(a) Sheet structure (b) bedding joint Ans. (d) : Wind : Wind is the movement of air caused
by the uneven heating of the Earth by the sun and the
(c) Shear joint (d) Conjugate joint
Earth's own rotation. Wind range from light breezes to
(e) Extension joints
natural hazards such as hurricanes and tornadoes. Wind
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
is the natural movement of air or other gases relative to
Ans. (d) : Conjugate joint : When the dihedral angles a planet's surface. Winds occur on a range of scales,
are from 30° to 60° within a joint system, the joint sets from thunderstorm flows lasting tens of minutes, to
are known as conjugate joint sets. Within regions that local breezes generated by heating of land surfaces and
have experienced tectonic deformation, systematic lasting a few hours, to global winds resulting from the
joints are typically associated with either layered or difference in absorption of solar energy between the
bedded strata that has been folded into anticlines and
climate zones on Earth.
synclines.
238. Broad loop of meander with a narrow neck cut
235. Hot springs are associated with which of the
of from one side of the deserted channel is
following structures
called
(a) Unconformity (b) Anticlinorium
(a) Oxbow lake
(c) Faults (d) Synclinorium
(b) Entrenched meander
(e) Superimposed folds
(c) Free meander
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
(d) Braided river
Ans. (c) : Faults : The geographic plates of the crust do
(e) Cut-off of a loop
not remain in a state of equilibrium due to pressure or
tension. Whenever the tension in the plates increases CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
more, or the pressure on the rocks from both the sides is Ans. (a) : Oxbow lake : Oxbow lake are the remains of
beyond their bearing capacity then the rocks get the bend in the river. Oxbow lake are still water lakes.
displaced or break due to their impact. The rocks on one This means that water does not flow into or out of them.
side move lower or higher then the rocks on the other There is no stream or spring feeding the lake, and it
side. This is called fault. doesn't have a natural outlet. Oxbow lake often become
236. An imaginary extension of sea level beneath the swamps or bogs, and they often dry up as their water
land surface is called evaporates.
(a) Mean sea level of river erosion 239. Bajadas are formed in which of the following
(b) Reduced level of river erosion climate
@

(c) Ground water level erosion (a) Monsoon climate (b) Desert/arid climate
(d) Base level of river erosion (c) Tundra region (d) Antarctica
ap

(e) Headword level of river erosion (e) Equatorial climate

CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
na

Miscellaneous 476 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Desert/arid climate: Deserts are arid There are several factors causing geometric distortion
ecosystems that receive fewer then 25 centimeters (10 such as.
inches) of precipitation a year. Death valley, California, • Earth's rotation
above receives fewer than 5 cm of rainfall every year. • Earth's curvature
However, death valley's infrequent rain and extreme • Satellite platform instability
temperature can impact the landscape.
• Instrument error
240. Shape of the atolls is similar to which of the • Sensor platform motion
following
(a) Long wall (b) Ring 243. Orbital radius of GPS satellites is
approximately
(c) Delta (d) Egg
(a) 14,200 km (b) 26,600 km
(e) Sickle
(c) 18,400 km (d) 36,000 km
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
(e) 25,200 km
Ans. (b) : Ring : An atoll is an island formed by a ring- CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
shaped coral reef encircling a lagoon.
Atoll which is also called as coral atoll is a ring shaped Ans. (b) : The Global positioning system (GPS) is a
reef including rim which is present around a lagoon. navigation system satellites, a receiver and algorithms
These can be either circular or horse shoe shaped most to synchronize location, velocity and time data for air,
of the world's atolls are located in Pacific ocean. There sea and travel.
is only one published list of atolls of the world (Bryan, • The orbital radius is approximately around 26,600
1953) and it is the source of the often-quoted figure that km.
there are 425 or "more than 400" of them. • It used radio signals from the satellites to
241. The low lying erosional surface is the product determine the position and time of an object.
of • The space segment of GPS contains 24 satellites,
(a) Youth stage of river in 12-hours near-circular orbits at an altitude of
(b) Mature stage of river about 20,000 km.
(c) Old stage of river • A minimum of 4 satellite are required in the view
(d) Sheet wash of river from any point on the earth at any time for 3-D
(e) Peneplaination positioning.
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 • The nominal orbital period of GPS satellite in
Ans. (c) : Old stage of river it is flowing on flat land. one-half of sidereal days or 11h 58 min.
As a result it has to use most of its energy to flow • A Transit user at the equator can obtain a position
instead of moving its load. More deposition starts to fix at an average of about 10 minutes.
occur and common features begin to form such as ox • The orbits are nearly circular and equally spaced
bow lakes. The three different stages of a river are about the equator at a 600 separation.
youthful age , mature age and old age. In the stage the 244. Depending upon the nature of the targeted
river is full of energy and power. In the mature stage of object and the wave length of the
the river, the flow is relatively slower than the youthful electromagnetic radiation incident upon it, the
stage. In the old age, the river flows very slowly and
second major part of the radiation gets
calmly.
(a) Reflected
242. Which of the following effect do not result in
(b) Absorbed
geometrical errors/distortion in satellite images
(c) Re-radiated
(a) Atmospheric absorption
(b) Earth's rotation (d) Transmitted through
(c) Sensor platform motion (e) Refracted
(d) Local topography CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
(e) Earth's rotation Ans. (e) : When electromagnetic radiation in the form
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 of visible light, travels from one substance or medium
Ans. (a) : An image is composed of finite number of into another, the light waves may underage a
pixels. The positions of these pixels are initially phenomenon known as refraction, which is manifested
referenced by their row and column number. However, by a bending or change is direction of light.
if you want to use image you should be able to relate 245. Change in the colour or intensity or both of the
these pixels to their positions on the earth surface. mineral is observed when stage of the
Further, the distance, area, direction and shape microscope is rotated is called :
@

properties vary across an image, thus these errors are (a) Polarization colours (b) Anisotropism
known as geometric errors/distortions. (c) Birefringence (d) Pleochroism
ap

• Geometric errors originate during the process of date (e) Interference colour
collection and very in type and magnitude. CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
na

Miscellaneous 477 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Pleochroism : Pleochroism is the ability of a 248. High heat flow is noticed in which of the
mineral to absorb different wavelengths of transmitted following places
light depending upon its crystallographic orientations. (a) Cenozoic volcanic ridges
This is the property which some minerals present by (b) Ocean ridges
which they appear to be a different colour depending on (c) Precambrian shield
the direction in which they are observed. i.e. according (d) Ocean trenches
to the direction of vibration of the waves that cross (e) Mesozoic volcanic ridges
them. CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
246. Most important stage in the formation of Solar Ans. (b) : The average heat flow from the earth gives a
system is the burning of of approximately 0.08 Wm–2 (equivalent to 80 mWm–2).
(a) Oxygen (b) Helium But the flow is very uneven. Some areas, such as
volcanoes and mid-ocean ridges have very high q~400
(c) Hydrogen (d) Carbon
mWm–2.
(e) Nitrogen Ocean ridge : The mid -ocean ridge is the most
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 extensive chain of mountains on Earth, stretching nearly
Ans. (c) : Hydrogen is by for the most abundant 65,000 kilometers (40,390 miles) and with more than
element in the solar system and in the universe. The sun 90% of the mountain range lying underwater in the deep
is mostly made of hydrogen. (In the sun it's just ocean.
hydrogen unclie and electrons not hydrogen molecules) 249. The Mansar Formation, belongs to
Helium is the second most abundant element. (a) Amgaon group (b) Chilpi group
The sun, the planets, and everything else in the solar (c) Sakoli group (d) Saucer group
system is made of atoms (or, sometimes, ions, which are (e) Bijawar Group
atoms that have more of fewer electrons than usual). CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
There are 92 kinds of atoms (or 92 "element Ans. (d) : The mansar formation, belongs to Saucer
Some of the elements- group. The precambrian rocks of the mansar area,
1. H hydrogen Nagpur district, Maharashtra, belong to the Sausar
2. 2He helium Group and the Tirodi Gneiss. Both these lithological
3. 6C carbon units show an unconformable relation in the area.
Marked by a conglomerate at the base of the Sausar
4. 7N nitrogen
group.
6 . 8 O Oxygen.
250. Gwalior system is equivalent to which of the
7. 12 Mg Magnesium following :
8. 14 Si silicon (a) Lower Vindhyan system
9. 16 S sulfur (b) Cuddapah system
10. 18 Ar argon (c) Dharawr system
11. 26 Fe iron (d) Upper Vindhyan system
12. 92 U uranium (e) Lower Gondwana
247. Late Maastrichtian fresh water sediments in CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014
India is represented by Ans. (b) : Gwalior system is equivalent to the
(a) Bagh beds Cuddapah system.
(b) Baripada beds Cuddapoh system : A thick layer of unfossiliferous
(c) Cuddalore sandstone beds clay, slates, quartzite, sandstones and limestones was
deposited in large synclinal basins. The Cuddapah
(d) Lameta beds
system derives its name from the presence of the most
(e) Zewan beds typical and first-studied outcrops of these rock in the
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 Andhra Pradesh district of Cuddapah.
Ans. (d) : Late maastrichtian fresh water sediments in Lower Vindhyan System : Traditionally, the Semri
India is represented by Lemeta formation, also known group is referred to as the lower Vindhyan and the
as the Infratrappean Beds, is a sedimentary geological Kaimur, Rewa and Bhander groups as the upper
formation found in Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat and Vindhyan.
Maharashtra, India associated with the Deccan Traps. It Dharwar System : The Dharwar rock system is unique
is if maastrichtion age (Late Crataceous) and is notable in that it is India's earliest metamorphic sedimentary
for its dinosaur fossils. Many dubious names have been rocks.
created for isolated bones, but several genera of Upper Vindhyan System : Upper Vindhyan is 1000-
@

dinosaurs from these rocks are well supported including 600 m.y. fluviatile origin and exclusively arenaceous.
the titanosaur sauropod Isisaurus and the abelisaurs Upper Vindhyan enclose two diamond bearing horizon,
ap

Indosaurus, Indosuchus laevisuchus and Rajasaurus. As from which Panna and Golconda diamonds have been
well as mammals, snakes and other fossils. mined.
na

Miscellaneous 478 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Lower Gondwana: Gondwana was a large landmass 254. The generally accepted age of the Earth is :
often referred to as a supercontinent, that formed during (a) About 46 million years
the late Neoproterozoic (about 550 million year age) (b) About 460 million years
and began to break up during the Jurassic period. (c) About 4600 million years
251. Volcanic breccias is known as (d) About 46000 million years
(a) Lapilli (b) Conglomerate HPPSC Mining Officer-2015
(c) Agglomerate (d) Volcanoclasts Ans. (c) : By dating the rocks in Earth's ever changing
(e) Vitroclasts crust as well as the rocks in Earth's neighbors, such as
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 the moon and visiting meteorites.
Ans. (c) : Volcanic breccias is known as Agglomerate. • Earth is estimated to be 4.54 Billion approx 4600
Million years old, or minus about 50 Million year.
Agglomerate : Agglomerate, large coarse, rock
fragments associated with lava flow that are ejected • The examination and analysis of rocks on Earth's
during explosive volcanic eruption. Although they surface, and of extraterrestrial rocks have enabled
scientists to determine the approximate age of the
closely resemble sedimentary conglomerates,
planet.
agglomerates are pyroclastic igneous rock that consist
almost wholly of angular or rounded lava fragments of 255. Which of the following is not 'Biparental'?
varying size and shape. Fragments are usually poorly (a) Tidal Hypothesis
sorted in a tuffaceous matrix or appear in lithified (b) Planetesimal Hypothesis
volcanic dust or ash. (c) Dynamic encounter theory
252. Sole marks having longitudinal appearance is (d) Protoplanet Hypothesis
called HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(a) Flute cast (b) Load cast Ans. (d) : According to Biparental theory of solar
(c) Sole marks (d) Dendrites system "the planets were formed as a result of mutual
(e) Mudcracks interaction between the sun and another star".
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 • Tidal Hypothesis was given by James Jeans.
According to this theory a tidal wave was raised on sun
Ans. (a) : Sole marks having longitudinal appearance is by a passing star, due to which a long filament detached
called flute cast. Sole marks are sedimentary structures from earth and later takes the form of a planet. It is a
found on the passes of certain strata, that indicate small- type of Biparental theory.
scale (usually on the order of centimetres) grooves or • Planetesimal Hypothesis was proposed by Chamberlin
irregularities. This usually occurs at the interface of two moulton in 1905. According to this theory the matter
differing lithologies and/or grain sizes. They are was produced when a passing star almost collided with
commonly preserved as casts of these indents on the the sun. It represents Biparental theory.
bottom of the overlying bed (like flute casts). This is
• Dynamic encounter theory was proposed by Georges
similar to casts and molds in fossil preservation. Buffon in 1749. According to this theory the planets are
occurring as they do only at the bottom of beds, and a result of collision of sun and a comet.
their distinctive shapes, they can make useful way up
• Protoplanet theory was proposed by W.H. Mc Crea.
structures and Pale current indicators. Sole markings are
According to him very small objects stuck together to
found most commonly in turbidity deposits, but are also
grow bigger and large enough to form planets. This
often seen in modern river beds and tidal channels. theory is not a form of Biparental theory as it does not
253. A gap in the deposition observed between represents interaction of star.
parallel horizontally disposed two sedimentary 256. The most accurately known physical parameter
units is called in the deep Earth is
(a) Angular unconformity (a) Density
(b) Unconformity (b) Elastic modulii
(c) Disconformity (c) Seismic wave velocity
(d) Non conformity (d) Gravity
(e) Parallel unconformity HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
CGPSC Mining Officer-27.07.2014 Ans. (c) : The most accurately known physical
Ans. (c) : A disconformity is a gap of break in the rock parameter in the deep Earth is seismic wave velocity.
record between parallel sedimentary layers where there Seismic waves are waves of energy that travels through
is evidence of erosion or non- deposition but not a Earth's layers with certain velocity. Velocity tends to
significant tilting or folding. In other words, the increase with depth through Earth's crust and mantle but
sedimentary layers on either side of the disconformity drops sharply going from mantle to outer core. The
@

are essentially parallel, indicating a period of erosion or propagation velocity depends on density and Elasticity
non- deposition followed by the continuation of of medium.
ap

sedimentation. Disconformities are marked by features • Gravity a phenomenon of attracting objects by a Giant
of sub aerial erosion and pale sols in the rock record. mass.
na

Miscellaneous 479 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
257. The Krol-Tal sequence of the lesser Himalaya 262. Which of the following pairs is not a correct
is important for the demacration of match of desert and country/continent?
(a) Permian-Triassic (a) Atacama desert-South America
(b) Precambrian-Cambrian (b) Gobi desert-Central Asia
(c) Silurian-Devonian (c) Sonoran-West Asia desert
(d) Plio-Pleistocene (d) Great Victorian-Australia desert
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
Ans. (b) : The Precambrian is the earliest part of Earth's Ans. (c) : • The Atkama desert is a desert located in
history. It preceded the Cambrian age, the first period of Chile South America on the west of Andes mountain. It
Phanerozoic Eon. is driest non-polar desert in the world.
• The Krol-Tal belt of lesser Himalaya in Garhwal north- • The Gobi desert is located in china East Central Asia.
western India is considered to represent the Precambrian
It is fifth largest desert in the world. It is a cold desert.
age group as they were formed during that age.
• The Sonoran desert is located in North America that
258. The reservoir rock for Bombay High petroleum covers various states of America. It is hottest desert in
is :
Mexico and united states.
(a) Graywacke (b) Limestone
(c) Orthoquartzites (d) Sandstone • The Great Victoria is largest desert in Australia. It is
an interim Australian bioregion.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
Ans. (b) : Bombay High is an offshore oilfield 160 km 263. Which one of the following atmospheric layers
off the coast of Mumbai, Run by ONGC. It is one of the reflects radio waves that are transmitted from
six sedimentary basins on western continental margin. the earth again back to the earth?
Limestone is the major reservoir in the field which (a) Mesosphere (b) Ionosphere
contain about out of the known reserves. (c) Troposphere (d) Stratosphere
259. Horizontal Jurassic beds lie over horizontal HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
Devonian beds, the contact is also horizontal. Ans. (b) : The Ionosphere is a region in the upper part
The contact represents : of earth atmosphere from about 48 km to 965 km above
(a) Not an unconformity (b) A nonconformity sea level. It lies above the Mesosphere. Since it contains
(c) A paraconformity (d) A disconformity electrically charged ions it is responsible for reflecting
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 radio waves that are transmitted from the earth again
Ans. (c) : A paraconformity is a type of unconformity back to the earth.
in which the strata or sedimentary layer are parallel to The Earth atmosphere consist of following layers -
each other and lies above and below it without any
erosional break between them. So all three are parallel
or we can say horizontal. hence the contact represents
paraconformity.
260. Valley-in-valley best represents :
(a) Erosion (b) Meandering
(c) Rejuvenation (d) Deposition 264. The average temperature of the surface water
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 of the oceans is
Ans. (c) : Rejuvenation means acceleration of the (a) 22oC (b) 15oC
o
erosive work of the river due to various factors. This (c) 26.7 C (d) 18.6oC
geomorphic cycle could be applied to all land forms HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
such as hills lopes, Valleys, mountains and river
Ans. (c) : On an average, the temperature of surface
drainage system. The Valley in Valley topography or
two stoyreyed Valley or two cycle Valley is caused by water of oceans is 26.7ºC (80ºF) and the temperature
Rejuvenation in the cycle of erosion. gradually decreases from equator towards pole. The rate
of decrease of temperature with increasing latitudes is
261. In modern oceans, the removal of dissolved generally 0.5ºF per latitude. The temperature also
silica is principally carried out by decreases with increasing depth in the ocean.
(a) Radiolaria (b) Silicoflagellates
• Average temperature of earth atmosphere is 22.4
(c) Diatoms (d) Sponges
degrees celsius.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
265. Lamellibranchs belong to phylum
Ans. (c) : In modern oceans the removal of dissolved
(a) Protozoa (b) Mollusca
silica is principally carried out by Diatoms. Diatoms
(c) Arthropoda (d) Bryozoa
have cell wall made of Silica. Each species has a
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
distinct pattern of tiny holes in the cell wall through
@

which they absorb nutrients and get rid of Silica waste. Ans. (b) : Lamellibranch is any marine or freshwater
• Other types of diatoms available are also used for bivalve Mollusk of the class Lamellibranchia or Bivalve
ap

removal of various dissolved metals like Mercury and includes the clamps, Scallops and oysters. It belongs to
Aluminum. phylum Mollusca.
na

Miscellaneous 480 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
The different phylum of animal kingdom are - 269. Nilgiris and Rajmahal mountains are classified
1. Porifera 6. Arthropoda as _________ .
2. Coelenterata 7. Mollusca (a) Fold mountains
3. Platyhelminthes 8. Eshinodermata (b) Block mountains
(c) Volcanic mountains
4. Nemotada 9. Hemichordata
(d) Residual or dissected mountains
5. Annelida 10. Chordata
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
266. Which man is known as Homosapiens?
Ans. (d) : Nilgiri mountain ranges lies in Tamil Nadu
(a) Sinanthropus (b) Cro-Magnon which is a part of western ghats. The Rajmahal Hills are
(c) Neanderthal (d) Ramapithecus located in the Santhal paragana division of Jharkhand.
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 • Both Nilgiri and Rajmahal Hills are an example of
Ans. (b) : The Earliest form of modern human in Residual or dissected mountains.
Europe is known as Cro-Magnon. In 1868 Cro-Magnon • A Residual or dissected mountain are those that have
1 was among the first fossils to be recognized as been eroded by erosion agents such as wind rain, snow
belonging to our own species i.e. Homosapiens. They and running water.
lived inEurope around 40000 years ago. • Other Residual mountains in India are Nallamala hills,
• Sinanthropus is a fossil that includes Peking man and Mahendragiri hills, the Aravali, the Javadi etc.
is often considered different from Homosapiens. 270. The Elephas is
• Neanderthals are an extinct species of archaic humans (a) African elephant (b) Ethopian elephant
who lived in Eurasia about 40000 years ago. (c) Indian elephant (d) Australian elephant
Measurement of our braincase and pelvic shape can HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
reliably separate a modern human from a Neanderthal. Ans. (c) : The Asian Elephant or Elephas maximum is
• Ramapithecus is an extinct primate considered to be a only living species of genus Elephas and is found in
possible human ancestor. Various parts of Indian Subcontinent, South-east Asia,
Nepal.
267. "Witwatersrand" (S. Africa) is famous for
(a) Copper Deposit 271. _________river does not make a delta.
(a) Mahanadi (b) Godavari
(b) Sedimentary Mn and Fe deposit
(c) Tapti (d) Ganga
(c) Sedimentary Uranium Deposit
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(d) Coal deposits
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 Ans. (c) : • Deltas are wetlands that forms when river
empty their water and sediment into another water
Ans. (c) : Witwatersrand of South Africa is famous for body. It is formed by west flowing river. In India deltas
Uranium and gold untill 1964 most of Uranium was are formed by following rivers - Gangas, Godavari,
exported to the US and to Britain but later South Africa Kaveri, Mahanadi, Krishna etc.
began to construct its own nuclear program. It also
• Estuary are similar to delta and are formed by east
holds world's largest known Gold Reserve.
flowing river. In India estuary are formed by Narmada,
• The Witwatersrand is a 56 kilometer long, north Periyar and Tapti.
facing scarp in South Africa. Its name means white
272. Name the Super Continent to which all of the
water. Ridge.
land mass on earth was joined approximately
268. Under intense pressure and high temperature, 600 million years ago?
hydrogen atoms combine to form helium. This (a) Laurasia (b) Nebula
process is called (c) Pangaea (d) Gondwana Land
(a) Nuclear fusion (b) Nuclear fission
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(c) Metamorphism (d) Convection
Ans. (c) :
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
Ans. (a) : • Nuclear fusion is a process in which atomic
nuclei collide at extremely high temperature and
pressure, forming a new, heavier nucleus and releasing
energy in the process. In stars like sun the hydrogen
atom fuses to form helium and thus generates energy.
• In Nuclear fusion the heavy nucleus breaks in two
@

fragments and further into four and so on.

• Around 600 million years ago there was a Giant mass
• Metamorphism is the transformation of existing rock known as Pangaea which broke into two other mass
ap

with a different mineral composition or texture. known as Laurasia and Gondwana separated by
• Convection is a means of transfer of heat by fluid. Tethys, sea.
na

Miscellaneous 481 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
273. Which of the following regions is known as the Ans. (a) : Rate of temperature change with respect to
'carbon sink' of the globe? increasing depth in earth’s interior is geothermal
(a) Antarctica (b) Savanna gradient.
(c) N.W. Europe (d) Tropical rainforest Geothermal gradient in Indian coalfields is about
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 1°C/38 m.
Ans. (d) : A carbon sink is a reservoir of carbon that 278. The Raj Mahal Mine Disaster of 2016 was due
holds it for indefinite period and thereby removes to
carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. It may be natural (a) Blasting (b) Fire
or artificial. (c) Explosion of Gas (d) Strata failure
• Tropical rainforests is known as the carbon sink of the NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
globe. It covers 6% of earth surface.
Ans. (d) : Raj Mahal is a coalmine in Godda district of
• Oceans are also the largest carbon sink apart from Jharkhand. This incident occurs due to strata failure
surface area. where huge dump of extracted earth subsided by 35
• Kyoto protocol was an international agreement that meters, bringing down about 9.5 million cubic meters of
aimed to reduce carbon dioxide emissions and GHGs in mud and sand on those working at the site.
atmosphere.
279. Coal is utilized mainly for in India
274. Who among the following expounded the (a) Fuel for domestic purpose
concept that "the present is the key to the
(b) For extracting Oil
past"?
(c) For Power Generation
(a) Buffon (b) Lyell
(d) For farming
(c) Hutton (d) Play fair
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
Ans. (c) : Coal in india is mainly utilized for power
Ans. (c) : • The statement "the present is the key to the
generation. It has domestic purposes in earlier times too.
past" was made by James Hutton, which is known as
It was also used in machining process by blacksmith in
uniformitarianism.
older times.
• Charles Lyell's put forward the principle of Geology
and introduced the famous maxim, "the present is the 280. You may recognize ______ by its distinctive
key to the past." Rotten egg odour
(a) Hydrogen (b) Carbon onoxide
275. The convergence of two continental plates
would produce (c) Carbon dioxide (d) Hydrogen sulphide
(a) Island arcs (b) rift vafleys NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
(c) folded mountains (d) trenches Ans. (d) : Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) is produced as a
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 result of the microbial breakdown of organic materials
in the absence of oxygen. It is colorless , flammable,
Ans. (c) : When two continental plates converge they
produce folded mountains. Their smarting applies thrust poisonous and corrosive. It has rotten egg smell.
on each other and they bring lot of sediments to produce 281. Hypothesis for sea floor spreading was first
a peak like structure. formulated by :
• Himalayan is an example of young fold mountains (a) J. Tuzo Wilson
which was created by convergence of Indian and (b) Fred Vine-Drummond Mathews
Eurasian plate. (c) Harry Hess
276. Deep sea trenches are features of (d) D. Tozfer
(a) Indian Ocean (b) Atlantic Ocean APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
(c) Arctic Ocean (d) Pacific Ocean Ans. (c) : Sea-floor spreading is the mechanism by
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017 which new oceanic lithosphere is created at and moves
Ans. (d) : Deep sea trenches or oceanic trenches are away from divergent plate boundaries.
long narrow topographic depressions on the ocean floor. • The revolutionary sea-floor spreading hypothesis
They are generally a feature of western pacific ocean as improved and subsumed the continental drift hypothesis
out of 50,000 km oceanic trenches mostly are found and rapidly culminated in what is now known as plate
there. Generally they are around 3 to 4 km below the tectonic theory.
surrounding ocean level.
• First hypothesized by Harry Hess in 1960, in a paper
• The greatest ocean depth measured is the challenger (1962) he considered so speculative he called it "an
deep of the Mariana Trench at a depth of 11,034 m. essay in geapoetry,".
277. Geothermal gradient in Indian Coalfields is • It offered a simple explanation for many problems
@

about with the prevailing paradigm that the Earth was a

(a) 1°c/38m (b) 10°c/38m mostly static, slowly contracting planet, with fixed
ap

(c) 100°c/38 m (d) –1°c/38 m continents and old ocean basins, and no large-scale
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 horizontal displacement.
na

Miscellaneous 482 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
282. The strongest among Himalayan Orogeny is: • Dunes can also formed by strong current beneath the
(a) Kirthar Orogeny water.
(b) Siwalik Orogeny • Underwater dunes is called subaqueous dunes, are
(c) Sirmurian Orogeny common in the ocean, rivers and canals.
(d) Karakoram Orogeny • Star dunes have pointed ridges and slipfaces on at
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 least three sides.
• Star dunes develop where winds come from many
Ans. (c) :
different directions.
283. ‘‘Principle of Uniformitarianism’’ was • The sand dunes of the Sahara Desert ergs are star
enunciated by : dunes.
(a) Hutton (b) Lyell
286. Koduritic manganese are well developed in :
(c) Davis (d) Ashley
(a) Mysore-South Bombay
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (b) Balaghat-Nagpur belt
Ans. (a) : The principle of uniformitarianism was (c) Singhbhum-Keonjhar belt
enunciated by James Hutton, often regarded as the (d) Eastern Ghats
father of mordern geology. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
• The principle of uniformitarianism states that the Ans. (d) : Manganese deposits of Vizianagaram district,
geologic processes observed today on earth, such as Andhra Pradesh occur as conformable bonds in the
erosion, deposition, and uplift, have been operating Khondalite Group of rocks of Eastern Ghats complex.
throughout earth's history in a relatively uniform and • The dominant manganese are minerals include
continuous manner. cryptomelane, psilomelane, pyrolusite, hausmannite,
284. In deltaic structure the top set bed consists of : bixibyite and used etc.
(a) Coarse materials • Quartz, orthoclase, garnet, Kaolinite, hematite and
(b) Fine materials mica are the associated gangue minerals.
(c) Coarse and fine materials • Presence of high silica and dominance of CaO over
(d) Gravel MgO, K2O over Na2O, Ni over CO, Zn and Cu over Pb
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 are the elemental characteristics o the deposit.
Ans. (c) : A deltaic structure is a landform that is • Discrete apatite grains are identified in quartz and
formed at the mouth of a river, where the river flows orthoclase.
into an ocean, sea, estuary, lake or reservoir 287. Abundance of trilobites is in :
• Deltas are formed from the deposition of the (a) Archaen (b) Cretaceous
sediment (Coarse and fine grained materials) carried by (c) Cambrian (d) Eocene
the river as the flow leaves the mouth of the river. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
• Over long periods of time, this deposition builds the Ans. (c) : Trilobites are a type of extinct arthropod.
characteristic geographic pattern of a river delta. • Tri-lob-ite means three-part-body in Latin.
• River deltas form when a river carrying sediment • Trilobite were covered with an exoskeleton.
reaches either:- • Trilobite were the first group of animals in the animal
(1) a body of standing in water, such as a lake, ocean or kingdom to develop complex eyes.
reservoir. • Trilobite were also one of the first organisms to
(2) another river that cannot remove the sediment develop multiple appendages for moving around.
quickly enough to stop delta formation. • The oldest trilobite fossils are from the early
(3) an inland region where the water spreads out and Cambrian period (about 550 million years age). The
deposits sediments. youngest are from the Permian period (about 250
285. Which of the following dunes are having million years ago).
multiple slip faces? • Trilobite were most numerous and abundant at the end
(a) Dome dunes (b) Barchans of the Cambrian period (about 500 million year ago).
(c) Blowouts (d) Star dunes 288. Blue-green algae belong to :
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (a) lycophytes (b) pteridophytes
Ans. (d) : Dune is a mound of sand this is formed by (c) pterophytes (d) cyanobacteria
the wind, usually along the beach or in a desert. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
• Dunes form when wind blows sand into a sheltered Ans. (d) : Blue-green algae are actually types of
@

area behind an obstacle. bacteria known as Cyanobacteria.

• A collection of dunes is called a dune belt or dune • That belong to the kingdom containing organisms that
ap

field. are devoid of a true nucleus and other membrane-bound

• A large dune field is called erg. organelles.
na

Miscellaneous 483 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Cyanobacteria, often known as blue-green algae, are a • The Nallamalai Group consists of the lower sandstone
vast group of prokaryotic organisms that share physical dominated Bairenkonda Quartzite and the upper
and ecological traits with eukaryotic algae. Cumbum formation, consisting mainly of shales with
• Blue-green pigment phycocyanin which along with sandstone and dolomite intercalations.
chlorophyll a gives them a blue-green appearance. • This then grades into plane-laminated shale
289. Who among the following is considered as the interstratified with glauconitic sandstone.
father of paleontology? • The Nallamalai fold belt (NFB) is the eastern part of
(a) James Hutton (b) Georges Cuvier the Cuddapah basin has folded and faulted
(c) William Smith (d) Charles Lyell metasedimentary rocks constituting the Nallamalai
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 Group.
Ans. (b) : Georges Cuvier (1769-1832), often called the • An oolitic ironstone facies occurs within the
founder of paleontology (through he never used that ferruginous quartzite.
word), described his findings as those of a 'new sort of 293. The Jovian planets are ------,-----,-----and------.
antiquary': one who collected bones and fossils rather (a) Mercury; Venus; Earth; Mars
than mosaics and coins. (b) Earth; Mars; Jupiter; Saturn
• Paleontology first flowered because Cuvier had (c) Saturn; Uranus; Neptune; Pluto
convinced his fellow naturalists that entire species (d) Jupiter; Saturn; Uranus; Neptune
really had become extinct. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
• Once exploration and empire carried European Ans. (d) : The four Jovian planets are Jupiter, Saturn,
science to the corners of the Earth, the learned no longer Uranus and Neptune.
imagined that plesiosaurs and giant sloths inhabited
terra incognita, but recognized that they had completely • The Jovian planets occupy orbits in the outer solar
died out-ancient and modern existence had parted system at distances ranging from 5 (Jupiter) to 30
company and paleontology was born. (Neptune) times the Earth's distance from the Sun.
290. The earliest known echinoid is : • The Jovian planets do not have solid surfaces.
(a) Echinocory (b) Clypeastrina • Instead, they are composed primarily of hydrogen and
(c) Miocidais (d) Bothriocidaris helium, with traces of methane, ammonia, water and
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 other gases in their atmosphere.
Ans. (d) : The earliest known echinoid is • The Jovian planets also are distinctive for having
Bothriocidaris. many moons.
291. Which of the following is the CORRECT order • The Jovian planets colors differ due to their
of superposition? temperature, composition, and cloud height.
(a) Jabalpur Group-Rajmahal Group-Panchet 294. On the basis of proven commercial
Group-Damuda Group productivity of hydrocarbon, the largest onland
(b) Panchet Group-Jabalpur Group-Rajmahal sedimentary basin (in terms of area) is :
Group-Damuda Group (a) Cauvery Basin
(c) Rajmahal Group-Panchet Group-Jabalpur (b) Cambay Basin
Group-Damuda Group (c) Rajasthan Basin
(d) Damuda Group-Rajmahal Group-Panchet (d) Assam-Arakan Basin
Group –Jabalpur Group
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (c) : India has 26 sedimentary basins covering an
Ans. (a) : The correct order of superposition is:-
area of 3.36 million square kilometers.
Jabalpur Group
• The sedimentary basin of India onland and offshore
↓
upto the 400m isobath, onland an aerial extent of about
Rajmahal Group
2.04 million sq. km.
↓
Panchet Group • In the deepwater beyond the 400m isobath, the
sedimentary area has been estimated to be about 132
↓
million square kilometers.
Damuda Group
• Categories of Indian sedimentary basin
292. Bairenkonda Quartzites belong to :
(1) Category I (7 basin)
(a) Cheyair series (b) Nallamalai series
(c) Papagni series (d) Kistna series (2) Category II (5 basin)
(3) Category III (14 basin)
@

APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020

Category I: Krishna-Godavari, Mumbai offshore,
Ans. (b) : Bairenkonda Quartizite shows coarse to
Assam Shelf, Rajasthan, Cauvery, Assam-Arakan Fold
ap

pebbly through cross-stratified and rippled sandstones

overlain by a hummocky cross-stratified sand stone- belt and Combay.
silitstone • Rajasthan is the largest onland sedimentary basin.
na

Miscellaneous 484 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
295. Which of the following systems bears vast (c) Chinji > Kamlial > Dhok Pathan > Tatrot >
quantities of diamond? Pinjor > Nagri
(a) Vindhyan (b) Cudappah (d) Kamlial > Chinji > Dhok Pathan > Tatrot >
(c) Siwalik (d) Gondwana Pinjor > Nagri
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (a) : This system derives its name from the great Ans. (a) : The Boulder Conglomerate formation the
Vindhyan mountains. youngest subdivision of the Siwalik Group is mainly a
• The system comprises of ancient sedimentary rocks conglomerate dominated facies and has not yielded
(4000m thick) superimposed on the Archean loase. fossils.
• Large area of this belt is covered by the Deccan trap. • Thus the Pinjor Fauna marks the end of the Siwalik
• The Vindhayan system have diamond bearing regions funnel succession that began with the Kamlial fauna in
from which Panner and Golconda diamonds have been the early Miocene, about 18 million years ago.
mined. • Pilgrim recognised the type area of Kamlial Chini
• It is devoid of metalliferous minerals but provides Nagar, Dhok pattan and Tatrot faunas in the Potwar
large quantities of durable stones, ornamental stones, Plateau, Pakistan whereas type areas of the Pinjor fauna
limestone, pure glass making sand etc. and Boulder conglomerates where recognized by him in
the Siwalik hills near Chandigarh, India.
296. Which is the largest basin in the Indian
Peninsular Shield? 299. Which of the following groups is NOT typical
of the Siwaliks of India?
(a) Cudappah basin (b) Kaladgi basin
(a) ungulates, proboscidians, carnivores,
(c) Chhattisgarh basin (d) Vindhyan basin
primates, rodents
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
(b) ungulates, proboscidians, carnivores,
Ans. (d) : The Vindhyan supergroup represents the primates, dinosaurs
largest proterozoic sedimentary basin fill in the Indian (c) ungulates, proboscidians, carnivores,
shield. primates, birds, fish
• The Vindhyan basin is exposed over about 60000 (d) ungulates, proboscidians, carnivores,
km2. primates, reptiles
• It along with several other basins such as Cuddapah, APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Chhattisgarh etc.
Ans. (b) : The term 'Siwalik' was introduced by Courtly
• The Vindhyan Basin, Containing more than 5000m in 1832 to designate the sub-Himalayan hill ranges
thick sequence of sandstones, shales and limestones, occurring between the rivers Ganga and Yamuna which
occupies an area of about 162000 sq. km. of which yielded the memorable vertebrate fossils around
about 80,000 sq. km. extends into the Ganga Valley in Haridwar.
the north and northeast beneath the sediment of the • Ungulates, proboscidians, carnivores, primates,
Himalayan foredeep. dinosaurs is group is typical of Siwaliks of India.
297. Which of the following series contains ‘Golden • Siwaliks have been folded and over thrust to the south
Oolite’? by the lower Tertiary formations, which in turn are
(a) Patcham (b) Chari thrust over by the pre-Territories.
(c) Umia (d) Katrol 300. Which model applies deductive reasoning of
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 mathematical theory to solve a model?
Ans. (b) : The Golden Oolite is basically medium (a) Static model (b) Analytical model
grained, Oolite limestone that contains golden-colored (c) Dynamic Model (d) Numerical Model
Ooliths. Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
• This lower Callovian golden Oolite shows greater Ans. (b) : An analytical model is primarily quantitative
enrichment of iron relative to the younger Dhosa Oolite or computational in nature and represent the system in
of oxfrodian age. terms of a set of mathematical equations that specify
• Chari series contains Golden Oolite. Parametric relationships and their associated parameter
• Chari formation is the older patcham formations is values as a function of time space and other system
partially exposed at the core. Parameters.
• The Chari formation has been subdivided into four 301. Burning of methane with a blue flame
regionally correlatable members. producing C & D gas. C and D are given by:
298. Which of the following is in the CORRECT (a) CO2 + H2O (b) CO2 + CH4
order (from older to youger)? (c) CO2 + CO (d) CO2 + N2
@

(a) Kamlial > Chinji > Nagri > Dhok Pathan > Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
Tatrot > Pinjor Ans. (a) : Burning of methane with a blue flame
ap

(b) Chinji > Kamlial > Nagri > Dhok Pathan > producing C & D gas. C and D are given by CO2 + H2O
Tatrot > Pinjor methane gas (CH4) is highly flammable.
na

Miscellaneous 485 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
It burns by reacting with oxygen to give a clean blue • Due to Isostatic mass adjustment the mohorovic
flame. discontinuity below the Himalayan orogen is at a depth
During this reaction carbon dioxide (CO2) and oxygen greater than that below the Indian craton.
(O2) gases are released. 304. The Environmental System that is not affected
CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2 (g) + 2H2O(g) + heat by human interference is known as:
• Methane (CH4) is a hydrocarbon known as natural (a) Natural System (b) Ecosystem
gas. (c) Controlled System (d) Closed system
(e) Open system
• Any hydrocarbon when burned in presence of air
produces water and carbon dioxide (CO2). CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
• When natural gas burns, a high temperature blue Ans. (a) : • The Environmental system that is not
flame is produced and complete combustion takes place. affected by human interference is known as natural
system.
302. In the Himalayan mountain belt one can find
305. The study of history of an organism from its
abundant Options:
death to the pre-burial stage is known as:
(a) normal faults and folds
(a) Ecology (b) Diagenesis
(b) thrusts and folds (c) Morphogenesis (d) Biostratinomy
(c) strike-slip faults and bending of rock strata (e) Palynology
(d) gravity-induced sag structures CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(e) only strike-slip faults
Ans. (d) : • Biostratinomy- It is the study of the
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 processes that take place after an organism dies but
Ans. (b) : • The Himalayas are the youngest mountains before its final burial. It is considered to be a subsection
and structurally folded mountains. The Himalayas run of science of taphonomy, along with necrology (The
along the Northern Border of India. The Attitudinal study of the death of an organism) and diagenesis (the
Variations are greater in the eastern part than in the changes that take place after final burial).
Western Part. • Ecology- It is the study of organisms, the environment
• Folded Mountains- and how the organisms interact with each other and
their environment. It studied at various level, such as
(i) Mountains formed by the folding of rock layers.
organism, population, community, biosphere and
(ii) Most are formed at convergent boundaries where ecosystem.
continents have collided. • Diagensis- It is "the sum of all chemical, physical and
(iii) They form when rock layers are squeezed together biologic changes undergoes by sediment after its initial
and pushed upward. deposition, and during and after its lithification,
• The Himalayas are still rising by more than 1 cm per exclusive of surficial alternation (weathering) and
year as India continues to move north wards into Asia, metamorphism.
which explains the occurrence of shallow focus • Morphogenesis- The formation of land forms or other
earthquake in the region today. structure.
303. The Mohorovicic discontinuity below the 306. Formina are the holes
Himalayan orogen is at a depth greater than (a) in the wall of the animals's test
that below the Indian Craton. This is because (b) In the septa that allows communication
of. between chambers
(a) isostatic mass adjustment (c) In the marginal cord that forms spiral lamina
(b) lateral density variation in Nummulites
(c) upwelling material below the Indian craton. (d) That forms the aperture in the test
(d) less tectonic activity in the Himalayan region. (e) In the collumella
(e) more tectonic activity in the Indian craton. CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 Ans. (b) : • Foramen (Plural : Foramina) is an opening
Ans. (a) : • Moho- Also called the Mohorovicic inside the body that allows key structures to connect
discontinuity. The surface or discontinuity that one part of the body to another.
separates the crust from the mantle. The Moho is at a • The skull bones that contain foramina includes the
depth of 5-10 km beneath the ocean floor and about 35 frontal, ethmoid, sphenoid, maxilla, palatine, temporal
km below the continents (but down the 60 km below and occipital.
mountains). • There are 21 foramina in the human skull.
@

• Mohorovicic boundary between the earth's crust and • It is an open hole that is present in extant or extinct
the upper mantle existed in which the speed of amniotes. Foramina inside the body of animals typically
ap

earthquake waves become very rapid this region is now allow muscles, veins or other structure to connect one
called the Mohorovicic discontinuity. part of the body with another.
na

Miscellaneous 486 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
307. Oceanic waters up to 100 m are dominated by: 311. Some of the studies carried out show that the
(a) Cibicides- like forms Glacial maxima in Himalaya
(b) Agglutinated forms (a) Has been synchronous throughout its
(c) Spinose planktic forms geographical extent
(d) Porellaneous forms (b) Preceded by about 40,000 years as compared
to global maxima
(e) Nummulitic- like forms
(c) Lagged by about 40,000 years as compared to
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 global maxima
Ans. (c) : • Planktonic forms are exclusively marine, (d) Has been similar to global maxima
open ocean, single called, eukaryotic protists that (e) Has been similar to Himalayan maxima
secrete a multi-chambered calcitic shell. CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
• The group comprises 40-50 living morph species, but Ans. (b) : • Some of the studies carried out that Glacial
the actual number of genetically different forms is maxima in Himalaya preceded by about 40,000 years as
probably much highs. compared to global maxima.
• They inhabit all latitudes, chiefly above 100m water 312. Between crossed Polars, a colourless mineral
depth. Planktonic forms are very important in the show I order grey interference colours, but is
biogeochemistry of calcite in the ocean. not very distinct in plane polarised lights. The
308. The age of the marine transgression of Cauvery refractive index of the mineral should be
basin, Tamil Nadu is: around:
(a) Cenomanian (b) Maastrichtian (a) 1.0082 (b) 1.2495
(c) Danian (d) Sarmatian (c) 1.5356 (d) 1.7221
(e) Vendian (e) 1.7619
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
Ans. (a) : • Cenomanian age of the marine Ans. (c) : • Between cross polars, a colourless mineral
transgression of Cauvery basin in Tamilnadu. show I order grey interference colours, but is not very
distinct in plane polarised light. The Refractive index of
• The bhuvanagiri formation is developed mostly in the the mineral should be 1.5356 (around).
northern and central parts of the basin. The formation is
Predominantly sandstone with minor claystone and C
Refractive index (n) =
shale. A cenomanian-Turonian age can be assigned to V
this formation. Where C = speed o light
309. Which of the following geomorphic feature V = phase velocity of light
suggest regional uplift during the Quaternary? 313. Olduvai-magnetic event is marked by the first
(a) Lateral moraines (b) Paired terraces appearance of mean on the globe and is
(c) Recessional moraines (d) Unpaired terraces represented in
(e) Hanging valley (a) Gilbert Epoch (b) Matuyama Epoch
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 (c) Gauss Epoch (d) Brunhes Epoch
(e) Okoyama Epoch
Ans. (b) : • The river terraces way occur at the same
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
elevation on either side of the rivers in which case they
are called paired terraces. Paired terraces are caused by Ans. (b) : • Olduvai-magnetic event is marked by first
river rejuvenation. appearance of mean on the globe and is represented in
Matuyama Epoch.
• Unpaired terraces- It occurs when either a stream or
river encounters material on one side that resists 314. The doctrine of Uniformitraianism was given
erosion, leaving a single terrace with no corresponding by
terrace on the resistant side. (a) Nicholas Steno (b) James Hutton
310. Which of the following dating technique helps (c) William Smith (d) Arthur Holmes
in establishing the chronology of glaciations: (e) Charles
(a) Potassium/ Argon CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
(b) Rubidium/ Strontium Ans. (b) : • Uniformitraianism, in geology, the doctrine
(c) Uranium/ Lead suggesting that earth's geologic processes acted in the
same manner and with essentially the same intensity in
(d) Optically Simulated Luminiscence
the past as they do in the present and that such
(e) Strontium/ Strontium uniformity is sufficient to account for all geologic
@

CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 change.

Ans. (d) : • OSL (optically stimulated luminescence)- • James Hutton wrote theory of earth about the
ap

OSL is used on glacial land forms that contains sand, processes that we observe (erosion and deposition)
such as sandur or sediments in a glacial streams. remain uniform over time.
na

Miscellaneous 487 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
315. Baikal lake has formed due to the process of Ans. (a) : • Ecosystem is an ecological community
(a) Rifting (b) Glaciation comprised of Biological physical and chemical
(c) Solution activity (d) Meteoritic impact components, considered as a unit.
(e) Volcanic activity • Ecosystem science is the study of inter-relationships
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 among the living organisms, physical features, bio-
Ans. (a) : • Many lakes have formed as a result of chemical processes, natural phenomena and human
tectonic movement of earth's crust. Lake Baikal located activities in ecological communities.
in eastern Russia, formed in the Baikal Rift of a 320. A resistor of 5 is connected in series with a
Siberian platform. parallel combination of 6 and 3. Find the
• A rift valley is a lowland region that forms where supply current taken from a 35V DC source.
earth's tectonic plates move apart or rift. Rift valleys are (a) 4A (b) 6A
found both on land and at the bottom of the ocean, (c) 7A (d) 5A
where they are created by the process of seafloor
spreading. MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
316. Geostationary satellites are launched in an Ans. (d) : Resistor 6 and 3 are in parallel combination
orbit at a distance of so
(a) 32000km (b) 34000km 1 1 1 3
= + =
(c) 36000km (d) 38000km R eq 6 3 6
(e) 40000km
Req = 2
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
According to question 5 is connected in series with 2.
Ans. (c) : • Geostationary satellites are placed into orbit R=2+5=7
at a distance of around 35,800 km from the earth's
surface. We know that
• They rotate in the same direction as the earth and one V = IR
revolution of such satellites is the same as one day on 35 = I × 7
earth. This means that, as seen from earth, these I = 5A
satellites will appear to be at the same spot. Throughout.
Hence the name "geostationary satellites. 321. Energy is required for the movement of charge
from one point to another. In order to move
• These satellites are used as communication satellite
electrons along a conductor, some amount of
and for weather based applications.
work is required. The work required must be
317. "Pixel" stands for supplied by a force provided by a battery or a
(a) Picture element (b) Photo element similar device which is called as _______ .
(c) Picture elevation (d) Photo elevation (a) Electrostatic force (b) Electromotive force
(e) Photo enhancement (c) Centrifugal force (d) Capacitance
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
Ans. (a) : • Pixel stands for "picture element". A pixel
Ans. (b) : • Energy is required for the movement of
is a single point in a picture. On the monitor of a
computer, a pixel is usually a square. Every pixel has a charge from one point to another. In order to move
color and all the pixel together are the picture. electrons along a conductor, some amount of work is
required. The work required must be supplied by a force
318. Another name for Seismic sea waves is
provided by a battery or a similar device which is called
(a) Typhoon (b) Tsunami
as electromotive force.
(c) Current (d) Cyclone
(e) Hurricane • Electrostatic force are attractive or repulsive forces
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 between particles that are caused by their electric
charges.
Ans. (b) : • A tsunami is an oceanic gravity wave
generated by submarine or coastal geological processes • Centrifugal force the apparent force that is felt by an
such as earthquakes landslides or volcanic eruptions. object moving in a curved path that acts outwardly
Most tsunami are caused by large shallow earthquake away from the centre of rotation.
along subduction zones. 322. Which of the following is the first generation
• Tsunami is a Japanese word meaning 'harbor wave' powered support?
and is sometimes called seismic sea waver. (a) Frame (b) Shield
319. Ecosystem is the study of (c) Chock field (d) Chock
(a) Biological and Physical systems MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
(b) Biological system Ans. (a) : Frame is the first generation powered
@

(c) Physical system support. The function of powered support are to control
(d) Chemical system strata deformation, fracture, and movement around the
ap

(e) Geological system coal face to maintain safe and coal producing working
CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014 environment.
na

Miscellaneous 488 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
323. The full form of SSR is : 327. The amount of coal al ejected in i a bump may
(a) Safari support of Roof range from _________ .
(b) Systematic Support Rule (a) 2000 tons (b) 2500 tons
(c) Solid Support Rating (c) 1500 tons (d) 3000 tons
(d) Steel Support Recovers MP Sub Engineer MiningM -08.07.2017
MP Sub Engineer
ngineer Min
Mining-08.07.2017 Ans. (c) : The amount of coal ejected in a bump may
Ans. (b) : The full form of SSR is systesystematic support range from 1500 tonns.
rule. 328. What is the unit of current?
The setting of timber or steell supports reg
regularly at fixed (a) Ampere (b) Coulomb
intervals irrespective of condition
dition of ro
roof & sides; a (c) Hp (d) Ohms
support in accordance with a system spe specified in rules MP Sub Engineer MiningM -08.07.2017
made by manager of mine.
Ans. (a)
324. The expand form of LOX is : Unit of current is ampere
(a) Lithium Oxygen Explosive Unit of charge iss coulomb
(b) Lithium of Explosive Unit of power is HP
(c) Liquid of Explosive Unit of resistancee is ohms
(d) Liquid Oxygen Explosive 1 ampere of current represents
sents 1 Coulomb
Coulo of electrical
MP Sub Engineer Min Mining-08.07.2017 charge (6.24 × 1018 charge rge carrier) moving past a
Ans. (d) : LOX – Liquid Oxygen ygen Explosi
Explosive. specific point in one second.
Liquid oxygen explosive in ann explosive material which 329. The rate of flow of charge is known as
is a mixture of liquid oxygen with suitabl
suitable fuel, such as __________ .
carbon or an organic chemical, emical, wowood meal, or (a) resistance (b) Capacitance
Aluminium powder or sponge. (c) Electric current (d) Voltage
It is a class of sprengel explosives. MP Sub Engineer MiningM -08.07.2017
325. The statement algebraic raic sum of currents at a Ans. (c) : Electric current ent is a stream
str of charged
node is zero is given by : particles, such as electronss or ions, moving
mo through an
(a) Kirchoff's current law electrical conductor or space.ce. It is measured
mea as the net
(b) Kirchoff's voltage law rate of flow of electric charge
rge through a surface or into
(c) Ohm's law a control volume.
(d) Fleming's rule The rate of flow of charge is known as electric current.
MP Sub Engineer
ngineer Min
Mining-08.07.2017 dQ
Ans. (a) : Kirchoff's currentt law states that the total =I
dt
current entering a junction orr a node equequals the charge
leaving the node as no charge is lost- 330. What is the unit of charge?
(a) Ampere (b) Coulomb
(c) Hp (d) Ohms
MP Sub Engineer MiningM -08.07.2017
Ans. (b) : “Electric charge rge is property
proper of subatomic
particles that causes it to o experience a force. When
placed in an electric and magnetic
agnetic field”.
field
• Electric charges aree two types: type Positive and
Negative commonly carried by charge carriers
I1+I2+I3–I4–I5 = 0 proton and electrons.
326. The characteristic feature ture of a fau
fault is such that • Coloumb is the unit off electric charge
cha
the ends of the broken en strata ov overlap and the Q=I×t
seam is duplicated alonglong the linline of the fault.
where = Q = electric charge
Identify its type.
I = electric current
(a) Drift (b) Cross-cut
t = time
(c) Reversed fault (d) Norm
Normal fault
MP Sub Engineer
ngineer Min
Mining-08.07.2017 331. World's largest 'robot', a coal dragline
featuring automated d loading and
an unloading has
Ans. (c) : The characteristicc feature of a fault is such
that the ends of the broken strata
trata overlap and the seam the capacity of ______.
is duplicated along the line off the fault is rreversed fault. (a) 2000t
@

Normal fault :– This is the most commocommon type of fault. (b) None of the other er options
It forms when rocks above an inclined fracture plane (c) 4000t
ap

move downward, sliding alone one the rock on the other (d) 3500t
side of the fracture. CIL MTM Mining-2017
na

Miscellaneous 489 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): The world's largest "robot" a 3500 tonne Ans. (d) : The face right position of telescope inverted
dragline featuring automated loading and unloading. or telescope reserved. It is also called as bubble down.
332. Maximum number of faces available for The horizontal or vertical angles are observed when the
working in a shift in a 5 heading board and vertical face of vertical circle is to the right of the
pillar development district is: observer.
(a) 12 (b) 15
337. The casing of a centrifugal pump has ______
(c) 13 (d) 10
shape.
CIL MT Mining-2017
(a) Cylindrical (b) Involute
Ans. (c) : Maximum number of faces available in a shift
(c) Conical (d) Cubical
as heading board and pillar development district is 13.
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
333. The term CMMS stands for?
(a) Comprehensive Mine Managements Systems Ans. (b) : The casing of a centrifugal pump has
(b) Computerized Maintenance Management involutes shape. The volute a centrifugal pump is the
Systems casing that receives the fluid being pumped by the fluid
(c) None of the other options impeller, maintaining the velocity of the fluid through
(d) Computerized Mine Management Systems to the diffuser. As liquid exits the impeller it has high
CIL MT Mining-2017 kinetic energy and the volute directs this flow through
Ans. (b) : The term CMMS stands for Computerized to the discharge.
Maintenance Management Systems 338. Which of the following types of instruments
A computerized maintenance management system or works on the principle of gravitational
CMMS is software that centralizes maintenance separation of larger particles from smaller
information and facilitates the processes of maintenance particles?
operation. It help optimize the utilization and (a) Elutriators (b) Cyclones
availability of physical equipment like vehicles. (c) Impactors (d) Impingerss
Machinery, communications, plant infrastructures and
other assets. MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
Also referred to as CMMS or computerized Ans. (a) : The instrument that work on the principle of
maintenance management information system. CMMS gravitational separation of larger particles from smaller
system are found in manufacturing, oil and gas particles is an " Elutriator". Elutriator are device used
production, power generation, construction, for particle size classification based on the settling
transportation and other industries where physical velocity of particles in a fluid medium under the
infrastructure is critical influence of gravity. They are commonly used to
334. Gyto attachment is used to determine: separate particles based on their size and density.
(a) Magnetic north (b) Horizontal angle 339. The fold in which the convexity is upwards is
(c) True North (d) Horizontal distance defined as-
CIL MT Mining-2017 (a) Anticline (b) Syncline
Ans. (c) : Gyro attachment is used to determine true (c) Geanticline (d) Geosyncline
north.
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
It is used to determine the orientation of true north. It is
the main instrument for orientation in mine surveying Ans. (a) : An anticline is a fold that is convex upward
and in tunnel engineering where astronomical star sights and syncline is a fold that is concave upward. An
are not visible and GPS does not work. anticlinorium is a large anticline on which minor folds
335. The number of satellites and orbital planes in a are superimposed and a synelinorium is a large syncline
GPS constellation (US system) are: on which minor folds are superimposed
(a) 24 and 6 (b) 21 and 3 340. Salaman Munro formula is used to calculate-
(c) 25 and 5 (d) 24 and 4 (a) Strength of mine pillar
CIL MT Mining-2017 (b) Bearing capacity of floor rock
Ans. (a) : The number of satellites and orbital planes in (c) Bearing capacity of roof
a GPS Constellation (us system) are 24 and 6. (d) All of these
The satellites in the GPS Constellation are planes MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
surrounding the Earth. Each plane contains four "Slots" Ans. (a) : Salaman Munro formula is used to calculate
occupied by baseline Satellites. This 24-slot strength of mine pillar. A coal pillar design formula that
arrangement ensures users can view at least six satellites predicts the strength of coal pillars based on a survey of
from virtually any point on t he planet. failed and standing coal pillars in South Africa. The
@

336. The face right position of telescope is termed- coal pillar strength is predicted from coal pillar height
and width specification combined with empirical
ap

(a) Telescope normal (b) Telescope direct

(c) Bubble up (d) Bubble down constants developed from fitting the design equation to
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 125 case studies.
na

Miscellaneous 490 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
341. Full form of PPE: 345. Which gas is synonymous to white damp?
(a) Parts per Equipment (a) CO2 (b) CO
(b) Periodic Personal Equipment (c) SO2 (d) CH4
(c) Personal protection Equipment RPSC AE-21.05.2014
(d) Personal protective Equipment Ans. (b) : Damps- Damps are the raider …. early
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 miners gave to the mixture of gases. Many of these
Ans. (d) : PPE = Personal Protective Equipment. terms are still in used today.
(i) Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)–PPE is • Most common damps
protective clothing, helmets, goggles, or other • White damp
garments or equipments designed to protect wearer’s • Black damp
body from injury or infection. • Stink damp
(ii) The hazards addressed by protective equipment • After damp
include physical, electrical, heat, chemicals, bio- • Fire damp
hazards and airborne particulate matter. White damp is a mixture of poisonous gases found in
342. Parting left between any two seams of sections coal mines and is predominantly made of carbon
in case of multi section and contiguous working monoxide (CO).
shall not be: 346. The pneumoconiosis disease to the miners is
(a) More than 9m thickness caused by _____
(b) More than 3m thickness (a) Air pollution (b) Water pollution
(c) Less than 9m thickness (c) Noise pollution (d) Excessive work
(d) Less than 3m thickness RPSC AE-21.05.2014
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 Ans. (a) : Miners are at risk of developing a lung
Ans.(d): Parting– Place or point where a division or disease are called pneumoconiosis because of their
separation occurs is called point of separation or exposure to airborne respirable dust.
divergence. 347. Which of the following is a common utilization
Parting left between any two seams or sections in case of flyash in Rajasthan?
of multi section & contiguous working shall not be less (a) In cement production
than 3m thickness. (b) In color industry
343. In which degree of mine, flame or electric (c) As binder
welding or repairing apparatus may be used (d) As filing material in mines
with written orders of Manager? RPSC AE-21.05.2014
(a) Degree I mine only Ans. (a) : It is used in concrete and cement products
(b) Degree I or Degree II road bane, metal recovery, and mineral filler among
others. Harmful effect of fly and particler are toxic air
(c) Degree I or Degree II or Degree III pollutant. They can trigger heart disease, cancer
(d) Only Degree II respiratory diseases and stroke.
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 348. The new marble policy of Rajasthan
Ans. (b) : In the case of a gassy seam of the first or Government was announced in year _____
second degree, flame or electric welding or repairing (a) 1955 (b) 1982
apparatus may be used belowground if permitted by an (c) 1994 (d) 2002
order in writing of the manager and every such order RPSC AE-21.05.2014
shall specify the person who shall be in-charge of the Ans. (d) : The mines and mineral (Development and
apparatus. Regulation) Act 1957. The new marble policy of
344. Where work of same kind is carried out by two Rajasthan government was announced in year 2002.
or more sets of persons working in different 349. In which of the following area the flaggy lime
periods of the day, each of such sets is called a: stone occurs in Rajasthan?
(a) Shift (b) Relay (a) Udaipur (b) Ajmer
(c) Shift or Relay (d) None of the above (c) Kota (d) Jalore
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 RPSC AE-21.05.2014
Ans. (b) : Shift- The term shift work refers to any work Ans. (c) : Kota stone of Kota district and yellow
schedule that falls outside the hours of 7am & 6 pm. limestone of Jaisalmer district of Rajasthan are the
Shift work can include evening, night & early morning prime limestone occurrences in India.
shifts, as well as fixed or rotating schedule. 350. The richest district of Rajasthan in terms of
@

Relay- Where work of same kind is carried out by two copper ore reserves is:
(a) Ajmer (b) Bhilwara
ap

or more sets of workers working during different

periods of day, each of such sets is called a 'group' or (c) Jhunjhunnu (d) Udaipur
''relay". RPSC AE-21.05.2014
na

Miscellaneous 491 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): Khetri is a town in the Jhunjhunu district of 356. Indian satellite CARTOSAT-2 launched by
Rajasthan. It is situated at the foothills of the Aravalli ISRO in the year :
Range. Khetri is famous for its copper mines. Khetri (a) 2007 (b) 2006
mines are owned by Hindustan copper Ltd. (c) 2012 (d) 2016
351. The unit of intensity of illumination is: OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(a) Candle power (b) Watt Ans. (a) : CARTOSAT-2 is an Earth observation
(c) Ampere (d) Lux satellite in a sun-synchronous orbit and the second of
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 the cartosat series of satellites. The satellite was built,
launched and maintained (ISRO) weighing around 680
Ans. (d) : kg at launch.
• Lux (lx) is basically the unit of illumination and is In its tenth flight conducted from Satish Dhawan space
equal to one lumen per square metre centre (SDSC) from, Sriharikota, an January 10, 2007,
• One Lux is equal to 0.0929 ft. candles and this is the ISRO's Polar Satellite Launch Vchicle, PSLV-C7
metric equivalent of foot-candles. Successfully launched four satellite-India's
• It is also known as a metre candle. CARTOSAT-2 and space capsule Recovery
• Watt, unit of power in the SI unit. Experiment (SRE-1) Indonesia's LAPAN- TUBSAT
and Argentina's PEHUENSAI-1 into a 635 km high
• The Ampere (A), is the unit of electric current, in
polar orbit.
the SI System.
Note- Official answer is option (b)
• Candela power is a unit of measurement for
luminous intensity. 357. Wavelength of ratio wave is :
(a) > 20 cm (b) between 10-30
• A light meter can be used to measure candela
power. (c) > 30 cm (d) > 50 cm
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
352. If the quantity of air has to be increased from
1500 m3/min to 3000 m3/min, the required Ans. (c) : It implies that the wavelength of ratio wave is
> 30 cm. Radio waves used for broadcasting and
increase in the horsepower of the fan is:
communication generally fall within this range, within
(a) 4 times (b) 6 times wavelengths typically ranging from a few centimeters to
(c) 2 times (d) 8 times several meters.
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 358. The live planet is known as :
Ans. (d) : If the quantity of air has tube increases from (a) Venus (b) Pluto
1500 m3/min to 3000 m3/min the required increase in (c) Earth (d) Mars
the horsepower of the fan is 8 times. OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
353. The permissible concentration (in mg/m3) of Ans. (c) : The live planet is known as Earth.
dust containing more than 70% silica is: 359. Gold mine in India is located at :
(a) 3.0 (b) 2.0 (a) Khetri (b) Kolar
(c) 4.0 (d) 1.0 (c) Zawar (d) Juduguda
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
Ans. (d) : The permissible concentration (in mg/m3) of Ans. (b) : Gold mine in India is located at Kolar. In
dust containing more than 70% silica is 1.0. India there are three gold areas mainly. Here are-Kolar
354. The audible range of sound is : Goldfield in Kolar district of Karnataka, Hutt Goldfield
(a) 200-1500 Hz (b) 200-1500 Hz in Raichur district of Karnataka and Rama giri
Goldfield in Anantapur district of Andhra Pradesh.
(c) 002-1500 Hz (d) 20-1500 Hz
Karnataka is the largest producer of gold in India. The
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 sate has reserves of seventeen million tonnes of gold or
Ans. (d) : The average range of audible frequencies to of fourth two kilogram of metal in the main in kolar,
which the human ear responds is usually between 20 Hz Dharwad, Hassan and Raichur districts.
to 20,000 Hz. The safe range of audible sound is 0-120 360. An example of Embankment dam is :
dB. (a) Bilaspur Dam (b) Hirakud Dam
355. Name the first Indian Satellite : (c) Sai Dam (d) Mahi Dam
(a) Rohini (b) Bhaskar OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
(c) INSAT-1 (d) Aryabhatta Ans. (b) : As per given option, Hirakud dam is example
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 of Embankment dam.
Ans. (d) : The Aryabhatta spacecraft, named after the An embankment dam, also known as an earthfill dam,
famous Indian astronomer, was India's first satellite. It
@

is a type of dam constructed primarily using compacted

was completely designed and fabricated in India and earth materials, such as soil, rock, sand, or gravel. It is
launched by a soviet Kosmas-3M rocket from Kapustin one of the most common types of dams due to its
ap

year on April 19, 1975. The Aryabhatta was built by the relative simplicity and cost-effectiveness compared to
Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO). other dam types.
na

Miscellaneous 492 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
All other dams are gravity dam. Micro-enterprise - A micro- enterprise is generally
A gravity dam is solid structure typically made of defined as a small business employing nine people or
concrete or stone masonry, constructed across a river to fewer and having a balance sheet or turnover less than a
create a reservoir on its upstream. certain amount.
The terms microenterprise and micro business have the
361. Athgarh (Odisha) is known for : same meaning, though traditionally when referring to a
(a) Cretaceous fossils small business financed by microcredit the term
(b) Cambrian fossils microenterprises is often used.
(c) Carboniferous fossils 366. The drinking water points shall not be situated
(d) Jurassic fossils within ................ of any washing place, urinal
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 or latrine.
Ans. (a) : Athgarh (Odisha) India is known for (a) 6 m (b) 15 m
Cretaceous fossils. (c) 10 m (d) 12 m
The region has a rich fossil record from the cretaceous APECET Mining Engineering-2017
period, which spanned from approximately 145 million Ans. (a) : The drinking water points shall not be
years ago to 66 million years ago. Fossils found in situated within 6 meters of any washing place, urinal or
Athgarh include various marine organisms, such as latrine.
ammonites bivalves, gastropods, and other mollusks, as All such points shall be legible marked drinking water
well as plant fassils. in a language understood by in such place and no such
These fossils provide valuable insights into the ancient point shall be situated within (six meter of any washing
marine ecosystems and the biodiversity that existed place, uninal os latrine; spittoon, open drain carring
during that time period. sullage or effluent any other source of contamination)
362. Major part of Odisha state cones under which unless a shorter distance is approved in writing by the
seismic zone? chief inspector
(a) I (b) III 367. In India a coal seam is termed as "Thick
(c) II (d) IV Seam" when its thickness is equal to or more
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 than ..................... m.
Ans. (c) : The eastern region of India, including the (a) 2.8 (b) 1.8
coastal state of Odisha is a moderately seismic-prone (c) 2.0 (d) 4.8
area under seismic zones II and III. However no major KCET Mining Engineering-2017
studies have been conducted on earth awake probability Ans. (d) : A coal seam is a dark brown or black
(EPA) and hazard assessment (EHA) in Odisha. banded deposit of coal that is visible within layers of
363. Specific gravity of the methane gas in rock.
underground coal mine • These seams are located underground and can be
(a) 0.599 (b) 0.529 mined using either deep mining or strip mining
(c) 0.623 (d) 0.553 techniques depending on their proximity to the
surface.
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
Country Thickness above which are
Ans. (d) : Methane is a lighter gas with specific gravity
known as thick seams (m)
of 0.554. Hence, methane emitted into underground coal
mine atmosphere tends to stratify in the form of China 3.5
horizontal layers nears roof level. Canada 4
364. Modern flame safety lamp can withstand an air Australia 4
velocity of ............... France 4
(a) 10 m/s (b) 11.5 m/s India 4.8
(c) 12.5 m/s (d) 14 m/s
USA 3
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
Japan 2.3
Ans. (c) : Modern flame safety lamp can withstand an
air velocity of 12.5 m/s. • In India, a coal seam is termed as thick seam when
365. Micro organization is a company with a capital its thickness is equal to or more than 4.8m.
less than 368. Pneumoconiosis is caused by
(a) 10 lakhs (b) 25 lakhs (a) Dust contain free crystalline silica
@

(c) 75 lakhs (d) 100 lakhs (b) Asbestos fibres

APECET Mining Engineering-2017 (c) Non-fibrogeneous dust
ap

Ans. (d): Micro organization is company with a capital (d) Radon

less than 100 lakhs. KCET Mining Engineering-2017
na

Miscellaneous 493 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): Pneumoconiosis is a group of diseases (a) 13 (b) 36/13
characterized by a diffuse fibrotic reaction in the lungs (c) 13/36 (d) 36/25
induced by inhalation of organic or inorganic ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
particulate matter and chemical fumes and vapors. The Ans. (b) :
pathogenesis of the fibrosis is through the release of 1 1 1
fibrogenic chemical mediators. = +
R R1 R 2
• Coal workers pneumoconiosis (CWP), commonly
known as ''black lung disease'', occurs when coal dust Given-
is inhaled. R1 = 4 unit
• Pneumoconiosis is caused by non-fibrogeneous dust. R2 = 9 unit
369. Brine sloution is used in ____________ method 1 1 1
= +
of shaft sinking. R 4 9
(a) Freezing (b) Caisson 9 + 4 13
⇒ =
(c) Piling (d) Cementation 36 36
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I 36
Ans. (a) : Freezing is the process of changing a liquid R=
13
substance into a solid. Brine solution is used in freezing
method of shaft sinking. Note- Official answer key is option (d).
Caisson- Caisson constructer is foundation used in deep 373. The working face approaching old abandoned
water or soft soil. It involves a series of large, watertight working should be stopped at a distance of –––
cylinders that are sunk in to the ground and filled with –––––– meters.
concrete. (a) 75 (b) 90
Piling- Piling is the process of driving or boring pile (c) 50 (d) 60
foundations into ground beneath a building that is under ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
construction. These piles transfer loads from the Ans. (d) : The working face approaching old
structure to the ground, helping to support it. abandoned working should be stopped at a distance of
370. Wenner method of resistivity prospecting with 60 meters.
electrodes comes under the category 374. The average operating rotational speed of
of______________. cutting drum of shearer varies from ––––––––
(a) Gravity prospecting RPM.
(b) Seismic prospecting (a) 10-20 (b) 50-60
(c) Electrical prospecting (c) 30-45 (d) 20-25
(d) Radiometric prospecting ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I Ans. (c) : The average operating rotational speed of
Ans. (c) : Electrical prospecting:- cutting drum of shearer varies from 30-45 (RPM)
The wenner method of resistivity prospecting with (Rotation per minute).
electrodes comes under the category of electrical 375. As per codes of signaling, three raps of signal
prospecting. Electrical prospecting is a geophysical tell the tubs to
method that involves measuring the electrical properties (a) Start when at rest
of subsurface materials to infer information about their (b) stop when in motion
composition and structure. The wenner method
(c) lower or haul in slowly
specifically is a technique used to measured by placing
(d) raise and haul out slowly
four equally spaced electrodes in a straight line and
passing a current between outer electros. ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
Ans. (a) : If three raps of a signal are used to
371. In Case of local fall, the overlying sandstone
communicates instructions to tubs or davits, specifically
will consume around ___________ hours to fall
to start when at rest. It means that the crew should
down after removal of supports.
initiate the operation of the tub or davit when it is in a
(a) 48-72 (b) 24-48
stationary or static position. This signal indicates that
(c) 01-24 (d) up to 1 week they should begin the intended action, such as lowering
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I the tub into the water or rising it back up, depending on
Ans. (b) : In Case of local fall, the overlying sandstone the specific context.
will consume around 24 to 48 hours fall down after 376. The single core electric cables in mines are used
@

removal of supports. for supply voltage up to

372. The resistance of two parallel paths are 4 unit (a) 66kV (b) 33kV
ap

& 9 unit. The equivalent resistance of two (c) 33-66kV (d) 1 kV

paths will be –––– units. ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
na

Miscellaneous 494 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): The single core electric cables in mines are Ans. (c) : Australia is the largest producer of iron in the
used for supply voltage up to 1 kV. world.
377. A series coupling of a Hookean and Newtonian Top 4 Iron-producing countries (2023)
results in 1. Australia
(a) Maxwell Model (b) Burger Model 2. Brazil
(c) Kelvin Model (d) Bingham Model 3. China
TSPGECET-2020 4. India
Ans. (a) : The Maxwell model represents a material Note = But official answer is given option (c) - china
with a linear Hookean spring connected in series with a 382. To deal with misfires, a relieving hole shall be
Newtonian dashpot. Because of two elements, the placed at a minimum distance of "A" from
spring and the dashpot are subject to the same stress (σ misfired hole, the value of "A" is
= σs = σd), the model is also known as an isostress (a) 10 cm (b) 15 cm
model.
(c) 30 cm (d) 20 cm
TSPGECET-2020
Ans. (c) : To deal with misfires, a relieving hole shall
378. In Degree-II gassy mine, the percentage of be placed at a minimum distance of "A" from misfired
inflammable gas in the general body of air at hole, the value of "A" is 30 cm.
any place in the underground workings is 383. When stemming is insufficient, then there is a
(a) less than 0.01% chance of
(b) in between 0.01% and 0.02% (a) over breakage of coal
(c) in between 0.03% and 0.09% (b) excessive ground vibrations
(d) more than 0.1% (c) blow out shot
TSPGECET-2020 (d) high powder factor
Ans. (d) : In degree-II gassy mine the percentage of TSPGECET-2020
inflammable gas in the general body of air at any place Ans. (b) : When stemming is insufficient then there is a
in the underground workings is more that 0.1%. chance of excessive ground vibrations.
379. Flight bar is component of 384. India is deficient of the following ore/s
(a) road header (b) shuttle car (a) Hematite
(c) AFC (d) gate belt conveyor
(b) Galena and sphalerite
TSPGECET-2020
(c) Copper ore
Ans. (c) : A conventional fixed-wing aircraft flight control
system (AFCS) consists of flight control surfaces, the (d) Bauxite
respective cockpit controls, connecting linkages and the TSPGECET-2020
necessary operation mechanisms to control and aircraft's Ans. (c) : India is critically deficient in the reserve and
direction in flight. production of copper.
380. When speed of a fan ( ω = angular velocity) The size of the India copper industry is around 6.6 lakh
changes, as per fan laws, the power (P) will tones, which a percentage of the world copper market is
vary as only three percent.
P ω2 P ω 385. Brown coal is also called as
(a) 1 = 12 (b) 1 = 1
P2 ω2 P2 ω2 (a) lignite (b) peat
(c) bituminous (d) sub-bituminous
P1 ω13 P1 ω32
(c) = (d) = TSPGECET-2020
P2 ω32 P2 ω13 Ans. (a) : Lignite coal also brown coal, is the lowest grade
TSPGECET-2020 coal with the sub-bituminous of carbon.
Ans. (c) : The affinity low also known as the fan laws for 386. Which country is the largest producer of gold
fans/pump are used in hydraulics, hydroids and or HAVC in the world?
to express the relationship between variables involved in
pump or fan performance and power. (a) USA (b) Russia
(c) South Africa (d) China
P1 w13 TSPGECET-2020
=
P2 w 32 Ans. (d) : Chine is the largest producer of Gold in the
381. Which country is the largest producer of Iron world.
@

ore in the world? 387. Most of the Indian diamond mining is from
(a) India (b) Australia (a) Rakha area (b) Panna area
ap

(c) China (d) USA (c) Hutti area (d) Malanjkhand

TSPGECET-2020 TSPGECET-2020
na

Miscellaneous 495 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Diamond are is a rate ore that generates deep 391. The oldest seafloor on Earth is not more than:
underground and is the only reliable source of diamonds (a) ~200 million years old
Panna, a region in the central Indian state of Madhya (b) ~2 billion years old
Pradesh in known for its diamond mines. (c) ~20 million years old
388. How many number of phases generally (d) ~2 million years old
participate in univariant reaction in an “n” GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
component system Ans. (a) :
(a) n (b) n + 1 The newest crust of the seafloor can be found near the
(c) n + 2 (d) n + 3 seafloor spreading centers or mid-ocean ridges.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II16.04.2017 As the plates split apart, magma rises from below the
Ans. (b) : In the general case, there are (n + 1) phases Earth's surface to fill in the empty void.
involved in each invariant reaction. In-essence, oceanic plates are more susceptible to
389. Choose the correct option from the following : subduction as they get older.
(a) Oxygen has three isotopes and 18O is the most This correlation between age and subduction potential,
abundant very little ocean floor older than 125 million years and
(b) Oxygen has two isotopes and O is most16 almost is not more than 200 million years old.
abundant Seafloor dating isn't that useful for studying
16
(c) Oxygen has three isotopes and O is most platemotions beyond the cretaceous. For the, geologists
abundant date and study continental crust.
18
(d) Oxygen has three isotopes and O is least 392. The lower 10 km of the atmosphere where most
abundant weather occurs is called:
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (a) Troposphere (b) Hydrosphere
Ans. (c) : (c) Barosphere (d) Biosphere
Oxygen has three stable isotopes, 16O, 17O and 18O, GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
with average terrestrial abundances of – Ans. (a) :
16
O – 99.76% The lowest 10 km of the atmosphere, where most
17
O – 0.04% weather occurs is called Troposphere.
18
O – 0.21%, respectively. Our atmosphere is divided into five layers starting from
The number of neutrons present in the isotopes of the earth's surface.
oxygen having mass number 16, 17 and 18 are 8, 9, and These are Troposphere, Stratosphere, Mesosphere,
10 respectively. Thermosphere and Exosphere.
In troposphere, the air we breathe exists here.
390. Sea-floor spreading goes through various
stages. Which of the sequences below currently Almost all the weather phenomena like rainfall, fog and
places these locations in order so that the initial hailstorm occurs in this layer.
stage is depicted first followed by more 393. We get seasons on the Earth mainly because
advanced stages of development? (a) The Sun gets hotter and colder
(a) Red Sea, Atlantic ocean, African rift valley (b) The Moon gets in the way of the Sun
(b) Red Sea, African rift valley, Atlantic ocean (c) The Earth’s axis is tilted
(c) Atlantic ocean, Red Sea, African rift valley (d) The Earth gets closer to the Sun
(d) African rift valley, Red Sea, Atlantic ocean GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 Ans. (c) :
Ans. (d) : We get seasons on the earth mainly because 'The Earth's
African rift valley (Red Sea)–– Atlantic ocean is the axis is tilted'.
sequences currently places these locations in order so The earth rotates on its axis and has tilt of
that the initial stage is depicted first followed by more approximately 23.5 degrees on its axis.
advanced stages of development. If the Northern hemisphere is tilted toward the sun then
Sea-floor spreading, in the early 1960's Princeton the summer season comes.
geologist Harry Hess proposed the hypothesis of sea- If the Northern hemisphere is tilted away from the sun,
floor spreading, in which basaltic magma from the the winter season comes.
mantle rises to create new ocean floor at mid-ocean 394. The wind system in the equatorial areas is
@

ridges. known as?

On each side of the ridge, sea floor moves from the (a) Westerlies (b) Trades
ap

ridge towards the deep-sea trenches, where it is (c) Doldrums (d) Monsoon
subducted and recycled back into the mantle. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Miscellaneous 496 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Ans. (b) :
The wind system in the equatorial areas is known as Ozone layer in Earth's atmosphere is confined to
trade winds. stratosphere.
Trade winds are the powerful prevailing winds that The air temperature at the troposphere is about minus
blow from the east across the tropics. 80oC over the equator and about minus 45oC over the
The sun warms the tropical ocean and causes poles.
evaporation of seawater into water vapor in the air. Most ozone (about 91% ) is found in the stratosphere,
At the equator, hot air saturated with water vapor, a which begins about 10-16 km above the Earth's surface
toward the North and South Poles. and extends up to about 50 kms altitude.
The high-altitude air from the tropic gradually becomes The stratospheric region with the highest ozone
cool, dry and denser as it flows from the tropics to concentration is commonly known as ozone layer.
higher-altitudes. 398. The most abundant element in the Earth’s
395. The cosmic ray intensity is minimum at the crust is
magnetic (a) Aluminum (b) Oxygen
(a) Equator (b) North pole (c) Iron (d) Carbon
(c) South pole (d) Tropic of cancer GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 Ans. (b) :
Ans. (a) : The most abundant element in the earth's crust is
The cosmic ray intensity is minimum at the Magnetic oxygen (46.1)%.
Equator. Silicon posts a second-place ranking at nearly 28% by
Cosmic rays may be defined as the high energy weight.
radiation, which are mainly originating from the The crust of earth is much like a skin covering deeper
outside of the Solar System. layers of the third planet from the sun.
The earth's magnetic field is the main reason for the At the bottom of the oceans, which cover more than
decreases in cosmic ray intensity at the equator. 70% of the earth's surface, the crust reaches depths of
The amount of energy possessed by cosmic rays is the 3 to 6 + 6 miles.
very high. Others elements in the earth's crust is aluminum (8%),
Cosmic showers cause the speed of light which iron (5%), magnesium (2%), calcium (4%), sodium
causes problems in the satellite and other space (3%), and potassium (3%).
machinery. 399. The monsoon has well developed cycle in
396. Sea water is saline because: (a) South and South East Asia
(a) Na+ and Cl– are most abundant cation and (b) North Australia
anion in seawater. (c) Africa
(b) Na+2 is abundant but Cl– is less abundant. (d) East United State
(c) Ca+2 is les abundant in sea water than Na+2 GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(d) Na+2 has higher residency time compared to Ans. (a) :
Ca+2 The monsoon has well-developed cycle in South and
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 South East Asia.
Ans. (a) : A monsoon is a seasonal change in the direction of
Steam rises from the sea, due to which clouds are the prevailing, or strongest, winds of a region.
formed and it rains, and form this water comes in Monsoon cause wet and dry season throughout much
rivers and springs. of the tropics.
Salts from other substances of nature dissolve in the The monsoon through axis experiences considerable
water of rivers and springs. day to day variation in its position, which has a vital
But because their quantity is less, that's why we find bearing on the monsoon rainfall distribution in the
the water of river springs sweet. region.
But when this water reaches the sea, salts get 400. Which one is cosmogenic nuclide?
acculated there. (a) Pb206 (b) K40
There are two special salts in these, sodium (Na+2) (c) U 235
(d) Be10
and chloride (Cl–), which makes salt; there residence GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
time is very long, that is, when they reach the sea, Ans. (d) : Cosmogenic nuclides are all products, stable
they remain stored there for millions of years. or radioactive, of nuclear reactions induced by the solar
That's why sea water seams salty to us. or galactic cosmic radiation in matter.
@

397. Ozone layer in Earth’s atmosphere, is confined to Cosmogenic nuclides may be used to examine the
(a) Troposphere (b) Stratosphere
ap

history of exposure to cosmic rays, and have

(c) Mesosphere (d) Thermosphere numerous applications in earth science and
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 archeology.
na

Miscellaneous 497 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
For terrestrial applications in the field of glaciology, It can be split into very thin sheets which are though
for example, long-lived radionuclides such as Be10, and flexible.
C14, Al26, Cl36, as well as the comparatively short- Mica is common is igneous and metamorphic rock
lived isotope Si32, are of importance. and is occasionally found as small flakes in
Hence, option (d) is correct. sedimentary rock.
401. The Ninety East Ridge is present in which It is chemically inert, stable, and does not absorb
ocean water.
(a) Atlantic (b) Indian 405. Isohyets are the points joining the points of
(c) Pacific (d) Arctic equal
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (a) Rainfall (b) Pressure
Ans. (b) : (c) Temperature (d) Salinity
The Ninety-East Ridge (ER) is 5000 km long linear GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
bathymetric feature strinking more or less parallel to the
o
90 F meridian form south of Broken Ridge (at ~ 31 S), o Ans. (a) :
southwest of Austria, north to the Bay of Bengal, east of Isohyets are the points joining the points of equal
India. rainfall on a map.
It is the most prominent feature in the eastern Indian The method used to estimate average rainfall in a
Ocean and separates the central Indian basin on the specific region is known as an isohyetal technique.
west from the Wharton basin on the east. It is seen on a weather chart that connects points with
402. Earth’s magnetic field has its origin in the the same amount of precipitation over a given period
(a) Movement inside the Earth’s core of time or storm.
(b) Earth’s rotation 406. Remote sensing data is received through
(c) Solar storms (a) Electric waves
(d) Plate motion (b) Sound waves
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (c) Electromagnetic waves
Ans. (a) : (d) Magnetic waves
The magnetic field is generated by electric currents GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
due to the motion of convection currents of a mixture Ans. (c) :
of molten iron and nickel in Earth's outer core. Remote sensing data is received through
Earth's magnetic field has its origin in the movement Electromagnetic waves.
inside the Earth's core. As the name itself suggests, it is sensing without
These convection currents are caused by heat touching.
escaping form the core, a natural process called a Remote sensing is the science of obtaining
geodynamo. information from a distance wherein it can be used to
403. The Zawar deposit in Udaipur district is an assess certain features of the Earth, which, one
important source of _________ in India. cannot visualize by physically being there.
(a) Copper (b) Lead – Zinc The three most common remote sensing method are
(c) Tin – Tungsten (d) Gold - Silver by airplane, satellite and drone.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 407. In the IR band, water body is marked by which
Ans. (b) : of the following colour.
The saucer deposit in Udaipur district is an important (a) Dark colour
source of Lead-Zinc in India. (b) White colour
Its bearing on the gensis of base metal sulfides. (c) Blue colour
In syngensis and Epigensis in the formation of (d) Water body can't distinguished in IR band
Mineral Deposits. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
404. –––––– is the largest producer of mica in world. Ans. (a) :
(a) India (b) Sri Lanka In IR band, water body is marked by Dark color.
(c) Australia (d) New Zealand The most common false-color band combination on
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 the Earth Observatory used the shortwave infrared
Ans. (a) : the near infrared and the green visible and (shous as
India, is the largest producer of mica in the world. blue).
@

Andhra Pradesh, is the largest producer of mica in Water absorbs all three wavelengths, so it is black in
the India. this band combination.
ap

Mica is mainly used in the electrical and electronic In the below false-color image of Algeria, however,
industries. water blue because it is full of sediments.
na

Miscellaneous 498 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
408. Standard FCC is prepared by combining Brecias are formed as a result of violent situations
remote sensing data in which of the following where the rocks are broken and not transported well
bands form the source.
(a) blue, green and red 412. A local water table positioned above the
(b) green, red and Infrared regional water table is said to be:
(c) red, infrared and blue (a) stranded (b) displaced
(d) blue, green and infrared (c) perched (d) depressed
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Ans. (b) : The standard FCC (False Color Composite) Ans. (c) :
is often prepared by combining remote sensing data in
A local water table positioned above the regional
the near green , red and infrared bands.
water table is said to be perched.
∎ This combination helps highlight various features on
the Earth's surface, such as vegetation, water bodies, The aquifers are perched, in that they sit above the
and urban areas. regional water table, and within the regional vodose
409. Point bars are deposited: zone.
(a) on the inside of stream meanders These are unique water bodies not widely distributed
(b) on the outside of stream meanders and are not targeted for water supply.
(c) at the base of watefalls 413. Universe is made primarily of which of the
(d) in abrasion potholes following two elements?
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (a) Hydrogen and Helium
Ans. (a) : (b) Hydrogen and Carbon
Points bars are found in abundance in nature or (c) Carbon and Nitrogen
meandering streams. (d) Silicon and Oxygen
They are crescent shaped an located on the inside of GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
a steam bend, being very similar to, though often
smaller then, toheads, or river island. Ans. (a) :
A point bar is a depositional feature made of Hydrogen is an element is the most abundant element
alluvium below the slip-off slope. in the universe, accounting for about 75% of its
The point bar is Depositional Landforms forms due normal mater.
to Running Water. It is also known as meander bars. Helium is also an element is the second-most
410. This chemical reaction: 2Fe2SiO4 + 4H2O + O2 abundant dement in the universe, offer hydrogen and
= 2Fe2O3 + 2H4SiO4, is an example of: accounts for about 23% of the atoms in the universe.
(a) dissolution (b) hydration This means the most common elements in the
(c) oxidation (d) reduction universe and Hydrogen and Helium.
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 These two elements comprise around 98% of all the
Ans. (c) : elements in the universe.
the chemical reaction: 2Fe2SiO4 + 4H2O + O2 = 414. Out of these which is intrusive into Delhi
Fe2O3 + 2H4SiO4, is an example of the oxidation. system
The reaction is oxidation reaction in which oxidation (a) Bijli Rhyolite
state of oxygen is changed from –2 to 0. (b) Erinpura Granite
411. Breccia and conglomerate differ in (c) Bundelkhand Granite
(a) size of the clasts (d) Singhbhum Granite
(b) shape of the clasts GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(c) cementing material Ans. (b) :
(d) environment of deposition The rocks of the 'Delhi system' into erinaceous
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 'Alwar Series' and calcareous and argillaceous
Ans. (b) : 'Ajabgarh Series'.
Breccia and conglomerate differ in shape of the The large bodies of granite such as Jetpura, Chang,
clasts. Borwar, Kunaija, Seribera, Phulad are referred to by
Breccias have angular fragments. In other words, Heron as 'Erinpura Granite' bodies.
Breccia has angular clasts. The mafic bodies define the shape of the folds in
The difference between grains and transportation of Sheopura in the Ajmer District.
fragments also because of the impact of transporting 415. What percentage of the earth's atmosphere
@

material. does O2 comprise?

Conglomerates are formed when transporting energy (a) 21% (b) 71%
ap

such as water in high enough to move large rock (c) 45% (d) 3%
particles. OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018
na

Miscellaneous 499 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): The air in Earth's atmosphere is made up of Ans. (d): A report under this sections shall be submitted
approximately 78% nitrogen and 21% oxygen. Air also within fourteen days (14 days) of the commencement of
has small amounts of other gases, to, such as carbon the conciliation proceedings or within such sorter period as
dioxide neon and hydrogen. may be fixed by the appropriate government. Provided
416. Which one of the following was the first Indian that, subject to the approval of the conciliation officer, the
Remote Sensing Satellite? time for the submission of the report may be.
(a) Rohini (b) IRS-1A 420. Micro organization is a company where the
(c) Bhaskara-1 (d) Cartosat number of employees is
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 (a) Less than 20 (b) Less than 30
Ans. (b) : The first Indian Remote Sensing Satellite (c) Less than 40 (d) Less than 50
IRS-1A on 17 march 1988 the first indigenous remote APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
sensing satellite developed by the Indian space Ans. (a) : Micro Businesses have (1-4) employers small
Research organization (ISRO) the IRS-1A was launched businesses have (5-15) employees medium businesses
by a soviet launch vehicle vostok. have (20-199) employees and large businesses (200+).
The satellite's mission was operational remote sensing 421. Traits and behavioral theories are regarding
and was to be used for land - based applications in areas (a) Leadership (b) Viewership
like agriculture' geology, forestry and hydrology. (c) Friendship (d) Entrepreneurship
417. Which one of the following methods is used for APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
dating recent geological events? Ans. (a) : Under the trait theory, people are naturally
(a) 235U–206Pb (b) 14C born with leader ship skills.With behavioral theory-
40 40
(c) K- Ar (d) 87Rb-87Sr people not naturally born with leadership characteristic
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 can learn them by observing leadership behaviors.
Ans. (b) : The used for dating recent geological events 422. In network analysis, "Burst Event" is an event
14
C. Radiocarbon dating, or carbon-14 dating is a (a) When more than one activity comes and joins
scientific method that can accurately determine the age an event
of organic materials as old as approximately 60,000 (b) When more than one activity stops
years. First developed in the late 1940 at the university (c) When more than one activity leaves an event
of chicago by Willard Libby, the technique is based on
(d) When more than one activity fails
the decay of the carbon-14 isotope.
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
418. Which of the following states in India has the
largest iron ore deposits in terms of volume? Ans. (c) : Burst Event- When more than one activity
leaves an event such an event is known as burst event.
(a) Rajasthan (b) Odisha
An activity may be merge and burst event at the same
(c) Goa (d) Maharashtra time as with respect to some activities it can be a merge
HPPSC Mining Officer-2018 event and with respect to some other activities it may be
Ans. (b) : The major iron ore belt’s India are Odisha. burst even.
• Precambrian iron ores of the singhbhum North Odisha 423. ......... is the model for quality assurance in final
region occur in eastern India part of the Iron ore. inspection and test.
• The minerals and rocks from which iron is extracted (a) ISO 9004 (b) ISO 9000
commercially is called iron ore. (c) ISO 9002 (d) ISO 9003
• The minerals and rocks from which iron is extracted APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
commercially is called iron ore. Ans. (d) : ISO 9003:1994 Quality systems-model for
• Odisha is the largest state with coal reserves. quality assurance in final inspection and test.
• Odisha produced 120 million tonnes of iron ore in per 424. In which year the term "Internet of Things"
year. coined?
(a) 2000 (b) 1996
H1 Various Act and Legislation (c) 2001 (d) 1999
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
419. As per Industrial Dispute Act, 1947, if a Ans. (d) : The term 'Internet of things' was coined in
settlement of dispute is arrived at in the course 1999 by the computer scientist Kevin Ashton. While
of conciliation proceedings, a report shall be working at procter and gamble, Ashton proposed
submitted by conciliation officer within ............ putting ratio-frequency identification(RFID) Chips on
from the commencement of conciliation products to tract them through a supply chain.
@

proceedings. 425. The first aid room shall be in charge of a whole

ap

(a) 15 days (b) 7 days time medical practitioner where the number of
(c) 30 days (d) 14 days persons ordinarily employed in a mine is more
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II than ........ as per Mine Rules, 1955.
na

Miscellaneous 500 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) 1000 (b) 1200 430. The function of District Mineral Foundation
(c) 800 (d) 500 established by state governments in India, is to
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II (a) look after safety aspects of mining operations.
Ans. (a) : The first-aid room shall be in charge of a (b) approve mining plan.
qualified medical practitioner where the number of (c) act as an environmental regulatory body.
persons ordinarily employed in mine is more than 1000, (d) monitor welfare of mining affected people.
such medical practitioner shall be a whole time Gate-2024
employee at the mine. Ans. (d) : The DMF was established under the mines
426. As per Coal Mines Regulations, 1957, in which and minerals (development and regulation) amendment
form, the Notice of accident is given? act, 2015. Its primary objective is to work towards the
(a) FORM- ID (b) FORM-IV A benefit and welfare of individuals and communities
(c) FORM-IV B (d) FORM-IV C affected by mining activities in the respective disctricts.
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II 431. Which organization is responsible for
publishing Indian Minerals year book?
Ans. (b) : The Coal mines Regulations 1957 deal with
safety provisions to be adopted in coal mines. The (a) Geological Survey of India
provisions relating to medical examinations, standard of (b) Mineral Exploration Corporation Limited
health and sanitation employment of per sons including (c) India Bureau of Mines
welfare amenitities are mode in the mines Rule 1955. (d) Directorate General of Mines Safety
All fatal and serious accidents including dangerous Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
occurrences specially due to root fall, fires explosives, Ans. (a) : Geological survey of India is responsible for
gases and many other causes are enquired into by publishing Indian Mineral year book.
pirector general of mines safety (DGMS). 432. Total number of injuries in an opencast coal
"Booster fan" means a mechanical ventilator used mine employing 900 persons is 9 in a year 2023
below ground for boosting in the current of air passing . As per DGMS norms, the injury rate per 1000
along the intake or return airway of a mine of persons employed is
ventilating district. (a) 10 (b) 8.1
427. What is the Minimum age for a person to be (c) 100000 (d) 1000
appointed as competent person as per Coal Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
Mines Regulations, 1957? Ans. (a) : Total number of injuries in an open cast mine
(a) 18 years (b) 20 years employing 900 person is 9 in a year 2023. As per
(c) 21 years (d) 22 years DGMS normal the injury rate per 1000 persons
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II employed is 10.
Ans. (b) : Minimum age for a person to be appointed as 433. Under the provisions of CMR 2017, which of
competent person as per coal mines regulations 1957 is the following is NOT practiced as a
20 years. precautionary measure against fire?
428. As per Coal Mines Regulation, 1957, at what (a) Adequate and Sufficient arrangements shall
interval are manholes to be provided in a be made in every mine for early detection,
haulage roadway? control and for extinguishing any fire.
(a) 10 m (b) 12 m (b) Greasy or oily waste in workings below
(c) 15 m (d) 17 m ground shall be regularly removed to the
surface.
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
(c) No oil, grease, canvas or other inflammable
Ans. (a) : According to coal mining regulations 1957 at material shall be stored in any mine, except in
what interval are manhole to be provided in a haulage a fire-proof receptacle.
road way 10 m.
(d) Person shall place or throw any naked light or
429. For a geared engine winding system, the man lamp on or near any timber, wooden structure
winding cage is placed at its normal position at or other comestible material.
pit top of the shaft. As per CMR 2017, the Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
minimum space, in m, between the center of the
hole of the detaching hook attached to the rope Ans. (d) : According to coal mines regulation 1957
shackle and detaching belt plate is General precaution against fire- Adequate and
(a) 3.6 (b) 2.4 sufficient arrangements shall be made in every mine for
(c) 1.8 (d) 1.5 early detection, control and for extinguishing my life.
Gate-2024  Greasy or oily waste in working belowground, shall
@

Ans. (c) : As per IS CMR 2017, The minimum space be regularly removed to the surface.
in m, between the center of the hole of the detaching  No oil grease, canvas or other inflammable material
ap

attached to the rope shanckle and detaching belt is 1.8 shall be stored in any mine except in a fire-proof
meters. receptacle.
na

Miscellaneous 501 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
 No person shall place or throw or caused or permit to  A committee means a committee constituted under
be place or thrown any naked light or lamp on or near section 12 shall, too the purpose of discharge is function
any timber, wooden structure or other combustible have the same powers as are vested in a court under the
material. code of civil procedure, 1908 when trying suit in respect
of the following matters, namely:-
434. In the case of an opencast working, the danger  Discover and inspections.
zone refers to a radius of ______ from the place
 Enforcing the attendance of any person and
of firing.
examining him on Both.
(a) 500 m (b) 300 m
 Compelling the production of documents and such
(c) 200 m (d) 100 m
other matters as may be prescribed.
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
438. No mine shall be opened, worked or re-opened
Ans. (a) : According to directorate general of mines unless there is a ______ of the mine, duly
safety in subject of dangers due to blasting projectiles appointed under the CMR 2017.
all place within the radius of 500m from the place of (a) Planner (b) Geologinst
firing to be treated as danger zone and accordingly, all (c) Surveyor (d) Manager
persons in danger zone to take protection in Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
substantially built shelter at the time of blasting.
Ans. (d) : Under the mine Rule (CMR – 2017):-
435. The number of persons in any rescue team  Qualification and appointment of manger:-
using breathing apparatus in a mine shall
 No mine shall be opened, worked or re-opened unless
NOT be less than _______ and not more than
there is a manger of the mine, being a person duly
_____, including the leader. appointed and having such qualifications as required
(a) 5; 10 (b) 5; 6 under the regulation.
(c) 1; 5 (d) 6; 8  No person shall act or be employed as a manager
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 unless he is 23 years of age and is paid by, and its
Ans. (b) : The mine Rescue Rule, 1995 directly answerable to the owner or agent of the mine.
 Rescue team members and their – 439. Wherever a notice is given for an accident-
 The number of persons in any rescue team using causing loss of life in the mine, the authority
breathing apparatus in a mine shall not be less than five shall make an inquiry into the occurrence
not more than six, including the leader. ______ of the receipt of the notice from the
mine management.
 Members of rescue team shall, in general use the
(a) Within one month
signals prescribed in schedule VIII in communicating to (b) On or before 20 January of every year
one another. (c) Within 15 days
436. Emergency response and evacuation plan shall (d) Within two months
include: Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
(a) Any power granted under CMR 1957 to the Ans. (d) : According to mines act 1952- where a notice
Regional Inspector may be exercised by the given under sub section (1) relates to an accident
Chief Inspector causing loss of life, the authority shall make an inquire
(b) Establishment of individual responsibilities into the occurrence within two months of the receipt of
for administering an emergency response the notice and, if the authority is not the inspector.
(c) Resuming the operation after the accident 440. During the extraction of methane in progress
took place in the mine where the inspector from old boreholes, how much thickness of a
failed to inspect coal barrier shall be maintained from the
(d) An appeal against any order made by the present working in the same seam?
Chief Inspector under any of the CMR 1957 (a) Not less than 75 m (b) Not less that 150 m
or against any order passed under CMR 1957 (c) Not less than 100 m (d) Not less than 50 m
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
Ans. (b) : Emergency response and evacuation plan Ans. (b) : The thickness of a coal barrier that should be
shall include establishment of individual responsibilitiesmaintained from the present working in the same seam
for administering an emergency response. during. The extraction of methane can vary depending
437. 'Committee' means a committee constituted on various factors, and safety regulations.
under _____ of the Mines Act, 1952. However, to ensure adequate safety. It is generally
(a) Section 36 (b) Section 10 recommended to maintain a substantial thickness of
@

(c) Section 42 (d) Section 12 coal barrier.

Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 Option (b), “Not less than 150 m”, seems to provide the
ap

Ans. (d) : Committee means a Committee constituted most conservative and safest estimate for maintaining a
under section 12 of the mine Act, 1952. sufficient coal barrier.
na

Miscellaneous 502 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
441. Under the coal mines regulations what is the  Provided that in the event of a major emergency such
maximum period of authorisations for a person as ignition explosion, big underground fire or an
nominated by the owner, agent or manager to accident involving a number of persons.
act as manager of the mine? 444. Every travelling roadway shall be provided
(a) 2 weeks (b) 6 months with suitable steps or ladders where the
(c) 30 days (d) 7 days inclination exceeds ______ from the horizontal.
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 (a) 22 degrees (b) 50 degrees
Ans. (c) : Under the coal mine regulations:- (c) 30 degrees (d) 45 degrees
 Such person holds a manager’s or overman’s Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
certificate. Ans. (c) : Every travelling roadway shall be provided
 No such authorization shall have effects for a period with suitable steps or ladders where the inclination
in excess of 30 days, except with the precious consent exceeds 30 degrees from the horizontal.
in writing of the chief inspector and subject to such  The Rule of the Road Regulations, 1989-
conditions as he may specify therein.  These regulations may be called the Rules of the
 The owner, agent or manager, as the case may be, Road Regulations, 1989.
shall forthwith send by registered post to the chief in  They shall come into force on the first day of
writing notice intimating that such an authorization has july,1989.
been made, and stating the reason for the authorisation, 445. Under the provisions of CMR 2017,
the qualifications and experiences of the authorised, and inflammable gas shall be deemed to have been
the date of the commencement and ending of the found or detected when it is indicated by a
authorisation. methane detector to be _____ or more in case
442. As per the Rescue Rules, no person shall be of mine having degree two seems.
appointed as Superintendent in the Rescue (a) 0.5% (b) 1%
station unless he: (c) 0.75% (d) 0.1%
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
(a) has 5 years of practical experience of below
ground work in mines. Ans. (a) : Under the provisions of CMR 2017,
inflammable gas shall be deemed to have been found or
(b) has 2 years of practical experience of below
detected when it is indicated by a methane detector to
ground work in mines.
be 0.5% or more in case of mine having degree two
(c) has 10 years of practical experience of below seems.
ground work in mines.  Coal mine Regulations, 2017-
(d) has 1 year of practical experience of below  They shall come into force an the date of their
ground work in mines publication in the official Gozetle.
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
 They shall apply to every coal mine.
Ans. (a) : As per the rescue Rules:-  They shall extend to the whole of india.
Qualification, experience etc. of superintendent :-
446. A person whose service commences otherwise
 As per the Rescue Rules after coming into force of
than on the first day of January, shall be
these rules, no person shall be appointed as entitled to leave with wages in the subsequent
superintendent unless he:- calendar year at the rate of one day every
(i) is a rescue trained person. fifteen days of work if he has put in
(ii) has 5 years practical experience of below ground attendances for:
work in mines. (a) not less than one-half of the total number of
(iii) Hold a first class manager’s certificate of a type not days
restricted to open cast workings. (b) not less than one-third of the total number of
days
443. Under whose direction and supervision shall all
rescue and recovery work at a below ground (c) not less than one-quarter of the total number
mine be conducted? of days
(a) Mine Manager (b) Ventilation Officer (d) not less than the total number of days
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
(c) Mining Sirdar (d) Mine Foreman
Ans. (a): A person whose service commences otherwise
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
than on the first day of January, shall be entitled to
Ans. (a) : The mine Rescue Rules, 1985- leave with wages in the subsequent calendar year at the
 It is about the managers duties of mine. rate of one day every fifteen days of work if he has put
@

 All rescue and recovery work at a belowground mine in attendances for not less than one- half of the total
shall be conducted under the control, direction and number of days.
ap

supervision of the manger of the mine or in his absence  This rules comes under section 52 in the mine Act,
the principal official present at the surface. 1952
na

Miscellaneous 503 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
 Annual leave with wages :- Ans. (c): The coal mine Regulation, 1957:-
 Every person employed in a mine who has completed  These Regulation, unless there is anything repugnant
a calendar years service therein shall be allowed, in the subject or context.
During the subsequent calendar year, leave with wages,  Official and technicians means a person appointed in
calculated. writing by the owner, agent on manager to perform
447. Before an air-receiver is in commission, the duties or supervision in a mine or part thereof and
includes an over man, a Sirdar, an engineer and a
competent person shall subject it to a hydraulic
surveyor.
test at a pressure at least _____ times the
450. The non-profit trust established by the State
maximum permissible working pressure for
Governments in India for the welfare of mining
any apparatus working under pressure in the affected people in a particular district is called
mines. (a) Pradhan Mantri Mineral Trust
(a) 1.0 (b) 2.0 (b) District Mineral Welfare Trust
(c) 1.5 (d) 0.5 (c) District Mineral Foundation
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 (d) Sustainable Mining Trust
Ans. (c) : The provision of Regulation 183(3) of the (e) Question not attempted
coal Mines Regulations, 1957, Regulation 173 (3) of the Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
metalliferous Mines Regulation 1961 and Reg 78 (3) of Ans. (c) : The non-profit trust established by the state
oil Mines Regulation, 1984, require that when apparatus governments in India for the welfare of mining affected
under pressure is put into commission. people in a particular district is called District Mineral
 Before an air-receiver is in commission, the Foundation.
competent person shall subject it to a hydraulic test at a The amendment in mines & minerals (Development &
Regulation) (MMDR) Act, in 2015 Government of
pressure at least 1.5 times the maximum permissible India has made provision for establishment of District
working pressure for any apparatus working under Mineral Foundation in all the districts affected by
pressure in the mines. mining.
448. No working shall be made in any mine The object of the district mineral foundation is to
vertically below any spot lying within a work for the interest and benefit of persons, and areas
horizontal distance of ______ from either bank affected by mining related operation in such manner as
of a river or canal or from the boundary of a may be prescribed by the state government.
lake, tank or other surface reservoir. 451. The holder of a mining lease, is not liable to
(a) 12 (b) 45 pay any royalty in respect of any coal
consumed by a workman engaged in a colliery
(c) 15 (d) 60
if such consumption by the workman per
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023
month does not exceed:
Ans. (c) : The COAL MINES REGULATIONS, 1957 (a) One tonne
 In exercise of the powers conferred by section 57 of (b) Half tonne
the mines Act, 1952 and in supersession of the Indian (c) One-third of a tonne
Coal mines Regulations, 1926, the Central Government (d) One-fourth of a tunne
hereby makes the following Regulations, the same (e) Question not attempted
having been previously published as required by sub-
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
section (1) of section 59 of the said Act.
Ans. (c) :The holder of a mining lease whether granted
 No working shall be made in any mine vertically
before or after the commencement of the mines and
below any spot lying within a horizontal distance of 15
minerals (Regulation and Development) Amendment
meter from either bank of a river or canal or from the
Act, 1972 (56 of 1972) shall not be liable to pay any
boundary of a lake, tank or other surface reservoir.
royalty in respect of any coal consumed by a workman
449. The owner, agent or manager shall appoint consumption by the workman does not exceed one-
such number of competent persons, including third of a tonne per month.
officials and technicians to ensure:
452. The examination by sirdars deals with which
(a) Inadequate and inappropriate inspection of regulation in CMR 2017?
the mine and equipment. (a) Regulation 128 (b) Regulation 129
(b) Explosives and accessories are used without (c) Regulation 127 (d) Regulation 130
@

license. NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023

(c) Safe working order of all machinery. Ans. (b) The examination by index deals with
ap

(d) water is stored in the mine. regulation 129 in CMR 2017. This Acts means the
Central Coalfield Ltd. Mining Sirdar-05.05.2023 mines Act (CMR) 2017.
na

Miscellaneous 504 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
A sirdar in mining engineering is typically 456. No working shall be made in open cast mines
responsible for supervising mining and ensuring the within a distance of............ meters from the
safety of underground mining operation. boundary of any mine or boundary claimed by
Sirdars play a crucial role in maintaining a safe the owner of an adjacent mine.
working environment within the mine. (a) 12.5 (b) 25.0
453. According to CMR 2017, which regulation (c) 7.5 (d) 10.5
outlines the duties and responsibilities of the NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
sirdar?
Ans. (c) Working near mine boundaries:–
(a) 49 (b) 50
(c) 48 (d) 47 The owner, agent or manager of every mine shall
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 fixed boundaries of the mine, notwithstanding
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 anything contained in sub-regulation.
Ans. (c) Every person shall, immediately before The shall not be changed except with the
proceeding to work and immediately after terminating permission of the Chief Inspector in writing and
work at the end of his shift, have his name recorded in subject to such conditions as he may specify
the register maintained under sub-section (4) of section therein.
48 of the Act. No working shall be made within a distance of 7.5
According to CMR 2017 Regulation Act 48, duties meters of the boundary of any mine and, in case of
and responsibilities sirdar. a disputed boundary, not working shall be made
The sirdar or other competent person appointed within a distance of 7.5 meters of he boundary
under regulation 129 shall, subject to orders of claimed by the owner of an adjacent mine until
superior officials, have responsibility, charge and such time as a building agreement has been reached
control of the district of the mine assigned to him as to the correct boundary or the question has been
by the manager or assistant manager. finally determined by a court of law.
454. Which regulation deals with Reclamation in
457. What minimum size of the word
CMR 2017?
'EXPLOSIVE' must be put in capital letters on
(a) Regulation 107 (b) Regulation 106
a van transporting an explosive?
(c) Regulation 105 (d) Regulation 104
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 (a) 30 cm (b) 15 cm
(c) 20 cm (d) 25 cm
Ans. (a) Provided further that if the boundary of a
mine is changed as per sub-regulation (1) regulation NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
107, a plan showing the new boundary, shall be Ans. (d) Motorized cargo carries and ATV's may be
submitted within seven days of the said change. used on limited jobs to move explosives in remote
Provided that, in respect of a mine which has areas.
already been opened such a plan shall be submitted Observe these restrictions–
within sixty days of coming into force of the Coal (i) Never transport impact sensitive explosives with
Mines Regulations, 1985.
a two wheel-vehicle.
455. According to CMR 2017, which regulation (ii) Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended load
outlines the duties and responsibilities of the rating. In no case shall the weight of explosives
shotfirer?
exceed 200 lbs.
(a) 49 (b) 50
(iii) The minimum size of word 'EXPLOSIVE' must
(c) 48 (d) 47
be put in capital letters on a van transporting an
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
explosive is 25cm.
Ans. (a) Duties and responsibilities of shotfirer shall
be :– (iv) Travel only between one-half hour after sunrise
(i) Be responsible for the observance by his assistants to one-half hour before sunset.
if any of such provisions and of any direction with 458. No working shall be done within .............. of
a view to safety which may be given to them by a any railway or public road without the
superior official. permission of the CIM.
(ii) Carryout his duties in accordance with the (a) 45 m (b) 50 m
provisions of these regulations and of any orders (c) 30 m (d) 20 m
made thereunder with respect to the transport and
use of explosive. NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
(iii) Not handover any explosive to any unauthorised Ans. (a) It is observed that extant rules on the subject
person. in Mumbai area are governed by provisions in
@

(iv) Be present when shots are being charged and regulation No. 29(8).
stemmed and shall himself fire and the shots. Building shall be allowed within distance of half
ap

(v) Regulation 49 outlines the duties and the height of the said building from the railway
responsibilities of the shotfirer. track boundary.
na

Miscellaneous 505 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
No objection certificate from the concerned railway 462. A whistle shall be provided on duty to a/an :
is required to be submitted by the party to do the (a) under manager (b) shotfirer
local authorities for granting permission for the (c) mining sirdar (d) overman
building plans if proposed structure lies between NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
the railway boundary and the distance to 30m to Ans. (b) : According to mining regulation
45m from it.
(1) Every shotfirer on duty shall be provided with–
459. Which regulation covers Safety Management (a) A shot-firing apparatus.
Plan in CMR 2017? (b) An electric lamp or torch.
(a) Regulation 104 (b) Regulation 114 (c) A whistle and a stop watch.
(c) Regulation 124 (d) Regulation 105 (d) A wooden tool for charging and stemming shot
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 holes.
Ans. (a) The notice referred to in sub-regulation (1) (e) A brass or wooden scraper cleaning out shot-holes.
shall be accompanied by. (f) A pair crimpers for crimping detonators.
(i) A copy of safety management plan prepared under (g) A methanometer for detection of inflammable gas
regulation 104. in case of solid blasting.
The Safety Management Plan shall contain. (h) A circuit tester for checking shot-firing circuit.
(i) Defined mine safety and health policy of the (2) No tool or appliance other than that provided
company. under sub-regulation (1) shall be used by a
(ii) A plan to implemented policy. shotfirer.
(iii) How the mine or mines intend to develop
capabilities to achieve the policy. 463. According to DGMS circular the maximum
(iv) Principal hazard management plan. speed of the dumper shall be restricted to :
(a) 30 kmph (b) 20 kmph
(v) Standard operating procedures.
(vi) A plan to regularly review and continually (c) 25 kmph (d) 40 kmph
improve the safety management plan. NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
(vii) A plan to review the safety management plan if Ans. (a) According to DGMS circular Rules–
safety Management Plan. The following safety features shall be provided in
460. The owner, agent and manager of every mine, dumper.
after consulting ................ and ............, shall (i) The maximum speed of vehicle shall be restricted
determine all measures necessary to eliminate to 50km/hours by blocking higher gear or any other
any recorded risk. automatic means.
(a) Safety Committee, ISO (ii) Mechanical steering locking to prevent untoward
(b) Safety officer and Safety committee movement of steering wheel and type while work
(c) ISO, SO persons working below the cabin while engine is
running.
(d) Area Safety Officer, ISO
(iii) Blind spot mirror apart from rear view mirror to
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
enable operator to have clear visibility of blind
Ans. (a) The owner, agent and manager of every mine, spot in and around dumpers.
after consulting safety committee and ISO, shall (iv) Fire resistance hydraulic hoses in place of ordinary
determine all measures necessary to eliminate any hoses to decrease the chance of fire. All the
recorded risk sleeves and conducts whole cable/wire are passed
th
461. The 9 National Safety Conference was held shall e fire resistance.
on : (v) Seat belt for operator.
th th
(a) 4 and 5 of February 2001
464. CMR 2017 was released by notification of
(b) 4th and 5th of March 2000 which ministry?
nd rd
(c) 2 and 3 of February 2000 (a) Coal Controller of India
(d) 2nd and 3rd of February 2001 (b) Ministry of Mines
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 (c) Ministry of Labour and Employment
Ans. (c) : The Ninth conference on safety in mines on (d) Ministry of Coal
nd rd
2 –3 February, 2000 at New Delhi. NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
In the field of occupational health industry continue
to remain in a stage which is much below the Ans. (c) In India, the operations in coal mines are
acceptable standard setup by the developed world. regulated by the Mines Act, 1952 Mine rules 1995,
The recent legislative changes in respect of Coal Mine Regulation 2017 and several other statutes
occupational health and the recommendations of framed thereunder.
@

the conference on safety in mines are only tips of It is directorate by – General of Mines safety
the Iceberg. (DGMS) under the Union Ministry of Labour and
ap

Total elimination of silicosis and other Employment is entrusted to administer these

occupational diseases are still a distance dream. statutes.
na

Miscellaneous 506 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
465. After taking over the transit slip, the attendant If he finds any person in a place other than the one
clerk submits the same to the .............. . assigned to him, he may order such person out of
(a) sirdar (b) assistant manager the mine, and shall forthwith report the matter to
(c) safety officer (d) manager his superior official.
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 He should ensure that no inexperienced person is
Ans. (d) They are responsible for timely and proper employed on any work except under the
discharge of the items of work that are entrusted to supervision of an experienced person.
them. 468. As per CMR-2017, the danger zone for blasting
They should keep the work up-to-date and not is an area falling in a radius of :
allow it to fall into arrears. (a) 200 m (b) 100 m
They should pay special attention for timely (c) 500 m (d) 300 m
submission of transit slip for which they are NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
responsible. NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
The attendant clerk assigns the transit slip to the Ans. (c) In case of an open cast working, the short-
manger. firer shall not charge on fire a shot–
466. Which of the following diseases has NOT been Unless he has taken the precautions laid down in
notified as a disease connected with mining sub-regulation.
operations for the purpose of sub section (1) of Unless sufficient warning, by efficient signals or
section 25 of the Mine Act, 1952? other means approved by the manager, is given
(a) Pneumoconiosis over the entire area falling within a radius of 500
(b) Asthma (nervous type) meters from the place of firing (hereinafter referred
(c) Asbestosis to as the danger zone) and also he has ensured that
(d) Silicosis all persons within such area have taken proper
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 shelter.
Where any part of public road or railway lies within
Ans. (b) The Mines Act, 1952 contains provisions for
the danger zone, unless two persons are posted, one
measures relating to the health, safety and welfare of
each direction at the two extreme points of such
workers in the coal metalliferous and oil mines.
road or railways which fall within the danger zone
It also, prescribes the number of working hours in who have by an efficient system of telephonic
mines, the minimum wage rates and other related communication or hooter or loudspeaker.
matters.
Disease has been notified as a disease connected 469. Which particular does NOT need to be
with mining operations for the purpose of sub- included in the sirdar's report?
section (1) of section 25 of the Mine Act, 1952 is– (a) Stability of OB dump
(1) Pneumoconiosis (b) Dust control
(2) Asbestosis (c) Proper maintenance of haul road
(3) Silicosis (d) Stability of ultimate pit slope
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
467. The sirdar shall, at the completion of his shift,
record without delay the result of his Ans. (d) Instability of coal mine overburden (OB)
inspections in a bound paged book in the dumps is an important problem in most of the coal
format specified for the purpose and every mines like Jharia coalfields in India.
such report shall NOT include : This is mainly occurring due to sliding nature of the
(a) the date and time of haul road maintenance. rock material lack of vegetation etc.
(b) such instructions for the purposes of securing Daily Report of Inspection of Sirdar's of open cast
the safety of the persons as he may have working of a mine under Regulation 129(B) of the
given during his shift. CMR-2017
(c) the number of persons working under his (1) Overhung
charge (2) Stability of OB dump
(d) the date and time when report was written (3) Dust control measures provided and implemented
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 (4) Proper maintenance of haul road
Ans. (a) The sirdar or other competent person (5) Dressing of sides of benches
appointed under regulation 113 shall strictly observe (6) Dressing to stability of benches
the following provisions :– (7) Maintenance and condition of Haul roads.
He shall take reasonable means to ensure the proper
observation of the requirements of the Act and of 470. What should be the minimum distance between
@

the regulations, and orders made thereunder by two shaft incline or outlets of mine?
persons under his charge and shall, as soon as (a) 12.5 m (b) 13 m
ap

practicable, report any contravention thereof to his (c) 13.5 m (d) 20 m

superior official. UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
na

Miscellaneous 507 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) Ans. (b)
Under the Mining Regulations Act 1957, that is The 1969 Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act
each seams should have a least two outlets to established environmental dust standards the
surface separated by a minimum of 13.5m at any underground coal mines.
point. The Act requires that the average concentration of
The general arrangement is to sink two shaft close respirable dust in the active workings of a mine be
to each other, separated by 30 to 60m, for facility of maintained at or below 3.0 mg/m3 and that effective
a quicker intercommunication. December 30, 1972, the 3.0 mg standard be reduced
Unless the face shafts are connected by to 2.0 mg.
underground tunnel no development work inside the This paper discusses the current status of dust levels
mine is permitted under the law. in our underground coal mines, the effect of the 2.0
One of the shafts serves for mineral winding, and mg standard on underground dust levels, and
the other for ventilation, man riding and material associates the current levels with specific operations
transport. and occupations.
471. As per DGMS norms, severity index is a 474. What is the minimum floor space required for
measure of : a first-aid room in mine?
(a) Accident Proneness of Mine (a) 8 m2 (b) 10 m2
2
(b) Fatality Rate (c) 12 m (d) 15 m2
(c) Serious Injuries Rate UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
(d) No. of Reportable Injuries Ans. (b) : Under the Mines Rules, 1955
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 The first aid room shall be situated at a convenient
place on the surface of the mine and shall be used
Ans. (a)
only for first-aid work.
The Directorate of mines safety compiles the
The first aid room shall have a floor space of not
frequency of the incidence of total and serious
less then 10sq meter and shall contain at least the
accidents in relation to persons employed in the
equipment specified in the second schedule.
mines.
The first-aid room shall be incharge of a qualified
For a proper assessment of the incidence of
medical practitioner where the number of persons
accidents in mines there is a concomitant index viz.
ordinarily employed in a mine is more than 1000,
the severity rate.
such medical practitioner shall be a whole time
In respect of the facilities, the standard number of employee at the mine.
Mondays last is 6000.
475. Which one of the following is a notifiable
472. Reportable injuries are those which require the disease as per CMR 2017 ?
workers to be absent for a minimum period of : (a) Silicosis (b) Nystagmus
(a) 72 hrs (b) 48 hrs (c) Fever (d) Cough
(c) 36 hrs (d) 24 hrs UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (a)
Ans. (a) Silicosis is an incurable lung disease caused by
The list of 'specified injuries' in RIDDOR 2013 inhaling of dust containing free crystalline silica.
replaces the previous list of 'major injuries' in The potential victims of silicosis are poor migrant
RIDDOR 1995. workers employed in quarries, mines, gem cutting
Specified injuries :– and other hazardous occupations such as
Over-three-day incapacitation. construction sites a majority of whom are likely to
Accidents must be recorded, but not reported where die for lack of specialised treatment.
they result in a worker being incapacitated for more Silicosis is a notifiable disease as per CMR 2017.
than three consecutive days. 476. According to Mine Regulation, the value of the
If we are an employer, who must keep an accident fleet angle α (in degree) of a drum winder
book under the Social Security Regulations 1979. installation lies in the range of :
473. Respirable dust in an underground coal mine (a) 1.5 < α ≤ 2.0 (b) 0 < α ≤ 1.5
contain 3% free silica. As per the CMR 2017, (c) 2.0 < α ≤ 2.5 (d) 2.5 < α ≤ 3.0
the maximum allowable respirable dust
@

UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022

concentration in mg/m3 in the mine air is :
Ans. (b): According to Mine Regulation, the value of
(a) 1.5 (b) 2.0
ap

the fleet angle α (in degree) of a drum winder

(c) 2.5 (d) 3.0
installation lies in the range of 0 < α ≤ 1.5.
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
na

Miscellaneous 508 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
477. What should be the minimum standards of Depth of the seam Where the width of galleries do
illumination to be provided (in lux) at first aid from the surface, not exceeds
station? m.
(a) 15 H (b) 30 H 3 3.6m 4.2m 4.8m
(c) 50 H (d) 10 H Not exceeding 60 m 43.7 42.2 41.2 43.17
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 Exceeding 60m but 39.55 39.8 38.4 40.5
Ans. (c) not exceeding 90m
Complex structures of hospitals by the nature of Exceeding 90m but 33.06 33.5 33.8 34.0
not exceeding 150m
their construction requires special lighting and
illumination requirement. Exceeding 150m but 24.8 26.2 25.6 25.9
not exceeding 150m
Thus, different type of services in the hospital need
to have specific illumination and lighting in Exceeding 240m but 9.95 19.7 20.1 20.2
not exceeding 240m
different area as per requirements of the services
that are being rendered. Exceeding 360m 14.8 16.4 17.8 19.0
This lighting should be adequate to enable them to 480. Duty of Mining Sirdar:
carry out their routine tasks. (a) Inspection of working faces
It is recommended that the illumination to be (b) Inspection of Goaf edges
provided at first aid station is 50H. (c) Inspection of Roadways
478. As per the Indian Electricity Rules, where (d) All of these
hand-held portable apparatus is used, the WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
voltage should not exceed : Ans. (d) : Sirdar (Colliery) assists over man, Colliery in
(a) 30 V (b) 75 V his work and supervises drilling, blasting, timbering etc.
(c) 250 V (d) 325 V Indents and collects material and other equipment near
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 work site. Directs and guides drilling and blasting
Ans. (a) operations ensuring observance of safety precautions.
The Indian electricity Rules, 1956 :– Examines edges of space left by extraction of coal seam
Energy shall not be transmitted into a mine at a and direct erection of supports according to SSR
voltage exceeding 11000 volts and shall not be used (Systematic Support Rule) as framed by Manager of the
therein at a voltage exceeding 6600 volts. colliery and mining Sirdar inspect the roadways and
Where any circuit is used for the remote control or goaf edges.
electric inter-locking of apparatus, the circuit 481. Workmen Inspectors are appointed from ……
voltage shall not exceed 30 volts. disciplines.
Provided the fixed plants, the sail voltage may be (a) Mining (b) Electrical
permitted upto 600 volts, if the bolted type plug is (c) Mechanical (d) All of these
used. WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
On the surface of a mine or in an open cast mine, Ans. (d) : For every mine wherein 500 or more persons
the voltage may be raised to 250 volts, if the neutral are ordinarily employed, the owner, agent or manages
or the mid point of the system is connected with shall designate three suitably qualified employees of the
earth and the voltage between the phases does not mine. As technical experts, to carry out inspection of
exceed 250 volts. the mine on behalf of the workers employed therein,
479. As per the Coal Mines Regulations, the one each for mining operations, electrical installations
percentage extraction of coal at different and mechanical installations. So workmen Inspectors
depths during the development phase of coal are appointed from mining, electrical and mechanical
pillar formation varies from ........... to ............ disciplines.
(a) 10% to 35% (b) 19% to 38.4% 482. How many days before starting the operation
(c) 14.8% to 43.7% (d) 25.9% to 54.2% of a mine, the Owner/Agent/Manager shall give
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 notice to the competent authority?
Ans. (c) (a) 30 days (b) 15 days
The width of galleries shall not exceed 4.8m and (c) 7 days (d) None of these
the height of the galleries shall not exceed 3m. WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
For width of galleries ranging from 3m to 4.8m Ans. (a) : The owner/Agent/ Manager of a mine shall,
the dimensions of pillars from various depths of before the commencement of any mining operation,
@

working are given in the following table give to the chief Inspector, the controller, Indian Bureau
The percentage extraction at different depth of Mines and the District magistrate of the district in
ap

during development (formation of pillars) varies which the mine is situated, give the notice before 30
between 14.8% to 43.7%. days.
na

Miscellaneous 509 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
483. What should be the minimum distance between Ans. (c): IME Stands for Initial Medical Examination.
a place for drinking water and Urinal in a Pre-employment medical examination will be done for
mine? all new appointees either by a company Medical officer
(a) 15 meter (b) 10 meter or by a Medical Board consisting of company's Medical
(c) 6 meter (d) None of these officers formed as per order of CMO.
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 488. To Whom the Owner/Agent/Manager shall give
Ans. (c) : In every factory effective arrangements shall notice for opening a mine?
be made to provide and maintain at a suitable points (a) District Magistrate
conveniently situated for all workers employed therein a (b) Indian Bureo of Mines
sufficient supply of wholesome drinking water. All such (c) Chief Inspector of Mines
points shall be marked "drinking water" in a language (d) All of these
understood by a majority of the workers employed in WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
the factory and no such points shall be situated within Ans. (d) : The owner, agent or manager of a mine shall,
(six meters of any washing place, urinal, latrine or any before the commencement of any mining operation,
other source of contamination) unless a shorter distance give to the chief Inspector, the controller, Indian Bureau
is approved in writing by the chief Inspector. of Mines and the District magistrate of the district in
484. Woman employment as per Mines Act-1952 is which the mine is situated, notice is writing in such
permissible between form and containing such particulars relating to the
mine, as may be prescribed.
(a) 08 AM - 09 PM (b) 08AM - 08 PM
(c) 05 AM - 09 PM (d) 06 AM - 07 PM 489. Mines Act-1952 is applicable on:
(a) Oil Mines (b) Metal Mines
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
(c) Coal Mines (d) All of these
Ans. (d) : The Mines Act, 1952, restricted the WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
employment of women in underground mines and also
in opencast or aboveground workings of the mine Ans. (d) : The Mines Act, 1952 contains provisions for
during night hours between 7PM and 6AM. So Woman measures relating to the health, safety, and welfare of
workers in the coal metallic ferrous and oil mines.
employment as per mine Act 1952 is permissible
Hence Mines Act 1952 is applicable for oil mines, metal
between 6AM to 7 PM.
mines and cool mines also.
485. Minimum duration of absence of a person from 490. Duties & responsibilities of Agent:
his duties as per definition of Reportable
(a) Management
Accident
(b) control
(a) more than 24 Hours (b) more than 36 Hours
(c) Supervision & Direction
(c) more than 48 Hours (d) more than 72 Hours (d) All of these
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
Ans. (d) : Minimum duration of absence of a person Ans. (d) : The agent of every mine shall be responsible
from his duties as per definition of reportable Accident that all operations carried on in connection therewith are
is more than 72 hours. conducted in accordance with the provisions of this act
486. ‘Week’, as per Mines Act-1952: and of the regulations, rules and bye-laws and of any
(a) 5 Days (b) 6 Days orders made there under. So duties & responsibilities of
(c) 7 Days (d) None of these agent are management, control, supervision and
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 direction.
Ans. (c) : 'Week' as per Mines Act - 1952 is 7 days. 491. Minimum age of a person to work in
Underground Mine as per Mines Act 1952
• The Mines Act, 1952 contains provisions for measures other than trainess/apprentice:
relating to the health, safety and welfare of workers in (a) 16 years (b) 18 years
the coal, metallic ferrous and oil mines. The Act
(c) 21 years (d) None of these
prescribe the duties of the owner to manage
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
mines/mining operation and the health, safety in mines.
It also, prescribes the number of working hours in Ans. (b) : Minimum age of a person to work in
mines, the minimum wage rates, and other related underground mine as per Mines Act 1952 other than
matters. trainee/apprentice is 18 years.
The Act is administered by the Ministry of Labour and • Apprenticeship training consists of basic training
Employment. (theoretical instructions) and practical on the job
487. IME stands for: training at actual work place.
(a) International Medical Emporium 492. No. of weekly day of rest as per mines Act-
@

(b) International Mining Emporium 1952

(a) 1 day (b) 2 days
ap

(c) Initial Medical Examination

(d) None of these (c) ½ day (d) None of these
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
na

Miscellaneous 510 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): According to Mines Act - 1952, person shall 496. Attendance of UG worker are marked on
be allowed to work in a mine six day in a week. So ………… form.
number of weekly day of rest as per Mines Act - 1952 is (a) Form-A (b) Form-B
one day. (c) Form-C (d) Form-D
• The Mine Act, 1952 contains provisions for measures WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
relating to the health, safety a welfare of workers in the Ans. (d) : Form-D is a attendance sheet of surface
coal, metallic ferrous and oil mines. The Act prescribe worker of a mine.
the duties of the owner to manage mines/mining • According to Mines Rules, 1955 (Section 78) Register
operation and the health, safety in mines. of daily attendance -
It also, prescribes the number of working hours in • The registers required by sub section (4) of section 8
mines, the minimum wage rates, and other related of persons employed in the mine (a) below ground (b)
matters. in open cast workings and (c) above ground shall be
The Act is administered by the ministry of Labour and maintained if forms C, D and E respectively.
Employment. • The entries in the register maintained in form C shall
493. A trainee/apprentice of minimum ………… age be made at the entrance or entrances to the mine, at the
can work in the mine as per Mines Act-1952 time when a person against whose name the entry is
made enters or leave the time.
(a) 16 years (b) 20 years
• The entries in the registers maintained in form D and
(c) 25 years (d) All of these
E shall be made at suitable points on the premises of the
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 mine with reasonable dispatch, at the commencement
Ans. (a) : According to Mines Act -1952, A trainee / and end of the period of work.
apprentice of minimum 16 years age can work in the 497. Attendance of Surface worker of a mine are
mine. marked on …………. form.
• Apprenticeship training consists of basic training (a) Form-B (b) Form-C
(theoretical instructions and practical on the job training (c) Form-D (d) Form-E
at actual work place.) WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
Any individual, who has completed 16 years of age, is Ans. (c) : Form D is a form on which attendance of
physically fit and having minimum educational surface worker of a mine are marked.
qualification prescribed for a trade can undergo • According to Mines Rules, 1955 (Section 78) Register
apprenticeship training in coal industry according to of daily attendance -
Mines Act 1952.
• The registers required by sub section (4) of section 8
494. Calendar year as per Mines Rules-1955: of persons employed in the mine (a) below ground (b)
(a) 1 April to 31 March in open cast workings and (c) above ground shall be
(b) 1 January to 31 December maintained if forms C, D and E respectively.
(c) 1 September to 31 August • The entries in the register maintained in form C shall
(d) None of these be made at the entrance or entrances to the mine, at the
time when a person against whose name the entry is
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 made enters or leave the time.
Ans. (b) : Calendar year as per Mines Rules - 1955, is 1 • The entries in the registers maintained in form D and
January to 31 December. E shall be made at suitable points on the premises of the
• The Mines Rules, 1955 were formulated according to mine with reasonable dispatch, at the commencement
the powers conferred under section 58 of the mine act, and end of the period of work.
1952. The Rules give detailed and specific provisions 498. The Highest coal producing country in world:
for the maintenance of health, safety and welfare of the (a) India (b) South Africa
mine workers and the schedules for necessary filings of (c) Australia (d) China
the industry. WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
495. Welfare Officer is appointed in the mine when Ans. (d) : China is the global leader in coal production
……………… persons or more employed in the by an incredible margin, producing 3474 metric tonnes
mine. (mt) in a year, rising by 2.9% for second year. India, is
(a) 100 (b) 200 the second largest coal producing country, with
(c) 500 (d) 750 production of 67 million tonnes in 2021.
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 499. SMP as per Coal Mines Regulation-2017 stands
Ans. (c) : For every mine wherein 500 or more person for:
are the owner, agent or manager shall appoint a suitably (a) Site Management Plan
@

qualified person as welfare officer, and where the (b) Slurry Mixing Plant
number of persons so employed in a mine exceeds 2500 (c) Safety Management Plan
ap

such welfare officer shall be assisted by one suitably (d) None of these
qualified additional welfare officer. WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
na

Miscellaneous 511 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): SMP as per coal Mines Regulation - 2017 504. Representative factor on plans shall be of ........
stands for safety Management plan. The safety (a) 3000:1 or 1000:1 (b) 2500:1 or 1000:1
management system established by a mine must ensure (c) 2000:1 or 1000:1 (d) 4000:1 or 2000:1
all risks are identified and critical risks are controlled to WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
ensure long term health and safety. Ans. (c) : Representative factor is defined as the ratio of
500. From U relates to ………. the length of the drawing to the actual length of the
(a) Report of Mining Sirdar object. Representative factor on plans shall be of 2000 :
(b) Report of Overman 1 or 1000 : 1.
(c) Report of Workman Inspector 505. HFL as per Coal Mines Reg-2017 stands for:
(d) None of these (a) Heaving Floor Level
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 (b) High Fire Locations
Ans. (c) : Form U is a mandatory filing requirement for (c) Highest Flood Level
any establishment and includes establishments details, (d) Huge Fire Localities
employment particulars such as employees working and WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
employees separated, leave with wage particulars, Ans. (c) : HFL as per coal Mines Reg-2017 stands for
welfare measures, maternity benefits provided and Highest Flood Level, which is defined as maximum
contract labours information. Hence form U relates to level of water which can safely be contained by a small
report of workman Inspector. dam or large dam without encroaching on the dry
501. Appointment of ventilation officer depends up freeboard.
on 506. Formation of Coal Mines Regulation has been
(a) Coal Production (b) Degree of Gasiness principally based up on.
(c) Both (A) & (b) (d) None of these (a) Railways Act (b) Explosive Act
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 (c) L&R Act. (d) Mines Act.
Ans. (c) : Appointment of ventilation officer depends WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
upon coal production and Degree of Gasiness both. Ans. (d) : The mines act, 1952 contains provisions for
• In India, all underground coal mines are categorized measures relating to the health, safety, and welfare of
into the degree of gassiness, Degree I, Degree II and workers in the coal. The act prescribes the duties of the
Degree III. In degree I gassy coal mine, rate of emission owner to manage mines/mining operation and the
of methane is less than 1m3/t with less than 0.1% of health, safety in mines.
inflammable gas in general body air, degree II gassy 507. Notice to be given to the .............. in case of
mine has 1-10m3/t methane emission rate and failure of dump slope in OC workings.
percentage of inflammable gas in the general body air is (a) Chief inspector of mines
less than 1% and degree III gassy mine has more than (b) Regional inspector
10m3/t as methane emission rate. (c) both (a) and (b)
502. Splits in CMR 2017 relates to .............. (d) none of these
(a) Mine ventilation WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
(b) Subsidence Management Ans. (c) : Notice to be given to the chief Inspector of
(c) Both (a) and (b) mines and Regional Inspector in case of failure of dump
(d) none of these slope in OC workings.
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
• The failure of a dump mass of soil located beneath a
Ans. (a) : Split in CMR 2017 relates to Mine ventilation slope is called a dump slide. It involves a downward
and underground mine ventilation provides a flow of air
and outward movement of the entire mass of soil that
to the underground workings of a mine of sufficient
volume to dilute and remove dust and noxious gases participates in the dump slope failure.
and to regulates temperature. 508. Duties & responsibilities of supplier,
503. Statutory Plan to be prepared on ............ manufacturer and designer has been included
(a) White paper in the ............
(b) Bond paper (a) Coal Mines Regulation, 1957
(c) Canvas paper (b) Coal Mines Regulation, 2017
(d) Tracing cloth or polyster film (c) both (a) and (b)
WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022 (d) none of these
Ans. (d) : Statutory plan to be prepared on Tracing WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
cloth or polyster film. Ans. (b) : In coal Mines regulation, 2017, duties and
• Statutory plan means any benefit plan that a restricted responsibilities of supplier, manufactures and designer
@

party is required by statute to participate in or contribute are given.

to in respect of any current or former employee, • The coal mine regulation, 2017 is updated version of
ap

director, officer, shareholder, consultant or independent coal mines regulation. It has been revised after long
contractor. time 1957 i.e. COAL MINE REGULATION 1957.
na

Miscellaneous 512 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Supplier’s responsiblities are to deliver the services as (c) Whole of Bihar and Orissa except the districts
specified in the contract. The contract should make of Angul and Sambalpur
reference to the SLA (Service Level Agreement) (d) Whole of Bihar and Orissa except the district
making clear its legal standing as the document states of Sambhalpur
the specifies detail in respect of the day to day provision BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
of the service.
• Responsibilities of manufactures are to design and Ans. (a) : The Bihar and Orissa public demands recovery
manufacture products in accordance with the essential act, 1914 extends to whole of Bihar and Orissa.
health, safety or any other objectives of all product 512. According to the Bihar and Orissa Public
legislation applicable to the product. Demands Recovery Act, 1914, 'Certificate
• Responsibilities of designers involves preparing or Officer' means.
modifying designs for construction projects or arranging (a) A Collector
for or instructing, others to do this. Designs include
(b) A sub-Divisional Officer
drawings, design details, specifications, bill of quality
and design calculations. (c) Any Officer appointed by a Collector with the
sanction of the Commissioner
509. Which one of the following is NOT a notifiable
disease as per Indian mining legislation? (d) All of the above
(a) Silicosis BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(b) Noise induced hearing loss Ans. (d) : According to the Bihar and Orissa public
(c) Nystagmus demands recovery act 1914, certificate officer means a
(d) Asbestosis collector, a sub-divisional officer, any officer appointed
Gate Mining Engineering-2022 by a collector with the sanctions of the commissioner.
Ans. (c) : Notified Disease are as per Indian mining 513. According to the Bihar and Orissa Public
legislation. Demands Recovery Act, 1914, 'movable
• Silicosis property' includes.
• Asbestosis (a) Growing crops (b) Standing timber
• Noice induced hearing loss (c) Grass (d) All of the above
• Pneumoconiosis BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
• Cancer of lungs the stomach or the pleura and
peritoneum. Ans. (a) : Movable property includes growing crops
according to the Bihar and Orissa public demands
• Magnanese poisoning ( nervous type)
recovery act, 1914.
• Contact dermatitis caused by direct contact with
chemicals. Growing crops refers to the process of planting and
• Pathological manifestation due to radium or radio- cultivating plants for food or other purposes.
active substance. 514. According to the Bihar and Orissa public
• Nystagmus is not a notifiable disease as per Indian Demands Recovery Act, 1914, 'Certificate
mining legislation. Holder' means
510. The employer of workers including women, (a) The company in whose favour a certificate
audio-visual worker and contract labour below has been filed under this act.
eighteen years of age in case of mines, shall be (b) The person against whom a certificate has
liable to penalty which shall not be less than. been filed under act
(a) Fifty thousand rupees (c) The government or person in whose favour a
(b) One lakh rupees certificate has been filed under this act
(c) Two lakh rupees (d) None of the above
(d) Ten thousand rupees BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 Ans. (c) : Certificate holder means the person named as
Ans. (a) : The employer of workers including women debtor in a certificate field under this act and includes
audio-visual workers and contract labour below any person whose name is substituted or added as
eighteen year of age in can of mines, shall be liable to debtor by the certificate officer.
penalty which shall not be less than fifty thousand 'Certificate Holder' means the government or person in
rupees. whose favour a certificate has been field under this act,
511. The Bihar and Orissa Public Demands and includes any person whose name is substituted or
@

Recovery Act, 1914 extends to added as creditor by the certificate officer.

(a) Whole of Bihar and Orissa
ap

515. A certificate filed under Sections 4 of the Bihar

(b) Whole of Bihar and Orissa except the district and Orissa Public Demands Recovery act, 1914
of Angul may be executed by
na

Miscellaneous 513 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) The Certificate Officer in whose office the 519. Under the Bihar and Orissa Public Demands
original certificate is filed Recovery Act, 1914, a person detained in civil
(b) The certificate officer to whom a copy of the jail in execution of a certificate may be so
certificate is sent for execution under is sent detained, where the certificate is for a demand
for execution under section 13, Sub-section 1 of an amount exceeding fifty rupees, for
(c) Neither (A) nor (B) (a) A period of six months
(d) Both (A) and (B) (b) A period of six weeks
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 (c) A period of three months
Ans. (d) : A certificate filed under section & many be (d) A period of one month
executed by- BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
The certificate officer in whose office the original Ans. (a) : The certificate is for a demand of an amount
certificate is filled. exceeding fifty rupees for a period of six months.
The certificate officer to whom a copy of the certificate 520. Where a certificate-debtor has been committed
is sent for exaction under section 13, sub-section 1. to the civil jail under the Bihar and Orissa
516. What is the mode of execution under section 15 Public Demands Recovery Act, 1914, he may be
of the Bihar and Orissa Public Demands released therefrom by the collector on the
Recovery Act, 1914? ground of-
(a) By attachment (a) Contagious disease
(b) By arresting (b) Death of relative
(c) By detaining in civil jail (c) Marriage of family member
(d) All of the above (d) All of the above
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
Ans. (d) : Section 15 in Bihar and Orissa public Ans. (a) : A certificate-debtor has been committed to
demands. Recovery act, 1914 the civil prison, he may be released therefrom-
Mode of execution- subject to such conditions and (a) By the collector, on the ground of the existence of
limitations as may be prescribed, a certificate officer any infections or contagious disease.
may order execution of a certificate.
(b) By the certificate officer, or the collector, on the
(a) By attachment and sale, if necessary, or any ground of his suffering from any serious illness.
property, or in the case of immovable property by sale
without previous attachment, or 521. Notwithstanding anything in the Bihar and
(b) By arresting the certificate-debtor and detaining him Orissa Public Demands Recovery Act, 1914, the
in civil prison, or Certificate Officer shall not order the arrest or
detentions in the civil jail of
(c) By detaining in civil jail
(a) A woman (b) A minor
517. Which property is liable to attachment and sale
(c) An unsound person (d) All of the above
in execution of a certificate under the Bihar
and Orissa Public Demands Recovery Act, BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
1914? Ans. (d) : Prohibition of arrest or detention of women
(a) Houses and person under disability. Not with standing anything
(b) Cheques in this act, the certificate officer shall not order the
(c) Government securities arrest, or detention in the civil prison of-
(d) All of the above i) a women
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 ii) a minor
Ans. (d) : The property is liable to attachment and sale iii) any person who, in his opinion, is a minor or of
in execution of a certificate under-houses, cheques, unsound mind.
government securities. 522. Which one of the following sections is related to
518. Which property is not liable to attachment and appeal under the Bihar and Orissa Public
sale in execution of a certificate under the Demands Recovery Act, 1914?
Bihar and Orissa Public Demands Recovery (a) Section 50 (b) Section 55
Act, 1914 ? (c) Section 56 (d) Section 60
(a) Wages of labourers (b) Books of accounts BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(c) Cooking vessels (d) All of the above Ans. (d) : If he appeals, in accordance with section 60,
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 from an order passes under section 10 from the date of
Ans. (d) : The property is not liable to attachment and the decision of such appeal.
@

sale in execution of a certificate under- 523. According to the Bihar and Orissa public
i) Wages of labourers
ap

Demands Recovery Act, 1914, an appeal shall

ii) Books of accounts be filed against the original order of the
iii) Cooking vessels Assistant collector or Deputy Collector.
na

Miscellaneous 514 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) To the Collector Ans. (b) : Who ever fraudulently removes, conceals
(b) To the Commissioner transfer or delivers to any person property or any
(c) To the Court of Sessions interest there in, intending thereby to prevent that
(d) To the Civil Judge property or interest therein from being taken in
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 execution of a certificate, shall be deemed to have
committed on offence punishable under section 206 of
Ans. (a) : Appeal-(1) An appeal from any original order
made under this act shall lie- the IPC (XLV of 1860)
(a) If the order was made by an assistant collector or a 528. Every Collector, Certificate Officer and
deputy collector, or by a certificate officers not being Assistant Collector acting under the Bihar and
the collector to the collector. Orissa Public Demands Recovery Act, 1914
shall have the power of a
524. Every appeal must be presented in case of
(a) Civil Court (b) Criminal Court
order made by the collector under the Bihar
and Orissa Public Demands Recovery Act, (c) Revenue Court (d) Tribunal
1914 within BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(a) Thirty days (b) Sixty days Ans. (a) : Officer to have powers of civil court for
(c) Ninety days (d) Fifteen days certain purpose. Every collector, certificate officer,
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 assistant collector or deputy collector acting under this
act, shall have the powers of a civil court for the
Ans. (a) : Every such a appeal must be presented in purposes of receiving evidence, administering oaths,
case (a), within fifteen days, from the date of the order. enforcing the attendance of witness and compelling the
525. Under the Bihar and Orissa Public Demands production of documents.
Recovery Act, 1914, the Board of Revenue may
529. Section 62 of the Bihar and Orissa Public
revise any order passed by the- Demands Recovery Act, 1914 deals with
(a) Collector (b) Commissioner
(a) Appeal (b) Revision
(c) Sessions Judge (d) Assistant Collector
(c) Review (d) Penalty
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
Ans. (b) : The board of revenue may revise any order
Ans. (b) : Revision- The collector may revise any order
passed by the a certificate officer, Assistant collector or passed by a certificate officer, assistant collector or
deputy collector under this act; the commissioner may
deputy collector under this act, the commissioner may
revise any order passed by a collector under this act;
revise any order passed by a collector under this act,
and the board of revenue may revise any order passed
and the board and the board of revenue may revise any
by a commissioner under this act.
order passed by a commissioner under this act.
526. Under sections 50 of the Bihar and Orissa
530. Under the Mines and Minerals (Development
Public Demands Recovery Act, 1914, when the
and Regulation) Act, 1957, 'minerals' includes
Certificate Officer is satisfied that certificate
debtor is minor or of unsound mind, he shall all, 1957, 'minerals' includes all except
permit in the proceeding. (a) Natural gas (b) Mineral oil
(a) Represented by his wife (c) Petroleum (d) All of the above
(b) Represented by his son BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(c) Represented by a suitable person Ans. (b) : "Mineral concession" means either a
(d) Represent by his relative reconnaissance permit, prospecting license, mining
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 leave, composite license. Mineral oils includes natural
gas and petroleum.
Ans. (c) : Persons under disability where the certificate
officer is satisfied that the certificate-debtor is minor or 531. Under the Mines and Minerals (Development
of unsound mind he shall in any proceeding under this and Regulation) Act, 1957, 'minor minerals'
act, permit him to be represented by any suitable means
person. (a) Building stones (b) Gravel
527. Whoever fraudulently removes, conceals or (c) Ordinary clay (d) All of the above
transfers any property from being taken in BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
execution of a certificate shall be punishable Ans. (d) : Minor minerals means building stones,
under Section ............ according to the Bihar gravel, ordinary clay, ordinary sand other than sand
and Orissa Public Demands Recovery Act, used for prescribed purposes, and any other mineral
1914. which the central government may, by notification in
(a) 201 of the IPC, 1860 the official gazette, … to be a minor mineral.
@

(b) 206 of the IPC, 1860 532. Under sub-section (1) of section 30B of the
ap

(c) 451 of the IPC, 1860 Mines and Minerals (Development and
(d) 420 of the IPC, 1860 Regulation) Act, 1957, 'Special court'
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 means the
na

Miscellaneous 515 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Court of Sessions (a) Central Government
(b) Collector (b) State Government
(c) High Court (c) State Government with the approval of the
(d) Special Judicial Magistrate central Government
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 (d) Both (A) and (B)
Ans. (a) : Special court, means a court of session BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
designated as special count under sub-section (1) of Ans. (a) : The ordinance adds new fourth schedule to
section 30 B; the act 1957. It includes bauxite, iron gold absestus are
the mineral and non-metallic; this is govern by the
533. Under the Mines and Minerals (Development central government by notification amend this schedule.
and Regulation) Act, 1957, the maximum
538. Under the Mines and Minerals (Development
period for which a mining lease may be granted
and Regulation) Act, 1957, in any district
(specified in part A of the First Schedule) shall
affected by mining-related operations, the State
not exceed Government shall establish a trust to be called
(a) Ten years (b) Twenty years the
(c) Thirty years (d) Fifty years (a) District Mineral Trust
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 (b) District Mineral Foundation
Ans. (c) : The maximum period for which a mining (c) District Mineral Exploration trust
lease may be granted shall not exceed thirty years. (d) District Mineral Exploration Foundation
Provided that the minimum period for which any such BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
mining lease may be granted shall not be less than Ans. (b) : Under the mines and minerals (Development
twenty years. and regulation) Act 1957 in any district affected by
534. The mines and Minerals (Development and mining related operations the state government shall
Regulation) Act, 1957 came into force on establish a thrust to be called the district mineral
(a) 1st December, 1957 (b) 1st June, 1958 foundation. This foundation is to work for the interest
(c) 1st January, 1958 (d) 1st July, 1957 and benefit of persons and areas affected by mining
related operations in such manner as may be prescribed
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 by the state government.
Ans. (a) : Provided that where the holder of such 539. Under the Mines and Minerals (Development
mining lease becomes liable, under section 9, to pay and Regulation) Act, 1957, whoever
royalty for any mineral removed or consumed by him or contravenes the provisions of Section 4 shall be
by his agent, manger, employee contractor or sub lessee punishable with imprisonment for a term
from the leased area, he shall be liable to pay either which may extend to
such royalty, or dead rent in respect of that area, (a) Two years (b) Three years
whichever is greater. (c) Five years (d) Ten years
535. Under the Mines and Minerals (Development BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
and Regulation) Act, 1957, any mineral Ans. (c) : Under the mines and minerals (Development
specified in the Fourth Schedule is called and Regulation) Act 1957 whoever contravenes and
(a) Minor mineral (b) Notified mineral provisions of section 4 shall be punishable with
(c) Mineral oil (d) All of the above imprisonment for a term which may extend to five
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 years.
Ans. (b) : The fourth schedule notified minerals- 540. Part A of the First Schedule of the Mines and
(1) Bauxite (2) Iron ore (4) Limestone (4) Maganex are Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act,
536. Under the Mines and Minerals (Development 1957 deals with which of the following
and Regulation) Act, 1957, which is metallic minerals?
and non-metallic mineral? (a) Allanite and monazite
(a) Asbestos (b) Bauxite (b) Beryl
(c) Gold (d) All of the above (c) Thorium
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 (d) Coal and lignite
Ans. (d) : Under the mines and minerals (Development BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
and Regulation) Act 1957 like asbestos, bauxite gold, Ans. (d) : Part a of the first schedule of the mines and
Copper, Iron, Lead, Zinc, Tin nickel minerals (Development and Regulation) Act 1957 deals
with coal and lignite.
@

537. Who shall be empowered to amend the first

schedule and the Fourth Schedule as to add or 541. Under the Mines and Minerals (Development
and Regulation) Act, 1957, any operation
ap

delete any mineral under the Mines and

Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act, undertaken for the purpose of exploring,
1957? locating or proving mineral deposit is called.
na

Miscellaneous 516 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Mining operation 545. Section 26 of the Mines and Minerals
(b) Prospecting operation (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 deals
(c) Reconnaissance operation with
(a) Protection of action taken in good faith
(d) Exploring operation
(b) Power of entry and inspection
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(c) Delegation of powers
Ans. (b) : Prospecting is an important tool and is (d) Relaxation of rules in special
defined as a branch of geological science which on its BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
application is search for minerals or ores that can lead to
Ans. (c) : Delegation of powers-
the location of mineral deposit on.
Section 26 of the mines and minerals act 1957 deals
542. Under the Mines and Minerals (Development with the central government may be notification in the
and Regulation) Act, 1957, a mining lease may official gazette direct that any power exercisable by it
be renewed for a period not exceeding twenty under this act may in relation to such matter and subject
years with the previous approval of the to such condition.
(a) Centrals Government 546. Which section of the Mines and Minerals
(b) State Government (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 deals
(c) National Mineral Exploration Trust with powers of the Central Government to
make rules in respect of minerals?
(d) National Green Tribunal
(a) Section 11 (b) Section 12A
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 (c) Section 13 (d) Section 14
Ans. (a) : Under the mines and minerals (Development BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
and Regulation) Act 1957 a mining leas may exceeding Ans. (c) : The central government shall with effect from
twenty years with previous approval by the central such date as that government may be notification in the
government. official gazette specify in this be half constitute for the
543. Under the Mines and Minerals (Development purposes of this act.
and Regulation) Act, 1957, the object of the 547. The State Government may make rule for
District Mineral Foundation shall be- regulating the grant in respect of minor
minerals under the Mines and Minerals
(a) To work for the interest and benefit of (Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 for
persons and areas affected by mining-related (a) Quarry leases (b) Mining leases
operations (c) Mineral concessions (d) All of the above
(b) To grant mining lease BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(c) To determine the rates at which royalty shall Ans. (d) : The state government may make rule for
be payable in respect of any mineral regulating the grant in respect of minor and minerals
(d) All of the above (Development and regulation) Act 1957 for quarry
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 leases mining leases and minerals concessions.
Ans. (a) : Under the mines and minerals (Development 548. The Mineral Conservation and Development
Rules, 2017 shall apply to all minerals, except
and Regulation) Act 1957 the object of the district by
(a) Petroleum and natural gas
mineral foundation shall be to work for the interest and
(b) Coal, lignite and sand for stowing
benefit of persons and areas affected by mining related
(c) Minor minerals
operations. (d) All of the above
544. Under the Mines and Minerals (Development BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
and Regulation) Act, 1957, the Judge of the Ans. (d) : The mineral conservation and development
special Court shall be appointed by- rules 2017 shall apply to all minerals except petroleum
(a) The Chief Minister of the state and natural gas coal lignite and sand for stowing and
(b) The Central Government with the minor minerals.
concurrence of the Supreme Court 549. Under the Mineral Conservation and
(c) The State Government with the concurrence Development Rules, 2017, 'abandonment of
of the High Court mine' means
(d) The Chief Minister of the State with the (a) Final closure of a mine after extraction of
total deposits thereof
concurrence of the Governor of the State
(b) Final closure of a mine after part of total
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 deposits thereof is extracted
@

Ans. (c) : Under the mines and minerals (Development (c) Final closure of a mine when the mining
and Regulation) Act 1957 the judge of the special court operations thereon have become uneconomic
ap

shall be appointed by the state government with the (d) All of the above
concurrence of the high court. BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
na

Miscellaneous 517 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): Under the mineral conservation and 554. under Rule 28 of the mineral Conservation and
development rules 2017 abandonment of mine means Development Rules,2017, a notice is required to
final closer extraction of total deposits and final closer send to the authorised officer for temporary
of a mine after part of total deposits thereof is extracted discontinuance of work. What is the minimum
and final closure of a mine when the mining operations duration of temporary discontinuance of work
thereon have become uneconomic. in mines?
550. Under the mineral conservation and (a) Thirty days (b) Sixty days
Development Rules, 2017 who among the (c) Ninety days (d) Six months
following shall be the competent authority to BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
approve a mining plan for grant of a lease? Ans. (c) : Under rule 28 of the mineral conservation and
(a) Controller General development rules 2017 the minimum duration of
(b) State Government approved by the Central temporary dis continuance of work in ninety days.
Government 555. Under Rule 22 of the Mineral Conservation
(c) Officer of the Indian Bureau of Mines and Development Rules, 2017, every mine shall
(d) Controller of mines have mine closure plans, which shall be of two
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 types, namely
Ans. (b) : Under the minerals and development rules (a) Progressive mine closure plane and final
2017 the state government approved by the central closure plan
government. (b) Annual mine closure plane and final closure
551. Under Rule 45 of the Mineral conservation and plan
Development Rules, 2017, and annual return (c) Progressive mine closure plan and mining
shall be submitted each year for the preceding closure plan
financial year before (d) Annual mine closure plan and mining closure
(a) 1st day of January plan
(b) 1st day of April BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(c) 1st day of July Ans. (a) : Under Rule 22 of the mineral conservation
(d) 30th day of September and development rules 2017 every mine shall have mine
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 closure plans of two types progressive mine closure
plan and final closure plan.
Ans. (c) : Under rule 45 of the mineral conservation and
development rules 2017 an annual return shall be 556. Under Rule 10(1) of the Mineral Conservation
submitted each year for the preceding financial year and Development Rules, 2017, who among the
before 1st day of July. following shall be the competent authority to
take decision with respect to a mining plan
552. Under the Mineral Conservation and approved by any officer of the Indian Bureau
Development Rules, 2017 'environment' and
of Mines?
'environ-mental pollution' shall have the same
(a) Geologist (b) Controller of Mines
meaning as assigned respectively to them in
(c) Controller General (d) Collector
(a) The Constitution of India
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(b) The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986
(c) The Mines and Minerals (Development and Ans. (c) : Under rule 10 (1) of the mineral conservation
Regulation) Act, 1957 and development rules 2017. The competent authority
to take decision with respect to a mining plan approved
(d) None of the above
by the officer of the controller general of the Indian
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
bureau of mines.
Ans. (b) : Under the mineral conservation and
557. Every holder of a mining lease shall employ a
development rules 2017 environment and
whole-time mining engineer and a geologist
environmental pollution shall have the same meaning as
under the Mineral Conservation and
assigned respectively to them in the environment
Development Rules, 2017 in case of
(protection) act 1986.
(a) Category A mines
553. Which Rule deals with the underground (b) Category B mines
mining operation under the Mineral
(c) Both category A and B mines
conservation and Development Rules, 2017?
(d) None of the above
(a) Rule 11 (b) Rule 15
(c) Rule 17 (d) Rule 18 BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
@

BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 Ans. (a) : Every holder of a mining lease shall employ a
whole-time mining engineer and a geologist under of
ap

Ans. (b) : Rule 15 deals with the underground mining

operation under the mineral conservation and mineral conservation and development rules 2017 in
development rules 2017. case of category A mines.
na

Miscellaneous 518 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
558. Under the Mineral Conservation and (a) Form-B (b) Form-C
Development Rules, 2017, which statement is (c) Form-D (d) Form-E
true regarding exercise of powers? BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(a) Powers of the Regional Controller can be
exercised by the Controller of Mines. Ans. (b) : Under the mineral conservation and
(b) Powers of the Controller of Mines can be development rules 2017 the holder of a mining tease
exercised by the Chief Controller of Mines. shall send a notice of change in name of mine in form-C
(c) Powers of the Chief Controller of Mines can 563. Form-F or the Mineral Conservation and
be exercised by the Controller General. Development rules, 2017 deals with
(d) All of the above (a) Notice of commencement of reconnaissance
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 operation
Ans. (d) : Under the mineral conservation and (b) Notice intention of abandonment of mine
development rules 2017 the power of the regional (c) Notice of temporary discontinuance of mine
controller can be exercised by the controller of mines (d) Notice of commencement of stopping
and power of the controller of mines can be exercised
by the chief controller of miens and also control by the BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
controller general. Ans. (d) : Form-F of the mineral conservation and
559. Rule 59 of the Mineral Conservation and development rules 2017 deals with notice of
Development Rules, 2017 deals with commencement of stopping.
(a) Power to issue directions 564. Under the Mineral conservation and
(b) Prohibition of deployment in certain cases Development Rules, 2017 the security or
(c) Examination of mineral deposit and taking Guarantee furnished by the holder of a mining
samples lease is called
(d) Duties of mining Engineer (a) Financial security (b) Mining security
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 (c) Financial assurance (d) Financial promise
Ans. (c) : The rule of 59 of the mineral conservation BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
and development rules 2017 deals with examination of
mineral deposit and taking sample. Ans. (c) : Financial assurance also called financial
responsibility is a security that covers projected waste
560. Under the Mineral Conservation and
cleanup costs. It is the process of establishing the
Development Rules, 2017, Duties of geologist
and mining engineer are defined under integrity and credibility of financial/disclosure through
(a) Rule 56 and Rule 57 on external review.
(b) Rule 61 and Rule 62 565. Under Rule 55(1) (c) (ii) of the Mineral
(c) Rule 69 and Rule 70 Conservation and Development Rules, 2017, in
(d) Rule 72 and Rule 73 case of category B mines, every holder of a
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 mining lease shall employ
Ans. (a) : Section 56 in the mineral conservation and (a) A whole-time mining engineer and a part-
development rules 2017 duties of geologist and also the time geologist
rules 57 defined the mineral conservation of mining (b) A part-time mining engineer and a whole-
engineer. time geologist
561. What is the limitation period to apply for (c) A whole-time mining engineer and a whole-
revision of the order under Rule 61 of the time geologist
Mineral Conservation and Development Rules, (d) A part-time mining engineer and a part-time
2017? geologist
(a) Thirty days (b) Forty-five days BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(c) Sixty days (d) Ninety days Ans. (d) : Under rules 55 (i) 1 (c) (ii) of the mineral
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 conservation and development rules 2017 in case of
Ans. (a) : Section 61 in the mineral conservation and category B mines every holder of a mining tease shall
development rules 2017, any person aggrieved by an employ a part-time mining engineer and a part-time
order mode or direction issued under these rules by any geologist.
authorized officer excepting the state government as the 566. Chapter VI of the mineral conservation and
case may be may within thirty days of the Development Rules, 2017 deals with
communication of such order or direction apply to the (a) Sustainable mining (b)Notice and returns
@

controller general or the director.

(c) Geological reports (d)Miscellaneous
562. Under the Mineral Conservations and
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
ap

Development Rules, 2017, the holder of a

mining lease shall sent a notice of change in Ans. (b) : Chapter VI of the mineral conservation and
name of mine in development rules 2017 deals with notice and returns.
na

Miscellaneous 519 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
567. Under the Mineral Conservation and (a) Movement in any place in India
Development Rules, 2017, which of the (b) Movement from one place to another within
following is not correctly matched? the state of Bihar
(a) Monthly and annual returns-Rule 46 (c) Movement from Bihar State to Jharkhand
(b) Power to issue directions-Rule 58 (d) None of the above
(c) Revision-Rule 61
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(d) Geological reports-Rule 72
Ans. (b) : Transport under the Bihar minerals
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(concession prevention of illegal mining transportation
Ans. (a) : Under the mineral conservation and
and storage) rules 2019 means the movement from one
development rules 2017 deals with.
place to another within the Bihar.
Power to issue direction rule 58
Revision-rule 61 572. As per the Bihar Minerals (Concession,
Geological reports-rule 72 Prevention of Illegal Mining, Transportation
and Storage) Rules, 2019, who is authorised to
568. 'Department' defined under the Bihar Minerals
assist the Collector in ensuring
(Concession, Prevention of Illegal Mining,
Transportation and Storage) Rules, 2019 implementations of the provisions of the Act
means and these Rules?
(a) The Department of Mines and Minerals, the (a) Commissioner of Mines
Government of Bihar (b) Superintendent of Police
(b) The Department of Mines and Geology, the (c) Mining Officer
Government of Bihar (d) Director of Mines
(c) The Department of Mining Officer, the BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
Government of Bihar Ans. (b) : As per the Bihar minerals (concession
(d) The Department of Mines Commissioner, the prevention of illegal mining, transportation and storage)
Government of Bihar
Rules 2019 superintendent of police authorized to assist
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 the collector in ensuring implementations of the
Ans. (b) : Under the Bihar minerals (concession prevision of rules and the act.
prevention of illegal mining transportation and storage)
rules 2019 means the department of mines and geology 573. The duration of the mineral concession for
the government of Bihar. minor minerals shall be .......... years under the
Bihar Minerals (Concession, Prevention of
569. 'Person' defined under the Bihar Minerals
(Concession, Prevention of Illegal Mining, Illegal Mining, Transportation and Storage)
Transportation and Storage) Rules, 2019 Rules, 2019.
means (a) 3 (b) 5
(a) A department of the Central Government (c) 10 (d) 20
(b) A firm BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(c) A Company Ans. (b) : The duration of the minerals concession for
(d) All of the above minor minerals shall be 5 years under the Bihar,
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 minerals (concession prevention of illegal mining
Ans. (d) : Person defined under the Bihar minerals transportation and storage) rules 2019.
(concession prevention of illegal mining transportation 574. Under the Bihar Minerals (Concession,
and storage) rules 2019 means the department of the Prevention of Illegal Mining, Transportation
central government and firm and a company. and Storage) Rules, 2019, mining lease of
570. The role of the Collector is defined under the granite shall be granted by the shall be granted
Bihar Minerals (Concession, Prevention of by the
Illegal Mining, Transportation and Storage) (a) Collector (b) Commissioner
Rules, 2019 in
(c) State Government (d) Director of Mines
(a) Rule 5 (b) Rule 7
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(c) Rule 10 (d) Rule 18
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 Ans. (c) : Under the Bihar minerals (concession
prevention of illegal mining transportation and storage)
Ans. (a) : The role of the collector in Bihar under the
minerals concession prevention of illegal mining rules 2019 mining tease of granite shall be granted by
the state government.
@

transportion and storage under the rule 5 in 2019.

571. 'Transport' under the Bihar Minerals 575. Under the Bihar Minerals (Concession,
ap

(Concession, Prevention of Illegal Mining, Prevention of Illegal Mining, Transportation

Transportation and Storage) Rules, 2019 and storage) Rules, 2019, the mining plan shall
means be prepared by a person who shall possess the
na

Miscellaneous 520 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) Qualification of a degree of mining 579. Chapter XVI of the Bihar Mineral (Concession,
engineering Prevention of Illegal Mining, Transportation
(b) Qualification of a post-graduate degree in and Storage Rules, 2019 deals with
geology (a) Appeals and revision
(c) Professional experience of five years of (b) Reference
working in a supervisory capacity in the field (c) Review
of mining after obtaining the qualification as (d) All of the above
specified in (A) or (B) BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(d) None of the above Ans. (a) : Chapter XIV of the Bihar minerals.
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 580. Rent, royalty or penalty payable under the
Ans. (c) : Under the Bihar minerals (concession Bihar Minerals (Concession, Prevention of
prevention of illegal mining transportation and storage). Illegal Mining, Transportation and storage)
Rules 2019, the mining plan shall be prepared by a Rules, 2019 shall be recoverable through
person who shall posses the A degree of mining (a) The Bihar and Orissa Public Demands
engineering and post graduate degree in geology and Recovery Act, 1914
professional experience of five years of working in a (b) The Director of Mines
supervisory capacity in the field of mining after
(c) The Collector
obtaining the qualification.
(d) Any of the above
576. Under the Bihar Minerals (Concession, BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
Prevention of Illegal Mining, Transportation
and Storage) Rules, 2019, who among the Ans. (a) : The rent, royalty or penalty payable under the
following shall not be the member of District Bihar minerals (concession prevention of illegal mining
Level Mining Task Force? transportation and storage) rules 2019 shall be
recoverable through the Bihar and Orissa public
(a) Superintendent of Police
demands recovery act 1914.
(b) District Transport Officer
(c) Sub-Divisional Officer 581. Which Rule of the Bihar Minerals (Concession,
Prevention of Illegal Mining, Transportation
(d) Conservator of Forest
and Storage) Rules, 2019 deals with protection
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 of environment?
Ans. (d) : Under the Bihar minerals (concession, (a) Rule 9 (b) Rule 14
prevention of illegal mining transpiration and storage) (c) Rule 18 (d) Rule 21
Rules 2019 the member of district level mining task BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
force superintendent of police, district transport-officer
Ans. (c) : Rule 18 is the Bihar minerals (concession,
and conservator of forest.
prevention of illegal mining transportation and storage)
577. Under the Bihar Minerals (Concession, rules, 2019 deals with protection of environment.
Prevention of Illegal Mining, Transportation 582. Any person aggrieved by any order of the
and Storage) Rules, 2019, the meeting of Special Court may appeal to the .......... under
District Level Mining of District Level Mining the Bihar minerals (Concession, Prevention of
Task Force shall be once in ............. positively. Illegal Mining, Transportation and storage)
(a) Six months (b) Three months Rules, 2019.
(c) One month (d) Two months (a) Collector (b) Sessions Court
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 (c) High Court (d) Commissioner
Ans. (c) : Under the Bihar minerals (concession, BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
prevention of illegal, mining, transportation and
storage) Rules 2019, the meeting of district level Ans. (c) : Appeal- Any person aggrieved by any order
minimum task force shall be once in one months. of the special court may within sixty days from the date
of order prefer on appeal in the high court so the Bihar
578. Under the Bihar Minerals (Concession,
minerals (concession prevention of illegal mining
Prevention of Illegal Mining, Transportation
and Storage) Rules, 2019, what is the requisite transportation and storage) rules 2019.
fee in respect of application for quarrying 583. Under the Bihar Minerals (Concession,
permit? Prevention of Illegal Mining, Transportation
(a) ` 5,000 (b) ` 10,000 and storage) Rules, 2019, the minimum area
(c) ` 50,000 (d) ` 1,00,000 for grant of a mineral concession shall be
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 (a) Five hectares
@

Ans. (a) : Under the Bihar minerals (concession (b) Fifty hectares
(c) Two hundred hectares
ap

prevention of illegal mining, transportation and storage)

Rules 2019. the requisite fees in Rs 5000 respect of (d) Five hundred hectares
application for quarrying permit. BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
na

Miscellaneous 521 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Under the Bihar minerals (Concession, 588. Which of the following Acts has been repealed
Prevention of Illegal Mining, Transportation and under section 143 of the occupational safety,
storage) ruler, 2019. the minimum area for grant of a Health and working conditions code, 2020?
mineral concession shall be five hectares. (a) The Motor Transport Workers Act
584. Who submits the final mine closure plan under (b) The Industrial Disputes Act
the Bihar Minerals (Concession, Prevention of (c) The Maternity Wages Act
Illegal Mining, Transportation and Storage) (d) The Minimum Wages Act
Rules, 2019? BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
(a) The owner of a mineral concession Ans. (a) : Medical facilities at the operating centres and
(b) An agent of a mineral concession halting stations, uniforms, raincots and other like
(c) A manager of a mineral concession amentias for protection from rain or cold for motor
transport workers.
(d) All of the above
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 589. A person is said to be not employed in the mine
(a) Who works as a Overman
Ans. (d) : The owner of a mineral concession, an agent (b) Who works under appointment by the
of a mineral concession, a manager of a mineral Manager
concession submit the final mine closure plan under the (c) Who works in any office of the mine
Bihar minerals (concession, prevention of illegal mining (d) Who works as a pump operator on contract in
transportation and storage) ruler 2019. a residential colony belonging to be the mine
585. Rule 36 of the Bihar Minerals (Concession, Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Prevention of Illegal Mining, Transportation Ans. (d) : According to Mine Act, 1952–
and Storage) Rules, 2019 deals with • A person is said to be ''employed" in a mine who
(a) Conditions on which the quarrying permit works as the manager of who works under appointment
shall be granted by the owner, agent or manager of the mine or with
(b) Application for quarrying permit knowledge of the manager, wheather for wages or not.
(c) Disposal of application for quarrying permit • A person is said to be not employed in the mine, who
(d) Grant of quarrying permit works as a pump operator on contract in a residential
colony belonging to be the mine.
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021
590. As per M.V.T. Rules 1966 what is full day
Ans. (a) : Rule 36 of the Bihar mineral (concession release system of training
presentation of illegal mining, transportation and (a) Releasing a group of batch of workers
storage ruler 2019 deals with condition or which the belonging to the same trade at the end of shift
quarrying permit shall be granted. (b) Releasing a group of batch of workers
586. On which date was the Bihar Minerals belonging to the same trade, class or category
(Concession, Prevention of Illegal Mining, from normal work
Transportation and Storage) Rules, 2019 (c) Releasing a group of batch of workers
published? belonging to the same mine at the beginning
(a) 1st April, 2019 of the shift
(b) 17th September, 2019 (d) Releasing a group or batch of workers
belonging to the other mine to carry training
(c) 1st January, 2019
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(d) 6th December, 2019
Ans. (b) : Mine Vocational Training Rules 1966 ae
BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 framed and notified in Gazette of India on 02.04.1966
Ans. (b) : 17th September 2019 the Bihar mineral as per the provisions of section No. 58 of the Mines Act
(concession, prevention of illegal mining, transportation 1952 Power of Central government to make rules.
and storages rule 2019 published. • Mine Vocational Training Rules 1966 shall apply to
587. 'Factory' means any premises including the every mine whatever description to which the Mines
precincts there of where manufacturing Act, 1952 applies
process is being carried on with the aid of • As pe M.V.T rules 1966, Releasing a group of batch
power whereon (Act no. 37 of 2020) of workers belonging to the same trade, class or
category from normal work is full day releasing system
(a) Twenty of more workers are working of training.
(b) Ten or more workers are working
591. Departure from an accepted normal or correct
(c) Seven or more workers are working procedure or practice is called as
(d) Thirty or more workers are working (a) Mistake of understanding
@

BPSC MDO Mineral Policy-2021 (b) Non-obedience

(c) Unsafe act
ap

Ans. (a) : Factory means any premises including the

precincts there of the manufacturing process is being (d) Using own wisdom
carried on with twenty or more workers are working. Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
na

Miscellaneous 522 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): Departure from an accepted normal or correct • In a excavation in any hard and compact ground or in
procedure of practice is called as unsafe act. prospecting trenches or pits the side shall be adequately
• Unsafe and careless acts by employees and insecure benched. Stopped or secured so as to prevent danger
work conditions are majorly responsible for occupation form fall of sides.
related accident world ceasing grievous injuries and 595. How many litres of water (minimum) per day
per person shall be provided to workers by
casualties.
Owner/Agent/Manager, as per the mines rueles
• Sometimes called unsafe behavior or placing yoursay , 1956?
at risk (hazardous act). (a) 1 (b) 2
• A behavioural departure from an accepted, normal or (c) 3 (d) 4
correct procedure of Proactive. APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
• An unnecessary exposure to a hazard or conduct that Ans. (b): According to the mines pulse, 1956 minimum
reduces the degree of safety. requirement for water provision to workers is 2 liters per
592. In a mine the sirdar is appointed under CMR day per person. This means that owners, agents, or
2017 Regulation number managers are obligated to provide each worker with at
least 2 liters of water per day to ensure their hydration and
(a) 129 (b) 123 well-being while working in the mines.
(c) 134 (d) 130
596. Which of the following option is correct
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 regarding quality assurance (QA) and quality
Ans. (a) : • The sirdar or other competent person control (QC)
appointed under regulation 129 shall, subject to order of (a) QC is an integral part of QA
superior officials, have responsibility, charge and (b) QA is an integral part of QC
control of the district of the mine assigned to him by the (c) QA and QC are independent to each other
manager or assistant manager. (d) QC may or may not depend on QA
• Expect in the case of a mine working in a continuous APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
succession of shift, on completion of the first inspection Ans. (a) : Quality control is known as and focuses on
of the district, proceed to the station specified under identifying a defect. Quality control is a reactive
regulation 129 and instruct all person as to their places process and is detection in nature . It recognizes the
of work and as to any special precautions necessary to defects. Quality control has to complete after quality
be observed by them. assurance.
QA ⇒ Quality assurance activities monitor and verify
593. What is the minimum age required for that the processes used to manage and create the
appearing in DGMS exams deliverables have been followed and are operative
(a) 18 years (b) 20 years 597. Which Act provides for appointment of
(c) 21 years (d) None of the above conciliation officers and adjudication
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 authorities?
Ans. (b) : The minimum age required for appearing in (a) The Factories Act, 1948
DGMS exas is 20 years old. (b) The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947
• DGMS is stand for Directorate General of Mines (c) The Trades Unions Act, 1926
Safety. (d) The Mines Act, 1952
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
• It is Regulatory Agency under the ministry of lab our
and employment, government of India in matters Ans. (b) : Section 4 of the industrial disputes act 1947
pertaining to occupational safety. health and welfare of talks about the provisions of the condition officer. It
stales that the appropriate government.
person employed in mines.
The central government state government or the local
594. As per regulation 106 MMR 1961, no tree, authority will appoint such number of persons to be the
loose stone or debris shall remain within a conciliation officer as it thinks fit.
distance of ______ from the edge or side of 598. As per MMDR Act 1957, for the allocation of
excavation. lease of minor minerals
(a) 5 m (b) 4 m (a) The State Government is authorized to give
(c) 3 m (d) 2 m the permit.
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 (b) The Central Government is authorized to give
Ans. (c) : • As per regulation 106 MMR 1961, No tree, the permit.
loose stone or debris shall unless otherwise permitted in (c) The State Government is authorized to give
writing by The chief Inspector be allowed to remain permint but with the consent of Central
@

within a distance of 3 meters from the edge or side of Government.

the excavation. (d) The Central Government is authorized to give
ap

• No person shall undercut any face for side or cause or permit but with consent of state Government.
permit such undercutting as to cause any overhanging Gate Mining Engineering-2021
na

Miscellaneous 523 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : Under the Mines and Minerals Development Ans. (a): The dimensions of pillars and galleries, and
and Regulation Act (MMDR Act) of 1957, the the shape of pillars formed in any seams or section shall
allocation of lease for minor minerals is governed by be such as to ensure stability during the formation and
the respective state governments. The act provides extraction of pillars, and during period between such
guidelines and regulations for the systematic formation and extraction.
development and regulation of mines and minerals, • As per CMR-2017, Regulation -111, save the previous
including minor minerals like sand, gravel, lime stone, permission in writing of the Regional inspector and
and others. The state governments formulate rules and subject to such conditions as he may specific therein, no
policies for the allocation of leases considering factors gallery in a seam or section shall exceed three meters in
such as conservation sustainable development, and height 4.8 meters in width at any place.
revenue generation.
• The pillar formed in any seam or section shall
599. What is the geothermic gradient for Indian normally be rectangular in shape.
coal fields?
602. The maximum area that can be granted in any
(a) 1K/91.1m (b) 1K/122.4m
one state of our country to obtain prospecting
(c) 1K/38.4m (d) 1K/109.1m licence for one and associated minerals is
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 (a) 20 sq. km (b) 22.5 sq. km
Ans. (c) : According to the national scale constant (c) 25 sq. km (d) 30 sq. km
temperature zone depth and temperature distribution APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
map, the burial depth and temperature values of the
constant-temperature zone in the 8 inshui basin were Ans. (c) : Prospecting licence is granted for undertaking
extracted by GIS refutations. operations for the purpose of exploring, locating or
• The results show that the temperature values in the proving mineral deposit.
constant. temperature zone range from 13.2 to 15.2 ºC • APL for any mineral or prescribed group of associated
with an average of 14.2 ºC, and the burial depth in the minerals is granted for a maximum period of 3 years.
constant temperature zone varies from 27.4 to 33.1 m • APL can be renewed in such a manner that the total
with an average of 31.1 m ore 1 K. period for which a PL is granted does not exceed 5
• The constant temperature value gradually increases years.
from the northwest to southeast, and the burial depth • In a state, a person can be granted a maximum area of
gradually becomes shallower from the north to south. 25 Sq kms, in one or more PL's but it the central
600. As per the provision of regulation of CMR Government is of the opinion that is the interest of
2017, danger zone is an opencast falling a development of any mineral it is necessary to do so, the
radius of : maximum area limit can be relaxed.
(a) 300 m (b) 400 m • A PL holder has preferential right to obtain ML in the
(c) 500 m (d) 600 m area concerned under section 11 (I) of the Act.
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 603. A government company is a company in which
Ans. (c) : In the case of an opencast working, the shot- not less than ------paid-up share capital is held
firer shall not charge or fire a shot- the Central Government.
(a) unless he has taken the precautions laid down in sub- (a) 49% (b) 51%
regulation (1). (c) 61% (d) 45%
(b) Unless sufficient warming, by efficient signals or APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
other means approved by the manager, is given over the
Ans. (b) : When 51% of the paid up share capital is
entire area falling within a radius of 500 meters from
held by the government.
the place of firing and also he has ensured that all
persons with in such area have taken proper shelter. • The share can be held by the central government or
(c) where any part of a public road or railway lies state government.
within the danger zone, unless two persons are posted, • Partly by government of central and partly by two or
one each in either direction at the two extreme points of more governments.
such road or railways which fall within the danger zone. • As the legal states of the company does not change by
• Who have, by an efficient system of telephonic being a government company, there are no special
communication or hooter or loudspeaker or other means privileges given to them.
intimated clearance of traffic to the shot firer. • 'Government company' Act comes under section 617,
601. As per CMR-2017, Regulation-111, the gallery in 1956.
size permitted in coal seam is : 604. As per MMR 1961, mine plan of the mine
(a) height = 3m, width = 4.8m having large opencast working shall be on a
@

(b) height = 4m, width = 3m scale having a representative factor of :

(c) height = 3.6 m, width = 4.2m (a) 1000 :1 (b) 2000 :1
ap

(d) height =3.6m, width = 4.8 m (c) 4000 :1 (d) 200 :1

APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
na

Miscellaneous 524 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): General requirement about mine plans and Ans. (d): • First-aid qualifications – No person other
sections- than qualified nurse, dresser, compounder – cum –
• Every plan or section prepared or submitted in dresser or medical practitioner shall be appointed to
accordance with the provisions of the regulation shall- render first aid or to be in charge of a first-aid station
referred to in rule 44, unless he is the holder of a valid
• Show the name of the mine and of the owner and the first-aid certificate of the standard of St. John's
purpose for which the plan is prepared. Ambulance Association (India).
• Show the true north or the magnetic meridian and the • First-aid personnel- The owner, agent or manager of a
date of the later. mine shall see that every first-aid station provided under
• Show a scale of the plan at least 25 cm long and rule 44 is placed, during every working shift, in charge
suitably subdivided. of a person holding qualifications specified in rule 41.
• Unless otherwise provided. be or a scale having a The persons in charge of a first aid station in any shift
should be readily available throughout the shift.
representative factor of
(i) 200:1 in case of mica and other mines having small 607. The percentage of employees working in the
mine who should undergo initial medical
scale workings examination every year is :
(ii) 2000:1, in case of mines having large open cast (a) 40% (b) 30%
workings and also in case of surface plans of large (c) 20% (d) 10%
leasehold areas, and APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
(iii) 1,000:1, in other cases. Ans. (c) : Medical Examinations of Persons
605. What should be the minimum number of Employed:
employment when the owner, agent or • 29 A Applicability of this Questions- Nothing in the
manager shall remain bound to designate three Chapter shall persons who are employed purely on
suitably qualified employees of the mine as temporary or causal basis for a continuous period not
‘workmen inspectors’ of the mine concerned? exceeding Six months.
(a) 250 (b) 500 • Initial and periodical medical examinations – After
(c) 750 (d) 1000 such date or dates as the Central Government may by
notification in the official gazette appoint in this behalf,
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
the Owner, agent or manager of every mine shall make
Ans. (b) : The Mines Rules, 1955, Workmen's arrangements.
Inspector- • For the initial medical examinations of every person
• When the number of persons employed in a mine employed in the mine with in a period of five years of
exceeds 1000-1500, the workmen's inspector shall be the date so notified and the said examination shall be so
assisted by one additional workmen's inspector in arranged over a period of five years that one fifth (or
mining discipline for every additional 1000 persons or 20% of total persons) employed at the mine undergo the
part there of examination every year.
• For every mine wherein 500 or more persons are 608. Why the outlets from a mine are not provided
ordinarily employed the owner agent or manger shall closer than 13.5 m?
designate three suitably qualified employees of the mine (a) Closer outlets will weaken the shaft pillar
in consultation with registered trade union in the mine causing possibility of leakage
and where there are more than one registered trade (b) To provide quick communication between the
working places
unions, the union recognized as per produce, in practice
(c) For providing easier approach with surface
or the most representative union as per the membership
(d) To avoid the chance possible subsidence
records available at of time, and it there are no
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
registered trade union in consultation with the elected
representative of the workmen, as technical experts , to Ans. (a) : • No person shall be employed, or be
carry out inspection of the mine on behalf of the permitted to enter or remain for purposes of
employment in any working below ground, unless the
worker's employed therein.
working is provided with at least two shafts, inclines or
606. Which of the following certificates is other outlets to the surfaces.
considered as a valid first-aid certificate for • Suitable arrangements shall be made for persons to
any person working inside of a mine ? descend and ascend by each of such shafts inclines or
(a) Certificate from Medical Council of India outlets
(b) Certificate from Ambulance Association of • Such shafts, inclines or outlets shall not be less than
India 13.5 m distant from one another at any point and each
@

(c) Certificate from an area-level hospital shall be connected with the other by means of a
(d) Certificate from St. Johns’ Ambulance walkable passage, not less than 1.8 m high 1.5 m wide,
ap

Association (India) through the workings belowground that are being

APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 served by such shafts, inclines or outlets.
na

Miscellaneous 525 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
609. The Mines Act came into force on : (a) Heightening face (b) Slicing face
(a) 1st July 1952 (b) 27th May 1952 (c) Development face (d) Splitting face
(c) 15th March 1952 (d) 15th April 1952 Gatee Mining Engineering
En -2008
APPSC SC Poly. Le
Lect.-15.03.2020 Ans. (b) :
Ans. (c) : • An the mines act, 1952 to amend and Operating face Output
Outpu in 5 hours
consolidate the law relating to the regula
regulation of labour operation
operat (tenses)
and safety in mines. Development face 5 ×16
• Short title extent and commencement,
encement, th
this act is called = 64
Mine Act, 1952. 1.25
• The Mines Act came into the force oon 15th March, Splitting face 5 ×171
1952. = 70.84
1.20
• It shall come into force onn such date oor dates as the Slicing face 5 ×181
Central Government may, by notification in the official = 69.23
Gazette, appoint, and different nt dates may by appointed 130
for different provisions of this Act an and for differed Heighting 5 × 20
2
states but not later than 31st December,
ecember, 1953. = 66.67
• It extends to the whole of India. 150
610. The 2004 Indian Ocean tsunami was caused ∴ Maximum output from splitting face.
ean tsunam face
due to an earthquake of the Common Data for Questions Questio 74 and 75:
(a) Andaman islands Three boreholes intersect
tersect a coal
coa seam at points
(b) Indonesian island of Sumatra A, Band C as shown. n. (figure is drawn
d to scale):
(c) Indonesian island of Java
(d) Malaysia
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Clas Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (b) : The 2004 Indian Ocean tsunam tsunami was caused
due to an earthquake of the Indones Indonesian island of
Sumatra. The 26 December er 2004 m magnitude 9.1
Sumatra-Andaman earthquakee occurred aalong a tectonic
subduction zone in which the he India plate, an oceanic
plate, is being subducted beneath
eath the Burm
Burma micro-plate
part of the larger Sunda plate.
611. Total number of injuries juries in a opencast coal
mine employing 800 persons is 16 in a year. As
per DGMS norms, the injury rrate per 1000
persons employed is The survey details are given below be
(a) 13 (b) 15 Line Bearing Gradient
Gra
(c) 20 (d) 25 AB S 40º W 1 in 5
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2008 AC S 30º E 1 in 3
613. The direction of truee dip of the seam is
Ans. (c) : We know that,
(a) S 15° W (b) S 25° W
Injury rate per 1000 persons
rsons employ
employed
(c) S15° E (d) S 30° E
Total number of injuries
= × 100 Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2008
Total number of personon employed Ans. (c) :
16 We have
= × 1000
800 In ∆ACD
= 20 D−C c−d D+C
tan = tan
612. An SDL working at different ffaces gives the 2 c+d 2
following performance: Now,
Operating face Production
oduction peper Muck A + C +D = 180º
(tonne) Clearance But ∠ A = 70º
time (hrs) ∴ C+D = 110º ... (i)
(i
Development face 16 1.25 Now,
Splitting face 17 1.20 D −C 3−5
@

110º
Slicing face 18 1.30 tan = tan
Heightening face 20 1.50 2 3 + 5 2
ap

In 5 hrs operation n maximu

maximum output is On solving, it is found that
obtainable from the D – C = 39º 35' 91"" ... (ii)
(
na

Miscellaneous 526 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Solving (i) & (ii) ∴ RAB = 0.223Ns2 m–n
∠D = 35º 12' 05" Now, total resistance = 0.7 + 0.223 = 0.923 Ns2 m–n
∠C = 74º47' 55.95" And PA = PB
In ∆AGC RA (QA)2 = RB (QB)2
A + C + G = 180º 0.5 × (20)2 = 2 (QB)2
∠G = 180º – 30º – 74º 47'55.59" ∴ QB = 10 m3/sec
∠G = 75º 12' 44" Hence total quantity = 20 + 10 = 30 m3/sec
In ∆AGF 616. The total air power of the ventilation system in
A + G + F = 180º kW is
∠A = 180º– 90º – 75º 12' 44" (a) 82.9 (b) 48.9
∠A = 14º 47' 55. 56" (c) 24.9 (d) 27.9
Hence, Gate Mining Engineering-2008
Direction of true dip of seam is SI 4º 47' 55.56" E or Ans. (c) : We have,
S 15ºE Air power = PQ ×10–2, kW
614. The gradient of the seam is or Air power = pQ3 × 10–3, kW
(a) 1 in 2.7 (b) 1 in 3.7 = 0.923 × (30)3 × 10–3
(c) 1 in 4.7 (d) 1 in 5.7 Air power = 24.9 kW
Gate Mining Engineering-2008 617. An iron ore deposit has a mean grade of 63%
Ans. (a) : We know that, Fe. During the course of mining, 30% fines by
Apparent dip = full dip × cos α weight are generated at a grade of 72% Fe
α- angle between full dip and apparent dip which are rejected. The effective mean grade of
the deposit in Fe percentage is
1
= Full dip × cos (40º 47' 55.56") (a) 59.1 (b) 53.1
5 (c) 50.4 (d) 41.4
1 Gate Mining Engineering-2009
Full dip or gradient of the seam =
27 Ans. (a) : Mean grade of iron ore deposit (M) = 63%
or Grade of fines = 72%
1 Let the total tonnage of deposit is 100%
= Full dip × cos (30º – 14º 47' 55.56") Then,
5
Grade of fines X Tonnage of fines + effective grade of deposit
1
∴ Full dip or gradient of the seam = m=
X tonge of deposit
27 total tonnage of deposit
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 82 and
83: In a mine ventilation system, the resistances 72% × 30% + effective grade of deposit × 70%
of two splits A and B are 0.5 Ns2m–8 and 2.0 63% =
Ns2m–8 respectively. Combined resistance of 100%
two shafts and trunk airways is 0.7 Ns2m–8. A 63 × 100 − 72 × 30
effective grade of deposit =
quantity of 20 m3/s of air passes through split 70
A.
4140
615. The total air quantity passing the mine in m3/s =
is 70
(a) 30 (b) 27 = 59.14%
(c) 25 (d) 17 618. As per the DGMS norms, the severity index is a
Gate Mining Engineering-2008 measure of
Ans. (a) : j (a) fatality rate
(b) serious injury rate
(c) number of reportable injuries
(d) accident proneness of mine
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
Ans. (d) : The Directorate General of Mines Safety
1 1 1 (DGMS) is the regulatory agency in India responsible
= +
@

R AB RA RB for ensuring the safety, health, and welfare of workers

employed in mining and related activities. DGMS
ap

1 1 1
= + operates under the ministry of Labour and Employment,
R AD 0.5 2 Government of India.
na

Miscellaneous 527 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• The primary objectives of DGMS include are:- Ans. (d): Danger zone–Danger zone is an area in
• Ensuring Safety which there is high risk of harm, especially where this
• Accident Investigation risk has been officially identified. All blasting
• Training and Education operations must have a declared danger zone. The
• Promoting Health and welfare danger zone should extend beyond the expected spread
• Regulating mining Activates. of blast with a significant margin of safety included.
619. An air quality parameter required to be As per provision of Coal Mine Regulation-1957, danger
monitored under the India National Ambient zone is an area falling in a radius of 300m.
Air Quality Standards is 622. As per provision of CMR 1957, who shall be
(a) As (b) Pb responsible for determining the VEQ
(c) Hg (d) Silica (a) Safety officer (b) Overman
Gate Mining Engineering-2010 (c) Ventilation officer (d) Colliery Manager
Ans. (b) : National ambient air quality standards BCCL Junior Overman-2017
(NAAQS) : Ans. (c) : VEQ–Ventilation efficient Quotient.
These standards are essential for the development
(I) VEQ for a district, It is defined as ratio of the
of effective management of ambient air quality.
Quantity of air at last ventilating district to the
The first ambient air quality standards were
developed in 1982 pursuant to the air act. quantity of air entering that district.
The current standards (2009) comprise 12 (II) VEQ should not be less than 85% for 3 stoppings.
pollutants as follows- (III) As per provision of CMR 1957, Ventilation
(i) Particular matter 10 (PM 10) officer shall be responsible for determining VEQ.
(ii) Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) 623. According to CMR 1957, if the width of the
(iii) Sulphur dioxide (SO2) gallery is 3.6 m and depth from surface is 75 m
(iv) Ozone (O3) then what will be the pillar size
(v) Carbon monoxide (CO) (a) 15 m (b) 18 m
(vi) Lead (Pb) (c) 13.5 m (d) 16.5 m
(vii) Benzene BCCL Junior Overman-2017
(viii) Arsenic
Ans. (d) : Pillar size variation as per regulation 99 of
(ix) Nickel
Indian coal mines regulation CMR 1957.
(x) Benzopyrene
(xi) NH3 (Ammonia) Table:-
(xii) PM 2.5 Depth Pillar size (centre to centre) for
But AQI (National Air quality index) consider cover different roadway widths (B) m
eight pollutants such as, PM 10, PM 2.5, SO2, surface (m)
NO2, Co, O3, NH3 and Pb. So, an air quality B=3.0 B=3.6 B=4.2 B=4.8
parameter required to be monitored under the Below 60 12 15 18 19.5
Indian National Ambient air quality standards is
Pb. 60-90 13.5 16.5 19.5 21
620. ISO 9000 Quality Systems DO NOT contain 90-150 16.5 19.5 22.5 22.5
(a) legal provisions (b) measurement 150-240 22.5 25.5 30.5 34.5
(c) document control (d) standardization 240-360 28.5 34.5 39.5 45
Gate Mining Engineering-2011
Above 360 39.0 42 45 48
Ans. (a) : ISO 9000 is defined as a set of international
standards on quality management and quality assurance 624. As per CMR 1957, the breadth of the foot path
developed to help companies effectively document the in the quarries shall not be less than
quality system elements needed to maintain an efficient (a) 0.5 m (b) 0.75 m
quality system. (c) 1 m (d) 0.9 m
ISO 9000 quality system contain- BCCL Junior Overman-2017
(i) Measurement Ans. (c) : According to CMR 1957 the breadth of the
(ii) Document control foot path in the quarries not be less than 1m.
(iii) Standardization But according to CMR-2017 the breadth of the foot path
ISO 9000 quality system does not contain legal
in the standard quarries not be less than 1.5m.
provisions.
625. As per mine rules 1955 the first aid room must
@

621. As per provision of CMR 1957 danger zone is

an area falling in a radius of have a floor area of not less than
(a) 10 square meters (b) 5 square meters
ap

(a) 100 m (b) 150 m

(c) 200 m (d) 300 m (c) 8 square meters (d) 7 square meters
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 BCCL Junior Overman-2017
na

Miscellaneous 528 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): (I) Ist Aid Room–Ist aid room or medical Ans. (d) : SSR of any underground mine shall be
room, also known as an infirmary, is a room in an approved by Director of Mines Safety.
establishment to which someone who is injured or taken 630. As per CMR 1957, what should be the minimum
ill on premises can be taken for first aid & to await the average monthly output of an underground mine,
arrival of professional emergency medical services. where the safety officer must have first class
(II) First aid room shall be in charge of qualified Manager’s certificate?
medical practioner, where number of person ordinarily (a) 5000 t (b) 10000 t
employed in a mine is more than 1000, such medical (c) 15000 t (d) 25000 t
practitioner shall be a whole time employee at mine. BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
(III) As per mine rule 1955 the first aid room must have Ans.(c): Regulation 29–As per the first class manager’s
a floor area of not less than 10 square meters. certificate the minimum monthly output of underground
626. As per mine rules 1955 how much quantity of mine is 15000 tonnes then it becomes a safety officer.
drinking water must be provided to the mine 631. According to which regulation of CMR 1957
employee examination of travelling roadways & working
(a) 1.5 liter (b) 3 liter places is required by the Mining Sirdar?
(c) 4 liter (d) 2 liter (a) 113 (b) 39
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 (c) 41 (d) 44
Ans. (d) : As per mine rule 1955, 2 litre of drinking BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
water must be provided to mine employee. Ans.(a): Examination by Sirdars- Every place of
mine, whether belowground or in open cast working
627. Provision regarding withdrawal of supports is including travelling roadways and landings where work
stipulated in Coal Mine Regulation number is carried on or where persons are stationed or required
(a) 111 (b) 110 to pass shall be place under charge a Sirdar is describe
(c) 109 (d) 112 in CMR (coal mine regulation) 113.
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 632. As per CMR 1957, unless otherwise directed
Ans. (b) : Regulation 110 in the withdrawal of supports the mining sirdar supposed to securing safety
rules in 1957. of
Whenever supports are to be withdrawn the withdrawal (a) A district
shall be done in accordance with the method which (b) Total mine including surface
shall be specified in the manager standing order. The (c) Old panel
standing orders shall cover. (d) Total mine excluding surface
(a) The supply and use of appropriate tools and safety BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
contrivances. Ans.(a): According to CMR 1957 unless otherwise
(b) The setting of extra supports to control the callapse directed the mining Sirdar supposed to secure safety of
of roof from which supports are being withdrawn. mining by a district.
(c) The sequence of withdrawal of supports withdrawal 633. As per Indian law the methane concentration
of a cog to precded withdrawal of its comer props. should not exceed “A%” in the return of a
628. Notice of Medical examination under 29D of ventilation district. Where A is
Mines Rules 1955 shall be given in Form (a) 0.25% (b) 0.65%
(a) Form 'M' (b) Form 'N' (c) 0.75% (d) 1.25%
(c) Form 'Q' (d) Form 'R' Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
Ans. (a) : 29D–Notice of Medial Examination–(1) In Ans.(c): Some of the Indian laws regarding the methane
respect of every medical examination under Rule 29B, concentration are:
the manager of mine concerned shall give at least 20 (i) Methane concentration should not exceed 0.75% in
days' prior notice in writing to the person to be the return of a ventilation district.
examined, in form 'M' provided that in case of initial (ii) Methane concentration should not exceed 1.25% in
medical examination of a person seeking employment at any part of the underground mine.
a mine, the period of notice may be shorter. (iii) Electric supply should be cut-off from the district if
629. SSR of any underground mine shall be the methane concentration exceed 1.25%. Also
approved by workers should be withdrawn from the place.
(a) Colliery Manager 634. Shots shall be charged and stemmed in presence
@

(b) Safety Officer of

(a) Shot firer (b) Mining Sirdar
ap

(c) Director (Tech.)

(d) Director of Mines Safety (c) Overman (d) Explosive Incharge
BCCL Junior Overman-2017 BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017
na

Miscellaneous 529 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans.(a): According to regulations, every shot shall be 640. Which of the following component is more
charged and stemmed by or under the supervision of a dangerous to ozone layer?
shot firer. Before the hole is charged a shot firer shall (a) Halons (b) Sulphur
examine it for breaks running along or across, and if (c) CFCs (d) Nitrogen
any such break found the hole shall not be charged, Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
except in stone drift if special permission has been in Ans. (a) : The componenent is more dangerous to ozone
writing by the manager or undermanager. layes Halons.
635. DGMS comes under Halons : Halons are chemicals that contain carbon
(a) Ministry of Mines (b) Ministry of Labour fluorine and bromine. They are used in fire
(c) Ministry of Coal (d) Ministry of Law extinguishers and other firefighting equipment. Because
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 of their bromine content, halons can destroy ozone
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 molecules (O3) very effectively thereby contributing to
Ans.(b): DGMS comes under ministry of labour and the depletion of ozone and the creation of holes in the
employment. It is regulatory agency for matters related ozone layer of the stratosphere. The ozone layer is
to health, safety and welfare of mines workers. locked 10-28 mi (16-47 km) above the surface of the
636. Work man Inspector is designated by _____ in earth and it protects humans and the environment from
consultation with the registered trade Union in the san's ultraviolet-β radiation. Halons acc aunt for
the Mine. approximately 20% of the ozone depletion.
(a) DGMS (b) Mine Manager 641. Mines Act does not apply, when there is an
(c) Owner/Agent (d) Foreman open cast working, the number of persons
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 employed on any one day does not exceed
________ .
Ans. (b) : Workman Inspector is designated by Mine
Manager is consultation with the registered trade union (a) 70 (b) 80
is the mine. (c) 50 (d) 60
The Workmen’s Inspector shall perform the duties MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
mentioned in clause (a) of sub rule (1) of rule 29R for Ans. (c) : Mines Act does not apply, when there is an
two days in every week on remaining days of the week open cast working the number of persons employed on
he shall perform his normal duties. any one day does not exceed 50.
637. New Coal Mine regulation was introduced and 642. What does SCAMP stands for?
effective from (a) Safe caution and Management plan
(a) March, 2017 (b) November, 2017 (b) Strata control and Monitoring plan
(c) March, 2018 (d) November, 2018 (c) Strata control and Mitigation plan
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 (d) Strata condition and Management plan
Ans. (b) : Coal mines regulations has been revised from NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
a long time from 1957 to once again in November 2017. Ans. (b) : SCAMP = Strata Control And Monitoring
It regulates the operations in coal mines and several Plan As per coal mines Regulation 2017, a SCAMP is
other statutes are framed under this.
to be prepared based on scientific study considering the
638. One mine should be under sole control of geotechnical data for a depillaring operation. SCAMP
(a) Owner (b) Agent includes a support plan for all natural structures created
(c) Engineer (d) Manager in underground mine.
NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018 643. Reclamation as per CMR- 2017 means:
Ans. (d) : One mine should be under control of (a) Filling of void
Manager. He is sole authorizer of one mine for various
(b) Reclamation by back filling only
excavations: processes, accidents etc taking in mine.
(c) Dumping by waste material
639. Which Ministry published a draft of Noise
(d) Reclaimed by back filling or by any other
Pollution Rules?
means
(a) Ministry of Industries
(b) Ministry of Pollution Control NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
(c) Ministry of Environment and Forests Ans.(d): (i) Reclamation is the combined process by
(d) Ministry of Health and Family Welfare which adverse environmental effects of surface mining
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 are minimized and mined lands are returned to a
@

beneficial end use.

Ans. (c) : A Draft of Noise Pollution Rules was
As per coal mine regulation-(CMR)-2017.
ap

published under the notification of the Government of

India in 1999 under the ministry of Environment and Reclamation-Reclaimed by back filling or by any other
forests this Act maintaining noise pollution. means.
na

Miscellaneous 530 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
644. Notice of hours of work as per Mines Rules Ans. (b) : Mines act 1952, aims to consolidate the law
shall be in: relating to the regulation of labour and safety in mines.
(a) Form-A (b) Form-B Section 22- Power of Inspectors when cause of danger
(c) Form-C (d) Form-D not expressively provided against exit or when
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 employment of person is dangerous.
Ans.(a): (i)Form B–When employment of person in a Section 22A- Power to prohibit employment in certain
mine is terminated, date of termination shall be entered cases.
against his name in register maintained in form B. Section 23- Notice to be given of accident.
(ii) Notice of hours of work as per mines rule shall be 649. Owner, Agent of manager shall take remedial
in-Form A actions on report of Workmen's Inspector
645. Workmen’s Inspector is appointed for every within
mine as per Mines Rule when: (a) 10 days from the entry of register
(a) 500 persons are ordinarily employed (b) 15 days from entry of register
(b) More than 500 but less than 1000 person are (c) 20 days from entry of register
ordinarily employed (d) 30 days from entry of register
(c) More than 1000 person are ordinarily NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
employed
Ans. (b) : Workmen's Inspector-
(d) 500 persons or more persons are ordinarily Duties: (i) To inspect all shafts, inclines, roads
employed workplaces & the equipment there at including
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 the equipment for conveyance & transport of
Ans.(d): Duties of workman’s inspector: worker.
(i) To inspects all shafts, inclines, roads, workplace, (ii) To accompany the inspector in the course of
and equipment there at including equipment for complete inspection of mine & also during such
conveyance and transport of workers. other inspections as many be considered
(ii) To accompany the inspector in the course of necessary by inspector.
complete inspection of mine and also during such Owner, Agent, or manager shall take remedial actions
other inspections as may be considered necessary by on report of workmen's Inspector within 15 days from
inspector. entry of register.
When 500 persons or more persons are ordinarily
650. Calendar year as per Mines Act means the
employed then workmen's Inspector is appointed for
period of twelve months beginning with first
every mines.
day of:
646. Equipments specified in which schedule as per (a) January in any year
Mines Rule shall be kept in First-Aid Room: (b) April in any year
(a) First schedule (b) Second schedule
(c) July in any year
(c) Third schedule (d) Fourth schedule
(d) December in any year
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
Ans. (b) : As per mine rule, Equipment specified in
Ans. (a) : According to mines act 1952, a calendar year
second schedule shall be kept in first-Aid Room.
means the period of twelve months beginning with first
647. Provision of canteens as per Mines Rule is day of January in any year.
applicable in a mine when:
651. Register of return of reportable accidents is
(a) More than 500 persons are ordinarily
maintained in the form of?
employed
(a) FORM J (b) FORM K
(b) Less than 500 persons are ordinarily
(c) FORM L (d) FORM M
employed
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
(c) More than 250 persons are ordinarily
employed Ans. (a) : The register of return of reportable accidents
is maintained in the form of FORM J as per the
(d) Less than 250 persons are ordinarily requirements of relevant regulation or guidelines.
employed
Note- AP ECET preliminary answer key is option (b).
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
652. Mine Rules came into force on
Ans. (c) : When there are more than 250 persons are (a) 2nd March 1955 (b) 2nd July 1955
ordinarily employed in a mine, then as per mine Rules nd
(c) 2 May 1955 (d) 2nd January 1955
provision of canteens is applicable.
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
648. Power to prohibit employment in certain cases Ans. (b) : Mines Rules came into force on 2nd July
@

comes under which section of Mines Act 1952? 1995. If modify and consolidate he legislation
(a) Section 22 (b) Section 22A
ap

governing labor regulation an mining safety. The rules

(c) Section 23 (d) None of the above are enforced by the ministry of labours and
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020 employment.
na

Miscellaneous 531 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
2 July 1955- In exercise of the power conferred by (iii) Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
section 58 of the mines act, 1952 ( 35 of 1952) The (iv) Asbestosis
central government hereby makes the following rules (v) Cancer
the same having been proviously published as required • Tuberculosis is not a notified disease under the
by sub section (1) of section 59 of the act namely. provision of Mines Act, 1952
The rules of specifies the obligation of the owner to 657. A person shall not be qualified for appointment
oversee the health, safety, and operation of mines. The as the presiding officer of the tribunal, unless
directorate general of mine safety is the Indian he is or he has been a –––––––––.
government's regulatory authority for mine and oil field (a) judge of high court
safety in India. (b) lawyer in high court
653. As per Mines Act 1952, the notice of opening of (c) union leader
mine is given in the form..... ? (d) conciliation officer
(a) FORM I (b) FORM II ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
(c) FORM III (d) FORM IV Ans. (a) : A person shall not be qualified for
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 appointment as the presiding officer of the tribunal,
unless he is or he has been a judge of high court.
Ans. (a) : The mines act 1952, the notice opening of
Section 50 of the It, 200 provides for qualifications of
mine is given in the form FORM I. presiding officer of the appellate. Tribunal A person
654. According to CMR 1957, CH4% in return shall not be qualified for appointment as the presiding
airway should not exceed officer of cyber appellate Tribunal unless he–
(a) 2.5% (b) 2.0% (1) Is qualified to be, a judge of high court.
(c) 1.5% (d) 0.75% (2) Is or has been a member of the India Legal Service
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 and is holding or has held a post in grade I of that
service for at least three years.
Ans. (d) : According to CMR 1957, Precautions,
against inflammable and noxious gases. 658. The maximum voltage at which signalling
system can be operated in an underground coal
(i) For the purpose of this regulation inflammable gas
mine as per Central Electricity Authority
shall be deemed to have been found or detected when
Regulations, 2010 (formerly Indian Electricity
it is indicated.
Rules, 1956), is
• Degree 1 gassiness : 0.1% of CH4 (a) 650 V (b) 250 V
• Degree 2 gassiness : 0.5% of CH4 (c) 125 V (d) 30 V
• Degree 3 gassiness : 1.25% of CH4 TSPGECET-2020
(ii) It gas is detected in any part of mine persons are to Ans. (d) : The maximum voltage at which signalling
be withdrawn and the place shall be fenced system can be operated in an underground coal mine as per
immediately. central electricity authority regulation 2010 (formally
• Inflammable gas (mainly CH4) percentage ≤ 0.75% Indian Electricity Rules 1956) is 30V.
in the general body of the return air and inflammable 659. The difference between the domestic and coal
gas (mainly CH4) percentage ≤ 1.25% in any place in mine lighting is ____________. {as per Central
the mine. Electricity Authority Regulations, 2010
655. M.V.T. Rules 1966 shall not apply to the (formerly Indian Electricity Rules, 1956)},
following persons. (a) In domestic lighting the voltage is between
(a) Timber man (b) Coal driller one phase and the neutral and in mine lighting
(c) Mine manager (d) Haulage attendants it is between two phases
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 (b) In domestic lighting the voltage is between
Ans. (c) : Mines vocational training rules 1966 shall two phases and in mine lighting it is between
not be apply to the Mine manager. one phase and the neutral
(c) Both in domestic and mine lighting, the
656. Which one of the following is not a notified voltage is between two phases
disease under the provision of Mines Act, 1952.
(d) Both in domestic and mine lighting, the
(a) Pneumoconiosis (b) Silicosis voltage is between one phase and the neutral
(c) Asbestosis (d) Tuberculosis TSPGECET-2020
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 Ans. (a) : The difference between the domestic and coal
@

Ans. (d) : The most significant group of diseases and mine lighting in domestic lighting the voltage is between
risk faced by the miners. one phase and the neural and in mine lighting it is between
ap

(i) Pneumoconiosis two phase of rule central electricity Authority Regulations

(ii) Silicosis 2010.
na

Miscellaneous 532 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
09.
Mechanical Engineering
1. Convert 10 m of water gauge into Pa. Ans. (c) : Given, ρ = 0.89/cc = 800 kg/m3
3
(a) 9.81 × 10 h = 10 mm = 10×10–3m
4
(b) 9.81 × 10
(c) 9.81 × 105
(d) 9.81 × 102
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
P = ρgh
Ans. (b) : 1 m of water gauge = 9806.38 Pa
= 9.81×800×10×10–3
10 m water = 9806.3 × 10 Pa
P = 78.48 Pa
= 98063.83 Pa
P ≅ 80Pa
= 9.81 × 10 4
5. Calculate the volume, in liters, of a container
2. If the reduced levels of two points A & B are having dimensions as 2m × 1.5m × 1.5m
120 m and 150 m respectively. Find the vertical (a) 450 L (b) 45 L
distance between them. (c) 4.5 L (d) 4500 L
(a) 20 m (b) 30 m Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
(c) 135 m (d) 25 m Ans. (d) : Given,
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 Length (L) = 2 m
Ans. (b) : AB = DB–DA Breadth (b) = 1.5 m
= 150 –120 Hight (h) = 1.5 m
= 30 m Volume of container in m3 = l × b × h
= (2 × 1.5 × 1.5)m
= 4.5 m3
Change meter into liter.
= 4.5 × 1000
3. If the air velocity in the roadway is 10m/min = 4500 L
2
and the cross-section area is 8 m . Then 6. A gas having a pressure of 10 Pa and a volume
calculate the quantity of air flow in the gallery of 10 m3 is to be compressed to a volume of 1
(a) 1.25 m3/min (b) 0.8 m3/min m3.
(a) 90 Pa (b) 1000 Pa
(c) 80 m3/min (d) 12.5 m3/min
(c) 98 Pa (d) 100 Pa
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
Ans. (c) : Velocity (V) = 10 m/min
Ans. (d) : Given P1 = 10 Pa
Cross-section (A) area = 8m2
2 V1 = 10 m3 V2 = 1 m3
Air flow (A) = 10 m/min × 8m
P 1V 1 = P 2V L
(A) = 80m 3 / min 10×10 = 1 × P2
P2 = 100 Pa
4. Differential pressure measurements were made
using a U-tube manometer. The difference in 7. Convert the air pressure of 10 kgf/m2 into Pa.
height was 10 mm when U tube was vertical. (a) 9.81 Pa (b) 98.1 Pa
Calculate the approximate pressure difference (c) 100 Pa (d) 10 Pa
in Pa between two limbs, when liquid used had Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021
@

a density of 0.8 g/cc. Ans. (b) : The calculation for converting kgf/m2 into
(a) 70 Pa (b) 700 Pa can be derived as follows.
ap

(c) 80 Pa (d) 800 Pa 1 Kgf/m2 = 9.8 N/m2 = 98066.5 Pascal's.

Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 10 Kgf/m2 = 98.0665 Pa ~ 98.1Pa
na

Mechanical Engineering 533 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
8. Manholes in a mine haulage are to be provided 12. Water from a certain source is shown to
at an interval of not more than : contain 10,000 ppm dissolved solids. This
(a) 05 m (b) 10 m indicates that what percentage of the particles
(c) 15 m (d) 20 m in this water are represented by the dissolved
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
solids?
Ans. (b) : Manholes in a mine haulage are to be
(a) 0.01% (b) 0.1%
provided at an interval is not more than 10m.
(c) 1.0% (d) 10.1%
9. Which of the following water will have highest
density GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(a) Warm water with high salinity Ans. (c) :
(b) Cold water with low salinity ⇒ 10000 ppm dissolved solids
(c) Warm water with low salinity
0.001g
(d) Cold water with high salinity ⇒ = 0.00000001
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 1000g
Ans. (d) : Multiplying 0.00000001 by 10000000 gives a result of
Cold water with high salinity of water will can 0.00000001 × 10000000
highest density. = 1%
The density of water increases as the salinity
increases. 13. The angle between any line and its horizontal
The density of seawater (salinity greater than 24.7) projection measured in a vertical plane is the
increases freezing point. —————————— of the line
Water salinity less than 24.7 has an anomalous (a) Pitch (b) Plunge
density maximum. (c) Dip (d) Dip and Strike
Pure water has its maximum density at about 4oC,
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
but the maximum density at of water occurs at lower
temperature as salinity increases. Ans. (b) : The angle between any line and its horizontal
Between 4oC and the freezing point, the density of projection measured in a vertical plane is the Plunge of
pure water decrease as temperature decreases. the line
10. The sun produces its energy by 14. Spring tides occur at:
(a) oxygen to nitrogen (a) New moon
(b) hydrogen to helium
(b) Full moon
(c) helium to hydrogen
(d) oxygen to carbon dioxide (c) Both New and Full moon
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 (d) None of the above
Ans. (b) : GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
The core of the sun in the region that extends from Ans. (c) :
the counter to about 20-25% of the solar radius. It is
Spring tides happen whenever there is a new moon or
here, in the core, where produces it energy by
hydrogen to helium. a full moon and have nothing to do with the season
This is possible thanks to the extreme pressure and of spring.
temperature that exists within the core, which are During the full moon and new moon days, the sun,
estimated to be the equivalent of 250 billion the moon and the earth are in same line and the tides
atmosphere and 15.7 million Kelvin, respectively. are highest.
11. Which one of the following generally decreases The gravitational forces of the Moon and Sun both
downstream along the length of a stream? contribute to the tides.
(a) channel width (b) channel depth Tide is the vertical rise and fall of the surface of the
(c) gradient (d) water velocity surface of the seas level in mainly caused by a
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 change in the moon gravitational pull and to lesser
Ans. (c) : degree, by the sun.
The gradient of a stream is a measure of the vertical 15. What is the relative humidity when the
distance that a stream channel falls between two
absolute humidity is 3 grams per cubic meter
points along its course.
and the air has a capacity of 12 grams per
Gradient = vertical change in channel (m)/distance
@

between two points (km) cubic meter?

gradient = (h1 – h2)/1 (a) 4% (b) 9%
ap

The average gradient of a river generally decreases (c) 25% (d) 400%
downstream. GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Mechanical Engineering 534 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) : Given that, → Ans. (c): The Armoured chain conveyors are principally
Absolute humidity = 3gram used for prop free front of L/W face.
Air capacity = 2gram Armoured chain conveyors are principally used for
transporting coal or other materials along the prop-free
 absolute humidity 
R.M. =   ×100% front of the longwall face in underground mining
 air capacity  operations. They provide a continuous and efficient
 3 method of moving material from the cutting machine to
=   × 100 the main belt conveyor system. This helps to maintain
 12  productivity and safety in longwall mining operation by
= 25% eliminating the need for props or supports along the
16. The present concentration of carbon dioxide in face.
the atmosphere is in the range of:
(a) 1-10 parts per million I1.
(b) 10-100 parts per million
Basic Mechanics
(c) 100-1000 parts per million
(d) 1000-10,000 parts per million 19. If only two members form a truss joint and no
external load or support reaction is applied to
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
the joint, then the members
Ans. (c) : (a) Have infinite force
The present concentration of carbon dioxide in the (b) Have equal but opposite force
atmosphere is in the range of 100 t 1000 parts per (c) Are zero force members
million. (d) Have unequal forces
Carbon dioxide is one of the many gases that trap Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
heat in the atmosphere and cause the green house Ans. (c) : If a joint has only two non-collinear members
effect. However, as a result of this, there is not much and there is no external load or support reaction at that
winter on the earth and life remains safe. joint then those two members are zero force members.
It the amount of this carbon dioxide increases
20. Super elevation of the curve in a haul road is
comparatively more, then extra heat starts
required to reduce ................ on the haul truck.
accumulating in the atmosphere. (a) centrifugal force (b) momentum
As a result, the average global temperature starts (c) centripetal force (d) gravity force
increasing. NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023
It should be noted that the higher the amount of the
Ans. (a) Negotiating curves can generate high lateral
CO2 in the atmosphere, the more will be the capacity fire forces. These forces contribute to high tire wear
to absorb heat. and ply separation.
17. Streams of protons and electrons from the Sun Super elevating the curve helps eliminate these
produce forces.
(a) Solar wind The amount of super elevation depends on the
(b) Prominences curves radius and the speed at which it is
(c) Quasars negotiated.
(d) Spicules Centrifugal forces of vehicles on curves are
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 counteracted by friction between tires an road and
vehicles weight as a result of super elevation.
Ans. (a) : Theoretically, with super elevation, side friction
Streams of protons and electrons from the Sun factors would be zero and centrifugal force is
produce Solar wind. It is a charged particle released balanced by the vehicle weight component.
from the upper atmosphere of the Sun, called the To reduce tire wear, super elevation or speed limits
corona. on curve are required.
This plasma mostly consists of electrons, protons and 21. Pseudochromatism occurs due to
alpha particles with kinetic energy between 0.5 keV (a) Reflection
and 10 KeV. (b) Transmittance
18. Armoured chain conveyors are principally (c) Refraction
used for? (d) Simultaneous reflection and refraction
(a) Bord and pillar method HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
@

(b) In gate roads Ans. (d): Pseudochromatism is attributed to

(c) Prop free front of L/W face simultaneous reflection and refraction from the mineral
ap

(d) Bridge conveyors surface due to minute inclusions of impurities in the

APECET Mining Engineering-2017 mineral at different location.
na

Mechanical Engineering 535 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
22. In the truss shown in the figure, the force in the Ans. (d): Belt conveying as a means of handling bulk
member BD, in kN is_______. materials has been greatly advanced and today it has
assumed dominance in the steel and the mining
industries.
• Technological advance have paraded and supported
these increased application, performance, and economic
demands.
• There has been quiet revolution in the development of
(a) 7 (b) 5 the available width, normal operating system and
(c) 2 (d) 0 Trough angle of conveyors belt.
Gate Mining Engineering-2022 • The mechanical component too, such as idlers, drive
Ans. (d) :We know that there are two condition for machinery, pulleys, and many accessories, have
finding out the zero force member. undergone developments to enhance performance and
● If a joint has only two non- collinear mamber and durability.
there is no external load or support reaction at that 25. Weight of 1kN is lifted by an effort of 125 N by
point. second system of pulleys, having 5 pulleys in
● If three member from a truss joint for which two of each block Calculate the amount of efforts
member or collinear and there is no external load or wasted in friction?
reaction at that joint, then the third non collinear (a) 10 N (b) 25 N
member is zero force member. (c) 240 N (d) 30 N
So, we identify that the force- APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
FFG , FBG , FBD = 0 because of rule 2. Ans. (b) : Given data,
23. The co-efficient of static friction between Weight lifted (W) = 1 kN = 1000 N
wheels & rail for locomotive is usually Effort (P) = 125 N
(a) 0.2 (b) 0.4 No. of pulleys (n) = 2×5 = 10
(c) 0.6 (d) 0.8 • Amount of effort wasted in friction.
Gujrat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 We know that velocity ratio (V.R.) = n = 10
Ans. (a) : • The force that can be transmitted And amount of effort wasted in friction
tangentially through the contact depends mainly on the W
F(effort ) = P −
vehicle mass (normal force) and the available frication. V.R.
It means that the maximum force is the following. 1000
= 125 − = 25 N
10
26. For frames with one end hinged (or pin jointed)
and the other supported on rollers and
carrying horizontal loads, the hinged support
reaction at the hinged end will be the :
(a) resultant of vertical and horizontal forces
(b) vertical force
(c) horizontal force
(d) normal to support force
Ans. (a) : A truss hinged at one end support on rollers
at the other.
• The maximum and the actual transmitted force for two • Therefore, the net resultant reaction at the hinged end
frictional levels. A is,
• The maximum friction coefficient between wheel and • R = V 2 + V 2 i.e., the reaction at the hinged end will
A B
rail is to be 0.2, with increase of axle load and wheel
be resultant of horizontal and vertical.
does not change obviously.
• Truss: A Framework composed of members joined at
24. Which of the following factors is NOT their ends to form a rigid structure.
significantly related with the controlling of belt • Planar truss In these types of trusses, members lie in a
@

conveyor capacity? single plane.

(a) Belt speed (b) Trough angle • For a planar truss, as there are three unknown support
ap

(c) Belt width (d) Design of chute reactions so if m = 2j – 3 then system is statically
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 determinate.
na

Mechanical Engineering 536 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
27. The torque acting on a body of moment of 29. A conveyor belt consumes 60 kW power while
inertia (I) and angular acceleration (α) is : running at a speed of 3.0 m/s. The angle of lap
(a) 0.5 x I x α (b) 2 x I x α is 180º and the coefficient of friction between
(c) I x α (d) (I x I)/2 belt and pulley is 0.2. The maximum tension
(kN) in the belt is
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
(a) 21.7 (b) 61.7
Ans. (c) : It is the twisting force that tends to cause (c) 82.9 (d) 42.9
rotation.
Gate Mining Engineering-2020
• The point where the object rotates is known as the
axis of rotation. Ans. (a) : P = 60 kW, V = 3m/s, θ = 180º
µ = 0.2
• Mathematically it is written as.
• The relationship between the angular acceleration (α) T1
= eµθ
Torque (τ) and moment of inertia (I) is given by. T2
⇒ τ = α×I T1 0.2×180×
π

• Angular acceleration (α) = It is defined as the time = e 180º

T2
rate of change of angular velocity of a particle is called
its angular acceleration. T1
= 1.874
∆ω T 2
α= P = (T1–T2)v
∆t
• Moment of Inertia plays the same role in rotational 60 ×103 = ( T2 ×1.874 − T2 ) × 3
motion as mass plays in linear motion. 20000
• The moment of inertia of a particle is = T2
0.874
I = mr 2 T2 = 22883.29 N
28. Which is the law of static friction? T2 = 22.8 kN
(a) The magnitude of the limiting friction bears a 30. An azimuth of 3300 corresponds to a quadrant
constant ratio to the normal reaction between bearing of
the two surfaces. (a) W600N (b) N300N
0
(b) The force of friction always acts in a (c) S30 W (d) S300N
direction, opposite to that in which the body Gate Mining Engineering-2018
is moving. Ans. (b) : Azimuth is given in degrees from North.
(c) The magnitude of kinetic friction bears a This means North is 0º, East is 90º, south is 180º and
constant ratio to the normal reaction between west is 270º.
the two surfaces. • Hence, if the required azimuth is 330º, you must
(d) For moderate speeds, the force of friction point your dish in a North-west direction.
remains constant.
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
Ans. (a) : Law of static friction :-
The maximum force of static friction is comparable to
the normal force, i.e., if the normal force increase, the
maximum external force that the object can endure
without moving also increase.
• The maximum force of static friction is not dependent
on the area of contact. • So An azimuth of 330º corresponds to a quadrant
bearing of N 30ºW.
31. Snell’s law is applied to:
(a) Reflected ray only
(b) Refracted ray only
(c) Diffracted ray only
(d) Reflected and refracted rays both
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
R is the reaction force because of weight W. The Ans. (d) : Snell's law give the degree of refraction and
external force is F, and Fr is the friction. F = – fr, when relation between the angle of incidence the angle of
@

no motion takes place. refraction and refractive indices of a given pair of

media. We know that light experiences the refraction or
Examples of static friction :-
ap

bending when it travel from one medium to another

• Papers on a table top media. Snell's law predicts the degree of the bend. It is
• A towel hanging on a rack. also known as the law of refraction.
na

Mechanical Engineering 537 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
32. A blasted muck of mass ss m is bein
being lifted from a 34. The magnitude of the resultant
resultan moment about
shaft of diameter d byy an arrang
arrangement of two point O in Nm of the two forces
forc acting on the
pulleys as shown in thee figure. Ign
Ignoring friction rod shown below is
in the pulleys, as the height h dec
decreases, tension
in the ropes

(a) 25 (b) 125

(c) 175 (d) 225
Gate
te Mining Engineering
En - 2007
Ans. (c) : Magnitude of resultant
sultant moment
mome about 0 :
(a) increases M = 100 × 2 – 50 × 0.5
(b) decreases = 200 – 25
(c) remains constant M = 175KN. m
(d) increases until h > d, then decre
decreases
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2017 35. In the figure shown n below, the
th distances RP
Ans. (a) : A blasted muck of mass m iis being lifted and PS are measured red to be 80
8 m, and 72 m
from a shaft of diameter d by an arrang
arrangement of two respectively. The distance
istance PQ in m is
pulleys as shown in the figure,re, ignoring friction in the
pulleys, as the height 'h' decreases,
reases, tensi
tension in the rope
increases.

(a) 60.4 (b) 66.4

33. If only two members form a trus truss joint and no (c) 64.8 (d) 68.4
external load or support
port reaction is applied to Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2008
the joint, the members Ans. (c) :
(a) have infinite force
(b) have equal but opposite
posite force
(c) are zero-force members
(d) have unequal forces
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2017
Ans. (c) : It only two member er form a trus
truss joint and no
external load or support reaction
tion is applie
applied to the joint,
the members are zero – forces es members.

In ∆ RPS–
80
tan θ =
72
In this example members DE, E, DC, AFAF, and AB are ∠PSR = 48.01º
zero force members. Now, ∠PSQ = 90 – 48.01=
@

1= 41.98º
• You can easily prove these se results by applying the Again, right angle ∠ QPS–
ap

equations of equilibrium to joints

oints D and A
A.
PQ
• Zero force members can bee remain, w when analyzing tanθ' =
the truss. 72
na

Mechanical Engineering 538 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
PQ 39. If H is the maximum um height attained by a
tan 41.98 = projectile, the maximum
mum horizontal
horizo range when
72
PQ = 64.783 fired at 45º inclination
ion from ground
gro level is
= 64.8m (a) 4.0H (b) 3.6H
36. A drum winder of radius dius 2.5 m d draws a power (c) 3.2H (d) 2.7H
of 308 kW when the maximum rrope speed is 7 Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2008
m/s. The RMS torque in kNm is Ans. (a) : We have,
(a) 55 (b) 76
µ2
(c) 110 (d) 144 R max = ..........(i)
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2008 θ
µ ( sin θ)
2
Ans. (c) : Given, Power = 308 kW
= 308 × 103W and H max = ....(ii)
2θ
Maximum rope speed = 7 m/s
We know that, From equation (i) & (ii)
Power = Force × velocity R 2
=
308 × 103W = Force × 7 m/s H ( sin θ ) 2
30,800
Force = R 2
7 =
Force = 44,000 N H ( sin 45º )2
= 44 kN
Now
∴ R = 4H
R.M.S. torque in kN.m = Force × R Radius Common Data for Questions 71, 72 and 73:
R.M.S. torque in kN.m = 44 × 2.5 Two blocks of mass ass 5 kg and 10 kg are
= 110 kN.
kN.m connected with cordsds and frictionless
fricti pulleys as
37. A belt conveyor conveys veys materi
material of average shown. Friction coefficient
efficient between
be the 5 kg
cross-sectional area of 0.09 m2, of bulk density block and table is 0.2.
1.5 tonne/m3, at a speed
peed 2 m/s. The carrying
capacity of the belt in tonne/hr is
(a) 972 (b) 864
(c) 732 (d) 643
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2008
Ans. (a) : Given, Cross – sectional (a) = 0.09 m2
tional area (a
3 40. The acceleration of the system when the blocks
Bulk density (b) = 1.5 tonne/m
velocity (v) = 2 m/s are released from rest ( 'g' is acceleration due
= 7200 m/hour to gravity) is
We know that, (a) 5g (b) 2g
Carrying capacity (T) of belt conve
conveyor is (c) g/5 (d) g/10
T = abv Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2008
= (0.09 × 1.5 × 7200) tonne/hours
onne/hours Ans. (c) :
= 972 tonne/hour
38. The coefficient of friction
riction betw
between the tub-
wheel and haulage track is 1/ 3 . For the
applicability of direct rect haulag
haulage, minimum
inclination (in degrees)s) of track is
(a) 60 (b) 55
(c) 35 (d) 30
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2008
1
Ans. (d) : Given, Coefficient of friction = From left hand side mass, applying F-ma,
F then
3 T1 – 5g = 5a
Angle of inclination (in degree) θ or T1 = 5aa + 5g .... (i)
We know that From right hand side mass applying F–F am, then
@

Coefficient of friction = tan θ 10g – T2 = 10a

1 or T2 = 10g – 10a ... (ii)
(i
= tan θ
ap

3 From middle mass applying g F = ma, then

th
θ = 30° T2 – T2 –µR = 5a
na

Mechanical Engineering 539 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
But when ∑ V = 0 then, R = 5g or AD =
25
= 35.70º
∴ T2 – T1 – 5g × 0.2 = 5a tan 35º
∴ T2 – T1 – g = 5a ...(iii) 1
Now, area of triangle ADC = × 25 × 35.70
35 = 446.25 m 2
Putting the value of T1 & T2 in equation ((iii) 2
10g – 10a – 5a –5g – g = 5a EB
g Again tan 45º =
∴ a= 25
5 EB = 25m
41. Tension (N) in tbe cord rd connecte
connected to thelO kg 1
block is Now, area of triangle ABE = × 25×25 = 3125m2
2
(a) 8g (b) 6g
and area of rectangle ACDE E = 35.70–446.25– 312.5
(c) 4g (d) 2g
133.75 m2
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2008
Given that, unit weight = 24.5 kN/m2
Ans. (a) : From equation (2)
So, weight of block (W) = 24.5×133.75×1
24.5×133.75
g
T2 = 10g – 10 × W = 327.875
27.875 kN
5 Now, driving force for failure is-
T2 = 8g.N W sin β = 327.875 × sin 35º
42. Tension (N) in the cord ord connecte
connected to the 5 kg = 1.87 =MN
block is 44. A cage weighing 12000 kg is raised by four
(a) 8g (b) 6g chains each making g an angle of 30º with the
(c) 4g (d) 2g vertical. The tension in kN is
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2008 (a) 41 (b) 34
Ans. (b) : From equation (i) (c) 25 (d) 20
g Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2010
T1 = 5a +5g = 5 × +5g
5 Ans. (b) :
T = 6g.N
Linked Answer Questions: tions: Q.76 to Q.85 carry
two marks each.
Statement for Linked Answer Qu Questions 76 and
77: An open pit mine ne bench h has a potential
failure plane as indicated
dicated belobelow. The unit
weight, cohesion, and angle of in internal friction
.5kN/m3, 0.02 MPa and
of the rock mass are 24.5kN/m
30° respectively.

43. The driving force forr failure, on the potential

failure plane is
(a) 187 N (b) 1.87 kN
(c) 18.7 kN (d) 1.87 MN
Since cage is raised by fourr chains and each making an
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2008
angle of 30º with vertical. So vertical component
co of
Ans. (d) : j each chain will be T cos30º
∴ ∑V = 0
T cos30º + Tcos 30º + T cos30º
s30º + Tcos30º
Tcos3 –
12000×9.81= 0
∴ 4Tcos 30º = 12000 ×9.81
T = 33982 N = 34kN
45. A steel wire rope off 25 mm diameter
dia weighing
37 N/m has 6 strands
ands of 7 wires
w each. The
@

diameter and tensile

le strength of
o each wire are
2.5 mm and 1800 MPa,Pa, respectively.
respect The factor
ap

25 of safety for raising

g a cage ofo weight 60 kN
tan 35º =
AD from a depth of 200 m is
na

Mechanical Engineering 540 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) 5.60 (b) 4.50 (a) 7.5 (b) 9.0
(c) 4.25 (d) 4.15 (c) 11.0 (d) 12.0
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2010 Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2011
Ans. (a) : We have, Ans. (b) : Given, total distance
ance covered by
strength
rength of rop
rope winder cage = 450 m
Factor of safety =
Weight
eight on rope
Now, strength of rope = (6×7)
7) ×strength of wire ×cross
sectional area o wire
Strength of rope = (6×7) ×1800×106 ×3.14×
×7) ×1800
( 2.5 × 10 )
−3 2

4
Strength of rope = 370912.5 N
For Ist duty cycle,
Weight on rope = 60×103+37×200
t1 = 10 sec, u1 = 0, Final velocity
velo (v1) = V and
Weight on rope = 67400 N acceleration (a1) = a
370912.5 Distance covered by 1st cycle = S1 = u1 t1 + ½ a1
Factor of safety = = 5.5
67400 t12 = ½ a (10)2
46. In block caving operationation the drdraw points are = 50 a ......... (1)
placed at 20 m centerr to center, with the pillar For, 2nd cycle,
width 3.5 m as shown n in the figu
figure below. The t2 = 40 sec,
musk is assumed to have ave zero co
cohesion and 35º u2 = V
friction angle. The height
ght of draw ccone (h) in m is V2 = V
a2 = 0
So, S2 = u2 t2 + ½ a2 t22
S2 = 40 V ......... (2)
For 3rd cycle,
t3 = 10 sec
u3 = V
V3 = 0
(a) 12.5 (b) 14.6 a3 = –a
(c) 15.8 (d) 16.5 so, S3 = u3t3 + ½ a3 t32
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2010 = 10 V + ½ (–a) (10) ( 2
Ans. (c) : = 10 V – 50 a ....... (3)
Adding equation (1),, (2) and (3)
so, S1 + S2 + S3 = 50aa + 40V + 10V 10 – 50a
450 = 50 V
V = 9 m/sec
48. It is proposed to connect nnect two straights
st of a road
by a simple circular lar curve. If I the maximum
speed of the vehicle icle is 60 km/h and the
In ∆ abc, centrifugal ratio for the road ro is ¼, the
minimum radius of the curve in m is
8.25 (a) 113.26 (b) 98.18
tan 27.5º=
h (c) 25.46 (d) 15.50
∴ h= 15.8m Gate te Mining Engineering
E -2011
47. A mine winder cage traveling 45 450 m from pit Ans. (a) : Given that,
bottom to pit top is following
llowing a thr
three period duty maximum speed (v) = 60 km/hr.
cycle as shown in the figure
igure below. The maximum 60 ×1000
velocity attained by thee cage in m/s is = m/sec
3600
100
= m/sec.
m/se
6
centrifugal ratio = ¼
@

We know that,
ap

v2
centrifugal
gal ratio =
gR
na

Mechanical Engineering 541 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
ue to gravity = 9.81 m/sec2
where, g = acceleration due Put in equation (i)
R = Minimum radius 2T2 cos 30º + T2 sin 45º = 5000
2
 100  T2[ 2 cos30º +sin45º] = 5000
 6 
So, ¼ =  
T2 =
5000
9.81 × R  2 cos 30º + sin 45º 
R = 113.26 m  
49. A 1 tonne mine carr traveling at a constant T2 = 2588.19 N
speed of 10 km/h collides
ollides with a stationary sin 45º
T1 = 2588.19×
buffer and comes to rest. If the buffer spring sin 30º
stiffness is 200 kN/m, th the maximum T1 ≃ 3660 N
compression in the spring
ring in mm is
51. A flat belt conveyor or is carrying
carryi coal of bulk
(a) 49 (b) 98
density 1 tonne/m3 at a rate of 4004 tonne/h. The
(c) 196 (d) 247 belt speed is 3 m/s. Coal is spread
spre over the belt
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2011 covering 80% of thee belt width in a shape of a
Ans. (c) : Given that, triangle. It the pile height is ¼ of
o the belt width,
Mass (m) = 1 tonne = 1000 kg the width of the beltt in mm is
1000 100 (a) 1109 (b) 909
speed (v) = 10 km/hr = 10 × = m/sec (c) 709 (d) 609
3600 36
Spring stiffness (k) = 200
00 kN/m Gate Mining Engineering
E -2011
= 200 × 103 N/m 400
Ans. (d) : Given, T= 400 tonne /h = tonne / s
A care is in motion and nd strikes to the spring so, 3600
the kinetic energy of the carr is equal to the potential b= 1 tonne /m3
energy stored in the spring. V= 3m/s
So, Carrying capacity of belt (t)
t) = cross sectional
sec area (a) ×
½ mv2 = ½ kx2 bulk density of material (b)) × velocity of
o belt (v).
400 1
1000 × 
2
 100  3 2
3600
= ( 2
)
× belt width × pile height ×b×v
 = 200 × 10 × x
 36 
400 1 ( belt width )2
100 ×100
= 200 × x2
3600
= ( 2
× 0.8×
4
) 1×3
36 × 36
400 × 2 × 4
x = 0.196m = 196 mm. ( belt width )2 =
50. In an iron ore handlinging port, a b
barge is pulled 3600 × 3 × 0.8
by ropes using two tugboats as shown in the 8
resultant of the ( belt width ) = 21.6 = 0.6085 m
2
figure. IN equilibrium, m, the res
forces T1 and T2 alongg the axis oof the barge in = 609 mm
the direction of its travel is 5000 N. The
tensions T1 and T2 in N respective
respectively are 52. A block of weight 100 kN rests res on a floor as
shown in the figure. re. The coefficient
coe of static
friction between thee block and the floor is 0.5.
A force of 45 kN is applied horizontally
hor on the
block. The static frictional
ictional force in kN is

(a) 22.5 (b) 50.0

(a) 9700 and 6831 (b) 6831 and 9700 (c) 55.0 (d) 100.0
(c) 3660 and 2588 (d) 2588 and 3660 Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2014
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2011 Ans. (b) : Given, F = Frictional
tional force
R
Ans. (c) : N = Normal reactionon = 100 kN
∑ Fx = 0 T1 cos30º + T2 sin
in 45º = 500
5000N ...(i) µ = Coefficient of friction = 0. 5

∑ We know that,
@

Fy = 0 T1 sin30º = T2sin45º ...(ii)

Friction force, FR = µN
ap

T1 sin 45ºº 1/ 2 FR = 0.5 ×100

= = = 2
T2 sin 30ºº 1/ 2 = 50 kN
na

Mechanical Engineering 542 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
53. A spring of constantt stiffness k is stretched Ans. (d):
from point a to pointt B (displace
(displacement u in the
figure) by a force F. The
he potentia
potential energy of the
spring is expressed by

1 2 1 2
(a) ku – Fu (b) ku + Fu ΣFx = 0 150 = Fcosθ + 200 sin30º ... (i)
2 2 ΣFy = 0 Fsinθ = 200 cos30º ... (ii)
(c) ku – F (d) ku + F Fsinθ = 173.20
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2014 150 – 200 sin30º = Fcosθ
Ans. (a) : Fcosθ = 50 ... (iii)
Sum of squaring both equation -
1
Potential energy U = ku 2 ( Re Restoring energy ) in spring
storing en (Fcosθ)2 + (Fsinθ)2 = 502 + (173.20)2
2 F2 = 32500.0
1 F = 180.27
U = ku 2 − Fu
2 By
54. A circular curve hass a radius of 200 m and Fsinθ = 200 cos30º
deflection angle of 65º.5º. The lengt
length of the curve sin θ = 200 cos30º/ 180.27
in m is θ = 73.9
(a) 221 (b) 227 56. Birefringence of calcitelcite equals :
(a) 0. 567 (b) 1.458
(c) 235 (d) 262
(c) 0.172 (d) 0.254
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2014 APPSC Mines and Geology
Geolog sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (b) : We know that, Ans. (c) : As light travels vels through an anisotropic
2 πrθ material, the electromagnetic
etic waves become
b split into
Length of the curve (L) is two principle vibrations, which are oriented
or manually
360
perpendicular to each other er and perpendicular
perp to the
The deflection angle direction that the waves propagate.
2 πrθ • The waves whose electric ric vector vibrates
vi along the
L= major axis of the index ellipse
ipse is termed
terme the slow wave,
360
because the refractive index x for this wave
wa is greater than
22 the refractive index for the other waves.
waves
2 × × 200 × 65
L= 7 • Refractive Indices
360 epsilon = 1.486
14300 omega = 1.650
L= Max. Birefringence = 0.172
63
57. If five forces are acting cting on the
th single particle
L = 226.98 ∼ 227m and having an angle le of 72° between
be each and
55. A particle P is in equilibrium
uilibrium as shown in the are collinear, then:
figure. The magnitudeitude in k kN and the (a) The net force acting
ting on the body
b is vertical
orientation θ in degrees
egrees of the force F (b) The net force acting
ting on the body
b is horizontal
respectively are (c) The net force acting
ting on the body
b is at an angle
of 45°
(d) The net force acting
ting on the body
b is zero
Coal
oal India Limited
Lim -27.02.2020
Ans. (d) : If five forces aree acting on the
t single particle
and having an angle of 72º between betwee each and are
collinear, than
The net force acting on the body is zero.
zero
@

This means that the forces are cancelled out.

(a) 52.1, 16.1 (b) 221.2
221.2, 23.2 This means that the body is in equilibrium
equilib and doesn't
ap

(c) 102.3, 53.4 (d) 180.3

180.3, 73.9 need any of the external force to make m itself in the
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2014 equilibrium.
na

Mechanical Engineering 543 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
58. The couple and the other two force systems in (a) 67.7 (b) 67.1
free body diagrams can be easily simplified. (c) 40.7 (d) 65.0
(a) Statement is right if we remove ‘couple’ part MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
(b) Statement is right Ans. (d) : Minimum adhesion frictional force
(c) Statement is wrong
= µ mg = 0.23 × 10,000 × 9.81
(d) Statement is right if we remove ‘force’ part
= 22.563 KN
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
90N
Ans. (b) : The couple and the other two force systems Rolling resistence force = ×10, 000 kg
in free body diagrams can be easily simplified statement 1000 kg
is right. The Couple and the other two force systems in = 900N
free body diagrams can be easily simplified. = 0.9 KN
Explanation: Both of them are vector quantities and
Total maximum force for haulage
both of them can be easily simplified. If taken in the
vector from then the task is even easier. = 22.363 – 0.9
59. Point of tangency in a curve is the ________ . = 21.463 KN
(a) location of the curves start point Maximum power available for haulage of the train
(b) location of the curves end point =F×V
(c) curves midpoint = 21.463 × 3
(d) point joining two tangents of a curve = 64.389 kW
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 = 65 kW
Ans. (b) : Point of Tangency :– It is the point on the 62. The relationship of the tensions at the rope
forward tangent at the end curve where the alignment entering the wheel (T1) and the rope leaving the
changes from a curve to a tangent. wheel (T2) in friction winder is given as:
Point of the curve :– The starting point of the curve is (a) T1/T2 = eθ (b) T1/T2 = µeθ
kθ
called point of the curve or point of commencement. (c) T1/T2 = e (d) T1/T2 = evθ
60. For a 150 m long chain conveyor, the CIL MT Mining-2017
component of power required to move coal
Ans. (d) : The relationship of the tensions at the rope
against gravity along an inclination of 15o is 5
KW. Hourly capacity of the chain conveyor will entering the wheel (T1) and the rope leaving the wheel
be : (T2) in friction winder is
(a) 47.2 ton (b) 3.4 ton T1/T2 = evθ
(c) 13.1 ton (d) 37.8 ton 63. The yield load of hydraulic powered support is:
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 (a) equal to its setting load
Ans. (a) (b) more than its setting load
(c) None of the other options
(d) less than its setting load
CIL MT Mining-2017
Ans. (b) : The yield load of hydraulic powered support
is more than its setting load.
150m Yeild strength refers to an indication of maximum stress
P = mg sin 150 × that can be developed in a material without causing
1sec plastic deformation. It is the stress at which a material
Given power = 5 kW exhibits a specified permanent deformation and is a
= 5 × 103 practical approximation of the elastic limit.
5 × 10 = m × 9.81x sin 150 × 150
3
64. Misaligned machine component creates one of
5 × 103 the following:
m= (a) power overload
sin150 × 150 × 9.81
(b) bending moment
m = 13.128 kg/sec
(c) reduced rpm
m = 13.128 × 3600 = 47262.4257
(d) machine fatigueness
m = 47.262ton CIL MT Mining-2017
61. A 10,000 kg locomotive runs at a speed of 3 m/s Ans. (b) : misaligned machine component creates one
along a level track. The co-efficient of adhesion of the bending moment. Misalignment or the variance
@

at the track is 0.23, and the rolling resistance of between the intended position and attitude of two shafts
the locomotive is 90 N per 1000 kg. The is normally the result of manufacturing tolerances and
ap

maximum power available for haulage the quantifying misalignment is crucial when seeking to
train in kW is : specify the correct coupling.
na

Mechanical Engineering 544 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
65. The property which enables a metal to be 69. Which type of centrifugal fan is designed to
drawn into wires is called eliminate end thrust on fan shaft?
(a) Ductility (b) Malleability (a) Backward bladed (b) Radial bladed
(c) Toughness (d) Brittleness (c) Forward bladed (d) Axial bladed
APECET Mining Engineering-2017 APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
Ans. (a) : The property which enables a metal to be Ans. (a) : Backward bladed of centrifugal fan is
drawn into wire is called ductility. designed to eliminate end thrust on fan shaft centrifugal
Ductility- The physical property of a metal that can be fan blade types-
drawn into the thin wire is called ductility or ductility is Radial- These are high-pressure fan with medium
the property of metal associated with the ability to be airflow. Radias-bladed fans are best for industrial
hammered thin or stretched into wire without breaking. applications where there is dust or in environments
The degree of ductility occurs dug to metallic bonds. where there is gas or moisture in the air.
Forward curve- There are medium pressure, high
66. The value of Poisson’s ratio lies between airflow fans that can be used in both clean air
(a) –1 and –2 (b) –1/2 and + 1 Ventilating and exhaust application.
(c) –1 and +1/2 (d) –1 and –1/2 Backward curve- These are high-pressure, high flow
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 high efficiency fans. Power reduces as flow increases
Ans. (c) : over the most efficient area of the system.
Poisson's ratio is defined as the ratio between lateral Airfoil- These are the highest efficiency fans, best in
strain to longitudinal strain, within the elasticity clean air applications.
limit. 70. What is the manometric efficiency of air screw
d ε lateral fan?
ν= (a) 70-80% (b) 50-60%
d Ε longitudianal (c) 20-30% (d) 35-55%
Value of Poisson's ratio lies between APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
− 1 and + 1 Ans. (c) : The manometric efficiency of air screw fan
2 very from 20-30º.
Material Poisson's ratio The ratio of manometric head H and the work head
(i) Rubber → ≈ 0.5 imported by the rotor on the fluid is tormed as
(ii) Magnesium → 0.35 manometric efficiency (ηm).
(iii) Titanium → 0.34 gH
ηm =
(iv) Copper → 0.33 VW2 U2
(v) Clay → 0.30 – 0.45
71. The depths of both upcast and downcast shafts
are same and 465 mts. The temperature in
I2. Design and Production upcast shaft and downcast shaft are 37ºC and
30ºC respectively. Then what is the height of
67. The vertical distance between the liquid level Motive Column?
and the free discharge level of the liquid is (a) 10.3 m (b) 9.9 m
(c) 9.75 m (d) 10.5 m
called as
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II
(a) Static head (b) Suction head
(c) Total static head (d) Delivery head Ans. (d) : ∴Motive column is given by-
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II T − TD
h= U ×D
Ans. (c) : Total static head- The vertical distance TU
between the level of source of supply and the point of 310 − 303
free discharge or the free surface of the discharge liquid. = × 468
310
68. What part in turbine pump should be shorter 7
for its effective running? = × 465
(a) Suction pipe (b) Balancing disc 310
(c) Delivery pipe (d) Diffusers 3255
=
APPSC Mining Engg.08.05.2024, Shift-II 310
Ans. (a) : Suction piping system of pumps have always h = 10.5 m
been challenging due to the sensitivity of the pump to So, the height of motive column is 10.5 m
the flow pressure drop on the suction and the relatively 72. If the major ( 1) and minor ( 3) principal
@

suction piping to mitigate issues associated with NPSH, stresses for a rock element have a relationship
and a mandatory minimum pressure should be 1
ap

maintained at the pump entrance to ensure the proper as σ 3 = − σ1 , the maximum shear stress is
2
operation of the pump. expressed by
na

Mechanical Engineering 545 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
4 3 P2L PL2
(a) σ1 (b) σ1 (a) (b)
3 4 2AE 2AE
1
(c) σ1 (d)
1
σ1 P 2 L2 P2 L
(c) (d)
2 4 AE AE
Gate-2024 Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
Ans. (b) : To find the maximum shear stress (Tmax) in Ans. (a) : The strain energy of member due to direct
terms of the major principal stress (σ1), we can use the loading or axial loading (Ua) having Length L and
formula cross- section area A, when subjected to.
σ1 – σ3 L
Tmax = P2
2 Ua = ∫ dx
0
2EA
1
To give σ3 = − σ1
2 P2L
=
σ − σ3 2AE
Tmax = 1
2 75. Poisson's ratio is the
σ1 −  − σ1 
1 (a) Rate change of strain as a function of stress
=  2  (b) Load applied on the material per unit area
2 (c) Ratio of lateral strain to longitudinal strain
1 (d) Ratio of stress to strain
σ1 + σ1
= 2 Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
2
Ans. (c) : Poisson's ratio- It is ratio of lateral strain to
2σ1 + σ1
= longitudinal strain.
2× 2
It is denoted by µ.
3σ1
= 76. Which attachment can monitor the axial
4
deformation of a cylindrical specimen:
3
Tmax = σ1 (a) Linear variable differential transformer
4
73. A shear stress acts tangentially to the upper (b) Brittle-ductile transition stress recorder
surface of a block and causes a small (c) Triaxial extensometer
deformation ' ∆w ' as shown. The shear strain (d) Polar stereonet circle
is calculated by (e) Question not attempted
e Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
∆w ∆w Ans. (a) A linear variable differential transformer is an
(a) (b) electromechanical device used for measuring linear
w h
displacement or position along a given direction. It is a
2∆w 2 ∆wh
(c) (d) type of electrical transformer that converts mechanical
w h
motion into a variable electrical signal. The LVDT is
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I commonly used in various application such as power
Ans. (b) : turbines, hydraulics, automotion, aircraft, satellite,
nuclear reactor etc.
Advantage:-
Robust and frictionless design
Virtually infinite cycle life
Low hysteresis and excellent repeatability
77. If Poisson's ratio of a rock sample is 0.20, then
Sheer strain is a measure of deformation representing the relationship among the modulus of
the change in shape of a material subject of shear stress. elasticity (E), modulus of rigidity (G) and bulk
Shear strain is a dimension less quantity as it represent a modulus (K) is:
@

ratio of lengths. (a) E=K=G (b) E>K=G

74. For a cylindrical sample of cross-sectional area (c) E>K>G (d) E<K<G
ap

A, Length L, Young's modulus E and axial loax (e) Question not attempted
P, The strain energy stored is Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
na

Mechanical Engineering 546 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) Given,
µ = 0.20
We know that
E = 2G (1+µ)
= 2G (1+0.20)
= 2G (1.20)
E = 3K (1–2µ)
= 3K (1–2(0.20) (a) <0 (b) =0
= 3K (1–0.4) (c) >10 (d) 0< <10
= 3K (0.6) Gate-2023
= 1.8k Ans. (c) : It is given that the axial stress at A = σA and
the pore water pressure at A = UA = 10 MPa Let we
78. In deep hole drilling and blasting the depth of
take the axial stress at B = σB and the pore water
the hole shall be : pressure at B = UB
(a) less than 3 metres but more than 2 metres Here the total effective stress (σEA) at t due to axial
(b) more than 3 metres stress and the pore water pressure is
(c) less than 5 metres but more than 3 metres σEA = σA – UA
(d) less than 3.5 metres but more than 2.5 metres And the total effective stress (σEA) at A due to axial
NCL Mining Sirdar-19.01.2023 stress and the pore water pressure is σEB = σB–UB
Ans. (b) In deep hole drilling and blasting, the depth of Here we can see from the graph that
the hole is typically more than 3 meters. This depth That means the pore water pressure of BUB should be
greater than pore water pressure at AVA
allows for effective blasting and excavation in various
It means that UB > 10 MPa
mining and construction application.
81. When the water leaves from volute casting of
79. A shear stress acts tangentially to the upper pump it posses high ______ energy but only a
surface of a block and causes a small little _______
deformation ∆w as shown. The shear strain is (a) Thermal energy, heat energy
calculated by (b) Pressure energy, kinetic energy
(c) Electric energy, velocity energy
(d) None
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
Ans. (b) : The water leaves from volute casting of pump
it posses pressure energy but only a little kinetic energy.
Pressure energy - Pressure energy is the energy contained
in each unit of the liquid due to the effect of thermal
energy of atoms and molecules.
The S.I. unit of pressure is Pascal which can be
∆w ∆w expressed as Newton per square meters.
(a) (b)
w h Kinetic energy - A centrifugal pump is energy conversion
machine. The mechanical energy of the shaft is converted
2∆w 2∆w
(c) (d) to kinetic energy by increasing the velocity of the fluid
w h leaving the impeller.
Gate-2023 82. Freezing process of shaft sinking introduced
Ans. (b) : Here we know that the angular tilt between by-
different layers of a body due to tangential force (Shear (a) Loetesh (b) Poetsch
force) is called shear strain. (c) Kelvin (d) Bhell
So, the shear stain is NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
Ans. (b) : Freezing process of shaft sinking introduced
∆w
tan θ = by H. Poetsch.
h Introduction although patented by H. Poetsch in
80. Axial stress versus axial strain curves for two Germany in 1883, artificial ground freezing (AGF), was
@

test results of a porous rock from triaxial first adopted for mine shaft construction in south Wales
in 1862 where it was used for providing temporary
ap

undrained compression tests are shown in the

figure. The pore water pressure for the curve B ground support and ground water ingress control during
sinking.
can be the best explained by
na

Mechanical Engineering 547 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
83. Drop shaft methods are also called- 88. The type of shaft sinking employed in any
(a) Caisson methods (b) Freezing fissured water bearing strata except running
(c) Cementation (d) Tubbing methods sand.
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 (a) Piling (b) Caisson
Ans. (a) : Drop shaft methods are also called caisson (c) Cementation (d) Freezing
methods. The pneumatic caisson method comprises the NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
on-ground construction of a reinforced concrete inside Ans. (c) : The type of shaft sinking employed in any
at the lower part, pressurized air supply to the working fissured water bearing strata except running sand
chamber to prevent underground water form coming in cementation. Cementation process this process can be
there, excavation work of soils in the working chamber used in all cases of shaft sinking. Particularly in any
and finally sinking the fissured water-bearing strata except in running sand or
84. Motive power of the wagon drill of older type- loose ground. It can be successfully applied in sinking
(a) Electric (b) Pheumatic even when the inrush of water is heavy.
(c) Compressed air (d) None 89. Controlling the course of a bore hole so as to
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 follow predetermined path ______ is
Ans. (c) : Motive power of the wagon drill of older (a) Directional drilling
type compressed air. (b) Controlled drilling
Compressed air is air kept under a pressure that (c) Deviation of bore holes
is greater than atmospheric pressure. Compressed air is (d) Wire line drilling
an important medium for transfer of energy in industrial NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
process and is used for power tools such as air Ans. (a) : Controlling the course of a bore hole so as
hammers, drills, wrenches, and other, as well as to the follow of predetermined path directional drilling.
atomize paint, to operate air cylinders for automation The term "Directional Drilling" means controlling the
and can also be used to propel vehicles. course of a bore hole so as to follow a pre-determined
85. Type of drill bit commonly used for Jack path and complete the bore hole at the desired sub-
hammer- surface location.
(a) Eccentric 90. In which shape of shaft resist heavy side
(b) Concentric pressure, offers least rubbing surface to
(c) Single chesel carbide tipped bit ventilating air.
(d) Cross bit (a) Elliptical (b) Square
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 (c) Circular (d) Rectangular
Ans. (c) : Type of drill bit commonly used for jack NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
hammer single chesel carbide tipped bit. Ans. (c) : The shape of shaft resist heavy side pressure,
86. Motions imparted by the wagon drill during offers least rubbing surface to ventilating air circular.
the time of drilling to the rods : A circular shaft is best able to resist heavy side
(a) Milling action pressure and for a given cross-section, offers the least
(b) Percussive rubbing surface to ventilating air current.
(c) Rotary 91. A hyetograph is a graphical representation of
(d) Percussive with rotory (a) Rainfall intensity and time
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022 (b) Rainfall depth and time
Ans. (d) : Motions imparted by the wagon drill during (c) Discharge and time
the time of drilling to the rods percussive with rotary. (d) Cumulative rainfall and time
The rotary Percussion drilling method applies a HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
hammer tool to produce percussion on a rock formation. Ans. (a) : Hyetograph is a graphical representation of
A top hammer system transfers approximately 84% of cumulative rainfall and time.
the energy to the drill bit, while a down- the hole (DTH)
hammer is more efficient in this energy is being Type of curve Meaning
transferred. mass curve cumulative rain fall vs
87. Fill factor for the drag line is _________. time
(a) 65% (b) 75% Double mass curve Cumulative rainfall of
(c) 85% (d) 80% near by station vs
cumulative rain fall of
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
concerned station.
Ans. (a) : The fill factor for the drag line is 65%. Drag
lines are commonly used to remove the overburden, hydrograph Discharge vs time
@

also known as stripping in open cast mining. In many Hyetograph Rainfall intensity vs
cases, the overburden is drilled and blasted to facilitate time
ap

removal by the dragline. Occasionally, the dragline will DAD-(Depth area Rainfall depth vs area &
be used to remove the are as well. Duration) curve time
na

Mechanical Engineering 548 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
92. The property of a mineral by virtue of which it Ans. (c): Aluminium cans are more malleable and
can be cut with a knife is lighter than steel can (aluminium is one- third as heavy
(a) Sectile (b) Parting as steel ) and also do not rust or corrode. Aluminium is
(c) Malleable (d) Ductile an element (Al, atomic number 13), where as steel is an
alloy made mainly of iron and carbon.
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
99. What type of forces make thrust faults ?
Ans. (a) : Sectility is the ability of a mineral to be cut in (a) Compression (b) Tension
to thin pieces with a knife. (c) Shear (d) Torque
•Mineral that are not sectile will be broken in to HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
rougher pieces when cut metal and paper are sectile. Ans. (a) : This fault motion is caused by compression
• Sectility can be used to distinguish minerals of similar forces and results in shortening. A reverse faults is
appearance and is a form of tenacity. called a thrust fault if the deep of the fault plane is small
93. Structure or form which depicts leaf like sheets (other name reverse slip fault or compression fault)
is Examples include.
(a) Granular (b) Radiating In a reverse faults are exactly the opposite of normal
faults. If the hanging wall rises relative to the footwall ,
(c) Lamellar (d) Foliated we have a reverse fault occur in areas undergoing in
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 compression.
Ans. (c) : The mineral is made up of relatively thick 100. If Poisson's ratio of a rock sample is 0.25, then
flexible, leaf- like sheets, if it is said to be lamellar. the relationship among Modulus of Elasticity
94. Which type of weathering is caused by (E), Modulus of Rigidity (G) and Bulk Modulus
oxidation ? (K) is :
(a) Ice Wedging (b) Abrasion (a) E = K = G (b) E > G > K
(c) Rusting (d) Acid Rain (c) E = G > K (d) E > K > G
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
Ans. (d)
Ans. (c) : Oxidation is another type of chemical
µ = 0.25
weathering is oxidation. oxidation is the reaction of a
substance with oxygen. you are probably familiar with E = 3K(1–2µ)
oxidation because it is the process that causes rust. = 3K(1–2 × 0.25)
E = 3K (1–0.5)
95. Parrot coal is a variety of E = 1.5K
(a) Bituminous coal (b) Peat
3
(c) Anthracite (d) Lignite E= K
2
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
2E = 3K ....................... (1)
Ans. (a) : Parrot coal is a variety of bituminous coal 3K = 5G
96. The ability of a mineral to resist scratching. 5
(a) fracture (b) cleavage K= G
3
(c) streak (d) hardness E = 2G (1+µ)
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 = 2G(1+0.25)
Ans. (d) : Hardness is a mineral's ability to resist being E = 2.5G
scratched. Minerals that are not easily scratched are 5
hard you test the hardness of a mineral by scratching it's E= G
2
surface with a mineral of a known hardness.
2E = 5G ...................... (2)
Mineralogists use the mohs hardness scale.
E>K>G
97. The ridges in the valley and ridge are made up
of what rock ? 101. Poisson's ratio is defined as :
(a) Limestone (b) Granite (a) lateral strain/longitudinal strain
(c) Slate (d) Sandstone (b) lateral stress/longitudinal stress
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022 (c) lateral strain/longitudinal stress
Ans. (d) : The rocks of the valley and ridge Province (d) longitudinal strain/lateral strain
are chiefly sandstone, shale and carbonate rocks, locally UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
coal-bearing beds are present. A thick cover of regolith Ans. (a) : Poisson ratio is defined as the ratio between
has developed on the rocks particularly in the valleys. lateral strain to longitudinal strain, within the elasticity
@

98. Metal cans are made from which material ? limit.

ap

(a) Plastic (b) Silver Lateral strain

Poisson's ratio =
(c) Aluminium (d) None of these Longitudiral strain
HPSSC Mining Inspector-13.03.2022
na

Mechanical Engineering 549 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
102. In a bi-axial stress field, the vertical stress is A Gunter's chain is 66' (4 poles) long and this chain
10MPa and Poisson's ratio for the rock mass is consists of 100 links.
0.2. The horizontal stress in MPa is : Each links being 0.66 ft or 7.92 inches.
(a) 2 (b) 2.5 For great accuracy in the Guntur's chain.
(c) 5 (d) 50 Chain is composed of 100-150 pieces of galvanized
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 mild steel called links.
Ans. (b) 105. Turning the telescope in the vertical plane
K0 = coefficient of earth pressure at rest about the horizontal axis is called :
µ (a) Transiting (b) Plunging
K0 =
1− µ (c) Swinging (d) Both (a) & (b)
0.2 UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
=
1 − 0.2 Ans. (d)
0.2 1 It is the process of turning the telescope in the
K0 = = vertical plane by 1800 about the horizontal axis.
0.8 4
It is also called plunging or reversing.
K0 = 0.25
Swinging :
σ
K0 = n It is the process of turning the telescope about the
σv verticle axis in a horizontal plane.
σ Telescope :
0.25 = n The surveyors telescope. It employees two convex
10
σn = 0.25 × 10 lenses. The one nearest to the object is called the
objective and the other near the eye is called
σ n = 2.5MPa eyepiece.
103. In a belt conveyor system, function of snub Note- Official answer is given option (c)
pulley is to : 106. FOS Stands for ............
(a) Clean inner surface of belt (a) Fast Operating System
(b) Clean outer surface of belt (b) Factory Out Store
(c) Increase angle of wrap of the belt with drive (c) Factor of Safety
drum (d) None of these
(d) Increase belt tension WCL Mining Sirdar-24.04.2022
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (c) : FOS stands for "factor of safety". It is ability
Ans. (c) of a system's structural capacity to be viable beyond its
Snub pulleys are conveyor idler system components expected or actual loads.
that are individually designed and manufactured for
different sizes and different conveying 107. With reference to the figure related to rock
requirements. cutting by point attack tool, match the angle
Snub pulleys are used to increase the winding angle with corresponding name.
of the conveyor belt to reduce the traction force on Angle Name
the belt. P. α 1. Cutting angle
The snub pulley provides a convenient interface to Q. β 2. Clearance angle
the conveyors belt and provides rotational
movement for the speed sensor R. δ 3. Wedge angle
With the snub pulley the return belt can be made S. γ 4. Rake angle
that before entering the tail pulley.
104. The length and number of links in a Gunter's
chain is :
(a) 66' and 100 (b) 100' and 60
(c) 200' and 66 (d) 66' and 200
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (a)
Gunter's chain is a device used for measurement. (a) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3.
@

It is used to measures horizontal distances. (b) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3.

It was designed and introduced in 1620 by the (c) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1.
ap

English clergyman and mathematician Edmund (d) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1.
Guntur. Gate Mining Engineering-2021
na

Mechanical Engineering 550 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : • Hydraulic coupling transmits motor power through
liquid without mechanical linkage between the driver
and the driven machinery.
• These advantage in clued control starting, smooth
acceleration, overload protection, energy saving,
stepless speed regulation, virtually frictionless
clutching, starting zero motor load and thus reduction in
motor size.
The correct, match is option (a) • Hydrulic coupling is also known as fluid coupling is a
S. Angle Name hydrodynamic device which is used to transfer use of
No. transmission fluid.
P α Clearance angle 110. Coulomb theory states that:
(a) failure occurs due to both yielding and
Q β Rake angle
fracture
R δ Cutting angle (b) failure occurs when the shear stress on the
S γ Wedge angle material along the failure plane exceeds the
108. In photogrammetry, the 'Tilt of a photograph' value of shear strength.
referes to the angle between the (c) potential failure in the form of grain
(a) Lines joining the opposite fiducial marks of a boundaries the
photograph. (d) the maximum principal stress in the material
determines failure regardless of the
(b) Normal to plane of photograph and optical
magnitude of other two principal stresses
axic.
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
(c) Vertical and the axis of the flight.
Ans. (b) : Of the many theories of failure that have been
(d) Vertical and optical axis of the camera.
proposed the Mohr strength theory and Mohr theory
have been well accepted by soil engineers
Gate Mining Engineering-2021 • The following are the essential points of Mohr's
Ans. (d) : In Photogrammetry, the "Tilt of a strength theory.
photograph" refers to the angle between the vertical and (i) Materials fails by shear.
optical axis of the camera. (ii) The ultimate strength of the materials is determined
Photogrammetry is also known as aerial surveying it’s a by the stresses in the failure plane.
method of surveying commonly used to cover large (iii) When the material subjected to three principle
area. stresses (G1, G2, G3) the intermediate principle stresses
The technique which is used to derive information form does not have any influence on the strength of the
the photographs is termed as photo interpretation and is material.
covered under aerial surveying. • The theory was first expressed by coulomb and later
The photogrammetry which started as terrestrial generalized by Mohr.
photogrammetry has now become popular as aerial • The Mohr's theory can be expressed by the equation,
photogrammetry.
τf = S = F(σ)
Tilt is an angle produced by the rotation of aerial
τf = Shear Resistance of material
camera about time of flight.
F(σ) = Function of normal stress.
109. Which of the following statement is
INCORRECT for hydraulic coupling? Sorπ = C + σ tan φ
(a) Transmits motor power through liquid Coulomb defined the function f(σ) as a linear function
without mechanical linkage between the of σ and C.
driver and the driven machinery
(b) It functions as a clutch which gives a
perfectly smooth and progressive drive
(c) Also known as fluid coupling
(d) Coupling consists of two main parts that is an
impeller and governor
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
@

Ans. (d) : A fluid coupling is device which allows a

controlled amount of slip between input and output,
ap

between the drive and driven machine, with no

mechanical contact.
na

Mechanical Engineering 551 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
111. If the elastic modulus and Poisson’s ratio of a 114. Pyroxenes are made up of ____, which extend
rock is 5 GPa and respectively, then the shear parallel to the axis.
modulus of the rock is : (a) double chains of tetrahedra
(a) 2 GPa (b) 1.5 GPa (b) single chains of tetrahedra
(c) 1.02 GPa (d) 1.9 GPa (c) rings of tetrahedra
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 (d) framework of tetrahedra
Ans. (d) : E = 2G(1 + µ) APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
E = modulus of elasticity. Ans. (b) : Pyroxenes consitst of single chains of linked
µ = Poisson's ratio SiO4 tetrahedra, each of which shares two O atoms with
G = modulus of rigidity its neighbor, in ampbiboles.
Pyroxenes are the most important group of
E = 2G (1 + µ)
ferromagnesian silicates, and occur. As stable phase in
E 5 almost every type of igneous rock.
⇒ G= =
2 (1 + µ ) 2 (1 + 0.03) The chains are infinitely long and run parallel to the
5 Z- direction. In the ideal structure the chains are straight
= = 1.927GPa (Ψ= 180º) but in reality they are kinked by an angle
2.6
which varies from structure to structure and with
112. What should be the maximum temperature of changing temperature and pressure.
the white metal pouring into the socket for the 115. –––– is an orthorhombic pyroxene, while ____
purpose of capping? is a monoclinic pyroxene.
(a) 5250C (b) 4200C (a) bronzite, enstatite
0
(c) 363 C (d) 3000C (b) augite, clinoenstatite
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 (c) amphacite, augite
Ans. (c) : • Socketing should be carried out by qualified (d) bronzite, augite
and competent specialists. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
• Always read and fully understand the instructions and Ans. (d) : Bronzite is an orthorhombic pyroxene while
the warning provided by the resin manufacturer. angite is a monoclinic pyroxene.
• Sockets should be at ambient temperature. Do not heat Bronzite- Bronzite is a member of the pyroxene group
the sockets prior to pouring. of minerals, belonging with enstatie and hypersthenes to
• poured sockets should not be moved from at least 15 the orthorhombic series of the group. Rather than a
min. after the resin in the socket has gelled. distinct spacies, it is really a ferriferous variety of
• It possible we recommend the assembly to be proof enstatite, which owing to partial alteration has acquired
tested at 40% of the MBL of the used wire rope at least a bronze-like sub-metallic luster on the cleavage
1 hour after the resin in the socket has gelled. surfaces.
• When using white metal or zinc, per-heat the socket Augite- Augite is a common rock-forming pyroxene
basket, but never expose a socket to a temperature of mineral with formula (Ca, Na) (Mg, Fe, Al, Ti) (Si, Al)2
more than 360 ºC ~ 363 ºC. O6. The crystals are monoclinic and prismatic. Augite
113. Which of the following options best describes has two prominent cleavages, meeting at angles near 90
the characteristics of Kyanite? degress.
(a) Triclinic, Al2 SiO5, needle like crystals, 116. Several minerals, except those belonging to
varying hardness, blue of white colour
the_____ crystal system, selectively absorb
(b) Triclinic, Al2 SiO5, long bladed crystals, visible wavelengths differently in different
varying hardness, blue of white colour
wavelengths.
(c) Triclinic, Al2 SiO3, long bladed crystals,
(a) normal class of hexagonal
varying hardness, red of white colour
(d) Monoclinic, Al2 SiO5, long bladed crystals, (b) triclinic
varying hardness, blue of white colour (c) isometric
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 (d) tetragonal
Ans. (b) : A bluish- green to colorless triclinic mineral. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Kyanite occurs as long, thin, blode- shaped crystals in Ans. (c) : Several minerals, except those belonging to
metaorphic rocks. the isometric crystal system, selectively absorb visible
It is unique among minerals in having two grades of wavelengths differently in different wavelengths.
@

hardness, one along its width. It is a polymorph of Most three-dimensional lattices display. Some
andalusite and silionite, but can form at lower
ap

symmetry, although the direction. Some arrangements

temperature than either of thes. It's chemical formula of symmetry elements place special constraints on the
Al2SiO5. shape of the unit cell.
na

Mechanical Engineering 552 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
117. Thin sections of biaxial crystals, when 120. Identify the correct set of statements about a
examined in convergent polarised light, Nicol Prism.
show_____. (a) A Cleavage Rhombohedron of calcite is used.
(a) interference figures (b) birefringence The top and bottom surfaces of the calcite
piece make an angle of 82º with the vertical
(c) total extinction (d) high RI
edges.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 The RI of the e-ray is nearly same as that of
Ans. (a) : The sections of biaxial crystals, when Canada balsam.
examined in convergent polarized light, show (b) A Cleavage Rhombohedron of calcite is used.
interference figures. The top and bottom surfaces of the calcite
• A figure observed with a conoscope when a section of piece make an angle of 68º with the vertical
a doubly refracting crystal is in the path traversed by edges.
convergent plane-polarized light as when a centered The RI of the e-ray is nearly same as that of
Canada balsam.
black cross is superimposed over a black spot at the
(c) A flawless piece of calcite is used.
center of a series of concentric colored ring. The top and bottom surfaces of the calcite
118. Choose the correct list of form belonging to the piece make an angle of 82º with the vertical
normal class of monoclinic system. edges.
(a) Orthopinacoid, Clinopinacoid, Base, The RI of the e-ray is nearly half of that of
Orthodome Canada balsam.
(b) Orthopinacoid, Clinopinacoid, Base, (d) A flawless piece of Gypsum is used.
macrodome The top and bottom surfaces of the Gypsum
piece make an angle of 68º with the vertical
(c) Macropinacoid Clinopinacoid, Base, edges.
Orthodome The RI of the e-ray is nearly same as that of
(d) Brachypinacoid, Clinopinacoid, Base, Canada balsam.
Orthodome APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 Ans. (b) : The correct set of statements about a Nocol
Ans. (a) : The correct list of form belonging to the Prism.
normal class of monoclinic system are orthopinacoid, • A cleavage Rhombohedron of calcite is used.
Clinopinacoid, Base, orthodome. • The top and bottom surface of the calcite piece make
Monoclinic system- One of the structural categories to an angle of 68º with the vertical edges.
which crystalline solids can be assigned. Crystals in this • The RI of the e-ray is nearly same as that of Canada
system are referred to three axes of unequal lengths say. balsam.
a,b and c - of which a is perpendicular to b and c, but b Nical Prism- A nicol prism is a type of polarizer, on
optical device made from calcite crystal used to produce
and c are not perpendicular to each other.
and analyse plane polarized light. It is made is such a
119. As a quartz wedge is gradually inserted into the way that it eliminates one of the rays by total internal
tube of a petrological microscope, there is reflection.
increasing retardation of the light rays. This is The ordinary ray is eliminated and only the
due to the: extraordinary ray is transmitted through the prism. It
(a) increasing thickness of the wedge through was the first type of polarizing prism inverted in 1828
which the light must pass, as the thin end is by William Nicol (1770-1851) of Edinburgh. It consists
of a rhombohedral crystal of Iceland spar (a variety of
inserted first calcite) that has been cut at an angle of 68º with respect
(b) increasing RI of the wedge as it passes to the crystal axis, cut again diagonally, and then
through the tube rejoined as shown, using a layer of transparent Canada
(c) increasing opaqueness of the wedge through balsam as a glue.
which the light must pass, as the wedge 121. Choose the CORRECT option related to the
passes through the tube symmetry elements of normal classes of
(d) decreasing thickness of the wedge through orthorhombic system.
which the light must pass, as the thick end is (a) 2 crystallographic axes of 3-fold symmetry; 3
inserted first crystallographic planes, Centre present.
(b) 3 crystallographic axes of 4-fold symmetry; 3
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 crystallographic planes, Centre present.
Ans. (a) : As a quartz wedge is gradually inserted into (c) 3 crystallographic axes of 2-fold symmetry; 3
@

the tube of a petrological microscope there is increasing crystallographic planes, Centre present.
retardation of the light rays. This is due to the (d) 2 crystallographic axes of 3-fold symmetry; 3
ap

increasing thickness of the wedge through which the crystallographic planes, Centre present.
light must pass as the thin end is insterted first. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
na

Mechanical Engineering 553 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) : The correct option related to the symmetry 125. In the Bowen's reaction, the plagioclase series
elements of normal classes of orthorhombic system is crystallises under the:
3 Crystallographic axes of 2-fold symmetry; 3 (a) equilibrium crystallisation
crystallographic planes centre present. (b) disequilibrium crystallisation
122. _____ occurs in an imcompetent layer. This (c) fractional crystallisation
layer exerts no influence on the process of (d) semi-fractional crystallisation
folding, and defromation takes place by APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
inhomogeneous simple shear or shear planes
that cross-cut the layer. Ans. (a) : The Bowen's reaction, the plagioclase series
crystallizes under the equilibrium crystallization.
(a) passive stress folding
(b) active shear folding • Equilibrium crystallization crystals form from a
(c) Passive plane folding cooling melt in a closed system (eruptions of magma
out of the system or injections of fresh melt into the
(d) Passive shear folding or flow folding
system).
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
Chemical equilibrium is maintained until the melt has
Ans. (d) : Passive shear folding or flow folding occurs completely crystallized.
in an incompetent layer. This layer exerts no influence
on the process of folding and deformation takes place by Disequilibrium Crystallisation-
inhomogeneous simple shear or shear planes that cross- If magma and minerals remain in equilibrium different
cut the layer. minerals crystallize at different temperatures-some
Passive folds may be subdivided into passive slip folds times more than one at a time, and mineral
and passive-flow folds, across (perpendicular) to rock compositions change as temperature decreases.
layers and more conveniently along cleavage planes they Continuous reactions take place as elements move from
are also called shear folds. In passive-flow folds there is magma into growing crystals.
across layering material flow in a ductile environment Fractional Crystallisation- The process of separating
and in the direction of folding. two or more crystalline solids based on the difference in
123. In a binary system, the –––– represents the their solubilities in the same solvent is called fractional
temperature and melting composition that crystallization.
should exist for the freezing of an Semi-fractional Crystallisation- Fractional
incongruently melting compound. crystallization is a method of refining substances based
(a) Eutectic point (b) yield point on differences in solubility. It fractionates difference in
(c) peritectic point (d) equilibrium point crystallization.
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 126. A cylindrical sample cross-sectional area A,
Ans. (c) : In a binary system, the peritectic point length I, and Young's Modulus E, is subjected to
represents the temperature and melting composition that a constant uniaxial load P. Within the elastic limit
should exist for the freezing of an incongruently melting of loading. The total strain energy stored is
compound.
Peritectic point- The point on a phase diagram where a 2P 2 L P2L
(a) (b)
reaction takes place between a previously precipitated AE 2AE
phase and the liquid to produce a new solid phase. PL P2L
When this point is reached, the temperature must (c) (d)
remain constant until the reaction has run to completion. A 2E AE
A peritectic also an invariant point. Gate Mining Engineering-2020
124. Which mineral is formed in the peritectic point 1
of the forsterite-silica binary system? Ans. (b) : ∵Total strain energy = ×P×δ
2
(a) Enstatite (b) Epidote
Elongation due to applied load
(c) Low quartz (d) Fayalite
APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 PL
δ=
Ans. (a) : Enstatite the mineral is formed in the EA
peritectic point of the forsterite - silice binary system. 1 PL
Enstatite- Enstatite is the magnesium end member of = ×P×
2 EA
the pyroxene silicate mineral series enstatite
(MgSiO3)…ferrosilite (FeSiO3). The magnesium rich P2 L
So, The total strain energy =
members of the solid solution series are common rock- 2AE
forming minerals found in igneous and metamorphic
127. An explosive mixture has 80 g of ammonium
rock. The intermediate composition, (Mg, Fe) SiO3, has
nitrate (NH4NO3) and 14 g of fuel oil (C10H20).
@

historically been known as hypersthenes, although this

name has been formally abandoned and replaced by The oxygen balance in the mixture is
(a) Surplus by 32 g (b) Deficient 24 g
ap

orthopyroxene. When determined petrographically or

chemically the composition is given as relative (c) Surplus by 16 g (d) Deficient by 32 g
proportions of enstatite (En) and ferrosilite (Fs). Gate Mining Engineering-2020
na

Mechanical Engineering 554 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d):Balance reaction between NH4NO3 and C10H20 is Ans. (d): The 'ratcher and pawl' mechanism in a
30 NH4NO3 + C10H20→70H20 + 10CO2+30N2 jackhammer drill prevents reverse rotation of the rifle
bar. Essentially, it consists of a ratchet wheel (attached
Molar is 80 g of ammonium nitrate 50 the moles of
to the rifle bar) and a pawl (small lever). When the drill
ammonium nitrate = 1
is in operation, the pawl engages with the teeth on the
there is 14 g of decene so the moles of decene = 0.1 ratchet wheel, allowing the rifle bar to rotator in one
So the balance reaction is direction (forward). However, if there's any attempt at
3NH4NO3 + 0.1 C10H20 = 7 H20+CO2+3N2 reverse rotation, the pawl prevents if from happening by
But have only 1 mole of NH4NO3, there is deficiency of catching on the teeth, thus ensuring the drill operates
2 moles of NH4NO3 effectively and safely.
We know that 130. The plane stress condition is given by
oxygen balance (a) ε zz = 0, γ yz = 0, γ zx = 0
1600  y 
(%) = − ×  2x + + m − 2  (b) σzz = 0, τyz = 0, τzx = 0
molecular weight of compound  2 
(c) σzz ≠ 0, τyz ≠ 0, τzx ≠ 0
(d) εzz ≠ 0, γyz ≠ 0, γzx ≠ 0
Where, Gate Mining Engineering-2020
x = Number of atoms of carbon Ans. (b) : Plane stress is defined to be a state of stress
y = Number of atoms of hydrogen in which the stress in the direction, σx2 and σy2,
z = Number of atoms of oxygen directed perpendicular to the x–y plane are assumed to
m = Number of atoms of metal (metallic oxide be zero.
produced) i.e σx ≠ 0, σy ≠ 0, σz = 0
Now, for 1 mole NH4NO3 the oxygen balance is oxygen
1600 4
balance (%) = – × (2 × 0 + + 0 − 3) = 20%
80 2
So, the mass of oxygen balance in 1 mole of NH4NO3
20 σz = 0
= 80 × = 16g
100 ε2 ≠ 0
But there is deficiency of 2 mole of NH4NO3 Plane stress
So, the oxygen balance in the mixture is deficient by 131. Match the following based on the equipment
2×16g= 32g. usage in a commination circuit :
128. A belt-drive used for power transmission
Equipment Usage
between two parallel shafts has a belt of mass
1.2 kg/m, and the maximum allowable belt P. Gyratory 1. Secondary
tension is 2250 N. If the centrifugal tension is crusher crushing
one third of the maximum allowable belt Q. Cone crusher 2. Grinding
tension, the speed at which maximum power is R. Ball mill 3. Sizing
transmitted by the belt, in m/s, is
S. Grizzle 4. Primary
(a) 46.48 (b) 38.73
crushing
(c) 25.00 (d) 35.36
(a) P-1, Q-4, R-2, S-3
Gate Mining Engineering-2020
(b) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4
Ans. (c) : Given, (c) P-4, Q-1, R-2, S-3
m = 1.2 kg/ m (d) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2
Tmax = 2250 N
Gate Mining Engineering-2019
Tmax Ans. (c) :
Vmax =
3m Equipment Usage
2250 P. Gyratory crusher 4. Primary crushing
Vmax = = 625 Q. Cone crusher 1. Secondary
3 ×1.2 crushing
Vmax = 25 m/s. R. Ball mill 2. Grinding
129. The 'ratchet and pawl' mechanism in a jack S. Grizzly 3. Sizing
hammer drill • Gyratory crusher- A gyratory crusher is one of the
(a) Forces down the piston main type of Primary crushers in a mine or ore
@

(b) Provides a twisting force to the drill steel processing plant. Gyratory crushers typically crush to
(c) Engages rifle bare with rifle nut
ap

reduce the size of aggregate to a maximum of about

(d) Prevents reverse rotation of rifle bar 1/10 of its original size. User are always installed
Gate Mining Engineering-2020 vertically oriented.
na

Mechanical Engineering 555 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Cone crusher- A cone crusher operates on the 135. Waterholding capacity is more in_______ soils.
principle of compression. It reduces material by (a) Clay (b) Sandy
squeezing or compressing the feed material between a (c) Loamy (d) Red
moving piece of steel and a stationary piece of steel. GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
132. The property that CAN NOT be determined Ans. (a) : It consists of very fine particles of clay. The
from uniaxial compressive strength test of a water holding capacity of this soil is very high and due
rock sample fitted with strain gauges is to this, it is very sticky.
(a) cohesion (b) Poisson's ratio This soil is used to grow crops that require more water
to grow like paddy. It is also used in making toys.
(c) modulus of elasticity (d) dilation
Water holding capacity order is
Gate Mining Engineering-2018 clay soil > silt soil > loamy soil > sandy soil.
Ans. (a) : The uniaxial compressive strength test is a • Water holding capacity is more in clayey soils.
common testing method used to determine the strength
136. Crystal face with miller indices (111) is known as
of material under compression.
(a) Parametral face (b) Solid face
• There are certain properties can be determine by this
(c) Inclined face (d) Unit face
test such as-
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
(i) Compressive strength
Ans. (d) : Miller Indices are a method of describing the
(ii) Density
orientation of a plane or set of planes within a littce in
(iii) Poisson's ratio relation to the unit cell.
(iv) Elastic modulus 137. The highest degree of symmetry is shown by
(v) Dilation _______ and the lowest degree of symmetry is
(vi) Anisotropy etc. shown by _______ respectively:
• Cohesion is the ability of like molecules to stick (a) Cubic system and Triclinic system
together. Therefore, cohesion property that cannot be (b) Cubic system and Monoclinic system
determined from uniaxial compressive strength test of (c) Hexagonal system and Monoclinic system
a rock sample fitted with strain gauges. (d) Tetragonal system and Monoclinic system
133. The radial stress concentration around a long GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
circular tunnel excavated in rock is given by Ans. (a) : The cubic system is said to have the highest
the curve symmetry and the triclinic the lowest. The symmetry
may be seen as increasing from triclinic, via
monoclinic, orthorhombic, hexagonal, tetragonal or
rhombohedral to the cubic system.
138. Tetragonal system is characterised by:
(a) Plane of symmetry (b) Axis of symmetry
(c) Centre of symmetry (d) All the above
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
Ans. (b) : The tetragonal unit cell is distinguished by an
axis of four fold symmetry, about which a rotation of
the cell through an angle of 90º brings the atoms into
coincidence with their initial positions. The elements
(a) m (b) n boron and tin can crystallize in tetragonal form, as can
some minerals such as zircon.
(c) o (d) p
Gate Mining Engineering-2018 139. Poisson's Ratio is the ratio between:
(a) Young's Modulus and Shear Modulus
Ans. (d) : The radial stress concentration around a
(b) Axial strain and transverse strain
long circular tunnel excavated in rock is given by the
(c) Compressibility and rigidity
curve p.
(d) All of the above
134. The associated particle motion in Rayleigh GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017
wave is:
Ans. (b) : Poisson's Ratio (µ)
(a) Circular (b) Elliptic
(c) Straight line (d) Hyperbola Transverse strain or lateralstrain − ∈y
= =
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 Longitudinal strain ∈x
@

Ans. (b) : Particle motion for fundamental mode (Under unidirectional stress in x-direction)
Rayleigh waves is elliptical and is generally believed to • The theory of isotropic elasticity allows Poisson's
ap

be retrograde at the surface. ratios is the range from –1 to 1/2

Note:- official answer is (d) • Poisson's ration in various materials.
na

Mechanical Engineering 556 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
140. Compressibility can be described as the (a) P-1, Q-2, R-4, S-3 (b) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2
reciprocal of (c) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4 (d) P-1, Q4, R-3, S-2
(a) Young's Modulus (b) Rigidity Modulus Gate Mining Engineering-2017
(c) Young's and Rigidity Modulus Ans. (b) : P- Infeasible zone
(d) Bulk Modulus Q- Safe zone
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 R- Unsafe zone
Ans. (d) : Bulk modulus:- The ratio of hydrostatic S- Tensile Zone
stress to the volumetric strain within the elastic range is
called bulk modulus. 143. The strength of a stranded wire rope is
proportional to
dP
K=− (a) the diameter of the rope
dv
(b) square of the diameter of the rope
V (c) square root of the diameter of the rope
SI unit of the bulk modulus is the same as that of
pressure i.e. Nm–2 or Pa (d) inverse of the diameter of the rope
Compressibility:- The reciprocal of the bulk modulus Gate Mining Engineering-2017
of the material of a body is called the compressibility of Ans. (b) : The strength of a stranded wire rope is
that material. proportional to square of the diameter of the rope.
1 • This relationship is known as the "diameter effect"
Compressibility ∝ and is due to the fact that increasing the diameter of
Bulkmodulus
Unit of compressibility ∝ 1/ unit of Bulk modulus ∝ the rope increases the cross-sectional area of the wires,
1/Nm–2 ∝ m2N–1∝ m2/N which in turn increases the amount of material
available to resist the tensile forces applied to the rope.
141. The behavior of perfectly elastic body is
governed by • Now ever, in general, the strength of a stranded wire
(a) Hilt's Law (b) Bulk Modulus rope can be approximated by the following formula.
(c) Hook's Law (d) Bode's Law Strength = K × D
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 Where strength is the tensile strength of the rope, D is
Ans. (c) : According to Hock's law states that the strain the diameter of the rope, and K is a constant that
of the material to the applied stress within the elastic depends on the specific design and construction of the
limit of that material. rope.
144. The beam shown in the figure is hinged at one
end and rested on a roller at the other end. The
free body diagram of the system is

σ∝ε
σ = Eε
142. Let σ1 and σ3 are major and minor principal
stresses respectively. The equation σ1 = f(σ3)
denotes the failure envelop of a rock as shown
in the figure. Match the zones (P, Q, R and S)
with the legend code.

Code Name
@

1. Safe zone
2. Tensile zone
ap

3. Infeasible zone
4. Unsafe zone Gate Mining Engineering-2017
na

Mechanical Engineering 557 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): 147. Match the following
ing mechanical
mechan properties
with the formulae
Mechanical property Formula
For
P. Modulus of elasticity 1. c + σ n tan ϕ
Q. Compressive strength 2. ε lateral / ε longitudinal
R. Shear Strength 3. σ / ε
The beam in the figure is hinged
nged at me eend and rested S. Poisson’s ratio 4. Fn/πr2
on a roller at the other end. The
he free body diagram (a) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4
(F.B.D) of the system is. (b) P-1, Q-4, R-3, S-2
(c) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
(d) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4
Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2016
Ans. (c) : modulus of elasticity:- It isi the ratio of the
stress in a body to the corresponding
rresponding strain. It is also
known as (Bulk modulus, young's modulus
mo and shear
modulus).
145. With reference to Coward ward diagra
diagram, match the
following in the context text of exp
explosibility of a σ ( stress )
ticity E =
Modulus of elasticity
mixture of ‘normal air’ ir’ and ‘meth
‘methane’. ε ( strain )
(O2 %, CH4%) Mixture
ixture statu
status
P. 20.5, 2.4 1. Impossible m mixture • Compressive strength: It is defined as the ability of
Q. 19.0, 9.5 2. Non-explosiv
explosive material to resist the direct pressure
press of applied
R. 17.0, 19.0 3. Potentially ex
explosive compressive strength.
S. 20.0, 19.5 4. Explosive Fn ( maximum load to the material
m ... )
(a) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1 (b) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4 F=
(c) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3 (d) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4 π r 2  cross section of the area of material 
 
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2016
 oad ( mm 2 )
 resisting the load 

Ans. (a) :
• Shear Strength:– It is the strength of a material to
O2% CH4% Mixtur
Mixture status withstand the type of yield
d or structural
structur failure where
P 20.5, 2.4 Non-explos
explosive the material or component fails in shear.
shear
Q 19. 0, 9.5 Explosive
τ ( shear strength
th ) = c + σ n tan
t φ
R 17.0, 19.0 Potentially eexplosive
S 20.0 , 19.5 Impossible mixture. Where, C = cohesion, (σ) = normal stress st and tan φ is
Therefore, option (a) is correct
ct answer. the coefficient of plane sliding
ing friction.
146. Curves (a) and (b) b) represen
represent the stress • Poisson's ratio:- It is the ratio of transverse
distributions along thee length of a ‘full column contraction strain to longitudinal
udinal extension
exten strain in the
grouted bolt’ shown in the figu figure. Curves (a) direction of stretching force.
e. It contains a minus sing so
and (b) are that normal materials hove a positive ratio.
ra
ε lateralstrain
Poisson 's ratio ( µ ) = −
al strain

εlongitudinal
dinal strain

148. Identify the uniaxial

axial compressive
comp loading
condition from the following four
fo Mohr circles.

(a) Tensile stress, Compressive

pressive str
stress
(b) Axial stress, Shear stress
(c) Compressive stress, Tensile strstress
(d) Shear stress, Axial stress
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2016
Ans. (d) : figure
• Curves (a) and (b) represent ent the stres
stress distributions
@

along the length of a 'full column

umn grouted bolt' shown in
the figure. Curves (a) is shearar stress and curve (b) are (a) (1) (b) (2)
ap

Axial stress. (c) (3) (d) (4)

• Therefore, option (d) is correct
rect answer. Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2016
na

Mechanical Engineering 558 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): The uniaxial compressive
pressive loa
loading condition hydrostatic pressure
essure
from the following option (a) figure in Mo
Mohr circles. (c)
volumetric strain
train
Shear stress
(d)
shear strain
Gatete Mining Engineering
En - 2007
Ans. (c) : Bulk modulus us (k) is a measure of a
149. Out of the given stress-strain cu
curves, identify substance's resistance to uniform compression
com under
the rock type that is most
ost prone tto rock burst. hydrostatic pressure. It's defined as a the ratio of
hydrostatic pressure to thee resulting volumetric
v strain.
So the relationship betweenween hydrostatic
hydro pressure,
volumetric strain, and bulkk modulus can
c be expressed
as:
p σ
Bulk modulus (k) = – =
∆v / v εv
• P is the hydrostatic pressure.
(a) (1) (b) (2) • ∆v/v is the volumetric strain.
(c) (3) (d) (4) 152. A point P (10, 3) MPa on the th Mohr’s circle
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2016 represents normal and shear stresses. If the
Ans. (d) : Option (d) (4) is the rock typ
type that is most centre of the Mohr’s ’s circle is C (6, 0) MPa, the
form to rock burst
normal and shear stresses in MPa M on the point
diametrically opposite
site to P are
(a) 2, –3 (b) 4, –3
(c) 2, 3 (d) 4, 3
Gate
te Mining Engineering
En - 2007
Ans. (a) :
150. Which one of the following lowing ropes CANNOT be
an effective cable bolt?
(a) locked coil wire rope
(b) Langs lay wire rope
(c) ordinary lay wire rope
(d) bird-caged wire rope
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2016
Ans. (a) : locked coil wiree ropes, is cannot be an
effective cable bolt.
• Langs lay wire rope, a lay of a wire rop rope in which the Here, Px1 = 3MPa, Ox1 = 10 MPa,MPa
wires in each strand are tested ed in the sam
same direction as OC = 6 MPa
the strands in the rope. It is a effective cabcable bolt. Qx2 = –3MPa, (due to o below of ox
o 2 x1 line)
• Ordinary lay wire ropes have ave a very ggood structural C1= 10 – 6 = 4 MPa
stability due to the opposing stranding of the carise and Also, Cx2 = 4 MPa
stains which make them more re resistant aagainst external Ox2 = 6 – 4 = 2 MPa
tourist. It is a also effective cable
able belt. So, normal and shear stresses
ses on the point
po diametrically
• A bird caged wire rope iss a short sect section of rope in opposite to P is (2, – 3).
which the outer strands are much langer than the rope
153. The state of stress (σxx, σyy, τxy) at a point below
and therefore "stand up" It is also a effecti
effective cable bolt.
ground is found to o be (5, 15,
15 –3) MPa. The
151. Bulk modulus of rock is defined aas angle measured in the counted cou clockwise
Shear stress direction between the x-axis and the major
(a)
@

volumetric strain principal axis in degree is

(a) 9.52 (b) 15.48
ap

hydrostatic pressure sure (c) 150.48 (d) 164.52

(b)
shear strain Gate
te Mining Engineering
En - 2007
na

Mechanical Engineering 559 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b) : We have, 156. The load-yield characteristic of a hydraulic
prop is represented by the curve
 −2τ xy 
tan 2α =  
 σ yy − σ xx 
 
2 × ( −3) (a)
tan 2α =
15 − 5
tan 2α = 0.6
α = 15.48
154. The unconfined compressive strength of a
cylindrical rock sample is 90 MPa. The angle of
internal friction of the rock is 30º. If a
(b)
confining pressure of 5 MPa is applies radially
to the rock sample, the confined compressive
strength in MPa is
(a) 92.88 (b) 95.00
(c) 105.00 (d) 110.0
Gate Mining Engineering- 2007
Ans. (c) : Confined compressive strength (S) of rock
sample is given by–
S = C + σ1 tanβ (c)
Where, C = uniaxial compressive strength = 90 MPa
σ1 = confining pressure = 5 MPa, and
1 + sinθ
tanβ = [Angle β constant, θ – angle of
1 − sinθ
internal friction]
Therefore,
(d)
S = 90 + 3 × 5
S = 105MPa
155. Match the following
Belt conveyor component Function
P. Pull cord 1. Cleaning device Gate Mining Engineering-2008
Q. Snub pulley 2. Discharging Ans. (a):
material on the 157. The grain size distribution of soil is known as
side of the (a) Pemleabilityss (b) Structure
conveyor (c) Porosity (d) Texture
R. Tripper 3. Safety stopping Gate Mining Engineering-2008
device Ans. (d) : The grain size distribution of soil refers to the
S. Rotary brush 4. Increasing the proportion of different particle sizes present in the soil.
angle of wrap These particles can be categorized into various sizes
such as sand, silt, and clay. The term used to describe
(a) P-l, Q-2, R-3, S-4
this distribution is texture.
(b) P-3, Q-4, R-l, S-2
(c) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1 158. Electrostatic precipitator works on the
principle of
(d) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-l
Gate Mining Engineering- 2007 (a) Capacitance change
(b) Ionization of the particles
Ans. (d) :Correctly matched –
(c) Electro heating of gases
Belt conveyor Function
(d) Centrifuging the gaseous molecules
component
Gate Mining Engineering-2008
P Pull card Safety stopping device
Ans. (b) : An electrostatic precipitator (ESP) removes
@

Q Snub pulley Increasing the angle of wrap particles from a gas stream by using electrical energy to
R Tripper Discharging material on the charge particles either positively or negatively. The
ap

side of the conveyor charged particles are then attracted to collector plates
S Rotary brush Cleaning device. carrying the opposite charge.
na

Mechanical Engineering 560 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
The total function of the electrostatic precipitator is ∴In above figure CD is tangent
ngent and AB secant ]
categorized into the following:- Hence,
● Ionization of dust particlescles flowing between the 70 − 30
electrodes. Tangent modulus =
30 − 20
● Migration and collection of particles on oppositely
charged collecting plates. 40
= =4
● Removal of particles from the collectin
collecting surface to a 10
hopper by vibrating or rappingg the collect
collection surface
73
159. In a bi-axial stress field
eld the verti
vertical stress is 10 Secant modulus = = 2.2
33
MPa and the Poisson ratio for th the rock mass is
0.2. The horizontal stress
ress in MPa is, 161. Match the following:
(a) 1.5 (b) 2.5 Failure criteria Relationship
Rela
(c) 2.0 (d) 5.0
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2008 P. Drucker - Prager 1. σ 1 = σ 3 + mσ 3 + s 2
Ans. (b) : Given, Q. Hoek - Brown 2. τ = c + σ n tan φ
Vertical stress σ2 =σH,
Horizontal stress, σ2 = σH R. Mohr- Coulomb 3.
2  σ 1 – σ 2   σ 2 – σ 3   σ 3 – σ 1  
2 2 1/ 2
Poisson ratio,
o, µ = 0.2
µ   +  +  
σH = × σv 3  2   2   2  
1− µ
02. = A (σ1+ σ2+σ3) + B
σH × 10
1 − 0.2 (a) P-1, Q-3, R-2 (b) P-3, Q-l, R-2
02. (c) P-3 , Q-2, R-1 (d) P-1, Q-2, R-3
× 10 = 2.5 MPa
0.8 Gate te Mining Engineering
E -2008
160. From the stress-strain
in diagram shown below, Ans. (b) :
the tangent and the secant modu
moduli of elasticity
Drucker - 2  σ 1 – σ 2   σ 2 – σ 3   σ 3 – σ 1  
2 2 1/ 2
in GPa are  + +
Prager       
3  2   2   2  

Hoek -
Brown
σ 1 = σ 3 + mσ 3 + s 2
Mohr- τ = c + σ n tan φ
Coulomb
162. The 'factor of safety' fety' of slope
slo under given
conditions is
(a) 0.7 (b) 0.9
(a) 4.0, 2.2 (b) 3.3, 22.3 (c) 1.1 (d) 1.3
(c) 3.3, 1.5 (d) 4.0, 11.5 Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2008
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2008 Ans. (d) :
Ans. (a) : CA + W cos α tan φ
Factor of safety of slope (FOS) =
w sin α
Here, α = 35º
φ = 30º
Cohesion = C = 0.02 MPa
 25 
 × 1, m
2
Shear area (A) = 
 sin 35º 
w = 3276.88 kN = 3.28 MN
Strain (micro units)  25 
@

Tangent- Tangent a plane curve urve at a giv

given point is the 0.02 ×   ×1 + 3.28 × cos
co 35º × tan 30º
∴ Fos =  sin 35º 
straight line that teaches the curve
urve at the ppint
ap

.28 × sin 35º

3.28
Secant- Secant to a curve is line that inte
intersect two pint
on the curve ∴ FOS = 1.3
na

Mechanical Engineering 561 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
163. The grain density and bulk density of a dry (a) 0 (b) 1
coarse grained sandstone rock sample are 3.0 (c) 2 (d) 3
gm/cc and 2.7 gm/cc respectively. The void Gate Mining Engineering-2009
ratio of the sample in percentage is
(a) 8.4 (b) 10.0 P   a2 
Ans. (c) : Tangential stress (σθθ) = 0 (1 + k )  1 + 2 
(c) 11.1 (d) 30.5 2  r 

Gate Mining Engineering-2009
 3a 4  
(1 − k ) 1 + 4  cos 2θ
Ans. (c) : To calculate the void ratio (e) of the
sandstone rock sample in percentage,
 r  
volume of void
Void ratio(e) = At boundary, a = r and it is given that θ = 45º,
volume of grain
P
Volume of sample − volume of grain σθθ = 0 (1 + k) (1 + 1) – (1 – k) (1 + 3) cos 90º]
e= 2
volum of grain P
σθθ = 0 (1 + k )
2

mass of sample 2
Density of sample σθθ = P0 (1 + k)
e= −1 Given, σθθ =3P0
Mass of grain
3P0 = P0 ( 1 + k)
Density of grain
Mass of sample = mass of grain 3=1+k
mass of void = 0 k=2
Mass of grain 166. The average Young’s modulus and Poisson’s
Density of sample ratio values of a limestone sample are 60×103
So, void ratio (e) = −1 MPa and 0.3 respectively. The shear modulus
Mass of grain
in MPa is
Density of grain (a) 23.07 (b) 230.7
Density of grain (c) 2307.0 (d) 23070.0
e= −1
Density of sample Gate Mining Engineering-2010
Given, Ans. (d) : Given that,
density = 3.0 gm/cc Young's modulus (E) = 60 × 103 MPa
Bulk density = 2.7 gm/cc Poisson's ratio (ν) = 0.3
3 We know that,
Void ratio (e) = −1 E = 2G (1 + ν)
2.7
= 0.111 E
G (shear modulus) =
= 11.1% 2 (1+ ν )
164. The ratio of uniaxial compressive strength to
uniaxial tensile strength of a sandstone 60 × 103
=
specimen is 8 : 1. The theoretical value of angle 2 (1 + 0.3)
of internal friction of the specimen in degree is
(a) 51 (b) 41 G =23076 ≈ 23070.0
(c) 32 (d) 7 167. Stress concentration at a point on the wall of a
Gate Mining Engineering-2009 vertical shaft results in a compressive stress of
59.66 MPa. The wall rock mass has an
Ans. (a) : We know that,
unconfined compressive strength of 89.49 MPa.
σc 1 + sin ϕ The safety factor of the shaft wall at the point is
=
σ t 1 − sin ϕ (a) 0.67 (b) 0.86
8 1 + sin ϕ (c) 1.23 (d) 1.50
= Gate Mining Engineering-2011
1 1 − sin ϕ
Ans. (d) : Given that,
8–8 sin ϕ =1+sin ϕ
compressive stress = 59.66 MPa
7
sin ϕ = compressive strength = 89.49 MPa
9 We know that,
ϕ = 51º Strength
Factor of safety =
@

165. A circular tunnel is made underground where far Stress

field vertical and horizontal stresses are P0 and 89.49
KP0 respectively. The tangential stress (σθθ) at the =
ap

59.66
boundary of the tunnel for θ = 45º from the
horizontal plane is 3P . The value of K is = 1.5
na

Mechanical Engineering 562 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
168. A core sample of 54 mm diameter having 171. When the minimum principal stress (σ3) is
Young’s modulus of 68.97 GPa fails in uniaxial vertical, the resultant fault is :
compression at 0.1% axial strain. The axial (a) Thrust (b) Oblique-Slip
load at failure in kN is (c) Normal (d) Strike-slip
(a) 158.00 (b) 68.97 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
(c) 58.00 (d) 15.80 Ans. (c) : Normal Resultant faults are produced by
Gate Mining Engineering-2011 extensional stresses in which both the maximum
Ans. (a) : Given that, principle stresses is vertical. The shear stress is always
diameter (d) = 54 mm = 54 × 10–3m parallel to faults.
Young's modulus (E) =68.97GPa = 68.79 × 109Pa • Reverse faults are formed when minimum principle
0.1 stress is vertical.
strain = 0.1% = Note : Official answer given by commission is (c).
100
We know that, 172. Trapezohedron is a form that occurs in
Stress (σ) (a) Hexagonal System (b) Trigonal System
axial strain (∈) = (c) Tetragonal System (d) All of the above
Young 's modulus (E)
HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector-20.02.2017
Stress (σ) = ∈ × E Ans. (d) : A trapezohedron is an isometric crystal form
F of 24 faces, each faces of which is an irregular four
Stress (σ) = ∈ × E
A sided figure. It is developed in cubic, tetragonal and
where, F = Force/axial load hexagonal crystal systems, to give a closed form similar
A = Area in shape to a pyramid.
F 173. Flash Back Arrestor should be provided in
2
=∈×E _____
d
π  (a) Compressor
2 (b) Gas welding/Cutting Set
F 0.1 (c) Generator
= × 68.97 × 109 (d) Weigh Bridge
−
 54 ×10  2
3 100
3.14   NCL Junior Overman T & S GRC-2018
 2  Ans. (b) :A flashback arrestor or flash arrestor is a gas
F = 158 kN safety device most commonly used in Oxy-fuel welding
169. Friction clutch is used for and cutting to stop the flame or reserve the flow of gas
(a) Endless haulage back to the equipment or supply line. It protects the user
(b) Tail rope haulage and equipment from damage.
(c) Belt conveyor 174. Average value of Poisson’s ratio for rocks is :
(d) Scraper chain conveyor (a) 0.25 (b) 0.50
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 (c) 0.75 (d) 1.50
Ans.(a): Friction clutch is used for endless haulage. APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
170. A flexible coupling is used between Ans. (a) : Poisson's ratio is "the ratio of transverse
(a) Driver and gear contraction strain to longitudinal extension strain in the
(b) Driver and clutch direction of the stretching force.
(c) Driver and fluid coupling Transverse strain (εt )
• Poisson 's ratio (ν) =
(d) Driver and driven shaft Longitudinal strain (εℓ )
BCCL Mining Sirdar-2017 • For most rocks the value of Poisson ratio is 0.25 and
Ans.(d): Flexible coupling–Any shaft coupling that can it's range between 0.15 to 0.40.
permit some degree of relative motion between the 175. Feather joints are formed due to ;
constituent shaft and provide vibration isolation is (a) residual stress (b) tectonic stress
known as a flexible coupling.
(c) shearing (d) tensional forces
• A flexible coupling can fix them to a certain extent. It
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
can reduce the amount of wear and tear on the
machines by the flaws and dynamics that are a part of Ans. (c) : Joints are defined as fracture surface along or
almost every system. across which the movement is negligibly small.
• Use of flexible coupling can protect the driving and • A joint may not show a displacement in the
@

driven shaft components (such as bearing) from the mesoscopic scale, but may show evidence of
harmful effects of condition such as misaligned shafts, displacement in microscopic scale.
ap

vibration, shock loads and thermal expansion of the • Joints are brittle fractures which develop either by
shafts or other component. tensile failure or by shear failure.
na

Mechanical Engineering 563 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Pinnate fracture, occurs in the vicinity of the fault but • The composition plane of the normal twin should be a
art an angle to it. rational lattice plane: irrational planes such as the
• The acute angle between the feather joints and the rhombic section are not found here.
fault points in the direction of relative movement of the • The composition plane of the pericline law is obtained
block on which it lies. by tilting from the plane around the b-axis over an angle
• Feather joints are formed due to shearing. dependent on the An. context.
• They may form before or during the faulting process • The position of this plane for the end members of the
and have a relationship to the regional stress field that is plagioclase group is indicated by great circles.
the same as that for enehelon extansion fractures.
179. In the Hermann-Mauguin symbols for the
176. Hexoctahedral class belongs to : cubic system, the second position coincides with
(a) Tetragonal system (b) Cubic system (a) normal to (111) face (b) b axis
(c) Orthorhombic system (d) Triclinic system (c) normal to (110) face (d) a axis
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
Ans. (b) : The Hexoctahedral class crystal system, also
known as the cubic crystal system, is in terms of Ans. (a) : The Hermann-Mauguin symbols, abbreviated
symmetry the most complex of the seven systems. as HM symbols in the following sections, were
• The system have five crystal classes. proposed by Hermann and Mauguin and introduced to
the international Tabellen zur bestimmung ven
• It has 48 faces, each of which is a scalene triangle and
intercepts all three axes. Kristallstrukturen according to decision of the
corresponding programme committee.
• The axial intercepts are at different lengths on each
axis. • The symmetry directions of a space group form sets of
• The hexoctahedral when present is often seen as a equivalent symmetry directions under the symmetry of
group of 6 small triangles on each corner of a cube, or the space group.
as two parallel faces surrounding the rhombic face of a • For example, in a cubic space group the a, b, c axes
rhombic dodecahedron. are equivalent and form the set six directions
177. ‘Dome’ is a characteristic feature of : (100 ) : [100 ] , 100  , [ 010 ] etc.
(a) monoclinic and triclinic
(b) orthorhombic and monoclinic 180. In the structure of olivine, the layers are
(c) orthorhombic and triclinic parallel to :
(d) orthorhombic and trigonal (a) Side pinacoid (b) Front pinacoid
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (c) Pyramid (d) Basal pinacoid
Ans. (b) : A dome is defined as forms whose faces APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
essentially meet the vertical axis and are parallel to one Ans. (b) : A Pinacoid is an open two faced from made
of the two horizontal axes. up of two parallel faces.
• Dome is a characteristic feature of orthorhombic and • In the crystal drawing shown here the form (111) and
monoclinic. (111).
Orthorhombic System:- • The form (100) is also a pinacoid consisting of two
• The system includes all those crystals which can be faces (100) and (100).
referred to three crystallographic axes, all of which are:-
• Similarly the form (010) is pinacoid consisting of the
(i) Essentially unequal in length two faces (010) and (010) and the form (001) is a two
(ii) Essentially at right angles to each other. faced form consisting of the faces (001) and (001).
Monoclinic System:-
• In the structure of olivine, the layers are parallel to
• The Monoclinic system includes all those forms that
can be referred to three crystallographic axes which are front pinacoid.
essentially unequal in length and further that one of • While all forms in the Pinacoid class are pinacoid,
these is always inclined. pinacoids may occur in other crystal classes as well.
(Mono- Single and clino-inclined) 181. Ring silicate structures are the characteristics
178. In the Pericline, law, the composition plane is of:
a: (a) hexagonal and tetragonal systems
(a) octahedral section (b) rhombic section (b) hexagonal and trigonal systems
(c) cubic section (d) prismatic section
(c) hexagonal, tetragonal and orthorhombic
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
systems
Ans. (b) : If the trace with positive elongation is not a (d) hexagonal, an monoclinic systems
cleavage, but a composition plane of lamellar twinning
the section might be normal to the rhombic section APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020
@

instead of normal to. Ans. (b) : Ring silicate structures are the characteristics
• The ensuring differences in extinction angle and of hexagonal and trigonal systems (6 membered) rings.
ap

birefringence which may be read, are only important for • The very rare minerals diophase, CuSiO2 (OH)2, and
Ca-rich plagioclase. benitote, BaTiSi3 O9, are ring silicate.
na

Mechanical Engineering 564 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• Ring silicate, two oxygen atoms per tetrahedron are 185. Factor of safety required for drum winders to
shared to form closed rings. be used for men winding is____.
• Silica rocks are the type of sedimentary rocks that (a) 6 (b) 8
largely consists of silica dioxide. (c) 10 (d) 4
• These silica rocks can occur or exist either in the form Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
of quartz or as amorphous silica and cristobalite. Ans. (c) : Factor of safety required for drum winders to
• Silica is used in making concrete materials like be used for men winding is 10.
glasses.
186. The yield stress of a material is the stress at
182. All crystal faces make intercepts on the
which?
crystallographic axes, which are either infinite,.
or small rational multiples of the intercepts (a) stress to strain ratio is constant
made by the unit from. This is known as the----. (b) the material fails
(a) Law of Constancy of Symmetry (c) the Poisson’s ratio is maximum
(b) Law of Constancy of Interfacial Angle (d) the permanent deformation first appears
(c) Law of Rational Indices Coal India Limited-27.02.2020
(d) Law of Axial Intercepts Ans. (d) : The yield stress of a material is the stress at
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 which the permanent deformation first appears.
Ans. (c) : The law of rational indices was proposed by Yield stress, marking the transition from elastic to
Abbe Rene Just Huvy. plastic behaviour is the minimum stress at which a solid
• Prior to understanding the law, let us first get will undergo permanent deformation or plastic flow
acquainted with the terms that would be used. without a significant increase in the load or external
• Intercepts are the distance between the centre of the force.
crystal (point of intersection of crystallographic) axes
187. The effective shear stress on a frictional plane
and the points of intersection of the faces and axes.
will be a maximum when the plane is inclined
• Unit form is the face from whose intercepts on the to the compression direction at an angle of:
axes X, Y, Z determine their assumed unit lengths.
(a) 90° (b) >45°
• The intercepts that any face makes on the
crystallographic axes are either infinite or small rational (c) <45° (d) 45°
multiples of intercepts made by unit form. (e) 0°
• Crystal lattice is obtained by replacing each group of CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
atoms by a representative point. Ans. (d) : • The effective shear stress on a frictional
183. Normal class of Orthorhombic system of plane will be maximum when the plane is inclined at
crystallization is also known as ------------. 45° to the compression direction.
(a) epsomite type class (b) calamine type class 188. Tetrahedron is the hemihedral form of
(c) baryte type class (d) phenacite type class (a) Octahedron
APPSC Mines and Geology sub-27.09.2020 (b) Rhobohedron (c) Tetrahexahedron
Ans. (c) : The normal class is also known as the (d) Rhobododecahedron (e) Pyritohedron
rhombic dipyramidal of ortho rhombic system. CGPSC Mining Inspector-27.07.2014
• As it shows the maximum symmetry among all the Ans. (a) : Tetrahedron- A solid figure enclosed or
classes belonging to this system and baryte type after bounded by four triangle. In crystallography the regular
the characteristic mineral baryte that crystallizes in this tetrahedron is regarded as the hemihedral form of the
class. regular octahedron. It is also known as a triangular
• The Orthorhombic system is unique is having a 2- pyramid whose base is also a triangle.
fold axis of rotational symmetry coincident with the c- 189. Name of method in which the deflection angle
axis of the crystal without the presence of a 3-fold axis
is equal to half the angle subtended by the arc
of rotational symmetry.
at the centre, and it is assumed that the length
184. Modulus of elasticity of rock is the ratio of: of the arc is approximately equal to length of
(a) Strain to Applied area the chord
(b) Failure Load to Applied area (a) two-theodalite method
(c) Load Stress to Strain (b) Rankine's method
(d) Axial displacement/Lateral displacement (c) Jaderin's method
Coal India Limited-27.02.2020 (d) Tacheometric method
Ans. (c) : Modulus of elasticity of rock is the ratio of MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
@

Load stress to strain. Ans. (b) : Rankine's method is also known as deflection
Modulus of elasticity of a rock mass is the ratio of stress angle method because this method involves finding the
ap

(P) to corresponding strain during loading of a rock deflection angle on the curve using point of curvature
mass, in clouding only the elastic behaviour. from tangent to point of curvature of chord.
na

Mechanical Engineering 565 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
• According to Rankine's method the deflection angle Ans. (a) : If the percentage of carbon is increased in
is equal to half the angle subtended by the arc at materials then it result in increase in hardness
centre at it is assumed that the length of the arc is brittleness, yield point, tensile strength and rusting.
approximately equal to length of the chord. 194. The first iron which comes out from Blast
190. If in any given plane, one end of a column is furnace is ____________ .
unrestricted, its unsupported length 'L shall (a) pig iron (b) wrought iron
not exceed ____________. (c) steel (d) cast iron
(a) 50b2/D (b) 25b2/D
2 MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
(c) 100b /D (d) 76b2/D
Ans. (a)
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
• The first iron which comes out from blast furnace is
Ans. (c) : Clause 25.3.2 of IS 456:2000 gives us the
guidelines regarding the unsupported length L if one pig iron.
end of a column is restrained in a given plane, and that • Blast furnace produce pig iron from iron ore by the
reducing action of carbon (supplied as coke) at a high
100b 2
shall not exceed = temperature in the presence of a fluxing agent such as
D limestone.
• Clause 25.3.1 of IS 456 : 2000 also states that the 195. The timber prop is the strongest when the load
unsupported length between end restraints shall not
acts _________ .
exceed 60 times the least lateral dimension of 9
column. (a) perpendicular to its width
(b) perpendicular to its length
191. Which is the fastest rate of quenching media in
heat treatment process? (c) parallel to its length
(a) Brine solution (b) Air (d) parallel to its width
(c) Oil (d) Water MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 Ans. (c) : Timber is the most commonly used material
Ans. (a) : Quenching is the process of rapidly cooling for support in a mine as it is cheap and easily available.
material from high temperatures. The timber prop is the strongest when the load as
• The most widely used quenching media are – parallel to its length.
(i) Brine solution 196. The interval between the bolt installed and the
(ii) Water moment to carry load can be reduced by using
(iii) Oil _________ .
(iv) Air (a) cement grout (b) wooden grout
• Brine solution gives a faster rate of cooling while air (c) polythene resins (d) styrene resins
cooling has slowest rate of cooling order of rate of MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
cooling is Ans. (d) : The interval between the bolt installed and
Brine > Water > Oil > Air the moment to carry load can be reduced by using
192. Which type of drivage is same as sinking of styrene resins.
shaft on small scale? • The use of styrene resins insted of cement grout
(a) Raise drivage (b) Winze drivage reduces the interval between moment the bolt is
(c) Centre stack method (d) Tunnel installed and the moment it is ready to carry a load.
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 197. The type of indenter used in Vicker's hardness
Ans. (b) : Shaft mining or shaft sinking is the action of testing method is __________ .
excavating a mine shaft from the top down, where there (a) diamond Sphere (b) Diamond pyramid
is initally no access to the bottom. (c) Diamond cone (d) Ball indenter
• Shallow shafts, typically sunk for civil engineering MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
projects, differ greatly in execution method from Ans. (b) : The vickers hardness test measures the
deep shafts, typically sunk for mining projects. indentation hardness for small parts or thin sections of
• Winze type of drivage is same as sinking of shaft on metals, ceramics and composites.
small scale. • The type of indenter used in vicker's hardness testing
193. If the percentage of carbon is increased in method is diamond pyramid.
materials, then it results in ____________ . 198. For a cylindrical sample of cross section area
(a) increase in hardness A, length L, Young's modulus E, and axial load
@

(b) increase in soundness P, the strain energy stored is:

(a) P2L2/AE (b) P2L/2AE
ap

(c) increase in ductility

2
(d) decreases in hardness (c) P L/AE (d) PL2/2AE
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 CIL MT Mining-2017
na

Mechanical Engineering 566 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
1 Ans. (d) : Chromium has a melting point of 1907ºC
Ans. (b): Strain energy = ×P×δ (3465ºF), which is relatively low compared to majority
2
of transition metals.
PL
Where, δ= Chromium is a chemical element with the symbol Cr
AE and atomic number 24. It is the first element is group 6.
P2L It is steely-grey lustrous, hard and brittle transition
Strain energy stored = metals. It has high melting point temperature.
2AE
203. Monel metal is an alloy of-
199. Drawbar pull of a locomotive is:
(a) None of the other options (a) Molybdenum and nickel
(b) less than its tractive effort (b) Nickel and copper
(c) more than its tractive effort (c) Molybdenum and zinc
(d) equal to its tractive effort (d) Nickel and zinc
CIL MT Mining-2017 MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
Ans. (b) : Drawbar pull of a locomotive is less than its Ans. (b) : Monel metal is an alloy of Nickel and
tractive effort. copper. Monel, any of a group of nickel-copper alloys,
Drawbar pull- In automotive engineering drawbar pull containing about 66% nickel and 31.5% copper, with
is the amount of horizontal force available to a vehicle small amounts of iron, manganese, carbon and silicon,
at the drawbar for accelerating or pulling a load. stronger than pure nickel, monel alloys are resistant to
Drawbar pull is function of velocity and in general corrosion by many agents, including rapidly flowing
decreases as the speed of the vehicle increases (due both seawater.
to increasing resistance and decreasing transmission 204. Presence of high phosphorous in cast iron
gear ration). Drawbar pull is the difference between increases its-
tractive effort available and tractive effort required to (a) Fluidity (b) Melting point
overcome resistance at a specified speed.
(c) Compressive strength (d) Tensile strength
200. The preferred shape of an opening in a
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
hydrostatic stress field is:
(a) an ovaloid (b) an ellipse Ans. (a) : The presence of high phosphorus in cast iron
(c) a rectangle (d) a circle tends to decrease its fludity rather than increase it.
CIL MT Mining-2017 • Phosphorus is considered on impurity in cast iron and
Ans. (b) : The preferred shape of an opening in a can have detrimental effects an its mechanical
hydrostatic stress field is an ellipse. properties
205. Which of the following is NOT an alloy of tin?
(a) Brittanium (b) Pewter
(c) German silver (d) None of these
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
Ans. (c) : German silver, also known as nickel silver, is
a copper alloy that usually contains a 60% copper base
metal, 20% Nickel and 20% Zinc. It earned the moniker
201. For a typical hard rock with E = 105 MPa "silver" due to its silver-white colour, but it contains no
Poission ratio = 0.25, the modulus of rigidity in silver.
GPa is:
(a) 50 (b) 20 206. Which of the following has the weakest
(c) 40 (d) 30 intermolecular forces?
CIL MT Mining-2017 (a) Polyisoprene (b) Nylon-66
Ans. (c) : We know that, (c) Polystyrene (d) Bakelite
E = 2G(1+µ) MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
Ans. (a) : The intermolecular forces in polymers are
E 105
G= = typically weaker than these in small molecules due to
2 (1 + µ ) 2 (1 + 0.25 ) their larger size and lower polarity.
105 • Polyisoprene has the weakest intermolecular forces
= because it consists of repeating units of isoprene, which
2 × 1.25
a non-polar, hydrocarbon chains.
= 40000 = 40 GPa
207. Natural iron is a mixture of ______ stable
@

202. Which of the following has the maximum

melting point? isotopes.
(a) 8 (b) 7
ap

(a) Cast iron (b) Wrought iron

(c) Stainless steel (d) Chromium (c) 4 (d) 3
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
na

Mechanical Engineering 567 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c) : Isotopes are said to be stable if, when left Ans.(d): Arsenopyrite, is the minerals is a
alone, they show no perceptible tendency to change metalliferrous .
spontaneously. Arsenopyrite – Arsenopyrite, also called misppickel
Natural iron passesses four stable isotopes 54Fe, 56Fe, and iron suloaresenise mineral (FeAsS). The most
57
Fe and 58Fe, which represent 5.845, 91.754, 2.1191 common are of arsenic. It is most commonly found in
and 0.2919 atom % respectively. are veins that were formed at high temperatures, as at
mapimi, mex butte, mont and Tuna berg, Swed
208. The iron-iron carbide equilibrium diagram has
Arsenopyrite forms monoclinic or triclinic crystals with
which of the following points?
an orthorhombic shape; the physical appearance of
(a) Peritectic point (b) Eutectic point these crystals is seldom an acurate method for
(c) Eutectoid point (d) All of these determining their symmetry.
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 212. Which of the following is NOT a sulphide
Ans. (d) : [A] Peritectic point- The point on a phase mineral?
diagram where a reaction take place between a (a) Bornite (b) Chalcopyrite
Previously precipitated phase and the liquid to produce (c) Marcasite (d) None of these
a new solid phase. MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
[B] Eutectic point- The eutectic point is the lowest
temperature at which the liquid phase is stable at a Ans. (d) : Sulphide mineral → Sulphide minerals are
given pressure. source of various precious relates, most notable gold,
silver and platinum. They also are minerals of most
[C] Eutectoid point- The location on a phase diagram
metals used by industry, as for example antimony,
indicating the eutectoid composition and eutectoid
bismuth copper, lead, nickel and zinc.
temperature of an alloy.
Bornite - Bornite, also known as peacock are is sulfide
• So, the iron- iron carbide equilibrium diagram mineral with chemical composition Cu Fes that
5 4
includes all of these point Peritectic, Eutectic and conystallizes in the orthorhombic system.
Eutectoid points.
• Chalcopyrite- Chalcopyrite is a copper iron sulfite
209. Size reduction of metallic minerals is done by mineral and the most abundant copper are mineral. It
which of the following? has the chemical formula C4FeS2 and crystallizes in the
(a) Gyratory and Jaw crushers tetragonal system.
(b) Roll crushers • Marcasite- Marcasite an iron sulfide mineral that
(c) Hammer mills forms plate bronze-yellow orthorhombic crystals,
(d) Rotary cutters usually twinced to characteristic cockscomb or sheaf
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 like shape.
Ans. (a) : Size reduction of metallic minerals is done by Or sheaf like shape.
Gyratory and jaw crushers. 213. Siderite, an ore of iron, is a/an ________
Jaw and gyratory crushers are used for intial size mineral.
reduction to convert big rock into small stones. This is (a) Oxide (b) Sulphide
generally followed by a cone crusher. A combination of (c) Carbonate (d) Halide
rod mill and ball mills are then used if the are must be MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
ground below 325 mesh (45 µm) Ans. (c) : Siderite an ore of iron is a carbonate mineral.
210. The primary heat producer in basic Bessemer Siderite, called chalybite, iron carbonate (FeCO3), a
process is- widespread mineral that is an ore of iron. The mineral
(a) Silicon (b) Manganese commonly occurs in thin beds with shales, clay or coal
(c) Phosphorus (d) Sulphur seams (as sedimentary deposits) and in hydrothermal
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 metallic veins (as gangue or waste rock).
Ans. (c) : The primary heat producer in basic bessemer 214. Sylvite, a halide mineral, is a chief source of-
process is phosphorus. (a) Zinc (b) Silver
Bessemer process - In this process was the first (c) Potassium (d) Copper
inexpensive industrial process for the mass production MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
of steel from molten pig iron before the development of Ans. (c) : Sylvite, a halide mineral, potassium chloride
the open hearth furnace. The Key principle is removal (KCl) the chief source of potassium. It is rarer than
of impurities from the iron by oxidation with air being halite (Sodium chloride) and occurs as soft, bitter
blown through the molten iron. The oxidation also tasting, while or grayish, glassy cubes or as masses with
raises the temperature of the iron mass and keeps it halite and gypsum in evaporate deposits in the vicinity
of Stassfurt Ger.
molten.
211. Which of the following minerals is a 215. Which of the following is also called a 'Horn
@

metalliferrous? silver'?
(a) Limonite (b) Ceragyrite
ap

(a) Fluorspar (b) Barytes

(c) Potash (d) Arsenopyrite (c) Gummite (d) Wad
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
na

Mechanical Engineering 568 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Ceragyaite also called Horn silver, gray, very 220. Which of the following is an amorphous
heavy halide mineral composed of silver chloride material?
(AgCl); it is an ore of silver. It forms a complete solid (a) Mica (b) Silver
solution series with bromyrite. Silver Bromide (AgBr), (c) Lead (d) Glass
in which bromine completely replaces chlorine in the MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
crystal Structure. There are secondary minerals that
commonly occur as alternation product of native silver, Ans. (d) : Glass is an amorphous material among the
silver sulfides and sulfosal in silver sulfites. and option.
solufosalts in silver deposits that have been oxidized by Such solids include glass, plastic and gel. Quartz glass
weathering. (SiO2) is an amorphous Solid due to its short range
216. Pyrolusite is an oxide ore of- order of constituent Particles. Note quartz is a
(a) Manganese (b) Potassium crystalline solid while quartz glass is an amorphous
(c) Zinc (d) Silver solid.
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 Micas- Micas are a group of silicate minerals whose
Ans. (a) : Pyrolusite is a mineral consisting essentially outstanding physical characteristic is that individual
of manganese dioxide (MnO2) and is important as an mica crystals can easily be split into extremely thin
ore of manganese. It is a black, amorphous appearing easily be split into extremely thin elastic Plates.
minearal, often with a granular fibrous, or columnar Silver- Silver is a chemical element with the symbol Ag
struture, from the Latin argentums, derived from the proto-indo-
217. In which of the following rocks is calcium European h2.
carbonate the principal constituent? Lead- Lead is a chemical element with the symbol Pb
(a) Siliceous rocks (b) Calcareous rocks (from the Latin plum bum) and atomic number 82.
(c) Argillaceous rocks (d) Both (a) and (b) 221. Which of the following materials has the body
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 centered cubic structure?
Ans. (b) : Calcareous rocks primarily consist of calcium (a) Molybdenum (b) Cadmium
carbonate (CaCO3) as the principal constituent. (c) Silicon (d) Magnesium
Examples of calcareous rocks include limestone, chalk, MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
and marble.
Ans. (a) : The Materials has the body centered cubic
• These rocks typically form from the accumulation and structure Molybdenum.
compaction of skeletal remains of marine organisms
such as shells, coral and algae, which are rich in Molybdenum is a mineral that you need to stay healthy.
calcium carbonate. Your body uses molybdenum to process proteins and
genetic material like DNA. Molybdenum also helps
218. Which of the following is an example of
break down drugs and toxic substances that center the
siliceous rock?
body.
(a) Syenites (b) Slates
(c) Laterites (d) Marble 222. Willan's line is a straight line graph between
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 the rate of steam consumption and-
(a) Pressure of steam
Ans. (a) : The example of siliceous rock syenites,
Siliceous rock → Siliceous rock any of a group of (b) Temperature of steam
sedimentary rock, that consist largely or amount entirely (c) Indicated horsepower
of silicon dioxide (SiO2), either as quartz or as (d) Enthalpy of steam
amorphous silica and cristabalite; included are rank that MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
have formed as chemical precipitates and excluded are Ans. (c) : Willan's line is a straight line between the rate
those of detrital or fragmental origin. of steam consumption and indicated horsepower.
219. Hornblende is the silicate of which of the Willan's Line- The method is also known as fuel rate
following compounds? extrapolation method. A graph connecting fuel
(a) Calcium and phosphorous consumption on y-axis and brake power on X-axis at
(b) Calcium and magnesium constant speed is drawn at it is extrapolated on the
(c) Potassium and magnesium negative axis of brake power. The intercept of the
(d) Calcium and potassium negative axis in taken as the friction power of the
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 engine at that speed.
Ans. (b) : Hornblende is the silicate of calcium and 223. Which of the following minerals is also called
@

magnesium compounds. boghead coal?

• Hornblende is a complex in silicate series of minerals. (a) Torbanite (b) Troosite
ap

It is not a recognized minerals in its own right, but the (c) Haematite (d) Pyrite
name is used as a general of field term to refer to a dark
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
amphibole.
na

Mechanical Engineering 569 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): The minerals is also called boghead coal 227. The crystal system of haematite is-
Torbanite. (a) Isometric (b) Trigonal
Torbanite, also called Baghead coal, mineral substance (c) Orthorhombic (d) Monoclinic
intermediate between oil shale and coal. Whereas MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
destructive distillation of coals produces compounds of
carbon and hydrogen with carbon atoms, torbanite Ans. (b) : The crystal system of haematite is Trigonal.
produces paraffinic and olefinic hydrocarbons The trigonal system is sometimes considered to be
(Compounds with carbon linked in chains). As the subdivision of the hexagonal system. Components of
hydrocarbon content of oil shale increases, torbanite crystals in the trigonal system, like those of the
becomes cannel coal. Torbanite occurs abundantly in hexagonal system are located by reference to four axes-
france. New south wales, South Afirica and the three of equal length with 120º intersections and one
northeastern united on torbone hill, Bathgate west perpendicular to the plane of the other three.
Lothian.
228. The factor of safety demanded for friction
224. Calcination of gypsum produces- hoists as compared to drum hoists should be
(a) Plaster of Paris (b) Salt cake _____
(c) Nitre cake (d) Lime (a) Higher
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 (b) Lower
Ans. (a) : Calcination of gypsum produces plaster of (c) Equal
paris.
(d) Without any relation
Calcination- The process in which solids are heated to
a vary high temperature to remove any volatile RPSC AE-21.05.2014
substance present and also to oxidize a substance is Ans. (d) : The factor of safety demanded for friction
called calcinations. hoists as compared to drum hoists should be without
Calcinations of Gypsum- When the gypsum is heated any relation.
in a controlled environment, it partially loses its water 229. A core sample of diameter 54 mm and length
crystallization and converts into plaster or stucco is
108 mm failed at 40,000 N under uni-axial
called calcinated Gypsum.
compression, the compressive strength in MPa
Plaster of Paris- Plaster of Paris, quick-setting gypsum
plaster consisting of a fine while powder (calcium is:
sulfate hemihydrates), which hardens when moistened (a) 1750 (b) 175.0
and allowed to dry. (c) 1.75 (d) 17.50
225. Seylor's coal classification is based on RPSC AE-21.05.2014
_____________ of the coal. Ans. (d) : Given,
(a) Proximate analysis (b) Ultimate analysis d = 54mm = 0.054m
(c) Caking index (d) All of these l = 108mm = 0.108m
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 p = 40,000H
Ans. (b) : Seylor's coal classification is based on So, compressive strength
ultimate analysis of the coal.
p
Ultimate analysis of coal and coke is defined in ASTM σc =
D3176 as the determination of the carbon, hydrogen, A
nitrogen and sulfur in the material, as found in the 40,000 × 4
=
gaseous products of it complete combustion, the (0.054) 2 × 3.14
determination ash in the material as a whole, and the σc = 17.47 ≃ 17.50 mpa
estimation of oxygen by difference.
226. Which of the following is a group of large black 230. The correct place for tensioning arrangement
mica minerals? in endless rope haulage is
(a) Biotite (b) Muscovite (a) At the top of the incline
(c) Augite (d) Olevine (b) At the bottom of the incline
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 (c) Any point on the level roadway
Ans. (a): The group of large black mica minerals (d) At the point where slack rope is most likely to
Biotite. occur
Biotite- Biotite is a common group of Phyllosillicate APECET Mining Engineering-2017
minerals within the mica group. With the approximate Ans. (d) : Gradient operated tension (also known as
chemical formula K(mg, Fe)3 AlSi3O10 (F,OH)2. It is
mobile tension) occurs when the gradient allows in
@

primarily a solid-solution series between the iron-end

member annite, and the magnesium endmember annite, vicinity of the haulage engine a bogie sheave can be
placed on an inclined roadway which may be connected
ap

and the magnesium endmembers phlogopite, more

aluminous end-members include siderophyllite and with loaded tubs with sufficient weights to move
eastonite. backwards and forwards in accordance with necessity.
na

Mechanical Engineering 570 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Where reverse gradient are met with it might be 236. Poisson's ratio is defined as
necessary to install a take up tension at each of the (a) lateral strain/linear strain
haulage plane. Since slack rope would have to be taken (b) linear stress/linear strain
up on both sides of engines. The correct places for the (c) linear strain/lateral strain
tension device is at the point where slack are most likely (d) linear strain/lateral stress
to occur. TSPGECET-2020
231. 398º is the ignition temperature of ––––––– Ans. (a) : The ratio of lateral strain to the linear strain is
type of coal. a constant for a given material when the material is
(a) bituminous (b) sub-bituminous stressed within the elastic limit. This ratio is known as
(c) anthracite (d) lignite coal Poisson's ratio (µ)
Lateralstrain
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I µ=−
Ans. (c) : Anthracite coal is a hard, brittle, and black Linear strain
lustrous coal, often referred to as hard coal containing a 237. If the Young's modulus of rock sample is 100
high percentage of fixed carbon and a low percentage of MPa and Poisson's ratio is 0.25 , then the
volatile matter. modulus of rigidity of rock is
• The ignition temperature of anthracite coal in nearly (a) 400 GPa (b) 25 GPa
398ºC. (c) 40 GPa (d) 2.5 GPa
232. The melting temperature of white metal that is TSPGECET-2020
used to pour in coned socket for the purpose of Ans. (c) : Given
rope capping is –––––––––. E = 100
(a) 365ºC (b) 350ºC µ = 0.25
(c) 355ºC (d) 385ºC We know that
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I E = 2G(1+µ)
Ans. (b) : The melting temperature of white metal that 100 = 2G(1+0.25)
is used to pouring in coned socket for the purpose of G = 40 GPa
rope capping is typically around 350ºC. 238. While conducting the test for Young's Modulus
233. The diameter of groove of the head gear pulley of elasticity, the peak stress is 100 MPa and
in winding system should be ––––––– % of axial strain is 0.001. The young's modulus of
rope diameter in case of locked coil ropes. elasticity of the rock is
(a) 110 (b) 90 (a) 100 GPa (b) 100 MPa
(c) 105 (d) 100 (c) 10 GPa (d) 1.0 GPa
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I TSPGECET-2020
Ans. (c) : The diameter of groove of the head gear σ
Ans. (a) : E = ⇒ 100 = E × 0.001
pulley in winding system should typically be around ε
105% of the rope diameter for locked coil ropes. This 100
allows for proper engagement and support to the rope = =E
0.001
within the groove, ensuring efficient and safe operation E = 100 GPa
of the system.
239. A body is subjected to a biaxial stress field: σ1
234. In cage suspension gear ––––––––––– is laid = 10 MPa and σ2 = 5.0 MPa, where σ1 and σ2
between rope detaching hook and bull chains. are the principal stresses. Then the shear stress
(a) pulley (b) rope capel acting on a plane making 45° with σ1 plane is
(c) cheese weights (d) distributing plate (a) 15 MPa (b) 5 MPa
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I (c) 2.5 MPa (d) 7.5 MPa
Ans. (d) : In cage suspension gear distributing plate is TSPGECET-2020
typically laid between the rope detaching hook and bull σ1 – σ 2
Ans. (c) : Principle stress τ =
chains. 2
235. Dynamic braking comes under the category of 10 – 5 5
––––––––– braking in mine winding systems. = = = 2.5 MPa
2 2
(a) electric (b) mechanical 240. According to Coulomb's theory the material
(c) electronic (d) pneumatic will fail if the principal stresses (σ1, σ3) have
ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I the following relationship (where τs is the
@

Ans. (a) : Dynamic braking is a breaking mechanism maximum shear stress)

commonly used in electric mine winding systems. It (a) τs = √(σ12 + σ32)/2 (b) τs = √(σ12 – σ32)/2
ap

involves converting the kinetic energy of the moving (c) τs = (σ1 + σ3)/2 (d) τs = (σ1 – σ3)/2
system. TSPGECET-2020
na

Mechanical Engineering 571 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d) : Coulomb theory is a mathematical model (see Ans. (c) : Mohr's circle is a graphical representation of
yield surface) describing the response of brittle material the transformation equation for plane stress problems. It
such as concrete or rubble piles to shear stress as well as is useful in visualizing the relationship between normal
normal stress Most of the classical engineering and shear stresses acting on a stress element at any
materials follow this rule in at least a portion of their desired orientation.
shear failure envelope.

τs =
( σ1 – σ3 )
2
241. According to Coulomb Navier's theory of 244. If σs is the induced stress and σi is the in situ
failure, the ratio of compressive (σc) to tensile stress at a point below ground, then the stress
strength (σt) of rock is given as _________ concentration factor is
(where µ is the coefficient of friction) σs σi
σ c (µ 2 +1) 2 + µ 2 σ c (µ 2 +1) 2 - µ 2 (a) (b)
(a) = 2 (b) = σ i σ s
σt (µ +1) 2 - µ 2 σ t (µ 2 +1) 2 + µ 2
σi σs
σ c (µ 2 +1)½ + µ σ c (µ 2 +1)½ – µ (c) (d)
(c) = 2 (d) = 2 σs σi
½ ½
σ t (µ +1) – µ σ t (µ +1) + µ TSPGECET-2020
TSPGECET-2020 Ans. (d) : If σs is the induced stress and σi is the in situ
Ans. (c) : According to coulomb Navier's theory of stress at a point below ground then the stress
failure at the point of failure the maximum shear σ
resistance of the material (shear strength) equal the concentration factor is s .
σi
shear stress on the plane of failure (s) plus the internal
frictional resistance. 245. Time dependent permanent deformation is
The ratio of compressive (σc) to tensile strength (σt) of called as
(a) plastic deformation
( µ2 + 1) 2 + µ .
1
σ (b) elastic deformation
rock is given c =
σt
( µ2 + 1) 2 + µ
1
(c) creep
(d) inelastic deformation
242. The normalised tangential stress concentration, TSPGECET-2020
σθ/σv, at the side of the circular opening (θ=0°) Ans. (c) : The tendency of a solid material to move
for uni-axial in-situ stress condition (k=0), is slowly or deform permanently under the influence of
(a) σθ/σv = 0 (b) σθ/σv = 3 mechanical stresses. Creep may also be known as
(c) σθ/σv = 1 (d) σθ/σv = –1 material creep. A time dependent deformation under a
certain applied load. Thermal stresses are also acting
TSPGECET-2020 over a short time, so no creep deformation is observed
Ans. (b) : If the restoring force or deforming force acts due to wind load also.
perpendicular to the area the stress in know as stress. 246. Most popular hydraulic fluid used in powered
Tensile and compressive stress if the restoring force supports is an emulsion of
deforming force acts parallel to the area, then the stress (a) 20% oil and remaining water
is known as tangential stress. (b) 20% water and remaining oil
243. Identify the uniaxial compressive loading (c) 5% water and the remaining oil
condition from the following four Mohr's (d) 5% oil and remaining water
Circles - (x axis represents normal stresses and TSPGECET-2020
y–axis represents shear stresses in all figures)
Ans. (d) : Most popular hydraulic fluid used in powered
supports is an emulsion of 5% oil and remaining water.
247. For a simple solid solution generally
(a) (b) (a) substitution is restricted to identical lattice
site
(b) has the same number of chemically
independent phase components as mineral
@

end members
(c) (d)
(c) both (a) and (b) are true
ap

(d) None is correct

TSPGECET-2020 GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
na

Mechanical Engineering 572 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): Ans. (d) :
For a simple solid solution generally: Rank of these coals in order of quality lowest to
Substitution is restricted to identical lattice site and. highest is lignite → bituminous → anthracite.
Has the same number of chemically independent phase Lignite, is also known as "brown coal", is the lowest
components as mineral end members. grade coal with the least amount of carbon.
In this type, the solute atoms substitute the substitute the Bituminous, middle-rank coal between sub-
solvent atoms in an orderly manner, taking up fixed bituminous and anthracite. Bituminous coal appears
positions of symmetry in lattice. shiny and smooth when you first see it, but on
This solid solution has uniform distribution of solute looking closely you will be able to see the layers.
and solvent atoms. Anthracite, is the highest rank of coal. It is a heard,
A phase diagram is a graphical representation of brittle and black lustrous coal, often referred to as
chemical equilibrium. "hard coal" which has a high percentage of fixed
Since chemical equilibrium is dependent on the carbon and a low percentage of volatile matter.
composition of the system, the pressure and the 251. A sand grain has a diameter of
temperature, a phase diagram should be able to tell us (a) 2-4 mm
what phases are in equilibrium for any temperature and (b) 0.0625 - 2 mm
pressure system. (c) 0.0039 - 0.0625mm
248. The range of radius ratio 0.414 - 0.732 will (d) > 4mm
indicate a cation co-ordination number of GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
(a) 8 (b) 6 Ans. (b) :
(c) 4 (d) 3 Sand is a naturally occurring, finely divided rock,
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 comprising particles or granules ranging in size from
Ans. (b) : 0.0625 to 2 mm.
When the radius ratio is (0.414 – 0.732), the type of An individual particle in this range size is termed a
void is octahedral. san grain.
According to octahedral voids, there will be 6 Silt particles are from 0.002 to 0.05 mm in diameter.
surrounding particles - atoms or ions. Particles larger than 2.0 mm are called gravel or
In the context we calculate the radius ratio of the ions stones.
that make up the crystal assuming they have an 252. What is the name of the geological process for
octahedral void and we end up with this number. the following chemical reaction?
249. Longitudinal bars in a braided stream are Mg 2+ + 2CaCo 3  → CaMg (CO 3 )2 + Ca 2+
formed because of
(a) Cementation
(a) Capacity failure
(b) Dolomitisation
(b) Competency failure
(c) Sea floor weathering
(c) Both capacity and competency failure
(d) Recrystallisation
(d) High gradient flow in the river
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017
Ans. (b) :
Ans. (c) :
Dolomitisation:- It is a diagenetic process,
Longitudinal bar with long axis parallel to the stream
commonly improving reservoir quality in carbonates
flow, initiates as a small geomorphic entity with
rocks.
completency failure of how and continue growing in
length and height by accretion of sediment both It is a geochemical process which affects the porosity
sideward and on downstream lee side of the bar. and the morphology o the pore microstructure of
Deposit of longitudinal bar can be found as massive carbonates rocks.
or crude horizontal laminated gravel or sand-gravel Dolomitisation is defined as a diagentic process
mixture. where (CaMg(CO3)2).
In bars constituted layers on the downstream bas Dolomitisation is characterized either as "partial
faces. dolomitisation", whom the dolomite replaces
Unlike longitudinal bars are with steep downstream particular rock components, or total dolomitisation',
directed avalanche faces. when dolomite replaces all rock components.
250. Rank these coals in order of quality (lowest to Mg 2+ + 2CaCO3  → CaMg(CO3 ) 2 + Ca 2+ is
highest):
reaction following the Dolomitisation.
(a) bituminous - lignite - anthracite
@

(b) anthracite - lignite - bituminous 253. Frenkel defects occur in-

(c) lignite - anthracite - bituminous (a) AgCl (b) NaCl
ap

(d) lignite - bituminous - anthracite (c) KCl (d) KBr

GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
na

Mechanical Engineering 573 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : Frenkel defects occur in AgCl. 257. The ratio of the theoretical power input (P1/P2)
Frenkel defects are mostly exhibited in ionic solids of two centrifugal fans having the same specific
where the smaller ion (usually the cation) is dislocated. speed and operating at same speed is given by
Some example include AgBr. ZnS, AgCl and AgCl. (a) (D1/D2)2 (b) (D1/D2)3
4
These the defect occurs mainly due to the smaller size (c) (D1/D2) (d) (D1/D2)5
Zn++ and Ag+ ions. Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
Ans. (b) : Centrifugal fan
254. Goldschmidt's phase rule is expressed as :
P
(a) F = C + 2 – P (b) F = C + P – 2 = constant
(c) F = C + 2 (d) F = C – P + 1 N5 D3
OPSC Mining Officer Applied Geology-2018 P1 ∝ D13
Ans. (a) : The Goldschmidt phase rule, also known as P2 ∝ D32
the mineralogical phase rule. The ratio of theoretical power point
It states that in any rock, the number of minerals will 3
not exceed the number of chemical components. P1  D1 
= 
The phase rule, originally developed by Josiah P2  D2 
Willard Gibbs, provides a theoretical foundation for 258. The purpose of rotating a whirling hygrometer
characterizing the chemical state of a system and in hygrometric survey is to
predicting the equilibrium relations of the phases (a) Wet the cotton wick with water thoroughly
presents. (b) Maintain constant temperature of water in the
It allows us to construct phase diagrams to represents container
add interpret phase equilibrium in heterogeneous (c) Create steady state evaporation of moisture
geological from the wet bulb surface
systems. (d) Prevent the heat produced by the cap lamp of
Goldschmidt's phase rule is F= C+2–P the observer from affecting the readins
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
I3. Ans. (c) : Whirling hygrometer are designed to
Thermal Engineering and its measure.
Application • Dry bulb temperature (DBT) the ambient temperature
that is usually thought of as air temperature and wet
255. Kata thermometer is used to measure bulb temperature (WBT), the temperature is read by a
(a) Wet bulb temperature thermometer that's covered in water soaked fabric over
which air is passed.
(b) Dry bulb temperature
259. Sum of static pressure and velocity pressure is
(c) Cooling time known as
(d) Heat convection (a) Atrnospheric pressure (b) Absolute pressure
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I (c) Gauge pressures (d) Total pressure
Ans. (c) : Kata thermometer is a device consisting Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
principally of an alcohol thermometer used to measure Ans. (d) : The sum of static and dynamic pressure
air cooling power and indirectly small wind speed in acting on the fluid element is termed as stagnation or
circulating air by measuring the time taken for the total pressure.
temperature of the bulb of alcohol to make a specific 260. Given N the pump power, p density of pumped
drop (311K-308K). It may be used dry or weight. water, H total head and Q pump capacity, the
256. The maximum wet-bulb temperature at overall efficiency of pump is
working faces as required under mines QpHg NpHg
(a) (b)
regulations is 1000 N 1000 Q
(a) 360 C (b) 330 C
0 QpNg 1000QpNg
(c) 30 C (d) 270 C (c) (d)
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I 1000 H H
Ans. (b) : Some standard of ventilation at 10 Air Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
quantity ≥ 6m3/min per person employee in the district Ans. (a) : Overall efficiency (η0) : It is defined as a
on the largest shaft or air quantity ≥ 2.5m3/min per ratio of the power output of the pump to the power input
tonne of daily output. to the pump.
@

Whichever is larger passer along the last ventilation η0 = ηmax hm

connection in the district.
ap

Qρgh
• Wet bulb temperature (WBT) ≤ 33.5º centigrade and η0 =
if WBT is > 30.5º centigrade then air speed ≥ 1m/sec. 1000
na

Mechanical Engineering 574 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
261. Axial thrust in a turbine ine pump acacts Ans. (b) : Mass of coal in air = 12 kg
(a) From suction side to delivery sside ρcoal v = 12 kg …(i)
…(i
(b) From delivery side to suction sside Now when immersed in water
(c) Perpendicular to pump
ump shaft
( ρcoal − ρw ) × v = 3kg … (ii)
(
(d) In the delivery pipe
Now divide the e q. (i) & (ii)
Telangana Miningg Engg.12.0
Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
Ans. (b) : Axial thrust in a turbine pu pump acts from ( ρcoal − ρw ) v = 3
delivery side to suction side. ρcoal .v 12
262. Which of the followingg is the mos most important ρw 1
1− =
fan characteristic in order
rder to deci
decide its ρcoal 4
applicability to a particular
ticular mine?
ρw 1
(a) Efficiency-capacityy fan charact
characteristic = 1−
(b) Power-capacity fann characteris
characteristic ρcoal 4
(c) Head-capacity fan characteristi
characteristic ρcoal 4
=
(d) Mechanical losses-hydraulic lo losses ρw 3
characteristic
ρspe = 1.33
(e) Question not attempted
Haryana Assistant ant Mining Engineer-2023 265. Identify the figure
Ans. (c) : The most important rtant fan cha
characteristic for
deciding its applicability to a particular m mine would be
head capacity fan characteristic.
eristic. This characteristic
indicates the fan’s ability to generate pre
pressure (head) at
different flow rates (capacity),
ity), which is crucial for
ensuring proper ventilation in a mine envi
environment. (a) Stopping
263. A centrifugal fan rotating ating at 600 rpm delivers (b) Door
80 m3/sec of air. If thee speed is rreduced to 450 (c) Air crossing
rpm, the quantity of air delivered in m3/sec will (d) Explosion proof stopping
be: NMDC Mining Junior Officer
Offic Trainee-2022
(a) 55 (b) 60 Ans. (c) : Air crossing
(c) 65 (d) 70 266. The Chemical Hopcalite calite is used in :
(e) Question not attempted (a) Self-contained breathing
reathing apparatus
app
Haryana Assistant ant Mining Engineer-2023 (b) Gas mask
Ans. (b) : Given, (c) CO detector
Q1 = Quantity of air at the initial (80 m3/sec)
itial speed (8 (d) MSA-methanometer
N1 = Initial speed (600 rpm) UPPSC
PPSC Mines
Mine Inspector-2022
N2 = New speed (450m) Ans. (c)
We know that In the cold start period, d, the catalytic
cataly converter is
Q1 N1 entirely inactive, because
se the catalytic
cataly converter has
= not warmed up.
Q2 N 2
The amount of catalystt required to entrap the toxic
80 600 pollutants throughout the cold-start period is usually
=
Q2 450 much less than needed in catalytic convertors.
c
Hopcalite (CuMnOx) catalyst
atalyst could work very well
450 × 80
Q2 = at the low temperature; it can overcome
overco the problem
600 of cold- start emission if
f used in catalytic
cata converter.
Q2 = 60 m3/sec The cold start phase is also depending
depe upon the
264. A piece of coal samplee weighs 12 k
kg in air and 3 characteristics of vehicles.
kg when immersed in water. The specific Note- Official answer is given iven option (b)
(
gravity of the coal sample is: 267. The wet bulb temperature perature in i any working
@

(a) 0.33 (b) 1.33 place in a mine shoulduld not exceed

exce :
(c) 2.33 (d) 4.33 (a) 33.5ºC (b) 30.5ºC
ap

(e) Question not attempted (c) 30.0ºC (d) 25.0ºC

Haryana Assistant
ant Mining Engineer-2023 UPPSC
PPSC Mines
Mine Inspector-2022
na

Mechanical Engineering 575 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) Ans. (d)
The theoretical human limit for wet-bulb The dry bulb temperature, usually referred to as air
temperature is 35ºC (95ºF) around human skin temperature, is the air property that is most
temperature. common used. When people refer to the
Any hotter than that, and the body will start to temperature of the air, they are normally referring
overheat, even if given ultimated water and shade. to its dry bulb temperature.
Luckily, it's rare for temperatures on earth to reach The rate of evaporation from the wet bandage on
these levels-rare, but not unheard of. the bulb, and the temperature different between the
And the depressingly predictable reason that social dry bulb and wet bulb, depends on the humidity of
media is currently abuzz with this fairly obsucure the air.
meteorological metric is that this "rare" The evaporation is reduced when the out contains
phenomenon is actually becoming less and less rare more water vapor.
as time goes on.
The wet bulb temperature is always lower than the
Climate change is literally making the planet
dry bulb temperature but will be identical with
unliveable.
100% relative humidity (the air is at the saturation
268. For measuring relative humidity we use line)
(a) Anemometer (b) Velometer
271. What is the use of Pitot tube?
(c) Psychrometer (d) Manometer
(a) to measure the static pressure
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
(b) to measure sound wave
Ans. (c)
(c) to measure air velocity
Relative humidity is the measure of amount of
moisture in the air. (d) to measure air temperature
Psychrometer is a device that is used to measure UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
relative humidity in the air. Ans. (a): A pitot tube is a flow measurement appliance
Psychrometer is also called hygrometer. used to calculate the fluid flow velocity.
An anemometer is an instrument that measure wind Pitot tubes are widely utilised to determine a boat's
speed and wind pressure. water speed, the airspeed of an aircraft, and
Velometer (Bolometer) is used to measure measure air, liquid and gas flow velocities in
electromagnetic radiation. various industrial application.
The monometer is so often used to measure A pitot tube consists of two hollow tubes that
pressure that the difference in column heights is measure pressure at various places within the pipe.
also a common unit. The pitot tube meter comprises a tube that is
269. Kata thermometer is used to measure. directed towards the flow.
(a) Temperature (b) Humidity
(c) Cooling power (d) Specific heat
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (c)
The Kata Thermometer consists of an alcohal
thermometer with a large bulb a 4cm. long and
2cm. In diameter and stern 20cm. long graduated
only at two points namely 38ºC and 35ºC.
It may be used for dry or wet for wet Kata cooling
Note - Official answer is given option (a)
power reading the bulb is first placed in hot water
so that the liquid rises and partly fills the upper 272. The rate of increase in temperature with depth
reservoir C. is known as :
The dry Kata reading gives only the cooling power (a) Geothermal gradient
due to radiation and conduction, but the wet Kata (b) Endothermic gradient
reading includes the effect of evaporation and is (c) Exothermic gradient
thus a more useful guide as to the cooling power in (d) Thermal conductivity
reference to the human body. UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
270. If the dry bulb temperature and wet bulb Ans. (a) : Geothermal gradient is the rate of increase
temperature reading are equal, the relative in temperature per unit depth in the earth due to the
@

humidity will be : outflow of heat from the centre.

The temperature gradient between the centre of the
ap

(a) 0% (b) 10%

(c) 50% (d) 100% earth and the outer limits of the atmosphere is about
10C/km–1 on the average.
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
na

Mechanical Engineering 576 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Geothermal gradients are very useful indicators of List–I List–II
subsurface temperature distribution. (Mine gas) (Principle constituent)
A geothermal gradient is one of the most frequently (P) Stink damp H 2S
used parameters in lagging geophysics and it is
(Q) White damp CO
useful in the understanding of regional and sub-
regional tectonics. (R) Black damp CO 2

It is also useful in the assessment of geothermal (S) Fire damp CH4

resources potentials of an area. 275. The permissible noise level in India in
273. Main composition of gases in Black damp is : industrial area is :
(a) CO2 + CO (b) N2 + CO (a) 75 dB (A) for day time and 70 dB (A) at night
(c) CO2 + N2 (d) CO2 + CH4
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 (b) 65 dB (A) for day time and 55 dB (A) at night
Ans. (c)
Black damp is atmosphere in which a flame lamp (c) 55 dB (A) for day time and 45 dB (A) at night
will not burn, usually because of an excess of (d) 85 dB (A)
carbon dioxide (CO2) and nitrogen (N2) in the air. UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Black damp is the mining term for the suffocating Ans. (a) : The noise pollution (Regulation and
mixture of carbon dioxide and other unbreathable Control) Rules, 2001
gasses that can build-up in mines causing These rules may be called the Noise Pollution
poisoning, asphyxiation, and ultimately death if left Rules, 2000.
untreated. They shall come into the force into the date of
Black damp is also known as stythe or choke damp. their publication in the official Gazette.
274. Match List-I with List-Ii and select the correct The permissible noise level in India in industrial
answer from the code given below the lists : area is 75 dB(A) in day time, and 70dB (A) in the
List-I List-II Night Time.
(Mine gas) (Principal Area/Zone Day Time Night Time
constituent) Commercial 65 dB(A). 55 dB(A).
Area
(P) Stink damp (1) CO Residential 55 dB(A). 45 dB(A).
Area
(Q) White damp (2) H2S Silence Zone 50 dB (A). 40 dB(A).
276. Acid rain is caused due to following two
important gaseous pollutants.
(R) Black damp (3) CH4
(a) NOx and O3 (b) SO2 and NOx
(c) CO2 and H2S (d) CO2 and SO2
(S) Fire damp (4) CO2 UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
Ans. (b)
(a) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 Acid rain refers to the ways in which acid from the
(b) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 atmosphere is deposited on the earth's surface.
(c) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 Oxides of nitrogen and sulphur which are acidic in
(d) P-2, Q-1, R-3, S-4 nature can be blown by wind along with solid
particles in the atmosphere and finally settle down
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
either on the ground as dry deposition or in water,
Ans. (c) fog and snow as wet deposition.
White damp is a mixture of poisonous gases SO2 and NO2 after oxidation and reaction with
found in coal mines and is predominantly made water are major contributors to acid rain, because
up of carbon monoxide (CO). polluted air usually contains particulate matter that
Stink damp, hydrogen sulfide (H2S) a catalyse the oxidation.
flammable, colorless gas with a characteristic
odor of rotten eggs. It is commonly known as 277. Which pump works on positive displacement
hydrosulfuric acid, sewer gas and stink damp. principles ?
Black damp is an atmosphere in which a flame (a) Centrifugal pump
@

lamp will not burn, usually because of an excess (b) Vane type rotary pump
of carbon dioxide and nitrogen. (c) Turbine pump
ap

Fire damp principle constituent is CH4 (d) Roto pump

(Methane) UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
na

Mechanical Engineering 577 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b) Ans. (c)
The pumps are further distinguished by the motion Coal is the source of about 27% of the world,
of their displacement bodies, which can be primary energy consumption and it accounts for
reciprocating or rotary. about 34% of electricity generated in the world.
The reciprocating motion can be either linear or The temperature at which the temperature of coal
crescent shaped. exceeds the surrounding temperature is called the
The most commonly known positive displacement crossing point temperature.
pumps are piston pumps or plunger pumps. Their The spontaneous heating of coal varies over a wide
range and it is important to assess their degree of
displacement body, e.g. a plunger, describe a linear
proneness for taking preventive measure against the
motion. occurrence of fires to avoid loss of lives and
Examples of rotary positive displacement pumps are – property, sterilization of coal reserves and
(1) gear pumps environmental pollution and raise concerns about
(2) screw pumps safely and economic aspects of mining.
(3) progressive cavity pumps 280. If the gas emission in a mine is very high as
(4) rotary piston pumps may some times occur in very deep mines, it is
(5) water ring pumps a safe practice to substitute electric power
(6) rotary vane pumps supply by______
(7) roller vane pumps (a) Steam power (b) Compressed air
(c) Hydraulic (d) All
(8) peristaltic pumps
NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
278. A turbine pump of efficiency 70% discharges Ans. (b) : The gas emission in a mines is very high as
water at the rate of 2100 litre per minutes at a may some times occur in very deep mines, it is a safe
total head of 100m. If the turbine pump motor practice to substitute electric power supply by
run by a motor of efficiency of 90%, the input compressed air. Working deep underground, mining for
power required for the motor in kW is : the precious natural resources of the earth can present
(a) 34.52 (b) 45.11 fierce challenges for workers even with the
(c) 54.5 (d) 27.25 advancements of modern technology with the dawn of
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 the first motorized air compressors in the early 1800 s,
the mining industry has greatly benefited from the
Ans. (c) : Given that, improvement of compressed air system, which have
m = 2100 ℓ provided value to workers and the development of more
h = 100 m efficient methods for resource extraction.
g = 9.81 m/s 281. Cooling chemical placed in cooling chamber of
protomark IV apparatus is ________
t = 60 sec.
(a) Ammonium phosphate
ηP = 70%
(b) Sodium phosphate
ηP = 0.70P (c) Magnesium phosphate
0.7P = mgh/t (d) Zipsum chloride
2100 × 9.81×100 NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
P=
60 × 0.7 Ans. (b) : Sodium phosphate- Because it can
effectively lower the temperature of its surrounds by
P = 49050 absorbing heat from its surrounding during its
wp dissolution, sodium .
h= Phosphate is frequently employed as a cooling agent in
sp
a variety of application sodium phosphate probably
sp 49050 does a similar function in the protomark (IV) apparatus
h= = × 100
ρp 0.9 by collecting he at from the chamber and enabling
effective cooling of the device while it is in use.
h = 54.5 kW 282. What is the pressure of air in loader tyre.
279. Crossing point temperature method is (a) 32 PSI (b) 45 PSI
commonly used for : (c) 54-65 PSI (d) 48-54 PSI
(a) Proximate Analysis of Coal NMDC Mining Junior Officer Trainee-2022
(b) Ultimate Analysis of Coal Ans. (c) : Would likely depend on the specific loader
@

(c) Relative tendencies of Coal to spontaneous and its manufacturer's recommendations. However,
heating generally, loader tires often require higher pressure for
ap

(d) Thermal Conductivity of Coal heavy-duty operations. 54-65 PSI seems to be within
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022 the typical range for loader tires.
na

Mechanical Engineering 578 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
283. If temperature of air in mine is 300ºK, then 287. Which pump has single helical rotor and can
what will be its temperature in degrees C be used at coal face for pumping water having
(a) 300º (b) 27º coal particles of various sizes?
(c) 30º (d) 273º (a) Roto pump (b) Turbine pump
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 (c) Submersible pump (d) Centrifugal pump
Ans. (b) : The formula for change Kelvin into APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
centigrade. Ans. (a) : Roto pump has single helical rotor, and can
K = C + 273.15 OR C = K – 273.15 be used at coal face for pumping water having coal
particle of various sizes.
Given data,
• They are considered a hygienic pump because all
T = 300ºK
internal surfaces smooth and bacteria will not easily
C=? adhere.
K = C + 273.15
• They are considered a hygienic pump because all
300 = C + 273.15 internal surfaces are smooth and bacteria will not easily
C = 300 – 273.15 adhere.
= 26.85 ≈ 27 • They are used as a closing pump because the cavity
C = 27 O volume is known and does not alter. Each turn will
result in a definite volume of product delivered into a
284. Proneness to spontaneous heating is high in the system.
following crossing point temperature range-
• They discharge at virtually constant pressure across a
(a) 120ºC to 140ºC (b) 140ºC to 155ºC large range of speeds.
(c) More than 155ºC (d) None of the above
• They can draw well and do not require priming, being
Gujarat GMDC Mining Sirdar-20.02.2021 positive displacement pumps they develop a strong
Ans. (a) : Proneness to spontaneous heating is high in negative suction and can draw liquid to them.
the following crossing point temperature range is 120OC
288. A fan running at 200 rpm develops a pressure
to 140OC.
of 50mm water gauge. Then the fan speed is
They could be considered to be highly susceptibility to increased to 300 rpm. What is the water gauge
spontaneous heating and those above 160OC are poorly developed due to increased fan speed?
susceptible.
(a) 97 mm (b) 102.5 mm
285. Ignition temperature methane is: (c) 112.5 mm (d) 65 mm
(a) 100-12500C (b) 423-10000C APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
(c) 675-9750C (d) 923-10230C
Ans. (c) : Given that,
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
N1 = 200 rpm, H1 = 50mm
Ans. (d) : Ignition temperature methane is 923-1023º C
N2 = 300 rpm
286. The hydraulic and sand stowing pipeline layout
Hm1 Hm
should be such that
2 2
= 2 22
(a) The geometric profile must coincide with the D1 N1 D2 N 2
hydraulic gradient line. As there is no changes given in diameter
(b) The hydraulic profile should always be ∴ D1 = D2
below the hydraulic gradient line.
(c) The hydraulic profile should always be above H1 H
2
= 22
the hydraulic gradient line. N1 N2
(d) The geometric profile should always be above 2
the hydraulic gradient line. H1  N1 
= 
Gate Mining Engineering-2021 H2  N2 
Ans. (b) : The hydraulic sand stowing pipeline layout 2
should be such that the hydraulic profile should always 50  200 
= 
be below the hydraulic gradient line. H 2  300 
Hydraulic stowing is popular stowing method can used
50 × 9
in mines. H2 = = 112.5mm
The hydraulic sand storing operation is very simple and 2
has got the advantages like easy segregation of sand and 289. An engine of a diesel locomotive produces
water, quicker drainage of water, less clogging of the exhaust gas in varied concentrations. Spell out
pores of the barricade and minimal hydrostatic pressure the concentration level of carbon monoxide in
@

on the barricade, offering maximum consolidation and the exhaust gas.

strength with minimum shrinkage etc. (a) 50 to 70 ppm (b) 20 to 40 ppm
ap

Stowing also helps in the extraction of thick seams in (c) 201 to 400 ppm (d) 100 to 200 ppm
several lifts increasing the percentage of extraction. APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
na

Mechanical Engineering 579 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): • Although any engine, including diesel, Ans. (d): Crystallography is based on three fundamental
produces co when combustion is incomplete. laws-
• Diesel engines run with an excess of air and often (i) Law of constancy of interfacial angles.
produce less than 1200 ppm (200 ppm to 400 ppm) CO. (ii) Law of rational indices- This law states that the
• The same precautions against running a gasoline ratio of intercepts of different faces of a crystal with the
engine in an enclosed space should be observed with an three axes are constant and can be expressed by rational
LPG engine. numbers that the intercepts (i.e, intercepts made by unit
• Industry source report a properly tuned LPG engine cell) a, b, c or some simple whole number multiples of
will produce from 201 ppm to 400 ppm, depending on them.
load. (iii) Law of constancy of symmetry.
• LPG burns cleaner than gasoline, and is a common 292. Choose the CORRECT option related to the
fuel for forklifts and other engines used insides. symmetry elements of normal classes of
290. The acid rain is caused due to which of the isometric system.
following two important gaseous pollutants? (a) 3 crystallographic axes of 4-fold symmetry, 4
(a) Carbon dioxide and NOx diagonal axes of 3-fold symmetry; 4 diagonal
axes of 2-fold symmetry; 3 crystallographic
(b) NOx and O3
planes; 4 diagonal planes; centre present.
(c) SO2 and NOX
(b) 3 crystallographic axes of 4-fold symmetry, 4
(d) Carbon dioxide and H2S diagonal axes of 3-fold symmetry; 3
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 crystallographic planes; centre present.
Ans. (c) : • Acid rain is precipitation containing (c) 3 crystallographic axes of 4-fold symmetry, 4
harmful amounts of nitric and sulfuric acids. diagonal axes of 3-fold symmetry; 6 diagonal
• These acids are formed primarily by Nitrogen Oxides axes of 2-fold symmetry; 3 crystallographic
(NOx) and sulfur dioxide (SO2) released into the planes; 6 diagonal planes; centre present.
atmosphere when fossil fuels are burned. (d) 3 crystallographic axes of 4-fold symmetry, 4
• These acids fall to the Earth either as wet precipitation diagonal axes of 3-fold symmetry; 2 diagonal
or dry precipitation. axes of 6-fold symmetry; 3 crystallographic
• Same are carried by the wind, sometimes hundreds of planes; 2 diagonal planes; centre present.
miles. APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
• In the environment, acid rain damages trees and Ans. (c) : The correct option related to the symmetry
causes soils and water bodies to acidity, making the elements of normal classes of isometric system is
water unsuitable for some fish and other wildlife. crystallographic axes of 4-fold symmetry; diagonal axes
• Acid rains damaged Massachusetts lakes, ponds, of 3-fold symmetry; 6 diagonal axes of 2-fold
rivers and soils, leading to damaged wildlife and forests. symmetry; 3 crystallographic planes; 6diagonal planes;
centre present.
291. Choose the CORRECT statement related to the
law of rational indices. 293. Choose the CORRECT option related to the
(a) The detailed study of crystals has established symmetry elements of normal classes of
the general law that the ratios between the hexagonal system.
interfacial angles for a crystal can be (a) Vertical axis of 3-fold symmetry; 3 vertical
expressed by rational numbers. planes; 1 horizontal plane;
(b) The detailed study of crystals has established (b) Vertical axis of 6-fold symmetry; 3 horizontal
the general law that the ratios between the axes of 2-fold symmetry; 6 vertical planes; 1
edges on a crystal can be expressed by horizontal plane; centre present.
rational numbers. (c) Vertical axis of 6-fold symmetry; 3 horizontal
(c) The detailed study of crystals has established axes of 2-fold symmetry; 3 vertical planes; 1
the general law that the ratios between the horizontal plane; centre present.
intercepts on the axes for the different faces (d) Vertical axis of 6-fold symmetry; 6 horizontal
on a crystal can be expressed as decimal axes of 2-fold symmetry; 6 vertical planes; 1
numbers. horizontal plane; centre present.
(d) The detailed study of crystals has established APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020
the general law that the ratios between the Ans. (c) : The correct option related to the symmetry
@

intercept on the axes for the different faces on elements to normal class of hexagonal system is -
a crystal can be expressed by rational Vertical axis of 6- fold symmetry: 6 horizontal axes of
ap

numbers. 2- fold symmetry; 6 vertical planes, 1 horizontal plane;

APPSC Royalty Inspector-22.09.2020 center present.
na

Mechanical Engineering 580 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
294. An air receiver of a compressor, having volume 297. The temperature profiles and the plume
0.5 m3, supplies air for charging ANFO in drill patterns that are most likely to result are given
holes. During the charging process the absolute in the figures. The dotted line represents
pressure of the air receiver falls from 900 kPa 'adiabatic lapse rate' and the bold line
to 700 kPa. Assuming the entire process is represents 'environmental lapse rate'. The
isothermal, the volume of air supplied by the WRONG combination is
receiver at 100 kPa ambient pressure, in m3 is
(a) 1.00 (b) 0.39
(c) 0.64 (d) 4.48
Gate Mining Engineering-2020
Ans. (a) : Let, V is the volume of air used at 1800 kPa
(0.5 – V) volume of air reaming in the receiver
Here, P1 = 900 kPa, P2 = 700 kPa
V1 = (0.5 – V) m3 , V2 = 0.5 m3
Temperature is same in whole process because process
is isothermal we have,
P 1 V1 = P 2 V2
900× (0.5 – V) = 700×(.5) ⇒ 9 (0.5 – V) = 7×0.5
⇒ 9×0.5 –9V = 7×0.5 ⇒ 9V= 9×0.5 –7×0.5= 0.5×2
1
9V = 1⇒ V = m3
9
Now, volume (Vc) of air consumed corresponding to
pressure (Pc) 100 kPa is
P1 V= Pc Vc
1
900× = 100×Vc
9
Vc = 1.00 m3
295. The dry and wet bulb temperatures at the inlet
of the airstream are 30ºC and 25ºC,
respectively. The corresponding values at the
outlet of the airstream are 26 ºC and 25 ºC,
respectively. The psychrometric process that
occurs in the airstream is described as
(a) Latent cooling (b) Sensible cooling
(c) Condensation (d) Evaporative cooling
Gate Mining Engineering-2020
Ans. (d) : Based on the given information, since the dry
bulb temperature decreases while the wet bulb
temperature remains constant, it indicates that water is
evaporating from the airstream, leading to a decrease in
temperature. Therefore, the psychometric process
described is evaporative cooling.
296. For a mixture of inflammable gases, the lower
and upper explosibility limits can be computed
using Gate Mining Engineering-2018
(a) Dalton's law (b) Graham's law
(c) Le Chatelier relations (d) Boyle's law Ans. (c) : Plume refers to the path and extent in the
Gate Mining Engineering-2020 atmosphere of the gaseous effluent released from a
source usually a stack (chimney)
Ans. (c) : Le Chatelier's principle, applied to the context
of flammability limits, states that when a system(in this Lapse rate- The rate of decrease of atmospheric
case, a mixture of inflammable gases) at equilibrium is temperature with altitude is known as lapse rate
@

disturbed, it will adjust to minimize the effect of the Adiabatic lapse rate (ALR)- The lapse rate of an
disturbance. In the context of flammability limits, it air parcel as it moves upward in atmosphere, and
ap

refers to the tendency of a gas mixture to adjust its expands slowly to a lower environmental pressure
composition to maintain the concentration within the without exchange of heat is known as adiabatic lapse
range where it can combust. rate.
na

Mechanical Engineering 581 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Figure (A) is shows the fumigation plume • Due to the accumulation of dust and smoke particles
Figure (B) is shows the lofting plume below the inversion, visibility may be considerably
decreased.
Figure (D) is shows the looping plume (ELR > • The speed of sound (noise) highest at the top and
ALR) lower at the bottom.
The wrong combination is figure (c). • This layer can also act to trap air pollutants or reflect
298. If the water saturation is Sw, then oil saturation noise.
is: • so, option (c) is incorrect according to give statement
(a) Sw/S.S.P. (b) 1-Sw at above.
(c) Sw-1 (d) 1-Rw 301. In a CO self rescuer, the purpose of the calcium
GPSC Asst. Prof. Geologist Class-I, 09.04.2017 bromide and lithium chloride mixture is to
(a) dry the incoming air
Ans. (b) : Water saturation:- The fraction of water in
a given pore space. It is expressed in volume, percent or (b) convert the CO catalytically to CO2
saturation units. Unless otherwise stated, water (c) absorb and thereby neutralise CO
saturation in the fraction of formation water in the (d) cool the inhaled air from excess exothermic
undisturbed zone. heat due to chemical reaction
• Water saturation (Sw) determination is the most Gate Mining Engineering-2016
challenging to petrophysical calculation and is used to Ans. (a) : In a CO self rescuer, the purpose of the
quantify it's more important complement the calcium bromide and lithium chloride mixture is to dry
hydrocarbon saturation (1-Sw). the incoming air.
Oil Saturation:- The saturation point is the maximum 302. At the inlet of a mine roadway, the dry and wet
amount of dissolved water an oil will hold. It is bulb temperatures of air are 38ºC and 29ºC,
dependent on temperature. As temperature increases the respectively. At the outlet, the corresponding
saturation point of any given oil will decease at a temperatures are 32ºC and 29ºC, respectively.
relatively linear rate, as seen in the graph below. The process of heat transfer in the airway is
described as
299. A 20m thick and 30m wide confined aquifer (a) evaporative cooling (b) sensible cooling
has two monitoring wells spaced 500m apart
(c) sensible heating (d) dehumidification
along the direction of groundwater flow. The
Gate Mining Engineering-2016
difference in water level between the wells is
2m. The hydraulic conductivity is 50 m/day. Ans. (a) : At the inlet of a mine roadway, the dry and
The rate of flow in m3/day is wet bulb temperatures of air are 38ºC and 29ºC,
(a) 4 (b) 12 respectively. At the outlet, the corresponding
temperatures are 32ºC and 29ºC respectively. The
(c) 40 (d) 120 process of heat transfer in the airway is described as
Gate Mining Engineering-2017 evaporative cooling.
Ans. (d) : Given that, • The principle underlying evaporative cooling is the
Where, fact that water must have heat applied to it to change
Q = Rate of flow in m3/day from a liquid to a vapor.
K = Hydraulic conductivity = 50 m/ day • when evaporation occurs, this heat is taken from the
water that remains in the liquid state, resulting in a
dh 2
I = Hydraulic gradient = = cooler liquid.
dI 500 303. Which one of the following supports does NOT
A = Cross – sectional area = 20×30 = 600 m2 require a power pack for its operation
Now, (a) chock shield support
2 (b) open circuit hydraulic prop
Q = 50 × × 600 = 120m 3 / day. (c) close circuit hydraulic prop
500
(d) Alpine breaker line support
300. Identify the WRONG statement.
Gate Mining Engineering- 2007
The ‘temperature inversion’ of the atmosphere
Ans. (c) : The support that does not require a closed
in surface mines aggravates the problem of
circuit hydraulic prop.
(a) airborne dust (b) noise
• A closed circuit hydraulic prop is a type of hydraulic
(c) ground vibrations (d) visibility support commonly used in mining operations.
Gate Mining Engineering-2016 • It consists of a hydraulic cylinder filled with hydraulic
Ans. (c) : The temperature inversion' of the atmosphere fluid, which is used to support the roof in underground
@

in surface mines aggravates the problem of, airborne mines.

dust, noise, and visibility. • The system operates in a closed circuit meaning that
ap

• The upward movement of air from the layers below is the hydraulic fluid is circulated within the system to
slowed by on inversion. control the extension and retraction of the prop.
na

Mechanical Engineering 582 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
304. In a centrifugal flow fan the conversion of Ans. (c) : The effective temperature is estimated using a
velocity pressure to static pressure is combination of dry-bulb temperature, wet-bulb
accomplished with the help of temperature and air velocity. Dry-bulb temperature
(a) impeller (b) curved blades measure the actual air temperature, wet-bulb
(c) hub (d) casing temperature considered the cooling effect of
Gate Mining Engineering- 2007 evaporation, and air velocity accounts for the
convective heat loss or gain. This combination provides
Ans. (d) : In a centrifugal flow fan the casing is the
a more comprehensive measure of how humans
outer structure that surrounds the impeller and helps
perceive and experience the temperature, considering
guide the airflow.
factor like humidity and wind.
• It plays a crucial role in converting the kinetic energy
308. Under identical water head and roadway
of the moving air (velocity pressure) into static
conditions for water dam construction, if P, Q,
pressure.
and R represent the thickness of flat dam,
• As the air moves through the impeller and into the cylindrical dam and spherical dam
casing, its velocity decreases, causing an increase in respectively, the thickness would follow the
pressure. order
• This increase in pressure is what we refer to as static (a) R>P>Q (b) P>R>Q
pressure, and it is essential for applications where (c) P>Q>R (d) Q>P>R
pressure buildup is required, such as in ventilation Gate Mining Engineering-2008
systems, or HVAC systems.
Ans. (c) : Option (c) is correct.
305. A 3.3 kV, 3-phase AC motor having a PF of
309. A confined aquifer of 75 m thickness has 2
0.85 draws current at 95 A. The motor input
monitoring wells spaced 2500 m apart along
power in kW is
the direction of water flow. The hydraulic
(a) 266.5 (b) 461.5 conductivity of the aquifer is 40m per day. The
(c) 543.0 (d) 799.5 water head difference between the wells is 1.5
Gate Mining Engineering- 2007 m. Applying the Darcy’s law, the rate of flow
Ans. (b) : Three phase supply per meter of distance perpendicular to the
Motor input power is given by. direction of flow in m3/day is
P = 3 VL.IL. cos θ (a) 2.1 (b) 1.8
(c) 1.45 (d) 1.21
P = 3 × 3.3 × 103 × 95 × 0.85
Gate Mining Engineering-2008
P = 461548 W
Ans. (b) :
P = 461.54 kW.
306. A phreatic surface experiences a pressure
(a) Less than atmospheric pressure
(b) Equal to atmospheric pressure
(c) More than barometric pressure
(d) Less than barometric pressure
Gate Mining Engineering-2008
Ans. (b) : The phreatic surface refers to the level at According to Darcy Law,
which groundwater under pressure intersects the ground Q = kiA
surface. In the absence of any artificial influence or Where, k = hydraulic conductivity = 40m / day
confined conditions, the pressure at the phreatic surface A = Cross- s action area
is typically equal to atmospheric pressure. This is = 75 × 1 = 75 m2
because the water in the phreatic zone is generally not i = Hydraulic gradient
confined and is in contact with the atmospheric h 1.5
pressure. = =
L 2500
307. Effective temperature is estimated from
(a) Wet-bulb temperature, relative humidity, and (∴h – difference of hydraulic head over distance L)
air velocity 1.5
(b) Dry-bulb temperature, relative humidity, and Hence, Q = 40 × × 75
air velocity 2500
(c) Dry-bulb temperature, wet-bulb temperature, Q = 1.8m3/day
@

and air velocity 310. A cage of floor area 5.0 m2 suspended in a shaft
has a drag coefficient 2.5. If the velocity of air
ap

(d) Dry-bulb temperature, wet-bulb temperature,

and relative humidity in the shaft is 6.0 m/s, the drag force (N)
Gate Mining Engineering-2008 experienced by the cage is
na

Mechanical Engineering 583 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(a) 120 (b) 170 A fan running at a speed of 280 rpm circulates
(c) 200 (d) 270 105 m3/s of air in a mine.
Gate Mining Engineering-2008 313. If the power input to the motor for driving the
Ans. (d) : fan is recorded to be 75 kW, with the combined
We have, efficiency of fan and motor at 70%, the fan
1 pressure in Pa is
Drag force = × p × v × Ca × A × j.N
2

2 (a) 50 (b) 350

Where, p – density – 1.2 kg/m2 (c) 500 (d) 650
V = Velocity = 6 m/s Gate Mining Engineering-2009
Co = drag coefficient = 25 Ans. (c) : Input power (P) to motor
A = cross sectional area = 5m2
2 Power (P) × flow (Q)
G = acceleration due to gravity = 9.81 m/s = × 10−3
Hence, Effiency
1 P × 105
Drag force = ×1.5 × 62 × 2.5 × 5 × 9.81 75 = × 10 −3
2 0.7
Drag force = 270 N P = 500Pa
311. Moody diagram represents resistance 314. If the fan pressure is to be increased by 200 Pa
coefficient in terms of by changing the fan speed, the fan speed in rpm
(a) Reynolds number and asperity ratio will become
(b) viscosity and aspect ratio (a) 768 (b) 549
(c) surface tension and viscosity (c) 392 (d) 332
(d) Reynolds number and surface tension
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
Ans. (a) : In the context of the moody diagram, which Ans. (d) : We know that,
is used to estimate the friction factor (or coefficient) for Pressure ∝ (speed)2
flow in a pick, the Reynolds number and the asperity P1  N1 
ratio are related to the flow regime and surface = 
roughness, respectively. P2  N 2 
• Reynolds number- It helps determine the flow P1 = 500Pa
region, whether the flow is laminar, transitional, or P2= 500 + 200 = 700Pa
turbulent. The Reynolds number is calculated using the
fluid velocity, characteristic length scale, fluid density N1= 280rpm
2
and viscosity. 500  280 
• Asperity ratio- Surface roughness of the pipe affects the = 
700  N 2 
frictional losses in the flow. The asperity ratio, which
represents the ratio of the height of surface irregularties to N2= 332 rpm
the characteristic length scale of the surface. 315. A flammable mixture has 70% CH4 and 30%
A turbine pump of efficiency 70% discharges CO. The lower flammability limits for these
water at the rate of 2100 L/min at a total head gases are 5% and 13% respectively. For the
of 100m. mixture, the lower flammability limit in % is
312. If the pump is run by a motor of efficiency (a) 6.13
90%, the input power required for the motor in (b) 8.72
kW is (c) 10.25
(a) 22.49 (b) 34.31 (d) 12.16
(c) 44.11 (d) 54.50 Gate Mining Engineering-2010
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
Ans. (a) : We know that,
Ans. (d) : Input power (P) of motor
According to Chatelier's rule for
PQ
= × 10−3 lower flammability limit in (%)
Turbine efficiency × motor efficiency 100
P = ρ × g ×h = 1000 ×9.81 ×100 for mixture (LFL) = n
∑
= 98100Pa cfi
L
L m3 i =1 FLi
Q = 2100 = 0.035
@

min sec where, Cfi is the volume % of fuel gas in the fuel
98100 × 0.035 gas mixture
× 10 −3
ap

Input power (P) to motor = LFLi is the lower flammable limits concentration
0.90 × 0.70
of fuel gas i.
= 54.5 kW
na

Mechanical Engineering 584 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
  (a) 14.08 (b) 12.78
 100  (c) 8.53 (d) 6.24
So, LFL =  % Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2011
 1 + cf 2
cf 
 LFL1 LFL 2  Ans. (b) : We know that,
Total pressure = velocity pressure
p + static
  pressure
 100 
=  20 = 10 + velocity pressure
70 30 
%
 +  Velocity pressure = 10 mm of w.gw
 5 13 
Or velocity pressurere = 100Pa
= 6.13%
1
316. A drive shaft of an engine deve develops torque of Or velocity pressure = ×ρ × v 2
500 N-m. It rotates at a constan
constant speed of 50 2
rpm. The power transmitted
nsmitted by the shaft in Where, ρ density of air in kg/m2 = 2kg/m
2kg/ 2
kW is v–velocity of air in m/sec
(a) 1.46 (b) 2.05 1
(c) 2.62 (d) 4.32 100 = ×ρ × v 2
2
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2011
2 × 100
Ans. (c) : Given, Or v2 =
Torque (τ) = 500 N.m 1.2
Speed (N) = 50 rpm ∴ v = 12.93 m/sec
×Angular velocity ( ω)
We know that, Power = torque (τ)×Angul 319. Match the following.
2πN 2πN Hydraulic system Symbols
P = 500 × ∵ ω=
60 60 components
2π × 50 P Fixed displacement
lacement 1.
= 500 ×
60 . unidirectional flow low pump
500 × 2 × 3.14 × 50
=
60 Q Fixed displacement
lacement 2.
= 2616.67 Watt . unidirectional flow
= 2.62 kW motor
317. A centrifugal fan rotatingating at 500 rpm delivers
70m3/s of air. It the speed is re reduced to 200 R Accumulator 3.
3 .
rpm, the quantity of air delivere
delivered in m /s will
be
(a) 175 (b) 55
(c) 28 (d) 11 S Filter 4.
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2011 .
Ans. (c) : Given, that
Q1 = 70m3/sec
N1 = 500 rpm
(a) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1
Q2 = ?
N2 = 200 rpm (b) P-2, Q-4, R-3, S-1
We know that, quantity off air (Q) de delivered varies (c) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4
directly as fan speed (N) (d) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4
so, Q ∝ N Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2011
Q1 N1 Ans. (b) :
=
Q2 N 2 Hydraulic system components
omponents Symbols
70 500 5 P. Fixed displacement unidirectional
nidirectional 2.
= =
Q2 200 2 flow pump
Q = 28 m3/sec.
@

318. The total pressure and the st static pressure Q. Fixed displacement unidirectional
nidirectional 4.
measured at a point in n a ventilati
ventilation duct are 20 flow motor
ap

mm and 10 mm of water ater gauge rrespectively. If

density of air is 1.2 kg/m3, the vel
velocity of the air
in m/s is
na

Mechanical Engineering 585 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
R. Accumulator 3. 322. The wet bulb temperature
rature in below
be ground mine
in any working placee does not exceed
ex
(a) 30.5°C (b) 33.5°C
(c) 15°C (d) 10°C
S. Filter 1. BCCL Mining
Min Sirdar-2017
Ans.(a): The wet bulb temperature in any working
place does not exceed 30.5°C 0.5°C and in i below ground
320. Given k is the thermall conductivi
conductivity, is density mine. If temperature exceeds eds 30.5°C arrangements
a are
and is specific heat
at of a roc
rock sample, the made to ventilate the same with a current
curre of air moving
thermal diffusivity of the rock sam
sample is at a speed of not less than 1 m/sec.
323. Most of the current rent structures
struct in sandy
kρ ρc sediments have been n formed by flows that are
(a) (b)
c k (a) Turbulent and rapid
kc k (b) Turbulent and tranquil
(c) (d) (c) Laminar and rapid
ρ ρc (d) Laminar and tranquil
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2014 HPSSC Hamirpur Mining Inspector Insp -20.02.2017
Ans. (d) : Thermal diffusivity- It is one of these Ans. (b) : Most of the structures
tructures in sandy sediments
thermal properties, expresses the ability oof a material to have been formed by Turbulentulent and tranquil
tran flows.
conduct thermal energy relative tive to its aability to store • A turbulent flow is one ne which the th fluid particles
thermal energy. It is denoted by α (Alpha)
(Alpha). moves in a zig-zag manner.
• It is given by the thermal conductivity divided by the • A tranquil flow or streamingming flow is i the flow when
product of its density and specific
ecific heat ccapacity where depth of flow in an open channel is greater than the
the pressure is held constant. critical depth.
k 324. Ice shelves and icebergs ergs float and
a thus displace
Thermal diffusivity, α =
ρc a mass of water equal to their th own mass;
Where, therefore, their melting
elting does not change sea
k = thermal conductivity level. This statement ent explains
explain the concept
of…………..
ρ = density
(a) global warming
c = specific heat
(b) isostasy
321. A centrifugal pump has a disc discharge rate of (c) salinity in sea water
2000 L of water per min in against a total head of (d) ghyben Herzberg g principle
200 m. If the pump efficiency
fficiency is 775%, the input
APPSC Mines and GeologyGeolog sub-27.09.2020
power to the pump is kW is
(a) 87.20 (b) 49.05 Ans. (b) : The land masses asses float on o the crust and
mantle-like icebergs float in seawater, with more of the
(c) 13.33 (d) 7.50
mass of larger icebergs below elow the water
wa than smaller
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2014 ones.
Ans. (a) : Given that, • The balance of masses of the Earth's crust maintains
Efficiency = 75% the gravitational balance is called 'isostas
'isosta y'.
Head = 200 m • Rock particles are eroded ded from the th mountain top,
Discharge rate (Q) = 2000 L/min deposited in valleys or stream channels,
chan compacted
2000 × 100–3 m3 1 3 under their own weight into rock, and uplifted by
= = m /sec. mountain building processes es until they again rise to the
60 sec 30
top of the mountain.
Total output power = ρgHQ
• Under mountain ranges the thin crust slumps or bows
1 deeper into the upper mantle tle than where
whe the land mass
= 1000 × 9.81
.81× 200 ×
30 is thinner across continental plains.
= 65.4 kW 325. Which of the following llowing locomotive
loc is not
output power recommended to be used where wh the coal is
Efficiency(η) =
input power liable to spontaneouss heating?
(a) Multi-Stage turbine
ine pump
@

output power
Input power = (b) Ramp pump
η (c) Reciprocating pump
ap

65.4 (d) Battery locomotive

= = 87.2
.2 kW.
0.75 Coal
oal India Limited
Lim -27.02.2020
na

Mechanical Engineering 586 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): The locomotive is not recommended to be 330. The best suited gradient for locomotive is
used where the coal is liable to spontaneous heating ________ .
multi-stage turbine pump. (a) 1 in 500 (b) 1 in 16
326. Brake thermal efficiency is given by : (c) 1 in 300 (d) 1 in 6
BP MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
(a) Ans. (c) : Any departure of track from the level is
Mass of fuel
× Calorific value known as grade or gradient.
Sec
The gradient used on locomotive is–
Indicated Power
(b) (i) Ruling gradient
Mass of fuel
× Calorific value (ii) Momentum gradient
Sec (iii) Pusher or helper gradient
(c) BP/IP (iv) The gradient at station yards
(d) Mass of fuel/BP The best suited gradient for locomotive is 1 in 300.
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017
331. Gross and Net calorific value of coal will be the
Ans. (a) : Brake thermal efficiency same if:
B.P (a) hydrogen content is zero
ηB.T =
m f × C.V (b) carbon content is very low
B.P = Brake power (c) ash content is zero
mf = Mass of fuel supplied kg/sec (d) ash content is very high
C.V = Calorific value of fuel, j/kg CIL MT Mining-2017
• Mechanical efficiency Ans. (a) : Gross and Net Calorific value of coal will be
the same if hydrogen content is zero. The calorfic value
b.p
ηn = of a fuel depends upon the percentage of hydrogen
ip content present in them. If a fuel's hydrogen content is
It is defined as the ratio of brake power to the indicated zero, the gross and net calorific value of a fuel will be
power. same.
327. In the Coward's flammability diagram, the 332. Proximate analysis of coal determines:
percentages of methane and oxygen at the nose (a) moisture, Sulphur, Nitrogen and fixed Carbon
limit are __________ , respectively. (b) None of the other options
(a) 5.0 and 19.2 (b) 5.8 and 121 (c) moisture, ash, Sulphur, and VM
(c) 14.1 and 18.2 (d) 14.2 and 0.0 (d) moisture, ash, fixed carbon and VM
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 CIL MT Mining-2017
Ans. (b) : In the Coward's flammability diagram, the Ans. (d) : Proximate analysis of coal determines
percentages of methane and oxygen at the nose limit are moisture, ash, fixed carbon and VM
5.8 and 121. Proximate analysis- Proximate analysis in the from
328. The cyclic process in 4 stroke petrol engine is : of "Proximate" and "ultimate" analyses, whose
(a) Compression-Suction-Power-Exhaust analytical conditions are prescribed by organizations
(b) Compression-Exhaust-suction-Power such as ASTM. A typical proximate analysis included
the moisture, ash, volatile matter, and fixed carbon
(c) Suction-Power-Compression-Exhaust
contents. (Fixed carbon is the material, other than ash,
(d) Suction-Compression-Power-Exhaust that does not vaporize when heated in the absence.
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 333. Which constituent is mainly responsible for
Ans. (d) : A four–stroke engine is an internal easy ignition of coal?
combustion engine that utilizes four distinct piston (a) Fixed carbon (b) Nitrogen
strokes (Suction, compression, power and exhaust) to (c) Ash (d) Volatile matter
complete one operating cycle. CIL MT Mining-2017
329. The exhaust gases from the engine amounting Ans. (d) : The constituent is mainly responsible for easy
in all is : ignition of cool volatile matter. Volatile matter in coal
(a) 0.005 m3/BHP (b) 1.5 m3/BHP refers to the components of Coal except for moisture,
3
(c) 0.05 m /BHP (d) 0.085 m3/BHP which are liberated at high temperature in the absence
MP Sub Engineer Mining-08.07.2017 of air. This is usually a mixture of short-and long-chain
Ans. (d) : Vehicular exhaust consist of oxides of hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons and some sulfur.
@

carbon, mainly carbon dioxides and carbon monoxide 334. Calorific value of bituminous coal is about:
and various oxides of nitrogen resulting from the (a) 2000 Kcal/kg (b) 8000 Kcal/kg
ap

burning of fuel. The exhaust gases from the engine a (c) 4500 Kcal/kg (d) 1500 Kcal/kg
mounting in all is 0.085 m3/BHP. CIL MT Mining-2017
na

Mechanical Engineering 587 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): Calorific value of bituminous coal is about system which enables work and motion to be
8000 Kcal/kg accomplished. When selecting a lubricant consider the
Bituminous coals are black shiny and generally hard. and the additive package. Three common varieties of
They are a medium-rank coal bituminous coals hydraulic fluids found on the market today are
generally have calorific values above 11500 BTu/1b petroleum-based, water-based and synthetics.
and volatile matter below 14%(ASTM, Jackson, 1997). 338. Which of the following laws states that the
In the Illinois Basin (and western Kentucky), howevery. relative rates of diffusion of a number of gases
The lower rank end of what are termed dituminous vary inversely as the square root of their
coals in the united states have calorific values of 11100 relative densities?
to 11300 BTu/1b. (a) Boyle's law (b) Charles' law
335. Spontaneous combustion of coal on storage, (c) Avogadro's law (d) Graham's law
results due to: MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
(a) inadequate ventilation Ans. (d) : The given law are referring to is graham's
(b) All of the other options law of diffusion. It states that the rate of diffusion of a
(c) storage in large heaps with small surface to gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its
volume molar mass or density.
(d) low temperature oxidation This formula is stated as
CIL MT Mining-2017 Rate1 m2
Ans. (b) : Spontaneous combustion of coal on storage, =
Rate 2 m1
results due to :
• The spontaneous combustion of coal during storage or (Rate)1 is the rate of effusion for the first gas.
handing is caused by heat produced by the reaction of (Rate)2 is the rate effusion for the second gas.
oxygen absorbed from the air by the coal. m1 is the molar mass of gas 1.
• Coal is gradually oxidized at low temperature, the m2 is the molar mass of gas 2.
phenomenon is called a low temperature oxidation 339. Octane number of gasoline is a measure of its-
reaction. (a) Knocking tendency (b) Ignition delay
• Inadequate ventilation inevitably generates excess (c) Ignition temperature (d) Smoke point
humidity caused by showers. baths and cooking. Excess MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
humidity inside the home can cause many problem such Ans. (a) : Octane number of gasoline is a measure of its
as condensation on the windows, the premature knocking tendency.
deterioration of the home and the proliferation of mold Knocking tendency-
which is harmful to your health.
• The octane number of ISO-octane is 100.
336. The stoichiometric composition of fire damp is: • Octane number is the measure of the resistance of
(a) 5.5%CH4 in air (b) 9.5% CH4 in air gasoline/petrol against detonation/knocking or pre
(c) 14.5% CH4 in air (d) 5 to 14% CH4 in air ignition of the fuel in the engine.
CIL MT Mining-2017 • It is measured relative to the mixture of 250- octane n-
Ans. (d) : The stoichiometric composition of fire damp heptane.
is 5 to 14% CH4 in air. • Higher octane fuel has greater resistance to auto-
The work is related to the determination of the local ignition under higher combustion pressure and heat.
thermodynamic equilibrium (LTE) data of 90.5% air 340. Flash point of an oil is determined by-
and 9.5% CH4 mixture. The results of chemical (a) Pensky Martens apparatus
composition. thermodynamic properties and transport (b) Ramsbottom apparatus
coefficients are presented for presented for temperature
(c) Saybolt viscometer
(300 K to 30 K) and pressure (1 and 10 bars) or mass
(d) Conradson apparatus
density.
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
337. Most popular hydraulic fluid used in power
supports is: Ans. (a) : Flash point of oil is determined by pensky
martens apparatus.
(a) emulsion of 20% oil and 80% water
The Flash point -
(b) emulsion of 5% water
The flash point for oil is the lowest temperature at
(c) emulsion of 5% oil and 95% water which an oil sample develops. Sufficient vapours under
(d) emulsion of 20% water and 80% oil specified conditions for the air-vapour mixture above
CIL MT Mining-2017 the sample to ignite for the first time without containing
Ans. (c) : Most popular hydraulic fluid used in power to burn afterwards.
@

supports is emulsion of 5% oil and 95% water. If the oil-air mixture burns for at least line seconds or
Hydraulic fluids- Today's hydraulic fluids serve longer, this is referred to as the flash point of the oil.
ap

multiple purposes. The major function of a hydraulic The flash point is usually only a few degrees Celsius
fluid is the provide energy transmission through the above the flash point.
na

Mechanical Engineering 588 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
341. The coefficient of diffusion is generally 344. The internal energy of an ideal gas is only a
expressed in- function of its-
(a) m/sec (b) m2/sec (a) Pressure (b) Volume
3
(c) m /sec (d) m-sec (c) Temperature (d) Entropy
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
Ans. (b) : The coefficient of diffusion is generally Ans. (c) : The internal energy of an ideal gas depends
expressed in m2/sec. solely on its temperature. This is a consequence of the
Diffusion coefficient- Diffusion coefficients are one of kinetic theory of gases, which states that the internal
the very fundamental kinds of data needed for many energy of an ideal gas is proportional to the average
metallurgical process development and for materials kinetic energy its molecules.
design. Since many binary diffusion couples are created • Temperature is a measure of this average kinetic
in diffusion multiples, diffusion coefficients can be energy.
readile extracted from the binary diffusion profile using • The internal energy of an ideal gas in independent of
Boltzmann-Matano analysis or other techniques. pressure, volume, and entropy when considering ideal
342. The heat capacity of a substance per unit mass conditions.
is known as- • Pressure and volume may affect the work done by or
(a) Specific gravity (b) Specific heat on the gas, but they do not change the internal energy
(c) Specific energy (d) Specific entropy itself.
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 345. Junker's calorimeter is used to determine the
Ans. (b) : The heat capacity of a substance per unit calorific value of-
mass is known as specific heat. Specific heat capacity is (a) Pulverised coal (b) Gaseous fuel
defined as the heat which can increase are unit (c) Fuel oil (d) Both (b) and (c)
temperature of a mass unit of substance. Determination MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
of heat capacity is critical because it is an important Ans. (b) : The calorific value of gas can be determined
parameter for the prediction of heat transfer capacity. In
using a junker's calorimeter. It is a flow device, mainly
Nano-fluid application, according to the selected
used to determine the heat of combustion and the
particle and the type of the base fluid.
calorific Value of gaseous fuels.
343. The process of involving the heating of steel
above upper critical temperature and then 346. If the steam pressure gauge indicates 200 psi,
cooling it in the furnace is known as- the absolute pressure is-
(a) Annealing (b) Normalising (a) 14.7 psi (b) 114.7 psi
(c) Tempering (d) Hardening (c) 154.7 psi (d) 214.7 psi
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
Ans. (a) : The process of involving the heating of steel Ans. (d) : To find the absolute pressure, need to add
atmospheric pressure to the gauge pressure. The
above upper critical temperature and then cooling it in
atmospheric pressure is typically around 14.7 psi.
the furnace is known as Annealing.
So, the absolute pressure would be:
Annealing- It is a softening process in which there is
the heating of metal from 30º-50ºC above the upper 200 psi + 14.7 psi = 214.7 psi
critical temperature and cooling it at a very slow rate by Therefore, the correct answer is (d) 214.7 psi.
seeking it in the furnance. The main aim of annealing is 347. Which of the following equipments is used for
to make steel more ductile and malleable and to remove liquid dispersion?
internal stresses. (a) Packed column
Normalising- The main aim of normalizing is to (b) Venturi scrubber
remove the internal stresses developed often the cold (c) Bubble cap plate column
working process. In this, steel is heated 30-50ºC above (d) Wetted wall column
its upper critical temperature and cooling it in the air. MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
Hardening- The main aim of the hardening process is Ans. (b) : The equipments is used for liquid dispersion
to make steel hard and tough. In this process, steel is venturi scrubber.
heated 30º-40º C above the upper critical temperature
A venturi scrubber accelerates the waste gas stream to
and then followed by continuous cooling to room
atomize the scrubbing liquid and to improve gas- liquid
temperature by quenching in water or oil. It is the
contact.
opposite process of annealing.
Tempering- The Steel after being quenched in the 348. Which of the following is a positive
@

hardening process in reheated to a temperature slightly displacement pump?

above the temperature slightly above the temperature (a) Centrifugal pump (b) Jet pump
ap

range at which it is to be used but below the lower (c) Propeller pump (d) Rotary lobe pump
critical temperature. MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
na

Mechanical Engineering 589 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d) : A positive displacement pump is a type of 352. Fourier's law of heat transfer is related to
pump that moves fluid by trapping a fixed amount of it which of the following modes of heat transfer?
and then forcing it into the discharge pipe. The correct (a) Conduction (b) Convection
option, (d) Rotary lobe pumps, falls under this category. (c) Radiation (d) Both (b) and (c)
Rotary lobe pumps work by using two or more lobes MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
that rotate within a casing, creating chambers between
Ans. (a) : According to Fourier's law of heat transfer is
the lobes and the casing. As the lobes rotate, the fluid is
trapped in these chambers and carried from the suction related to conduction modes of heat transfer.
side to the discharge side. This action ensures a constant Conduction is a mode of heat transfer which generally
flow rate regardless of changes in pressure or viscosity, occurs in solids due to temperature difference
making it a positive displacement pump. associated with molecular lattic vibration energy
349. A hydro plant is having a head of 150 meters. transfer and also by free electron transfer
The turbine that best suits this height is- dT
Q = −kA
(a) Pelton (b) Francis dx
(c) Kaplan (d) Turgo wheel
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 Where, Q = Heat transfer (kW)
Ans. (b) : A hydro plant is having a head of 150 meters. A = Area (m2)
The turbine that best suits this height is Francis. dT
= Temperature gradient
350. How many number of processes are there in a dx
Rankine cycle? k = Coefficient of thermal conductivity
(a) Two (b) Three (W/mk)
(c) Four (d) Five 353. The unit of chezy coefficient is-
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
m m
Ans. (c) : The many number of processes are there in a (a) (b)
Rankine cycle Four. According to the T-S diagram s s2
given below, the ideal Rankine cycle consists of Four m2
processes. The working fluid in pushed from low to (c) (d) m2s
s
high pressure in this chamber.
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019
Ans. (b) :
Q = CA RSn
Where, R = Hydraulic radius (m)
S = friction slop
m
The unit of chezy coefficient is .
351. The proximate analysis of coal deals with the s2
determination of- 354. If wet bulb temperature exceeds 30.5 degree in
(a) Moisture (b) Volatile matter any working place then speed of air current
(c) Fixed carbon (d) All of these shall be:
MECON MT Mining-17.03.2019 (a) Less than 0.5 m/sec
Ans. (d) : (A) Moisture- Moisture is the presence of a (b) More than 1.0m/sec
liquid, especially water often in trace amounts. Small (c) Not more than 1.0m/sec
amount of water may be found for example, in the air (d) Not less than 1.0 m/sec
(humidity) in food and in some commercial products,
NCL Mining Sirdar-07.02.2020
moisture also refers to the amount of water vapour
present in the air. Ans.(d): Wet bulb temperature–It is defined as
(B) Volatile matter- Volatile matter is one of the most temperature of parcel of air cooled to saturation (100%
common parameters measured in coal. It is part of a relative humidity) by evaporation of water into it, which
standard proximate analysis. Volatime matter is latent heat supplied by parcel.
essentially a measure of the nonwater gases formed The wet bulb temperature in any working place does not
@

from a coal sample during heating. exceed 33.5ºC, and where the wet bulb temperature
(C) Fixed Carbon- Fixed carbon is the solid exceeds 30.5ºC, arrangement are made to ventilate the
ap

combustible residue that remains after a coal particle is same with current of air moving at a speed of not less
heated and the volatile matter is expelled. than 1m/sec.
na

Mechanical Engineering 590 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
355. Vane type, Screw type, Turbo type and Twin Ans. (b) : Under the coal mines regulations 1957. The
lobe type are variants of _____ general government hereby make the following
(a) Rotary compressor regulation. The wet-blub temperature in any working
(b) Reciprocating compressor place does not exceed 33.5 degrees centigrade: and
when the wet-bulb temperature exceeds 30.5 degrees
(c) Compressor in general
centigrade arrangement are made to ventilate the same
(d) Mine fans with a current of air moving at a speed of not less than
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 one metre per second.
Ans. (a) : 359. The amount of heat required to burn the
methane is
(a) 15 kcal/mole (b) 19.5 kcal/mole
(c) 22.1 kcal/mole (d) 25 kcal/mole
APECET Mining Engineering-2017
Ans. (c) : The amount of heat required to burn the
methane is 22.1 Kcal/mole.
360. The minimum thickness of the explosion proof
isolation stoping is?
(a) 1.49 m (b) 3.3 m
(c) 4.50 m (d) 6 m
356. To counter the throw of tubs or mine cars due APECET Mining Engineering-2017
to centrifugal force at curve, the outer rail is
Ans. (c) : The minimum thickness of the explosion
raised above inner rail. What this process is
proof isolation is 4.50m.
called?
Isolation stopping should be explosion - proof. An
(a) Curved radius (b) Super elevation explosion proof stopping should consist of a pair of two
(c) Ballasting (d) Back staying brick stopping built in cement mortar having minimum
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 thickness of 1 m and spaced at least 4.5 m apart.
Ans. (b) : Super elevation- 361. An early indication of spontaneous heating of
It is also known as super elevation which is provided on coal can be given by
the curves to counteract the effect of centrifugal force. (a) Sweating of strata (b) Formation of CO2
In this method the level of the outer rail is raised above (c) Rise of temperature (d) Active fire
the inner rail. This raising of the level of the outer rail APECET Mining Engineering-2017
over that of inner rail is called cant or super - elevation. Ans. (a) : The early indication of spontaneous heating
357. Which of the following cannot be used for of coal can be given by sweating of strata.
expressing the moisture contents of air? • Spontaneous heating typically occurs when the
(a) Vapour pressure (b) Relative humidity quantity of air passing through the coal is sufficient to
(c) Dew point (d) Air pressure support oxidation but is inadequate to carry off the heat
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 produce by the oxidation reaction.
Ans. (d) : When we say humidity, we really mean 362. Turbine pumps are suitable for water
relative humidity. Relative humidity tells us how much quantities up to?
water vapour pressure in the air compared with the (a) 1 lac lit/min (b) 50000 lit/min
maximum possible. At its maximum denoted as (c) 5000 lit/min (d) 500 lit/min
saturation. APECET Mining Engineering-2017
The amount of water vapour in the air depends on its Ans. (c) : The turbine pumps are suitable for water
temperature. quantities up to 5000 lit/min.
For example : – • The capacity of turbine pumps fill a need between
Relative humidity rises in the evening, as air centrifugal and positive displacement design. They
temperature, declines, sometimes reaching the dew combine high discharge pressure of displacement types
point. with the flexible operation of centrifugals. They are a
low- capacity high head type used on heads up to 2300
• At the dew point temperature, relative humidity is ft (700 m) and in capacities up to 150 gpm.
100%, and fog may result from condensation of water
drop less it they are small enough to stay in suspension. 363. In high efficiency combustion and advanced
power generation technologies, the coal fired
358. The maximum wet-bulb temperature faces as power plants are units larger than ..................
@

required under mines regulation is: MW.

(a) 360C (b) 330C
ap

0
(a) 600 (b) 500
(c) 30 C (d) 270C (c) 400 (d) 700
RPSC AE-21.05.2014 APECET Mining Engineering-2017
na

Mechanical Engineering 591 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): In the high efficiency combustion and Ans. (d) : Head developed by a centrifugal pump
advanced power generation technologies, the coal fired depends on its speed as well as on the impeller
power plants are units larger than 600 MW. diameter. This is because impeller has the role of
364. The ignition temperature of fire damp is giving the kinetic energy so as to perform the function
(a) 5500C (b) 6500C of flowing. This is then undergo conversion to pressure
0 energy as well as in head in the casing.
(c) 750 C (d) 8500C
• So head developed by the pump does not depend on
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
size of the delivery pipe. But it also depends on the
Ans. (b) : The term firedamp refers to the natural gas design of casing and impeller.
mixtures emanating from the strata of coal mines. Such
gas mixture consists chiefly of methane (CH4), with 367. The maximum sun's radiation occurs around :
small traces of other combustible gases like ethane (a) 0.4 µm wave length
(C2H6) and ethylene (C2H6). Therefore, firedamp is (b) 0.55 µm wave length
often considered synonymous with methane. (c) 0.7 µm wave length
• Methane burns in air when ignited with a pale blue (d) None of these
flame but when it is mixed with air it can explode on OPSC Mining Officer Geology-2018
ignition. Ans. (b) : According to Wein's displacement
The combustion or explosion takes place according to λm T = C
the equation.
λm T = 2898
CH4 + 2 (O2 + 4N2) = CO2 + 2H2O + 8N2
2898
The flammable limits of firedamp in air– λm =
• Lower limit of inflammability: 5% (33g/m3) of CH4 T
We know that, sun's surface temperature (T) is 5778 K.
• Higher limit of inflammability: 15% (100 g/m3) of
CH4 in air. 2898
Then λ m = = 0.55µm wave lenght .
Ignition Temperature– The lowest temperature to 5778
which an inflammable mixture must be raised in order 368. The wet bulb temperature in a development
to set the mixture is called the ignition temperature or working should not exceed
ignition point. (a) 33.50C (b) 420C
0
(i) The Ignition point of pure methane in oxygen is (c) 26.5 C (d) 310C
550OC ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
(ii) Ignition temperature of firedamp-air mixtures Ans. (a) : The temperature in a development working
usually taken as 650ºC to 750OC. should not exceed 33.50C.
365. For measuring relative humidity we use 369. The required rated voltage D6 Methanometer
(a) Anemometer (b) Velometer to check percentage of CH4 is –––––––––– volts.
(c) Psychrometer (d) Manometer (a) 5.5 -12.0 (b) 1.5 - 2.4
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 (c) 4.4 - 6.2 (d) 2.2 - 2.8
Ans. (c) : Psychrometer is a device meant for ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
determining relative humidity in the atmosphere by the Ans. (d) : The required rated voltage D6 Methanometer
reading and comparison of two thermometers. i.e. the to check percentage of CH4 (methane) is 2.2 to 2.8
dry-bulb and wet-bulb air temperatures. volts.
• The psychrometer is a type of hygrometer. A • A Methanometer is instrument used to methane gas in
psychrometer possesses many different uses both in the air of a mine.
the home and industry. 370. The processed air from diesel locomotive's
Besides measuring relative humidity and weather for exhaust conditioner is allowed to mix with ––––
casting, it can be also used for air conditioning –––– times to it's volume of fresh air before
maintenance and relative humidity levels for leaving into normal environment.
manufacturing. (a) 20-25 (b) 40-50
Psychrometers come in two types– (c) 10-15 (d) 30-40
(i) Sling psychrometer. ECET Mining Officer-30.04.2019, Shift-I
(ii) Whirling psychrometer. Ans. (d) : The processed air from diesel locomotive's
366. Head developed by the pump does not depend exhaust conditioner is allowed to mix with 30-40 times
on to it's volume of fresh air before leaving into normal
(a) Design of casing & impeller environment.
@

(b) Speed of the impeller 371. A centrifugal pump will not deliver water due
(c) Speed of the pump to
ap

(d) Size of the delivery pipe (a) lack of priming

KCET Mining Engineering-2017 (b) partial opening of the delivery valve
na

Mechanical Engineering 592 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
(c) suction head less than 1.0 m 16 19.6 1.38 1.31
(d) too less discharge head 22 28.8 1.53 1.31
TSPGECET-2020 30 34.8 0.5 1.61
Ans. (a) : Because the pressure energy imparted by the
Increase between two consecutive reading
centrifugal pump is proportional to the density of liquid P1 =
and it any air pocket exists in the casing, then only Number of day between reading
neligible amount of pressure would be generated. This 0 11.3 − 4.7
pressure might not be sufficient for lifting of the liquid. So, P1 = = 0, 4.7 = 0.94, = 1.32,
0 5−0 10 − 5
372. In Froud No. (F) >1, we get 19.6 − 11.3 28.8 − 19.6
(a) Out of phase flow (b) Rapid flow = 1.38, = 1.53,
16 − 10 22 − 16
(c) Sluggish flow (d) In-phase flow 34.8 − 28.6
GPSC Assistant Prof. Geologist Class-II,16.04.2017 = 0.75
30 − 28
Ans. (d) : Where, P1 = Rate of convergence
The Froude Number is a dimensionless parameter Cumulative Increase
measuring the ratio of "the inertia force on a element P2 =
of fluid to the weight of the fluid element''. Total days
The inertial force divided by gravitational force. So, P2 =
The Froude Number can be expressed as 0 4.7 11.3 19.6
= 0, = 0.94, = 1.13, = 1.225,
0 5 10 16
Fr = ν (ghm)½ 28.8 34.8
= 1.31, = 1.61
The Froude Number is used for scaling open channel 22 30
flows and free-surface flows. Where, P2 = Rate of cumulative increase in
In Froude Number (F) > 1, we get In-phase flow. convergence
According to given question
I4 Industrial First condition
Rate of convergence > 1.5 mm/day
Second condition
373. The roof convergence data for 30 days at a
Rate of cumulative increase in convergence > 1
monitoring station in a coal mine gallery is
given. mm/day
Both condition fullfill
Day Convergence reading (mm)
Day Reading P1 P2
0 0 22 28.8 1.53 1.31
5 4.7 Hence, Answer = 22
10 11.3 374. The inventory pattern shown in figure does not
16 19.6 represent the following
22 28.8
30 34.8

The management decides on a Trigger Action

Response Plan (TARP) if the following two
premises occur simultaneously.
Premise 1: Rate of convergence exceeds 1.5
mm/day between two consecutive (a) Inventory is replenished instantaneously
measurements. (b) Demand decreases with time
Premise 2: Rate of cumulative increase in (c) Shortage is not permitted
convergence exceeds 1.0 mm/day. (d) Demand is uniform
Identify the day on which TARP is enforced in Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
that gallery.
(a) 10 (b) 16 Ans. (b) : Demand decrease with time.
(c) 22 (d) 30 375. In project planning, the activity durations are
Gate-2024 calculated by PERT and CPM techniques
assuming
Ans. (c) :
(a) PERT: probabilistic, CPM : deterministic
@

Day Reading P1 P2
(b) PERT: probabilistic, CPM : probabilistic
0 0 0 0 (c) PERT: deterministic, CPM: probabilistic
ap

5 4.7 0.94 0.94 (d) PERT: deterministic, CPM: deterministic

10 11.3 1.32 1.225 Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
na

Mechanical Engineering 593 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): Programme Evaluation Review Technique (a) Variance (b) Distribution
(PERT) is a project planning control technique. It is (c) Population (d) Deposition
event oriented technique. It is provides an approach for Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
keeping planning up to date. It is probabilistic. Ans. (c) : A population is the total set of observations a
Critical path method (CPM). It is deterministic. It help sample in a subset of a population a parameter describes
in ascertaining time schedules. Makes better and characteristics of the population and a statistic describer
detailed planning, possible, encourage discipline and characteristics of a sample.
provides a standard method for communicating project
plan schedules and to time and cost performance. 380. Which of the following sampling techniques is
followed during sampling from wagons or
376. Internal rate of return of a project is the dumps in the form of scoop taken at regular
discount rate at which the intervals?
(a) Profit after tax is zero (a) Chip sampling (b) Borehole sampling
(b) Net present value is zero (c) Bulk sampling (d) Grab sampling
(c) Written down value of the equipment is zero Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
(d) Early production from the long wall face
Ans. (d) : Grab sampling : It is also known as lab
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
sampling in the collecting of a sample of liquid or gas in
Ans. (b) : Internal rate of return of a project is the a pipeline, tank, or system with the intent of
discount rate at which the net present value is zero. transporting the sample to a laboratory for analysis.
377. As per DCF analysis a project report is 381. For any moderately skewed uni-modal
acceptable, if frequency curve, the following is a valid
(a) Discounting rate > IRR empirical relationship
(b) Discounting rate < IRR (a) Mode – Mean = 3 (Mean – Median)
(c) Discounting rate = IRR (b) Median – mode = 3 (Median – Mean)
(d) There exists no relation between the (c) Mean – Mode = 3 (Mean – Median)
Discounting rate and IRR (d) Mean – Median = 3 (Median – Mode)
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
Ans. (b) : As per DCF analysis a project report is
Ans. (c) : In case of a moderately skewed distribution,
acceptable if discounting rate < IRR.
the difference between mean and mode is almost equal
378. In PERT analysis, the expected time to to three times the difference between the mean and
complete an activity is computed from the median. Then the empirical mean median mode relation
three-time estimates: a most likely time (m), an
is given as-
optimistic time (a), and pessimistic time (b)
using the expression Mean – Mode = 3(Mean – Median)
or
a + 4m + b 4a + 4 + b
(a) (b) Mode = 3 median – 2 mean
6 6
382. " Work study" is a generic term used for
a + m + 4b a +m+b conducting
(c) (d)
6 3 (a) Method study
Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I (b) Time study
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 (c) Work measurement
APPSC Poly. Lect.15.03.2020 (d) Method study and work measurement
Ans. (a) : Programme Evaluation review technique Telangana Mining Engg.12.06.2024, Shift-I
(PERT). It is project planning and control technique. Ans. (d) : Work study is a generic term used for
The PERT analysis is based upon the following three conducting method study and work measurement.
estimate.
• Optimistic time (a). 383. Activity durations in PERT and CPM are
decided on the following considerations :
• Mostly like time (m).
(a) PERT - deterministic & CPM - stochastic
• Pessimistic time (b).
(b) PERT - stochastic & CPM - deterministic
Then the probabilistic time (tm) for completion of an
acuity is given by (c) PERT - deterministic & CPM- deterministic
(d) PERT-stochastic & CPM - stochastic
t + t + 4tn a + 4m + b
tm = 0 p ≃ (e) Question not attempted
6 6 Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
@

379. In sampling, a part is collected to represent the Ans. (b) : Program Evaluation and Review
total set of observation. Use any single word Technique (PERT):-PERT is a network model that
ap

from the following to replace "Total set of allows for randomness in activity completion time.
observation" PERT is stochastic modeling of the network.
na

Mechanical Engineering 594 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
A distinguishing feature of PERT is its ability to deal Rule 2: Any one value crosses any of the 3-
with uncertainty in activity completion times. sigma control limits.
Critical Path Method:- For the following continuous data of FC (%) :
Critical path method is easy to understand and use, but 49, 51, 56, 20, 46, 48, 47, 49, 45, 41, 42, 40, the
does not consider uncertainty in activity time process is
estimation. (a) out of control because of both rules 1 & 2.
CPM is a deterministic method that uses a fixed time (b) out of control because of rule 1 only.
estimate for each activity. (c) out of control because of rule 2 only.
CPM focuses on trade-offs between time and cost. (d) not out of control.
384. The variance of failure time (time to failure) of Gate-2023
an electric motor in shovel is 2500 hr2. If the Ans. (a) : Solution- According to Rule 1:
failure time follows an exponential distribution, According to 3-sigma control limits µ ±3σ from fixed
the expected mean time between failure in hrs carbon 3 sigma limits 40% ± 15%.
is: It means
(a) 25 (b) 50
(c) 2500 (d) 5000
(e) Question not attempted
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023
Ans. (b) : Given, Range of fix carbon is (25% to 55%) according to 3
Variance of failure time = 2500 hr2 sigma limits here more than 1 standard deviation means
MTBF = variance fix carbon % more than 45%, those values are 46, 48,
47, 49, 51.
Substituting the given value
Here, it is clearly follows that 4 out of 5 successive
MTBF = 2500 values of FC are situated at the same side of the mean
= 50 hr and at a distance more than 1 standard deviation. It is
385. A small manufacturing company producing clear that it is out of control due to rule 1.
bearing plates for rock bolts has the selling According to Rule 2:
price Rs. 25/unit and the variable cost is Rs. Any one value crosses any of the 3-sigma control limits.
13/unit. If the total fixed cost is Rs. 6,00,000, Here, there is one value (56%) which crossing the 3-
then the break-even output units of bearing sigma control limits. So, It is clear that it is out of
plates is : control due to rule 2.
(a) 15,500 (b) 25,000 So, out of control because of both rules 1 and 2.
(c) 50,000 (d) 70,000 387. The length of consecutive cores obtained from
(e) Question not attempted a 2m section of a bore hole (N-X size) are 88,
Haryana Assistant Mining Engineer-2023 37, 15, 175, 254, 279, 173, 70, 300, 103, 107, 151,
Ans. (c) Given, 155, and 103mm. The RQD value of Rock in
the section is :
f = 6,00,000
(a) 90 (b) 85
v = 13
(c) 95 (d) 82.5
s = 25
UPPSC Mines Inspector-2022
We know that-
Ans. (b)
Total sale = total cost + profit
sx = f + vx +p  RQDmax − RQDmin 
A f = 100  
At break-even point, Profit (p) = 0  RQDmax 
So, sx = f + vx  254 − 37 
f = 100 ×  
x=  254 
s−v
100 × 217
600000 = 85 − 23 ≈ 85
x= 254
25 − 13
Note - Official answer is given option (a)
= 50,000
388. The renewal period for wage agreement in
386. In a quality control process of coal supplied to years for workers in coal mines presently is:
a thermal plant, the 3-sigma control limits for
(a) 3 (b) 4
@

fixed carbon (FC) are defined by 40%±15%.

(c) 5 (d) 6
The process is termed “out of control” if:
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II
ap

Rule 1: 4 out of 5 successive values of FC are

situated at the same side of the mean and at a Ans. (c) : The renewal period for wage agreement in
distance more than 1 standard deviation. years for workers in coal mines presently is 5%
na

Mechanical Engineering 595 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
389. How many years of practical experience Annul depreciation = Annual amortization =
Superintendent of rescue station should have in (Cost of Tangible asset (Cost of intangible
below ground mines? - Salvage value)/useful asset/useful life)
(a) 1 year (b) 3 years life
(c) 4 years (d) 5 years 392. Owing cost of a machine does NOT include
APECET-19.11.2021, Shift-II (a) Purchase price. (b) Insurance.
Ans. (d) : 5 Years of practical experience superintend (c) Interest. (d) Operating cost.
of rescues station should have in below ground mines, Gate Mining Engineering-2021
390. Variance of the sum of two statistically Ans. (d) : Ownership cost is combination of different
σ
,
i
s

independent random variables X and Y, costs like Purchase Price cost , insurance cost, and
2222 x
+
y

interest cost.
(a) σx + σY .
2 2
(b) σX + σY + 2σXY.
2 2 Purchase Price cost:- The cost of equipment,
transportation cost and the sales taxes to bring the
(c) σ2X + σY2 + σXY. (d) σ2X + σY2 − 2σXY. equipment to the company hold.
Gate Mining Engineering-2021 Cost of assembly of the equipment.
Ans. (b) : The variance of the sum of two random Installation cost of the equipment.
variable equals the sum of the variances of those Hence, the initial cost is defined as the capital
random variables, plus two times their covariance. investment that is required to own the equipment.
2 2 Interest Cost :- It is called a cost of capital investment.
Var (X + Y) = σx + σy + 2σxσy
The interest cost can be defined as the annual cost of
391. The difference between depreciation and interest their is incurred on the borrowed money in
amortization allowances in tax calculation is order to aquire the is incurred of the equipment.
that Insurance cost :- it is defined as the premium amount
(a) Deprecation is for a tangible asset applicable that is paid to the insurance company in that is paid to
on its declared life; whereas amortization is the insurance company in order for the construction
for an intangible asset applicable on a equipment.
specified period. Some other Owing cost of a machine, the component of
(b) Depreciation is for an intangible asset ownership are:-
applicable on its declared life; whereas
(i) Salvage value (ii) Taxes (iii) Strong Cost.
amortization is for a tangible asset applicable
on a specified period. 393. For use in preparation of feasibility and project
(c) Deprecation is for a tangible asset applicable reports, the deposit in reference must hold the
on a specified period; whereas amortization is share of --------of its total reserves.
for an intangible asset applicable on its (a) 10% (b) 20%
declared life. (c) 25% (d) 30%
(d) Depreciation is for an intangible asset APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
applicable on a specified period; whereas Ans. (d) : A feasibility study is a detailed analysis that
amortization is for a tangible asset applicable considers all of the critical aspects of a proposed project
on its declared life. in order to determine the likelihood of it succeeding.
Gate Mining Engineering-2021 • For use in preparation of feasibility and project
reports, the deposit in reference must hold the share of
Ans. (a) : The difference between depreciation and 30% of its total reserves.
amortization allowance in tax calculation is that
• It's a good idea to have a contingency plan on hand in
Depreciation Amortization allowances
case the original project is found to be infeasible.
allowances in tax in tax
Deprecation is for a Amortization for an 394. A company invested `4 lakhs in a machine. The
tangible asset intangible asset applicable net income expected from the operation of the
applicable on its machine `80,000 per annum The payback
declared life period for the machine (in years) is :
Depreciation is the Amortization is the (a) 5 (b) 6
expensing a fixed asset practice of spreading an (c) 7 (d) 8
as it is used to effect its intangible asset's cost over APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
anticipated that assets useful life. Ans. (a) : Given that,
deterioration A Company invested in a Machine = Rs. 4 lakhs
Depreciation can be Amortization applies to The net income expected from the operation =
applied to assets such intangible assets such as Rs,80,000/annum.
@

as property, machinery, intellectual property,

4,00000
building, plants, similar assets, The payback period of machine Rate is = =5
ap

equipment and vehicles 80,000

that the company owns. The payback period of machine in 5 years.
na

Mechanical Engineering 596 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
395. In a PERT network, the activities are on the Ans. (a): Stochastic PERT networks assume time
critical path a, b, and c. The standard estimates are inherently uncertain.
deviations of the durations of these activities • This article examines the problems involved in
are 2, 2, and 1 respectively. The variance of the developing a rationale for expediting also known as
project duration is : crashing stochastic networks.
(a) 12 (b) 9 • It explains the function of network expediting, the
(c) 6 (d) 3 development of PERT in relation to the critical path
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 method the purpose of PERT. The reasons CPM rules
Gate Mining Engineering-2014 are unsuited for PERT, and the problems with
alternative procedures for calculating path length.
Ans. (b) : Given that,
• CPM is a deterministic model i.e. it does not take into
Estimate the critical path – a, b, and c account, the uncertainties involved in the estimation of
Standard deviation of the duration activities = 2, 2, 1 time for execution of a job or an activity.
• CPM is activity oriented i.e. CPM network is built on
( 2) + ( 2 ) + (1)
2 2 2
σ= the basis of activities.
= 9 =3 398. In a PERT network the critical path is the path
that has:
σ=3 (a) The longest time (b) the shortest time
a = 1, b = 1, c = 1 (c) no dummy (d) the accelerated time
The variance of the project duration is 3×3 = 9 APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
396. The probabilistic nature of activity times in Ans. (a): In a PERT network, the critical path is the
path that has the longest time sequence of a project.
PERT network is described by which of the
• PERT network charts are used to determine the
following distributions ?
critical way of a project to estimate its duration.
(a) Exponential (b) Normal
• In Critical path Activity with no slock.
(c) Uniform (d) Beta • This will give the estimated project duration. To
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 reduce project time, one must concentrate on this set of
CIL MT Mining-2017 activities and not let this critical time get longer.
Ans. (d) : The PERT distribution is a special case of the • The network can be analyzed to find the expected
beta distribution that takes three parameter's a duration of the work. This is called the Critical Path
Method of project management.
minimum. maximum and most likely (mode).
399. The payback period is defined as the time
• The beta distribution is used in PERT where it
required.
produced a bell shaped curve which is nearly normal
(a) from the start of the project to the time to
normal. recover the total initial investment
• PERT determines the probability for each duration, (b) for the cash income from a project to get back
whereas CPM considers the most likely duration. the initial cash investment
(c) in which internal rate of return-is generated
(d) from the start of the project to the start of the
production
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020
Ans. (a) : The payback period is defined as the time
required from the start of the project to the time to
recover the total initial investment.
• The money that you make after this payback period
will be a profit.
• The payback period is an essential factor when
choosing between different investment options.
397. The activity durations in PERT and CPM are
• The payback period affects the risk that is involved in
decided on which of the following
the investment.
considerations?
• The payback period is an important part of the return
(a) PERT-stochastic; CPM-deterministic
on investment calculation that also includes other
@

(b) PERT-stochastic; CPM-stochastic metrics.

(c) PERT-deterministic; CPM-deterministic • However, the payback period calculation merely
ap

(d) PERT- deterministic; CPM-stochastic estimates the time taken to recover the initial amount
APPSC Poly. Lect.-15.03.2020 and does not include the time value of money.
na

Mechanical Engineering 597 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
400. A linear programming problem is stated below Ans. (b) : [P - 1, Q - 3, R - 4, S - 2]
Maximize Z = 3x1 + 5x2 Sampling Sampling Type
Subject to, 2x1 + x2 ≤ 8 pattern
6x1 + 8x2 ≤ 30
P 1 Regular
x1, x2 ≥ 0
The objective function has Q 3 Stratified random
(a) Infinite number of solutions R 4 Random
(b) Unbounded solution S 2 Biased
(c) Unique solution 402. The net annual cash flows for two small scale
(d) Infeasible solution mining projects A and B are given below. The
Gate Mining Engineering-2020 correct decision assuming 10% discount rate as
Ans. (c) : z = 3x1 + 5x2 per NPV criterion is.
2x1 + x2 ≤ 8 Annual Cash flow (in Rs. Crore)
6x1 + 8x2 ≤ 30
Period in Project A Project B
x1, x2 ≥ 0
years
0 –200 –300
1 0 0
2 200 100
3 140 150
4 0 200
(a) Project A is accepted but project B is rejected
2x1 + x 2 = 8 ...(i) (b) Projects A and B both are rejected
6x1 + 8x 2 = 30 ...(ii) (c) Project A is rejected but project B is accepted
(d) Projects A and B are both accepted but
x1 = 3. 4 project A is better than project B
x2 = 1. 2 Gate Mining Engineering-2019
at, x1 = 3.4, x2 = 1.2
Ans. (d) : We know that,
∵ z = 3x1 + 5x2 = 3×3.4+5×1.2 T
CFt
z = 16.2 NPU = ∑
t = 0 (1 + r )
t

at x1 = 0, x2 = 3.75
∴ z = 3×0 + 5 Where, T is total number of periods
z = 5×3.75 = 18.75 t = a single period between
at x2 = 4, x2 = 0 For project A,
The objective, function has unique solution- CF1 CF2 CF3 CF4
( NPU )A = CF + + + +
401. Match the following sampling patterns with the (1 + 0.1) (1 + 0.1) (1 + 0.1) (1 + 0.1)4
2 3

corresponding sampling types. 200 140

= −200 + 0 + + +0
(1.1) (1.1)
2 3

= 70.47 crore.
P Q R S similarly for project B,
100 150 200
Sampling pattern Sampling type
( NPU )B = −300 + 0 + + +
(1.1) (1.1) (1.1)
2 3 4
P 1 Regular
Q 2 Biased = 31.94 crore.
R 3 Stratified From above expression, projects A and Project B are
random both accepted but project A is better than project B.
S 4 Random 403. I f the time to failure of a machine component
(a) P - 1, Q - 3, R - 2, S - 4 is exponentially distributed, the reliability of
@

(b) P - 1, Q - 3, R - 4, S - 2 the same at Mean Time To Failure (MTTF),

(c) P - 1, Q - 2, R - 3, S - 4 (rounded off to three decimal places), is
ap

(d) P - 4, Q - 2, R - 1, S - 3 _________.
Gate Mining Engineering-2020 Gate Mining Engineering-2019
na

Mechanical Engineering 598 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (0.367) : Mean time to failure (MTTF)- It is used to management
maintenance metric that measures the average amount manage that manages
of time a non repairable asset operates before it fails. uncertain well defined
• It can be calculated by, activities of a activities of
Total hours of operation project project.
MTTF =
total number of Assets inuse 3. Orientation Event oriented Activity
oriented
Given that, t = m
4. Model Probabilistic Deterministic
We know that,
−t 5. Estimates Three time one time
Reliability = e m estimates estimate
Where, t = time to failure 6. Focuses on Time time cost
trade off
m = Mean time to failure
So, Reliability = e–1 7. what is it A technique of A method to
planning and control cost
= 0.367
control of time and time.
404. The coefficient of variation of a dataset is 8. Evolution Research and construction
defined as development project, ship
Mean project building etc.
(a)
Standard Deviation 406. The inventory pattern shown does NOT
represent the following.
Mean
(b)
Variance
Variance
(c)
Mean
Standard Deviation
(d)
Mean
Gate Mining Engineering-2019
Ans. (d) : Coefficient of variation- It is the ratio of (a) Inventory is replenished instantaneously
standard deviation to the mean value. It measures data (b) Demand decreases with time
point dispersion around the mean. (c) Shortage is not permitted
standard deviation (d) Demand is uniform
coefficient of variation ( CV ) = Gate Mining Engineering-2018
mean
Ans. (b) : The inventory Pattern shown is not
405. In project planning, the activity durations are
representative of option (c) "Demand decrease with
calculated by PERT and CPM techniques time".
assuming
407. The figure depicts a transportation problem
(a) PERT: probabilistic, CPM: deterministic
along with the solution. The correct statement
(b) PERT: probabilistic, CPM: probabilistic is
(c) PERT: deterministic, CPM: probabilistic
(d) PERT: deterministic, CPM: deterministic
Gate Mining Engineering-2019
Ans. (a) :
Basis for PERT CPM
comparison
1. Full form Programme critical path
evaluation and method
Review
technique (a) unbalanced problem, optimal solution
@

2. Meaning PERT is a It is a (b) unbalanced problem, sub-optimal solution

project statistical
ap

(c) balanced problem, optimal solution

management technique of (d) balanced problem, sub-optimal solution
technique, project Gate Mining Engineering-2018
na

Mechanical Engineering 599 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): The standard, "balanced", transportation • Standard deviation- It is the square root of the
problem has total supply = total demand variance and provides a measure of dispersion in the
So, S1 + S2 = D 1 + D 2 same units as the original data.
15 + 15 = 20 + 10 These measures help to understand how spread out the
30 = 30 data points are around the central tendency of the
So, it is balanced transportation problem. dataset.
Optimal Solution- A feasible solution is said to be 410. In a single server queueing model with constant
optimal if it minimize the total transportation cost. arrival rate, which one of the following
This is done through successive improvements to the probability distributions is followed by the
initial basic feasible solution until no further decrease inter-arrival times of the customers at the
in transportation cost is possible. service facility?
(a) binomial (b) Poisson
(c) Weibull (d) exponential
Gate Mining Engineering- 2007
Ans. (b) : In queueing theory, particularly in single
server queuing models with constant arrival rates, the
poisson distribution is used to model the arrival process
Cell evaluation = 15 – 5 + 20 – d = 25 of customer or entities into the system.
It is positive, further improvement is not possible so, it • The poisson distribution is characterized by the
the optimal solution. following properties, which make it suitable for
modeling arrivals in such systems.
408. IRR of a project is the discount rate at which
(a) profit after tax is zero • Constant arrival rate- The poisson process assumes
that arrivals occur independently at a constant average
(b) written down value of the project is zero
rate over time.
(c) revenue from the project is zero
• Time or space intervals- It describes the probability
(d) NPV is zero
of a constant number of events occurring within a fixed
Gate Mining Engineering-2016 interval of time or space.
Ans. (d) : The internal rate of return (IRR) is one of the • Rare events- Is is often used to model rare events or
methods of the profitability of projects. occurrences, where the probability of multiple arrivals
• To calculate it, the current value of projects cash happening simultaneously is negligible.
flows should be equated to zero. and the discount rate at 411. A company invested Rs. 4 lakh in a machine
which this relationship in maintained should be with an expected useful life of 12 years. The net
identified. income expected from the operation of the
• Hence, Internal Rate of return (IRR) can be treated as machine in Rs. 80,000 per annum. The payback
the discount rate at which the het present value (NN) of period for the machine in years is
the investment equals zero. (a) 4 (b) 5
409. The measures of dispersion are (c) 6 (d) 7
(a) range, variance, and standard deviation Gate Mining Engineering- 2007
(b) mean, median, and variance Ans. (b) : Earned pay year by Machine = 80,000 Rs.
(c) mean, mode, and skewness Time (T) required to pay
(d) mean, range, and variance 400000
Gate Mining Engineering- 2007 4,00,000 Rs. = year
Ans. (a) : The measures of dispersion, including range,
80000
variance, and standard deviation, are statistical T = 5years.
indicators used to quantify the spread or variability of
data points in a dataset. 412. In PERT network, the activity duration is
assumed to follow
• Range- It is the difference between the highest and
(a) Beta distribution
lowest values in the dataset and provides a simple
@

measure of spread. (b) Binomial distribution

(c) Normal distribution
• Variance- It measures the average squared deviation
ap

of each data point from the mean of each data point (d) Weibull distribution
from the mean of the dataset. Gate Mining Engineering-2008
na

Mechanical Engineering 600 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a) : In PERT (Program m Evaluatio
Evaluation and Review
Technique), activity durationss are often m modeled using a
Beta (β) -distribution. This distribution
istribution is characterized
Activity A B C
by three estimates: optimistic ic (a), pessim
pessimistic (b), and
most likely (m) durations. The he expected duration (TE) Duration (days) 40 15 35
( a + 4m + b) Crashing cost/day 15 25 20
is then calculated using the formula,
rmula, TE = . (million rupees)
6
The minimum project ct cost in million
mi rupees after
413. For an LP problem, identify the INCORRECT crashing by 5 days is
statement
(a) 1100 (b) 1300
(a) Optimal point lies in one of the corner points
(c) 1475 (d) 1825
(b) Objective function is linear
Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2008
(c) All the constraints are linear
Ans. (b) : Crushing of project
roject is doing
doin along activity
(d) Optimal point lies in any of the interior points
duration because having minimum crushingc cost as
of the feasible region
compared to B activity duration.
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2008
∴ minimum coast of projectject offer 5 dugs crashing is
Ans.(d): A linear programming ing problem (LPP) is the = 1200 + 5 × 20
one in which we are connected ed with findi
finding the optimal
= 1300 million rupees
value (maximum or minimum) um) of linea
linear function of
several variables (called objective
jective functi
function) subject to 416. The following information
rmation is provided for an
the constraints that the variables
ables are non non-negative and ore deposit:
satisfy or set of linear inequalities (called linear Number of waste blocks = 10
constraints). Number of ore blocks =5
3
Point in the feasible region that gives es the optimal value Volume of each waste ste block, m = 600
(maximum or minimum) off the objecti objective function is Total cost of waste handling per m3 =Rs. 100
called on optimal solution. In most cas case, the optimal Tonnage of each oree block = 400
solution occurs at the corner er points (V (Vertex) of the Total cost of ore handling
ndling per ton
t =Rs. 150
feasible region. Sale price of ore per ton =Rs. 500
414. If the value of ore is Rs. 60 600 per tonne, The net cash flow off mining the deposit in lakhs
production cost Rs. 400 00 per tonn
tonne, and cost of of rupees, is
overburden removal Rs. 50 per m3, the break- (a) 3.4 (b) 2.5
even stripping ratio in m3/tonne is (c) 1.0 (d) 0.8
(a) 4:1 (b) 3:1 Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2008
(c) 1:3 (d) 1:4 Ans. (c) : Sale price of ore = 5×400×500
5×400×50
Gate Mining EngEngineering-2008 = 1000000 rupees
ru
Ans. (a) : Given, Total cost of waste handling
Value of ore = 600 Rs. per tonne = 10×600×100
Production cost = 400 Rs. per tonne = 600000 rupees
Cost of overburden material Rs. per m3
terial = 50 R Total cost of ore handling ng =5 ×150×400
×150 = 300000
We know that, rupees
Break-even stripping ratio = Hence, Net cost flow of mining
ining deposit
Recoverable price per tonne of ore - o.c. production ccost per tonne of ore = 1000000–600000 – 300000
cost of extraction per cubic meterr of overburd
overburden material
= 100000 rupees =1 1 lakh rupees
rupee
600 − 400 417. Daily production measured
easured for a period of 50
Break-even stripping ratio = =4
50 days in a coall mine exhibits ex normal
Break -ever stripping ratio = 4:1 distribution with meanean 1200 tpd
tp and standard
415. A mining project comprising
mprising of A, B, and C deviation 100 tpd. The he 95% confidence
con interval
activities is scheduled d for 90 day
days at a cost of of daily production (standard normal variable
@

Rs.1200 million. The manager oof the project Z at 0.025 level of significance
ignificance is
i 1.96) in tpd is
decides to reduce the time for com
completion of the (a) 1200 ± 120.5 (b) 1200 ± 96.0
ap

project to 85 days. Thee decision w was taken after (c) 1200 ± 39.6 (d) l200 ± 27.7
45 days. Gatete Mining Engineering
E -2008
na

Mechanical Engineering 601 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (d): We have, Ans. (b): The cone is floated
ed from left to right along the
x ±µ top row of the blocks in thee section if there
t is a positive
z= block it is removed.
σ/ n
σ
or x = µ ±
x
∴95% confidence interval off daily produc
production:-
100
x = 1200 ± 1.96 ×
50
x = 1200 ± 27.71.tpd (2) After travershing the first
irst row the apex of the cone
418. In an iron ore deposit sit alumina is distributed is moved to the second row, w, starting floats from left to
with µ = 3 % and σ = 0.5%; wh whereas silica is right stopping when it encounters the t firs positive
distributed with µ = 2.5 % and σ = 0.8%. The blocks. If the sum of all blocks
ocks falling within
w the cone is
combined alumina and d silica (as iimpurities) has positive (or zero), these blocks
locks are removed.
rem If the sum
µ and σ , in percentagee respective
respectively as is negative the blocks are left
eft and thee cone
c floats to the
(a) (5.5, 0.94) (b) (5.5, 1.3) next positive blocks on this row. The Th summing and
(c) (0.5,0.3) (d) (5.5, 0.62) mining or living process is repeated.
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2008
Ans. (a) : Iron,
For alumina,µ1 = 3%, σ2 = 0.5%
For silica, µ2 = 2.5%, σ2 = 0.8%
Combined mean (µ) = µ1 + µ2 = (3+2.5)%
µ = 5.5 %
And combined variance = (Combi (Combined standard
deflation)2
Or combined standard deviation = comb
combied variance
Combined standard deviation
= ( variation
ion ) alumina + ( variation )silica
Combined standard deviation
( variation ) alumina + ( standard ddeviation )silica
2 2
=
(3) This Floating cone process
cess moving from left to right
Combined standard deviation = 0.52 + 00.8 2 and top to bottom of the section
ction continues
continu until no more
Combined standard deviation = 0.94% blocks can be removed.
419. Block economic valuess in a 2D bl
block model are • The profitability of the section is found
fou by summing
shown below. Then based
ased on the assumption of the value of the blocks removed.
1:1 slope angle, the blocks (iden
(identified by row
and column numbers) ers) that cconstitute the ∴ The optimum pit value off section = + 1 +1 = +2
ultimate pit are

(a) (1,1), (1,2), (1,3), (2,2)

@

(b) (1,2), (1,3), (1,4), (2,3)

(c) (1,3), (2,4) 420. The feasible region of an LP problem
p is shown
ap

(d) (1,3), (1,4), (2,4) as given below. The he maximum

maximu value of the
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2008 objective function Z = 1600 x1 + 1200 x2, is
na

Mechanical Engineering 602 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
422. A system of two o identical mine pumps
connected in seriess has reliability
reliab 0.49. If the
pumps were to be connected in parallel, the
system reliability would be
(a) 0.21 (b) 0.6
(c) 0.91 (d) 0.95
Gatete Mining Engineering-2008
Ans. (c) : If R1 and R2 are the reliabilities
rel of two
components reliabilities and d combined in i series then
System reliability (R) is given by:-
R = R1×R1
(a) 20400 (b) 2000
20000 ∵ R1 = R1
(c) 19200 (d) 1680
16800 ∴ 0.49 = R1 × R1
Gate Mining Eng
Engineering-2008 ∴ R1 = 0.7 & R2 = 0.7
Ans. (a) : We have, If R2 and R2 are th rellabllities
abllities of two components
Z = 1600x1 + 1200x2 respectively and combined ed in parallel
paral than system
reliability (R') is given by:
Maximum value of objectivee function w
will be at point
∴ R' = (1–R3)×(1–R2)
(3, 13), R' = 1 – (1– 0.7)×(1– 0.7)
Zmax =1600 × 3 + 1200 ×
×13 ∴ R' = 0.91
Zmax = 20400 Statement for Linked ed Answer Questions
Q 80 and
421. A cash flow diagram is shown be
below. Based on 81 : Unit cost matrix x of a transportation
transp problem
NPV, at 10% rate of interest, the minimum is given below in certain
tain monetary
monetar units.
annuity ‘x’ at which the investm
investment becomes
viable is

423. The total cost of transportatio

ransportation based on the
initial basic feasible
le solution obtained by the
North-West corner rule is
(a) 250 (b) 290
(a) 63 (b) 54 (c) 330 (d) 360
(c) 42 (d) 35 Gatete Mining Engineering-2008
Engineering-2008 Ans. (c):
Gate Mining Eng
Ans. (a) : We know,
NPV = – investment + annual paym
payment (x)
 (1 + ℓ ) n − 1 
 
 1(1 + ℓ ) 
n

Demand
Investment would be acceptable table would e acceptable,
Total cost of transportation = 2 ×10 + 2 × 5 + 5 × 20 + 7
when
× 20 + 3 × 20 = 330
Investment would be acceptable, when 424. The optimal solution ion for the transportation
NPV ≥ 0 problem has allocation
tion as shown
show below:
 (1 + 0.1) − 1 
4

–200 + (x)  ≥0

 0.1(1 + a1) 
n

∴ – 200+(x). 3.17 k ≥ 0
@

200
∴ (x) ≥
ap

3.17
∴ (x) = 63
na

Mechanical Engineering 603 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
When compared to initial basic feasible Workmen arrive at a mine workshop to receive
solution from the above, the optimal allocation tools for maintenance. The inter-arrival time of
results in savings of workmen at the service counter is exponentially
(a) 10 (b) 20 distributed with an average time of 10 min. The
(c) 30 (d) 40 service time at the counter is also distributed
exponentially with a mean time of 6 min.
Gate Mining Engineering-2008
427. Probability that there is a queue (more than
Ans. (d) : j one workman) at the service counter is
(a) 0.24 (b) 0.36
(c) 0.40 (d) 0.60
Gate Mining Engineering-2009
Ans. (d) : Given,
Arrival time= 10 min
1
Here, optimal cost of transportation = 15 × 2 + 10 × 1 + Arrival rate (λ) =
10
10 × 5 + 20 × 7 + 20 × 3 = 290
Service time = 6 min
Hence, cost of saving = 330 – 290 = 40
1
425. A balanced transportation problem is service rate (µ) =
6
characterized by
Probability that there is a queue (more than one
(a) total supply exceeds total demand workman at the service counter = traffic intensity or
(b) total demand exceeds total supply utilization ration (P)
(c) total demand is equal to total supply 1
(d) total supply is either equal to or more than λ 10
total demand P= = = 0.60
µ 1
Gate Mining Engineering-2009 6
Ans. (c) : The transportation problem indicates the 428. Average time spent by a workman waiting for
amount of consignment to be transported from various his tum to be served in min is
origins to different destination so that the total (a) 9 (b) 12
transportation cost is minimized without Violating the (c) 15 (d) 18
availability constraints and the requirement constraints. Gate Mining Engineering-2009
• The problem is considered to be a balanced 1
transportation problem when both supplies and demands Ans. (c) : Average time spent (T) =
µ−λ
are equal.
1
426. The cash flow table of a manganese mine for a =
1 1
particular year is shown below : −
6 10
Item Amount (Rs. in
= 15 min
lakhs)
429. Payback period is time required
Revenue 900
(a) for the cash income from a project to get back
Cost (other than 300 the initial cash investment
depreciation (b) from the start of the projects to the time to
Depreciation 100 recover the total initial investment
Profit before tax 500 (c) from the start of the project to the start of
If the corporate tax is 50% of the Profit before production
tax, the operating cash inflow in lakhs of (d) to the period during which internal rate of
Rupees is return is generated
(a) 400 (b) 350 Gate Mining Engineering-2010
(c) 250 (d) 200 Ans. (b) : Payback period is defined as the number of
years required to recover the original cash investment.
@

Gate Mining Engineering-2009

In capital budgeting, the payback period method enables
50 managers and top executives to compare between
Ans. (c) : Corporate tax = × 500 = 250 Lakhs
ap

100 different projects in terms of how fast the investment

Operating cash flow = 500–250 = 250 lakhs. cost will be recovered.
na

Mechanical Engineering 604 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
430. The mean and the standard de deviation of the For value is 0 then itt is called zero
ze correlation. It
grade of iron ore in a deposit are 62% and 5% means that there is no relationship
relations between the
respectively. The coefficient
fficient of va
variation of the variables.
grade in % is For value is 1, then n it is called perfect negative
(a) 24.8 (b) 12.4 correlation. It means ns that whenwhe one variable
(c) 8.0 (d) 4.0 changes the other variable
riable change in the opposite
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2010 direction.
Ans. (c) : We know that , By looking at the points ints plotted it is seen that all
Standard
tandard devia
deviation of the points are very close to being along a
Coefficient of variation = ×100 straight line so, there here is a perfect positive
mean
correlation between lead and zinc from lead zinc
5
Coefficient of variation = ×100 deposit. Therefore, correlation
orrelation coefficient
co (r) = 1.
62
433. Water will not be delivered by b a centrifugal
= 8.064 ∼ 8 pump due to
= 8% (a) lack of priming
431. The variance of failuree time (time to failures) of (b) too low discharge head
an electric motor in shovel is 16 1600 hr2. If the
(c) wrong direction n of rotation
failure time follows an n exponentia
exponential distribution,
the expected failure time
ime in hr is (d) partial obstruction
on at discharge
discharg outlet
(a) 40 (b) 80 Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2011
(c) 800 (d) 1600 Ans. (a) : Centrifugal pumps umps are the most common
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2010kind of pumps used to move ove fluids. In simple terms a
Ans. (a) : The expectedd value oof exponential centrifugal water pump makes akes use of a rapidly rotating
1 impeller to apply centrifugal force to other
ot fluid.
distribution is given by and
nd its varianc
variance is given by
Priming- The process of eliminating
liminating air
ai from the pump
µ
and suction line to allow air pressure pressur and flooding
1 pressure to cause the flow of liquid into i the pump is
µ2 known as priming. Pump p will stop
sto working and
1 breakdown if they are not primed.
Variance = 1600 = 2
µ 434. The time study data a of an equipment
equi deployed
in a mine during a calendar month is given
1
= 1600 below.
µ Total working hours = 400
= 40 hr Total maintenance hours = 100
432. A scatter plot prepareded using a sset of values of Total hours of actual al work = 24024
lead and zinc from a lead- zinc de
deposit is shown The percentage of utilization of o the equipment
in figure below. The he value oof correlation is
coefficient is
(a) 85 (b) 80
(c) 65 (d) 60
Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2011
Ans. (b) : We know that,
total hours
rs of actual work
w
Utilization rate = ×100
totalavailable
available hour
240
= ×100
400 − 100
(a) 1.0 (b) 0.7 = 80%
(c) 0.5 (d) 0
435. The sale value of chromite
romite ore from
f an open pit
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2011
mine is Rs. 6500 per tonne. Cost of mining,
Ans. (a) : Correlation coefficient
ient is a stat
statistical measure excluding stripping cost, is Rs. 2450 per tonne.
of the strength of a linear relationship between two
If the cost of stripping
ping is Rs. 1150
1 per m3, the
variables. Its values can range
ge from 1 to 11.
@

3
breakeven stripping g ratio in m / tonne is
For value is 1, then itt is called pperfect positive
(a) 2.18 (b) 3.52
ap

correlation. It means that when one variable

changes the other variables
iables change in the same (c) 3.65 (d) 4.25
direction. Gate
te Mining Engineering
E -2011
na

Mechanical Engineering 605 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (b): We know that, 438. In a PERT network,, the "time estimates" of an
A−B activity are the following
llowing : Optimistic time-2
Break even strip ratio (BESR)
BESR) = days. Most likely time- 4 days, and Pessimistic
C time - 12 days. The expected time tim and standard
deviation of the activity
ivity in days are respectively
Where, A = Revenue per er tonne of oore (a) 6.0 and 2.78 (b) 5.0 and 1.66
B = Productionn cost per tonne of ore (c) 6.0 and 1.66 (d) 5.0 and 2.78
(including all costs
osts to the ppoint of sale) Gate te Mining Engineerin
E g-2017
C = stripping cost
ost per tonne of waste Ans. (b) : We know that,
Given, A = 6500 per tonne t + 4t M + t P
Expected time ( t E ) = O
B = 2450 per tonne 6
C = 1150 per m3 2 + 4 × 4 + 12
Expected time ( t E ) = =5
6500 − 2450 6
BESR =
1150 Now,
= 3.52 m3/tonne Standard Deviation
Deviat =
2 2
436. In a borehole log of 1.2 .2 m in lengt
length, recovery of  t P − tO   12 − 2 
 6  =   = 1.66
rock cores in cm is given ven below    6 
20, 8, 15, 8, 8, 4, 3, 9, 10, 1, 5, 10
The RQD in percentage is 439. Payback period is the he time required:
requ
(a) 29.2 (b) 31.8 (a) For the cash incomencome from a project to get
(c) 45.8 (d) 50.0 back the initial cashash investment
investme
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2014 (b) From the start of the project proje to the time to
recover the total initial investment
inves
Ans. (c) : RQD is defined as the sum of the cores
(c) From the start of the project proje to the start of
samples having a length greater ater than 100 mm (10 cm)
production
divided by the total length considered.
nsidered.
(d) To the period during which internal rate of
Sum of length of core re samples ≥ 110 cm return is generated
RQD = × 100
Total length of the core Coaloal India Limited
Lim -27.02.2020
20 + 15 + 10 + 10 Ans. (b) : Payback period is the required
requir from the start
= × 100 of the project to the timee to recover the total initial
120 investment.
= 45.83% Payback period (PBP): Payback ayback period
perio is widely used
437. For the critical path network sho shown, the slack when long – term cash flows lows are difficult
diff to forecast
for the activity ‘b’, in months, is because no information is required beyond bey the break –
even point. It may be used for preliminary
prelimina evaluation or
as a project screening device vice for high risk project in
lines of uncertainty.
440. Sum of the years digit git method is i used from:
(a) Salting
(b) Ore reserve calculation
(a) 4 (b) 6 (c) Speculative rate of return
(d) Depreciation
(c) 9 (d) 13
Coaloal India Limited
Lim -27.02.2020
Gate Mining Eng Engineering-2016
Ans. (d) : Sum of the years rs digit method
metho is used from
Ans. (c) : Depreciation.
Sum-of-the-years digits iss an accelerated
acceler method for
determining an asset's expected xpected depreciation
dep is an
accounting technique that involves pairing pa the cost of
using a tangible asset with h the advantage gained over its
useful life.
441. In a normal distribution tribution curve,
c the area
between one standard ard deviation
deviatio from mean on
@

either side in percent is:

(a) 68 (b) 86
ap

Critical path 1– 2– 3– 4 = 16 (c) 50 (d) 95

The slack for the activity b is 9. CIL MTM Mining-2017
na

Mechanical Engineering 606 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (a): In a normal distribution curve, the area • As a quality management technique, TQM involves
between one standard deviation from mean on either all workers to maintain high standards of work across
side in percent is 68%. the entire company.
For the standard normal distribution, 68% of the • Implementing TQM can help improve employee
observations lie within I standard deviation of the productivity, increase customer satisfaction, and
means; 95% lie within two standard deviation of the achieve Competitive advantage.
mean; and 99.9% lie within two standard deviations of
the mean.
442. Work study is a generic term used for
conducting:
(a) Time study
(b) Work measurement
(c) Method study and work measurement
(d) Method study
RPSC AE-21.05.2014
Ans. (c) : The work study consists of two techniques
namely method study and work measurement. The
pioneer work in this field was done by F.W. Taylor and
frank B. Gilbreth.
● Method study is a technique to simply the job and 445. The oldest method of production is
develop more economical method of doing it. (a) Mass production
● Work measurement is concerned with the elevation of (b) Continuous production
ineffective time and establishment of time standards for (c) Batch production
a job. (d) Job production
KCET Mining Engineering-2017
443. The detailed list of movable goods such as raw
materials, finished products, work in progress Ans. (d) : Job production is a manufacturing process
is known as which involves workers making a single unique
(a) Inventory (b) Stock customized product for a single customer. Depending
upon the customer needs, job production method is
(c) Raw stock (d) Finished goods
used to create a product from start to finish. This
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 method of production is not use for producing goods in
Ans. (a): Inventory is the raw materials used to mass quantity.
produce goods as well as the goods that are available • Job production focuses on low volume of production
for sale. but offers a higher variety of the finished product.
• It is classified as a current asset on a company's
balance sheet.
• We can classify inventory as assets held for one of
the following three proposes.
(i) Assets held for sale in the normal course of
business.
(ii) Held for the purpose of production of goods
(iii) For the consumption in the production of such
goods (any equipment or tools or materials the
company requires in the manufacturing process).
444. The important aspect of TQM is
(a) Quality improvement
(b) Control of Production 446. The professional discipline and business
(c) Profit earning function that overseas an organizations human
(d) Customer satisfaction resources is called
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 (a) Personal Management
@

Ans. (d) : Total Quality Management (TQM) is an (b) Human Factor Management
organizational management approach that focus on (c) Human Resource Management
ap

producing quality products and services to fulfill (d) Business management

customer needs. KCET Mining Engineering-2017
na

Mechanical Engineering 607 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry
 Join Telegram: @apna_book
Ans. (c): Human resource management involves (a) 6.0 and 2.76
creating personnel policies and procedures that support (b) 6.0 and 1.66
business objectives and strategic plans. (c) 5.0 and 1.66
Central to this mission is fostering a culture that (d) 5.0 and 2.78
reflects core value and empowers employees to be as TSPGECET-2020
productive as possible. Ans. (c) : Optimistic time (to), most likely time (tm),
• Some other key human resource management pessimistic time (tp):
functions include. Formula-
(i) Job analysis
t o + 4t m + t p
(ii) Workforce operations Expected time TE =
(iii) Performance measurement 6
(iv) Incentive programs tp − to
standard deviation σ =
(v) Professional development. 6
447. Which of the following analysis is mostly used To given
for inventory control? Optimistic time (to) = 2 days.
(a) Lead time analysis (b) PERT analysis most likely time (tm) = 4 days
(c) CPM analysis (d) ABC analysis Pessimistic time (tp) = 12 days
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 Expected time TE = ?
Ans. (d) : ABC analysis– It help to exercise selective Standard deviation σ = ?
control when confronted, with a large number of items, t o + 4t m + t p
it rationalizes the number of order, number of items Expected time TE =
and reduces the inventory.
6
• 'A' items - 20% of the items accounts for 70% of the 2 + 4 × 4 + 12 30
TE = = =5
annual consumption value of the items. 6 6
• 'B' items - 30% of the items accounts for 25% of the t p − t o 12 − 2 10
annual consumption value of the items. Standard deviation σ = = = = 1.66
6 6 6
• 'C' items- 50% of the items accounts for 5% of the
annual consumption value of the items. 450. A measure of dispersion of a sample of data set
Advantages of ABC analysis. is:
(a) median
• Eliminates unnecessary paper work involved in
control procedures. (b) standard deviation
(c) mode
• Reduces stock-holding cost.
(d) mean
• The company is able to concentrate on high-value
items. CIL MT Mining-2017
Ans. (b) : A measure of dispersion of a sample of data
448. The length of a link in a chain is
set is standard deviation.
(a) 20 cm (b) 30 cm
Standard deviation (SD) is the most commonly used
(c) 35 cm (d) 40 cm measure of dispersion. It is a measure of spread of data
KCET Mining Engineering-2017 about the mean.
Ans. (a) : The link sometimes called a Gunter's link, is 451. The three time estimates of PERT network are
a unit of length formerly used in may English– assumed to follow:
speaking countries. In us customary unit modern
(a) gamma (b) exponential
66
definition, the link is exactly of a use survey foot, (c) beta (d) normal
100
CIL MT Mining-2017
or exactly 7.92 inches or approximately 20.12 cm.
Ans. (c) : The three time estimates of PERT network
• The unit is based on Gunter's chain, a metal chain 66
are assumed to follow beta.
feet long with 100 links that was formerly used in land
surveying. To perform PERT analysis. You need to provide three
estimate of activity duration: a pessimistic estimate(tp).
449. In a PERT network, the time estimate of an
a optimistic estimate (to). and a modal estimate (tm).
activity is as per the following : Optimistic
@

These three estimates are used to obtain a weighted

time - 2 days, most likely time - 4 days and
average are used to obtain a weighted average that is
ap

pessimistic time - 12 days. The expected time

assumed to be reasonable estimate of the activity
and standard deviation of the activity in days
duration.
respectively are
na

Mechanical Engineering 608 YCT

_l
ib
ra
ry